y ,

} i

at Sfrua- ot

TOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON

hem

& ¥

ape os

__{NcoRPORATED BY Royal CHarTER, 1885,

FouNDED, 1833.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1912-1913.

President,

Rev. FRANCIS DAVID MORICHE, M.A.

Vice=Presidents,

MALCOLM BURR, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S.

JOHN HARTLEY DURRANT.

ALBERT HUGH JONES.

Treasurer.

ALBERT HUGH JONES.

Secretaries,

CommManDER JAMES J. WALKER, M.A., R.N., F.LS.

Rev. GEORGE WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S.

Librarian.

GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, A.L.S., F.Z.S.

Otber Members of Council.

ROBERT ADKIN.

GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS., F.ZS.

HORACE Sr. JOHN DONISTHORPE, F.Z.S.

STANLEY EDWARDS, F.LS., F.ZS.

A. E. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.HLS.

W. E. SHARP.

ALFRED SICH.

J. R. we B. TOMLIN, M.A.

HENRY JEROME TURNER.

COLBRAN J. WAINWRIGHT.

Resident Librarian.

GEORGE BETHELL, F.R.H1st.S.

ay? Dear |

iva y en :

as 0 45) af i teenie ae a : a. | P? aa

pe MOMENT HO ETI PACE) TENE 4

; / a

SHES INR FOF - \ aad.

AAP 0 Cite Ye LAOS oe Med Hitveviony /

WVBR ASICS ad) SOP ORO. boa 2 Ob TA

TWnsehen a"

OTVACE ALGHT AAS oust

AANA Aas

7 cee ey iy? i ih ofty jae

AWE Via TAIL Fe

AIT OTA Th TCE Pe

TRIDSHOTD

SWAOR. FRU. THA

aoluisese

MOP A HR ee A bo

HSM cdytt SNS PLONO tal reas “

ain eet ; i) ct

SOI AO ea LO He OES a

MIAUOR IG arse 130dtm "

| ie) Ss

BT Malo SPRL Ae PGE Oe

rh BROW TSI KOU BIG et See

- BSA Ba SAN Fae

7 '

~ ie

ACI St 20) Bee ‘a

HAL £

; hia

hit! RAMU AT ae:

THOIWALAW .& WAmnIOG a

oo “

CMAN AUTO OED

a) =

CONTENTS.

PAGE

List of Fellows... as fan He ae 08 7 ae gsi ix

Additions to the Library we = ws ies i ds gC

MEMOIRS.

PAGE

I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus Acraea, Fab.,

with asupplement on those of the Oriental Region. ae Harry

EvtrincuaM, M.A., F.Z.8. 500 = “or 1

II. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in the

Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T. Binenam, F.Z.S. 375

III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African n Lepidoptera.

By Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., etc. ... 384

IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina Feces a Bemaeeo pales

Plebeiid blue butterfly. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... 393

V. An experiment on the development of the male is pasar in

Lepidoptera. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. ... : 407

VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis. By T. A. Cuapman, M.D. 409

VII. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two sueaes of Dacus. By F. M.

Howrert, BsA.; FES. -.. a ae see .. 412

VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from

South-East Brazil. By E. DuxinrieLp Jones, F.E.S., F.Z.S. 419

IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature

experiments on two Tropical butterflies. By Lieut.-Colonel

N. Manpers, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S. ... a 445

X. On the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H. Karny, of

Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A. Evxiott,F.Z.8., F. E.S.

Communicated by R. 8S. Bacnatt, F.E.S., F.L. S. ae a 70

XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in Coleoptera.

By D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S. kes we EL,

XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R.SHetForD, M.A. ... 643

XIII. An unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as Agriades

thersites (Boisd. MSS.),Cantener. By T. A. CHapMan, M.D. 662

XIV. The Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By R. C. L.

Perkins, D.Sc., M.A., Jesus College, Oxford AA bay GIES

( viii)

PAGE

XSViE PyRAposeman resemblance between Acraeine larvae. By

G. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.8., Member

of the Royal Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission coo Oz

XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi, Neave. By

G. D. H. Carrenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.), F.E.S. . wo ©6106

XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By E. ERNEST

GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. sa shail les Botanic ee

Peradeniya ... 717

XVIII. On new Species of Fossortal Hymenoptera from Africa, peat

Elidinae. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S.. 720

Proceedings for 1912 ee bie tee ae das “0 .. ext

Annual Meeting ... wae we an 6 i a oe exliii

President’s Address ide wee ee ire a ae nee clix

General Index aes Boe ae 53 so sie ses coe cei

Special Index ase iz ase 500 see ae ibs sss cevili

EXPLANATION OF PLATES, TRANSACTIONS.

Plates I-XVI. See ees 374 , Plates XLII-LXXVIII.

Plate XVII. 392 see pages 642

Plates XVIII-XXXVI.., 403 | Plates LX XIX, LXXX. ,, 661

Plates XXXVII, XXXVIIL. Plate LXXXI. 675

see pages 408 | Plates LAX XU-LKEKW,

Plates XXXIX, XL. _,, 418 see pages 676

Plate XLI. 6 458 | Plate LXXXVI. 5 719

Pist of Fellows

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

HONORARY FELLOWS.

ae Marked * have died during the year.

Election.

1900 AvuRiviLLivs, Professor Christopher, Stockholm.

1905 Bonivar, Ignacio, Museo nacional de Historia natural, Hipodromo,

17, Madrid.

1911 Comstock, Professor J. H., Cornell University, Ithaca, New York,

U.S.A.

1901 Fasre, J. H., Sérignan, Vaucluse, France.

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., Chigny, prés Morges, Switzerland.

1912 Frey-Gessner, Dr. Emile, La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland.

1906 * GaNGLBAUER, Custos Ludwig, Hof-Musewm, Vienna.

1898 Grassi, Professor Battista, The University, Rome.

1908 OxseErRtTHUR, Charles, Rennes, Ille-et-Vilaine, France.

1906 Reuter, Professor Odo Morannal, The University, Helsingfors,

Finland.

1911 Wasmany, Fr. Erich, 8.J., Valkenburg (L.) Ignatius Kolleg, Holland.

1893 Warttenwyt, Hoffrath Carl Brunner von, Schénbwrgstrasse

3, Vienna.

1898 Weismann, Dr. August, Freiburg, Baden.

FELLOWS.

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Marked * have died during the year.

Date of

Election.

1908 AcKERLEY, F. B., c/o Imperial Tobacco Oo. P.O. Box 1159,

Johannesburg, South Africa.

1901 ¢ ApaiR, Sir Frederick E. 8., Bart., Flixton Hall, Bungay.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, F.Z.S., 50, Ashley-gardens, Victoria-

street, S.W.

1902 ADKIN, Benaiah Whitley, Trenoweth, Hope-park, Bromley, Kent.

1885 ADKIN, Robert, (Councit, 1911- ), Wellfield, Lingards-road, Lewis-

ham, S.E.

1904 Agar, E. A., La Haut, Dominica, B. W. Indies.

Hey)

1912 Aten, T. W., M.A., 30, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood, N.

1911 AwnpErson, T. J., Entomologist, Dept. of Agriculture, Nairobi,

British East Africa.

1910 f ANDREWES, H. E., 8, North Grove, Highgate, N.

1899 ANnprReEws, Henry W., Shirley, Welling S.O., Kent.

1901 Awninea, William, 39, Lime Street, E.C.

1908 } AnTRAM, Charles B., Somerdale Estate, Ootacamund, Nilgiri Hills,

S. India.

1911 ArmstronG, Lionel, 25, Bourne Hall-road, Bushey, Herts.

1907 ARNOLD, G., M.Sc., A.R.C.S., Curator, Rhodesia Musewm, Bulawayo,

S. Africa.

1899 + ARRow, Gilbert J., (Counctt, 1905-7), 87, Union-grove, Clapham,

S.W.; and British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road,S.W.

1911 AsHBy, Edward Bernard, St. Bernards, Bulstrode-road, Hounslow,

Middlesex.

1907 + AsuBy, Sydney R., 119, Greenvale-road, Eltham-park, Kent.

1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn.

1850 + AvEBURY, The Right Honble. Lord, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

etc., (PRES., 1866-7, 1879-80; V.-Prus., 1862, 1868, 1876, 1881,

1888 ; CounciL, 1855-7, 1859-61), High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.

1901 Bacot, Arthur W., York Cottage, York-hill, Loughton, Essex.

1904 t BAGNALL, Richard S., Oldstead, Park Town, Oxford.

1909 Bacwe.u-PureFoy, Capt. Edward, 34, Sloane-Court, 8.W.

1903 Baupock, G. R., Oakburn Villa, Enfield Highway, Middlesex.

1912 Bauuarp, Edward, Zomba, Nyassaland, Africa.

1886 Banxus, Eustace R., M.A.

1890 Barcuay, Francis H., F.G.S., The Warren, Cromer.

1886 Bareaatt, Marchese Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palazzo Tempi No. 1,

Florence, Italy.

1895 Barker, Cecil W., The Bungalow, Escombe, Natal, South Africa.

1902 Barravp, Philip J., Bushey Heath, Watford.

1911 Barrert, J. Platt, Westcroft, South-road, Forest Hill, S.E.

1907 Barruert, H. Frederick D., 1, Myrtle-road, Bowrnemouth.

1894 + Bateson, Prof. William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,

Cambridge, The Manor House, Merton, Surrey.

1908 Bayrorp, E. G., 2, Rockingham-street, Barnsley.

1904 Bayne, Arthur F., c/o Messrs. Freeman, Castle-street, Framlingham,

Suffolk.

1912 Baynes, Edward Stuart Augustus, 120, Warwick-street, Eccleston-

square, S.W.

1896 | BEaRE, Prof. T. Hudson, B.Sc., F.R.S.E., (V.-PREs., 1910;

CounciL, 1909-11), 10, Regent Terrace, Edinburgh.

1908 BrcuErR, Major Edward F., Cranfield House, Polzeath, St. Minver,

Cornwall.

1908 Beck, Richard, Red Lodge, Porchester-road, Bowrnemouth.

1905 Berprorp, The Duke of, K.G., Pres. Z.S., etc., Woburn Abbey, Beds.

1912

1899

1904

1906

1885

1895

1891

1904

1885

1909

1904

1886

1912

1903

1911

1907

1891

1902

1888

Cia 4

BeprorpD, Gerald, Entomologist to the Union of South Africa,

Veterinary Bacteriological Laboratory, Ondestepoort, Pretoria,

Transvaal.

BEDWELL, Ernest C., Bruggen, Brighton-road, Coulsdon, Surrey.

Benertsson, Simon, Ph.D., Lecturer, University of Lund, Sweden ;

Curator, Entomological Collection of the University.

Benratt, E. E., The Towers, Heybridge, Essex.

BETHUNE-BakER, George T., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-PRes., 1910-11 ;

CounciL, 1895, 1910- ), 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston, Birm-

ingham.

Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., 38, The Common, Woolwich.

BuaBer, W. H., F.L.S., 34, Cromwell-road, Hove, Brighton.

Buack, James E., Nethercroft, Peebles.

Buair, Kenneth G., 23, West Hill, Highgate, N.

Buatuwayt, Lt.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Eagle House, Batheaston,

Bath.

BLENKARN, Stanley A., Norham, Cromwell-road, Beckenham.

Buiss, Maurice Frederick, Coningsburgh, Montpelier-road, Ealing, W.

BLooMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,

Hastings.

BopxIn, G. C., Govt. Entomologist, Georgetown, British Guiana.

Bogus, W. A., The Bank House, Watchet.

Borteav, H., 99, Rue de la Cote St. Thibault, Bois de Colombes,

Seine, France.

Bonnet, Alexandre, 54, Boulevard Bineau, Newilly-sur-Seine,

Seine, France.

Boots, George A., Whalley Range, Longton, Lancashire.

Bostock, E. D., Oulton Cross, Stone, Staffs.

Bower, Benjamin A., Langley, Willow Grove, Chislehurst.

1894 + Bowtss, E. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross.

1912 + Bowrtne, C. Talbot, Acting Commissioner of Customs, Wenchow,

1910

China.

Boyp, A. Whitworth, The Alton, Altrincham, Cheshire.

1852 * Boyp, Thos., Woodvale Lodge, South Norwood Hill, S.E.

1893 * Brapant, Hdouard, Chdteau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),

1905

1904

1877

1912

1870

1894

France.

BrackEN, Charles W., B.A., 5, Carfrae Terrace, Lipson, Plymouth.

BRIDGEMAN, Commander The Hon. Richard O.B., R.N., 44, Lowndes-

square, S.W., and H.M.S. “ Drwid,” 1st Destroyer Flotilla, Home

Fleet.

Bricas, Charles Adolphus, Rock House, Lynmouth S8.O.,

N. Devon.

Brieas, Miss Margery H., B.Sc., 7, Winterstoke-gardens, Mill

Hill, N.W.

Briegs, Thomas Henry, M.A., Rock House, Lynmouth 8.0.,

N. Devon.

Bricut, Percy M., Fairfield, Wimborne-road, Bournemouth.

(. ii ))

1909 Brirren, Harry, Prospect House, Salkeld Dykes, Penrith.

1902 Broueuron, Major T. Delves, R.E., Rodney Hall, Filton, nr. Bristol.

1878 Broun, Major Thomas, Mount Albert, Auckland, New Zealand.

1904 Brown,Henry H., Sheriff Court House, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh.

1910 Browne, Horace B., M.A., Park Hurst, Morley, Yorks.

1911 Brurzer, Rev. Henry William, Great Bowden Vicarage, Market

Harborough.

1909 Bryant, Gilbert E., Fir Grove, Esher, Surrey.

1898 | Bucnan-Heppurn, Sir Archibald, Bart., J.P., D.L., Smeaton-

Hepburn, Prestonkirk.

1907 Buuuetp, Arthur, F.S.A., Wimboro, Midsomer Norton, Somerset-

shire.

1896 | Burr, Malcolm, D.Sc., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.G.S., A.R.S.M., Vicz-

PRESIDENT, (CoUNCIL, 1903, 4, 1910-12), Castle Hill House, Dover.

1909 Burrows, The Rev. C. R. N., The Vicarage, Mucking, Stanford-le-

Hope, Essex.

1868 + Butter, Arthur G., Ph.D., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Src., 1875; Counc,

1876), The Lilies, Beckenham-road, Beckenham.

1883 Butter, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc., 56, Cecile-Park, Crouch

End, N.

1902 Burier, William E., Hayling House, Oxford-road, Reading.

1905 BurrerFie.D, Jas. A., B.Sc., Comrie, Eglinton Hill, Plumstead.

1912 Buxton, Patrick Alfred, M.B.0.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and Trinity

College, Cambridge.

1904 Byart, Horace A., B.A., Berbera (via Aden), Somaliland Protectorate.

1902 Cameron, Malcolm, M.B., R.N., H.M.S. “ Formidable,” 5th Battle

Squadron.

1885 CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., ete, Byrnllwydwyn,

Machynlleth, Montgomeryshire.

1898 CanbeézE, Léon, Mont St. Martin 75, Liége.

1880 CanspaLE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, 8.E.

1889 Cant, A., 33, Festing-road, Putney, 8.W.; and c/o Fredk. Du Cane

Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 45, Pont-street, S.W.

1894 CaraccioLo, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British

West Indies.

1910 Cartier, E. Wace, M.D., F.R.S.E., Morningside, Granville-road,

Dorridge, and The University, Birmingham.

1892 CarpENntTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, 22, Grosvenor-road, S.W.

1910 CaRPENTER, Geoffrey D. H., B.A., Uganda Medical Service,

Uganda Protectorate.

1895 Carpenter, Prof. G. H., B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch., Royal College of

Science, Dublin.

1898 CarpEntTER, J. H., Redcot, Belmont-road, Leatherhead.

1868 CaRRINGTON, Charles, Meadowcroft, Horley, Surrey.

1911 Carson, George Moffatt, Entomologist to the Government of New

Guinea, Port Moresby, New Guinea.

1895

1912

1906

1900

1903

( xiii)

Carter, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Greycliffe, Lower Warberry-road,

Torquay.

CartER, Henry Francis, Assistant Lecturer and Demonstrator in

Medical and Economic Entomology, Liverpool School of Tropical

Medicine, University of Liverpool.

Carter, H. J., B.A., Ascham, Darling Point, Sydney, N.S. Wales.

CartER, J. W., 15, Westfield-road, Manningham, Bradford.

Cassat, R. T., M.R.C.S.

CattLE, John Rowland, The Priory, West Tarring, Worthing.

1889 + Cave, Charles J. P., Ditcham Park, Petersfield.

1900

1871

1891

1910

1897

1902

1908

1889

1909

1908

1904

1899

1906

1911

1892

1867

1895

1909

1890

CHAMBERLAIN, Neville, Westbourne, Edgbaston, Birmingham.

CuHampion, George C., F.Z.S., A.L.S., (CounciL, 1875-7; LIBRARIAN,

1891— ), Heatherside, Horsell, Woking ; and 45, Pont-street, S.W.

CuapMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1900, 1904-5,

1908 ; CounciIL, 1898-1900, 1903-5, 1907-9), Betula, Reigate.

CHARNLEY, J. R.

Cuawner, Miss Ethel F., Forest Bank, Lyndhurst, R.S.O., Hants.

CHEESMAN, E. M., c/o Mr. John Garson, 150, Umbilo-road, Durban.

Cuerty, B. Chourappa, The Government Museum, Bangalore, India.

Curisty, William M., M.A., F.L.S., Watergate, Emsworth.

Cuuss, Ernest C., Curator, Durban Museum, Natal, South Africa.

Crark, C. Turner, F.Z.8S., Hillcrest, St. Augustine’s-avenue,

S. Croydon.

Cuark, Edgar L., Congella, Natal.

CLUTTERBUCK, Charles G., Heathside, 23, Heathwville-road, Gloucester.

CiLurrerBucK, P. H., Indian Forest Department, Naini Tal, United

Provinces, India.

Cockayne, Edward A., 16, Cambridge-square, London, W.

Coutin, James E., (CounctL, 1904-6), Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

Coutincr, Walter E., M.Sc, F.LS., 8, Newhall-street, Bir-

mingham.

Corton, Sidney Howard, 14, Chesterfield-street, Mayfair, W.

Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., Upcott House,

Taunton.

Cox, Herbert Ed., Claremont, Jamaica.

CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.

Craw ey, W. C., 16, Albany-mansions, Albert Bridge-road, S.W.

CREWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

1880 + Crisp, Sir Frank, LL.B., B.A., J.P.

1907

1908

1901

1900

1907

1886

Crort, Edward Octavius, M.D., 28, Clarendon-road, Leeds.

Cuupin, Millais, M.B., F.R.C.S., The Palace Hotel, Shanghai.

Curtis, W. Parkinson, Aysgarth, Poole, Dorset.

Danp, Edward Martin, Hohenzollernstrasse 18, Zehlendorf, bei Berlin.

Daue@uisH, Andrew Adie, 7, Keir-street, Pollokshields, Glasgow.

Dames, Felix L., 13, Humboldtstrasse, Steglitz, Berlin.

Dannatt, Walter, 45, Manor Park, Lee, 8.E.

1911

1905

1912

1910

1903

1898

1912

1875

1887

1895

1909

1905

1912

1906

1903

1906

1891

1908

1910

1884

1867

1900

1894

1906

1883

1910

1912

1890

1865

(C xiv)

Davey, H. W., Inspector of Department of Agriculture, Geelong,

Victoria, Australia.

Davinson, James D., 32, Drwmsheugh Gardens, Edinburgh.

Davis, Frederick Lionel, J.P., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Belize, British

Honduras.

Dawson, William George, Manor House, Abbots Morton, Worcester.

Day, F. H., 26, Currock-terrace, Carlisle.

Day, G. O., Sahlatston, Duncan’s Station, Vancowver Island, British

Columbia.

Dewirz, Dr. John, Director German Govt. Experimental Station,

Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine.

Distant, William Lucas, (V.-PRzs., 1881, 1900; SEc., 1878-80;

Councih, 1900-2), Shannon-lodge, Selhurst-road, South Norwood,

S.E.

Drxey, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., F.R.S., Fellow and Bursar

of Wadham College, (PRES., 1909-10; V.-Pres., 1904-5, 1911;

CouNcIL, 1895, 1904-6), Wadham College, Oxford.

Dosson, H.T., Jvy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden S.O., Surrey.

Dosson, Thomas, 1, Grant-street, Farnworth, Bolton.

Dopp, Frederick P., Kuranda, vid Cairns, Queensland.

Dota, Capt. Kenneth Alan Crawford, R.A.M.C., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

c/o Messrs. Holt & Co., 3, Whitehall-place, London, S.W.

Dotiman, Hereward, Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W.

DotimaN, J. C., Hove House, Newton-grove, Bedford-park, W.

DoncastER, Leonard, M.A., The University Musewm of Zoology,

Cambridge.

DonistHoRPE, Horace St. John K., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1911;

CounciL, 1899-1901, 1910- ), 58, Kensington-mansions, South

Kensington, 8.W.

Doueias-CrompPtTon, Sydney.

Downes-Suaw, Rev. Archibald, Gt. Horton Vicarage, Bradford.

Drucez, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., (Councit, 1903-5), 43, Circus-

road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

Drouce, Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counctn, 1885, 1892), 43, Circus-

road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

Drory, W. D., Rocquaine, West Hill Park, Woking.

Dupeeron, G. C., Director General, Dept. of Agriculture, Cairo.

DUKINFIELD JonEs, E., Castro, Reigate.

Durrant, John Hartley, Vick-PREsIDENT, (CouncrL, 1911- ),

Merton, 17, Burstock-road, Putney, S.W., and British Museum

(Natural History), Cromiell-road, South Kensington, 8.W.

Eaes-WuitsE, J. Cushny, 47, Chester-terrace, Eaton-square, S.W.

Eart, Herbert L., 35, Leicester-street, Southport, Lancs.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Enton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.

Eaton, The Rev. Alfred Edwin, M.A., (Counctn, 1877-9), Rich-

mond Villa, Northam S.0., N. Devon.

€ xm )

1904 Ecxrorp, George, F.Z.S., c/o Sir Morgan Tuite, Bart., Ki/ruane,

Nenagh, Co. Tipperary, Ireland.

1902 Epertsten, Hubert M., The Elms, Forty Hill, Enfield, Middlesex.

1911 Epwarps, F. W., Kingswear, Cornwall-road, Harrow.

1886 Epwarps, James, Colesborne, Cheltenham.

1884 Epwarps, Stanley, F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Counci, 1912— ),15, St. Germans-

place, Blackheath, S.E.

1900 Euiort, E. A., 16, Belsize Grove, Hampstead, N.W.

1900 Exuis, H. Willoughby, Holly Hill, Berkswell, Warwickshire.

1886 Exuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.

1903 Etrrinesay, Harry, M.A., F.Z.S8., Eastgarth, Westoe, South Shields,

and Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford.

1878 Enwes, Henry John, J.P., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S., (PREs., 1893-4 ;

V.-PreEs., 1889-90, 1892, 1895 ; CounciL, 1888-90), Colesborne,

Cheltenham.

1886 Ewnock, Frederick, F.L.S., 13, Tufnell Park Road, London, N.

1903 ErxHeEripes, Robert, Curator, Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

1908 Evustacr, Eustace Mallabone, M.A., Challacombe Rectory, Parra-

combe 8.0., N. Devon, and Wellington College, Berks.

1909 Evans, Frank J., Superintendent of Agriculture, Calabar, Eastern

Province, 8S. Nigeria.

1907 Feratuer, Walter, Voi, British East Africa.

1900 FerutuHay, H. L. L., P. 0. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal.

1861 Fenn, Charles, Hversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E,

1886 Fenwick, Nicolas Percival, The Gables, New-road, Esher.

1908 Fernwick, Norman Percival, Junior, Hillside, St. Anmn’s-road,

Eastbourne.

1910 Fernyzs, A., M.D., 170, North Grange Grove-Avenue, Pasadena,

California, U.S.A.

1889 FerrRNaLpD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

1900 Firtn, J. Digby, F.L.S., Boys’ Modern School, Leeds.

1874 * Fircn, Edward A., F.L.S., (Src., 1881-5 ; CouncriL, 1879, 1886)

Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

1905 Feet, Wilfred James, F.H.A.S., F.C.S., Toynton, Felixstowe, Suffolk.

1900 Fremyne, The Rev. W. Westropp, M.A., Coolfin, Portlaw, co.

Waterford.

1898 FuetcHer, T. Bainbrigge, R.N., Agricultural College and Research

Institute, Coimbatore, Madras, S. India.

1883 + FLETcHER, William Holland B., M.A., Aldwick Manor, Bognor.

1905 FLoERSHEIM, Cecil, 16, Kensington Court Mansions, 8.W.

1885 Foxxer, A. J. F., Zierikzee, Zeeland, Netherlands.

1912 Fosrer, C.A., Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood, Iffley, Oxford.

1900 Founkss, P. Hedworth, B.Sc., Harper-Adams Agricultwral College,

Newport, Salop.

1898 Fountatng, Miss Margaret, 1, The Studios, Sheriff-road, West

Hampstead, N.W.

Cire)

1880 FowimrR, The Rev. Canon, D.Sc, M.A., F.L.S., (Pres., 1901-2 ;

V.-Pres., 1903 ; Sc., 1886-96), Harley Vicarage, near Reading.

1908 Fraser, Frederick C., Capt., M.D., I.M.S., Assist. Superint., Govt.

Maternity Hospital, Madras, India.

1896 FRExkE, Perey Evans, Southpoint, Limes-road, Folkestone.

1888 FreEMuLin, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Elms, Kingsbury, N.W.

1903 FreNcH, Charles, F.L.S., Government Entomologist, Melbourne,

Victoria, Australia.

1910 Frispy, G. E., 40, Windmill-street, Gravesend.

1908 Frogeartt, Walter W., F.L.S., Government Entomologist, 138, George-

street, Sydney, New South Wales.

1891 Frouawk, F. W., Stanley House, Park-road, Wallington, Surrey.

1906 + Fry, Harold Armstrong, P.O. Box 46, Johannesburg, Transvaal

Colony.

1900 Fryer, H. Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.

1907 Fryer, John Claud Fortescue, The Priory, Chatteris, Cambs.

1876 Funter, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,

Sydenham, S.E.

1898 Futur, Claude, Government Entomologist, Pietermaritzburg, Natal.

1887 Gaunan, Charles Joseph, M.A., (SEc., 1899-1900 ; CounciL, 1893-5,

1901), 8, Lonsdale-road, Bedford Park, W.; and British Museum

(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.

1910 Garcks, Emile, M.I.E.E., Witton House, Maidenhead.

1892 Garbk&, Philip de la, R.N., 8, Queen’s-terrace, Exeter.

1890 GarpneErR, John, Lawrel Lodge, Hart, West Hartlepool.

1901 + GarpneR, Willoughby, F.L.S., Deganwy, N. Wales.

1910 Geary, T. H., Enderby, Leicestershire.

1899 GeLpaRT, William Martin, M.A., 10, Chadlington-road, Oxford.

1906 +t Grpps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Councin, 1912— ), Kitchener's

Meads, St. Albans.

1908 GrrFaRD, Walter M., P.O. Box 308, Honolulu, Hawaii.

1907 Gites, Henry Murray, Head Keeper of Zoological Gardens, South

Perth, W. Australia.

1902 GinuanpERS, A. T., Park Cottage, Alnwick.

1904 Gurwt1At, Francis, B.A., c/o Rev. G. Gilliat, Haselbury Vicarage,

Crewkerne, Somerset.

1865 + Gopman, Frederick Du Cane, D.C.L., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., (PREs.,

1891-2; V.-Prus., 1882-3, 1886, 1889-90, 1902; Counctn, 1880-

1, 1900), South Lodge, Lower Beeding, Horsham; and 45, Pont-

street, S.W.

1886 + Goopricu, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Brislington House, near

Bristol.

1904 Goopwin, Edward, Canon Court, Wateringbury, Kent.

1898 Gorpon, J.G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill S.O., Wigtownshire.

1898 Gorpon, R. 8. G. McH., Corsemalzie, Whauphill 8.0., Wigtown-

shire.

( xvii)

1855 GoruaM, The Rev. Henry Stephen, F.Z.S., (Councin, 1882-3), High-

croft, Great Malvern.

1910 Gorrmann, A. M.S.,94, Niddastrasse, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany.

1909 Gowpey, Carlton C., B.Sc., Govt. Entomologist, Entebbe, Uganda,

Africa.

1911 Graves, P. P., Club de Constantinople, Constantinople, Turkey.

1891 + GreEn, E. Ernest, Government Entomologist, Mote Hall, Bearsted,

Kent; and Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya, Ceylon.

1910 Green, Herbert A., The Central Fire Station, Durban, Natal.

1894 Green, J. F., F.Z.S., 38, Pont-street, London, S.W.

1898 GREENSHIELDS, Alexander, 38, Blenheim-gardens, Cricklewood

aN, Wi

1893 + GrEENWwoopD, Henry Powys, F.L.S., Whitsbury House, Salisbury.

1888 GrirrFitTHs, G. C., F.Z.S., Penhurst, 3, Leigh-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1894 GrimsHAw, Percy H., Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh.

1905 Grist, Charles J., Elgin House, Knockholt, Sevenoaks,

1909 * Grosvenor, G. H., M.A., Blakedown, nr. Kidderminster.

1906 Gurney, Gerard H., Keswick Hall, Norwich.

1910 Gurney, William B., Asst. Govt. Entomologist, Department of

Agriculture, Sydney, Australia.

1912 Hacker, Henry, Bowen Bridge-road, Brisbane, Queensland:

1906 Hawt, Arthur, 7, Park-lane-mansions, Croydon.

1890 + Hatt, Albert Ernest, Cranfield House, Southwell, Notts.

1885 Hatz, Thomas William, Stanhope, The Crescent, Croydon.

1912 Hauiert, Howard Mountjoy, 13, Earl-road, Penarth, Glamorgan-

shire.

1898 Hamuyn-Harnris, R., D.Sc., F.L.S., F.Z.S., F.R.M.S., Director of the

Queensland Museum, Brisbane, Australia.

1891 Hampson, Sir George Francis, Bart., B.A., F.Z.S., (V.-PREs., 1898 ;

CounciIL, 1896-8), 62, Stanhope-gardens, 8.W.

1891 Hansoury, Frederick J., F.L.S., Brockhurst, E. Grinstead.

1905 + Hancock, Joseph L., 5466, Lexington Avenue, Chicago, U.S.A.

1903 Harz, E. J.,. Dunham, Boscombe, Hants.

1904 Harris, Edward, St. Conan’s, Chingford, Essex.

1910 Harwoop, Philip, 23, Northgate End, Bishop’s Stortford.

1910 Hawksuaw, J. C., Hollycombe, Sussex.

1910 Hepess, Alfred van der, Stoke House, Stoke Mandeville, Bucks.

1910 HENDERSON, J., Clifton, Ashbourne, Derby.

1898 Heron, Francis A., B.A., 16, Kenilworth-road, Ealing, W.

1903 Herron, William, W.B.C. Apiary, Old Bedford-road, Luton, Beds.

1908 Hewirr, C. Gordon, D.Sc., Central Experimental Farm, Dept. of

Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada.

1876 + Hittman, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes.

1907 Hoar, Thomas Frank Partridge, Mercia, Albany-road, Leighton

Buzzard.

1912 Hopes, Harold, Chapel Place Mansion, 322, Oxford-street, yy

1888

1902

1910

1887

1898

1910

1901

1897

1903

(> xviii +)

Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., B.D., Rhyddington, Clifton Drive,

Lytham.

Hots, R. 8., c/o Messrs. King and Co., Bombay.

Ho.rorp, H. Oliver, Elstead Lodge, Godalming, Surrey.

Houianp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,

Penn., U.S.A.

Hotman-Hunt, C. B., Asst. Entomologist, Department of Agri-

culture, Kuala Lumpur, Federated Malay States.

Houtmes, Edward Morrell, Ruthven, Sevenoaks.

Hopson, Montagu F., L.D.S., R.C.S.Eng., F.LS., 64, Harley-

street, W.

Horne, Arthur, 60, Gladstone-place, Aberdeen.

Hoveuton, J. T., 1, Portland-place, Worksop.

1907 | Howarp, C. W., Entomological Division, College of Agriculture,

1900

1907

St. Anthony Park, Minn., U.S.A.

Howrs, W. George, 432, George-street, Dunedin, New Zealand.

How tert, Frank M., M.A., Wymondham, Norfolk.

1865 + Hupp, A. E., 108, Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888

1907

1912

1897

Hupson, George Vernon, Hill View, Karori, Wellington, New

Zealand,

Hueues, C. N., 3, Wyndham Place, Bryanston-square, W.

Huis, Miss Lily, Hollywood, Colinton-road, Edinburgh.

ImaceE, Prof. Selwyn, M.A., (Councit, 1909-11), 20, Fitzroy-

street, Fitzroy-square, W.

1912 + IMs, A. D., D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt. of

1908

1891

1907

1911

1910

1869

1898

1912

1886

1899

1909

India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India.

Irpy, Captain Leonard Paul, Brook House, Eastry S.0., Kent.

IsaBELL, The Rev. John, Sunnycroft, St. Sennen S.0., Cornwall.

Jack, Rupert Wellstood, Government Entomologist, Department

of Agriculture, Salisbury, Rhodesia.

Jackson, P. H., 112, Balham-park-road, S.W.

Jacosi, Professor A., Ph.D., Director of the R. Zoological and

Anthrop.-Ethnographical Museum, Dresden, Saxony.

Jacoss, Capt. J. J., R.E., 99, Bensham Manor-road, Thornton

Heath, Surrey.

Jacops, Lionel L., P. O. Box 445, Sault Ste. Marie, Ontario,

Canada.

JANSON, Oliver E., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.; and 44,

Great Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

JANSON, Oliver J., Cestria, Claremont-road, Highgate, N.

JARDINE, Nigel K., 2, Casile-street, Ashford, Kent.

Jemmett, C., Ashford, Kent; and Agricultural College, Wye, Kent.

JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, Hast Gate House, Lewes.

Jennines, F. B., 152, Silver-street, Upper Edmonton, N.

JEPSON, Frank P., Department of Agriculture, Suva, Fiji Islands.

( Sais”) )

1886 Joxnn, Evan, Llantrisant S.0., Glamorganshire.

1907 Jonson, Charles Fielding, Mayfield, Brinington Crescent, Stockport.

1889 JoHNnson, The Rev. W. F., M.A., Acton Rectory, Poyntz Pass,

co. Armagh.

1908 Jortcry, James J., The Homestead, Abbot's Brook, Bourne End, Bucks.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Vicn-PrEestpENT, (CouNcIL, 1898-1900 ;

TREASURER, 1904— ),Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1910 Jonss, Ernest P., 7, Sherwin-street, Nantwich-road, Crewe.

1894, Jorpan, Dr. K., (V.-PRes., 1909; Councin, 1909-11), The

Museum, Tring.

1910 JosrpH, E. G., 23, Clanricarde-gardens, W.

1910 Joy, Ernest Cooper, Eversley, Dale-road, Purley.

1902 Joy, Norman H., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Bradfield, Readina.

1884 KappEL, A. W., F.L.S., Linnean Society, Burlington House, W.

1876 + Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1896 f Kayz, William James, (Counctt, 1906-8), Caracas, Ditton Hill,

Surbiton.

1907 Ketty, Albert Ernest McClure, Assistant Entomologist, Department

of Agriculture, Pietermaritzburg, Natal, S.A.

1902 Kemp, Stanley W., The Indian Museum, Calcutta.

1890 Kenrick, Sir George H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

1904 KersHaw, G. Bertram, Ingleside, West Wickham, Kent.

1906 Keynes, John Neville, M.A., D.Sc., 6, Harvey-road, Cambridge.

1900 Krys, James H., Morwell, Freedom-villas, Lipson-road, Plymouth.

1911 Kuounan, Kunui, M.A., Asst. Entomologist to the Govt. of Mysore,

Bangalore, South India.

1912 Kine, Harold H., Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,

Sudan.

1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., Lecturer on Economic Entomology at the West of

Scotland Agricultural College, 1, Athole Gardens-terrace, Kelvin-

side, Glasgow.

1861 * Krrsy, William F., F.L.S., (Snc., 1881-5 ; CounciL, 1886), Hilden,

46, Sutton Court-road, Chiswick, W.

1889 KzuapALEK, Professor Franz, Karlin 263, Prague, Bohemia.

1887} KueIn, Sydney T., F.LS., F.R.AS., AHatherlow, Raglan-road.

Reigate.

1908 Kwyipsen, Jens Marius.

1911 Kune, Thien Cheng, Guardian Superintendent of Chinese Students

in British India, c/o The Curator, Mysore Govt. Museum, Banga-

lore, India.

1910 Larpiaw, William, The Cedars, Eustern-road, Romford, Essex.

1910 Lakin, C. Ernest, M.D., F.R.C.S., 2, Park-crescent, Portland-place, W.

1911 + Lamporn, W. A., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Oni Camp, Lagos, W. Africa.

1868 Lane, Colonel A. M., O.B., R.E., Box Grove Lodge, Guildford.

( xx )

1912 Latour, Cyril Engelhart, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West

Indies.

1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming.

1908 Lawn, G. W., Tudor House, Wealdstone, Harrow.

1899 Lea, Arthur M., Government Entomologist, Musewm, Adelaide,

S. Australia.

1901 Lian, George F., 45, Cuthbert’s Buildings, West-street, Durban,

Natal.

1910 Leas, H.S., The University, Manchester.

1909 LeteH-Crare, Reginald L., c/o Messrs. Allen & Gledhill, Solicitors,

Singapore.

1900 LricH-PHILLIPs, Rev. W. J., Capstan House, Copse-road, Clevedon,

Somerset.

1892 Lustig, J. Henry, 84, Huron-road, Tooting Common, 8.W.

1898 LrtTuHeripeE, Ambrose G.

1903 ¢ Levert, The Rev. Thomas Prinsep, Frenchgate, Richmond, Yorks.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., (Councit, 1878, 1884), 87, Frant-road,

Tunbridge Wells.

1908 + Lewis, John Spedan, Spedan Towers, Hampstead, N.W., and 277,

Oxford-street, W.

1892 Licurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1908 Lister, W. K., Street End House, Ash, near Dover.

1903 Lirrier, Frank M., Box 114, P.O., Launceston, Tasmania.

1865+ Lurwetyy, Sir John Talbot Dillwyn, Bart. M.A., F.LS.,

Penllergare, Swansea,

1881 + Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., Zhe Dome, Bognor.

1885 | Luoyp, Robert Wylie, (Counciz, 1900-1), I, 5 and 6, Albany,

Piccadilly, W.

1903 LorrHousr, Thomas Ashton, The Croft, Linthorpe, Middles-

brough.

1908 Lonaspon, D., The Flower House, Southend, Catford, 8.E.

1904 + Lonestarr, George Blundell, M.D., (V.-PREs., 1909; CouNcIL,

1907-9), Highlands, Putney Heath, S.W.

1899 Lounspury, Charles P., B.Sc., Government Entomologist, Box 513,

Pretoria, S. Africa.

1894 Lows, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage, Guernsey.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Argent-street, Broken Hill, New South Wales.

1901 Lower, Rupert S., Davonport-terrace, Wayville, South Australia.

1909 Lucas, Dr. T. P., Wakefield-buildings, Adelaide-street, Brisbane,

Australia.

1898 Lucas, William John, B.A., (Councin, 1904-6), 28, Knight’s Park,

Kingston-on- Thames.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Courtlands, Chelston, Torquay.

19038 LyELL, G., Gisborne, Victoria, Australia.

1912 Lyzx, George Trevor, Bank House, Brockenhurst.

1901 Lyman, Henry H., M.A., F.R.GS., 74, McTavish-street, Montreal,

Canada.

( ee

1909 Lyon, Francis Hamilton, 89, Clarence Gate-gardens, Upper Baker-

street, N.W.

1906 McCarrison, D. L., Indian Police Forces, Madras Club, Madras.

1887 M‘Doueatt, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath, 8.E.

1910 Macpoucatt, R. Stewart, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.E., Edinburgh Uni-

versity.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.

1900 Mackwoop, The Hon. F. M., M.L.C., Colombo, Ceylon.

1911 Macuiran, Dr. Ivan Clarkson, M.D., B.Sc., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P.,

28, Hill-street, Knightsbridge, 8.W.

1899 + Martn, Hugh, B.Sc., (Councin, 1908-10), Almondale, Buckingham-

road, South Woodford, N.E.

1905 Matty, Charles Wm., M.Sc., Graham’s Town, Cape Colony.

1887 Manpers, Lieut.-Colonel Neville, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., 4, South-road,

Curragh Camp, Co. Kildare, Ireland.

1892 Manssrin@g, William, 4, Norwich-road, Wavertree, Liverpool.

1894 | MarsHALtL, Alick, 18, Hazeldene-road, Chiswick, W.

1895 MarsHaut, Guy Anstruther Knox, F.Z.S., (Councit, 1907-8),

6, Chester-place, Hyde Park-square, W.

1896 MarsHatt, P., M.A., B.Sc, F.G.S., University School of Mines,

Dunedin, New Zealand.

1856 | MarsHALL, William, V.M.H., F.R.H.S., Auchinraith, Bexley S.O.,

Kent.

1897 Martineau, Alfred H., 54, Holly-lane, W. Smethwick.

1910 t Mason, C. W., St. Denis, Shaftesbury, Dorset.

1895 Massey, Herbert, Ivy-Lea, Burnage, Didsbury, Manchester.

1865 MatHew, Gervase F., F.L.S., Paymaster-in-chief, R.N., (CouncIL,

1887), Lee House, Dovercourt, Harwich.

1887 MarrHews, Coryndon, Stentaway, Plymstock, S. Devon.

1912 Mauv.ix, Samarenda, c/o Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate-circus,

E.C., and Fitzwilliam Hall, Cambridge.

1900 Maxwe.t-Lerroy, H., Imperial College of Science and Technology,

South Kensington, 8.W.

1899 May, Harry Haden, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1904 MrapE-Wa.po, Geoffrey, Hever Warren, Edenbridge, Kent, and

British Museum (Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.

1872 ¢ MexLpoua, Professor Raphael, Hon. D.Sc. Oxon, Hon. LL.D. St.

Andrews, F.R.S., F.C.S., F.1C., F.R.A.S., etc. (PREs., 1895-6 ;

V.-PRES., 1881, 1884, 1897, 1903, 1908 ; Sxc., 1876-80 ; CouncIL,

1874-5, 1884-5, 1889-92, 1903, 1907-8), 6, Brunswick-square,

W.C.

1885 MELVILL, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Meole Brace Hall, Shrewsbury.

1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, (PREs., 1905-6 ; V.-PREs., 1893, 1907 ; Suc.,

1897-8 ; CounciL, 1894, 1899), 14, Clifton-terrace, Brighton.

1906 Merriman, Gordon, The Quick Laboratory, New Museums,

Cambridge.

( xx)

1905 Merry, Rev. W. Mansell, M.A., St. Michael’s, Oxford.

1912 Mercars, Rev. J. W., The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary, Devon.

1888 Meryer-Pacrnt, G., 5, Viale Poggio Imperiale, Florence.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A. F.RS., F.ZS., Thornhanger, Marl-

borough.

1894 Mraut, Louis Compton, F.R.S., (Councin, 1903, 1908), NortonWay

N., Letchworth.

1908 Mupp.eETon, Ivan E., 11, High-street, Serampore, Bengal.

1883 Mixes, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

1910 Muintar, F. Grahame, The Tangga Batu Rubber Co., Malacca,

Straits Settlement.

1906 MircHEtt-Hepass, Frederic Albert.

1905 Mrrrorp, Robert Sidney, C.B., 35, Redcliffe-square, 8.W.

1879 Mownverro, Dr. Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 70, Rua do Alecrinar,

Lisbon.

1902 Monrtcomery, Arthur Meadows, 34, Shalimar Gardens, Pembridge-

road, North Acton, W.

1899 Moors, Harry, 12, Lower-road, Rotherhithe.

1907 Moors, Mrs. Catharine Maria, Holmefield, Oakholme-rd., Sheffield.

1886 Moreay, A. C. F., F.L.S., 135, Oakwood-court, Kensington, W.

1889 + Moricg, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,

PRESIDENT, (V.-PREs., 1902, 1904 ; Councin, 1902-4), Brunswick,

Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895 + Mortey, Claude, F.Z.8., Monk Soham House, Suffolk.

1910 Morner, Count Birger, Consul for H.M. the King of Sweden,

Sydney, Australia.

1912 Morrett, R. D’A., Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall-court, S.W.

1907 Morrimur, Charles H., Royton Chase, Byfleet, Surrey.

1893 Morron, Kenneth J., 13, Blackford-road, Edinburgh.

1910 MoseEty, Martin E., 21, Alexandra-court, Queen’s-gate, S.W.

1900 Moser, Julius, 59, Buloww-strasse, Berlin.

1882 Mostey, 8. L., The Musewm and Technical College, Huddersfield.

1911 Moss, Rev. A. Miles, Helm, Windermere.

1907 Movtrton, John C., The Hall, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts,

1911 Movnsgy, J. Jackson, c/o Messis. Booth & Co., Mandos, N. Brazil.

1901 + Muir, Frederick, H.S.P.A. Experiment Station, Honolulu, Oahu,

ET.

1912 + Muuian, Jal Phirozshah, M.A., Assistant Professor of Biology,

St. Xavier's College, Chunam Kiln-road, Grant-road, Bombay,

India.

1869 | Miuuer, Albert, F.R.G.S., (CouncrL, 1872-3), c/o Herr A. Miiller-

Mechel, Grenzacherstrasse 60, Basle, Switzerland.

1906 Muscuamp, Percy A. H., Institut, Stiéfa, nr. Zurich, Switzerland.

1909 MusHam, John F., 53, Brook-street, Selby, Yorks.

1903 Neavs,S. A., B.A., Mill Green Park, Ingatestone.

1901 Nevinson, E. B., Morland, Cobham, Surrey.

¢ sam)

1907 Newman, Leonard Woods, Bexley, Kent.

1909 Newstxap, Alfred, The Grosvenor Museum, Chester.

1890 NewsrEaD, Robert, M.Sc., A.L.S., Hon. F.R.H.S., Dutton Memorial

Professor of Entomology, The School of Tropical Medicine, Univer-

sity of Liverpool.

1909 NicHonson, Gilbert W., M.A., M.D., Cancer Hospital Research

Institute, Brompton, S.W.

1886 NicHoLson, William E., School Hill, Lewes.

1906 Nix, John Ashburner, Tilgate, Crawley, Sussex.

1912 Noaxss, Alfred, The Hill, Witley, Surrey.

1878 Norriper, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

1895 Norsz, Lt.-Colonel C. G., Timworth Hall, Bury St. Edmunds.

1908 Norsz, H. A., Botanical Department, Trinidad, B.W_I.

1877 Opertatr, René, Rennes (Ille-et-Vilaine), France.

1893 + OaLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire.

1910 Onpaxker, Francis A., M.A., The Red House, Haslemere.

1873 O.iviER, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (A llier), France.

1895 Paax, Herbert E., Bertrose, Gellatly-road, St. Catherine’s Park, S.E.

1912 Parerson, Edward J., Fairholme, Crowborough.

1907 Prapb, Clement H., Bow 252, Bulawayo, South Africa.

1911 Prarson, Douglas, Chilwell House, Chilwell, Notts.

1883 PsRINGUEY, Louis, D.Sc., F.Z.S., Director, South African Museum,

Cape Town, South Africa.

1903 + Perkins, R. C. L., M.A., D.Sc., F.Z.S., Park Hill House, Paignton,

Devon, and Board of Agriculture, Division of Entomology,

Honolulu, Hawait.

1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robert, Wotton-under-Edge.

1907 + Perrins, J. A. D., 3rd Seaforth Highlanders, Daxenham, Malvern.

1897 Puiuies, Hubert C., M.R.C.S., L.S.A., 262, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde-

park, W.

1903 + PuiLuirs, Montagu A., F.R.G.S., F.Z.S., 22, Petherton-road, High-

bury New Park, N.

1901 Pickert, C. P., 28, Colwith-road, Leytonstone, S.E.

1891 PrERcE, Frank Nelson, 1, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.

1903 PitcuER, Colonel Jesse George, I.M.S., F.R.C.S., 133, Gloucester-

road, Kensington, 8.W.

1910 Prnuar, A. Raman, University Union, Edinburgh, and Trivan:

dram, India.

1885 Pout, J. R. H. Neerwort van der, Driebergen, Netherlands.

1870 + Porritt, Geo. T., F.L.S., Elm Lea, Dalton, Huddersfield.

1884 + Pounton, Professor Edward B., D.Sc., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

F.Z.S., Hope Professor of Zoology in the University of Oxford,

(PREs., 1903-4 ; V.-Pres., 1894-5, 1902, 1905 ; Councrn, 1886-8, —

1892, 1896, 1905-7), Wykeham House, Banbury-road, Oxford.

1905 PowsE 1, Harold, 7, Rue Mireille, Hyéres (Var), France.

( xa =)

1906 Prart, H.C., Government Entomologist, Federated Malay States,

Kuala Lumpur, Malay States.

1908 Pratt, William B., 10, Lion Gate Gardens, Richmond, Surrey.

1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham.

1908 PripEaux, Robert M., Woodlands, Brasted Chart, Sevenoaks.

1904 Prisks, Richard A. R., 9, Melbourne Avenue, West Ealing.

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, (CounciL, 1905-7), 62, Graham-road,

Dalston, N.E.

1910 Punnett, Professor Reginald Crundall, M.A., Caius College,

Cambridge.

1912 QueERctI, Orazio, Macerata, Marche, Italy.

1900 RatneBow, William J., The Australian Musewm, Sydney, N.S.W.

1912 Rart-Smitu, 86, Gladstone-street, Abertillery, Monmouthshire.

1907 Raywarp, Arthur Leslie, Rockford, Beechwood-road, Sanderstead.

1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.E., The Elms, Yalding, Maidstone.

1898 Revron, R. H., c/o Perkins and Co., Ltd., Brisbane, Queensland.

1898 Revver, Professor Enzio, Helsingfors, Finland.

1910 bE Rauxk-Puruipz, G. W. V., c/o Grindlay & Co., Hastings-street,

Calcutta.

1912 Ritey, Norman Denbigh, 94, Drakefield-road, Upper Tooting, 8. W.,

and British Museum (Natural History), S. Kensington, 8.W.

1908 Rippon, Claude, M.A., 28, Walton-street, Oxford.

1905 Roprnson, Herbert C., Curator of State Museum, Kuala Lumpw,

Selangor.

1904 Rosinson, Lady, Worksop Manor, Notts.

1892 Ropinson, Sydney C., 10, Inchmory-road, Catford, S.E.

1869 + Roprnson-Doveas, William Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.GS.,

Orchardton, Castle Douglas.

1908 Rogers, The Rev. K. St. Aubyn, M.A., Rabai, Mombasa, British

East Africa.

1886 Ross, Arthur J., 1, Harewood-road, S. Croydon.

1912 Rosen, Kurt, Baron, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich.

1907 RosEnBERG, W. F. H., 57, Haverstock-hill, N.W.

1868 RorHney, George Alexander James, Pembury, Tudor-road, Upper

Norwood, S.E.

1894 + RoruscHiLp, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

(CouncIL, 1904), Arwndel-house, Kensington Palace Gardens, W.

1888 ¢ RoruscHitp, The Honble. Walter, D.Sc., F.R.S., F.LS., F.Z.S.,

(CounciL, 1900), Zoological Museum, Tring.

1890 RovurtLepaEx, G. B., Tarn Lodge, Heads Nook, Carlisle.

1887 RowLanD-Brown, Henry, M.A., (V.-PRes., 1908, 1910; Szc.,

1900-10), Oxhey-grove, Harrow Weald.

1910 Rupex, Miss Carlotta, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St.

John’s Wood, N.W.

1910 Rupez, Charles Henry, 1, Hamilton House, Grove-end-road, St.

John’s Wood, N.W.

(mv)

1898 Russet, A., Wilverley, Dale-road, Purley.

1892 RussEtt, S. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.

1905 Sr. Quintin, W. H., Scampton Hall, Rillington, York.

1906 Sampson, Lt.-Colonel F. Winn, 74, Vineyard Hill-road, Wimbledon

Park.

1910 Saunvers, H. A., Brookfield-house, Swanage.

1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.

1901 Scuauvs, W., F.Z.S., 97, Elm Park Gardens, 8.W.

1907 Scumassman, W., Beulah Lodge, London-road, Enfield, N.

1912 ScxHunck, Charles A., Hwelme, Wallingford.

1881 Sconuick, A. J., 8, Mayfield-road, Merton Park, Wimbledon.

1911 Scorer, Alfred George, Hill Crest, Chilworth, Guildford.

1909 Scort, Hugh, B.A., University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.

1911 Scort, Percy William Affleck, Chinese Imperial Customs Service,

Hangchow, China.

1912 Seirz, Dr. Adalbert, 59, Bismarckstrasse, Darmstadt, Germany.

1911 Sstovus, Cuthbert F., M.D., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Agra, Barton-on-

Sea, New Milton, Hants.

1911 + Sennett, Noel Stanton, 32, Bolton-gardens, S. Kensington, S.W.

1862 SwHarp, David, M.A., M.B., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (Pres., 1887-8 ;

V.-Pres., 1889, 1891-2, 1896, 1902-3; Sxc., 1867; CouNcIL,

1893-5, 1902-4), Lawnside, Brockenhurst, Hants.

1902 SHarp, W. E., (Councin, 1912- ), 9, Queen’s-road, South Norwood,

S.E.

1886 SHaw, George T. (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),

William Brown-street, Liverpool.

1905 SHeELpon, W. George, Youlgreave, South Croydon.

1901* SHELFORD, Robert, M.A., F.Z.S., (CounciL, 1907-8), University

Museum (Hope Department), Oxford.

1900 + SHEPHEARD-Watwyn, H. W., M.A., Dalwhinnie, Kenley, Surrey.

1887 + Sicu, Alfred, (Counc, 1910-12), Corney House, Chiswick, W.

1911 Srmes, James A., Mon Repos, Monkham’s-lane, Woodford-green,

Essex.

.1904 Srmmonps, Hubert W., c/o. Messrs. Jas. Bruce & Co., Adderley-street,

Cape Town.

1902 Stapen, Frederick William Lambart, Dept. of Agriculture, Central

Experimental Farm, Ottawa, Canada.

1902 St topsr, Gerard Orby, F.Z.S., J.P., Badminton Club, Piccadilly, W.

1907 Sty, Harold Baker, Mapledean, Ringley-avenue, Horley.

1906 Smatumay, Raleigh S., Eliot Lodge, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,

Kent.

1901 Swmirx, Arthur, County Museum, Lincoln.

1911 Swmira, B. H., B.A., Edgehill, Warlingham, Surrey.

1912 Situ, Roland T., 54, Osbaldeston-roud, Stoke Newington, N.

1898 Sopp, Erasmus John Burgess, F.R.Met.S., 16, Ivving-road, Bourne-

mouth.

1885

1908

1889

1910

1898

1910

1896

1900

1895

1882

1908

1884

1894

1876

1911

1910

1908

1911

1893

1911

1903

1909

1910

1901

1892

1907

1911

1897

1907

() soxyi. *)

SoutH, Richard, (CounciL, 1890-1), 96, Drakefield-road, Upper

Tooting, S.W.

SPEYER, Edward R., Ridgehurst, Shenley, Herts.

STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., (Councit, 1906), Townlands, Lindfield,

Sussex.

Sranbey, The Rev. Hubert George, Marshfield Vicarage, Cardiff.

Srarss, C. L. B., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., The Limes, Swanley Junction,

Kent.

Srreppine, Henry, Chasewood, Round Oak Wood, Weybridge.

Srenton, Rupert, St. Edward’s, St. Mary Church, Torquay.

SronEHAM, Hugh Frederick, Lieut. E. Surrey Regt., Wellington

Barracks, Dublin.

SrrRIcKLAND, T. A. Gerald, Souwthecott, Poulton, Fairford.

Strupp, E. A. C., Kerremens, British Columbia.

Srupp, E. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.

Swanzy, Francis, The Quarry, Sevenoaks.

Swierstra, Corn. J., Ist Assistant, Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

SwINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S., (V.-Pres., 1894;

CouncIL, 1891-3; 1902-4), 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington,

SwinHog, Ernest, 6, Gunterstone-road, Kensington, W.

Swinton, A. H., Oak Villa, Braishfield, Romsey, Hants.

Swynnerton, C. F. M., Gungunyana, Melsetter, S.-H. Rhodesia.

Tait, Robt., junr., Roseneath, Harborough-road, Ashton-on-Mersey.

Ta.pot, G., 17, Steeles-road, Haverstock-hill, N.W.

Tautz, P. H., Cranleigh, Pinner, Middlesex.

Taytor, Charles B., Gap, Lancaster County, Penn., U.S.A.

Taytor, Frank H., Australian Institute of Tropical Medicine

Townsville, Galore

TAYLOR, ian Harold, M.A., nies College, Leeds,

Terry, Alfred, M.A., 22, ee road, Scarborough.

THEOBALD, F. V., MEAS. Wye Court, Wye.

THompson, Matthew Lawson, 40, Gosford-street, Middlesbrough.

THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., F.L.S., ‘‘ Hughenden,” Coppice-road,

Nottingham.

TittyarD, R. J., B.A., Kwranda, Mount Errington, Hornsby, New

South Wales.

Topp, R. G., The Limes, Hadley Green, N.

Tomutn, J. R. le B., M.A., (Councit 1911- ), Lakefoot, Hamilton-

road, Reading.

Tones, Alfred Ernest, Aincroft, Reigate, Surrey.

TRAGARDH, Dr. Ivar, The University, Upsala, Sweden.

1859 | TRImEN, Roland, M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., (PRes., 1897-8 ; V.-PREs.,

1906

1896, 1899 ; CouNcIL, 1868, 1881, 1890), Fawley, Onslow-crescent,

Woking.

TRYHANE, George E., Pedro Miquel Canal Zone, Panama.

( xxvii)

1906 TuLLocH, Major James Bruce Gregorie, The King’s Own Yorkshire

Light Infantry; Head Quarters, South China Command, Hong

Kong.

1895 Tunatzy, Henry, 13, Begmead-avenue, Streatham, S.W.

1910 Turati, Conte Emilio, 4, Piazza S. Alessandro, Milan, Italy.

1898 TurneER, A. J., M.D., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Australia.

1893 TuRNER, Henry Jerome, (Counctn, 1910-12), 98, Drakefell-road,

St. Catherine’s Park, Hatcham, S.E.

1906 TurRNER, Rowland E.,(Councrt, 1909-10).

1893 Uricu, Frederick William, C.M.Z.S., Port of Spain, Trinidad

British West Indies.

1904 + Vauauan, W., The Old Rectory, Beckington, Bath.

1909 VuipLER, Leopold A., The Carmelite Stone House, Rye, Sussex.

1911 Vrrauis, R., Commis de le classe, Pnom-Penk, Cambodia, French

Indo-China.

1895 WacuHeEr, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.

1899 Wank, Albert, 12, Cadogan-place, Preston, Lancashire.

1897 WainwricHt, Colbran J., (Counctt, 1901, 1912- ), 45, Handsworth

Wood-road, Handsworth, Birmingham.

1878 Waker, James J., M.A., R.N., F.L.S., (Councrt, 1894; Secre-

TARY, 1899, 1905- ), Aorangi, Lonsdale-road, Summertown,

Oxford.

1863 | WatLace, Alfred Russel, O.M., D.C.L. Oxon., F.R.S., F.LS.,

F.Z.S., (PRES., 1870-1; V.-PReEs., 1864, 1869; CounciL, 1866,

1872), Broadstone, Wimborne, Dorset.

1912 Watuacsz, Henry S., 17, Kingsley-place, Heaton-on-Tyne.

1866 ¢ WatsincHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, (PREs., 1889-90 ; V.-PREs.,

1882, 1888, 1891-2, 1894-5; CouncrL, 1896), British Museum

(Natural History), Cromwell-road, S.W.

1910 Warp, John J., Rusinwrbe House, Somerset-road, Coventry.

1908 WarREN, Brisbane C. 8., Villa Romaine, sur Clarens, Switzerland.

1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., Hast Croft, Langdon-street, Tring, Herts.

1912 WaATERFIELD, Mrs. Ellen N., c/o. W. M. Crowfoot, Esq., Blyburgate

House, Beccles, and The Hospital, Port Sudan.

1869 WareErHouss, Charles O., I.8.0., (PREs., 1907-8 ; V.-PREs., 1900,

1909 ; CounciL, 1873, 1882-3; 1898-1900), Ingleside, Avenue-

gardens, Acton, W.

1901 + WaTERHOUSE, Gustavus A., B.Sc., F.C.S., Allonrie, Stanhope-road,

Killara, New South Wales, Australia.

1904 Warson, The Rev. N. Beresford, St. Martin’s Vicarage, St. Philip

Barbados, W. Indies.

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 218, Upland-road, Dulwich, S.E.

1908 WE.LMAN, F. Creighton, M.D., U.S. Musewm, Washington, U.S.A.

1876 + WESTERN, E. Young, 24, Pembridge-square, Notting Hill Gute, W.

1906

1910

1907

1911

1906

1903

1896

1910

1911

1894

1900

1881

1905

1912

1888

1892

( xxviii )

WHEELER, The Rev. George, M.A., F.Z.S., (SEcRETARY, 1911- ), 37,

Gloucester-place, W.

Wuitr, Edward Barton, M.R.C.S., Cardiff City Mental Hospital,

Cardiff.

Wuitt, Harold J., 42, Nevern-square, Kensington, 8. W.

WuitenHouss, H. Beckwith, M.S., F.R.C.S., 52, Newhall-street, Bir-

mingham.

WuirtineuaM, Rey. W. G., Knighton Rectory, Leicester.

Wickwar, Oswin 8., Charlemont, Gregory-road, Colombo, Ceylon.

Wiaains, Clare A., M.R.C.S., Entebbe, Uganda.

Witemay, A. E., H.B.M. Consul, Manila, Philippine Islands.

Wiuucocgs, Frank C., Entomologist to the Khedivial Agricultura]

Society, Cairo, Egypt.

Witutams, C. B., The John Innes Horticultwral Institute, Mostyn-

road, Merton, Surrey.

Wo tey-Dop, F. H., Millarville P. O0., Alberta, N.W.T., Canada.

Woop, H., Kennington, near Ashford, Kent.

Woop, The Rev. Theodore, The Vicarage, Lyford-road, Wandsworth

Common, S.W.

Woopsripe¢Ek, Francis Charles, The Briars, Gerrard’s Cross, 8.0.,

Bucks.

WoopRvuFFE-PEacock, Rev. E. Adrian, F.LS., F.G.8., Cadney

Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire.

YeERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A., F.Z.S., (CounctL, 1896,

1903-5), 2, Ryder-street, St. James’s, S.W.

Youpauk, William Henry, F R.M.S., 21, Belle-Isle-street, Work-

ington.

( =xie )

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

DuRING THE YEAR 1912.

ApLERz (Gottfrid). Lefnadsférhallanden och Instinkter inom Familjerna

Pompilidae och Sphegidae, 1V.

[Kungl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handl. Band 47, No. 10, 1912.]

The Author.

ALFKEN (J. D.). Andrena frey-gessnert, eine neue alpine Andrena-Art aus

der Schweiz.

[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904]. E. Frey-Gessner.

Arrow (G. J.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]

Avrivitiius (Chr.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus and Lepidopterorum

Catalogus. |

AustEN (E. E.). British Flies which cause Myiasis in Man.

Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912]. The Local Govt. Bd.

Back (A. E,). [See Morritt (Ph.D.).]

Batxou (H. A.) Insect Pests of the Lesser Antilles. Barbados, 1912.

Imp. Dept. Agric. W.I.

Banks (Nathan). The Structure of certain Dipterous Larvae, with particular

reference to those in Human Foods.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 22, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Beare (T. Hudson). Retrospect of a Coleopterist for 1911.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author.

BEMMELEN (J. F. van). Uber die Phylogenie der Flugelzeichnung bei

Tagschmetterlingen.

(Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. Vol. XV. Bd. 3, 1912.] The Author.

BErIcutT uber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen im Gebiete der Entomologie

wahrend des Jahres 1909, Heft 1, 2, 1910, Heft 1-6. Published

in 1912.

[By G. Seidlitz, R. Lucas, K. Griinberg, H. Schouteden, W. La

Baume, E. Strand, and W. Stendell. ] Purchased.

BERNHAUER (M.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |

Bituines (F. H.) and Gienn (P. A.). Results of the artificial use of the

White Fungus disease in Kansas, with Notes on approved

methods of fighting Chinch Bugs.

{U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 107, 1911.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

BisHopr (F. C.). [See Hooxer (W. A.).]

Boarp of Agriculture and Fisheries. The Warble Fly. Leaflet No. 246,

March 1911.

Isle of Wight Bee Disease. Leaflet No. 253, May 1911.

cot Board Agric. and Fisheries.

BorNEMANN (G.). Verzeichnis der Grosschmetterlinge aus der Umgebung

von Magdeburg und des Harzgebietes.

[Abhandl. und Berichte Mus. Nat. Naturw. Ver., Magdeburg,

Vol. II, Heft 3, 1912.] The Author.

Boucomont (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |

(ee)

Breppin (G.). (See Wasmann (E.). |

Brunetti (H.). Fauna of British India. Diptera Nematocera (excluding

Chironomidae and Culicidae), 1912. The India Office.

Bureess (A. F.). Calosoma sycophanta: Its Life-history, Behaviour, and

successful Colonisation in New England.

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 101, 1911.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Burr (Malcolm). Contribution to our knowledge of Indian Earwigs.

(Journ. and Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal (N. ser.), Vol. VII, No. 11,1911.]

———— Dermaptera (Harwigs) in Amber, from Prussia.

{Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XI, 1911.]

——-—— Die Dermapteren des k.k. naturhistorischen Hofmuseums in Wien.

{Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XXVI, 1912.]

———— Interesting Dermaptera in the Budapest Museum.

[Ann. Musei Nat. Hungarici, Vol. X, 1912.]

Nachtrage zu meiner Bearbeitung der Dermapteren des_ k.k.

naturhistorischen Hofmuseums.

[Ann. k.k. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien, Vol. XX VI, 1912.]

—-— The Orthoptera of Madeira.

[Entom. Record, Vol. XXIV, 1912.]

———— Uber einige neue und interessante Dermapteren aus dem konigl.

zoolog. Museum, Berlin.

[Sonder-Abdruck 8S. B. Ges. naturf. Freunde, Berlin, No. 5, 1912.]

The Author.

———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]|

Buscx (A.). Descriptions of new Genera and Species of Microlepidoptera

from Panama,

[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 4, 1912.]

The Smithsonian /nstitution.

Cameron (P.). On Parasitic Hymenoptera from the Solomon Islands,

collected by Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]

—- On a collection of Parasitic Hymenoptera (chiefly bred), made by

Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., in New South Wales, with

descriptions of new Genera and Species. Pts. I, II.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911, 1912].

W.W. Froggatt.

CARPENTER (George H.). Injurious Insects and other Animals observed in

Ireland during the year 1911.

[Economic Proc. Royal Dublin Soc., Vol. II, No. 5, 1912. ]

Royal Dublin Society.

Casey (Thos. L.). Memoirs on the Coleoptera. Vols. II, III, 1911, 1912.

The Author.

CasTEEL (D. B.). The Manipulation of the Wax Scales of the Honey Bee.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 161, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

CaTaLocuE of the Library of the British Bee-keepers’ Association. January

1912. W. Herrod.

Caupeti (A. N.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

CuEwyreEvy (Ivan). L’Enigme des Scolytiens.

1910.

———— Les insectes parasites et hyperparasites.

[Ed. du départ. forestier, St. Petersburg, 1911.] M. Burr.

CHITTENDEN (F. H.). A Little-known Catworm,

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. IV., 1912.]

—-—— Some Insects injurious to Truck Crops. Contents and Index.

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 82, 1912.]

( tsi - )

CHITTENDEN (F. H.). The Broad-bean Weevil.

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. V, 1912.]

———— The Cowpea Weevil.

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 96, Pt. VI, 1912.]

— The Larger Canna Leaf-roller (Calpodes ethlius, Cram.).

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 145, March 1912.]

———— The Potato-tuber Moth.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 162, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

CockERELL (T. D. A.). The Bees of the Solomon Islands.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI,1911.] The Author.

Hymenoptera Apoidea (of the Seychelles).

{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Perey Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.

Names applied to Bees of the Genus Osmia, found in North America.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

——- Names applied to the Eucerine Bees of North America.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITII, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

CoLEOPTERORUM CarTatocus. Junk (W.) editus a Schenkling (8.). Berlin,

Pars 39. Aurivillius (Chr.). Cerambycidae: Cerambycinae.

», 40. Bernhauer (M.) et Schubert (K.). Staphylinidae, III.

» 41. Pic (Maurice). Ptinidae.

», 42. Schmidt (A). Scarabaeidae: Atgialiinae, Chironinae.

» 43. Arrow (G.J.). Scarabaeidae: Pachypodinae, Pleocominae,

Aclopinae, Glaphyrinae, Ochodaeinae, Orphninae, Idiosto-

minae, Hybosorinae, Dynamopinae, Acanthocerinae,

Troginae.

,, 44. Strohmeyer (H.). Platypodidae.

,, 45. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, I.

» 46. Boucomont (A.). Scarabaeidae: Taurocerastinae, Geotru-

pinae.

» 47. Dalla Torre(K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, IT.

» 48. Pic (Maurice). Anobiidae.

» 49. Dalla Torre (K.W.von). Scarabaeidae: Melolonthinae, ITT.

Purchased.

CoLttn (J. E.). Diptera, Borboridae and Phoridae, from the Seychelles.

{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange.

Comstock (John Henry). The Spider Book. New York, 1912.

The Author.

Coorer (W.F.). [See Nurraut (G. H. F.).]

CORRESPONDENCE relating to the Development of Entomological Research

in the British Colonies and Protectorates. Published by His

Majesty's Stationery Office, Nov. 1912. Lord Avebury.

Cotron-worm and Boll-worm Commission, Egypt, 1912. Circular No. 1.

Dept. Agric., Egypt.

Coventry (B.). Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1909-10,

Calcutta, 1911. India Office.

Crawrorp (J. C.). Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 4.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

Descriptions of New Hymenoptera, No. 5.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII., 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Curtis (W. P.). Remarks on Psilopleura haemasoma, D. Jones.

The Author.

[Proc. Bournemouth Nat. Science Soc., Vol. IIT, 1912.]

CusuMaN (R. A.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ]

( xxx ))

Datia Torre (K. W. von). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.]

[See WyTsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

Davis (J.J.). [See Puixxres (W. J.)].

Dr Cuarmoy (D'EMMEREZ). Report on Phytalus smithi (Arrow) and Other

Beetles Injurious to the Sugar Cane in Mauritius, 1912.

The Author.

Dewirz (J.). Kinstliche Verfarbung bei Insekten.

Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXVIII, No. 10, 1904. ]

———— Richtigstellung beziiglich der Auffindung der Kontaktreizbarkeit

im Tierreich.

[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XXX, 1906.]

—-— Uber die Entstehung der Farbe gewisser Schmetterlingskokons.

[Archiv f Entwicklungsmechanik, Bd. XXXI.] M. Burr.

Bericht iiber die Tatigkeit der Station fiir Schadlingsforschungen

in Metz fiir die Jahre 1910 und 1911.

[Bericht der Konig]. Lehr. Wein-, Obst- und Gartenbau Geisenheim

a. Rh. fiir 1911 (1912).]

———— Laptérisme expérimental des Insectes.

[Compt. rend. Acad. Sci., Paris, Vol. CLIV, Feb. 1912.]

Physiologische att erences en auf dem Gebiet der Schadlings-

forschung.

[Naturw. Zeitschr. Forst-und Landwirtschaft, X, 1912, Heft 11.]

The Author.

Doenin (Paul). Hétérocéres Nouveaux de L’Amérique du Sud. Fase. V, VI,

1912 The Author.

DonisTHORPE (H. St. J. K.). Myrmecophilous Notes for 1911.

[Entom. Rec., Vol. XXIV, 1912.] The Author.

Dupuis (Paul). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

Durrant (J. H.). Notes on the Tineina bred from Cotton-bolls.

[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.] The Author.

Dyar (H.G.). Descriptions of New Species and Genera of Lepidoptera,

chiefly from Mexico.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

EpELsTEN (H. M.) and Topp (R. G.). Notes on the Life-histories of Tapztno-

stola concolor and T. hellmannt.

[Entom., 1912. ] The Authors.

Emery (C.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

EntomoLocicaL Cope: A Code of Nomenclature for Use in Entomology,

Washington, 1912. The Smithsonian Institution.

ERGEBNISSE der phaenologischen Beobachtungen aus Mahren und Schlesien

in Jahre 1906. Briinn, 1911.

[Insects referred to on pp. 14, 15.] By Exchange.

EscHericH (K.). [See Wasmann (E.)].

EXPEDITIONS organised or participated in by the Smithsonian Institution in

1910 and 1911.

[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 11, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Fett (Ephraim Porter). Elm-leaf Beetle and White-marked Tussock Moth.

[Educ. Dept. Bulletin, Albany, N.Y., No. 511, Jan. 15, 1912.]

New York State Mus.

Frernatp(C. H.). The Crambidae of North America.

[Massachusetts Agric. College, Jan. 1896. ]

———(C.H.). The Pterophoridae of North America.

[ Massachusetts Agric. College, July 1898. ]

On the dates of Jacob Hiibner’s Sammlung europaischer Schmetter-

linge and some of his other works, May 1905.

[Ambherst, Mass., U.S.A.]

( xxx )

FERNALD (C. H.). The Genera of the Tortricidae and their types, 1908.

The Author.

———— (C.H. and H.T.). Biographies of. d

[Entomology and Zoology at the Massachusetts Agric. College, 1911.]

Mass. Agric. Coll.

——— (H.T.) Descriptions of Certain Species of Wasps of the Family

Sphecidae.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIT, 1912. ]

The Smithsonian Institution.

FLeTcuer (T. Bainbrigge). A preliminary list of the Lepidoptera of Malta.

(Entomologist, 1904, 1905.]

On the larva of Prodenia synstictis, Hampson.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. V, April 1908.]

———— A new genus and species of Orneodidae (Lep.).

[Entomologist, Oct. 1909.]

— —_—— The Plume-moths of Ceylon, Pts. I and II.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pts. XXI and XXIV, 1909-10.]

———— Lepidoptera, exclusive of the Tortricidae and Tineidae, with some

remarks on their Distribution and means of Dispersal amongst

the Islands of the Indian Ocean.

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |

The Orneodidae and Pterophoridae of the Seychelles Expedition.

{Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIII, 1910: Perey Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |

—-— Economic Entomology: Pt. I, Agricultural Entomology; Pt. II,

Forest Entomology.

[Board Scient. Advice for India, 1910-11. ]

——— Four new Pterophoridae.

[Entomologist, Sept. and Noy. 1911.]

———— The Moth-borer (Chilo simplex).

[Dept. en Records and Agriculture, United Provinces, Lucknow

1911.

———— The Wax-moth.

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.]

Two insect pests of the United Provinces.

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. II, 1911.]

Weevil and dry Wheat.

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1911.]

———— Termites or White Ants.

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. III, 1912.]

The Cabbage White Butterfly (Pieris brassicae).

[Agric. Journ. India, Vol. VII, Pt. I, 1912.] The Author.

Foret (A.). Hinige neue und interessante Ameisenformen aus Sumatra, etc.

[Zoolog. Jahrb., Suppl. XV, Band X, 1912.]

———— Ameisen aus Java beobachtet und gesammelt von Edward Jacobson,

Ill. Theil.

[Notes Leyd. Mus., Vol. XXXIV, 1912.]

Descriptions provisoires de genres, sous-genres et espéces de Formi-

cides des Indes orientales.

[Revue Suisse de Zool., Vol. XX, No. 15, Déc. 1912.]

Die Weibchen der “ Treiberameisen ” Anomma nigricans, Illiger,

und Anomma wilvertht, Emery.

[Mitteil. Naturhist, Mus., Hamburg, Vol. XXIX, 1912.]

————. Hinige interessante Ameisen.

[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 3, 1912.]

——_—— Formicides Néotropiques, Pt. I.

[Ann, Soc. Ent, Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912.]

( exexiva 5)

Foret (A.). Formicides Néotropiques, Pts. II, III, IV, V, VI.

[Mém. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vols. XIX, XX, 1912.]

———- Fourmis des Seychelles et des Aldabras, recues de Hugh Scott.

[Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, Pt. II, 1912.]

H. Sauter’s Formosa-Ausbeute. Formicidae.

[Ent. Mitteilungen, Vol. I, No. 2, 1912.]

———- Quelques Fourmis de Tokio.

[Aun. Soc. Ent. Belg., Vol. LVI, 1912. ]

—— —— Quelques Fourmis de Colombie.

[Mém. Soc. Neuchateloise Sci. Nat., Vol. V, 1912.]

The Author.

[See Wasmann (E.).]

Fow ter (W. W.). Coleoptera. General Introduction and Cicindelidae and

Paussidae (Fauna of British India), 1912.

The India Office.

Frry-GEssNER (E.). Hyménoptéres du Valais.

[8 parts, from the Bull. de la Murithienne, Soc. Valaisanne des

Sci. Nat., Fasc. XXXI, etc. ]

——— — Tables Analytiques pour la détermination des Hyménoptéres du

Valais.

[3 parts from the Bull. Travaux de la Murithienne, Soc. Valais. Sci.

Nat., Fasc. XXII, etc.]

Bemerkungen iiber die Imhoff’schen Apiden-Arten in der “ Isis”

von Oken, 1832, 1834.

{Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 8, 9, 1901, 1902. ]

Leistus montanus, Steph. ( fulvibarbis, Hffsg., Heer).

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., III, Heft 4, 1870.]

eee Syrische Hemipteren.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VI, Heft 3, 1881.]

———-— Bombus agrorum, Fab., and variahilis, Schmdk.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., VIII, Heft 5, 1890.]

——— — Plaudereien iiber einige zwei Binden tragende Lionotus-Arten.

[Mittheil. schweiz, entom. Ges., IX, Heft 1, 1893.]

——— Orthoptera gesammelt in der Provinz Oran in Nordafrika von den

Herren Prof. Dr. A. Forel und Dr. L. Zehntner in Frihjahr,

1893.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.]

——- — Nester von Chalicodoma muraria, Linn.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 3, 1894.]

- ——— Bemerkungen iiber einige schweizerische Andrena-Arten.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., IX, Heft 5, 1895. ] '

____— Uber die Erkennungszeichen der hochalpinen dreifarbigen Hum-

melarbeiter alticola, derhamellus var. 3, mendar und lapponicus.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 3, 1898.]

—— a Beschreibung von zwei neuen Prosopis-Arten.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 6, 1900.]

——— Bombus grandaevus, Heer.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., X, Heft 9, 1902.]

———— Die Mannchen der Anthrena aenetventris, Mor., incisa, Evers.,

parviceps, Krchb., und rogenhoferi, Mor.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 1, 1903.]

Andrena nanula, Nylander.

[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 18, No. 13, 1903.]

-———— Das Mannchen von Andrena parviceps, Kriechb.

[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 19, 1904. ]

——-— Die F. Chevrier’schen Heriades.

[Mitthiel. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 2, 1905. ]

———— Chelifer cancroides, Linn.

[Soc. Ent., Jahrg. 21, 1906. ]

« xxuver )

FrryY-GESSNER (E.). Acanthaclisis occitanica, Vill.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 4, 1906.]

— — Osmia mucida, Dours.

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.]

——-— Saga serrata, Fabr. (Orthopt. ).

[Mittheil. schweiz. entom. Ges., XI, Heft 7, 1908.]

————— Hymenoptera. Apidae, Vol. II, 1908-1912.

—-— Die Womada-Arten in L. Imhoff’s Arbeit tiber die Apiden in der

‘Tsis ’ von Oken, 1834.

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 9, 1909.]

—-— Die Sammelstelle bei Etrembiéres.

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 2, 1905.]

—-——— Osmia loti, Mor. und morawitz?, Gerst.

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XI, Heft 10, 1909.]

——— Bombus confusus, Schenck.

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.]

———— Das Mannchen der Anthrena parviceps, Krchb.

[Mitth. schweiz. entom. Ges., Vol. XII, Heft 1, 1910.]

——-— Observations entomologiques sur la vallée d’Hérens.

Berichtigungen zu den analytischen Tabellen der Apiden.

The Author.

Froceatr (W. W.). ‘Aphis Foot” of Horses in the Tamworth district

(Chorioptes equz, Gerlach).

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., Sept. 2, 1911.]

Description of a new Laccoccid (genus Tachardia) from New South

Wales.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]

———— March Flies.

[Dept. Agric. N.S.W., Science Bull, No. 3, 1911.]

——— Insects infesting Woollen Tops.

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912.]

———— Parasitic Enemies of the Mediterranean Flour Moth (Ephestia

kiiehniella, Zeller).

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., April 2, 1912.]

——— The Fowl Tick (Argas persicus, Oken).

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., March 2, 1912.]

———— The Starling (and the Sheep-maggot Fly), a Study in Agricultural

oology.

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., July 2, 1912.]

———— Woolly Aphis, or American Blight (Schizoneura lanigera,

Hausman).

[Agric. Gazette, N.S.W., June 3, 1912. The Author.

Fryer (J. C. F.), The Lepidoptera of Seychelles and Aldabra, exclusive of

the Orneodidae and Pterophoridae and of the Tortricina and

Tineina.

(Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean,]} By Exchange.

Gatrs (Burton N.). Bee diseases in Massachusetts.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 75, Pt. III, 1908.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Gipson (Arthur), The Entomological Record for 1910.

[41st Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1910 (1911)].

—-— The Entomological Record for 1911.

[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912)].

——_—— Blister Beetles.

[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912%]

Dept. Agric., Ontario,

({ sox J

Gipson (Arthur). Cutworms and Army-worms.

[Canad. Dept. Agric. Div. Entom., Bull., No. 3, 1912].

Canad. Dept. Agric.

GuenN (P. A.). [See Brttines (F. H.).]

Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana, Pt. CCXIs, 1912; Insecta,

by Lord Walsingham. The Editor.

Goucu (Lewis H.). Results obtained [in Trinidad] in the study of the Frog-

hopper during the Wet Season of 1910.

[Dept. Agric. Circular, No. 8, 1911.] Dept. Agric.

Grassi (Battista). Contributo alla Conoscenza della Fillosserine ed in

particolare della Fillosera della vite. Roma, 1912.

The Author.

GREEN (E. Ernest). Note on the occasional luminosity of the beetle, Harma-

telia bilinea.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VII, Pt, XXVIII, 1911.]

Note on a Web-spinning Psocid.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXIX, 1912.]

———— Notes on Ceylon Butterflies, etc.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.]

—_——_— Notes on the Collection of Coccidae in the Indian Museum. I.

[Records Indian Mus., Vol. VII, Pt. I, No. 5, 1912.]

—- On a Remarkable Mimetic Spider.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VIII, Pt. XXX, 1912.]

———— On the Cultivated and Wild Forms of the Cochineal Insects.

[Journ. Econ. Biology, Vol. VII, Pt. IIT, 1912.] The Author.

Hammar (A.G.). Life-history Studies on the Codling Moth in Michigan.

U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. I, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Hampson (Sir G. F.). Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae, Vol. XI

(text and plates), 1912. By Exchange.

Hancock (J. L.). Notes on Ceylonese Tetriginae (Orthoptera), with De-

scriptions of New Species.

[Spolia Zeylanica, Vol. VI, Pt. XXIV, 1910.] The Author.

HarmzeEvt (F. Z.). A Preliminary Report on Grape Insects.

[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 331, 1910.]

——— The Grape Leaf-hopper and its Control.

[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 344, 1912. ]

' N. York Exper. Station.

Henpet (F. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |

Herms (William B.). The House Fly in its Relation to Public Health.

(Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 215 (Berkeley, Cal.,

May 1911).] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.

Hewitt (C. Gordon). Legislation in Canada to Prevent the Introduction

and Spread of Insects, Pests and Diseases destructive to

Vegetation.

[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 12, Second Series,

Ottawa, 1912. ] Canad. Dept. Agric.

———. An Account of the Bionomics and the Larvae of the Flies, Fannia

(Homalomyia) canicularis, L., and F. scalaris, Fab., and their

Relation to Myiasis of the Intestinal and Urinary Tracts,

[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.]

The Local Govt. Board.

——~—-— Report of, for Year ending March 31, 1911.

[Ann. Rept. on Exper. Farms for Year 1910-11.]

Canad. Dept. Agric.

———— On Coelopisthia nematicida, Pack., A Chalcid Parasite of the Large

Larch Sawfly, Lygaeonematus ertchsonii, Hartig.

(Canad. Entom., Vol. XLIII, Sept. 1911.]

The Author.

( ‘xxxva )

Hewitt (C. Gordon). Insect Scourges of Mankind. Thrips affecting Oats.

[42nd Ann. Report Ent. Soc. Ontario, 1911 (1912), ]

Dept. Agric., Ontario.

—— — Fannia (Homalomyia) canicularis, Linn., and F. scalaris, Fab.

[Parasitology, Vol. V, No. 3, 1912.] The Author.

Investigations on Forest Insects and Forest Protection. Leaflet,

1912.

———— The Control of Insect Pests in Canada.

[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 4, 1912.]

——w— The Honey Bee.

[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 2, 1912.]

Canad, Dept. Agric.

———— The Large Larch Sawfly (Mematus erichsoniz).

(Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 10, Second Series,

1912.] Dept. Agric., Canada.

———— Observations on the Range of Flight of Flies.

[Repts. Local Govt. Board, No. 5, 1912.]

The Local Govt. Board.

———— The Destructive Insect and Pest Act and Regulations Issued

Thereunder.

[Canad. Dept. Agric., Div. Entom., Bull. No. 1, 1911.]

Canad. Dept. Agric.

Hinps (W. E.). Zoology and Entomology at the Massachusetts Agricultural

College. 1911. The College, Mass.

Hirst (S.). The Araneae, Opiliones and Pseudoscorpiones [of the

Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. By Exchange.

HoimGRren (Nils). Termitenstudien.

[Kungl. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl., Band 48, No. 4, 1912.]

The Author.

Hoop (C. E.). [See Prerce (W. Dwight). ]

Hooxer (W.A.), BisHopp (F.C.), and Woop (H.P.). The Life-history and

Bionomics of some North American Ticks.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 106, 1912.]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Horr Report. Vol. VIII. Edited by Prof. E. B. Poulton.

E. B. Poulton.

Hopkins (A. D.). Damage to the Wood of Fire-killed Douglas Fir, and

Methods of Preventing Losses, in Western Washington and

Oregon.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 159, 1912.]

Insect Damage to Standing Timber in the National Parks.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 143, 1912.]

——-— The Dying Hickory Trees: Cause and Remedy.

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 144, 1912.]

—- The Dying of Pine in the Southern States: Cause, Extent, and

Remedy.

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 476, 1911.]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Hunter (W. D.). The Boll Weevil Problem, with Special Reference to

Means of Reducing Damage.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 512, 1912.]

-———— The Control of the Boll Weevil.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. No. 500, 1912. ]

The Cotton Worm or Cotton Caterpillar (4 labama argillacea, Hubn.).

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 153, 1912.]

The Cotton Stainer [Dysdercus suturellus, H.-Schf.]. :

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 149, April 1912. ]

( xxxvili ))

Hunter (W.D.). The Movement of the Mexican Cotton Boll Weevil in 1911.

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 146, Feb. 1912.]

—-— Two Destructive Texas Ants.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Kntom., Circular No, 148, 1912.]

S. Dept. Agric.

——-— [See Pierce (W. Dwight). ]

Hystop (James A.). The Alfalfa Looper.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. VII, 1912.]

———— The False Wireworms of the Pauiic North-west [ Eleodes spp. ].

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Pt. V, 1912.]

—-— The Legume Pod Moth. The vse Pod Maggot.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. OB, Pt. VI, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. ‘Agric.

Imms (A. D.). On the Life-history of Croce filipennis, Westw.

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol, XI, 1911.]

By Exchange.

INDEX TO BuLLETIN No. 91, Bureau of Entomology.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., 1912.] U.S, Dept. Agric.

InpEx Zootocicus: No. II, by C. O. Waterhouse. 1912.

[Published by the Zoological Society of London. ]

Purchased.

JANET (Charles). Organes sensitifs de la mandibule de |’Abeille (Apis

mellifera, L. 9).

[Compt. rend, hebdom. Séances de l’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLI, 1910.]

—-— Constitution morphologique de la bouche de l’insecte, Limoges,

1911.

——-— Sur l’existence d’un organe chordotonal et d’une vésicule pulsatile

antennaires chez l’Abeille et sur la morphologie de la téte de

cette espéce.

[Compt. rend. hebdom. Séances de 1’Acad. Sciences, Vol. CLIT, 1911. ]

Le Sporophyte et le Gamétophyte du Végétal ; le soma et le germen

de l’insecte. Limoges, 1912.

The Author.

Jarvis (E.). Life-history of Heteronympha philerope, Boisd.

[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXIV, No. 12, 1908.]

——-—— Notes on the Scorpion-fly, Bittacus australis.

[Victorian Naturalist, Vol. XXV, No. 4, 1908. ]

NV. C. Rothschild.

JEANNEL (R. y et Racovitza (E. G.). Enumération des Grottes Visitées,

1909-1911

[Arch. de Zool. Expér., Paris, Vol. XLIX,1912.] The Author.

Joannis (J. de). Guide pratique de ]’Amateur de Papillons. Paris, 1912.

[French edition of Berge and Rebel’s work. ]

The Author.

JOHANNSEN (O. A.). The Mycetophilidae of North America. III.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 196, 1911.]

———— The Fungus Gnats (Mycetophilidae) of North America. IV.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 200, 1912. ]

———— and Patcu (Edith M.). Insect Notes for 1911.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 195, Dec. 1911. ]

Maine Agric. Exper. Station.

JounstTon (Fred.). Arsenite of Zinc and Lead Chromate as remedies against

the Colorado Potato Beetle.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt. V, 1912.]

———— Spraying experiments against the Grape Leaf-hopper in the Lake

Erie Valley in 1911.

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 116, Pt. I, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

(\{ xaxix ):)

JonxEs (Paul R.). Some New California and Georgia Thysanoptera.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. I, 1912. ]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Jorpan (K.). Contribution to our Knowledge of the Morphology and

Systematics of the Polyctenidae, a family of Rhynchota Parasitic

on Bats.

[Novitates Zoologicae, Vol. XVIII, 1912.] The Author.

KErREMANS (Ch.). Monographie des Buprestides, Vol. V, Livr. 19-21, 1911,

1912. Purchased.

Kerrisz (K.). Diptera, Stratiomyidae [of the Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. | By Exchange.

Kierrer (J. J.). Hymenoptera, Cynipidae; Diptera, Cecidomyiidae and

Chironomidae [of the Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ]

Hymenoptera Proctotrupidea [of the Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.

[See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |

Kirxman (Hon. T.). Animalcules known as Wheelbearers.

(Trans. and Proc. Natal Scientific Soc. Vol. XI, No. 3, 1912.]

The Socrety.

Kuunt (P.). Der Kafersammler. Leipzig, 1912.

Purchased.

LEPIDOPTERORUM CaTALocus. Junk (W.) editus a Aurivillius (Chr.) et

Wagner (H.). Berlin, 1911, 1912.

. Aurivillius (Chr.). Chrysopolomidae.

. Pagenstecher (A.). Callidulidae.

. Pagenstecher (A.). Libytheidae.

. Wagner (H.). et Pfitzner (R.). Hepialidae.

Strand (E.). Noctuidae: Agaristinae.

. Meyrick (E.). Adelidae, Micropterygidae, Gracilariadae.

Zerny (H.). Syntomidae.

Prout (L. B,), Geometridae: Brephinae, Enochrominae.

. Mabille (P.). Hesperidae: Subf. Pyrrhopyginae.

MecDonnough. Megathymidae.

», 10. Meyrick (E.). Tortricidae.

LonestarF (George B.). Butterfly-hunting in Many Lands. London, 1912.

The Author.

Pars

DAD IE bo

McGregor (EH. A.), The Red Spider on Cotton.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 150, 1912.]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

MALtLocH (J. ap New American Dipterous Insects of the Family Pipun-

culidae.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]

—- — New Diptera from Panama.

[Smithson. Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 17, 1912.]

—— Three new Species of Pipunculidae (Diptera) from Panama.

[Smithson. Mise. Coll., Vol. LX, No. 1, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Marcuat (Paul). Rapport sur les Travaux accomplis par la Mission a’ Etude

de la Cochylis et de |’ Eudémis pendant |’ Année 1911.

The Author.

Marsu (H. O.), The Sugar-beet Webworm.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 109, Pt, VI, 1912. ]

Martin (René). [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

Mexican Cotton-boll Weevil: a Summary of the Investigation of this Insect

up to December 31,1911, Washington, 1912.

The Smithsonian Institution.

( xl )

Meyrick (E.). Exotic Microlepidoptera, Vol. I, Pt. 1 (dated March 1912);

Part 2 (dated October 1912).

The Author.

——-—— Tortricina and Tineina [of the Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Percy Sladen

Trust Exped. Indian Ocean. |

By Exchange.

———— [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |

———— [See Wyrtsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

Misra (C.8.). The Cultivation of Lac in the Plains of India (Tachardia

lacca, Kerr.).

[Agric. Research Institute, Pusa, Bull. No. 28, 1912.]

Imp. Dept. Agric. India.

MryaxX¥ (Tsunekata), The Life-history of Panorpa klugi, M’Lachlan.

[Journ. College Agric, Tokyo, Vol. 1V, No. 2, 1912.]

The Author.

Morean (A.C.). Insect Enemies of Tobacco in the United States.

[Yearbook U, 8. Dept. Agric. for 1910 (1911). ]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Morey (Claude), A Revision of the Ichneumonidae. Part I. Tribes

Opilionides and Metopiides. London, 1912.

By Exchange.

Mornritu (Ph. D.) and Back (E. A.). Natural Control of White Flies in

Florida.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 102, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Morris (Earl L.). New Control Methods for the Pear Thrips and Peach

Tree Borer.

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 228 (Berkeley, Cal.),

1912.

Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.

NerumMANN (L. G.). Le Pou d’Orycteropus afer et une nouvelle sous-espéce

d Amblyomma.

[Jahrb. Nassau. Ver. Naturk. Wiesbaden, Vol. LXII, 1909, ]

——— Notes sur les Pédiculidés.

[Archives de Parasitologie, Vol. XIII. Paris, 1909.]

, The Author.

NewstTEapD (R.). Notes on Phlebotomus, with Descriptions of new Species.

art I.

[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.]

—-— On the Characteristics of the newly-discovered Tsetse-fly, Glossina

austeni, Newstead ; with Descriptions of the Genital Armature

of Glossina fuscipleuris, Austen, and Glossina longipennis, Corti.

[Bull. Entom. Research, Vol. III, 1912.]

-On a Collection of African Coccidae collected by Prof. D. L.

Schultze in South and South-west Africa.

[Zool. und anthrop. Ergebnisse Forschungsreise im westlichen und

zentralen Siidafrika ausgefiihrt in den Jahren 1903-1905 (1912). ]

The Author.

———— [See SteruHens (J. W. W.).]

New York Srate Museum. Twenty-seventh Report of the State Entom-

ologist on injurious and other Insects of the State of New York,

1911. Albany, 1912.

New York State Museum.

Nurtatt (G, H. F.), Cooper (W. F.), and Ropryson (L, E.). On the

Structure of the Spiracles of a Tick, Haemaphysalis punctata,

Canestrini and Fanzago.

[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors.

OseRTHUR (Charles), Etudes de Lépidoptérologie Comparée. Fasc. V, 1 et

2, VI, 1911, 1912. The Author.

( xli )

OsBoRN eas Leaf-hoppers affecting Cereals, Grasses, and Forage

Tops.

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom,, Bull. No. 108, 1912.]

U.S. ’ Dept. Agric.

PAGENSTECHER (A.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |

Parrot (P. J.). The Pear Thrips.

[N. Y. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 343, 1912.]

WGI Agric. Exper. Station.

Parcu (Edith M.). Aphid Pests of Maine. Food Plants of the Aphids.

Psyllid Notes.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 202, 1912. ]

———— Elm Leaf Curl and Woolly Apple Aphid.

[Maine Agric. Exper. Station, Orono, Bull. No. 203, 1912.]

Maine Agric. Exper. Station.

———— [See Jonannsen (0. A.).]

Parton (W.S.) and Srrickianp (C.). A Critical Review of the Relation of

Blood-sucking Invertebrates to the Life Cycles of the Trypano-

somes of Vertebrates, etc.

[Parasitology, Vol. I, No. 4, 1908.] The Authors.

PENNSYLVANIA HEATH BULLETIN. Insects.

[Pennsylv. Health Bull., Harrisburg, Pa., No. 32, Feb. 1912.]

Pennsylv. "State Dept. of Health.

PERGANDE (Theo.). The Life-history of the Alder Blight Aphis.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 24, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. "Agric.

PrFiITzNER (R.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ]

Purtuirs (E. F.) and Wuits (G. F.). Historical Notes on the Causes of Bee

Diseases.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 98, 1912.]

U. 8. Dept. Agric.

———— (W.J.). [See Wester (F. M.).]

——— (W. J.) and Davis (J. J.). Studies on a New Species of Toxoptera,

with an Analytical Key to the Genus and Notes on Rearing

Methods.

[U. SS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 25, Pt. I,

912. U. 8S. Dept. Agric.

Pic iid ce [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]

Pierce (W. Dwight). Systematic Notes and Descriptions of some Weevils

of Economic or Biological importance.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

"The Smithsonian Institution.

———— [See Wyrrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

———— and Cusuman (R. A.), Hoop (C. E.), and Hunter (W. D.). The

Insect Enemies of the Cotton Boll Weevil.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 100, 1912.]

. 8S. Dept. Agric.

PorEnoE (C. H.). Insects injurious to Mushrooms.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular ae 155, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agrte.

Poprius (B.). [See Reurer, O. M.).]

Porter (Carlos E.). Estudios Elementales de Zoolojia. Introduccion al

estudio de los Miridpodos. Santiago de Chile, 1911.

The Author.

Prout (Louis B.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.]

———— [See SuHErxorn (C. D.).]

QuainTancE (A. L.). Notes on the Peach Bud Mite, an Enemy of Peach

Nursery Stock.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VI, 1912.)

( xiii)

QuaInTANCE (A. L.). The Leaf-blister Mite (Eriophyes pyri, Pagenstecher).

[U. 8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No, 154, 1912.]

———\— The Mediterranean Fruit-fly.

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau qrertiorare Circular No. 160, 1912. ]

———— and Scorr (E. W.). The One-spray Method in the control of the

Codling Moth and Plum Curculio (Second Report).

[U. 8. Dept. Agric,, Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 115, Pt. II, 1912.]

—-—— and Scotrr (W. M.). The more Important Insect and Fungous

Enemies of the Fruit and Foliage of the Apple.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Farmers’ Bull. 492, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Quayie (H. J.) Citrus Fruit Insects.

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 214 (Berkeley, Cal.,

May 1911).]

———— The Black Scale.

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 223 (Berkeley, Cal.,

July 1911).]

——-—— The Purple Scale (Lepidosaphes beckii, Newm.).

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 226 (Berkeley, Cal.,

1912).]

———— The Red or Orange Scale.

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper. Station, Bull. No. 222 (Berkeley, Cal.,

July 1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.

Racovitza (HE. G.). [See JEANNEL (R.).]

Rainzpow (W.J.). Two New Species of Collembola.

[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. IV, 1907. ]

———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of

Australian Araneidae.

[Records Austral. Mus., Vol. VI, Pt. V, 1907.]

————— Studies in Australian Araneidae (No. 5).

[Records Austral, Mus., Vol. VII, No. I, 1908. ]

———— Notes on the Architecture, Nesting Habits, and Life-histories of

Australian Araneidae, based on Specimens in the Australian

Museum.

[Records Austral. Mus., Vol, VII, 1909. ] The Author.

Raspait (X.). Perception a distance par la mouche bleue (Musca vomitoria,

Linn.) du passage de la vie a la mort chez les Animaux.

[Bull. Soe. Zool. France, Vol. XX XVII, 1912.] The Author.

Recorp of the Royal Society of London, 8rd. edit. London, 1912.

The Society.

Rerun (James A.). Notes on the African Orthoptera of the Families Mantidae

and Phasmidae in the United States National Museum, with

descriptions of New Species.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

———— [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |

ReitrTer (E,). Fauna Germanica. Die Kafer des Deutschen Reiches.

Band III. Stuttgart, 1911. Purchased.

Report of the Dominion Entomologist for year ending March 31, 1911.

[Annual Rept. on Exper. Farms for 1910-11. |

Canad. Dept. Agric.

Report of the Mycologist for year ending March 31, 1911 (Part 1). Con-

taining Reports of the Entomologist, the Assistant Entomologist,

and the Secretary.

[Board of Agric., Trinidad, Circular No. 2, 1911.]

Trinidad Dept. Agric.

Report, Thirteenth, of the Michigan Academy of Science, May 1911.

The Academy, Michigan.

( xiii)

Reports to the Local Government Board on Public Health and Medical

Subjects (New Series, No. 66). Further Reports (No. 5) on

Flies as Carriers of Infection, 1912. Local Govt. Board.

Reuter (O. M.). Protoctmex siluricus, Mob., und meine Auffassung

desselben.

[Zool. Anzeiger, Bd. XX XVIII, Nos. 14-15, 1911.]

—-— Studien iiber die palaarktischen Formen der Hemipterengattung

Notostira, Fieb. (Hemiptéra, Miridae).

[Revue Russe d’Entom., Vol. XI, 1911, No. 3.]

——-— Bemerkungen iiber mein Neues Heteropterensystem.

[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.]

—- Hemipterologische Miscellen.

[Ofyv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.]

—-— Zur generischen Teilung der palaarktischen und nearktischen

_. Acanthiaden.

[Ofv. Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Author.

and Porrius (B.). Zur Kenntnis der Termatophyliden.

[Ofv Finska Vet.-Soc., Forh., Bd. LIV, 1911-12.] The Authors.

Ricarpo (Gertrude). A Revision of the Oriental Species of the genera of

Family Tabanidae other than Tabanus. Contributions to the

Fauna of Yunnan, Part VII, Tabanidae.

[Records Indian Mus., Vol. IV, Nos. VIII, IX, 1911.]

The Author.

Ricuter (M.C.). Honey Plants of California.

[Univ. Calif. Agric. Exper, Station, Bull. No. 217 (Berkeley, Cal.,

1911). ] Calif. Agric. Exper. Station.

Rosinson (L. E.). [See Nurratt (G. H. F.).]

Rouwer (8S. A.) Descriptions of New Species of Wasps in the Collections

of the United States National Museum.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLI, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

———— Studies in the Woodwasp Superfamily Oryssoidea, with Descrip-

tions of New Species.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]

—— Sawflies from Panama, with Descriptions of New Genera and

Species.

[Smithsonian Mise. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 12, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

RoruscHiLp (Hon. Walter). Descriptions of New South American Arctianae.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), Vol. IV, 1909.] The Author.

RowLaNnD-Brown (H.). A Butterfly Hunt in some parts of Unexplored

France.

[Entomologist, Oct. 1911-Feb. 1912.] The Author.

Russevt (H. M.). An Internal Parasite of Thysanoptera.

U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 23, Pt. II, 1912.]

—- The Bean Thrips.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 118, 1912.]

—-— The Greenhouse Thrips.

[U.8. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 151, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Sasscer (E. R.). Catalogue of recently described Coccidae, Vol. IV.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Series, No. 16, Pt. VI, 1912.]

—-—— The Genus Frorinza in the United States.

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Techn. Ser., No. 16, Pt. V, 1912.]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Scumipt (A.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus.]

SCHMIEDEKNECHT (Otto). Opuscula Entomologica. Fasc. XXIII-XXXII

1909-1912. A, E. Gibbs.

ScHuBERT (K.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. |

Scort (HE. W.). [See Quatnrance (A. L.).]

( iv °}

Scott (W. M.). [See Quarnrance (A. L.).]

Srtys-Lonecuames (Baron Edm.). Collections Zoologiques, Fasc. III,

Embiidinen; IV, Plecoptéres, I, Fam. Perlodidae; XIV,

Libellulinen, 1912. Purchased.

SemENOFF (A.). Dermaptera brought home by N. A. Zarndny from a Travel

in 1900-1901 in Eastern Persia.

[Horae Soc. Ent. Ross, Vol. XXXVI, 1902. Malcolm Burr.

SHELDON (W.G.). Lepidoptera of the Swedish Provinces of Jemptland and

Lapland.

[Entomologist, 1911 and 1912.] The Author.

SHERBORN (C. D.) and Prout (L. B.). Note on the Date of Publication of

the Works of Jacob Huebner on the Lepidoptera.

[Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, Vol. IX, 1912.]

The Authors.

Surprey (A. E.). The Ectoparasites of the Red Grouse [Lagopus scoticus].

[Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1909.] The Author.

SHUGUROFF C M.). Notes on the Species of the Genus Callimenus, Fisch.

aldh.

[Revue Russe d’Entom., 1906. ] Malcolm Burr.

SIGNATURES in the First egenal! Book and the Charter-Book of the Royal

Society. 1912.

[1660-1912.] The Society.

SizvestRi (Filippo). Contribuzioni alla conoscenza biologica degli Imenotteri

Parassiti. I. Biologia del Litomastix truncatellus (Dalm.).

[Annali R. Scuola d’Agric. Portici, Vol. VI, 1906. ]

The Author.

SxinnER (Henry), Mimicry in Boreal American Rhopalocera.

[Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., Vol. XV, 2nd Ser., 1912.]

The Author.

Srapen (F. W. F.). The Humble-Bee: its Life-history, and How to

Domesticate It. 1912. Purchased.

SLEEPING Sickness Bureau. Bulletin No. 3, 1909.

[Contains an account of Glossina palpalis,etc.| Royal Society.

SmitH (Harry S.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite

Laboratory. The Chalcidoid Genus Perilampus, and its Rela-

lations to the Problem of Parasite Introduction.

[U. BS Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser., No. 19, Pt. IV,

912.] U.S. ’ Dept. Agric.

SNYDER (T. ar Insect Damage to Mine Props, and Methods of Preventing

the Injury.

[U. 8S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 156, 1912.]

ass Dept. Agric.

Spriser (P.). Stechmiicken.

[Insekten-Borse, Vol. XVII, 1901.] The Author.

SrepHens (J. W. W.) and Newsteap (R.). The Anatomy of the Proboscis

of Biting Flies.

[Ann. Trop. Medicine and Parasitology, Vol. I, 1907.]

JW. W. Stephens.

Sticuet (H.). [See Wytsman’s Genera Insectorum. |

Stires (Ch. Wardell). The International Code of Zoological Nomenclature

as applied to Medicine.

[U. S. Hygienic Laboratory, ere Bull. No. 24, 1905.]

U.S. Hygienic Laboratory.

Srranv (E.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ;

Srrickianp (C.). [See Patron (W. 8.).]

SrrickianD (E. H.). Some New Culcidae from Western Australia, South

Queensland, and Tasmania.

(Entomologist, April—-Aug., 1911.] The Author.

StrRoHMEYER (H.). [See Coleopterorum Catalogus. ]

(sly. )

SWAMMERDAM (Jo.). Ephemera vita: or the Natural History and Anatomy

of the Ephemeron, a Fly that Lives but Five Hours. London,

1681. R. W. Lloyd.

SwynnertTon (C.F. M.). Remarks on the Stomach-contents of Birds.

[Ibis, Oct. 1912.] The Author.

SzepticETi (Gy. V. von). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum.]

TurKonoLp (F. V.). The Culicidae of Fiji, including two New Species.

(Entomologist, June 1910. ]

Springtails (Collembola). Their Economic Importance, with Notes

on some Unrecorded Instances of Damage.

[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910. ]

—-— The Distribution of the Yellow Fever Mosquito (Stegomyia fasctata,

Fabricius), and General Notes on its Bionomics.

[1st International Congress of Entomology, Bruxelles, 1910.]

——— Culicidae of the R. Zool. Soc. “ Natura Artis Majistra,” Amsterdam,

and Description of three New Species.

[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.]

—— —— Preliminary List of Aphididae found in Kent.

(Entomologist, Jan. 1911.]

-—_——— A Second List of the Aphididae found in Kent.

[Entomologist, Nov., Dec. 1911, and Jan. 1912. ] The Author.

Diptera, Culicidae [of the Seychelles].

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XV, 1912: Percy Sladen

Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.

TIMBERLAKE (P. H.). Technical Results from the Gipsy Moth Parasite

Laboratory. V. Experimental Parasitism: a Study of the

Biology of Limnertwm validum (Cresson).

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. Ser. No. 19, Pt. V,

1912.] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Topp (R. G.). [See Eprtsten (H. M.).]

Toruitt (J. D.). Systematic Notes on North American Tachinidae.

[Canad. Entomologist, Vol. LXIV, Jan. 1912. ] The Author.

TownsEND (Charles H. T.). Descriptions of New Genera and Species of

Muscoid Flies from the Andean and Pacific Regions of South

America.

[Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLITI, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

TuckER (E. 8.). The Rice Water-Weevil and Methods for its Control.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 152, 1912.]

U.S. Dept. Agrve.

TURNER Gowan E.). A Revision of the Australian Species of the Genus

ercerts.

[Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., Vol. XXXVI, 1911.]

The Author.

Fossorial Hymenoptera from the Seychelles and other Islands in

the Indian Ocean.

[Trans. Linn. Soc., Zool. 2nd Ser., Vol. XIV, 1911: Perey Sladen

Trust. Exped. Indian Ocean. ] By Exchange.

ViereEck (H. L.). Contributions to our Knowledge of Bees and Ichneumon-

flies, including the Descriptions of twenty-one New Genera and

fifty-seven New Species of Ichneumon-flies.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

— Descriptions of five New Genera and twenty-six New Species of

Ichneumon-flies.

[Proc. U. 8S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLII, 1912.]

New Genus and Species of Hymenoptera of the family Braconidae

from Panama.

[Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. LIX, No. 5, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Wacner (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. ]

(xiv)

WaGNneEr (Hans). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. ]

Watker (James J.). A Sketch of the Entomology of the Oxford District.

[Issued by the 2nd Intern. Congress Entom., 1912.]

—— Third Supplement to the Preliminary List of the Coleoptera of the

Oxford district, 1911. The Author.

Watsincuam (Lord). [See Gopman (F. D.), Biologia Centrali-Americana. ]

WasMann (E). Neue Termitophilen und Termiten aus Indien.

[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XXXVI, 1896. ]

Neue Myrmecophilen aus Madagascar.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1897. ]

———— Die Ameisen- und Termitengaste von Brasilien.

[ Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1895. ]

———— Uber einige Myrmecophile Acarinen.

(Zool. Anzeig., No. 541, 1897.]

———— Ein neuer Fustigerodes aus der Capkolonie.

[Wien. ent. Zeit., XVI, 1897.]

——__—— Einige neue Termitophile Myrmedonien aus Birma.

[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XX XVIII, 1897.]

——-—— Hinige neue Myrmecophile Anthiciden aus Indien.

[Verh. z.-b. Ges. Wien, 1898. ]

——-—— Hin neuer Termitodiscus aus Natal.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]

——— Zwei neue Lobopelta-Gaste aus Siidafrika.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]

——-— Zwei neue Myrmekophile Philusina-Arten aus Sitidafrika.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.]

———— Uber Atemeles pubicollis und die Pseudogynen von Formica rufa, L.

{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. }

——-— Hin neuer Gast von Eciton carolinense.

{Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899.]

—— Ein neuer Melipona-Gast (Scotocryptus goeldiz) aus Para.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1899. ]

———— Neue Paussiden mit einem biologischen Nachtrag.

[Notes Leyd. Mus. X XT, 1899.]

——_——— Zur Kenntniss der bosnischen Myrmekophilen und Ameisen.

[ Wiss. Mittheil. Bosnien und der Hercegovina, V1, 1899.]

——— Zur Kenntnis der Termitophilen Myrmekophilen Cetoniden Stid-

afrikas.

[Illustrierte Zeitschr. fiir Entom., Bd. V, Heft 5, 1900.]

———— Termitoxenia, ein neues fligelloses, physogastres Dipterengenus

aus Termitennestern, II. Theil.

[Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., LXX, 2, 1901. ]

—-—— On some genera of Staphylinidae described by Thomas L. Casey.

[Canad. Entom., 1901.]

Zwei neue Liometopum-Gaste aus Colorado.

[Wien. ent. Zeit., Bd. XX, Heft 7, 1901.]

———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila).

[Natur und Offenbarung, XLVII, 1901. ]

———— Biologische und phylogenetische Bemerkungen iiber die Dorylinen-

gaste der alten und der neuen Welt.

[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.]

—— Neue Bestiatigungen der Lomechusa-pseudogynen-Theorie.

[Deutsche zool. Ges., 1902.]

———— Riesige Kurzfliigler als Hymenopteren-gaste.

[Insekten-Boérse, XTX, 1902. ]

———— Zur Lebensweise der Ameisengrillen (Myrmecophila).

[Insekten-Boérse, XIX, 1902.]

if xivir }

Wasmann (E.). Zur Brutpflege den blutroten Raubameise (Formica sanguinea,

Ltr.).

[Insekten-Borse, XX, 1903.]

—_——— Zur Mimicryptus der Dorylinengaste.

[Zool. Anzeig., XXVI, 1903.]

___.__ Zur Kenntniss der Giste der Treiberameisen und ihrer Wirthe am

obern Congo.

[Zool. Jahrb., Suppl. VII, 1904.]

—__—— Ein neuer Atemeles aus Luxemburg.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1904. ]

—__— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in

Termitengaste.

[Compt. rend. 6me Congrés intern. Zool., Berne, 1904 (1905). ]

—_—-——— Neve Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Paussiden, mit biologischen und

phylogenetischen Bemerkungen.

[Notes Leyd. Mus., XXV, 1904. ]

—__-_ Results of the Swedish Zoological Expedition to Egypt and White

Nile, 1901: Termitophilen aus dem Sudan, by E. Wasmann,

Aug. Forel, K. Escherich, and G. Breddin.

[Jagerskidld Exped., 13, 1905.]

————— Versuche mit einem brasilianischen Ameisennest in Holland.

Zur Myrmecophagie des Griinspechts.

(Tijdschr. voor Entom., XLVIII, 1905.]

———— Die phylogenetische Umbildung ostindischer Ameisengaste in

Termitengaste.

[Mittheil. schweiz. ent. Ges., Bd. XI, heft 2, 1905. ]

———— Esempii di recenti neoformazioni di specie tra gli ospiti delle

Formiche e delle Termiti.

[Rivista di Fisica, Matem. e Sci. Nat., Pavia, VII, 1906.]

-——— Beispiele rezenter Artenbildung bei Ameisengasten und Termiten-

gasten.

(Biol. Centralblatt, Leipzig, XX VI, 1906.]

— Zur Lebensweise von Atemeles pratensoides, Wasm.

[Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1906. ]

———— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg.

Luxemburg, 1906.

———— Uber einige Paussiden des Deutschen Entomologischen National-

Museums.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1907. ]

~———— Sur les nids des fourmis migrantes (Eciton et Anomma).

[Atti della Pontificia Accad. Romana dei Nuovi Lincei, anno LX,

- 1907.]

-—_—— Myrmechusa; eine neue Gattung zwischen Myrmedonia und

Lomechusa.

[Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova, XLIV, 1908.]

——-— Weitere Beitrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei

den Ameisen.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ]

———— (Nachtrag zu) Weitere Beitrige zum sozialen Parasitismus und

der Sklaverei bei den Ameisen.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XX VIII, 1908. ]

———— Zur Kastenbildung und Systematik der Termiten.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XXVIII, No. 3. 1908.]

-———— Myrmecosaurus, ein neues Myrmekophiles Staphylinidengenus.

[Zool. Anzeig. XXXIV, 1909. ]

Uber den Ursprung des sozialen Parasitimus, der Sklaverei und

der Myrmecophilie bei den Ameisen.

| Biol. Centralblatt, X XIX, 1909.]

( xlviii_ )

WasMann (E.). Uber gemischte Kolonien von Lasius-Arten.

(Zool. Anzeig., XX XV, 1909.]

——— Zur Kenntniss der Ameisen und Ameisengaste von Luxemburg,

III. Teil. 1909.

———-— Die psychischen Fahigkeiten der Ameisen. Stuttgart, 1909.

— Zur Kenntniss der Gattung Plewropterus und anderer Paussiden,

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., LIV, 1910.]

—— Nachtrage zum sozialen Parasitismus und der Sklaverei bei den

Ameisen.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]

———— Nils Holmgren’s neue Termitenstudien und seine Exsudattheorie.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]

———— Die Doppelwirtigkeit der Atemeles.

[Deutsche ent. Nat.-Bibliothek, I, 1910.]

——— Staphylinus-Arten als Ameisenrauber.

(Zeitschr. fiir wiss. Insektenbiologie, 1910. ]

———— Uber das Wesen und den Ursprung der Symphilie.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XXX, 1910.]

———— Die Ameisen und ihre Gaste.

[let Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910.]

—— — Die Anpassungsmerkmale der Atemeles, mit einer Ubersicht tiber

die mitteleuropiischen Verwandten von Atemeles paradoxus,

Grav.

[ler Congrés Intern. d’Entom., Bruxelles, 1910 (1911). ]

——_— Termiten von Madagaskar, den Comoren und Inseln Ostafrikas.

[Voeltzkow, Reise in Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, III, 1910. ]

———— Modern Biology and the Theory of Evolution. London, 1910.

[Translated from the third German edition by A. M. Buchanan, M.A. ]

——_—— Gibt es erbliche Instinktmodifikationen im Verhalten der Ameisen

gegeniiber ihren Gasten ?

[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVII, 1911.]

Ein neuer Paussus aus Ceylon, mit einer Uebersicht iiber die

Paussidenwirte.

[Tijdschr. voor Entom., LIV, 1911.]

———— Tabelle der Revabieonkiji und Xenogaster-Arten.

[Zool. Anzeig. XX XVIII, 1911. ]

——-—— Termitophile Coleopteren aus Ceylon.

K. Escherich, Termitenleben auf Ceylon.

[Biol. Centralblatt, XX XI, 1911.]

——— Atemeles siculus, Rottbg., und seine Verwandten.

[Deutsche ent. Zeitschr., 1911.]

——w— Zur Kenntniss der Termiten und Termitengaste vom belgischen

Congo.

[Revue Zool. Afr., I. fasc. 1-2, 1911.] The Author.

———— The Rev. Simon FitzSimons’ Ideas on Evolution.

[Catholic Fortnightly Review, 1912. ] The Publisher.

WATERHOUSE (C. O.). Index Zoologicus. II. Compiled for the Zoological

Society of London by C. O. Waterhouse, and edited by Dr. D.

Sharp. 8vo. London, 1912. Purchased.

—— — [See Index Zoologicus. ]

Wess (J. L.). A Preliminary Synopsis of Cerambycoid Larvae.

[U. As Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Techn. ser. No. 20, Part V,

12.] U.S. Dept. Agric,

WEBSTER es M.). Preliminary Report on the Alfalfa Weevil.

(U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No, 112, 1912.]

(xl )

Wesster (F.M.). The Alfalfa Gall Midge (Asphondylia miki, Wachtl).

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 147, 1912.]

———— The Clover Mite.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 158, 1912. ]

—— The so-called ‘‘ Curlew Bug ” (Sphenophorus callosus, Oliv.).

[U.S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 95, Part IV, 1912. ]

——— and Parties (W. J.). The Spring Grain Aphis or “ Green Bug.”’

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 110, 1912. ]

U.S. Dept. Agric.

Weise (J.). [See Wyrsman’s Genera Insectorum. |

WHEELER (George). On the Dates of the Publications of the Entomogical

Society of London.

[Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1911 (1912). ] The Author.

WHEELER (W. M.). Insect Parasitism and its Peculiarities.

[Popular Science Monthly, Nov. 1911.] The Author.

WuirtsE (G. F.). The Cause of European Foul Brood.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Circular No. 157, 1912.]

— [See Puitries (E. F.).] U.S. Dept. Agric.

Wicknam (H. F.). On some Fossil Rhynchophorous Coleoptera from

Florissant, Colorado.

[Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XX XI, Art. IV, 1912.]

The Author.

Wutson (Charles Branch). Dragon Flies of the Cumberland Valley in

Kentucky and Tennessee.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XLIII, 1912.]

The Smithsonian Institution.

Witson (James). The Department of Agriculture in Relation to a National

Lee to Prevent the Importation of Insect-infested or Diseased

Plants.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 37,1911.]

- ———— The Present Outbreak of the Grass Worm or Fall Army Worm, and

Recommendations for its Control.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Circular No. 40, revised, 1912.]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Woop (H. P.). [See Hooxsr (W. A.)].

Wricut (Albert E.). The Macrolepidoptera of North-East Lancashire.

[Ann. Report and Trans. Manchester Entom. Soc., 1911.]

The Author.

Wyrsman (P.). Genera Insectorum. Fase. Vols, CXII-CXXX, 1910-1912.

A. E. Elliott.

Zerny (H.). [See Lepidopterorum Catalogus. |

ZIMMER (James F'.). The Grape Scale.

[U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Entom., Bull. No. 97, Pt. VII, 1912. ]

U. S. Dept. Agric.

Zootoaicat RecorD, Vols. XLV-XLVIII, 1908-1911.

Purchased.

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Lonpon, OnrarIo. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XLIV, 1912.

By Exchange.

Ontario. Entomological Society of Ontario. 42nd Annual Report. 1911.

By Exchange.

UNITED STATES.

Micuican. Academy of Science. 18th Report. 1911. The Academy.

New Yorx. New York Entomological Society. Journal. Vol. XIX,

Part 4, 1911; Vol. XX, 1912. Purchased.

PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceedings.

Vol. LXIII, Part 3, 1911; Vol. LXIV, Parts 1 and 2, 1912.

By Exchange.

American Entomological Society. Transactions. Vol. XXXVIII,

Parts 1 and 2, 1912. By Exchange.

Entomological News, Vol. X XIII, 1912. By Exchange.

Wasuinctron. Smithsonian Institution. Annual Report, 1911.

United States National Museum. Proceedings. Vols. XXXIX,

XL and XLI, 1912.

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Vol.

XIII, Part 1, 1912. Purchased.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

CHILE.

SANTIAGO DE CHILE. Revista Chilena de Historia Natural, Ano XIV. 1910.

The Society.

WEST INDIES.

Barpapos. West Indian Bulletin. The Journal of the Imperial Agricul-

tural Department for the West Indies. Vol. XII. Parts 1-4,

1912.

Agricultural News. Vol. XI, 1912.

The Agricultural Department.

Third Report on the Introduction of Improvements into Indian

Agriculture, 1912. Imperial Dept. of Agric., India.

ASIA.

INDIA.

Bomsay. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. XXI, Nos. 2, 3 and 4,

1912. By Exchange.

Caxcurra. Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa. Bulletin. Nos. 28-30,

1912.

Gris)

Records of the Indian Museum. Vol. IV, Parts 8 and 9, 1911.

The Museum.

Report on the Progress of Agriculture in India for 1910, 1911 (1912).

India Office.

Agricultural Journal of India. Vol. VII, Parts IIT, IV, 1912.

Memoirs of the Department of Agriculture in India. Entomological

Series. Vol. II, Nos. 8, 9 (1910-12) ; Vol. IV, Nos. 1, 2 (1912).

Agric. Research Institute, Pusa.

Cotompo. Spolia Zeylanica. Vol. VIII, Parts 1 and 2, 1912.

The Colombo Museum.

BORNEO.

Sarawak. Tenth Report on the Sarawak Museum. 1911.

The Museum,

Journal of the Sarawak Museum. Vol. I, Nos. 1 and 2, 1912.

The Museum.

AUSTRALASIA.

BrisBANE. Annals of Queensland Museum. No. 10, 1911.

The Director.

New Zeavanp. New Zealand Institute. Transactions and Proceedings.

Vol. XLIV, 1911 (1912). The Institute.

PertH. Journal Agricultural Department of West Australia. Vol. XX,

190. Agric. Dept. W. Australia.

Sypney. Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, Vol. XXXVI,

1911-12; Vol. XX XVII, Parts 1, 2, 1912. By Exchange.

EHUROPH.

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.

Bupargst. Annales Historico-Naturales Musei Nationalis Hungarici. Vol. X.

912. By Exchange.

Brtnn. Verhand. der naturf. Vereines in Briinn. Bd. XLIX.

By Exchange.

Vienna. K.-k. zoologische-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band LXI, Hefte 7-10. Band LXII, Hefte

1-7. By Exchange.

Wiener entomologische Zeitung. Bd. XXXI, 1912.

Purchased.

BELGIUM.

BrussEts. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. Vol. LVI, 1912.

Mémoires. Vol. XX, 1912. By Exchange.

Annuaire de |’'Academie Royalide Belgique. 1912.

The Academie.

1** Congrés International d’Entomologie. Vol. I, 1911, Mémoires.

Subscribed for.

FRANCE.

Carn. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. 6e Ser., 2e Vol.

1908-9 (1910). The Society.

Paris. Soc. Entom. de France. Annales, Vols. LXXX, Parts 3, 4;

LXXXI, 1, 2. By Exchange.

Bulletin. 1910-12.

TovuLousE. Bulletin de la Soc. d’Hist. Nat.de Toulouse. Tome XLIII, Part

3 and 4,1910. XLIV,1911. XLV,1912,1. By Exchange.

( lit)

GERMANY.

BERLIN. Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift. Bd. LVI, 1912. By Exchange.

Deutsche entomologische National-Bibliothek. Band 3, 1912.

By Exchange.

Entomologische Mitteilungen. Band I. Nos. 1-12 and Supplement.

By Exchange.

BERLIN. Entomologischer Verein in Berlin. Berliner entomologische

Zeitschrift. Band 56, Hefte 3 and4,1911. Band 57, Hefte 1

and 2, 1912. By Exchange.

Dresven. ‘Iris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band XXVI.

Heft 1, 2 and 3, 1912. By Exchange.

Mounicu. Mitteilungen der Miinchner entomologischen Gesellschaft, 1912.

Heft 3. The Publisher.

Srerrin. Entomologischer Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahr. LX XIII,

1912. By Exchange.

WIrsBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fir Naturkunde. Jahrbiicher. Jahr.

LXV, 1912. By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1912. Purchased.

Atheneum. 1912. The Publishers.

Bulletin of Entomological Research. Vol. III, Parts 1-4, 1912.

Purchased.

Entomologist (The). 1912. R. South.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. 1912. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. Vol. XXIV, 1912,

Purchased.

Entomological Society of London. Transactions, 1912, Parts I-III.

Ent. Soc. London.

Linnean Society of London. Zoology, Transactions, Journal and

Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange.

Naturalist (The). 1912. By Exchange.

Nature. 1912. The Publishers.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1912. The Club.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. Vol. LXXII, 1911,

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. Journal. 1912. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Proceedings. 1912. By Exchange.

Royal Society. Philosophical Transactions. 1912.

South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings.

1911-12. The Society.

Zoological Society. Transactions and Proceedings. 1912.

By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1912. The Publisher.

MancHEsTER. Manchester Entomological Society, Reports for 1911.

The Society.

HOLLAND.

Tar Hague. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie. Jahr. 1912. By Exchange.

Entomologische Berichten, Vol. III, Parts 61-66. 1911-12.

By Exchange.

( lit )

ITALY.

Portici and Frorence. Redia, Giornale de Entomologia. Vol. VIII.

Fasc. 1, 1912. Purchased.

RUSSIA.

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. Parts

1-3, 1911. By Exchange.

Sr. Pererspurc. Annuaire du Musée Zoologique. Tome XVI, Part 3,

1911. F. D. Godman.

Horae Societatis Entomologicae Rossicae. Tome XL, Part 3, 1912.

By Exchange.

Revue Russe d’Entomologie. Tome XI, 1911, Part 4. Tome XII,

Parts 1-3, 1912. The Society.

SWEDEN.

Srockuotm. Arkiv for Zoologi. Vol. VII, Hefte 1-3, 1911-12.

By Exchange.

Entomologisk Tidskrift. Arg. 33, 1912.

By Exchange.

SWITZERLAND.

ScHAFFHAUSEN and Berne. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft.

Mittheilungen. Bd. XII, Hft. 3, 1912. By Exchange.

Saar. -

\ sifei hemline

bre)

ERRATA,

TRANSACTIONS.

Page 12, top line, and page 14, line 10 from bottom, for oncea read oncaea.

Page 144, transfer lines 1 to 5 (under f. bel/a) to precede line 5 from bottom,

under A. acrita bellona.

Page 394, line 19 from top, for C. orbitulus read L. orbitulus.

Page 440, line 10 from bottom, for SAo Pavto read SAo Pavto.

Page 497, line 17 from bottom, for jointed read pointed.

Page 501, line 10 from bottom, for isde read side.

Page 507, line 12 from bottom, for thorica read thoracica.

Page 550, line 4 from top, for RHYSOPAUSIDAE read RHYSOPAUS-

SIDAE.

Page 561, line 13 from bottom, for Jongimanus read longimana.

Page 573, line 7 from bottom, for parryi read parryanus.

Page 579, line 21 from top, for mnizecht read mntszechi.

PROCEEDINGS.

Page xlvi, line 16 from top, for wranius read wuranus.

Page xlviii, line 15 from top, for caenia read coenia.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS

Page 57, line 20. Add Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).

Page 94. Under f. wrungensis read GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitu-

ngulu, Urungu).

Page 129. For Manaxarta R. read (Mahakata R.),

Page 129. Under A. nohara punetellata read NYASSALAND

(Angoniland, Zomba).

Page 154, line 3. Read Tancanyika; N. RHopEsIA; CoNnco

(Katanga) ; NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN E. AFRICA.

Page 169, line 13. Lowombwa is usually spelt Lawumbu.

Page 169, line 28. Witu should be wnder British E. AFRICA.

Page 327, line 34. For Kisuma read Kisumu.

Plate 10, f. 9. For ambiga read ambigua.

Plate 12, f. 5. For oncea read oncaea.

’

rh iat A “hy

, eel aya

“ete tf sai

ait yaa

ed tee

bevit Oy é

ach # ee

iiewin?) Avaine tar) : | ett? mie “a

a ‘VY antl de SS

tial Ta ae vi

oa 4 aia

4 1 =) OS

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

FoR. TEE. -Y¥ Rar EOS:

I. A Monograph of the African species of the Genus

Acraea, Fab., with a supplement on those of the Oriental

Region. By Harry ELTrRinGcHAM, M.A., F.ZS.

[Read November Ist, 1911.]

PLares I—XVI.

INTRODUCTION.

In the study of biological problems, it is of the utmost

importance that adequate information should be available

in regard to the affinities, variability, and geographical

distribution of the forms of life which may be useful as

material for such investigations. A mere list of described

“species,” without any more intimate knowledge of the

inter-relationships of the forms so designated, can be but

of small service as a storehouse of reference, just as a

collection of specimens, however extensive, unless accu-

rately labelled with essential data, can furnish little more

than an exhibition of the beautiful or curious in nature.

The older naturalists, secure in the comfortable belief in

the fixity of species, occupied themselves with the com-

pilation of voluminous catalogues of all the forms then

known to them, the result being a mere list of

names, which in too many cases leave considerable doubt

as to the identity of the forms to which they are as-

signed. The necessity for specialisation having once been

realised, no facts concerning the creatures studied are

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) B

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

now deemed too small or unimportant to be worthy

of record. We aim at minute and careful classification,

and though such classification is an artificial process of

segregation having convenience as its aim, it is based on

natural features, the study of which reveals those very

facts which can enlarge our knowledge of nature’s methods.

Such considerations indicate the desirability of carefully

compiled monographs of natural groups, and of such works

there are, fortunately, many splendid examples. To

students of the Lepidoptera the publications of Messrs.

Rothschild and Jordan have furnished an example of

perfection, which others may well find difficult of imita-

tion; but those who, like the present writer, are conscious

of a lesser capacity for achievement, may at least en-

deavour to follow, to the best of their ability, the path

which has been thus so fully indicated.

To the comfort of those who would undertake such

labours, naturalists are ever ready to place at each other’s

disposal, the resources which they individually possess, and

it is thus that the pleasant duty devolves upon me of

thanking most sincerely the many friends who have fur-

nished me with material and assistance. It has been my

privilege to carry out the present work under ideal con-

ditions provided by the kindness of Professor Poulton in

the Hope Department at Oxford, where I have had the

free use of the whole of the vast store of material there

accumulated. To him also I am indebted for kindly

reading portions of the proofs, and for many valuable sug-

gestions. Mr. Walter Rothschild has generously placed the

whole of his collection of Acraeas at my disposal, not only

for examination, but also for dissection and anatomical

study. The authorities of the Natural History Museum

at South Kensington have allowed me to make microscopic

‘ preparations from many valuable duplicates, and I am also

deeply indebted to many other collectors and workers

amongst whom I would especially mention Mr. G. T.

Bethune-Baker, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, Mr.

Herbert Druce, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr. C. J. Grist, Mr.

J. J. Joicey, Dr. Karl Jordan, Mr. G. A. K. Marshall,

Mr. 8. A. Neave, Miss E. M. Bowdler Sharpe, Mr. Roland

Trimen, and Commander J. J. Walker.

Continental authorities have been no less generous in

their assistance, and permission was granted me to work

through the whole of the large collection in the Berlin

African Species of the Genus Acraea. )

Natural History Museum, where Dr. Brauer, Professor

Karscb, Dr. Strand, and Dr. Griinberg gave me much

useful help. Herr Wichgraf permitted me to examine his

extensive collection ; Herr Ertl of Munich has sent me

many interesting examples, including some types, whilst

Professor Aurivillius at Stockholm, and M. Charles Ober-

thiir at Rennes, have rendered constant and ungrudging

assistance. To all I would tender my heartfelt thanks

for having thus rendered my work a pleasure rather than

a labour.

The genus Acraca was founded by Fabricius in Ilhger’s

Magazine (1807). His definition is, “Taser zwei, lang,

wefranct, dreigliedrig ; drittes Glied klein, nackt. Fiihler

geknopft. (Putzfiisse, )*

He gives as types Pap. horta, terpsichore, and brassolis,

and states that there are 34 species. The P. brassolis here

referred to appears in Kirby’s catalogue as a synonym of

the Pierine butterfly Archonias bellona, Cram.

Latreille in the “ Encyclopédie Méthodique ” defines the

genus as follows :—“ Borde interne des ailes inférieures

wembrassant presque le dessous de l’abdomen; palpes

inférieurs greles et presque cylindriques; antennes peu

allongées et terminées brusquement en bouton.”

Doubleday, Hewitson, and Westwood in the “ Genera of

Diurnal Lepidoptera” having given a preliminary descrip-

tion, divide the species into six groups or subgenera,

viz. Hyalites, Planema, Gnesia, Telchinia, Actinote, and

Pareba. The definitions of these subgenera are quite

useless, as may be gathered from the fact that A. lycia

is included under Hyalites, whilst A. sganzini is included

in Telchinia, although both forms belong to the same

species, 4. ‘encedon. The definition of Zelchinia differs

only from that of Hyalites in the statement that the latter

has the second joint of the labial palpi “considerably

swollen and but little scaly,” whilst in the former the same

structure is “considerably swollen and clothed in front

with scales,” much being thus left to the imagination of the

observer. Moreover the distinctive features of the genus

Planema are not recognised, since it is divided into two sub-

sections, one of which contains A. lycoa, and A. jodutta.

Mabille, in his article on the genus in the “ Histoire

Naturelle de Madagascar,” states that the Acraeas are well

divided into groups, perhaps genera, by the male and

female genital organs, but ea conclusions seem to be

4 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

based on an inadequate study of these structures. His

groups are, (1) Solenites, in which the ventral part of the

termination of the male abdomen is occupied by a chitinous

plate curved round in the form of a tube, the orifice of

which is closed by the uncus. He gives A. wgati as a

type of this formation. (2) Phanopeltis, which includes

A. ranavalona. (3) Aphanopeltis, 1 which the plate

is reduced to a structure of variable form. This group

includes hora, zetes, egina, and pseudegina. (4) Acraea,

The impossibility of these groups is evident from the

instability of the characters suggested. Schatz and

Rober recognise five groups but admit that they are

but shghtly separated. The characters given are for the

most part inconstant. Careful examination of all the

features which have been utilised in the past for the

purpose of subdividing the genus convinces me that they

do not in fact provide grounds for such subdivision.

Acraea is distinct from Planema, as Professor Aurivillius

has pointed out in his “ Rhopalocera Aethiopica.” The

latter genus may be known by the palpi, which are black

with a lateral grey line ; by the position of the first branch

of the fore-wing subcostal, which is given off at or beyond

the end of the cell; and by the relatively much smaller dis-

coidal cell in the hind-wing. The pupae of Planema are

also distinguished by the presence of long hooked spines

which appear never to be present in Acraca. As to the

genus Pardopsis, the only reason for associating it with

the Acraeinae seems to be the closed condition of the hind-

wing cell. The one known species of the genus was

originally included in Acraea because it looked like a

member of that genus—the worst of all possible reasons.

Trimen separated it and founded the genus Pardopsis,

pointing out the very curious neuration of the fore-wing,

That author, however, states that the legs are as in Acraca,

an error very easily made, even by an acute observer, if

opportunities were unavailable for the microscopic study of

these appendages. The fore-feet are of the usual Nymph-

alid kind, but the middle- and hind-feet have the tarsal

extremities of a structure quite different from that in

Acraea. ‘The claws are-slender and without the character-

istic lobes, whilst there is a well-developed pulvillus, and

peculiar curved and flattened spines on each side some-

what resembling true paronychia. Unless the closed

hind-wing cell can be shown to be of special taxonomic

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 5

significance, it would almost appear that Pardopsis puncta-

tissima should have a sub-family to itself.

The South American genus Actinote is less distinct

from Acraea than is Planema. The distinguishing features

are black palpi, the presence of a rudimentary nervule in

the hind-wing between the submedian and the first branch

of the median,* and the heavily marked black nervules and

internervular rays on the underside of the hind-wing. The

neuration in Actinofe is similar to that in Acraca but is

more unstable, the sixth and seventh nervules being

sometimes stalked in both fore- and hind-wings. In other

respects the genus resembles Acraea. The female has the

peculiar wax-like seal after pairing, and the male tarsal

claws are unequal. The pupae also are white, with black

lines and yellow-centred black rings.

The characters of the genus Acraca may be stated as

follows :—Fore-wings either rounded or elongate, the

inner-margin straight or very slightly concave. The palpi

ochreous, very rarely blackish, the short terminal joint

usually set with black hairs. No lateral greyish white

line. The fore-legs rudimentary, their tarsi in the female

with much reduced jomts, and spined beneath; in the

male hairy and brush-like with rudimentary joints.

The second and third pairs of legs are of normal size and

their tarsi terminate in the female in two equal and similar

claws, lobed at the base. In the male these claws are also

equal and similar in a few species, but in the majority they

are unequal, one being long and regularly curved, the other

short and bent down almost at right angles to the upper or

anterior edge of the basal lobe (in one species, servona, with

normally equal claws, unequal claws are occasionally found).

In the fore-wing the discoidal cell is of medium Jength.

The upper discocellular is very short, and the subcostal

nervure is five-branched, the first branch being given off

before the end of the cell. In the hind-wing the discoidal

cell is usually longer than in Planema and reaches to

about the middle of the wing. The sixth and seventh

nervules usually arise from independent points, but in

some species from a common stalk. In one species, A.

burnt, they vary in this respect in different individuals,

and even in the two wings of the same individual. In

others such as A. itwrina the stalked condition appears

to be constant. In some species nervules 3 and 4 arise

* This feature is also present in Acraea mirijfica.

6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

from a point at the end of the cell. The scales are nor-

mally of uniform size and nearly round. In those species

which exhibit transparency of the wing, this result is

attained by a variety of different methods. The scales

may be reduced in width, may be mere hairs, may be

normal in size but reduced in number, normal in size but

raised up so as to allow the light to pass between them, or

they may be absent altogether. In a few species large

special scales are found on the median nervure on the

underside of the fore-wing. The antennae are short and

rather abruptly clubbed. The male genital armature

varies from a state of extreme complexity, to one of primi-

tive simplicity, but in the majority of species exhibits

little individual variation. In most if not all species

special scales are found attached to the underside of the

last abdominal tergite. These scales are sometimes

present in enormous numbers. They are easily detached

and may be scent-producing organs. The female

usually possesses a chitinous plate on the seventh sternite

surrounding the external orifice of the bursa copulatrix.

The form of this plate is specifically constant in most

species. Those females which possess such a plate have

upon it after pairing a hard wax-like structure (see p. 7),

often containing scales and hairs from the body of the male.

The larvae * have two dorsal, two lateral, and two sub-lateral

rows of branched spines, and the pupae are white or

whitish with black spots, often in the form of rings

enclosing yellow or pink centres. The neuration of the

wings and the position of the other appendages are more

or less outlined in black on the pupal skin. In many

cases the pupa bears short blunt spines or processes, but so

far as is known never has long hooked spines as in Planema.

The genus Acraea is almost confined to the Ethiopian

region. In the Oriental region there occur four or perhaps

five species, according as to whether we regard A. meyert

and A. moluccana as one species or two. Of these A. vesta

is interesting as appearing to be closely allied to the

African A. anacreon. A. andromache, which extends into

the Pacific Islands as far as Samoa, shows in the structure

of the male armature a close alliance with A. igati from

Madagascar. I have dealt. with the probable synonymy of

the Oriental species in the Supplement to the present

monograph.

* See F. Miiller, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 492, ete. (1877

African Species of the Genus Acraea. ‘|

Observations in the field show that the larvae of Acraca

are gregarious. The perfect insects are slow of flight and

indifferent to pursuit. Many emit an acrid juice when

injured, and all appear to be remarkably tenacious of life,

being not only protected by the extreme toughness of their

integuments from any mechanical injury, but also exhibiting

a great power of resistance to the effects of toxic substances.

Some small and apparently delicate species have been

observed to remain in full possession of their faculties after

more than half-an-hour’s confinement in a cyanide bottle.

Such species as have been utilised for experiments in

palatibility provide evidence of a high degree of distaste-

fulness. Some of Marshall’s experiments with a butterfly-

eating Mantis, suggest that when driven by the absence of

other food to an “exclusively Acraeine diet, a diseased

condition, followed by death, ensued. In habits, some

Acraeas are fond of the open, whilst others are woodland

and forest species, and one or two are partial to marshy

districts. Trimen in his work on the South African Butter-

flies describes them as of a peculiarly quarrelsome disposi-

tion, fighting desperately for the possession of a particular

leaf on which to roost or to deposit their ova. From

Marshall’s observations in his well-known paper on the

“Bionomics of South African Insects” the courtship of

Acraeas would appear to be carried out on the principle, as

he expresses it, of “marriage by capture,” the male seizing

the female in the air.

A very remarkable feature of the genus is the presence

on the female, in the majority of species, after pairing,

of a mass of hard wax-like material on the underside of

the abdomen. This secretion or seal * as it may be called,

occurs also in Planema, Actinote, Amauris, Parnassius, Thais,

Hurycus,and Huryades. It seems to be composed of similar

material in all the genera mentioned, though im Acraca and

Actinote it frequently also contains a mass of hairs and

scales derived from the abdomen of the male, these being

often arranged in a beautifully symmetrical manner. What-

ever may be the purpose of this secretion in Parnassius and

in the other genera mentioned, its object in Acraea would

appear to be, 2 as originally suggested by Professor Poulton,+

* T submit the word sphragis as a technical term for this structure

(Gr. oppayls = a seal). The term has been kindly suggested to me

by Professor Poulton after consultation with Mr. Arthur Sidgwick.

t See Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 539, 1902.

8 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the prevention of the amorous attentions of subsequent

males after once the female has been paired. In this

view Marshall concurs (/. ¢.), pointing out that if courtship

always takes place in the forcible manner he has observed,

some such provision would appear to be a necessity. In

another note on the subject * Marshall records that such

protection is not, however, absolute, since he has taken

three female Acraeas in which the sac has been dupli-

cated, though in these cases both sacs were more or less

distorted in shape indicating that the second pairing must

have taken place immediately after the first and whilst

the first secretion was still in a viscous condition. This

being so, as the author points out, the exceptions need

not ivaladate the theory that the secretion, when hardened,

would offer a sufficient obstruction to the use of the com-

plicated male claspers. I am further inclined to believe

that the sphragis may act in another way. As a result of

a recent observation Mr. W. A. Lamborn has recorded + that

a female Planema alcinoe was observed to have four males,

all clinging to it at the same time, some even holding on

to its wings and endeavouring to attach their claspers

to its body. Now such behaviour appears to argue the

emission by the female of some powerful sexually exciting

scent, and if such be the case, the sphragis may well serve

to inhibit the emission of this odour and thus free the

female from further attentions.

From the investigations of Elwes on Parnassius we may,

I think, conclude that this “seal” is formed by a secretion

from the male, and this view is confirmed by an interesting

note by Dr. Fritz Miiller? who has studied the matter in

the genus Actinote. Speaking of the appendage the quo-

tation is as follows: “The female of Acraca (Actinote)

thaiia has this appendage. It is shaped something like

a hollow tile, and is fastened by one end, close behind the

female orifice, then directed forward, usually at a very

acute angle with the body, rarely standing out at right

angles. Ever since I first bred this species from the larvae

many years ago, I have known that the female does not

emerge from the pupa bearing this appendage but. that

as in Parnassius it is a sign of. completed copulation. It

* See Entomologist, p. 73, 1901.

{ Proc, Ent. Soc; p. xcv, 1911.

t Carus, Zool. Anzeiger, p. 415, 1893. (I am indebted to Professor

Poulton for kindly calling my attention to this reference.)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 9

is only during this last season that I have been able to

inquire into its origin. By pressing the abdomen of the

Acraea males, one can force out from under the posterior

margin of the last dorsal plate a very large gland, which

is entirely similar to that which the females of the ‘Mara-

cuja butterflies’ (eliconius, Hucides, Colaenis, and Dione)

exert at the same spot when seized. This gland is some-

times bare, sometimes covered with brown or blackish

scales and hairs, which fall off at the shghtest touch. The

appendage of the female, when treated with hot soda-lye

and crushed between glass plates, proves to be composed

of hairs and scales of the same form. Among hundreds of

males which J examined for this purpose, almost all showed

the gland either entirely covered or entirely bare : twice only

I found the hairs stuck together in small isolated patches,

and twice joined together in a structure similar to the

female appendage but thinner and more fra gile. Probably

in the act of pairing one of the sexes emits a rapidly drying

fluid which gives it the subsequent thickness and solidity.”

At one time I hoped to find in Acraea some correlation

between the inequality of the male tarsal claws, and the

occurrence of the sphragis in the female. I find however

that in some species in which the male claws are unequal,

the sphragis is not formed in the female, at least so far as

I am able to judge from the extensive material which has

been at my disposal. I have examined the claws in the

other genera mentioned, and find that whilst the male

Parnassius has unequal claws, those of Hurycus, Huryades,

and Amauris are equal. Thais has only a slight develop-

ment of the sphragis, and has unequal claws in the male,

whilst. the genus Doritis has unequal claws in the male,

but I can find no secretion in the female.

The peculiarity of the male tarsal claws is one to which

I am still unable to assign a satisfactory explanation. The

few species of the genus which have the claws equal, do

not present any other feature which would serve to sepa-

rate them, however slightly, from the remaining members

of the genus. Moreover if, as seems inevitable, we are to

regard all the examples of the servona form as of one

species, we have in this one case an instance of unequal

claws appearing occasionally as a reversion, in a species in

which the claws are normally equal.

Whilst the meaning of this structure must for the

present remain unexplained, a knowledge of it is of

10 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

material assistance in determining the sex of a specimen,

in the event of the abdomen and front-feet being missing,

as in a damaged example. In the great majority of

species the male claws are unequal, and thus if a single

leg remains, the sex can in those species be determined.

Probably in no genus is the question of sex more easily

decided. ‘The female cloacal valves are very different in

appearance from the arched and hirsute tergite of the

male. Should this test fail the difference of structure

between the fore-feet of male and female is easily observed,

in many cases even with the unaided sight. Finally the

tarsal claws are, as stated, a certain guide in the majority

of species. In spite of these facts, which are by no means

new, many published works abound in errors as to the sex

of the species therein described, such errors adding greatly

to the difficulties of the systematist, more especially in

cases of unique types difficult of access.

A phenomenon common to many Lepidoptera and

kuown as “seasonal dimorphism” is exhibited to a greater

or less extent by many species of Acraea, especiaily those

which may be said to belong to the acrita and caldarena

groups. I do not propose on the present occasion to enter

upon a discussion of this interesting and complicated sub-

ject, which constitutes a special study in itself. It is,

however, necessary briefly to allude to the phenomenon as

manifested in this genus.

A. atolivis presents a dry-season male in which the spots

are exceedingly small, and a female, the ground-colour of

which is yellowish brown. The corresponding wet forms

are a male, in which the black marks are all more highly

developed, and a female which is actually black, often

with a whitish subapical bar. Seventeen examples of

the species taken at the Victoria Falls in September are

all distinctly of the dry-season form. The only record I

have for that locality is 1906-7 when Sept. 1906 showed

barely 6 in., whilst in the previous May, June, July, and

August the fall was nil. The maximum occurred in

February 1907 when 14°7 in. of rain fell. Of five males

taken on the Lualaba R. in October, one is of the dry form,

one intermediate and two wet, whilst of five specimens

taken in May, four are wet and oneintermediate. In this

region May, June, July, and August are the dry months

and March and November have the maximum rainfall, viz.

7:9 in. and 8'6 in. respectively, so that the specimens, having

African Species of the Genus Acraea. TT

occurred at the beginning and end of the dry season, show

a variable and intermediate condition. In Angola wet and

dry examples have been taken together in September which

is the begimning of the rains, so that the correspondence of

the forms is here not well marked. Black females bear

date January to April, and September to November.

February, March, and April are the wettest months, but

the rainfall is extremely variable in different years, and

also differs greatly in different localities. Thus inner

Angola is within the 40-inch line, but towards the coast

there are three distinct belts of decreasing rainfall, the

mean at Loanda being only one-sixth of that at Comber

Station (6° 16° 8., 15° 17’ E., alt. 3,100 ft.).

A. petraea and A. aglaonice correspond fairly well with

the seasons, the latter tending to lose the subapical

translucent fore-wing spots in the dry season. A. equator-

ialis varies very little in the male sex, but the females

may be either yellow like the male, or grey, with an

incipient fore-wing subapical pale bar. <A long series

taken near Kisumu in November, December, January,

and March shows great variation in this respect. Whilst in

this locality these months are amongst the wettest, there

is no month in which rain does not fall, the minimum being

177 in. in July, and the maximum 7:09 in December.

A. caldarena is rather variable. Marshall refers to the

wet-season males in Mashonaland as having a_ brighter

pink ground-colour, whilst Neave speaks of this feature

as characteristic of the specimens he took in the “hot

dry Luangwa Valley.” Unfortunately this pink colour fades

rapidly, and cabinet specimens rarely furnish good illustra-

tions of this particular feature. September (dry) males

from Mashonaland have a brownish basal suffusion and

January (wet) specimens are without this character.

March (wet) examples usually have the basal brown.

All the females corresponding to the above have the

ground-colour brownish. Ft. Jameson examples taken

in March (wet) have grey and white females and ochreous

males. On the Alala plateau both wet and dry forms

are found in November (early rains). February (wet)

specimens from Angoniland include both pink and ochre-

ous males, the females being dark but not grey and white.

Kisumu examples taken in November (wet) are both pink

and ochreous, with and without basal brown, thus showing

a lack of differentiation similar to that in equatorialis.

12 _Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A, oncea shows a moderately good correspondence with

the seasons in its vartous localities, the wet form of female

being black with a white subapical bar, whilst the dry-

season forms have the ground-colour reddish brown,

Examples from near Tete on the Zambesi, and from Ft.

Jameson correspond very nearly with the climatic con-

ditions, though on the other hand specimens from Chirui

Island, L. Bangweolo, taken in July, have wet-season males,

1. @. heavily spotted, and dry-season females, the latter

however, showing but little indication of ie fore-wing

white bar. The same condition occurs in May (dry)

specimens from Awemba, North-Kast Rhodesia.

The foregoing examples seem to show that many

species do, in a general way exhibit a dimorphism which

may be termed seasonal, but before any profitable study

of this subject can be made, very much larger series of

examples must be available, labelled, not merely with the

precise locality, but also with the date of capture, and

further with what I think will prove to be of equal

importance, the elevation of the locality; and here I

may remark that though of late years, satisfactory label-

ling has received much greater attention than formerly,

and in one institution with which I am acquainted may

be said to have reached perfection, there seems still to

remain in the minds of some owners and keepers of

collections a very inadequate conception of the necessity

of full and correct labelling.

Turning from seasonal to sexual dimorphism, we find

that this phenomenon is of very frequent occurrence in

the genus, in fact a marked difference in the appearance

of the sexes may be said to be the rule. Moreover, whilst

the females differ from the males one or both may be

polymorphic. Female polymorphism reaches its greatest

development in Acraea terpsichore, of which it is possible

to arrange a long series in which no two individuals are

alike, and although the male of this species 1s also poly-

morphic, it presents nothing like the range of variation

exhibited by the female. In this case the different forms

seem to indicate merely a condition of extreme instability.

I cannot associate any one form of female with a particular

form of male, nor do any of the variations seem to be

governed by either seasonal or geographical conditions.*

* In the ¢ the rougeti form is certainly more characteristic of the

Kast and South, though the difference is not quite constant.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 15

A more interesting case is that of Acraea aleiope, the male

of which varies but slightly throughout its range, whilst

the female, though still variable, appears in two pre-

dominant forms, the western form being dark brown and

mimetically associated with dominant western forms of

Planema, whilst the eastern or awrivillii form has an

orange band on the fore-wings and a white band on

the hind-wings, thus resembling the male of the dominant

eastern Planema macarista.

A very remarkable case of sexual dimorphism is that

discovered by my friend Mr. 8. A. Neave, who pointed out

that the transparent and almost immaculate 4. erystallina

is the female of A. chilo. A. bonasia has two forms of

female, one of which is near the cynthius of Drury. Acraca

peneleos has many female forms, one of which has just

been discovered in a long series of specimens bred by Mr.

W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, and two others are represented

by examples in the Hewitson collection, but appear never to

have been recognised or described. The first-named has

a lemon-yellow band across the hind-wings, in the second

the band is white and better developed, whilst the third

has the wings nearly black. It was the appearance of the

yellow-banded form which gave me the clue to the identity

of the white-banded examples, intermediates between this

and the black form leaving no doubt as to the identity of

the latter. Polymorphism of both sexes is of common

occurrence, and in some cases the forms are so extreme

that only by careful anatomical study can their true

relationship be established. Thus I have found that

Butler’s A. astrigera, a brilliant orange and red eastern

species, 1s specifically identical with the same author’s

pseudolycia, the latter a black and white form of very

different appearance. Perhaps still more remarkable is

the discovery that Hewitson’s little red, black and trans-

parent orestia is specifically identical with Miss Sharpe’s

humilis, which in its extreme form is almost devoid of

colour, spots, or markings.

One instance is known to me of polymorphism of both

sexes, accompanied by a geographically limited sexual

dimorphism. This complicated condition obtains in A.

lycoa. From its western limit to Mount Kilimandjaro it

presents a series of six different forms, in which however

the sexes are constantly different, the female having

the fore-wing spots white whilst those of the male are

14 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

yellow of various shades. In Abyssinia both sexes are

alike, the fore-wing spots being yellow. Polymorphism

in Acraea is, as in other genera, frequently associated

with obvious mimetic resemblance in the forms produced.

A. alciope presents a remarkable case in point. Another

instance almost comparable to that of Papilio dardanus,

except that the mimicry is found in both sexes, is

exhibited by A. johnstont which produces forms which

closely resemble two different Planemas and _ three

Danaines. An isolated but no less interesting case is the

acritoides form of A. periphanes, which is so modified as

to be easily mistaken for that form of 4. acrita which

occurs in itslocality. A. jodutta has two different females

resembling two Planemas, whilst A. althofi has several

female forms, one of which is like the male, the others

resembling and habitually flying with the above-named

females of jodutia and their models.

Island forms of -Acraew include several interesting

species and races. In the Island of Sad Thomé three

species occur which have not so far been found on the

mainland, viz. insularis, niobe, and newtoni. Of these the

latter may well be a local race of A. penelope, but the

others are quite peculiar and unlike any other known

species. From the Ilha do Principe comes the medea form

of A. egina, characterised by its greatly enlarged and con-

fluent spots. Figures of the female of this form occur in

several of the older publications, though all seem to be

copies of an original figure and not of separate examples,

The older works usually give Senegal as the habitat, but

if it ever occurred on the mainland, it appears no longer

to do so. The peculiar lactimaculata form of peneleos 2

seems to occur only on Fernando Po. The masaris form

of A. esebria occurs in the Comoro Islands. Two islands

in L. Bangweolo, Chirui and Chishi, have furnished ex-

amples of A, oncea which are more brilliantly coloured

than any others I have seen, whilst from Chishi Island

we have received a form of A. zetes acura which is of

special interest in having the hind-wing spots so greatly

reduced as to make it at the first glance almost indis-

tinguishable from A. astrigera, with which it is doubtless

very nearly allied.

Indications of a general correspondence of colour with

geographical distribution seem to be afforded by the dark

fore-winged forms of zetes, egina, and xnatalica from the

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 15

extreme West, the extent of the red colour increasing as the

species ranges East and South, not only in the three species

mentioned, but to a less extent in pharsalus, which develops

into pharsalus pharsaloides. On the other hand this

change is in the opposite direction in A. lycoa, which,

- beginning in the West as a pale semitransparent form,

gradually becomes more heavily and darkly pigmented

until it is represented at Mount Kilimandjaro by its sub-

species fallax, -A. penelope is a similar case in point. Two

of the black and yellow Acraeas, viz. oreas and servona,

exhibit a very marked change in the hind-wing under-

side colour in passing eastwards. Western examples are

lemon-ochreous beneath, the colour changing to brown,

or even nearly black, at Entebbe. A. servona retains

its pale yellow colour in German E. Africa, whilst A.

oreas is of a shghtly warmer tint in that locality.

So extremely complicated is the variation of species

of the genus, that it has been more than once suggested

to me that hybrids are occasionally produced. I can only

say that after careful examination of over fifteen thousand

examples, I have seen no single individual which would

lend support to such a view. I have dissected out and

mounted the genital armatures of nearly five hundred

specimens, and have only once found an abnormal or

aborted example. ‘So far as my observations enable me

to judge I should say that individual variation in these

organs is, except in one species, very slight and of rare

occurrence. I refer to A. acrita, as to the true taxo-

nomy of which, after examining hundreds of examples, I

am still in doubt. I am of opinion that each species can

always recognise a mate of its own kind, and it seems to

me that such infallibility may be not unconnected with

the production of some special exciting scent in one or

both sexes.

With regard to the determination of species it may

be well to explain the general principles which I have

adopted in the present monograph.

Without attempting to formulate a definition of the

meaning of the word species, I regard a species as a com-

munity of individuals, of which at least the geographic-

ally contiguous, and most probably, all the contemporary

members, are capable of, and, on the opportunity arising,

disposed to, syngamy. Iam compelled to leave in doubt

the question of the syngamy of forms widely separated

16 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

geographically, since, to take a special instance, we have

at present no means of proving that pseudolycia astrigera

would pair and prove fertile with pseudolycia pseudolycia,

though there seems no reason to doubt the probability, if

each of these forms is ordinarily syngamic with the inter-

mediate form pseudolycia brunnea. In the consideration of

evidences of such syngamy we must, I think, be prepared

to give full value to each particular point, and to consider

all the items in relation to the whole, rather than allow

ourselves to be bound, im all cases, by the indications of

one particular feature to the exclusion of others.

Thus it may be assumed that constant differences in the

male armature are good evidences of specific distinction,

though when these organs are of a primitively simple

structure, similarity does not necessarily argue specific

identity. In some cases the structure of “the female

genital plate enables us to confirm or modify views

based on that of the male organ. In some cases the male

tarsal claws provide valuable indications. Again, inter-

mediate types of pattern and colour leave no doubt as to

the specific identity of forms which, but for such connect-

ing links, would appear to be very distinct. Where I have

reason to believe that a particular form of a species is

peculiar to a certain geographical area, I have called it a

subspecies. Where, as frequently happens, a form of a

species seems liable to occur in various parts of that species’

range, and not to the exclusion of other forms, I have

mer rely styled such variations from the type as “ forma,” thus

leaving the way open to the ultimate establishment of

whatever more particular definition the acquisition of

subsequent material and data may enable us to adopt.

I have avoided as far as possible the use of the word

“variety,” since the limitation of its meaning is too ill

defined. I am aware that such a system is not infallible,

or indeed capable of universal application, since cases may

occur where a variety is a mere form in one locality, and

entitled to be regarded as a subspecies in another.

Nevertheless it is not without a certain convenience,

and, with our present conception of the evolutionary

nature of species-formation, the precise limitation

of what is called a “species” has necessarily lost much

of its importance, as compared with the recognition of the

degrees of aftinity which appear to obtain between the

forms studied. In the case of the genus Acraea we have

African Species of the Genus Acraea. ui

many species which are quite clearly defined and exhibit

no close alliance with others. On the other hand, such a

community of forms as are grouped together under the name

of Acraea acrita offers material for prolonged and careful

study—a study to which we cannot hope to do justice,

until we possess a vastly greater material from every part

of the range, and taken at various seasons. Again, whether

we regard zetes, chilo, oscari, and hypoleuca, as four species

or as one, must remain largely a matter of the convenience

of the moment. In a few such cases I fear that I may

be accused of a certain amount of inconsistency in the

arrangement of the genus. If so, I can only say that

in many cases it is extremely difficult, if not impossible, to

decide whether a form has yet passed over that dividing

line which separates one true species from another. The

difficulty experienced is merely a confirmation of our

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,—PART I. (JULY) C

18 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

theories of species formation. The information that, on

the one hand, zetes and chilo had been definitely proved to be

the same species, or, on the other, that welwitschii welwitschir

and welwitschii alboradiata were certainly specifically

distinct, would, though interesting, not alter the existing

fact of their close relationship.

It only remains to give certain explanations of some

remaining features of the work. The appended chart of

the wing neuration is merely a diagram to illustrate the

numbers and terms used in the descriptions. The draw-

ings of genitalia have been made from the actual prepara-

tions by means of a Leitz reflector, and are intended to

illustrate the characteristic form in each case, though it

must be borne in mind that such conclusions as have been

based on these structures, have not been arrived at from

the drawings, but from the preparations themselves, ex-

amined from various points of view. In a very few cases,

paucity of material has precluded the preparation of more

than one specimen. In the majority of species, series of

preparations have been made, not only from different

individuals, but also, where possible, from different locali-

ties. Only by so doing, can a correct estimate be made of

the range of individual variation, which, though small in

Acraea, does occur, and is not to be confused with specific

difference. It may be objected that the figures are not

all drawn from the same point of view. The view adopted

however, is that, which in each case, seems best to show

the characteristic structure.

In addition to the figures of male genitalia I have made

a small number of drawings of the chitinous plates which,

in the female, surround the external opening of the basa

copulatriz. These structures, though very characteristic

of some species, are in others but slightly developed.

Unfortunately the latter condition persists in many

species of which the male armature furnishes little guide

to specific distinction. I have also illustrated a few ex-

amples of the peculiar structure of the sphragis or copu-

Jatory seal, though this feature, even when well developed

is not, I think, of much systematic importance.

For the opportunity of illustrating the larvae on Plate

VI, I am entirely indebted to my friend Mr. W. A. Lamborn,

who, with praiseworthy care, has preserved and forwarded

the specimens together with notes as to colour, correspond-

ing to a colour chart with which I provided him. The

illustrations of imagines have been drawn in every case

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 19

from the actual specimen. Of some sixty forms repre-

sented, very few have been previously figured. The

synonymy tables do not profess to give every known

reference, though it is hoped that none of geographical or

synonymic importance has been omitted. In this and other

respects I have not hesitated to make use of Professor

Aurivillius’ catalogue, the constant employment of which

has served to increase, if possible, my intense admiration

for the almost incredible labour of which that work is the

record. The key to the species has proved by no means

the least difficult portion of my task. I doubt whether

any approach to perfection could be attained in a key to

so variable a genus. <A key, to be quite satisfactory, pre-

supposes a certain stability of colour and pattern which is

sadly lacking in the genus Acraeca; nevertheless I trust it

will be found of some assistance as a mere mechanical aid

to identification. An attempt has been made to arrange

the species in groups, and though some of these appear to

be fairly natural, others are much less convincing, whilst

in certain cases a “croup” has but one representative.

Our knowledge of the true affinities of the species is at

present very elementary, and but little importance can be

attached to this feature of the arrangement.

In the preparation of such a paper as the present we

can but make the best use in our power of the material

at our disposal. It must be borne in mind that our largest

collections contain but a small number of samples, the

ratio of which to the bulk occurring in nature is almost

infinitely small. Many of our conclusions are based on

the assumption that this ratio, though small, is correct. I

have spared no pains to follow up whatever line of

research the work has suggested. If the result is to

increase, even slightly, our knowledge of a singularly inter-

esting and difficult group of insects, I shall be amply repaid.

KEY TO THE AFRICAN SPECIES OF ACRAEA.

[The portions printed in italics with names of species in roman letters

refer to female characteristics. The numbers after the species’ names refer

to the pages on which the descriptions will be found.]

The two following species can be at once recognised by their

peculiar characteristics.

H.-w. underside dull metallic gold with a submarginal row of

crimson spots . : : . mirifica (208)

H.-w. underside ochre- veltaw ee a central band of grey

20 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

flecked with red and enclosed basally and distally by narrow

black lines. Marginal border grey with black nervule ends.

A submarginal series of narrow, black, transverse inter-

nervular streaks, followed inwardly by elongate internervular

orange marks . : ‘ ‘ : : mirabilis (216)

KEY TO SECTIONS.

H.-w. without black spots ; : ; : 3 ‘ if

H.-w. with black spots. 5 ; : : : ame)

(a) H.-w. underside with dark internervular rays at least in some

of the spaces, such rays not ar bifurcated at or near

margin : . ; 3 a) 1

H.-w. underside acumen nee male rays, or with such rays

bifurcated. : : : : : 8G

(b) F.-w. upperside fully poled an not transparent * . - (a)

F.-w. partially transparent, usually on outer half (in camaena

and niobe smoky translucent). ; 4 : : .- Ke)

or black border. : : : ; : : 1

H.-w. hind margin with spots or black border (in cinerea h.-w.

border not separated from remainder of ground-colour), III

(d) H.-w. hind marginal border on underside enclosed by a black

line without enclosed spots . : : : . of RIB

(Some examples of asboloplintha have green h.-w. marginal

spots, but this species is quite unlike any other form of

Acraea.)

H.-w. hind marginal border on underside with enclosed spots (e)

(e) The black or dark colour enclosing spots is not produced

inwardly to form a bifurcated internervular mark or ray

and the spots are submarginal, or, if marginal, the h.-w.

also bears discal spots. : é ; : « 1

The black or dark colour enclosing spots is usually produced

inwardly forming a bifurcated ray the submarginal portion

of which may contain or consist of, red or yellowish streaks.

The spots are always marginal. Or if the border is sharply

defined black with marginal spots, and without inward

eee then the h.-w. has no discal spots . ‘ VItl

* The followine are included in this section of key although

owing to variability some examples are partially transparent,

Aglaonice sometimes, amicitiae, and most examples of doubledayi

have a partly transparent subapical patch.

Pudorella and equatorialis anaemia are sometimes so thinly

scaled as to be partially transparent.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 21

(f) Basal spots of h.-w. underside are more or less confluent and

enclose or tend to enclose pale spots. (Some examples of

turna are thus but the oe usually comes under

Section VI.) . : ‘ ee

Basal spots of h.-w. ener are es poniuent : 24g)

(q) Discal spot in 1b of f.-w. is much nearer margin than that in

2 so that a line joining their centres would pass through

eoll* ve: : ‘ , VI

Discal spot in 1b of ee is beneath. or penal beneath that in

2 so that a line joining their centres would pass outside

cell ‘ ‘ ; : ‘ 5 VII

(h) Internervular rays pon egamestea with hind margin or at

least reduced to a fine point at margin . ; IX

Internervular rays connected with hind margin and not

narrower there than elsewhere. : : : iy ive.

H.-w. with a discal black band F ; ; zonata (42)

H.-w. without a discal black band . : : 3 = 1 (a)

(a) H.-w. transparent and uncoloured except at margin

rabbaiae rabbaiae (43)

H.-w. thinly scaled with whitish ochreous

rabbaiae mombasae (43)

Il. The ¢ key will serve for Q characteristics if it be borne im

mind that the? unimaculata generally has no spots on either wing, and

that in damii and cuva the red of the gis usually replaced by yellowish

or whitish.

af.

F.-w. without spots . : “ ; : ; : 2 te)

F.-w. with spots : : : : « (@)

(a) H.-w. margin transparent, treat and He Sai defined kraka (52)

H.-w. margin transparent, or partly transparent, narrow,

usually well defined, and tapering to a point at anal

angle. 3 : : : : : ; = V(b)

(b) H.-w. nervules 6 ona 7 not stalked . ; ; cerasa (54)

H.-w. nervules 6 and 7 stalked : . iturina iturina (57)

H.-w. with more than one spot : ; : 1 aCe)

(d) Wings almost entirely transparent ene humilis (part) (805)

Basal part of f.-w. and most of h.-w. brick red

unimaculata (56)

* A. anacreow anacreon should ie. sought Gmder fs deetion:

though owing to variability the discal spots in many examples

would indicate Section VIT,

22 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(e) H.-w. without a spot in middle of cell. ; : 2 OD

H.-w. with a spot in middle of cell . ‘ : ‘ - (A)

(f) H.-w. with a large spot in area 7 immediately above and

contiguous with the spot in 6 : ; 5 . igati (49)

H.-w. with a large spot in area 7 widely separated from that

EG): (q)

(g) F.-w. only sliently suffided sith mea (ut Ww nahiel), ne -W. ons.

parent margin broad. : : - dam damii (50)

F,-w. broadly suffused with red (or whitish), h.-w. transparent

margin narrow. : damii cua (50)

(h) Wings translucent and fuely Slnated all over with dusky

ochreous without a tinge of red. : ; eugenia (53)

F.-w. with at least the outer half, and h.-w. marginal border,

quite transparent . : A . &

(i) F.-w. very slightly suffused with red (or por any

quiring quirina (59)

F.-w. rather broadly suffused with red - quirtina rosa (59)

ET.

F-w. entirely transparent, without markings except for a few

brownish scales at base . : : extreme f. of chilo (89)

Not so : : ; : : : : ; : + @}

Ir.

Abdomen long, extending well beyond anal angle of h.-w., its

distal half white. ‘ . braesia (169)

Abdomen not unusually long, ex tenting little, if at all, beyond

anal angle of h.-w., its distal half not “nite : g - 1a

(a) H.-w. border not black, but having small blackish triangles at

nervule ends . : . - : ; »

H.-w. eee black, spotted or eae : : : @&

(b) Large (70-75 mm.), h.-w. with a regular curved row of large

rounded ee ee spots. : : - «+ « hova (60)

Small (about 50 mm.), h.-w. without submarginal spots

mahela (71)

spots. The latter distinct and well developed —. . a

H.-w. border not so formed : : ; : 4 ~

(d) F.-w. but slightly suffused with red . : ranavalona (64)

F.-w. suffused with red, at least to end of cell machequena (66)

(e) Base of f.-w. transparent, not scaled with yellow, red, or

black. ; : ‘ , 2 5 : : ae)

Base of f.-w, not transparent, scaled with yellow, red, or

black. : : 5 ‘ 5 : : - =a

(f) H.-w. all black on up ce : : : . cinerea (307)

ELE -w. black with a crimson central patch cinerea alberta (307)

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 23

(f) H.-w. dusted with milky white, and beneath with well-developed

black spots on a yellowish ground splashed with reddish

diogenes (156)

H.-w. not so marked. All black on wpperside . cinerea (307)

(g) F.-w. with a blackish transverse bar (in satis not always quite

continuous) from costa to inner margin : : opal V)

F.-w. without such bar. ‘ : : : : 2 he)

(h) A very irregular transverse bar across h.-w. . . satis (44)

H.-w. without such bar . : 3 cerita (55)

(7) F.-w. uniformly smoky translucent ath ony one spot

camaena (82)

F.-w. notso . é : : veg (/)}

(j) H.-w. border on ered ieee black padi: surmounted by

large red internervular marks : , : on tie (67)

H.-w. border not so marked é ; < a uci)

(k) H.-w. basal spots on underside more or less confluent and

enclosing or tending to enclose pale spots of ground-colour (1)

H.-w. basal spots on underside well separated . ; 2s

(1) F.-w. with discal spots (sometimes very faint) in areas 4, 5,

and6 . P : P : é aa (0D)

F.-w. without such fecal uty : , : = (0)

(m) Nearly the whole of outer half of f.-w. pas ent

neobule neobule (72)

Transparent part of f.-w. limited to a narrow subapical band

neobule seis (72)

(m) At least the outer half of f.-w. transparent . : of EGE)

Transparent part of f.-w. limited to a narrow subapical band,

neobule seis (72)

(1) Only outer half of f.-w. transparent . . neobule neobule (72)

Whole ground of f.-w. transparent. F ; . chilo (89)

(n) H.-w. discal spots confluent and forming a bar across wing

iturina kakana (57)

H.-w. discal spots not forming such a bar . : A x (0)

(0) H.-w., marginal border beneath with large distinct pale spots,

and with a discal row of spots beyond cell. . horta (76)

H.-w. marginal border narrow and TR No separate

discal spots. : . insignis (81)

(p) H.-w. border formed of eee black rings Soonte round spots

of ground-colour. : 2 = (4)

H.-w. border narrow, blackish, ahi or Rito small rounded

spots of yellow or reddish ; : : ay)

(q) H.-w. withouta white patch at analangle eae admatha (78)

H.-w. withawhitepatchatanalangle admatha leucographa (79)

(vr) H.-w. partially transparent, or smoky translucent. 2 Ks)

H.-w. fully sealed. : : : ; : 22 ey

24 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(s) Entire ground-colour smoky translucent, large rounded black

spots on both wings. End ofabdomen red . niobe (344)

F.-w. transparent except for a reddish flush at base

obeira obeira (68)

(t) F.-w. with discal spots in 5, 6, and 7 . . neobule arabica (73)

F.-w. without such spots . : : ; obeira burnt (68)

(t) F.-w. with discal spots in 5, 6, and 7 . : . braesia (169)

F.-w. without such spots. : ; . obeira burni (68)

IV. [Occasinal aberrant examples of eyina might be referred to this

section. Such specimens may be distinguished from the other

species in the section by the pale green underside of h.-w.

hind marginal border. |

Discal spots of h.-w. form a regular line which traverses areas

7, 6, and 5 parallel to apical margin, and then bends sharply

inwards at less than a right angle and runs straight across to

inner margin . . : : : ; . (a)

H.-w. discal spots not so aaa : ‘ F : = (iD)

(a) Pale central band of h.-w. underside is outwardly bordered with

black at least in 1b to 4 . ; : 5 . rahira (202)

Pale central band of h.-w. underside not bordered with black

zitja (part) (204)

(b) Area 7 of h.-w. with three black spots. . rohlfsi (136)

Area 7 of h.-w. with less than three black spots ; ne)

F.-w. ground-colour not so : : 5 » ©

(d) F.-w. with very little (if any) inner nara red

asboloplintha asboloplintha (196)

F.-w. with a rosy inner marginal suffusion extending as far as,

or into cell. : : . asboloplintha rubescens (196)

2 has the rose colour replaced by white.

(e) F.-w. with three or four small quadrate transparent or semi-

transparent subapical spots . ; amicitiae (part) (317)

F.-w. without such spots . ° 5 ; ; : ie

(f) Well marked black internervular rays on apex of f.-w. on

upperside : 5 : - 3 atergatis (part) (188)

F.-w. without such rays. 3 : . atolmis (part) (137)

F.-w. brown black above, without red or yellow markings

though with a trace of whitish subapical marks — zetes zetes (83)

Q ae f-w. paler and Ce white better developed,

F.-w.notso , ; : of COD

(a) Base oof f -w. beneath ae an coieken ble patel omen

Base of f,-w. beneath with separated black spots ; wre)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 25

(b) H.-w. upperside with a central white patch. : a)

H.-w. upperside without a central white patch . : 12 1)

series of faintly developed reddish spots along inner edge of

h.-w. hind marginal border on underside

welwitschii alboradiata (97)

White patch small, no white streaks on f.-w. apical area, A

series of well-developed bright red spots along inner edge of

h.-w. hind marginal border on underside

welwitschii welwitschii (97)

(d) Ground-colour of f.-w. rich rose pink, fringes of h.-w. between

nervules very prominently white . welwitschit lobemba (97)

Ground-colour of f.-w. orange ochreous, fringes of h.-w. between

nervules less prominently white. : . anemosa (94)

(d) Basal ground-colour of f.-w. beneath, reddish

welwitschii lobemba (97)

Basal ground-colour of f.-w. beneath, ochreows . anemosa (94)

(e) Ground-colour of f.-w. black brown with yellowish or reddish

submarginal spots . : : . zetes menippe (83)

@ has ground-colour paler and eine than in ¢@.

Ground-colour of f.-w. not black-brown . : - > ACH)

(f) F.-w. with ground-colour of basal half white

pseudolycia pseudolycia (102)

F.-w. without white on basal half. ; ; : 2 4@)

(g) F.-w. hind margin at least in areas 1b and 2 without marginal

spots of ground-colour or of yellow enclosed by black . (m)

F.-w. hind margin with spots of ae. or of yellow

enclosed by black . : : ; . (hk)

(h) Subapical area of f.-w. not ete’: nor to a paicreat shade,

from the ground-colour which is rose pink or yellow . (i)

‘Subapical area of f.-w. separated and containing a patch of

colour which is either rather paler than the smedi or

is bright orange. Pe ll)

(i) F.-w. hind margin riety an antlised Spb i orange in area 6

zetes barberi (84)

F.-w. area 6 with such spot. y a = 9)

(j) Base of f.-w. cell upperside suffused with hee R. -w. spots

large and partly confluent =. : 3 oscar? (91)

Base of f.-w. cell upperside not suffused wah black. F.-w. spots

smaller and well separated. For 2 see Section IIT. chilo (89)

(k) F.-w. with a small subapical patch of red or reddish white

zetes jalema (84)

F.-w. with a large orange subapical pateh , : : ~ -@

(1) H..w. without a white patch ; : . zetes acara (84)

26 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

H.-w. with a white patch . 5 . xzetes acara f. caffra (84)

(m) Discal portion of h.-w. red. . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101)

Discal portion of h.-w. dusky ochreous

pseudolycia f. brunnea (102)

(m) Discal portion of h.-w. reddish . pseudolycia f. astrigera (101)

Discal portion of h.-w. ochreous. — pseudolycia f. brunnea (102)

VT.

Ground-colour white or cream. H.-w. hind-marginal border

black, or sepia, with asubmarginal row of white dots followed

inwardly by yellow spots. I.-w. hind-margin markedly

concave. : : : ; . ; : - (a)

Not so : E 5 : 5 5 , : 1 (0)

(a) Ground-colour w ae : ' ; : ‘ turna (105)

Ground-colour cream : : . turna f. marmorata (105)

(b) F.-w. apex on underside with well-marked black internervular

rays which reach margin . ‘ : st ©

F.-w. apex beneath without such Heck TAYS: ic F ae)

H.-w. with two spots in area7 . ‘ i : - id)

(d) H.-w. marginal border beneath with green Menie

egina egina (part) (106)

H.-w. marginal border beneath with orange spots perenne (part)

(e) F.-w. with submarginal spots at least in lb and2.. oe S60)

F.-w. without submarginal spots . é : : -. &

(f) F.-w. nervules at apex well marked with black : en)

F.-w. nervules at apex not specially black : : 1B

(q) Ends of h.-w. nervules well marked with black —_petraea (114)

Ends of h.-w. nervules not specially black . biittneri (118)

(4) H.-w. marginal black border on upperside with little or no

trace of pale spots : Peed

H.-w. marginal border on AMS eat disiinets cinnen some-

times small, pale spots . : a GH

(i) H.-w. marginal border about 2°5 mm. wade End of abdomen

whitish . : . : - omrora omrora (124)

H.-w. marginal border 3-5 mm. wide. End of abdomen

yellowish 5 : omrora wumbrata (124)

(j) Black spots of both ae [eres sal well developed violarwm (120)

Black spots of both wings comparatively small. — asema (122)

(k) H.-w. with a broad black marginal border nearly reaching

middle of wing and having on underside, small, submarginal,

greyish white triangular spots : : : lofua (127)

H.-w. without such border 5 , : ; er)

(1) Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies nearer 0 cell than that in 3

or 5 : ; 5 , : : ; : 5 Pec)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 27

Discal spot in h.-w. area 4 lies not nearer to cell than that in

J ori5), : ; (a)

(m) F.-w. without discal spothir in area ifilb , arena hee (128)

F.-w. with discal spot in area 1b A i ae (a)

(n) Ends of nervules at apex of f.-w. not markedly lark on the

ground-colour 1 : E ey)

Ends of nervules in f.-w. ‘istkediy luok : ‘ np)

(0) A fairly broad black apex inf.-w. Extremity of abdomen white

leucopyga (157)

A fairly broad jblack apex in f.w. Extremity of abdomen not

white : : i . intermedia (part) (159)

F.-w. apex narrowly niece Tames, of abdomen not white

mansya (134)

(0) F.-w. apex broadly black, with a white subapical patch

intermedia (part) (159)

F.-w. apex broadly black, no subapical white — . leacopyga (157)

F-w. apex narrowly black, no subapical white . mansya (134)

(p) H.-w. margin above, with well-marked black arches on wings

enclosing spots of ground-colour . i : ; al)

H.-w. margin above, black, with at most a trace of pale inter-

nervular marks. : ~ (7)

(q) Black spots of both wings large Suid sve ao ala

guillemei (117)

Black spots very small ; : : . onerata (135)

(r) H.-w. nervule ends markedly eek for some distance from

margin . ‘ : : ; . atolmis (part) (137)

H.-w. nervule ends ae so ‘ ; : ts)

(s) F.-w. discal spots rounded and not rontenreut

nohara punctellata (129)

F.-w. discal spots more or less quadrate and confluent . (t)

(¢) Spot in h.-w. area 4 touches that in 5. Expanse about 48 mm.

nohara pseudatolmis (129)

Spot in h.-w. area 4 nearer base than, and not touching that

in 5. Expanse about 56 mm. ‘ . nohara nohara (128)

(w) F.-w. black, rather thinly scaled in middle, and having a scarlet

inner marginal patch in la, 1b, and part of 2. No subapical

red patch : ; 5 : : : . : 21 @)

F.-w. not so marked : ‘ : F - (w)

(v) F.-w. at apex without red streaks . egina egina (part) (106)

F.-w. at apex with red streaks . . egina f. harrisoni (107)

(w) H.-1w. beneath with quadrate greenish spots on the black border (1)

H.-w. beneath with spots on the black border which, inwardly, are

either pointed or rounded . : E ; ; - |

(1) Black spots large, quadrate and confluent. egina medea (107)

Black spots rounded and separate ; : : ; eae (2)

28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(2) F.-w. ground-colour blackish or dusky . egina egina (106)

F.-w. ground-colour reddish ; : . _ egina areca (107)

(w) H.-w. margin on underside encloses square spots the inner edge

of which is neither rounded nor pointed ; : Ge)

Spots of h.-w. underside margin rounded or hae on inner

edge : F . : i, Ky)

(w) H.-w. spots large, aaa oe sets egina medea (107)

H.-w. spots small, rounded, and separated . — egina areca (107)

(y) F.-w. underside ground-colour orange ochreous with a white

subapical patch. H.-w. underside ground-colour white

hypoleuca (92)

Underside not so coloured : . : : , i)

(z) On h.-w. underside the discal spots form a regular row which

proceeds from costa to area 4 ina line parellel to apical margin,

then bends sharply inwards at an angle of less than 45°, and

runs straight across to inner margin. Between this row and

the more basally placed spots are red splashes which form a

more or less broken though characteristic red band =. (a’)

Spots of h.-w. underside not forming such a pattern ae (36)

(a’) F.-w. with a white subapical patch . : . wigginsi (206)

F.-w. without a white subapical patch —. ; : ce (28)

(’) F.-w. apex broadly black without spots anacreon f. induna (198)

F.-w. apex narrowly black with spots or streaks of ground-colour

or paler . 3 é : : hit)

(c’) F.-w. apical spots or afenalka so sian as alent to displace the

black, leaving such colour only on nervule ends and on

margin . , ; - anacreon speciosa (198)

Apical spots or ne sell surrounded with black . - @)

(d’) Pale apical spots but slightly developed. Black spots of rest of

wings very small . : ; ; anacreon bomba (198)

Pale apical spots (streaks) well developed. Black spots of both

wings large. : ‘ . anacreon anacreon (198)

(e’) F.-w. with either faintly abe or very small spots . (f’)

F.-w. with well-developed spots. ; : «= @)

(f’) H.-w. margin rather broad and formed a large black rings

enclosing more or less distinct spots of ground-colour (orange

red). Discal spots of f.-w. absent or exceedingly faint

acrita pudorina (144)

y¥ may be orange red to greyish black.

H.-w. margin narrower and black, with, at most, microscopic

indications of paler spots. F.-w. discal spots small but quite

black and distinct - 5 . chambexi (132)

(q’) F.-w, nervules in apical region very disciactly blackened — (h’)

F.-w, neryules in apic al region not blackened , , i @

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 29

(h’) F.-w. without discal subapical spots periphanes f. acritoides (140)

F.-w. with discal subapical spots : : : : enti)

(v’) F.-w. with black apical patch i : : : LT Ga)

F.-w. without black apical patch f é ‘ a1)

(j’) H.-w. margin narrowly black, with spots of ground-colour

periphanes periphanes (139)

H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour

periphanes f. melaina (139)

(k’) H.-w. margin narrowly black with spots of ground-colour

periphanes f. beni (139)

H.-w. margin broadly black without spots of ground-colour

pertphanes f. wmida (140)

(’) F.-w. with discal subapical spots. , : : : (m’)

F.-w. without discal subapical spots ‘ c ; Bees fs)

(m’) F.-w without black apical patch . acrita manca (part) (144)

F.-w. with black apical patch é : . lualabae (155)

(n’) Apical black 9-10 mm. deep. F.-w. spots, especially the outer

spot in area 1b, very small or absent. chaeribula * (153)

Apical black patch very variable but at most not so deep as in

the above. Outer spot in f.-w. 1b well developed 2 Hi(o')

(o’) Spots in f.-w. cell, on discocellular, and in area 2 are so large as

to be almost or quite confluent . . acrita bellona (144)

These spots not so large : : : (p’)

(p’) F.-w.with a white or whitish subapical band acrita ambigua (143)

F.-w. without such band : : : . ; ia)

(q’) Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate short

acrita littoralis (144)

Central process of last dorsal abdominal plate long

acrita acrita + (143)

acrita manca (part) (144)

acrita bella (144)

(p’) Genital plate in the form of a short chitinous cylinder

acrita manca (144)

Genital plate broad, carinate, and bifid . acrita ambigua (143)

acrita littoralis (144)

acrita acrita (143)

Vis.

F.-w. with hind marginal spots at least in 1b and 2 . 5) «@)

* Owing to the variability of acrita it is not possible to give

absolutely constant characters of difference between it and this

species. Occasionally some examples of acrita have no spots in f,-w.

1b, but in these the apical black is only about 5 mm. deep.

{ It is not possible to completely separate the forms of A. acrita

on merely outward characteristics, or indeed in any other manner,

with absolute certainty. See under A. acrita in descriptive portion.

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

[Occasional examples of stenobea have f.-w. hind marginal spots ;

see (f).]

F.-w. without hind marginal spots. ‘ ; : i) @

(a) F.-w. with distinct black internervular rays on the apical

region . : 5 : : t : ee (2)

F.-w. without such internervular rays : 5 é es

(0)

()

(d)

©)

Spots of h.-w. margin underside (if present at all) are whitish,

narrow, and streak-like, being enclosed by fine black trans-

verse internervular lines which are straight and not arched

atergatis (part) (188)

Spots of h.-w. margin underside large, their inner edges rounded,

being enclosed by black well-arched lines. oncaea (174)

[ A. equatorialis anaemia sometimes has f.-w. submarginal spots,

but can be distinguished by its pale, very delicately scaled

f.-w. |

H.-w. marginal border above, not sharply defined, merely dusky

with an indication of blackish rings : : a)

H.-w. with well-defined dark hind-marginal bor nee Ae)

F.-w. sepia-black (sometimes with yellowish subapical marks)

natalica pseudegina (192)

dull red (greyish towards apex, with yellow markings)

natalica abadima (192)

F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell . rea a |

F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell . (h)

F.-w. discal spots widely separated from end of cell. Aan (2)

F.-w. discal spots close to, or confluent with end of cell

natalica natalica (192)

F.-w. apical black narrow and well defined

caecilia pudora (182)

[Occasional examples of stenobea would be entered here, but they

would be distinguished from caecilia by the much broader

basal black and the absence of a spot in h.-w. area 3.]

F.-w.

F.-w. apical black broad and inwardly suffused ; -. te

Ground-colour white to pink or dull red caecilia caecilia (182)

Ground-colour uniformly clay-yellow. . marnois (184)

A grey transverse band in apical area beyond discal spots

natalica umbrata (192)

Without such grey band ; ; . natalica natalica (192)

F.-w. with black internervular streaks in saad area -)

F.-w. without such streaks : : : j « iit)

Inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is very markedly sinuous,

and fii margin between nervules is somewhat indented,

especially towards anal angle, so that the border has an

undulating appearance , : : : , .

Border not having such appearance . ; : : . (m)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 31

(k) Without a whitish or partially transparent subapical patch

doubledayt sykesi (171)

With such whitish or partly transparent patch . - on

(l) Ground-colour dark brick-red_. . doubledayi arabica (172)

Ground-colour orange red - doubledayi doubledayi (171)

(l\) Ground-colour chocolate brown. doubledayi arabica (172)

Ground-colourdullreddishtogrey doubledayi doubledayi (171)

(m) H.-w. marginal border above, black, well defined, and without

spots, or at most with a faint indication of such spots . (1)

H.-w. marginal border above, formed of delicate black arches not

always complete at inner edge 3 : 7p)

(n) Ground-colour of f.-w. red . braesia é esis (part) (169)

Ground-colour of f.-w. not red. : 4 : ; : (e)

(0) F.-w. very thinly scaled. Ground-colour faintly ochreous. Spots

small ; d . equatorialis anaemia (177)

F.-w. generally fully relede Ground-coiour pinkish-ochreous.

Spots large : : . axina (part) (180)

(0) F.-w. very thinly eat Gaie sca faintly ochreous. Spots

small : , : . equatorialis anaemia (177

F.-w. generally fully phen: Ground-colour pinkish ochreous to

grey. Spots small or large . equatorialis equatorialis (177)

axina (180)

[I can find no perfectly constant character to distinguish these two

9 9, bul in axina the inner edge of h.-w. marginal border is

almost always more sharply defined than in equatorialis

equatorialis. |

(n) A well-marked grey submarginal band in f.-w. 5, 4, and 3.

Ground-colour red. Expanse about 60 mm.

braesia f. regalis (part) (169)

Without such grey band. Ground-colour not red. Expanse

about 50 mm. or less ‘ : . axina (part) (180)

(p) Line of discal subapical spots in ff -w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out-

wardly, an acute angle with costa. Wings thickly scaled

ella (179)

Line of discal subapical spots in f.-w. 4, 5, and 6 makes, out-

wardly, aright or obtuse angle with costa. Wings very thinly

scaled : A ‘ . equatorialis equatorialis (177)

(q) F.-w. discal spots close ms or confluent with end of cell. PisG@h)

F.-w. discal spots smaller and well removed from end of cell (3)

(1) F.-w. spots beyond end of ceil not contiguows intermedia (part) (159)

F.-w. spots beyond cell contiguous ‘ : é . tE5(2)

(2) F.-aw. subapical patch white . , * - 4 mima (167)

F.-w. subapical patch pale but not sah . rhodesiana (166)

(3) F.-w. apical black narrow . ; ‘ : < : ae (2)

F.-w. apical black broad. : 2 ; . . . (5)

32 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(4) F.-w. ground-colowr, where not suffused with black, very uniform

right wp to margin : : stenobea (190)

F-w. with more ov less distinct ‘site y to orange spots towards

hind margin. A : aglaonice (186)

(5) H.-w. discal spot um 2 some anes a om base of that area

caldarena (161)

H.-w. discal spot in 2 in angle at base of that area

pudorella detecta (164)

(y) Distal half of abdomen white : : : ; : sea)

Distal half of abdomen not white . 3 ; .

(r) F.-w. witha well-defined subapical white natch mint (part) (167)

[Some forms of caldarena have distal part of abdomen white,

but there is no white patch in f.-w.]

F.-w. without white patch . 5 : . rhodesiana (166)

(s) A broad smoky black basal suffusion reaching at least to middle

of cell in both wings ‘ . . ‘ . stenobew (190)

Without such suffusion : ; f p . a)

(¢) A broad white subapical patch in of: Ww. - mima (part) (167)

Without such patch . : ‘ - ()

(wu) Only two h.-w. discal spots Grad in 6 ana one in 7). A V-shaped

black spot in middle of cell on underside, apex outwards

aureola (142)

More than two h.-w. discal spots. Central spot of h.-w. cell

not V-shaped . : : - (v)

(v) H.-w. spots almost always snail ind aheoleseaae and in any

case far removed from outer margin ‘ . aglaonice (186)

H.-w. spots always well developed, at least on underside, and

the most distally placed are nearer to margin than to cell (a)

(w) Discal spots in f.-w. areas 4 and 5 are close to cell and the spot

in 3 much more distally placed . intermedia (part) (159)

Discal spots in f.-w. 4 and 5 are much further removed from cell,

and lie almost, or quite, in a straight line with that in 3. (a)

(a) Wings fully scaled and quite opaque. Spot in h.-w. area 2

is somewhat removed from the base of that area caldurena (161)

Wings thinly scaled and somewhat translucent. Spot in h.-w.

area 2 is in the angle at base of that area. 5 ; - Cy

(y) F.-w. with a broad blackish apical patch pudorella detecta (164)

F,-w. without such patch (only slightly blackened at apex)

pudorella pudorella (163)

VIER

H.-w. margin on underside black, with a sharply defined inner

edge and pale triangular marginal spots (no submarginal

spots), no striation . : : . kay

H.-w. margin on underside not nae ees ath only marginal

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 3:

spots. Striated, or the dark colour produced inwardly as red

or black internervular marks, at least in areas2and3 . (c)

(a) Little or no basal black in f.-w.area lb. . lumiri (219)

With basal black in f.-w. area 1b, at least buys lower half of

that area . : 5 = (6)

(b) Basal black of f.-w. ee a monks i ils outer bats of which is

more or less continuous with that of the h.-w. basal black, and

is not deeply indented, on the median, by the reddish ground-

coloyr ~~: : ; .uvui uit (217)

Basal black of f.-w. is hee aulented on the median by the

ground-colour . ‘ 5 : . bonasia alicia (221)

[Also bonasia banka, and ene ee ey bonasia, but the

latter is distinguished by character q’.]

(b) A. uvui Q has the h.-w. border beneath bearing broad brown

internervular marks and very faint indications of marginal

pale spots.

A. bonasia alicia 2 has the border deeply striated, but may usually

be recognised by the paucity of basal black in f.-w.

transparent subapical spots in areas 4,5, and 6 — fornaa (309)

F.-w. not so marked . F ‘ ; , ‘e (a)

(7) H.-w. underside bears at costa a crimson ieanale enclosed by a

black line. Base of triangle on costal nervure. Ground-

colour of h.-w. lemon-yellow . ; : . excelsior (215)

H.-w. underside not so marked . i , . (e)

(e) H.-w. margin beneath bears broad red seen hele marks.

That in area 4 is not, or very little, shorter than that in 3,

and is not heavily bordered with black . : : eer)

H.-w. margin beneath without broad red internervular marks,

or if with such marks that in area 4 is very much shorter

than that in area 3, or at least is heavily bordered with

black z ; eG)

(f) F,-w. without a aparaied fatianiteal ath & tie deatiia colour,

and h.-w. with a well-developed row of discal spots

zitja (part) (204)

F.-w. with a separated subapical patch of ground-colour, and

h.-w. without discal spots. P : . — goetzi (213)

(g) H.-w. border beneath bears long internervular rays which are

bifurcated at margin and enclose pale spots, such spots being

for the most part wider before than at the margin althoffi (251

(This species is polymorphic. For the various forms see de-

seriptive portion.)

If h.-w. border beneath bears long bifurcated rays, the pale spots

they enclose are triangular and widest at the margin . (h)

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND, 1912.— PARTI (JULY) D

3d Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(h) The edges of the pale h.-w. discal band are practically parallel,

the outer edge showing no arnt to be angulated at

nervule 3. : : ‘ . . oberthiiri (249)

The edges of pale h.-w. rand are not parallel, the outer edge

being slightly or greatly angulated at nervule 3 . » 2)

(4) di-w, has little or no basal black). fa “i. |) ay

F.-w. with basal black : , : 2 (p)

(j) F.-w. with a completely separated shtaical patch of oroanel

colour (or paler) . 3 : . « 1)

F,-w. with ground-colour (or paler) act 3 separate off to form a

patch : : : : ‘ - (m)

(k) Apical patch in the form a one narrow streaks pales, than

ground-colour . : 2 . _ terpsichore rangatana (240)

Apical patch same tint as ground-colour and not in long narrow

streaks . : F slaty

(l\) H.-w. underside ar a peal band co sel more or less defi-

nitely enclosed by narrow transverse black streaks

terpsichore f. ventura (240)

H.-w. underside with rounded and separated black spots

terpsichore terpsichore (239)

® 9 of this species excessively variable. See description.

(m) Ground-colour of both wings pale creamy ochreous

terpsichore ochrascens (240)

Ground-colour not pale creamy ochreous. : . (n)

(n) No discal spots in h.-w 5 . terpsichore f. sibeorene (239)

With discal spots in h.-w. . ’ : 5 « @)

(o) H.-w. underside suffused in centre saith ‘ido seitish scales

terpsichore f£. intermediana (240)

H.-w. underside not so suffused . terpsichore f. rougeti (239)

(p) F.-w. basal black with outer edge regular and not deeply

indented at median : : é «ey

F.-w. basal black deeply ndented at t median, or at least the

median nervure not blackened ; «1 M3)

q) Paler patches of both wings red . ‘ . wut aden (217)

Paler patches of both wings yellow . : . . ay

(r) Pale patches very large. Outline of f.-w. basal lade not forming

an angle with that of h.-w. ditto. ; . viviana (233)

Pale patches small. Outline of f.-w. basal black makes an angle

with that of h.-w. ditto . ; . .cabira karschi (230)

(s) H.-w. upperside with little or no black at base, or if with an

appreciable amount of black, then also having a deep orange

triangular marginal spot in neh internervular space . ()

H.-w. upperside with a triangular basal black patch . » (wv)

(t) Ground-colour pale creamy ochreous or nearly white

acerata tenella (235)

African Species of the Genus Acraca, 35

Ground-colour yellow to red brown . ; wit ACB

uw) F.-w. without apical patch separated off for ground-

colour . ‘ : . acerata acerata (235)

F.-w. with erred Rees match ; ; d ‘ ‘ (v)

(v) Ground-colour yellow to orange. . acerata winidia (235)

Ground-colour red brown : : . acerata brahmsi (235)

(w) F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along

nervure 1, does not bend upwards towards the cell . (a)

F.-w. basal black after extending for some distance along

nervure 1, bends upwards towards cell : ; i CS)

(x) The subbasal black spots on underside of h.-w. do not form a

double row enclosing spots of scarlet . ‘ “4 fy)

Subbasal black spots of h.-w. underside form a douule row con-

taining scarlet spots. : 5 : ft (2)

(y) Ground-colour very pale. H.-w. margin on underside narrow

bonasia alicia f. tenelloides (221)

Ground-colour not so pale, underside with a deep striated

margin . : : : bonasia alicia f. cabiroides (221)

(z) Pale patches of both wings yellow . . cabira cabira (229)

F.-w. inner marginal patch and h.-w. central band red or

reddish . ‘ ; : . cabira apecida (229)

(a’) F.-w. with a yellow sebenresl phi : ; ; ; ve 1)

F.-w. with a red subapical patch : P : : 7 Ee)

(b') H.-w. central band red. ‘ . sotikensis sotikensis (227

H.-w. central band, or at least its inner marginal half, pale

yellow . : : . sotikensis rowena (227)

(c’) On h.-w. idetentes ee large black spots at bases of

areas 6, 5, and 4 beneath the outer spot in 7

sotikensis supponina (227)

H.-w. with spots not so arranged. : . a4 (dr)

(d’) F.-w. basal black after extending along nerv fle 1 ends in an

upwardly directed point (which rarely reaches cell)

bonasia bonasia (220)

F.-w. basal black after extending along nervule 1 has a blunt or

bifurcated termination . : : sotikensis katana (227)

IX.

F.-w. with transparent or partially transparent areas or spots, at

least in 6, 5, and4. ; : : : - (a)

F.-w. without transparent or ernie Gneenenent areas |

buschbecki (291)

(a) F.-w. with three very small, well-defined, semitransparent spots

in 6, 5, and 4, A rather larger similar spot at base of 2,

Remainder of f.-w black brown . : . newtoni (285)

F.-w. not so marked , . : ; : : £0 Gt

(0)

(¢)

(d)

(e)

(f)

(9)

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

F.-w. with a large well-defined spot in cell, distinctly separated

from subapical spots. : ‘ ; ‘ : 3 EY

F.-w. without such spot in cell . ; : : : 4

The f.-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 fully scaled with

lemon-yellow. The h.-w. underside internervular rays reach

the margin ina fine point . : . melanoxantha (288)

F,-w. cell spot and that at base of area 2 are transparent or very

sparsely scaled with whitish. The h.-w. underside rays end

well before margin ; ; 5 : : : «* (@)

H.-w. central band yellow. ; . mairessei mairessei (286)

H.-w. central band red ‘ : . mairesset dewitzi (286)

F.-w. with cell and most of areas 2 and 1b fully sealed with

red . : : : a. : : , ; eee

F.-w. basal red, if any, much broken up and obsolescent . (A)

F.-w. area 3 transparent, not scaled with red — igola (part. (302)

F.w. area 3 scaled with red or black . : . ; : ite)

Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly black with short thick

black rays between : ‘ . conradti (289)

Nervule ends on h.-w. anhieneitie ahve oly black with narrow

rays between . A : : : : . aubyni (304)

(hk) Black margin of h.-w. very narrow (not more than 2 mm.)

(h)

(1)

(2)

(3)

(i)

peneleos (part) (268)

[A. peneleos rarely comes into this section, the rays nearly

always fully reaching the margin. |

Black margin of h.-w. more than 2 mm. wide (usually about

4mm.) . : : : : : |

F.-w. cell transparent ‘ : penelope ironelueita (281)

F.-w. cell not transparent . : ‘ » ily

H.-w. central band yellowish white pele ip pepe (281)

H.-w. central band red. : : - 4

Base of h.-w. wnderside reddish Wala penslepet: penella (281)

Base of h.-w. beneath, but little, if at all, darker than central

band. ‘ ; == (3

Grownd-colow of h.-a. | Binadith veltoucan : sae penelope

Ground-colour of h.-w. beneath silvery grey

penelope f. argentea (281)

F,-w. with a large red spot in areas 1b and 2, and a very small

transparent spot in 3 (sometimes absent). Three small trans-

parent subapical spots. Rest of f.-w. black brown

penelope penelope (281)

F.-w. spots in 1b and 2 nage and a very large trans-

parent spotin3. : > 1)

F,-w, cell also transparent, a. an eaien ef a pide spot in

middle. H.-w, central band of medium width

penelope translucida (281)

(k)

(¢)

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 37

F.-w. cell fully scaled with black, except ceria at extreme

end : : ’ oe Qe)

H.-w. conibral band very narrow GibéuL 4 mm.)

penelope derubescens (281)

H.-w. central band so broad as to leave a black margin of only

about 3mm. . ; . ‘ : . penelope vitrea (281)

F.-w. with a peculiar pattern formed as follows. Cell and a short

distance beyond it sepia. A central band of tawny brown

outwardly deeply identate on the nervules. Outer half of wing

sepia. An irregular spot near base of area 2 and a V-shaped

spot beneath it in 1b 3 : . . alciope alciope (322)

F.-w. with a similar pattern, but with a white suffusion of the

central band . : é i . alciope f. cretacea (323)

F.-w. bears subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4, and discal spots in 1b

and 2, just as in species of Sections VI or VII : 14 (a)

F.-w. not bearing such spots. : . (m)

F.-w. bears use submarginal spots in 1b a 2, aad the h.-w.

ditto at least in le, 2,and3 . : : : F oe 0G)

No submarginal spots : ‘ : : : ‘ «= 1@

Central band of h.-w. red . ‘ : . rogersi rogersi (61)

Central band of h.-w. not red. : . ; ye)

H.-w. with a whitish central band. rogerst lamborni (62)

H.-w. central band not differentiated, the whole ground-colour

of both wings being sepia-brown . — rogersi f. salambo (61)

H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands nearer to cell than that in 3 or 5 (e)

H.-w. discal spot in 4 stands not nearer to cell than that in 3

or 5 ; 2 : : ee)

H.-w. underside atl a black arden peaute orange spots (ff)

H.-w. margin without orange spots. : ; : GD)

(f) Red of f.-w. not extending beyond subapical spots

(9)

(h)

perenna perenna (261)

Red of f.-w. extending beyond subapical spots

perenia thesprio (262)

H.-w. with a white inner marginal patch = pharsalus vuilloti (257)

H.-w. without white patch ; ; F , . (h)

F.-w. with a white or whitish band beyond the subapical spots,

the red ground-colour not extending into apical area

pharsalus pharsalus (256)

F.-w. without white subapical band, the corresponding area

being occupied by an extension of the red ground-colour

pharsalus f. pharsaloides (256)

38 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(i) F.-w. with a white subapical band. é ; : 2)

F.-w. without a white subapical band ; : : =. a)

(j) Ground-colour of f.-w. white. , encedon f. lycia (210)

Ground-colour of f.-w. tawny . ; ; Pe (3)

(k) H.-w. with a white patch . ; vended f alcippina (210)

H.-w. without a white patch. : encedon encedon (209)

(1) Nervules ending in broad black triangles at margin. H.-w.

with a white patch . : : . encedon f. radiata (211)

Nervules not so. No h.-w. white patch encedon f. daira (210)

(m) F.-w. may be brown or black with a subapical pale patch or

spots and an inner marginal pale patch, or the inner mar-

ginal and subapical pale patches may be confluent forming a

broad angulated pale central band : : ; - (”)

F.-w. not so marked . : : : . ay

(n) F.-w. with a broad angulated corinee pane ; elec (322)

F.-w. with subapical me inner marginal pale marks separated (0)

(n) F.-w. with a broad confluent pale band ‘ ; 3 a HD

F.-w. with subapical and inner marginal pale marks separated (2)

(1) F.-w. band orange, h.-w. band white alciope 2 f. aurivillii (3238)

Both bands orange : : ; . alciope f. tella (323)

alciope Q f. macarina (322)

[In macarina the pattern, especially of f.-w. is much less definite

than in tella. |

(2) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4,

well separated from a series of three spots close to costa . (3)

F-w. subapical pale spots only separated by the nervules, and so

forming a patch. ; ; , : ; “ - (x)

(3) H.-w. with a broad dark border. 3 ; conjuncta (319)

H.-w. without a broad dark border ‘ : . ansorgei (318)

(0) F.-w. subapical pale marks include a spot near margin in area 4

well separated from a series of three spots close to costa

conjuncta (319)

F.-w. subapical spots only aie by the nervules, and so

forming a patch. ; . (p)

(p) Expanse not exceeding 48-50 mm. The dae cee baad

from costa to hind margin in f.-w. which cuts off the sub-

apical patch is reduced towards margin to so fine a point

that the subapical patch is only just separated from the

inner marginal : : : , disjuncta (821)

The f.-w. subapical patch is peered from the inner marginal

by a dark transverse band of considerable width, and though

the end of the band may be somewhat broken by a whitish

streak it is not reduced to a point as above. Expanse almost

always much morethan 50mm. . ; re (2)

(q) H.-w. dark border fairly sharply defined jnvyaiedlee or in the

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 39

forms in which it is not so, then the f.-w. subapical patch

is very narrow, rarely exceeding about 3°5 mm. in width.

Border in h.-w. never so broad as almost to reach end

. dell. : ; . esebria * (331)

H.-w. dark border if aien is dt fee defined inwardly

amet in forms in which it is so broad as almost to touch

cell, and in such cases the f.-w. subapical patch is much

more than 3°5 mm. in width . : : . jodutta * (327

(r) F.-w. perfectly transparent and scaleless except for a narrow,

intensely black apical and hind marginal border and a very

little black at base . ; , , 2 semivitrea (300)

F.-w. not as above : ; : a)

(s) H.-w. cell beneath with natn more than one at , : « oA)

[Some examples of Jycoa have a second spot in cell, but this is

usually accompanied by a blackish streak. Or the streak

may be broken up giving the appearance of several spots.]

H.-w. cell beneath with more than one spot : : (w

(t) F.-w. with a subapical a of three elongated openers

spots : : : . servona (part) (292)

[A. servona nearly aay ie more than one spot in cell. See

under (1). }

F.-w. without such subapical transparent patch . . ~ (uv)

(w) H.-w. beneath with a narrow elongated central yellow patch

and an inner marginal red brown patch oreas (298)

H.-w. beneath not so marked 2 : z (8)

(v) Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch has a teabanteys to be angulated

at area 4, giving the patch a somewhat quadrate appearance.

This angulation is most easily seen beneath johnstoni (339)

(A. johnstoni is polymorphic. For forms see descriptive section. ]

Distal outline of h.-w. pale patch is regularly rounded

lycoa (part) (336)

[ A. lycoa is also polymorphic. See descriptions, ]

(w) Both wings fully scaled without any partially or wholly trans-

parent patches or spots . : > ‘ , : eS)

Transparent or partially transparent areas in one or both wings (z)

(x) F.-w. without any red or orange marks . —__lycoa (part) (336)

F.-w. with red or orange marks . F ‘ d : = Cy)

(y) F.-w. with elongated red patches between the nervules . rig 8)

(1) H.-w. discal spots large and forming a band which extends well

beyond cell : é orina orina (263)

H.-aw. discal spots not extending swell beyond cell. : erie)

* For the various named forms of esebria and jodutta see descrip-

tive portion. It is scarcely possible to give concise characters which

constantly differentiate between them, and some little experience is

required before the two species can be separated at sight,

40 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the

(2) H.-w. spots confluent in a large black basal patch

orina orineta (264)

H.-w. spots though obscured bu basal suffusion are obviously

not confluent. : : . parrhasia f. oppidia (278)

(y) F.-w. with elongated red pate te between the nervules orina(263)

F.-w. with orange spots between the nervules . insularis (345)

(z) B-w. fully and thickly scaled with the exception of three small

quadrate well-defined transparent or semitransparent sub-

apical spots in 6, 5, and 4 : : . Safie antinori (316)

F.-w. not so . : : ‘ : - : “Gh

(1) On the wnderside the ae and margin of ie -w. are dark brown

enclosing between them a narrow ochreous central band

peneleos pelasgius (269)

H.-w. beneath not so marked : : : ; Sa)

(z) The transparent areas are confined to fies or four very small,

very sharply defined subapical spots in f.-w. . ‘ . (a)

Transparent areas not so confined or at least considerably

elongated : : : ‘ ; ‘ : é 2 a

(a’) F.-w. ground-colour reddish brown. : amicitiae (317)

F.-w. ground-colour brown black ‘ : : ‘ . (@)

(b’) H.-w. with a red band : s < ae pelasyius (269)

H.-w. without a red band. : i ; Aca)

(c’) H.-w. with a fairly broad yellow central pad aft safie (315)

H.-w. with a very narrow, or no band. . sufie antinorti (316)

(d’) Large forms with an expanse of wing of about 60-90 mm.

F,-w. for the most part transparent but having two irregu-

larly outlined transverse oblique dark bands, one from costa

at a point just beyond middle of cell, to the hind angle.

The second just beyond cell. (These bands may be rather

faint.) Apex and hind margin usually somewhat darkened (e’)

Expanse of wing al en less. In any case pattern not

as above . : ‘ F P : : (Gg)

(e’) H.-w. fully Rael all over . : ; 5 . vesperalis (48)

H.-w. partly transparent. : , : ? 2 . Ge

(f’) F.-w. dark bars and h.-w. basal scaling heavily developed

pentapolis epidica (46)

F.-w. dark bars and usually h.-w. basal sealing lightly developed

pentapolis peutupolis (46)

(q’) H.-w. with a quite well-defined transparent or semitransparent

marginal border more or less dusted with black scales . (h’)

H.-w. with margin at least as fully scaled as rest of wing . (7)

(h’) H.-w. border broad and the blackish dusting quite evenly dis-

tributed. (Tarsal claws equal) : ; quirinalis (808)

H.-w. border narrow, the blackish dusting concentrated towards

anal angle. (Tarsal claws unequal) ; » — orestia (305)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 41

(i) Base of h.-w. above not broadly blackened and discal spots

well developed ; ‘ ‘ ah Ge)

Base of h.-w. above broadly ee or if not Pied without: well-

developed discal spots. : : : . (Vv)

i’) Base of h.-w. above not suffused with Bb or bese 2 % 2¢L)

Base of h.-w. above suffused with black or brown . : ae (8)

(1) H.-w. with a central pale yellowish band

peneleos helvimaculata (269)

H.-w. without such band —. : ¢ 3 - 5 (4)

2) At h.-w. margin on wpperside the dark ei ee rays project

inwardly for some distance. : ; . . (3)

H.-w. margin without such well- Lgebeliped rays on upperside (A)

(3) H.-w. discal spots well developed . . peneleos peneleos (268)

H.-1. discal spots not developed . . parrhasia f. leona (278)

(4) H.-w. border not continuously black but bearing black triangles at

nervule ends. : : ; ; sambavae (314)

A-w. marginal border re black. : 3 ah oT),

(5) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of nervile 2

strattipocles (311)

Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies distinctly before origin of nervule 2

masamba (312)

(6) H.-w. without a red, yellow, or white central area

peneleos f. sepia (269)

H.-w. with such area. : : : ; Ge)

(7) Central area almost white. Vestetehs f lactimaculata (269)

Central area yellow. : : , é - . aes)

Central area red ; : ; : 5 (0),

(8) Yellow area narrow with nearly ens ges « eireeis (297)

Yellow area broad with outer edge curved . : : >

(9) F.-w. with patches of lemon yellow in areas 1b, and 2

servona f. limonata (293)

F.-w. areas 1b and 2 sparsely scaled with white

servona servona (292)

(10) H.-w. with V-shaped black spots on underside midway between

cell and border. Uswally with w pink central band

baxteri (part) (267)

A.-w. without such V-shaped spots and never with a pink

band. ; d 5 (ut)

(11) F.-w. with lonielad rediibah sireues in 1b, 2 2, and 3

Hie ee. parrhasia (277)

F.-w. with aw rounded reddish spot in 2 but no streaks

servona rubra (293)

(/) H.-w. marginal border not continuously black but bearing

black triangles at neryule ends, P . sambavae (314)

42 Mr. H., Eltringham’s Monograph of the

H.-w. marginal border continuously black : : (k’)

(k’) Outer spot of h.-w. cell lies at or beyond origin of eS 2

strattipocles (311)

Outer spot of h.-w. cell les distinctly before origin of nervule 2

masamba (312)

(l’) H.-w. without a yellow or red central patch or band

lycoa lycoa (336)

H.-w. with a yellow or red central patch or band. . (m’)

(m’) H.-w. with a yellow central patch or band 3 ; . @’)

H.-w. with a red central patch or band. ‘ j i

(n’) H.-w. central patch narrow, its edges nearly straight circeis (297)

H.-w. central patch broad, at least its outer edge curved

servona (292)

(o’) Transparent portion of f.-w. confined to three large elongated

subapical spots : : : : . baxtert (part) (267)

Transparent portion of f.-w. not so confined. ‘ (po)

(p’) Tarsal claws equal. ; ‘ ; : : ; £5(Gs)

Tarsal claws unequal . : , ‘ : (7’)

(q’/) F.-w. with an even and regular aah a flush axtendine to

end of cell. : : . igola (part) (302)

F.-w. with basal red Gf mera at all) much broken up

especially by a black mark in middle of cell parrhasia (277)

(r’) Central portion of h.-w. on underside is not paler than base or

margin. : 5 grosvenori (276)

Central portion of i -w. ndede is paler than base or

margin . : : ‘ (s’)

(s’) Nervule ends on h.-w. nadeeaile: not broadly duced with plask

so as to haveaswollen appearance peneleos peneleos(part)(268)

Nervule ends on h.-w. underside broadly dusted with black

so as to have a swollen appearance

peneleos pencleos (part) (268)

pelopeia (274)

GROUP

1, ACRAHA ZONATA? “Pl. VILL £11.

Acraea zonata, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag.,

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).

= makupa, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889);

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea), p. 3, pl. 1, £6

(1889).

GeRMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Mikindani); Bririsa E.

Arrica (Rabai, Witu, Wasin, Zanzibar, Pemba I.).

¢. Expanse about 55mm. Wings thinly scaled, orange brown.

Nervures well marked, dark brown, F.-w, costa and base, black,

xiv, p. 154 (1877);

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 43

A large transverse black spot about middle of cell. An irregular

band of black spots crossing the discal area at the discocellular

nervules and extending to the hind angle. Apical area and hind

margin rather broadly dusted with black and bearing eight rather

suffused spots of the ground-colour. H.-w. black at base and

slightly dusted with black on margin. A very minute black dot

at point where nervure 5 leaves the cell. An irregular zigzag

discal band of black extending from the costa to the anal angle,

Thorax black, spotted with pale brown beneath. Abdomen black

above, brown beneath, and bearing segmental spots of pale brown,

Claws unequal.

The underside resembles the upper but has a vitreous surface

and the markings are less distinct.

@. I have seen only two 2 9 of this species. One is in the

general collection of the Berlin Museum and differs from ¢

examples only in the fact that in the f.-w. the space between the

central bar and the apical brown is transparent.

The other is in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection and resembles

the g but is larger, paler, and duller.

Acrea zonata appears to be a rather rare insect. The

type in the Hewitson collection was taken at Zanzibar.

The example figured by Grose-Smith is from Mombasa,

one specimen in the Oxford collection is from Rabai, whilst

the Tring collection contains examples from Dar-es-Salaam

and Pemba I., and the British Museum specimens are from

Zanzibar and Witu. A. zonata is certainly closely allied to

rabbaiae. The claspers in the # armature are without the

large processes so characteristic of that species,

2. ACRAEA RABBAIAE. PI. VIII, f. 10.

Acraea rabbaiae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., x, p. 152 (1873);

Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 25, pl. 2, f. 1 (1878); Trimen,

S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 133 (1887) ; Monteiro (metam.), Del. Bay

p. 219 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).

PortucursE E, Arrica (Delagoa Bay, Mozambique) ; GERMAN

E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama) ; Raopusta (Chirinda).

A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp.

Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889); Smith & Kirby,

Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 14, pl. 4, f. 9, 10 (1892) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 83 (1898).

British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar, Sabaki R. Witu) ;

GrerRMAN E. Arrica (Islikundani, Usarama).

44 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the

A. rabbaiae rabbaiae.

6. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. transparent. H.-w. trans-

sparent or thinly scaled. Nervures well marked, dark brown.

A inore or less well-marked series of black spots across centre

of f.-w. confluent round the discocellulars. One crescentic

spot in 2, below junction of 3 and the median. One spot below

this and slightly nearer base, in 1b, and another, more rounded

spot in same area, near junction of 2 and the median. One

spot in area 11 just before end of cell. Apices slightly dusted

with brownish ochreous. H.-w. more or less sealed with

whitish. Margin with large internervular ochreous spots bor-

dered inwardly with a blackish suffusion. Underside the same,

Thorax black with a few reddish spots above and spotted with

pale ochreous below. Abdomen black with pale lateral spots

and brown beneath. Claws unequal.

Q. Resembles the ¢.

The extent of the scaling of the h.-w. in rabbaiae varies

from a condition approaching transparency to a fairly

thickly scaled surface. These scales are, in all ‘the exam-

ples I have seen, distinctly paler in colour than in the

subsp. mombasae.

A. rabbaiae mombasae, subsp.

This form resembles rabbaiae but the black markings in the

f.-w. are less well defined: and the h.-w. is always thickly

scaled with creamy brown scales distinctly darker than in

rabbaiae. The apices of the f.-w. are darker and frequently bear

traces of a marginal band of pale spots.

The example of this form figured and described by Grose-Smith

has both wings moderately scaled and this is apparently the

case in the remaining examples in his collection. Most of the

specimens I have seen show a greater transparency in the f.-w.

The form appears to be confined to the neighbourhood

of Mombasa, Rabai, and Zanzibar. I have seen no speci-

men of the typical rabbaiac taken so far north as this. The

latter occurs at Delagoa Bay and inland to Chirinda.

The genital armature is the same in both forms.

The type is in the collection of M. Oberthiir. The larva

of rabbaiae is briefly referred to by Mrs. Monteiro in

“Delagoa Bay” as “bright red with black spines.”

3. AcRaEA satis. Pl, XIV, ff. 14, 14a, 14b, 14c.

Acraea satis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 35 (1871); Af. Lep.,

p. 6, pl. 6, f. 1 (1875); Mabille, Hist. Nat, Mad, Lep., 1, p,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 45

115, pl. 10, f. 10, 11 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.

p- 90 (1898); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909).

= corona, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885).

GERMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Lindi, Bondu, Bagamoyo,

Saadani, Mafia I.); British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar,

Witu); RuopxEsia (Chirinda) ; ZULULAND.

g. Expanse 55-70 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled. Base and

costa black, area 1b sometimes yellowish. A short black basal

streak in 1b. From base to end of cell, base of area 2, two-thirds

of 1b, and a slightly less extent of la, bright red. The red area

bounded by an irregular discal band of black from subcostal to

hind angle, and darkest on end of cell. A rather broad sinuous

transverse black mark in cell near end. Areas 4, 5, and 6, from

transverse band to middle of discal area, red, followed by a slight

dusting of blackish scales. All the f.-w. black markings may

be very faint, the spot on discocellular being the least liable to

obsolescence. Remainder of f.-w. semitransparent, scales being

slightly reduced, scattered, and sometimes replaced by bifid

hairs. H.-w. red, yellowish at inner margin. A hind marginal

black border bearing a variable number of internervular spots of

the ground-colour. An irregular discal band of black sometimes

enclosing spots of the ground-colour. Base black, with a sub-

basal spot in 7, one in cell, and one in la.

Underside, f.-w. scaled only at base and costa. H.-w. as

on upperside, but scaled only at base, margins, and discal band.

Costal and inner marginal scales dull ochreous, black spots as on

upperside. Hind margin as on upperside but with seven large

rounded dull ochreous spots. Thorax black spotted with

yellowish beneath, and with two to four whitish spots above.

Abdomen black above, paler below, and laterally and ventrally

spotted with yellowish. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 84mm. Markings similar to those of g but

the red colour everywhere replaced by white. In f.-w. the cell

spot may coalesce with discal band, or may enclose a small white

spot. Abdomen white spotted.

Acraea satis is aremarkably distinct species not only in

the character of the markings but also in the structure of

the genitalia. A very peculiar modification of the parts

has taken place. The true uncus and claspers have

become much reduced, whilst the dorsal and ventral

abdominal plates have become greatly modified, so as to

resemble false uncus and claspers respectively.

46 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Mabille describes this species as occurring in Madagas-

car, but I have been unable to find any authentic example

from that island. M. Oberthiir has specimens so labelled,

but informs me that in this case the labelling is not

reliable, and that he is of opinion that the species occurs

only on the mainland.

GROUP If

4, ACRAEA PENTAPOLIS. Pl. XIV, f. 2.

Acraea pentapolis, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., viii, p. 60 (1871) ; Af.

Lep., p. 7, pl. 6, f.2 (1873) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111

(1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903); Neave,

Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus.

Genov., p.3 (527), (1910).

= thelestis, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 17, pl. 3, f. 33 (1893) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898).

S. Leone; Gotp Coast; ASHANTI; NigERIA; ToGo ; CAME-

ROON; GaBoon; ConcGo (Bopoto, Luebo, Leopoldville) ;

UGANDA.

A. pentapolis epidica, subsp.

= A epidica, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 3, f. 27

(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p 111 (1898).

German E, Arrica (Pangani, Usambara, Ukami Mt.).

A, pentapolis pentapolis. Pl. VI, f. 1. (larva).

¢. Expanse 60-76 mm. ‘Wings semitransparent, due to ab-

sence of scales. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin powdered

with brownish. Several ill-defined dusky marks varying much

in intensity but usually consisting of the following. A broad

irregular mark in cell over origin of 2, a blackish mark on

discocellulars, a series of rudimentary marks beyond cell in

the form of an oblique discal band of spotsin 6, 5, 4, and

3, a mark at base of area 2 and beneath it running downwards

and outwards a mark in 1b. In the same area a short indistinct

longitudinal streak at base,

H.-w. with a dusky powdering round hind margin, and more

or less evident darker internervular rays showing their greatest

development in 2, lc, and 1b. Lower half of cell, base of 3,

basal half of 2, and the greater part of 1c, 1b, and la covered

with seales which vary in colour from pale lemon-ochreous to

brick red. In some cases this patch is very fully developed

and of definite outline, whilst in others it is merely indicated.

Numerous black spots corresponding to those on underside

but varying much in size and number.

— eee

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 47

Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales. H.-w. as above

but the yellow or red patch paler and less developed. Black

spots very variable in number. In the case of maximum

development the following may be observed. A spot in 9, a sub-

basal and a central (very small) in 7, one at extreme base of 5,

and a double spot at base of 4, two in cell before middle, three or

four discal spots progressively larger in size, in 6, 5, 4, and 3, a

large spot at base of 2 followed by a spot in le and 1b, these

three nearly in a straight line, but that in 1c slightly nearer base.

A basal and a subbasal in 1c, ditto in 1b, and a basal and two

other spots in la,

Head black with a few whitish dots and two tufts on collar,

thorax black with whitish marks, abdomen black above with

whitish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal.

Q like the ¢ and presenting the same variations of pattern.

In some examples of this species there is a faint reddish

or yellowish flush in the fi-w. especially along the main

nervures. Long series have lately been bred by Mr. Lam-

born near Lagos, and presented by him to the Oxford

Museum. It is clear from these examples that Oberthiir’s

thelestis cannot be distinguished from pentapolis even as a

form. From that author's description the principal dis-

tinction between thelestis and pentapolis is the presence in

the former of a tawny rather than yellowish patch in h.-w.

In the series before me every gradation of colour may be

observed, from a mere whitish appearance to a definite

brick-red patch.

A. pentapolis epidica, subsp.

This is the extreme eastern form of the species and differs in

the following respects. It is generally much larger, having an

expanse of 80-90 mm. The blackish markings in f.-w. are

much darker and more definite. In the h.-w. the basal spots are

large and confluent, forming a conspicuous basal black mark.

The patch of pale scales is lemon-ochreous and well developed,

and there are usually a few tawny scales on the hind margin on

underside.

The larvae of the specimens received from Lagos may

be described. as follows :-—

Upper half dark umber brown with a few irregular dark

markings on the upper part of each segment, and a whitish

lateral mark on segments 4-12. Head reddish brown with a

white, ventrally bifurcated, white line. Legs yellow at base,

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

extremities black. Pro-legs yellow. Spines all black. The dorsal

pair on segment 2 longer than the rest and somewhat curved.

Pupa whitish with black lines representing nervures, antennae,

legs, etc. A ventral, two lateral, and two dorsal rows of seg-

mental black marks, each with a yellowish centre. From the

inner or dorsal side of each of these centres in the two dorsal

rows of spots, there arises a short blunt black process or spine.

The general appearance of the pupa is as variable as that of

the imago, sometimes the white and sometimes the black

predominating.

A dipterous parasite emerged from one of the pupae.

. ACRAEA VESPERALIS. Pl. XIV, f. 3.

Acraea vesperalis, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 466 (1890) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acrueu), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 1, 2

(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898) ; Griinberg,

Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910). (2 pentapolis.)

S. Leone; Conco (Zongo, Mokoanga, Zambuiya to Albert

Nyanza, Kassai R., Usongoda) ; UGANDA (Sesse I.). (?)

A, vesperalis catori, subsp.

Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 14, p. 223 (1904); Dudgeon

(vesperalis), Proc, Ent. Soc., p. liv (1909).

S. Leone (Mano-Ronietta).

A, vesperalis vesperalis.

¢. Expanse 70-76 mm. F.-w. slightly brownish at base.

Costa dusky brown passing into sepia at apex. From end of cell

to apex, the whole of area 3, and the marginal part of areas 2, 1b,

and la, sepia. A discal band of elongated transparent spots in

6, 5, and 4, and a trace of a transparent mark in 3. Cell, greater

part of 2, nearly the whole of 1b, and la, transparent and devoid

of scales. An irregular sepia patch in cell above origin of 2,

Beginning at base of area 2 and ending at hind angle a sepia band

about 2 mm. wide.

H.-w. black at base and having a hind marginal border of sepia

brown about 4-5 mm. wide, its inner edge interrupted by the

extension of the brown along the nervules and internervular

rays. The remainder of the wing brownish ochreous of some-

what variable depth. Indications of the black spots of the

underside are visible in the discal area.

Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but the apical and hind

marginal areas dusted with chestnut brown. H.-w. chestnut

brown, of a rather richer tint towards base and inner margin

Nervules and internervular rays well marked, brownish black,

—_—s— Te

ce)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 49)

Black spots very variable. When attaining maximum develop-

ment, usually as follows, One in 9, one in 8, two (small) in 7, the

outermost just beyond origin of 7. Three just beyond cell in 5.

4, and 3. One at base of 5, and 4 on discocellulars, two in cell

before the middle, one at base of 2 followed by one in le and 1),

all three in a straight line. A basal and a subbasal in le, a sub-

basal in 1b, and two spots near middle of la. Some irregular

black at base of nervures.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen black

above, with pale segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws unequal.

? resembles the ¢.

A, vesperalis catori, subsp.

Differs from typical vesperalis in having the ground colour of

h.-w. pale instead of brownish-ochreous.

A. vesperalis is so nearly allied to pentapolis that but for

the fact that the h.-w. patterns are so consistently dif-

ferent, and also that both species occur in the same place

without intermediates, I should have regarded them as

two forms of the same species. ‘The male armatures are

in this case somewhat unsatisfactory guides though they

do seem to show slight differences. Such differences are,

however, much less than would appear from the figures

on Plate XIV.

GROUP III.

6. Acraka I@aTi. Pl, VII, f. 12.

Acreea igati, Boisduval, Faune Mad.,* p. 29, pl. 4, f. 3, pl. 5, f. 3

(1833); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885) ;

Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., p. 82, 89, pl. 10, f. 1, 2

(1885-7) ; Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 13, pl. 4, f. 22

(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898).

MapaGascar (Ambinanindrano).

¢. Expanseabout 60mm. Wings transparent, the transparency

being caused by reduction in number and size of the scales.

F.-w. slightly smoky towards costa and apex and with an orange

brown basal suffusion extending to about the middle of the wing.

H.-w. with about the same amount of basal orange suffusion.

Some irregular black spotting at base, including a large well-

rounded spot at base of area Ic, and an elongated narrow black

spot at base of arealb. In area 6 and 7 and between end of cell

and margin, two large confluent black spots, and two somewhat

* The text is published separately. The plates are in the

“Nouvelles Annales du Musée d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.”

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (JULY) E

50 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

similar but more elongated spots in areas 2 and 3, In some

examples there is a small spot in area 5. Thorax black, spotted

with white beneath. Abdomen black with white lateral seg-

mental spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 65 mm. ‘The spots on the h.-w. are

similar to those in the g¢ but that in area 5 is often larger.

The orange suffusion in the f.-w. is replaced by pale yellow and

that in the h.-w. by white. In some examples the coloured

areas are entirely replaced by white.

Acraca wyatt is found only in Madagascar. Boisduval

and Mabille describe it as frequenting wooded districts,

and producing two broods, the first in April and May, the

second in July and August. Boisduval states that it is

found on Ste. Marie I. and on the mainland. He appears

to have confused the sexes, describing the orange suffused

form as the female. His figure is that of the male.

The male armature is peculiar, as will be seen from a

reference to the figure in Plate VII. The velum is much

larger than in A. danvii and both uncus and claspers are

more highly developed. The entire structure resembles

that of the Australasian A. andromache.

7. AcRaga Damir. Pl. VII, ff. 11a, b, c.

Acraea damii, Vollenhoven, Pollen and Van Dam, Faune

Mad., 5, Ins., p. 12, pl. 2, f. 4 (1869); Mabille, Hist. Nat.

Mad. Lep., 1, p. 83, 88, pl. 10, f. 3, 4 (1885-7); Oberthiir,

Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 12, pl. 3, f. 11-16 (1890); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 85 (1898).

= percussa, Keferstein, Jahrb. Akad, Erfurt (2), 6, p. 13, pl. 1,

#1524870):

= masonala, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix, p. 3 (1872); Af.

hep., p. 10, pl. 7, £15 (1874),

Mayorra I.; Comoro I.; MADAGASCAR.

A. damii cuva, subsp.

Gr. Smith (4. cwva), Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 126 (1889) ; Smith

& Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), p. 2, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889);

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898); Smith & Kirby,

Rhop. Exot., 3 (Acraea), p. 24, pl. 7, £. 4 (1901).

British E. Arrica (Rabai, Zanzibar); GurmMan E. Arrica

(Dar-es-Salaam) ; (2) KATANGA.

f. nidama. Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904).

Type from Dar-ns-Sanaam. (Liable to appear wherever cuva

occurs.)

African Species of the Genus Acraea. ou

A, damit damii.

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings transparent owing to re-

duction in number and size of scales. F.-w. slightly suffused

from base to about middle with brick red. Nervures reddish

brown. H.-w. more densely scaled with brick red from base to

about midway between end of cell and margin. Five black spots

at base more distinct on underside. One behind the precostal, 2

in area 1c, and one in la and 1b, respectively. One large rounded

spot in area 7 near middle of costa, one rather larger and nearer

margin in area 6, one very small spot below this, in area 5. Two

large spots somewhat produced distally and placed in areas 2 and 3

respectively. Underside similar but spots smaller and more

sharply outlined. H.-w. dusted with whitish scales. Thorax

black, with a few pale spots above and below, abdomen black

above and yellow beneath, with whitish lateral segmental spots.

Claws unequal,

2 similarly marked but wanting the brick red suffusion, this

being replaced by a dusting of white scales. Expanse 65-75 mm.

Acraea damit is a very variable insect. The above

description is taken from an average pair in the Oxford

collection. M. Oberthir (/.c.) figures one $ and five ? 9.

The # example has an elongate spot in the h.-w. cell; in

the 22 the number of discal spots varies from four to

eight, and in some cases the spots are different in opposite

wings of the same individual. The author further points

out that in two examples the neuration is abnormal, and

occasionally the two § 2 have the reddish colouring of the

‘fg. In one f example in the National collection the

brick red suffusion extends completely over both wings,

whilst the hw. spots are reduced in number to three.

M. Oberthiir states that the type of Ward’s masonala is in

his collection and that there is no doubt that it is an

example of damit.

Keferstein’s figures (/.c.) are of J and 9 examples taken

in Madagascar by Herr Tolin in 1862. The gf comes

nearest to Oberthur’s fig. 11, and the ? to fig. 16.

The species is probably extremely distasteful. It is

described as settling on certain trees in large numbers,

when it can easily be picked off with the fingers.

It occurs in Mayotta, Comoro, and Madagascar, examples

from the latter region being usually smaller than those

from Comoro.

The # armature is quite distinctive, especially in the

BE 2

52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

possession of two small horn-like processes on the margin

of the velum, or ventral abdominal plate.

Acraea damii cura, subsp.

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles damii but the red suffusion

is usually of greater extent, sometimes extending nearly to the

margin in the f.-w. In the h.-w. it is often rather sharply

defined leaving a transparent margin of moderate width,

The black spots on the h.-w. are more sharply outlined than in

damit damti, but exhibit as in the latter considerable variation

in size and number, Grose-Smith’s type, which is described in

the text and on the plate asa 9, appears in fact tobea ¢. It

has eight black spots on the h.-w. An example before me

from the Tring collection has five spots (= nidama, Suff.), whilst

others have rather conspicuous basal spots, notably a large rounded

one in area le,

?. Resembles ¢, but is rather larger and has the red

replaced by creamy yellow. The black spots are larger, and

the base of the h.-w. is much suffused with black. An example

before me has a small black spot in the h.-w. cell near the

base, and in one wing another spot near the end of cell.

Occasionally the 9 is red like the ¢.

I have followed Aurivillius in regarding cuva as a form

of danvii, though in view of its geographical distribution it

must be considered a subspecies of the Madagascar form.

It occurs only on the mainland and Zanzibar. There are

fifteen examples in the National collection, five of which

are @ and the localities given are, Zanzibar, Dar-es-

Salaam, and Rabai. The type was received from

Mombasa, and there are examples in the Tring collection

labelled “ Katanga, Tanganyika,” and though the exact

meaning of the locality is rather vague, 1t would appear

that the species has a considerable westward range. I

have dissected out the genitalia of one of these examples

and find no difference from those of dami taken in

Madagascar.

8. ACRAEA KRAKA. PI. VII, f. 15.

Acraea kraka, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 272, pl. 6, f. 3

(1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).

CAMEROON (Bibundi, Bonge); FERNANDO Po.

¢. Expanse about 50 mm. Wings transparent. Transparency

caused by the scales being reduced to fine hairs. F.-w. black

at base and dusted with black for a short distance along the

~~ ee

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 53

costa. Slightly darker suffusion at apex caused by a reappearance

of scales which however are still very narrow and elongated.

A reddish basal suffusion (probably bright red in fresh

examples) extending to nearly half the length of the cell and

distally to nearly the whole length of area la. A black spot

in the cell about the middle, and two spots in area 1b, one near

the base and one about the middle. H.-w. black at base and

with a basal reddish suffusion extending a little beyond the end

of cell. Numerous black spots arranged as follows. Two in area

7, two in cell, and two in 1b, and 2, three in 1c, one in 3, 4, 5, and

6, and one near the base in la.

The underside is similar but without the reddish suffusion

which only shows through from the upperside. A fourth spot is

visible in le at the base.

Thorax black, abdomen black above and brown beneath, with

brown lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 62 mm. According to Aurivillius’ figure

(l.c.) there is a small additional spot in area 2 in the f.-w.

The basal suffusion is described as ochreous.

The three 2 2 from which Aurivillius described the

type were taken in May and July (1891) at Bibundi and

Eonge in N.W. Cameroon, and are in the Stockholm

Museum. There are six ~ examples in the National

collection taken at Fernando Po, and a few specimens in

the Tring collection.

The above are the only examples known to me. The

female genital armature is sufficiently distinct in form

though showing a fairly close resemblance to that of

A. cerasa. The transparency of the wings in this latter

species is however produced in a different manner.

Aurivillius regards kraka as a near ally of quirina, and in

support of this it may be noted that in both species the

transparency is caused in the same manner, though on the

other hand the structure of the respective male armatures

is very different.

9. AcRAEA EuGENIA, PI. IV, f. 13 (9).

Acraea eugenia, Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893)

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).

ToGOLAND (Bismarckburg) ; ANGoua (Canhoca).

d. Expanse about 49 mm. Wings translucent and well

rounded. F.-w. with yellow nervures and nervules and very

sparsely dusted with sepia, and a few yellowish white scales.

54 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

These are of the normal size and the transparency is due to a

reduction in their number. H.-w. with an ill-defined basal area

of whitish or light yellowish scales shaded into a dusky marginal

border. Black spots as on underside.

Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, H.-w. as above but

with fewer scales. Black spots as follows. Four spots graduated

in size in 7, 6, 5, and 4 lying beyond cell and parallel to apical

margin. A larger spot at base of 3, and of 2. Beneath the latter

a spot in le followed by a smaller spot in 1b rather further from

margin. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, the second over origin of

nervule 2, a large subbasal in le, and beneath it a small spot in

1b, and a subbasal in la. A little irregular black at base.

Head black with two white dots between the eyes and two

yellowish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks,

Abdomen black above with white lateral spots. Claws unequal.

resembles ¢ but larger (about 54-60 mm.). One @ in the

Berlin Museum has the spot in area 5 of h.-w. almost obsolete.

The only example I have seen besides those in the

Berlin Museum is a single ? in the Tring collection. The

species appears to be rare, and [| have had no opportunity

of making a preparation of the f armature. The @ plate

is of peculiar structure and the orifice of the bursa

copulatriz appears to be somewhat eccentric, as in A.

horta.

10. AcrArs cerasa. Pl, VII, fat BeEsVik i

Acraea cerasa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 10

(1861); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 139 (1887); Smith &

Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 11, pl. 4, f. 1 (non

f. 2), (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898).

Navan; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica (Nairobi,

Kikuyu, Machakos).

¢d. Expanse 37-52 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to

reduction of scales to hairs; black scaling at base and for a

short distance along inner margin. Costa and hind margin

dusted with brownish black scales. A brick red basal suffusion

extending to end of cell and downwards and outwards nearly

to hind angle, A variable number of black spots, usually one

a little beyond middle of cell and one at extremity of cell

on discocellulars. Sometimes a small spot near base below

median, and rarely two on edge of red area, one on each side

of nervure 2. H.-w. brick red, thinly scaled, and more trans-

parent towards margin. A variable number of spots arranged,

when all present, as follows. A submarginal row of six or

——

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 55

seven parallel to hind margin and becoming very minute towards

apex. A discal row of seven, the first in 1b and in a straight

line with the next two which are much larger, the fourth in

area 3 and somewhat variable in position, the next three in

areas 4, 5, and 6, the middle one more distally placed. Two

spots in area 7, two in cell, and one basal spot in la, 1b, and

le. Some of these spots, especially the submarginal,row, may be

absent. Underside devoid of scales but spots in h.-w. smaller

and blacker. Thorax and abdomen black above and paler below,

with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

@. Usually resembles ¢ but is somewhat larger and has the

red areas paler and duller, One example from Nairobi has all

the red replaced by pale ochreous.

The larva and pupa are fully described by Trimen (J. ¢.).

From this description the following is taken.

Larva, livid purplish above, with a dull greenish dorsal streak

edged by a series of small white marks, followed by a second

lateral series of similar marks at edge of purplish area. Below

this, olive greenish, underside pale green. Head black, striped

with white. The usual dorsal and lateral spines.

Pupa, orange yellow, with bright orange black-ringed spots,

neuration of wings and a dorsal stripe, black.

A. cerasa is very variable in the number and size of the

black spots. The submarginal spots in h.-w. are often

entirely absent, whilst many of the others may be absent

or very small.

ii. Acrawa cenrra. Pl. TV, f-9°¢¢ ).

Acraea cerita, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xviii. p. 75

(1906).

Toro REGION.

¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. basal half brick red, extending

not quite toend of cell, projecting into the basal part of area 2,

and occupying about half of areas 1b and la. This red area is

sharply defined and is enclosed outwardly by a dusting of black

scales forming a transverse bar right across the wing from costa to

inner margin which it meets just before inner angle. Costa and

apex also dusted with blackish. Outer half of wing transparent

and very iridescent, the scales reduced to fine hairs. The hind

margin very slightly darker. In the cell a small black spot over

origin of nervule2. In area 1b a small spot lying in the line be-

tween the cell spot and the hindangle. In the same area another

56 Mr. H. Eltringhain’s Monograph of the

spot midway between base and nervule 2. H.-w. brick red with

a very little blackish at base and a narrow grey-black hind

marginal border. A few black spots as on underside.

Underside. Both wings almost scaleless. H.-w. spots as

follows. Two in 7, the second just beyond origin of

nervule 7. Two in cell on one wing and one on the other, the

second spot just before origin of nervule 2. In areas 3, 2, le,

and 1b a row of discal spots lying almost in a horizontal line

and beyond these in 3, 2, and le traces of submarginal dots are

visible with a lens. A subbasal spot in lc, 1b, and la, that in

1b more distally placed than the others.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black

above with yellowish white lateral dots. Claws unequal.

The foregoing description and the figure on Plate IV are

from the type now in Mr. J. J. Joicey’s collection. This

example is the only one I have seen and_ bears the

label Entebbe 1906, though I have reason to suppose it was

taken in the Toro region. I strongly suspect it to be a

form or aberration of A. cerasa. I have not seen an ex-

ample of the latter from Entebbe, although I have handled

many thousands of specimens from that locality. The

specimen of A. cerita remains unique and until further

material becomes available I must allow it to stand as a

species.

12, AcRAEA UnIMacuULaTA. PI, VII, f. 16.

Acraea unimaculata, Gr. Smith, Novit. Zool., v. p. 350 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. (= humilis), p. 86, 1898 ; Smith &

Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi. pl. 6, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901).

British E. Arrica (15 m. N. of Kisumu, Kabras, Nandi).

¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc-

tion of scales to hairs. Costal margin and apex slightly dusted

with black scales. Basal area dull red (probably brighter in

life) extending nearly to end of cell, just beyond origin of first

median, and nearly to hind angle. Base slightly dusted with

black. H.-w. of the same red as f.-w. A semitransparent

margin, slightly dusted with black scales, nearly § in. wide at

apex and tapering to nothing at inner angle. Base blackish.

Underside devoid of scales and vitreous. Two black spots in

cell, one in le and two or three basal spots at junction of wing

and thorax. All except the inner cell spot may be absent.

Thorax and abdomen black above, paler beneath, with yellowish

lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.

——

—— ee

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 57

2. Expanse 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but red areas paler and

duller and less well defined outwardly. Spots of h.-w. underside

may be entirely absent.

The types which are in the Tring collection were taken

at Kabras in British E. Africa. Co-types from Rau, Nandi

country. In his catalogue of the African Rhopalocera Prof.

Aurivillius placed this species as a synonym of 4. humilis,

not having then seen either insect. Its nearest allies are

A. cerasa,and A. kraka. he similarity between the male

armature and that of the latter species entitles waimaculata

to be regarded as the eastern representative of kraka,

though at the same time the differences are sufficient to

give the two forms specific rank. Until recently the only

example known to me besides those in the Tring Museum

was a ? in the Oxford collection, taken by Dr. Wiggins on

the Uganda Ry. 15 m. N. of Kisumu. Latterly, however,

the species has been taken in some numbers by Neave in

British E. Africa, on the Yala R., N. Kavirondo.

iS, eACRAHAN IT URINAS PIP WE tf 3.

Acraea itwrina, Gr. Smith, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 465 (1890);

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 12, pl. 4, f. 3,

4 (1892) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).

S. CamMERoon ; BetGtan Conco (near Ft. Beni); UGanpa

(Sesse I, Albert to Victoria Nyanza),

A. iturina kakana, subsp.

Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii. p. 150 (1911).

AByssINIA (Adie Kaka, Kaffa).

A. iturina iturina,

dg. Expanse about 50 mm. F.-w. rather transparent clouded

with smoky brown along costa and hind margin. This cloud-

ing varies in intensity in different examples. Transparency

caused by narrowing of the scales. The basal area having a

brownish red suffusion (probably bright red in fresh specimens)

extending nearly to end of cell and two-thirds of length of inner

margin. A large black spot in the cell somewhat beyond the

middle, and varying considerably in intensity. (One example

before me has a minute black spot in area 2, near the cell, and a

black powdering on the discocellulars.) A small black linear

spot at base of area 1b.

H.-w. red with semitransparent smoky brown margin con-

siderably widened near apex. Base black. Two black spots in

area 7 rather close together. A discal row of seven spots, the

first four usually smaller than the rest and the fourth nearer the

58 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

margin. Two spots in the cell, that nearer the base often very

small. One basal spot in la, 1b, and 1c, the second of these

sometimes confluent with the last discal spot. Nervures 6 and

7 arise from a common stalk. Underside vitreous and without

coloured scales, the h.-w. spots repeated. Thorax and abdomen

black above, pale below, and with lateral pale spots. Claws

unequal.

?. The only 9 I have seen resembles the ¢ and is of the

same size, but the wings are more transparent and the spot in

f.-w. cell is almost divided longitudinally.

A. tturina kakana, subsp.* Pl. IV, f. 14 (2).

¢. F.-w. base and costa blackish. Apical half semitrans-

parent, basal half including cell, dull orange red ; apex, hind

margin, and distal edge of red area rather more thickly scaled

with black than the remainder. he transparency is caused by

reduction in width of the scales. The red colour extends slightly

into area 3, about half the length of areas 1b, and 2, and nearly

to hind angle in area la.

H.-w. dull orange red ; a basal aggregation of confluent black

spots ; a discal band of large confluent spots, the first in area 7

about the middle, the remainder le almost in a straight line

across the wing, except that in area 3, which is more distally

placed ; a blackish hind marginal border about 2 mm. wide at

apex, becoming rather suddenly narrower at nervule 5, and

tapering to anal angle.

Underside resembles the upper, but is sparsely scaled, and the

red areas are dull pink; the h.-w. basal spots are somewhat

less confluent and can be resolved into a large subbasal spot in

7, two confluent subbasal spots in cell, one in Ic, 1b, and la;

in the latter area also a minute dot beneath end of nervule Ja ;

a little black at origin of main nervures.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black, the latter with indistinct

brownish lateral spots; tarsal claws asymmetrical. In f.-w,

nervures 6 and 7 arise not from cell but from a common stalk

about 1 mm. long as in itwrina. :

This form differs from itwrina in the absence of the spot in

f.-w. cell, the deeper colour and greater extent of the red areas,

and the larger size of the spots.

* Since the above was printed I have bad an opportunity of

making a further careful comparison of the type with specimens of

iturina, with the result that I incline to the belief that ctwrina

kakano may ultimately prove to be a distinct species. Pending the

acquisition of further material there seems, however, no objection to

allowing it to retain the above position.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 59

The type of A. iturina, now in the Joicey collection,

isa f. The locality in Grose-Smith’s original description

is somewhat vaguely given as the “great forest of Central

Africa.” Two g¢ ¢ in the Tring collection are labelled “2

days from Fort Beni,” and a third “15 days” from the

same locality. A 2 in the Oxford collection was taken in

1905 in Uganda between Lakes Albert and Victoria Nyanza.

The species may readily be distinguished from other some-

what similar forms by the peculiarity of the h.-w. neuration.

This feature is faithfully represented in the figure in Rhop.

Exot. The claspers of the ~ armature have a peculiar

toothed structure on the imner edge. Aurivillius (/. ¢.)

suggests that iwrina may be a variety of cerasa. It 1s

however quite a distinct species, as shown by the structure

of the male armature and the complete reduction of the

scales to hairs in the latter species.

4. AORAHA QuIRINA. PI, VII; £18. Pl XVI, f. 6.

Acraea quirina, Fabricius (Pap.), Spec. Ins., 2, p. 36 (1781) ;

Godart (A.), Enc. Méth., 9, p. 231 (1819) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent.

Zeit., 38, p. 193 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86

(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Aurivillius,

Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 19 (512), (1910).

= dice, Drury (Pap), Il. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 23, pl. 18, f. 3, 4 (1782) ;

Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 24, pl. 83, f. 3, 4 (1792).

Trimen (A.), Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 95 (1862).

SENEGAL; 8S. LEoNE; Lagos; Lipertra ; ToGoLAND; GABOON ;

Coneo (Mukenge, Kassai, Kwidgwi I.); GERMAN EK. AFRICA

(Dar-es-Salaam) ; British E. Arrica (Kisumu).

A, quirina rosa, subsp. nov.

British E. Arrica (Kitui, Rabai).

A, quirina quirina.

d. 34-50 mm. F.-w. transparent, the transparency caused

by the scales being reduced in width in the discal area and

represented by hairs in the marginal area. Base powdered

with black, and beneath the median a basal black streak extend-

ing nearly to a point below the origin of nervure 2. (Drury

describes the f.-w. as having a round black spot below this streak

but I have not seen an example with any spots on the f.-w.)

The h.-w. is rosy red dusted with black at the base and having

a broad well-defined transparent margin. Upon the red area

are numerous black spots usually better defined in the ? (for

position of these spots see description of 9). The underside

resembles the upper but there is a whitish basal suffusion in

60 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the h.-w. Thorax and abdomen black above with lateral pale

spots, and paler beneath. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 37-53mm. Resembles the ¢, but the red of the

h.-w. usually replaced by dull brown, though occasionally the

9 is almost as brightly coloured as the g. In brown 9 ?

the underside of the h.-w. is whitish ochreous. The h.-w. black

spots as follows. On the margin of the coloured area a row of

seven internervular spots nearly parallel to the hind margin,

those near costa sometimes obsolete. A discal row of eight inter-

nervular spots, the first in area 7, the spot in area 2 much nearer

base than the rest. Eight basal spots, one in area 8, one inarea 7,

two in cell, two in area 1c, and one each in la, and 1b.

A common and widely distributed species occurring from

Sierra Leone to the Kikuyu Escarpment.

A, quirina rosa, subsp.

Distinguished from the typical form by the greater extent

of the red suffusion in the f.-w., reaching to end of cell and

nearly to hind angle. Eight ¢ examples in the Hope Depart-

ment, from British KE. Africa (Kitui and Rabai). The male

armature in qwirina and its subspecies is characterised by the

modification of the uncus into two hooks as large as the

claspers. The ventral abdominal plate is large and contains a

dense mass of hairs, probably of a glandular nature,

Speaking of A. quirina (or its subspecies), (Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 928, 1900) Butler quotes from the MS. of the col-

lector Mr. R. Crawshay. “All these Acracinae were taken

in the gloom of the forest, flitting about feebly, and

settling on the bushes. Spherical yellow ova.” The

locality was Ruarka R., Kikuyu, 5,500 ft. (April 1900).

15 Acraka Hova. PI. VII, f. 17.

Acraea hova, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 29, pl. 4, f. 1, 2

(1833) ; Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438, pl 11), ia

(1840) ; Lucas in Chenu, Ene. Hist. Nat., p. 3, f. 6, pl. 27,

f.3 (18&2) ; Guendée, Vinson Voy. Annex., p. 35 (1864); Ward,

Af, Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 6 (1874) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad.

Lep., 1, p. 94, pl. 9, f.1-3, pl. 9a, f. 6(1885-7) ; Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898).

MaDAGASCAR.

¢. Expanse about 75 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, due to

scales being reduced in number but not in size. Base and basal

part of hind margin black. Costa and hind margin slightly

dusted with blackish. Basal area to slightly beyond end of cell,

and extending downwards to hind angle, suffused with brick red.

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 61

A large ovate black spot in cell slightly beyond middle, a sub-

linear spot on l.d.c., sometimes extending to u.d.c, A discal

row of two to three spots, (sometimes absent) beyond cell in 4,

5,and 6. A spot in 2 and another in 3 near cell, and a larger

spot in 1b near middle. H.-w. brick red, blackish along costa

and creamy at inner margin. Black spots arranged as follows.

On margin, indistinet spots at end of nervules, a submarginal

row of seven spots parallel to margin, the first in le. A discal

row of eight, the first in 1b, very small, and those in 2 and 5

much larger than the rest, seven or eight spots at or near base

five of which form a subbasal row, the first and second (in la

and 1b) small or obsolete, the fourth in the cell, the fifth in 7.

Underside of f.-w. devoid of scales. H.-w. thinly scaled with

milky white, spots smaller than on upperside, many absent

altogether. Thorax black, spotted with reddish yellow beneath.

Abdomen black above, reddish or yellowish beneath and with

white lateral segmental spots. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 901m. Most examples resemble the ¢ but the

red areas are paler and duller. Rarely the red is absent in f.-w.

and replaced by creamy white in h.-w.

Mabille figures (/.¢.) a curious aberration of the f in

which the spots are coalescent, forming curved and zigzag

lines. The figure in Chenu’s Encyc. of Nat. Hist. (un-

coloured) apparently shows a very dark hind-winged

aberration. Ward’s figure, a 9, is near Mabille’s fig. 3,

but has two black spots beyond cell in f.-w. which are

absent in Mabille’s figure.

This very distinct species is one of the largest of the

genus. itis described by ‘Mabille as comparatively rare,

inhabiting wooded regions in Eastern Madagascar, and

flying with rapidity in the glades. The structure of the

df armature is quite distinctive.

IGSsAGRARA, ROGHRSI*, “POST Vs £17.

Acraea rogersi, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., x. p. 57 (1873) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898).

= ehmckei, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 103, pl. 1, f. 6-8 (1889).

S. LEonE; Gotp Coast; CAMEROON; ANGOLA ; ConGo (Kassai,

Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool).

f. salambo. Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 19, p. 62 (1887) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraea), p. 5, pl. 2, f. 3, 4

(1889) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194 (1893). Auriv-

illius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898).

(Localities as above.)

* The position of this species is difficult todecide. I am inclined

to modify my original view and isolate it altogether.

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. rogersi lamborni, subsp. n.

Laos.

A, rogersi rogersi.

g. Expanse 70-82 mm. F.-w. Sepia black, darker at base,

costa, and in apical area. A red patch at hind angle occupying

outer third of la, outer half of 1b (except just at margin), and

extending slightly into 2. Large black spots as follows. One in

cell above origin of 2, one on discocellulars occupying whole

width of cell. Just beyond cell three subquadrate spots (the

uppermost sometimes missing) divided by nervules 5 and 6, and

beneath them a spot in 3. Beneath this and rather further from

margin a large spot in 2, and in same area a second spot nearer

margin. In 1b, a submarginal, a central, and a subbasal spot.

H.-w. Base dark sepia, obscuring a mass of large black spots

which correspond to those beneath. Beyond this a broad red

band on which at inner edge are sume spots lying beyond the

basal black. On outer edge of the red area are eight round inter-

nervular black spots. In Some examples only those in 3, 2, and

lc are present, in others each is produced outwardly into a broad

black internervular mark. A dark sepia hind marginal band of

variable width, its inner edge rather suffused. Underside f.-w.

Dull ochreous sepia, with spots as above. Reddish at hind angle.

Between the discocellular spot and the discal spots, and also

beyond the latter, whitish. H.-w. Base as far as the inner edge

of discal band dull red. Discal band greyish in 7 and 1b,

remainder pale brown dusted with greyish, and with an outer

row of spots as above but smaller. Margin dark sepia brown.

The red basal area has the following black spots. One in 8

against precostal, two in 7, one in 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, two in cell before

the middle, one on discocellulars, two in 1c, 1b, and la; those

in 1b further from base than those in le and la. Some black at

base of nervures.

Head black with a few white marks, thorax black, abdomen

black above at base, with ochre yellow lateral spots, remainder

ochre yellow. Claws unequal.

Q. Upperside resembles ¢ but the red is much fainter

amounting usually toa mere tinge of colour. On the underside the

h.-w. ground-colour is dusky ochreous with very little indication

of hind marginal black. Some of the spots of outer row may be

absent.

f. salambo.

¢. Like the typical form but without the red, though the

basal part of f.-w. and the discal area of h.-w. have a rather

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 65

warm brown tinge. Underside pale sepia ochreous somewhat dark

on f.-w. apex, and h.-w. base and margin.

©. Like the ¢.

A: rogersi lamborni, subsp. n. Pl. VI, f. 2 (larva), f. 16 (pupa).

Long series of this form have lately been bred by

Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos and presented by him to

the Oxford Museum.

The ¢ has the f.-w. sooty black, rather paler in the central

area. H.-w. base and marginal border sooty black with a broad

discal band of dusky cream colour. The spot near base of 3

usually absent. Underside f.-w. apical area to end of nervule 2

sepia grey with darker internervular rays, remainder pale greenish

erey. H.-w. pale creamy grey with a yellowish tinge, and a faint

pinkish tint at base of 1c, 1b, and la.

Head and thorax black with some whitish spots. Abdomen,

basal half black with whitish segmental lines and lateral spots,

remainder pale creamy grey.

@ resembles the g.

The larva of A. rogersi lamborni is dark brown somewhat

blacker on the dorsal area, with a few irregular rather paler

dorsal transverse markings, and has the usual spines which are

all black and arise from black-brown tubercles. The base of the

legs and prolegs is yellowish, remainder black. Head black

with a white central line bifurcated ventrally, and a posterior

white line where it joins segment 2.

The pupa differs from other Acraea pupae which I have

examined. It is light brown in colour, and the usual black

lines are wanting, except those outlining the antennae, and a

trace of some of the nervular lines. There are two dorsal and

two lateral rows of small black markings consisting of minute

dots and short fine transverse streaks, and a ventral row of

dots and streaks, the latter longitudinal. On the head are two

short, blunt, widely separated, outwardly curved processes giving

the pupa a “horned” appearance. ‘There are very slightly

raised dorsal abdominal tubercles visible only with a lens.

The species is not uncommon and is easily distinguished

from other Acraeas by the large round black spots in

h.-w.

There is one % example in the Staudinger collection

labelled German E. Africa, but the occurrence of the species

in that region is extremely doubtful.

64 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

17. ACRAEA RANAVALONA. < Pl. VII, f. 7. . Pl. XVI, f. 2.

Acraea ranavalona, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 30, pl. 6,

f. 3, 4, 5 (1833) ; Geyer, Hiibner Zutr., 5, p. 31, f. 925, 926

(1837); Blanchard, Hist. Nat. Ins., 3, p. 438 (1840);

Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Mabille, Hist.

Nat. Mad. ep., 1, p:, 92: pli s9) fs 14.:5, pl. 9a, 1. .b (vane)

(1885-7); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 25-30

(1890); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87, 88 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909).

= manandaza (part), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix: p. 147 (1872).

f. maransetra, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., ix. p. 2 (1872).

Q f. manandaza, Ward, Af. Lep., p. 9, pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1874) ; Ober-

thiir, Etud. d’Ent., 13, p. 11, pl. 5, f. 28-24 (near) (1890)

(nec Mabille lL. c., pl. 9a, f. 5).

Mapbacascar (Audranohinaly, Ste. Marie, N. Mahafaly, and

generally) ; Comoro I.

A. ranavalona ranavalona.

g. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. nearly transparent owing

to reduction in width of scales. These modified scales are

rarely bifid and are attached to the wing in a partially upright

position. A bright basal red suffusion bounded by a hne drawn

from costa about half way along the cell to a point just short

of the hind angle. A slight dusting of black scales along costa

and in apical region. Base slightly black. H.-w. bright rose-red

with a very narrow semitransparent dusky margin ending at

1b and bearing five or six spots in areas 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (7) ; the

outer half of these spots is red and the inner half black, the black

portion lying mainly on the red discal ground colour. In area

le a somewhat smaller black spot in the red ground colour. A

discal and basal series of black spots, placed as follows ;—five

discal spots beyond cell in 7, 6, 5, 4,and 3 respectively, and 1oughly

parallel to hind margin, followed by three, more basally placed,

in 2, le, and 1b. In addition to these, two in cell, one in 8 and 9,

one in 7, two in le, one in 1b, and two in la. Underside

resembles upper but f.-w. is devoid of scales, and h.-w. discal

area is pinkish, due to white scales on the background of the red

of the upperside. Thorax black with faint reddish lateral, and

pale yellowish ventral spots. Abdomen shading into reddish,

with red lateral spots and pale yellowish beneath. Claws un-

equal. The spots in the ¢ h.-w. are somewhat variable, es-

pecially those of the discal and basal area, these being more or less

confluent in most examples but fairly well separated in others.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 65

@. Expanse 40-50 mm. (very variable). F.-w. like that of

¢d but red suffusion replaced by yellowish. H.-w. usually

powdered with white scales, having the dusky marginal border

bearing half black and half red spots as in ¢@, though the

border extends a little further towards the inner margin and

has a well-developed black and red spot in area le. The discal

black spots are well separated leaving an extra dot at base’ of

nervure 5 (this dot is occasionally recognisable in ¢ examples).

The basal spots and those of the cell are in various degrees of

obsolescence, some of those nearest the base being altogether

wanting.

From this normal appearance of the 2 a long series shows

practically every degree of red suffusion to a form which has as

much red as the ¢. Ward’s mananduza is a 2 presenting the

minimum amount of red.

A, ranavalona f. maransetra.

In this form the basal and discal spots are confluent. It

would appear to be if anything commoner than the typical

form.

Boisduval describes the species as generally found in

the forest in Ste. Marie and on the mainland of Madagas-

ear in April and May, reappearing in July and August.

Fond of settling on grasses,

Mabille states that it is common all over Madagascar,

flying during a large part of the year in woods and

cultivated places, and having several broods.

The male armature is of. very peculiar form and re-

sembles that of no other Acraca except its near ally

machequena.

It is a matter of some difficulty to unravel the confusion

which has arisen in the synonymy of this species, owing to

Ward’s description of his Acraca manandaza. Boisduval’s

original description of the 2 states that the base and ner-

vules of the f-w. are rufous and the h.-w. white or very

rarely flushed with a reddish tinge. Ward received two

alleged pairs of the species, stated to have been taken 7

coitu. Of the first pair both # and 2 were of the red type

of coloration and this red @ is now known to be a some-

what rare variety, a figure of which will be found on Plate

Ya, m Mabille’s volume (Hist. Nat. Mad.). To this pair

Ward assigned the original name ranavalona. His second

“pair” (subsequently proved to be two $ 2) he describes

as having the “f-w. transparent suffused with carmine,”

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) F

66 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

“hind-wing powdered with white, the outer margin

bordered with carmine,” “ ? colour and markings the same

as f.” These he regarded as a different species and gave

them the name manandaza. Unfortunately his figures do

not agree with his descriptions, but M. Oberthiir (who

possesses the types) states that one of them (the supposed

2 of the “ pair”) is a large example rather less accentuated

in coloration than fig. 23 of his Plate V, whilst the “ ?” is

an ordinary though small 9. Now Oberthiir’s fig. 23 has

an extremely faint pink tinge at base of f.-w. and a slight

pink suffusion in h.-w. and therefore the true “ manandaza”

of Ward is a very faintly pink-tinged 2 of ranavalona.

18. ACRAEA MACHEQUENA. PI. VII, f. 8.

Acraea machequena, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 9, p. 62

(1887); Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9 (Acraea,) p. 2,

pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1889); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 377 (1889) ;

Monteiro, Del. Bay, Frontispiece, f. 9 (1891); Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).

PortuacuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa Bay); RHoprEsta (Chi-

rinda) ; NyassALAND (Mlanji Boma).

¢. Expanse about 50 mm. F’.-w. semitransparent owing to

reduction in width of scales, these are set in a partially upright

position, and rarely bifid. Costa, apex, and sometimes discal

area more or less faintly powdered with scales. Basal suffusion

of dull or bright red extending from the costa at end of cell to

the hind angle. Base black. H.-w. dull red or reddish

ochreous, never so bright as in ranavalona, with a very narrow

marginal border of blackish, much more heavily scaled than in

ranavalona. Six internervular marginal spots half black and

half red, the red portion lying on the black border and some-

times very indistinct, the black portion projecting into the

discal ground colour. Black discal and basal spots arranged

as in ranavalona but well separated, that at base of nervure 5

being usually quite distinct. The basal spot in area 7 of h.-w.

often absent. A marked black basal suffusion not present in

ranavalona.

The underside of h.-w. resembles the upper, but is very thickly

sealed. Thorax and abdomen blacker than in ranavalona.

Abdomen with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. _ F.-w. either almost transparent, or

with a brownish basal suffusion corresponding in area to the red

of the g. H.-w. varying from semitransparent white (the

normal form) to pale reddish, a shght black basal suffusion (not

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 67

present in ranavalona). Spots as in ¢ but smaller. Discal

spot in area 7 sometimes absent. Underside as upper but

almost devoid of scales except at the spots. Lateral abdominal

spots white.

In distinguishing between machequena and its near ally

ranavalona, Trimen states (/. c.) that in both sexes of the

former the basal spot in area 7 is absent, and that in the

? the discal spot in the same area is also wanting. I find

however that these characteristics are variable. One ¢

now before me has the basal spot well defined, whilst one

2 has the discal spot. Some 2 ? of ranavalona have both,

though the basal spot seems to be always wanting in

machequena. Perhaps the most constant features by which

machequena may be distinguished from raxavalona are the

greater extent of red or brown suffusion in the f.-w., the

black basal suffusion in h.-w., the duller red of the h.-w. in

the f and of the hind marginal spots in both sexes.

The male armature is very like that of ranavalona but

the claw-like claspers are slightly stouter, and the penis-

sheath shorter.

19. AcRAEA LIA. Pl. VII,.f. 10.

Acraea lia, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Philom. (7), 3, p. 132 (1879) ;

Hist... Nat. Mad. Lep., I, p. 9%, pl., 9a, f& §..8a

(1885-7) ; Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29 (Acraea), p. 15,

pl. 5, f. 1-38 (1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).

S. W. Mapacascar (Andranohinaly, Morondava),

6. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc-

tion in width of scales which are very rarely bifid. Costa,

apex, and hind margin dusted with blackish. A basal red flush

to a little beyond middle of cell, not extending into area 2,

but slanting outwards from origin of 2 nearly to hind angle.

H.-w. red with a narrow brownish marginal border, the

dark colour extending slightly along each nervule. Black spots,

more or less confluent, as follows :—A discal series of eight, the

first large, in area 7, the second much smaller, in 6, and the next

three gradually increasing in size, the fifth being as large as the

first. These five are parallel to the hind margin. The sixth

much nearer base, the seventh and eighth nearer margin. Two

small spots on end of cell on discocellulars. Basal spots, one in

area 8, one in 9, two in cell, two in le, one in 1b, and la.

Underside f.-w. devoid of scales except in basal area which is

nearly as red as on upperside. H.-w. ground colour pink,

pez

68 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

narrow marginal border of black spots and whitish spots arranged

on and between nervules respectively. Within this border a

series of seven red internervular spots, that in le more or less

doubled. Black spots as on upperside, and three conspicuous

red spots, one near base in area 7, and two in le. A few red

scales at other points notably in cell near end. Thorax and

abdomen black above and brownish below with lateral brownish

yellow spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 40-46 mm. Resembles the ¢ but red colour

may be replaced by tawny, h.-w. underside has the ground

colour much whiter and the red submarginal spots duller and

more elongate. The red colour would appear to vary consider-

ably. Mabille’s figure, stated to be that of a 2, is nearly as red

as an average ¢, Grose-Smith’s figure is much paler, whilst an

example before me from the Tring collection is intermediate

between these.

The male armature is of a very simple character. A. lia

would appear to be a rare species, and I have seen but few

examples. Owing to its small size and the peculiar pattern

of the h.-w. underside it is not difficult to distinguish from

its nearest allies.

~ ACRAEBA OBEIRA. ‘Pl. VII, £9. PL XvVI. & 21.

Acraea obeira, Hewitson, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1863) ; Ma-

bille, Hist. Nat. Mad., 1, p. 95, pl. 9a, f. 7, pl. 10, f. 5, 6

(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).

= piva, Guenée, Vinson Vog. Mad. Annexe, p. 34 (1864).

= andromba, Gr. Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 7, p. 124 (1891) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21 (Acraea), p. 13, pl. 4, f. 6-8

(1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).

MADAGASCAR.

A, obeira burni, subsp.

Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 18, p. 467 (1896); Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 841, pl. 50, f. 3 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 88 (1898).

Nata.

A, obeira obeira.

d. 50-56 mm. F.-w. almost transparent, the scales very

slightly reduced in width and never resembling hairs. Costa,

apex and hind margin dusted with blackish. A rusty yellow

basal suffusion reaching a little beyond middle of cell, just .

beyond origin of nervure 2, and not quite to the hind angle.

H.-w. with a basal suffusion of the same rusty yellow, its outer

African Species of the Genus Aecraea. 69

limit in some cases nearly parallel to hind margin and extending

a little beyond end of cell, in other cases almost reaching the

margin at apex and anal angle, whitish on inner margin.

Remainder of discal area transparent, A narrow dusky marginal

border beset with internervular red spots. These vary in

number from 3 or 4 to 7 and become less distinct towards the

apex. That in area le may be doubled. Basal and discal

black spots as follows. A discal row of eight, the first three (in

7, 6, and 5) lying parallel to margin, the fourth nearer to base,

the fifth nearer to margin, and the sixth, seventh, and eighth

nearer base and in a straight line which, if produced, would pass

through tip of cell and apex. Two small spots, sometimes

indistinet, on end of cell at origin of 6 and 5. Basal spots, two

in cell close together, one in 7, one in le, 1b, and la, that in 1b

more distally placed. One or two black spots against the

thorax. These spots are often large and more or less confluent.

A slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Underside

f.-w. not sealed, h.-w. as on upperside but basal suffusion pale

pinkish, creamy white along inner margin. Thorax black with

yellowish lateral spots. Abdomen black above, paler beneath,

with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots © Claws unequal.

The size of the h.-w. spots is very variable. In some cases

they are small and well separated, in others large and confluent.

9. Expanse 63 mm. The rusty yellow of the ¢ replaced by

yellowish white. The h.-w. spots sometimes larger than in the

d¢, the red marginal spots of the h.-w. ochreous and obsolescent.

The examples figured by Mabille (/. c.) Plate 10 appear to be

2 9 and not ¢ ¢ as there indicated.

Mabiile states (/. c.) that he has examined Guenée’s type

and that the Acraea piva of that author is synonymous

with A. obeira. Further I cannot separate Grose-Smith’s

A. andromba. The distinguishing feature of this form is

the possession of six rounded red marginal spots, instead of

three or four elongate spots in obeira, but even a smail

series of the latter species shows these spots to be extremely

variable in number, shape, and depth of colour.

A curious feature of Acraea obcira is the instability of

structure in the origin of nervures 6 and 7 in the h.-w.

These may arise independently, or from a common stalk at

some distance from the cell. They may even be stalked

in one wing and independent in the other in the same

specimen.

In 1891 (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 172) Trimen described

70 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

two @ Acraeas from Natal and Zululand and referred them

to this species. Also in 1894 (Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 23) a

similar 2 from Manicaland. These examples have been

subsequently found to be 29 of A. igola Trim., so that

true obeirva would appear to be confined to Madagascar.

Mabille describes the species as rare, and occurring in the

east and north of Madagascar, Grose-Smith’s examples

(andromba) were from the N.W. coast of that island.

Examples in the Tring Museum are from Morondava, so

that the species must be distributed practically over the

whole island.

A. obeira burni, subsp.

¢. Expanse 38-50 mm. _‘F.-w. semitransparent, scales being

few in number and slightly reduced but never resembling hairs.

Costa, apex, and hind margin dusted with brownish-black scales.

A pale ochreous basal suffusion extending to end of cell, slightly

into area 2, and thence diagonally to hind angle. A blackish

longitudinal streak in cell, and a black powdering at end

of cell on discocellulars. A black basal streak in 1b. Some-

times a suggestion of submarginal yellowish spots, especially

in 1b, and submarginal blackish spots in la and 2. H.-w., pale

ochreous. A narrow blackish hind marginal border bearing seven

reddish ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Discal

and basal black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first

three in 7, 6, and 5 nearly parallel to margin, the fourth in 4

nearer base, the fifth in 3 nearer margin, and the sixth, seventh,

and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b nearer base and in a straight line

which, if produced, would pass through tip of cell and apex.

Two spots, coalescent at end of cell on discocellulars, one sub-

basal in 7, two in cell close together, one in Ic, 1b, and la, that

in 1b more distally placed. One or two spots against the thorax.

These spots are smaller than in oleira and not confluent. A

slight basal black suffusion (not always present). Thorax black

with yellowish lateral spots, Abdomen black above, paler

beneath, with pale yellowish rings and lateral spots. Underside.

F.-w. not scaled, h.-w. as on upperside but paler.

Q. Expanse 55-65 mm. Much paler. H.-w. spots, especially

those nearer, base smaller or obsolescent, hind marginal border

paler and spots larger.

After the most careful consideration I cannot give more |

than subspecific rank to Butler’s Acraea burnt. The ground-

colour of the wings and the size of the black spots is the

African Species of the Genus Acraca. el

only distinction between it and obeira. Even the peculiarity

of the irregular structure in relation to nervules 6 and 7 is

equally noticeable in both forms, and the male armatures

are also similar.

The subspecies burnt appears to be not uncommon on

the Tugela River, Natal, from whence all the examples in

the Oxford and National collections have been received.

21. AcRAHA MAHELA. Pl, VII,f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 3.

Acraea mahela, Boisduval, Faune Mad., p. 31, pl. 6, f. 1 (1833) ;

Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep., 1, p. 90, pl. 11, f. 13

(1885-7) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 87 (1898).

= A. madhela, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885).

Mapacascar (Jahora, Andranohinaly, Menabe, Marovoai)

JUAN DE Nova I.; ? MozaMBIQUE.

d. Expanse about56mm. F.-w. Semitransparent owing to

substitution of elongated bifid scales for the usual rounded form.

A basal suffusion of pale or medium ochreous extending some

distance beyond cell and a little beyond hind angle. A slight

dusting of pale ochreous at the apex. Black spots as follows,

one transverse spot in cell beyond middle, one irregular spot on

discocellulars, a row of three in 4, 5, and 6, not quite half way

between end of cell and apex, one small spot in 3 and 2 near the

cell, and in 1b a somewhat larger spot usually rather nearer

margin than base. Occasionally there is a second spot in

1b half way between the base and the origin of nervure 2.

H.-w. moderately thickly scaled with ochreous and _ spotted

with black as follows. Six coalescent spots on hind margin on

ends of nervules beginning with 2. An irregular discal band of

eight, the first four in 7, 6, 5, and 4 respectively, and lying

parallel to margin, the fifth in 3 and nearer to base, the sixth

im 2 close to origin of nervule 3, the seventh in le and on a

level with the fifth, the eighth in 1b and on a level with

the sixth ; one spot on end of cell at origin of nervule 5.

Sometimes also a very small one at origin of 6. One spot near

middle of cell and five basal spots, one in la, one in Lb more

distally placed, one larger in 1c, one in cell, and one in area

7. These spots and also the lowest of the discal row are really

on the under surface but are visible through the wing membrane.

Underside resembles the upper. Thorax black, spotted above and

below with ochreous. Abdomen black above for about half its

length, the remainder and underside ochreous. Claws unequal.

2. Resembles the ¢, sometimes rather larger and paler,

Abdomen with less black and of a paler ochreous,

72 Mr. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the

Acraca mahela is very closely allied to A. neobule, the

position of the spots is precisely similar, though mahela

lacks the spotted hind wing margin and basal black ringed

white spots which characterise the former species. There

is little constant difference in the male armatures of the

two species. Mabille describes it as somewhat rare,

having a swift flight, and inhabiting the eastern slopes

of Madagascar. Specimens in the Oxford collection were

taken in 8.W. Madagascar. There is an example in the

general collection in the Berlin Museum labelled “ Mozam-

bique,” but the occurrence of the species on the mainland

seems doubtful.

22. ACRAEA NEOBULE. PI. VII, f.3. Pl. XV, f. 18.

Acraea neobule, Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep., pl. 19,

f. 3 (1848) ; Guérin, in Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378 (1849) ;

Reiche, in Ferret et Galinier, Voy. Abyss. Ent., p. 466, pl. 33,

f. 3, 4 (1849); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 345 (1870) ;

Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 137 (1887); Butler, Proe. Zool.

Soc., p. 66 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ;

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192 (1898); l. c. p. 401 (1898);

Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1900); Butler, Proc. Zool,

Soc., p. 923 (1900) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi. p. 346 (1904) ;

Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Reise. Lep., p. 315 (1909); Neave,

Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910).

= matuapa, Gr.-Smith, Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 127 (1889) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 10 (Acraeq), p. 6, pl. 2, f. 5, 6

(1889).

2= mhondana, Vuillot, Ann. E. Fr. 60 Bull., p. 115 (1891).

DAMARALAND ; AnGcouLA ; Conco (Kassai) ; N.E, RHopEsIA ;

BaAROTSELAND ; NATAL; TRANSVAAL; CAPE CoLony ; Portvu-

GuESE E. Arrica; GreRMAN E, Arrica; Britisa E. AFRICA ;

SUDAN ; SOMALILAND ; ABYSSINIA ; GRAND Comoro I.; PemBa I.

f. sokotrana.

Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28 (1907).

=neobule, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p.177, pl.18, f.5 (1881); Dixey,

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374 (1898); Grant, Nat. Hist. Sokotra,

p- 304 (1903) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11 (1910) (part).

Soxorra I.; N.E. Rooprsta (Luangwa Rh).

A. neobule seis, subsp.

Feisthamel (A. seis), Ann. Ent. Fr., p. 247 (1850) ; Aurivillius

(neolile, var. seis), Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898).

= calyce, Godman & Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17,

f. 1, 2 (1884).

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 73

SrenecaAL; S. Leone; Liperta; Toco; Danomey ; Lacos;

AsHAntiI; Gotp Coast; NicertIA; ? OLp CALABAR ; FRENCH

Supan (Bammako to Wagadugu).

A. neobule arabica, subsp.

= A. arabica, Rebel, Denksch. Akad. Wiss. Wien., 71, 2, p. 28,

p. 29, f. 1, 2, p. 30, £. 3, 4, 5, pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1907).*

S. ARABIA.

A, neobule neobule.

¢. Expanse 50-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, scales being

reduced in number and width, and near margins becoming

slender and bifid. Costa and apex more or less dusted with

black. A red basal suffusion, pale or bright, extending a little

beyond cell, slightly into area 3, and thence in a nearly straight

line to hind margin just beyond the angle. Often a slight

ochreous suffusion at apex. Black spots more or less distinct,

three beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4, one at end of cell on disco-

cellulars, one in cell rather beyond middle, one small in 3 near

to cell, one larger in 2 just below median, two in 1b, one discal

and one subbasal, and a linear basal spot in same area. H.-w.

pale to bright red. A narrow hind marginal black border bear-

ing seven small spots of the ground-colour (the last in 1c doubled)

which are more completely enclosed than in horta, and may even

be obsolete. Basal and discal black spots varying greatly in size

and arranged as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first four in

7, 6, 5, and 4 approximately parallel to margin and decreasing in

size, the fifth slightly further from margin in 3, the sixth much

further from margin in 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the

fifth, the eighth in 1b in line with the sixth. A minute spot just

outside cell at origin of 6, a larger one on lower discocellular at

origin of 4, a subbasal spot in 7, one median and one subbasal

in cell, the rest confused on upperside in a basal suffusion. Near

inner margin the spots may be absent on upperside and only

showing through from beneath. Underside f.-w. scaled only at

costa. H.-w. as upperside but powdered with whitish scales.

Marginal border edged inwardly with reddish and spotted with

white. Basal aggregation of spots enclosing three or four whitish

marks. Thorax black with whitish lateral spots. Base of

abdomen black with lateral yellow spots, remainder orange and

rather paler beneath. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 50-70 mm. Resembles ¢ but red replaced by

dull ochreous. Spots on h.-w. border usually larger.

* A previous reference is given in this publication to the Sitz-

berichtigungen Akad. Wiss. Wien., p. 359 (1899). There is no trace

of such reference at the page and date given.

74 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. neobiule, f. sokotrana.

Specimens of A. neobule from Sokotra have been described

by Butler and by Dixey (/.c.). These differ from the normal

form principally in the increased amount of black scaling at

apex, little or no ochreous scaling in the same region, the ground-

colour a richer red, the black spots larger, and the dark

h.-w. borler blacker and smoother in outline, its spots being

less distinct. This Sokotra form has been named neobile,

subspecies sokotrana by Prof. Rebel (l.c.) and in the absence

of similar examples from other regions such a distinction

would be quite justified. Examples however, taken by Neave

in N.E. Rhodesia, are not distinguishable from these Sokotra

forms. It is one of those cases in which a form or variety in

one locality becomes the dominant race in another.

A. neobule seis, subsp.

Differs from the typical neobule in the following points.

Average size generally smaller, f.-w. much less transparent,

apical black more pronounced, a submarginal row of inter-

nervular orange ochreous spots joining the much-extended

reddish basal suffusion. H.-w. with marginal border much

indented inwardly. The 9 much nearer the ¢ in colour, often

with a considerable black powdering along median and nervure

1 in f.-w.

A. neobule arabica, subsp.

Wings with the exception of transparent apical part of

f.-w. uniform orange ochreous. Spots as in neobule but

smaller. H.-w. marginal border formed of shallow black arches

on a black marginal line enclosing internervular spots of ground-

colour.

The h.-w. beneath is powdered with chalky white scales

and the black spots at base are not confluent and therefore

do not enclose white spots as in the typical form.

The @ is slightly larger and duller in colour, and the

f,-w. transparent apical patch rather broader.

This form is represented by a f and 2 from Wadi Bagrén

near Makalla and by four ? ¢ from Wadi Dhawrtiten near

Ras Fartak taken in March 1899. Prof. Rebel’s description

is accompanied by five excellent text tigures showing the

structure of the genitalia. These leave no doubt as to the

specific identity of the form with neobule.

Acraea neobule is somewhat variable though none of the

variations show sufficient constancy to enable the forms to

be separated into races other than those above indicated.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 75

The species is recorded (Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 330, 1902) as

having been untouched after death by ants which had

eaten every other specimen in a box except A. admatha.

Mr. Bennett’s note (Dixey, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 374, 1898)

describes the species in Sokotra as “ mostly seen in the

hills, at an elevation of about 2,000 ft. Not hard to get,

the flight being slow and bold.” Mr. Crawshay describes it

at Nairobi (Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923, 1900) as “ com-

mon and fond of perching on a violet-coloured ‘ Devil’s

Bit’-like flower which grows on the plains.”

The male armature shows a certain amount of individual

variation, the length of claspers and uncus being somewhat

inconstant. In the subspecies seis there is a tendency for

the claspers to be shorter. Neobule is undoubtedly the

mainland representative of mahela, from which it is rather

doubtfully separable. Curiously enough the 2 armature

of the latter approaches more nearly the usually shorter

structure shown in neobule seis.

23, ACRAEA ZAMBESINA.

Acraea zambesina, Aurivillius, Arkiv. for Zool., 5, No. 5,

p- 123 (1908); Mendes, Brotéria. Ser. Zool., ix, fas. in,

p: 160; ply, t. 1 (91e).

PortuGUESE E. Arrica (Zumbo on Zambesi R.),

I have not had an opportunity of examining this

specimen and can therefore only give Prof. Aurivillius’

description of it.

9. Expanse 56mm. Allied to A. neobule, Doubl., but having

the f.-w. fully clothed with scales and so devoid of transparent

areas ; 1t also differs from neobule in that the white centred basal

spot of area Ic of the h.-w. underside is much smaller than in

neobule, and scarcely larger than the basal spot in la,

F.-w. above dull reddish yellow with narrow border (only

1 m. broad), triangularly marked at the ends of nervules, the

nervules near margin more or less black. F.-w. with the

following black spots. One in middle of cell, two coalescent at

end of cell, and five discal spots (in 1b, 3, 4, 5, and 6). The

basal spot in 1b and the discal in 2 wanting in the present

example. Spots arranged quite as in neobule, but larger, and

somewhat as in the form sokotrana, Rebel. On the underside

the f.-w. is coloured and marked quite as above except that

it is more or less powdered with whitish yellow scales at the

margin. The h,-w, is almost exactly like that of neobule but

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the marginal border is a little broader and the pale spots more

distinct. Beneath, the h.-w. has a still wider border and very

large pale marginal spots. Discal spots arranged as in neobule.

The black, white-centred, basal spots in la, le, and cell are

smaller, (especially in 1c) and almost of equal size.

One 2 from Zumbo on the Zambesi R. in Portuguese E

Africa. Mus. Colleg. St. Fiel.

A. neobule is a variable species, and the present exrmple

differing from it but slightly, will probably prove to be

merely a local form of the same. The figure (/.¢.) is a

rather poor photograph which however shows the specimen

differ from both neobule and seis in having the f.-w.

fully scaled, and in the h-.w. a broader black border and

fewer spots.

24,

Acrana normal PlLiVil-h ae XYt 16,

Acraea horta, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Mus. Lud. Ulv., p. 234 (1764) ;

Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 755 (1767); Fabricius, Syst. Ent.,

p- 459 (1775) ; Sulzer, Ges. Ins., p. 143, pl. 15, f. 1 (1776) ;

Cramer, Pap. Exot., 4, p. 18, pl. 298, f. F, G. (1780);

Drury, Ill.. Exot. Ins, 3, p. 3% pl. 28, £1, 2 (116g

Wulfen, Ins. Cap., p. 31 (1786); Herbst, Naturs. Schmett

5, p. 22, pl. 83, f. 1, 2 (1792); Fabricius, in Illiger’s Maga-

zine (Acraea), 6, p. 284 (1807); Godart, Enc. Méth., 9,

p. 231 (1819); Doubl., Hew., and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep.,

p- 140 (1848); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 93 (1862) ;

Trimen, S. Af. Butt. (metam.), 1, p. 184-6 (1887) ; Staudinger

Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 82, pl. 33 (1885); Brunner v. Watten-

wyl, Farbenpr. der Ins., p. 5, pl. 4, f. 43 (1897) ; Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 192

(1908) ; Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 337 (1902).

Care Conony; Navan; ZuLULAND ; TRANSVAAL ; PonDo-

LAND.

g¢.Expanse about 50 mm, F.-w. semitransparent, the discal

scales being modified into a narrow bifid form. Some hairs

present and the membrane of the wing speckled with brown at

points of attachment of scales. Costa and hind margin slightly

dusted with blackish, frequently a suggestion of red internervular

spots at apex. Base black. A bright red (brick red in old

specimens) basal suffusion extending a little beyond end of cell,

very slightly into area 3, half way across 2, and almost com-

pletely filling la, and 1b. A transverse black spot at end of

cell on discocellulars. A spot in cell beyond the middle, one

African Species of the Genus Acraea, We

immediately below median in area 2, and two in 1b, the first

immediately below the median, the second much larger near

the middle. These may be fused into one large longitudinal

mark. All these spots except that on the end of cell may be

very faint or in some examples absent altogether. The h.-w.

bright red (duller in old specimens) with a narrow border of

blackish not quite enclosing seven internervular spots of the

ground-colour, that in lc being doubled. Black discal and

basal spots as follows:—A-discal band of eight, the first

rather larger than the next three, lying parallel to the hind

margin in 7, 6, 5, 4, the filth larger and nearer cell in area 3,

the sixth still nearer base in 2, the seventh in le in line with

the fifth, the eighth in 1b and in line with the sixth. In

addition to the discal spots, two at end of cell on discocel-

lulars, two in cell, one subbasal spot in 7, a large subbasal spot

in le, a small one in 1b, and another in la. Internervular

spaces at extreme base, black, usually coalescing with subbasal

spots. The spots in la and 1b are also frequently confluent.

Underside f.-w. devoid of seales, h.-w. dull ochreous. A

narrow black margin set with ochreous spots, followed by a

narrow red submarginal border. Some red also in areas 9, 8, 7,

lc, 1b, and la. Spots as on upperside, those at base usually

confluent and enclosing spots of the ochreous ground colour.

Thorax black with a few indistinct pale spots. Abdomen black

above, orange ochreous beneath, and bearing small ochreous

lateral spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but has the red

replaced by dull ochreous and the f.-w. spots are more frequently

absent.

A description of the larva and pupa will be found in

Trimen’s 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 135-6, from which the

following is abstracted.

Larva.—About 32 mm. long; with strong branched black

spines. Dull brownish ochreous, closely striped with black trans-

verse streaks. A pale ochreous dorsal line. A broad ochreous

lateral band not crossed by the black streaks. Legs bright

shining yellow; head shining black. Two spines on second

segment, four on the last, and six on each of the other

segments. Feeds on Kigellaria africana and on various passion-

flowers.

Pupa.—About 20 mm, long. Head blunt, hardly bifid; lateral

angles at base of wing covers prominent and acute, Back

78 My. H. Eltringham’s A/onograph of the

of thorax rather blunt and rounded. Pale creamy ochreous.

Wing covers streaked with black along position of nervures,

Two dorsal, one ventral and two lateral lines of black ochre

centred spots.

“The silk to which the tail is attached often covers an area

of an inch in diameter.”

Trimen states that the species is extremely common in

and about Cape Town. It flies slowly, and the larvae

frequently do much damage to passion flowers. Fowls

will not eat the larvae, which have a strong and dis-

agreeable odour more perceptible than that of the pupa or

even of the butterfly. Its distastefulness does not how-

ever preserve it from the attacks of parasites, as Marshall

records (Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 337, 1902) that five out of

eight pupae were killed by a dipterous parasite. The

male armature, though almost indistinguishable from that

of insignis, to which species it bears, in pattern, but little

resemblance, is of very different structure from that of

A. neobule, although in other respects horvta and neobule

bear an extremely close resemblance.

A, horta appears to be an essentially S. African

species. ‘Trimen gives S. Leone as a locality on the

authority of the British Museum, but the specimens so

labelled must have been removed as the twenty-six

examples in the present series bear the labels Cape

Colony, Natal, Zululand, and Transvaal.

Trimen (/. c.) thus describes the pairing of this species :

“The ? rested on the ground with expanded wings,

and the ¢ rested on the 2 with his wings also flatly

extended. In this position (which was maintained) the

heads of the two were held in the same direction, and the

extremity of the 7 abdomen was twisted sideways as in

the union of the saltatorial Orthoptera.”

It is interesting to note in this connection that the

orifice of the bursa copulatrix is at one side of the chitinous

plate and not central as in most species.

25. ACRAEA ADMATHA. | Pl, VII, f. 5.

Acraea admatha, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 16, 17

(1865) ; Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 171 (1891); Aurivillius

Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898) ; Gordon, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 330

(1902).

S. Lronrt; ASHANTI; GoLD Coast; OLD CALABAR;

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 79

NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; GaBoon ; Conco Recion (Bena Bendi

Zongo, Mokoange); Nata; ZuLunanp; British E. AFRIcA

(Witu).

f. leucographa.

Ribbe (A. leucographa), Iris., 2, p. 181, pl. 4, f. 1 (1889) ;

Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 38, p. 13 (1895); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 88 (1898).

S. Leone; Cameroon (Bitjé); Nyam Nyam Country ;

Conao (Sassa) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Nandi, Entebbe, Semiliki R.,

Kitala) ; British E. Arrica (N. Kavirondo); GErman E.

ArFrica (Ukerewe I.) ; AByssinrA (Scheko).

A. admatha admatha.

6. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. semitransparent, thinly

scaled with scales of normal size standing partially erect,

narrow bifid scales and fine hairs appear at hind margin.

A rosy red basal flush (brick red in old specimens) extending

nearly to end of cel] at subcostal and median, but more basal in

the middle, passing slightly beyond origin of 2 and just reaching

the hind angle. Base, costa and apex dusted with black, and a

small linear basal spot below median. A faint black spot in

middle of cell and sometimes a blackish dusting at end of cell

on discocellulars. A little beyond end of cell two faint black

spots in4 and 5, and sometimes a third nearer to cell in 3. Just

below median in 2 a faint spot, and one in Ib rather nearer

margin. These spots are very variable in intensity.

H.-w. rosy red (brick red in old examples) dusted with black

at base, whitish in area la, and having a moderately broad black

marginal border bearing six rounded red internervular spots.

Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal series of eight,

the first (large) in area 7 near the middle, the second in 6,

rather nearer base (this spot is often wanting), third and fourth

in 5 and 4 and lying in a straight line with the first, the fifth in

3 close to cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth in 2, le, and 1b,

large, nearer to base, and almost in a straight line (some of the

discal spots are sometimes small or wanting), in addition to these

two small spots at end of cell, one spot in 9, one in 7, two in

cell, two in le, one in 1b (close to eighth of discal row), and two

in la. Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales but dusted with

yellow near base, h.-w. pink with black border as on upperside,

bearing six red spots outwardly edged with pinkish white.

Black spots as on upperside but much more distinct. Thorax

black, spotted above and below with yellowish white. Abdomen

basal half black above with lateral orange spots, remainder

orange, underside yellowish white. Claws unequal.

80 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Q. Expanse 60-75 mm. F.-w.asin ¢ but red replaced by

rusty yellow varying to brownish cream colour, and spots faint

or absent. H.-w. colour modified in the same way. Spots often

less distinct than in the ¢. Underside dusky white, marginal

spots yellow, edged with whitish.

A. admatha f. leucographa.

This form differs from the above in having a white patch

at anal angle of h.-w. This patch extends from the discal

spots in 1b, le, and 2 to the black border, with sometimes a

few white scales in area 3. On the upperside of h.-w. the first

three or four discal spots may be faint or absent. The 9? is a

little larger, less brightly coloured, and has the white on h.-w.

more suffused. I have before me a small series of examples from

Entebbe showing a beautiful gradation in the extent of the white,

one specimen having only a faint white scaling near the anal angle.

Though A. admatha is a somewhat variable species

having a wide range, I have been unable to assign any of

the variations to definite localities. Trimen states (/.¢.)

that his southern examples differ from typical W. African

specimens in having less rounded spots in the h.-w., and

also that the subbasal spot in the cell is wanting, also that

in the f.-w. the red area is more extended and the discal

spots wanting in the f but presentin the f. A pair before

me from Zululand, show a tendency to confluence in the

h.-w. spots especially in the 2, but the spots in h.-w. are

quite as rounded as in other examples, the second cell spot

is not absent, the f.-w. red is of the usual extent and the

f.-w. discal spots are present in the f and wanting in the @.

We must conclude therefore that these features are in-

constant. The form lewcoyrapha is characteristic of the

central area of the species’ range. It has been taken in

the Nyam Nyam country north of the Ubangi River,

at Sassa in the extreme North of the Congo State, and

at Kitala in Uganda. In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 977, 1899,

Butler mentions it as having been taken in the Nandi

District by Captain Hobart, who found it quite common

there. Examples occur sporadically in other parts of the

species’ range. The typical form with slight variation

occurs from Ashanti to the Congo State, and southwards

to Natal.

A. admatha is recorded by C. J. M. Gordon in Old

Calabar (/. ¢.) as being untouched after death by ants

which had eaten all the other specimens in a box except

A, neobule.

—

owe

See eae ee a

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 81

The male armature is fairly distinctive having a

characteristic dentate edge to the claspers.

26. Acraga INsienis. Pl. VII, f.2. Pl. XV,f.17. Pl. XVI, f. 20.

Acrae insignis, Distant, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 6

(1880); Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (1885) ; Butler,

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus.

Wien., 6, p. 457 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89

(1898) ; Sjdstedt’s Expedition, p. 3 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb.

Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).

= balbina, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 12, p. 6, pl. 3, f. 8 (1888) ;

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923 (1900).

= buxtoni, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 155 (nec Butl.)

(1877).

NyassaALAND; GERMAN E. Arrica (Bukoba, L. Kivu) ;

British EK. Arrica (Kikuyu, Kangasi) ; Ucanpa (Entebbe).

f. siginna, Suffert, Iris., p. 19 (1904); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s

Expedition, p. 3 (1910).

German E, Arrica (generally, and especially Kilimandjaro) ;

British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Entebbe).

A, insignis insignis.

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. semitransparent. The scales

in apical area being of normal size but few in number and

set partially upright. Near margin numerous narrow forked

scales. Base slightly blackish; costa from end of cell to

apex, and sometimes apical portion of hind margin, often

dusted with black scales. A brick red basal suffusion ex-

tending a little beyond end of cell and to hind angle. A black

transverse spot on end of cell, and a black linear basal spot

below median. H.-w. brick red with a narrow black marginal

border the inner edge of which may be smooth or undulating.

The base of wing has a black suffusion occupying lower half of

cell, base of 2, 1c, and 1b, followed by a large oblique spot lying

on the discocellulars. Underside. F.-w. almost devoid of scales.

H.-w. as on upperside but with the discal area pink, separated

from the marginal black by a narrow red submarginal band.

Often one or two white spots near base. Thorax black with

lateral and ventral yellowish spots. Abdomen black above,

orange laterally and towards extremity and paler beneath.

Claws unequal.

Q. Resembles ¢ but the red is replaced by a colour varying

from slightly paler than that of the g, to a dull pale brown.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912,— PARTI. (JULY) G

82 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A, insignis f. siginna.

Differs from the typical form in having all the h.-w. basal

black coalescent, forming a large black patch extending beyond

cell with an irregular distal outline from costa to inner margin.

Aurivillius records the siginna form as occurring almost

to the exclusion of the type, at great elevations (2,000 to

3,000 metres) on Mts. Meru and Kilimandjaro. Inter-

mediates however appear to occur everywhere. When

Distant described and figured this species, he pointed out

that it was the same as that described by Hewitson

as A. buetont. That name had however been pre-

viously used by butler, and as Godman points out,

Hewitson must have suppressed the species as 1t does not

appear in Kirby’s catalogue of his collection, its place

being taken by four undetermined forms from Zanzibar.

These are the same as the species described and figured

by Distant. Butler records A. insignis as taken by Mr. R.

Crawshay at Roromo, Kikuyu Forest in February 1900,

that collector remarking that the species frequents the

primaeval forest and that it is capable of resisting the

fumes of strong cyanide for half-an-hour. The species

is very nearly allied to A. horta, the f armatures being

with difficulty distinguishable. That of insignis is of a

rather more slender construction.

27. ACRAEA CAMAENA. PI. VIT, f. 4.

Acraea camuena, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 2, p. 12, pl. 7. f. 2

(1773); Fabricius, Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775) (?); Herbst,

Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 9, pl. 81, f. 3 (1792); Godart (Acraea),

Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 89 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903).

= murcia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 33 (1781).

S. Leone; Gou~p Coast; Liseria; ASHANTI; LaGos;

NIGERIA ; FERNANDO Po,

(There is apparently some confusion under camaena in the

1775 edition of Fabricius. Camaena is stated to have red on

h.-w., and to be allied to zetes. Then follows a fuller

description, which agrees with Drury’s figure of camaena. In

the Species Insectorum (Vol. II, p. 32) camaena is again

described with red on h.-w., and on p. 33, “ Papilio murcia”

is described, the account and the type agreeing with Drury’s

figure of camaena.) _

¢g. Expanse 55-65 mm. F.-w. smoky brown, partially trans-

lucent, one black spot at end of cell on discocellulars. H.-w.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 83

same colour as f.-w. A blackish marginal border the inner edge

of which is deeply indented. Onthis margin seven internervular

spots of dull ochreous, that in le being doubled. <A _ sub-

marginal band of dull ochreous, narrow or obsolete at apex and

widening out so as to extend over the whole of the inner margin.

Black discal and basal spots as follows :—A discal row of eight,

the first four parallel to hind margin, and decreasing in size from

area 7 to 4, the fifth in area 3 close to cell, the sixth larger near

base of area 2, the seventh in 1c and in line with the fifth, the

eighth in 1b, in line with the sixth, one small and one large

spot on discocellulars. A subbasal spot in 7, near the first of

discal row ; two spots in cell, and a basal aggregation of confluent

black spots.

Underside, f.-w. almost devoid of scales, h.-w. as on upperside

but pale submarginal band more extensive, occupying nearly

the whole discal area. Black hind marginal border bears white

internervular spots, and the basal black encloses four sub-

triangular white spots. Thorax black with lateral and ventral

yellowish white spots. Abdomen black above, yellowish

beneath, with lateral yellowish white spots increasing in size

towards extremity. Claws unequal.

Q?. Expanse about 65mm. Resembles ¢ but paler ; the h.-w.

submarginal band reaches costa, underside uniformly dull

ochreous with spots and markings as in 6.

This curious species would appear to be somewhat rare.

It is closely allied to A. neobule, but is easily recognised by

its sombre pattern and the dull brown unicolorous f.-w.

relieved only by the blackish spot at end of cell.

The male armature is distinguished from those of its

nearest allies by the slightly different structure of the

claspers.

GROUP £V.

28. AcRAEA zeTEs. PI. VI, f. 5 (larva).

Acraea zetes, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., 10, p. 487 (1758) ;

Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 270 (1764) ; Clerck, Icones. Ins., 2, pl. 43,

f. 1 (1764) ; Karsch (Acraea), Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p.195, 198

(1893) ; Aurivillius (metam.), Ent. Tidschr., 14, p. 275, pl. 4,

f. 4, 4b (1893); Rhop. Aeth., p. 90 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 185 (1903) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66

(1910); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).

f. menippe, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, pl. 138, f. 3, 4 (1782) ;

Stoll, Cramer Suppl. p. 131, pl. 28, f. 1, 1a (1790); Herbst,

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 11, pL 81, f. 4, 5 (1792); Butler (A.

egina), Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 46 (1902).

= mycenaea, Hiibner, Verz., p. 27 (1816).

= zethea, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 286 (1819).

= zethes, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885).

S. Leone; AsHanti; Toco ; CamMERoon ; GaBoon, NIGERIA ;

Conco (Kassai to Albert Nyanza); Barots—ELAND; UGANDA

(Entebbe, Kangasi, Unyoro, Sesse I.).

f. jalema, Godart, Ene. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819); Aurivillius, Ann.

Mus. Genov., p. 16 (1910).

S. THomé; Nigeria; Gasoon; Ucanpa (Unyoro, Entebbe,

Pt. Alice, Nandi); RHopEsIA.

A. zetes acara, subsp. Pl. VIII, f. 2.

Hewitson (A. acara), Exot. Butt., pl. 3, f. 19, 20 (1865);

Trimen (zetes), Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 99 (1862); Trans.

Linn. Soc., p. 517, pl. 42, f. 8,9 (1869); S. Af. Butt., 1,

p. 160, pl. 1, f. 1, la (metam.), (1887); Monteiro, Del. Bay,

p- 201 (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898) ;

Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 504 (1902); Rogers, Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1908) ; Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Expedition,

p. 3 (1910) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66, pl. 6 (1910).

f. mhondana, Suffert, Iris., p. 20 (1904).

Natat; Detacoa Bay ; TRANSVAAL; RHODESIA; NYASSALAND;

GERMAN E. Arrica; Pemba I.; British E. AFRICA; UGANDA ;

Wuaitr NILE.

f. caffra, Felder, Reise Novara. Lep., p. 369, pl. 46, f. 10, 11

(1865) ; Eltringham (acara), Af. Mim. Butt., pl. 6, f. 3 (1910).

= tescea, Suffert, Ivis., p. 20 (1904).

» BaroOrsELAND ; TRANSVAAL; Navat (and occasionally in other

acara localities).

A. zetes barberi, subsp.

Trimen (A. barberi), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 433 (1881); 8. Af,

Butt., 1, p. 162, pl. 3, f. 1, 1a (1887).

ab. trimeni, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898).

TRANSVAAL; W. GRIQUALAND.

A. zetes sidamona, subsp.

Rothschild & Jordan, Novit. Zool., 12, p. 179 (1905).

ABYSSINIA (Sidama).

A. zetes, f. menippe.

g. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w. brownish black, darker at base,

costa, apex, and hind margin. A more or less distinct sub-

marginal row of reddish orange spots, very small or obsolete

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 85

at apex and increasing in size towards hind angle. Black spots

(obscured by ground-colour) as follows. In cell one small spot

at base (usually almost lost in basal suffusion), a larger subbasal

spot, a still larger transverse spot between the latter and end of

cell, and a transverse spot on the discocellulars. A transverse

discal band of Jarge confluent spots from costa almost to nervule

3, the area between this and apical black distinctly paler and

in many cases white or yellowish. In area 2 a large spot below

origin of nervule 3. Below this, in area 1b but nearer margin,

a large reniform spot. Near base of same area and close to

median, a small spot. Areas la, 1b, and 2 usually with a slight

central red suffusion.

H.-w. vermilion red. A heavy black basal suffusion reaching

nearly to end of cell, and a black marginal border about 3 mm.

wide, (its inner edge not very sharply defined,) and bearing

seven small internervular spots of the ground-colour. Black

spots as on underside, those nearer base being lost in the basal

suffusion.

Underside. F.-w. Basal and discal portion dull pink. Costa

dull ochreous, black at base, and with a minute black subbasal

spot. A slight black suffusion at base of area la,and 1b. Other

spots as on upperside. Apical and hind marginal black largely

displaced by orange ochreous internervular spots which are

larger and more distinct than on upperside. H.-w. dull creamy

ochreous, the black marginal border more sharply defined,

bearing seven subtriangular spots of the ground-colour (that in

le doubled) and bordered on its inner edge by seven corre-

sponding red spots. Nine discal black spots those in 7, 6, 5, 4,

and 3 roughly parallel to margin, one at origin of 5, one in 2

between 2 and median, one in lc, rather nearer margin, and one

in 1b, on a level with that in 2. A small spot in 8 above

precostal. A black basal patch of confluent spots bordered

outwardly with rose pink and enclosing six pale ochreous mark-

ings, one in 7, twoin cell, and one in Ie, 1b, and la respectively.

Area 9 and basal part of 8 rose pink.

Head black with a white spot between the eyes. Thorax black

with whitish lateral spots more numerous beneath. Basal half

of abdomen black, remainder deep orange, with a terminal

fringe of black hairs. Claws unequal.

?. Expanse 80-95 mm. F.-w. varying from dull reddish to

brownish grey. Spots as in ¢ but much less distinct, and apical

and hind marginal black paler and more suffused. An oblique

subapical white bar from near costa to nervule 4. H.-w. dull

reddish brown, with blackish marginal border bearing spots of

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

ground-colour larger than in male. Discal spots as in male, but

basal black suffusion wanting. Underside rather sparsely scaled

but otherwise as in male though paler. Abdomen brown, paler

beneath.

I have described the menippe form at length because it

much the commonest typically western form. True

zetes agreeing with Clerck’s original figure has the f.-w. all

brown black without submarginal spots and with just a

trace of whitish subapical spots. The paler areas of under-

side are almost white.

A. zetes f. jalema.

This form is intermediate in pattern between zetes and acara.

It has the red f.-w. of the latter but much suffused with black.

The apex is usually also blackish, and the white spots just

beyond the discal black are still present.

A. zetes acara, subsp.

¢. Expanse 80-85 mm. Wings bright red with black spots as

in zetes. F,-w. has the apex only narrowly black. The subapical

area is deep orange, and the hind marginal border bears large

spots of the same colour, leaving the black only as heavy

internervular arches gradually decreasing towards apex. H.-w.

marginal border 4 mm. wide, the internervular spots very

faintly visible. Basal black extending barely half the length of

cell. Discal area frequently suffused with white (= caffra and

tesced).

Underside, f.-w. dull pink, black spots as in zetes. Subapical

area pinkish white. Area 6 with a suffused orange streak,

beneath which is a marginal row of well-marked internervular

orange spots bordered inwardly with black, and interstitially with

bluish grey. H.-w. almost white. The spots on marginal and

basal area are white. Fringes of both wings tipped with white

between the nervules. Thorax and abdomen as in zetes.

Q. Expanse 80-90 mm. Wings pale pinkish brown, spotted

asin male. F.-w. Subapical area pale dull ochreous. Under-

side f.-w. from base to about middle of wing very sparsely scaled.

Subapical area creamy white with internervular orange markings.

H.-w. white with marginal black bearing white spots and edged

inwardly with orange spots. Basal black having white spots and

edged outwardly with pink.

f. mhondana.

In this form the f.-w. apical black joins the end of cell, a

common variation which may be observed in almost any series.

ln aes ema

Te es Oe le. ae a ee a

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 87

f. caffra.

This form is merely acaia with a white discal suffusion in the

h.-w.

f. barberi.

This form was described by Trimen as a separate species but it

cannot be separated from acara. In the ¢ the f.-w. apical

yellow is less distinct from the ground-colour and the black spots

aresmaller. The 9 has the f.-w. semitransparent and the basal

black is almost obsolete. The h.-w. hind marginal black is

almost absent.

In the example named ab. ¢rimeni by Aurivillius the

apical yellow is more pronounced, and the f.-w. hind mar-

ginal black is almost absent. Aurivillius includes under this

an example from Rehoboth (German W. Africa) which is now

in the Staudinger collection. If this is really barberi then

the Aypoleuca of Trimen must also be a form of zetes which

indeed is highly probable, extremely different in appear-

ance though it is. I have in fact only kept hypoleuca

separate from zetes because it is so far a unique example

and bears no locality. The example labelled barberiin the

Staudinger collection differs very little from it. (See

remarks under A. hypoleuca.)

A, zetes sidamona.

The Abyssinian subspecies is described by Messrs. Rothschild

and Jordan (J. ¢.) as standing about half way between W.

African zetes and E. African zetes acara. In f.-w. on basal side

of cellular and postcellular spot is a red mark. The middle

portion of the diseal black band nearly touches the discocellular

spot. Six isolated reddish orange submarginal spots larger

than in z. zefes. H.-w. black basal area rather more extended

than in «. acara. Underside with more red than in the other

geographical forms, h.-w. marked with white as in acara;

yellow submarginal spots all separated from dise by a broad

black border except that in area 6 which is long.

The larva and pupa of zetes are described by Aurivillius

Kb, ¢.).

The former is yellowish red, with a shining red head and a

dark transverse band in the middle of each segment. The spines

are black and arise from black shining processes. The two

dorsal spines of the first segment are somewhat elongated, the

remainder bent slightly backwards,

88 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the

My figure is from a Lagos example which agrees gener-

ally with Aurivillius’ description.

The pupa is yellowish with black nervure lines, black markings

on the head, a black band divided by two pale lines on thorax,

and fine black lines ornamented with pale spots on the abdomen.

The larva and pupa of 2. acara are described by Trimen

(ie:).

The former is ochreous yellow, each segment with a broad

purplish red transverse band. Black spines long and branched

arising from tubercles on the dark bands. The first two dorsal

spines longer than the rest, erect. Head ochreous yellow, legs

and prolegs purplish red. ‘‘ Feeds on Passiflora.” Pupa, pink-

ish white, with black neuration and limb markings. Lines of

rose pink spots in rows of wide continuous black spots. Under-

side of abdomen tinged in middle with rose pink, and two pink

dorsal spots on thorax and one at base of wings. Head ochreous

yellow.

Allowing for the fact that Trimen’s descriptions were

made from live or fresh examples, the larva and pupa of

zetes and acara may be regarded as very similar.

At the Hope Department at Oxford, examples of pupae

of z. zetes have recently been received, together with

several specimens of a dipterous parasite (Fam. Zachin-

idae), which had emerged therefrom, also a batch of small

parasitic cocoons which had been formed from a larva of

zetes. These cocoons appear to be those of a hymenop-

terous parasite but the insects had emerged and escaped.

Acraea zetes is a variable species, the subspecies acara

showing a wider range of variation than the typical

western form. Godart’s 4. jalema is intermediate between

z. zetes and z. acara. Felder’s caffra is the form of acara

having a white discal patch in the h.-w. Suftert’s tescea

differs but little from this form. Examples from Entebbe

show a distinctly mtermediate form having the ground-

colour of the f.-w. red, but lacking the orange subapical

patch characteristic of true z. acara. Neave found zefes in

the Katanga country W. of the Luapula R. and 2. acara in

the Chambesi and Luangwa valleys. On Chishi L,

L. Bangweolo the same naturalist took examples of an

interesting form, two of which are now in the Oxford col-

lection. ‘These specimens are peculiar in having the discal

spots of the h.-w. reduced to mere dots, causing them to

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 89

resemble very closely A. astvigera. Both specimens have

a slight tendency to white discal suffusion in the h.-w.

This and the f.-w. marginal black, surrounding large

orange spots in areas 1b, and 2, are the principal features

which serve to distinguish these examples from the other

species named.

A, zetes is essentially the western form whilst acara is

found in the south, east, and north-east. Godart’s jalema

is labelled Gaboon, whilst Aurivillius notes a similar speci-

men from Nyassaland. The acara subspecies also extends

to German and British E. Africa, and northwards to the

White Nile. Godart’s types (two ¢¢ and one 2) are in

the Dufresne collection at Edinburgh.

Though some examples of A. zeées approximate very

closely in appearance to typical specimens of A. astrigera,

the male armature is very distinct, showing a much closer

relationship with chilo and hypoleuca.

29..AcRAEA cHILO. PI, VIII, f. 4.

Acraea chilo, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 184, pl. 19, f. 4, 5

(1880) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898); E. M. B.

Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 369 (1898); Butler, Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898) ; Roth. & Jord., Novit. Zool., xii,

p. 179 (1905).

= rosina, Rogenhofer, Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien., 41, p. 565 (1891);

in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891).

= zetes, var. acara, Pagenstecher, Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., p. 133

(1902), (part).

= wissmanni, Weymer, Ivis., p. 223 (1903).

2 = crystallina, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 167

(1890) ; Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acraea), p. 7, pl. 3, f. 3, 4 (1892) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 89 (1898); Neave, Ent. Mo.

Mag., p. 171 (1909); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Expedition, p. 3

(1910).

©. f. hoeneli.

= A. hoeneli, Holland, Proe. U.S. Nat. Mus., 18, p. 746 (1896).

Apysstnta (Mojo R., Atschabo, Harar) ; SomMaLILAND (Sso-

Omadu, Solole, Wagga, Rugga Pass, Hankadeely, Berbera) ;

British E. Arrica (Voi R., Maziwa, Mitati, Taita, Taveta,

Mombasa, Witu) ; German E. Arrica (Kilimandjaro).

A. chilo chilo.

d. Expanse 50-70 mm. Wings rosy pink. F.-w. narrowly

black along costa. Apex and hind margin black and bearing a

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

marginal (submarginal at apex) row of seven deep orange spots.

Black spots as follows. Two in cell, and one large obliquely trans-

verse spot at end of cell on discocellulars. Midway between end

of cell and apex a confluent oblique band of four spots. A large

rounded spot in area 3, one slightly larger in area 2 touching

median and nervule 1b. Beneath this and pointing towards

hind angle an elongated slightly curved spot in area 1b. One

subbasal spot in same area and a short black longitudinal basal

streak between la and median.

H.-w. with a black basal area formed of more or less confluent

spots and extending not quite half the length of cell. In

Mombasa examples a subbasal spot in cell is usually well separ-

ated. Hind margin bordered with black about 3 mm. wide and

bearing traces of paler internervular spots. Discal spots as

follows. One in area 7, near middle. One in 6, 5, and 4, each

respectively rather nearer margin than the one above it. One in

3 near end of cell, one in 2 nearer base, one in lc nearer

margin, and one in 1b, in a line with that in 2 (often obsolete on

upperside). Usually a large spot at origin of nervule 5.

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler and sparsely scaled.

Usually a very minute black dot near base above costal. _H.-w.

creamy ochreous. Hind margin black as on upperside but

bearing seven distinct pale greenish spots, that in 1c doubled.

Base black, enclosing six pale greenish spots. Area 9, and base

of 8 rosy pink, with a black spot beyond precostal, a rose pink

suffusion in areas la, 1b, le, adjacent to basal black.

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots above, and several

beneath, basal half of abdomen black, with deep orange lateral

spots, remainder deep orange. Claws unequal.

@.Expanse 60-70mm. Wings quite transparent, suffused with

brown at base. F.-w. without spots, sometimes with a few scales

at apex. H.-w. with spots asin ¢ but much smaller, the basal

black being reduced to a spot in area 7, two in cell, and one in le,

1b, and la. Hind margin slightly scaled with blackish and bearing

seven paler internervular spots. Underside as above but with

a few rose pink scales at base in areas 9,1c, and la. Head,

thorax and abdomen dark brown, the white spots on head and

thorax more distinct than in ¢.

This seems to be the usual form in British E. Africa.

A. chilo 2. f. hoeneli.

Resembles the foregoing but the f.-w. black spots are present

though much reduced. The hind marginal orange spots are

also present but paler than in the male, whilst the h.-w. may

ee, Ot ee oy ee ee ee Tee

African Species of the Genus Acraea. of

be more or less scaled with pink, and the black spots as

large as in the male. Some examples of this form of ? are

distinctly intermediate in pattern between the entirely trans-

parent 9 and the ordinary ¢. This second form is usually

found in Somaliland.

The discovery of the identity of Grose-Smith’s A.

erystallina with the 2 A. chilo is due to my friend Mr.

S. A. Neave who came to this interesting conclusion after

studying the series of Somaliland 2 2 now in the Hope

Department. It should be noted that Grose-Smith (J. ¢.)

described his crystallina as a J. Unfortunately in this

otherwise admirable work the sexing is most unreliable.

A. chilo is very closely allied to A. zetes acara the male

armature presenting but little ditference. The % chilo is

however very constant in markings, and until I have seen

an example which shows a pattern distinctly intermediate

between it and A. zetes acara, I do not feel justified in

regarding them as one species. Acraea oscari is equally

closely allied and the advent of fuller material may cause

all three to be regarded as specifically identical.

BO. sAGRAna osceRm “Pl If €¢ 4). -Ple VEL, £.15,

Acraea oscari, Rothschild, Novit. Zool., ix, p. 595 (1902);

Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911).

ABYSSINIA (Banka, Inderatcha, Charada).

¢. Expanse 60-70 mm. Wings dull red. F.-w. dusted

with black along costa, basal black extending shortly into cell

and rather further below median. A minute black spot on costa

near base. Hind margin broadly black bearing seven sub-

marginal dull orange-ochreous internervular spots. Large

black spots as follows :—one subbasal and one median spot in

cell, and one oblique transverse spot at end of cell on dis-

cocellulars. About midway between end of cell and apex an

oblique transverse bar of confluent spots from costa to nervule 4.

Below this and nearer end of cell a spot in area 3. In area 2

a spot, touching median and nervules 2 and 1b. In area 1b one

submarginal and one subbasal spot, and between these, in area la,

a median inner marginal spot. H.-w. with more or less con-

fluent basal spots and a broad black hind margin bearing seven

small whitish spots, that in Ic doubled. Discal area more or

less suffused with whitish, and bearing black spots as follows :—

In area 7 a subbasal and a median spot, followed by three in

92 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

6, 5, and 4, each progressively nearer to margin, one in

area 3 rather more basally placed, a large spot in 2, touching

median and nervules 2 and Ic. One spot in Ic, and one in 1b.

Two spots obliquely placed on discocellulars, the upper one

sometimes very small.

Underside, f.-w. as above but rather duller and the subapical

area pinkish. H.-w. as above but discal area pinkish with red

on inner margin, and along inner edge of hind marginal border ;

the latter bearing white spots larger than on the upperside.

Black basal area bearing about four white spots, Areas 9 and 8

red, with a small black spot beyond precostal.

Head, thorax and abdomen black, the latter with white lateral

spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 84 mm. Upperside resembles that of male

but the ground-colour is brownish white (inclined to red-

dish in distal part of h.-w.), and the f.-w. submarginal spots

are much paler yellow. Underside as in ¢ but ground-colour

brownish white, base of f.-w. suffused with reddish, inner edge

of h.-w. marginal black bordered with reddish ochreous; areas 9,

8, 1b, and 1a dull red.

This curious Acraca has the appearance of a very heavily

marked and spotted example of A. chilo, but the wings are

much more rounded. It is very closely allied to both chilo

and zetes acara, indeed I am not quite satisfied that it is

specifically distinct. ‘The male armature is very similar to

those of the two species named. A. oscari was described

from Banka Malo, Abyssinia. Those in the National

collection are from the Inderatcha and Charada Forests.

(Katfa.)

31. AcrazA HyPoLEUcA. PI, VIII, f. 3.

Acraea hypoleuca, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 2, pl. 1, f. 1

(1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898).

GERMAN S.W. Arrica (Rehoboth).

dg. Expanse 60 mm. Wings orange ochreous. F.-w. costa very

narrowly black. Subapical area somewhat paler than ground-

colour. Hind margin very narrowly black and bearing a band

of eight deep yellow spots, widest at apex and becoming very nar-

row at hindangle. This band of spots bordered inwardly with a

narrow black suffusion. Black spots as follows. A minute and

indistinct subbasal spot in cell followed by a large transverse

spot, and another on discocellulars. About midway between end

of cell and apex an oblique transverse band of five confluent

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 93

rather small spots, the last almost separated. Beneath this but

further from margin a spot in area 3. In area 2 a larger spot

just below origin of nervule 3. In area 1b a reniform sub-

marginal spot and a much smaller subbasal spot.

H.-w. very slightly suffused with black at base. Hind margin

with a black border 2 mm. wide, bearing seven whitish inter-

nervular spots, that in le doubled. _Discal spots, one in area 7

near middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5 still nearer margin,

one in 4 immediately beneath that in 5, one in 3 further from

margin, one in 2 just beneath origin of nervule 3, and one in le

nearer margin. An elongate transverse spot in cell and one at

origin of nervule 5. A minute dot (in left wing only) below

origin of nervule 6.

Underside. F.-w. as above but with subapical area creamy white.

H.-w. creamy white with black spots as on upperside, and, in

addition, basal and subbasal spots, one in area 8, one in 7, one in

cell, and one each in 1c, 1b, and 1a.

Head and thorax black with pale spots. Basal part of

abdomen blackish, remainder brownish yellow. Claws unequal.

The type, from which the above description is taken,

stillremains a unique example. ‘Though closely allied to

A, chilo, it has the appearance of being quite distinct from

that species. Unfortunately no locality is marked on the

label attached to the specimen, all the information there

given being, “Coll. Watson, 1871.” I think there is no

doubt that the specimen was taken in Africa. There is

in the Staudinger collection a specimen labelled A. barbert.

This example is intermediate between Trimen’s A. barbert

f and hypoleuca,and differs from the latter in the following

points. There is a slight black basal suffusion, the black

spots are larger, on the h.-w. underside the base is black

enclosing white spots, and there are a few red internervular

marks. I have carefully compared the specimen both with

barbert and hypoleuca, and there is no doubt that it forms

an almost perfect intermediate between them, with perhaps

a somewhat stronger tendency towards the latter. This

example was taken at Rehoboth in German §.W. Africa.

It is most unfortunate that we are ignorant of the locality

of hypoleuca. With the very small material at present at

our disposal I consider it advisable to allow this form to

remain separate, but at the same time I regard the specific

distinction between hypolewca, and zetes as very doubtful

in spite of the great difference between the typical patterns.

4, Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

GROUP V.

32. ACRAEA ANEMOSA. PI. VIII, f.6. Pl. XVI, f. 18.

Acraea anemosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 14, 15

(1865); Trimen, 8S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 157 (1887) ; Rogenhofer,

Verh. d. k. k. z b. Ges. Wien., 42, p. 574 (9 abd., f. 2)

(1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898); Butler,

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 54 (1898); Uc, p. 192 (1898); lc,

p. 401 (1898); Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 413 (1902) ;

Dixey, Proc. Ent. Soc., p. ii (1906) ; Longstaff, Proc. Ent.

Soc., p. xii (1906); Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1908) ;

Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 12 (1910) ; Fountaine (metam.),

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 60, pl. 10, f. 16a, 16b (1911).

DAMARALAND; KHaAma’s CountTRY; TRANSVAAL; SWAZI-

LAND; ZAMBESI R. (Victoria Falls); RaopEsta ; PoRTUGUESE

EK. Arrica; GERMAN E. Arrica; British E. Arrica.

f. arcticincta, Butler (A. arcticincta), Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 12,

p. 103 (1883) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 658 (1893); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898).

= anemosa, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885).

(Appears not to be confined to any particular locality.)

f. interrupta, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 301 (1908).

UGANDA.

f. mosana, Suffert, [vis., p. 20 (1904).

(No loc.)

. dubiosa, Suffert, 1. e.

GERMAN E. Arrica (Tanga); Bririsa E. Arrica (Mombasa),

f. wfipana, Strand, Mitt. d. Zool. Mus., Berl., p. 279 (1911).

GrRMAN E. Arrica (Mwera); Ruopesta (Alala Plateau).

Lar)

f. wrungensis, Strand, l. ¢., 1911.

GERMAN E. Arrica (Kitunguln).

A, anemosa anemosa.

¢. Expanse 60-70 mm. F.-w. deep yellow to orange. Costa

narrowly black. Hind margin black about 4 mm. wide at apex

rapidly narrowing to a thin black line which reaches the hind |

angle. At base a black patch having a variably shaped but

usually well-defined outline, extending into cell as far as origin

of nervule 2, usually about the same distance into area 1b, but

never into area 2. At end of cell on discocellulars a linear .

black spot of variable width (sometimes absent). Beyond cell

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 95

an oblique transverse bar of coalescent black spots extending

from costa to nervule 4, followed by a spot in area 3, which

may be very minute or so large as to be confluent with those

above it. In area 2, a little beyond origin of nervule 3, a spot

of very variable size (sometimes absent). In 1b immediately

below this there may be another spot. (In examples from

Mombasa these two spots are nearly always large and well

developed.)

H.-w. brick red. A fairly well-defined basal black patch,

extending to nearly half the length of cell, A hind-marginal

black border of very variable width (4 to 10 mm.) the inner

edge of which may be well defined or much suffused. Rarely

seven minute whitish submarginal dots. In one or two examples

before me there are a few minute discal spots, visible only on

the upperside, their position being the same as in A. astrigera.

Underside. F.-w. Black markings as on upperside. Ground-

colour a little paler. The subapical area with a considerable

powdering of white scales. H.-w. Black markings as on upper-

side. Marginal band bears seven small white spots, that in

area le being doubled. In area 1b close to inner margin a

narrow white streak. (Sometimes also in la.) Basal black

patch bears about eight or nine white spots. Discal area pale

pink bordered with darker pink basally, distally, and at inner

margin, (Along the inner edge of the black, hind-marginal

border this dark pink nearly always forms a more continuous

band than in A. welwitschii.) Thorax black with white spots

above and below, abdomen black shading to deep ochreous

towards extremity, brown to ochreous beneath, and bearing

white lateral spots. Claws unequal.

9. 65-70 mm. Ground-colour above and below duller than in

¢ and h.-w. sometimes dusky brown. Abdomen usually blacker.

Other features as in ¢ and with about same range of variation.

A, anemosa f. arcticincta, Butl.

A form with an unusually narrow h.-w. hind-marginal

border.

A, anemosa f. interrupta, Thur.

The reddish yellow ground-colour extends into cell as a

narrow wedge-shaped spot in the black basal area of the f.-w.

from the subcostal towards the median, so that an elongated

quadrate spot about 2 mm. broad is thereby produced. (1

Uganda.)

A. anemosa f, mosana, Sut.

Discal spots absent in f.-w. (1 ¢ in Berl. Mus.)

96 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. anemosa f. dubiosa, Suff.

Five minute discal spots in h.-w. The author seems to suggest

that this may be a hybrid between anemosa and astrigera. Of

this I do not think there is any evidence. Three examples

before me (from Mombasa) agree with Suffert’s description.

The ¢ armatureis in no respect different from that of anemosa.

A. anemosa f. wfipana, Strand.

H.-w. border narrow as in arcticincta. A central transverse

band of three black spots in f.-w. The first on discocellulars,

the second beyond it in area 2, the third in 1b. In area 3

beyond the discal spot, a round black spot the same size as

those in 1b, and 2. The black basal area of f.-w. reaches the

middle of cell and is 9 mm. long. No white spots on h.-w.

border.

There is a similar example in the Oxford Museum from the

Alala Plateau.

A. anemosa f. wrungensis.

Resembles f. interrwpta, Thur., but the f.-w basal black is

much reduced, somewhat as in welwitschii, Rogenhofer, forming

a blackish streak in the upper half of cell. The h.-w. basal

black is also reduced. The discocellulars only indistinctly

dusted with black. At inner edge of marginal border of the

h.-w. underside there are seven or eight white spots enclosed

by crescentic red spots. This example is scarcely separable

from the 2 of A. welwitschii lobemba.

The early stages of anemosa anemosa are thus described

by Miss Fountaine (J. ¢.)—

“This very handsome, extremely active little larva,

occurred very commonly at Macequece, on almost every

available piece of its food-plant, a creeper, identified at

the Board of Agriculture at Pretoria as (most probably)

Modecca abyssinica. I first discovered it, in the usual way,

by watching a 2 laying eggs; these are laid in batches of

various sizes, some with about ten eggs together, others

having as many as twenty-five or even more. The larva

is very easy to rear, and feeds up very rapidly, and it

remains only about eight days in pupa; but where the

difficulty comes in, is that the supply of its food-plant

should meet the demand, as it is a dark-coloured very

inconspicuous little creeper, most difficult to find, and

when a piece is discovered it is generally already sustain-

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 97

ing two or three more larvae of the same species. !n

colour it is a bright shiny red-russet shaded into deep

yellow at the extremities, the spines are long, furry and

black. The pupa is dingy white in ground-colour, the

wing case the same, but heavily outlined and veined in

black, the rows of abdominal spots are deep orange, very

heavily surrounded with black.”

The species extends right across Africa from Damara-

land to Delagoa Bay and thence northwards to British

EK. Africa. It has been noted by both Dixey and Marshall

as having an unpleasant smell. Though distinct from

A, astrigera it is so closely allied to A. welwitschii that it

is somewhat doubtful whether each should be accorded

specific rank. There is a slight difference in the structure

of the respective genital plates. I have however seen

specimens of anemosa 2 which could not with certainty

be distinguished by colour and pattern from some $9 of

welwitschii lobemba. The form wurungensis has this

appearance.

33. ACRAEA WELWITscHII. Pl. VIII, f. 7.

Acraea welwitschii, Rogenhofer, Verh. Ges. Wien, 42, p. 573-4,

f.1 (2 abd.) (1892); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91, f. 10 (?)

(1898).

=anemosa, var. Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, p.(17) (189),

(1879)*

AnGoua (Loanda, Ceramba, Bange Ngola, Bumba).

A, welwitschii alboradiata, subsp.

= A. anemosa, ab., Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 91 (1898) ;

Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 158 (1887); Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 28 (1894).

Victoria Fats.

A. welwitschii lobemba, subsp. n.

= A. welwitschii, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 2

(1910).

L. BaNnGwEOLO; LuataBa R.

A, welwitschii welwitschii. Pl. I, f.4(¢), f£.5 (9).

6- Expanse 50-64 mm. F.-w. bright red. A basal black

patch of somewhat irregular outline, extending about half the

length of cell and thence to inner margin, not encroaching upon

area 2. Costa dusted with black, A hind-marginal band of

* I have examined the example described by Dewitz, and it agrees

with the typical 9 of welwitschii.

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) H

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

black 4 to 6 mm. wide at apex and tapering to nothing at hind

angle, its inner edge not sharply defined and tending to brownish,

sometimes with red scales on the internervular folds. A little

beyond cell an oblique discal bar of black, widest at costa and

extending to nervure 4, followed by a small round spot in area 3.

Below nervule 3 and a little beyond its origin, a rounded spot

(sometimes absent). At end of cell on discocellulars an oblique

transverse black spot. H.-w. with a broad inwardly suffused black

hind-marginal border reaching nearly to the cell. Base suffused

with black extending to half the length of cell. Discal area white,

areas 7 and 6,and 1b at anal angle suffused with pink, sometimes

a slight powdering of the same colour in 4 and 5, at outer edge

of white. In some examples a faint discal row of greyish spots

in 7, 6,5, and 4 (gradually lost in marginal border). Fringes

of both wings black touched with white between the nervules.

Underside. F.-w. deep pink, the subapical area powdered with

greyish white, and,marked on the internervular rays with orange

ochreous. Apical black much reduced, remaining black mark-

ings as on upperside, a minute white subbasal spot above costal

nervure. H.-w. Black basal and marginal areas as on upperside

but sharply defined. Discal area milk white bordered basally

and distally with internervular red markings. Basal black

bears eight or nine white spots, and on marginal black is a row

of seven minute white spots, that in le doubled. A submarginal

white line in 1b, and sometimes also in la.

Thorax black with two or three white spots above and many

below. Abdomen black at base shading into orange ochreous

at extremity, and laterally spotted with white. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 55-60 mm. F.-w. dull ochreous. Black mark-

ings asin ¢. Sometimes a powdering of white at costa in sub-

apical region. Basal black tends to be reduced between median

and inner margin. H.-w. suffused with black at base extending

to about one-third the length of cell. A broad hind-marginal black

border more clearly defined than in g¢ and sometimes showing

extremely minute internervular whitish dots. Remainder of

wing dull ochreous with a central white suffusion from nervule 7

to inner margin.

Underside. F.-w. paler ochreous. A minute white spot near

base above costa. Subapical area milk white, with internervular

ochreous markings. Apical black much reduced. H.-w. as on

upperside, but whole discal area creamy white bordered basally

and distally with red. Basal black bears white spots and hind-

marginal black border bears larger white spots than in the male,

and between it and the red margin of the discal area are inter-

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 99

nervular crescentic spots of the ground-colour, Fringes of both

wings spotted with white asin ¢. Thorax black, spotted with

ochreous above and white below. Abdomen ochreous with lateral

white spots.

A. welwitschii alboradiata, subsp.

¢. Expanse 58-60 mm. F.-w. deep pink. A black basal

suffusion extending about one-third the length of cell and not

reaching origin of nervule 2. Costa black. A black apical

and hind-marginal border narrower at apex than in welwitschii

and very narrow along margin, its inner edge rather clearly

defined. At end of cell on discocellulars a transverse linear

spot (sometimes absent). A little beyond cell a band of ‘black,

broadest at costa and ending at nervule 4. Subapical area

suffused with white and marked between nervules with orange

ochreous. Occasionally a black spot in 3 just below discal band,

and a second in 2 a little further from margin. Very rarely a

spot in 1b almost directly under that in 2. H.-w. white with

a broad well-defined black border and a small black basal

suffusion. Area 7 and distal portions of 6, 5, and 4 suffused

with pink, the same colour sometimes extending along inner

edge of black border even as far as inner margin.

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but ground-colour paler. A

minute white dot near base above costa. H.-w. as on upperside,

but pink only at basal and distal edges of white area, Basal

and marginal black with white spots as in welwitschii, but those

on border larger than in type form. Thorax and abdomen as in

welwitschit.

9. Resembles ¢ but generally somewhat larger.

A. welwitschii lobemba, subsp.

g¢. Expanse 56-70 mm. Wings deep cherry red. F.-w.

with a sooty black basal suffusion extending in cell to origin

of nervule 2, and thence to inner margin, costa black, Hind

margin broadly black at apex gradually narrowing to hind

angle. A little beyond cell, an oblique discal band of black

broadest at costa and ending at nervule 4, followed by, and

sometimes confluent with, a rounded spot in 3. Below nervule

3 and just beyond its origin a rounded spot. In area 1b about

6 mm. from margin a crescentic spot followed by a double spot

nearer margin. (These last may be absent.)

H.-w. with black basal suffusion extending to half the length

of cell and bearing numerous white hairs. A broad black hind-

marginal border, rarely bearing minute white internervular

spots. :

H 2

100 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside. F.-w. Rose pink. A minute white dot near base

above costal. Black markings as on upperside but apical and

marginal border much reduced. Subapical area bluish white

with elongated triangular internervular orange marks. H.-w.

Basal black very sharply defined and spotted with white as in

previous forms. Broad black marginal border with medium-

sized internervular white spots, a white submarginal streak in

1b, and la. Discal area pinkish white bordered basally and

distally with red internervular marks. Fringes in both wings

spotted with white. Thorax sooty black with two or four white

spots above and many below. Abdomen black above, to near

extremity, remainder deep orange.

Q. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. brownish ochreous, and _ basal

black much reduced in areas la and 1b, hind-marginal border

much narrower. H.-w. rather duller than in ¢. Underside

with ground-colour of apical area of f.-w., and discal area of

h.-w., creamy white. H.-w. hind margin spots creamy white

and larger. Abdomen, and in some cases thorax, reddish ochreous,

Dorsal thoracic spots more conspicuous.

Some 9 examples are much paler and lack the discal spots

in f.-w. An example of this kind before me is almost indis-

tinguishable from some specimens of A. anemosa.

That welwitschii and anemosa are really different species

seems to me extremely doubtful. Series of prepara-

tions of the genitalia show that, allowing for a narrow

limit of individual variation, there is little or no constant

difference. In the @ genital plate there is a small but

noticeable difference, those of welwitschii and alboradiata

being alike and differing slightly from that of anemosa.

With our present conception of species-formation it is

inevitable that we should occasionally find forms which

are so near to the line of specific distinction that we

cannot say with certainty, on which side they he. Mean-

while I have kept anemosa separate from welwitschii, though

it matters little whether we regard them as specifically

distinct or not.

A single f from Angollo (Angola) in the Tring collec-

tion is intermediate between welwitschtt and alboradiata

and has a white mark in area 1b of f.-w.

Neither Aurivillius’ description nor figure of welwitschir

quite agrees with the original reference of Rogenhofer.

That author describes the 9, and I have been fortunate

enough to obtain a cotype from amongst the Felder

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 101

/ 5

specimens at Tring. With it is one 2 and four ff

from the same locality, and these specimens are as here

described. All have white patches on the h.-w., and

in this respect, as also in the ground-colour, they differ

from the examples described ~-by Neave. The latter

I must therefore regard as a subspecies of typical wel-

witschit. Aurivillius’ figure agrees more nearly with this

form than with the type. So far as I am aware the

typical f is here described for the first time. Rogenhofer,

in order to distinguish between his species and anemosa

gives text figures of the female “seal” of each species

and points out certain differences. This peculiar structure

is not however reliable for the discovery of minute differ-

ences. I have placed a female of each form under the

microscope, in such a position that the extremity of each

abdomen could be clearly seen in the field at the same

time, and in this case the two structures appeared to be

identical as indeed we should expect when the male organs

are so very similar.

The type form of welwitschii is known to me only

from Angola, those before me bearing the labels Loanda,

Ceramba, Bange Ngola, and Bumba. The subspecies

alboradiata appears to occur only in the neighbourhood

of the Victoria Falls on the Zambesi. The specimen -

described by Trimen as a variety of anemosa, is labelled

Damaraland, and as a strip of the northern part of that

province almost reaches the neighbourhood of the Falls,

the example may have been taken in that region. The sub-

species lobemba was taken in large numbers by Neave in

the region of L. Bangweolo, and a few examples as

far W. as the Lualaba River.

34, ACRAEA PSEUDOLYCIA. P]. VIII, f. 8.

Acraea pseudolycia, Butler, Cist. Ent., 1, p. 213 (1874); Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 658 (1893) ; Aurivillius (A. zetes, var.), Rhop.

Aeth., p. 91 (1898); Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p.

151 (1911).

ANGoLA (Pungo Andongo, Canhoca).

f. astrigera, Butler (A. astrigera), Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 421, pl. 25,

f. 5 (1899) ; Suffert, Iris., p. 23 (1904) ; Neave, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 12 (1910).

Barns E. Arrica (Machakos, Campi-y-Simba, Ft. Hall,

Kenya); Ruopesta (near L. Young); German EF. Arrica

(Mpwapwa, Usambara, Mhonda, Uhehe, Ugogo, Rukwa).

102 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

9 f. emini, Weymer, Iris., p. 221, pl. 2, f. 2 (1903); Suffert,

Iris., p. 23 (1904) ; Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151

(1911).

GerMAN E. Arrica (Mhonda, Ugogo).

f. brunnea, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911).

GeRMAN E., Arrica (Rukwa Steppe, Masindi); Britisn EK,

Arnica (Kitui) ; UGanpa (Unyoro, Entebbe); N.E. RHopEsIA

(Awemba); Ancona (Makweta, Guimbungo, Pungo Andongo).

A. pseudolycia pseudolycia, P11, f.5( 4).

Expanse about 74 mm. F,-w. white. Base suffused with

black, costa powdered with blackish. Apex rather broadly black,

and hind margin deeply suffused with sepia. There is a sub-

marginal row of rather ill-defined deep ochreous spots. Black

spots as follows :—One in cell near base, one, Jarge, in cell over

origin of nervule 2, an irregular patch of black beyond cell,

partly confluent with a spot on discocellulars. A spot near

base of area 2, a subbasal and a submarginal in 1b, and a central

spot in la.

H.-w. white with some black at base, enclosing a white spot

near base of cell. A discal row of black spots in 7, 6, 5, 4, and

3, and a spot in 2 near origin of nervule 3. A broad black

marginal border edentate on the nervules, and inwardly edged

with deep ochreous, and bearing white internervular dots,

Underside resembles the upper, but in f.-w. there is less dark

marginal suffusion, and in the h.-w. the basal black encloses six

or seven white spots, and there is an additional black spot in

1b. The white spots in the border are larger.

Head and thorax black with white spots. Abdomen black at

base, remainder ochreous, and bears white lateral spots. Claws

unequal,

Q. Resembles ¢ but wings are more rounded.

A. pseudolycia astrigera. Pl. 1, f.1(¢), f. 10( 2).

6. Expanse 55-70 mm. Wings rosy red (liable to vary

much in intensity), F.-w. with a black basal suffusion. Costa

narrowly black. A black hind-marginal border moderately

wide at apex and very narrow from nervule 4 to hind angle.

Black spots as follows :—In cell, one near base (often obscured),

one a little beyond middle, and a linear spot at end on

discocellulars. One in 1b near base (often absent or obscured

by the basal black) and one near margin, sometimes followed by

an indistinct submarginal spot. One in 2 close to median,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 103

and one in 3, above which, and a little beyond cell is a trans-

verse patch widening towards and joining with the costal black.

The subapical area between this patch and the apex is deep

orange, this colour extending to the hind angle.

H.-w. with black basal patch extending to about middle of

cell and a black marginal border about 3 mm. wide, bearing

seven minute white dots (sometimes very indistinct). A discal

row of small black spots, very variable in number and size, when

all present one in each internervular space. (These spots are

more distinct on underside.)

Underside. F.-w. rosy pink, spots as on upperside, with an

additional minute dot near base above costal, preceded by a white

dot at base, and in some specimens an extra black spot at base of

cell. The separation of the basal black into spots distinguishes

this species from anemosa. The deep orange subapical area

powdered with white which divides the yellow ground-colour

into more or less triangular spots. H.-w. with a sharply defined

black basal patch edged with red and bearing at least six white

spots, two in cell, one in la, 1b, le, and 7. Black margin as on

upperside but with larger white spots (that in 1c doubled),

and inner edge bordered with red internervular marks, Discal

black spots, when all present, as follows :—One in 7, 6, 5, and

4, roughly parallel to margin, one in 3 rather nearer base, one

in 2, close to median, one in 1c on a level with that in 3 (usually

doubled), one in 1b nearer base, and one in la often joined to

basal black.

Fringes, especially in h.-w., marked with white between

nervules. Thorax black with four white spots above and about

eight below. Basal portion of abdomen black, remainder deep

orange, and having white or whitish lateral spots.

Q. Expanse 57-70 mm. Wings usually rather more

rounded than in ¢, and margin of h.-w. tending to be

somewhat serrated. Ground-colour variable but paler and

much duller than in g. Basal black often very faint on upper-

side, discal spots of h.-w. usually larger than in g, though

sometimes only showing through from underside. Underside

f.-w. pale yellowish pink, the white subapical powdering more

accentuated than in ¢. Discal portion of h.-w. creamy white.

Distal portion of abdomen dull ochreous instead of orange.

A, pseudolycia 9, f. emini. Pl. I, f. 2.

Differs from the astrigera form in its usually larger size, and in

the great reduction or absence of dark basal suffusion especially

in the f-w, The outer edge of h.-w, has the appearance of being

104 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

serrated though this is largely due to the depth of the white

internervular fringes. The discal spots of h.-w. are well

developed and the ground-colour tends to invade the marginal

black along the nervules.

A. astrigera, f. brunnea, Pl. I, f. 4(¢), £3 (9).

The rosy red and orange of the astrigera form is here replaced

by dull brownish ochreous, and the two sexes are alike in colour,

In Angola examples there is sometimes a more or less distinct

white subapical bar on the upperside of the f.-w. The f.-w.

apical and hind-marginal black may be broader, suffused, and

bear marginal yellowish marks. H.-w. discal spots often larger

than in typical form.

It is not without much consideration that I have arrived

at the conclusions embodied in the above synonymy.

Isolated examples of the different forms would provide

comparatively little evidence of specific identity, but I have

been fortunate enough to secure from various sources a

fine series numbering between thirty and forty examples,

the localities ranging from German E. Africa to Angola.

There are males and females of each fourm (except f. eminz),

and a series of preparations of the genitalia shows no

differences of structure. Weymer assumed that his Acraca

emint was a g, though owing to the imperfection of the

specimen he was unable definitely to decide. It is larger,

a little brighter in colour than the ordinary 9 of the form

astrigera, and has more rounded wings, but cannot be

specifically separated. Moreover I have before me a ¢

which agrees precisely in shape, depth of colour, and in

every detail of pattern with Weymer's description and

figure of Acraea emini. This specimen is accompanied

by two ¢ f which, except for a slight difference in depth

of tint of the ground- -colour, agree precisely with astrigera.

Suffert, on the assumption that Weymer’s specimen was

a male, recorded (/. c.) an example of the female which he

eeeaned as very similar to the supposed male. From

these facts I conclude that Weymer’s A. emini is a female,

and further that it isa 2 form of psewdolycia astrigera.

An examination of the dates borne by examples before

me shows that the different forms are not seasonal. ‘The

geographical distribution is somewhat peculiar. The

red and orange form seems only to occur at the eastern

end of the ranzve of the species, but it is accompanied

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 105

by the form brunnea and by intermediates. The white

or typical form appears only to occur in Angola, but is

there accompanied by the brwnnea form and by inter-

mediates. Thus strictly speaking astrigera is a subspecies

in relation to the typical pseudolycia whilst brunnea is a

form of both.

The male genital armature of all these forms is the

same, but differs from that of anemosa and welwitschit.

35. ACRAEA TURNA. PI. VIII, f. 9.

Acraea turnu, Mabille, Pet. Nouv. Ent., 2, p. 158 (1877);

Husts Nat. Mad.-Lep., 1,.p//99, pl: 12,.f.(8,-9, (1885-7) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898).

f. marmorata, Smith & Kirby (A. marmorata), Rhop. Exot.,

19 (Acraea), p. 9, pl. 3, f. 7, 8 (1892); Aurivillius,

Voeltzkow Exp., p. 315 (1909).

Mapaaascar (Morondaya, Tulear, Mahobo).

¢d. Expanse about 60 mm. Wings creamy white with sepia

black spots and markings. F.-w. base suffused with sepia

extending to two-thirds the length of cell, slightly into area 2,

in upper part of 1b nearly to middle, and slightly less in la.

Costa dusted with sepia. An apical and hind-marginal border

about 5 mm. wide at apex narrowing to about 2 mm. along

margin to hind angle and bearing ochreous internervular spots.

A small spot in cell rather before middle followed by a larger

obliquely transverse spot, and usually a black mark on disco-

cellulars. Beyond the cell a discal band of spots, wide at costa,

becoming narrower posteriorly, and ending (in area 3) in a

large rounded spot. A large spot in 2 close to median. A sub-

marginal and a subbasal spot in lb. H.-w. with a slight basal

swfusion and a hind-marginal border about 4 mm. wide, the

inner edge of which is rather indistinctly detined but with a

marked indentation of the ground-colour in area 4. On this

border and close to margin is a row of seven minute inter-

nervular white spots. Margin slightly serrated and fringes

spotted with white. A discal row of eight spots, the first four

(in 7, 6, 5, 4) lie almost in a straight line from middle of costa

to middle of hind margin (sometimes this line of spots has a

slight outward curve). The fifth spot isin 3 and further from

margin, the sixth in 2 near median, the seventh and eighth (in

lc and 1b) nearer margin. The basal and subbasal spots are

more easily seen on underside, but those in cell and le are

well developed above.

106 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside. F.-w. along costa to end of cell, for two-thirds

of length of cell, and slightly in 1b and 1a, suffused with dull

pink, otherwise much as on upperside but paler and markings

less well defined. A whitish powdering round yellow apical

submarginal spots. A minute black dot on costa about 3 mm,

from base, a linear black mark in area 11 near middle, and a

black dot in same area above end of cell.

H.-w. as on upperside but whiter and without basal suffusion ;

the hind-marginal border much paler, and the white dots are

followed inwardly by elongated ochreous spots. The discal

spots are as on upperside. A basal spot in 8 near precostal, a

crescentic spot in 7, a small round spot followed by a second of

erescentic shape in cell, one in lc, 1b, and la. Sometimes a

dot near end of area la. Area 9, base of la, and a small mark

in 7, and Ie pink. Head black with a few pale spots, thorax

black above with whitish lateral spots, and whitish below,

abdomen black above, whitish below, with pale rings and

lateral spots. Claws unequal.

9. Mabille describes the @ as resembling the ¢ but

more heavily marked. A 9 example before me is rather less

heavily marked than the male and the ground-colour is pure

white. The f.-w. is much more rounded than that of the ¢.

A, turna f. marmorata.

In this form the ground-colour is bright ochreous, the dark

markings are heavy and in the f.-w. partly confluent. In one

example before me the two cell spots in h.-w. coalesce to form

a black ring. The example figured by Grose-Smith is stated

to be a 2 and has the h.-w. rather paler than the primaries.

The difference in colour from that of the typical form is not

seasonal and both the latter and f. marmorata occur together.

A. turna is rare in collections. It appears to be allied

to A. pseudolycia.

GROUP VI.

36, AckAnpMinoina, Pl. VI, fil. $PE Seve, £17.

Acraea egina, Cramer, Pap. Exot., (Pap.) 1, p. 64, pl. 39, f. F, G

(1775); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, (A.) 1, p. 83, pl. 33, ¢

and @ (1885); Haase, Bibl. Zool., 8, 2, pl. 4, f. 26 (1891) ;

Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 195, 198 (1893); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 92 (1898) ; (ametam.), Arkiv. for Zool., Bd.

3, No. 1, figs. (1905); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 13

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 107

(1910); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 66, pl 6; f. 1,2

(1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. Nat. Fr., p. 148 (1910).

= rudolphina, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, (Pap.) 5, p. 7, pl. 81, f.

1, 2 (1792).

2 =persephone, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., 3, 1, p. 174 (1793) ;

Godart, Ene. Méth., (A.)9, p. 234 (1819).

= zidora, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 237 (1819); Lucas, Lep.

Exot., pl. 52, f. 1 (1835); Blanchard, Cuvier, Reg. Animal,

ed. 3 (Insecta), pl. 134, f. 2 (1836) ; Lucas, in Chenu, Enc.

Hist. Nat. Pap., p. 11, f. 33 (1853).

SenecaL; §. Leone; Gotp Coast; Lagos; LIBERIA ;

AsHanti ; Toco; CAMEROON ; GaBoon ; BANGALA ; ANGOLA ;

Congo (Lokolele, Stanley Pool); N.E. Ruopusta; UGanpa

(Entebbe, Unyoro, Pt. Alice, Kampala, Sesse I.); BritisH

E. Arrica (Nandi); Gurman E. Arrica (Kwidgwi I., Ukerewe

I., Bukoba); NyassaLanp (Bandawe) ; Pemsa I.

A. egina, f. harrisoni, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 132

(1904).

Ruopesia (L. Bangweolo, Kalungwisi Valley, Lofu Valley) ;

Uaanpa (Sesse I.); Bririsu E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); Nyassa-

LAND (Bandawe).

A. egina areca, subsp.

Mabille, Ann. Ent. Fr. (6), 8 Bull., p. 169 (1888) ; Mabille

& Vuillot, Nov. Lep., 10, p. 100, pl. 14, f. 5 (1898) ; Butler

(¢), Proc. Zool. Soc., 1893, p. 658 (1894) ; Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1908); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p.

66 (1910).

— khara, Gr.-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 3, p. 128 (1889) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 1, 2

(1889); Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien, 6, p. 457 (1891).

NyassaLanp (Zomba); Gurman E. Arrica; Britisn H.

Arrica; PremBa I.; 8.E. Roopzsta.

A. egina medea, subsp.

Cramer, Pap. Exot., (Pap.) 1, p. 128, pl. 81, f. C, D (1775) ;

Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 4, p. 200, pl. 80, f. 3, 4 (1790) ;

Kirby, Handb. Lep., (A.) 1, p. 38, pl. 7, f. 4 (1894) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 92 (1898); Ann. del Mus. Civ.

Genoy., 3, vol. 4 (1910).

= pasiphaé, Fabricius, Spec. Ins.,( Pap.) 2, p. 33 (1781); Godart,

Ene. Méth., (A.) 9, p. 235 (1819); Duncan, For. Butt., p. 143,

pl. 12, f. 4 (1837). |

= medoa, Palisot de Beauvois, (Pap.) Ins. Af. Amer., p. 220,

pl. 6, f. 2a, 2b (1805).

108 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

= saronis, Hiibner, (Telch.) Verz. bek, Schmett, p. 27 (1816).

Princes I., W. Arrica ; ? SENEGAL.

A. egina egina. Pl. VI, f. 15 (larva).

d. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w. sepia black, the discal area

from about middle of cell to the subapical region rather more

thinly scaled, nervures and rays black. In areas la, and 1b a

bright red patch commencing beyond middle and terminating

just before hind margin. Black spots of rather suffused outline

as follows. One in cell just above origin of nervule 2, and one on

end of cell; just beyond cell a row of five more or less confluent

spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, one spot in area 2 adjacent to median,

and beneath this but nearer margin a spot in 1b; in the same

area a small subbasal spot nearly touching the median. H.-w.

bright red, paler at costa and inner margin, with black basal

area extending to end of cell, and a black hind-marginal border

about 2 mm. wide, rather deeply edentate at the nervules and

sometimes showing traces of pale internervular spots. Black

discal and basal spots as on underside, but more or less hidden

by basal suffusion.

Underside. F.-w. pale sepia, with dark internervular rays

and spots as on upperside. Above costal a basal and a sub-

basal black spot. Base of area 1b faintly pink, and red in

areas in la and 1b replaced by dull pink. H.-w. Base red,

followed by greenish grey with internervular patches of

ochreous. Median discal band dull pink, edged with dark

ochreous at junction with black hind-marginal border, the latter

bearing seven quadrate dull green internervular spots. Inner

margin pale yellowish green. Black discal and basal spots as

follows :—A discal band of nine, those in 7 to 4 roughly parallel

to margin (that in 5 small or wanting), the fifth (in 3) adjacent

to end of cell, the sixth touching median and 2, the seventh

rather nearer margin, the eighth nearer base, the ninth still

nearer base. Two coalescent spots on discocellulars, one sub-

basal and one median in cell; one in 8 near precostal, one

basal and one subbasal in 1c, and one in 1b and la, the latter

nearer base than the former. Head and thorax black, a white

line between the eyes and two on thorax, with lateral crimson

tufts on collar. Basal part of abdomen black with ochreous

lateral spots. Remainder orange ochreous. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 80-90 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled, dull sepia

grey, sometimes with a median pinkish suffusion. A more or

less developed whitish subapical bar. Spots as in ¢ but dull

grey. H.-w. slightly darker, sometimes reddish grey, spots and

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 109

marginal border as in ¢ but paler. Underside. F.-w. dull

greenish grey, sometimes pinkish from subbasal to subapical

area. Nervules and rays well marked, blackish. Spots as on

upperside. H.-w. pale greenish grey, spots and markings as in

d but usually paler. In some examples the spots and hind-

marginal border are as in the ¢ but the basal red is absent and

the other colours only faintly represented. Abdomen black

above, ochreous beneath, and with ochreous lateral spots.

Examples of A. egina from British E. Africa frequently

have the red colour of a more brilhant and rosy tinge

than in W. African examples, and the colouring of the

underside is very brilliant. In the f.-w. the apical inter-

nervular spaces are deep orange, and areas la and Lb

bright pmk. In the h.-w. the base is rose pink, the sub-

basal spots and nervures are surrounded with green, the

discal area is deep orange with a median pink suffusion,

and the hind-marginal border is green with a black inner

edge and black on the ends of the nervules.

Many examples from N.E. Rhodesia are of this brilliant

colouring with the apical red streaks of the harrison form.

Some of the examples taken by Neave on Chirui and

Chishi Is., L. Bangweolo, are of the harzisont form.

A, egina, f. harrisoni.

In this form there are in the ¢ (and less obviously in the @)

streaks of the red colour in the internervular spaces of the

apical portion of the f.-w. The underside colouring is much

more brilliant than in ordinary examples. In the 9 the

f.-w. is much suffused with reddish and the h.-w. is red as

in the ¢ but rather paler and the black spots smaller.

A, egina areca, subsp.

¢. Expanse 70-80 mm. F.-w, orange red with a trace of

an oblique whitish subapical bar; costa, apex, and hind margin

brownish black and a suffusion of same colour at base and on

nervures. Black spots as in eginw but larger and the subapical

discal row sometimes confluent with that on end of cell. H.-w.

orange red with black suffusion at base, but of much less extent

than in egina egina, and a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm.

wide rarely slightly paler between the nervules. Spots as in

egina egina but often smaller, less clearly defined, or obsolescent.

Underside. F.-w. as above but much paler. H,-w. base dull

red followed by orange, inner margin pale yellowish green, and

a greenish dusting round spots and nervules. Discal area

110 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

yellowish pink, orange at outer edge, Spots on hind marginal

band pale green,

Q. Expanse 80-90 mm. F.-w. pinkish ochreous, a well-

marked white, semitransparent oblique subapical bar. Apex,

hind margin, and spots dull sepia black. H.-w. pale to darker

ochreous with a dusky basal suffusion on a reddish ground, anda

black hind-marginal border, inwardly edged with orange ochre-

ous. Underside a pale replica of the upper but the ground-

colour of h.-w. is greenish with a few red markings at base.

A. egina medea, subsp. PI. IT, f. 1(¢).

dg. Expanse 70 mm. F.-w. black at base ; costa, apex, and hind

margin broadly black. Discal area red with large confluent

black spots, of which there are one in cell above origin of 2, one

on end of cell, a broad band of spots beyond cell from costa to

nervule 3, one at base of area 2, beneath and touching the latter a

spot in 1b, and a second in the same area between base and

origin of 2,

H.-w. black at base with a broad black hind-marginal border.

Central area red, broken up by large and confluent black spots

corresponding to those on underside.

Underside. F.-w. Base, costa, and hind margin sage green.

From nervule 6 to 1 this colour is broken into spots by heavy

black marginal arches between which, and the discal spots the

wing is deep ochreous. The spots beyond cell both distally and

proximally are edged with pink. Black spots as on upper side

with two small ones near base of costa.

H.-w. orange at base, followed by sage green as far as end of

cell. Beyond this pink, outwardly edged with orange and en-

closed by a broad black marginal border bearing quadrate inter-

nervular sage green spots. Large confluent black spots as

follows :—One in 8, two in 7, the second followed by 4 series

of three lying in a curved band in 6, 5, and 4. A long patch on

discocellulars, and a spot at base of 3 and of 2 the latter followed

by large contiguous spots in le and 1b and a small spot in la.

Two spots in cell the second followed by contiguous spots in

le and 1b. A spot at base of le and a subbasal in la.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, proximal half of

abdomen black, remainder orange.

2. Expanse 80 mm. Spotted and marked as in ¢ but all

the red areas replaced by dusky white and the dark areas rather

brown black. Underside like that of ¢ but generally paler

and duller, and all the pink areas replaced by white.

Abdomen black above with large yellowish white lateral spots.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. Led

This remarkable form occurs on Princes I, W.

Africa. Some old examples bear labels indicating that

they were taken on the mainland, but if the form ever did

occur there it does not appear to do so now. Aurivillius

(Ann. Mus. Genov., /.c.) records sixteen ff and eight 2?

taken on Princes I., Jan. to Aug. 1901. The Oxford col-

lection possesses a 2 kindly presented by Prof. Aurivillius.

The g I have figured is in the general collection in

the Berlin Museum, and is labelled Senegal.

The larva and pupa of A. egina have been described by

Aurivillius /.¢., and his short description agrees with the

specimen figured on Plate VI. From an example before

me the larva may be thus more fully described.

Length about 34 mm. Dorsal area pale yellow the junctions

of the segments marked by fine black lines, in front of each of

which the yellow is deepened to an orange tint. The rows of

spines arise from rather broad black transverse lines, The

yellow area is bordered by a rather broad dark brown line

beneath which is a lateral line of pale yellow broken up into

spots followed by a brown sublateral line. Head black with a

bifurcated pale line. True legs black. Proiegs dark brown

segmented with yellowish. Spines rather stout, black, with

fine black bristles, The bases of spines slaty blue,

The typical A. egina extends from Senegal across Africa

to Rhodesia, Nyassaland, and Uganda, whilst the sub-

species areca occurs in Nyassaland, German E. Africa,

and British E. Africa. It is a well-defined species easily

distinguished from the forms to which it bears a super-

ficial resemblance. A series in the Oxford collection, taken

at Chirinda includes examples somewhat intermediate be-

tween egina and areca. The f armature is quite distinct,

and shows no close affinity with that of any other species.

GROUP VII.

37. ACRAEA CEPHEUS. Pl. VIII, f. 12.

Acraea cepheus, Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., (Pap.) ed. 10, p. 487 (1758) ;

Mus. Lud. UlIr., p. 252 (1764) ; Clerck, Icones. Ins., 2, pl. 43,

f. 4 (1764) ; Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad., Lep. (A.) 1, p. 98, pl.

12, f. 1, 2 (1885-7) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 26 (1901).

112 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

2 = baumanni, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 551, pl.

23, f. 2 (1889).

Conco (Kassai, Bumba, Aruwimi, Bopoto, Stanley Pool,

Lokolele) ; Goup Coast ; ANGOLA (Loanda, Cugho R.) ; GaBoon

(Chinchoxo, Fernan Vaz., Lake Azingo); SupAN (Giraffe R.,

Bahr el Ghazal).

f. abdera, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Alcraea), pl. 1, f. 1, 2 (1852) ;

Aurivillius (9), Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 200 (1891).

= cepheus, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 85 (1885).

2 = pheusaca, Suffert, Iris, p. 25 (1904).

NIGERIA; FERNANDO Po; CAMEROON ; GABOON ; CoNGO STATE

(Sassa).

f. eginopsis, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898).

TOGOLAND,

2 f. sucepha, Suffert, Iris., p. 25 (1904),

Loe. as typical form.

Q f. nigrescens, f. n.

Loe. as typical forms.

A. cepheus cepheus.

¢. Expanse 52-60 mm. Wings vermilion red. Costa,

apex, and hind margin black. Black spots as follows :—One in

area 11, about middle of length of cell. In cell a subbasal

spot adjacent to subcostal, a large transverse median spot the

whole width of cell, and a spot on upper and middle discocel-

lulars. Just beyond end of cell a confluent band of quadrate

spots, the lowest (in 3) with its long axis transverse. A sub-

marginal spot in 2 and lb, the former often confluent with

marginal black. <A large spot in 2 touching median and nervule

2. Below this in 1b and rather nearer margin a large spot. In

1b midway between base and origin of 2, a comma-shaped spot.

A black linear basal mark in cell and 1b. Hind margin

narrowly black. H.-w. with black basal suffusion in cell, le,

1b, and la. Black hind-marginal border 2 mm, wide, edentate

on the nervules. Black spots as follows :—A zigzag discal row

of nine, one in each internervular space. In area 7 a subbasal

and a median spot. A small spot on the upper discocellular,

two in the cell, and one in lc, 1b, and la, these obscured by the

basal suffusion.

Underside. F.-w. Rose pink, yellowish on the costa and

immediately beyond the discal spots. Apex and hind margin

dark ochreous with narrow brown internervular rays and |

broadly black nervules. Usually a minute black subbasal spot

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 113

on costa. H.-w. pinkish ochreous, basal portion of areas 7, 6, 5,

distal end of cell, and median part of lc, 1b, and la rose

pink. Black hind margin deeply edentate on nervules, edged

inwardly with deep orange, and bearing seven ochreous inter-

nervular spots. Black spots as on upperside and three

additional basal spots visible in 8, at base of cell, and in le.

Head black with orange tufts on collar. Thorax black with two

whitish dorsal lines, orange lateral spots, and ochreous spots

beneath, basal half of abdomen black with lateral orange spots,

remainder orange. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 56-60 mm. Sepia black. F.-w. spots as in ¢

(spots sometimes smaller). An oblique white subapical band in

6,5, 4, and 3, H.-w. usually without basal suffusion. Black hind-

marginal border with internervular quadrate spots of the some-

what paler ground-colour.

Underside f.-w. greyish mauve ; costa, apex, and hind margin

sage green with black nervules and rays. Spots often smaller,

those near base may be very minute. H.-w. sage green spotted

as in ¢. Head and thorax black with dorsal and lateral

greenish white spots. Abdomen black above, pale ochreous

beneath, with lateral white and sublateral pale ochreous spots,

A, cepheus f. abdera, Hew.

Differs from the typical form in the absence of the red

colour from the space between the end of cell and discal row of

spots, and there is sometimes a trace of a whitish subapical bai.

A, cepheus f. eginopsis, Auriv.

The red in f.-w. forms a median hind-marginal patch, giving

an appearance similar to that in A. egina.

A. cepheus Q f. pheusacu, Suffert (= abdera 2, Auriv.).

The ground-colour of the wings is brownish red, the spots are

obsolescent, the costa, apex, and hind margin reddish brown, and

the subapical bar dark ochreous. The h.-w. spots small and

often obsolescent. The marginal border bears slightly paler

internervular spots. Underside f.-w. as above but paler ; costa,

apex, and hind margin brownish ochreous. H.-w. pinkish

brown, spots as in typical examples.

Aurivillius associates this form of ? more particularly with

the abdera form of the ¢, but I do not think it is the only 9

form occurring with the abdera ¢.

A. cephens 9 f. sucepha, Suffert.

In this form the ground-colour is nearly as bright a red as in

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) I!

114 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the ¢, the subapical band of the f.-w. is white, slightly suffused

proximally, with pale ochre yellow. The underside is typical.

A. cepheus Q f. nigrescens, f. nov.

This form represented in the Tring Museum has all the wings

sepia, without the white subapical bar. In the h.-w. the ex-

ternal portion of the discal area is paler and is deeply invaded

on the nervules by the black of the marginal border, and be-

tween them by the dark ground-colour. The spots are as in the

typical ¢. On the underside the f.-w. is deep mauve, the costa,

apex, and hind margin sage green. H.-w. pale sage green.

Spots and markings as in typical examples. (Described from a

Sierra Leone specimen.)

A series of 2 examples shows various intermediates

between these different forms, often from the same locality.

Thus specimens from Fernan Vas R. (French Congo)

show all gradations from the typical 2 to the pheusaca

form, a f from the same locality being of the usual color-

ation. Ido not feel justified therefore in assigning any

particular 2 to a distinctive form of fg. One is tempted

to regard these different forms of @ as to some extent

seasonal, but the series here mentioned were all taken at

the same time, viz. in the month of January, which seems

to preclude this possibility.

38. AcRAEA PETRAEA, Pl, VIII, f. 13. Pl. XVI, f. 4.

Acraea petraea, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 589 (1847);

Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Hoppfer, Peters

Reise. Ins., p. 373, pl. 34, f. 1-4 (1862) ; Trimen, Rhop.

Af., Austr. p. 100 (1862); Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 3, p. 26,

pl. 2, f. 4 (1878); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 85,

pl. 33, (1885); Trimen, 8. Af Butt, 1, p. 144 (feenr

(metam.), /.c., p. 145; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192

(1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898) ; Fawcett

(metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., p. 294, pl. 46, f. 1, 2, 3 (1901);

Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 325 (1902); Dixey & Longstaff,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 318, 328 (1907).

2 (dry season) = petrina, Suffert, Iris, p. 25 (1904).

Nata; TRANSVAAL; E. GRIQUALAND; GERMAN E. AFRICA

(Dar-es-Salaam, Kilimandjaro, Tanganyika, Mikandani).

f. taborana, Suffert, Iris, p. 26 (1904).

Localities as above.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. TES

A. petraen petraed.

¢. Expanse 50-60mm. Wings bright rosy red, rather darker

at apex of f.-w. and in submarginal part of h.-w. F.-w. base

suffused with black, slightly in cell and more widely in la

and 1b. Costa and hind margin narrowly black. Nervures

and nervules strongly marked and broadly black where joining

hind margin. Black spots as follows :—In area 11 near middle

of cell an oblique spot joining costal and subcostal. In cell

a subbasal spot adjacent to subcostal, followed by a second

larger subtriangular spot touching subcostal and median, a

double spot on upper and middle discocellulars. Just beyond

cell a band of confluent spots from nervule 11 to 3, narrow

at first, widening suddenly in area 6 so as to join discocellular

spot, narrower in 5 and 4, but occupying the entire basal half

of area 3, and sometimes curving round on nervule 8 so as

almost to join hind margin. In areas 2 and 1b two submarginal

spots, and in 2 a large spot touching median and nervule 2 ;

beneath this in 1b and nearer margin a large reniform spot.

Inner margin narrowly black.

H.-w. Base suffused with black, rather broadly so in Lb,

lc, and lower half of cell, Hind margin with black border

15 mm. wide. Nervules strongly marked. Black spots as

follows :—In area 7 a small submarginal spot. A sinuate discal

row of eight internervular spots (no spot in 3), a subbasal

spot in 7, two spots in cell, one on m.d.c., a basal and a

subbasal in Ic, a subbasal in 1b, and la.

Underside. F.-w. dark salmon pink, apex greyish pink with

deep orange internervular rays. A small black spot on costa

near base. Spots near base are wanting and the remainder are

of different shape and smaller size, the outline of the upperside

spots showing through. H.-w. pale salmon pink with some

reddish internervular marks at base, and reddish internervular

rays. Hind margin bearing seven yellowish white spots.

Black spots as above with an additional spot visible in 8,

near precostal. Head black with a white central line, and

two small lateral spots, red lateral tufts on collar. Thorax

black with two faint dorsal white lines. Basal half of abdomen

black with orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws unequal.

The foregoing description applies to an average wet season ¢.

The black markings of this species are very variable in shape

and extent, and it is almost impossible to make a description

which will satisfactorily cover the range of individual variation.

Trimen describes a ¢ aberration (I. c., p. 146) with f.-w. entirely

dull black.

116 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

2. Expanse 60-64mm. Wetseason form. F.-w. sepia rather

darker at costa, apex, and hind margin, with black spots as in ¢

but somewhat less distinctly outlined. A broad white subapical

patch from costa to nervule 3. H.-w. pale sepia marked and

spotted asind.

Underside. F.-w, Basal and discal area brownish grey ; costa,

apex, and hind margin greenish grey with black nervules and

dark ochreous rays. Subapical patch greenish white, spots as

in g@. H.-w. greenish grey with black spots as in ¢. Near

inner edge of marginal border a row of small greyish ochreous

streaks. Abdomen black above with large white lateral spots-

Yellowish beneath.

Dry season form. Closely resembles ¢ but ground-colour

duller red, white subapical patch as in wet season form, and apex

black with reddish internervular rays. Underside of h.-w. pale

dull ochreous with orange ochreous spots at inner edge of hind-

marginal border. Discal spot in area 3 may be present though

small.

A. petraea f. taborana, Suff.

The ¢ described under this name by Suffert has the median

cell spot joined to the basal black, and the discal black band of

spots is of less extent than usual. In so variable a species the

name is hardly worth preserving.

In the @ ascribed to this particular variation of the g¢, but

with which it has no special connection, the ground-colour is

the same as that of the ¢ and the subapical patch is dull

orange ochreous. The varietal name taborana may perhaps be

preserved for this form. Both the above occur in a series taken

by Marshall in Natal, and now in the Hope Department.

Fawcett’s description (/. ¢.) of the larva and pupa is as

follows :—

Larva.—‘‘ Ground-colour pale golden brown, with dorsal and

lateral black lines, and a black transverse line on each segment

bearing two largish white spots and six long branched black

spines, those on 3rd, 4th, and 5th segments being longer than

the remainder. Head Jarge proportionately to body, black with

a white bifid mark on front. Thoracic legs and claspers

yellowish, The young larvae reared were all blackish in colour

and fed in companies on Oncoba kraussiana (Planch).

‘*Pupa appears to be dichromatic, some being pale brown

and others ferruginous; in both forms the fine black lines and

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 1S By)

spots peculiar to Acraea pupae are much reduced. The pupal

stage lasted fifteen days in January.”

Trimen says the young larvae feed in companies and

drop to the ground on a silken thread when alarmed.

The species is undoubtedly closely allied to A. cepheus

of the west.

39. ACRAEA GUILLEMEI. PI. IX, f. 2.

Acraea guillemei, Oberthiir, Etud. @Ent., 17, p. 19, pl. 1, f. 1

(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898).

¢ = A. acutipennis, Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 3, pl. 1, f. 3

(1906).

“Lake TANGANYIKA”; Coneo Srate (Upper Lufupa R.);

Anaoua (Bailundu).

¢. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. somewhat elongated. Bright

red with a blackish apical patch 4-6 mm. wide, more or less

continued as a narrow blackish marginal border. A little black

at base and black spots as follows :—One in cell at or beyond

origin of nervule 2, one on end of cell, a discal band of five spots,

the first small in 10, the second larger in 6 and rather more

distal, the third below it in 5, the fourth in 4, more distal and

with its long axis pointing downwards and outwards, the fifth

below it in 3 but with its long axis pointing downwards and

inwards. <A large spot near base of 2 and beneath it but nearer

margin a spot in 1}, Sometimes a subbasal spot in same area.

H.-w. bright red with some black at base especially in le.

A narrow black hind-marginal border with a somewhat

undulating inner edge and bearing more or less developed

internervular spots of the ground-colour. Blacks spots as on

underside.

Underside. F.-w. as above but duller, apical patch merely

dusky. Sometimes two black spots on costa near base though

one or both may be absent.

H.-w. much as above but duller and inclined to greenish grey

at base and along nervules. Internervular marginal spots paler

and better developed. Black spots as follows :—A little irregular

black at base, a spot in 8 near precostal. An outer band of

large black spots, the first in 7 well beyond origin of nervule 7,

second in 6 more distal, and beneath it but still more distal a spot

in 5; one near base of area 4 and beneath it but much nearer

margin a spot in 3, one near base of area 2 and immediately

beneath it a spot in 1c, followed by one in 1b slightly nearer

base. A subbasal in 7, two in cell, and one on discocellular at

118 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

base of 5, a subbasal in le, beneath it a spot in 1b and a dot

in la, also a subbasal in the latter area.

Head black with a reddish tuft between eyes and two on

collar. Thorax black above. Basal half of abdomen black

above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws

unequal.

?. Like ¢ but with much more rounded f.-w. and somewhat

less apical black.

One ~ of this species from Angola in the collection of

Herr J. N. Ertl has very little black at apex of f.-w.,

but the nervule ends are heavily scaled with black. The

diseal spot in h.-w. area 5 is represented by a mere dot,

and is absent in one wing on the upperside.

I have seen only very few examples of this rare species,

though in many collections a form of A. nohara is labelled

guillemei. I was much struck with the rather peculiar

arrangement of the h.-w. spotsin Oberthiir’s guillemei, and

observed that this arrangement corresponded to that in

Lathy’s acutipennis. When examining the Staudinger

collection I found a single example agreeing with Ober-

thiir’s figure, but it was a ?, and Oberthitir’s specimen is

described as a ¢. I therefore wrote to that author re-

questing him to again examine the type, and he informs

ine that he thinks it is a 9. If this be so I cannot doubt

that acutipennis is its male, and I feel sure that the

acquisition of further material will confirm this conclusion.

Whether the substitution, in the Angola example, of

black nervules for the f.-w. apical patch as described above

be peculiar to that region I have not sufficient material to

decide. Staudinger’s specimen is merely labelled W. Africa,

and so affords no assistance.

The ¢ armature is quite distinctive.

40. AcRAEFA BUTTNERI. PI. IX, f. 1.

Acraea biittneri, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 553,

pl. 23, f. 8 (1889); Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien, 42, p. 575, f. 3

(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898); Neave,

Proc. Zool. Soe., p . 14 (1910).

= felina, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65, pl. 8, f. 5, 6 (1891).

ConcGo Srarr (Abumonbasi, Bopoto, Stanley Falls, Luebo R.,

Kassai R., Popokabaka, Uboto, Lufupa R., Lubudi R.) ; N.W.

Ruopesta (Kansanshi); ANGoLA (Mkweta, Muene, Indali);

DAMARALAND (Humbe, Cunene R., Omrora, Otiembora,

Okavango R.).

African Species of the Genus Acraca. tr

d. Expanse about 50mm. Wings bright scarlet. (In some

examples deep orange, but whether this difference is due to

fading or to seasonal dimorphism I am unable to decide, the ex-

amples before me not being dated.) F.-w. Costa yellowish. Apex

moderately suffused with black and the nervules heavily marked

with the same colour. Hind margin nsrrowly black. Black

spots as follows :—In area 11 near middle of length of cell a

small spot. Below this in cell an oblique transverse spot and

one on upper and middle discocellulars. Just beyond end of cell

an oblique transverse band of spots from costa to nervule 4. In

area 3 a broadly crescentic spot near middle of its length and

sometimes a small submarginal. In area 2 a submarginal sub-

triangular spot and a reniform spot at basal end touching

median and nervule 2. In area 1b a submarginal, close behind

it a discal, and touching the median a subbasal spot ; also a small

black basal streak. In area la near middle a small black streak,

also a slight black basal suffusion. H.-w. with a slight black

basal suffusion and a narrow (about 1°2 mm.) hind-marginal

band. Inner margin yellowish. Black spots as follows :—A

discal sinuous row of eight the fourth (in 4) usually confluent

with a minute spot on the discocellular (this latter not always

present). The spot in 2 touching median and nervule 2. In

area 7 a subbasal spot. Two spots in cell the distal one large

and transverse. A subbasal and a basal spot in lc, and one

or two confluent and rather obscurely defined spots in 1b

and la,

Underside. F.-w. rosy red, costa, apex, and hind margin

ochreous. Hind margin and nervules narrowly black, reddish

internervular marks, black spots as on upperside. H.-w. warm

ochreous, darker in the internervular spaces and with some

reddish marks near base. Hind margin with a narrow greenish

grey border about 1:2 mm. wide, outwardly and inwardly

defined by a very narrow black edge, and divided by the black

nervules. Spots as above, an additional one being visible in

area 8 near precostal, and a basal spot in 9, and le. The discal

spots in la and 1b sometimes confluent.

Head and thorax black with a few yellowish spots, and red or

orange lateral tufts on collar. Basal half of abdomen black

with orange lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal.

@. About same size as g¢ (one dwarfed example before me

only 36 mm.). Ground-colour rather less brilliant. Spots

similar. H.-w. margin with pale internervular spots of ground-

colour. Abdomen all black above with large whitish lateral]

spots.

120 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A, biitinert shows considerable variability in the size of

the spots, their position also is not quite constant. In

some specimens the margin of the h.-w. bears pale

internervular spots of the ground-colour. On the under-

side, the h.-w. may be uniformly ochreous, the marginal

border being only a little paler than the rest. In other

examples the h.-w. hind- marginal border is pale greyish

white, the narrow black outer “edge being very indistinct.

The species is rare in collections, and I have been

unable to gain access to sufficient numbers to decide

whether it exhibits seasonal dimorphism. Though

probably allied to A. petraea and A. cepheus the male

armature is quite distinct.

41, AcRAEA vioLaRUM. Pl, IX, f. 3. Pl. XV, f. 20.

Acraea violarum, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 591 (1847);

Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop.

Af. Austr., p. 95 (1862); Staudinger, Exot Schmett, 1,

p. 84 (1885); Trimen, S. Af. Butt, 1, p. 141, pl. 3,

f. 4 (1887); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 191 (1898);

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898).

= nataliensis, Angas, Kaff. Ill., pl. 30, f. 6 (1849).

ANGOLA (Bihé, Calweha R., Caconda, Cubal R., Cambo,

Caquenje, Benguella); Cape Cotony; Natat; TRANSVAAL ;

MASHONALAND.

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. Wings dull brick red (probably

brighter in fresh specimens) spotted with black. F.-w. witha

narrow apical black tip extending very narrowly for a short dis-

tance along costaand along whole length of hind margin to hind

angle. Spots as follows :—On costa near middle of length of

cell a linear spot. In area 11 near end of cell a small oblique

quadrate spot, and immediately below this an elongate trans-

verse spot extending right across cell. A small spot on the

upper, middle and partly on lower discocellulars. Beyond cell

a discal outwardly convex (in some species nearly straight) bar

of confluent spots extending from costa to nervule 4. Beneath

this in 3 and slightly nearer margin a crescentic outwardly

convex spot. Three rounded subapical spots in 6, 5, and 4

lying almost in a straight line (oecasionally a small additional

spot in 8), followed by a submarginal spot in 3, 2, and 1b, the

last being doubled. In area 2 a reniform spot touching median

and nervule 2. Below this and nearer margin a large, often

gemminate spot in area 1b, and in the same area a large trans-

verse spot nearer base and touching median and nervule 1. In

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 121

area la slightly beyond middle a small transverse spot. Small

black linear marks in cell, 1b, and la.

H.-w. with black basal suffusion, slight in 7, widening in cell

towards median, extending to middle of wing in 1c, and taperiny

off to base of la. Hind-marginal black border 2 mm. wide

rather strongly arched on inner edge between nervules and

bearing seven pale spots varying from red to yellowish. Black

spots as on underside, except in la and 1b where they merely

show through from beneath.

Underside. Wings as on upperside but rather paler and

duller, f.-w. with apical region slightly yellower than the

remainder. Spots as on upperside. The black at apex bears

three small greyish white spots.

H.-w. On the marginal border the internervular spots are

large, rounded, and violet grey, centred with yellow, the black por-

tion being reduced toa series of rings. Black spotsas follows :—

A very irregular discal row of eight, first in 7 slightly beyond

middle, second and third, in 6 and 5, midway between the

latter and marginal border, contiguous, and lying at right angles

to costa; fourth, in 4, touching nervule 5 and l.d.c.; fifth, in 3,

crescentic nearly midway between end of cell and marginal

border ; sixth in 2 touching median and 2, seventh in 1c rather

nearer margin than the sixth; eighth in 1b at same level. In

addition to these the following basal and subbasal spots. In

area 7 a subbasal spot, its long axis pointing towards inner

margin ; two in cell, tle second elonyate and transverse; a

basal and a transverse subbasal in lc, la, and 1b, the latter also

extending into la, A basal spot in 9, and a small spot in 8 a

short distance beyond precostal. Fringes of both wings white.

Head dark red brown, two reddish lateral tufts on collar,

thorax black brown with lateral tufts of red. Abdomen black

above, yellowish beneath with lateral orange spots. Claws unequal.

9. About the same size as ¢, and resembling it in mark-

ings, but ground-colour duller, and f.-w. more rounded.

Abdomen black with white lateral spots. Underside of h.-w,

sometimes ochreous with reddish internervular patches. The

ground-colour varies from slightly palerthan the $ through dull

ochreous, smoky ochreous, to violaceous sepia, An example of

the latter coloration in the National Collection has a median

white suffusion in the h.-w. The h.-w. margin if spotted at all

is marked with white.

Unfortunately very few of the examples which I have been

able to examine are dated, but the sepia coloured 9 Q are

probably wet season examples.

122 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

The species is not common in collections, and Trimen

describes it as nowhere abundant.

42, AcRAEA ASEMA, PI]. IX,f.4. Pl. XV, f 19.

Acraea asema, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., xiv, p. 52 (1877) ;

Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24, pl. 4, f. 3, 3a (1894);

Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896); Aurivillius,

Rhop, Aeth., p. 95 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14

(1910).

= empusa, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 656 (1893).

f. gracilis, Wichgraf (violaruwm g.), Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 243,

pl. 6, £7, 8 (1308);

AnGoua (Bihé, Bailundu) ; MANICALAND ; MASHONALAND ;

NYASSALAND (Blantyre).

A. asema asema.

d. Expanse 36-50 mm. Wings brick red with a rosy

tinge, to ochreous or greyish ochreous, with black spots. F.-w.

distal portion of costa very narrowly black, apex with a small

black patch, continued along hind margin as a very narrow

black marginal border. Black spots extremely variable. When

all present arranged as follows :—In area 11 near end of cell

one spot and beneath this an elongate transverse spot in cell.

A small linear mark on upper portion of discocellulars. Shortly

beyond end of cell an oblique transverse band of spots from

close to costa to nervule 4, this band may be straight, irregular,

or outwardly convex; beneath it and slightly more distally

placed a spot in 3. Beyond these, in the subapical area, a row of

three spots in 6,5, and 4, These may be in a straight line, or

outwardly convex, or absent altogether. Beneath them a sub-

marginal row of three spots in 3,2, and 1b. A spot near base

of area 2 close to median, and two additional spots in 1b, one

near submarginal spot, the other near base. Black basal linear

marks in cell, 1b and la, absent in typical dry season examples.

H.-w. with a narrow black border arched on inner edge as in

violarum. This border is extremely variable and may be almost

entirely black, or set with internervular white spots, or the

internervular portions may be nearly all of the ground-colour

leaving only a series of black arches. Black spots as on under-

side, but usually smaller and some of them frequently only show-

ing through from beneath ; basal suffusion of black in wet season

specimens, often replaced by reddish in dry season examples.

Underside. F.-w. Wet season specimens usually show the

black apex with three small yellowish white spots. Dry season

examples have the apex pale ochreous, and the ends of the

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 123

nervules black. Ground-colour as above but duller, spots as

above. H.-w. Ground-colour as above, often with paler discal

markings and the basal and inner marginal areas suffused with

pink. The hind-marginal border is pale ochreous, and divided

into spots by a series of narrow black arches. Black spots

rather variable but usually more distinct than on upperside and

arranged as follows. An irregular discal row of eight, the first

in area 7 near middle, the second and third in 6 and 5, more

distally placed, contiguous, and in a line perpendicular to costa,

the fourth in 4 close to cell, the fifth in 3 some distance beyond

cell, the sixth in 2 touching median and nervule 2, seventh and

eighth rather more distal, contiguous, and lying at right angles

to hind margin. A basal mark in 9, a small spot in 8 some

distance beyond precostal, a transverse subbasal spot in 7, two

spots in cell, a basal and subbasal in Ic, close to latter a spot in

1b, and nearer base a small spot in la. In dry season specimens

several of these spots may be absent and generally all are

smaller. Head black brown with reddish tufts on collar.

Thorax black with lateral reddish spots and sometimes two

anterior dorsal spots. Basal part of abdomen black with

orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Fringes white. Claws

unequal.

2. Expanse 44-52 mm. F.-w. more rounded. Usually duller

than ¢, some examples being greyish ochreous. One specimen

before me, taken by Neave in Angoniland is dull ochreous and

the apical and hind-marginal black is unusually broad and

inwardly suffused. The h.-w. marginal border is about 3 mm.

broad and bears ochreous internervular spots of medium size.

A. asema, f. gracilis, Wicher.

Ihave examined the type of this form and find that the ¢

has the h.-w. margin very narrow and all black, the same

feature in the 9 being a little broader and spotted with white.

Beneath, both sexes have the spots.on this border white instead

of ochreous. (Mashonaland.)

With regard to the seasonal forms of this species

Marshall states (Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555, 1896) that “the

bright-coloured strongly spotted summer” (= wet season )

“form is replaced in winter by a duller form in which

the black markings are reduced, the two upper spots in

subapical row usually being obsolete.”

There is undoubtedly a certain amount of seasonal

dimorphism, but from an examination of a large number

of examples I am of opinion that the description bright-

124 My. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

coloured for the wet season forms is apt to be a little

misleading. The dry season forms are certainly less

spotted than the wet, also the actual tone of colour is

usually paler, but many of them have a rather bright

pink suffusion, whilst the wet season forms though more

heavily coloured are generally of a less rosy tint. A fine

series taken by Neave in Nyassaland, mostly at an

elevation of about 4,000 ft., contains examples taken in

March, and also in June and July. Nearly all the former

are of a rather dusky ground-colour whilst the latter have

a rosy pink suffusion.

Though closely allied to A. violarum I consider asema

to be a distinct species, both ¢ and @ genital armatures

showing marked differences. Moreover I have seen no

obvious intermediates.

ABY UACV MOA onmoyl, Te IDC ak oe IRL NOW ae BAL

Acraea omrora, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 24, note (1894).

= uasema, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 68, pl. 8, f. 9, 10, 10a

(1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 95 (1898).

S. Ancota; DAMARALAND (Ovampo R.).

A. omrora wmbrata, subsp.

= violarum wmbrata, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 242, pl. 6,

f. 5, 6 (1908).

= violarwm omrora, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 14 (1910).

N.E. Raopesta ; KATANGA.

A, omrora omrora.

d. Expanse 40-60 mm. F.-w. dark ochreous with a slight

basal black suffusion and a very little black at apex continued

as a fine marginal line to hind angle. Black spots as

follows :-—One large transverse spot in cell, and a spot on disco-

cellulars. Beyond cell a transverse row of three spots in 6, 5,

and 4, of which the second is slightly more distally placed.

Beneath them and still more distal a spot in 3. A submarginal

series of five small spots, the first in 5, the second in 4 rather more

distal, and the third in 3 still nearer margin, the fourth and fifth

in 2 and 1b are at the same distance from margin as the third,

and that in 1b is doubled. A spot near base of area 2, beneath

it but rather nearer margin a spot in 1b, and a double spot near

base of same area.

H.-w. with ground-colour as in f.-w. and having a black hind-

marginal border about 3 mm. wide which tapers to a point at

anal angle. A slight black basal suffusion and some of the

black spots of underside reproduced though most are obsolete.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 125

Underside. F.-w. resembles upperside but paler and duller.

H.-w. pale dull ochreous, the marginal border formed of some-

what pointed black internervular arches enclosing grey spots.

Along the inner edge of this border a greyish suffusion. Black

spots very small, as follows :—One in 7 about middle, one in 6

much nearer margin, beneath it a dot in 5, a spot near base of 4,

and one about middle of area 2. At about the same level

a double spot in le and one in 1b. A little black at bases

of nervures, a dot in 8, two in cell, and a subbasal in 1+,

and la.

Head and thorax black with yellowish marks, abdomen black

at base, remainder whitish. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 50-56mm. Resembles ¢ but ground-colour rather

more dusky. The inner edge of h.-w. marginal black markedly

sinuous. On underside the grey suffusion is wanting from inner

edge of marginal border, and the abdomen is whiter than in

the ¢.

A . omrora wmbrata.

6. Expanse 46-60 mm. Extreme wet season form. Wings

brick red. Costa and hind margin narrowly black. An apical

black patch 3 mm. wide at broadest part. A basal black

suffusion which may be evenly distributed over basal area as far

as middle of cell or may be radiate from base. Black spots as

follows :—A small costal spot in area 11 at a point opposite

origin of nervule 2. Just beyond this in cell a large transverse

spot; a small spot on upper and middle discocellulars. Beyond

end of cell in 10, 6, 5, 4, an oblique transverse row of four

spots which may be straight, or irregular. Three submarginal

spots in 5, 4, and 3, the last preceded by a subtriangular spot.

In area 2 a submarginal and a basal spot; in area 1b a sub-

marginal spot with another immediately preceding it (both these

may be doubled). A subbasal spot in 1b more or less coalescent

with basal suffusion. In area la a small spot about 4 mm. from

hind angle.

H.-w. A black basal suffusion extending to about middle of

cell. A’ black hind-marginal border about 35 mm. wide

the inner outline of which may be smoothly rounded, or the

border may be somewhat widened at nervules 2 and 3. In

some examples this border is much wider beneath and shows

through to the upperside as a grey submarginal band. In

most examples asubmarginal row of slightly paler internervular

spots. Black spots less distinct than on underside, some only

showing through.

126

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside, F.-w. paler and duller than on upperside and the

spots for the most part smaller, and, owing to the upperside

spots showing through, appearing to be ringed with grey. At apex

a small black patch containing three greenish ochreous spots im

8,7, and 6. H.-w. the same colour as f.-w. The basal black

much reduced, the marginal border sometimes wider than on

upperside, and bearing seven usually well-rounded greenish

ochreous internervular spots, that in le doubled. Black spots

as follows:—A discal row of eight, the first in 7 beyond middle,

the second rather nearer margin, and the third either immedi-

ately beneath it or very slightly nearer base, the fourth in 4

close to end of cell, the fifth in 3 about midway between end of

cell and hind-marginal border, the sixth in 2 near median, the

seventh in 1c rather nearer margin and doubled, the eighth in 1b

nearer base. A minute dot in 8 a short distance beyond pre-

costal, a subbasal spot in 7, one subbasal and one median in

cell, a double subbasal spot in le, and a small subbasal in 1b

and la. These are but slightly separated from the narrow black

basal suffusion. Fringes black. Head and thorax black, a

white spot on each eye, and one between. Two pairs of dorsal

thoracic spots. Basal half of abdomen black with reddish lateral

spots, remainder orange.

9. Expanse 46-64 mm. Dull ochreous, with slight subapical

reddish suffusion, spots and markings as in g but less sharply

defined. H.-w. hind marginal band rather broader and with a

more suffused inner edge. Underside paler than above, spots

and markings as above but many of those in f.-w. obsolescent,

or only showing through from above. F.-w. apical, and h.-w.

hind-marginal spots whitish, and the latter larger than in 2.

Abdomen black above with white lateral spots and yellowish

beneath. The example here described was taken in the upper

Luangwa Valley in the height of the rains.

Extreme dry season form ¢. Ground-colour pinkish

ochreous. Basal black suffusion smaller and h.-w. marginal

black narrower than in wet season form. The spots are all

much smaller. Many of those in h.-w. are distinctly visible

only on underside. The pale f.-w. apical and h.-w. hind

marginal spots are smaller and whitish, distal end of abdomen

dull ochreous.

9 varies much in colour, some being smoky ochreous and

others almost rosy pink especially in h.-w. Spots and markings

much as in wet season Q. H.-w. marginal black often narrower,

and spots sometimes only showing through from underside.

Black basal suffusion in both wings broad.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 127

The forms above described occur in any long series

of this species. I have called them wet and dry season

forms since the extremes are mostly taken at those

periods, but the variation in depth of colour and size of

spots 1s very considerable and corresponds only approxi-

mately to the seasons.

In some cases the heavier black markings associated

with the wet season may be well developed in the dry.

A f now before me, taken by Neave near Mporokoso in

N.E. Rhodesia in July, is of a bright brick red, and though

the h.-w. spots are smaller than in typical wet season

forms, the black basal suffusion and h.-w. margin are

unusually broad and heavy.

Trimen’s figures of omrora omrora (i. €. as asema) cor-

respond to dry season examples. The female is shown

as having a white abdomen, but I do not observe this

feature in any of the examples of omrora wmbrata, though

the lateral spots are usually white.

I have examined the specimens of Herr Wichgraf’s

violarum umbrata presented by him to the 8. Ken-

sington collection, and they do not differ from several ot

those taken by Neave in N.E. Rhodesia.

PTACRAHA LORUA: Pl. I. f.-8 (¢)) 4.9109), Ph TX, dh 12,13;

Acraea lofua, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 150 (1911).

N.E. Ruopestia (Lofu R.).

6. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. dull pinkish ochreous with a

very slight black basal suffusion. Apex black for a depth of

3 mm. Hind margin very narrowly black. Small black spots

as follows :—One in cell over origin of nervule 2, one on dis-

cocellulars. Beyond cell a transverse row of four, that in 5

vertically beneath that in 6, the third linear, its lower end

pointing outwards, the fourth beneath the outer end of the

third. A spot close to base of area 2, and one in Ib nearer

margin. H.-w. more decidedly pink than f.-w., a black basal

suffusion and a heavy black hind-marginal border, 5 mm. wide

between nervules 2 and 3, and tapering off at hind angle. Some

black basal and discal spots more easily observed beneath.

Underside paler than above. F.-w. as on upperside but spots

less distinct; no basal, and very little apical black. H.-w. with

faint pinkish basal internervular marks; very slight black basal

suffusion. Hind margin black, narrower in middle than on

upperside, its inner edge sharply dentate between the nervules,

and having a submarginal row of seven triangular greyish white

128 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

spots, their bases towards the margin. Black spots as follows :—

One in 8, two in 7, beyond the latter a spot in 6 followed by

spots in 4, 2, 1c, and 1b, all of which he in an almost straight

line at right angles to inner margin. Two spots in cell, the

second at origin of nervule 2. A basal and a subbasal in le and

1b, and a basal, a subbasal and a distal spot in la.

Head brown, thorax black, abdomen black above with yellow-

ish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Slightly smaller. Pale dull ochreous. F.-w. with a

brownish basal suffusion, apical black rather broader than

in ¢@, but all the spots absent except that on end of cell,

and the second of the discal row (this very minute). H.-w. with

faint dusky basal suffusion ; spots absent or very faint. Hind-

marginal black narrower (in middle) than in male.

Underside. F.-w. paler than on upperside, the two spots

just visible but the apical black only faintly represented.

H.-w. with only a faint trace of the discal spots ; basal spots

small and indistinct ; hind-marginal black 2°5 mm. wide, not

dentate, bearing greyish white submarginal spots, smaller and less

distinct than in ¢. Abdomen black with whitish spots.

Of this interesting little species I have seen only the

ft and 9 above described. They were taken on the

Lofu River in N.E. Rhodesia (4,000 {t.) by Neave. The

species is closely allied to A. omrora, Trim., and indeed

I should have regarded it as a form of that species, but

for the peculiar structure of the male armature which

bears a supplementary pair of processes between the

harpes.

45. AcraEA NOHARA. Pl. IX, f.8. Pl. XVI, f. 19.

Acraea nohara, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847) ; Wal-

lengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop. Af.

Austr., p. 96, pl. 3, f. 1 (1862) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett,

1, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 142

(1887) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 97 (1898) ; Fountaine (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p- 60, pl. x, f. 14a, 14b (1911).

= A. actiaca, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraeqa) pl. 1, f. 3 (1852).

NataL; TRANSVAAL; ZULULAND; PortuGuEsE KE. AFRICA

(Delagoa Bay, Beira).

A, nohara halali, subsp.

Marshall (A. halali), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896);

Aurivillius (var, halali), Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898).

MASHONALAND.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 129

A. nohara pseudatolmis, subsp. n.

S.E. Ruopresia; Mawakata R.

A. nohara punctellata, subsp. n.

NyassaLAnp (Zomba) ; ANGONILAND; [? DeLAGoa Bay].

A. nohara nohara.

6. Expanse 50-60mm. Wings bright red (in fresh examples)

varying to pale dusky ochreous with black spots. The ground-

colour varies in intensity, and the spots somewhat in size.

F.-w. Costa very narrowly black continued as an apical and

hind-marginal border about 1:5 mm. wide at apex and tapering

to hind angle. Ends of nervules black, and a black suffusion at

base, widest in la. Spots as follows :—A large rounded spot in

cell just above origin of 2 and a still larger spot on discocel-

lulars. Beyond cell an oblique row of four and sometimes five

subquadrate spots, the first in 9 sometimes absent, the next three

in 6,5, and 4 quadrate and separated only by the nervules. The

fifth in 3 somewhat elongated, with its long axis parallel to hind

margin. The appearance of this band of spots varies considerably.

Most commonly the second, third, and fourth, lie in a perfectly

straight line at right angles to costa, but in some specimens they

lie on an irregular outwardly convex curve. A rounded spot

in 2 close to median, and a submarginal and a subbasal spot

in 1b,

H.-w. with a black basal suffusion, and a black marginal

border 15-2 mm. wide usually with a slight indication of

paler internervular markings. Black spots as on underside but

those near base obscured by basal black, and those in la and 1b

often only faintly indicated.

Underside paler than above. F.-w. with a conspicuous spot

at base of costa, apical area sometimes with orange internervular

markings, the two spots in 1b often faintly indicated, otherwise

spots and markings as on upperside.

H.-w. paler than above, area 8, 9, end of cell, and median

portion of lc, 1b, and la often pinkish. Space between basal

spots in cell, 1c, 1b, and la ochreous. Hind margin ochreous

divided into spots by the black ends of nervules- and black

internervular arches. A narrow black marginal line from apex

to anal angle. Black spots as follows :—A discal row of nine.

The first in 7 near middle, the second and third much nearer

margin and placed one above the other (occasionally the third

spot is small or absent), the fourth almost touches end of cell, the

fifth may lie immediately beneath it, or may be in a line pointing

to apex, the sixth touches median and 2, the seventh rather nearer

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) K

130 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

margin, the eighth nearer base, and the ninth which is very

small (in la) rather nearer base. A spot in 8 near precostal. A

subbasal spot in 7, two spots in cell and one on discocellulars, a

subbasal spot in le, 1b, and la, the middle one nearer to margin.

Some irregular basal black where wing joins thorax. Fringes

whitish and prominent. Head and thorax with reddish brown

hairs. Abdomen black above for about two-thirds of length, with

orange lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 50-60 mm. Ground-colour varies from slightly

paler than the ¢ to ochreous or ochreous grey. Markings as

in ¢. The variation in colour of the ¢@ is probably seasonal,

but I have not before me a sufficiently long series of dated

specimens to be certain on this point.

A, nohara halali, subsp.

This subspecies may be distinguished from the typical form

by its smaller size, by the marked reduction in the size of the

spots, the invariable absence of the submarginal spot in f.-w. 1b,

the extremely narrow black margin in h.-w., and the almost

invariable absence of the third and fifth discal spots.

Marshall describes the wet season g as bright brick red and

the dry season ¢ as dull ochreous, a difference not easily ob-

served in cabinet specimens owing to the rapidity with which the

more brilliant colour fades. The @ is dull pale grey in wet

season forms, and dull ochreous in the dry season.

The species is peculiar in having larger black spots in the dry

than in the wet season.

When Marshall wrote of this form in 1896 (/. ¢.) he was

of opinion that it was a distinct species. I cannot how-

ever find in the genitalia any ditference from those of

nohara. Colour and pattern are most untrustworthy

evidences of specific distinction. From such considera-

tions it might reasonably be argued that if halali be

the same species as nohara then the “nohara chambezi”

of Neave must also be the same, but the latter is certainly

a distinct species though some examples so closely resemble

nohara halal.

A. nohara pseudatolmis, subsp. n. PIL. I, f. 6 (4).

There are three ¢ examples of this curious form in the Oxford

collection. They were taken on the Mahakata R. in 1905 by Mar-

shall. They are smaller than the halali form (about 41 mm.

expanse). Thesubmarginal spotin 1b of f.-w. is well developed.

The fourth discal spot is linear and lies nearly at right angles to

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 131

the hind margin and makes a right angle with the fifth spot

which extends right across area3. In the h.-w. the black margin

is extremely narrow as in halali but the discal row of spots

are all present though small, and the second, third, fourth, and

fifth are all run together in such a manner as to give the insect

at first sight a marked resemblance to A. atolmis. This re-

semblance is even greater on the underside, the h.-w. having

much pink suffusion, orange submarginal internervular marks,

and the hind-marginal ochreous band is only very indistinctly

divided into spots by the nervules.

I have not seen a female of this form.

A. nohara punctellata, sabsp.n. Pl. V, f. 9(¢).

In the British Museum there are several examples of a

form of nohara labelled guillemei, Oberthiir. The ¢ ¢ differ

from typical nohara in being usually larger, and of a rosy

red tint. The f.-w. is more rounded. than in typical

nohara and the discal spots lie in an irregular line much

as in A. chambezi. The nervules are less markedly black

in the apical area. On the underside of the h.-w. the

marginal border is formed of large yellowish spots only

faintly outlined in black. All the black spots are smaller

than in typical nohara, Three 9 2 now before me are dusky

ochreous brown, and in one the inner edge of the h.-w. marginal

black is much suffused.

Two ¢ 4 and two ? 2 from the Tring collection present

much the same features, but the 9 ? are only a little less rosy

than the g ¢.

Whilst many of the above examples present a certain

amount of individual variation they all agree fairly closely

with Oberthiir’s figure of guillemei, and I should have

been inclined to assign them to that form but for one

feature. The figure of guwillemei shows the spot in area 3

of h.-w. midway between end of cell and inner edge of

marginal border, whereas in the forms above described

this spot is close to the end of the cell. Since we have

two totally distinct species, A. chambezi and .A. mansya

existing side by side in the same district and differing

outwardly only in the position of this particular spot, I do

not think that the present form can be identical with

guillemet.

The latter seems almost certainly the 2 of the species

since described by Lathy as A. acutipennis, with which it

agrees very closely in the peculiar arrangement of the

K 2

132 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

h.-w. spots, and I have assigned acutipennis to Oberthiir’s

species. The form of ae here described appears in

several collections over the label guillemez, but no specimen

I have seen agrees with Oberthiir’s figure. The ? arma-

ture is identical with that of nohara nohara, but the 2

plate is of a more rudimentary structure. In the

Staudinger collection there are two # f and three 2 2 of

this form labelled onerata, and the locality is given as

Delagoa Bay. Whether they came from Delagoa Bay or

not they are certainly not A. onerata, which is a some-

what obscure western species of which only about three

examples are known.

The early stages of nohura nohara are thus described by

Miss Fountaine (1. G.):

“This larva feeds like several others of this same

genus on Wormskioldia longepedunculata, a small, wayside

flower, salmon-pink in colour, which grew abundantly in

and about Macequece, a village in Portuguese E. Africa.

The larva is most difficult to describe, longitudinally

streaked with pale and dark ochreous-yellow, finely outlined

with thin black lines, the spines are also black; they

feed by preference on the flower itself of their food-plant,

the salmon-pink colour of which is almost identical in

tone with the salmon-pink colour of the freshly emerged

buttertlies. The pupa which is suspended, is very long

and thin in shape, wing cases pale slaty grey, veined with

black, and the abdomen cream colour with rows. of

ochreous-yellow dots, encircled in black.”

According to Miss Fountaine’s figure the ground-colour

of the larva is deep yellow.

46. ACRAEA CHAMBEZI. PI. IX, f. 10.

Acraea chambezxi.

= ne nohara chambezi, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 21, pl. 1,

5 (1910); Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911).

a RuopeEstA (Chambezi Valley, near L, Young).

¢. Expanse 52-58 mm. Wings rosy red inclined to orange

at apex. Costa very narrowly black from a short distance

beyond base to apex. An apical and hind-marginal black border

about 1 mm. wide at apex and gradually tapering to hind angle.

A very slight black basal suffusion widest in 1b. Black spots as

follows :—A linear transverse spot in cell above origin of nervule

2. <A spot on discocellulars. Beyond cell a row of four (some-

times five) spots. The first in 11 (often absent). The next two in

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 1338

a straight line at right angles to costa. The fourth obliquely

placed and pointing towards margin. The fifth slightly elon-

gated, its long axis making an obtuse angle with that of the

fourth. A subreniform spot in 2 near median. The ends of

nervures though finely marked in black are distinctly less black

than in nohara halali. A submarginal and usually a subbasal

spot in 1b.

H.w. with a black basal suffusion widest in 1c. A hind-

marginal black border about 1°5 mm. wide, with faint indications

of paler internervular spots. Black spots as on underside, those

near base obscured by the black suffusion, and those in 1b and

le often faintly indicated.

Underside rose pink but more sparsely scaled than above.

F.-w. as above but with a spot at base of costa, and an indication

of pale spots on apical black in 6 and 7.

H.-w. with a black marginal border as above bearing distinct

sublinear pale yellowish internervular spots. Discal row of

seven spots. No spot inarea5. The spot in 3 is always much

nearer to end of cell than to inner edge of marginal black.

This spot seems to be always a little further from end of cell

than in nohara. In one example it is absent. The three spots

in 2, 1c, 1b, are usually in a straight line whereas the middle

spot is generally nearer margin in nohara. This feature can-

not be relied upon as a constant distinction since some specimens

of nohara also have these spots similarly placed. There isa spot

in 8 close to precostal, a subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one in

le, 1b, and 1a and some black about the base of the nervures.

Head black with red tufts between eyes and on collar.

Thorax black with some reddish hairs. Abdomen, basal half

black with orange lateral spots, remainder and beneath, orange.

Claws unequal.

Q?. Resembles the ¢ but the f.-w. are more orange coloured

and the abdomen is dorsally black over whole length, and has

dorso-lateral whitish spots.

When Neave described this form he was of the opinion

that it was a subspecies of A. nohara, and in the absence

of preparations of the male armature, such a conclusion

would seem to be justified. The differences between

the genitalia of chambezi and nohara are however of so

marked a kind that the two must certainly be regarded

as distinct species.

From typical nohara, chambezxi differs in the smaller

size of the spots; from nohara halali in the greater width

134 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the hind-marginal black, and from both these forms in

the very faint development of black on the nervules of the

f.-w. apical area.

47.

ACRABA MANSYA. (Pl... TS0¢G), 12)" Pl: LX, fe

Acraea mansya, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911).

=A. nohara chambexi (part), Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 21 (1910).

N.E. Raopesia (Chambezi Valley, near L. Young).

¢. Expanse 40-50 mm. Wings rosy red with black spots

and markings. To give a full description of this species would

be merely to repeat that of A. chambezi with the exception tbat

the spot in area 3 of h.-w. is nearly midway between end of cell

and the inner edge of marginal black and thus lies either imme-

diately below the spot in 4, or is more distally placed. This is

the only constant difference I have been able to discover. The

tarsal claws are unequal. A careful comparison of the six

examples before me with five of chambezi also shows that the

pale spots on the marginal black on h.-w. underside are, though

variable in size, more rounded in mansya than in chambezi.

The specimens show a great variation in size. One ¢ is 50

mim. in expanse and differs from the rest in having broader

black margins, a small discal spot in area 5 of h.-w., and two

small spots on h.-w. discocellulars. One ¢ has a whitish

suffusion at base of 1b in f.-w. In only one specimen is there

a subbasal spot in 1b in f.-w. and that only on one side. The

type specimen has no spot in area 2 in f.-w. though this spot is

present in varying degrees of intensity in the other examples.

Two small ¢ ¢ are dull orange ochreous instead of rosy red.

2. The single female in the series is small (40 mm.). The

wings are dull smoky ochreous, with a tendency to orange in

the apical area. All the spots in f.-w. except that on disco-

cellulars are but faintly indicated on the upperside. The

abdomen is black above with Jateral white spots, and yellowish

white beneath, and the “seal” is somewhat similar to that

described by Trimen in the 2 onerata. In this @ and in

three of the ¢ ¢ the f.-w. discal row of spots forms a nearly

straight line across the wing, in the others the line is angulated

though not so sharply as in A. chambezi.

In examining the eleven examples of Neave’s “ nohara

chambezxi” 1m the Oxford Museum, my attention was at-

tracted to the small ochreous 2 above described and from

that to the small males which appeared to correspond with

Afrivan Species of the Genus Acraea 133

it, and on making a preparation of the male armature I

was surprised to find the very remarkable ditferences which

may be seen on reference to my figures on Plate IX. A

careful examination of the genitalia of all the other

examples resulted in the sorting out of six specimens of

the new form. They were all taken by Mr. Neave in the

neighbourhood of the Mansya River and Lake Young at

the end of October and beginning of November 1908.

48, ACRAEA ONERATA.

Acraea onerata, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 61, pl. 8, f. 7, 8,

8a (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 7 (1898)

DAMARALAND (Okavango R.).

g. Expanse 44mm. F.-w. Ground-colour bright brick red

much like that of a not too fresh example of A. atolmis. Costa

very narrowly black. Apex and hind margin narrowly black.

Nervule ends black nearly as far as end of cell. A little black

at base of wing. Black spots as follows :—One in cell above

origin of nervule 2, two on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond

these, two together in 5 and 6, one beneath the other, followed by

one in 4 more distally placed and pointing outwards. This

followed by a fourth just beneath it but pointing inwards. A

large spot at base of area 2. In 1b a minute oe near base

close to median, and a submarginal beneath spot in 2 but more

distal.

H.-w. with a little black basal suffusion and a black hind-

marginal border about 2 mm. wide with only a faint trace of

paler internervular markings. Black spots as on underside.

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler, and inclined to pinkish

Spots as above with an additional brownish mark between the

cell spot and end of cell, and another between end of cell and

spot in 3.

H.-w. pinkish red with black spots as follows :—One in 9, one

in 8 against precostal, two in 7, the outer one forming the first

of a discal band of eight, the second in 6 nearer margin, third

in 5, still more distal, fourth in 4, more proximal (immediately

under first), fifth in 3 ‘under fourth), sixth in 2, seventh in lc

more distal, eighthin la, more proximal. Two in cell, the second

transverse, and a basal and subbasal in Ic, a spot in Ib,

and a subbasal in la. Marginal border black enclosing small

white internervular spots.

Head black with an orange spot between eyes and two on

collar. Thorax and basal part of abdomen black, terminal

portion orange. Claws unequal,

136 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

@. Resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour is more dusky

especially in the f.-w. The terminal portion of abdomen is

whitish.

I have described the ¢ from a single example in the

collection of Mr. Roland Trimen. This specimen differs

slightly from the type in being of a brighter red, in not

having a yellowish basal patch on h.-w. beneath, and

having the spots shghtly different on the h.-w.

The ¢ I know only from the figure (/. ¢.), both it and

the type ¢ being in the 8. African Museum at Capetown.

My search through large collections here and on the

Continent has failed to reveal another example, although

I have seen many specimens labelled with the name

onerata. The reputed specimens in the Staudinger

collection are a form of A. nohara, and in another large

collection I found an alleged example which proved to be

periphanes.

A, onerata is not a very distinctive form and is diffi-

cult to identify satisfactorily without further material.

The country whence the type was received has not been

much worked so that we may hope to see further examples

in the future.

49. ACRAEA ROHLFsI. Pl. I, f.7(¢).

Acraea rohlfsi, Suffert, Deut. Ent. Zeit. Iris, p. 124, pl. 3,

f. 5 (1904).

UKEREWE I. (in south of Lake Victoria Nyanza).

¢d. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. bright brick red. A narrow

black border round costa, apex, and hind margin, continued as

a black line along inner margin. A little black suffusion at

base especially in 1b and la. Nervures black. The nervule

ends rather broadly black widening somewhat where they

reach the hind margin so that the red ground-colour is divided

up into broad clavate streaks. Black spots as follows :—A

large spot in cell over origin of nervule 2, a spot on the disco-

cellulars, and beyond cell a band of large spots extending

from costal black into area 3, the spot in this area being nearly

separated from those above it. In 2 and 1b two small sub-

marginal spots lying parallel to hind margin. In 2 also a large

spot touching median, 3, and 2, and beneath it but nearer

margin a spot placed in a line with that in 3 parallel to hind

margin. A small spot in 1b nearly midway between base and

origin. of nervule 2.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 137

H.-w. bright brick red with a little black at base in le, 1b,

and la, A narrow black marginal border the inner edge of

which, between the nervules is straight, and narrowly edentate

on the nervules. Black spots as on underside.

Underside, F.-w. dull brick red with black spots as above.

Costa and hind margin only slightly darkened. Nervules grey

black, and internervular rays at apex inclining to orange.

H.-w. yellowish pink the basal half inclined to reddish. A

very narrow grey hind-marginal border, inwardly edged with

orange red internervular marks about twice the width of the

border, Nervule ends black. Black spots as follows :—One at

base in area 9, three equidistant spots in 7 the second just

beyond origin of nervule 7, Between and beneath the two more

distal of these, a small spot in 6, and beneath it but slightly

nearer margin a small spot in 5. One at base of areas 4, 3, and

2, all touching cell. Beneath that in 2 but nearer margin a

large spot in lc, and a second at the same level in 1b. Also

two spots in cell, the second rather oblique, its lower end touch-

ing median just beyond origin of nervule 3. A basal and a

subbasal in le and la, and a subbasal in Ib.

Head and thorax black with two or three reddish dots,

Abdomen black above with small reddish lateral dots towards

the extremity. Claws unequal.

It is through the kindness of Herr Ertl of Munich that

I am able to give a figure and full description of this

butterfly, he having sent me the type for that purpose.

The specimen has the appearance of being dwarfed or not

fully expanded, but is otherwise in good condition. It is

not quite lke anything else I have seen, and further

examples will be awaited with interest. It was taken on

the Island of Ukerewe in the southern part of Lake

Victoria Nyanza.

50. AcRarA atotmis. Pl. IX, f.9. Pl. XV, f. 27.

Acraea atolmis, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 343, pl. F,

f. 8, 4 (1882); I. c., ed. 2, p. 351, pl. 6, f. 3, 4 (1889);

Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p: 63, pl. 8, f. 1-3 (1891);

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 21 (1910).

= acontias (f. aestiv.), Westwood, 7. ¢., p. 345, pl. F, f. 7, 8

(1882); 1. c., ed. 2, p. 353, pl. 6, f. 7, 8 (1889) ; Trimen, 1: ¢.,

p. 64, pl. 8, f. 4 (1891).

= luxi, Rogenhofer, Aun. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 550, pl. 23, f, 5

(1889),

13 Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the

f. decora.

= acontias ab. decora, Weymer, Ent. Zeit. v. Guben, 16, p. 62

(1901) ; Iris., p. 225, pl. 2, f. 5 (1903).

AnGoLa (Longa R., Don Carlos, Bihé, Makweta, Luacinga R..,

Benguella, Guimbungo); DamMaraLaAND (Ovambo); Coneo

(Stanley Pool, Lualaba Valley); RaopEsta (Victoria Falls,

Chambezi Valley, Buluwayo, Barotseland).

6. Expanse 42-58 mm. Dry season form. Wings bright

brick red, with black markings. Costa, apex, and hind margin

narrowly black. Nervules rather heavily marked with black for

a length of some 7 mm. at apex and to a gradually decreasing

extent towards hind angle. Very slight basal black suffusion,

sometimes absent. A basal black streak in 1b, <A transverse

spot in cell over point of origin of nervule 2. A mark on upper

part of end of cell. Beyond end of cell a row of five small spots,

usually almost in a straight line at right angles to costa, but

occasionally irregularly placed. The fifth spot (in 3) separated

from the rest. A spot in area 2 close to median, and a sub-

marginal spot in 1b.

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion and some minute

black spots more easily observed on underside. An extremely

narrow black marginal line from apex to anal angle.

Underside. F.-w. dull pink as far as discal row of spots,

remainder pinkish ochreous striated by the black nervules and

by orange internervular streaks. A black spot at base of costa,

Other spots as on upperside, and sometimes a subbasal spot

in ib,

H.-w. dull pinkish ochreous to ochreous and striated by the

fine black nervules and by orange internervular streaks. An

extremely narrow black hind-marginal line. Black spots all

very small as follows :—A discal row of eight, one in each inter-

nervular space except 3. That in 7 somewhat before middle of

the area, and the next three closely beneath it arranged in a

nearly straight line at right angles to costa. The fifth in the

angle between 2 and the median, the sixth linear and obliquely

transverse, the seventh linear and transverse, the eighth minute

and more proximal. A dot on end of cell at origin of 6. A spot

in 8 against precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell (the second

linear and transverse) a basal and a subbasal in 1c, a subbasal

in 1b, and la (that in 1b more distally placed).

Head and collar with brownish tufts, thorax black with some

brownish hairs. Base of abdomen black, remainder pale orange

ochreous. Claws unequal.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 139

Q?. Resembles ¢ but ground-colour rather less brilliant, and

a trace of a pale subapical bar just beyond f.-w. discal spots. In

one example before me the ground-colour is pale brownish

ochreous and there isa distinct whitish subapical bar. Abdomen

black above with large yellowish lateral spots. Pale yellowish

beneath.

Wet season form ¢. Ground-colour as in dry form but all the

black markings larger. A black marginal border about 1 mm.

wide round both wings, narrower at angle of f.-w. and from angle

to base of h.-w. All spots much larger than in dry form. In

f.-w. an extra spot near base of 1b and a hind-marginal spot in la

immediately below the spot in 2. In h.-w. a well-developed

spot in 3, close to end of cell.

Underside much as in dry form, but spots larger in f.-w. and in

h.-w. 3 the extra spot is present. In f.-w. there is a narrow

submarginal line of ochreous along hind margin, and in h.-w. a

similar line rather broader and bounded on its inner edge by a

fine black line.

@. Ground-colour dull brownish ochreous to sepia black,

spotted asin ¢. The blackest forms show a small white sub-

apical bar in f.-w. the development of which becomes less the

more nearly the ground-colour approaches that of the ¢.

Weymer’s ab. decora is a ¢ with much of the f.-w. ground-

colour replaced by black. It is merely a melanic aberration,

The “seasonal” forms appear quite irregularly and

seem all to occur together at least in Angola.

51. ACRAEA PERIPHANES. PI. IX, ff. 6, 7.

Acraea periphanes, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 20, pl. 2, f. 23

(1893) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 657 (1894); dc. p. 116

(1896); Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 107 (1897); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 97 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19

(1910).

L. Meru; NyassaLanp (Zomba); Conco (Lualaba,

Katanga); RuHopEsta (Kasama, Lower Chambezi R., L.

Bangweolo).

f. beni.

= A. beni, Bethune-Baker, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 110 (1908) ;

Eltringham, Novit. Zoo]., xviii, p. 152 (1911).

AncGota ; RHopesta (Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo).

f, melaina, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 152 (1911),

140

Mr. H. Eltrmegham’s Monograph of the

= periphanes, (part,) Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19 (1910),

Ruopesta (Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo),

f. wmida.

= onerata, f. wmida, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 53, p. 246,

pl. vi, f. 10 (1908).

= periphanes, f. marginata, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii,

p. 153 (1911).

Ruopesia (Chinsali; Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo).

f. acritoides, Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 153 (1911).

= periphanes, (part,) Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20 (1910).

RHODESIA (Chinsali; Lower Chambezi Valley ; L. Bangweolo).

A. periphanes periphanes.

do. Expanse about 56 mm. Wings bright red with a rosy

tinge. Costa very narrowly black from near end of cell.

Apex black (6 mm. wide) the inner edge of the patch

somewhat suffused. Hind margin narrowly black widened

somewhat at the nervules, A basal black streak in lb. Black

spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of nervule 2. A

double spot on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond the cell

a discal row of five spots, the first (in 10) very minute, the

second and third (in 5 and 6). These three usually he in a

straight line nearly at right angles to costa. The fourth (in 4)

is nearer margin, and is obliquely placed, its long axis being

nearly at right angles to the hind margin. Beneath this (in 3)

the fifth spot, rounded, and lying in a straight line with the

first three. In area 2 a rounded spot close to median, and in

area 1b a submarginal and a subbasal spot (this often absent

or minute). H.-w. often a little darker in colour than the f.-w.

A black basal suffusion, widest in le, and a narrow black hind-

marginal border, more or less broken up by internervular spots

of the ground-colour. The black spots are as on underside but

those in la and 1b sometimes faintly indicated.

Underside. F.-w. dull pinkish, the apical black of upper-

side represented by a greyish ochreous patch on which the

nervules are strongly marked in black, and there are fairly

distinct orange internervular rays. A fine black marginal line

from apex to hind angle. Spots as above and a black dot at

base of costa. H.-w. ground-colour orange ochreous, areas 8,

part of 7, end of cell, middle of 1c, 1b, and Ja pink. Base of |

cell, 1c, 1b, and la lemon-ochreous. Hind margin lemon-

ochreous divided into spots by the black ends of the nervules,

—

eS Se

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 141

and narrow black internervular arches, A thin black marginal

line from apex to anal angle. Black spots as follows :—A

median row of eight, the first in 7 near middle, second in 6

nearer margin, third in 4 in a line with second nearly at right

angles to costa (very rarely a faint trace of a spot in 5), fourth

in 3 close to end of cell, fifth in 2 touching median and

nervule 2, sixth in le nearer margin, seventh in 1b slightly

nearer base, eighth in la still nearer base. A spot in 8

rather beyond the precostal, a transverse subbasal spot in 7,

one round and one transverse spot in cell, and one on upper

discocellulars. A subbasal spot in 1c, 1b, and la, the second

of these nearer margin than the other two. A basal spot in le.

Fringes yellowish white. Head and thorax covered with reddish

brown hair, abdomen black above, orange beneath, and with

whitish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 62mm. Ground-colour extremely variable,

rosy pink, warm sepia, or creamy white with a brownish basal

suffusion. Markingsasin ¢. The red form closely resembles

6 on both surfaces, the sepia form has whitish spots on the hind

margin of h.-w. and on the underside the f.-w. apex, and the

ground-colour of the h.-w. are greenish ochreous. The whitish

form is almost without the brown basal suffusion on the under-

side and the ground-colonr is like that of the upperside.

A periphanes, f. beni.

This form was described by Bethune-Baker as a new species

(l. ¢.). It is characterised by the absence of the subapical

black in the f.-w. The 2 may be of the sepia form, or

dull red.

A. periphanes, f. melaina. PP). ILI, f. 10(¢).

Differs from typical examples in having a heavy black basal

suffusion in both wings. The h.-w. margin is broad with only

a trace of pale spots, in the ¢ it radiates into the discal area, and

in the 9 has a more regular though suffused inner edge and

is widest (about 45 mm.) at lc and 2. The ? 9 present the

same variations of ground-colour as the ¢ ¢.

A. periphanes, f. wmida. Pl. V, f.7(¢).

In this form the basal suffusion and h.-w. margin are as heavy

as in the melaina form but the apices of f.-w. are not at all

or only slightly blackened, though the ends of the nervules

are distinctly black. The discal spots are usually larger than

in the type form. The ? @ present the same variations of

ground-colour as do those of the typical form.

142 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. periphanes, f. acritoides. Pl. III, f. 11 (¢).

Differs from typical examples in having more elongated wings,

and in the absence of the apical black patch and the discal spots

of the f.-w. These differences have the effect of giving the

insect a very close resemblance to 4. acrita as already noted by

Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20, 1910). Of this form I have only

seen male examples.

Examples of A. periphanes from the Alala plateau,

N.W. Rhodesia, present much the same series of forms,

but the specimens are generally of smaller size.

The extraordinary formation of the male genital arma-

ture in periphanes separates it very definitely from allied

species.

The different forms above described are neither seasonal

nor geographical unless Angola produces only the form

bent. Even then the latter could not be regarded as a

subspecies since it also occurs in other localities. It is

a curious fact that dead and dried examples of this species

usually have the last three or four segments of the

abdomen sharply bent downwards and forwards.

GROUP VIII.

52. ACRAEA AUREOLA. PI. II, f.8(¢). Pl. 1X., ff. 14, 15.

Acraea aureola, Eltringham, Novit. Zool. xviii, p. 149 (1911).

ANGOLA (Bihé).

¢. Expanse 60 mm. Rich golden yellow with black spots

and markings. F.-w. narrow and pointed, base very slightly

suffused with black ; ground-colour of basal portion of a some-

what richer tint than the remainder: costa very narrowly

black except at base ; subcostal, nervule 6, and distal ends of

remaining nervules black. Hind margin narrowly black, ex-

panded into small triangular marks at ends of nervules. A

large ovate transverse spot in cell above origin of 2. A sub-

quadrate spot on upper part of end of cell. A little beyond

cell an outwardly convex row of five rather small rounded

spots; beneath these nearer to base, and between nervules 2

and 3, a rounded spot ; below this and slightly nearer margin a

small, rather crescentic spot, and a very small subbasal spot in

area 1b close to median.

H.-w. rather paler than f.-w.; a moderately heavy black basal

suffusion ; in area 7 a subbasal spot followed by a larger trans-

verse spot near middle of costal margin; beneath this but

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 143

nearer margin a spot in area 6. In middle of cell a transverse

V-shaped spot, the angle pointing outwards ; remaining spots

obscured by basal suffusion. Hind margin with a very narrow

black line, and a series of well-marked black internervular

arches.

Underside. F.-w. resembling upperside but paler and duller ;

apical portion pinkish ochreous ; nervules not black and without

triangular marginal marks. No basal suffusion. H.-w. pinkish

ochreous ; the basal portion brown ochreous, except above the

subcostal ; a round black spot near base of cell, followed by

a V-shaped mark as on upperside. In area le a basal spot

followed by another V-shaped mark, and a spot in 1b and la ;

other marks as on upperside.

Head and thorax brown; basal part of abdomen black,

remainder orange ; tarsal claws unequal,

Only a single example of this beautiful species is

known to me. It appears to be very distinct. The

structure of the genital armature is quite characteristic,

and the dorsal abdominal plate is folded in a very peculiar

manner, as I have endeavoured to show on PI. IX, f. 15.

I have placed the species in a separate group, as it does

not appear to have any near allies.

GROUP IX.

53. ACRAEA ACRITA. Pl. X, ff, 1,4. PI. XVI, f. 10.

Acraea acrita, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 3, f. 18 (1865) ;

Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 381 (1889) (part); Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 28, pl. 4, f. 4 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 96 (1898) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 16 (1910) (part).

f. msamwwiae, Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. 2, p. 282

(1911).

f. aquilina, Strand, I. c., p. 281 (1911).

f. nyassicola, Strand, 1. c., p. 282 (1911).

PortucuEseE E. Arrica (Mt. Pakolwe); MasHONALAND;

ZAMBESI; ManicatanpD; Ruopesta (Chambezi, Luangwa,

Alala Plateau, Kafue R., Mt. Kapsuku, Ft. Jameson) ;

NYASSALAND.

A. acrita ambigua, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 9, 12.

Trimen, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 70, pl. 9, f. 11 (1891); Aurivillins,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 17

(1910) ; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, p. 280 (1911).

144

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

fe) Gallons ee ONC e tial, 4s

Weymer, Ent. Zeit. Ver. von Guben, p. 61 (1901); Iris, p.

225, pl. 2, f. 4 (1903) ; Strand, U.c., p. 281 (1911).

L. BanewrEoLo ; Luwineu ; TANGANYIKA PLATEAU ; MaAniIca-

LAND; Barorse Country ; E. DAMARALAND (Okavango).

Acraea acrita pudorina, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 3, 6.

Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, i, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885); Pagen-

stecker, Jahrb. Hamb. Naturw. Arnst., 10, 2, No. 6, p. 19

(1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 566 (1894) ; Trans. Ent.

Soe., p. 520 (1895) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898) ;

Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 5, 2, p. 281 (1911).

f. wtenguensis, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 130, pl. 2, f. 9

(1908) ; Strand, J. c.; p. 281 (1911).

3RITISH E, Arrica (Mori R., Kibwezi, L. Baringo, Ngomeni,

Nandi, Kikuyu Escarpment, Taita, Fort Hall, Machakos, Taveta,

Rabai); German E. Arrica (Mt. Kilimandjaro); ZANZIBAR

Coast.

A. acrita littoralis, subsp. nov. Pl. X, ff. 7, 10.

= acrita, Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt., 3, p. 381 (1889) (part).

f. aquilia, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 129, pl. 2, f. 8

(1903) ; Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berl., 5, 2, p. 280 (1911).

f. chaeribulula, Strand, l.¢., p. 281 (1911).

f. wsaramensis, Strand, l. c., p. 282 (1911).

German E. Arrica (Tabora, Mandera, Dar-es-Salaam,

Usaramo, Lindi).

A. acrita manca, subsp. nov. Pl. X, ff. 2,5. Pl. XVI, f. 12.

= A. guillemei manca, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 48, p. 305

(1903).

f. lindica.

= acrita, f. lindicu, Strand, l. c., p. 282 (1911).

GerMaN E. Arrica (Irangi, Iraku, Itumba, Usagara,

Usukumu, Tabora).

A. acrita bellona, subsp. Pl. X, ff. 8,11. Pl. XVI, f. 11.

Weymer, Deut. Ent. Zeit., p. 728 (1908); Strand, Mitt. Zool.

Mus. Berl., p. 280 (1911).

AncGoua (Benguella, Chissamba, Caconda, Calweha, Ceramba,

Guiballa).

A, acrita, f. parwperata.

Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 129 (1903); Strand, l.c., p. 281

(1911).

(A form liable to be found in any locality, and differing only

in absence of subbasal spot in f.-w. 1b.)

Re ag ae og. AP Pa el ee

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 145

Acraea acrita appears to be a very unstable species of

wide distribution, and on the verge of becoming divided

into several different species. Its extreme variability

combined with an excessive development of seasonal

dimorphism has led to the description of a confusing

multiplicity of forms. The highly complicated structure

of the male armature, extending as it does to remarkable

modifications in the structure of the dorsal abdominal

plate, serves rather to enhance than to mitigate the

difficulty. For a time I was of opinion that the forms

could be resolved into several distinct species, but having

now examined some hundreds of examples, including

specimens from practically every known locality and taken

at different seasons, and having also examined the

structure of the male and female armatures in examples

occurring throughout the range of the species, I can tind

no satisfactory means of dividing the forms into anything

more definite than subspecies. Several geographical

races or subspecies appear to be recognisable. At the

northern limit of its range the subspecies pudorina occurs,

characterised by its more than usually elongated wings,

and the paucity or absence, according to the season, of

spots in the f-w. Further south, along the East Coast

and extending as far as Delagoa Bay, is the subspecies

which I have called littoralis. I should have been

glad to have avoided the addition of another name to the

already over-extended list, were it not for the fact that

most of the existing names of forms which appear to

belong to this subspecies indicate definite localities, and

thus are apt to be misleading. Following this are the

typical acrita and acrita ambigua which may be regarded

as the central races, whilst in Angola the subspecies

bellona appears to be perhaps the most distinctly

separated of all, and is characterised by the exceptionally

large size of the black spots in the f.-w.

These races include all the described forms except f.

peuperata, Thurau, and the subspecies manca.

Pauperata may occur in any subspecies, being merely

distinguished by the absence of the basal spot in area 1b

of the f-w. It is unfortunate that this feature should

have been utilised as a key character by Strand in his

list of the forms (/. ¢. swp.), since it is one of the most

variable and unstable features of the species. It is not

consistently absent even in pudorina, whilst several

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) L

146 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

examples before me have the spot in one wing and not

in the other. The subspecies manca is described later.

It is scarcely possible from the wing pattern alone to

distinguish with certainty between all the races of acrita.

They can, however, be to some extent distinguished (save

in the case of transitional forms) by the central process of

the dorsal abdominal plate which covers the male arma-

ture. In pudorina this is very short and cup-like, in

littoralis it is of medium length and blunt, in acrita acrita

it is long and somewhat spatulate, but in bellona it is

usually (though not invariably) pointed, whilst there is

always a prominent tooth, sometimes of bifid structure, at

the base on the ventral side. These features can usually

be observed in the dried specimen merely by the aid of a

lens, especially after the characteristic appearance has

been studied from the plates accompanying the present

work.

To give a minute description of all the named forms of

A. acrita would scarcely, I think, owing to the great

variability of the species, serve a useful purpose. I shall

therefore endeavour to give such typical descriptions,

together with an account of the principal directions in

which variation takes place, as should enable the collector

to identify as nearly as possible, examples of the species.

With the exception of extreme wet-season forms of the

female, acrita may generally be recognised by the peculiar

flame orange-colour of the wings, usually with a paler or

even whitish discal bar in the f.-w., by the absence of spots

beyond the end of f.-w. cell (except in manca) by the

presence of three, usually well marked (except in pudorina),

often very prominent, black spots in f.-w., one on the end

of cell, one in area 2, and one in 1b, the latter close to

margin, and all three in a straight line at right angles to

the costa.

The following typical examples may be thus further

described :—

A, acrita acrita.

¢. Expanse 60-72 mm. Dry season. Ground-colour of all the

wings flame orange, tending basally to scarlet. Outer half of f.-w,

rich orange. A narrow black line along costa. A black apical

tip about 2 mm. wide, and a narrow black line round margin.

A large black spot in cell above, and usually slightly beyond

origin of 2. On upper half of end of cell a double spot. In

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 147

basal part of area 2 a spot, and a submarginal spot in 1b. These

three lie in a straight line across the wing at right angles to

costa. There may also be a subbasal spot in 1b, This spot

varies considerably. It may be present in one wing and not in

the other, or it may even be double in one wing and single in

the other.

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion, and a hind-marginal

border formed of well-marked black arches on a marginal black

line, the latter continued as a narrow line right round the inner

margin. Black spots variable and more easily observed on the

underside.

Underside, f.-w. resembles the upper, but paler. The apical

area ochreous with orange internervular rays, and ends of

nervules black. A black spot at base of costa, but no apical

black. Spots as above. H.-w. creamy ochreous with red splashes

between the nervules. Black spots as follows :—A discal row

beginning with one in 7 beyond the middle, second in 6 about

2mm. nearer to margin, very rarely a spot in 5, when present

small and just below the second, a spot in 4 close to end of cell,

a spot (sometimes absent) in 3, touching end of cell, another in

2 touching median and 2, one in Ic nearer to margin, one in 1b

further from margin and on a level with that in 2, and usually

a minute spot still nearer to base in la.

A spot in area 9 on base of cell, one in 8 some distance beyond

precostal, a subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one in 5 on middle

diseocellular, a basal and a subbasal in le, ditto in 1b, and a

basal in la.

Head black with an orange tuft between the eyes, collar

orange, thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen black with

orange lateral spots, remainder orange. Fringes of all wings

conspicuously white. Claws unequal.

gd. Wet season. Ground-colour rather darker. F.-w. with a

black basal suffusion reaching the subbasal spot in 1b. Spots as

in dry form but larger. Apical black 3 to 4 mm. wide. H.-w.

with more black basal suffusion, especially in le. Discal row

of spots all present and nearly all confluent. Marginal black

border about 3 mm. wide to nervule 2, where it widens cut to

4 mm. There is only a trace of internervular spots of the

ground-colour. In extreme examples the black may join the

basal suffusion, or even overrun almost the whole of the h.-w.

Underside much as in dry season form, but black spots

larger, and h,.-w. marginal arches heavier.

2. Dry season. Expanse 60 to 66 mm. F.-w. much more

rounded than in ¢. Ground-colour similar but duller. F.-w.

L 2

148 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

apical black, rather broader. H.-w. marginal black, broader

and heavier. Dorsal part of abdomen black, with yellowish

lateral spots.

Q. Intermediate between wet and dry. F.-w. coffee brown

at base, outer half ochreous. H.-w. almost entirely suffused

with black. Spotsasin ¢. Underside proportionately duller.

2. Wet season. Smoky black, spots especially in h.-w. only

just distinguishable. Subapical part of f.-w. smoky ochreous.

Underside f.-w. smoky ochreous at base, outer half dull ochreous.

H.-w. dull red. Base of cell and le pale sage green, marginal

black arches enclosing pale sage green spots. Abdomen black

above with white lateral spots.

A. acrita ambigua, subsp.

¢. Dry season. Distinguished from acrita acrita principally

by the increased width of the apical black in the f.-w. which

is about 6 mm. wide. Extreme examples may have only the

cell spot and the discocellular spots in f.-w., and the black arches

of h.-w. margin are often obsolescent towards the anal angle.

On the underside the h.-w. is without the internervular red

splashes in the discal area. The f.-w. subapical area is usually

paler than in acrita acrita.

od. Wet season. Differs from the dry form in the same way

as the corresponding forms of acrita acrita.

2. Dry season. Resembles the ¢ but is duller coloured and

has more rounded wings.

2. Wet season. Similarly marked to the ¢ but the ground-

colour dusky grey and the f.-w. subapical area white.

The figure of the ? of this form accompanying Trimen’s

original description is a somewhat abnormal example

combining some of the dry-season red with the white sub-

apical bar of the wet season.

A, acrita bellona, subsp. Pl. V, f. 4.

¢. Dry season. Easily distinguished from all the other forms

by the very large size of the spots in cell, on discocellulars,

and in area 2. These spots, especially in wet season 2 9 may

be so large as to become confluent. In addition to this dis-

tinction the f.-w. is more pointed and the apical black is 7 to

8mm. broad. Occasional very dry ¢ ¢ may be rather difficult

to distinguish from wet ¢ ¢ of ambigua, though the spots

referred to seem never to be reduced quite to the size of those

in the latter subspecies. There is the same absence of red

splashes on the underside.

¢. Wet season. Differs little in ground-colour from the dry

African Species of the Genus Aeraea. 149

form but the spots are larger, especially those of the f.-w. The

area between end of cell and apical black is very pale ochreous,

and the h.-w. marginal black is better developed though not to

the extent found in acrita acrita.

2. Dry season. Resembles the dry season g. Very slightly

duller in colour, and with more rounded wings.

2. Intermediate. Resembles the ¢ but wings more rounded

and red colour replaced by dusky brown. Spots large and f.-w.

apical black about 9 mm. wide. A white discal patch extending

from end of cell to apical black. Underside correspondingly

dull in colour,

2. Wet season. Resembles the foregoing intermediate form

but the ground-colour dark smoky grey. Underside with base

of cell and area 2, also internervular portions of hind-marginal

border pale sage green.

2° of acrita bellona are distinguished by the character of

the genital plate which is very much narrower structure than in

other forms (except pudorina). It is in fact in a condition inter-

mediate between that in pudorina and the other forms.

A. acrita littoralis.

¢g. Dry season. Ground-colour somewhat less brilliant than

in acrita acrita. F,-w. apical black 3mm. wide. H.-w. hind-

marginal black arches rather faint towards anal angle. Many

of h.-w. spots rather faintly indicated on upper side,

6- Wet season. F.-w. spots larger than in dry form, and

apical black broader than in acrita acrita (4-5 mm.). H.-w.

discal spots very variable. Rarely a trace of a spot in area 5,

sometimes no spot in 3, often all the spots very close together.

Hind-marginal border with well-marked black arches varying to

an almost entirely black border 3mm. wide. H.-w. underside

with or without red splashes in the discal area.

@. Dry season. Resembling dry ¢ but with more rounded

wings and duller in ground-colour. H.-w. hind-marginal border

heavier, often leaving only a trace of internervular spots. The

inner edge of this border may be either sharply defined or

suffused.

2. Wet season. Marked as in dry @ but ground-colour

smoky grey and f.-w. apical black 6-7 mm. wide. A discal

white band between apical black and end of cell. Underside

correspondingly dull in colour. H.-w. marginal spots white or

greenish.

This form is distinguished from acrita acrita principally

by the broader apical black of the f.-w. and the shorter

150 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

process of the terminal dorsal abdominal plate. In spite of

its geographical position it is somewhat intermediate in

pattern between acrita acrita and acrita ambigua.

A, acrita pudorina. ;

¢. Dry season. F.-w. rather more pointed than acrita acrita.

Ground-colour rather duller flame colour varying to rosy.

F.-w. almost devoid of spots, though curiously enough there is

often a faint trace of a discal row of spots beyond the cell. No

basal black suffusion and very little apical black, often a mere

marginal line. Though the ground-colour is rather richer near

base, there is no distinct paler outer area of the ground-colour.

The spot in 2 when present is nearly always nearer the median

than in the other forms of acrita, thus destroying the straight line

effect already referred to. The spots on h.-w. ure faintly

indicated on the upperside, as also are the hind-marginal black

arches. There is a slight black basal suffusion. Discal area of

the h.-w. underside is not splashed with red.

a. Wet season. Differs only in the somewhat more distinct

black markings. A black suffusion at base of h.-w. Apical

black about 1 mm. wide and h.-w. marginal black 3 mm. wide,

sometimes leaving only a trace of internervular markings.

2. Dry season. Resembles ¢@ but the wings are more

rounded,

. Intermediate. Duller than ¢ with a brown basal suffusion

in f.-w. and rather rosy-pink h.-w., the marginal border of

which is rather heavily marked with black.

@. Wet season. Resembles the intermediate form in mark-

ings but ground-colour dusky ochreous grey. No subapical

white. Black basal suffusion in both wings. H.-w. marginal

border black 3 mm. wide with a faint indication of pale inter-

nervular spots. Abdomen black with white lateral spots.

Underside correspondingly dull in colour and h.-w. hind-

marginal spots white.

A. acrita. f. manca. PI. III, f. 8(¢).

This peculiar form is comparatively rare in collections. The

¢@ has an expanse of 52 mm. and the 9 56. The g resembles in

shape a small but uniformly coloured example of acrita

pudorina. The f.-w. has a narrow black apical border. A spot

in cell just beyond origin of 2 and one on upper part of end of

cell. The spot in 2 touches the median so that it does not make

a straight line with those on end of cell and in la. There is a

well-marked subbasal spot in la, and a fully developed discal

band of fowr spols beyond the cell, the first of which is very

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 151

minute. The h.-w. has a slight basal black suffusion and a

clearly defined marginal border of black arches. The discal and

basal spots are as in other forms of acrita but there is no spot in

3and 5. The underside is paler and duller. The discal area of

h.-w. is devoid of red splashes and the internervular spots of the

margin are ochreous.

The 2 resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour of the f.-w.

has a brownish tinge and the spots are Jarger, especially the

first of the f.-w. discal row. But for this discal row of spots,

and the marginal spots of h.-w. underside which are ochreous

instead of whitish, this 2 closely resembles certain intermediate

2 @ of acritu pudorina.

A. acrita manca. f. lindica.

¢. Expanse 58-64 mm. The apical black about 5 mm, wide.

From middle of wing to the inner edge of the apical black the

ground-colour is rich ochreous the basal area being of the usual

flame orange colour. The usual spots are present but small, but

there are no subapical spots as in the typical manca form. In

the h.-w. the spots are as usual but I have seen no example of

either sex having a spot in area 3, ~The marginal border is

formed of a series of confluent black rings enclosing spots of the

eround-colour,

2. Dry season. Resembles ¢ but rather duller, the ground-

colour having a tendency to rose colour,

@. Wet season, Sepia grey with a white subapical patch,

f.-w. apical black, all spots, and h.-w. marginal border rather

more heavily marked than in dry season form.

The occurrence of this apparent subspecies of acrita with

its two very different forms adds greatly to the complica-

tion and difficulty of the subject. My reason for

separating them from the other forms is based on the

structure of the dorsal abdominal plate in the f and that

of the genital plate of the 2. In the former the central

process is very long and lingulate, and the latter is a

thick cylindrical chitinous structure very different from

the corresponding organ in other forms. These structures

are constant and similar both in the manca form with its

subapical spots, and in the lindica form in which these

spots are absent. I have used the name lindica because the

male described agrees with that so named by Strand (/. ¢.).

That author’s example was taken near Lindi, but all the

other examples I have seen have been found in the more

central parts of German E. Africa.

152 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

There are before me 2? examples of an intermediate form

of the pudorina subspecies which show traces of the f.-w.

subapical spots as developed in the manca form, but the

structure of the ? genital plate is quite different and con-

forms to that of other 99 of acrita.

But for the above facts I should be inclined to regard

the manca form as a distinct species, such a view being

stronely supported by the difference in the structure of

the abdominal plate. I do not however feel justified in

assigning specific rank to the present form so long as we

possess so few examples.

It will be understood that the various subspecies of

acrita above described overlap in their geographical distri-

bution and that intermediate forms are liable to occur,

which fact combined with the general tendency to melanic.

development in the wet season, furnishes material for a

very wide range of individual variation.

As a result many form names have been published in

connection with this species, these being enumerated in

the synonymy already given. Though many of these are

of little systematic importance it is necessary for the

completion of the present work that these form names

should as far as possible be identified. A key has recently

been published by Dr. Strand of Berlin (/. ¢. sup.), who

also made several additions to the list. I give below

those to which allusion has not already been made in the

foregoing descriptions, together with notes as to the

apparent systematic position of each form.

f. aquilia, Thurau, isa wet season § of acrita littoralis,

f. wtengulensis, Thurau, appears to be a wet season ¢ of

acrita pudorina.

f. bella, Weymer, is a dry season f of acrita bellona.

f. chaeribulula, Strand, is apparently an intermediate @

of acrita littoralis.

f. aqguilina, Strand, appears to be a wet season 2 some-

what intermediate between acrita acrita and acrita

littoralis.

f. msamwiae, Strand, is a wet season 2 of acrita acrita,

f. usaramensis, Strand, isa wet season f of acrita littoralis.

f. nyassicola, Strand, is an intermediate ¢ of acrita acrita.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 155

There is in the general collection of the Berlin Museum

a remarkable form of A. aerita bearing the label “ Uganda.”

The ground-colour is very brilliant. Beyond the cell in

f.-w. there is a very small spot im area 6, below thisa large

spot in 5, and beneath that, but nearer margin a dot, more

distinctly visible on the underside. The h.-w. has a very

broad black border, narrow at the apex but immediately

expanding to about 4 mm. and at nervule 3 to some 6 mm.

wide. The border on underside is of the usual pattern.

The specimen is labelled gwillemei, but has nothing to

do with that species. The process of the terminal

abdominal plate is short, a little longer than in the

pudorina form. No conclusion can be drawn from a

single, apparently aberrant specimen of this kind, bear-

ing a vague locality label. I have seen no other example

of any form of acrifa purporting to have been taken in

Uganda.

Reference to the drawings of the ¢ armatures of forms

of acrita shown on Plate X will suggest that marked

differences of structure are to be found in these organs.

Differences do certainly exist, but from a series of prepara-

tions carefully examined I cannot find satisfactory constant

differences. The peculiar short blunt hooks vary in thick-

ness and in the shape of their extremities, and the size and

contour of the massive penis sheath is also inconstant.

Moreover with a structure of such complication it is a

matter of the greatest difficulty to make accurate compari-

son of the dimensions of the various parts. Such difficulty

would not be insuperable given an unlimited number of

specimens from every locality. Hach part, uncus, claspers,

sheath, etc., could then be carefully measured and tabulated.

The magnificent material generously placed at my disposal

by the Hon. W. Rothschild almost warranted such an

investigation, but numerous though the specimens are,

there appear to be some localities still insutliciently repre-

sented, so that for the present the problem of the true

relationships of the forms of acrita must await a future

solution. The species does not appear to be rare, so that

we may look forward to having the assistance of much

needed breeding experiments in the near future.

54, ACRAKA CHABRIBULA. PI. IX, ff. 17,18. Pl. XVI, f. 8.

Acraea chaeribula, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent. 17, p. 19, pl. 2, f. 16

(1893); Aurivillius (acrita var.); Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898) ;

154 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 19 (1910); Strand (acrita f.)

Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, v. Band, 2 Heft, p. 282 (1911).

Nyassatanp (Zomba); N. RuopEsia ; Conco (Katanga);

GERMAN E, AFRICA.

¢. Expanse 50-58 mm. Wings deep orange-red shading to

yellow in f.-w. subapical area, without the tinge of scarlet

common in forms of A. acrita. F.-w. with some black at base

which may be absent in very dry season specimens. Costa very

faintly hned with black. Apex witha black tip 8-10 mm. wide

usually with a fairly sharply defined proximal edge at right

angles to costa, The remainder of hind margin bounded by a

faint black line. A spot in cell slightly beyond origin of 2, one

on upper part of discocellulars, one at base of area 2 close to

median, a submarginal and a subbasal in la.

H.-w with a black basal suffusion usually extending into area

7 and widest in 1c. A hind-marginal border formed by a marginal

line and black internervular arches. Spots as on underside,

those near base obscured by the black suffusion.

Underside. F.-w. ground-colour as above but paler, apical

black replaced by greyish ochreous divided by the black

nervules and orange ochreous rays. A black spot at base of

costa. Other spots as on upperside.

H.-w. dull orange ochreous, base of 7, end of cell, and

median portions of 1c, 1b, and la splashed with red. Base of

cell, 2, le, 1b and la pale greenish. Marginal border as on

upperside but enclosing greenish or greenish-yellow spots.

Black spots as follows :—Discal row, one in 7 about middle,

one in 6 nearer margin, very rarely a minute spot in 5 beneath

the second. Beneath this a spot in 4; in 3a small spot touch-

ing end of cell (often absent), a spot in 2 touching median and

2, a spot in lc, 1b and la, each nearer to base than the spot

preceding it. A spot in 8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two

in cell and one at base of 5 on m.d.c., a basal and a subbasal in

le and a subbasal in 1b and la.

Head black, usually with a pale mark between the eyes,

thorax black with red hairs, abdomen black tipped witb orange,

and with orange lateral spots. Claws unequal,

The above description is that applying to average

examples. Very dry forms may have no spots at all in

f.-w. and a very pale median area. Very wet forms may

have an excess of black suffusion in the h-w. The most

constant feature is the very broad black apex in the

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 155

primaries. The ground-colour is also constantly yellower

than in A. acrita.

Q. Expanse 50-58 mm. Dry season. Ground-colour but

little duller than that of ¢. Abdomen black above with white

lateral spots. Wing spots often very small, and faint on upper-

side, otherwise spots and markings as in ¢.

Wet season. Ground-colour tending to dusky ochreous.

There would seem to be much less seasonal dimorphism

in A. chaertbula, than in acrita.

Professor Aurivillius when compiling his catalogue of

African Rhopalocera regarded the species as a form of

acrita. Neave, however, pointed out (/. c.) that it was

quite a distinct species, a fact which he established on his

experience of the insect in life, and also from an examina-

tion of the male armature. In spite of this, however, Strand

includes it in his list of forms of acrita, merely remarking

in a footnote that according to Neave chaeribula is a good

species.

55. ACRAEA LUALABAE. PI. IX, f. 16.

Acraea lualabae, Neave, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 18, pl. 1, f. 4

(1910).

Conco (Lualaba R.).

6. Expanse about 50mm. Wings rather dull orange some-

what paler on f.-w. median area: f.-w. with a very slight black

suffusion at base and a conspicuous black tip about 7 mm. wide.

A black spot in cell very slightly beyond origin of 2, and one

on upper part of end of cell. Two discal spots beyond cell, one

in 5 and a larger one in 3. In 2 a large spot touching the

median, and in 1b a submarginal and a subbasal spot.

H.-w. dull orange with a black basal suffusion, and a marginal

border formed of black arches on a narrow marginal line. Spots

as on underside but smaller. In the cotype at Oxford there is

a spot in area 5 on upperside, which is reduced to a minute dot

on underside. The type has no spot in this area.

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but paler, the apical black

replaced by dark ochreous, A black spot at base of costa.

H.-w. pale orange ochreous, lemon ochreous at base of cell to

inner margin, reddish at base of area 7, and in median portion

of le, 1b and la. Marginal border with black arches enclosing

rounded spots of pale dul! ochreous. Black spots as follows :—

A median spot in 7, a spot in 6 much nearer margin, under this

a minute dot in 5 representing the spot on upperside which is

156 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

present in the cotype and not in the type; in 4 a spot near

margin immediately beneath that in 6, a spot in 3 not quite

touching end of cell, one in 2 touching median and nervule 2,

a large transverse spot in lc, nearer to margin, and one in 1b

and la nearer to base. In addition to these, aspot in 8 shghtly

removed from precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base

of 5 touching m.d.c., a transverse subbasal spot in le and la,

and between these, but more distally placed, a small spot in 1b,

Head and thorax black, latter with a few brown hairs,

abdomen black with the last two or three segments orange.

Claws unequal.

2 unknown.

There are at present only two examples of this Acraea,

the type in the National Collection and the cotype

at Oxford. Both were taken by Neave on the Lualaba

River, Belgian Congo. It is distinguishable from small

examples of A. acrita by the f.-w. discal spots, and from

acrita manca by the broad black apical patch.

The genital armature is very distinct. The claspers are

entirely different from those of acrita, or mdeed of any

other species I have examined. The true uncus is reduced

to a mere bristle, whilst the chitinous sheath of the penis

is developed into what appears to be a false uncus.

GROUP X.

56. ACRAEA DIOGENES. Pl. XVI, f. 13.

Acraeu diogenes, Suffert, Deut. Ent. Zeit. “Iris,” xvii, p. 14

(1904.)

“LOWER GUINEA.”

= lactea, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 20, pl. 1, f. 7 (1910).

BELGIAN Conco (Upper and Lower Lufupa R..).

@. Expanse 48-56 mm. F.-w. translucent and having a

milky appearance, being sparsely covered with greyish white

scales, and for a depth of about 6 mm. the apex is somewhat

dusky, the nervules and rays being a little darker. There isa

trace of a dark spot in the middle of cell, and another in 2 just

under median. In 1b a third much nearer margin. H.-w

rather more thickly scaled dusky white, with a blackish mar-

ginal line and interneryular arches, the latter inwardly suffused.

The spots of the underside show through.

Underside, f.-w. almost scaleless, h.-w. dusky greyish with

rather thick well-marked black marginal arches enclosing spots

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 157

of ground-colour. End of cell, end of area 2, and all of la, 1b,

and Ic, except extreme base, scaled with rusty red. Black spots

as follows :—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second followed

by a spot in 6, and 5 all parallel to the apical margin, one in 4

close to cell, beneath it and nearer margin one in 3, one in 2

touching median and nervule 2, beneath it one in lc, and one

in 1b level with that in 2. Also two in cell, a dot on the middle

discocellular, a basal and a subbasal in le, 1b, and la.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few whitish marks.

In spite of the difference in locality Neave’s Jactea

appears to be the same species as Suffert’s diogenes, the

type of which I have carefully examined. 'The cotype of

lactea 11 the Oxford collection differs only in its larger

size, its fresher condition, and in the greater extent of red

on the underside of h.-w. So far as I am aware there

are only three examples known, all 2 2, and until more

material is available it is difficult to decide the true

affinity of this form. The genital plate is, as will be seen

from a reference to the figure on Plate X VI, of a most curious

formation, unlike that of any other species which I have

had the opportunity of examining. The portion surround-

ing the opening of the bursa copulatrix consists of a

heavily ridged mass of chitin, thickly set with minute

spines or teeth, and resembles in this respect the mem-

brane surrounding the male organs in periphanes It

bears no resemblance, however, to the @ plate in peri-

phanes, which is of comparatively simple structure.*

GROUP XI.

Sie acpsEA LEucopyea, Pl, XII, f. 3. Pl. XVI, f. 7.

Acraea lewcopyga, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. 25, p. 92, f. 32

(1904) ; Neave, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 22 (1910).

= liszti, Suffert, Iris, 16, p. 17 (1904).

N.E. Ruopesta (Luangwa Val.); NyassaLanp (Kota Kota,

Kigonsera),

¢. Expanse 54-62 mm. Dry season. Wings deep rose pink,

tending to deep orange at base, costa, subapical area, and hind

* ‘The suggestion may seem somewhat speculative, but [am inclined

to think that A. diogenes will ultimately prove to be a @ of A.

guillemet, or, if that form be really distinct from A. acutipennis,

then a @ of the latter.

158

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

margin in f.-w., and at base and along inner edge of marginal

border in h.-w. F.-w. with a narrow black line along costa

and hind margin, and a black apical tip about 5 mm, broad,

Black spots as follows:—A spot in cell just beyond origin

of 2, and in some examples another smaller spot about 2 mm,

nearer base and touching the subcostal, A spot on upper

part of discocellulars. Beyond end of cell a discal row of five,

the first minute or absent (in 10), the second, third, and fourth

(in 6, 5, and 4) in a straight line nearly at right angles to

hind margin. The fifth in 3 about the middle. <A spot in

2 close to median. Beneath this but nearer margin a spot

in 1b, and in the same area a subbasal spot just behind origin

of 2, H.-w. with a very little black at bases of nervures, and a

black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide. Spots as on

underside, but those near base and inner margin often faintly

indicated,

Underside. F.-w. rose pink, the apex pale ochreous divided

by black ends of nervules and orange internervular marks.

A narrow black apical and hind-marginal line. H.-w, pinkish

ochreous, base and middle part of 1c, 1b, and la rose pink,

a good deal of orange powdering between the nervules, and

a row of orange internervular spots just before the hind-

marginal border, The latter formed of narrow clearly defined

black arches on a black marginal line, enclosing pale lemon

ochreous spots. Black spots as follows :—Discal spots, One

in 7 about the middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5 still

nearer margin, one in 4 touching end of cell, one in 3 half-

way between end of cell and marginal border, one in 2 close to

median, one in le immediately beneath the last, and one in 1b

and la further from margin, A spot in 8 close to precostal, a

subbasal in 7, two in cell and one in 5 on m.d.c., a basal and

a subbasal in le; a subbasal in 1b, and a basal in la. Fringes

whitish, dotted with black at ends of nervules,

Head black with an orange tuft between eyes, and two on the

collar, Thorax black with red hairs, and two white dorsal lines

and two posterior spots, Abdomen, base black with white lateral

spots and transverse lines, remainder white with orange scales

at the extremity. Claws unequal.

&. Wet season. Ground-colour much duller, a black basal

suffusion in both wings. H.-w. hind-marginal black broader

and often inwardly suffused,

9. Dry season. Resembles the ¢ but dorsal part of abdomen

blacker.

Q. Wet season, Wings dull ochreous, the spots accentuated,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 159

the basal black suffusion extended and the h,.-w. hind-marginal

black broad and inwardly suffused. Underside correspondingly

duller, In extreme forms both wings may be sepia black with

a pale ochreous discal bar in f.-w, Abdomen black with small

white lateral spots,

The brilliant rose-colour of fresh examples of lewcopyga

is very striking. Neave describes the species as rather

rare in the Luangwa Valley, and having the same low

flight as A. oncaea, which it somewhat resembles on the

wing.

58. ACRAEA INTERMEDIA. PI. XI, f. 3.

Acraea intermedia, Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 241; pl. vi, f.

3, 4 (1908) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 22 (1910).

Ruopesta (Kalungwisi Valley) ; Conco Stats (Lualaba Valley).

It is with some hesitation that I maintain this form

separate from A. caldarena, as, although there are differences

in the arrangements of the spots I can find no satisfactory

difference in the structure of the respective male armatures,

The figures of these would appear to show some differences,

but comparison of the preparation of intermedia with a

series of caldarena shows such differences to be very

doubtful. Unfortunately I have only been able to secure

a single example for dissection, but since series of pre-

parations of the armature of caldarena and its near allies

show constant and recognisable differences, it is at least

remarkable that there should in this case be no marked

distinction. The following description is taken from that

by Wichgraf.

6. Expanse 64mm. Ground-colour uniform dull yellowish

brown. F-.-w. apical black 7 mm. broad. A very narrow hind-

marginal line. The discal spots are three in number (in 3, 4, 5),

the middle one being the largest and near to end of cell. These

spots lie in a straight line not quite parallel to the edge of the

apical black. The spots in 4 and 5 on middle and upper disco-

cellulars rounded and confluent. An ovate spot in cell, and at

about one-third of the distance from it to the base a smaller

linear spot. The spot in 2 lies nearer to the cell than in

rhodesiana and caldarena, and almost equidistant from nervules

2 and 3, and the spot beneath it in la, lies nearer to margin.

Midway between this and the base a smaller spot. Nervules

blackish towards the margin. Base only slightly suffused

160 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

H.-w. with a stronger suffusion not reaching beyond the middle

of cell. The spots well rounded and fairly large, arranged as in

caldurena, but larger and extended commensurately with the

form of the wings.

Underside. Spots as above. The very large bluish white

spots of the h.-w. margin enclosed by -quite similar arched

lines, but these arches are not thicker in the middle as in cal-

darena, aglaonice, ete. Basal part of h.-w. marked with brick

red. A whitish mark extending from costa through the middle

of the cell to 1b, and surrounding the four large subbasal spots.

The spot in le is also surrounded with white. Abdomen not so

black as in rhodesiana and the pale marks yellowish. Claws

unequal.

2. Ground-colour dark smoky grey. The space between the

apical black and the diseal spots white, trapezoidal, the posterior

rather suffused portion reaching nervule 3. The yellowish grey-

ereen ground-colour of the underside passes into light chocolate

brown at a point two-thirds of the length of the wing from the

base. In areas 6 and 10 there are two small extra spots of the

discal row.

The locality given for Wichgraf’s types is Rhodesia. A

male example in the Oxford collection was taken by

Neave in the Lualaba Valley (Congo State). What

appears to be a dry-season female of the same species was

taken by the same collector in N.E. Rhodesia in the

Kalungwisi Valley. This specimen is the same colour as

the @. The spots are nearly all very indistinct, most of

them only showing through from beneath. On the under-

side the f.-w. spots are very small, but those on the h.-w.

are of normal size.

One feature which appears to distinguish this form from

caldarena is not insisted upon by Wichgraf. The first

three h.-w. discal spots in 7, 6,and 5 are large, and lie in a

nearly straight line which if produced would meet the hind

margin at end of nervule 5. In caldarena the third of

these spots is either directly underneath the second, or

only very slightly more distally placed. Moreover the

discal spots in f.-w. appear to be nearer the end of cell than

in caldarena. In spite of these differences the similarity

of structure of the male armature in this form and in

caldarena makes me incline to the belief that it is only a

form of the latter species, but a final conclusion can

scarcely be attained with the present paucity of material.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 161

59. ACRAEA CALDARENA, PI, XI, f. 1.

Acraea caldarena, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 14, p- 52 (1877) ;

Trimen, S. Af. Butt., i, p. 149 (1887) ; Westwood, Oates,

Matabeleland, Ed. 2, p. 355, pl. v, f. 1, 2 (1889) ; Butler,

Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 657 (1893) ; Trimen, Proc. Zool, Soc.,

p. 27 (1894); Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 553 (1896) ;

Aurivillins, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 191 (1898) ; Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 906 (1898) ;

Dixey, Proc. Ent, Soe., p. iii (1906) ; Dixey and Longstaff,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 344 (1907); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p.

25 (1910) ; Fountaine (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 60, pl.

x, f. 15a, 15b (1911).

= anphimalla, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 347, pl. E,

f, 1, 2 (1881).

= dircea, Westwood, 1. c., p. 348 (1881).

= recaldana, Suffert, Iris, p. 27 (1904).

DAMARALAND ; Kuama’s Co.; N.E. Ruopesta (Luangwa

Valley); TRransvaaL; Nara; MASHONALAND ; MATABELE-

LAND ; MANICALAND; NyassaLanp ; Porrucurse E, Arrica;

GERMAN E. A¥rrica; BrivisH E. AFRICA.

f. neluska, Oberthiir (oncaea var. neluska), Etud. dEnt., 3,

p..25, pl. ii, f. 2, 3 (1878).

= ombria, Weymer, Stett. Ent. Zeit., p. 82 (1892).

ZANZIBAR ; DAR-ES-SALAAM.

2 f. nero, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 12, p. 102 (1883) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99, pl. i, f. 3 (1898).

V. NYANZA.

A. caldarena caldarena.

$+ Expanse 38-62 mm. Ground-colour varies from pinkish

ochreous to a beautiful pale rose colour (= recaldana, Suff.).

F.-w. Costa very narrowly black. Apex with a black patch

about 7 mm. wide continued as a very narrow black line along

margin. A slight dusky basal suffusion. Black spots as

follows ;—One in cell near origin of 2. One at end of cell on

upper discocellulars. Beyond cell close to edge of apical black

a transverse oblique row of four spots usually almost in a

straight line, the first (in 6) sometimes absent. H.-w. with a

slight dusky basal suffusion. A very narrow black line round

margin, with internervular black arches, Occasionally these

are developed to the extent of making an almost continuously

black border about 2 mm. wide. Black spots rather variable

on upperside, those in Ic, 1b, and la often only showing through

from beneath. Fringe whitish and rather conspicuous,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—pParr i. (JULY) M

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside f.-w. rather paler than upper side. No dusky

suffusion. Apical area ochreous with orange internervular rays.

One basal and one subbasal spot on costa. Spots as above.

H.-w. pale ochreous. A narrow black line round hind margin

and narrow internervular black arches. Discal area with an

orange ochreous band parallel to hind margin, its inner edge

much suffused. Interneryular patches of reddish in median and

basal areas. Black spots as follows :—An irregular discal row of

nine, The first in 7 rather beyond middle, second in 6 nearer

margin, third in 5 immediately beneath, or slightly more discal

than the second, fourth in 4 nearer base, fifth in 3 nearly mid-

way between end of cell and the marginal black arch. The sixth

and seventh in 2 and le and lying in a straight line with the

fourth. The eighth in 1b rather nearer base, the ninth in la

still nearer base. A spot in 8 a little distance from precostal

and close to costa, a subbasal in 7, two in cell (the second just

before origin of 2). <A large spot at base of area 5 touching 6

and middle discocellular. A basal and a large subbasal in 1e,

a small spot in 1b, and a subbasal in 1a.

Head reddish brown with tufts of same colour on collar.

Thorax black with reddish hair, Base of abdomen black with

pale lateral spots and narrow transverse segmental bands. The

remainder pale pinkish ochreous. Claws unequal.

?. Expanse 48-60 mm. Dry season examples may be very

similar to ¢, but with a larger extent of dusky basal suffusion,

and the hind-marginal border almost entirely black. A some-

what intermediate example before me has the ground-colour of

a delicate pale salmon pink (= recaldana). From this condition

every gradation may be found to an extreme wet season form

in which all the wings are sepia, with a milk white patch

in the f.-w. extending from costa to hind angle, and from origin

of nervule 2 to inner edge of dark apical patch. Spots as

in g¢. Abdomen black above with white or yellowish lateral

spots.

A. caldarena 9 f. nero, Butl.

In this form the ground-colour is greyish ochreous, F.-w. with

heavy dusky suffusion extending over nearly the whole wing.

H.-w. with a black marginal border and dusky suffusion over

the whole wing. The distal ends of areas 4, 3, 2, and le are

white, bounded distally by the marginal border, and proximally

sharply cut off from the ground-colour. Only two examples

are known to me, one in the British Museum, and one in the

collection of Mr. H. Druce.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 163

A. caldarena f. neluska.

The ¢ of this form differs from typical examples in having

the f.-w. black apical patch much reduced in width. In three

¢ examples in the Tring Museum the patch does not exceed

4mm. and in one it is reduced to 3mm. The ground-colour is

somewhat redder than in caldarena caldarena. In one example

all the f.-w. spots except the discocellular, and most of the h.-w.

spots, are obsolescent or wanting. In colouring and general

appearance the form resembles A. pudorella. The 9? is like an

ordinary wet season specimen of caldarena.

The early stages of caldarena caldarena are thus de-

scribed by Miss Fountaine, /. ¢. :—

“The larva of this butterfly also feeds on the flowers and

leaves of Wormskioldia longepedunculata ; it is of a soft pink

rose colour, shading into yellow at the extremities, underneath

it has a longitudinal white stripe between the legs, extending

from head to tail; the spines are black. The pupa is not quite

so elongated in shape as that of A. nohara, the wing cases are

pale, dull drab veined and outlined with black, the abdomen

is deep cream-colour with the rows of orange spots so heavily

outlined with black as to be almost coalescent. I found this

larva, but not at all commonly, at Macequece.”

A. caldarena is described by Marshall as one of the

commonest butterflies in Mashonaland. Dixey notes

(Proc. Ent. Soc., p. ii, 1906) a strong smell of musty

straw in the §. The relation of the pink ground-colour

to the seasons seems to vary in different localities. Thus

Marshall states (T. E.S., p. 553, 1906) that the ground-

colour of the wet-season males is of a richer pink,

whilst Neave states (Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25, 1910) that

examples taken in the “hot dry Luangwa Valley” are

of a brighter colour, being of a peculiar shade of salmon

pink.

60. ACRAEA PUDORELLA. Pl. XI, f. 5. Pl. XV, f. 24.

Acraea pudorella.

=A. caldarena, var, pudorella, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p 99 (1898).

= braesia, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 337 (1894).

British E, Arrica (Taita, Taveta, Kibwezi, Campi ya

Simba, Sokoke Forest, Zanzibar); Grxman E. AFRICA

(Irangi) ; Apyssrnia (Kotscha).

164 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. pudorella detecta, subsp.

=A. detecta, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 24, pl. i, f. 6, 6a

(1910),

N.E. Reopresra (Luangwa Valley); Nyassananp (Chik-

ala Boma) ; GeRMAN E. Arrica (Lindi),

A. pudorella pudorella. Pl. II, f. 7(¢).

¢g . Expanse 52-62 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled, salmon pink with

a yellowish tinge. Costa from about middle to apex narrowly

black. Apical and hind-marginal border narrowly black. At

apex and to some extent along hind margin the internervular

spaces are suffused with orange. Base slightly darkened. Black

spots as follows :—One in cell at, or slightly beyond origin of

nervule 2. A spot (sometimes double) on discocellulars. A discal

row of 2 to 4 spots beyond cell in 6, 5, 4, and 3, lying nearly in

a straight line at right angles to costa. Sometimes a dot near

base of area 2. In area 1b a central and a subbasal spot, the

latter sometimes wanting. H.-w. ground-colour as in f.-w. but

more densely scaled. Somewhat blackened at base and having a

narrow black hind-marginal border bearing indications of paler

internervular marks. Black spots as on underside but often

only faintly indicated.

Underside f.-w. as on upperside but almost devoid of scales.

Two black spots on costa near base.

H.-w. pinkish ochreous, internervular spaces reddened at

base. Hind-marginal border formed of moderately thick black

arches on a fine black marginal] line and enclosing internervular

spots of pale greenish ochreous. Patches of slightly darker

ground-colour between the nervules at inner edge of marginal

border. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of nine, the

first in 7 a little beyond origin of nervule 7, the second in 6

more distally placed, third in 5 still nearer margin, fourth near

base of area 4, fifth in 3 nearer margin, sixth near base of 2,

seventh in le nearer margin, eighth in 1b nearer base, ninth in

la still nearer base. Some basal black in 9, cell, 1c, 1b, and 1a.

A subbasal spot in 7, two spots in cell, the second over origin

of nervule 2, one on discocellular at base of 5, a subbasal in

lc and beneath it a spot in 1b, and a subbasal in la.

Head black with a deep pink tuft between eyes, and two on

collar. Thorax black with pink hairs. Basal half of abdomen

black with pink lateral spots and transverse lines, remainder

yellowish pink. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse about 56 mm. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. suffused

with brown at base, and h.-w. orange brown becoming paler

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 165

towards margin. F.-w. apical black and h.-w. hind-marginal

border a little broader than in ¢.

Thorax and abdomen black above with white markings.

A. pudorella detecta, subsp.

d. Expanse 48-54 mm. Closely resembles A. caldarena.

Wings rather thinly scaled. F.-w. reddish ochreous to rusty

red at base becoming distinctly paler beyond end of cell. A

slight dusky suffusion at base and along costa, and a black

apical tip 5 to 7 mm. broad, the inner edge of which is usually

less well defined than in caldarena. The spots are rather

variable and usually much reduced. One in cell above origin

of 2, a black mark on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond

cell a discal row of five (some often absent) in a straight line

at right angles to costa. One in 2 near median, one beneath

this in 1b, but nearer margin, and occasionally a subbasal spot

in the same area, near median. In some examples traces of

submarginal spots in 1b and 2.

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion and a narrow black

hind-marginal border formed of a series of arches on a marginal

line enclosing more or less distinct spots of the ground-colour.

The inner edge of this border is often rather suffused. The

spots of the h.-w. upperside correspond to those beneath, but

those near base and inner margin are frequently only faintly

indicated.

Underside f.-w. ground-colour as on upperside but thinly

scaled and shiny. Apical black replaced by greyish ochreous,

A black spot at base of costa, other spots as on upperside.

H.-w. pinkish ochreous with a few reddish marks near base.

Marginal border formed of black arches on a thin marginal line,

enclosing whitish internervular spots. Black spots as follows :—

Discal series, one in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer margin,

one in 5 still nearer margin, and more distally placed than in

caldarena. One in 4 slightly removed from end of cell. One

in 3 about midway between end of cell and marginal border,

one in 2 touching median and 2, and distinctly more proximally

placed than in caldarena. A spot in le nearer margin than

that in 2. One in Ib on a level with that in 2. A spot in

8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base of

5 on m.d.c., a basal and a subbasal in Ic, the latter contiguous

with a spot in 1b, close to which is a spot in la. Also a

subbasal spot in la, and some irregular black about the bases of

the nervules.

Head black with a pale line between the eyes, and two tufts

166 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

on collar. Thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen

black with yellowish lateral spots, remainder pinkish ochreous.

2. Dry season, Very like the ¢ but rather duller in colour.

Spots and markingsasin ¢. Abdomen black above with white

lateral spots.

Wet season. Dusky ochreous to sepia, often with a translucent

whitish discal area in the f.-w. Spots and markings as in dry

season form.

As the form to which Aurivillius gave the name

pudorelia proves to be specifically identical with Neave’s

detecta, the latter must become a subspecies of the former.

Probably pudorella is the ancestral form and detecta has

become modified in its pattern in association with A.

caldarena, which it so closely resembles. The ¢ and

armatures of detecta and caldarena are very distinct.

61. ACRAEA RHODESIANA. PI. II, f.6(¢).

Acraea rhodesiana, Wichgraf, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 240, pl. vi,

f. 1,2 (1909).

Ruopesta (Lofu R.).

$.Expanse 54mm. Wings apricot yellow. F.-w. with aslight

dusky suffusion, distal half of costa black, apex black (4 mm. wide)

hind margin narrowly black. Subapical area paler than ground-

colour. Black spots as follows :—One in cell just beyond origin

of 2, on end of cell a spot the greater part of which is beyond

the discocellulars. A very short distance beyond cell a row of

spots of which the first in 10 is markedly elongate, the second,

third and fourth shorter but gradually increasing in length, the

fifth in 3 separate and rather nearer margin. A spot in 2 near

median, beneath it and. slightly nearer margin a spot in 1b,

and in the same area a very small spot close to median and

just before origin of 2. H.-w. with a slight black suffusion

and a black hind-marginal band 2 mm. wide with faint indi-

cations of paler internervular markings. Black spots corre-

sponding with those beneath but those near inner margin

faintly indicated.

Fringes rather conspicuously whitish.

Underside f.-w. pale pinkish ochreous with a still paler sub-

apical patch. Apex pale sage green divided by black ends of

neryules and internervular orange marks. Two black spots at

base of costa, other spots as above. H.-w. pale pinkish ochreous.

Base rose pink with some pale grey markings in cell and le.

Hind margin bordered by a black line on which are black inter-

nervular arches enclosing pale sage green spots. Black spots as

African Speeres of the Genus Acraca. 167

follows :—Discal spots. One in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer

margin, and immediately beneath it or very slightly nearer

margin, a spot in 5; a spot in 4 close to end of cell, one in 3

about 2 mm. from end of cell, one in 2 near median, one in le

nearer margin, one in 1b on a level with that in 2.

A spot in 8 near precostal, two in cell, one in 5 on m.d.c.

and a dot on 1,d.c., a subbasal in 1c, and one in 1b rather more

distally placed, and a small spot slightly beyond the middle of

la. Some irregular black at base of wing and a basal black line

on inner margin. Head and thorax black with some reddish

hairs, base of abdomen black with white lateral spots, and seg-

mental lines, remainder white with some yellow hairs at tip.

Claws unequal,

The above description is from the cotype in the National

Collection. It appears to resemble the figure accompanying

Wichgraf’s description, but all the figures on this plate are so

poor that they are of little value.

The @ is described (I. c.) as having a smoky chocolate brown

ground-colour, the pale subapical area being represented by a

sharply defined white patch, somewhat suffused in area 3. The

spot in f.-w. cell distinctly larger.

A specimen in the Oxford collection taken by Neave on

the Lofu River, N.E. Rhodesia, agrees with the fig. and

description of rhodesiana 2 with the exception that the

f.-w. subapical area is ochreous instead of white.

The locality given in the original description is merely

“ Rhodesia.” The types are in Herr Wichgraf’s collection,

and there is a f co-type in the London and Stockholm

Collections.

62. ACRAEA mMIMA. PI. XII, f. 8.

Acraea mima, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 22, pl. i, f. 8, 9 (1910) ;

Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt. p. 39, pl. ui, f. 5 (1910).

N.E. RuopesiA (Serenje) ; Congo (Katanga),

¢. Expanse 56-60 mm. F.-w. greyish-black with black

costa and black apex. Base of costa and median powdered

with orange brown. Area la, 1b, and sometimes 2 and lower

half of cell, suffused with salmon orange. A conspicuous white

discal bar about 3 mm, wide at costa in 10, 9, 6, 5, 4, and upper

part of 3. In one example this white area is dusted with red-

dish scales. Black spots as follows :—One in cell slightly beyond

origin of nervule 2. At end of cell an irregular spot the greater

part of which is beyond the discocellulars. A very short distance

168 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

beyond the cell, a discal row of spots, of which the first in 10 is

markedly elongated and extends further towards base than the

rest; the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4 are contiguous

and of gradually increasing length, the fifth in 3 separated

and rather distinctly nearer margin, In 2 a large spot near

median, two in 1b, of which one is beneath that in 2 and very

slightly nearer margin, the other close to median just before

origin of 2. H.-w. salmon-orange with a slight black basal

suffusion, and a black marginal border 2 mm. wide bearing

faint indications of paler internervular markings. Black spots

corresponding to those on underside, those near inner margin

faintly indicated. Fringes conspicuously whitish.

Underside f.-w. pale orange ochreous, rather dusky along

costa and in median area, Costa, apex, and hind margin

narrowly lined with black. Apical area greyish ochreous

divided by the black ends of nervules and by broad orange

internervular marks. Two spots near base of costa, Other

spots and markings as above.

H.-w. pale orange ochreous, rose pink at base and central

area rather paler. Hind margin bounded by a black line on

which are rather flat, moderately heavy black arches enclosing

pale yellowish-white spots. Black spots as follows. Discal

spots. One in 7 about middle, one in 6 nearer margin, one in 5

still nearer margin, in 4 a spot touching ].d.c. and 5, a spot in

3 about 2 mm. from end of cell, one in 2 close to median, one

in le rather more distally placed, one in 1b on a level with

that in 2

A spot in 8 a short distance from precostal, two in cell, one

at base of 5 on m.d.z., a large spot in le near origin of 2, close

to this but more distally placed a spot in 1b, and la, a basal

spot in la, and some irregular black at base of wing.

Head black with pale orange marks between and behind the

eyes, collar with two red tufts, thorax black with red hairs and

lateral tufts. Base of abdomen black with lateral white spots,

remainder yellowish white. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 44-58mm, Resembles the ¢ but ground-colour

duller. Abdomen black above with white lateral spots.

Tn the arrangement of the spots A. mima is almost the

same as dA. rhodesiana of Wicheraf, but the latter lacks

the heavy black suffusion in the f.-w. and the subapical

area is only slightly paler than the ground-colour instead

of white as in mima. Also the reddish yellow colour of

rhodesiana is of a paler tint.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 169

In Mr. H. Druce’s collection there is a beautiful 2%

example of this species which differs somewhat from

Neave’s specimens. The greyish black colour in f.-w.

begins only at about 6 mm. from base and from thence

as far as the discal spots it is quite narrow, extending only

into upper part of end of cell. The subapical white bar is

rather narrow and very sharply defined. The apical

black extends barely as far as nervule 3, with a central

marginal streak in area 2. The dark marginal border of

h.-w. is very narrow and somewhat obsolescent towards

anal angle. The terminal half of abdomen is white. The

specimen was taken in August 1903, and is labelled

Lowombwa River. As Neave’s specimens were taken

in December the difference in colouring may be seasonal.

As Neave has indicated, A. mima is nearly alhed to

Wicheraf’s rhodesiana, and I consider it possible that

they may ultimately prove to be forms of the same

species. Unfortunately I have not had an opportunity

of examining the genitalia of the latter species. The

armature of A. mima is, as the figure shows, quite

distinctive.

63, ACRAEA BRAESIA. P). XI, f. 7.

Acraea bruesia, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 538 (Oct. 1885) ;

Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 9. (Acraea), p. 3, pl. i, £..7

(1889) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898); Aurivillius,

Rhop., Aeth. p. 99 (1898).

= leucosoma, Staudinger, Exot, Schmett., i, p. 84 (Nov. 1885).

German E, Arrica (Kilimandjaro, Dar-es-Salaam, Witu,

Massaland, Usambara); British E. ArricA (Mori River,

Ukamba, L. Baringo, Voi River, Melindi, Kikuyu, Kaya

Kauma, Taveta); SomaLinanp (Berbera); ApyssinrA (Gurgura-

Gololota.

f. regalis,

Oberthiir (A. regalis), Etud. VEnt., 17, p. 20, pl. 1i, f. 20

(1893) ; Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, 12, p. 249 (1893) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 99 (1898).

GerMAN E, Arrica (Kilimandjaro, Dar-es-Salaam) ; BririsH

E, Arrica (Mombasa, Taita).

A. braesia braesia.

¢. Expanse 56-64mm. F.-w. narrow and elongated. Trans-

lucent, the base flushed with rose brown shading to pink, the outer

half transparent grey, Costa, apex, and hind margin narrowly

170 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

black, At inner edge of apical and marginal black a series of

orange spots large at apex and becoming smaller towards hind

angle. Neuration black. Black spots as follows :—One in cell

over origin of nervule 2, A double spot on discocellulars.

Beyond end of cell an oblique band of spots the first (sometimes

wanting in 10), the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4, in

a straight line at right angles to costa, the fifth in 3 slightly

nearer margin. A spot near base of area 2 and beneath it a

spot in 1b. In the latter area a dot midway between base and

origin of nervule 2. H.-w. rosy pink slightly blackened at base,

and having a black hind-marginal border bearing indications

of slightly paler internervular marks, its inner edge slightly

sinuate. Black spots corresponding to those beneath but often

only faintly indicated,

Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales except at base, on

spots, and on apex and hind margin. Otherwise as above.

H.-w. dull pinkish ochreous with a few reddish marks at

base. Marginal border formed of rather heavy black arches on

a fine black marginal line enclosing pale dull ochreous spots.

Black spots as follows :—An outer series of nine. The first in 7

just beyond origin of nervule 7, second in 6 nearer margin, third

in 5 still more distal, fourth in 4 touching cell, fifth in 3 a short

distance from its base, sixth in 2 near its base, seventh in le

hearer margin, eighth in 1b nearer base, ninth small, in la, still

nearer base. One in 9, one in 8, a subbasal in 7, two in cell

(the second just before origin of nervule 2), a basal and a sub-

basal in le and 1b, and a subbasal in la. A spot at base of

area 5 on discocellular.

Head black with a whitish tuft between eyes and two on

collar. Thorax black with a few whitish marks, basal half

of abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder

whitish with a yellow terminal tuft. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 60-64 mm. F.-w. slightly more rounded at

apex than in ¢. Colouring varies from a condition resembling

the ¢ but slightly duller, to one in which the pink areas are

replaced by grey, the outer half of h.-w, being white. Spots as in

¢. Abdomen entirely black above with large white lateral spots.

I have seen but few examples from Somaliland, but

these differ in the following points :—

¢. F.-w. almost entirely transparent except for the spots and

marginal and apical black and orange. The spot in area 3 is

absent. The h.-w. is rose pink, sometimes with a slight tend-

ency to white suffusion.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 171

9. F.-w. entirely transparent as in male. Submarginal

orange spots only indicated. Spots in 3 and 2 absent or very

faint. H.-w. white with black basal suffusion. Marginal

border rather broader than in other forms. Spots as in typical

examples.

Whether Somaliland specimens constantly differ as

above described I am unable at present to say.

A. braesia f. regalis.

¢. Differs from typical examples in having the f.-w. fully

scaled on the upperside. Deep brick red as far as the discal

spots. Just beyond these a pink subapical band followed by a

band of grey broad at nervule 6 and tapering to nervule 3.

Orange submarginal spots large and confluent. H.-w. brick red

with the spots only faintly indicated.

Q. The few ? 2 I have seen resemble the ¢ though rather

duller and paler.

A. braesia is a distinct and easily recognisable species.

There is a little variation in the shape of the f claspers,

and at one time I thought the differences were sutficiently

constant to warrant the separation of the regalis form

as a species, but a series of preparations shows that

whilst there is a general tendency for the armature of

regalis to differ slightly from that of braesia such differ-

ences are not constant. The 2 plates are the same. The

regalis form may be regarded as being on the verge of

separating off as a species though at present it occurs

in company with the type form and is probably syngamic

therewith.

64. ACRAEA DOUBLEDAYI. PI. XI, f. 6.

Acraea doubledayi, Guérin, Lefebre, Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 378

f. 1, 2(1849) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898).

= gaekwari, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, 34, Suppl., p. 2

(1901).

ABYSSINIA ; SOMALILAND,

? f. candida, f. nov.

Nyam Nyam.

A. doubledayi sykesi, subsp.

Em. M. B. Sharpe (A. sykesi), Entomologist, p. 279 (1902).

= mystica, Neave, Novit. Zool. xi, p. 327 (1904).

Uaanpda (Entebbe, Wadelai); British E. Arrica (Kumi,

L, Salisbury); German E, Arrica (Bukoba),

172 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the

A. doubledayi arabica, subsp. nov.

S. ARABIA (Azvaki Ravine).

A, doubledayi doubledayi. Pl. I, f. 3 (¢).

¢d. Expanse about 64 mm. F.-w. thinly scaled and rather

translucent, brick red with black spots. Costa and base some-

what suffused with blackish. A black marginal band 6 mm,

wide at apex becoming narrower towards hind angle, having

its inner edge thinly scaled, and bearing a submarginal row

of deep orange spots, the last of these (in 1b) often merged into

the ground-colour. From each of these spots is given off

inwardly a short black internervular ray (doubled in 1b).

In areas 3, 4, 5,6, 9 and 10 between the marginal border and

the discal row of spots a white translucent band very sparsely

scaled. Black spots as follows :—A large spot in cell above

origin of 2 and rarely a trace of a second spot nearer base.

A spot on the upper part of the discocellulars. A discal row of

five confluent spots (the fifth sometimes separate), the first in 10

rather nearer base than the others and the next three almost in

a straight line. A large spot in 2 its upper edge close to origin

of nervule 3. Immediately beneath this a large spot in 1b,

and in the same area a smaller round spot below median just

before origin of 2. H.-w. brick red with some black basal

suffusion, A black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide

having a very distinct but markedly wndulating inner edge,

and very slightly paler internervular marks. Black spots as

on underside but those near inner margin often only faintly

indicated.

Underside f.-w. The greater part of median area very

sparsely scaled and shining. Spots as on upperside with a basal

and a subbasal spot on costa, Costa pale ochreous. Apex and

hind margin pale ochreous with orange internervular spots

each of the latter with a short black internervular ray. A

narrow black line round apex and hind margin.

H.-w. pinkish ochreous with a greenish ochreous marginal

band bounded by a narrow black marginal line, and broken by

narrow black internervular arches. Just inside the latter

a row of orange ochreous internervular marks. Basal and

median area with some rose-pink internervular marks. Black

spots of medium size as follows :—A discal row of nine, the

first three in 7, 6 and 5, each nearer the margin than the last,

the fourth in 4 nearer base, fifth in 3 midway between end of

cell and marginal border, the sixth in 2 just below origin of 3,

the seventh and eighth in le and 1b, nearly in a straight line

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 173

with the sixth, the ninthin la nearer base. A spot in 8 near

precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell and one on middle

discocellular, a subbasal in Ic, 1b, and la, that in 1b nearer

margin than the other two. Some irregular black at base of

nervures.

Head black with brown hairs, and tufts on collar, thorax and

base of abdomen black, the latter with small pinkish lateral

spots, remainder pinkish ochreous. Claws unequal.

2 resembles the ¢ in size and markings but the ground-

colour varies from dull pink to dull smoky ochreous. The

underside of f.-w. almost devoid of scales. The abdomen

black above with white lateral spots, and sometimes the last

three or four segments entirely white above.

A. doubledayt Q f. candida, f. nov.

Represented by an example in the Staudinger collection from

Nyam Nyatn. The ground-colour is white, the form bearing

the same kind of relation to the type as does A. encedon f. lycia

to A. encedon encedon.

A. doubledayi sykesi, subsp.

Differs from typical dowbledayi in having the f.-w. of a

yellower colour. The apical and marginal black is confined to

the ends of the nervules and a thin marginal line, and the

translucent patch is almost or entirely absent. The ground-

colour of the h.-w. margin on the underside is white.

The Q is a more tawny brown and the f.-w. spots somewhat

larger.

The type of mystica, Neave, has rather redder h.-w.

than the other examples I have seen. It is a somewhat

worn example, and its identity with the sykest form is only

evident on careful comparison with a series of the latter.

A. doubledayi arabica, subsp. Pl. II, f. 2 (¢).

Ditters from the typical form in having the wings much more

heavily scaled, but with hardly any basal suffusion. The trans-

lucent patch is often thickly scaled with dusky white (white

in ¢). The ground-colour is usually a deeper brick red. In

some examples there is a small black streak in f.-w. cell just

before the large spot, and sometimes one in 1b just before the

subbasal spot. The spots tend to be larger and the terminal

half of the abdomen is white with some yellow scales at the

tip. The underside is more richly coloured than in the

typical form and in some examples the basal costal spots are

174 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

wanting. The 9 resembles the ¢ but the ground-colour is dull

chocolate brown, and the abdomen is black with large white

lateral spots and white segmental rings.

Much confusion has arisen over this species, doubtless

owing to its rarity and the comparative inaccessibility of

the original figure. I have therefore prepared a figure of

the f from an example in the Tring Museum which agrees

with the figure given by Reiche (/.c.), and have also

illustrated the Arabian subspecies which I found in the

same collection. Four ~f and one 2 of this form were

taken in the Azvaki Ravine in Southern Arabia. The

A. doubledayi described in Trimen’s 8. African Butterflies

is A. oncaea, and hence many examples of the latter

species are labelled dowbledayi in collections.

Go, “ACRABHA ONGAMA, “PIP ROME Ib, Elev, ft. 25,

Acraea oncaea, Hoppter, Monatsb. Ak. Wiss. Berlin, p. 640

(1855); Peters Reise Ins., p. 375, pl. 24, f. 5-8 (1862) ;

Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., i, p. 84 (1885); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 100 (1898); Voeltzkow Reise Lep., p.

315 (1909) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910).

= doubledayi, Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., i, p. 147 (1887) ; Butler,

Proc, Zool. Soc., pp. 53, 191 (1898) ; Dixey, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 11 (1900).

Congo (Kassai); Nyassautanp (Zomba); MANICALAND ;

PorruaurEstE FE, Africa; Natat; TRANSVAAL; Care CoLony;

Ruaopesia ; GerMAN E. Arrica (Mafia I., Lindi, Dar-es-

Salaam) ; BririsH EK. Arrica ; ABYSSINIA; SOMALILAND.

? f. alboradiata, Suffert, Iris, p. 28 (1904),

2 f. modesta, Suffert, 1. c.

2 f. obsewra, Suffert, 1. c.

g f. defasciata, Suffert, 1. c., p. 29.

6 f. caoncius, Suffert, l.¢., p. 27.

These forms are not confined to any particular locality,

A. oncaea liacea, subsp., nov.

= caecilia liacea, Suffert, Iris, p. 29 (1904).

GERMAN E, Arrica (Usandawi).

A. oncaea oncaea.

g. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings dull orange red to dull

ochreous. F.-w. costa from middle to apex narrowly black.

At apex there is a narrow black tip, sometimes as much as

3 mim. wide but always quite recognisable. At about nervule 4

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 175

or 5 the black tapers to a narrow marginal line extending to

the hind angle. The median area is often rather thinly scaled

but does not become translucent. A slight dusky suffusion at

base. The apical and hind-marginal area shows a tendency to

orange between the nervules, and in the internervular spaces

are black rays sometimes as far as area 2. Ends of nervules

black. There is a submarginal row of black spots parallel to

the hind margin. These vary in number. In very “dry”

examples there may only be a minute spot in 1b and 2, while

wet season specimens may have a well-developed row of four

spots in 1b, 2, 3, and 4. Other spots as follows :—One in cell

above origin of 2, sometimes preceded by a faint longi-

tudinal streak. A double spot on upper part of discocellulars.

A discal row, when all present five in number, in 10, 6, 5, 4,

and 3, but that in 6 often minute or absent. These spots lie

roughly in a straight line nearly at right angles to the costa ;

the spot in 3 well separated from the others. In area 2 a spot

near the meridian. In area 1b a subbasal and a median spot.

H.-w. A slight black suffusion at base and a hind-marginal

border varying in appearance from continuous black about

2mm. wide to a row of faintly indicated dark internervular

arches standing on a thin marginal line. The inner edge of

this border is always regularly arched between the nervules.

Black spots as on underside, those near inner margin often very

faint, and the discal spots often smaller than those below.

Underside. EF -w. a pale replica of the upperside but with-

out the apical black. Two small black spots near base of costa,

H.-w. Pinkish ochreous with internervular marks of a rather

deeper pink in median and basal areas. Hind-marginal border

bright ochreous with a thin marginal line and narrow black

internervular arches. Black spots as follows :—A discal row of

eight. The first three in 7, 6, and 5, approximately parallel

to margin, the fourth in 4 close to end of cell, the fifth in 3

some distance from end of cell, but not in the middle of the

area, the sixth in 2 close to median, the seventh in le nearer

margin, and the eighth in 1b nearer base. A spot in 8 near

precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell close together near middle,

one at base of area 5 touching m.d.c. and 6, A large subbasal

spot in le, and close to it a spot in 1b, and la, all three in a

straight line, a subbasal spot in la and some irregular black

about bases of nervures.

Head black with brown hairs, and tufts on collar. Thorax

black with brown hairs. Base of abdomen black with orange

lateral spots, remainder orange. Claws unequal.

176 Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the

Some fine examples of the ? oncacw taken by Neave

on Chirui I, L. Bangweolo, have the f.-w. dull rosy red,

and the space between the discal spots and the apical

black is grey. The inner edge of the apical black is much

suffused and broken up by submarginal orange spots each

of which is divided by a black ray. The h.-w. is bright

red with a rosy tinge, and bears the usual black spots.

The h.-w. underside at base and inner margin is deep

rose pink,

Suffert describes rine the name caoncius (1. c.) a form

in which the f.-w. apical black is no wider than the

marginal black.

Q. Expanse 48-64 mm. Extremely variable. Whilst in along

series all kinds of intermediates may be found, the following may

be specially noted :—

(1) Dry season. F.-w. base to discal row of spots reddish chocolate.

Beyond the spots a white band in 10, 9, 6, 5, 4, and 3,

about 4 mm. wide. Between the outer edge of this and

the apical black, dusky orange. H.-w. reddish chocolate

with a pink noes beyond cell in 4, 3, 2, and le. Spots,

ete., as in ¢.

Underside. F.-w. paler and duller. White area replaced by

creamy yellow, apex pale ochreous with orange internervular

marks.

H.-w. whitish with rose pink marks beyond discal spots and

at base and inner margin . ; : = f. obscura, Suffert.

(2) Dry season. Similar to (1) but without the white patch in

f.-w. j . =f. defasciata, Suffert.

(3) Wet season. Besemblee 3 ne ie wings are greyish black,

and f.-w. has a white patch as in (1). H.-w. marginal

black, broader than in g and inner edge suffused, Little

or no basal black suffusion, Underside similar but paler.

This form agrees with figure of Hoppfer’s type.

(4) Wet season, Resembles (3) but the nervures of h.-w. dusted

with white ; 3 ; = f. alboradiata, Suffert.

(5) Wet season. Resembles bee bat h.-w. with a large white median

patch : F : . =f. modesta, Suffert.

(6) Resembles ¢ but wings are dull ochreous grey. No white

markings. Underside similar but h.-w. dark ochreous,

In all the 9 forms the abdomen is black above with whitish

or yellowish lateral spots.

f, liacea.

This form was described by Suffert as a subspecies of caecilia,

but having examined the types I find it belongs to the present

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 1

species. Inthe ¢ the h.-w. black margin is rather ill-defined

inwardly and beneath has heavy black arches enclosing whitish

spots. The @ is like the ¢ but has the h,-w. margin broader,

and more suffused, and is without a white subapical bar in f.-w.

Examples taken by Neave in the Iringa District, German E, Africa,

in December (wet season) show that the 9 of this subspecies does

not become black in the wet season, the ground-colour being much

the same as in the ¢.

A curious aberration of the 9 was taken by Neave in the

Luangwa Valley in Aug. 1910. The ground-colouring re-

sembles that of the first form above described, except that the

apical black and the subapical white are contiguous. The spots

are reduced to one (large) in middle of f.-w. cell, and a black

mark on discocellulars. In h.-w. there is a spot in cell and one

at base of 6 and 5. On underside the h.-w. marginal border

consists merely of a thin double black line broken by a black

mark on end of each nervule.

A. oncaea is an abundant species and Neave records it

as common at all seasons in the Luangwa Valley. The

male armature is quite distinct in form. The species

has been much contused with A. dowbledayi, Guér., from

which, however, it is quite distinct.

66. ACRAEA EQUATORIALIS. Pl. XII, f.6. Pl. XV, f. 28.

Acraew equatorialis,

= A. doubledayi equatorialis, Neave, Novit. Zool., 11. p. 327

(1904) ; Eltringham, Novit. Zool., 18, p. 151, note (1911).

British EK. Arrica (Kisumu),

A. equatorialis anaemia, subsp. nov.

= A. doubledayi equatorialis, Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exped.,

p. 4 (1910).

British E, Arrica (Kikuyu Escarpment, Campi-ya-Simba,

Rabai, Zanzibar, Pemba I.); Gurman E. Arrica (Kilimandjaro).

A, equatorialis equatorialis. Pl. II, f. 10(¢), f. 11(¢).

¢. Expanse 46-48 mm, Wings rather lightly scaled, delicate

pinkish ochreous, Costa, apex, and hind margin very narrowly

black, slightly broader at apex. Just inside this black border,

a narrow band of orange divided by the black ends of nervules,

and followed inwardly by a grey area bearing black inter-

nervular rays, Black spots as follows :—One in cell at or just

before origin of 2, one on upper part of discocellulars, a row of

five beyond cell, the first in 10, often very small or obsolescent,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) N

178 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the second, third, and fourth in 6, 5, and 4 further from end of

cell and in a straight line at right angles to costa, fifth in 3,

separate and rather nearer margin, A spot im 2 just under

origin of 3, beneath this and slightly nearer base, a spot in 1b,

and in same area a subbasal spot just beyond middle of first

section of median, Sometimes a slight black basal suffusion

in 1b.

H.-w. with a slight black basal suffusion, and a narrow black

hind-marginal line on which are rather ill-defined flat inter-

nervular arches enclosing small marks of the ground-colour,

Black spots corresponding to those beneath but often rather

faintly indicated near inner margin,

Underside. F.-w. very thinly scaled and shiny, Usually

two black spots at base of costa, Otherwise as above, H.-w.

pale pinkish ochreous with a few pink marks at base. Hind-

marginal border as above but very clearly traced, and enclosed

spots rather yellower than ground-colour, Black spots as

follows :—Two in 7 near middle and rather close together, one

in 6 nearer margin and one in 5 still nearer margin, in 4 a

spot about 1 mm. from end of cell, and beneath it but nearer

margin, a spot in 3, One in 2 close to median, beneath it and

nearer margin a spot in le, and a spot in 1b on a level with

that in 2, A minute spot in 8 near precostal, two in cell, a

basal and a subbasal in le, close to the latter a spot in 1b

followed by a spot in la, another larger spot in same area

nearer base. A small black mark in area 9, Very rarely

a minute black dot at base of 5 on m.d.c. Fringes pale

ochreous,

Head and thorax black with ochreous tufts. Base of abdomen

black with pale lateral spots, remainder creamy white. Claws

unequal.

Q. Expanse 42-48 mm.

f. 1. Like the ¢ but wings more rounded, and ground-colour

duller. H.-w, marginal black with little indication of pale

internervalar marks, and on the underside enclosing whitish

spots. Abdomen black above with white segmental lines and

lateral spots,

f.2. Like f. 1, but f.-w. ground-colour pale grey with indi-

cations of a white subapical bar beyond the discal spots, H.-w.

white with a dusky suffusion at base, costa, and along inner edge

of marginal border. Inner margin yellowish.

Intermediates between these two ? forms occur, and the

difference does not appear to be seasonal, as all the 38

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 79

examples in the Oxford collection were taken I in November

to January by Mr. Wiggins.

The species is quite distinct and is not a form of double-

dayi, though some of the grey 2 ? are not unlike the @ of

that species.

67.

A, equatorialis anaemia, subsp. PI. V, f. 5(¢).

¢. Expanse 50-60 mm. Differs from typical equatorialis in

having the wings more sparsely scaled and the ground-colour

paler and more delicate. Both wings have a brownish basal flush

and submarginal spots are frequently present in f.-w. 1b, and 2.

Q resembles ¢ but wings are more rounded and abdomen is

black with white lateral spots.

WERAEA ELLA. 0 PIV £.7¢¢): | Pl XI, £8.

Acraeaw elle, Eltringham, Novit. Zoo]., xviii, p. 151 (1911).

ANGoua (Bihé).

¢d. Expanse 50-60 mm. Wings dull to golden or pinkish

ochreous. I.-w. with aslight dusky basal suffusion, costa, apex,

and hind margin very narrowly black, rather broader at apex.

Apical area usually rather richer yellow than remainder of wing.

A submarginal row of internervular black rays which rarely

reach the margin. Nervule ends black. Black spots as follows :-—

In cell a spot very slightly beyond origin of 2. A double spot on

upper part of discocellulars. Beyond cell a discal row of spots

of which the first in 10 is rather nearer base than the others,

and usually elongate, the second, third and fourth in 6, 5, and 4

nearly in a straight line at right angles to costa, the fifth

separate and nearly in the middle of area 3. A spot in 2 just

below origin of 3, and beneath this but slightly nearer margin a

spot in 1b, and in same area a spot (sometimes doubled) about

2mm. before origin of 2.

H.-w. with some black basal suffusion, and a hind-marginal

border formed by a narrow black marginal line on which are

rather flat, not always clearly defined, internervular arches en-

closing spots of the ground-colour. Black spots corresponding

to those on underside but usually only faintly indicated near

inner margin.

Underside f.-w. like the upperside but without basal suffusion,

paler, and with two spots at base of costa. H.-w. paler than on

upperside, base, inner margin, and area le splashed with pink.

Marginal border as above but much more clearly defined. Black

spots as follows :—Discal spots, one in 7 about middle, one in 6

about 3 mm. nearer to margin. Beneath this and slightly nearer

NieZ

180 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

margin a spot in 5 (absent in three examples). In 4 a spot

about 1 mm. from end of cell, a spot in 3, 2 mm. from end of

cell, and one in 2 not very close to median. A spot in1c,3 mm.

from margin, and one in 1b rather nearer base. A spot in 8

near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, one at base of 5 on

m.d.c.,a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and- immediately below

the latter a spot in 1b and la, also a subbasal in la. Some

irregular black at base of wing.

Head and thorax black, with reddish tufts and hairs, base of

abdomen black with whitish lateral spots, remainder white to

yellowish. Claws unequal.

Q resembles g but ground-colour rather more dusky

ochreous.

This species is apparently very closely allied to

equatorialis. It may be distinguished from the latter by

its larger average size, and by the fact that the discal spot

in f.-w. 1b is usually slightly more distally placed than

that in 2, whereas in equatorialis this spot is slightly more

proximally placed. Also the spot in h.-w. at base of area

5 is well developed, and is rarely indicated in eguatorialis.

Further the structure cf the claspers in the male armature

is slightly different and the penis is longer and much

more slender. The chitinous plate in the female of A. ella

is of quite different structure, having a bifid process on its

anterior edge, and the aperture is much smaller.

68. AcRAEA axina. PI]. XII, f. 7.

Acraea axina, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 344, pl. F,

f. §, 6 (1881); l.¢., Ed. 2, p. 352, pl: 6, f. 5; Gahagoy;

Trimen, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1891) ; l.¢., p. 26 (1894) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 99 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 905 (1898) ; Neave, Proe. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910).

= doubledayi, var., Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 147 (1887).

AwNGoLa (Bihé, Benguella) ; DamMaRALAND ; MANICALAND ;

MASHONALAND; TRANSVAAL; PorTUGUESE E, Arrica (Delagoa

B., Tete); Nyassananp (Blantyre); Ruopxsia (Ft. Jame-

son, Alala Plateau),

¢. Expanse 36-48 mm. Dry season form. Wings rosy

ochreous with a brownish basal and costal suffusion. Costa

from middle to apex narrowly black. Hind margin black,

1 mm. broad, slightly narrowing towards hind angle. Apical

area orange ochreous, the ends of nervules black, and with black

or brownish internervular rays. Black spots as follows :—-A

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 181

large spot in cell above origin of 2, a spot on upper part of

discocellulars. A discal row of five, the first four (in 10, 6, 5,

and 4) nearly in a straight line and confluent, the fifth smaller

and separate. A spot in 2 near median, beneath it and rather

nearer margin a spot in 1b, and a second in the same area near

the base. H.-w. with a slight blackish brown suffusion, and a

black sharply defined marginal border with faint indications of

paler internervular markings. Spots small and as on underside.

Fringes rather conspicuously whitish.

Underside, .f.-w. with one or two subbasal costal spots.

Ground-colour paler than above. Apical area ochreous with

orange internervular marks, Other markings as on upper-

side but marginal black narrower. H.-w. pale ochreous with

rose pink internervular marks. Hind margin border formed by

moderately heavy black arches and a very narrow black

marginal line enclosing greenish ochreous internervular spots.

Black spots as follows :—A discal row of eight, the first three in

7, 6, and 5 each nearer margin than the last (the third often

absent in dry season specimens), the fourth in a line with the

second at right angles to the costa, the fifth in 3, about midway

between end of cell and marginal border, the sixth in 2 near

median, the seventh and eighth in le and 1b. Of the last three

that in 1c is rather nearer margin than the others. A spot in 8

near precostal, a subbasal in 7, one spot (very rarely two) in

cell, one on middle discocellular, one in le, 1b, and la all .in a

straight line, and a basal spot in 1a.

Head black with brown tufts between eyes and on collar,

thorax black with a few brown hairs, basal half of abdomen

black with orange lateral spots, remainder orange.

Wet season form. Ground-colour more yellowish, spots larger,

basal suffusion broader, apical and marginal black broader in

both wings. F.-w. internervular rays blacker.

2. Expanse 48-52 mm. Dry season form very like ¢ but

ground-colour of f.-w. more dusky. Abdomen black above with

yellowish lateral spots. Wet season form, also like ¢ but ground-

colour dull ochreous to pale sepia. Just beyond f.-w. discal

spots is an indication of a whitish subapical patch,

Though quite a distinct species, A. axina closely

resembles a small specimen of A. oncaea. It may be

distinguished from the latter by the absence of sub-

marginal spots in 1b and 2 in f.-w., by its consistently

much smaller size, and by the usually sharply defined

black border in the h.-w.

182 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

There is in the Joicey collection a curious aberration of

this species. It is a ¢ from Ft. Chicquaqua, Mashona-

land. There is a spot in the f.-w. cell followed by one in

the discocellulars, and three subapical spots. The h.-w.

has one spot only, that on the discocellulars. The h.-w.

hind-marginal border is black and rather deeply edentate

between the nervules, and bears indications of paler inter-

nervular marginal spots.

69. AcRAEA CAECILIA. PI. XI, f. 2.

Acraea caecilia, Fabrizius, (Pap.) Spec. Ins., 2, p. 34 (1781) ;

Godart, (A) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 235 (1819); Godman, Proce.

Zool, Soc., p. 221 (1884) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 194

(1893); Carpenter, Proc, R. S. Dub. (2), 8, p. 305 (1895) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 100 (1898) ; Ann. Mus. Genov.,

p. 10 (1910).

= bendis ; Hiibner, Verz., p. 27 (1816).

SENEGAL; S. LEoNE; GoLp Coast; Lacos; ASHANTI;

Tocotanp; Niceria; Nusia; Ucanpa (Unyoro, Pt.

Alice, Entebbe, Bulamwezi); Bririsa E. Arrica (L. Baringo,

Kikuyu, Mori R., Kiboko R., Kibaoni); German E.

Arrica (Ukerewe I., Tabora) ; Somaitanp (Sheik Hussein,

Abulcassim); AsysstntA (Mole R.); FRencH SupAn

(Bammako to Wagaduga).

¢.f. hypatia, Drury, (Pap.) I]. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 16, pl. 13, f. 1, 2

(1782); Fabricius, Ent. Syst., 3, p. 163 (1793) ; Godart, (A)

Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232 (1819).

S. LEONE.

2. f. artemisa, Stoll, (Pap.) Cramer Suppl, p. 123, pl, 25, f. 4, 4d.

(1790).

? loc.

A, caecilia pudora, subsp.

Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Exp. n. Kilimandjaro, p. 4 (1910).

German E. Arrica (Usandowi, Kilimandjaro); Bririsy E.

Arrica (Machakos, Kikuyu).

f. umbrina, Aurivillius Ul. c. (1910).

KIDLIMANDJARO,

A. caecilia caecilia.

¢. Expanse 56-70 mm, Ground-colour pale ochreous pink

to pale salmon pink. F.-w, with a black or brown basal

suffusion and a brown dusting of scales along the costa. Apex

black about 4 mm, wide, the inner edge much suffused in outline,

the black continued as a narrow tapering line along the margin

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 183

to the hind angle. Subapical and submarginal area inclining to

orange ochreous between the nervules, and in areas 6, 5, 4, 3,

and 2 sometimes a grey ground-colour with submarginal orange

spots and black internervular rays. Black spots as follows :—

One in cell above origin of 2, and a double spot on upper part

of end of cell. A discal row of five in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the first

often much elongated, and rather nearer base, the next three in

an almost straight line and contiguous, the fifth subcrescentic

and in the middle of area 3. A spot in 2 near median, and

immediately beneath it a spot in 1b, also a subbasal spot in

1b near median. A submarginal row of spots parallel to hind

margin, the first in 4 (sometimes absent), the second in 3 very

close to the fifth discal spot (also sometimes absent in 9 ).

H.-w. with a black or brownish black basal suffusion and a

well-defined hind-marginal black border usually with traces

of paler internervular marks. The discal and basal black

spots are rather variable, often faintly indicated, and most easily

observed on the underside.

Underside a paler replica of the upper, but without basal

suffusion. F.-w., two basal black spots on the costa, and apical

black of much less extent. H.-w., black marginal border bear-

ing seven rounded whitish spots. Black spots as follows :—An

irregular discal row of nine, the first about middle of area 7, the

second about middle of 6, the third (often minute or absent)

slightly nearer margin, the fourth touching end of cell, the fifth

just before middle of area 3, the sixth in 2 close to median, the

seventh in le nearer margin, the eighth in 1b crescentic and

nearer base, the ninth in la and still nearer base. A spot in 8

near precostal, usually two in cell close together, one at base of

5 touching m.d.c. <A large subbasal in 1c, a small ditto in 1b,

nearer margin, and a medium-sized subbasal in la close to that

in le. Some black at base of nervures enclosing two white dots.

Head black with a yellow tuft between the eyes and two on

the collar. Thorax black with reddish hairs, and two anterior,

two dorsal, and two posterior pale marks. Abdomen black at

base with pale lateral spots, remainder whitish. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 56-64 mm. Varies from pale salmon pink to

white. F.-w. with black basal suffusion, dusted with brownish

along costa, apex black inwardly suffused with yellow and nearly

reaching the discal spots. Black spotsasin ¢. H.-w. witha

black basal suffusion and a broad (about 4 mm. wide) black

hind-marginal border, its inner edge suffused with brownish.

Underside paler, marked as in ¢, much less apical black

than above, and area between this and discal spats grey with

184 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

orange internervular marks. H.-w. pinkish at base and with

seven large rounded pinkish or yellowish white spots on the

marginal black. Thorax and abdomen black with white spots,

the abdomen also segmented with narrow white lines,

A. caecilia 2 f. artemisa.

This form appears to be a rare aberration in which the black

markings, especially those of f.-w. apex and both lind margins,

are exceptionally heavy. I know it only from Stoll’s figure ;

though occasional Western examples show an unusual breadth of

the h.-w. border.

A, caecilia Q f. hypatia.

For some time | was of opinion that Drury’s figure of hypatia

was too highly coloured, but I have now seen examples of

caecilia 9 which are quite as deeply tinted. The f.-w. is

tawny ochreous and the h.-w. deep pink. The f.-w. apical

and marginal black is narrow and well defined, resembling that

in Eastern examples. We may therefore preserve Drury’s name

for this form. A specimen is in the Tring collection and bears

the label Mohoroni.,

A. caecilia pudora.

To the Eastern subspecies of caecilia must be assigned the

name given by Aurivillius (J. c.) to what he regarded as the dry

season form of Suffert’s ‘‘ caecilia liacea.” The latter is however

not caecilia at all, but a form of oncaea, <A. caecilia pudora

differs from more Western examples in having the f.-w. apical

black much narrower and more sharply defined. The spot in

h.-w. area 5 is usually well developed.

A. caecilia f. wmbrina, Auriv.

On the f.-w. a dull grey semitransparent submarginal band

between nervules 2 and 5-6,

A. caecilia exhibits little seasonal dimorphism. The wet

season ff are pinker and more heavily spotted, and the

9? have a whiter ground-colour and heavier black mark-

ings. One Abyssinian example I have seen is of the

typical form and another is intermediate to pudora. The

species is nearly allied to A. caldarena and there is little

ditterence in the respective ¢ armatures.

70. ACRAEA MARNOIS. Pl. XL, f. 4.

Acraea marnois, Rogenhofer, Ann, Mus, Wien, 4, p. 552,

pl. 23, f. 7 (1889) ; Aurivillius (oncaew var.), Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 100 (1898).

}

African Spectes of the Genus Acraea. 185

SupAw (Bahr-el-Seraf), ‘“V, Nyanza,”

¢ Expanse 50-56 mm. Wings rich ochre yellow and somewhat

more rounded than in other males of the caldarena group. F.-w.

slightly darkened at base. Apex narrowly black continued as a

narrow hind-marginal line. Black spots as follows :—One in cell

over origin of nervule2, A double spot on discocellulars, Beyond

cell an oblique hand of four black spots in a straight line at right

anglesto costa followed bya spot in3 rather more distal and beneath

this asubmarginal spot in2andin 1b, A spot in 2 beneath origin

of nervule 3 and beneath it a spot in 1b, A subbasal spot in the

same area, H.-w. slightly blackened at base and having a black

hind-marginal border about 2 mm, wide bearing indications

of paler internervular marks; its inner edge slightly arched

between the nervules. Black spots corresponding to those on

underside but rather faintly indicated towards inner margin.

Fringes white.

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside but rather paler and

having two spots on costa near base,

H.-w. as on upperside but without basal black and the

hind-marginal border bearing white internervular spots. Black

spots as follows :—One in 7 just beyond origin of nervule 7,

One in 6 much nearer margin. One near base of area 4.

Beneath it but nearer margin a spot in 3. One near base of 2.

Beneath it a spot in lc, followed by one in 1b rather nearer

base, and a dot in la. A spot in 9, one in 8, a subbasal in 7,

two in cell, one in discocellulars, a basal and a subbasal in le,

1b, and la.

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, and two

yellowish tufts on collar, Thorax black with reddish hairs.

Abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, except

last three or four segments, which are yellowish. Claws

unequal,

? unknown,

An example in the National Collection agrees very closely

with the type, differing only in the following points :—F.-w.

The submarginal spots are absent in 2 and 1b, the first or costal

spot of the discal row is very minute, and there is hardly any

basal black. H.-w. There is a small discal spot in area 5,

Underside. H.-w. the marginal border is formed of much

narrower black arches on a fine marginal line, thus enclosing

larger whitish spots.

For the present I must keep A. marnois separate.

Aurivillius regards itas aform of A. oncaea. If, however,

186 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Rogenhofer’s type is specifically identical with the

specimen in the National Collection above described, this

must be an error, as the latter example bears a much

closer relationship to ca/darena and caecilia. The genital

armature is only very slightly different from that of the

two species mentioned, that of A. oncaea being of an

entirely different form. On the whole I regard it as

nearest to A. caecilia, and the acquisition of further

material may decide whether it is really separate from

that species.

The type was taken at Bahr-el-Seraf in the Sudan.

The British Museum specimen is merely labelled Victoria

Nyanza.

71. ACRAEA AGLAONICE. Pl. X, f. 16.

Acraea aglaonice, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 346,

pl. F, f. 9,16 (1881); Ed. 2, p. 353, pl. 6, f. 9, 10 (1889) ;

Trimen, 8. Af, Butt., 1;"p. 151, pl. 3, f. 3°(88i)e Wena,

p. 398 (1889); Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 27 (1894); Marshall,

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 555 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth.,

p. 99 (1898); Trimen (ab. melan.), Trans Ent. Soc., p.

64, pl. 4, f.4 (1906).

= A, fenestrata, Trimen, Trans, Ent, Soc., p. 435 (1881),

MASHONALAND, DELAGOA Bay, TRANSVAAL, Natat, MAnt-

CALAND.

¢. Expanse 50-62 mm. Wings orange red to rosy red, F.-w,

A narrow black line along costa (rather wider at apex) and

continued along hind margin to angle. Costa, apical and hind-

marginal portion of wing inclining to orange. <A slight dusky

suffusion at base. Ends of nervules rather distinctly black, In

the subapical region in areas 4 and 5 (and sometimes slightly in

6), a transparent mark caused by a paucity of scales. This

transparent marking may be almost absent in dry season

examples. Black spots as follows:—A large, transverse, irregularly

shaped spot in cell above origin of 2, and a black mark on disco-

cellulars, usually on upper part but sometimes over whole width

of end of cell. Beyond cell and just before the transparent

marks a discal row of fine spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the first

sometimes absent, and the last sometimes very small. The

three middle spots almost in a straight line, the first rather more

distally placed, the fifth with its long axis pointing towards

apex. In 2a spot close to median (absent in one example). In

1b a discal spot below that in 2 and slightly nearer margin, and

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 187

a second spot near median at about two-thirds of the distance

from base to origin of 2.

H.-w. with a slight dusky basal suffusion and a_ black

hind-marginal border varying from 1 to 2 mm. in breadth

and very rarely showing traces of paler internervular mark-

ings, Black spots very small and more easily observed on

underside, Those near inner margin sometimes only faintly

indicated.

Underside. F.-w. paler and duller than above and rather

‘glossy. A small basal and subbasal spot on costa, Apical and

hind-marginal areas ochreous with orange internervular rays,

Spots as on upperside, H,-w. pinkish ochreous, <A very

narrow black line round hind margin, followed by a band of

greenish ochreous corresponding in width to the black border of

the upperside and divided by narrow internervular black

arches. This marginal border is followed by internervular

splashes of orange, and the basal and median portions of wing

bear internervular rose pink marks. Black spots very small

and slightly variable. A discal row beginning with one in 7,

6,5, and 4, the fourth much further from margin than the third.

Very rarely a minute dot in 3. I have never seena ¢ with a

spot in 2, though there is sometimes a very small one in the 9°.

In le a spot at base, a second just before origin of 2, and a third

half way between the second and the margin. In Ib two spots

near middle, in la one near base and one near middle. In 8 a

spot near precostal, beyond this in 7 a transverse spot. A spot

at base of 7, two in cell and one on middle discocellular.

Wet season examples have a general tendency to a richer

colour and more dusky suffusion especially of the f.-w.

Head black with a brown tuft between the eyes and two on

the collar. Thorax black with lateral brown hairs and two

dorsal whitish streaks. Base of abdomen black with orange

lateral spots. Remainder orange. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 60-66 mm. Dry season form :—F.-w. Costa,

base, and inner margin more or less heavily suffused with umber

brown, median area rosy red, apex and hind margin brownish

ochreous. A black tip at apex narrowing suddenly below

nervule 7 but continued along hind margin as a line broader

than in ¢. Ends of nervules heavily marked with black. The

whitish transparent patch conspicuous. Black spotsasin ¢ and

usually an additional spot in cell at about the middle. H.-w.

rosy red suffused with brownish black at base. Hind margin

black about 3 mm, broad and bordered inwardly by a band of

brownish ochreous on which the nervules are heavily dusted

188 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

with black, Underside muchasin ¢. Abdomen black above

with white lateral spots.

Wet season form. ['.-w. basal, costal, and apical suffusion

black, median area dull pinkish ochreous, apical and hind-

marginal areas ochreous, H.-w. ochreous along costa, remainder

black with a white median patch. Spots in both wings as

in ¢. Underside much as in ¢ but f.-w. very dull coloured,

and h.-w, with much less orange and pink, median area

whitish, and the black arches of marginal border very heavy.

Abdomen black above with white lateral and yellowish dorsal

spots. Intermeciates between the extreme seasonal forms are

found in any good series.

A, aglaonice is readily distinguished by the transparent

mark in the f.-w. and the very small spots in the h.-w. It

is a very distinct species, the peculiar projection on the

middle of the inner side of the claspers distinguishes the

male armature at a glance from that of any other species.

In 1906 (2.¢.) Trimen described a melanic 2 aberration

of this species from Melville, Johannesburg, and at the

same time gave an interesting note from Mr. Feltham,

who states that this butterfly made its appearance in the

depth of the winter season in 1904 at Johannesburg, and

that other members of the genus also seem to choose the

coldest season for their appearance there.

[The range of the species is described by Trimen as

from §S. Matabeleland to E. Mashonaland and Delagoa

Bay, through the Transvaal as far as Johannesburg and

extending to Zululand, Delagoa Bay, and very rarely to

Natal. |

72. ACRAEA ATERGATIS. Pl. XII, f. 2.

Acraea atergatis, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, p. 342, pl. F,

f. 1, 2 (1881); l.c., Ed. 2, p. 350, pl. 6, f. 1, 2 (1889);

Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 100 (1898) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 25 (1910).

Conco (Katanga, Lualaba R., Maringa R.); RaopEsta

(Victoria Falls, Barotse, Mashonaland); Ancona (Cugho R.,

Luacinga R., Guimbungo).

S. Expanse 50-60 mm. Dry season. Wings dull orange-

ochreous. I.-w. rather pointed. H.-w. rather distinetly angu-

lated at nervule 4. F.-w. costa very slightly blackened and a faint

black line round hind margin. Ends of nervules along hind

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 189

margin black, and some indication of black internervular rays.

Black spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2. A double

spot on upper part of discocellulars. A discal row of seven, the

first sometimes very faint and usually further from base than

the remainder. The next four (in 6, 5, 4, and 3) in a straight

line at right angles to costa. The sixth and seventh in 2 and 1b

lie almost in a straight line with the fifth and at right angles to

the inner margin. A small subbasal spot in 1b.

H.-w.. with a slight black suffusion about base of median, and

a narrow black line round margin. Black spots as on underside,

but some may be only faintly indicated, whilst others may be

larger above than below.

Underside a pale dull replica of the upper. F.-w. with two

spots at base of costa, H.-w. spots as follows:—A discal row of

nine. The first in 7, the second in 6 nearer margin, the third

in 5 almost immediately below the second, the fourth close to

end of cell, the fifth in 3 a short distance from end of cell, the

sixth, seventh and eighth in 2, 1c, and 1b almost in a straight

line at level of end of cell, the ninth in la rather nearer base.

A spot in 8 near precostal, a subbasal in 7, two in cell, and one

at base of area 5 against m.d.c, A subbasal in Ic, 1b, and 1a,

the middle one further from base. Some black marks about

base of nervures. Head black with a red tuft between eyes and

two on collar, thorax black with red hairs, base of abdomen

black with yellow lateral spots, remainder whitish. Claws

unequal,

Wet season form. Differs from the dry season form in having

the ground-colour redder, the costa blacker, all the spots larger,

a trace of submarginal spots in 1b and 2, well-defined black

internervular rays on apical area, h.-w. spots large and some-

times partly confluent, the hind margin with a black border

about 1°5 mm. wide.

Underside like the upper but duller, and in h.-w. a well-

marked whitish marginal border divided by the black ends of

nervules, and bounded outwardly by a narrow black line, and

inwardly by black internervular curved marks.

End of abdomen orange.

¢. Expanse about 60 mm. Resembles wet season ¢, but in

some cases the underside is distinctly darker than the upper,

especially on the h.-w., the spots ringed with grey, the fringes

conspicuously white, and the black marks at inner edge of

marginal border may be produced into points between the

nervules. I have not seen melanie forms of the ? such as

exist in allied species,

190 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. atergatis appears to be generally somewhat rare.

Neave describes it as not common in the north of N.E.

Rhodesia, but plentiful in Katanga. It is described as on

the wing all the year except in June and July. Dr, Dixey

has recorded (Proc. Ent. Soc., p. 11, 1906) that he noticed

in this insect a musty odour with a strong ammoniacal

scent like that of stable litter.

73. ACRAHA STENOBEA, PI, X, f. 15.

Acraea stenobea, Wallengren, Wien. Ent. Mon., 4, p. 35 (1860) ;

Ofvers. Vet. Akad. Férh., 29 (3), p. 49 (1872) ; Trimen, S.

Af.” Butt. 1, p. 153, pl. 3) i. 2 (1887); Proc. Zoolasoes

p- 71 (1891) ; Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, Ed. 2, p. 354,

pl. 6, f. 11, 12 (1889); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 98 (1898) ;

Butler, (caecilia, var.) Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 401 (1898).

= acronycta, Westwood, Oates, Matabeleland, Ed. 1. p. 346, pl.

Hf. 11) 121881).

= natalica (var.), Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 346 (1870),

lygus, Druce, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 408 (1875).

= albomaculata, Weymer, Stettin. Ent. Zeit, p. 83 (1892).

Anaoua (Bihé, Benguella); DAMARALAND; CAPE

Cotony ; BECHUANALAND; KHAmaA’s Co,; TRANSVAAL ;

MASHONALAND ; BAROTSELAND; GERMAN E, AFRICA

(Saadani).

dg. Expanse 50-60 mm, F.-w. milky ochreous inclining to

orange at apex between nervules, often with a pale pink median

suffusion. Base widely suffused with sepia which extends about

two-thirds the length of cell, nearly half the length of la and

1b, but rarely into 2. Costa very narrowly black, Apex and

hind margin narrowly black. Nervures and nervules more or

less distinctly black. Black spots rather variable, but the

following usually present :—One in cell above origin of 2, one

on upper part of discocellulars, A discal row of four, in 6, 5, 4,

and 3. The first three in a straight line, the fourth rather more

distally placed. In 2 a spot near median, and generally a sub-

marginal spot ; in 1b, a spot near median, a second rather beyond

middle, and often a third (submarginal) spot.

H.-w. more pinkish than f.-w. and sometimes of a delicate

pale rose tint. A black basal suffusion extending about half the

length of cell and a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm.

wide, usually showing a faint indication of paler internervular

markings. Black spots variable. In the examples before me

the largest number is eleven, two in 7, two in cell, one in 4

near end of cell, and two in lc, 1b, and la, all these faint and

only showing through from beneath.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 191

Underside. F.-w. as above but duller-and without the dark

suffusion. Two black spots on costa, one at base, and one just

beyond. Sometimes a spot beyond end of cell in 10. Remaining

spots as above.

H.-w. pale pinkish, the distal portion yellow, and the basal

portion faintly reddish between the nervules. Black spots

rather variable. One in 8 near precostal, a very minute spot in

2,a short distance below median, and some irregular black at

base of nervures enclosing two white spots which li close

against thorax. Remaining spots as above. Marginal border as

above but with seven large white internervular spots, that in le

doubled.

Head black with two white marks between the eyes, one

behind each eye, and two spots on the collar. Thorax black

with two white dorsal anterior streaks. Base of abdomen black

with whitish lateral spots and transverse lines. Remainder

creamy white. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 50-60 mm. F.-w. orange ochreous with a rich

sepia basal suffusion, extending in some cases nearly all over

the wing, but in the latter case leaving a trace of a paler

subapical band just beyond discal black spots. Apical and

marginal black broader thanin ¢. Black spots equally unstable,

the discal row varying from a confluent band to two small

separate spots in 4 and 5,

H.-w. milky ochreous to salmon-pink with a black basal

suffusion and a broad black hind-marginal border, in some

examples 4 mm. wide at area 2. A white discal suffusion of

very variable extent.

Underside f.-w. orange ochreous sometimes with a trace of the

black basal suffusion especially along nervure 1, and the base of

median, The apical region with orange internervular rays on a

paler ground, Spots as on upperside with the two basal costal

spotsasin ¢. H.-w. rose-pink at base, distal portion orange, some

pale ochreous suffusion about nervules in median area. Black

marginal border with large rounded white spots; in one example

the margin spots are pale ochreous and there is a line of same

colour along inner edge of marginal black. The fringes of both

wings are pale lemon ochreous and very conspicuous. Abdomen

black above with white lateral spots.

A. stenobea is rare in collections. The variation in the

ground-colour and extent of black suffusion may be more

or less seasonal, but I have not seen a sufficiently long

series to be able to form an opinion on this point.

192 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Butler has suggested that stenobea is a seasonal form of

caldarena, and later (P.Z.S., 1898, p. 401) refers to it as a

variety of caecilia. The structure of the male armature

shows, however, that it is quite a distinct species. Trimen

states (/. c. sup.) that the white suffusion on the 2 h.-w.,

though variable in extent, seems always to be present.

74. ACRAEA NATALICA, Pl. XII, f. 1.

Acraea natalica, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg, 2, p.590 (1847); Staud-

inger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Trimen,.S. Af. Butt.,

1, p. 155 (1887); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 101 (1898); Butler, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 53 (1898) ; l. ¢., p. 26(1901); Dixey and Longstaff,

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 318 (1907); Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p. 525 (1908); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910) ;

Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910).

? = cephaea, Bertolini, Mem. Accad. Bologna, 2, p. 176 (1851).

= bellua, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857).

= hyputia, var., Trimen, Rhop. Afr., Austr., p. 98 (1862).

ANGoLA(Canhoca); Congo (Kassai; Lualaba); BAROTSELAND ;

NaTAL ; TRANSVAAL ; CAPE COLONY ; GRIQUALAND ; MASHONA-

LAND ; PortuguEsE KE, Arrica (Mozambique) ; NYASSALAND ;

GERMAN E, Arrica; British E. Arrica (Taita, Taveta,

Kibwezi) ; Pempa I. ; ZAnzIBaR.

f. wmbrata, Suffert, Iris, p. 30 (1904).

=natalica Hoppfer, Peters Reise, Ins, p, 371, pl. 23, f. 12, 13

(1862).

PorrucuEsr E, Arrica ; German E. Arrica ; Briviso E.

Arrica ; Pempa I.; Conco (Lualaba).

A. natalica pseudegina, subsp.

Westwood (A. pseudegina), Gen. Di. Lep., p. 531 (1852); Auri-

villius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 276 (1893) ; Karsch., Berl. Ent.

Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1898); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth, p. 100

(1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ; Aurivillius,

Ann. Mus. Genov, p. 11 (504), (1910).

= egina, Stoll., (Pap.) Cramer Suppl., p. 122, pl. 25, f. 3, 3c

(1790).

PorTUGUESE GUINEA; S. LEoNE; GoLD Coast; NIGERIA ;

ANGOLA.

A. natalica abadima, subsp.

Ribbe (A. abadima), Iris, 2, p. 182, pl. 4, f. 2 (1889); Aurivillius,

Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 201 (1891); Butler (pseudegina,

var.), Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 731 (1895); Aurivillius (pseudegina

var. abadima), Rhop. Aeth., p. 101 (1898).

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 193

= clarei, Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 327, pl. 1, f. 4 (1904).

Conco (Stanleyville); Grrman E. Arrica (Ukerewe IL.

Muansa); British E, Arrica and Ucanpa (Entebbe, Kikuyu,

Kampala, Unyoro, Mori R., Pt. Alice) ; UGanpa (Bulamwezi) ;

ApyssINiA (Alesa, Kotscha).

A. natalica natalica. It is a matter of some difficulty

adequately to describe this species owing to its extreme

variability. Itis however abundant and widely distributed,

and familiarity with its general appearance is easily attained

by reference to the long series to be found in most collec-

tions. Average examples may be described as follows :—

¢. Expanse 50-80 mm. F.-w. rosy red to pinkish ochreous,

subapical area deep ochreous. A basal black suffusion extending

nearly to middle of cell. Costa very narrowly black. Apex

black (3-4 mm. wide), becoming very narrow at 4 and con-

tinued as a fine marginal line to hind angle. Black spots

variable. When all present arranged as follows :—One in cell at

or just before origin of 2, a double spot on upper part of dis-

cocellulars. Just beyond cell a discal row of confluent spots

widest near costa and extending to nervule 4, and forming

together a characteristic wedge-shaped mark. A submarginal

row of three spots in 3, 2 and la. A spot near base of 3 in line

with, but separated from, the wedge-shaped row. A similar spot

near base of 2 well separated from the neighbouring nervules.

Immediately beneath this a spot in la, and in thesame area

another spot at the edge of the black basal suffusion.

H.-w. with a black basal suffusion extending nearly to middle

of cell, and a black hind-marginal band with a very faint

indication of paler internervular marks. This band varies in

width from about 2-4 mm. The discal and basal spots are

always small, and while corresponding to those on the underside,

are in many cases only faintly indicated.

Underside, F.-w. ground-colour as on upperside but paler

and duller. The black basal suffusion only shows through from

the upperside and the apex is greenish-ochreous with orange

internervular marks, the margin being narrowly black. Two

black spots at base of costa, remaining spots as above but those

just beyond cell more distinctly separated.

H.-w. ground-colour pinkish ochreous. No basal suffusion.

A hind-marginal band formed of large pale sage-green spots

surrounded by heavy black arches and a black marginal line.

In area 1b there is a marginal line of the same colour as the

spots. About the base, inner margin, and along inner edge of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) O

194 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

hind-marginal border are reddish internervular markings. Black

spots as follows :—A discal row, the first in 7 about middle,

second in 6 nearer margin, third in 5 beneath second but slightly

more distal, fourth in 4 just above outer point of cell, fifth in 3

directly below fourth and some distance from end of cell, sixth

in 2 further from margin, seventh in le at about same level,

eighth in 1b slightly nearer base. A spot in 8 near precostal, a

subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, one at base of 5 on m.d.c. a

large subbasal in 1c, beneath it a spot in 1b, and two equidistant

spots in la, Head and thorax black with white spots, base of

abdomen black above with yellowish lateral spots, remainder

orange or whitish. Claws unequal.

The male exhibits a certain amount of seasonal dimorphism,

wet season forms being often more heavily spotted and especially

having a broader h.w. marginal band. Very dry males often

have the ground-colour ochreous,

2. Expanse 46-80 mm. Dry season. Very like ¢ but with

more rounded f.-w. Spots of h.-w. margin on underside whitish.

Abdomen black above with white spots,

? Intermediate. F.-w. smoky ochreous much paler in sub-

apical area. H.-w. dusky pink. Marginal border broad and

inwardly much suffused, the black sometimes extending over

the whole wing.

Q Wet season, Sepia black. F.-w. with a whitish subapical

bar and a central whitish band. H.-w. sometimes with a white

median patch.

In all these ? forms the spots and markings are as in the ¢.

A. natalica f. wnbrata resembles the ordinary form but has a

greyish median band across the f.-w. Hoppfer’s figures in

“ Peters’ Reise nach Mossambique” agree closely with this form,

A. natalica pseudegina, subsp. PI. VI, f. 9 (larva).

This is the western subspecies. Typical examples of the

d have the f.-w. smoky black, the spots being thereby much

obscured. Near the apex are two or three internervular markings,

orange ochreous to white. The h.-w. is, in fresh specimens, rich

rose colour without, or with only a faint black marginal band,

though the black arches of the underside are just visible. The

spots are represented only by dull brownish marks.

Some examples have a reddish suffusion inthe median area of

f.-w. and the apical ochreous marks may be continued as a

marginal border. The usual black spots are well marked on the

underside, and the h.-w. marginal spots are ochreous like the

ground-colour, instead of green, The 9 is like the ¢ but

the f.-w, red suffusjon is more frequently developed,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 195

In a beautiful series of very perfect examples bred by Mr

W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, the colours of both surfaces are

extremely brilliant, and there is in nearly every case an addi-

tional submarginal spot in f.-w. in area 4, and one or two sub-

marginal spots on the h.-w. underside in 7, and 6,

Acraea natalica abadima, subsp.

This may be regarded as the central race of the species. It

has a wide range extending from Angola, across the Upper

Congo region to British E. Africa and into Abyssinia, In

the f.-w. the spots and markings are as in typical natalica,

though there are often four submarginal spots. The whole f.-w.

is rather thinly scaled and has a delicate translucent appearance.

The subapical area is grey, and at the inner edge of the apical

black there are orange-ochreous internervular markings con-

tinued along the margin as more or Jess rounded marginal spots,

There is very little black basal suffusion in either wing. The

h.-w. is red, probably rosy red in very fresh specimens. The

spots are indistinct, There isno black marginal border, but a

narrow black line on which are faintly indicated the black

arches of the underside, On the underside the f.-w. is very

thinly scaled and glossy, and the marginal spots of the h.-w. are

rich ochreous.

The ? has the same semitransparent f.-w. but the ground-

colour is dusky grey sometimes with a slight reddish tinge

and the orange subapical marks are replaced by white. H.-w.

reddish grey or dull grey often with a slight median white

suffusion.

Between the above forms nearly every grade of inter-

mediate pattern may be observed in a long series, though

the pseudegina form is perhaps more clearly separated from

the type pattern than is abadima. Perhaps the most

characteristic features are the wedge-shaped f.-w. discal

mark, and the black basal suffusion in both wings. A.

anemosa has the same features but the black suffusion

extends to both surfaces, and is spotted with white on the

h.-w. underside.

The larva of A. natalica is described by Trimen (1. ¢.) as

light buff-yellow with a white, black-edged dorsal stripe,

and a white lateral stripe. A black stripe on each side

just above the lateral row of spines, and a broad, black

vertical stripe interrupted by the bases of the prolegs.

The pupa is also noted by the same author as “creamy

white, with the limbs and position of wing nervures out-

lined in black ; a triple black streak from top of head

196 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

along middle of back of thorax, and a broad lateral streak

varied with white spots; the abdomen bearing two dorsal,

two lateral, and one median ventral, chains of black rings

enclosing orange yellow spots.”

The larva of natalica pseudegina I have figured on Plate

VI, from examples sent home by Mr. W. A. Lamborn. The

black stripes would appear to be less marked than in

the southern form, but the white marks on the head are

characteristic.

A @ of natalica natalica taken by Rogers near Rabai

bears a note to the effect that it “emitted a strong odour

like that of rotten cabbages.”

75, ACRAEA ASBOLOPLINTHA. PI, XII, f.4. Pl. XV, f. 23.

Acraea asboloplintha, Karsch., Ent. Nachr, 20, p. 223 (1894);

Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 90 (1898); Heron, Trans, Zool.

Soc., xix, p. 148 (1909).

= dimociate. Gr,-Smith, Novit. Zool. 5, p. 350 (1898) ; Rhop.

Exot., p. 19, pl. 6, £. 4, 5, 6 aay

= natalica var. dissociata, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 46

(1902).

Jonao (Ruwenzori Region, 7,000 ft. ; Mt. Mikeno) ; UGANDA ;

British E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills),

A, asboloplintha rubesceis, subsp,

Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 547 (1908).

2 =asboloplintha ? , Suffert, Iris, p. 19, pl. 2, f. 6 (1904),

BritisH E, Arrica (E, and §, of Kikuyu, Nairobi, Weithaga,

Ft. Hall).

gd. Expanse 54-60mm. F.-w. warm sepia, a brick red median

patch on inner margin rarely extending slightly into area 1b.

Small black spots rather faintly discernible on the dark ground

corresponding to those on the underside.

H.-w. brick red with a slight black basal suffusion and a narrow

black line round hind margin. Black discal and basal spots,

very small, and corresponding with those on underside.

Underside. F.-w. pale umber brown, apex with orange brown

internervular marks. One black spot (rarely two) at base of costa

and a black line round apex and hind margin. A black spot in

cell just before origin of 2, one on upper part of l.d.c. Beyond

cell four spots in 6, 5, 4, and 3 and all in a straight line nearly at

right angles to costa. A spot in 2 near median, beneath it but

slightly nearer to base a spot in 1b, and in same area a subbasal

spot near median.

H.-w, deep ochreous with red patches at base and in 1b and la,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 197

A faint black line round hind margin bordered inwardly by a

paler ochreous band about 1°5 mm. wide. The internervular

spaces of the discal area orange ochreous, Black spots as

follows :—A discal row of eight, first in 7 near middle, second in

6 nearer margin, third in 5 immediately beneath second (or very

slightly more distally placed), fourth in 4 close to end of cell,

fifth in 3 a short distance from end of cell; sixth, seventh, and

eighth, in 2, 1c, and 1b, all in a straight line at right angles to

inner margin. A spot in 8 close to precostal, two in basal half

of cell, a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and la, and a subbasal in 1b.

Head and thorax black with a few small white marks. Ab-

domen black at base with lateral orange spots, remainder orange

ochreous. Claws unequal.

9 resembles ¢ but the brick red is entirely replaced by

ochreous brown. On the h.-w. underside the basal and marginal

portions are whitish. Some red marks at base of cell, 1c, and in

lb and la. Spots all as in ¢. Abdomen black with small

white lateral spots.

A, asboloplintha rubescens, subsp.

¢. Expanse 58-62 mm. Differs from the type form in

having the ground-colour of the h.-w. rosy red. In the f.-w.

the greater part of area la, the middle of 1b, base of 2, and a

part of cell are also flushed with rosy red. Dark areas sepia

black. The black border of h.-w. is about 1 mm. broad. All

the black spots are decidedly larger. The underside is as in the

typical form but the colours are more brilliant.

?. Like the ¢ but with the rosy red areas replaced by white.

Dark areas paler than in ¢ and h.-w. broader and inwardly

suffused,

Suffert’s description of the 2 asboloplintha applies to this

form, but he states that it is “coloured as in the 2.”

The figure accompanying the description is an uncoloured

photograph and appears to represent the black and white

¢ described above. The figure thus appears to be correct

and the description wrong, but up to the present I have

been unable to find an explanation of the discrepancy.

When Trimen described the rubescens form he had only

one example of each sex, and suggested that possibly the

black and white 2 might be exceptional and that there

might also be a 2 coloured like the g. Since that time

the Oxford Museum has acquired further examples, but

they furnish no evidence that the 29 are ever other than

black and white.

198 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

GROUP XII.

"6. ACRAEA /ANACREON. Pl. XIII, £.3.: Ph XV, £22.) PRGXVE,

114.

Acraea anacreon, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 77, pl. 6, f. 3-5

(1868): l.c., p. 847 (1870); S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 168 (1887) ;

Marshall, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 552 (1896); Butler, Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 841 (1897); Trans. Ent, Soc., p. 107 (1897) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 96 (1898).

Basutotanp; Natau; TRANSVAAL; KAFFIRLAND ; NYASSA-

LAND (Kigonsera) ; GuRMAN E, Arrica (Unyika) ; CarE CoLony.

A. anacreon bomba, subsp.

Grose-Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist, (6), 3, p. 128 (1889) ; Smith and

Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 19 (Acraea), p. 8, pl. 3, f. 5, 6 (1892) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 96 (1898).

= induna (f. aestiv.), Trimen, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 184, pl. 5,

f, 3, 3a (1895); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 905 (1898) ;

Neave, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 16 (1910).

Ancona (Bailundu) ; N.E, Raopesta (Chambezi Valley, L.

Bangweolo); MASHONALAND; NYASSALAND; GERMAN E, AFRICA;

Britis E, Arrica (Mombasa).

A. anacreon anacreontica, subsp.

Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., 5, p. 352 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 96 (1898).

British E. Arrtca (Nandi, W, Slopes of Mt. Kenia 6,500 ft.).

A. anacreon speciosa, subsp.

Wichgraf, Berl. Ent. Zeit., p. 245, pl. 6, f. 9 (1908).

ANGOLA (Ceramba, Bih¢).

A. anacreon anacreon.

¢. Expanse 50-52 mm. Deep golden orange with black,

spots and markings. F.-w. somewhat narrow and anguiated,

narrowly black along costa, A black hind-marginal band

5 mm, wide at apex and tapering off towards hind angle, On

this border a marginal row of spots of the ground-colour

narrow and elongated at apex but becoming shorter and

rounder towards hind angle. Above subcostal in the subapical

region the ground-colour is distinctly paler (sometimes

whitish) and beneath this is sometimes an indication of a

pale subapical patch, A slight powdering of black at base.

Spots rather variable, One large spot in cell just beyond

origin of nervule 2 and a mark on the discocellulars. Beyond end

of cell a row of two to three discal spots in 6, 5, and 4, and lying

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 199

in a straight line nearly at right angles to the costa. Beneath

these a spot in 3 and one in 2 near the base of these areas, and

lying in a line almost at right angles to that of the first three

spots. In 1b a spot, usually immediately beneath that in 2, and

in the same area a subbasal spot (sometimes absent).

H.-w. with a black suffusion having its maximum extent in

area lc. A large spot in cell beyond middle, and a subbasal

spot (sometimes faintly indicated) in area 7, The remaining

subbasal spots obscured by the black suffusion. A row of eight

discal spots arranged in a peculiarly characteristic manner. The

first four (7-4) lie in a regular curve approximately parallel to

the margin, the next two are so placed that the line takes a

sharp bend inwards. The seventh spot is slightly nearer the

margin than the sixth and eighth, these three lying in a kind of

secondary curve, The hind-marginal border is black about

2 mm. wide and bears seven yellow internervular spots (that in

le doubled). The fringes of both wings are whitish and rather

well developed.

Underside. F.-w. a black spot at base of costa, Costal

margin ochreous, subapical area pale ochreous, apex and hind

margin greyish ochreous with a dusting of orange between the

strongly marked black nervules. Remainder dull orange

ochreous with spots as on upperside,

H,-w. rather pale ochreous, area 9, base and median portion

of 1c, base of 2, and extremity of cell, pink. A spot in 8 against

the precostal. All the spots large and more distinct, a subbasal

spot in lc, one in 1b, and two spots in la, the outermost

making a continuation of the discal curved row. Beyond the

median area the nervules are black and in 1c there is a marked

black internervular ray, The hind margin is sulphur yellow

divided into spots by the nervules, bounded externally by

a fine black marginal line, and internally by very narrow

black arches tinged with pink on their inner edge. Head

and thorax dark brown, reddish tufts on the collar, abdomen

black above, yellowish beneath with pale lateral spots. Claws

unequal.

Q. Expanse 54-58 mm. Upperside f.-w. violaceous to

pinkish grey. Spots and markings as in ¢ but there is a more

or less developed subapical creamy ochreous patch, and the sub-

marginal spots are paler at the apex and fading to cream colour

hind angle,

H.-w. ochreous grey to orange ochreous, much paler at inner

margin, Spots as in g¢. Hind-marginal border with pale

lemon ochreous spots.

200 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside f.w. Costa and hind margin greyish ochreous, a

pale lemon ochreous subapical patch, internervular spaces light

ochreous along margin. Remainder of wing as on upperside

but paler.

H.-w. lemon ochreous with spots and markings as in ¢.

A. anacreon exhibits a certain amount of seasonal

dimorphism, dry-season specimens having a tendency to

more elongate wings and less pronounced spotting.

A. anacreon bomba, subsp.

In this form the wings are usually more rounded, the f.-w. black

apical patch is in wet season examples well developed, its inner

edge lying more transversely across the wing (width about 5mm.),

the marginal internervular spots are either faintly discernible or

obsolete. The discal spot in f.-w. 1b is generally nearer margin

than in anacreon anacreon. The most noticeable difference in

the h.-w. is the decreased width of the hind-marginal border.

The colouring of the underside is much richer than in anacreon

anacreon. The f.-w. has the apex greenish ochreous with orange

internervular rays. In the h.-w. the space between the discal

and subbasal spots is almost entirely rose pink, and between the

discal spots and the marginal border the internervular spaces are

flushed with orange. There is much more marked seasonal

dimorphism in this form, and though the wet season forms

(= induna) are extremely variable there is a general tendency in

both sexes to a paler ground-colour and heavily marked black

apices in the f.-w. In some wet season forms from near Ft.

Jameson all the spots are large and there is a heavy black basal

suffusion in h.-w.

There is on the whole less difference of colour between the

sexes, but the 9 2 are generally paler and greyer.

In Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 16, 1910, Neave expresses the

opinion that Gr.-Smith’s bomba should be kept separate

from induna. Two dry-season examples, however, taken in

N.-W. Rhodesia, agree so nearly with bomba that I am con-

vinced that the synonymy here adopted is the correct one.

A. anacreon anacreontica, subsp,

This form presents the following features :—

F.-w. pale ochreous with a basal suffusion of orange ochreous

of rather variable extent. Pale apical and hind marginal spots

well developed and sharply defined. H.-w. orange ochreous

with a narrow black border bearing very distinct pale ochreous

spots. Inner margin inclining to pale ochreous, LDiscal spots

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 201

for the most part faint and obsolescent. On h.-w. underside the

spots are much smaller and closer together and enclose an irreg-

wlar but well-defined band of rose-pink. In many examples the

two central spots in 1c are joined together and form a peculiar

semicircular line enclosing a rose-pink mark. The 9 may

resemble the g or may be more heavily spotted and of a generally

richer ground-colour,

A, anacreon speciosa, subsp.

This is the Angola subspecies of anacreon. I am in-

debted to Herr Wichgraf for the opportunity of examining

the type. The following are the principal differences from

typical anacreon :—

Wings brighter red, with little indication of the black apical

area in f.-w. The spot in area 2 lies further from the margin,

The underside is very brightly coloured, with orange patches

between the h,-w. nervules,

In the type the spot in cell les before origin of nervule 2, but

this may be an aberration as I have before me examples in

which this feature is normal. The f.-w. spots are larger and

except for the absence of the apical black the specimen has the

appearance of a heavily spotted example of the induna form.

I cannot regard the distinction between the above forms

as more than subspecific. The genitalia appear to be all

of the same structure and, though simple, possess certain

features which are remarkable and common to all. The

claspers bear on their outer side peculiarly dense tufts of

hairs or scales, which, however, are easily removed if due

care be not exercised in dissection. Also the dorsal ab-

dominal plate is large, deeply bifid, and its inner membrane

is densely clothed with a mass of special scales, so numerous

and so easily detached as to obscure the preliminary opera-

tions of dissection.

I have before me a series of some eighty examples

from various localities, and it is possible to arrange them

so as to show a perfect gradation of wing pattern.

Marshall found the larva at Ulundi, and records that out

of seventy-five individuals, twenty were killed by a dipterous

parasite. I cannot find any description of the early stages.

Butler records both bomba and induna forms taken

together by Crawshay on the Chuona River, Unyika.

A remarkable feature of the species is the variability in

the relative positions of the spots in fi-w. 1b and 2. In

anacreon anacreon that in 1b is usually beneath that

202 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the

in 2, whereas in anacreontica sometimes, and generally

in bomba and speciosa it 1s nearer margin.

77, ACRAEA RABIRA. PI. XIII, f. 1.

Acraew rahira, Boisduyal, Faune. Madg., p. 33, pl. 5, f. 4, 5

(1833); Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847); Wallengren, Rhop.

Catir., p. 21 (1857); Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 103

(1862); Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 110, pl. 11,

f. 9, 10 (1885-7); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 166 (1887) ;

Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 73 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 103 (1898) ; Fawcett (metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., p. 294,

pl. 46, f. 7, 8,9 (1901); Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 231,

pl. 19, f. 1, la, 1b (1904); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26

(1910).

AnGota (Cugho R., Mikenge); DAMARALAND (Ovambo) ;

Care Contony; Nata; TRANSVAAL; MASHONALAND; N.E.

and N.W. Ruopesia. (Alala Plateau, Chambezi Valley) ;

PortuGcuEseE E. Arrica; [Mapacascar (?)].

¢. Expanse 38-45 mm. Wings rich to paler orange

ochreous. F.-w. costa broadly black. Ends of nervules broadly

black at margin and narrowing inwardly. A black basal spur

in 1b. Black spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2.

A mark on upper part of discocellulars. Beyond cell a discal

band of four spots, the first three (in 6, 5, and 4) contiguous,

their outer edges forming a somewhat convex curve, the fourth

(in 3) slightly separated, its long axis pointing towards the

apex. <A spot in 2 below origin of 3, and immediately beneath

it a spot in 1b.

H.-w. slightly black at base and having a narrow black margin

deeply indented between nervules by the ground-colour ; ends

of nervules powdered with black. Spots corresponding to those

on underside. Central area rather paler and bounded by a

faint dusky line indicating the pattern of the underside.

Underside f.-w. much paler than above. Costa pale greyish

ochreous. Ends of nervules in apical area very distinctly black.

Spots as on underside, with an extra dot at base of costa.

Beyond discal spots the apical area is pale ochreous, and between

the nervules are orange lines, that in 6 reaching inwardly to the

spots.

H.-w. pale creamy ochreous. Some irregular reddish ochreous

marks at base and across the central area of wing, just before

the discal spots. Beyond the discal spots a central band of the

ground-colour traversing the wing as far as area 4 nearly at

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 203

right angles to the inner margin and then curving sharply up-

wards towards costa. As far as area 4 this band is distally

outlined with sepia scales, beyond which the nervules are black,

and the internervular spaces bear reddish ochreous rays. From

apex to anal angle a fine black marginal line. Black spots as

follows :—A discal series of nine, the first three (in 7, 6, and 5)

nearly parallel to the apical curve, the line then bends sharply

inwards and the remaining spots lie approximately at right

angles to the inner margin. In addition to these there is a spot

in 8 against the precostal, near it one in 7, two in cell, two on

the discocellulars, one in 1c, 1b, and la and some irregular black

at bases of nervures.

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes and orange

hairs on collar. Thorax black with afew reddish hairs, abdomen

black above, with lateral yellowish and dorsal whitish spots.

Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 44-52 mm. Resembles ¢ but the ground-colour

is usually creamy ochreous, the spots are larger, and the black

powdering of the nervules along the f.-w. apex and hind margin

is so wide as to form a band broken only by narrow orange

ochreous rays. In rare cases the ground-colour is nearly as dark

as that of the ¢.

The larva is thus described by Fawcett (J. ¢.):—

“Qarva, back and sides blackish ; thoracic legs, claspers, and

a line above them chrome yellow. A dorsal white stripe, and

cn each segment four yellow spots from which spring four

branched yellow spines, the lower pair springing from the yellow

spiracular line. These spines are shorter than in the majority

of Acraea larvae. Head yellow.

‘Feeds on a species of groundsel, Hrigeron canadense.”’

Two figures of the pupa are given: one pupa is waxy white

and similar to the pupae of other Acraweae, the other ferruginous,

The ferruginous pupae had nearly always been attacked by

ichneumons, with which the larvae were much infested.

Trimen figures (/.c.) two aberrations of the # from

Johannesburg, the first having the black markings on

both sides much enlarged, the second having no black

spots except that in f.-w. cell (much reduced), those on f.-

and h.-w. discocellulars, and a streak at base of h.-w. cell.

On a previous occasion (/.c. 1891) the same author

described a $ from Matabeleland corresponding to the

first aberration mentioned above. The occurrence of the

204 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

species in Madagascar is extremely doubtful. Boisduval

states (/.c.) that M. Goudot says he found it at Tamatave,

but as he (M. Boisduval) has examples from the “pays

des Hottentots” he fears that Goudot collected it at the

Cape on his way out and afterwards it got mixed with

those he took in Madagascar. Mabille includes it in his

work on the Madagascar Lepidoptera, but apparently only

on the same doubtful authority.

Neave describes the species as being fond of swamps

and marshy ground and having a very feeble flight.

78. Acrara zitga. PJ; XIII,.f. 2.

Acraea zitja, Boisduval, Faune. Mad., p. 32, pl. 4, f. 4, 5 (1833) ;

Guence, Vinson Voy. Mad. Annexe. F., p. 35 (1864);

Mabille, Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 108, pl. 11, f. 1, 2 (1885-7) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898); Voeltzkow Exp.,

p. 316 (1909).

@ f. radiata, Guenée, Vinson Voy. Mad. Annexe. F., p. 35, note 8

(1864); Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109, pl. 11,

f. 5, 6 (1885-7).

2 f. calida (3), Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 2, p. 288 (1878) ;

Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109 (1887).

2 f. rakeli, Boisduval, Faune. Mad., p. 32, pl. 5, f. 1, 2 (1833).

= zitja 9

Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 108, pl. 11, f. 3, 4 (1885-7).

Q f. fumida, Mabille, Ann, Ent. Belge, 23, Bull., p. 106 (1880) ;

Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 109, pl. 9a, f. 9 (1885-7).

MapaGascar (Fenerive, Kinkuni, Tulear, Fianarantsoa,

Menabe, Morondava, Camp d’Ambre, Antanosy, Diego Suarez) ;

? NATAL.

Acraca zitja is exceedingly variable both in ground-

colour and in extent of markings. Typical examples may

be thus described :—

¢. Expanse 36-50 mm. Ground-colour rather dull brick

red. F.-w. costa narrowly black ; apex and hind margin black

(about 2-3 mm. wide, tapering to a point at angle) and deeply

indented between the nervules by the ground-colour, Black

spots as follows :—One in cell above origin of 2, one on upper

part of discocellulars; a discal row of four, the first three in 6,

5, and 4 either separated or contiguous and on a line outwardly

more or less convex, The fourth in 3 separated and rather

nearer base than the third. A spot in 2 about 2 mm. from the

base of that area, and either immediately beneath it or slightly

nearer margin a spot in 1b.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 205

H.-w. with a little black at base and a hind-marginal black

border about 1°5 mm, wide the inner edge of which may be fairly

regular or may be indented between the nervules by the

ground-colour, Black spots corresponding to those on the under-

side,

Underside, F.-w. ground-colour paler than above, Costa

greyish white, the apical and hind-marginal areas striated by

the black ends of nervules which are Jaterally dusted with

white, a fine black line round margin.

H.-w. brick red, all the spots more or less surrounded with

white, the black ends of nervules laterally dusted with white.

A fine black marginal line on which at the end of each nervule

stands a black V-shaped mark with its apex on the margin, the

spaces between these markings being white. The costa is also

narrowly white. The proportion between red and white varies,

and someexamples might be described as having the ground-colour

whitish with broad internervular red marks, Small black spots

as follows :—A discal row of nine, the first four, in 7, 6, 5, and

4 forming a line parallel to the apical margin of the wing, the

line then curving round so that the next four lie on a line at

right angles to the inner margin; the last in la is rather nearer

base. Some irregular black marks at base of wing. <A spot in

8 against the precostal, near it one in 7, two in cell and one at

base of 5 and 4 on discocellulars, one in 1c and 1b close together,

and a basal spot in la.

Head and thorax black, brown tufts on collar, Abdomen

black above with reddish yellow lateral spots. Claws unequal.

2. Like the ¢ but somewhat larger.

Up to the present I have not seen a 9 of this species

resembling the ¢ in colour, but Aurivillius states (/.c.)

that such ? ? exist, and these must therefore be associated

with the f type.

A, zitja f. radiata.

2 9 of this form have a brownish ground-colour and the

spots are more prominent. In the f.-w. the space between the

discal spots and the hind margin is somewhat paler than the rest,

whilst there is a pale curved discal band just beyond the discal

spots in the h.-w. Mabille (J. c.) figures the underside of a ¢

which he assigns to this form, and in this there is a pale area in

f.-w. beyond the discal spots 6, 5, and 4, and in the h.-w. there

is much less internervular red than usual beyond the discal

spots, also rather less marginal white, He states that inter-

mediates are numerous.

206 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A, zitja 2 f. calida.

This would appear to be merely an aberration. Some of the

black spots are absent. The marginal black is reduced to a

series of triangular spots prolonged on the nervules. The cell

spot is absent, while that at the end of cell is large and rounded.

The underside resembles that of f. radiata but is paler.

A, zitja f. rakeli.

? 9 of this form are rather pale dusky ochreous. In the

f.-w. the apical black is 3-4 mm. broad, and the subapical area

pale ochreous. The spots are more than usually prominent.

In the h.-w. the area just beyond the discal spots is pale ochreous

and the inner margin whitish,

A, zitja 9 f. fumida.

This is merely a grey and white form, corresponding to the

lycia form of A. encedon, The greater part of the ground-colour

is grey and the spots are much enlarged. In the f.-w, there is a

whitish suffusion round the cell spot, and a good deal of white

between the nervules in the discal area. The same applies to

the h.-w. in which the inner margin is also white.

It may be that these various forms of female are to

some extent seasonal, though I have not been able to

examine a sufficiently long series of dated examples

to form an opinion on this point. If names were given

to all the forms presenting slight differences the list

would be a long one. In spite of its variability the

species is not difficult to recognise owing to the peculiar

arrangement of the discal spots and the small triangular

white marginal spots in the h.-w.

Mabille describes it as common in Madagascar, fre-

quenting woods, gardens, and cultivated places. It is on

the wing during the greater part of the year and appears to

have several broods. There are in the Staudinger Collection

two examples labelled Verulam, Natal, but this is the

only record I have found of the occurrence of the species

on the mainland, and failing further evidence should be

received with caution.

79. ACRABA wicetnsr. Pl. XITIf£ 4. Pl. XVI, £ 16.

Acraea wigginsi, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 326, pl. 1, f. 3 (1904);

Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 40, pl. 3, f. 4 (1910).

Uaanpba and Bririsn E.Arrica (Kisumu, Unyoro, Kirembwe,

Bulamwezi).

¢. Expanse 46 mm. F.-w. Upper half of costa (from

a little beyond base) to just beyond cell, apex, and hind margin,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 207

black. Beyond cell a broad white subapical bar in 10, 9, 6, 5,

4, and part of 3. Below the black area deep golden yellow in-

clining to red towards base and invading the black outer margin

in 1b and 2, so as to leave only a marginal line and black

nervule ends and rays. Black spots as follows:—One large spot

in cell over origin of 2, one at end of cell on discocellulars, two

beyond cell at inner edge of white band in 5 and 4, one near

base of area 3, and below it but nearer cell a spot in 2. Below

this but more distally placed a spot in 1b, and in the same area

a dot (sometimes absent) nearly midway between base and origin

of nervule 2. A black linear mark at base of 1b, and a black

basal streak in la. In some examples a series of internervular

yellow spots along hind margin.

H.-w. golden yellow inclined to darker towards base, with a

little black powdering in cell and 1c. Black spots as on under-

side but only faintly indicated towards inner margin, A narrow

black marginal border somewhat edentate on the nervules and

bearing pale internervular spots.

Underside f.-w. as above but paler, and the apical portion

beyond white patch is pearl grey, striated by the black nervule

ends which join in a black marginal line, and bearing golden

yellow internervular streaks, that in area 6 being much longer

than the rest. Costa ochreous with a black dot at base. H.-w.

pale creamy ochreous with a narrow black border broken up by

white internervular spots, and bordered on its inner edge by a

series of golden yellow quadrate internervular spots. An outer

series of black spots the first long and transverse in 7 just beyond

origin of nervule 7; this followed by a curved series of four

small spots in 6-3, and three larger spots more basally placed in

2, 1c, and 1b, and lying in a straight line at right angles to inner

margin. Above the last of these a small dot in la. In addition

there is an inner spot in 7, also transverse, a spot near end of

cell, just before origin of 3, and a spot in 1c, 1b, and la,

Between these two rows of spots and sharply enclosed by them

is an irregularly curved band of deep pink, and there is a basal

patch of the same colour in 9 and le. A black dot in 8 near

precostal. Head black with reddish brown collar, thorax black,

abdomen ochreous with a blackish dorsal line and indications of

dark segmental lines. Claws unequal.

?. Expanse 48-56 mm.

Resembles the ¢ but area 2 in f.-w. is powdered with black.

This interesting little species was first taken near

Kisumu by Mr. C. A. Wiggins, the examples received

from him being all females, I found both males and

208 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

females in the Tring collection taken at Kibwezi and

Kaligire in Unyoro. Another 2 bears the label Kirembwe,

Bulamwezi. All these specimens are smaller than the

Kisumu specimens. I have not found it in the very

large collections received from Entebbe.

80. AcRAEA miRiFIcA. PI. XIII, f.5. Pl. XVI, f. 15.

Acraea mirifca, Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 2, pl. 1, f. 2 ¢

(1906) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 14, pl. 1, f. 3 9

(1910).

AnGoLa (Bihé); N.E. Ruopgsta (Serenji to L. Bangweolo).

¢. Expanse 41 mm. F.-w. velvety brown black. A band

of pale dull ochreous with a slightly metallic lustre crosses the

wing beginning at costa just beyond cell about 3 mm. wide and

rapidly widening to 5 or 6 mm. as far as nervule 4, Beneath

this the colour inclines to pearl grey and the inner edge recedes

towards margin, the band being continued about 3 mm. wide,

tapering slightly to the hind angle. A row of orange dots along

the hind margin. H.-w. velvety brown black with pa'e ochreous

fringe conspicuous on inner margin.

Underside f.-w. cell, base of 3, and whole of wing beneath

nervule 3 black. Costa and apical portion pale dull metallic

gold. Just before margin the nervules bear diamond shaped

black spots which enclose an apical series of crimson spots on the

margin.

H.-w. pale dull metallic gold, the nervule ends bearing

spindle-shaped black marks which meet in a fine marginal black

line and enclose a marginal series of semiovate spots of the

ground-colour and a submarginal row of crimson spots. Area 9

is also crimson, and a crimson spot at base of lc. Black spots

as follows :—Two in 7, the second beyond origin of nervule 7.

Following these three spots in 6, 5, and 4, nearly in a straight

line pointing to middle of hind margin. A spot near base of

3, and of 2. Beneath the latter and nearer margin a spot in le,

followed by one in 1b, rather nearer base. A transverse spot in

cell and one on middle discocellular. A subbasal spot in Ie,

1b, and la, the last nearer to base.

Head and collar red. Thorax and abdomen, above, black.

Claws unequal.

@. Expanse 48 mm. F.-w. ochreous grey. Costa orange red.

Apex black, this colour being continued as a tapering hind-

marginal border. Red marginal spotsasin ¢. Sometimes the

inner edge of this marginal border is dusted with pale ochreous.

African Species of the Genus Acraea., 209

Black spots as follows :—One in cell before origin of nervule 2,

and one on discocellulars, one in 3 about 3 mm. from end of cell,

one in 2 near its base, and beneath it but nearer margin a spot

in 1b. In the same area a spot nearer base beneath that in

cell.

H.-w. Ground-colour same as in f.-w. but slightly darker in

shade, spotted with black as on the ¢ underside. A black hind-

marginal border narrower in the middle than at apex and anal

angle, its inner edge sometimes dusted with pale ochreous

scales,

Underside f.-w. dull ochre-yellow, costa orange, subapical

area pale yellow. Black spots as on upperside but smaller, and

sometimes a trace of a discal spot in area 5. Black nervule ends

and crimson marginal spots asin ¢.

H.-w. asin ¢@.

The type ¢ of this species is slightly aberrant, having

three white dots in the h.-w. and no red marginal spots in

f-w. It differs in these respects from other Angola speci-

mens, and from those obtained near L. Bangweolo by

Neave. The species, as Neave has pointed out, bears

a greater resemblance to members of the S. American

genus Actinote than to any African Acraea, especially as it

has a rudimentary nervule between la, and 1b in the

h.-w. It is described as frequenting marshy places and

having a very weak flight. The integuments are tough,

and if squeezed it exudes a green juice. I have observed

that the males are peculiarly liable to become “greasy.”

The underside of the h.-w. is exceedingly beautiful, having

the appearance of being cut from a thin sheet of metal,

whilst under the microscope every scale exhibits a beauti-

ful iridescence recalling the appearance of the well-known

diamond beetle.

GROUP XIII.

81. ACRAEA ENCEDON, Pl. XIV. f. 4

Acraea encedon, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 488 (1758) ;

Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 244(1764); Aurivillius,(A.) Sv. Vet. Akad.

Handl., 19. 5, p. 56 (1882); Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 3, p. 163

(1889) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898); Fawcett

(metam.), Trans. Zool. Soc., 294, pl. 46, f. 4, 5, 6 (1901) ;

Marshall and Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., pp. 479-484, etc.

(1902) ; Dixey, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 151 (1903) ; Proc. Ent.

Soc., p. iii (1906); Heron, Trans. Zool, Soc., xix, p. 147

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI (JULY) P

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(1909) ; Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 27 (1910) ; Eltringham,

Af, Mim. Butt., p. 35, pl. 3, f. 1, p. 36, pl..8, f. 16 (1910).

= encedonia, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 12, p. 762 (1767),

= sganzini, Boisduval, Voy. Deleg., 2, p. 590 (1847).

= fulva, Doubleday, Hew. and West., Gen. Di. Lep., p. 140, pl.

19, f. 2 (1848); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885).

= lycia, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857).

= lycia, var, A., Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 103 (1862).

S. Lronre to E, Coast; Carr to UpprrR Eaypt; Mapa-

GASCAR; PrempBa I.; Maria I.

f. infuscata, Staudinger, Exot, Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop, Aeth. (1898); Eltringham, Af. Mim, Butt.,

p. 36 (1910).

f. alcippina, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898); Lathy,

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ; Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc.,

xix, p. 147 (1909); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 36,

pl. 3, f. 3 (1910).

f. sqanzini, Boisduval, Faune, Madag,, p. 34, pl. 6, £.6, 7 (1833);

Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 83 (1885); Butler, Proc.

Zool, Soc., p. 65 (1888) ; Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 111

(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 965 (1899) ; Eltringham,

Af, Mim, Butt., p. 36 (1910).

= lycia, Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 113, pl. 11, f.

11, 12 (1885-7) ; Trimen, 8, Af. Butt., 1, p. 164 (1887).

f. lycia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775); Godart, (A.)

Enc, Méth., 9, p. 239 (1819) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1,

p-83 (1885); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 65 (1888); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p, 111 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., pp. 53,

190, 400 (1898) ; p.922 (1900); p.46 (1902); Heron, Trans,

Zool. Soc., xix, p. 147 (1909) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt.,

p. 36 (1910).

= braunei, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, pl. 33 (1885).

f. necoda, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 9 (1861);

Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 111 (1898); Eltringham, Af.

Mim. Butt., p. 36 (1910).

f. daira, Godman and Salvin, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 221, pl. 17,

f. 3 (1884); Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc. p. 115 (1896); Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 111 (1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc.,

pp. 420, 965 (1899); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 36,

pl. 3, f. 2 (1910).

= encedon, ab. 2, Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 165 (1887).

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 21d

= lycia, var., Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66 (1888).

= usagarae, Vuillot, Ann. Ent. Fr., 60, Bull., p. 78 (1891).

= caecilia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 566 (1894).

= encedon, Lanz, Iris, 9, p. 131 (1896).

f, rudiata, Aurivillius, Arkiv. Zool., ii, 12, p. 4 (1905).

(AnpAaMaANa, W. AFRICA.)

The above numerous forms of Acraea encedon do not appear

to be peculiar to any one part of the species’ range, The lycia,

alcippina, and infuscata forms are more numerous in West

African localities, than elsewhere, though they seem liable to

occur anywhere. The daira form does not appear to occur in

the west and south. Though the f. radiata has not been

recorded except from the locality given by Aurivillius, it is not

peculiar to that locality, as it occurred with a lycia and an

alcippina form.

A, encedon encedon.

d. Expanse 48-70 mm. F.-w. orange tawny to golden brown.

A little black at base. Apical half black with a rather suffused

inner edge and a broad conspicuous white oblique subapical

band in 10, 9, 6, 5 and 4 followed by a separate smaller spot in

3. An ovate transverse black spot in cell just beyond origin of

2. <A large spot near base of 2 touching nervule 3. Beneath

this, but nearer margin, a double spot in 1b, and a small spot in

same area shortly before origin of 2 and close tomedian. Some-

times a spot or streak in la, ground-colour usually a little paler

than f.-w. beyond the middle. H.-w. slightly black at base.

and having a black hind-marginal border about 2 mm, wide

narrowing to a point at apex and anal angle. Ends of nervules

black, Internervular rays narrow and brown. Black spots as

on underside but those near base and inner margin often only

faintly indicated.

Underside f.-w, as above but basal half dull brownish and

apex and hind margin dark ochreous with black nervule ends

and orange ochreous internervular rays. A fine black hind-

marginal line, A black spot at base of costa.

H.-w. dull ochreous, marginal border reduced to a narrow

black line with just a faint indication of the broader black of

upperside. Black spots as follows:—A discal row of eight

regular round spots, the first four (in 7, 6, 5 and 4) in a slightly

outwardly curved line, the fifth in 3 at the same distance from

the margin as the fourth, the sixth in 2 nearer base than the

fifth, and the seventh and eighth in le and 1b, lying in a

P 2

242 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

straight line with the fifth at right angles to inner margin,

Some black at base of nervures and usually a spot in & near‘

precostal. A subbasal in 7, two before middle of cell, two on

discocellulars, and a spot in lc, 1b and la, that in 1b further

from base than the other two,

Head black with white spots between and behind the eyes,

two yellowish tufts on collar, Thorax black with pale dorsal

and lateral marks, Abdomen black above with orange ochreous

segmental lines and lateral spots, the latter becoming confluent

towards the distal extremity. Claws unequal,

? resembles the ¢.

f. infuscata.

The tawny areas of the typical forms are replaced by smoky

brown.

f. aleippina,

The h.-w. has a white central suffusion of varying extent.

f, sganzini.

The tawny areas of the typical form are replaced by a dusky

yellowish colour.

f, lycia.

The ground-colour of both wings is white, the black mark-

ings being as in the typical form,

f, necoda.

The black markings especially in f.-w. are much reduced, the

f.-w. apex is only a little darker than the rest of wing and the

whole ground-colour is violet grey.

f, daira,

The black of apical half of f.-w. and the white subapical band

are absent. In some cases the subapical band may be traced

as a slightly paler area on the ground-colour, All the black

markings much reduced,

f. radiata.

Described as allied to the daira form but having the nervules

on the upperside terminating in broad black triangles, and the

basal half of the h.-w. white as in alcippina. The apex of f.-w.

is not darkened and has no pale subapical band,

The larva and pupa are thus described by Fawcett (J. ¢.) :—

“ Larva,—Slaty black, with a yellow lateral line above prolegs

and claspers. On each segment three deep fine transverse lines

enclosing two white patches dorsally and two yellow patches

laterally. On the centre black line of each segment are placed six

black spines (branched), Head, thoracic legs and claspers black,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 213

“Pupa waxy white with the usual fine black lines on the

wing covers and black spots with orange centres on the abdo-

minal segments.

“Feeds on Commelina.”

Every kind of intermediate form may be observed in a

long series. None of the forms seems to be specially

characteristic of any particular locality, though the

alcippina form seems to attain its maximum development

in West Africa. Long series of examples have been bred

by Mr. Lamborn near Lagos, and the majority of these

broods consist of two forms, viz. infuscata and lycia. The

latter are somewhat unusual in having broad suffused

orange internervular markings on the hind margin of the

secondaries on the underside, also some basal markings of

the same colour.

Examples of the /ycia form may have the ground-colour

pale creamy yellow. Another now before me has the f.-w.

sepia black except for the subapical white band.

An exceptionally fine 2 example of the typical form

from Chishi I., L. Bangweolo, measures rather over 70 mm.

in expanse and has the ground-colour rich red brown.

In Proc. Zool. Soc. 1900, Butler quotes from Crawshay

who writes that encedon “isa graceful insect . . . alternately

flapping its wings and skimming along in its flight very

differently to the other Acracinae.”

Dr. Longstaff has noted a disagreeable odour in the $

when crushed, and Marshall has noted that the insect has

a bitter taste.

The species appears to have no very near allies.

GROUP. XIV.

82. ACRAEA GOETZ. Pl. XIII, f. 14.

Acraea, goetzi, Thurau, Berl. Ent. Zeit. (48), p. 132, 1903.

= byatti, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 328, pl. 1, f. 17 (1904).

S. NyassaLanp (Zomba); German Easr Arnica (Langenberg,

Unyika, Kondeland) ; 8. TANGANYIKA (Fwambo).

6. Expanse 42-44 mm. F.-w. with a little black at base of 1a,

1b, and cell. Costa and upper part of cell, apical portion beyond

cell, and hind margin, black. A tawny orange subapical patch.

Remainder of wing tawny red. The black band dividing the

subapical patch from the red central area is broad at costa

214 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

(about 3 mm.), and becomes rather suddenly narrower at

nervule 4.

H.-w. with a blackish basal suffusion extending to nearly half

the length of cell, and in this blackish area are long yellow

hairs. Some of the spots of underside faintly indicated. Central

area of wing tawny red with indications of spots in 7 and on

upper discocellulars. A broad black hind-marginal border

about 3 mm. wide at apex, its inner edge rather suddenly angu-

lated at 5, thence traversing the wing nearly at right angles to

inner margin making lower half of border about 4 mm, wide.

Underside. F.-w. costa greenish ochreous with a black spot

at base. Basal half of wing reddish orange, the distal outline

of this area corresponding to that on upper side. Subapical

patch pale ochreous inclining to orange at its proximal side.

Between this patch and end of cell a black mark extended

downwards as a rather suffused line, which forms the inner

edge of hind-marginal border. Apical and hind-marginal border

greenish grey, the nervules black, and between them broad,

tapering, dull orange internervular marks. A fine marginal

black line.

H.-w. pale ochreous, areas 8 and 9 red. Base of area 7 pale

sage green, followed by two transverse linear black spots en-

closing a patch of red. Beneath the outer of these spots a black

dot in 6, anda spot on upper discocellulars. Base of cell pale

sage green with a round black spot. A spot at extreme base of

area 2. Base of le red, with a basal, two subbasal, and a discal

spot, the latter linear and extending right across the space. Base

of 1b and la greenish yellow with two black spots in each area,

Hind-marginal border, from 5 to the inner margin, broader than

on upperside, otherwise of similar shape. Its inner edge

marked by a fine brown line; a marginal row of subtriangular

greenish white spots resting on a fine black marginal line. On

the border the nervules are black edged with whitish, and be-

tween them from the marginal spots to the inner edge are

broad red marks edged with black Head black with white

marks between and behind the eyes. Reddish tufts on collar,

Thorax black with whitish lateral marks. Abdomen black

above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws

unequal.

9. Expanse 52 mm. F.-w. marked much as in ¢, but the

reddish central area is replaced by tawny orange, darker at base,

and the subapical patch pale yellow tinged with orange. <A

black spot in 1b at base of nervule 2, and a hind-marginal row

of dull orange spots larger and more distinct near hind angle.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. DTS

H.-w. with some blackish at base followed in 2, 1c, 1b, and la

by pale yellow. Traces of the underside black spots especially on

upper discocellulars. Central area pale tawny orange. Hind-

marginal border much broader than in ¢, and having pale

orange marginal internervular spots.

Underside a rather less brilliantly coloured replica of that of

the ¢.

A. goetzt is nearly allied to A. excelsior, but there is a

slight difference in the structure of the ¢ armature.

83. ACRAEA EXCELSIOR. Pl. XIII, f. 12.

Acraea excelstor, E. M. B, Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 192, pl. 17,

f. 3 (1891) ; Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 23, p. 371 (1897) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104 (1898).

NYASSALAND (Zomba) ; GERMAN East Arrica; Bririsa East

Arrica (Kikuyu, Kenya).

¢. Expanse 40-42 mm. F.-w. black, with a large central brick

red patch, edged with lemon-ochreous, and covering the greater

part of cell,asmall portion of base of 3, more than half of 2, nearly

the whole of 1b, and :the central part of la. A sub-marginal

band of lemon ochreous spots divided only by the nervules

in 9, 6, 5, and part of 4.

H.-w. with a rather clearly defined black basal suffusion, its

outer edge bounded by a straight line at right angles to inner

margin and traversing cell just beyond the middle. A conspicu-

ous black linear spot on upper part of discocellulars, above

which in 7 is a deep crimson mark marginally powdered with

black. Central portion of wing lemon-ochreous, darker from

costa to nervule 3, followed by a black hind-marginal border,

the inner edge of which runs parallel to apical margin as far as

3, where it becomes suddenly wider and runs straight to the

inner margin.

Underside. F.-w. The red area corresponding to that above,

costa ochreous dusted with black, remainder black as on upper-

side with a similar but slightly larger lemon-yellow subapical

patch. Reddish orange marginal internervular marks.

H.-w. lemon-yellow with a black hind-marginal border as on

upperside. On this border is a series of broad deep crimson

internervular rays each edged with sooty black and tipped with

white at the outer extremity. Midway between base and inner

edge of marginal border is a crimson black-bordered triangular

mark, its base on the costa, and its apex nearly reaching end of

cell. Area 9 crimson. Base of 7, cell, and 2 narrowly black,

216 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

base of 1c broadly black with two crimson spots, base of 1b and

la black, the latter with two lemon-yellow spots.

Head black, collar with two red tufts, thorax black, abdomen

black above with pale yellowish lateral dots. Claws unequal.

2 resembles the ¢ but is slightly larger, the colours gener-

ally are duller and the basal red is in some cases replaced by

yellowish. Both wings have a submarginal border of reddish

internervular spots.

By the peculiar and very beautiful pattern of the h.-w.

underside A. excelsior is easily distinguished from any

other species.

84. ACRAEA MIRABILIS. Pl. XIII, f. 13.

Acraeaw mirabilis, Butler, Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 760, pl. 47, f. 1

(1885) ; in James, Unknown Horn of Africa, p. 236, pl.

f. 1 (1888); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898); Dixey,

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 11, pl. 1, f. 4 (1900).

CENTRAL SOMALILAND (Bundu Maria, Aoho).

¢. Expanse 40-46 mm. Wings orange-ochreous. F.-w.

narrowly black along costa, apex, and hind margin. Subcostal

nervure narrowly black. A small black, more or less wedge-

shaped mark on upper part of discocellulars. Ends of nervures

at apex and hind margin black. Midway between end of cell

and apex an ochreous spot extending from costa to middle of

area 4, and outlined with black.

H.-w. with a very little black at base of 1c. A narrowly black

hind margin, and ends of 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 rather broadly black.

A black spot in cell showing through from underside and the

peculiar pattern of the underside faintly indicated.

Underside. F.-w. orange ochreous, costa, apical area and hind

margin greyish ochreous, the nervules thereon narrowly black.

In the internervular spaces at margin are patches of the ground-

colour, that in 6 long and reaching inwardly to the pale discal

spot which is as above but paler. A narrow black hind-marginal

line, and in 4 and 5 a black internervular ray between pale

discal spot and orange marginal marks.

H.-w. Base pale ochre-yellow with some irregular black about

bases of nervures. A black spot in 8 some distance from pre-

costal, one in cell near base, and one in la. A pink flush in

9, 7, 1c, and la. Across middle of wing a curved band of pale

grey having on both sides a narrow broken black outline, and

irregularly flushed with pink, notably in 7, 5, 4, cell, 1c, and

1b. A minute black spot at base of 5 and 4. Following this

grey band a parallel immaculate band of pale ochre yellow.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. oN i

From the distal edge of this band to the margin the ground-

colour is pale greenish grey, forming a marginal band some

3°5 mm. wide, its inner edge indistinctly dotted with black

between the nervules. The marginal edge narrowly outlined

with black, and a submarginal row of narrow linear black marks.

Between these and the inner edge of the grey border, a series of

internervular deep orange marks.

Head black with an orange collar. Thorax black with orange

hairs and two anterior dorsal pale streaks. Base of abdomen

black, remainder whitish. Orange lateral spots edged with

black. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 38-44 mm. Resembles ¢, but ground-colour

and markings paler and duller.

The foregoing descriptions are taken from a small series

of specimens in the Oxford collection. They differ from

examples in the National Collection in having a some-

what richer ground-colour, the paler marks beneath are

yellower, and the yellow band in h.-w. beneath is very

definitely outlined, whereas in the British Museum speci-

mens the submarginal grey gradually becomes paler

proximally towards the dark median band. The Oxford

specimens were taken in August, and the British Museum

examples in April, so that as suggested by Dr. Dixey

(1.c.) the differences may be seasonal.

The species is easily recognised by its characteristic

underside, and the genitalia are quite distinct.

85. AcraEa uvur. Pl. XIII, f. 16.

Acraet wui, Gr.-“Smith, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 168 (1890) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 106 (1898); Neave, Novit.

Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix,

p- 147 (1909); Aurivillius, Sjostedt’s Exp. Lep., p. 4

(1910).

= minima, Holland, Entomologist, 25, Suppl. p. 89

(1892) ; Ann. Nat. Hist. 6, 12, p. 249 (1893) ; Proc. U.S.

Nat. Mus., 18, p. 232 (1895).

GerMAN E. Arrica (Dar-es-Salaam, Kilimandjaro) ; BrITIsH

E. Arrica (Mombasa, Tana R.) ; UGanpa (Entebbe, Toro).

A. wi balina, subsp.

Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 18, p. 170 (1892).

CAMEROON (Baliburg, Bitje) ; ANGoLa (Libollo).

¢. Expanse 30-34 mm. F.-w. black. A subapical patch of

tawny red narrow in 10, 9, and 6, and widened to about double

218 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the width in 5 and 4. A central inner marginal patch of the

same colour occupying the central part of la and 1b, rather

more than the basal half of 2, extending slightly into 3 at its

base, and into lower part of distal end of cell.

H.-w. with a black triangular basal patch, central area

tawny red often inclining to yellow at inner margin, somewhat

indenting the basal patch at upperside of cell. Hind margin

with a black border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge deeply

indented by the red colour in 4 and 5, above this point some-

what convex, and below running horizontally across to inner

margin.

Underside very like that of bonasia alicia. F.-w. Basal half pale

reddish yellow with dusky indications of the basal black of

upperside. The subapical patch ochre yellow, its proximal edge

straight or even concave. Remainder of wing brownish black.

H.-w. ochre yellow with a greenish tinge at base. Some irregular

black at base of wing and a small basal spot in cell. At

about the level of middle of cell a transverse band of irregular

confluent black spots usually divisible into five rather large sub-

quadrate marks in 7, cell, 1c, 1b, and la. Hind-marginal

border as on upperside though occasionally slightly narrower.

A marginal series of small white subtriangular spots.

Head and thorax black with two brownish tufts on collar.

Abdomen black with very minute pale lateral spots and seg-

mental lines. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 38mm. Theupperside resembles that of the g,

but there is usually a marginal row of tawny red spots on the

h.-w. Underside extremely variable. In some examples it

resembles that of the g though the hind-marginal border of

h.-w. is always much broader. In a series of sixteen ? ?

before me the following variations in the h.-w. may be

observed.

(1) Base of 7 and middle of cell pale greenish yellow. Incell

and le, a basal and a median spot of dull brown. A few

indications of black dots. The hind-marginal border is com-

posed of a series of broad internervular reddish marks, each

laterally dusted with black, and these are divided by the black

nervule ends, each laterally dusted with yellowish. A marginal

series of yellowish subtriangular spots. In areas 7, 6, and 5 the

reddish marks are followed inwardly by a narrow sharply

defined area of dull brown which at nervule 5 suddenly widens

out so as to reach as far as end of cell, its outline then being

directed straight downwards to anal angle. Remainder of wing

pale ochreous.

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 2V9

(2) The border is not followed by a definite brown area but

the whole of the rest of wing is dusted with brown scales.

(3) The border is nearly all black except for the marginal

spots which are greyish white; area 7 is nearly all black, and

the base is black with some ochreous scales in 9, 8, 7, 1b, and la.

Remainder of wing dark brown.

The series contains various intermediates between the

above three forms. All were taken by Neave on Mt.

Kokanjero, but a similar variability seems to occur in other

localities.

A. wewi balina, subsp.

The type of Karsch’s balina is either an aberration or its

colour has been damaged by an excess of cyanide in the killing

bottle. The pale marks are reddish yellow and the dark areas

are pale brown. Had I seen only the type I’ should have been

inclined to regard it as merely an aberration, but there are

examples having a perfectly normal appearance in the Tring

collection, so that, in view of the fact that the structure of the ¢

armature is identical with that in wvwi, I regard balina as the

western subspecies of the latter. In appearance it differs from

wour principally in the rather smaller extent of the tawny red

area, and in the pattern of the hind-marginal border on the

underside which is broader and has red internervular marks

above the marginal white spots.

A. wui may be distinguished from bonasia and alicia

by the arrangement of the black at base of f.-w., the outer

edge of which runs straight up, continuously with the

triangular black of the h.-w., nearly to the upper distal

part of cell. It is also much smaller than the other

species referred to.

Bo) AcRAnA Tomer, PI TV) £.16(¢)... Pl. XIIL, £ U5.

Acraea lumiri, Bethune-Baker, Ann. Nat. Hist., 2, p. 471 (1908).

Conao (Kissegneis to Albert Nyanza); Cameroon (Asokko,

Ja R.).

¢ . Expanse 34mm. Wings orange red. F.-w.with a black costal

margin extending into upper half of cell with a slight projection

over origin of nervules 2 and 3 and becoming very narrow beyond

cell (where it is invaded by the subapical patch) and continued

at apex into an apical and hind-marginal border about 2 mm.

wide rather broader at apex and narrower at hind angle.

From costal black at end of cell, to middle of marginal border

an oblique bar of black, cutting off a large rounded subapical

220 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

patch of the ground-colour. A little black at base and in basal

half of 1a.

H.-w. with a very slight blackish basal suffusion, and a

perfectly regular hind-marginal black band 2 mm. wide.

Traces of underside spots on discocellulars and near base of le,

1b, and la.

Underside. F.-w. basal half pale orange red, costa and trans-

verse bar blackish and shaped as above. Subapical patch dark

ochreous. Hind margin black, the ends of nervules laterally

lined with dark ochreous, and marginal internervular triangular

spots of the same colour.

H.-w. greenish yellow at base, followed by some small very

irregular black marks, which may be made out approximately

as follows :—One in 9, one in 8, one in 7 before end of cell, one

on discocellulars more or less confluent with a larger spot in

cell. Another spot in cell nearer base, two in le, one in 1b

with a minute streak at base, and one in la. Rest of wing

dark ochreousas far as marginal border which is black, inwardly

edged with a few brown scales, and bears triangular marginal

internervular spots of greyish white.

Head black with grey tufts on collar. Thorax black, abdomen

black above with small yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

I have not seen a 2 of this species. The f differs from

allied species in the reduction or absence of basal black in

both wings. There are several examples in the Berlin

Museum and also at Tring.

87. ACRAEA BONASIA. Pl]. XIII, f. 11.

Acraea bonasia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 464 (1775);

Trimen, (A.) S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 174, note (1887); Auri-

villius, Ent. Tidskr., 12, p. 202 (1891) ; Karsch, Berl. Ent.

Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1893); Aurivillius (metamorph.), Ent.

Tidskr., 14, p. 277, pl. 5, f. 1 (1898); Rhop. Aeth., p. 105

(1898); Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26, 1910.

= eponina ¢, Cramer, (Pap.) Pap. Exot., 3, p. 138, pl. 268, f.

A, B (1780) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 84 (1885) ;

?, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896).

= serena, Herbst, (Pap.) Nat. Schmett., 4, pl. 82, f. 6, 7 ¢

(non 2 )(1790); Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232 (g¢ non ?)

(1819).

2 f. cynthius, Drury, (Pap.) Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 52, pl. 37,

f, 5, 6 (1782); Butler, (A.) Ann, Nat. Hist. (6), 16, p. 27]

(1895),

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 221

= cynthia, Herbst., (Pap.) Naturs. Schmett., 4, p. 198, pl. 80

f.1, 2 (1790); Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 234 (1819).

=epowina 2 (2nd f.), Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896).

PoRTUGUESE GUINEA to CAMEROON ; FRENCH ConGo; FER-

NANDO Po; Conco State to L. Tancanyika and Toro;

German E. Arrica (Ruaha R.).

@ f. praeponina, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 202 (1896); Aurivil-

lius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898).

Coneo (Kuilu).

Q f. siabona, Suffert, Ivis, p, 32 (1904).

Togo (Misahoéhe Stn.).

A. bonasia alicia, subsp.

= A.alicia, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 442

(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898); Butler,

Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 420 (1899) ; Heron, Trans, Zool. Soc.,

xix, p. 146 (1909); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges, Nat. Fr., p. 150

(1910),

= cappadox, Oberthiir, Etud, d’Ent., 17, p. 23, pl. 1, f. 2

(1893),

g = planesium, Oberthiir, l.c., p. 24, pl. 1, f. 11 (1893).

CAMEROON (Barombi) ; Conco (Ruwenzori) ; Uaanpa (Toro,

Entebbe, Sesse I.) ; Bririso E,. Arrica (Kisumu, Kenya).

2 f. cabiroides, Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., p, 529 (1908).

British E. Arrica (Ft, Hall, Kikuyu),

2 f. tenelloides, Poulton, l.¢., p. 531 (1908).

British E, Arrica (Ft, Hall, Kikuyu).

’

A. bonasia banka, subsp, nov.

ABYSSINIA (Banka, Malo).

A. bonasia bonasia. Pl. VI, ff. 11, 12 (larvae).

d. Expanse 40-44 mm, F.-w. warm black. <A tawny red

oblique subapical patch about 2 mm, wide in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4.

Lower half of cell, base of 3, proximal half of 2 (except a small

portion at base) and distal central part of 1b, and 1a tawny

red, Usually also a red streak just beneath median which may

extend from wing base to origin of 2, or may be reduced to a

small mark.

H.-w. with a triangular basal patch of greyish black, the

outer edge of which is roughly continuous in a straight line

with the adjacent black of the f.-w. Central portion of wing

tawny red. Hind margin black about 3 mm. wide slightly

invaded by the discal red in areas 3 and 4,

22 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside, f.-w. paler and duller than above, the costal black

not reaching to base, and the basal inner marginal black only

represented by a blackish mark at base of 2, and some irregular

black beneath it in 1b, The subapical patch is ochre yellow,

a slight ochreous powdering along the nervule ends, and

a series of acutely triangular ochreous marginal internervular

spots.

H.-w. Base pale sage green with a black basal spot in 9, 8,

cell, and le. The green area is closely followed by a series of

black spots roughly arranged in a double line and usually

enclosing small red marks in 7, cell, and 1c. These spots are

very variable and irregular, sometimes being coalescent and

sometimes fairly well separated. Discal area ochre yellow.

Marginal border rather variable. Usually about 2 mm, wide

as far as nervule 3, then about 3 mm. wide tapering to inner

margin, This border may be quite black with pale ochreous

triangular internervular marginal spots, or the nervures may

be laterally powdered with ochreous producing a striated

appearance, One example from Ruaha Valley, German E.

Africa, has red streaks between the nervules,

Head black with white lines behind the eyes and two brown

tufts on collar, Thorax black with some whitish scales. Abdo-

men black above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots.

Claws unequal.

¢d. ab. The black replaced by brown, and all the reddish

tawny areas replaced by dull ochreous, (1 example. Mus.

Oxon., Lagos.)

9.f.1. Like the ¢ but rather larger (about 48 mm.). The

h.-w. margin broader, especially beneath.

®. f. 2. F.-w. dull smoky grey, subapical patch very pale

ochreous. A whitish inner marginal patch suffused with grey,

the greater part of which in la and 1b lies rather beyond the

middle, extending upwards into base of 3. Indications of pale

triangular spots on margin. H.-w. base dull grey, with black

spots of underside showing through, central area pale ochreous,

remainder dark grey with faint triangular marginal spots and

indications of darker internervular rays.

Underside. F.-w. with a basal dull reddish grey area corre-

sponding to the pale tawny red in f. 1. Subapical patch dusky

white. Margin striated by blackish nervule ends laterally

powdered with whitish, and elongated whitish triangular inter-

nervular marks laterally powdered with blackish. H.-w. base

pale grey with the usual black spots, remainder dusky white, the

marginal border striated similarly to that in f.-w.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 223

Every gradation of intermediate between these two forms

of 2 may be found. An intermediate was figured by

Drury (/. c.) and named A. cynthius. The larva is figured

by Aurivillius (/. ¢.) and thus described :—

Bluish white above with two narrow dark dorsal lines and a

broad black longitudinal line on each side between the dorsal

and upper lateral spines. The spines of segments 1-3 and

11-13 are quite black, the remainder only more or less blackish

towards the point.

Large numbers of this species have lately been bred by

Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos, and the specimens

together with examples of the larvae and pupae are now

in the Oxford Museum.

The larvae are dimorphic. That corresponding to

Aurivillius’ description, is, at Lagos, comparatively rare,

the commoner form being darker in colour and having

darker markings. From notes supplied by Mr. Lamborn

I am able to furnish the following description of the paler

form of larva in its various stages.

A company of larvae found on August 10, 1911, consisted of

individuals of an average length of 1-4em. The ground-colour,

legs, and underside were bluish white. The spines of the first

segment black, those of the second sometimes only partly black.

Spines of last two segments black, the remainder white. These

larvae moulted about two days later, after which the average

length was 2 cm. The ground-colour remained the same but

longitudinal whitish stripes appeared, the legs and underside

being of the same colour. The first and last two rows of spines

were black, the third row whitish with black apices, the re-

mainder whitish with black hairs. About the 17th, moulting

again took place, after which the average length was 2°6 cm.

The principal change from this stage to pupation was an increase

in depth of the ground-colour, which became bluish green.

When fully grown the larvae had an average length of 3-2 cm.,

and by the 21st many were suspended for pupation.

The darker form of larva, Pl. VI, f. 12, has a bluish white

ground-colour, two dorsal blackish bands, bordered on the lower

side with yellowish, and a yellowish subspiracular band. The

sublateral spines, and those of the six central segments are

whitish with black hairs. The lower part of head is black and

the upper part brownish. Legs yellowish.

I am of opinion that the imagines do not present any

marked differences corresponding to the two forms of larvae.

224 Mr. H. Eltrmgham’s Monograph of the

A dipterous parasite of the family Zachinidae emerged

from some of the larvae reared by Mr. Lamborn.

A. bonasia 9. f. praeponina, Staud.

After a careful examination of Staudinger’s type I cannot

regard this as other than a form of bonasia. It has the blackish

brown of f.-w. inner margin turned up to meet that from the

costa just beyond origin of 2, whilst the h.-w. margin on

underside is narrower than in ordinary bonasia 2 9, and the

brown colouring is so dark and complete that it appears hardly

at all striated. There are triangular whitish marks on the

border and the suppression of the striation gives it somewhat

the appearance of wvui, Staudinger’s description refers to the

black spots making an entirely different pattern to those in

bonasia (eponina). They are however much the same, but a

little more accentuated. There are three 9 2 examples in the

Staudinger collection, two from Kuilu and one only vaguely

described as from the Congo Region.

A. bonasia 92. f. siabona.

This form is described as having the f.-w. apical and marginal

black broader than in typical examples. The subapical patch

yellow, and the remaining reddish areas duller than usual. On

the h.-w. underside the marginal band is twice as broad as in

typical forms and the nervures heavily dusted with black, On

the inner edge of the marginal band are triangular blackish

spots in 1b, 2, 3, and 4, divided by the nervures, having their

apices directed towards the base. ‘These spots are produced into

narrow rays reaching the cell in 3 and 4. In 5, 6, and 7 are

long acute angled spots. Basal and discal spots very small.

(1 9 from Misahche, Togo.)

A. bonasia alicia, subsp.

¢. Expanse 30-40 mm. F.-w. ccsta, outer half of wing,

and hind margin black. An oblique subapical patch of tawny

red in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4. Inner margin black on both sides of

submedian as far as the middle, but this black does not, as in

bonasia, extend wowards as far as nervure 2. H.-w. with a

triangular black mark at base extending rather beyond middle

of cell much as in bonasia. Central area of wing tawny red

varying to yellowish, especially towards inner margin. Hind

margin with a black band about 3 mm. wide somewhat invaded

by the red colour in areas 4 and 5.

Underside. F.-w. as above but reddish colour paler, and the

subapical patch ochre-yellow. H.-w. greenish yellow at base,

African Species of the Genus Acraca. Zo

with one or two basal black spots, followed by a transverse row

of irregular somewhat confluent spots, sometimes, though rarely,

forming a double line enclosing small red marks. Central area

dark ochreous (darker than in bonasia). Marginal border black

corresponding in shape to that on upperside and having yellowish

marginal internervular spots. This border is sometimes, though

rarely, striated.

Head and thorax black, with reddish tufts on collar. Abdo-

men black above with small yellowish lateral stripes.

Some examples of the ¢ have the paler areas of both wings

orange yellow. Specimens of this coloration have been received

from Kilimandjaro and the Tiriki Hills. Occasional examples

have the subapical patch continued to the costa where it is

nearly as broad as elsewhere.

9. Expanse 36-44 mm. Extremely variable. The following

forms may be observed in a long series :—

f. 1. Closely resembles the ¢. Only slightly paler and duller,

On the h.-w. there is a marginal row of triangular spots of the

ground-colour, Underside paler and duller. The h.-w. margin

very little broader than that of the ¢, its inner edge curved, nearly

parallel to apical margin as far as nervule 4 where the border

becomes suddenly wider, and its edge runs nearly straight, and at

right angles to the inner margin. Large triangular whitish spots.

f. 2. tenelloides.

Pale central area of f.-w. light orange ochreous, subapical

patch yellow. H.-w. pale yellow, rather darker towards costa.

A mere trace of basal black. Marginal border very narrow, its

inner edge slightly suffused with orange and its outer edge

bearing pale yellow triangular spots.

Underside very pale. F.-w. basal half pinkish ochreous. A

trace of a discocellular spot. Costal, apical, and hind-marginal

area pale dusky ochreous very faintly striated by the nervule

ends. Subapical patch pale yellow.

H.-w. pale creamy ochreous. Traces of a few small black

spots near base. Marginal border pale dusky ochreous with

traces of the usual triangular spots and their internervyular

rays.

Q. f. 3. cabiroides.

Upperside almost exactly like that of the ¢ but with traces

of reddish marginal spots on h.-w. Underside. F.-w. paler than

above. Subapical patch pale ochreous. Hind margin from

costa to angle striated in the following manner :—The nervule

ends blackish and with a line of greyish ochreous on each side,

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART 1 (JULY) Q

226 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Between the nervules are elongated triangular orange ochreots

markings, their bases occupying the whole internervular space

at margin and their sides outlined with black. H.-w. like that

of ¢ except for the marginal border. This is rather broader

as far as nervule 5, where it becomes still wider nearly reaching

end of cell. From 5 to the inner margin its inner edge is not

straight but convex. The nervules on the border are blackish.

The triangular marginal spots are large, whitish, and edged

with black. This black edging is produced inwardly in a

double internervular ray, and all the internervular spaces

beyond the marginal spots are dusted with brown.

@. f. 4. Ground-colour much duller than in ¢ and apical

patch yellowish. The h.-w. marginal border on the upperside

is almost double the width of that in the ¢, and there is rather

more basal black. A broad yellowish suffusion about the inner

margin, and yellowish marginal spots. Underside of h.-w. like

that in cabiroides but marginal border still wider, reaching the

cell and only very little narrower towards apex.

In addition to the above forms many intermediates

occur. An interesting example now before me is perfectly

intermediate between tenellordes and cabiroides, having the

pale areas of the upperside nearly as yellow as in the

former, whilst the h.-w. underside exhibits a similar

pattern, but somewhat less developed than in the latter.

A. bonasia banka, subsp.

This, the Abyssinian subspecies, is distinguished by having

rather more black on the upperside, and the inner marginal

basal black of the f.-w. is slightly produced upwards so as to

touch nervule 2. The dark areas of the underside are quite

black, and in the h.-w. the subbasal spots are large and

coalescent, forming an almost continuous black band.

Forms intermediate between bonasia and alicia are

rare, but a f example from Toro now before me has the

f.-w. inner marginal basal black slightly produced upwards

though not quite reaching nervule 2.

2% from the Kikuyu Escarpment generally have the

h.-w. yellow on the upperside, with the usual black mark-

ings. In a note on the species (P.Z.S., p. 922, 1900),

Butler states, quoting from a letter from Mr. Crawshay,

that the insect “does not succumb to 90 per cent. cyanide

in an hour—cyanide which suffocates every other Lepi-

dopteron in twenty-five to thirty seconds.” It is to be

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 227

assumed that the “every” does not include all other

Acraeas, as‘many have great tenacity of life. The above

collector also reports that the species was found “ simply

in swarms, on the mud on the rocks in the bed of the

stream.”

88, ACRAEA SOTIKENSIS. Pl. XIII, f. 8.

Acraea sotikensis, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 634, pl.

48, f. 1 (1891) ; Oberthiir, Etud. @Ent., 17, p. 23 (1893) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898); Neave, Novit.

Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910).

Awnaota (Calweha, Bolombo, Bango, Bailundu); Coneo

(Katanga); KonpeLanp; N.E, Raoprsta (Chinsali); Buxora ;

Rurscuuru (90 km. W. of Albert Nyanza); UGanpa (Unyoro,

Toro, Mondo); Bririsu E. Arrica (Nandi, Machakos); AnyssrNIA

(Djala, Gardulla, Abassi).

f. supponina, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 204 (1896); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 105 (1898).

Karaneaa ; “W. Arrica ; Conco” (Staud.).

f. katana, f. nov.

= sotikensis, Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 26 (1910) (part).

KATANGA.

A. sotikensis rowena, subsp. nov.

= sotikensis, Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, p. 146 (1909).

Mr. RuwEnzor1.

A. sotikensis sotikensis.

¢. Expanse 42-50 mm. F.-w. rich sepia black. Lower half

of cell (sometimes only basal part), basal half of 2, and central

half of 1b and la, orange red. <A subapical patch of pale ochre

yellow of somewhat variable shape and size in 11, 10, 9, 6, 5,

and 4.

H.-w. with a triangular black patch at base with slight

indications of the black spots of underside. Central area of

wing orange-red invading more or less deeply the marginal

border in 4 and 5. Marginal border dark sepia with faint

indications of underside pattern. This border is about 3-4 mm.

wide from costa to nervule 3, where it becomes suddenly wider,

its inner edge being straight and at right angles to inner margin.

This straight edge is often clouded with brownish red. In

some examples there is a hind-marginal row of small reddish

yellow spots.

Underside. F.-w. much as above but the red colour duller

Q 2

28 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

and occupying the whole basal half of the wing, except costa.

A more or less curvilinear spot in 1b, just beyond origin of 2.

In margin there are reddish brown internervular rays. The

pale yellow subapical patch extends narrowly along both sides

of nervule 5 to margin, and along the upperside of 4.

H.-w. Pale sage green at base with numerous black spots

on an area corresponding to the triangular black of the upper-

side. The more distal of these spots are in some cases more or

less confluent, but the following can usually be distinguished :—

One in 9, 8, and lc at base. Two in 7 close together, one at

base of 6, one on discocellulars, three in cell (sometimes only

two), two in le, 1b, and la. The more distal spots are arranged

roughly in two parallel rows enclosing crimson marks in 7, cell,

and le. Central portion of wing pale pink. A broad hind-

marginal blackish border, its inner edge corresponding in shape

to that on upperside. On this border the nervules are black,

sometimes with a whitish lateral powdering. Between the

nervules a series of marginal triangular whitish spots, produced

into reddish rays, each spot and its rays outlined with black.

Head and thorax black. Red tufts on collar. Abdomen

black above with pale ochreous segmental lines and lateral

spots. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 50-58 mm. May be coloured very like the male

or may be distinctly paler and duller. Occasionally the f.-w.

subapical spot is whitish. There is usually a well-marked row

of reddish triangular internervular spots in h.-w. Underside

as above but paler and duller.

A, sotikensis f. katana.

This form is distinguished by having the orange red areas

deeper in tint, whilst the f.-w. subapical spot is usually of the

same red colour instead of pale ochreous. There seems nearly

always to be a marginal row of reddish spots in h.-w.

9 like ¢ but larger and duller. F.-w. subapical spot some-

times yellow or even whitish. Though scarcely quite constant,

the form is specially characteristic of the Katanga region.

A. sotikensis f. supponina. Pl. IV, f. 15 (2).

Amongst numerous examples of the katana form there are

some which present a remarkable difference in the arrangement

of the black spots in the h.-w. underside. Those in areas 4, 5,

6, and 7 projecting downwards in a straight line nearly at right

angles to the costa, instead of lying almost parallel to the sub-

basal spots. On examining the type of Staudinger’s A. supponina

I found this arrangement of spots to be its most distinguishing

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 229

feature, and in other respects it agrees with examples taken by

Neave in the Katanga region. There are also intermediate

examples before me from the same locality. I have no hesitation

therefore in regarding swpponina as merely another form of

sotikensis.

A. sotikensis rowena, subsp.

_ Distinguished from typical form by having rather more black

on f.-w. and the central area of h.-w. is pale ochreous tinted with

orange on the upper half. H.-w. marginal spots rarely present.

When visible they are pale ochreous and minute. The central

pale area of h.-w. underside is very pale yellow without any

trace of pink. I have not seen the 9.

Four ¢ g¢ Mus. Tring. Similar forms in Mus. Brit., Mt.

Ruwenzori.

Intermediate examples between the three forms

described above may occasionally be found. Some ex-

amples from Toro, Unyoro, and Kondeland, in the Tring

collection, have the red colouring very pale, and the red

of f.-w. cell isa mere streak. The h.-w. hind margin has

well-developed spots.

89. ACRAEA CABIRA. PI]. XIII, f. 9.

Acraea cabira, Hoppfer, Monatsb, Akad. Wiss, Berlin, p. 640

(1855) ; Peters. Reise. Ins., p. 378, pl. 23, f. 14, 15 (1862) ;

Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 205 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p- 106 (1898) ; Aurivillius, Sjéstedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910).

= A. apecida var. flavomaculatus, Lanz, Iris, 9, p. 130 (1896).*

Congo (Stanley Pool); UGAanpa (Unyoro); Bririsu E.

Arrica (Kibwezi, Kavirondo); German E. Arrica (Ukerewe

I., Muansa, Mamba); Ruopresta; NyassaLaAnp (Kigonsera,

Bandawe); NATAL; TRANSVAAL; PorrucuEseE E. Arrica (Delagoa

B.); Care Conony.

f. apecida, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 23, pl. 2, f. 15 (1893) ;

Staudinger, Iris, p. 206 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p. 106 (1898); Butler, Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 53 (1898);

Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904) ; Proc. Zool. Soc., p.

27 (1910).

* Except that the yellow band in h.-w. upperside is broader in

this form than in typical cabira, I cannot find any particular differ-

ence, ‘The width of this band is so variable in a long series that

there seems no advantage in retaining this form name,

230 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

= cabira, var., Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 1, p. 174 (1887) ; Rogen-

hofer in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891).

GreRMAN E. Arrica (Usambara); Conco (Luangwa Val.,

Katanga).

Also liable to occur with the typical form in other localities.

f, abrupta, Griinberg, Sitz. Gesell. Natur. Freunde, p. 163,

f. 2 (1910).

Sesse I., V, NYANZA.

f. natalensis, Staudinger, Iris, p. 206 (1896) ; Gooch (meta-

morph.), Entomologist, 14, p. 1 (1881); and Trimen, S.

Af. Butt., p. 174 (1887) ; Aurivillins, Rhop, Aeth., p. 106

(1898) ; Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 4 (1910).

= cabira, Wallengren, Rhop, Caffr., p.21 (1857) ; Staudinger,

Exot. Schmett, p. 84, pl. 33 (1885) ; Trimen, 8. Af. Butt.,

1, p. 173 (1887).

= cynthia, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr., p. 108 (1862) (part).

Natat; DrEtacoa Bay; ManicaLanp ; GERMAN E, A¥rrRIca

(Kilimandjaro).

f. karschi.

= viviana f. karschi, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 106, fig. 13

(1898).

Cameroon (Baliburg); Brivrise E. Arrica (Mt. Kenya,

Mori R.).

f. biraca, Suffert, Iris, p. 33 (1904).

GERMAN E, Arrica (Langenberg) ; Ruopesra (Chirinda).

A. cabira cabira.

¢. Expanse 36-42 mm. F.-w. brownish black. The sub-

costal nervure reddish at its base. A subapical oblique patch of

pale ochreous about 2 mm. wide in 11, 10, 6, 5, and 4. A

central patch of pale ochreous occupying the lower half of cell,

a small part of base of 3, the basal half of 2, the upper basal and

entire central part of 1b, and the middle of la. In typical

examples this patch is of such a shape that it projects along the

median in a finely drawn out point to the base.

H.-w. with a small triangular greyish basal patch with indica-

tions of the black spots of the underside. Central area pale

ochreous. <A broad black hind-marginal band 2:5 mm. wide at

apex, its inner edge running parallel to the apical margin as far

as 4, where it turns inwards, traversing the wing nearly at right

angles to the inner margin. On this border faint lighter and

darker lines indicate the pattern of the underside.

Underside. Basal half reddish, darker at base of cell. Costa

dusky ochreous. Subapical patch pale ochreous, and between

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 231

it and cell some irregular black partly projecting into cell, wide

at costa, narrow at base of 3 and turning downwards to inner

margin to form a suffused inner edge to the hind-marginal

border, ‘The latter greyish ochreous with black nervule ends

and dark ochreous elongate triangular internervular marks edged

with black. A fine black line round margin. Some irregular

blackish along basal half of nervure 1.

H.,-w. greenish grey at base with a black spot in 8, and some

black at base of nervures. Next to the basal grey two spots in

7 enclosing a red mark and a dot at base of 6. A spot on upper

discocellular joined to two in cell, the three enclosing a red

mark. A large spot in lc, and a smaller one in 1b and la.

(These spots are sometimes divided, and there may be an ad-

ditional spot in cell so that the spots form roughly a double row ;

and there is sometimes a basal spot in cell.) Central area pale

ochreous. Hind-marginal band shaped as above, its inner edge

marked by a brown line, the nervule ends black, edged with

pale ochreous, a fine black line round margin, on which are

subtriangular pale ochreous spots, each produced into a brown

ray and edged with black.

Head black, with pale marks behind and between the eyes.

Brownish tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale marks.

Abdomen black above with pale yellowish lateral spots and

segmental lines. Claws unequal.

@. Expanse 56-60 mm. Except for its much greater expanse

of wing resembles the ¢. Often an elongate spot in middle of

cell. Theh.-w. marginal border is much broader, and bears pale

ochreous marginal spots, together with more distinct indications

of the underside pattern. The basal and subbasal spots of

h.-w. underside are larger and separated so that the following

may be distinctly observed :—One at base in 9, one in 8, two in

7 enclosing a red mark, one on upper part of discocellulars, two

in cell enclosing a red mark, and a basal spot. A basal and two

subbasals in 1c, the latter enclosing a red mark, one in 1b, and

two in la.

A. cabiva f. apecida.

This form differs in having the central areas of both wings,

and to some extent the f.-w. subapical patch, reddish yellow.

Nearly every intermediate shade of colour may be observed in a

long series.

A. cabira f. abrupta.

This form is described by Grinberg from Sesse I. in the

V, Nyanza. It differs principally in the absence of striations

232 Mr. H. Eltrigham’s Monograph of the

on the h.-w. marginal border on underside, the border being

black with white or whitish marginal spots.

A. cabira f. natalensis.

This form differs from typical examples in that the f.-w.

central pale area does not extend in an elongate spur to the

base, but is merely sharply angulated near origin of nervule 2.

The form is not confined to the Natal region, and the pale areas

may be either pale ochreous, reddish yellow, or of an intermediate

tint.

A cabira f. karsehi

Differs from the typical form in having the f.-w. pale inner

marginal patch with nearly parallel sides and not extending

towards base.

A, cabira f. biraca.

Differs from typical examples in that the central pale area of

the f.-w. occupies the lower half of the cell and the whole of

area 1b to the base. The specimen described by Suffert is a ¢

taken at Langenburg, L. Nyassa. Some examples from Chirinda

now in the Oxford collection show the same feature.

The following descriptions of the larva and pupa are

taken from Trimen’s work (U. ¢.).

“ Larva.— Bluish green with yellow ochreous longitudinal lines

and transverse bands. Head, and segments 2, 3, and 4 yellowish

brown. <A dorsal and two subdorsal longitudinal lines. From

the transverse band on each segment arise the spines, which are

rigid and of moderate length, black on the second, twelfth, and

thirteenth segment, yellow ochreous on the rest. The band is

marked on each side with a bluish green subdorsal spot and a

black spiracular ring.

“ Feeds ona woolly fleshy leaved weed like a Lamium, common

in clearings,

green, with the usual pattern of the mark-

ings slightly marked, the dorsal markings more pronounced

than the others.”

A. cabira is extremely variable in ground-colour and in

the extent to which the f.-w. central pale area is produced

towards the base. So far as I am able to judge no

particular form is definitely associated with a particular

locality. Im a long series from Chirinda, now in the

Oxford collection, ‘the f.-w. pale central patch is very

variably extended towards the base, and in some cases

little is left of the basal black but a streak in the cell and

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 233

some black powdering about the submedian nervule.

Others have a mere trace of the triangular basal black in

the h.-w. Generally speaking these Chirinda specimens

have a tendency to a reduction of basal black, and in most

cases the pale areas are of a pale reddish yellow inter-

mediate between typical examples and the apecida form.

Several large 2 examples from the Luangwa Valley have

the pale areas of both wings orange-colour except the f.-w.

subapical patch, which is very pale lemon-ochreous. One

f from Machakos has all the pale areas nearly white. All

grades of intermediates are found, and the sole constant

feature which distinguishes the species from viviana is the

fact that the basal black of the f.- w. is more or less indented

by the yellow or red central ground-colour at or near the

origin of 2, and extends more or less along the inner

margin, whereas in viviana the black is narrowest at the

inner margin, its distal edge proceeding wpwards and out-

wards to nervule 2, and forming a line continuous with the

outer edge of the h.-w. basal black.

Aurivillius places the form karschi under viviana, but if

the latter is really a separate species then karschi belongs

rather to cabira, if one may judge from a series of prepara-

tions of the f armatures. It may be distinguished from

viviana by the smaller extent of the pale areas.

90. AcRAEA VIvIANA. PI. XIII, f. 10.

Acraea viviana, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 204 (1896); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 106, f. 12 (1898) ; Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc.,

xix, p. 147 (1909).

= cabira, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904).

CAMEROON (Ja River) ; Conco (Vivi, Zongo, Mokoange, Ban-

gasso, Sassa); UcGanpa (Toro, Entebbe, Kampala, Pt. Alice) ;

GERMAN E, Arrica (Bukoba),

¢. Expanse 48-50 mm. F.-w. black. Subcostal and median

nervures reddish. An oblique subapical patch of pale or dark

ochreous in 11, 10, 9,6, 5 and 4. An inner marginal patch of

the same colour occupying nearly the whole of area la except a

small part at base and margin, the middle part of 1b, the basal

half of 2 and usually just extending into cell and base of 3. The

basal black which remains in 1b has its outer edge straight and

pointing slightly outwards, meeting the median at the origin

of 2, and is not indented or divided along the median as in

cabira.

H.-w. with a more or less triangular basal black area extend-

234 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

ing barely to middle of cell with indications of the spots

of underside. Central area dark or pale ochreous, A hind-

marginal border of black some 4 mm. wide at apex, its inner

edge running straight downwards to nervule 4 where it makes

a sharp curve thence becoming suddenly rather broader at 3,

traversing the wing nearly at right angles to inner margin,

Underside. F.-w. slightly reddish at base (much less red

than in cabira), The remainder of wing a pale replica of the

upperside, the apex and hind margin striated by black nervules

laterally powdered with pale grey, and internervular brownish

marks laterally lined with black,

H.-w. grey at base. Area 9 dark red, a black sue in

8, two in 7 enclosing a red mark one on middle disco-

cellular closely followed by two in cell, the three together

enclosing a red mark, a third spot in cell nearer base. A

basal and a subbasal spot in le sometimes enclosing a very

little red, a spot in 1b (sometimes absent) and two in la,

Some irregular black at base of nervures. Central area of wing

pale ochreous to creamy white. Hind-marginal border similar

in shape to that on upperside and marked exactly as in cabira,

i.e, the nervules black, laterally lined with pale ochreous, and

between the nervules pale triangular marginal spots produced

inwardly into brownish marks each lined with black. Some

brownish scales along inner edge in 3, 2, 1c, 1b and la.

Head black with a few whitish markings, two brown tufts on

collar, thorax black with some pale lateral marks, abdomen black

above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots, Claws

unequal.

2. Expanse about 56 mm, Resembles the ¢, but the h.-w.

marginal border is somewhat broader, and has a mere trace of

paler marginal spots, and of the striations of the underside

pattern,

A, viviana is easily distinguished from cabira by the

shape of the basal black in the f.-w., the outer edge of

which in 1b passes nearly straight up, inclining slightly

outwards from the submedian to the origin of 2. It is

rarer in collections than is cabira, and I have not had an

opportunity of examining very long series, but so far I have

seen no intermediates between the two species. Also the

genitalia though of a very simple structure appear to

differ. The species occurs as far west as Caineroon. It

has not been found in the large consignments lately

received at Oxford from Mr, Lamborn from Lagos, and [

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 235

think it may safely be assumed not to occur there. It is

found in Angola and in the Congo State, and extends

north and east to Ruwenzori, Toro, and Entebbe.

91. AcRABA ACERATA, PI. XIII, f. 7.

Acraea acerata, Hewitson, Ann, Nat. Hist. (4), 18, p. 381 (1874) ;

Exot. Butt. (Acraeq), pl. 7, f. 44 (1875); Butler, Proc. Zool,

Soc., p. 730 (1895); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104

(1898).

f. vinidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo, Mag., 11, p. 180(1874); Exot.

Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 45, 46 (1875) ; Staudinger, Exot.

Schmett, 1, p. 84 (1885); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p.

195 (1893) ; Aurivillins (metamorph.), Ent. Tidskr., 14, p.

277, pl. 4, f. 3, 3a, 3b (1893); Rhop. Aeth., p. 105

(1898) ; Heron, Trans, Zool, Soc., xix, p 147 (1909),

Abundant over the whole region from Ashanti to German

KE. Africa,

f. brahmsi, Suffert (A. brahmsi), Iris, p. 15, pl. 3, f. 4 (1904).

CAMEROON ; NIGERIA.

diavina, Suffert, Iris, p. 31 (1904).

CAMEROON,

f. tenella,

Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 6, p. 457, pl. 15, f. 1 (1891) ;

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 114 (1896).

= abbotti, Holland, Entomologist, 25, Suppl., p. 89 (1892) ;

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 18, p. 233, pl. 7, f. 1 (1895) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 105 (1898).

NYASSALAND; GERMAN E, Arrica; British E, AFRICA;

ABYSSINIA,

irre

Hewitson published the description of acerata in May

and that of vinidia in November 1874, In the descrip-

tion accompanying the figures in Exot. Butt. he expresses

the opinion that acerata is a form of vinidia, as no doubt

it is, but as the name acerata was published first it would

appear that it must stand as that of the species. As the

vinidia f.is much the commoner I will describe it first,

afterwards indicating the differences presented by the

other forms.

A. acerata f. vinidia.

3d. Expanse 36-42 mm, Wings orange tawny to pale ochreous.

F'.-w. base of 1a, 1b, costa, and the greater part of cell brawn black.

36 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

An apical and hind-marginal black border about 3 mm. wide.

At and beyond end of cell there extends from costa a more or

less wedge-shaped black mark, its narrower and lower portion

being connected with the hind-marginal black, thus enclosing a

subapical patch which may be of the ground-colour or paler.

There is sometimes a rather large black spot in 2 close to

median and a smaller one below it, and rather further from

margin in 1b.

H.-w. may show traces of the spots of underside. Base

slightly blackened, hind margin with a black border 2 to 3 mm.

wide, the inner edge of which may be nearly parallel to hind

margin or it may be somewhat angulated at 3, thus giving

the central pale patch a slightly quadrate appearance.

Underside f.-w. like the upper but paler and with the black

of base and cell reduced to a spot in cell. The subapical patch

paler than the ground-colour, The apex and hind margin

have a series of triangular reddish-yellow spots.

H.-w. pale ochreous with a black or very dark brown hind-

marginal border bearing triangular reddish marginal spots, the

apex of each being produced into a deep black ray, which does

not however extend beyond the black border. Numerous small

black spots usually as follows :—One in 8 against precostal, two

in 7, sometimes one in 6, a streak on discocellulars, and a dot at

base of 4 (there is apparently never a spot in 3), one at base of 2,

two in cell, and two in Ic, 1b, and la. Some irregular

black at base of nervures and sometimes a few basal red marks.

Head black with a pale mark behind each eye, and two reddish

tufts on the collar. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with

orange lateral and whitish dorsal spots. Claws unequal.

9 resembles ¢, but ground-colour slightly duller, or in some

cases much paler.

A. acerat« acerata. Pl. VI, f. 13 (larva).

Differs from aceruta vinidia in having a she¢htly paler ground-

colour, and in the fact that the black wedge-shaped mark in

f.-w. is not connected at its lower end with the hind-marginal

black, so that the subapical patch is continuous with the ground-

colour,

f. tenella.

This is an extreme eastern form of the species. It is

characterised by having a much paler ground-colour. The

black margins are slightly narrower than in the western forms,

and marginal spots are usually visible on the upperside.

Searcely any spots are visible on the h.-w. upperside.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 237

Beneath all the colours are much paler. There is a spot in

cell, and the wedge-shaped black mark of the upperside may

be resolved into a discocellular and a row of discal spots. The

dark marginal borders of the upperside are represented only by

light brown scales, though the h.-w. border may be somewhat

darker than that of the primary. A Q example before me

has the borders pale brownish grey, divided up by the dark

brown ends of nervules, and by the triangular orange-coloured

internervular marks, each of which is prolonged at the apex to

a dark brown ray. The h.-w. spots are much reduced in both

sexes, those in area 7 being most prominent. There are frequently

some red internervular marks on the basal portion of the wing.

f. brahmst.

This form like the others is rather variable in markings. It

differs from them in having the orange tawny colour replaced

by dull brick red, and in having the dark markings on the

upperside of a more decidedly brown tone. The subapical

patch, which is small, a very small distal part of cell, the basal

half of area 2, and the central part of lb and 1a are dull brick

red. Remainder of wing dark brown. A brown spot near base

of 2, and beneath it but rather further from margin a spot in

1b usually connected by a spur with the basal brown. H.-w.

dull brick red, slightly blackened at base, and having a dark

brown hind-marginal border 2°5 mm. wide as far as 3, where it

widens to about 4 mm.

On the underside the basal half of f.-w. is dull red, paler

than above. Costa greyish brown. A large black spot in cell,

and one in 2 and 1b. The subapical patch is ochreous, and

between it and end of cell is an irregular black mark joined on

its lower side to a crescentic spot in 3. The apical and hind-

marginal border presents a different appearance to that in

acerata and vinidia. There is a series of subtriangular orange

ochreous marginal spots, followed inwardly by a band of pale

brown. The spots are separated only by the black ends of

nervules ; each spot is outlined with black and its apex produced

into a black ray which bifureates where it meets the pale

subapical spot, or the ground-colour in 2 and 1b.

H.-w. pale ochreous with black spots as in acerata, Red

internervular marks in basal half in 9, 7, 5, cell, 1c, 1b, and la.

A broad pale brown hind-marginal border shaped as in vinidia,

and inclining to tawny at its inner edge. Subtriangular orange

ochreous marginal spots, each outlined with black and produced

inwardly in a black internervular ray. Nervule ends also black,

238 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

I have not seen a 9 of this form, but judging from those

of the other forms it probably does not greatly differ from

the ¢.

Suffert’s diavina has in f.-w. a smaller subapical spot, and

larger spots in 2 and 1b. It was taken at Victoria, Cameroon,

but similar examples are before me from N. Rhodesia.

Aurivillius (/.¢.) describes the larva and pupa as

follows :—

Larva very like that of bonasia, but more marked with red

brown above, and with paler and more interrupted longitudinal

streaks. Only the spines of segments 1, 2 and 11-13 are black,

the remainder being whitish. The head is blackish with a pale

anterior bifurcate middle line.

Pupa pale with black markings, the five rows of spots of the

abdomen formed of separated subquadrate spots with pale

centres, the latter not raised.

Examples of the larva (Pl. VI, f. 13), taken by Mr. W. A.

Lamborn near Lagos are pale green with a few brownish dorsal

and dorsolateral marks on each segment. Lateral line pale

yellowish. On the first and last four segments the spines are

black. The remainder are yellowish. An anterior view of the

head shows it to be brownish with a black triangular mark

in the centre, on each side of which is a thick black line.

The food plant at Lagos is Lepistemon africanum, Oliv. (Con-

volwulaceae).

Examples of acerata taken by Neave in the neighbour-

hood of L. Bangweolo vary very considerably and may

be of the acerata or vinidia form, the latter predomin-

ating whilst there are intermediates to tenella and

brahmsi.

The species has a wide distribution. The vinidia form

is predominant, true acerata appearing rather occasionally.

Both occur from Ashanti, through Togoland, Nigeria,

Cameroon, French Congo, Angola, Congo “State to North

Rhodesia. In this region many intermediate forms are

found. In Nyassaland, German East Africa and British

East Africa, and extending into Abyssinia (Marmasa and

Alaballa) the tenella f. is predominant and might per-

haps be regarded as an eastern subspecies, though it is

scarcely sufficiently constant to be thus separated. The

local form brakmsi is found in Cameroon (Bipindi) and

Nigeria (Kabba Town).

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 239

92. ACRAEA TERPSICHORE. PI. XIII, f. 6.

Acraea terpsichore, Linnaeus, (Pap.) Syst. Nat., ed. 10, p. 466

(1758) ; Mus. Ulr., p. 222 (1764) ; Seba, Locuplet. Rerum.

Nat., iv, pl. 27, f. 29, 30 (cepheus var.) (1765); Butler, (A.)

Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 655 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p- 104 (1898); Ann. Mus. Genov., p. 11 (504) (1910).

= serena, Fabricius, (Pap.) Syst. Ent., p. 461 (1775) ; Herbst,

Naturs. Schmett, 5, p. 19, pl. 82, f. 8, 9, 9 (non ¢) (1792);

Godart, (A.) Enc. Méth., 9, p. 232, 9 (non $) (1819);

Oberthiir, Ann. Mus. Genov., 15, pp. 157, 184 (1879);

Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 25, p. 216 (1882) ; Staudinger,

Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 83 (1885); Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38,

p- 195 (1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 115 (1896);

Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p- 26 (1910); Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr, p. 149

(1910).

= eponina, Cramer, (Pap.) Pap. Exot., 3, p. 138, pl. 268, f. C.D.

(non A.B.) (1780).

= liberia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 525 (1870).

= manjaca, Snellen, Tijdschr. v. Ent., 15, p. 11 (1872).

2 f. janisca, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 283 (1819).

f. rougeti, Guérin, Lefeb. Voy. Abyss., 6, p. 368, pl. 10, f. 6, 7

(1849) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 149 (1910).

= manjaca, Wallengren, Rhop. Caffr., p. 22 (1857).

= serena, Trimen, Rhop., Afr. Austr, p. 107 (1862) ; Hoppfer,

Peters Reise. Ins. p. 377 (1862); Staudinger, Exot.

Schmett, 1, p. 83, pl. 33 (1885).

= manjaca, Boisduval, Faun. Madag., p. 33, pl. 4, f. 6, pl.

5, f. 6, 7 (1833); Aurivillius, Voeltzkow Exp., p. 316

(1909).

= serena, Mabille, Hist. Nat. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 111, pl. 11,

£ults/8i(685-7).

= buxtoni, Butler, Ann, Nat. Hist. (4), 16, p. 395 (1875) ;

Trimen, 8. Afr. Butt. 1, p. 170 (1887); Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 74 (1891) ; Fawcett (metam.), Trans, Zool. Soc., p, 295,

pl. 46, f. 10, 11, 12 (1901).

= perrupta, Butler, Ann, Nat, Hist. (5), 12, p. 102 (1883) ;

Proc, Zool. Soc., p. 400 (1898),

f. melas, Oberthiir, Etud, d’Ent., 17, p. 24, pl. 1, f. 13 (1893).

f. subserena, Gr,-Smith, Novit, Zool., 7, p. 544 (1900) ; Rhop,

Exot, (Acraea), 8, p. 28, pl. 8, f. 5, 6 (1901).

[S. Leonx, }

240 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

f, venturina, Thurau, Berl, Ent, Zeit., 48, p. 303 (1908) ; Suffert,

Tris, p. 31 (1994),

[Ucanpa (Muanza). ]

f, connexa, Thurau, Berl. Ent, Zeit., 48, p. 304 (1903).

[Neurumay. |

f. intermediana, Strand, Mitt. Zool. Mus, Berl., p. 283, fig.

(1911).

[GermMaNn E, Arrica (Mahenge, Mkamba). |

The localities of the named forms are given under each,

Generally A, terpsichore occurs from about lat. 10°3° N. to 30°S.

and in Madagascar and the Islands,

f. ventura, Hewitson, Ent, Mo, Mag., 14, p. 51 (1887); Butler,

Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 655 (1893) ; l.c., p. 565 (1894) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 104 (1898); Neave, Proc. Zool.

Soc., p. 26 (1910) ; Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 149

(1910).

= terpsichore, var. bukoba, Weymer, Iris, p. 225, pl. 2, f. 6

(1903),

Conco (Lualaba V.); N.E. Raoprsta (Serenje, Abercorn,

sroken Hill to Tanganyka, Fwambo); German E, AFRICA

(Mosrozi, Madikia, Langenberg, Bukoba); BrivisH E, Arrica (L,

Baringo), UGANDA (Sesse I.).

f, rangatana, f. nov. 7? subsp.

= ventura, Butler, Proc, Zool, Soc., p. 565 (1894),

Brivisa E, Arrica (Rangatan, Luitsipia).

A, terpsichore ochrascens, subsp.

= A, vchrascens, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p, 40 (1902).

V. Nyanza (Buka Bay).

A, terpsichore is an extraordinarily variable species,

especially in the 2 sex. A careful examination of a long

series of specimens, numbering many hundreds of examples,

convinces me that nearly all the variations are liable to

occur anywhere throughout the wide range of the species.

It should however be stated that the vowgeti form in which

the f.-w. subapical patch is not separated from the ground-

colour is very characteristic of the more southern part of

the species’ range, and in fact might be regarded as a

southern subspecies. Both the typical and rougeti forms

however occur together in many localities. The followimg

is a general description of the male :—

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 241

A, terpsichore terpsichore.

¢. Expanse 40-50 mm, Ground-colour reddish orange to

deep golden yellow. F.-w. black along costa, narrow at base

and just before apex, and rather wider between. Apex with a

fairly broad black tip (3-5 mm.) becoming narrower along hind

margin. This marginal black is wider in areas 2 and 3 than

elsewhere. In typical examples it is so extended inwardly that

it joins a large wedge-shaped black mark emanating from the

costal black at about the end of cell, and thus cuts off a subapical

patch of the ground-colour, When this patch is not completely

cut off, but is joined to the general ground-colour across area 3,

the example may be said to belong to the form rouwgeti. Upon

the marginal black is a series of internervular submarginal spots

of the ground-colour varying much in size and sometimes dis-

appearing towards the apex. There is usually a spot in the cell,

close against the subcostal nervure and above origin of nervule 2,

This spot may be a minute dot, an elongated streak, or a rounded

mark some 2 mm, in diameter. There is sometimes a very

slight black basal suffusion.

H.-w. slightly blackened at base and having a black hind-

marginal border from 2 to 3 mm. wide and bearing internervular

spots of the ground-colour, these being very variable in size and

sometimes reaching the margin, The inner outline of this

border may be perfectly regular and parallel to the outer

margin, or it may be somewhat angulated, the border being

rather wider at apex and anal angle. Black spots corresponding

to those on underside but usually only faintly indicated, with

the exception of the spot on discocellulars, which is almost

always visible as a short black line in the middle of the wing,

and forms a very characteristic feature.

Underside f.-w. from base to central portion like upperside

but paler, darkest at base and along subcostal. Costa greyish

ochreous, The subapical and apical areas may be black as on

upperside, though duller, and enclosing the subapical patch,

which on the underside is pale ochreous, or the upper distal

portion of the wing may be ochre yellow from the discocellular

mark to the margin, broken only by the black ends of the

nervules, Along the hind margin in 3, 2, 1b, and la, either

the black or the yellow may predominate. In the former case

internervular yellow marks remain, in the latter the black

powdering on the nervules may be either straight cr may widen

a short distance from the margin into arrow-head markings.

There is a black dot at base of costa and a narrow black line

round hind margin,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI (JULY) R

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

H.-w. pale ochreous with black spots and markings. Fre-

quently there are splashes of red on the central area of the wing,

and when this is well developed the example may be said to

belong to f. ventwrina, Thur, The markings of the hind-

marginal border are rather difficult to describe. The end of

each nervule is black for a distance of 2 to 3 mm., and there is a

narrow black line round the margin. Upon this line stand

rather sharply pointed black internervular arches, their central

points being produced inwardly as short internervular rays,

Each of these rays touches inwardly the middle of a second

internervular arch, the secondary arches having their apices

pointing towards the margin. The rather complicated pattern

so formed is distinctly wider in areas 2 and 3 than elsewhere,

In the ventwrina form the internervular rays are red instead of

black and may project outwardly into the primary arches, In

some cases the secondary arches are flushed with red along their

inner edge. The spots are sometimes large and confluent, but

more usually small and separate. There is a discal row of nine,

but those in 3 and 6 are sometimes absent. The first five (in 7

to 3) form a fairly regular curve nearly parallel to apical margin,

the line then curves sharply round towards the inner margin,

In addition to these spots there is some irregular black at base, _

a spot in 8 against precostal, one in 7, two in cell, one on disco-

cellulars, and one in Ic, 1b, and la, that in 1b being further

from base than the other two.

Head black, with a pale line between the eyes and two reddish

tufts on the collar, Thorax and abdomen black above, with

reddish yellow lateral spots. Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 44-60 mm. The Q of this species is so exces-

sively variable that it is scarcely possible to describe every form

which it may assume. There are before me sixteen examples

selected from a very long series. These sixteen examples are all

different, and every grade of intermediate may be found. The

only constant feature seems to be the spotting of the h.-w. under-

side and the black linear spot on the h.-w. upperside discocellu-

lars. The forms selected may be thus shortly described :—

(a) Like the ¢, but with a brownish suffusion at base of wings,

and two blackish marks near base of f.-w., 1b.

(6) Like ¢, but much paler, F.-w. apical black completely

enclosing a pale ochreous patch. H.-w. marginal spots

all touching the margin, and the black border about

5 mm. wide in 2 and 3.

patch white.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 243

(d) F.-w. ground-colour violet grey. Subapical patch white.

H.-w. ochreous grey. Submarginal spots of both wings

pale ochreous.

(e) F.-w. grey, flushed with red at base, subapical patch

creamy white. H.-w. ochreous, suffused with red at

base. Submarginal spots of both wings orange.

(f) Like (e), but ground-colour of f.-w. white with a rust red

basal flush,

(g) F.-w. violet grey with a white subapical patch. H.-w.

bright ochreous.

(h) F.-w. violet grey. A faint trace of whitish subapical

patch. H.-w. golden yellow with a broad black margin

bearing golden yellow spots.

(i) F.-w. white. Apical patch not enclosed. H.-w. creamy

white. Broad black marginal border. Submarginal

spots pale ochreous,

In the following there is no wedge-shaped black central

mark in f.-w., merely a black spot on the discocellulars, and the

marginal black is not widened at 2 and 3 but tapers from apex to

hind margin and is much suffused inwardly. There is only a

trace of submarginal spots in f.-w.

(j) F.-w. pale dusky cream colour, h.-w, rather more ochreous.

(k) F.-w. ground-colour semitransparent sepia with a faint

indication of whitish subapical patch. H.-w. dark sepia

with a discal powdering of reddish scales,

(l) F.-w. white with orange basal flush. H.-w. upper half

dull orange, lower half dark grey. Marginal border

4mm. broad. Only a trace of submarginal spots.

(m) F.-w., white with ochreous flush at base. H.-w. dark

cream colour,

n) F.-w. dull ochreous red, h.-w. rather brighter.

(0) F.-w. Basal half red, discal part white. Submarginal

spots orange. H.-w. reddish yellow.

(p) F.-w. reddish grey suffused with dull red at base. A

curved transverse creamy white band from costa to hind

angle. H.-w. dull orange. <A faint trace of marginal

spots.

To Godart’s f. janisca may be assigned those forms of

the 9? which are dusky grey. Boisduval’s f. manjaca occurs

in Madagascar. The ¢ may have the f.-w. apical patch

completely enclosed or not, and the 2 is like that de-

scribed above under (2), but with the fi-w. apical patch

R 2

244 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

practically enclosed. Madagascar forms seem no more

constant than those from other localities. Of two 29

before me one is like Mabille’s figure (pl. 11, /.¢.), and the

other is similarly marked, but the f.-w. is flushed with

yellow, and the h.-w. is ochreous.

Thurau’s ab. connexa has the cell spots of the h.-w.

beneath contiguous with those on the discocellulars. The

same author’s ab. excentrica has the spots in 3 and 6 of

h.-w. drawn out to meet the black arches of the marginal

border, whilst those in 4 and 5 are partially extended in

the same manner.

Oberthiir’s ab. melas is a melanic aberration of the %.

Grose-Smith’s swbserena is not separable from the present

species. It is a fin which the h.-w. spots are scarcely

visible above, and represented beneath by one spot in 7, Ic,

1b, and la, and a basal spot in cell. On the upperside the

hind margins of both wings are densely black with a few

pale spots on h.-w. margin, and the f.-w. discal black bar

is represented only by a spot at end of cell separated from

the costa by the ground-colour,

Strand’s intermediana is a curious form, the type of

which has large marginal spots on the black borders of

both wings. The subapical black bar is interrupted. The

spots of h.-w. underside are as in typical terpsichore, but

between them is a considerable amount of red scaling.

There is also a curious dusting of brown scales on the

nervures in the middle of the wing. With the type in the

Berlin Museum are three co-types. These show very little

of the brown scaling and much less of the red.

The form ventura has hitherto been regarded as a dis-

tinct species, and the remarkable difference in the pattern

of extreme examples would, in the absence of intermediate

forms, amply justify such a conclusion. The form may be

thus described :—

A, terpsichore f. ventura.

¢. Expanse 42-58 mm. Wings deep orange tawny. F.-w.

brownish black along costa. Apex black 4-5 mm. wide and

a black hind-marginal band 2-3 mm. wide bearing elongated

internervular spots of the ground-colour. This marginal border

is widened at nervules 3 and 4 where it joins a transverse black

bar proceeding from costa just beyond end of cell, thus enclosing

a more or less ovate subapical patch of the ground-colour. This

patch is not always completely enclosed. A very slight blackish

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 245

suffusion at base of wing. Sometimes a spot in 1b near middle.

H.-w. slightly blackened at base, and having a black hind-mar-

ginal border about 2 mm. wide upon which are ovate spots of

the ground-colour which sometimes reach the margin. Just

before middle of wing there is an indication of a double curved

band of linear spots corresponding to those beneath. A linear

spot on discocellulars more distinct than the others.

Underside, f.-w. Basal half orange tawny but paler than

above, darkest along subcostal. The subapical patch indi-

cated in ochreous yellow. Costa, apex, and hind margin

greyish ochreous, Apical and hind-marginal areas striated by

the black ends of nervules and internervular orange streaks. An

irregular transverse black mark extending from costa just beyond

end of cell partly into area 3. A narrow black marginal line.

H.-w. Pale ochreous, area 9 pinkish. Just before middle of

wing a curved double row of linear transverse spots between

the nervules enclosing in 7, cell, and leared patch. There is

also a spot in 8 against precostal, a basal spot in cell, and in le.

The marginal border formed as follows :—The ends of nervules

are black and there is a narrow black marginal line upon which

stands a series of finely black triangles enclosing ochreous trian-

gular spots. The apices of these triangles are produced inwardly

into broad red internervular marks. This pattern is much

narrower in 4 and 5 than elsewhere, so that the border is at

that point deeply invaded by the ground-colour. The inner

edge of the border may be clearly defined by a fine black line.

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, two reddish

tufis on collar, thorax black with a few pale markings. <Ab-

domen black above with pale ochreous lateral spots and segmental

lines.

2. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles the ¢ fairly closely

but the ground-colour varies from rather duller to dusky

ochreous. The black spot in f.-w. 1b more generally present

and often in the form of an irregular streak, H.-w. has the

marginal spots larger and the discal spots more distinct. The

black nervule ends and the more clearly defined inner edge

of the underside marginal pattern are distinctly visible on the

upperside.

The underside is very like that of the ¢, but the h.-w. discal

black spots are thicker and the inner edge of the marginal

pattern is distinctly defined by a black line.

I can find nothing in Weymer’s fig. of “terpsichore

var. bukoba” to distinguish it from this form, the only

24.6 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

difference being the absence of the spot on discocellulars

in h.-w.

Such an example of the ventura form as is described

above is really not quite typical, as Hewitson’s type is in

fact more like an intermediate between tepsichore and

ventura, the red on the b.-w. underside being less developed

than in the more extreme forms.

A. terpsichore ochrascens, subsp.

d. Expanse about 42 mm. Wings pale creamy white. F.-w.

with a slight dusky suffusion at base, a dusky powdering along

costa, about 1 mm. wide to just beyond end of cell, where it

becomes very narrow, finally joining an apical brownish black

patch about 4 mm. wide. At area 5 this apical patch becomes

suddenly narrower and continues along the hind margin as a

border about 2 mm. wide bearing marginal or submarginal spots

of the ground-colour, At end of cell a blackish, more or less

wedge-shaped mark like that in terpsichore.

H.-w. blackish at base with a slight indication of the small

discal and basal spots of the underside, those in 7, and on the

discocellulars being most distinct. A blackish hind-marginal

border about 2 mm. wide bearing large spots of the ground-

colour,

Underside, f.-w. Like the upper but no apical and marginal

black. The ends of nervules are however distinctly black.

Margin with a fine black line.

H.-w. as on upperside but without black basal suffusion.

A little irregular black at base and a spot in 8 close to precostal.

Across the wing at the level of end of cell a double row of small

linear black spots formed by two in 7, one in cell and one on

discocellulars, two in le, 1b, and la. In 7, cell, and le these

spots enclose reddish marks, Hind-marginal border of a com-

plicated pattern somewhat resembling that in terpsichore. The

ends of nervules are black, and from the extremity of each

arises a pair of internervular streaks. Hach of these streaks

meets one from the next nervule at a point some distance from

margin, and the triangle so formed encloses near its apex a

reddish mark. This border is only about half as wide in 4 and

5 as elsewhere, so that in those areas the ground-colour extends

outwards in a characteristic manner, Sometimes there is a spot

at base of cell.

Head and thorax black, abdomen black above with whitish

lateral spots and segmental lines.

2 resembles the ¢.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 247

This peculiar form is, so far as is at present known,

extremely local. The type was described as from Entebbe,

but it has not been received by the Oxford Museum,

amongst the many thousand specimens from that locality.

The habitat given, viz. Buka Bay, V. Nyanza, is the

only quite authentic record I possess.

A, terpsichore f. rangatana. Pl. V, f.2(¢).

¢. Expanse 44 mm. F.-w. Cell, a small elongated spot at

base of 3, basal half of 2, greater part of 1b, and central portion

of la tawny yellow. Costa and apical half of wing sepia. The

usual subapical patch of ground-colour is reduced to three elong-

ated pale ochreous streaks in 6, 5, and 4, that in 6 being only

about one-third the length of those in 5 and 4. Submarginal

internervular spots of tawny yellow. A little black at base

extending outwards along nervure 1 and there expanding into

a small dusky spot about 5 mm. from base. A small crimson

streak on subcostal near its base.

H.-w. with a little black at base, central area tawny yellow,

hind margin broadly sepia, deeply indented by ground-colour in

areas 4and 5, A series of submarginal yellow spots inclined to

tawny towards apex. Inner margin paler with two dusky spots

in la and one in 1b, all more or less coalescent. The subbasal

band of red edged with black, so conspicuous beneath, is here

faintly indicated.

Underside, f.-w. as above, but paler and duller, and the dark

apical portion blackened only at end of cell, and along outer edge

of the tawny yellow in 3 to la. Orange internervular streaks

along the margin. H.-w. pale dull ochreous with black nervule

ends and bifurcated rays enclosing red marks, the latter inwardly

limiting the subtriangular marginal spots of ground-colour.

At about the level of end of cell a double row of elongated

transverse black spots enclosing red, much as in ventwra. A

round subbasal black spot in cell. A black spot in 8 and some

red in 9. Some irregular black at base.

2. I have not seen a @ of this form.

The pattern of the upperside of this form is very distinctive

and with the exception of the type and co-type in the South

Kensington Museum, I have seen no examples at all like it,

The genitalia are the same as in fterpsichore.

The larva and pupa of A. terpsichore are thus described

by Trimen :—

248 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

“QLarva.—Dull green. A whitish stripe along each side of

the back, interrupted on each segmental incision by a trans-

verse line darker than the ground-colour. Spines of the dorsal

and upper lateral rows black ; of the lower lateral row on each

side yellow. The two dorsal black spines on seginent next

head longer and more distinctly branched than the rest, and

projecting forward beyond the head, which is ochreous.”

The food plant is stated to be a species of Hermannia.

“ Pupa.—Pale yellowish. Outline of wings and nervures very

finely black; some thin and ill-defined dorsothoracie black

marks; on each side of abdomen a subdorsal and a lateral

row of yellow spots in black rings, the latter being thinner in

the lateral than in the subdorsal row. Attached to a slender

stalk,”

Fawcett’s description is as follows :—

“Larva.—Pale buff dorsally, deepening to pale green on the

sides with a buff lateral spinacular line above thoracic legs and

claspers, which are also buff. Two dorsal pale green stripes,

interrupted on every segment by a pale yellow transverse stripe

bearing four black branched spines ; below these are two buff

coloured spines springing from the buff spiracular line. Head

yellowish. Feeds on a sp. of nettle locally called ‘pink

hibiseus’ (although it is not a hibiscus at all). It isa common

plant on the Berea, Durban, where I found the larva, and has

been identified for me by Mr. Medley Wood as Triumfetta

rhomboidea, Jacq.

“ Pupa waxy white with the usual fine black lines and spots

with orange centres, beautifully gilded ; pupae formed in the

dark, however, inside a box, are slaty black.”

It is only after careful examination of many hundreds

of examples that I have arrived at the conclusion that

ventura 1s only a form of terpsichore. As stated, there is

a great difference between extreme examples of the two

forms, but latterly I have had the opportunity of inspect-

ing so many intermediates, that I find it impossible to

define the point at which terpsichore ends and ventura

begins. A series of preparations of the genitalia shows a

range of individual variation which entirely confirms the

view that there exists at present no dividing line. The

condition of the species is such as to make it conceivable

that ventura may be syngamic with terpsichore mm some

localities and not in others, though breeding experiments

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 249

are necessary before we can be certain of the actual

relations obtaining between the forms.*

As regards the rouwgeti form in which the subapical

patch of ground-colour is not isolated from that of the

remainder of the wing, this form is certainly characteristic

of the South and East, though the feature is scarcely, in

my opinion, sufficiently constant to warrant the separation

of rougett as a subspecies.

GROUP XV.

93. ACRAEA OBERTHURI. Pl. XIII, f. 17.

Acraea oberthiiri, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, 16, p. 231 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 107 (1898) ; Eltringham, Af.

Mim. Butt., p. 82, pl. 8, f. 14 (1910).

= bonasia, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett, 1, p. 84 (1885) (non

Fabr.).

= cynthius, Oberthtir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 27, pl. 1, f. 5

(1893).

O_tp CaLaBaR; NIGERIA (Lagos); CamMERoon; F. Po;

Gapoon (Abanza); Coneo (Bangala, Ft. Beni to Ituri R.).

f, confluens, Suffert, Iris, p. 28 (1904).

CAMEROON ; NIGERIA (Lagos).

A. oberthiiri oberthiivi. Pl. V1, f. 14 (larva).

6. Expanse 42-58 mm. F.-w. dark umber brown. Base of

subcostal nervure usually reddish. An oblique subapical patch

of ochreous varying to orange ochreous in 10, 9, 6, 5, and 4.

An inner marginal patch of the same colour 3 to 4 mm.

wide, its. inner edge running from just before middle of area la

to a point on median midway between origin of 2 and 3. In

areas 1b and 2 this edge is concave, being slightly invaded

* Since the above was written I have had the advantage of

discussing the point with my friend Mr. S. A. Neave, whose

extensive experience in the field is of the utmost value in cases

of this kind. He considers the form which has a very complete

central red band on the underside of h.-w. to be a distinct species.

Should this ultimately prove to be the case it seems probable that

2 new name will have to be given to it, as Hewitson’s type of

ventura is apparently only an unusually red terpsichore and is

scarcely of the pronounced red type of specimens which were

captured by Mr, Neave, and on which his opinion is based. We

may hope to succeed in breeding these forms at no distant date.

Meanwhile we can do no more than recognise their very close

affinity.

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

by the ground-colour, The outer edge of the patch runs from

near the hind angle in la to the middle of nervule 3, and is

slightly convex between the nervules, The apical and hind-

marginal border shows distinct traces of the striated pattern of

the underside.

H.-w. Base occupied by a brownish grey triangular patch,

its outer edge reaching nearly to end of cell. On this patch

are black spots corresponding to those on underside. Central

area of wing with a curved pale band varying in colour from

ochreous to orange. This band is continuous at the costa with

the f.-w. inner marginal patch and of about the same width,

and terminates on the inner margin where it is rather narrower,

Beyond this central band is a broad hind-marginal border the

inner edge of which is a perfectly regular curve and not

angulated as in some of the rather similar species, This

marginal border is sepia grey with elongated inwardly tapering

brown internervular streaks each of which is bifurcated at the

margin by a sepia grey triangular mark.

Underside. .-w. from base to apical patch, along costa,

middle of cell, and middle of area 1b, the dark colour corre-

sponding to that of the upperside is invaded by an irregular

radiating suffusion of dull ochreous, usually leaving a dark

spot just beyond middle of cell, and sometimes a second smaller

spot in 1b close to median. The light patches are as on upper-

side but paler, often with a tendency to coalesce in area 3. The

apical and hind-marginal border is ochreous, striated by the

black nervule ends and black internervular bifurcated rays, the

latter meeting inwardly except in 3, 2, 1b, and 1a, where they

coalesce with a blackish submarginal suffusion, A fine black

line round hind margin.

H.-w. Base, over an area corresponding to the dark area of

the upperside, pale greenish ochreous, spotted with black as

follows:—One in 9, and one in 8, two in 7 about 3-4 mm.

apart, one at base of 6, one at base of 5 coalescing with a double

discocellular spot and a terminal spot in cell. Two in cell,

one at base of 2, a basal spot in 1c, followed by two spots

which are sometimes confluent and sometimes separated, in the

latter case enclosing a faintly reddish mark, Beneath these, two

in 1b and in la. Central band as above but paler. Marginal

border of the colour of the central band, heavily striated by

black nervule ends between which are internervular inwardly

tapering rays, each of which is bifurcated at margin by a

whitish triangular mark. A fine black line round hind

margin,

94.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 251

Head black with pale marks between and behind eyes, thorax

black with a few paler scales, abdomen black above with pale

ochreous segmental lines and lateral spots, Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 50-68 mm. Resembles ¢ but paler and duller,

the ground-colour being sometimes brownish grey, The paler

areas though varying in depth of tint do not appear ever to

attain the orange colour seen in some ¢ ¢. Theh.-w. marginal

border often broader than in @, and always showing much

more distinct traces of the underside pattern. Underside

correspondingly paler, and the h.-w. central band with a faint

pinkish tinge.

A. oberthiivi f. confluens, Suff.

In this form the apical and inner marginal patches are

confluent in area 3 on both surfaces. Suffert’s examples were

from Cameroon. Similar forms of both sexes are before me,

from Kiva Iho R., Nigeria, and from Lagos, One of these (¢)

was taken near Lagos by Mr. Lamborn, Besides having the

paler areas (which are orange colour) confluent in the f.-w. the

colour of the central band of h.-w. radiates along the nervules

into the marginal border. Another example (9) occurs in a

series bred by the same collector from a company of larvae,

the other specimens being normal though the paler areas show

a varying depth of tint.

The larvae near Lagos are as follows :—

Slaty blue with a reddish yellow head, and traces of a paler

lateral line on segments 10-13. The spines on segments 2-5

and the dorsal and lateral spines on 10-13 are black. The

dorsal and lateral spines on 6-9 are yellowish and the sublaterals

are yellowish, those on 6 and 10-13 tipped with black. Each

black spine arises from a dark tubercle, and there appear to be

a few irregular darker dorsal and lateral segmental markings

not accurately discernible in a preserved specimen,

The food plant is Ancistrocarpus densispinosus (Tiliaceae).

The pupa is of the usual Acraeine appearance, white, with

two dorsal and two lateral rows of black-ringed orange spots,

and black lines on the wing-covers. Each of the dorsal black

rings has a small blunt process on the side nearest the median

dorsal line, and the whole pupa is covered with microscopic spines,

ACRAEA ALTHOFFI, PI. XIV, f. 1.

Acraea althoffi, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., 15, p. 102, pl. 1, f. 5 (1889) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 107 (1898); Grose-Smith,

Novit, Zool., 7, p. 544 (1900); Smith and Kirby, Rhop.

52 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Exot, (Acraea), p. 28, pl. 8, f. 3, 4 (1901); Neave, Novit.

Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 81

(1910) ; Gritinberg, Sitzb. Ges. naturf. Fr., p. 150 (1910).

Conco (Mukenge) ; UGanpa (Entebbe, Pt. Alice, Sesse I.).

f. rubrofasciata, Aurivillius, Ent, Tidskr., 16, p. 111 (1895) ;

Rhop. Aeth., p. 107 (1898).

Conao (Bangala, Nyam Nyam); Cameroon (Bitjé).

@ f. telloides, f. nov.

Eltringham (althoffi, 9, f. 3), Af. Mim. Butt., p. 82, pl. 8,

f. 12 (1910).

ENTEBBE.

2 f. drucei, f. nov.

Eltringham (althoffi, 2 form 1), l. c. p. 82 (1910).

ENTEBBE.

2 f. ochreata, f. nov.

ENTEBBE,

A, althoffi pseudepaea, subsp. nov.

= A. pseudepaea, Dudgeon, Proc. Ent. Soc., p. liii (1909).

E. and W. AsHantr; S. Nigeria (Ila).

A, althoffi althoffi.

¢. Expanse 60-64 mm, F.-w, sepia black. From base

along lower half of cell a scarlet streak which becomes gradually

wider till it reaches a point about 2 mm. before end of cell

when it becomes suddenly wider extending across cell to sub-

costal, Beyond end of cella subapical scarlet patch consisting

of three rectangular spots separated by nervules 5 and 6, the

lowest spot being somewhat produced along the upperside of

nervule 4, Beneath this in 3 and somewhat more distally

placed a fourth subquadrate spot, yellow, powdered with scarlet.

An inner marginal patch of scarlet in 2, 1b and la, the outer

edge slightly convex between the nervules, the inner edge deeply

on 2, and slightly between 2 and 1, indented by the ground-

colour, On the hind margin a faint trace of the pattern of the

underside, H.-w, with a sepia black triangular basal patch

with indications of the black spots of the underside, A central

band of pale lemon ochreous about 2 to 3 mm. wide (white in

some examples) beginning just beyond middle of costa, bending

inwards at 6 and thence traversing the wing nearly straight to

the middle of the inner margin. Remainder of wing sepia

black with indications of the underside pattern.

Ajrican Species of the Genus Acraea. 253

Underside. F.-w. Costa pale brown with a whitish speck and

a small black streak at base. Cell pale dull scarlet, a rounded

black spot near middle close to subcostal followed by a more or

less V-shaped spot, its apex towards base. The subapical spots are

cream colour dusted proximally with reddish yellow and the

space between them and the cell is blackish. The apex and

hind margin is brownish ochreous, striated by black nervule

ends and black internervular rays, each of the latter being

swollen out just before margin and enclosing a whitish streak.

The base of 2, 1b and la is brownish ochreous, the central

portion pale dull scarlet and there is a black spot between the

brown and the red in 2 and 1b, and a second, subbasal spot in

the latter area close against the median. The outer edge of the

reddish portion is separated from the marginal border by a

blackish suffusion.

H.-w. base greenish grey with black spots, of which there are

one in 9 and 8, two in 7 about 3 mm. apart enclosing a brownish

mark, one near base of area 6, one at base of 5 more or less con-

fluent with a discocellular spot, and sometimes with a terminal

spot in cell, though this may be absent. Two spots in cell, the

outermost followed by a brownish mark, a dot at extreme base

of 2, A basal and two other spots in Ic, the latter enclosing a

brownish mark, two spots in 1b and la and some black at bases

of nervures, Central band as above but paler. Marginal half

of wing brownish ochreous striated by the black nervules and by

internervular black rays, each of which is bifurcated a short

distance from margin, and encloses a whitish somewhat shuttle-

shaped streak.

Head black with a few whitish dots, thorax black, abdomen

black above with yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots.

Claws unequal.

2. Expanse about 67 mm. F.-w. greyish black. The paler

markings in f.-w. shaped as in male but white instead of scarlet

and yellow, the streak in cell not reaching to base. Indications

of black spots more readily seen on underside, in cell, 2, and la,

asin ¢. H.-w. base with a slight blackish suffusion the edge of

which is not well defined as in ¢. Some black basal spots

corresponding to those on underside. A central white band,

double the width of that in ¢, remainder of wing greyish black

with some indication of the striation of the underside.

Underside f.-w, like the upperside but slightly brownish at

base, the black V-shaped spot at end of cell very broad and

the spot at base of 2 and those in 1b much larger than in ¢.

Apex and marginal border pale grey striated as in ¢. H.-w.,

254 . Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

base greyish inclining to brown in 9, 8 and le. The black spots

rather variable with a tendency to reduction in size and number.

Central area greyish white, border pale grey striated as in ¢.

Abdomen black above with white lateral spots.

A. althoffi £. rubrofasciata,

This form occurs in both sexes and is distinguished by having

the central band of the upperside of the h.-w. much broader.

This band and also all the paler marks on f.-w. are red. On the

underside of h.-w. the basal and central areas are ochre yellow

and not differentiated. The white submarginal streaks are

visible on the apex of f.-w.

A, althoffi 2 f. telloides.

Just as the typical form of althoffi 9 appears to be modified

in the direction of the black and white 2 2 of jodutta, so this

form seems to be a development in the direction of the pattern

of Planema tellus.

In the f.-w. the whole basal half of the wing is dull orange

ochreous, though the black spots in cell, 2, and 1b remain, that

near end of cell usually confluent with the subapical patch.

The spots of the latter are all confluent, forming an approach to

the continuous patch in Pl. tellus. The h.-w. has very little

black at base, but the basal black spots are fairly distinct. The

whole of the rest of the h.-w. is dull orange ochreous, the margin

slightly powdered with black, the nervule ends black, and the

usual characteristic internervular striations, though these differ

in that the bifurcations of the internervular rays are open and

nearly at their widest on the margin. On the underside the

pattern is the same as on the upper, and in fresh examples the

ground-colour is quite as dark on the upperside.*

A, althoffi 2 f. ochreata, f. nov.

Differs from other forms in having all the light areas pale

dull ochreous, the same colour as in the ¢ A. jodutta.

A, althoffi 2 f. drucei.

There is in Mr, Druce’s collection a large 9 which has much

the same colouring as the ¢. The f.-w. is of a rather dull

brown, There isan orange red streak in the cell, and the subapical

spots are pale yellow, the upper ones being tinged with red.

The spots in 2, 1b, and la are orange red. The h.-w. has a

central white band and whitish submarginal spots,

* Unfortunately my figure of this form in Af. Mim. Butt. shows

the h.-w. hind-marginal black too heavy and distinct, the margin

being usually merely dusted with black.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 255

A, althoffi pseudepaea, subsp.

gd. Expanse about 65 mm. F.-w. rich black brown, An

inner marginal patch of tawny orange occupying the central third

of areas 1a and 1b, and not quite covering base of 2. Subapical

patch small and of the same colour, consisting of three spots in

areas 6, 5, and 4, the last having its outer half suddenly

narrowed and extending distally, so that the entire spot is twice

as long as those above it. Beneath the narrow portion of this

spot is a fourth spot of the same colour in area 3 not quite

reaching nervule 3.

H.-w. with a triangular black brown patch at base. Re-

mainder of wing tawny orange rather darker on the distal third of

wing, which is striated with rich black brown on and between

the nervules, the striations and typically bifurcated rays becoming

coalescent at margin into a border about 2 mm. wide,

Underside. F.-w. basal two-thirds of cell dull orange brown

with a large rounded spot, End of cell black. The subapical

spots much paler than above. A black spot at base of 2, and a

basal and a subbasal in 1b. Apical and hind-marginal areas

dusky ochreous with the usual fusiform spots on margin, H.-w,

dusky orange ochreous with paler central band and the typical

striations and bifurcated rays. Black spots at base, one in 9,

one in 8, two in 7, two in cell, one small spot at base of 5, basal

and two subbasal spots in 1c, two subbasal spots in 1b, and one

in la,

A second example is rather smaller and has the dark areas

more velvety and of rather greater extent.

Q. Expanse 75 mm. Like the ¢, but the tawny areas are

paler, especially the f.-w. subapical spots. H.-w. with only

narrowly blackened rays and nervules and a little dusting of

black on margin.

There is no doubt whatever that this interesting form is

specifically identical with althofi. In the type specimen

the claspers happen to be protruded, and they are quite as

in typical examples. I have to thank Mr. N. M. Dudgeon

for having taken a great deal of trouble to make arrange-

ments for me to see the type, in the absence abroad of his

brother, Mr. G. C. Dudgeon.

Compared with the other species received from Entebbe,

althogi may be said to be comparatively rare. For some

reason not at present evident it is most difficult to obtain

an example in good condition, the 2? especially being

almost invariably damaged or worn.

256 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

The species can be recognised quite easily in spite

of its variability by the peculiar bifurcated formation of

the internervular rays especially on the h.-w., each with

its enclosed streak. The general pattern also is not like

that of any other species of the genus.

The type was received from Mukenge in the southern

central part of the Congo State, and has the yellow h.-w.

band rather narrower than in the Uganda specimens. The

f. rubrofasciata has been received from Bangala in the

Upper Congo and Nyam Nyam, and also from Bitjé in the

Cameroons, Of the subspecies pseudepaea I have seen only

the two ¢f and one 2, in Mr. Dudgeon’s collection.

Our knowledge of this peculiar species has increased

greatly in recent years. It is chiefly remarkable for the

number of its polymorphic forms which for the most part

exhibit mimetic patterns. We have the typical f and also

the rubrofasciata and pseudepaea forms. Of the 2? one is

black and white resembling 2 examples of jodutta, one

more or less like its own 7, one of the rubrofasciata form,

one resembling the ¢ jodutta, and one resembling 1. tellus.

Both sexes of the pseudepaea form resemble Pl. epaea.

GROUP XVI.

95. ACRAEA PHARSALUS. PI. XIV, f. 8.

Acraea pharsalus, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 81 (1871); Af.

Lep., p. 8, pl. 6, f. 7, 8 (1878) ; Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat.

Cur; 41, 2, No. 2, p. 5 (177) (1879); Mabille, Nat. Hist.

Mad. Lep., 1, p. 100, pl, 12, f. 3,4 (1885-7) ; Karsch, Berl.

Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 195 (1893) ; Aurivillius (metam.), Ent.

Tidskr., 14,.p/275, pl. 4,4. la, Ib, le, 1d (1893); BRhop:

Aeth., p. 110 (1898) ; Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903) ;

Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 3846 (1904); Strand, Wien.

Ent. Zeit., 29, 1, p. 29 (1910); Aurivillius, Ann. Mus.

Gen., p. 19 (512), 25 (518), (1910) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges.

Nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910).

Seneca ; S. Leone ; Lagos ; Goup Coast ; ASHANTI ; IvoRY

Coast; NIGERIA ; CAMEROON; FERNANDO Po; PRINcE’s I. ;

ANGOLA; ConGo (Ituri Forest ; Katanga) ; NyassALAND; GERMAN

EK. Arrica; Bririsa E, Arrica ; UGANDA.

f. pharsaloides, Holland, Entomologist, Suppl., p. 89 (1892):

Proc. U:S. Nat., Mus., p. 232, pl..:7, ff. 391895) 5) pasa

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 257

(1896) ; Rogers, Trans. Ent. Soe., p. 525 (1908) ; Aurivil-

lius, Sjéstedt’s Exp. p. 4 (1910).

= saluspha, Suffert, Iris, p. 34 (1904).

AnGoLA ; German E. Arrica ; Bririsu EK. AFRICA.

f, pallidepicta, Strand, Int. Ent. Zeit. Guben., 41, p. 220

Sms Gli

German E, Arrica (Amani).

f. nia, Strand, U. c. (1911).

Geruan E. Arrica (Amani).

A, pharsalus vuilloti, subsp.

= A. vuilloti, Mabille, Ann. Ent. Fr. (6), 8 Bull., p. 170

(1888); Mab. and Vuillot, Novit. Lep., 2, p. 10, pl. 2, f. 1

(1890) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 110 (1898).

Geran E. Arnica (Ukami, Usagara, Kikoka Stn., Bagamoyo).

A. pharsalus rhodina, subsp.

Rothschild, Novit. Zool., 9, p. 595 (1902).

ApyssIniA (Up. Gelo R., Bonga, Scheko, Anderatscha,

Gamitscha, Banka Omo).

A. pharsalus pharsalus. Pl. VI, £. 7 (larva).

¢. Expanse 60-72 mm. F.-w. base, costa, apical area, hind

margin and the greater part of area La, dark sepia. Discal half

of cell, base of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and central half of 1b bright red.

A few red scales towards distal end of area la. Black spots as

follows -—In cell a small spot not far from base, followed by a

larger spot beyond origin of 2. A large spot the whole width of

cell on discocellulars. Beyond cell an oblique band of three

contiguous quadrate spots in 6, 5, and 4 followed by a rounded

spot in 3 just under the spot in 4. A large spot at base of 2,

usually touching median and nervule 2, beneath it but nearer

margin a spot in 1b, and another in the same area close to

median just before origin of 2. At the outer edge of the

oblique discal band of spots three pale spots varying from white

to reddish orange.

H.-w. base suffused with dark sepia extending slightly beyond

middle of cell, hind margin brownish black, about 2 mm. wide,

its inner edge not very sharply defined, and interrupted by the

black nervule ends, and short reddish brown, rather indistinet

internervularrays. Central area of wing bright red. Numerous

black spots corresponding with those on underside.

Underside f.-w. Those areas which are dark sepia above are

here ochreous grey. The black spots are as on upperside, the

red areas are dusky pink, and the apical and hind-marginal

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) §

258 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

portions are striated by the black nervule ends and internervular

rays. There is a whitish dot and a small black spot at base of

costa, and there are white marks beyond the black discal spots

as on the upperside. A fine black marginal line.

H.-w. Base and hind margin greenish grey, central area pale

pink. On the hind margin the nervule ends are black, and

there is a fine black marginal line. Between the nervules are

large dark brown triangular marks (double in Ic) the bases of

which do not rest quite on the margin, but leave a very narrow

submarginal line of greenish-grey (this line is obliterated in

some specimens). Black spots as follows :—One in 8 against pre-

costal, two in 7, the outermost just beyond origin of 6 and 7.

Beneath this, but much nearer margin a well-rounded spot in 6

and beneath it one in 5. A spot in 4, nearer base than that in

5, and immediately beneath it a spot in 3. In 2a spot at the

level of end of cell, followed by a spot in 1c and 1b, all three

ina straight'line at right angles to inner margin. ‘Two spots in

cell, the second just beyond middle, two on the discocellulars, a

basal and a subbasal in Ic, below the latter a spot in 1b, and

a basal, a subbasal, and a distal spot in la. Some irregular

black at bases of nervules.

Head black with a white spot between the eyes, thorax black

with a few whitish spots. Base of abdomen black above with

orange ochreous lateral spots, remainder orange ochreous.

Claws unequal.

9. Expanse 70-80 mm. Like the ¢ but the red areas much

duller, and in f.-w. of less extent, In h.-w. the internervular

rays are longer and darker.

The above descriptions apply to typical examples of

this species. The Oxford Museum has lately received

large companies of 4. pharsalus bred by Mr. W. A.

Lamborn, near Lagos, and these show a fairly wide range

of variation. Amongst them the following forms may be

observed :—

(a) g. Expanse 56 mm. F-.-w. rose pink, inclining to whitish

beyond cell. Costa and basal suffusion brownish, apex and

hind margin sooty black. Pale spots beyond the discal black,

white to pinkish. H.-w. rose pink with a sooty black basal

suffusion and marginal border. H.-w. underside bluish grey at

base. Marginal internervular triangular marks sooty black and

contiguous at margin.

9. F.-w. sepia grey, whitish between the black spots in

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 259

central area, Subbasal spot in 1b, usually wanting. H.-w.

varying from dark sepia to dusky pink. These specimens are

all in one brood, but two of the ¢ ¢ are normal.

(b) One g specimen with the f.-w. pale discal spots, outer

portions of 4,2, and 1b, and the lower half of the h.-w. pale

ochreous. Markings otherwise normal.

marks, dark areas almost black, central part of h.-w. crimson.

(d) Several 9 9 with the basal half of f.-w. and the whole of

h.-w. suffused with pink. No basal black in f.-w., and that in

h.-w. much reduced in depth of colour.

(e) Several 2 2? with the entire ground-colour of both wings

sepia grey. No basal suffusion in either wing.

A. pharsalus £. pharsaloides.

Though characteristic of the more Eastern localities, and

apparently quite replacing the type in German E, Africa, this

form is scarcely constant enough to be regarded as a subspecies.

It is distinguished by the much-reduced dark basal suffusion

in both wings, and by the fact that the red colour extends in the

f.-w. considerably beyond the discal black spots, especially in

area 4, leaving only a comparatively narrow dark brown apical

patch. The 2 is much paler, the lighter markings inclining to

whitish in the f.-w.

Prof. Aurivillius points out (Sjéstedt’s Exp., p. 5, 1910)

that the form which Suttert described as saluspha is really

the typical form of pharsaloides. What Sufiert regarded

as typical pharsaloiles was a variety of that form.

A, pharsalus f. pallidepicta, Strand.

Of the three 2 examples in the Berlin Museum (all labelled

type) two have the f.-w. subapical spots whitish. There are no

other white markings and the internervular rays on underside

are broad and triangular. Another example is whitish in f.-w.

cell at base of 2, the costa of h.-w. being greyish.

A. pharsalus f. nia, Strand.

This form is more intermediate to vwilloti. The whole ground-

colour is tawny orange. The spots are not more developed than

in ordinary pharsaloides. There is a suggestion of a yellowish

suffusion beyond spot in f.-w. 2, and at base of 1b. Also alittle

yellowish in h.-w. in le and 2, The triangular rays on h.-w.

underside are somewhat reduced. (1 ¢, Amani, Berlin Mus.)

A, pharsalus vuilloti, subsp. PI. I, f. 11 (¢).

¢. Expanse about 56 mm. F.-w. black. An irregular red

5S 2

260 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

mark across cell at origin of 2, narrow at subcostal and wide at

median. Beneath this in 1b a subtriangular red mark, the apex

of which just touches the lower outer corner of the red in cell.

In the middle of this red mark a black dot. A second trans-

verse red mark in cell about 2 mm. wide, its outer edge reaching

median at origin of 3 and there becoming continuous with an

elongated quadrate red patch in area 2, which, occupying the

whole width of that area, begins just before origin of 3 and

ends 3 mm. from margin. Beneath this patch and of about

half its length, a quadrate red mark in 1b, its outer edge about 2

min. from margin, and beneath this a slightly longer red mark

in la reaching to the margin. Remainder of area la grey. On

or just beyond end of cell, three very small internervular red

spots which form a small transverse streak, and beyond this a

subapical bar of red, 2°5 mm. wide, outwardly deeply concave,

beginning just above nervule 6 and ending at nervule 3.

_Hi-w. rather pale sepia grey with a red patch occupying

outer half of cell, basal half of 6, 5, 4, and upper basal half of 3.

A white patch occupying middle third of 1b, 1c, basal half of

2, and lower basal half of 3.. Black spots as follows :—Two in 7,

two contiguous spots about middle of 6 and 5, and two ditto at

base of 4 and of 3. Two in cell before the middle, and two

on discocellulars. One at base of 2, a basal, a subbasal, and a

central spot in 1c, two near middle of 1b, and a basal and a sub-

basal in la.

Head black with a whitish dot between the eyes, thorax black

with pale marks, abdomen black above with deep yellow lateral

spots.

Underside, as above but much duller and pattern less de-

fined. Apical and marginal border powdered with pale sage

green and having a fine black marginal line. H.-w. base

greenish grey, central area whitish with a pale pink‘sh flush at

end of cell, 6,5, and 4. Margin greenish grey with a fine black

marginal line, the neryule ends black and the internervular

rays heavily powdered with black but scarcely exhibiting the

characteristic triangular appearance of those in pharsalus

pharsalus.

The ? resembles the ¢.

Of this form there are 2 f f and 2 2 in the Staudinger

collection. One ? is from Usagara, the three remaining

examples being from Ukami Mt. From the latter locality

there are also examples of pharsalus, and these tend some-

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 261

what to the pharsaloides form, but all have the inter-

nervular rays of the h.-w. linear and not triangular, and

they are narrower in pharsalus than in vuilloti. One is

an intermediate, and there can I think be no doubt that

Aurivillius is correct in his suggestion that vwilloti is a

form of pharsalus.

The type of vuilloti was taken at Kikoka Station,

Bagamoyo, German E. Africa.

The larva of pharsalus from Kitta, Cameroon, is de-

scribed by Aurivillius as follows :—

Reddish yellow above, paler below; a narrow dorsal line,

small streaks at fore and hind parts of each segment, and at the

spiracles, black. The spines are not longer than the diameter of

the body and are finely branched. The upper branches are

black and the lower whitish.

The pupa is also figured, and is shown as white with only

very faint black lines on the wing cases, ete. It is smooth, and

has two dorsal, two lateral, and a vertical row of black marks,

most of which appear to be in the form of double streaks with a

dot between.

The above description agrees with the larvae sent home

by Mr. Lamborn (Pl. VI, f. 7), except that the ground-

colour does not appear to be reddish above. I may add

that the head is black with a rather conspicuous central,

vertically bifurcated white line.

Mabille records the species from Madagascar, but it

seems almost certain that this is an error.

GROUP XVII.

96. ACRAEA PERENNA. PI. XV, f. 4.

Acraea perenna, Doubleday, Hew. and Westw., Gen, Di. Lep., pl.

19, f. 4 (1848) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 66(1888) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., 11,

p. 346 (1904) ; Strand, Wien. Ent. Zeit., (29) 1, p. 29 (1910) ;

Neave, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14(1910) ; Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges.

nat. Fr., p. 149 (1910).

= polydectes, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 81 (1871); Af. Lep.,

p- 8, pl. 6;£ 5, 6-(1873).

S. Leone ; Lacos; Asaantr; CAMEROON; Toco; ANGoLA;

Conco (Kassai, Quango, Mukenge, Ubangi, Lufupa R., Aruwimi

R.); Ucanpa (Semliki R., Entebbe, Kampala, Pt. Alice, Toro,

262 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Unyoro); Brrrish E. Arrica (Nandi, Nairobi); German E.

Arrica (Bukoba, Ukerewe I.).

A. perenna thesprio, subsp.

Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 21, pl. 3, f. 34 (1893) ; Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 93 (1898); Sjostedt’s Exp., p. 3 (1910).

KatTanca; NYASSALAND; GERMAN E. AFRICA; BritisH E,

AFRICA,

A. perenna kaffana, subsp.

Rothschild, Novit. Zool., 9, p. 595,

ApyssINnIa (Dalba, Uma R., Anderatscha).

A, perenna perenna. Pl. VI, f. 6 (larva).

g. Expanse 30-74 mm. F.-w. sepia black rather more

thinly scaled in median and subapical area. Hind margin

markedly concave. An obsolescent dark spot in cell above

origin of 2. A double spot on end of cell, and just beyond

this an oblique discal band of four spots in 6, 5, 4, and 3.

A large spot in 2 touching median and nervule 2, Below this

in 1b a suberescentic spot. A black longitudinal streak in

area 1b from base extending about half the length of this area.

A red patch in la, 1b, and 2 extending from near hind angle

nearly to nervule 3, widest in 1b. A faint reddish mark

at discal end of cell. Twosmall submarginal red spots in area

1b. H.-w. bright red with sepia black basal suffusion extend-

ing nearly to end of cell. A black hind-marginal border about

2mm. wide, having a sinuous inner outline and bearing seven

internervular spots, that in le doubled. Black discal and basal

spots as on underside.

Underside f.-w. Cell and base of 1b almost devoid of scales.

Black spots as on upperside. Space between end of cell and

discal spots, and for some distance beyond latter, whitish. Costa

powdered with brownish scales. Apex and hind margin rusty

brown with black nervules and rays. Red patches as on upper-

side but paler and duller. A small black basal spot on costa.

H.-w. pink, reddish at base, the cell and basal half of area

7 greenish grey. Marginal band dark brown with orange

ochreous spots. Black basal and discal spots as follows :—

A discal row of seven in 7, 6, 5, 4, 2, 1c and 1b (no spot in 3) a

spot on the middle diseocellular, a small spot in 8 near precostal,

a subbasal spot in 7, one subbasal and one median in cell, and one

in lc, 1b, and la. These spots vary in size and may be small

and well separated, or large and confluent. Head black, thorax

black with a few pale spots. Basal half of abdomen black with

orange ochreous spots, remainder orange ochreous. Claws equal.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 263

9. Expanse 70 to 80 mm. Differs but little from the ¢.

Wings slightly rounder. The sepia black areas somewhat paler

and the h.-w. margin rather broader.

A. perenna thesprio, subsp.

In this form the red colour extends over nearly the whole of

the f.-w. leaving only the costa, apex, and hind margin

sepia black. Oberthiir states that he has three ¢ ¢ of this

form from Zanzibar, and there is one in the Hope Depart-

ment from Mombasa. Aurivillius gives Nyassaland as another

locality. It appears to be the Eastern subspieces of perenna.

Examples from Nairobi in the Harrison collection are however

of the typical form.

A. perenna kaffana, subsp.

This Abyssinian subspecies resembles the thesprio form but

differs in the larger size of the f.-w. discal spots, and in having a

more extended black basal area, and broader marginal band in

the h.-w.

The larva of A. perenna perenna (Pl. VI, f. 6) is black with

long dorsal spines. There is an ochreous dot on each segment

just behind the origin of the lateral spine. Beneath this a few

irregular vertical yellowish marks and below the sublateral

spines are longitudinal yellowish marks. The segments bearing

the true legs have some additional transverse dorsal yellowish

marks. The branched spines and the head are black. (De-

scribed from an example received from Mr. W. A. Lamborn,

taken near Lagos.)

A, perenna bears outwardly a close resemblance to

A. egina, but can always be distinguished by the marked

concavity of the f.-w. hind margin.

97. ACRAEA ORINA.* PI]. XV, f. 3.

Acraea orina, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 130 (1874) ;

Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 43, 48 (1875).

2 = oreta, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 131 (1874); Exot.

Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 42 (1875) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.

p. 113 (1898).

ASHANTI; GoLp Coast; S. Leone; FERNANDO Po; GaBoon;

Con@o (to the Ituri R.)

* Aurivillius (J. c. sup.) suggests that Hewitson’s A. derbela is an

aberration of orina. The type is in the British Museum, and is

merely a melanic aberration the identity of which there is some diffi-

culty in deciding. Except as a curiosity it is of little importance.

04 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

f. nigroapicalis, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 275 (1893).

CameEroon ; UGANDA (Entebbe).

f. orinata, Oberthiir (A. orinata), Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 22, pl. 2,

f. 22 (1893).

Conco (Ubangi).

A. orina orineta, subsp. nov.

2 =orinata §, Butler, Proc. Zool..Soc., p. 44, pl. 1, f. 1 (1902).

British E. Arrica (Kampala, Entebbe).

A. orina orina.

¢. Expanse about 54 mm, F.-w. dark umber brown. In

1b a rather broad streak of red from base nearly to hind margin.

In 2 a patch of red from close to median to near hind margin,

A streak of red in cell somewhat indented on upperside near

subcostal almost at the level of origin of nervule 2. In 6, 5, 4,

and 3 short broad discal red marks.

H.-w. brick red with a dark brown basal suffusion obscuring

a number of black spots better observed on underside. Beyond

this suffusion two black spots on the disc in 6 and 5. A dark

brown hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge

somewhat edentate at each nervule and internervular ray.

Underside, f.-w. A dull replica of the upperside.

H.-w. Pinkish ochreous with a greenish tinge over base

and hind margin. Nervule ends and internervular rays rather

broadly powdered with dark brown. Black spots variable and

often confluent. The following may be approximately dis-

cerned :—One in 8 near precostal, two in 7 (sometimes confluent),

One in 6 and 5 just before the middle of these areas. Some

irregular spots on discocellulars. Two in cell, the second

rather beyond the middle. A spot at base of area 3 and 2.

Two spots in le, 1b, and la; each of these pairs may be con-

fluent. Some irregular black at base of nervures.

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots. Abdomen

black above with yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal.

2. (=oreta, Hew.) Expanse about 70 mm. F.-w. black

with reddish brown streaks in 1b, and 2. .Costa at base and

greater part of cell reddish brown. In cell a black spot near sub-

costal above origin of 2. Beyond cell in 6, 5, and 4 three rather

obscure white marks. (All these markings are very irregular.)

H.-w. reddish brown with some black at base, and a black

hind-marginal band about 2 mm, wide, edentate on inner edge

at and between the nervules. Black spots corresponding to

those on underside.

Underside, f.-w, rather thinly scaled, blackish only from

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 265

end of cell to position of white subapical marks. The reddish

areas visible as above but paler. Costa dusky ochreous with

a black spot at base. Apical and hind-marginal area dusky

ochreous striated by the black nervule ends and rays. Only a

trace of the white subapical marks.

H.-w. Almost uniformly ochreous, a trace of a greenish

tinge about base and on hind margin. Black spots as follows :

—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7; the second well beyond end of

cell, but not over spot in 6. One in 6 and 5 (one below the

other and about 4 mm. from base of those areas), One at base

of area 5 on diseocellular, one (very small) at base of area 4, two

in cell, the second (large) at the level of origin of nervule 2.

One in area 4 just beyond its base, and a row of four large spots

in a straight line from end of cell to inner margin in 38, 2, lc

and 1b. <A basal and a subbasal in le, a subbasal in Ib, and

two spots in la. The ends of nervules are laterally somewhat

powdered with brown, but not the internervular rays.

A. orina f. nigroupicalis.

This form, described by Aurivillius, differs only by the

absence of the discal red marks in the f.-w. An example from

Fernando Po is in the Oxford Museum, Aurivillius’ specimen

is from Kitta, Cameroon. Many Entebbe specimens exhibit the

same variation.

A, orina f. orinata.

The difference between this and the type form is thus de-

scribed by Oberthiir :—On the upperside the reddish brown spots

beyond cell are nearer to the cell, Beneath the h.-w. has two

spots outside the cell which are not present in orina, Oberthir

further remarks that the h.-w. hind margin is yellowish instead

of reddish as in orina, but he was probably judging of the latter

by the colour of the original figure, which is, in fact, redder than

the actual type specimen, which I have examined. The differ-

ences are so slight as to make the name scarcely worth preserving.

A. orina orineta, subsp.

¢. Expanse 50-64 mm, F,-w. dark sepia. Nearly the whole

of the cell (in which there is a black indentation on subcostal

near the middle), and 1b, and the basal half of 2 and 38 red,

separated only by the rather widely black nervules, In 6, 5

and 4, just beyond cell, broad red streaks separated only by the

nervules, On apex and hind margin black internervular rays

rather conspicuous,

H.-w. red with a well-defined sepia black basal area on which

basal and subbasal spots are just visible. This black area extends

266 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Jonograph of the

almost to end of cell, and has a well-rounded distal edge more

or less parallel to the hind margin. Beyond it is a correspond-

ingly curved red discal band some 5 mm. wide, and a sepia

black: hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge

regularly but not deeply edentate on and between the nervules.

Underside. F.-w. like the upper but duller, and the costal,

apical, and hind-marginal areas dusky ochreous striated by the

black nervule ends and internervular rays. Traces of a blackish

mark just beyond middle of area 1b.

H.-w. base, costa, and hind margin greenish ochreous, central

area dull pinkish. Nervules and internervular rays rather

broadly dusted with brown. Black spots on the basal area as

follows :—One in 9, one in 8, two in 7 about 2 mm. apart, one

at base of 6 and 5, three in cell, the second beyond the middle

and the third near end. One at base of 2, a basal, a subbasal,

and a central in 1c, two confluent spots about middle of 1b, and

the same in la.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, basal half of

abdomen black above, with lateral yellowish spots, terminal

segments orange ochreous.

Q. Expanse 64-72 mm. F.-w. sepia brown with red marks

much as in ¢ but duller and rather more widely separated by

black, and those in 6, 5, and 4 nearly always replaced by white

forming a conspicuous discal bar. One example before me from

Kampala has all red markings,

H.-w. asin ¢ but paler and duller.

Underside. F.-w. rather thinly scaled, a pale dull replica

of upperside, but costa, and apical and hind-marginal areas

dusted with dusky white between the nervules and rays,

H.-w. Pattern as in ¢ but dusted all over with whitish

scales, or, in some cases, the whole underside is almost devoid

of scales and vitreous.

The orineta form is distinguished principally by the

more continuous and well-defined basal black of the h.-w.,

especially in the 9. This peculiarity does occasionally

occur in western examples, but it does not appear to be a

characteristic feature until we reach the neighbourhood of

Uganda.

A, orina is very closely allied to parrhasia. I am not

quite satisfied that ovina has not in the West a female form

which is practically indistinguishable from that of par-

rhasia. If it has not, then the 2 ovina is strangely rare

in collections. Apart from the examples of Hewitson’s

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 267

oreta, which is certainly one form of the 9, I have seen

no ¢ specimens from the West which could be certainly

assigned to orinad, and yet the ¢ is by no means rare.

All the 22 from the West, which might otherwise be

associated with the species, resemble more or Jess closely

the bred and therefore authenticated 2 2 of parrhasia

now at Oxford. A much more extensive material is

necessary before we can come to any sound conclusions

with regard to this species.

98. ACRAEA BAXTERI, Pl. XV, f. 5.

Acraeu baxteri, E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 40 (1902).

f. fulleborni, Thurau, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 133, pl. 2, f. 7

(1903).

f. subsquamia, Thurau, Berlin Ent. Zeit., p. 135 (1908).

NYASSALAND ; GERMAN E, AFrrica (Mpwapwa, Mamba, Kili-

mandjaro, Langenberg, Meru, Mlolo, N. Usambara); Britisu

E. Arrica (Aberdare Hills).

A, baxtert baxteri. Pl. V, f.10( 2).

6. Expanse about 60 mm. F.-w. not very densely scaled,

black, with a rosy red flush at base extending nearly to end of

cell, slightly beyond middle of area 2, and nearly to margin

in 1b and la. Beyond cell a subapical series of three more or

less transparent spots, separated only by nervules 5 and 6.

H.-w. with a large black patch at base obscuring more or less

completely a number of black spots. Beyond this patch a dull

rosy red area enclosed by a narrow black marginal border, the

nervules well marked black.

Underside f.-w. almost scaleless, merely having a slight dusting

of blackish brown at apex and greyish ochreous along costa.

H.-w. with a large chocolate brown basal patch followed by

a broad pinkish band, the latter enclosed by a reddish brown

border, broader than the black border of the upperside. Upon

the chocolate basal patch are the following black markings :—

A spot in 8,a broad black streak in 7, the ends of which curve

downwards and touch the subcostal and nervule 7. At bases

of areas 6, 5, and 4 two spots just separated by very small areas

of the ground-colour, Along the edge of the chocolate basal

patch are large spots in 3,2, 1c and 1b. Area la is nearly all

black, and a long black basal mark in 1b, le, and in cell, the

latter also having a large spot in its distal half. Head, thorax,

and abdomen intensely black, the abdomen with minute white

lateral dots, Claws unequal,

268 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Q. Expanse 60 mm. Resembles ¢ but duller and f.-w.

more rounded, Subapical transparent spots larger. H.-w. with

dark basal patch much reduced, especially from upper half of

cell to costa, Underside as in ¢ but duller and rather paler,

A. baxteri, f. fulleborni.

This form differs in having the f.-w. rather more trans-

lucent, the transparent spot in area 4 is longer, and the black

border of the h.-w. is broader than in the type form, also the

red colour is of a less rosy tint. On the underside the h.-w.

black spots are rather smaller and less confluent, and the pale

band is narrower.

A. baxteri, f. subsquamia.

This form differs from the type in the following characters :—

The f.-w. upperside has the red less extended in area 2, the

subapical spots are more transparent, and the blackish border

is broader at the hind angle. On the h.-w. the black border is

produced inwardly on the nervules, and at the costa the red

colour invades the black basal patch. On the underside the

h.-w. nervule ends are broadly black, and the black spots are

smaller and more separated. One exainple has greyish spots in

the basal area.

At present I have not sufficient material to decide

whether the differences between the above forms are of

importance. Unfortunately I was unable to secure the

type of A. baxtert before my visit to the Berlin Museum

and was obliged therefore to send a drawing of it, which

Dr. Strand very kindly compared with Thurau’s types.

My figure on Plate V is taken from Miss Sharpe’s type

now in the Joicey collection.

99. AcRAEA PENELEOS. PI]. XIII, f. 27.

Acraea peneleos, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 8, p. 60 (1871) ; Af. Lep.,

p. 7, pl. 6, f. 3, 4 (1873); Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41,

2, No. 2, p. 19 (part), (1879) ; * Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 196

(1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Lathy,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903).

= fenelos, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 273, f. 5 (1893).

S. Lronrt to Cameroon; FERNANDO Po; GaBoon ; Conao

(Kassai R..).

* I give this reference under peneleos, but the description is so

inadequate that it might refer either to peneleos or penelope. One of

the examples included under peneleos in this paper is a red variety

of A. mairessei. See p. 286.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 269

2 f. helvimaculata, f.n.

Lagos.

2 f. lactimaculata, f. n.

FERNANDO Po.

? f. sepia, f. n.

FERNANDO Po.

A. peneleos pelasgius, subsp, n.

=A pelasgius, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 545 (1900),

(2 non ¢); Rhop. Exot., iii (Acraea), vil, p. 25, pl. 7,

f. 9, 10 (1901) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904) ;

Griinberg (peneleos), Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910).

Gasoon; CamERoon (Ja R.); Fr. Conco (Loango) ; Conco

(Kassai R., Bopoto) ; ANaota (Quanza R.) ; Uaanpba (Semliki

Valley, Unyoro, Entebbe, Kampala, Port Alice, Sesse I.).

A, peneleos gelonica, subsp.

Rothschild and Jordan, Novit. Zool., xii, p. 183 (1905).

Apysstnia (Upper Gelo R.).

A, peneleos peneleos. Pl. IV, f.10(¢), f. 12¢¢ ) a a ee

(larva).

¢. Expanse 52-58 mm, F.-w. narrow and somewhat pointed,

but less angulated than in A. parrhasia, Costa, apex, hind

margin, and inner margin sepia black, nervures and nervules

black, remainder semitransparent owing to reduction in number

rather than in size of scales. The most distal part of the trans-

parent area more sparsely scaled than the remainder. In 2a

patch, variable in size, of pink or reddish scales, beneath this, in

area 1b a similar but larger and more persistent patch often

extending as a linear mark to base of wing. A small elongated

pink or reddish submarginal spot in la. Sometimes a trace of

red in cell near base. A black spot at base of costa.

H.-w. rosy red in fresh examples but fading to yellowish red.

A grey basal suffusion extending nearly or quite to end of cell,

and a sepia black hind-marginal border about 2 mm. wide, its

inner edge slightly edentate on nervules. Black spots as on

underside but those near inner margin often faintly indicated.

Underside. F.-w. sparsely scaled and vitreous, the costa,

apex, and hind margin sealed with grey to ochreous, the nervule

ends and internervular rays dusted with umber brown.

H.-w. basal suffusion and marginal border greenish grey, the

ends of nervules sometimes rather broadly dusted with brown.

Between them short narrow internervular rays reaching the

margin. Discal area ochreous. Black spots rather variable, as

follows :—An outer row of three spots graduated in size lying

270 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

nearly parallel to apical margin, in 7,6, and 5, rarely a spot near

base of 4 and of 8. A spot at base of area 2, followed by a spot

in le slightly more proximally placed, and a third in 1b slightly

more distal than thatin 2. A spot in 9, one in 8 against pre-

costal, a subbasal in 7, two (occasionally three) spots in cell, the

second above origin of nervule 2, A medium sized spot followed

by a linear mark (sometimes confluent) on upper part of dis-

cocellulars, A basal anda subbasal in 1c, A basal streak and

a subbasal spot in 1b and two spots in la,

Head black with a whitish dot between the eyes, and two

on the collar, Thorax black above with indications of paler

markings. Abdomen black above with lateral yellowish spots.

Claws unequal,

@. Expanse 56-64 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢.

Costa sepia dusted with red, apex dusted with sepia (about

4mm. deep) hind margin dusted with sepia, inner margin with

red. Nearly the whole of remainder of wing more or less thinly

scaled with red but showing a wide range of individual variation

in extent and depth of colour. In some examples the red colour

predominates, whilst in others it is much broken up by a broad

dusky scaling of the nervules. There is usually a patch of black-

ish scaling in cell near middle, and another on end of cell. In

areas 4, 5, and 6 there is often a tendency to the formation of

whitish subapical streaks, whilst in one example before me the

red scaling is divided in the discal area by an oblique transverse

band of blackish thus leaving an outer submarginal row of rather

indefinite red spots which become gradually paler in colour as

they approach the apex.

H.-w. red, in fresh examples only a little duller thanin 2.

Very little grey basal suffusion. The blackish hind-marginal

border usually narrower than in ¢ but produced inwardly much

further, on and between the nervules.

On the underside, in the f.-w. the dusky areas are replaced by

ochreous, on which the nervules and rays are brown.

The h.-w. is slightly brownish ochreous, the basal area and

marginal border only a little darker. The internervular rays

often do not quite reach the margin. The black spots are as in

¢ but usually have an elongated appearance as though they had

“yun” in the direction of the nervules. They are also further

apart than in the ¢, the three outer spots in 7, 6, and 5, being

often very distally placed. The spots in areas 4 and 3 are

almost invariably present. It is almost impossible to give a

satisfactory description of so variable an insect, but perhaps

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 271

the most characteristic general feature is the scattered and

elongated appearance of the h.-w. spots, and the position of the

three outer spots in areas 7, 6, and 5.

Perhaps the species most easily confused with it is the ? of

A, orina (= oreta), but in this species the outer spot in 7 is

nearer the base than those in 6 and 5, instead of being nearly

above them as in peneleos, also the wings of orina ? are much

more heavily scaled.

A. peneleos 2 f. helvimaculata. PI. IV, f. 11.

Expanse 50 mm. F.-w. transparent with a few dusky scales

along costa, apex grey black to a depth of 6 mm., hind margin

with an inwardly rather suffused grey black border 2 mm. wide.

Cell, and areas 2, 1b, and la faintly tinged with reddish. A

faint blackish linear mark in cell.

H.-w. salmon red with a very slight dusky basal suffusion and

a grey black hind-marginal border edentate on the nervules and

emitting short, fine, dark internervular rays. Black spots as in

typical examples, and beyond the outer row a curved discal

band of yellowish white some 3 mm. broad crossed by the

nervules which are powdered with red.

Underside. F.-w. dusky areas replaced by ochreous grey and

crossed by grey nervules and rays. H.-w. base and_ hind-

marginal border pale brownish pink, outer edge of border

having a greenish tint. Nervule ends powdered with umber

brown, and between them are fine short brown internervular

rays. Central band creamy ochreous. Black spots as in typical

form but only one spot in area la and spots in 4 and 3 only just

visible.

This form, of which two examples occur in the large

number of bred specimens received at Oxford from

Mr. Lamborn occurs near Lagos: and appears to be an

occasional aberration. Its appearance has proved of the

greatest value as an indication of the identity of the form

lactimaculata from Fernando Po.

A, peneleos 2 f. lactimaculata. PI. III, f. 3.

Expanse 58 mm. F.-w. as in helvimaculata but entirely devoid

of red, the basal area being finely powdered with brownish black

scales. H.-w. base as far as outer row of spots sepia grey, the

nervures reddish. A hind-marginal border of sepia brown some

3 mm. wide, dusted with orange ochreous on its inner edge

towards anal angle, the same colour extending as a fine line

along the inner margin. Spots as in typical form, but none in

272 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

areas 4and 3. A central curved band of ivory white narrowest

at costa.

Underside. F.-w. as on upperside, dark areas replaced by

dusky ochreous, the nervule ends and rays darker. H.-w. basal

area as far as central band, and hind-marginal border, dusky

ochreous ; nervule ends and rays blackish. Central band as on

upperside but rather narrower.

Up to the present I have only seen examples of this

form from Fernando Po. There is a small series in the

S. Kensington Museum and it also occurs in the Tring

collection.

A. peneleos 2 f. sepia.

Expanse 60 mm. F.-w. costa, apex, hind margin, and inner

margin dark sepia brown. Remainder of wing semitransparent,

powdered with dark scales. Traces of whitish scales in areas 2

and Ib. H.-w. sepia brown with a slight powdering of reddish

scales especially just beyond end of cell, and at inner edge of

hind-marginal border, The latter a still darker brown. Inner

margin ochreous.

Underside. F.-w. as above but brown replaced by dusky

ochreous, striated by dark nervule ends and rays. H.-w. basal

portion dull greenish ochreous, followed by a curved central

band of dusky white. Hind-marginal border about 5 mm.

wide, dusky ochreous, inwardly edged with sepia brown, and

striated by brown nervule ends and rays. Spots as in typical

forms but none in 4 and 3.

This form also seems to be peculiar to Fernando Po.

A fine series of specimens in the British Museum collection,

received by the late Mr. Hewitson from the locality named,

show a gradation from ordinary forms of 9, through f.

lactimaculata to f. sepia, with numerous intermediates.

A. peneleos pelasgius, subsp. Pl. IV, f. 2(¢).

6. Expanse 45-56 mm. F.-w. sepia black. Cell and base of

area 2 and 1b rather thinly scaled and partially transparent.

Beyond cell the basal portions of areas 6, 5, and 4 are still more

transparent especially outwardly, and there is a small semi-

transparent patch in 2 often with a few pinkish scales in the

centre. In the middle of area 2 a large rounded spot rather

thinly scaled with pale orange red, beneath this a similar but

rather larger spot in 1b,and a linear mark of the same co!our

in la,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 273

H.-w. with a sepia black basal portion, its outer edge rather

straightly defined across the wing, and extending as far as the

origin of nervule 2. Hind-marginal border sepia black, 2 to

3 mm. wide, its inner edge somewhat edentate on the nervules.

Central area orange red. Black spots as on underside but largely

obscured by the basal suffusion.

Underside, F.-w. as above, but costa, apical area, and hind

margin ochreous brown, nervule ends and rays dark brown.

Remainder nearly devoid of scales, and vitreous. The reddish

spots of upperside reproduced in pink. A black spot at base |

of costa.

H.-w. Basal portion umber brown outwardly inclined to

chestnut, followed by a dark ochre-yellow central band, and an

umber brown hind-marginal border inwardly inclined to

chestnut. Nervules and rays dark brown. Black spots as in

typical peneleos. Usually only two in cell and none in 4 and 3.

Head, thorax and abdomen as in typical peneleos.

Q. Expanse about 62 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in @.

Sepia brown, A subapical series of three transparent spots in

6, 5 and 4 progressively increasing in size, and beneath these a

small pink spot in area3. A somewhat irregular pink spot in

area 2 near middle, and beneath it a similar but broader spot

in 1b.

H.-w. Basal brown suffusion outwardly less well defined than

in ¢. Remainder of wing dull orange red with an ill-defined

dark brown hind-marginal border consisting of an elongated

triangular powdering of the nervules and rays all more or less

coalescent at margin. Black spots as in peneleos,

Underside. F.-w. devoid of scales and vitreous, except costa,

apical area and hind margin, which are rich umber brown with

darker nervules and rays, the pink spots of upperside faintly

showing through.

H.-w. Basal area deep reddish brown, followed by a dark

ochreous central band narrower than on upperside, and a hind-

marginal band of somewhat lighter brown, 7 mm, wide at

nervules 3 and 4, and striated by dark brown nervules and

rays.

A, peneleos gelonica, subsp,

g. Expanse 54 mm. Differs from subsp. pelasgiuvs in the

following points :—The f.-w. is transparent except costa, apical

area, and hind and inner margins, which are sooty black. Main

nervures, middle and end of cell, and base of areas 2 and 1b

powdered with black. No pink spots, but often a few whitish

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (JULY) T

274 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

scales in area 1b, H.-w. basal black of rather less extent, hind-

marginal border black and rather broader, Underside. H.-w.

basal area more chestnut brown, marginal border darker and

inclined to reddish at its inner edge.

The larva of A. peneleos (Pl. VI, f. 4) from Oni, near

Lagos, may be described as follows :—

Ground-colour dark brown with transverse striae of a darker

tint, bordered with yellow. Lateral line and legs yellow,

Head bright chestnut. In the actual larva all the spines are

black, but according to Mr, Lamborn’s notes the sublateral spines

are yellowish, There may possibly be some variation in this

respect.

True peneleos seems to occur from 8S. Leone through

Lagos and as far as Fernando Po, producing the aberrant

forms of 2 above described. From Fernan Vaz and right

across the Congo State we find the development, at first

somewhat irregular, of the dark-coloured underside of the

h.-w. with its central ochreous band. On the Kassai R.

forms are found which vary between penelcos and pelasgius,

and thence the latter form is predominant. It is very

common at Entebbe, whence its distribution extends north-

eastwards into Abyssinia, where it is represented by the

form gelonica.

100, AcRAaEA PELOPEIA. PI, XIII, f. 28.

Acraea pelopeia, Staudinger (peneleos var.), Iris, 9, p, 192 (1896),

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898).

Coneo (Kassai R., Aruwimi R., Ft. Beni).

¢. Expanse 68 mm. F.-w. sepia black. Cell, basal portions

of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, and nearly all 1b, rather thinly scaled and partially

transparent, A slight submarginal powdering of whitish scales

in 1b, H.-w with a dark sepia grey basal suffusion extending

slightly beyond origin of nervule 2, and outwardly approximately

determined by a line drawn from middle of costa to middle of

inner margin, Discal area deep orange red (probably rosy

red when alive), A well-defined brown-black hind-marginal

border about 2 mm. wide, its inner edge slightly edentate

on the nervules, Black spots as beneath, but obscured by basal

suffusion.

Underside. Costa, apical area and hind margin dusky

ochreous, striated by the nervules and rays which are broadly

powdered with dark brown, The ochreous marginal border

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 275

gradually obscured towards the hind angle by a sepia-brown

suffusion. A black spot at base of costa, and some black at base

of area 1b.

H.-w. Basal area and hind margin greenish ochreous, central

area ochreous, The brown nervules towards the margin heavily

dusted with dark brown, the dusting being widest before it

reaches the margin, thus giving the nervules a swollen appear-

ance. Between them the internervular rays, though more

slender, are similarly indicated. Unlike peneleos these rays ex-

tend to the bases of the internervular areas. A series of black

spots, most of which are rather large. In area 7, two, much

closer together than in peneleos. Beneath the outer spot a

smaller one more distally placed in area 6, and beneath this a

dot in 5. On the upper part of discocellulars a spot of variable

size, sometimes confluent with another just beneath it. In cell

two or three spots, the second over origin of nervule 2, and

the third, when present, very small. Sometimes a spot at base

of area 3. A spot in 2 near its base, followed by one in le and

in 1b, nearly in a straight line, A basal and a subbasal in Ic,

Beneath the latter a spot in 1b, and more proximally placed a

spot in Ja. A spot in 9 and in 8,

Head black with a pale dot between eyes, two pale tufts on

collar. Thorax black above with two pale spots. Abdomen

black above with yellowish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

The 9 is unknown to me.

The late Dr. Staudinger in his paper in Iris 1896, gave

a description of this species. This description is somewhat

involved, and consists largely of a comparison of penelope,

peneleos, parrhasia, and the present form. He concludes

by saying that, should it be found through the acquisition

of further material to be a distinct species, he proposes for

it the name pelopeia. After having seen the insect de-

scribed, I found it agreed in all respects with two $f in

the Tring collection. I cannot claim to have certainly

established its specific distinction, but at present at least

I propose to keep it separate from peneleos which it closely

resembles. The peculiar appearance of the nervules on

the h.-w. underside scarcely suffices to distinguish it from

some examples of peneleos which exbibit a similar tendency.

On the other hand, the internervular rays in all forms of

pencleos are comparatively short, whilst in this species they

extend to the bases of their respective areas. The whole

insect is of a larger and stouter build. The two spots in

Mt 9

276 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

area 7 of the h.-w. are closer together than in peneleos,

whilst finally, though the male armature is, like that

‘of several allied forms, simple in structure and but

little distinctive, it appears to present certain constant

differences. The acquisition of a 9 specimen may help to

decide its true affinity. In the meantime I prefer to keep

the form separate from peneleos, under the name which the

late Dr. Staudinger proposed. That author’s example is de-

scribed as from the Upper Congo, without precise locality.

One of the Tring examples is labelled Aruwimi, and the

other Luebo, Kassai River. These localities are rather far

apart, the latter being apparently some 750 miles 8.W. of

the former. The two examples do not, however, appear

to differ in any noticeable particular. In addition to these

two specimens there are also in the Tring collection several

examples taken near Ft. Beni in the northern part of the

Congo region. These I must refer to the same species.

They differ only in having a browner ground-colour, and

in the h.-w. a duller shade of red.

101, ACRAEA GROsvENORI. Pl. II, f.9(¢). Pl. XIII, f. 24.

Acraea grosvenori, 0. sp.

Coneo (Rutschuru R., S. of Albert Nyanza).

ea Expanse 64 mm, _ F,-w. sepia black with a tendency to

thinner sealing and partial transparency in cell, in discal portions

of areas 6, 5, and 4, basal half of 3 and 2, and the greater part of

1b. At the extremity of partially transparent area a slight

dusting of pink scales in area 4, beneath this, in 3, a slightly

more distinct mark, beneath this, in 2, an elongated ill-defined

pink spot, and in 1b a larger ovate pink spot, the whole area

traversed by a fine dark internervular ray which is laterally

dusted with pink nearly to the base.

H.-w. brick red, A sepia basal patch outwardly ill defined,

obscuring a few minute black spots, A very narrow marginal

dusting of sepia black, most distinct on and between the

nervules. Onthe red area the nervules and long internervular

rays are distinctly perceptible in a slightly darker colour,

Underside. F,-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin deep

orange ochreous striated by the darker nervules and rays. A

black spot at base of costa, and base of area 1b. Remainder of

wing vitreous and almost devoid of scales. A fine dark line

round hind margin,

H.-w. Deep orange ochreous without any basal suffusion or

marginal border, though the dark basal portion of upperside

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 277

gives the base a slightly shaded appearance. The nervures,

nervules and rays are very narrowly but distinctly outlined in

dark brown, The rays are long and reach almost to the bases

of their respective areas. A fine dark marginal line. Black

spots, very small, as follows :—One in 9, one in 8 against pre-

costal, one in 7 near base, two, the second very minute, on

upper part of discocellulars, Two in cell, the second before

the origin of nervule 2. One in 2 near base, followed by a

double spot in 1c, and a dot in 1b. Some black at base of

nervures lb and la. In 1c a subbasal spot, another in 1b more

distally placed, and a third in la, level with that in le.

Head black, with a minute dot between, and two behind, the

eyes. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with yellow

lateral spots on the more distal segments. Claws unequal.

The ? is unknown to me.

The foregoing description is taken from the type in the

Tring collection.

A second male differs only in having a rather more

extensive dark basal patch in the h.-w., and a slightly

broader and more continuous hind-marginal border.

Both examples were taken in February 1908, in the

Gallery Forest, Rutschuru River, at a height of 1000

metres.

This species has the appearance of being very distinct,

the h.-w. underside not resembling that of allied

forms. The basal spots also are very small and scarcely

observable on the upperside. In this latter respect it is

distinguishable from pelopeia, and though it presents the

long internervular rays of the latter the nervules are

dehicately outlined and not heavily dusted with brown.

There appears to be a recognisable ditference in the g

armature, but paucity of material has prevented my

studying this feature to an adequate extent.

I have pleasure in dedicating the species to my friend

Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, M.A., of New College, Oxford.

102. ACRAEA PARRHASIA. PI. XV, f. 2.

Acraea parrhasia, Fabricius, (Pap.) Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p.175 (1793) ;

Aurivillus (metam.) (peneleos), Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 274,

pl. 4, f. 2, 2a, 2b (1893); Ent. Tidskr., 15, p. 273 (1894) ;

Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 200 (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Lathy, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 186

(1903) ; (?) Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910).

= peneleos, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 274 (1893).

278

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

S. LeonE; Lagos ; CAMEROON ; FERNANDO Po; ? UGANDA

(Sesse I.).

2. f. oppidia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag., 11, p. 131 (1874) ;

Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 7, f. 49, 50 (1875).

FERNANDO Po,

2. f. parrhoppidia, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 201 (1896).

CAMEROON.

2. f. leona, Staudinger (A. leona), Iris, 9, p. 199 (1896).

= A. igola leonina, Bethune-Baker, Ann, Nat. Hist., 12,

p- 325 (1903).

A. parrhasia parrhasia. Pl. III, f.1 (9). Pl. IV, f. 3°( 2):

Pl. VI, f. 3 (larva),

¢. Expanse 54-64 mm. F.-w. narrow, and pointed at apex.

Costa, apex, hind, and inner margins black. Cell, areas 2 and

1b, semitransparent, rather thinly powdered with black. The

cell at base and extremity tinged with red. Area 2 occupied

by a large semitransparent spot dusted with red, sometimes

fading outwardly to creamy white. Base of area 1b dusted

with red and near margin a large fairly well-defined spot also

dusted with red. Beyond cell a subapical bar of three elongated

semitransparent patches between the nervules, dusted with

black basally, and sometimes with creamy white distally.

Beneath these a similar but shorter and rounder patch in

area 3. Nervules 2, 3, and 4 heavily dusted with black

especially towards margin.

H.-w. with a sepia black basal suffusion rather well defined

outwardly, and obscuring numerous black spots which are more

easily distinguished on the underside. A sepia black marginal

border 2-3 mm. wide and inwardly somewhat edentate on and

between the nervules. Central area of wing bright red (rosy

red in fresh examples), yellowish at inner margin.

Underside. F.-w. sparsely scaled and rather vitreous, the

red areas showing through from the upperside. Costa, apex,

and hind margin ochreous traversed by brown black nervule

ends and rays. Some brown black dusting at hind angle, and

costa and area 1b black at base. A fine dark brown line round

hind margin. Median nervure and basal portions of nervules

2 and 3 laterally dusted with large ochre-yellow scales.

H.-w. Ochre yellow with a greenish basal suffusion and hind-

marginal border. <A fine brown hind-marginal line. Beyond

cell the nervules are narrowly powdered with dark brown, and

between them are short, fine, brown internervular rays which

reach the margin. Black spots as follows :—One at base in area

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 279

9, one in 8 against precostal, two in 7 not far apart, the outer

one just over, or slightly beyond origin of nervule 7. (Some-

times a minute spot between these.) In areas 6, and 5, two

small spots (sometimes absent), and that in 5 may be either

more proximally or more distally placed than that in 6. On

the upper part of discocellulars two spots which may be minute,

or large and confluent. In cell, two, and sometimes three spots,

the second of which is large, and the third varies from being

totally absent, to being large, and confluent with the second.

A spot at base of area 2. A basal, a subbasal, and a distal spot

in le, two median spots in 1b, and two in la.

Head black with a white dot behind each eye, and a trans-

verse white streak. Thorax black with whitish lateral marks,

Abdomen brownish black above, with yellowish lateral spots

and segmental streaks. Claws equal.

Q. Expanse about 70 mm. Wings much more rounded than

in g. F.-w. Dull sepia brown. <A central reddish streak in

area 1b, and 2, and base and distal portions of cell dusted with

dull red. The subapical streaks are much as in the ¢ and

may be transparent or have a whitish appearance due to a

sparse clothing of brownish white scales; the patch beneath

them in area 3 is reddish.

H.-w. with a basal suffusion and hind-marginal border as in

¢ but browner, the central area dull brownish red.

Underside. F.-w. much asin ¢ but without the ochreous

scaling on median nervure, etc. H.-w. as in ¢ but rather

duller ochreous.

Head, thorax, and abdomen more distinctly spotted than

ial Ge

parrhasia 2 £. oppidia.

Whilst the few examples of 9 parrhasia which I have seen

from §. Leone are as already described, all those from near

Lagos present a closer approach to the form named A. oppidia

by Hewitson. This form which occurs at Fernando Po, is

characterised by its somewhat richer colouring and by the

greater development of white scales in the subapical area of the

f.-w. which here form a definite white bar, and in the h.-w.

there is much less dark basal suffusion.

parrhasia 9 £, parrhoppidia.

In this form the red extends all over the cell, and over

‘nearly the whole of areas 1b and 2. There is a blackish mark

in cell, The whitish subapical streaks are replaced by clear

areas,

280 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

parrhasia 2 f. leona, PI. IIT, f. 2.

Smaller than average 9 9 of parrhasia, The f.-w. almost

transparent but having a brownish tinge.in reflected light.

A faint trace of a blackish mark in middle of cell, costa

apex, and hind margin finely dusted with brown scales.

H.-w. thinly scaled with reddish brown, no basal suffusion,

but a narrow brownish hind-marginal border, the ends of

nervules, and the internervular rays being slightly marked in

darker brown, The underside resembles the upper but the

f.-w. is still more devoid of scales, and the h.-w. is ochreous

brown. There are black spots as in parrhasia, but those beyond

the cell are usually wanting.

The determination of the identity of Staudinger’s A.

leona has been a inatter of considerable difficulty. After

having seen the type however I find that the form is by

no means rare in collections. It is always 2 and always

from S. Leone, and though ordinary 22 of parrhasia

also come from 8. Leone, still I think there can be little

doubt that it is a form of that species. Moreover in the

Staudinger collection in Berlin there is a 2? example of

parrhasia from the same locality which is quite inter-

mediate between the typical 2 and leona.

The true affinities of many of these black and red

semitransparent forms are extremely difficult to establish,

aud some of them have entailed laborious, if interesting,

research. J am by no means satisfied that I have even

now quite unravelled the difficulties. My work has how-

ever been greatly assisted by the magnificent collections

which the Oxford Museum owes to the generosity of

Mr. W. A. Lamborn, who has bred large companies of

A, parrhasia and of other species with which it has

formerly been confused. A. parrhasia can at least be

easily distinguished from A. peneleos and its forms, since

the male tarsal claws of the former are symmetrical.

The larva and pupa of A. parrhasia have been figured

by Aurivillius (/. ¢.) under the name of peneleos.

He describes the larva as brown, with very long dorsal spines.

Head, dorsal, and dorsolateral spines blackish, and arising from

dark transverse bands. The lower lateral spines short and

brown at base.

Pupa, Pale with the usual black markings, Dorsal abdo-

minal spots widely separated, quadrate, and with pale central

spots, Well-developed short tubercles on segments 2-7.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 281

I have figured (Pl. VI, f. 3) one of the larvae sent by

Mr. Lamborn from Lagos. They agree with Aurivillius’

description though his examples were taken in Cameroon.

It may be added that there is a fairly conspicuous pale

lateral line, and a whitish bifurcated mark on the head.

The pupae also agree with Aurivillius’ figure.

The f A. parrhasia presents comparatively little varia-

tion though the 2 is less stable. Generally speaking

the latter tends to greater transparency in the extreme

western part of its range, this feature reaching its maximum

development at Sierra Leone in the 2 f. leona. The

latter however occurs in company with examples which

differ but little from those bred further east, near Lagos,

these forming a perfect transition to the oppidia form at

Fernando Po. From thence eastward the transparency

appears to increase again slightly since Cameroon

examples are described as resembling the oppidia f., but

having more transparent f.-w., more faded, yellowish-red

h.-w., and an inwardly less sharply defined outline of the

f.-w. white subapical spots.

103. ACRAEA PENELOPE. PI. XIII, f. 18.

Acraea penelope, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 195 (1896); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898); Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat.

Fr., p. 150 (1910).

= pomponia, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 545 (1900) ;

Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 7, p. 25, pl. 7, f. 7, 8 (1901) ; Neave,

Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904).

Conco (Kassai R., Benabendi, Kwilu, Aruwimi R., Ft.

Beni); UGanpa (Msarosaro, Toro, Port Alice, Mondo, Entebbe,

Kampala, Sesse I.).

Q f. argentea, f. nov.

UGanpa (Entebbe).

Q f. exalbescens, f. nov.

Ucanpa (Toro, Kampala).

2 f. penella, f. nov.

Ucanpba (Kitanwa).

A, penelope vitrea, subsp. nov.

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills, Kabras),

A. penelope derubescens, subsp. nov.

TOGOLAND (Misahohe Station).

A. penelope translucida, subsp. nov.

LaGos (Oni).

Mr. H. Eltringham’s J/onograph of the

A, penelope penelope.

¢. Expanse 46-50 mm, F.-w. deep brown black. Beyond

cell, asubapical row of three elongate transparent spots separated

only by nervules 5 and 6 which are black. Beneath these in

area 3 a smaller partially transparent spot. Near base of area

2 a large ovate orange red spot, and beneath it in 1b a rather

larger similar spot. Often a small red mark beneath these in

la. In many examples all these spots are enlarged, forming a

nearly continuous band across the wing in which case the spots

in 2 and 1b are thinly scaled with red and there may be a few

red scales on that in 3.

H.-w. brown black at base, the outer edge of this colour

varying somewhat in regularity of definition but usually extend-

ing as far as origin of nervule 2. A central band of orange red,

its outer edge slightly convex, but indented on the nervules by

the brown black marginal border which varies in width from

3to5 mm. _ Black spots of underside show faintly on the dark

basal colour.

Underside. F.-w. costa, apical area, and hind margin pale to

rich ochre yellow. Remainder of wing may be almost scaleless

or may be thinly scaled with dusky orange ochreous, except on

the subapical transparent spots. A thin black line round apex

and hind margin, the nervule ends rather broadly black and

joining a fine black marginal line, and the short internervular

rays narrowly black reduced to a fine point at margin. The

black powdering of nervules and rays becomes coalescent at the

inner edge of the apical and marginal ochreous, which latter

colour it tends to obliterate in areas 2 and 1b, A blackish

streak at base of cell and 1b.

H.-w. clear ochre yellow, often with a greenish tint in the

basal half. In some examples a slight reddish tint in cell and

lc. The hind margin over an area corresponding to the border

above, has a slightly darker shade varying in tint from greenish

to orange ochreous. On this area the nervule ends are rather

broadly black, their outer extremities joining a fine black

marginal line. Between them are short black internervular

rays broadest at their inner end and tapering outwardly to a

fine point which does not reach the margin. In many examples

the inner ends of these rays are confluent with the black ner-

vules and so form a continuous dark inner edge to the hind-

wnarginal border, On the basal half of the wing are black spots

so variable in size and number as to be little value for purposes

of identification. An examination of a series of examples

shows that there is rarely a spot in 8 near precostal and when

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 283

present it is very small. The two usual spots in area 7 are

apparently always present, though sometimes extremely small.

The maximum number in cell is three, only the second of which

is invariably present, and placed at or before the origin of

nervule 2. There seem never to be spots in areas 3 and 4, and

very rarely in 5, Sometimes that at base of area 2 is missing.

The most constant are those in le, 1b, and la in which areas

there appear always to be two spots.

Head black with a white dot between the eyes and two on

collar, thorax black above with pale lateral spots, abdomen

black above with yellowish lateral dots. Claws equal,

9. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢@.

Transparent and red spots usually rather larger and all the

colours of both wings a trifle duller.

H.-w. as in ¢, but the inner edge of hind-marginal border

rather more regularly curved.

Underside much as in ¢ with similarly variable black spots.

A, penelope @ f. argentea. PI. IV, f. 8.

General colouring paler, and the h.-w. hind-marginal border

broader than in typical form, and on it the short darker

nervule ends and rays can be distinctly seen.

Underside. F.-w. ochreous areas replaced by silvery grey.

H.-w. basal portion and hind-marginal border silvery grey,

central area faintly pink.

A. penelope 2 f. exalbescens.

Resembles typical Q in pattern, but all reddish areas

replaced by yellowish white, and the h.-w. hind-marginal

border as broad as in f. argentea.

Underside. Ochreous areas replaced by yellowish white

rather dusky on f.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin and on

h.-w. basal area and hind-marginal border.

A, penelope 2 f. penella, f. nov. Pl. V, f. 3.

F.-w. Basal half reddish brown slightly blackened at. base,

and about end of cell. Apex and hind margin brownish black

tending to reddish towards hind angle. From subcostal to

inner margin a broad transparent discal band divided into

large spots by the nervules which are slightly dusted with

brownish.

H.-w. tawny red, somewhat blackened at base, the spots

of underside irregularly indicated. Hind margin border of

medium width thickly dusted with sepia, its inner edge

ill defined and edentate on and between the nervules.

284 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside. F.-w. much as above but costa, apex, and hind

margin tawny ochreous with blackish nervules and inter-

nervular rays. H.-w. base nearly to end of cell reddish tawny,

followed by a discal band of pale pinkish ochreous and having

a broad, well-defined marginal border of tawny ochreous

striated by the black nervule ends and short internervular

rays. The reddish basal portion more heavily spotted than is

usual in penelope. Two spots in 7, the second just beyond

origin of nervule 7, and beneath it but slightly nearer margin

a spot in 6, and in 5. A dot at base of area 5 on discocellular ;

a basal, a central, and a distal spot in cell (the latter may be

an aggregation of dots) a spot at base of area 2. Three spots

in le, the third just beneath oriyin of nervule 2, and beneath

it two spots in 1b. A subbasal and a distal in la.

This interesting form is at once distinguished by the

tawny red basal area of h.-w. underside which brings into

prominence the central pale band, thus producing a close

resemblance to peneleos pelasgius. The pattern is doubtless

modified in mimetic association with that species.

A. penelope vitrea, subsp. nov. PI. IV, f. 7.

¢. F.-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin sepia black.

Cell and basal portions of 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1b, and la dusted with

the same colour. Remainder perfectly transparent with a

dusting of orange red in areas 2 and 1b, and an orange red

linear mark in la. H.-w. orange red, usually with a less

extensive basal suffusion, and having a narrower hind-marginal

border.

Underside resembles that of typical penelope.

The 9 is unknown to me.

A. penelope derubescens, subsp. n. PJ. IV, f. 5.

¢. Resembles subsp. vitrea, but in the h.-w. the central area

is crimson, much reduced in width, and does not reach the

costa. A few brown scales can be seen with a lens in areas 1b

and 2. On the underside of f.-w. the ochreous areas are

replaced by pale greenish, and in the h.-w. the basal area and

hind margin are pale green, and the central band creamy white.

Of this form there are three ff in the Berlin Museum.

One has the black nervule ends and rays in h.-w. under-

side not joined together as they are in the type figured,

and has an additional spot in areas 6 and 5. All three

examples were taken at Misahohe Station near 'Tongbe in

Togoland.

African Species of the Genus Acraed. 285

A. penelope translucida, subsp. n. PL INV, 4269 )) £6 (2 )-

¢. Rather smaller than typical penclope. F.-w. transparent.

Costa, apical area, and hind margin black, this colour being

somewhat edentate on the nervules. Some black powdering

in and beyond cell, and a slight blackish longitudinal streak

in cell. A little dusting of red scales in basal half of area 1b,

and distal portion of la.

H.-w. much as in typical penelope but dark basal suffusion

only slight and hind-marginal border rather narrower.

Underside as in typical penelope, but the greater part of

f.-w. devoid of scales and vitreous. H.-w. clear ochre yellow

with a greenish tinge at base and on hind-marginal border.

Q. F.-w. more rounded than in ¢ but otherwise similar,

though more thinly scaled, the dark portions having a grey

appearance.

H.-w. salmon pink, the spots of underside irregularly repro-

duced. Hind margin powdered with sepia scales, the nervule

ends and rays slightly accentuated. Underside much as in g

but the nervule ends and rays brownish rather than black.

The usual variability occurs in the black spots.

This form has lately been bred near Lagos by Mr. W.

A. Lamborn. Unfortunately none of the larvae were

preserved on that occasion, and a further supply has not

yet been obtained. They feed on the same plant as the

larvae of A. peneleos. Miss Sharpe’s A. newtont from the

Island of St. Thomas is probably also a form of A. penelope.

I have not however been able to see the type of this

form which is in the Lisbon Museum, my appeal to the

authorities of that institution not having elicited the

courtesy of a reply.

104. ACRAEA NEWTONI.

Acraea newtoni, E. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 554

(1893) ; Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 5, p. 17,

pl. 5, f. 8, 9 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 118

(1898).

Sio THOME.

¢. Expanse 50mm. F.-w. elongated, black brown. A sub-

apical band of three dusky translucent spots separated by

nervules 6 and 5, and a somewhat larger similar spot near

base of area 2.

H.-w. black brown showing a few black spots near base and

having a narrow (3 mm.) orange red curved central band which

scarcely reaches the inner margin.

286 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Underside. F.-w. vitreous the pattern of upperside showing

through. H.-w. base greenish grey, the band of upperside

represented in pink. Hind-marginal berder grey brown. An

outer row of black spots of which there are three in 7, 6 and 5,

the first well beyond origin of nervule 7, A spot near base of

area 2 followed by one in le and 1b, all in a straight line at

right angles to inner margin. Also two spots in cell the

second above origin of nervule 2, a subhasal in 7, a subbasal

in Ic, a basal and a subbasal in 1b, and a spot in la.

Head and thorax black with a few whitish dots. Abdomen

black above with lateral yellowish spots. Palpi white.

I have not had an opportunity of examining the type

of this species which is in the Lisbon Museum. I am

inchned to regard it as a local form of A. penelope, Staud.

It occurs only in the Island of St. Thomas. The ? is not

yet known. Should this form ultimately prove to be

conspecific with penelope the name newtoni will take

precedence,

105. ACRAEA MATRESSEI. PI. 13, f. 19,

Acraea mairessei, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 25, p. 93, f. 33

(April 1904),

= servona (nec Godt.), Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 113 (1898).

= melanosticta, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist, p. 181 (July

1904).

Conco (Ligunda, Kassai, Betw. Ft. Beni and Ituri R.);

UGanpa (Toro, Unyoro, Entebbe, Nandi, Pt. Alice).

f. dewitzi, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904).

= peneleos, var., Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, p. 19, pl. 1,

f. 7 (1879).

Conco (Kassai).

¢. Expanse 50-54. F.-w. black. At end of cell an irregu-

larly shaped transparent spot often indented on the basal side

by the ground-colour. Beyond cell a series of three sub-

quadrate transparent spots separated by the black nervules.

A large transparent spot at base of area 2, not always extending

right into angle between median and nervule 2. The discal

edge of this spot powdered with black scales. Beneath it a

small ill-defined transparent spot. Examined by reflected light

the inner and sometimes also the subapical spots are seen to be

slightly scaled with yellowish white. H.-w. black, slightly less

dense in basal area, on which the black spots corresponding to

those beneath, can be discerned. An irregular diseal patch of

African Species of the Genus Acraca, 287

lemon ochreous beginning in area 6 and ending in 1b, its inner

edge edentate in cell, and its outer edge edentate between the

nervules especially in 6, 5 and 4.

Underside, F.-w. Costa, apical area, and hind margin

dusky brown ochreous, striated by the black nervules, which

join ina fine marginal line. In areas 6-2 short black inter-

nervular rays beginning at inner edge of the yellow colour

and rapidly diminishing to a point some distance short of the

margin. Remainder of wing rather thinly scaled with black

except in way of transparent spots, these having a slight

dusting of yellowish white scales as on upperside.

H.-w, lemon ochreous with a greenish tint at base and over

outer marginal border. On the latter the nervule ends are

rather broadly black and join a fine marginal black line.

Between them are short black internervular marks separated

from margin by a distance about equal to their own length.

Black spots as follows :—One in 9 at base, two in7 occasionally

coalescent, one at base of area 6 (rarely absent), two on disco-

cellulars (these, and that in 6, often confluent). One in cell

near base. A large crescentic spot in lc (rarely divided into

two). Two in 1b (sometimes coalescent), a basal linear mark

in the same area, and two spots in la.

In one (2?) example before me the internervular marks are

inwardly confluent with the black powdering of the nervules.

Head black with a white dot between eyes and two on collar.

Thorax black with some yellowish dorsal and lateral spots.

Abdomen black with yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal.

?. Expanse 52-54 mm, Resembles ¢ but the transparent

spots, especially the subapical series tend to be larger, except

that in 1b, which is sometimes wanting, The h.-w. patch is,

in one example, white.

A. mairessei f. dewitzi.

F.-w. thinly scaled with black. The transparent spot in

cell is reduced to a mere streak, as also is that in 1b. The

h.-w, patch is tawny red, and reaches the costa and inner

margin, The underside is like that of the typical form but

the yellow areas are of a more golden tint, and the inter-

nervular marks are rather more slender, They are not

proximally confluent with the black of the nervules.

The example above referred to was described by Dewitz

as a variety of A. peneleos. Aurivillius has pointed out

(/.c.) that it appears to be a red form of his mairessei,

288 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

and having seen the specimen I agree entirely with this

view. It is remarkable that these small black and yellow

Acraeas occasionally produce forms in which the yellow

is replaced by red, whilst the red and black species

produce yellow and black varieties. Thus there is a ?

form of A. penelope with yellow h.-w., and a 2 form of

servona with the typical yellow replaced by red. The

case of orestia is still more peculiar since we have the

red, an orange intermediate, a yellow, and a colourless

form.

The present species has a wide distribution, extending

from the neighbourhood of the Kassai R. to Entebbe.

106, ACRAEA MELANOXANTHA,

Acraea melanoxantha, Em, M. B. Sharpe, Proce. Zool. Soc.,

p. 193, pl. 17, f. 4 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p, 114

(1898).

Mr. Eneon.

6. Expanse about 44mm, F.-w. brownish black. At end

of cell a large lemon ochreous spot occupying the outer third

of cell, its proximal edge indented by the ground-colour, and

beneath it at base of area 2 a somewhat similar lemon ochreous

spot. Beyond cell, midway between cell end and apex a

slightly curved row of three subquadrate spots. These spots

are translucent and appear to be white, but if examined by

reflected light only they are seen to be lightly scaled with

lemon ochreous,

H.-w. brownish black with a lemon ochreous central patch,

occupying basal part of 6, 5, 4, 3 (very slightly) and 2, ex-

tending thence in a narrow continuation nearly to inner

margin, and also occupying the lower outer half of cell. On

the dark basal portion the spots of underside are just visible,

and in addition there is a black mark at extreme base of areas

5 and 4 on the discocellulars and plainly visible on the pale

yellow ground, On the outer dark coloured half of the wing

the dark internervular rays are visible.

Underside. F.-w. costa pale greyish ochreous, remainder of

wing blackish with pale spots as above but the large yellow

spots are only very slightly scaled and inclined to be larger

than above. At apex between the branches of subcostal, and

along apical and hind-marginal border, between the black

nervules and rays, pale lemon ochreous,

H.-w. lemon ochreous, slightly dusky over those areas which

are black on upperside, The marginal border is striated by

—-

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 289

rather heavily sepia powdered nervule ends and rays. The

latter though coming to a point at margin do not stop short of

the margin as in mairessei, The inner edge of this striated

border is often tinged with reddish brown. Black spots as

follows :—Two in seven, the second just beyond origin of

nervules 7 and 6, one at base of 5 and 4 on discocellulars,

One spot (sometimes absent) in cell, a subbasal and central

spot in lc, two spots in 1b, and one in la. Some irregular

black at base of nervules,

Head black with a lemon ochreous transverse line and two

ochreous tufts on collar. Thorax black with a few pale lines

and spots. Abdomen black above with pale lateral spots.

Claws equal,

I have not seen a 2 of this species. The colouring of

the underside is rather variable. The foregoing descrip-

tion is taken from the type, but another example has

the basal and marginal areas of the h.-w. underside

reddish brown, whilst another has the whole of the pale

ochreous portions of the underside of both wings (except

the spots of f-w. and the central patch of h.-w.) rich

chestnut brown, the marginal border of h.-w. being rather

blacker towards its inner edge. In this example there is

no black spot in the cell.

All the examples which I have up to the present

examined were taken on the southern slopes of Mt.

Elgon. But for the absence of the pale spot in f.-w.

1b, and the fact that the spots in 2 and cell are, on

the upperside, fully scaled with yellow, the species has

a very similar appearance to A. mazressei, Auriv., and

indeed may ultimately prove to be a local race of that

species.

107. ACRAEA ConRADTI. PI. XIII, f. 21.

Acraea conradti, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent, 17, p. 22, pl. 1, f. 10

(1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898).

GeRMAN E. Arrica (Nguelo, Usambara, Amani, Mkulu-

musi) ; NyAssALAND (Mlanji Boma).

¢. Expanse 46-50 mm. F.-w. Costa, hind margin, basal

half of 1a, and apical half from end of cell, black. Cell, and

areas 1b, and 2 except at margin, and central portion of area

la, dark brick red. A subapical band of three transparent

spots in 6, 5, and 4, Lower side of subcostal somewhat

powdered with black, a little black at base of cell, and a short

linear black mark at base of area 1b.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) U

290

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

H.-w. dark brick red with a black hind margin some 2 mm.

broad from apex to nervule 4, and 3 mm. broad thence to anal

angle, from which it extends as a narrow black line along

inner margin. The black scaling projects inwardly somewhat

along the nervules. Base with a considerable black suffusion

extending for about half the length of areas 7, le, 1b, and la,

and occupying lower half of cell as far as origin of nervule 2.

A number of black spots somewhat obscured basally by

the black suffusion, and more easily distinguished on the

underside. Ground-colour tending to yellowish along inner

margin.

Underside. F.-w. Costa, hind margin, and apical portion

beyond transparent spots dull sage green traversed by broadly

black nervules and narrow black internervular rays. Lower

side of subcostal, area from end of cell to subapical spots, and

basal half of area 3 powdered with black. Extreme base of

costa black, and a black linear basal mark in cell and Ib.

H.-w. Base and hind-marginal border dull sage green.

Central area pink or pale yellow. Nervule ends on margin

broadly powdered with black, and between them a series of

narrow black internervular rays broadest at their proximal

ends and barely reaching the margin. Black spots as follows :—

A large spot in 7 near the middle, followed by two graduated

smaller spots in 6 and 5, each slightly more distally placed.

An irregular black mark on upper part of discocellulars formed

of confluent spots. A spot at base of area 2 followed by a larger

spot in lc, another in 1b rather more distally placed, anda

third more proximal in la. Base of cell and area 9, black. A

dot in 8 near precostal. A subbasal, a median, and a distal

spot in cell, a basal and a subbasal in le. Base of Ib black,

followed by a median spot. Base of la black followed by a

subbasal spot.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots and marks.

Abdomen black with minute lateral yellowish white dots.

Claws equal.

Q. Expanse about 60 mm. Wings more rounded than in

¢. Generally paler, duller, and more thinly scaled. F.-w,

Subapical transparent spots as in ¢ but larger. H.-w. with

somewhat less basal black in area 7, but the black spots less

defined and more confluent. Marginal border not continu-

ously black, but having a reddish brown ground-colour and

elongated triangular black markings on nervule ends, between

which are short, narrow black internervular rays which barely

reach margin.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 291

Underside. F.-w. as above but thinly scaled and somewhat

glossy. H.-w. with reddish brown base on which the black

spots are ill defined and confluent. Central area occupied by

a conspicuous broad curved pink band. Marginal border red-

dish brown marked asin ¢.

Head, thorax, and abdomen with the pale spots rather more

conspicuous.

Acraea conradii seems to be a well-defined species of

narrow distribution.

In the Vosseler collection at Berlin there is a fine series

of 18 g and 5 9, taken in German E. Africa. Two

examples in the Tring collection are from Neguelo.

108. AcRAEA BUSCHBECKI. Pl. XIII, f. 20.

Acraea buschbecki, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr. 15, p. 102, pl. 1, f. 2

(Apr. 1889); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth. p. 112 (1898).

= zaire, Rogenhofer, Ann. Mus. Wien., 4, p. 551 (Dee. 1889).

Congo StarE (Quango, Stanley Falls, Luebo, Kassai R.) ;

CAMEROON (Bitjé R., Asokko),

6. Expanse about 54 mm, F.-w. narrow and elongated.

Brownish black. Cell as far as origin of 3, basal two-thirds of

area 2, basal three-quarters of 1b, and subbasal portion of 1a,

brick red. An oblique subapical series of three elongated con-

tiguous quadrate brick-red spots in 6, 5, and 4, followed by a

smaller, more rounded, and isolated spot in 3. Projecting into

cell from subcostal, above origin of nervule 2, an outwardly

curved blackish brown spot. In area la a large subtriangular

blackish brown spot, its base on the submedian, and its apex

meeting nervule 2 just beyond the origin of the latter. A

linear basal black mark in area 2.

H.-w. brick red, yellowish at inner margin and with a slight

blackish basal suffusion, A blackish brown hind-marginal

border, some 2 mm. wide, its inner edge somewhat edentate on

the nervules and rather less so between them. A series of black

spots somewhat ill defined and partly confluent.

Underside. F.-w. as above but basal red areas orange

ochreous, subapical spots dull ochreous, and the apex and hind

margin striated by ochreous internervular marks, each divided

by a narrow central dark ray. Costa dull ochreous.

H.-w. dull ochreous with a blackish brown hind-marginal

border as on upperside but bearing a series of marginal inter-

nervular ochreous spots each of which is divided by a short

internervular ray which scarcely reaches the margin. Black

U 2

292 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

spots as follows :—One in 7, near middle, followed by two rather

smaller spots in 6, and 5, each rather more distally placed.

Two spots on upper part of discocellulars (usually confluent) a

spot at extreme hase of area 4, a dot at base of 3,a large spot at

base of 2, followed in area le by a large figure of eight mark

formed by two coalescing spots. Beneath this, two spots in 1b,

and, more proximally placed, two in la. A spot in 8 rather

beyond precostal, three in cell, the second large and lying

beyond origin of nervule 2. Some black at base of 9, cell, le,

1b, and la. Head, thorax, and abdomen black, with ochreous

marks and segmental dots. Claws unequal.

?. Resembles ¢ but the subapical red spots are rather larger.

I have seen but few examples of this apparently rare

species. It is quite peculiar in appearance and easily

recognised.

109. ACRAEA SERVONA. PI. XIII, f. 22.

Acraea servona, Godart, Enc. Méth., 9, p. 239 (2), (1819);

Grimshaw, Trans. R. Soc. Edin., 39 (1897), p. 4 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904).

= lycoides, Boisduval, Spec. Gen., 1, pl. 11, f.5 (2), (1836).

= circeis var. lycoides, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898).

dejana (¢), Godman and Salvin, Hist. Relief Exp., p.

431 (1890) ; Grose-Smith (circeis var.), Proc. Zool. Soc., p.

466 (1890); Em. M. B. Sharpe (ntebiae),* Ann. Nat. Hist.

(6) 19, p. 581 (1897); Grimshaw, Trans. R. Soc. Edin., 39

(1897), p. 4 (1898).

Gaxsoon (L. Asebbe, L. Asingo, Abanga R.); CAMEROON

(Ja R.); Coneo (Ituri R., Kassai R., Aruwimi, Bopoto, Ft.

Beni, Leopoldville) ; ANeoLa (Pungo Andongo).

A, servona subsp. orientis.

Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94 (1904).

GERMAN E, Arrica (Ukami).

f. depunctella, Strand, Int. Ent. Zeit. (Guben), 41, p. 221

(1911).

GeRMAN E, Arrica (Amani),

* Miss Sharpe’s description of this form does not enable me to

distinguish it from the usual Eastern examples. The most remark-

able feature of the description is the alleged pale ochreous colour of

the h.-w. underside. I have examined a very large number of

examples from Entebbe and have never seen one which did not

exhibit the chestnut brown colour described under the subspecies

rhodina. Atter a most diligent search, assisted by Miss Sharpe her-

self, I have failed to discover the type of this form, and I am therefore

unable to obtain any further information concerning it.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 293

f. wnipunctella, Strand, 1. ¢.

GERMAN E. Arrica (Amani, Bomole, Herue, Dar-es-Salaam,

Ukami).

f. semipunctella, Strand (I. c.).

GeRMAN E. Arrica (Derema).

f. transienda, Strand (7. c.).

GERMAN E, Arrica (? Derema).

A. servona subsp. rhodina.

= circeis rhodina, Rothschild and Jordan, Novit. Zool.,

xii, p. 184 (1905).

= circeis v. subochreata.

Griinberg, Sitzb. Gesellschaft. naturf. Fr., p. 164 (1910).

Ucanpa (Entebbe, Kampala, Mumias); AByssrnta (Banka

Malo, Gamitscha to Anderatcha).

A, servona @ f. rubra, f.n.

AnGoLa (Pungo Andongo) ; GABoon (Fernan Vaz).

A, servona subsp. limonata, subsp, n. (4).

FERNANDO Po.

A, servona tenebrosa, subsp. n. (4).

GERMAN E, Arrica (Kwidgwi L., L. Kiwnu).

A, servona f. reversa, f. nov.

Conco (Bopoto, Ituri Forest, Stanley Pool, Kassai),

A. servona servona.

¢. Expanse 42-60 mm. F.-w. elongate and resembling in

shape that of parrhasia. Sepia black to black. Basal two-

thirds of cell, area 1b, and base of area 2, rather thinly and

irregularly scaled. Beyond cell three elongate transparent

spots separated by nervules 5 and 6, and proximally somewhat

powdered with black. Beneath these, in basal part of area 3, a

smaller, elongate, partially transparent spot. In area 2 a large,

and beneath it in 1b a smaller transparent patch, the latter

traversed by a blackish internervular ray. These transparent

areas, when viewed by reflected light, are seen to be very

sparsely dusted with white scales.

H.-w. At base, and from costa to nervule 7 sepia black, a

hind-marginal border of the same colour some 4-5 mm. wide.

Central area occupied by a lemon ochreous patch somewhat

edentate basally in cell, its outer edge angulated at nervule 3.

Underside. F.-w. costa, apical area and hind margin dusky

lemon ochreous, striated by black nervulesand rays. The hind-

marginal ochreous almost obliterated towards the hind-angle by

a suffusion of brownish black. A black spot at base of costa,

294

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

remainder of wing almost devoid of scales, except the median

nervure and the basal portions of its branches which have a

narrow but very dense lateral clothing of large ochreous scales.

H.-w. Those areas which on the upperside are black, are

here dusky lemon ochreous. The hind-marginal border

regularly striated by black nervule ends and rays, the latter

reaching the margin. Black spots somewhat variable, but

usually as follows:—One at base in 9, one in 8 against precostal,

two rather close together in 7, two in cell, the second over the

origin of nervule 2. A basal, a subbasal, and a median in le.

A basal streak and two median spots in 1b, and two in la.

Head black with a yellowish white dot between the eyes, and

two on collar. Thorax black with pale dorsal and lateral marks.

Abdomen black above with pale lemon ochreous lateral dots.

Claws equal (but see f. reversa, p. 296).

Q. Expanse 62-66 mm. F.-w. much more rounded, and

dark areas usually tending to a browner shade. The trans-

parent patches are more clearly defined, those parts which in

the ¢ are thinly scaled, are here of the same depth as the

general ground-colour. The yellow patch in h,-w. is often of a

duller ochreous. In other respects the 9 resembles the ¢.

A. servona orientis, subsp. PI. III, f. 5(¢).

Ground-colour a much richer black. The f.-w. transparent

spots rather smaller, more clearly defined, and more obviously

sealed with white. Those in 1b and 3 almost or quite absent.

In the h.-w. the yellow area is broader owing to the greatly

decreased extent of the basal black. On the underside the f.-w.

is correspondingly blacker, though the cell, transparent patches,

and bases of areas 6-1b are still almost devoid of scales. The

9 also has the ground-colour blacker, though scarcely so black

asin the ¢.

The black spots of the h.-w. underside seem to be more

variable in this race than in most of the more western examples,

and Dr, Strand has proposed form names for the principal

variations of this feature.* These forms are as follows—

f. depunctella.

No black spots in cell, one to two in area 7.

* T am not sure that the naming of forms on the variation of the

black spots is not carrying nomenclature to excess. There are

species of Acraea in which the number of black spots is so variable

that almost as many names might be made as there are spots on the

insects. In the present species the spots are not even constant in

both wings of the same specimen.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 295

f. wnipunctella.

One spot in cell and two in area 7.

f. semipunctella.

One spot in cell, one in area 7.

f. transienda.

One spot in cell, one in 7, the transparent spots in areas 1b

and 3 of f.-w. present.

A. servona rhodina, subsp. Pl. III, f. 4 (4).

This form was originally described as circeis rhodina by

Messrs. Rothschild and Jordan and differs from typical examples

in having the yellow areas of the underside replaced by chest-

nut brown. The type was described from Abyssinia but the

subspecies is not confined to that area, since all the examples

I have seen from Entebbe and extending as far as Mumias

(Tiriki Hills) have this brown colour well developed.

A. servona ? f. rubra. Pl. III, f. 9.

Three examples of the insect I have figured occur in the

Tring collection, and I feel bound to refer them to A. servona.

Two were taken at Fernan Vaz (Gaboon) in company with

several red and black forms, which latter were undoubtedly

A. peneleos. It is certainly not a ? form of the latter. In

the specimen figured the h.-w. black spots are large and con-

fluent. They are also rather more numerous than in average

examples of servona, but fortunately the second specimen

already referred to supplies an intermediate in which these

spots are quite as in typical servona. The third example was

taken at Pundo Andongo in Angola. It differs from the others

in having a narrower and inwardly less well-defined marginal

band in the h.-w. The underside is more orange ochreous, and

the h.-w. nervule ends are less broadly black. The central

area of the h.-w. underside is pale ochreous.

A. servona limonata, subsp.

This form occurs at Fernando Po, a small series in the

British Museum from the Hewitson collection being at present

labelled A. lycoides, Five examples of the same form are in

the Joicey collection (lately the property of Mr. H. Grose-

Smith) and these are somewhat vaguely labelled Angola. Al}

differ from typical servona in having the spots in f.-w. 1b and

2 lemon ochreous instead of transparent white, and all are ¢ ¢.

For some time I was unable to decide whether this form were

the true lycoides, but M. Charles Oberthiir has kindly sent me

a most careful description of Boisduval’s type. ‘This example

is a 2 and evidently agrees with Godart’s servona, In the

296

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

explanation of Boisduval’s plates the locality is vaguely given

as “Guinea,” and there appears to be no reference to it in the

text. Godart gives Angola as the locality of his A. servona.

The type of this is alsoa 9. NowI am unable to say whether

the ? 2 of the Fernando Po form have transparent or yellow

spots on the f.-w., as I have seen no @ examples from that

locality. I cannot therefore definitely connect the Fernando

Po specimens with the types of either lycoides or servona. The

fact that yellow spotted ¢ ¢ occur in the Grose-Smith collec-

tion labelled “ Angola” would support the conclusion that they

were the ¢ ¢ of Godart’s servona. If this were established

our synonymy would have to be slightly altered. Servona

would still remain the name of the species, but it would refer

to the yellow spotted form, and the ¢ (dejana) and 9 (lycoides)

would form a subspecies. I have however reason to suppose

that the labels referred to are not sufficiently reliable, and until

further material is available for the study of these forms, I

must regard servona and lycoides as synonyms, giving a dis-

tinctive name to the distinctly yellow spotted form, of which I

have at present seen only male examples.

A. servona tenebrosa, subsp. n.

This form, of which I have only seen the ¢, differs from

other forms in the following particulars :—The ground-colour

is intensely black. There are no clear spots in f.-w. 1b, and 3.

The remaining clear spots are reduced in size and quite ap-

preciably scaled with white. The h.-w. pale yellow patch is

much reduced, only just extending into area 7, and partially

into 1b. On the underside those areas which in the typical

form are pale yellow are here of a very dark red brown. It

occurs on Kwidgwi Island, L. Kivu.

A, servona f. reversa,

This form differs constantly from servona servona solely in

the fact that the tarsal claws of the male are unequal. It

should however be noted that in all the eight examples known

to me the transparent spot in f.-w. area 3 is larger and better

defined than in the majerity of examples of servona servona.

Also there is a general tendency for the nervule ends on the

underside to be more heavily scaled with black brown. In one

example this scaling is developed to such an extent that the

outer half of the wing is almost completely black, an extreme

condition which I have not observed in the type form.

A. servona occurs from Fernando Po to Angola and

across the Congo State to Entebbe, thence northwards

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 297

into Abyssinia, and southwards into German E. Africa.

I have not yet found the dividing line between the typical

form and the subspecies rhodina, nor between the latter

and the subspecies orientis. The species does not occur

in Neave’s collections from N. Rhodesia and Katanga, nor

have I seen examples from E. of the Kikuyu Escarpment.

It would appear, therefore, to extend into German E.

Africa by way of the Urundi Country. It is remarkable

that at L. Kivu the subspecies ¢tenebrosa represents a form

which, in the absence of clear spots in f.-w. 1b and 8,

agrees with the German EK. African form ovientis, whilst

in the dark red brown areas of the underside it shows

affinity with the subspecies rhodina. The much-reduced

yellow patch of the h.-w. separates it from either form.

The occurrence of the form which I have named rever'sa,

adds one more to the many difficulties of classification

which the genus Acraew presents. An examination of hun-

dreds of typical servona together with the few available

specimens of veversa, reveals no constant difference which

would serve as a basis for specific distinction, with the sole

exception of the structure of the male tarsal claws. In

the other species of the genus these claws are constantly

either equal or unequal, but in this one case their

structure appears to be inconstant. The genitalia are as

closely alike as possible, within the hmits of individual

variation. I have retained this form reversa under the

heading of servona since there seems no sufficient evidence

of specific difference. Moreover, to separate it would at

once raise still greater difficulties. The type of servona is

a9. Amongst the examples before me are many 2? which

are certainly servona. Assuming servena servona and

servona reversa to be different species, to which species

do all these 2? belong? Breeding experiments and the

acquisition of further material may one day throw some

light on the matter. Meanwhile I prefer merely to record

the fact that there occur amongst large series of male

servond, certain examples differing from the rest only

in the structure of the tarsal claws. I have not yet

discovered any means of deciding whether such forms are

or are not specifically distinct.

110, Ackama Cine El CLE, £23,

Acraea circeis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins., 3, p. 24, pl. 18, f. 5, 6

(1782) ; Herbst, Naturs. Schmett., 5, p. 13, pl. 81, f. 6, 7

(1792); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (part), (1898).

298

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

= mandane, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p. 183 (1798);

Godart, Ene. Méth., p. 239 (1819).

= opis, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett, 6, pl. 136, f. 1, 2 (1798).

S. Leone; AsHantr; Care Coast CasTLE; GABOoN;

N, Ancona (Kibokolo).

d. Expanse 52 mm. F.-w. for the most part transparent,

the transparency being caused by reduction in number and

width of the scales. Costa, apex, nervures and hind margin

more heavily dusted with brownish black. Near base of 2, and

in 1b near margin, a few yellowish white scales representing two

obsolescent spots.

H.-w. base with a triangular dusky grey area bearing black

spots more easily observed on the underside, A central band

of very pale lemon ochreous beginning in area 6, its outer edge

slightly curved as far as nervule 5, thence traversing the wing

parallel to inner edge and reaching the inner margin, where the

band is about 4 mm. wide. Remainder of wing dusky grey

forming a marginal band which joins the basal grey along costa

inn 7

Underside f.-w. as above but without the yellow scaling in

Zand 1b, Costa dusky ochreous with a black spot at base,

Main nervures laterally covered with brownish scales.

H.-w. As on upperside but paler, the marginal border having

the nervule ends and internervular rays heavily dusted with

dull brown, and the intervening spaces powdered with dull

ochreous. On the grey basal portion black spots as follows :—

One in 9, one in 8, two in 7, sometimes a small dot near base of

area 6, one (sometimes two) on discocellulars, two in cell (the

second in the middle and large), a basal spot in le followed by

two large spots often coalescent, two in 1b, and two in la.

Head and thorax black with a few pale marks, abdomen black

above with whitish lateral spots. Claws unequal.

2. Resembles ¢ but the f.-w. are more-rounded, and there

is a little yellow scaling in 1b, at base of 2, and at end of cell in

f.-w.

Acraca circets is somewhat rare in collections. At one

time I was of opinion that it was a form of A. servona, but

careful examination of a number of preparations of male

genitalia convince me that it must be regarded as distinct.

It appears to be an exclusively western species.

iilile

ACRAEA OREAS. PI. XIII, f. 25.

Acraea oreas, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 193, pl.

17, f. 5 (1891) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ;

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 299

Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 46 (1902) ; Neave, Novit. Zool.,

12, p. 346 (1904).

f. albimaculata, Neave, Novit. Zool., 12, p, 329, 346 (1904),

AneGoLa (Bihé, Lucalla, Benguella); German E. AFRICA

(Mwanza); Congo (90 km. w. of L, Albert Nyanza) ; Bririsy E,

Arrica (Mt. Elgon, Nandi, Sotik) ; Ucanpa (Toro, Entebbe).

f. angolanus, Lathy (A. angolanus), Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 3, pl. 1,

f. 4, 5 (1906).

ANGOLA,

A, oreas oreas.

¢. Expanse 48 to58 mm. F,-w. much angulated and hind

margin markedly convex. Black with large lemon yellow

spots.* Of these there is one in cell extending from subcostal

to median and lying between origin of 2 and 3, A subapical

band of three in 6, 5, and 4, the last somewhat more distally

placed, one in 2 not quite touching the median, and beneath it

and nearer margin a spot in lb, Usually a small yellow streak

near base of 1b close to median,

H.-w. black with a central lemon yellow patch of peculiar

shape. This patch occupies the basal portion of 7, nearly the

whole of cell except a small streak on lower side at base, and

extends beyond cell slightly into 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2.

Underside, F.-w. Costa dark to pale reddish brown, Yellow

spots as on upperside but paler. From base to subapical spots

brown-black, base of cell and the edges of median nervure

and its branches laterally dusted with large yellowish scales.

Apical and hind-marginal borders in some cases also brown-

black but more usually reddish brown to brownish ochreous

striated by the black nervules and internervular rays,

H.-w. varying from black-brown to reddish ochreous. A

central yellow patch as above but paler and usually extending

in a narrow suffused streak across areas 1c, and 1b, near their

middle. Area 8, a streak on lower side of base of cell, and

basal part of 1c, Ib, and la more distinctly reddish than

remainder of ground-colour. A small black spot in 8, rarely

one near base of cell, two in 1c (the second on the inner edge

of extension of yellow patch) two in 1b and usually one in la.

Outer half of wing striated by black nervule ends and inter-

nervular rays,

* Miss Sharpe’s figure shows yellow spots in f.-w., whilst her descrip-

tion states that they are white. I have, however, examined the type

in the Jackson collection, and it has yellow spots agreeing with the

figure.

300 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Head black with a few whitish marks, thorax black with two

anterior dorsal whitish streaks. Abdomen black above with

pale yellowish segmental lines and lateral spots. Claws

equal,

Q@. Expanse 50-60 mm. Resembles the ¢ but f.-w. less

angulated,

f, albimaculata.

Differs from typical examples in having the spots of f.-w.

white. At present I have only seen ¢ ¢ of this form though

@ 2 probably also occur.

f. angolanus.

Differs from the typical or eastern form in being larger ( ¢

60 mm, 2? 68 mm.). The f.-w. spots are white, in both

sexes the ground-colour of the marginal borders in both

wings on underside is generally, though not invariably, pale

greyish ochreous. On h.-w. underside areas 8. 9, a streak on

lower side of base of cell, areas 1c, 1b, and la remain reddish as

in typical specimens.

Lathy describes an aberration of the 2 in which the

f.-w. spots are tinged with pale yellow and the h.-w.

patch is radiated into the marginal black. This would

appear to be a not uncommon form, examples agreeing

with Lathy’s figure occur both in the Tring Museum and

in my own collection.

I do not think the differences between the Angola and

other forms warrant the separation of the former as a sub-

species. The f.-w. white spots do not distinguish it from

the albimaculata form, and they are not constant as shown

by the ? aberration above described. The pale colour of

the wing borders on the underside though predominant, is

also not quite constant. The variation of this marginal

colour is peculiar. In Angola it is, as stated, usually dusky

ochreous. Passing eastwards it gradually becomes darker,

and at Toro and on to the Tiriki Hills it is deep red brown

or black. In German East African examples it again

becomes paler turning to a rusty red or orange ochreous.

The species is easily recognised by the angulated wings

and by the peculiar shape of the yellow central patch of

the h.-w.

112. ACRAEA SEMIVITREA. Pl. XIII, f. 26.

Acraea semivitrea, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 16, p. 111 (1895) ;

Rhop. Aeth., p. 114, pl. 1, f. 2 (1898).

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 301

= pervia, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 19, p. 581

(1897) ; Neave, Novit. Zool., 11, p. 346 (1904).

Conco (Lualuaburg, Yakusu, Ituri Forest); UGanpa

(Entebbe, Port Alice); Bririsn E, Arrica.

¢. Expanse 54-62 mm. F.-w. transparent, elongated. Costa

and nervures narrowly black, apex narrowly black, continuing

as a narrow hind-marginal border expanded into triangular

marks at nervule ends. A little black at base most extensive

in area la. ‘The transparency of the wing is caused by a total

absence of scales, there being no sign even of scale sockets in the

glass-like membrane.

H.-w. brown black at base nearly to end of cell, obscuring

some rather large black spots. A black hind-marginal border

narrow at apex, about 2 mm, wide as far as nervule 3, after-

wards widening out to about 5 mm. at 2. An inner-marginal

pale ochreous patch extending partially into area 2.

Underside f.-w. black portions replaced by pale ochreous

striated by black nervule ends and rays, the black powdering

of which gradually obliterates the yellow towards the hind

angle. Some black at base of area 1b.

In h.-w. the area which is occupied above by the basal black

and the inner marginal patch, is here entirely lemon ochreous,

the hind-marginal border being of a darker shade of the same

colour traversed by black nervule ends and rays. Black

spots somewhat variable as follows :—One at base in area 9,

one (sometimes two) in area 7, one on discocellular at origin

of 6 and 7, three in cell, the first on subbasal sometimes

absent, and the others often confluent. A spot at base of 2, a

basal and two more distally placed spots in 1c (the latter often

confluent), two spots in 1b (sometimes confluent) and two

in la,

Head black with a pale yellow spot between eyes and two

on collar. Thorax black with a few paler marks. Abdomen

black above with lemon ochreous lateral spots and faint

segmental lines. Claws equal.

2. Expanse 60-72mm. Resembles ¢ but dark areas rather

browner, and the h.-w. inner marginal patch creamy white.

In one example before me this patch is reduced to a mere

dusting of whitish scales. On the underside the yellow is

correspondingly paler and duller.

This species is quite unlike any other Acraea, and is

easily recognised. The type in the Brussels Museum was

taken at Lualuaburg in the Southern Congo. A long

302 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

series of examples in the Oxford collection are from

Entebbe and Kisumu. It doubtless occurs in the inter-

mediate region, and I find no marked difference between

the Congo examples and those from Uganda. I have

inspected the type of Miss Sharpe’s A. pervia, and find it

does not differ from other Uganda specimens now before

me.

GROUP XVIIL

113. ACRARA 1GoLA, Pl. XV, f. 6.

Acraea igola, Trimen, 8. Af. Butt., 3, p. 379 (1889) ; Smith

and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 21, Acraea, p. 12, pl. 4, f. 5

(1892) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898).

= cerasa, Smith and Kirby, J. c., f. 2 (non f. 1) (1892).

= obeira, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 23 (1894).

?. f. maculiventris, Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., 29,

Acraea, p. 16, pl. 5, f. 4, 5 (1894).

= obeira, 9, Trimen, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 172 (1891).

ZULULAND (Etshowe) ; R#oprsta (Chirinda) ; MAnica-

LAND (Christmas Pass); Natan (Malvern, Durban); German

E, Arrica (Amani, Usambuara)

A, igola.

6. Expanse 44-50mm. F.-w. costa, apex, and hind margin

black, broadest at apex. Basal portion almost to end of cell,

proximal half of area 2, and the whole of areas la and 1b,

except at hind margin, rather thinly scaled with brick red,

remainder of wing almost transparent crossed by black scaled

nervules, and slightly dusted with black scales which are

much reduced in width. A black basal linear mark between

median and submedian, and another in area la. The hind-

marginal black is somewhat indented between the nervules

by the transparent area. H.-w. brick red with a black hind-

marginal border projecting inwardly on the nervules, and to

a less extent between them, <A greyish black basal suffusion

widest in le. The inner margin yellowish. Black spots as on

underside but somewhat less pronounced especially those in

areas 3, 4, 5, and 6.

Underside, f.-w. very thinly scaled and having a glazed

appearance, in some examples iridescent. The black areas

replaced by reddish brown, and the red portions showing

through from upperside.

H.-w. dull reddish, the marginal border brown crossed by

black nervule ends and brown internervular streaks, the latter

African Species of the Genus Acraca, 303

short and scarcely reaching the margin. Basal suffusion as

above but dark greenish grey. Black spots as follows :—An

outer or discal series of eight, the first, in 7, large, the second,

third, and fourth, decreasing in size, and lying almost parallel

to the hind margin, though the fourth, a minute spot not

always present, is rather less distally placed. The fifth, in

3, small and close to end of cell, the sixth, seventh, and eighth

large and nearly in a straight line almost at right angles to

inner margin. Two spots on the discocellulars, a large sub-

basal in 7, two in cell, the second just before origin of 2, in le

a basal and a subbasal, and beneath the latter a spot in 1b. A

subbasal in la, and sometimes a very small additional spot in

the same area. Some basal black in area 9, and a dot in 8

elose to precostal.

Head, thorax, and abdomen black with a few very small

yellowish spots. Claws equal.

Q. Expanse 50-54 mm, Markings asin ¢ but wings more

rounded and red areas replaced by very pale ochreous or creamy

white, and the black margins are suffused and thinly scaled.

In some examples there is an indication of reddish internervular

marks on the h.-w. marginal border. ‘The subbasal spot in

h.-w. cell is sometimes absent.

A, igola Q f. maculiventris.

The 2 igola is dimorphic and judging from a long series

before me the present form named A. maculiventris by Grose-

Smith, would appear to be commoner than the whitish form

described by Trimen as the type. The present form resembles

the ¢ but the red areas are duller and paler, whilst the h.-w,

hind-marginal border is invaded by the red ground-colour to a

varying extent. In most cases the h.-w. underside presents a

remarkable difference from that of the ¢. The marginal

border is reddish brown and well developed, whilst the basal

portion is chocolate brown extending to the discal row of spots.

Between these and the marginal border is a broad, curved

discal band of a dull pinkish colour. The general effect of

this pattern is to give the underside a marked resemblance to

that of A. conradti.

In the Vosseler collection at Berlin I found a very fine

series of A.igola from Amani and Usambara in German

K. Africa. The g ¢ have the black spots of the upperside

very distinct. On the underside the f.-w. is very. iridescent,

whilst the h.w. has a tendency to be yellowish rather than

304 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

red. Some ¢ examples have all the scaling much reduced,

the h.-w. marginal border being almost absent. The 9? 9

are of the maculiventris form, and one example before me

has no black border in the h.-w. On the underside the

discal curved band is pink, due to a sprinkling of whitish

scales on a brownish ground. The hind-marginal border

is orange brown,

114, Ackara AuByni. Pl. V,#.6(¢). Pl. XV, £9.

Acraea aubyni, sp. nov.

British E. Arrica (Mwaeba Hill, 35 m. N.N.W. of Rabai).

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. F.-w. elongated and with hind

margin slightly concave. Cell, basal two-thirds of area 3, greater

part of areas 2, and 1b, anda streak beyond middle of 1a, pale

brick red. Costa, apex, a short space beyond cell, and greater

part of la, sepia. A short blackish basal streak in arealb. A

subapical patch of three more or less transparent elongated

spots in 6, 5, and 4. H.-w. basal half of 7, and 1c, base of cell,

most of 1b, and all of la sepia. A sepia black marginal border

15 to 25 mm. broad, slightly edentate inwardly on and be-

tween the nervules. Remainder of wing pale brick red with

black spots more easily observed beneath.

Underside. F.-w. very sparsely scaled except at apex and

hind margin. Nervuresand nervules finely black. Resembles

upperside but all the sepia areas dull ochreous and there is

an indication of a small blackish streak in cell. H.-w. dull

ochreous, those areas which are sepia above being represented

by a slightly darker ochreous shade. Hind margin bears short

internervular rays which barely reach the margin or only do so

in a fine point. Nervule ends on margin slightly thickened

with black brown. Black spots as follows:—Two in 7, the

second just beyond origin of nervule 7. Beneath the second

and rather more distal a spot in 6, followed by one still more

distal in 5. A spot at base of 5 on discocellular and a similar

but smaller one at base of 4. One at base of 2, a basal, a sub-

basal and a distal in 1c and 1b, the two outer spots in latter

area being rather further from base than the corresponding

ones in le. A subbasal in la.

Head black with a yellowish spot between the eyes and

two on collar. Thorax black. Abdomen black above with

yellowish lateral spots. Claws equal.

°. Expanse 60 mm. F.-w. for the most part transparent.

Costa dusted with blackish. Apex rather broadly blackish

as far as area 4 where the dark scales become confined to a

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 305

narrow hind-marginal border fading into reddish in areas 1b »

and la. A slight dusting of dark scales on the discocellulars

and beyond the cell, and a very small dark spot in cell, close to

subcostal above the origin of nervule 2. Base slightly black-

ened and the whole of cell, and the greater part of 2, 1b and la

faintly powdered with red. H.-w. blackish at base, and having

a dark hind-marginal border as in g. Remainder of wing

brick red but very thinly scaled. Black spots as in ¢ but

those in 7, 6 and 5 beyond cell more distinct. Underside f.-w.

as above but almost devoid of scales except at apex and hind

margin where it is brownish ochreous. H.-w. base and mar-

ginal border brownish ochreous. Ends of nervules black with

short dark internervular rays which do not reach margin.

Central area sparsely scaled with whitish to which a pink tinge

is transmitted from the red scales of the upperside.

This species is represented by a few examples kindly

presented to the Oxford collection by the Rev. K. St. A.

Rogers. It adds one more form to a very difficult

group, the true affinities of which are very obscure. A

single ? example has just been received. he species is

apparently very closely allied to igola, but the h.-w.

spots in 7, 6, and 5 are much nearer the cell than

in that species. I have much pleasure in dedicating

it to the Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, to whose skill and

generosity the Oxford collection owes so many valuable

accessions.

115. Acragba oRESTIA. Pl. XV, f. 10.

Acraea orestia, Hewitson, Ent. Mo. Mag. 11, p. 131 (1874);

Exot. Butt. Acraea, pl. 7, f. 47 (1875) ; Snellen, Tijdschr.

v. Ent. 25, p. 217 (1882); Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14,

p- 273 (1893) ; Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898); Lathy, Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 186 (1903).

= orestina, Plotz, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 41, p. 190 (1880).

= itwrina, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 346 (1904).

NicEria ; Fernanpo Po; GABoon ; CAMEROON ; ANGOLA ;

Congo (Bangala); Uaanpa (Entebbe, Damba I.) ; Bririsn E.

Arrica (Tiriki Hills).

f. hwmilis, Em. M. B. Sharpe (A. humilis), Ann. Nat: Hist. (6)

19, p. 582 (1897); -Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 86 (1898) ;

Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 23, pl. 7, f. 3

(1901).

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); Ucanpa (Entebbe,

Damba I.).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912—-PARTI. (JULY) X

306

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

f. transita, f. nov.

=humilis ¢, Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 23,

pl. 7, f. 1, 2 (1901).

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills); UGanpa (Entebbe,

Damba I.).

A. orestia orestia.

¢. Expanse 38-40 mm. _ F.-w. transparent and highly

iridescent, the scales much reduced in width. Base, costa,

apex, and hind margin suffused with blackish. In some

examples, as in those mentioned by Aurivillius (l.c.) from

Bonge, Cameroon, as also in some from Agberi on the Niger,

now before me, the black is of much less extent than in

Hewitson’s figure and the base of la, 1b, 2, and part of cell are

flushed with red. The h.-w. is red with a little dusky suffusion

at base and a blackish hind-marginal border 2-2°5 mm. wide

rather noticeably darker near the anal angle. Numerous black

spots often, as in the type, with a tendency to elongation.

These are somewhat more distinct especially at base, on

underside.

Underside. F.-w. like the upperside but very sparsely scaled

and vitreous. Costa brownish yellow with a black spot at base.

H.-w. very thinly scaled and paler than above except for the

black spots which are prominent, and often somewhat con-

fluent. Of these there are, one in 8, two in 7 the outer one

forming the first of a curved discal band of 5, in 7, 6, 5, 4, and

3 lying parallel to apical margin. One or two very small spots

on discocellulars, A spot at base of area 2 followed by one in

le and 1b, that in le being slightly nearer base. A subbasal

and a central spot in cell, asubbasal in 1c and la, and a central

spot in 1b. Ends of nervules blackish, and short blackish

internervular rays.

Head and thorax black with a few pale spots. Abdomen

black above with white segmental lines and lateral spots.

Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 44mm. Like the ¢ but with more rounded

wings and altogether paler. H.-w. underside has the reddish

areas pinkish ochreous with some greyish ochreous near inner

margin.

A. orestia f. humilis.

¢. Expanse about 38 mm. Wings transparent owing to

reduction in width of scales and in some places to hairs.

No red or yellow scales. F.-w. dusted with blackish brown

at base, costa, apex, and slightly on hind margin. H.-w.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 307

irregularly blackish at base, extending into cell and below

median, with slight blackish scaling at anal angle. Thorax

black, with pale spots, abdomen black above, yellowish beneath,

and bearing small white lateral segmental spots.

@ resembles ¢.

f, transita.

This form has the typical basal red of the f.-w. replaced by a

black suffusion and the h.-w. red is replaced by white, yellow

or orange. It is liable to occur in both sexes.

Almost every grade of intermediate may occur between

the forms above described. Some time after I had

decided that Miss Sharpe’s A. humilis was a form of

Hewitson’s orestia a series of specimens was received at

Oxford from Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter, who had bred them

on Damba I. These contain both the typical red and the

f. transita, and taken in conjunction with another series

captured in the Tinki Hills by Dr. C. A. Wiggins, con-

taining all three forms, fully confirm my conclusion. The

larva is described by Dr. Carpenter as having been

mistaken by him for that of A. alciope,* from which I

gather that the resemblance is extremely close.

116. ACRAEA CINEREA. Pl. XV, f. 8.

Acraea cinerea, Neave, Novit. Zool., xi, p. 325, pl. 1, f. 16 (1904).

BririsH E, Arrica (Tiriki Hills, 5,000 ft.)

A, cinerea alberta, subsp.

Eltringham, Novit. Zool., xviii, p. 151 (1911).

90 km. W. of L. ALBERT Epwarbp, 3,250 ft.

A. cinerea cinerea.

4. Expanse 40 mm. F.-w. transparent owing to reduc-

tion in width of scales (hairs not present). Costa and apical

region finely dusted with blackish scales. H.-w. evenly and

fairly thickly clothed with blackish scales.

Underside f.-w. almost devoid of scales, deep red at base of

costa. H.-w. thinly scaled and having deep red basal patch

extending along lower half of cell nearly to end and inwardly

to inner margin. A few minute and obsolescent black spots

on margin of red area in 1b, 1c, and 2, and on upper disco-

cellular, one spot in middle of cell, one near base in 1b, and two

or three against the body at base. Marginal internervular folds

distinct. Thorax and abdomen black above, brownish beneath.

Abdomen with pale lateral segmental spots. Claws equal.

* See Pl. VI, f. 10.

xX 2

308 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

2. Expanse 45 mm. Resembles ¢ but margin of h.-w. rather

less thickly scaled. Spots on underside rather more distinct

and visible on upperside. A second spot in cell nearer base.

A, cinerea alberta. Pl. IV, f.1(¢).

d. Expanse 45-50 mm. F.-w. as in cinerea but costal and

apical scaling sooty black. H.-w. sooty black with a large

central patch of crimson occupying base of 7, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2,

middle of 1c, and end of cell.

Underside as in cinerea but the crimson area appears as

a deep pink. Basal dark red as in cinerea. One example

has no black spots on underside of h.-w.

? unknown.

A, cinerea occurs in the Tiriki Hills, N. of Kisumu at

an elevation of over 5,000 ft.

The examples of cinerea alberta were taken some sixty

miles W. of L. Albert Nyanza at an elevation of about

3,250 ft.

There is no difficulty in recognising this species as it is

quite unlike any other African Acraea. The male arma-

ture is of a very simple though fairly distinctive character.

117. ACRAEBA QUIRINALIS. Pl. XV, f. 7.

Acraea quirinalis, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., vii, p. 544 (1900) ;

Rhop. Exot. Acraea, 7, p. 24, pl. 7, f. 5 (1901).

GERMAN E. Arrica (Usukuma); Britisu E. Arrica (Kisumu,

Nandi) ; UGanpa (Entebbe) ; Conao (Ituri Forest).

6. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. rather elongated, greyish,

almost transparent (scales almost reduced to hairs), Base

nearly to end of cell, base of area 2, and greater part of areas

1b and la flushed with red. Costa, apex and hind margin

faintly darker than the remainder, At base of area 1b a well-

marked black longitudinal streak, and in cell along the sub-

costal a well-developed black streak extending to a point above

the origin of nervule 2,

H.-w. also thinly scaled, a little black at base, followed by a

well-defined red patch which extends a little beyond the end of

cell leaving a broad greyish semitransparent marginal border.

This border is almost twice the width of that in the red form of

orestia humilis and is not, or only very faintly, darker at anal

angle. Black spots less distinct than on underside.

Underside f.-w. almost scaleless, H.-w. also nearly scaleless

except the black spots which are arranged as follows :—One at

base in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second over origin of nervule

7, and forming the first of an outer row of eight. Of these the

first five are roughly parallel to the outer margin, the sixth

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 309

near base of area 2, the seventh in lc at the same level, and the

eighth in 1b rather more distal. In addition to these there are

two spots in cell, the second just before origin of nervule 2; a

basal and a subbasal in le, an additional spot in 1b, and two

in la,

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots, abdomen black

above with minute whitish lateral dots. Claws equal,

?. Resembles ¢ but has rather more rounded wings, and

the red of f.-w. is of rather less extent. In the h.-w. the red

patch is outwardly much less sharply defined being invaded

by the greyish dusting of the border both on and between the

nervules. The spots in the upper part of the outer row may

be absent.

It was some time before I was able to decide the correct

nomenclature of A. quirinalis and A. durina owing to the

fact that the red form of A. orestia was nearly always

found with them, and all three were mixed together in

collections. Indeed of two alleged co-types of guirinalis

sent to me for examination, one was quirinalis and the

other the red form of orestia, Mr. Grose-Smith having

failed to distinguish between them. I have since seen

the type of guirinalis and find that it is not, as I thought

it might be, only the red form of orestia. Familiarity

with these forms enables them to be easily distin-

guished without regard to the colour or pattern, since

iturmma has the nervules 6 and 7 of the h.-w. stalked,

whilst they arise independently in guirinalis and orestia,

_and the tarsal claws of the ¢ quirinalis are symmetrical,

whilst those of orestia are asymmetrical.

Quirinalis occurs from Usukuma to Kisumu and

Entebbe, and into the Ituri forest.

118. AcRAEA FoRNAX. PI. XV, f. 11.

Acraea fornax, Butler, Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 4, p. 230 (1879) ;

Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 106, pl. 9a, ff. 10, 10a

(1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 103 (1898).

= smithii, Mabille, Ann. Ent, Fr. (5), 9, p. 341 (1879). *

MaDAGASCAR (Fianarantsoa),

¢. Expanse 50 to 52 mm, F.-w. Basal half bright red

extending to end of cell, very slightly into area 3, about half

* Strictly speaking, Mabille’s name should stand. His paper was

read on Jan. 8th, but not published till Oct. Butler’s description

was published in Sept. Mabille has himself, however, in the

work on Madagasear, adopted the above synonymy.

310

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

the length of area 2, and to within about 3 mm. of the margin

in 1b and la. Costa black with a little red at base. Outer

portion of wing black, rather thinly scaled in discal area, and

a more or less distinct partially transparent subapical patch

formed of three spots in 6, 5, and 4. Nervules black and inter-

nervular black spurs along margin. A linear black mark at

base of lb. Sometimes a black spot in the proximal half of

2, and another in 1b nearer margin.

H.-w. bright red with a black hind-marginal border about

3 mm. wide having a somewhat irregular inner outline, being

indented by the red ground-colour between the nervules

especially in 3, 2, and le. Traces of red submarginal spots in

2and 1c, Black spots corresponding with those on underside.

Underside f.-w. a pale replica of the upper with the addition

of a black spot at base of costa and a marginal row of tri-

angular brownish red internervular marks edged with black.

H.-w. Base pale pink followed by a dusting of madder

brown scales, outside this a pale pink curved median band

from costa to inner margin. Marginal band madder brown

2-3 mm. wide. A series of deep orange triangular marginal

spots, their bases on the margin, and each enclosed in a black

triangle the apex of which is produced in 4, 3, 2, and le into a

short internervular ray, Black spots large. Three discal spots

in 7, 6, and 5 parailel to apical margin. A large composite

spot formed of one on discocellulars and one at base of areas

6, 5, and 4. A spot at base of 3 and of 2, the latter followed

by a spot in 1c and 1b, all in a straight line at right angles to

inner margin, A spot in 8 against precostal, one at base and

one in middle of cell, a subbasal in 1c, one in 1b, and two in

la. Some irregular black at base of wing.

Head black with a pale mark between the eyes, and two

reddish tufts on collar, Thorax black with one or two minute

pale spots. Abdomen black above with reddish Jateral spots.

Claws unequal,

Q. Expanse about 58 mm, Upperside like that of the ¢

but rather more thinly scaled, and the red colour paler and

duller. The black spots of h.-w. show a tendency to elongation

and the h.-w. black hind-marginal border is nearly twice as

broad as in the ¢.

Underside much paler and duller than that in ¢ especially

on the h.-w. hind-marginal border, the characteristic pattern

of which is merely indicated. One 9 in the Staudinger

collection has the red areas replaced hy white and the trans-

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 311

parent part of f.-w. apical area much larger than in ¢. The

underside is also whitish without any trace of the reddish

marginal spots on either wing.

The species would appear to be rare. It occurs only in

Madagascar.

119. ACRAEA STRATTIPOCLES. Pl. XV, f. 13.

Acraea strattipocles, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 18, pl. 1,

f. 9, pl. 3, f. 25 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112

(1898).

Mapacascar (Antsianaka, Alaotra).

¢. Expanse 50 to 54 mm. F.-w. Costa, apex, and hind

margin black, widest at apex. About two-thirds of length of

cell, proximal half of area 2, the whole of area 1b, except at

margin, and the distal part of la except at margin, deep brick

red. Remainder of wing transparent crossed by the black

nervules, the transparency somewhat invading the marginal

black between the nervules, and caused by a reduction in

number but not in size, of the scales. Sometimes a trace of a

black spot near base of area 2.

H.-w. deep brick red, yellowish at inner margin, and having

a black hind-marginal border, the inner edge of which is fairly

regular and not deeply indented by the ground-colour. Numer-

ous large, more or less confluent, black spots more easily

distinguished on underside.

Underside f.-w. nearly devoid of scales and very shining,

the pattern of upperside showing through. Costa, apex, and

hind margin dusted with umber brown, and a black spot at

base of costa.

H.-w. pinkish varying from nearly white to dusky pink,

more or less suffused with brown in lower half of cell, and basal

portion of 3,2,and Ie. Marginal border russet brown, divided

by darker, broadly scaled nervule ends and narrow short inter-

nervular rays. Black spots as follows :—An outer or discal row

of eight. The first large, in area 7, the second and third (in 6

and 5) rather smaller and respectively rather more distally

placed. The fourth slightly more proximal, the fifth and sixth

large and occupying the base of areas 3 and 2 respectively. The

seventh and eighth large and nearly in a straight line with the

sixth, at right angles to inner margin. This row of spots is

practically confluent. In addition to these, a basal spot in 9,

a dot in 8 near precostal, a large subbasal spot in 7, a smaller

spot near base of ceJ], and a second and larger spot in cell

312 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

beyond origin of nervule 2. A basal and a subbasal in le,

beneath the latter a spot in 1b, and two spots in la.

Head black, thorax black with white dots, and reddish tufts

on collar. Abdomen black above with white segmental dots

. and lines. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 64-66 mm. Pattern and markings much as

in ¢ but the red colour duller and browner, and the black

margins browner than in the ¢. The hind-marginal border

of h.-w. has its inner edge more softly outlined though it

remains fairly regular as in the ¢.

A. strattipocles may be distinguished from A. masamba

and A. sambavae by the more distal position of the second

spot in the h.-w. cell.

120. ACRAEA MASAMBA. PI. XV, f. 14.

Acraea masamba, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 9, p. 3 (1872); Af.

Lep., p. 10, pl. 7, f. 3 (1874); Saalmiiller, Lep. Mad., 1,

p- 75, pl. 3, f. 32 (1884) ; Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1,

p. 103, pl. 9a, f. 1, la, 2 (1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 112 (1898).

= riippelli, Saalmiiller, Ber. Senck. Ges., p. 80 (1878).

MapaGascaR (Ste. Marie, Fenerive, L. Humblot, Antakares,

Tamatave).

f. silia, Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 105, pl. 9a, f. 3,

4 (1885-7).

= masamba, Ward, Af. Lep., pl. 7, f. 4 (1874).

MapaGascar (Antsianaka, L. Alaotra).

2 f. boseae, Saalmiiller, Ber. Senck. Ges., p. 259 (1880); Lep.

Mad., 1, p. 76, pl. 1, f. 3 (1884) ; Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad.

Lep., p. 106 (1885-7).

A. masamba masamba.

¢. Expanse 48-56 mm. F.-w. Transparent, owing to a

reduction in size and number of the scales. Costa and apex

black, and the nervule ends along hind margin expanded into

black triangles their bases joined on the margin. About two-

thirds of cell, base of area 2, and the greater part of area 1b

suffused with bright brick red. Area la black with a slight

powdering of red in the outer half. In some examples a small

black mark in cell, near middle, close to subcostal, occasionally

extended into a blackish suffused line running obliquely across

cell to near origin of nervule 3. Usually a black linear mark

at base of area 1b.

H.-w. bright brick red, usually with a slight black basal

suffusion, most extensive in Ie. <A black hind-marginal

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 313

border 2-3 mm. wide, edentate inwardly on the nervules, thus

producing a much more broken inner outline than in A. stratti-

pocles. Black spots as on underside, Inner margin yellowish

white.

Underside. F.-w., the greater part almost devoid of scales,

The red areas showing through from the upperside. The black

of upperside reproduced in sepia scales. Both sides of the

median nervure, and the basis of nervules 2 and 3 densely

clothed with large, ovate, golden ochreous scales. (‘This feature

is not present in strattipocles.) Costa with a small black mark

at base.

H.-w. pinkish white, the black border of the upperside re-

produced in sepia, nervule ends and short fine internervular

rays rather darker. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of

nine, the first very large in area 7 above origin of nervule 7,

the second smaller in 6 and nearer margin, third still smaller

in 5 and nearer margin, fourth minute in 4 and further from

margin than third (third and fourth sometimes very minute

or absent,) fifth of medium size at base of area 3, sixth, about

as large as first, at base of area 2, and often somewhat produced

outwardly, seventh large, more or less heart-shaped, its inner

edge at level of origin of 2, eighth in 1b, rather smaller, and

nearer margin, ninth small in la nearer base. A spot in 9, one

in 8 against precostal, two in cell, the second lying before

origin of nervule 2, a basal and a subbasal in le, a little basal

black and a subbasal spot in 1b, and a subbasal in la on a

level with that in Ic.

Head black with a yellow spot between eyes and two on

collar, thorax black above with whitish dorsal and lateral

marks, abdomen black above with whitish lateral spots and

segmental lines. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse about 66 mm. Resembles ¢ but f.-w. more

rounded, and general colouring paler and duller. On the f.-w.

underside there are a few large yellow and orange scales on the

median nervure but not so closely packed asin @.

A. masamba f. silia.

Ward’s figures show a red form which is the typical masamba

and a yellow form (not described in the text) which is really

somewhat intermediate between the f. siliw and f. boseae of

Saalmiiller. The form silia resembles the type form except that

the red colour is replaced by a rich golden yellow, much paler

in the 9. There seems to be a constant tendency towards

absence of the spots in areas 5 and 4 of h.-w.

314 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

M. Charles Oberthiir, to whom I am indebted for the

opportunity of making a careful examination of a series of

masamba, silia and strattipocles, asserts, in a letter, his firm

opinion that masamba and silia are distinct species. I regret

that I should feel compelled to differ from the view of an

eminent collector to whom I owe so much valuable assist-

ance. The sole difference between the two forms is one of

colour. Certainly the ground-colour in h.-w. seems, in si/ia,

always to be slightly “extended outwards in area 4, thus

causing an indentation in the black of the marginal border,

but the same feature is observable in varying degrees of

development in a series of masamba. On the other hand,

there is in both forms the same heavy yellow scaling of the

f.-w. median nervure on the underside, the transparency of

the f.-w. is caused in the same manner, and the male arma-

tures are not distinguishable. The alternation of red,

yellow, and white is a common phenomenon in other species,

and I feel bound therefore to consider si/ia as merely a

form of masamba.

A. masamba @ f. boseae.

This is a form in which the red areas are replaced by pale

yellowish white, with a perhaps still greater tendency than in

f. silia to absence of spots in h.-w. areas. So far I have only

seen 2 9 of this form, and judging by the analogy of other

Madagascan species the white colour is probably confined to

that sex. A 9? of the silia form now before me has, in the

h.-w., the inner margin, and the space between the marginal

border and the spots in areas 1b to 3, almost white.

121. ACRAEA SAMBAVAR, PI. XV, f. 15.

Acraea sambavae, Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 59 (1873) ;

Mabille, Nat. Hist. Mad. Lep., 1, p. 101, pl. 10, f. 7-9

(1885-7); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 112 (1898).

MADAGASCAR.

¢. Expanse 54-56 mm. F.-w. Costa and apex powdered

with black, nervule ends broadly powdered with black on

hind margin forming a narrow border with a sinuous inner

outline, Cell almost to end, base of area 3, basal half of 2, and

the whole of area 1b, except just on margin, powdered with

deep brick red, Area la black powdered withred, Remainder

of wing transparent, due toa reduction in number and not in size

of the scales, these being also set somewhat on edge. H.-w.

brick red, yellowish in areas la, 1b, and 1c, and having a slight

black basal suffusion. At extremities of nervules there are

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 315

black triangles, their bases contiguous on the margin. Black

spots as on underside, but those of outer row rather larger.

Underside. F.-w. for the most part devoid of scales, Dusted

with sepia on costa, apex, and along hind margin. H.-w. Base

to outer row of spots, and on hind margin, brownish pink,

intervening space dull pale pink. Nervule ends on margin

blackish brown. Short internervular folds rather distinct but

not blackened. Black spots as follows :—An outer row of eight

(sometimes nine). The first two in 7 and 6 large, and placed

beyond origin of nervule 7, the third and fourth in 5 and 4

smaller, and placed much nearer margin, the fifth at base of

area 3, sixth adjacent to it in 2, and the seventh and eighth in

1c, and 1b, in line with the sixth and nearly at right angles to

inner margin. Sometimes a ninth spot in area la. Some

black at base of wing, a spot in 8 against precostal, a large

transverse subbasal spot in 7, two in cell, the second lying at or

before origin of nervule 2, one or two spots on upper part of

discocellulars, a subbasal in 1c and la, and more distally placed

than these a spot in 1b.

Head black with a reddish dot between the eyes and two on

collar, thorax black above with indications of a few pale

markings, abdomen black above with dull yellowish lateral

spots and intersegmental lines. Claws unequal.

Q. Expanse 60-70 mm, Resembles the male but the red

areas are either duller and paler, or may vary to yellowish

white.

I have seen but few examples of this species. It may

be distinguished from masamba by the more distal position

of the h.-w. spots in areas 4 and 5, by the much less

developed h.-w. marginal border, and by the greater extent

of red in the f.-w.

I have no special localities for this purely Madayascan

species. Mabille describes the species as rare in that

island and as inhabiting the eastern wooded areas. One

example in the Oxford collection is labelled S.W.

Madagascar.

GROUP XIX.

122. AcRAEA SAFIE. Pl. XV, f. 1.

Acraea safie, Felder, Reise Novara Lep., p. 370 (1867); Auri-

villius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898); Rothschild and

Jordan, Novit. Zool., xii, p. 183 (1905).

316

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Apyssinta (Gardulla).

A. safie f. antinorii, Oberthiir (A. antinorii), Ann. Mus. Genov.,

xv, p. 157, pl. 1, f. 3 (1880); xviii, p. 719 (1883); Auri-

villius(var.? antinorii), Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ; Pagen-

stecher (safie var. antinorii), Jahrb. Nass. Ver. Nat., ly, p.

136 (1902) ; Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool. xii, p. 183 (1905),

Apysstnta (Gara Daij, Abulcassim, Schoa, Dara R., Malo,

Kaffa).

A. safie safie.

6. Expanse 44-45 mm. F.-w. brown black. Beyond cell

a series of four translucent spots, dusted with ochreous. The

first very small in area 9, the remainder large, subquadrate,

and separated only by nervules 5 and 6. At base of area 2 a

large ochre yellow spot, and beneath it in 1b a somewhat

larger patch of the same colour.

H.-w. brown black with a central band of ochre yellow, ex-

tending from costa almost to inner margin, the portion above

nervule 4 being some 2 mm. broader than the remainder.

Underside. F.-w. Central portion greyish brown. Costa,

apex, and hind margin pale ochreous, striated by narrowly

black nervules and rays. The subapical spots white, those in

2 and 1b as above but paler.

H.-w. pale dusky ochreous, with the central band as above

but paler. Hind-marginal border striated by very narrowly

darkened nervules and rays. A few very small black spots

so variable in number as to be of little use as a character.

When two are present in cell, the second is situated before the

origin of nervule 2.

Head and thorax black with a few pale markings. Abdomen

black above with pale ochreous lateral dots. Claws equal.

2. I have not seen a 9 corresponding to this form.

A, safie f. antinorii.

This form differs from typical examples principally in having

the spots and h.-w. band much reduced. In one example

before me there are three small whitish subapical spots, a small

ochreous mark at base of area 2, and beneath it a very slight

trace of ochreous in 1b. The h.-w. is all brown black with

just a few ochreous scales in area 6. A trace of such scales

may also be discerned with a lens in areas 7 and &,

Underside extremely variable. In one example before me

it is much as in the type form. In a second the h.-w. is all

dull greyish ochreous, slightly darker on the hind-marginal

border, whilst in a third the basal portion of h.-w. is dull

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 317

ochreous, and the inner portion of the hind-marginal border

is dusted with reddish brown, this suffusion reaching the cell

in area 3. This example has only three black spots on the

underside, viz. two on the discocellulars, and one in Ib.

@ resembles the ¢.

This species, which is quite distinctive in appearance,

appears to occur only in Abyssinia.

123. ACRAEA AMICITIAE. Pl. XV, f. 12.

Acraea amicitiae, Heron. Trans. Zool. Soc., 19, p. 148, pl. 5, f.

PCLO09):

Mr. RUWENZORI.

¢. Expanse 50-56 mm. F.-w. hind margin rather markedly

concave. Base, costa, distal half of wing, hind margin and

inner margin brown black. Cell, middle of 2, and greater part

of 1b, tawny red. Beyond cell a band of three pale spots

separated by nervules 6 and 5, sometimes transparent, some-

times dusted with reddish yellow, and followed by a small

separate spot in 3 similarly variable. In cell an irregular black

spot wide at subcostal, narrowing suddenly in the middle and

reaching median at origin of nervule 2. <A black spot at base

of Z distally indented by the red colour, and beneath it a

sinuous black spot in 1b. In some examples indications of

reddish submarginal dots.

H.-w. tawny-red, base of area 7, upperside of median to end

of cell, base of 2, and basal half of 1c, 1b and la black. A

black submarginal line beginning at costa and proceeding

parallel to margin as far as nervule 3 where it suddenly widens

out to a broad black submarginal band which reaches inner

margin. Between this and the margin the nervule ends are

rather broadly black and join a fine black marginal line, thus

enclosing large quadrate spots of the ground-colour. A few

small black spots corresponding to those beneath.

Underside. F.-w. Costa, apex, and margin dark ochreous

crossed by black nervules, and having on margin orange brown

internervular rays. Those parts which above are red or black

are here almost scaleless, the black marks only showing through

from upperside. A black dot at extreme base of costa. A fine

black line round margin.

H.-w. Basal and distal part of 7, base of cell, and basal

half of Ic, 1b, and la pale grey. Middle of 7, end of cell,

and bases of 6 and 5, reddish. Beyond cell pale brownish

pink, the margin tawny orange, and the black submarginal line

318 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

and band of upperside showing slightly through. Nervule

ends black joining in a fine black marginal line. Small black

spots as follows:—One, minute, in 8 (often absent), two in 7

close together, the second just beyond origin of nervule 7

Beneath this and nearer margin two small spots in 6 and 5. A

spot at base of 2, a V-shaped spot in le (often divided) and a

spot in lb, these three all in a straight line at right angles

to inner margin. One spot in middle of cell and one at

extreme end, one on discocellulars at base of nervule 6, and a

sunilar one at base of 5,a basal and a subbasal in 1c, beneath it

a spotin 1b, and another in la, also a subbasal in the latter area.

Head and thorax black with yellowish dots ; abdomen black

above with yellowish lateral dots and fine pale segmental lines.

Claws unequal.

I have not seen a 9 of this species.

A, amicitiae is a very distinct and apparently local

species. It occurs on Mt. Ruwenzori from 6,000 to

13,000 ft.

124, ACRAEA ANSORGEI. Pl. XVI, f.5 (9).

Acraea ansorgei, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. v, p. 351 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898) ; Grose-Smith, Rhop.

Exot. (Acraea), 6, p. 21, pl. 6, f. 9, 10 (1901).

3RITISH E, Arrica (Nandi Station, Limoru).

There are before me four examples of this species, all

2 @. Grose-Smith first described the type as a 2 and

afterwards figured it as a J, but his first conclusion was

the correct one. His figure is like the insect in pattern

only, as it shows the paler areas bright yellow, whereas

in the type they are orange tawny.

As no two of the examples before me are alike, I will

first describe the typical form, afterwards indicating the

points in which the remaining three respectively differ.

2. Expanse 40-50 mm. F.-w. Base suffused with dark brown

as far as origin of nervule 2. Beyond this the costa, cell,

extreme base of area 3, basal half of 2, and the whole of 1b

and la, orange tawny. Remainder of wing dark brown. A

series of three subapical tawny spots separated only by the

subcostal and nervule 6, followed by a submarginal spot in

area 4,

H.-w. entirely orange tawny except for avery slight brownish

suffusion at base, and faint indications of two or three minute

black subbasal dots.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 319

Underside. The tawny colour of a duller shade. F.-w. slightly

darkened at base. Between end of cell and the outer tawny

spots, as dark as on upperside, the spots paler, and the apical

and marginal area dull red brown.

H.-w. with a faintly indicated dusky curved band beyond

cell extending from costa to inner margin. A few small black

dots variable in number, the specimen with the greatest number

of these shows one at base in 9 and le, one in 8, two in 7 the

second well beyond origin of nervule 7, two in cell, the second

before origin of nervule 2, faint indications of discal spots in

6, 5, 4, and 3, and two in le, 1b, and 1a respectively.

Head and thorax black with two reddish tufts on collar,

abdomen black above with yellowish lateral white dots.

The three other examples of this species now before me differ

from that above described in the following manner :—

(1) The central band of f.-w. is pale tawny, the spots rather

darker in shade. The h.-w. is pale creamy white, slightly

blackened at base.

(2) All the light areas in both wings pale ochreous.

(3) F.-w. central band and the whole of h.-w., except at base,

pale creamy white. F.-w. subapical spots pure white.

This peculiar species seems to occur only on the east

side of L. V. Nyanza, two of the above examples being

labelled Nandi country, one “60 m. along the Anglo-

German Boundary,” the fourth Limoru, at mile-post 407

on the Uganda Railway. It is remarkable that they

should be all 99, and one is tempted to suppose that

they are merely one more form of the polymorphic A.

conjuncta. Though such may well be the fact, it seems

better, with the present paucity of material, to keep the

form separate.

125. AcRaEA conguNcTA. Pl. XIV, f. 18.

Acraea conjwncta, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., v, p. 351 (1898) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898); Grose-Smith,

Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi, p. 22, pl. 6, f. 11, 12 (1901).

f. interrupta f. n.

? f. silacea f. n.

2 f. mutata f. n.

? f. pica f. n.

@ f. lutealba f. n.

2 f. suffusa f. n.

British E. Arrica (Kavirondo, Nairobi, Aberdare Hills,

Mt. Kokanjero).

320

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. conjuncta conjuncta.

g. Expanse 40-46 mm. F.-w. deep brown-black. A central

curved band of deep ochreous formed by a quadrate spot occupy-

ing the whole of distal end of cell, a similar patch in 2 not

quite reaching the base of that area, and a central patch in 1b,

and la. A small spot of the same colour at base of area 3.

Beyond cell a subapical series of 3-4 small deep ochreous spots

in 10, 9, 6, and 5, followed by a submarginal spot of the same

colour in area 4.

H.-w. deep ochreous, the base suffused with dark brown, the

inner margin powdered with the same colour as far as 1b. A

hind-marginal border of dark brown 3-4 mm. wide its inner

edge somewhat irregular and edentate between the nervules, A

few minute black discal spots faintly indicated.

Underside paler and duller, the pattern much less distinct.

In h.-w. some minute black spots very variable in number.

The example before me having the largest number of these

spots shows the following :—A basal spot in 9 and in le. Two

in 7, the outermost well beyond origin of 7, one in cell before

origin of 2, a series of three small discal spots in areas 5, 4, and

3 in a nearly vertical line, one in 1c and 1b, and one in Ia.

Head black with two reddish tufts in collar. Thorax black,

abdomen black above, with minute lateral yellowish dots. -

Claws unequal.

2. Expanse about 35 mm. Resembles the 2.

f. interrupta.

In this form which occurs in both sexes the central band of

the f.-w. is not continuous but is broken into spots, that in

area 1b being sometimes reduced to a mere streak.

©. f. silacea.

The f.-w. spots, and the central patch of h.-w. are pale

ochreous.

Q. f. mutata.

Resembles the foregoing but the f.-w. subapical spots are

white.

?. £. pica.

All the pale markings are white.

Q. f. lutealba.

The pale markings of f.-w. are orange ochreous, whilst the

central patch of h.-w. is white.

Q. f. suffusa.

In the f.-w. the brown black ground-colour is much reduced

in area and remains only as a basal and a subapical suffusion,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 321

a little dark scaling remaining on the nervules in the subapical

region. The remainder of the wing is orange ochreous. In

the h.-w. the dark border, though nearly as wide as in other

forms has a much browner appearance owing to an admixture

of orange ochreous scales. Base and inner margin suffused

with greyish. Remainder of wing orange ochreous,

A, conjuncta is still rare in collections, indeed until

quite recently only very few examples were known. It

has however lately been taken in some numbers by Neave

on Mt. Kokanjero, and his series contains all the forms

mentioned above. The polymorphism of the species

appears to be associated with that of A. johnstoni, a great

number of forms of the latter having been taken at the

same time and place.

126. AcRaEA DissuncTA. PIL. XIV, f. 12.

Acraea disjuncta, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool, 5, p. 351

(1898) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898) ; Grose-

Smith, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), vi, p. 20, pl. 6, f. 7, 8

(1901) ; Heron, Trans, Zool. Soc. xix, p. 148 (1909).

= Planema nandensis., E. M. B, Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist.,

ii, p. 244 (1899).

British E, Arrica (Nandi); Conco (nmr. L. Kivu; Mt.

Ruwenzori, 5—7,000 ft.; “90 km. W. of Albert Nyanza”).

d. Expanse 44-48 mm. F.-w. Costa, cell, base of 1b and

la, apical area, and hind margin sepia black. A large sub-

apical and inner marginal patch of pale ochre yellow. The dark

colour extends a little beyond cell and is continued in area 3

so as to join, or nearly join, that of the hind margin, thus

isolating a subapical patch of the paler colour, This patch is

almost 4 mm. wide in areas 6, 5, and 4, is somewhat narrower

at costa, and in area 3 is reduced to about 2 mm. The inner

marginal patch occupies the whole of area 2 except at hind

margin, and becomes gradually wider to the inner margin.

H.-w. pale ochre yellow with a slight dusting of brownish

scales at base, and a hind-marginal border of sepia brown the

inner edge of which is slightly suffused.

Underside. A pale replica of the upper, the f.-w. cell some-

what suffused with pale ochreous, and the darker colour of

apex, margin, and base of area 1b, dusky ochreous. Nervule

ends and rays finely marked in black brown. H.-w. margin

dusky ochreous. Nervules and rays finely marked in black

brown, the latter long and extending inwards almost to cell,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTI. (JULY) Y

322 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A few minute black spots of which there are, one at base in

9, one in 8, 2 in 7, two in cell (close together, the second just

before origin of nervule 2) and two in Ic, 1b, and la.

Head and thorax black with a few yellowish spots. Abdomen

black above with dark ochreous lateral spots and segmental

lines. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 50 mm. Resembles ¢ but in some examples

there isa dusting of ochreous scales near end of f.-w. cell and

the brown basal colour is sometimes not quite extended to the

marginal border, the subapical and hind-marginal patches thus -

being continuous. In the h.-w. the inner edge of the marginal

border is rather more suffused than in the ¢ and is sometimes

slightly powdered with orange ochreous scales whilst the dark

colour is narrowly edentate on the nervules.

On the underside the h.-w. base a curved suffused band of

brownish colour beyond the cell, followed by a paler area, and

the marginal border is inclined to reddish brown.

This species appears to be fairly common some 20 m.N.

of Kisumu, whence a good series has been received by the

Oxford Museum from Mr. C. A. Wiggins. Examples

from other localities than Nandi have usually much heavier

black markings. It is a much smaller insect than <A.

jodutta, and is easily distinguished from A. alciope by

the extension of the f-w. dark costal colour to the margin,

and by its duller ochreous colour. At the same time it is

very closely allied to alciope, though the latter has equal

claws in the ~.

127, AcRAEA ALCIoPE, Pl. XIV, f. 11.

Acraea alciope, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acruea), pl. 1, f. 4 (9

non ¢), 1852; Karsch, Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 116 (1898); Eltringham, Af.

Mim. Butt., p. 44, pl. 3, f. 23 (1910); Poulton, Bedrock, p.

59 et seq., ff. 3, 4, 8, 9, 10 (1912).

3 (=cydonia), Ward, Ent. Mo. Mag., 10, p. 59 (1873) ; Karsch,

Berl. Ent. Zeit., 38, p. 196 (1893); Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr.,

14, p. 278 (1893); Eltringham, Af. Mim, Butt., p. 44,

pl. 3, f. 16 (1910).

Ivory Coast; ASHANTI; Toco; CAMEROON; FERNANDO

Po; Congo (Inkissi R., Aruwimi R., Kassai R.) to UGANDA

(Toro, Entebbe),

2 f. macarina, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 221, pl. 17, f. 6

(1868) ; Hewitson, Exot, Butt, (Acraea), pl. 1, f. 5 (1852) ;

Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., 14, p. 278, f. 6 (1893) ; Rhop.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 323

Aeth., p. 116 (1898); (metamorph.), Ent. Tidskr., 14,

p. 278, pl. 5, f. 3 (1883).

Gontp Coasv; ASHANTI; CALABAR ; CAMEROON ; FERNANDO

Po ; Conao (Maringa, Kassai R., Stanley Pool, Bopoto, Ft. Beni).

~ alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, 1, p. 63, f. 11 (1912).

Lagos.

2 f. fumida, f. nov.

Lagos.

Q f. aurivillir.

= A. aurivillii, Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 209, pl. 2, f. 2 (1896) ;

Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 117 (1898); Eltringham,

Proc, Ent. Soc., p. Ixvii (1909); Af. Mim. Butt., p. 45,

pl. 8, f. 4 (1910).

= Planema alicia 2, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool. vii, p. 546

(1900); Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 8, p. 30,

pl. 8, f. 11 (1901).

= alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, p. 62, ff. 7, 14 (1912).

Cameroon to Ucanpa (Toro, Entebbe).

f. latifasciata, Grinberg, Sitzb. Gesell. naturf. Freunde, p. 164

(1910).

Q f. tella, f. nov.*

— Planema alicia “ ¢,” Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., p. 546

(1900) ; Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot. (Acraea), 8, p. 30,

pl. 8, f. 9, 10 (1901).

=alciope 2 Poulton, Bedrock, p. 62, f. 12 (1912).

Uaanpa (Entebbe, Pt. Alice).

A. alciope schecana, subsp., Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool.,

xii, p. 184 (1905) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 44 (1910).

ApyssInia (Scheko).

A. alciope alciope. Pl. VI, f. 10 (larva).

¢. Expanse, 54-64 mm. F.-w. Cell, base of la, 1b, 3, 4, 5,

and 6, costa, apex, and hind margin brown-black, Remainder

golden ochreous, this colour forming an angulated band across

the wing, narrow at costa, and proceeding downwards and

outwards to nervule 3, where it becomes wider, occupying

the whole of area 2 except the hind margin, and reaches its

maximum width on inner margin.

H.-w. golden ochreous. A very little brown black at base,

and a hind-marginal border of the same colour some 3-4 mm.

* The name alicia cannot be retained, as I indicated in Proc, Ent.

Soc., J. ¢, (1909).

Y 2

324 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

wide, its inner edge rather deeply edentate on and between the

nervules. Near base the spots of the underside are faintly

indicated.

Underside. F.-w. The dark areas of upperside are’ here

replaced by dusky yellow, somewhat blacker just beyond cell.

The nervule ends and rays black. A dark spot enclosing a

pale dot at base of costa, yellow band as on upperside, but

paler and duller.

H.-w. warm ochre yellow with a dusky powdering on hind-

marginal border. Nervules and rays black. Black spots as

foliows :—One at base in 9, one in 8, two in 7, the second over

origin of nervule 7, two in cell, the second over origin of

nervule 2. Sometimes a small dot near base of area 5. A

basal, a subbasal, and a median spot in 1c, and the same in 1b.

A subbasal in la, and sometimes a second very small spot in

the same area.

Head black with a yellowish dot between, and two white

lines behind the eyes. Thorax black with yellowish dorsal

and lateral spots. Abdomen black above with deep yellow

lateral spots increasing in size towards the extremity. Between

the spots pale transverse segmental lines. Claws equal.

Q?.* Expanse 57-70 mm. F.-w. Costa, cell, and base of areas

lb, 4, 5, and 6, powdered with black. Outer half of wing

grey black. Subcostal, median, base of area 2, middle of

area 1b, and the greater part of la, orange tawny, this colour

radiating somewhat along the nervules in the central area of

wing. At base of area 3a black spot, beneath it in 2 a larger

transverse spot, and beneath the latter, but rather nearer base,

a subcrescentic spot in 1b.

H.-w. slightly darkened at base. Basal half orange tawny.

Hind margin broadly grey black, its inner edge deeply radiate.

The basal spots of underside are visible as brownish markings.

Underside much as above, but f.-w. ochreous grey with

some black just beyond, and a black streak at end of cell.

A dull orange suffusion about median, base of area 2, and

middle of area 1b. On outer half of wing the nervule ends

are reddish brown, and between them are rather broad black

rays. H.-w. brownish at base, a pinkish white flush beyond

cell, remainder ochreous grey striated by black nervures and

nervules. Spots as in ¢ but larger, and often an extra spot

in cell and one near base of areas 6 and 2.

* T regard the typical 9 as the form figured by Hewitson (I. c.),

and it is this form which is here described.

African Species of the Genus Acraeca. 325

A. alciope 2 f. macarina.

This form more nearly resembles the ¢ in that it has a

continuous band of dark ochreous in the f.-w., but this band

is narrow, and in areas 3, 2 and 1b is deeply indented by the

grey-brown of the hind margin. The black spots in the same

areas are outwardly well defined but basally, especially in 2

and 1b, they become diffused into the basal brown. The h.-w.

is deep ochreous with a powdering of brown black about apex

and along hind margin. Nervules and rays well marked, and

scaled with black-brown. The underside corresponds to the

upper, but in the f.-w. the dark areas are replaced by dusky

ochreous, and the black spots in 3, 2, and 1b are well defined.

A. alciope @ f. cretacea.

Basal half of wing sepia black, somewhat darker just beyond

cell and in areas 3, 2, and 1b, where the spots occur in the

typical form. An inner marginal suffusion of reddish brown

extending into middle of area 1b. Beyond the dark basal

portion a band of white which is inwardly sharply defined but

outwardly becomes rapidly diffused into the sepia grey which

occupies the distal half of wing.

H.-w. tawny brown, the hind margin sepia grey radiating

deeply into the ground-colour. Underside corresponding to

the upper, but distal portion of f.-w. ochreous grey, and the

curved black mark in 1b very distinct. H.-w. pale ochreous

brown, otherwise as in typical examples.

A. alciope 2 f. fumida.

The pattern of the wings is almost obliterated. Both wings

are sepia brown somewhat darker at base, a slight reddish

powdering in the middle, and with traces of the normal black

spots.

A. alciope 2 f. aurivillii.

Bears a striking resemblance to Planema poggei nelsoni, and

allied forms.

F.-w. brown black with a broad central band of orange

ochreous inwardly irregular though sharply defined ; outwardly,

especially in areas 3, 2, and 1b, often deeply indented by the

brown-black ground-colour.

H.-w. a triangular umber brown patch at base, followed

by a central transverse band of white, the remainder of wing

brown black, reddish brown, or even tawny ; this area being

heavily striated by the dark nervules and rays.

Underside. F.-w. as above but paler and duller. Traces

of the black spots in 3, 2, and 1b are visible. H.-w. basal

326 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

triangular patch chocolate brown with the usual black spots

more developed than in western forms. Remainder of wing

as on upperside.

The outline of the orange band of f.-w. is somewhat

variable, being sometimes deeply indented, sometimes

nearly straight, Examples presenting the latter condition

have been named var. latifasciata by Griinberg.

A. alciope 2 f. tella.

This is the form figured by Grose-Smith as the ¢ of his

“ Planema alicia.” It is however a 9 and differs from the

usual cwrivillii form in having the ground-colour of h.-w.

tawny without any white bar, and bearing a narrow dark

hind-marginal border, widest at apex and tapering to anal

angle.

A, alciope schecana, subsp.

This is the Abyssinian form of the species, and is described

by Rothschild and Jordan from one ¢ in the Tring collection.

The ochreous band of the f.-w. upperside is somewhat paler

than in West African examples, and the black distal border of

the h.-w. is wider. On the underside the black spots of h.-w.

are reduced in size and number.

The descriptions of the larva and pupa, given by Auri-

villius (/. ¢.) are as follows :-—

Larva pale (yellowish?) with narrow dark transverse lines,

Head, true legs, and spines, black. The sublateral spines,

however, only black at the ends. The spines distinctly longer

than the diameter of the body, and arising from brownish

tubercles.

Pupa, having the usual black markings of the Acraea pupae.

The spots of the abdomen have pale centres, and the two dorsal

rows converge in a black spot on the first segment. In the

pale centres of the dorsal spots of segments 2-5 (6) are

small pointed tubercles, largest at segment 2 and decreasing

posteriorly.

These descriptions agree fairly well with specimens

received from Mr. Lamborn, from Lagos. One of these

larvae I have figured on Pl. VI, fig. 10. It will be noted

that the ground-colour is green. This colour is rapidly lost

in spirit, a fact which would account for the doubt expressed

by Aurivillius as to the colour of the larva. At Lagos it

feeds on Flewrya podocarpa, Wedd.-(Urticaceae). 1 cannot

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 327

regard the awrivillw f. of A. alciope as a subspecies, since

it occurs with the typical form in Cameroon as well as

in Uganda, and probably occasionally in the intervening

country. It is an interesting fact that at Entebbe, where

this is the usual form of 9, it habitually flies with the

Planema which it so closely resembles, whilst the typical

9, which is much the commonest form in its western

range, also accompanies an entirely different Planema

which it appears to imitate. Uganda examples of A.

aleciope f seem often to have the black distal border in

the h.-w. broader than in more western specimens.

128: AGRAEA sopuT?Ta. Pl. XIV, f. 10.

Acraea jodutta, Fabricius (Pup.), Ent. Syst., 3, 1, p. 175 (1793) * ;

Butler (A), Fabr. Lepid., p. 130 (1869) ; Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 116 (1898); Ann. Mus. Genov., 3, iv, p. 20

(513) (1910); Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 80 (1910);

Griinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910).

36 =flava, Dewitz, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur., 41, 2, No. 2, p. 19,

pl. 1, f. 10 (1879).

= gea, Moschler, Abhandl. Senckenb. Ges., 15, p. 55 (1887).

SeneGAL; S. Leone; ASHANTI; CAMEROON; NIGERIA ;

Prince’s I.; UGanpa (Entebbe); Bririsn E, Arrica (Kisumu);

NYASSALAND.

f. carmentis, Doubl. Hew. and Westw., Gen. Di. Lep.,

p. 140, pl. 19, f. 1 (1848).

= Planema dorotheae 2, E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist,

p. 135 (1902).

Appears liable to occur throughout the range of the species,

2 f. dorotheae.

= Planema dorotheae “ ¢,” E. M. B. Sharpe, Entomologist,

p. 135 (1902).

= jodutta, 2 var., Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 81, pl. 8,

f. 9 (1910).

Ucanpa (Entebbe) ; BririsH KE. Arrica (Kisuma),

2 f. interjecta, f. nov.

British E. Arrica (Tiriki).

2 f. subfulva, f. nov.

8. LEONE.

* The type is evidently a 2, as it is described as black with

white markings. Westwood’s copy of Jones’ figure in “ Icones” (ined.)

shows a ¢ with buff markings, hut there is a note beneath it in

Westwood’s writing mentioning that Jones’ figure is uncoloured,

328

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Lacos (Oni).

9 f. inawreata, f. nov.

Nyasananp (Nr. Florence Bay).

A. jodutta aethiops, subsp.

Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool. xii, p. 183 (1905).

ApyssInIA (Dereta Mts, ; Gamitscha to Anderatscha).

A, jodutta jodutta.

d. Expanse 60-70 mm. F.-w. sepia brown. Beyond the

cell a curved subapical band of elongate pale ochreous spots

separated only by the nervules beginning close to costa and

becoming gradually wider as far as nervule 4. Beneath this

nervule the band ends with a much. shorter spot, the lower

edge of which reaches the middle of area 3. An inner marginal

patch of pale ochreous reaching almost to base and to hind

angle in la, becoming narrower as it extends upwards and

ending in area 2 with a width of about 8 mm.

H.-w. with a slight sepia brown basal suffusion on which

can be discerned a few minute dark spots, Central area pale

ochre yellow. Hind margin broadly dusted with sepia brown

forming 2 wide marginal border, the inner edge of which is

usually quite indistinctly defined, the whole wing beyond cell

being striated by well-marked dark internervular rays and

nervules.

Underside. F.-w. Cell and area beyond it, as far as the sub-

apical band, sepia, the cell somewhat dusted with pale ochreous.

Costa, apical area and hind margin dusky ochreous, traversed

by fine black nervules and rays. Subapical band and inner

marginal patch as above but paler. A dusky suffusion at base

of area 1b,

H.-w. pale dusky ochreous, the base and hind-marginal area

just perceptibly darker. Nervures and nervules narrowly but

strongly marked and the internervular rays extend in well-

marked lines right up to the cell in each space. A dusky line

in the cell. A few small black dots near base arranged as

follows :—One in 9, one in 8 against precostal, two in 7 rather

close together, two in cell the second before the origin of

nervule 2, a basal and a subbasal in 1c, and in the same area

a third spot at the level of origin of nervule 2 (often doubled),

two in Ib, and la.

Head and thorax black with a few pale dots. Abdomen

black above and orange beneath with orange lateral spots, and

whitish segmental lines, Claws unequal.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 329

Q. Expanse about 70 mm. Resembles ¢ in pattern but

the dark areas are somewhat blacker, and the pale ochreous

areas are replaced by white. In f.-w. the subapical band is

somewhat reduced in width, and the inner marginal patch is

very small and ill defined. On the underside the pattern is

the same as above, and the blackish areas are the same, and

are not replaced by ochreous as in ¢.

A. jodutta 2 f. carmentis.

In this form the white of f.-w. subapical band and of inner

margin is much extended and almost joined in the neighbour-

hood of nervule 2.

A. jodutta 92 f. dorotheae.

The f.-w. subapical band is rather broader than usual, and

is golden yellow shading to rather paler or even white, towards

costa. The inner marginal patch is nearly as large as in the

6 and is golden yellow. The h.-w. isa slightly deeper shade

of the same colour, and though very distinctly striated by

black nervules and long black rays has very little dark

marginal suffusion, there being just a lttle powdering towards

the apex.

On the underside the f.-w. has the cell and central portion

blackish and the apical and hind-marginal area dull orange

ochreous. H.-w. dull orange ochreous with fine black nervules

and rays.

Some examples of this form have the subapical patch white.

A. jodutta 2 f. interjecta.

The f.-w. subapical band is white as in typical ?, but the

inner marginal patch is a mere sprinkling of pale ochreous

scales, except in la where it is well defined. In the centre of

area 2 is a longitudinal submarginal white streak.

H.-w. basal area pale ochreous with a slight brownish basal

suffusion. Outer half of wing dusted with reddish brown

suffused with sepia at apex.

Underside. F.-w. apex and hind margin dull reddish brown.

H.-w. dull orange at base, outer half suffused with dull reddish

brown.

A. jodutta 2 f. subfulva.

Resembles the typical 2, but the outer half of h.-w. is

reddish brown, the inner edge of this colour being rather

sharply defined. A dusting of sepia brown about apex and

along hind margin.

O ft. ¢astanea. Pl Vf. 1.

F,-w. rich sepia-black. The subapical patch almost obliter-

330 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

ated and appearing only as a mark slightly paler than the

ground-colour. Inner marginal patch rather narrow, tawny

brown.

H.-w. rich chestnut, slightly darkened at base and having

a very narrow sepia black hind-marginal border, inwardly

suffused and broadest at apex. Nervules and rays well marked

black.

Underside. F.-w. basal half black with the inner marginal

patch somewhat duller than above. Subapical patch whitish

brown. Apex wuber brown.

H.-w. umber brown, reddish at base, and rather pale over end

of cell and bases of areas 4,5, and 6. Spots asin typical forms.

? f. naureata. Pl. V, f. 8.

F.-w. basal half rich golden yellow. Apical half black with

a large oblique white patch extending from near costa into

area 3. A small white streak in area 2 near margin and a

slight powdering of white in area 1b.

H.-w. rich golden yellow without basal suffusion or hind-

marginal border. A fine black marginal line. Ends of

nervules and rays black, especially toward apex.

Underside. F.-w. as above but duller, the apex dark ochreous

with finely marked nervules and rays. H.-w. as above but

duller. Slightly reddish at base. Black spots as in other

forms.

This beautiful form was taken by Neave on the road to

Florence Bay, Nyassaland, at an elevation of 4,500 ft.

A. jodutta aethiops, subsp.

¢d. On the upperside the f.-w. has the inner marginal patch

extending closer to base, and there is a diffused buff patch in

cell. The h.-w. basal patch is reduced and the black distal

border is narrower and more sharply defined between costa

and nervule 3.

2 has the subapical band either orange or white. The inner

marginal patch is golden orange and is much larger than in

the typical form.

H.-w. golden orange with very little brown at base and only

a dusting of that colour at apex. The internervular rays are

scarcely visible in areas 3 to la, whilst on the underside they

are much reduced in 7 to 4.

It is not always easy to distinguish examples of A.

jodutta from those of A. esebria. The former may, however,

usually be known by the very suffused appearance of the

dark hind-marginal colour in the h-w. Also the inter-

African Species of the Genus Acraca. O31

nervular rays of the h.-w., especially on the underside, are

much longer than in esebria and almost touch the cell.

There is some temptation to regard jodutta as the

western form of esebria, but I am quite satisfied that

they are distinct species. There is a marked peculiarity

in the male armature of esebria, viz. the internal tooth-like

process on the inner side of the claspers towards their base,

which is quite constant in that species from Angola to

the Comoro Is., and which does not occur in that of jyodutta.

It is, however, a very remarkable fact that the male

armatures of jodutta and alciope are very similar, suggest-

ing a close alliance, whilst at the same time alciope belongs

to the small minority of species in which the ff tarsal

claws are symmetrical.

A, jodutta extends from Senegal through 8. Leone,

Ashanti, Nigeria, and Cameroon across the Congo State

to Uganda and Abyssinia.

The form dorotheae is most common near Entebbe, where

it closely resembles a form of Planema tellus, common in

that locality.

129. ACRAEA ESEBRIA. PI]. XIV, f. 9.

Acraea esebria, Hewitson, Exot. Butt., pl. 2, f. 11 (1861);

Weale, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 271 (1877); Méschler, Verh.

z. b. Ges. Wien., 33, p. 283 (1883) ; Trimen, 8. Af. Butt.,

1, p. 177, pl. 1, f. 2, 2a (metamorph.), (1887) ; Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898).

= protea, var. B, Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 111, pl. 3, f. 2

(1866).

Cape Conony: Natan; ZuLULAND; MasHONALAND:

Beneran Conco (Katanga); German E. Arrica; Brivis

E. AFRICA,

f. protea, Trimen, Rhop. Af. Austr., p. 110 (1866).

= esebria, 2, Hew., Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2, f. 12 (1861) ;

Stand., Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 85, pl. 33 (1885).

= esebria, var. A, Trimen, S. Af. Butt., 1, p. 178 (1887).

= arctifascia, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 427 (1874).

Aneoua; Carr Cotony; Navan; ZULULAND; MasHona-

LAND ; GERMAN E. Arrica ; BrivisH E. AFRICA.

{. pseudoprotea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 428 (1874).

ANGOLA.

2 f. amphiprotea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 428 (1874).

ANGOLA.

? f. metaprotea, Butler, Cist, Ent,, 1, p. 211 (1874),

ANGOLA (Ambriz),

oa~_

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

f, jacksoni, E. M. B. Sharpe, Ann. Nat. Hist. (6), 5, p. 335

(1890); Waterhouse, Aid., pl. 189, f. 1 (1890) ; Rogenhofer

in Baumann, Usambara, p. 326 (1891).

MASHONALAND ; GuRMAN E, ArricA; BritisH EB. AFRICA.

f. monteironis, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1, p. 211 (1874); Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 427 (1874); Griinberg, Sitzb, Ges. nat. Fr.,

p. 150 (1910).

AnGcota ; MasHONALAND; British EK. Arrica; UGANDA

(Sesse I.).

? f. nubilata f. nov.

KE. Centrat ZULULAND (Llabisa).

f. ertli.

= A, ertli, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr., p. 94, f. 34 (1904),

GreRMAN E. Arrica (Usambara).

A, esebria masaris, subsp.

= A. masaris, Oberthiir, Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 27, pl. 1, f. 3,

12, pl. 2, f. 18, pl. 3, f. 30 (1898).

Comoro I.

A. esebria esebria.

¢d. Expanse 56-68 mm. F.-w. black brown. A subapical

band of five pale ochreous spots in 10, 6, 5, 4, and 3, the spot

in 4 being the longest, the others 2-3 mm. in length. That in

3 short and only extending to half the width of the internervular

space. An inner marginal patch of tawny orange occupying

nearly the whole of area la, the middle two-thirds of 1b, and

extending slightly into 2 at its base.

H.-w. slightly darkened at base, remainder tawny orange,

with a hind-marginal band of brown black about 4 mm. wide,

but very variable, and radiating inwardly on and between the

nervules. A few small black spots about the base.

Underside. F.-w. basal portion as far as subapical band sepia

black, somewhat inclined to tawny on costa. Apical and hind-

marginal areas tawny brown striated by black nervules and

rays. Subapical band and inner-marginal patch as above but

paler.

H.-w. tawny brown, inclined to dusky on hind margin.

Black spots variable, generally as follows :—One at base in 9,

one in 8 against precostal, two in 7, the second before origin of

nervule 7, two in cell close together in basal half, a minute dot

near base of areas 2, 4, and 5. A basal and a subbasal in le,

followed by a twin spot below origin of nervule 2. A basal, a

subbasal, and a distal in 1b, and two minute dots in la. Nerv-

ules and rays narrowly black, the latter not usually extending

inwardly so nearly to the cell as in jodutta.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 333

Head black with a tawny spot between the eyes, and two on

the collar. Thorax black with a few paler spots. Abdomen

black above with orange tawny lateral spots and fine inter-

segmental lines. Claws unequal.

2. Expanse 64-74 mm. Resembles the ¢ but the ground-

colour is rather browner, and the f.-w. subapical band is broader,

and white instead of ochreous. Inner edge of h.-w, marginal

border usually less well defined.

A, esebria f. protea.

¢. F.-w. pattern as in typical form but the subapical band

and inner marginal patch are pale dull ochreous.

H.-w. rather more darkened at base. Hind-marginal border

inwardly more sharply defined, and the central area is pale dull

ochreous.

9 like the ¢ but the f.-w. subapical band is broader, and

white, and the inner-marginal patch and central area of h.-w.

are pale creamy ochreous.

A, esebria f. pseudoprotea.

¢d rather smaller than typical form. Ground-colour pale

ochreous brown. F.-w. subapical band rather broader, pale

ochreous, inner-marginal patch pale ochreous. H.-w. also pale

ochreous, the hind-marginal border narrow and inwardly

much suffused.

2 (type) rather larger, having the ground-colour as in ¢, the

subapical band and inner-marginal patch pale tawny, h.-w.

much as in g but marginal border broader and rather better

defined.

A. esebria f. amphiprotea (@ ).

The type is a large 9 from Angola. Ground-colour medium

dark brown, the subapical band pale tawny and about twice the

width of that in the typical 9. There is a tawny submarginal

streak in area 2, and the inner-marginal patch, and the central

area of the h.-w. are pale tawny. The h.-w. marginal border

is of medium width and inwardly suffused. There seems to be

no particular form of ¢ associated with it.

al. esebria f. metaprotea ( ).

This form is very like A. jodutta. The type is a large 9.

The f.-w. is nearly all pale tawny with the cell black brown,

and a band of the same colour extending from costa to middle

of area 2 where it becomes broken up. The apical and hind-

marginal areas brown. The h.-w. is very pale tawny and has

only a dark marginal line and hardly any basal suffusion. The

nervules and rays are narrowly darkened.

334 Mr. H. Eltrincham’s Monograph of the

A, esebria f. jacksoni.

The ¢ resembles the type but has the f.-w. subapical band

rather broader and tawny orange instead of ochreous.

The @ has the subapical band very broad, tawny, and

joining the inner-marginal patch near the end of area 2 leaving

only the cell and apex dark, and a somewhat broken dark

central band. The h.-w. marginal band varies in width from

about 4 mm., to a mere darkening of the edge.

A, esebria f. monteironis.

¢ resembles the g psendoprotea but the pale areas are white.

Q. The f.-w. subapical band is very broad formed by six

large white spots in 6, 5, 4, 3, and 2, and a little above sub-

costal. The inner-marginal patch is white and does not extend

beyond area 2. The h.-w. is white with a small basal brown

suffusion and a broad well-defined hind-marginal border.

A, esebria Q f. nubilata.

The darker areas are sepia black. The base of f.-w. cell,

the inner-marginal patch, and the basal half of the h.-w. are

dark sepia grey, The f.-w. subapical band is greyish white.

There is a single example of this form in the Oxford

collection, taken at Llabisa, in E. Central Zululand.

A. esebria @ f. ertli.

This form the type of which has been kindly lent to me by

Herr Ertl, was described by Aurivillius as a new species. I

am satisfied however that it is in fact a form of esebria, and in

this conclusion Professor Aurivillius now concurs. Its most

striking feature is the f.-w. subapical band which is very wide

and strongly curved. It consists of six elongated spots the

inner edge of which traverses the wing at right angles to the

costa as far as nervule 4 where it curves round, first inwards

and then outwards, reaching nervule 2, The outer ends of

these spots are rounded and somewhat separated by nervalar

edentations of the ground-colour which, over the apical and

hind-marginal areas, is black brown, The cell and the costa

above it are brownish grey, followed by a band of black brown

from the end of cell to the subapical white. This band occupies

the base of area 3 and beneath that tapers to an outwardly

curved point in area 2. The inner-marginal patch is tawny

and extends inwardly to the base in areas la and 1b. The

white spot in area 2 is powdered with tawny at its basal side.

H.-w. tawny brown with a narrow black brown hind-

marginal border deeply edentate on and between the nervules,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 335

The underside corresponds to the upper in the same way as

in typical examples.

I have seen only one example of this form, viz. the type,

though in the collection of Mr. C. J. Grist there is an

example which comes very near it in pattern, but the f.-w.

subapical bar is pale tawny instead of white.

A. esebria masaris, subsp.

This island form of esebria is characterised by its smaller

average size, the ¢ being about 50 mm. and the ? about 56

mm. in expanse, and by the larger size of the pale spot in f.-w.

area 2. The wings are somewhat more rounded than in the

type form. The ¢ has the f.-w. black brown with a rather

narrow subapical band varying in colour from ochreous to

orange, and a narrow inner marginal patch of the same colour.

The h.-w. has a dark grey basal area extending to about the

middle of cell, followed by an orange or ochreous central band

and a broad black brown hind-marginal border usually well

defined inwardly.

The @ presents the same pattern but the f.-w. subapical

band is somewhat broader, and the paler markings may be

either orange ochreous or white.

This form may usually be recognised by the much

larger pale spot in f.-w. area 2, but though specimens have

a generally different appearance from those taken on the

mainland it is difficult to point out a really constant

difference.

The larva of A. esebria is described by Trimen as

follows :—

“About 1j in. long Pale ochreous brown ; each segment

(except head, and segment next to it) banded transversely and

centrally with a black streak edged on both sides with a pale

yellow streak. A lateral stripe of the same pale yellow. Head

black. Second, twelfth, and thirteenth segments each with two

black spines ; third and fourth segments each with two pairs

of black spines, each of the remaining segments with four black

spines springing from central black streak, and two lateral pale

yellow spines. Ona species of Flewrya, in February and March,”

The same author thus describes the pupa :—

‘‘About ? in. long. Chalky white with a faint yellowish

tinge. A series of very fine linear black markings along dorso-

thoracic ridge. Antennae and wing-nervures faintly indicated

336 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

by delicate linear black markings. Five rows of abdominal

black spots, viz. two dorsal, two lateral, and one ventral ;

these markings are sometimes slightly tinged with orange, and

the dorsal ones ow the first three segments of the abdomen are

conspicuously orange, black edged, tubercular, and pointed.

At anal extremity three looped black marks. Head very

slightly bifid. Thorax prominently angulated at bases of

wing covers, and with a pair of smaller projections posteriorly.

Duration of pupal state eight days.”

Acraea esebria is very closely allied to A. jodutia and

both seem to vary in similar directions. The latter species

can usually be recognised by the much less distinct

definition of the hind-wing marginal border (when present)

and by the longer internervular rays on the underside of

the hind-wing, these rays reaching almost to the cell. In

the case of so variable a species much more material is

required before we can decide whether any of the foregoing

forms should be regarded as subspecies,

130. AcRAEA Lycoa. Pl. XIV, f. 6.

Acraea lycoa, Godart, Enc, Méth., 9, p. 239 (1819); Staudinger,

Exot. Schmett., 1, p. 85 (1885); Dewitz, Ent. Nachr., p.

104 (1889); Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ;

Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305 (1906) ; Eltringham, Af.

Mim. Butt.,° p. 47 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1,

f. 1, 2, pl. 2, £. 1, 4 (1911).

S. Leone to Nigeria; Princes I.

A. lycoa media, subsp,

Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12 (1911).

= lycoa, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr, 14, p. 277, Aurivillius

(metamorph.) ; p. 278, pl. 5, f. 2, 2a, 2b (1893).

FERNANDO Po to Toro.

A. lycoa bukoba, subsp.

Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 3, 4 (1911).

1 = lycoa, Grinberg, Sitzb. Ges. nat. Fr., p. 150 (1910) ;

[Sesse I.].

Urunpi Country between L. Tanganyika and L. V. Nyanza.

A. lycoa entebbia, subsp.

Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 12, pl. 1, f. 5 (1911).

Uaanpa (Entebbe.)

A. lycoa tirika, subsp.

Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 1, f. 6 (1911).

British E. Arrica (Tiriki Hills).

African Specres of the Genus Acraca. 337

A. lycoa fallax, subsp.

Rogenhofer (Planema), Ann, d. K. K. Naturhist. Hofmus,

Wien. 6, p. 459, pl. 15, f. 6 (1891) ; Butler, Proc. Zool.

Soe., p. 113 (1896); Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ;

Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305, pl. 21, f. la, 2a (1906) ;

Heron, Trans. Zool. Soc., xix, p. 147 (1909); Eltringham,

Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47, pl. 3, f. 24, 25 (1910); Trans. Ent.

mec, pe 13, pk 1) f.'7 (1911).

= kilimandjara, Oberthur, Etud. d’Ent. 17, p. 26, pl. 2, f. 17

(1898) ; Butler, Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 113 (1896) ; Poulton,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 305 (1906).

German KE, Arrica (Mt. Kilimandjaro).

A. lycoa kenia, subsp.

Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 2, f. 7 (1911).

Britisu E. Arrica (Mt, Kenia, Kikuyu Escarpment).

A, lycoa aequalis, subsp.

Roth. and Jord., Novit. Zool., 12, p. 184 (1905) ; Eltringham,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13, pl. 1, f. 8, 9 (1911).

ApyssiniA (L. Abassi, Dara R., Banka, Dereta Mts., Wonda).

A. lycoa lycoa. P). VI, f. 8 (larva).

¢. Exp. 58-60 mm.

F.-w. thinly scaled, translucent. Brownish sepia. Beyond

cell a faint indication of a subapical band of three large paler

spots the third of which is nearer margin than those above

it. Similar indications of a pale patch in basal half of area 2,

and beneath it of a smaller one in 1b, Costa, apex and hind-

margin slightly darker.

H.-w. not quite so thinly sealed but still translucent, slightly

darkened at base and along hind-margin, remainder of wing

dull reddish ochreous. Nervures and rays well marked in dark

brown.

Underside almost scaleless, H.-w. with a few black spots

near base ; one at base in 9, lc, and 1b, one in 8, one in 7, two

in cell the second small and just before origin of nervule 2, one

in Ie, 1b, and la.

Head and thorax black with small white spots, abdomen black

above with reddish ochreous lateral spots and segmental lines.

Claws unequal.

2. Expanse about 64 mm.

F’.-w. rather thinly scaled with grey black. A subapical band

of white beginning just beneath costa and continuous as far as

nervule 5, beneath which in area 4 is a white spot of about the

same width as the band but placed nearer margin so that its

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912—PARTI. (JULY) Z

338

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

inner edge is just under the outer edge of the band. A large

white patch in basal half of area 2 and beneath its distal

extremity a smaller white patch in 1b. H.-w. with a slight

dusky suffusion at base, followed by a large white patch

extending beyond cell and enclosed by a broad dusky marginal

band inclined to tawny about anal angle.

Underside a replica of the upper but base of wing reddish

tawny on which are black spots as in @ but usually rather

more distinct.

A, lycoa media, subsp.

The male is distinguished by slightly heavier scaling and

greater distinctness of the pale spots in f.-w. The 9 has a

darker ground-colour and a slightly smaller and more distinctly

outlined white h.-w. patch,

A, lycoa bukoba, subsp.

dg. F.-w. dark olive brown. The spots reduced in size and

pale ochreous. The band reduced to two quadrate spots in 5

and 6 well separated from the spot in 4. The patch in 2 well

separated from the submarginal spot in 1b.

H.-w. basal patch ill defined, warm ochreous, followed by

a dark hind-marginal border which is inwardly inclined to

tawny.

2. F.-w. with brown black ground-colour, spots white and

well defined, H.-w. pale patch well defined and faintly yellow

enclosed by a broad marginal border of tawny brown on which

the nervules and rays are well marked.

A. lycoa entebbia, subsp.

¢. F.-w. dusky ochreous grey. Spots much reduced in

size. H.-w. ground-colour much as in f,-w. and the pale patch

but little developed.

Q. F.-w. ground-colour very dark, white spots smaller and

more sharply defined than in bukoba. H.-w. patch small and

very faintly yellow.

A. lycoa tirika, subsp.

g. Resembles entebbia but f.-w. ground-colour is olive

brown, the pale spots smaller and sharply defined. H.-w.

patch large, pale ochreous, enclosed by a broad dark marginal

border of tawny brown.

9. With very dark f.-w. ground-colour, white spots small

and very distinct h.-w. patch very small and distinctly yellow.

A. lycoa fallax, subsp.

$. F.-w. nearly black in both sexes. Spots small, white in

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 339

@ and ochreous in ¢. H.-w. patch rather larger than in

previous forms and sharply defined.

A. lycou kenia, subsp.

Both sexes smaller than in other forms, Ground-colour

nearly black. H.-w. patch slighly edentate between nervules

3 and 4. Dark areas on underside smoky black. ¢ with

spots and h.-w. patch lemon ochreous. 2 h.-w. patch lemon

ochreous, f.-w. spots white.

A. lycow aequalis, subsp.

The sexes are similar. The f.-w. spots and h.-w. patch dull

ochreous. H.-w. marginal border inclined to tawny.

The larva and pupa are described by Aurivillius (/. c.) the

former being yellowish without markings and having a black

head and blask spines, the latter scarcely as long as the

diameter of the body.

The pupa has the usual black markings, those of the abdo-

men enclosing pale centres and being irregularly angulated.

Segments 2-4 each have a pair of short black dorsal spines,

yellowish at their bases.

On Pl. VI, f. 8, I have figured an example of the larva

taken by Mr. Lamborn near Lagos.

I have already (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1911) discussed at

some length the variation which occurs in this species

coincident with its geographical distribution. The depth

of colour increases as we pass eastwards, whilst it is a

remarkable fact that it exhibits constant sexual dimorphism

until it reaches Abyssinia, where the 2 becomes yellow

spotted in the f.-w. as in the f. Forms intermediate

between those here described are of course found on the

overlapping areas of the districts to which each form

is peculiar, but within those districts the forms are very

constant. The species has lately been bred in very large

numbers by Mr. W. A. Lamborn near Lagos. These

series are now in the Oxford collection and show little or

no variation.

131. ACRAEA JOHNSTONI. Pl. XIV, f. 5.

Acraea johnstoni, Godman, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 537 (1885) ;

Holland, Ann. Nat. Hist., p. 248 (1893); Butler, Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 113 (1896) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114

(1898) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 300 (1906) ; Eltring-

ham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 13

pl. 1, f. 12 (911) ; pl. 2, £. 2, larva f. 6.

Z 2

340 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

= Planemw telekiana, Rogenhofer, Ann. d. K.K. Naturhist.

Hofmus. Wien., p. 459, pl. 15, f. 4 (1891).

= A. proteina semifulvescens, Oberthiir, Etud., d’Ent., 17,

p. 26, pl. 2, f. 21 (1893); Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 113

(1896) ; Poulton, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 302, pl. 22, f. 2a, pl.

21, f. 3a (1906) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt., p. 47, pl. 8,

f. 13 (1910).

German E. Arrica (Mt. Meru, Mt. Kilimandjaro, Usam-

bara); British E. Arrica (Taveta).

A. johnstoni f. confusa, Rogenhofer in Baumann, “ Usambara ”

Suppl., p. 326 (1891) ; Ann. d. K. K. Natur, Hist. Hofmus.

Wein., p. 489, pl. 15, f. 5 (1891); Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 115 (1898) ; Eltringham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 14,

pl. 1, f. 13, 15 (white var. f. 13), (1911).

= johnstoni 2, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 91 (1888).

= proteina, Oberthiir, Etud. @’Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 2, £. 14;

Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., pl. 22, f. 1a, 1b (1906).

NyassaLAND; Gr»rMAN E, Arrica (Usambara, Kilima-

ndjaro, Nguelo); Ruoprsra (Chirinda); BririsH E, AFRICA

(Taita, Taveta, Kikuyu, Tiriki); Uaanpa (Entebbe).

A, johnstoni f. flavescens, Oberthiir (proteina flavescens), Etud.,

d@Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 1, f 4 (1893); Aurivillius, Rhop.

Aeth., p. 115 (1898); Eltringham (f. confusa part), Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 14 (1911).

(Localities as f. confusa.)

A, johnstoni f. semialbescens, Oberthiir (proteina semialbescens),

Etud. d’Ent., 17, p. 26, pl. 3, f. 29 (1893); Aurivillius,

Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898); Eltringham (f. confusa part),

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 14 (1911).

NyassaLAND; GERMAN E, Arrica (Mrogoro, Usambara).

A. johnstoni f. fulvescens, Oberthiir (proteina fulvescens), Etud.

d’Ent., p. 26, pl. 2, f. 21 (1893) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth.,

p- 114 (1898) ; Poulton, Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 304, pl. 21,

f, 4a (1906); Eltringham, Af. Mim., p. 47, pl. 3, f. 26

(1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 14, pl. 1, f. 11 (1911).

GerMaN FE. Arritca (Kilimandjaro, Nguelo) ; British E.

AFRICA (Taita).

A, johnstoni f. octobalia, Karsch, Ent. Nachr., 20, p. 222

(1894) ; Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 114 (1898) ; Eltring-

ham, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 15 (1911).

GERMAN E. Arrica (Mpwapwa).

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 341

A. johnstoni butleri.

= lycou @ var. Butler, Proc. Zool, Soc., p. 731 (1895).

= lycoa ab, butleri, Aurivillius, Rhop. Aeth., p. 115 (1898).

= A. torwna, Grose-Smith, Novit. Zool., 7, p. 546 (1900) ;

Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 8, p. 27, pl. 8, f. 1 (1901) ; Poulton,

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 303, pl. 22, f. 3a (1906) ; Heron, Trans.

Zool. Soe., xix, p. 148 (1909) ; Eltringham, Af. Mim. Butt.,

p. 47, pl. 3, f. 28 (1910) ; Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 15, pl. 1, f. 10

(1911).

German E, Arrica (Urundi) ; Ucanpa (Toro).

A, johnstoni johnstoni.

Expanse 58-60 mm. Pattern very* unstable. F.-w. Base

suffused with black to a varying extent. Following this

suffusion is an irregular tawny orange area extending a little

beyond the pale spots in areas 11, 10, 6, and 5, as far as

the spot in 4, over the basal parts of 3 and 2, as far as the

submarginal spot in 1b, and nearly as far as la. The spots

referred to are pale pinkish ochreous and arranged as follows,

A subapical series of three or four separated only by the

nervules 10, subcostal, and 6. A submarginal spot in area 4,

a large rounded spot in 2 touching 2, 3, and median, and a

smaller spot near margin in 1b. Beyond these spots the apex

and margin is brown black.

H.-w. white, slightly blackened at base, and having a broad

black marginal border somewhat indented at area 4, This

indentation gives the inner edge of the border an angulated

appearance characteristic of A. johnstoni throughout its

numerous forms,

Underside, F.-w. Resembles the upper, but the dark areas

are replaced by ochreous grey, striated by the dark nervules

and rays, and the whole pattern is paler and duller, the pale

spots often almost devoid of scales,

H.-w. much as above but there are a few black spots close to

base arranged for the most part as a basal and subbasal series,

one in 9, 8, 7, and cell, two in 1c, 1b, and la, The central

area less clear white than above, the marginal border ochreous

grey, inwardly inclined to reddish brown.

Head and thorax black with a few white dots. Abdomen

black above with orange lateral spots and whitish segmental

lines. Claws tnequal.

9. Except that it is larger, one example before me having

an expanse of 74 mm., the female resembles the ¢, or at least

? @ can be found which resemble the ¢. The species is so

342

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the ;

extremely variable that it is not always easy to find two

examples exactly alike.

A. johnstoni f. confusc.

F.-w. brown black. The pale spots as in typical form but

white, H.-w. as in typical form but basal patch pale ochreous,

The ? resembles the ¢.

This is the commonest form of A. johnstoni and it is rather

unfortunate that the previous form should have become the

type since it is in reality a rather rare variety. A variety of

the confusa form has the h.-w. basal patch white as well as the

f,-w. spots. I have figured this form in Trans. Ent. Soc., pl. 1,

£ 22,0810) oe

A, johnstoni f. flavescens.

In this form the f.-w. spots are pale ochreous the same as the

h.-w. patch,

A. johustoni f. semialbescens.

The f.-w. spots are white and the h.-w. patch is tawny yellow,

A, johnstoni f. filvescens.

The f.-w. is tawny yellow, the spots only a shade paler, and

there is a blackish apical and hind-marginal border. The

h.-w. is tawny yellow a little paler over the area which in

confusa is pale ochreous. A more or less well-defined but

narrow blackish hind-marginal border.

A, johnstoni f, octobalia.

The spots of f.-w. and basal patch of h.-w, are tawny yellow

instead of white and pale ochreous,

A, johnstoni butleri, subsp.

Basal half of f.-w. purplish red with a slight blackish

suffusion at base, beyond the red colour is a very irregular

band of rather tawny yellow its inner edge comparatively

straight as far as area 4, projecting sharply inwards in area 2,

and continued as a submarginal patch in 1b and sometimes

also in la. Below area 3 the outer edge of this band is often

much suffused, Beyond the band the apex and hind margin

are brown black, H.-w. basal patch white to dull pink

followed by a broad blackish hind-marginal band.

The tawny yellow band in the f.-w. of this form is so vari-

able in shape that it is not easy to find two examples alike.

The ? resembles the ¢, but may be rather larger and less

richly coloured. :

The larva of A. johnstoni has the body yellowish beneath

and brownish black above, each segment with a ring of

° African Species of the Genus Acraca. 343

yellowish white, edged with brown and divided in the middle

by a dark brown line widened somewhat at the base of each of

the papillae which carry the spines. Head black, and the first

and last three segments somewhat darker than the remainder.

Twenty-four dorsal black spines arranged in a double row.

Eleven lateral spines on each side, the last two projecting back-

wards, Eight sublateral spines yellow on each side the first

pair arising from the fourth segment.

I have already (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1906) entered rather

fully into a discussion of the forms of this extremely

variable species. I have slightly altered the list of refer-

ences and synonymy from that given on the previous occa-

sion and have separated out the form named flavescens by

Oberthiir, and also his semialbescens as they seem suffici-

ently different to stand as separate forms. Karsch’s form

octobalia I then knew only from a sketch I discovered at

Oxford, but having now seen the actual specimen I find

that the sketch is quite inaccurate, the form being as

above described. In addition to the forms noted, inter-

mediates of all kinds may be found in a long series. In

Nyassaland Neave has lately found a form which

resembles f. semifulvescens, but has the f.-w. spots brilli-

antly white instead of obsolescent. In Mr. Trimen’s

collection there is a ? from Naivasha (British E. Africa)

which is of the black and white variety of the confusa

form but has a trace of deep tawny yellow in the central

area of the f.-w. In Mr. Joicey’s collection there is a

? which has the f.-w. sepia, the outer part of areas 2, 3, 4,

5, and 6 tawny yellow, the spots a vivid white, the h.-w.

basal patch tawny with the marginal border of a deeper

shade and the margin dusted with brown.

In the general collection of the Berlin Museum there is

a 2 from Mpwapwa which has all the pale markings

orange ochreous.

The larva which I figured (/.c.) was one of a company

bred at Nguelo, Usambara, resulting in nine specimens

which were of the following forms, 2 ¢ ¢ and 1 ? of the

type form, 2 ff and 2 2 2 of f. fulvescens, one 2 of the

black and white variety of confusa, and one $ confusa with

white f-w. spots and pale ochreous h.-w. patch.

The species ranges from N. Rhodesia through German

EK. Africa to British E. Africa and Uganda, but no form

seems peculiar to any particular district except butleri,

344 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the ;

which, so far as I know, is only found in Urundi and

Toro. At Chirinda only the form confusa seems to occur.

A long series taken by Neave on Mt. Kokanjero (British

E. Africa) contains a large number of intermediates

between /ulvescens and semifulvescens.

The two following species cannot be assigned to any of

the foregoing groups, and present no special affinities.

132. ACRAEA NIOBE.

Acraea wiobe, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proc. Zool. Soce., p. 554 (1893);

Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 5, p. 18, pl. 5, f. 10

(1894); Aurivillius, Rhop, Aeth., p. 92 (1898).

So THOME.

¢@ . Expanse 60 mm.

F.-w. Thinly scaled, elongated, more or less translucent.

Brown-black. Base, costa, apical and hind-marginal borders

darker, Large rounded black spots as follows. One in cell

over origin of nervule 2, one at end of cell. A subapical row

of three contiguous spots in 6, 5, and 4, followed by a spot in

3 more proximally placed. One at base of area 2, and beneath

it but nearer margin a spot in 1b, and in the same area

a subbasal spot against median, midway between base and

origin of 2.

H.-w. thinly scaled, brown black, rather darker at base and

having a narrow black border, widest in areas 2 and le, Black

spots as on underside.

Underside. F.-w. almost sealeless except on spots which are

as on upperside.

H.-w. as above. Black spots as follows. An outer row of

nine, the first three in 7, 6, and 5, small and parallel to apical

margin. The fourth in 4 rather more proximal, the fifth larger,

a short distance from base of area 3, sixth large, at base of area

2, followed by a large spot in le and 1b all ina straight line at

right angles to inner margin, ninth very smallin Ja. In addi-

tion to these a small subbasal in 7, two spots in cell, the second

very large, a large spot on discocellulars, a basal and a sub-

basal in 1e and 1b and an additional spot in la.

Head black with a crimson collar. Thorax black above.

Basal half of abdomen black above with red lateral spots,

Distal half crimson. Claws unequal,

? at present unknown,

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 345

This interesting species is only found on the Island of

Sio Thome. It is quite unlike any other known form.

The figure in Rhop. Exot. seems scarcely black enough,

the spots having in reality a somewhat velvety appearance.

I have examined two ¢ f in the Staudinger collection,

These and the type in the Lisbon Museum are the only

examples known to me.

133. ACRAEA INSULARIS.

Acraea insularis, Em. M. B. Sharpe, Proce, Zool. Soc., p. 555

(1893); Smith and Kirby, Rhop. Exot., Acraea, 5, p. 16,

pl. 5, ff. 6,7 (1894); Aurivillius, Rhop. ea ., p. 112 (1898).

Sio THOME.

3. Exp. 48 mm.

F.-w. black brown. In cell, just before origin of nervule 2, a

yellow transverse spot traversing the whole width of cell. Just

before end of cell a broad orange quadrate patch contiguous

with a large orange spot at base of area 2, and beneath the latter

a crescentic orange spot in 1b nearer margin. Two small orange

subapical spots separated by nervale 6, and beneath these but

vather nearer margin a smaller spot in area 4. In the transverse

area between the spots the ground-colour is somewhat darker,

H.-w. with a dark basal suffusion followed by a yellow patch

outwardly shading into orange. A dark brown marginal border,

its inner edge traversing the wing almost perpendicularly as far

as nervule 4, where it bends sharply inwards to inner margin.

Black spots as on underside.

Underside. F.-w. much as above but spots pale ochreous

dusted with reddish, and ground-colour somewhat paler with

dark streaks in cell and areas 6, 4, and 1b.

H.-w. pale greenish grey with a brown border as on upper-

side but outwardly bounded by a paler marginal line. Black

spots as follows. One in 9 at base, two in 7 rather close together

the second just beyond origin of nervule 7, three discal spots in

5, 4, and 3 the middle one larger and more proximal. ‘Two in

cell and two on discocellulars, a basal, a subbasal and a distal

in le, two distal spots in 1b, and a subbasal in 1a.

Head, thorax and abdomen black.

I have not had an opportunity of examining the type of

this species which is in the Lisbon Museum. As Prof.

Aurivillius has noted (/. ¢.) its true affinity is obscure. It

does not resemble any other species with which I am

acquainted.

346 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

SUPPLEMENT ON THE ORIENTAL SPECIES

OF ACRAEA.

Kry. (Applying to both sexes.)

F.-w. more or less transparent . ; ; : : . a

F.-w. fully scaled : 3 : : ; , . (9)

(a) F.-w. with numerous blackish Sink : : : : . (bd)

F.-w. without spots, or at most with a dark mark at end of

cell. 3 ; ' : : : , ; ; Pepe (3)

(b) H.-w. black spots but little confluent andromache

andromache (346)

H.-w. black spots tending to coalesce and form a patch

andromache £. oenone (347)

H.-w. black spots very confluent and forming a black basal

patch ‘ : ; andromache sanderi (347)

(ec) Submarginal spots of ne -W. ander side orange colour . i)

Submarginal spots of h.-w. underside ochreous : «. @

(d) H.-w. cell on underside nearly devoid of scales

moluccana parce (348)

H.-w, cell on underside almost entirely scaled with black

moluccana burnensis (348)

(e) H.-w. upperside with a broad discal orange band

moluccana meyeri (348)

H.-w. upperside without a discal orange band. ; 2) i)

(f) H,-w. upperside with a continuous, or almost continuons, whitish

band : : : moluccana dohertyi (348)

H,-w. upperside ohn ke white band or only an inner

marginal pale patch ; . moluccana moluccana (347)

(g) H.-w. beneath with basal black spots enclosing or tending to

enclose pale markings. 5 . violae (348)

H.-w. beneath without basal spots or eee . vesta (349)

1, ACRAEA ANDROMACHE.

Acraea andromache, Fabricius (Pap. andromacha*), Syst. Ent.,

p- 466 (1775) ; Schmeltz, Verh. Zool. bot. Gesell. Wien., p. 593

(1866); Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 4, v. p. 361 (1870);

Schmeltz, Verh. Ver. Hamburg, ii, p. 186 (1876); In Journ. Mus.

Godeffroy, xii, p. 174 (1877); Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85,

pl. 33 (1885) ; Olliff (metam.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 6, 1, p. 359

(1888); Mathew (metam.), Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 143, pl. VI, f. 14,

14a (1888) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907).

* T have not hesitated to alter the last letter of the name. It is

printed andromacha in Syst. Ent., but there can be little doubt that

itisa misprint for andromache.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 347

= A. entoria, Godart, Ene. Méth., ix, p. 231 (1819).

= andromache f. indica, Rober, Iris, 2, p. 22 (1885) ; Fruhstorfer,

Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907) (Kabia I.).

N. AusrratiaA (Pt. Darwin, Cooktown, Rockingham Bay, Pt.

Denison, Moreton Bay, Toowoomba); Fiores I.; Semao L.;

Loyatty Is.; Esprriru Santo; New CaLeponia ; Fist; MANGO;

Samoa (Oinainisa); Sumpa ; Lerri1; TorEKAN ; SERMATTA ; Moa ;

Kasia ; New Heprives (Malekula); Fercusson I,

f. oenone, Kirby, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 6, iv, p. 163 (1889) ; Allen’s

Nat. Lib., Butt., vol. i, p. 36, pl. 37, f. 3 (1894).

Evst I.; St. Aianan; MrEKEO; British New GUINEA.

A, andromache subsp. sanderi, Rothschild, Ann. Mag., Nat. Hist., 6,

12, p. 455 (1893) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21

(1907).

= var. agema Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 21 (1907),

New Guinea ; ? WAIGEU.

I cannot separate the form iidica from other examples

of the species. Rober states that it 1s smaller than the

Australian examples, but in a long series the size varies

greatly and this character is of little value. Kirby’s venone

is merely an intermediate between typical wadromache and

andromache sandert. The figure in Allen’s Naturalist’s

Library (/.c.) shows the ground-colour of the h.-w. too

yellow. The male armature of A. andromache is barely

distinguishable from that of A. igati.

2. ACRAEA MOLUCCANA.

Acraea moluccana, Felder, Sitz. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math. Nat. Cl. xl,

p. 449 (1860) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907).

AMBOINA,

= nebulosa, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. (Acraea), pl. 2; f. 18 (1861).

CERAM.

= fumigata, Honrath, Berlin Ent. Zeit., xxx, p. 1380, pl. 4, f. 3

(1886) ; Hagen, Jahrb. d. nass. Ver. f. Naturk. (Wiesbaden),

p. 82 (1897); Ribbe, Iris. p. 109 (1898) ; Fruhstorfer, Stettin

Ent, Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907).

New Britain,

= pollonia, Godman and Salvin, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 110

(1888) ; Gr.-Smith, Rhop. Exot., i, f. 1, 2 (1889); Fruhstorfer,

Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907).

GUADALCANAR, SHORTLAND I.

= moluccana pella, Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent, Zeit 68, 1, p. 19

(1907).

Woopuark I.

348 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. moluccana meyeri, subsp.

Kirsch, Mitt. Mus. Dresden, p. 123, pl. 6, f. 2 (1877) ; Fruhstorfer,

Stettin Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 20 (1907).

New GUINEA,

A. moluccana dohertyi, subsp.

Holland, “Proce.” Boston” Socjxxv, py 61) plo; 2-7 \(isei

Rothschild, Ivis, v, p. 485 (1892); Fruhstorfer, Stettin Ent.

Zeit., 68, 1, p. 19 (1907).

CELEBES.

A. moluccana parce, subsp.

Staudinger, Iris, 9, p. 193, pl. 1, f. 8 (1896); Fruhstorfer, Stettin

Ent. Zeit., 68, 1, p. 19 (1907).

Xuuua Is. (Mangola).

A. moluccana buriensis, subsp.

Rothschild, Novit. Zool., vi, p. 68 (1899).

Burv.

T cannot find any satisfactory means of distinguishing

between the forms which I have here made synonymous.

Fruhstorfer (/. ¢.) gives several points of difference between

his subsp. pel/a and pollonia, but these do not remain

constant in a series. Holland’s dohertyi is perhaps rather

more entitled to subspecific rank, though I have not yet

examined a large number of examples. Pavrce and

buruensis may easily be distinguished by the very black

h.-w. Meyert with its velvety black wings and rich

orange band is very distinct in appearance though I

cannot regard it as a separate species. All the forms

which I have included under A. moluccana exhibit a

beautiful greenish blue iridescence on the underside of

the f.-w. This is produced in a peculiar manner. The

iridescence is really on the underside of the scales which

are on the upper surface of the wing, and is seen through

the transparent wing membrane. ‘The effect is more

briliant in moluccana meyert than in the other forms.

The male armatures of these forms are similar and are of

the same type as that of A. admatha. The § plate is hke

that of A. neobule, and the opening of the bursa copulatria

is eccentric.

ACRAFA VIOLAE, ;

Acraea violae, Fabricius (Pap.), Syst. Ent., p. 460 (1775) ; Sulzer,

Gesch. Iris (cephers), pl. 15, f. 2, p. 143 (1776); Goetze, Entom,

Beytr., 3, 1, p. 97 (cepheus) (1779) ; Horsfield, (metam.), Cat.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 349

Lep. E.1.C., pl..8, f. 2, 2a (1829) ; Doubleday, Hew. & Westw.,

Gen. Di. Lep., p. 142 (1848); Moore, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C.

(metam.) p. 135, pl. 5, f. 1, la (1857); Chaumette, Ent. Mo. Mag.,

p. 37 (1865) ; Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. in B.M., p. 131 (1869) ;

Moore, Lep. Ceyl. (metam.) 1, p. 66, pl. 33, f. 1, la, 1b (1881) ;

Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. Ind., 1, p. 320, fig. ¢, (1888) ;

de Nicéville, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 43 (1885) ; Swinhoe,

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 127 (1885); Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 424

(1886) ; Aitken, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., p. 129 (1886);

Hampson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 352 (1888); Davidson

& Aitken, Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soc., v, p. 268 (1890) ;

Fergusson, Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, p. 7 (1891); Swinhoe,

Trans, Ent. Soc., p. 276 (1893); de Nicéville, Sikkim Gazet-

teer, p. 131 (1894); Davidson & Aitken, Journ. Bomb, Nat.

Hist. Soc., p. 246 (1896); Moore, Lep. Ind., v (metam.), p.

36, pl. 388, f. 1-lg (1901-1903) ; Suffert (viola), Iris, p.

34 (1904); Bingham, Faun. Brit. Ind. Butt., i, p. 471, f. 85

(1905).

= Pap. cephea, Cramer, Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 298, f. D, E (1782).

= Tel. cephea, Hiihner, Verz. bek. Schmett, p. 27 (1816).

CryLon; Mapras; Mysore; NItGuerRRIES; BrRHAMPORE ;

BomBay ; Darsgertina; N. W. PRovINcEs.

This species is quite easily recognised by its orange

ground-colour and numerous black spots. Suffert’s sug-

gestion (/.c.) that it has been taken in German Kast

Africa is not confirmed.

ACRAEA VESTA,

Acraea vesta, Fabricius (Pap.), Mant. Ins., ii, p. 14 (1787) ; Dono-

van, Ins. China, pl. 30, f. 1 (1799); Godart, Encycl. Méth.

ix, p. 233 (1819) ; Doubleday, Hew. & Westw., Gen. Di. Lep.

(Pareba), p. 142 (1846-50) ; Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep. in B.M.,

p. 182 (1869) ; Graham Young, Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 243 (1882) ;

Marshall & de Nicéville, Butt. Ind. 1, p. 318 (1883) ; Stau-

dinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85, pl. 33 (1885) ; Doherty, Journ.

As. Soc. Bengal, p. 114 (1886) ; Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 334

(1888); Manders, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 520 (1890) ; Leech, Butt.

fr. China, etc., 1, p. 14 (1892) ; de Nic¢ville, Sikkim Gazetteer,

p- 131 (1894) ; Watson, Journ. Bomb, Nat. Hist. Soc., p. 652

(1897) ; Leech, Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 104 (1899) ; Johannis, Bull.

Sci. Fr. et Belg., p. 325 (1901) ; Moore, Lep. Ind., v. (metam.),

p. 31, pl. 387, f. 1, la-1f (1901) ; Bingham, Faun. Brit. Ind.

Butt. 1, p. 469, f. 84 (1905); Fruhstorfer Wiener. Ent. Zeit.,

p. 308 (1906).

350 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

= terpsichore, Cramer, (nec Linn.) Pap. Exot., iv, pl. 298, f.

A-C (1782).

= issoria, Hiibner, Verzeich. bek. Schmett., p. 27 (1816).

= anomala, Kollar, in Hiigel’s Kaschmir, iv, 2, p. 425, pl. 3, f.

3, 4 (1848) ; Staudinger, Exot. Schmett., p. 85 (1885).

N. Inpia ; Assam; Burman; W. and 8. Carina.

A, vesta f. vestalina, Fruhstorfer, Wiener, Ent. Zeit., p. 308 (1906).

S. ANNAM.

[F.-w. dusky with spots whitish, h.-w, with broad dark border, ]

A, vesta vestita, subsp.

de Nicéville, Journ, As. Soc. Bengal, lxiv, p. 397 (1895) ; Moore,

Lep. Ind., v, p. 35 (1901); Fruhstorfer, Wiener Ent. Zeit.,

p. 309 (1906).

= vesta, Snellen van Vollenhoven, Midden-Sumatra, p. 13, pl. 2,

f, 3-5 (1892).

N.E. SUMATRA.

[Small. ¢ with broad dusky border in both wings, nervules

black, 9 F.-w. dusky with pale spots, h.-w. with broad dusky

marginal border. ]

A, vesta vestitu f. alticola, Fruhstorfer, Wiener Ent. Zeit., p. 309

(1906).

W. SUMATRA.

[Intermediate to vesta vestoides. |

A. vesta vestoides, subsp.

Moore (Pareba), Lep. Ind., v, p. 35 (1901); Fruhstorfer, Wiener

Ent. Ziet., p. 308, 309 (1906).

= vesta, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. Mus. E.I.C., pl. 3, f. 21 (larva)

(1829).

W. JAVA.

[Small. ¢ usually with dark spots in f.-w. cell and discal area.

H.-w. with reddish submarginal band of underside showing tbrough

to upper surface. Marginal pale spots well marked in both wings.

All nervules black. @ F.-w. with dark colour predominating.

H.-w. with nervules heavily marked, dark border broad, and usually

with reddish ochreous internervular patches towards anal angle.

Examples from E. Java are often without spots in f.-w. |

Isee no reason for separating A. vesia from other Acraeas

and making it a separate genus (Parcha). It appears to

be closely allied to A. anacreon, and the stalked con-

dition of nervules 6 and 7 in the h,-w. is not constant.

The size, pattern, and ground-colour are extremely vari-

able. Both wings occasionally have discal spots, and

these when present in the h.-w. are suggestive of the

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 351

characteristic arrangement seen in anacreon. Both ¢

and ¢ genitalia are very similar to those of the African

species. Careful examination of long series might disclose

the existence of other local races in addition to the Javan

and Sumatran forms above described, though judging

from the variability exhibited by some seventy-five ex-

amples now before me, instability of pattern would seem

to be the most constant characteristic.

LIST OF TYPES.

LIST OF AFRICAN SPECIES AND FORMS OF ACRAEA WITH

LOCATION OF TYPES WHERE KNOWN.

Explanation of references,

London = British Museum of Natural History, South Kensing-

ton, London.

Oxford = Hope Department, University Museum, Oxford.

Tring = The Private Museum of the Hon. W. Rothschild,

Tring, England.

Berlin = Kgl. Museum fiir Naturkunde, Berlin.

Vienna = K, K. Naturhistorisches Hofmuseum, Vienna,

Brussels = Musée Royal d’Histoire Naturelle de Belgique,

Brussels.

Cape Town = South African Museum, Cape Town.

Stockholm = Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stockholm.

Upsala = Kgl, Universitetets Zoologiska Museum, Upsala.

Lisbon = Museu Nacional de Lisboa, Lisbon.

Edinburgh = Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh.

Frankfurt = Senckenbergisches Museum, Frankfurt a. M.

Washington = United States National Museum, Washington.

Genoa = Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa.

S. Fiel = Museu Collegio de 8, Viel, Portugal.

Pieter-

maritzburg = Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg.

(Drury’s collection was sold about a hundred years ago and his

types have become dispersed.)

A. acerata, Hew. . London. | f. aquilina, Berlin.

f. vinidia, Hew. . London. Strand

f. brahmsi, Suff. . Coll. Suffert. | — f. nyassicola, Berlin.

f. diavina, Suff. . Berlin. Strand

subsp. tenella, Vienna. | subsp. pudorina, Berlin.

Rogenh. | Staud.

A. acrita, Hew. . London. —— f. utengulensis, Berlin.

f. msanuviae, Berlin. Thur.

Strand | subsp. littoralis, Eltr. Tring.

352

f. aquilia, Thur.

f. chaeribulula,

Strand

f. wsaramensis,

Strand

subsp. manca,

Thur.

f. lindica, Strand

subsp. ambigqua,

Trim.

f. bella, Weymer

subsp. bellona,

Weymer.

A. admatha, Hew.

f. lewcographa,

3erlin.

Berlin.

Coll. Trimen.

Coll. Weymer.

London.

Berlin.

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

° asboloplintha,

KKarsch

subsp. rubescens,

Trim.

asema, Hew,

f. gracilis, Wicher.

. atergatis, Westw.

. atolmis, Westw.

f. decora, Weymer

. dureola, Eltr.

. aubyni, Eltr.

.axina, Westw.

. baxteri, Sharpe

Berlin.

Oxford.

. London.

Coll. Wich-

graf.

Oxford.

Coll.

mer.

Tring.

Oxford.

Wey-

. Coll. Joicey.

Ribbe f. fulleborni, Berlin.

A. aglaonice, Westw., Oxford. Thur.

A. alciope, Hew. London. f. subsquamia, Berlin.

9 f. macarina, London, Thur. ;

Sut). A. bonasia, Fab. London.

9 f. cretacea, Eltr, Oxford, @ £. eynthius,

? f. fumida, Eltr. Oxford. Drur.

2 f. aurivillii, Berlin. ? f. praeponina, Berlin.

Staud. Staud.

9 ft. tella, Eltr. Oxford. 2 f. seabona, Suff. Berlin.

subsp. schecana, Tring | subsp. alicra, Coll. Jackson.

R. and J. | Sharpe

A. althoffi, Dewitz . Berlin. 2 f. cabiroides, Oxford.

f. rubrofasciata, Brussels. Poulton

Auriv. 2 f. teneollides, Oxford.

Q f. téelloides, Eltr, Oxford. | Poulton

2 f. drucei, Eltr. . Coll. Druce. subsp. banka, Eltr. Oxford.

° tf. ochreata, Eltr, Oxford. A. braesia, Godm. . London.

subsp. pseudepaea, Coll. Dud- f. regalis, Oberth. Coll. Ober-

Dudgeon geon, thir.

A. amicitiae, Heron London. A. buschbecki, Dew. . Berlin.

A. anacreon, Trimen Coll. Trimen. A. biittneri, Rogenh. Vienna.

subsp. bomba, Gr.- Coll, Joicey. | A. cabira, Hoppf. . Berlin.

Smith f. apecida, Oberth. Coll. Ober-

f. induna, Trim, Cape Town, thir.

subsp. anacreontica, Trine. f. abrupta, Griin- Berlin.

Gr.-Smith berg,

subsp. speciosa, Coll. Wich- f. natalensis, Staud. Berlin.

Wicher. graf, f. karschi, Auriv. . Berlin.

A. anemosa, Hew. . London. f. biraca, Suff. . Berlin.

f. arcticincta, Butl. London. A. caecilia, Fabry. . London.

f. interrupta, Thur. Berlin. Of. hypatia, Drur.

f. mosana, Suff. Berlin. 2 f. artemisa,

f, dubiosa, Suff. . Coll. Suffert. Stoll

f. wfipana, Strand Berlin. subsp. pudora, Stockholn.

f. wrungensis, Berlin. Auriy.

Strand | f. awmbrina, Auriv. Stockholm,

A. ansorgei, Gr.- Tring. _ A. caldarenu, Hew. London.

Smith ; | @f nero, Butl . London.

African Species of the Genus Acraca.

f. neluska, Oberth, Coll. Ober-

thiir.

A. camaena, Drur.

A. cepheus, Linn,

f. abdera, Hew. . London.

f. eginopsis, Auriv, Stockholin.

2 f. sucepha, Berlin.

Suff.

2 f. nigrescens, Tring.

Eltr.

. London.

A. cerasa, Hew.

. Coll. Joicey.

A. cerita, Sharpe

A. chaeribula, Coll. Ober-

Oberth. thir.

A. chambezi, Neave . London.

A. chilo, Godm., . London.

2 f. hoeneli, Holl. Washington.

A, cinerea, Neave . Oxford.

subsp. alberta, . Tring.

Eltr.

A. circeis, Drur.

A. conjuncta, Gr.- Tring.

Smith

f. interrupla, Eltr. London.

2 f. mutata, Eltr. London.

2 f. pica, Eltr. . London.

2 f. lutealba, Eltr. London.

2 f. suffusa, Eltr. London

A. conradti, Oberth. Coll.

thir.

A. damii, Vollenh.

subsp. cuva, Gr.- Coll. Joicey.

Smith

f. nidama, Suff. . Berlin.

A. diogenes, Suff. . Berlin.

A. disjuncta, Gr.- Tring.

Smith

A, doubledayi, Guérin London.

Obert |

subsp. sykesi, Tring.

Sharpe

subsp. arabica, Tring.

Eltr.

A. egina, Cram.

f. harrisont, Coll. Harri-

Sharpe son.

subsp. areca, Mab.

subsp. medea,

Cram.

A, ella, Eltr.

al. encedon, Linn.

f. infuscata, Staud. Berlin.

f. alcippina, Stockholm.

Auriv.

. Tring.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I.

3utl.

f. jacksoni, Sharpe

f, siginna, Suff..

353

f. sganzini, Boisd. Coll. Ober-

thir.

f. lycia, Fab. . London.

f. necoda, Hew. . London.

f. daira, Godm. . London.

f. radiata, Auriv. Stockholm.

. esebria, Hew. . London.

f. protea, Trim. . CapeTown(?).

f, pseudoprotea, London.

Butl.

2 f. amphiprotea, London.

Butl.

2? f. metaprotea, London.

Coll, Jackson.

f. monteironis, London.

Butl.

f. nubilata, Eltr. . Oxford.

f. ertli, Auriv. - Coll) Ertl:

subsp. masaris, . Coll. Ober-

Oberth. thir.

. equatorialis, Oxford.

Neave

subsp. anaemia, Oxford.

Eltr.

. excelsior, Sharpe . Coll.Jackson.

. engenia, Karsch . Berlin.

. fornar, Butl. =. London.

. goetzi, Thur. . Berlin.

. guillemei, Oberth. Coll. Ober-

thir.

grosvenori, ltr. . Tring.

. hova, Boisd. . Coll. QOber-

thur.

. horta, Linn. . Upsala.

. tgola, Trim. . Coll. d Agui-

lar.

Of. maculiventris, Coll. Joicey.

Gr.-Smith

. igati, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

thiir.

. insignis, Dist.

Coll, Suffert,

. insularis, Sharpe. Lisbon.

. intermedia, . Coll. Wich-

Wichgr, graf.

. iturina, Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey.

subsp. kakana, London.

Eltr.

jodutta, Fabr.

? f. carmentis, London.

Doubl.

2 £. dorotheae, Tring.

Sharpe.

(JULY) AA

354 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Q f. interjecta, Oxford. | A. mirabilis, Butl. . London.

Eltr. | A. mivifica, Lathy . Coll, Adams.

2 f. subfulva, Oxford. | A. natalica, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

Eltr. | thiir.

2 f. castanea, Oxford, | f. wmbrata, Suff. . Coll, Suffert.

Eltr. | subsp. pseudegina,

2 f. inwwreata, London, Westw.

Ge ey | subsp. abadima, — Berlin.

subsp. aethiops, Tring. | Ribbe

Rand J. | A. neobule, Doubl. . London.

A, johnstoni, Godm. London, f. sokotrana, Rebel] Vienna.

f. confusa, Regenh, Vienna. subsp. seis, Feisth. Ccll. Ober-

f. favescens,Oberth. Coll. Ober- thiir.

thiir. | subsp. arabica, Tring.

f. semialbescens, . Coll. Ober- | tebel

Oberth. thir. | A. newton, Sharpe . Lisbon.

f. fulvescens, Coll. Ober- | A. niobe, Sharpe — . Lisbon.

Oberth. thir. | A. nohara, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

f. octobalia, Karsch Berlin. | thiir.

subsp. butleri, Coll. Joicey. subsp. halali, Mar- Pieter-

Gr.-Sm. shall maritzburg.

A. kraka, Auriv. —. Stockholm. subsp. _ pseudatol- Oxford.

A, leucopyga, Auriv. Stockholm. mis, Eltr.

A.lia, Mab. . . Coll. Mabille. subsp. punctelluta, Oxford.

(2) Eltr.

A. lualabae, Neave . London. A. obeira, Hew. . London.

A. lumiri, B.-Bak. . Coll. Powell subsp. bunt, But]. London,

Cotton. | A. oberthiiri, Butl. . London.

A, lycoa, Godt. . Edinburgh (?) f. confluens, Suff. . Berlin.

subsp. media, Eltr. Tring. A. oncaea, Hoppf. . Berlin.

subsp. bukoba, Tring. d f. caoncius, Suff. Coll. Suffert.

Eltr. 2 f. alboradiata, Coll. Suffert.

subsp. entebbia, Tring. | Suff.

Eltr 2 f. modesta, Berlin.

subsp. tirika, Eltr. Oxford. Suff,

» jollogs, Vienna. 2 f. obscura, Suff. Berlin.

Rogenh. | 9 f. defasciata, Berlin.

subsp. kenia, Eltr, Oxford. Suff.

A, machequena, Gr.- Coll. Joicey. subsp. liacea, Suff. Berlin.

Sm. | A. onerata, Trim. . Cape Town.

A, mahela, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- A. omrora, Trim. . Coll. Trimen.

thiir. subsp. umbrata, Coll. Wich-

A, mairessei, Auriv, Brussels. Wicher. graf,

f. dewitzi, Auriv. Berlin. A. oreas, Sharpe, . Coll. Jackson.

A, mansya, Eltr. =. Oxford. f. albimaculata, Oxford.

A. masamba, Ward . Coll. Ober- Neave

. thir. f. angolanus, Coll. Adams.

f. silia, Mak. . Coll. Mabille. Lathy.

? A. orestia, Hew. . London.

Q f. boseae, Saalm. Frankfurt. f. humilis, Sharpe . Coll. Jackson.

A. marnois, Rogenh, Vienna. f. transita, Eltr. . Oxford.

A, melanoxantha, Coll.Jackson. A. orina, Hew. . London.

Sharpe f. nigroapicalis, Stockholm,

A. mima, Neave . London, Auriv.

African Species of the Genus Acraca.

355

f. nia, Strand . Berlin.

subsp. vwilloti, Mab. Coll. Mabille.

subsp. rhodina, Tring.

Roth.

A. pseudolycia, Butl. London.

f. astrigera, Butl. London.

2 f. emini, Weym. Coll. Richel-

mann.

f. brunnea, Eltr. Tring.

A. pidorella, Auriv. Stockholm,

subsp. detecta, London.

Neave

A. quirina, Fab. . London.

subsp. rosa, Eltr. . Oxford.

A. quirinalis Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey.

| A. rabbaiae, Ward . Coll. Ober-

thiir.

subsp. mombasae, Coll. Joicey.

/ Gr.-Sm.

| A. rahira, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

thiir.

-A.ranavalona, Boisd. Coll. Ober-

thir.

f. maransetra, Coll. Ober-

Ward thiir.

? f. manandaza, Coll. Ober-

Ward thiir.

A. rhodesiana, Coll. Wich-

Wicher, oraf,

A. rogersi, Hew. . London.

f. salambo, Gr.-Sm. Coll Joicey.

subsp. lamborni, Oxford.

f. orinata, Oberth. Coll. Ober- |

thiir.

subsp. orineta, Oxford.

Eltr.

A. oscari, R. and J. . Tring.

A. parrhasia, Fabr. . London.

2 f. oppidia, Hew. London,

2 f. parrhoppidia, Berlin.

Stand.

2 f. leona, Staud. Berlin.

A. pelopeia, Staud. . Berlin.

A. peneleos, Ward. . Coll. Ober- |

thiir.

2 f. helvimaculata, Oxford.

Eltr,

2 f. lactimaculata, Tring.

Eltr.

Q f. sepia, Eltr. . Oxford.

subsp. gelonica, Tring.

R. and J.

A. penelope, Staud. . Berlin.

2 f. argentea . Oxford.

@ f. exalbescens . Oxford.

2 f. penella . Tring.

subsp. vitrea, Eltr. Oxford.

subsp. derwhescens, Berlin. |

Eltr.

subsp. transhucida, Oxford. |

Eltr. |

A. pentapolis, Ward. Coll. Ober- |

thiir.

subsp. epidica, Coll. Ober- |

Oberth. thiir.

A. perenna, Doubl. . London.

subsp. thesprio, Coll. Ober-

Oberth. thiir.

subsp. kaffana, Tring.

Roth.

A. periphanes, Coll. Ober- |

Oberth. thiir. |

f. beni, B.-Bak. Coll. Beth- |

f. melaina, Eltr.

une-Baker. |

. Oxford.

f. umida, Wichgr. Coll. Wich- |

graf. |

f. aeritoides, Eltr. Oxford. |

A. petraea, Boisd. . Coll. Ober- |

thir.

f. taborana, Suff. Coll. Suffert.

A. pharsalus, Ward. Coll. Ober-

thiir. )

f.pharsaloides, Holl. Washington.

f. pallidepicta, Berlin.

Strand

A. rohilfsi, Suff.

| A. safie, Feld. .

Eltr.

Joll. Ertl.

. Frankfurt.

f. antinorii, Auriv. Genoa.

| A. sambavae, Ward . Coll. Ober-

| thiir.

A. satis, Ward . Coll. Ober-

thir.

A. semivitrea, Auriv. Brussels.

A. servona, Godt. . Edinburgh.

f. reversa, Eltr. . Tring.

? f. rubra, Eltr. . Tring.

subsp. ovientis, Stockholm,

Auriy.

f. depunetella, Berlin.

Strand ;

f. wnipunctella, Berlin.

Strand

f. semipunctella, Berlin.

Strand

f. transienda, Berlin.

Strand

AA 2

556-

subsp. rhodina,

R. and J.

subsp. limonata,

Eltr.

subsp. tenebrosa,

Eltr.

A. sotikensis, Sharpe

Tring.

London.

Tring.

Coll. Jackson.

subsp. katana, Eltr. Oxtord.

f. supponina, Berlin.

Staud.

subsp. rowed, Tring.

Eltr.

A. stenobea, Wal- Stockholm.

lengr.

A. strattipocles, Coll. Ober-

Oberth. thiir.

A. terpsichore, Linn.

2 f. janisea, Godt. Edinburgh.

f. rougeti, Guerin.

f. melas, Oberth. . Coll. Ober-

thiir.

f. subserena, Gr.- Tring.

Sm.

f. venturina, Thur. Berlin.

f. connexa, Thur. Berlin.

f. intermediana, Berlin.

Strand

f. ventura, Hew. . London.

f. rangatana, Eltr. London,

subsp. ochruscens,

Sharpe.

A. tarna, Mab.

f. marmorata, Gr.-

Smith.

ANGAS, G. F.

AURIVILLIUS, C.

Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

A. wowi, Gr.-Smith . Coll. Joicey.

subsp. balina, Berlin.

Karsch

| A. unimaculata, Gr.- Coll. Joicey.

Smith

| A. vesperalis, Gr.-Sm. Coll. Joicey.

Coll. Jackson.

Coll. Joicey.

subsp. catori, B.- Coll. Cator.

Bak.

A. violarum, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

thiir.

. Berlin.

Vienna.

A, viviana, Staud.

A. welwitschii,

Rogenh.

subsp. alboradiata,

Auriv.

subsp. lobemba, Eltr.Oxford.

A. wigginsi, Neave . Oxford.

A. zambesina, Auriv. S. Fiel.

A. zetes, Linn.

f. menippe, Drur.

f. jalema, Godt. . Edinburgh.

subsp. acara, Hew. London.

f. caffra, Feld. . Tring.

f. inhondana, Suff. Coll. Suffert.

f. tescea, Sutf. . Coll. Suffert.

A. xitja, Boisd. . Coll. Ober-

thir.

f. radiata, Guénee

f. calida, Butl. . London.

f. rakeli, Boisd. . Coll. | Ober-

thiir.

f. fumida, Mab. . Coll. Mabille.

(2)

A. zonata, Hew. . London.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Kathrs Llustrated

Verzeichniss einer vom Herrn Fritz

London, 1849.

Theorin aus Gabun und dem Gebiete des Camer-

unflusses heimgebrachten Schmetterlingssammlung.

Ent. Tidskr. 12, p. 193-228, pl. 1-3, 1891.

—— Beitriige zur Kenntniss der Insektenfauna von

Ent. Tidskr., p. 257, etc., 1893. (Four

der Insektenfauna von

Ent. Tidskr. 14, p. 257-

Kameroon.

plates, and text figures.)

—— Beitriige zur Kenntniss

Kamerun. 2. Tagfalter.

292; 1893;

etc., 1895.

15, p. 2738-314, 1894; 16, p. 195-220,

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 357

Aurivitutus, C. Neue Acraeiden aus dem Congo-Gebiete.

Ent. Tidskr., p. 111, etc., 1895.

—— Rhopalocera Aethiopica, Stockholm, 1898.

Lepidoptera, Rhopalocera und Heterocera (Pars I)

von Madagaskar, den Comoren und den Inseln Ost-

afrikas. Sonderabdruck aus Voeltzkow, Reise in

Ostafrika in den Jahren 1903-1905, Band IL.,

Stuttgart, 1909.

—— Verzeichniss von Lepidopteren gessammelt bei Mu-

kimbungu am unteren Kongo von Herrn KE. Laman.

Arkiv for Zoologi, Band 3, No. 1, 1905.

—— Diagnosen Neuer Lepidopteren aus Africa (9).

Arkiv for Zoologi, Stockholm, 1909.

—— Wissenschaftliche Ergebnisse der schwedischen zoo-

logischen Expedition nach dem Kilimandjaro, dem

Meru, und den umgebenden Massaisteppen Deutsch-

Ostafrikas 1905-1906 unter Leitung von Prof. Dr.

Yneve Sjéstedt. Lepidotera, Stockholm, 1910.

Tres Lepidoteros novos da Africa Portugesa. Bro-

téria. Serie Zoologica, Vol. IX, Fase. IIL, St. Fiel,

TOTO.

Schmetterlinge gesammelt in Westafrika von Leo-

nardo Fea in den Jahren 1897-1902. Annali del

Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova, April,

1910.

BETHUNE-BAKER, G. T. On new species of Lycaenidae

from W. Africa. Ann. Nat. Hist., 7, xii, p. 324, etc.,

1903.

—— Descriptions of new Rhopalocera from the Upper

Congo. Ann. Nat. Hist., 8, 1, p. 467, ete., 1908.

Descriptions of new species of Butterflies of the

Division Rhopalocera from Africa and from New

Guinea. Proc. Zool. Soc., London, p. 110, etc., 2 pl.

1908.

BLANCHARD, E. Histoire Naturelle des Insectes, Paris,

1840.

BotspuvaL, J. A. Faune Entomologique de Madagascar,

Bourbon, et Maurice. Lépidopteres, Paris, 1883.

—— Spécies général des Lépidopteres, Paris, 1836.

Catalogue des Lépidopteres recueillis par M. Dele-

gorgue 1838-1844, in Delegorgue, A. Voyage dans

’Atrique Australe, Vol. 2, p. 585-602, 1847.

—— Faune Entomologique de Madagascar, ete. Lépido-

pteres, Paris, 1883.

358 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Butter, A. G. Catalogue of the Diurnal Lepidoptera in

the B.M. described by Fabricius, London, 1869.

Descriptions of some new species and a new genus of

Diurnal Lepidoptera, etc. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 423,

ete., 1874.

Cistula Entomologica, London (?), 1874.

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from Southern Africa.

Ann. Nat. Hist. (4), 16, p. 394-420, 1875.

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera recently received from

Abyssinia. Ann, Nat. Hist., p. 480-490, 1876.

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera recently received from

Madagascar. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 2, p. 283-297,

1878.

—— Descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera from

Madagascar, with notes on some of the forms already

described. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. IV, p. 227,

ete., 1879.

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from the Island of

Johanna. Ann. Nat. Hist. (5), 3, p. 186-192, 1879.

—— On the Lepidoptera collected in Socotra by J. B.

Balfour. Proce, Zool. Soc., p. 175-180, 1881.

—— On some Lepidoptera from the Victoria Nyanza.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 101, ete,

1883.

An account of two collections of Lepidoptera recently

received from Somaliland. Proc. Zoo]. Soc., p. 756-776,

1886.

—— On the Lepidoptera received from Dr. Emin Pascha.

Proce. Zool. Soc., p. 55-85, 1888.

—— On two collections of Lepidoptera from British Central

Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1895, p. 643-684, pl. 60,

1894.

—— On a collection of Lepidoptera from British EK. Africa.

Proc. Zool. Soc., 557-593, 1894.

—- On a small collection of Butterflies made by Consul

Alfred Sharpe at Zomba, British Central Africa.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 720-721, 1895.

—— On Lepidoptera recently collected in British E. Africa

by Mr. G. F. Scott Elliot. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 722-742,

1895.

—— Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in certain African

Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 519, ete., 1895.

—— On the Acraea cynthius of Drury. Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist., Vol. 16, p. 271, 1895.

African Species of the Genus Aeraea, 359

Butter, A. G. Ona small collection of Lepidoptera sent

from Nyasa in 1895 by Mr. R. Crawshay. Ann. Nat.

Hist. (6), 18, p. 67-75, 1896.

—— On acollection of Butterflies obtained by Mr. Richard

Crawshay in Nyasaland. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 108-136,

1896.

—— On the Butterflies obtained in Arabia and Somali-

land by Capt. Chas. G. Nurse and Col. J. W. Yerbury

in 1894 and 1895. Proc. Zool. Soc, p. 242-257,

1896.

—— On two collections of Lepidoptera made by Mr. R.

Crawshay in Nyasaland. Proc. Zool. Soe., p. 817-850,

pl. 41, 42, 1896.

— A new Butterfly of the genus Aeraea from Tugela,

S. Africa. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 18, p. 467,

1896.

Seasonal Dimorphism in African Butterflies. Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 105, etc, 1897.

— On a small collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F.

Gillett in Somaliland. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 923-925,

1897.

——- On a collection of Lepidoptera made by Mr. F. V.

Kirby chiefly in Portuguese E. Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 49 et seqg., 1898.

— On the Lepidopterous insects collected by Mr. G, A. K.

Marshall in Natal and Mashonaland in 1895 and 1897.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 186-201, 1898.

—— Ona collection of Lepidoptera made in British EK,

Africa by Mr. C. S. Betton. 2 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 395 et seq., 1898.

—— A list of Butterflies obtained in the Harar Highlands

by Capt. H. G. C. Swayne, R.E. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 821 e¢ seq., 1898.

—— Ona small collection of Butterflies from British E.

Africa, obtained at the end of 1897 and beginning of

1898 by Mr. R. Crawshay. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 825

et seq., 1898.

—— On a collection of Butterflies almost entirely made

at Salisbury, Mashonaland, by Mr. Guy A. K.

Marshall, in 1898. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 902 et seq.,

1898.

On two small collections of Butterflies made by Mr.

Richard Crawshay during 1898 in British E. Africa.

1 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 417 et seg., 1899.

360 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Butter, A. G. On a collection of Butterflies made by

Mr. Richard Crawshay in British E. Africa. 1 pil.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 962 et seg., 1899.

—— On a small collection of Butterflies from the Nandi

Dist., Uganda Prot. E. side of L. Victoria, by Capt.

Hobart of the Grenadier Guards. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

pP. O76 et SCq., 1899.

——- On two consignments of Butterflies collected by Mr.

Richard Crawshay in the Kikuyu Country of British,

EK. Africa in 1899 and 1900. 1 pl. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 911 et seg., 1900.

—— On some Butterflies from the White Nile collected by

Capt. H. N. Dunn of the Egyptian Army. Proc.

Zool, Soc., I., p. 25 and 26, 1901.

—— On two Collections of Lepidoptera made by Sir

Harry Johnston, K.C.B., in the Uganda Protectorate

during the year 1900. Proc. Zool. Soc. (1.), p. 44

et seq., 1 pl., 1902.

CARPENTER, G. H. A collection of Lepidoptera from

Lokoja, W. Africa. Proc. R. Dubl. Soc., Vol. 8, p. 304,

etc., 1895.

CLERCK, C. Icones Insectorum variorum, etc. Stock-

holm, 1759-1764.

Cramer, P. Papillons Exotiques, 1779-1791.

Cuvigr, G. L. C.D. Regne Animal, ed. 3. Ins. (1836).

DewitTz, H. Afrikanische Tagschmetterlinge, Nova.

Acta, Acad. Cur., 41, 2, No. 2, p. 173-210, pl. 25, 26,

L729:

—— Westafrikanische Tagschmetterlinge, Nova. Acta.

Acad. Nat. Cur., 50 (4), 1 pl., 1887.

—— West- und Centralafrikanische Tagschmetterlinge,

Entom. Nachr., 15, p. 101-110, pl. 1-2, 1889.

Dixey, F. A., and others. On a collection of Insects and

Arachnids made by Mr. E. N, Bennet in Socotra,

with descriptions of new species. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p- 372 et seg. Pl. XXX and XXXI, 1898.

— On a collection of Insects and Arachnids made in

1895 and 1897 by Mr. C. V..A. Peel, F.Z.8., in

Somaliland, with descriptions of new species. 4 pl.

Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 4 e¢ seqg., 1900.

Dixey, F. A. On Lepidoptera from the White Nile, col-

lected by Mr. W.L. T. Loat, F.Z.S. Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p- 141 e¢ seq., Pl. VII, 1903.

Drxey, F. A., and Lonestarr, G. B. Entomological ob-

African Species of the Genus Acraea, 361

servations and captures during the visit of the British

Association to S. Africa in 1905. Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p. 309 et seq., 1907.

DouBpLeDAY, Hewirson, and Werstwoop. Genera of

Diurnal Lepidoptera, 1848.

DupceEon, G. C. Notes on W. African Butterflies. Proc.

Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc., 1909.

Duncan, J. Foreign Butterflies (Naturalists’ Library,

Vol. 5), Edinburgh, 1837.

Druce,H. A list of the collection of Diurnal Lepidoptera

made by Mr. J. J. Monteiro in Angola, with descrip-

tions of some new species. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 406—

417, 1875.

Drury, D. Illustrations of Exotic Insects. London,

1770-1782.

ELTRINGHAM, H. Mimetic Relations of East and West

African Butterflies. Proc. Ent. Soc., p. Ixvui, ete., 1909.

—— African Mimetic Butterflies, Oxford, 1910.

On the Forms and Geographical Distribution of

Acraea lycoa, Godt., and Acraea johnstoni, Godm.,

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc., 1911.

—— Preliminary descriptions of some new or little-known

forms of the genus Acraea. Novitates Zoologicae,

Vol. 18, p. 149, ete., 1911.

Faprictus, J. C. Species Insectorum. Hamburg, 1781.

Fawcett, J. M. Notes on the transformations of some

South African Lepidoptera. Trans. Zool. Soce., p.

291-322, 1901.

FEISTHAMEL, Baron. Description de quelques Lépido-

pteres Rhopalocéres nouveaux ou peu connus. Ann.

de la Soc. Entomol. de France, p. 247, etc., 1850.

FeLpeR, C. and R. Reise de Osterreichischen Fregatte

Novara, Wien., 1864-1867.

GEYER, C. M., in Hiibner, Zutriige zur Sammlung exotischer

Schmett, Augsberg, 1837.

GoparT and LATRIELLE. Encyclopédie Meéthodique.

Paris, Liege, 1782-1832, vol. 9.

GopmaN, F. D., and Disrant, W. L. Descriptions of five

new species of Rhopalocera from E. Africa. Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 182, etc., 1880.

Gopman, F. D., Satvin, O., and Drucr, H. On the

Lepidoptera collected by the late W. A. Forbes on

the banks of the Lower Niger. Proce. Zool. Soc.,

p. 219-229, 1884.

362 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

GopMAN, F. D. List of the Lepidoptera collected by Mr.

H. H. Johnston during his recent expedition to

Kilima-njaro, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 536-541,

1885.

GopmaN, F. D., and Satvin, O. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera

in Jameson, J. T., The story of the rear column of the

Emin Pascha Relief Expedition, London, 1890.

Goocu, W. D. Notes on the Lepidoptera of Natal.

Entomologist, 14, p. 1-7, 1881.

GrimsHAw, P. H. Onsome type specimens of Lepidoptera

and Coleoptera in the Edinburgh Museum of Science

and Art. Trans. Roy. Soc., Edinburgh, Vol. 39, p. 4,

ete., 1898.

GrosE-SMITH, H. Descriptions of new species of African

Butterflies in the Tring Museum. Novit. Zool., p.

350, etc., 1898.

—— A list of the Butterflies collected by Mr. William

Bonny on the Aruwimi. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 463-473,

1890.

Descriptions of two new species of <Acraca from

Mombasa. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 5, p. 167,

1890.

GRosE-SMITH, H., and Kirspy, W. F. Rhopalocera Exotica

1887-1902.

GRUNBERG, K. Zur Kenntnis der Lepidopteren-Fauna

der Sesse-Inseln im Victoria-Nyanza, Sitzungs-

bericht der Gesellschaft naturforschender Freunde

zu Berlin, No. 3, p. 146, etc., 1910.

GUENEE, A. In A. Vinson, Voyage & Madagascar, Paris

1865.

GUERIN-MENEVILLE, F. E. Insectes dans “ Voyage en

Abyssinie exécuté pendant les années 1839-1843, par

Lefebre,” Paris, 1849.

Haase, E. Untersuchungen iiber die Mimicry. Biblio-

theca Zoologica III, Stuttgart, 1892-1893.

Hampson, G. F. Lepidoptera from the Sabaki River,

British E. Africa, with descriptions of new species.

Ann. Nat. Hist., 6, VII, p. 179, ete., 1891.

Hersst, J. F. W. Natursystem aller bekannten In-

secten. Schmetterlinge, Berlin, 1788-1804.

HERON, F. A. Zoological results of the Ruwenzori Expe-

dition, Rhopalocera. Trans. Zool. Soc., London, 1909.

HERRICH-SCHAFFER, G. A. W. Prodromus Systematis

Lepidopterorum, Regensburg, 1864-1867.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 365

Hewirson, W. C. A list of diurnal Lepidoptera taken in

Madagascar by Caldwell. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 64-65,

1863.

—— A list of Butterflies taken on the march to Coomassie

by Lieut. Alwin S. Bell. Ann. Nat. Hist. (4), 13, p.

380-383, 1874.

—-—- Descriptions of four new species of Ac7aca from Lake

Nyassa. Ent. Mo. Mag., p. 51, 1877.

Notes on a collection of Butterflies from Zanzibar,

with descriptions of two new species of Acraca. Ent.

Mo. Mag., p. 153, 1877.

Exotic Butterflies, 1855-1874.

Houtianp, W. J. Descriptions of some new species of

African Lepidoptera. Entomologist, Supplement, p.

89, 1892.

— A few Synonymical Notes upon African Lepidoptera.

Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. 12, p. 246, ete., 1893.

—— List of the Lepidoptera collected in Somaliland,

East Africa, by Mr. William Astor Chamber and

Lieut. von Hoehnel. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 18,

p. 259-264, 1895.

—— hist of the Lepidoptera collected in Kastern Africa,

by D. W. L. Abbott. Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, 18,

p. 229-258, 1895.

Hoprrer, C. Die Schmetterlinge in W. C. H. Peters,

Reise nach Mossambique. Zoologie 5, p. 349-438, 1862.

Hutsner, J. Verzeichniss bekannten Schmetterlinge,

Augsburg, 1816-1827.

Inuicer, K. Magazin fiir Insektenkunde, Brunswick,

1801-1807.

Karscu, F. Insecten von Baliburg (Deutsch Westafrica)

gesammelt von Herrn Dr. Eugen Zintgraff. Ent.

Nachr., 18, p. 161-183, 1892.

—— Die Insekten der Berglandschaft Adeli im Hinter-

lande von Togo, etc. Berlin, Ent. Zeitschr. (58), p.

167-266, 1893.

Neue Eingiinge deutsch-ostafrikanischer Insecten in

Museum fiir Naturkunde zu Berlin. Ent. Nachr.,

23, p. 366-372, 1897.

KEFERSTEIN, A. Entomologische Notizen aus dem Tage-

buche des zu Madagascar verstorbenen Herrn. Tollin.

Jahrbuch Akad. Erfurt. (2), 6, p. 1-17, 1870.

Kirpy, W. F. A Handbook to the Order Lepidoptera,

London, 1896.

364. Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

Lanz, H. Besprechung der von Dr. Bumiller 1893 aus

Ostafrica mitgebrachten Schmetterlinge. Inris 9,

p. 113-147, Dresden, 1896.

Laruy, P. I. An account of a collection of Rhopalocera

made on the Anambara Creek in Nigeria, West

Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 183, ete., Pl. VIII, 1908.

—— On some Aberrations of Lepidoptera. Trans. Ent.

Soc., p. 65, etc., Pl. X, 1904.

—— A contribution towards the knowledge of African

Rhopalocera. Trans. Ent. Soc., pp. 1-10, Pl. I, I,

1906.

Von Linnf, C. Museum S. R. M. Ludovicae Ulricae

Reginae, etc., 1764.

Systema Naturae, Ed. 12, Wien, 1767-1870.

LonestaFr, G. B. Bionomic Notes on Butterflies. Trans.

Ent. Soc., p. 607, 1908. (See also Dixey, F. A.)

Lucas, H. Histoire naturelle des Lépidopteres étrangers,

Paris, 1835.

—— Chenu, Encyclopédie dhistoire naturelle. Paris,

1853-1880.

MABILLE, P. Lépidopteres hétérocéres observés 4 Mada-

gascar (Suppl.). Ann. Ent. Soc. de France, p. 341,

1879.

—— Note sur une collection de Lépidoptéres recuellis &

Madagascar. Ann. Ent. Belg., 23 Bull., p. 104-109,

1880.

—— Histoire naturelle des Lépidopteres, in A. Grandidier,

Histoire physique, etc., de Madagascar. Rhopalocéres.

Paris, 1885.

—— Description de deux Lépidopteres nouveaux de

Afrique orientale. Ann, de la Soc. Ent. de France,

Bulletin, p. clxix, 1888.

—— Voyage du M. Ch. Alluaud, Lépidoptéres. An. E.

Fr. (6), 10, p. 17-51, 1890.

MABILLE P., and VurLLot, P. Novitates Lepidoptero-

logicae, Paris, 1890-1893.

MarsHALL, G. A. K. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in

S. African Rhopalocera. Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 551,

etc., 1896.

MARSHALL, G. A. K., with POULTON and others. Five

Years’ Observations and Experiments on the Rionomics

of South African Insects. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 287-

584, 1902.

Montrerro, Mrs. Delagoa Bay. London, 1891.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 365

Moscuuer, H. B. Beitrige zur Schmetterlingsfauna, des

Kaffernlandes. Verh. z. b. Ges. Wien., 33, p. 267-

310, pl. 16, 1884.

—— Beitrage zur Schmetterlingsfauna der Goldkiiste.

Abhandl. Senckenb. Ges. 15, 1, p. 49-100, pl. 1, 1887.

NEAVE, 8S. A. Some bionomic notes on Butterflies from

the Victoria Nyanza. Trans. Ent. Soc., 1906, p. 207

et seg., Pl. IX to XII.

On a large collection of Rhopalocera from the shores

of the Victoria Nyanza. Novit. Zool. xi, p. 323-868,

1904.

Zoological collections from Northern Rhodesia and

adjacent territories. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera. Proc.

Zool. Soc., p. 2-86, 1910.

OBERTHUR, CH. Etudes d’Entomologie. Rennes, 1876.

—— Spedizione Italiana nell’ Africa equatoriale. Risultati

Zoologici Rhopalocera. Ann. del. Mus. Civ. di Genova,

Vol. 15, p. 146, ete., 1879.

—— Spedizione Italiana nell’ Africa equatoriale. Risultati

zoologici. I. Lepidotteri. Ann. Mus. Genova, 15,

p. 129-186, 1880; 18, p. 709-740, 1883.

PAGENSTECKER, A. Lepidopteren gesammelt in Ost-

africa, 1888-1889 von Dr. Franz Stuhlmann. Jahr-

buch Hamb. wissench. Anst., 10, p. 207-262, 1893.

PALIsoT DE BEAuvois, A. M. F. J. Insectes recueillis en

Afrique et en Amerique, etc., Paris, 1805-1821.

PLotTz, C. Verzeichniss der von Professor Dr. R.

Buchholz in Westafrica gesammelten Schmetter-

linge. Stettin Entom. Zeit., p. 76, etc., 1880.

Poutton, E. B. Mimetic forms of Papilio dardanus

(merope) and Acraca johnstoni. Trans. Ent. Soc.,

London, p. 281 e¢ seg. Pl. XVII to XXII, 1906.

in Rogers’ Bionomic notes on some British E. African

Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 529-533, 1908.

ReicHE, L. Les Insectes dans le voyage en Abyssinie par

Ferret et Galliner, Paris, 1847-1849.

Risse, C. Zwei neue Tagschmetterlinge aus Afrika.

Iris, p. 181, 1 plate, 1889.

RocenHorer, A. F. Afrikanische Schmetterlinge des

k. k. naturhist. Hofmuseums. Ann. Mus. Wien., Vol.

iv, p. 547, etc., 1889.

Diagnosen neuer Schmetterlinge des k. k. naturhist.

Hofmuseums. Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell-

schaft, Wien., Vol. xli, p. 563, etc., 1891.

566 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

RoGENHOFER, A. F., Afrikanische Schmetterlinge des k. k.

naturhist. Hofmuseums. Ann. Mus. Wien., Vol. 6,

p- 455 ete., 1891.

—-— Schmetterlinge gesammelt von Dr. O. Baumann in,

O. Baumann, Usambara und seine Nachbargebiete,

Berlin, 1891.

Neue Lepidopteren.des k. k. naturhist. Hof-

museums. Verhandl. der k. k. zool.-bot. Gesell-

schaft, Wien., Vol. 42, p. 571, ete, 1892.

Roaers, Rev. K. St. A., with PoULTON and TRIMEN. Some

bionomic notes on British East African Butterflies.

Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 489 e¢ seq., Pl. XXVI-XXIX,

1908.

SAALMULLER, M. Mittheilungen iiber Madagascar, seine

Lepidopterenfauna, etc. Bericht Senckenbergische

naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frankfurt, p. 71-96,

1877-1878 ; p. 122-126, 1878-1879.

—— Lepidopteren von Madagascar, 1, 2. Abhandl.

Senck. nat. Ges. Frankfurt a. Main, 1884-1891.

Scuatz and ROBER. Exotische Schmetterlinge.

Scuaus, W., and CLEMENTS, W. G. On a collection of

S. Leone Lepidoptera, London, 1895.

SeBA, A. Locupletissimi Rerum Naturalium III. Amster-

dam, 1758.

SHarpe, E. M. B. Descriptions of new species of East

African Butterflies. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. V,

p. 335, 1890.

—— Further descriptions of Butterflies and Moths collected

by Mr. F. L. Jackson in E. Africa. Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist., Vol. V, p. 440, etc., 1890.

—— Ona collection of Lepidoptera from Bangala. Iris,

4, p. 53-60, Dresden, 1891.

—— Descriptions of new species of Butterflies from the

Island of St. Thomas, West Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 558-558, 1893.

—— List of Butterflies collected by Capt. J. W. Pringle,

R.E., in British E. Africa. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1894,

p. 334-358, pl. 19, 1894.

—— Descriptions of some new species of Acraeidae col-

lected by Mr. F. L. Jackson at N tebi, Uganda. Ann.

and Mag. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIX, p. 581, ete., 1897.

—— A list of the Lepidopterous Insects collected by Mrs.

Lort Phillips in Somaliland. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1898,

p. 369 et seq.

African Species of the Genus Acraca. 367

SHArpe, E. M. B. A list of the Lepidoptera collected

by Mr. Arthur H. Neumann, in Neumann, A. H.,

Elephant Hunting in Kast Equatorial Africa (Ap-

pendix), London, 1898.

SNELLEN VAN VOLLENHOVEN, S. C. Recherches sur la

faune de Madagascar, etc., d’apres les découvertes de

Bor. te Pollen et D. C. van: Dam; 5. ft. Insectes.

Lepidopteres, pp. 3-5, 1869.

SNELLEN, P. C. T. Buijdrage tot de Flinder-Fauna van

Neder-Guinea. Tijdschr. v. Entom., 15, p. 1 et seq.,

1872.

—— Lepidoptera van het Prinsen-Kiland. Tijdschr. vy.

KEnt., 16, p. 71-74, 1873.

Aanteekeningen over Afrikaansche Lepidoptera.

Tiydschr. von. Ent., 25, p. 215-234, 1882.

STAUDINGER, Exotische Schmetterlinge, 1885.

STRAND, E. Verzeichnis der von Herrn Oberleutnant F.

Reuter an der Dume-Miindung in Kamerun gesam-

melten, etc., Lepidopteren. Wiener Entomologische

Zeitung, p. 29, etc., 1910.

Zoologische Ergebnisse der Expedition des Hern

Hauptmann a. D. Fromm, 1908-09, nach Deutsch-

Ostafrika. 1. Lepidoptera. Mitteilungen aus dem

Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, V Band, 2 Heft,

HOLL,

— Neue afrikanische Pierididen und Nymphalididen

gesammelt von Herrn Prof. Dr. J. Vosseler.

Internationale Entomologische Zeitschrift Guben,

p. 219, ete, 1911.

SuFFERT, E. Neue afrikanische Tagfalter aus dem kon.

zool. Museum, Berlin, und meiner Sammlung.

Deutsche Entomologische Zeitschrift, “Iris,” p. 12,

ete., 1904.

Neue Tagfalter aus Deutsch. Ost-Africa. Deutsche

Entomologische Zeitschrift, “ Iris,” p. 124, etc., 1904.

Suuzer, J. H. Geschichte der Insecten nach dem

Linneischen System (Winterthur), 1776.

TuHurRAU, F. Neue Rhopaloceren aus Ost. Africa. Berl.

Bai Zet., Bd. XLVI, p. 117-144; pl. II,

1903.

—— Neue Lepidopteren aus Ost. und Central-Afrika.

Berlin Entomol. Zeitschrift, Bd. XLVIII, p. 301-

314, 1903.

TRIMEN, R. Rhopalocera Africae Australis, 1866.

368 Mr. H. Eltringham’s Monograph of the

TRIMEN, R. On some undescribed Species of South African

Butterflies, including a new genus of Lycaenidae.

Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 69, ete., 1868.

—— On some remarkable Mimetic Analogies among

African Butterflies. Trans. Linn. Soc., Vol. XXVI,

p. 497-522, 1868.

—— Notes on Butterflies collected by J. H. Bowker, Esq.,

in Basuto Land. Trans. Ent. Soc., London, p. 341-

390, 1 pl., 1870.

—— On some new species of Rhopalocera from Southern

Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 433, etc., 1881.

and J. H. Bowker. South African Butterflies,

London, 1887-89.

--— On Butterflies collected in tropical South-Western

Africa, by Mr. A. W. Eriksson. Proc. Zool. Soc.,

p. 59-107, pl. 8, 9, 1891.

— On some recent additions to the list of South

African Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc. London,

p- 169-178, 1891.

—— On a collection of Butterflies made in Manica,

Tropical S.E. Africa, by Mr. F. C. Selous, im the

year 1892. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 14, etc., 1894.

—— On some new species of Butterflies from Tropical

and Extra Tropical 8. Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p. SL etc, 1605:

On some new or little-known Species of African

Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 1, etc. 1898.

—— On some new or imperfectly known forms of South

African Butterflies. P]. XIX and XX. Trans. Ent.

Soc. p. 231 et seq., 1904.

On some new or hitherto unfigured forms of South

African Butterflies. Trans. Ent. Soc., p. 59 et seq.,

BTV Vv, VEG:

—— Description of new forms of British E. African

Butterflies in the Hope Department, Oxford Univ.

Museum. ‘Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, p. 547 ef seq.

WALLENGREN, H. D. J. Lepidoptera Rhopalocera in terra

Caffrorum collecta. Vet. Akad. Handl. (2), 2, 4,

1857.

— Bidrag till sédra Afrikas Fjirilfauna. Ofvers. Vet.

Akad. Forb., 29, 3, p. 41-61, 1872.

Warp, C. African Lepidoptera, London, 1872.

—— Description of New Species of Diurnal Lepidoptera

from Madagascar. Ent. Mo. Mag., 1872, pp. 2-3.

African Species of the Genus Acraea. 369

Warp, C. Description of New Species of African Diurnal

Lepidoptera. Ent. Mo. Mag., 1873.

WATERHOUSE, C. O. Aid to the Identification of Insects,

London, 1880-90.

WEALE, J. P. MANSEL-. On the variation of Rhopalo-

cerous forms in South Africa. Trans. Ent. Soc.,

p. 265, etc., 1877.

Westwoop, J. O. Lepidoptera, in Oates, F., Matabele

Land and the Victoria Falls. London, 1881.

Weymer, G._ Exotische Lepidopteren VI. Stettiner

Entomol. Zeit., p. 79, etc., 1892.

~-— Einige afrikanische Lepidopteren. Deutsche Ento-

mologische Zeitschrift, “ Iris,” p. 221, etc., 1903.

—— Einige neue Lepidopteren des Deutschen Entom.

Nat. Museum. Deutsche Ent. Zeit., p. 728, etc., 1908.

WicueraF, F. Beschreihung neuer Formen der Gattung

Acraea aus Rhodesia, Mashunaland and Angola.

Berlin, Ent. Zeitschrift, Band 53, p. 240, etc.,

1908.

WULFEN, X. Descriptiones quorundam capensium insect-

orum. Erlange, 1786.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.— PARTI. (JULY) BB

() 8700.9

INDEX TO SPECIFIC NAMES

abadima, 30, 192

abbotti, 235

abdera, 112

abrupta, 230

acara, 25, 84

acerata, 35, 235

acontias, 137

acrita, 29, 143

acritoides, 29, 140

acronycta, 190

actiaca, 128

acutipennis, 117

admatha, 23, 78

aequalis, 337

aethiops, 328

agema, 347

aglaonice, 20, 32, 186

alberta, 22, 307

albimaculata, 299

albomaculata, 190

alboradiata, 25, 97, 174

alciope, 37, 38, 322

alcippina, 38, 210

alicia, 33, 221, 323

althoffi, 33, 251

alticola, 350

ambiqua, 29, 143

amicitiae, 20, 24, 40, 317

amphimalla, 161

amphiprotea, 331

anacreon, 21, 28, 198

anacreontica, 198

anaemia, 20, 30, 31, 177

andromache, 346

andromba, 68

anemosa, 25, 94

angolanus, 299

anomala, 350

ansorget, 38, 318

antinorii, 40, 316

apecida, 35, 229

aquilia, 144

aquilina, 143

arabica, 24, 31, 73, 172

arcticincta, 94

arctifasciata, 331

areca, 28, 107

argentea, 36, 281

| artemisa, 182

asboloplintha, 20, 24, 196

asema, 26, 122

_ astrigera, 26, 101

atergatis, 24, 30, 188

| atolmis, 24, 27, 137

aubyni, 36, 504

aureola, 32, 142

aurwilliz, 38, 323

axina, 31, 180

balbina, 81

balina, 34, 217

banka, 33, 221

barberi, 25, 84

baumanni, 112

baxteri, 41, 42, 267

bella, 29, 144

bellona, 29, 144

bellua, 192

bendis, 182

bent, 29, 139

biraca, 230

bomba, 28, 198

bonasia, 33, 35, 220, 249

boseae, 312

braesia, 22, 24, 169

brahmsi, 35, 235

braunei, 210

brunnea, 26, 102

bukoba, 240, 336

burni, 24, 68

buruensis, 346, 548

buschbecki, 35, 291

butleri, 341

butineri, 26, 118

Index to Specific Names. Bye

buxtoni, 81, 239

byatti, 213

cabira, 35, 229

cabiroides, 35, 221

caecilia, 30, 182, 211

caffra, 26, 84

caldarena, 32, 161

calida, 204

calyce, 72

camaena, 20, 23, 82

candida, 171

caoncius, 174

cappadox, 221

carmentis, 327

castanea, 328

catori, 48

cephaea, 192, 349

cepheus, 26, 111, 239, 348

cerasa, 21, 54, 302

cerita, 23, 55

chaeribula, 29, 153

chaeribulula, 144

chambezi, 28, 132

chilo, 22, 23, 25, 89

cinerea, 20, 22, 23, 307

circeis, 41, 42, 292, 297

clarei, 193

confluens, 249

confusa, 340

conjuncta, 38, 319

connexa, 240

conradti, 36, 289

corona, 45

cretacea, 37, 323

erystallina, 89

cuva, 22, 50

cydonia, 322

cynthia, 221, 230

cynthius, 220, 249

daira, 38, 210

damit, 22, 50

decora, 138

defasciata, 174

dejana, 292

depunctella, 292

derubescens, 37, 281

detecta, 32, 164

dewitzi, 36, 286

diavina, 235

dice, 59

diogenes, 23, 156

dircea, 161

disjuncta, 38, 321

dissociata, 196

dohertyi, 346, 348

dorotheae, 327

doubledayi, 20, 31, 171, 174, WiTe

180

drucet, 252

dubiosa, 94

egina, 24, 26, 27, 28, 106, 192

eginopsis, 112

ehmckei, 61

ella, 31, 179

emini, 102

empusa, 122

encedon, 38, 209

encedonia, 210

entebbia, 336

entoria, 347

epidica, 40, 46

eponina, 220, 991, 239

equatorialis, 31, 177

ertli, 332

esebria, 39, 331

eugenia, 22, 53

exalbescens, 36, 281

excelsior, 33, 215

fallax, 337

felina, 118

fenelos, 268

fenestrata, 186

flava, 327

flavescens, 340

flavomaculatus, 229

fornax, 33, 309

fulleborni, 267

fulva, 210

fulvescens, 340

fumida, 204, 323

fumigata, 347

gaekwari, 171

gea, 327

gelonica, 269

goetzi, 33, 213

gracilis, 122

grosvenori, 42, 276

guillemei, 27, 117

halali, 27, 128

372 Index to Specific Names.

harrisoni, 27, 107

helvimaculata, 41, 269

hoeneli, 89

horta, 23, 76

hova, 22, 60

humilis, 21, 305

hypatia, 182, 192

hypoleuca, 28, 92

igati, 22, 49

agola, 36, 42, 302

inaureata, 328

indica, 347

induna, 28, 198

infuscata, 210

insignis, 23, 81

insularis, 40, 345

interjecta, 327

intermedia, 27, 31, 159

intermediana, 34, 240

interrupta, 94, 319

issoria, 350

aturina, 21, 57, 305

jacksoni, 332

jalema, 25, 84

janisca, 239

jodutta, 39, 327

johnstoni, 39, 339

kaffana, 262

kakana, 23, 57

karschi, 34, 230

katana, 35, 227

kenia, 337

khara, 107

kilimandjara, 337

kraka, 21, 52

_ lactea, 156

lactimaculata, 41, 269

lamborni, 37, 62

latifasciata, 323

leona, 41, 278

leonina, 278

leucographa, 23, 79

leucopyga, 27, 157

lewcosoma, 169

lia, 23, 67

liacea, 174

liberia, 239

limonata, 41, 293

lindica, 144

liszti, 157

littoralis, 29, 144

lobemba, 25, 97

lofua, 26, 127

lualabae, 29, 155

lumiri, 33, 219

lutealba, 319

luxi, 137

lycia, 38, 210

lycoa, 39, 42, 336

lycoides, 292

lygus, 190

macarina, 38, 322

machequena, 22, 66

maculiventris, 302

madhela, 71

mahela, 22, 71

mairessei, 36, 286

makupa, 42

manandaza, 64

manca, 29, 144

mandane, 298

manjaca, 239

mansya, 27, 134

maransetra, 64

marginata, 140

marmorata, 26, 105

marnois, 30, 184

masamba, 41, 42, 312

masaris, 332

masonala, 50

matuapa, 72

medea, 27, 107

media, 336

medoa, 107

melaina, 29, 139

melanosticta, 286

melanoxantha, 36, 288

melas, 239

menippe, 25, 83

metaprotea, 332

meyeri, 346, 348

mhondana, 72, 84

mima, 31, 32, 167

minima, 217

mirabilis, 20, 216

mirifica, 19, 208

modesta, 174

moluccana, 346, 347

mombasae, 21, 43

monteironis, 332

mosana, 94

Index to Specific Names.

msamwiae, 143

murcia, 82

mutata, 319

mycenaed, 84

mystica, 171

nandensis, 321

natalensis, 230

natalica, 30, 190, 192

nataliensis, 120

nebulosa, 347

necoda, 210

neobule, 23, 72

neluska, 161

nero, 161

newtoni, 35, 285

nia, 257

nidama, 50

nigrescens, 112

nigroapicalis, 264

niobe, 20, 24, 344

nohara, 27, 128

ntebiae, 292

nubilata, 332

nyassicola, 143

obeira, 24, 68, 302

oberthuri, 34, 249

obscura, 174

ochrascens, 34, 240

ochreata, 252

octobalia, 340

oenone, 346, 347

ombria, 161

omrora, 26, 124

oncaea, 30, 174, 184

onerata, 27, 135

opis, 298

oppidia, 40, 278

oreas, 39, 298

orestia, 40, 305

orestina, 305

oreta, 263

orientis, 292

orina, 39, 40, 263

orinata, 264

orineta, 264

oscari, 25, 91

pallidepicta, 257

parce, 346, 348

parrhasia, 41, 42, 277

parrhoppidia, 278

pasiphaé, 107

pauperata, 144

pelasgius, 40, 269

pella, 347

pelopeia, 42, 274

373

peneleos, 36, 41, 42, 268, 277, 286

penella, 36, 281

penelope, 36, 281

pentapolis, 40, 46

percussa, 50

perenna, 26, 37, 261

periphanes, 29, 139

perrupta, 239

persephone, 107

pervia, 301

petraea, 26, 114

petrina, 114

pharsaloides, 37, 256

pharsalus, 37, 256

pheusaca, 112

pica, 319

piva, 68

planesium, 221

pollonia, 347

polydectes, 261

pomponia, 281

praeponina, 221

protea, 331

proteina, 340

pudora, 30, 182

pudorella, 20, 32, 163

pudorina, 28, 144

punctellata, 27, 129

pseudatolmis, 27, 129

pseudegina, 30, 192

pseudepaea, 252

pseudolycia, 26, 101

pseudoprotea, 331

quirina, 22, 59

quirinalis, 40, 308

rabbaiae, 21, 43

radiata, 38, 204, 211

rahira, 24, 202

rakeli, 204

ranavalona, 22, 64

rangatana, 34, 240

recaldana, 161

regalis, 31, 169

reversa, 293

rhodesiana, 31, 32, 166

rhodina, 257, 293

rogersi, 37, 61

374 Index to Specific Names.

rohlfsi, 24, 136

rosa, 59

rosina, 22, 89

rougeli, 34, 239

rowend, 35, 227

rubescens, 24, 196

rubra, 41, 293

rubrofasciata, 252

rudolphina, 107

ruppeli, 312

safie, 40, 315

salambo, 37, 61

saluspha, 257

sambavae, 41, 314

sanderi, 346, 347

saronis, 108

satis, 23, 44.

schecana, 323

seis, 23, 72

semialbescens, 340

semifulvescens, 340

semipunctella, 293

semivitrea, 39, 300

sepia, 41, 269

serena, 220, 239

servona, 39, 41, 42, 286, 292

sganzini, 210

siabona, 221

sidamona, 84

siginna, 81

silacea, 319

silia, 312

smithia, 309

sokotrana, 72

sotikensis, 35, 227

speciosa, 28, 198

stenobea, 30, 32, 190

strattipocles, 41, 42, 311

subfulva, 327

subochreata, 293

subserena, 34, 239

subsquamia, 267

sucepha, 112

suffusa, 319

supponina, 35, 227

sykesi, 31, 171

taborana, 114

telekiana, 340

tella, 38, 323

telloides, 252

tenebrosa, 293

tenella, 34, 235

tenelloides, 35, 221

terpsichore, 34, 239, 350

tescea, 84

thelestis, 46

thesprio, 262

tirika, 336

toruna, 341

transienda, 293

transita, 306

translucida, 36, 281

trimeni, 84.

turna, 21, 26, 105

ufipana, 94

umbrata, 26, 30, 124, 192

umbrina, 182

umida, 29, 140

unimaculata, 21, 56

unipunctella, 293

urungensis, 94

usagarae, 211

usaramensis, 144

utengulensis, 144

uvui, 33, 217

ventura, 34, 240

venturina, 240

vesperalis, 40, 48

vesta, 346, 349

vestalina, 350

vestita, 350

vestoides, 350

vinidia, 35, 235

violae, 346, 348

violarum, 26, 120

vitrea, 37, 281

viviana, 34, 233

vuilloti, 37, 257

welwitschii, 25, 97

wigginsi, 28, 206

wissmannt, 89

zaire, 291

zambesina, 75

zetes, 24, 83

zethea, 84.

zethes, 84

zidora, 107

zitja, 24, 33, 204

zonata, 21, 42

JuLy 12, 1912.

és } lee * ae oY oe

Crean SS TC Ree SP Re ty Po

ve ‘re a

‘aie fa)

Fr rt ” F!

‘

hy = 7 :

‘a

4 ia

‘ ™

y ’ ye

re |

’ '

y “

“ ) Tag ‘ ;

A : bean a)

7 i ’ Py 7 aul? , rave :

Lees

td BAYS ay inti

¥ p ve Mm ay

Re, SWIM «i rs PEN i

im 7 ra : mm, Qed

inh ISS, Poe: veal iy i eo ¢

MOM AUT th ep aaear te tu ty

| 2

ern ety d?

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

. pseudolycia f. astrigera, Butl. ¢, Machakos. (Oxford.)

. pseudolycia f. emini, Weymer 2, Kibaoni, Uhamba. (Tring.)

. pseudolycia f. brunnea, Eltr. 9 (Type), Masindi. (Tring.)

. pseudolycia f. brunnea, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Guimbungo, Angola.

(Tring.)

. pseudolycia pseudolycia, Butl. ¢, Pungo Andongo, Angola

(Tring.)

. nohara pseudatolmis, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mahakata R., Gazaland.

(Oxford.)

. rohlfsi, Suff. g¢ (Type), Ukerewe I. (Coll. Ertl.) id

. lofua, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Lofu R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.)

. lofua, Eltr. 2 (Type), Lofu R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.)

. pseudolycia astrigera, Butl. 9, Machakos. (Oxford.)

. pharsalus vuilloti, Mab. ¢,German E. Africa, (Coll. Joicey.)

. mansya, Eltr. 9 (Type), Mansya R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.)

. mansya, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mansya R., N.E. Rhodesia. (Oxford.)

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond..1912. Ft. /.

H.Eltringham dei. West,Newman chr.

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRABEA.

EXPLANATION OF PuaTE II.

Fic.

1. A. egina medea, Cram. 6, ? Senegal. (Berlin.)

2. A. doubledayi arabica, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Azvaki Ravine, Arabia.

(Tring.)

3. A. doubledayi doubledayi, Guér. ¢, Abyssinia. (Tring.)

4. A. welwitschii welwitschii, Rogenh. ¢, Cerambé, Bihé, Angola.

(Tring.)

5. A. welwitschii welwitschii, Rogenh. 9, Bumba, Angola. (Tring.)

6. A. rhodesiana, Wichgr. ¢, Rhodesia. (London.)

7. A. ella, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Benguella. (Tring.)

8. A. aureola, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Bihé, Angola. (Tring.)

9. A. grosvenori, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rutschuru R. (Tring.)

10. A. equatorialis equatorialis, Neave ¢, Kisumu. (Oxford.)

11. A. equatorialis equatorialis, Neave 9, Kisumu. (Oxford.)

Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond., 71912. Ft. IT.

H.Eltringham del. West,Newman chr.

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEA.

Fic.

EXPLANATION OF PuaAte III.

. parrhasia parrhasia, Fabr. 9, near Lagos. (Oxford.)

. parrhasia f. leona, Staud. 9, S. Leone. (Tring.)

. peneleos f.lactimaculata, Eltr. 9 (Type), Fishtown, Fernando

Po. (Tring.)

. servonw rhodina, R. and J. g, Entebbe. (Oxford.)

. servona orientis, Auriv. 9, Amani, German E. Africa.

(Oxford.)

. oscari, Roth. ¢, Charada Forest, Kaffa. (London.)

. pudorella pudorella, Auriv, @, Campi-ya-Simba. (Tring.)

acrita manca, Thur, ¢, Itumba, German E. Africa, (Tring.)

servona f. rubra, Eltr. 2 (Type), L. Assebe, Fernan Vaz.

(Tring.)

. periphanes f. melaina, Eltr, 2, Chambezi Valley. (Oxford.)

. periphanes f. acritoides, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Luwingu, L. Bang-

weolo. (Oxford.)

Trans. Eint. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pt. If.

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr,

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEFA.

i; th a

‘ Fi Nar = : Wes

Re oe

Sot <u “an 4

roe

$).

10.

Life

12.

13.

14.

15.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

. cinerea alberta, Eltr. ¢ (Type), 90 km. W. of L. Albert

Edward. (Tring.)

. peneleos pelasgius, Gr.-Sm. ¢, Toro. (Oxford.)

. parrhasia parrhasia, Fabr. g, near Lagos. (Oxford.)

. penelope translucida, Eltr. ¢ (Type), near Lagos. (Oxford.)

. penelope derubescens, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Misahohe Station,

Togo. (Berlin.)

. penelope translucida, Eltr. 9 (Type), near Lagos. (Oxford.)

. penelope vitrea, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Tiriki Hills. (Oxford.)

. penelope & f. argentea, Eltr. (Type), Entebbe. (Oxford.)

. cerita, Sharpe g (Type), Toro. (Coll. Joicey.)

. peneleos peneleos, Ward 3, near Lagos. (Oxford.)

. peneleos f. helvimaculata, Eltr. Q (Type), near Lagos.

(Oxford.)

. peneleos peneleos, Ward near Lagos. (Oxford.

1 L ’ d fo)

A. eugenia, Karsch. 9, Canhoca, Angola. (Tring.)

A. itwrina kakana, Eltr. g (Type), Adie Kaka, Kaffa. (London.)

. sotikensis supponina, Staud. ¢ (Type), “Congo Region.”

(Berlin.)

16. A. lumiri, B. Baker ¢ (Type), Kissegneis. (Coll, Powell-Cotton.)

Trans.Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. IV.

H.Eltringham del. West,Newman chr.

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAEFA.

Fia.

—

ot go pe

10.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE V.

. jodutta f. castanea, Eltr. 2 (Type), bred near Lagos by

Lamborn. (Oxford.)

. terpsichore rangatana, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rangatan. (London.)

. penelope 2 f. penella, Eltr. (Type), Kitanwa, Unyoro. (Tring.)

. acrita bellona, Weym. ¢, Bailundo, Angola. (Coll. Ertl.)

. equatorialis anaemia, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Rabai. (Oxford.)

. aubyni, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Mwaeba Hill, Mombasa. (Oxford.)

. periphanes f. umida, Wiechgr. ¢, L. Bangweolo. (Oxford.)

. jodutta f. inaureata, Eltr. 9 (Type), Rukuru Val., Nyassa-

land. (London.)

. nohara f. punctellata, Eltr. ¢ (Type), Dedza Mt., Central

Angoniland. (Oxford.)

. baxteri, Sharpe ¢ (Type), Mpwapwa. (Coll. Joicey.)

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1972. Fl. V.

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr.

NEW AND LITTLE KNOWN FORMS OF ACRAFA.

RY ae | Pees ek

Fl y fs

Cee nS ii,

~The

7 eke ee

Mt ey

ae: racy

— |

PERS

Tea ee te

. . ro

\ t ; rs

na Se 4

" i

’ i ‘ i

‘

4 4 h aut \ ‘

4 .

. ie pine

¥ 7

7 4

é uA

‘

q . Le

i 6 S ‘ y a

{! ? ua

r 4 i b] ‘>

‘ 3 i f ‘

rise ¥ ad ‘ :

%, : vat h ‘

i ty om

haat ; ! SOLE Bs 6% Si

se rw te | Roi wey syiela Gee Leh

c Pele Mang oes

wey dae wo bth) Bo OF ae

é riko

eV as, Larder ao

ihe

nat! heals . i> aos

lak eet ee yitads

owe

rai wi Yh hs.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTeE VI.

1. Larva of A. pentapolis pentapolis.

Fic.

Bel"

2 Se

4. ”

5. ”

6. ”

LG »

Ore

Ne es

KON aes

1 ea,

2 aes

13o Ss

Teo

ik, Aol

16. Pupa

”

A, rogersi lamborni.

A. parrhasia parrhasia.

A. peneleos peneleos.

A. zetes zetes.

A. perenna perenna.

A. pharsalus pharsalus.

A. lycou lycoa.

A, natalica pseudegina.

A, alciope alciope.

A. bonasia bonasia (pale form).

ie - », (dark form).

A. acerata vinidia.

A. oberthiivi oberthiiri.

A. egina egint.

A, rogersi lamborni.

All the above are drawn from specimens taken and preserved by

Mr, W. A. Lamborn at Oni near Lagos, and are now in the Hope

Department at Oxford. Some of the larvae are probably not quite

fully grown,

Trans.Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI.

el aes 2

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman chr.

LARVAE OF ACRAFA.

EXPLANATION OF Piates VII-XVI.

The accompanying figures of genitalia are for the most part drawn

as viewed from the side. In cases where they appear symmetrical

about a central line they are viewed either from above or below.

In many cases, as on Plates XI and XII, the view is from above,

with the uncus cut away in order to give an uninterrupted view of -

the structure of the claspers. In almost every case the penis has

been removed and drawn separately.

The following explanations may be noted :—

Pl. VII. 1le the ventral abdominal plate or velum. — Figs. 5, 7,

8, 11b, 17, are viewed from below.

Pl. VIII. Figs. 1, 12, 18 viewed from above, Figs. 10 and 11

from below. Figs. 2, 3, 4, 5 appear to show considerable differences,

but examination of a series of preparations shows such differences to

be inconstant. The same applies to Figs. 6 and 7.

Pl.IX. Figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 16 viewed from above

(uneus removed in f.9). Fig. 6 is the dorsal abdominal plate spread

out and viewed from beneath. Figs. 7 and 13 are viewed from

below. Fig. 15 is the dorsal abdominal plate viewed posteriorly to

show the peculiar manner in which it is folded. Fig. 18 is the

dorsal plate viewed from. below.

P]. X. Figs. 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 14 are the dorsal plates viewed

from below. Figs. 15 and 16 are viewed from above with the uncus

removed.

Pl. XI. All viewed from above with the uncus removed.

Pl. XII. Ditto.

Pl. XIII. Figs. 3, 22, 23, 24, ditto.

Pl. XIV. Figs. 2, 3, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, ditto. Fig. 14 isa

side view of the genital armature with the dorsal and ventral plates

in situ. Fig. 14a is the dorsal plate viewed from below, Fig. 14c the

ventral plate viewed from above, and Fig. 14b is the armature alone

viewed from above.

Pl. XV. Figs. 4, 13, 14, 15 are viewed from above with the

uncus removed. Figs. 16-28 are the ventral chitinous plates which

surround the orifice of the bursa copulatrix. all showing the ventral

side,

Explanation of Plate XVI

Pl. XVI. Figs. 1-13 are further examples of ? chitinous plates,

viewed in the same way. The posterior end of these plates is in

each case uppermost.

Figs. 14 to 21 are views of the copulatory seals found on the 2 ?

after pairing. Though these structures exhibit a certain degree of

constancy in each species they are often scarcely distinguishable in

species which are closely allied and therefore are of little use in just

those cases where small recognisable peculiarities would be of value.

The magnification varies from about eight to twelve diameters, but

as the actual size of the organs illustrated is not of much systematic

importance I have not thought it necessary to state the magnification

in each case.

Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. PL. V1.

2. insignis. 3. neobule. 4, camaena.

1. horta.

5.admatha. 8. machequena.

7. ranavalona..

6. mahela.

9. obeira.

14. cerasa.

12. igati. 13. iturina.

om”

15. kraka. 16.unimaculata. 17. hova.

18. quirina.

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA.

‘

ithe, ap

) 2 Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. VI.

3. hypoleuca.

5.o0scari.

4. chilo.

7. welwitschii.

10. rabbaiae. 11. zonata. a 2

13. petraea.

14. cepheus.

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.

toh

“ Trans.Ent. Soc. Lond., 19172. Pl. IX.

#2. guill emél.

1. biittneri.

a ER

6.periphanes.

9.atolmis. vq

ener eG

pe onare: 10.chambezi. 1i.mansya.

‘16. lualabae. 17, chaeribula. 18. chaeribula.

H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith.

GHNITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.

~ rr : 5

= : »

{

7 :

“i

bes

ead

‘

: j

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912. PL. X.

j.acrita acrita 2.acrita manca

‘

4. acrita acrita

13. a. bella.

14.a bella

15.stenobea. 16. aglaonice

Be tng ham del. West, Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAFA.

‘

Eee

’

‘

bal »

’

ei 7

re Trans. Ent. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pt. X1.

1.caldarena.

5. pudorella.

6.doubledayi arabica. 7. braesia.

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.

Trans.Eint. Soc. Lond.,1912. PL. X11.

4,asboloplintha

2.atergatis.

3.leucopyga.

) natalica.

\Wiy:

6. equatorialis,

| H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.

. GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA.

Trans. Fint. Soce.Lond., 1912. Pl. X11.

4.wigginsi. \

-3.anacreon induna.

5.mirifica. 6.terpsichore. 7.acerata. 8 sotikensis.

9 cabira. 10. viviana. 11.bonasia. 12 excelsior.

17.oberthiiri. 18.pene —— 19. mairessei. 20.buschbecki.

22.servona. 23.circeis

—— ati

conracti. 24. grosvenori.

Eh Gs

en ) = ——

25.oreas. 26.semivitrea. 27.peneleos. 28. pelopeia.

H.Eltringham del West,Newman lith

N GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEA.

Trans.Lint. Soc. Lond., 1912. Pl. XIV.

2.pentapolis.

ee, ——

4. encedon.

5. johnstom .

7.rogersi.

13. conjuncta.

i1.alciope.

12. disjuncta.

10. jodutta.

14, i i

Basie. 14a.satis. 14b. satis. oe:

H.Eltringham del. West, Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRABA.

Zi Trans.Eint. Soc.Lond.,1912. Pl. XV.

—

{.safie.

6.igola. 7. quirinalis. 8.cinerea.

F'10.orestia ~

11.fornax. 12.amicitiae.

Ny.

hum Tis) fly

16. horta 2.

15.sambavae.

és

ue insignis Q. 18. neobule 9. 19. asema Q.

al.omrora 22.anacreon, 23.asboloplintha @

(umbrata ?) induna @. ;

20.violarum.

24: poder

detecta @.

28.equatorialis °.

‘25.oncea Q. 26.althoffi 2.

27.atolmis.

H.Eltringham del. West,Newman lith.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA.

Trans. Fint. Soc. Lond.,1912. Pl. XVI.

1. cerasa %. 2.ranavalona &. eee ok

v7) a

]

a |

aed ictal

>a 6.quirina ¢ 7. leucopyga 9%. 8.chaeribula °.

5.amsorgei 9.

12.acrita

tt.acrita

manca .

peoteetie. 10.acrita

bellona @.

humilis 9. acrita ?.

15. mivifica, °.

13.diogenes @.

18.anemosa @.

16. wigginsi .

20. insignis 9. 21.oheira &.

West, Newman lith.

12) noha, =

H.Eltringham del.

GENITAL ARMATURES OF ACRAEFA.

( 375)

Il. South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera

in the Oxford Museum. By the late Col. C. T.

Bincuaw, F.Z.S.

[Read May 8rd, 1911.]

THE following paper forms the concluding section of the

lamented author’s memoir published in these Transactions

for 1911 (No. XXII, p. 528). When the proofs of this

memoir were received from the printers, it was realised

that the concluding portion was wanting. Publication

could not well be delayed, and the paper appeared with

the introductory note adjusted to suit the circumstances.

The missing manuscript—mislaid as the result of a curious

accident—having been lately recovered, it is obviously de-

sirable that the memoir should be completed as soon as

possible, and that its second part should appear in as close

proximity as possible to the first.

The following paper contains the description of one

Aculeate captured by Dr. F. A. Dixey, and four by Dr,

G. B. Longstaff, in South Africa in 1905. It also includes

descriptions of five Australian Aculeates in the Hope

Collection. I had long been interested in the peculiar

types of synaposematic pattern found in all large groups

of Australian Aculeates, and reproduced in many non-

Hymenopterous mimics. Col. Bingham very kindly deter-

mined the species in an illustrative collection, and wrote

the following descriptions of those which were new to

science.

The types of all descriptions are in the Hope Depart-

ment of the Oxford University Museum.

In this, as in the first part of the memoir, I have acted

under the kind and skilled advice of Mr. Rowland E.

Turner,

E. B. PouLton.

Family SPHEGIDAE.

1. CERCERIS CUCULLATA, sp. nov.

N. AusTRALIA: Port Essington.

¢. Black, the front of the head below the base of the antennae,

the scape, a spot behind the eyes, a spot on each side of the pro-

notum, the scutellum and postscutellum, a spot on each side of the

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912—PaRT It. (OCT.) CC

376 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian

median segment, the legs, the base above of the 2nd abdominal

segment and the whole of the 4th and 6th segments, chrome

yellow ; the basal two-thirds of the mandibles and the underside

of the basal three or four joints of the flagellum fulvous. Head

thorax and abdomen finely punctured, rugose and opaque. Head

broad transverse above, broader than the thorax. Thorax subglobose,

the enclosed space at the base of the median segment smooth tri-

angular convex, and divided medially by a broad longitudinal

furrow. Abdomen elongate narrower than the thorax, the basal

segment subpetiolate, the constrictions between the segments well-

marked ; pygidial area flat, punctured and laterally margined.

Wings hyaline slightly infuscate towards the apex.

Length ¢ ll mm. Exp. 23 mm.

Described from a single example.

Nearest to C. australis, Saussure, but the enclosed space

at the base of the median segment of C. australis is closely

punctured like the rest of the median segment ; the punc-

tation of the abdomen much coarser and the distribution

of the black and yellow colours especially on the abdomen

quite different.

2. GORYTES AUSTRINUS, sp. nov.

Locality doubtful. The specimen originally belonged

to Prof. Westwood’s private collection and it bears in

pencil the following words written by him: “N. H.

Hunter’s R. or V. D. L. [Horsley].” The Australian

type of pattern suggests that the first-named locality is

correct. “N.H.” stands for “ New Holland.”

9. Black, the clypeus pale yellow, the scape and basal joint of

the antennae, the pronotum, the tegulae and a short broad line

on the mesonotum above them, the scutellum, postscutellum, legs,

basal abdominal segment a small spot on either side of the 2nd,

the apical margins broadly of the 8rd to the 5th and the whole

of the apical segment orange red; the coxae and femora of the

legs variegated with black ; wings fusco-hyaline darkening towards

the costal margins of the forewings. Head above and the thorax

semewhat coarsely punctured, rugose and pubescent, abdomen

pubescent, the apical margin of the 1st segment widely emarginate

in the middle above, the apical three segments strongly curved

downwards, a well-marked constriction between the basal two

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 377

segments. Legs stout and powerful, the tibiae furnished with strong

spines.

Length 9 13mm, Exp. 26 mm.

Described from a single example.

NOTOGONIA DIXEYI, form n,

Nata: The Bluff, near Durban: Aug. 16, 1905 (fF. A.

Dixey).

2. Black, the scape of the antennae, and the tarsi of the legs dull

red, the claw-joint of the latter more or less blackish above ; on the

anterior legs the red spreads to the apex of the tibiae. Head, thorax

(except the median segment), and abdomen smooth unpunctured ;

on the head the inner orbits of the eyes and the sides of the clypeus

clothed with dense golden pubescence, very rich and shining in

certain lights; wings fuscous with a rich purple effulgence ; the

apical margins of the abdominal segments above with transverse,

minutely pubescent, whitish narrow bands; pygidial area well

defined covered with stiff black hairs. Head: the anterior margin

of the clypeus with a few coarse punctures ; the flagellum of the

antennae dull and opaque, 2nd and 3rd joints subequal, each

twice the length of the basal joint. Thorax: massive, the meso-

notum slightly convex, with a short longitudinal carina on each

side above the tegulae ; median segment long rounded above, finely,

but irregularly, transversely striate, abruptly truncate posteriorly,

the apex above slightly projecting in the middle above at the edge

of the truncation ; legs with strong short spines on the tibiae and

tarsi, the tibial calcaria long, on the posterior tibiae as long as the

basal joint of the tarsi, claws long and curved. Abdomen short,

not longer than the thorax, moderately massive, basal ventral

segment with a preapical, transverse, strongly marked groove,

2nd segment with a basal broad shallow depression on each side

of a bluntly raised medial carina that does not extend to its apical

margin.

Length 216mm. Exp. 26 mm.

Described from a single example. Figured in Dr. Long-

staff’s “ Butterfly Hunting in Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 4

(1912).

Notr,—The name given in the manuscript of this memoir was

“vafra,” but a label on the type specimen records “ diveyi,” and not

“vafra.” Dr. Longstaff tells me that he knew of Col. Bingham’s

intention to alter his MSS. to “ dixeyi.”—E. B. P.

cc2

378 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian

Family KUMENIDAE.

ODYNERUS LONGSTAFFI, form n.

CapPpE CoLony: Creek on the Buffalo River, near East

London: Sept. 28, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff).

do. Dull red, base of the mandibles, the clypeus, the front

immediately above it, the inner orbits of the eyes from the base

of the clypeus to the middle of the emargination in the eyes, a

line along the scape of the antennae in front, a transverse band

along the apex of the postscutellum, two obliquely placed oval

spots one on each side on the middle of the basal abdominal seg-

ment, two larger spots one on each side at the base of the 2nd

segment, and transverse preapical bands on the 2nd and 3rd seg-

ments bright yellow; a cone-shaped large patch above the clypeus

extends up to the vertex including the ocelli, the mesonotum and

the middle of the posterior face of the median segment, black, the

mesonotum with a central, short, longitudinal red line. The red

of the antennae and legs is of a paler tint verging on orange, the

tibiae and tarsi of the latter still paler. Wings flavo-hyaline, the

radial cell and terminal edge of the forewings lightly fuscous.

Head above, pro- and mesonotum, scutellum, postscutellum and

median segment very closely and finely punctured. Head: the

clypeus slightly convex, its posterior and side margins above

rounded, the sides below straight, inclined obliquely inwards, the

apex truncate and circularly emarginate; emargination of the eyes

deep ; antennae slender, circularly curled at their apices ; head from

above transversely rectangular, broader than long and as broad as

the thorax. Thorax massive, the median segment short, its

posterior face concave with a slender groove down the middle,

posteriorly the sides are rounded, and tuberculate or subdentate

in the middle. Abdomen: sessile, basal segment campanulate,

slightly strangulate before the apex, 2nd segment as broad as

long; 7th broadly rounded posteriorly and fringed with brown

hairs.

Length ¢ 13mm. Exp. 26 mm.

Described from one example in the British Museum

and one at Oxford: figured in “ Butterfly Hunting in

Many Lands,” Plate II, fig. 6.

Comes nearest to 0. mutans, Sauss., from Senegambia,

which however has two tubercles between the antennae,

the median segment transversely striate, the apical margin

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 379

of the basal abdominal segment angulated posteriorly

and bears transverse yellow bands on the 1—4 abdominal

segments.

ODYNERUS DECORATUS, sp. nov.

W. AustTRALIA: Towranna Plains between Yule River

and Sherlock River: Jan. to May, 1898 (A. Clement).

dg. Lemon yellow, the mandibles, the bases of the antennae, the

apex of the scape, the flagellum, a large square mark on the vertex

surrounding the ocelli and reaching the upper margin of the eyes

on each side, a square mark on the collar, the mesonotum, scutellum

and postscutellum, an oblong mark on the 2nd abdominal seg-

ment, the base of the 4th and 5th narrowly and the apical two

segments black, a spot at the base of the mandibles, two minute

spots on the vertex at the upper angles of the eyes, a square mark

at the base of the mesonotum, a transverse mark on the scutellum

divided medially by a fine black line and the middle of the post-

scutellum yellow. Head, thorax and abdomen punctured rugose

and covered with a minute, short, silky pubescence ; clypeus pyri-

form truncate at apex ; prothorax vertically truncate in front, almost

concave, the pronotum margined anteriorly ; mesonotum slightly

convex, scutellum and postscutellum not prominent, median eseg-

ment rounded at the sides, the apex slightly concave. Wings hyaline

brown along the costal margin, nervures brown, tegulae yellow

with a faint brown spot in the middle. Abdomen massive, sessile,

longer than the head and thorax united, the apical margin of the

2nd segment crenulate,

@. Similar to the ¢ but in the two specimens before me the

ground-colour is reddish (in one specimen certainly, and in the

other probably darkened by cyanide). It differs in being larger

and more strongly built than the ¢ and has the apical two

abdominal segments reddish brown, not black: the shape and

character of the black markings however are very similar.

Length ¢ 10 mm.; @ 11°5 mm. (to apex of second abdominal

segment). Exp. ¢ 23 mm.; 9 27 mm.

Described from a single example of each sex.

Belongs to Saussure’s subgenus Lionotus.

I have preferred to give a full description of the ¢

rather than of the @ because, as noted above, I consider

the ground-colour of the two female specimens I have

before me altered, by cyanide.

380 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian

RHYNCHIUM NIGROLIMBATUM, sp. nov.

W. AUSTRALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement).

2 . Chrome yellow, the head above and the 2nd abdominal segment

black, the clypeus, the front below the anterior ocellus extending

into the emargination of the eyes, and the antennae chrome yellow,

mandibles reddish yellow ; wings dark fuscous purple, hyaline along

their posterior margins. Head above closely and coarsely rugose

punctate, the punctures on the front in certain lights running into

striae, clypeus sparsely and very shallowly punctured almost smooth,

the apex transversely truncate not emarginate, eyes large reaching

the base of the mandibles; these latter coarsely longitudinally

striate and punctured. Thorax longer than broad finely punctured,

the prothorax vertically transversely truncate anteriorly, mesonotum

convex, scutellum and postscutellum flat, the former almost square

the latter transverse, both separated from the mesonotum anteriorly,

from each other, and from the median segment posteriorly by well-

marked transverse sutures ; median segment long, concave posteriorly

bearing a medial fine longitudinally impressed line, and with the

lower posterior angles somewhat produced. Wings ample, the 2nd

cubital cell in the forewing trapezoidal receiving both recurrent

nervures; legsshort slender pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen

massive, the basal segment narrow, beneath with a triangular

depression and a subapical transverse groove, above convex and

rounded ; 2nd segment elongate broadening posteriorly.

Length 9 14 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 30mm.

Described from a single example.

ALASTOR ABNORMIS, sp. Nov.

W. AustTrALIA: Towranna Plains: 1898 (Clement).

¢. Orange yellow, head and the 2nd abdominal segment black, the

clypeus, a mark somewhat in the shape of a chess pawn above it on

the front, and the scape in front orange yellow ; wings fuscous,

hyaline along the posterior margins. Head from above transverse

as broad as the thorax, closely and somewhat coarsely rugose

punctate above and behind the eyes more finely and sparsely punc-

tured on the front and clypeus, the latter covered with a fine silky

short white pubescence, somewhat pyriform with the apex truncato-

emarginate. Front with the orange macula raised carinate. Eyes

large reaching to the base of the mandibles, mandibles long toothed

on the inner margins. Antennae subclavate somewhat like that of

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 381

Masaris. Thorax broad and rounded coarsely punctured, the

prothorax vertically truncate anteriorly, the pronotum margined in

front; mesonotum convex; scutellum and postscutellum raised

gibbous separated from the mesonotum in front from each other

and from the median segment by well-marked sutures; median

segment very short somewhat suppressed under the scutellum and

postscuteJlum, the sides rounded not produced posteriorly. Wings

ample, the 2nd cubital cell of the forewing petiolate; legs stout

pubescent, claws unidentate. Abdomen sessile the Ist segment

somewhat compressed and campanulate posteriorly, 2nd segment

long broadening gradually from front to back.

Length g 12 mm. (to apex of 2nd abdominal segment). Exp. 27 mm.

Described from four examples.

This remarkable and handsome species may afterwards

have to be separated generically. I have seen only four

males, and they are strikingly aberrant, differing from all

known wasps, fossorial or social, in having only 9 joints in

the antennae. The closest scrutiny under a microscope

reveals no more than 9 joints, the apical joint being

exceedingly small and sunk in the apex of the subapical

joint.

There can be no question of the insect belonging to the

Diploptera ; and in the rest of its structure, particularly in

the venation of the forewing, it closely resembles Alastor,

under which genus I have provisionally placed it.

ANTHOPHILA.

Family COLLETIDAE.

PROSOPIS SIMPLEX, form n.

CapE CoLony: Queen’s Park, East London : Sept. 26,

1905 (G@. B. Longstaf,).

2. Black immaculate, the tibiae and tarsi turning to slightly

reddish brown, the flagellum of the antennae except the basal joint,

beneath maroon. Head and thorax closely but not very coarsely punc-

tured, the abdomen smooth and slightly shining in certain lights, but

not polished. Head broader than the thorax, flat in front, clypeus

large, broad, anteriorly truncate antennae short, robust, their apices

roundly blunt. Thorax : pronotum transverse, forming a mere narrow

ridge ; mesonotum convex with an anterior medial and a lateral,

impressed, short longitudinal line which are short and shining ;

382 Col. C. T. Bingham on S. African and Australian

median segment compressed posteriorly, the apex truncate, the face

of the truncation crossed by a vertical, well-marked carina and

bordered on each side by similar carinae, the basal concavity on the

segment lunate and edged anteriorly and posteriorly by a series of

large punctures or pits ; wings hyaline, slightly fuscous, legs slender,

minutely pubescent. Abdomen about as long as the head and

thorax united, the 2nd segment with traces on each side of a fringe

of white hairs.

Length 95mm. Exp. 9 mm.

Described from a single example.

Easily distinguishable from all described forms of

Prosopis by the sculpture and by its uniform black colour

entirely devoid of yellow markings.

Family APIDAE.

HALICTUS INORNATUS, form n.

Carre Cotony : Zwartkops,near Port Elizabeth: Aug. 11,

1905 (G@. B. Longstaff).

@. Dull black, covered with soft long reddish-brown erect hairs,

the 2nd to the 5th abdominal segments with lateral transverse short

bands of whitish-yellow pubescence at their bases, the anal rims

ferruginous, the legs covered with yellowish pubescence which turns

to ferruginous on the inner side of the posterior metatarsi, the tibial

calcaria of the posterior legs yellowish-white at base, ferruginous

towards their apices, the claw joint and claws of all the tarsi fer-

ruginous. Head as broad as the thorax, flat in front, closely

punctured, the clypeus slightly convex transversely and broadly

truncate anteriorly. Thorax more sparsely and finely punctured,

the depressed area at base of the median segment lunate and

very closely punctured, the punctures running into longitudinal

striae. Abdomen very minutely and sparsely punctured, shining

above.

Length 10 mm. Exp. 18 mm.

Described from a single example.

CERATINA VITTATA, form n.

ORANGE RIVER Cotony : “ Wonderboom,” near Pretoria :

Aug. 31, 1905 (G. B. Longstaff).

?. Black, two large coalescent spots on the labrum, a very broad

i-shaped mark on the clypeus and a narrow line on the front of

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum. 3838

the anterior tibiae pale yellow ; the humeral angles of the pronotum

and transverse laterally broadened bands on the 2nd to the 5th

abdominal segments fringed with short stiff white hairs. Head,

thorax and abdomen very closely and uniformly punctured and

granulate. The median segment of the thorax is very short

abruptly sloped downwards from the postscutellum, the usual

depression at the base of the segment very ill-defined, scarcely

perceptible. Abdomen stout and comparatively massive, the 6th

segment with a sharp longitudinal carina towards apex. Wings

hyaline, nervures and tegulae dark brown.

Length 97mm. Exp. 12 mm.

Described from a single example.

(8840)

III. On some hitherto imperfectly-known South African

Lepidoptera. By RoLAND TRIMEN, M.A., F.R.S., ete.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

PuaTE XVII.

THE few forms here figured are.such as need illustration

either from their close alliance to congeners or from their

rarity.

Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Pyrgus zebra, Butl., and P. se-

cessus, Trim., form. aestiv., have been received from my

friend Mr. H. L. Langley Feltham, of Johannesburg ; the

Mycalesis and P. secessus being now for the first time

recorded from extra-tropical South Africa.* Pseudo-

nympha d’urbani, Trim., and Leptonewra bowkert, Trim.,

?, are figured from examples collected in N.E. Cape

Colony by Mr. F. Graham in 1891; and Ps. hippia

(Cram.), from one taken on Table Mountain in 1890, by

Mr. R. M. Lightfoot.

The Smerinthine hawkmoth, Platysphiney bowrket,

Trim., is figured from the type (a 2) captured in Zululand

by Admiral E. Bourke, in 1909.

Fam. NYMPHALIDAE.

Sub-fam, SATYRINAE,

Mycalesis ena, Hewits.

Mycalesis ena, Hewits., Ent, Mo. Mag., p. 107 (1877).

Plate XVII, figs. 1 (¢), la ().

This form is, as Hewitson (/.c.) pointed out, very close

to the West African Jf miriam (Fab.), but readily dis-

tinguished by its larger size and paler colouring, and by

having on the upperside, as well as on the underside, of

* Mr. Feltham also sent another interesting addition to the extra-

tropical South African list of Hesperidue, vid. Platylesches robustus,

Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 83, pl. iii, f. 7, ), hitherto

recorded from N. and S. Rhodesia onJy, but taken (three examples)

by Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River in the Transvaal, in August

1907.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT I. (OCT.)

Some imperfectly known S. African Lepidoptera 385

the forewings the ordinary two ocellate spots well

developed. Hewitson’s type specimens are from Lake

Nyassa,* but the form has since been found as far to the

southward as the Transvaal. The first examples from the

latter region that came under my notice were taken in the

Barberton District in the year 1888 by Mr. J. P. Cloete

and Mr. C. F. Palmer; and the specimens now figured are

a dry-season f, captured at Nelspruit by Mr. H. L.

Feltham on May 10, 1904, and a wet-season 9, taken by

Mr. A. T. Cooke at White River, near Nelspruit, in 1909.

Mr. Feltham writes that he met with this M/ycalesis very

sparsely, flying in wet, grassy spruits or hollows in com-

pany with Ypthima asterope, and notes the resemblance

between the two butterflies when on the wing.

I think it likely that JZ ena will prove—when a good

series of it can be compared with one of JZ. miriam

throughout its range—to be not separable as a distinct

species.

Pseudonympha @urbant, Trim.

Pseudonympha durbani, Trim., 8.-Afr. Butt., 1, p. 80

(1887).

Plate XVIL, fig. 2 (2).

This butterfly is nearly allied to P. neita, Wallengren,t

but it is constantly recognisable by the absence on the

underside of the hindwing of the basal fulvous, and by

the presence there of a third (ante-median) dark transverse

streak as well as of a paler discal fascia. On the upper-

side, too, as well as on the underside, all the ocelli are

smaller and in much duller rings, especially those of the

hindwings.

The sexes differ scarcely at all, except that the 2 has

blunter forewings, and is usually rather paler. As regards

the ocellate spots there is a good deal of variation in both

sexes, the ocellus of the forewing varying in size, and

being in many examples rather ovate than circular, and

the two minute ocelli of the hindwing being seldom both

present. On the underside the ocelli of the hindwing

* Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc., 1910, p. 9) notes M. ena as

occurring throughout N. Rhodesia, and being especially common in

the Luangwa Valley.

+ K. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Férhandl., 1875, p. 84, n. 3 ; see also Trimen

(J. c.), p. 79, pl. 7, f. 2 (1887).

386 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto

are usually all represented, but are rarely more than minute,

and in some cases one or two are barely indicated or

actually wanting, while in three ff I found all four com-

pletely obsolete. The three dark-brown irregular trans-

verse streaks on the underside of the hindwing, and the

paler fascia between the middle and outer streaks, are also

variable in their definition.

This Pseudonympha was discovered near King William’s

Town, as far back as the year 1861, by my friend Mr.

W.S. M. D’ Urban, and I had the pleasure of naming it after

him in my work quoted above, and of recording the few

other specimens that had reached me from other localities

in Eastern Cape Colony, vid. Grahamstown (Mrs. M. E.

Barber), and the north of the Albert District (Col. J. H.

Bowker). It was not until 1891-93 that I received a fine

series of the insect, from Dordrecht, in the Wodehouse

District of N.E. Cape Colony, taken by an ardent and

successful entomological observer, Mr. Francis Graham,

then resident magistrate of the district. He reported it as

occurring numerously from October to January, but as

being almost exclusively confined to the higher hill-

slopes.

Pseudonympha hippia (Cramer).

Papilio hippia, Cram., Pap. Exot., i, pl. cexxu, ff. C, D

liga):

Pseudonympha hippia, Trim., §.-Afr, Butt., 1, p. 82 (1887).

Plate XVIII, fig. 3 (2).

In my work above cited I was able to mention only

two examples which agreed satisfactorily with Cramer's

rough figures, and to a less extent with the equally rough

woodcut given by Burchell * of the upperside of his

Papilio (Hipparchia) montana. These examples were

taken by myself on the summit of the southern projection

of the Table Mountain range, respectively in February

1864, and January 1865; and Burchell’s insect is similarly

recorded as having been taken on the summit of the

eastern side of Table Mountain on January 24,1811. In

the Appendix to Vol. iii of my work, I noted (p. 395) the

capture by Mr. H. L. Feltham of a third example in the

same locality in January 1888, and of three others at a

* “Travels, Int. S. Africa,” i, p. 45 (1822).

imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera, 387

somewhat lower elevation, by Mr. R. M. Lightfoot in

February 1889. Subsequently, on December 28, 1889,

Mr. Feltham met with four hippia, and on January 2,

1890, with four more ; these occurred on the lower plateau

of the same mountain, above the top of Hout Bay gorge.

On the last-named date Mr. Lightfoot in the same place

took no less than twelve specimens.

There is good reason for considering this Psewdonympha

to be confined to the higher levels of the Cape Promon-

tory, in marked contrast to its nearest congener and

companion P. vigilans, Trim.*—with which at first I

confused it—the latter extending in range (and under

some variation as regards the tint and ocellate marking of

the underside of the hindwings) over the greater part of

South Africa.

Leptoneura bowkert, Trim.

Leptoneura bowkeri, Trim., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1870,

p. 847, pl. vi, f 2(f); and S.-Afr., Butt., 1, pp. 98-9

(3 9) (1887).

Plate XVII, fig. 4 (2).

Only the ¢ of this very distinct form of Leptonewra was

known to me when [I first described it, and in 1887 (op.

cit.) I could record but a solitary 9, sent in 1879 from the

Lydenburg district of the Transvaal by Mr. T. Ayres. It

was not until 1891-93 that an extensive series of both

sexes was secured, at Dordrecht, in N.E. Cape Colony, by

Mr. Francis Graham, who forwarded to me no fewer than

twenty-seven 929 and sixty-nine ff; and I am glad to

have the opportunity of giving here a figure of one of

these 99, and of indicating the variation exhibited by

both sexes in so numerous a series all collected in one

locality.

The $f vary much, on the upperside of the fore-

wing, in the size and distinctness of the whitish sub-

marginal spots, and the extent to which the lower three

spots are reddish-tinged—in thirty-one ff there exists a

seventh spot (often indistinct) below the first median

nervule; and there is considerable instability as to the

number of ocelli, twenty-four specimens having only a

single ocellus, twenty having also a minute second ocellus

* Fora figure (¢) of this form from the Weenen District of Natal,

see Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1897, pl. 1, f. 1 (1898).

388 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto

on outer edge of the third submarginal whitish spot, and

two having besides a minute third ocellus asin the @. A

similar variableness prevails as regards the ocelli on the

upperside of the hindwing ; though usually four in number,

no fewer than fourteen examples exhibit a more or less

ill-defined fifth ocellus (as in ¢) below the first median

nervule; in one ¢ these markings are so small as to be

only just visible, while in another they are reduced to

minute rufous rings. The 9? vary on the upperside as

follows, vid. in the forewing, nine want the third ocellus;

and, in the hindwing, six want the small inferior fifth

ocellus, but eight have another (usually more distinct)

additional ocellus between the subcostal nervules. On

the underside of the hindwing there is variation in the

development of the greyish scaling—in two examples this

is exceptionally strong—between the two median dark

transverse stripes and about the upper three of the

ocelli.

This Leptonewra ranges widely over eastern South

Africa, from the Bedford District of the Cape to the

Lydenburg District of Transvaal, but appears to be strictly

confined to elevated areas and lofty hill-ridges. Mr.

Graham, who carefully observed this species in the neigh-

bourhood of Dordrecht, found that, in its principal locality

(“The Kloof”), and in other similar spots, 1t was confined

~ to the bush growing below the bare crest of the slope on

the north (shady) side of the ravine, and was found chiefly

among long wiry grass in the open spaces between the

thickets. He was struck with the apparent excess in

number of the f2, but estimated it as very much less than

I had judged it to be in Z. clytus (Linn.), and not more

than from twelve to fifteen for every 2 met with.

Fam. HESPERIIDAE.

Sub-fam. HESPERIINAE.

Pyrgus zebra, Butl.

Pyrgus zebra, Butl., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), 1,

p. 207 (1888).

Plate XVII, fig. 5 (9).

The type of this species was recorded by Dr. A. G. Butler

as a native of India—‘Campbellpore and Chittur Pahar

(Major Yerbury)”—but I referred to it in my “S.-Afr.

imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 389

Butt.” (ai, p. 290, 1889) because it was described as

nearest to P. sataspes, mihi, a common South African

species. In 1897 (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. p. 856) Dr.

Butler noted the interesting fact that Mr. G. A. K. Mar-

shall had taken specimens of P. zebra on the River Tugela

in Natal in November 1896, and remarked, “ These Natal

examples cannot be distinguished from those of N.W.

India, excepting in their slightly blacker ground-colour

(which, by the way, is probably due to the superior fresh-

ness of the specimens).” It is also from Weenen, in Natal,

that Mr. H. L. Feltham’s specimen, which I here figure,

was obtained.

I have compared this example with three others, in the

Hope Department of the Oxford University Museum, which

appear to be referable to the same species, and which

were taken in N.E. Rhodesia (2) and Makanga, Tette (1),

by Mr. S. A. Neave early in 1908. The Weenen example

differs in being considerably smaller, and in having on the

upperside the three median white spots of the forewing

distinct instead of faint, and the median white band of the

hindwing more even and continuous. Mr. Neave (Proc.

Zool. Soc. Lond., 1910, p. 93) notes that the few individuals

from Fort Jameson and the Luangwa Valley in Rhodesia

are “considerably larger than Mashonaland specimens in

the National Collection, which are in their turn larger

than the type from India.’ P. zebra is not closely allied

to P. sataspes, mihi, but comes nearest to the East African

P. diomus, Hopff., especially in the conspicuous feature of

an additional outer narrow white stripe from apex to near

anal angle on the underside of the hindwings.

Pyrgus secessus, Trim.

Pyrgus secessus, Trim., Proe. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 102,

pl. ix: fi 22 (1).

Plate XVII, figs. 6 (3), 7 (2).

Since I described and figured (/.c.) this Pyrgus from two

examples taken by A. W. Eriksson at Omrora,S.W. Africa

(about 15° 15’ S. Lat.), it does not seem to have been

much noticed till Mr. S. A. Neave (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond.,

1910, p. 73) recorded it as not uncommon in N.E.

Rhodesia, especially in the Lake Bangweolo District. But

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall met with it near Salisbury and in

390 Mr. Roland Trimen on some hitherto

the Mazoe District, Mashonaland, as far back as 1894 and

1895. Among the few specimens received from Mr.

Marshall there were several which differed strikingly from

typical secessus in presenting on the underside of the hind-

wing a conspicuous creamy-whitish median band and other

markings, instead of the very faint ones characteristic of

secessus, which are scarcely distinguishable from the pale

dull brownish-ochreous ground-colour. I thought that

these white-marked individuals represented a very distinct

variety or possibly a closely allied species; and it was not

until the year 1905 that my attention was again recalled

to them by receiving from Mr. H. L. Feltham and Mr.

A. T. Cooke two quite similar but larger examples taken by

the latter in the Transvaal. The occurrence of this con-

spicuously-banded form so much further southward rather

confirmed my impression that it might be distinct from

secessus; and Mr. Feltham and Mr. Cooke kindly promised

to endeavour to secure more material towards deciding the

question. This endeavour has been successful, and I have

received from them thirteen examples (8 $2, 5 2?)—four

taken at Nelspruit, and nine at White River (about

eight miles from Nelspruit). All these are of the same

conspicuous white marking on the underside of the hind-

wing, presenting no variation in the direction of the obscure

colouring of typical secessus. Eleven of them bear dates

of capture, ranging from October to January; and the

dates of Mr. Marshall’s three Mashonaland examples of

the same form were respectively October 21 and 30 and

November 4. Similarly, in a series of thirteen N.

Rhodesian examples collected by Mr. Neave, which are

in the Hope Department of the Oxford University

Museum,* the only one with the underside of the hind-

wings white-banded is dated November, while three with

the band much paler than in typical secessus are dated

respectively September 18, October 29, and December 1.

The remaining nine specimens are dated as captured in

July and August, and though varying in depth of tint all

present the dull underside colouring of typical secessus;

and I have recorded (/.c.) that Mr. Eriksson took the

South-Angolan type examples in August 1887.

The dates given by the several captors appear to indicate

* T am indebted to my friend, Mr. H. Eltringham, for supplying

these dates of capture of Mr. Neave’s specimens, which in a rather

hurried examination I had omitted to note.

imperfectly-known South African Lepidoptera. 391

clearly that the case is one of seasonal dimorphism, quite

akin to those presented by many species of the Pierine

genus Zeracolus in the same regions, in which the con-

spicuous white or whitish underside of the hindwings

during the wet season is replaced during the dry season

by one more or less obscured with paler or deeper tints of

reddish-ochreous or even brownish-ochreous.

I have not hitherto found recorded any other instance

of seasonal modification in the species of Pyrgus, either in

Africa or elsewhere; but—considering how large a genus

this is, how very widely dispersed over the tropical and

temperate regions of the globe, and how many of its forms

are so variable and so closely allied as to be with difficulty

distinguishable—it seems by no means improbable that

“dry” and “wet” phases are not rare among them, but

until now have been mistakenly regarded as distinct

species. The phenomenon has indeed been recognised as

occurring among some species of other genera of the

Hesperiinae; Mr. Neave mentioning (/.c. pp. 68 and 71)

specially two cases in N. Rhodesia which came under his

notice, vid. those of Kagris jamesoni, E. M. Sharpe, and

‘Abantis venosa, Trim. The latter instance is closely com-

parable with that of Pyrgus secessus, for Mr. Neave writes

of this species of Abantis: “Extreme dry specimens are

of a golden-brown colour, losing all the white discal area

and black margin of the hindwing underside.”

Fam. SPHINGIDAE.

Sub-fam. SMERINTHINAE.

Platysphinx bourket, Trim.

Platysphinz bourket, Trim., Ent. M. Mag. (2), xxi, p. 209

(1910).

Plate XVII, fig. 7 ($).

I take this opportunity of giving a figure of the only

example (a 2?) known to me of this very striking Smerin-

thine hawkmoth, which was taken in Zululand in 1909 by

my friend Rear-Admiral Edmund Bourke, as noted in my

description above cited. In pointing out the relation of this

form to the Los Islands P. phyllis, Rothsch. and Jord., and

the larger Congo P. stigmatica, Mab., I omitted to mention

that a specimen of the latter species, taken on grass near

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD

392 Mr. Roland Trimen on South African Lepidoptera.

trees at Cowie’s Hill, Pinetown, Natal, by Mr. T. L.

Ayres, was in May 1891, lent to me by the captor for

determination. The circumstances of the discovery of

this example of P. stigmatica are remarkably similar to

those recorded (/.c. p. 210) in the case of P. bowrkei; and

of neither species does any other South African specimen

appear to have been noticed.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

[See Explanation facing the PLATE. |

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVII.

Figs. 1, la. Mycalesis ena, Hewits, ¢, 9. Hab. Nelspruit,

Transvaal.

Pseudonympha Ciurbani, Trim., ¢. Hab. Dordrecht,

Cape Colony.

Pseudonympha hippia, Cram, ¢. Hab. Table Moun-

tain, Cape Town.

Leptonewra bowkeri, Trim., 9. Hab. Dordrecht, Cape

Colony.

Pyrgus zebra, Butl., 9. Hab. Weenen, Natal.

6, 6a. Pyrgus secessus, Trim., ¢, 9. Hab. White River

and Nelspruit, Transvaal.

Platysphinew bourkei, Trim., 9. Hab. Etshowe, Zulu-

land.

Trans. bint. Soc._Lond., 1912. PL. XVI.

ett re,

Horace Knight del.et lith.

OUTH AFRI

dp)

(0vg08)

IV. On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrme-

cophilous Plebetid blue butterfly. By T. A. CHAPMAN,

M.D.

[Read February 7th, 1912. ]}

Puates X VIJI-XXXVI.

In November 1910 I reported to the Society that the

larva of Latiorina orbitulus was without the honey-gland

so usual in the group of Zycaenids to which it belongs,

agreeing therein with the larva of Vaccintina optilete.

There seemed some reason to suspect that the unrecorded

larva of Albulina pheretes might be a third species in this

section. I determined, therefore, if possible, to learn

something of the life history of A. pheretes. In this I

had some success last summer, and found that LZ. pheretes

does possess the larval honey-gland and does not therefore

belong to the group of orlitulus and optilete.

All that was previously known of the larva was told me

by Mr. St. Quintin, to the effect that he had seen the

imago ovipositing on Phaca alpina, and had got the larvae

to about their second instar when his supply of the food-

plant gave out. |

By aslip of the pen Mr. St. Quintin led me somewhat

astray in my search for larvae; the plant he meant was

not Phaca alpina, but Astragalus alpinus, known also as

Phaca astragalina. A search for larvae in June on Phaca

alpina and on Phaca frigida was naturally unavailing,

though I found afterwards that Phaca frigida at least was

welcome to the imago to lay her eggs on.

It was not therefore till well into July that I found a

locality where Z. pheretes occurred sparingly, and obviously

in association with a plant that proved to be Astragalus

alpinus.

I had about the same time obtained some eggs from a

butterfly taken in a locality where the Astragalus did not

grow within a long distance. This specimen laid on Phaca

frigida, and not unwillingly on Z'rifolium pratense.

In the Heuthal the butterfly was very strictly confined

to two patches of the Astragalus alpinus, one specimen

only being found at a considerable distance amongst Phaca

Jrigida. Amongst various plants given to the butterflies

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) DD2

394 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

to tempt them to oviposit and by way of flowers for food,

they refused to lay except accidentally on any plant but the

food-plant (Astragalus alpinus), Phaca frigida and common

red clover. The Astragalus was preferred, but clover was

well patronised. Except a very few on flowers of the

Astragalus, all the eggs were laid on the leaves and green

petioles of the plants, apparently indifferently as to upper

or under surface ; but this was of course in confinement.

My attempts to rear the larvae might have had no more

success than Mr. St. Quintin’s, as the Astragalus, though

it keeps alive, fails under the ill-usage of being brought to

England to provide an adequate supply of pabulum, but

that it so happened, that in view of this danger I tried

my larvae with clover and various other plants, and found,

that though they refused all my other offerings, they took

to the leaves of Colutea arborescens quite as readily as to

their proper fodder.

I may observe here, that the amyrmecophilous larvae of

V. optilete and of C. orbitulus have eccentric food-plants,

ERICACEAE and PRIMULACEAE, but that A. pheretes is

more normal to the group it belongs to in having Papilio-

naceous food-plants, and is also mere normal in possessing

a honey-gland.

The egg is about 0°60 mm. wide and 0°30 mm. high, rather flat

above and below, the sides almost a semicircle in vertical section,

but a little more rounded above than below. The colour is white,

modified by green when fresh so far as the bases of the cells of

the covering are seen, therefore (when the egg is new) always

with a green tone as one looks down the nearest cells, Towards the

top the cells are very deep, deeper than wide, and of a very honey-

comb aspect, being sometimes arranged hexagonally; in other places

they are square, as many as thirty-five together may be found

arranged as squares towards the sides, where however they are

shallower and the knobs at the angles more prominent.

The cells are about ‘025 mm. across, and the white material has a

solid look as if carved out of ivory. The depth of the cells is such

that in some empty egg-shells the shell proper is eaten away by the

escaping larva, beneath a width of several cells, whose walls are left

as an open network.

The micropylar area is in a deep hollow, owing to the high walls

of the surrounding cells, and is about 0:03 mm. across, The cells

are very small, a third of the diameter of the general cells and all

nearly round, with no definite “rosette.”

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 395

Mr. Clark’s photographs of the egg and portion includ-

ing the micropylar area will supplement these notes.

Photographs of the egg and similar area in V, optilete are

added for comparison ; the difference in size of the micro-

pylar area is remarkable in two eggs otherwise so similar.

The newly hatched larva is a bare mm. long, of white or faintly

straw or ochreous colour, with black head and black hairs—when

full grown in this instar is perhaps rather white, but still with faint

ochreous tint on the first segment, more definitely ochreous towards

the middle segments, and again paler on the posterior ones, but darker

than in front—in a few there is a tendency to almost yellowish

colouring laterally, but not amounting to a lateral line or band.

They eat small mines in the leaves, in the narrow leaves of Astra-

galus alpina they amount to the whole width of the leaflet, but in

Phaca frigida and Oolutea the mines are small circles about 1°6 mm.

in diameter with a central hole only just large enough to admit the

larval head. The measurements suggest that the length of the head

and larval neck are together equal to half the diameter of the mine,

viz.0°8 mm, The larva makes a succession of these little mines and

never attempts to enlarge one.

In the second instar the larva works in the same way and makes

a mine differing only in its larger size and larger entrance opening,

the width of the mine may be 3°3 mm, In the third instar mining

may occur, but the usual method is to attack the leaf from above or

below and eat the whole thickness except the opposite cuticle. The

size and shape of these patches is irregular, but are often bounded

by the secondary veins of the leaf.

In the second instar the larva reaches a length of 3 mm., and is

green in colour, with dark (black ?) hair bases and head, a rather

darker green dorsal line. The upper part of the slope pale, as if

overshaded with white, in the middle of this the pair of lenticles

on each segment are conspicuous, along the middle of the slope is a

brownish line, thicker in the middle of each segment, suggesting

what is perhaps the case, that it represents the diagonal markings of

so many Lycaenid larvae. There is some difference of tint along

the lateral region, like a faint superficial brownish wash, but nothing

to call a lateral line.

In the third instar the larva is a clear apple green, fairly uniform

until a lens is used, when there appears a darker green dorsal line ;

on the slopes are two diagonal white lines (downwards and _ back-

wards) and traces of a third, so that in three following segments the

three lines form one. In another specimen, the general tone is

ochreous due to the green being largely overlaid by brownish

396 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

especially the dorsal line or band and the median line on the slope

noted in second instar, which to a great extent breaks up the white

diagonal line.

There are a good many larvae intermediate between these two.

One for instance has the brown most pronounced on the fourth, fifth

and sixth abdominal segments and paler behind and fading to green

only on the prothorax ; the pale green forms are, however, the most

numerous.

One of these larvae observed feeding presented a rather

astonishing and weird object. The larva was absolutely

at rest and immovable on a leaf, a Jittle over 4 mm. long

and 15 mm. broad; round its prothorax was on the leaf

a halo consisting of the pale area of the mine the larva

had nearly completed. Through the transparent leaf

cuticle was seen the “neck” of the larva stretching from

the margin of the prothorax to the black head, the neck

looking like a transparent hose. The weird item was to

have, in connection with the immobile larva and the ap-

parently structureless and water-like hose, the head, at

the end of the latter, and quite at a distance from the

larva, moving rapidly to and fro and from side to side, the

jaws actively at work devouring the parenchyma and ex-

tending the mine. As the latter was nearly completed,

the larva left it a minute later. The neck was fully

stretched, and the contrast between the robust thickset

larva and the structureless neck, flattened to an almost

invisible nothing in the mine, and the black active head

working strenuously in the most purposeful way with so

vague a connection with the larva, was quite uncanny. Not-

withstanding the hundreds of mines, I happened to see

this curious spectacle only on one occasion, yet it must

occur as the normal process in the making of each mine.

In the third instar there is a great variation in colouring,

several with the markings most pronounced are shown

on Plate XX; fig. 4 presents the most highly-coloured

specimen ; others are simply green, much as in figures of

fourth and fifth instar, but with the yellow lateral line

still undeveloped. In the second instar a few specimens

show traces of the darker markings seen in the third, and

in the fourth they are present still more rarely and faintly.

The few last instar examples seen showed no trace of dark

marking; they are, however, possibly present in rare

instances.

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 397

The full-grown larva (described Sept. 10th), 14 mm. at rest, 17

when moving, in length, 4°3 mm. wide from thoracic 8rd to abl. 6th,

tapering at each end, usual Lycaenid form, but rather rounded, of the

rutilus character, rather than angular in cross section. There are

no definite dorsal ridges, and the lateral flange is not very marked,

but sufficiently to give a transparent margin when seen from above.

The colour is a lively apple green with darker dorsal band (dorsal

vessel ?). This area is flattened a little (between evanescent rounded

dorsal ridges, part of the darkness is due to abundant black hair bases

of very short hairs). The whitish oblique streaks are hardly to be

made out. On the slopes the hairs are short, dark with black bases.

Viewed laterally, there is a yellow lateral line, apparently sunk

deep in the tissues, so far from the surface as to be invisible except

on a perpendicular view. The head is small, black. <A special

feature that is not observed in previous stages is that the hair bases,

both of the more conspicuous black hairs and of the smaller pale and

inconspicuous but more numerous hairs, are white and glistening as

if made of glass ; they are nearly globular, with fine radiating spikes.

There isa honey-gland with a rowof lenticles round it, but sparse,

not, as often, crowded ; dimples are also seen outside the last spiracles,

indicating position of fans, that have not been seen extended. The

hairs are so inconspicuous that, without a lens, one might perhaps

think the skin of the larva a little rough, but could hardly say how.

The prothoracic plate is small, depressed, and darkened by rather

more numerous dark hairs, or rather, perhaps, that the hair bases

are here dark, as they are in only a few other scatteretl instances.

It is noted on

September 13, that this forward larva has been laid up

for pupation since description taken and seems close to

change; it is at top of box, but appears to have little or

no silken pad and no visible girth. ‘There are also one or

two that seem to be possibly forward. The mass have

ceased feeding and are divisible into two distinct sets, the

majority in third skin, but a small number in fourth, both

sets torpid and apparently contemplating hibernation.

Some of the third stage examples have been quiet for

nearly ten days ; the whole of them now appear to be so.

As I had so few last instar larvae, the following note as

another example may be desirable.

September 24.—A larva moulted into last skin three or

four days ago, but now refuses to eat, and looks shrunk.

It has the glassy stars forming hair bases like the previous

ones; these are largely belonging to the less conspicuous

398 Dr, T. A. Chapman on the

hairs of the slope. The more conspicuous hairs are four or

five black ones on the dorsal flanges, 7. c. on each side of the

middle line ; some hairs on the lateral flange, pale brownish

in colour, are also more conspicuous.

The larva itself is a dirty green (not so bright and lively as the

well-fed specimen), with an interrupted darker dorsal line, and a

dark line across at each incision (shadow ?). The spiracles are darker

points ; there is a very marked lateral flange, but no difference in

colouring, nor are there any oblique lines, but the cushioned hollows

of the slope look slightly darker.

I note on—

October 13.—The majority have gone into hibernation,

some in third instar and some in fourth. Some of the

third instar have only been laid up during the last few days,

but for the most part they became lethargic two or three

weeks ago. The fourth instars, on the contrary, have only

recently become quiescent, except one or two earlier

individuals. There remain one or two of each instar,

perhaps feeding, not at any rate laid up. There are also

a full-grown larva still feeding, however, 13 mm. when

sulking, 15-16 when active, 4°5 mm. broad and 3°5 high

(sulking). The segments full and rounded, back flattened

but no distinct dorsal flanges, the lateral flange marked,

and thrown into greater prominence, by the brilliant line

of yellow in*it some way below the surface and, therefore,

more or less indistinct, except on direct lateral view.

There is a dark dorsal line or band; seen at some angles,

it has a paler margin. On the slopes are two parallel

pale oblique lines on each segment (2nd thor. to 6th and,

partially, 7th abl.), sloping downwards and backwards.

The hairs and their bases are hardly visible without a

lens. The hairs are very fine and small, longest on dorsal

and lateral flanges, ruddy, almost brown, a less long and

paler set on middle of slope, the rest very small.

Along the dorsum the hair bases are nearly all black,

below this the pale glassy form is abundant.

The glassy bases seem less abundant as the larva gets

older. I cannot say whether some of them change and

become dark; I suspect not, and that the appearance is

perhaps due to examining specimens in different lights.

There is a second specimen in last skin, not quite so

large (13 mim.) and duller in colour, possibly has done

feeding.

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 399

A third specimen, 10 mm. long, also appears to be in

last skin.

In fourth instar length appears to be 7—7°5 mm. (before

shrinking into quiescence for hibernation).

The only pupa I obtained did not quite fully get rid of

the larval skin, and so some of the appendages did not fall

properly into place, but it was sufficiently perfect to enable

its principal features to be noted. It appears to belong to

the Corydon group in having practically no cremaster,

and the few silk threads, that can hardly be called a girth

or even a pad, break down on the slightest disturbance.

This must, of course, be accepted with the caution that my

specimen was a weak untimely one, and that the silken

work of a robust specimen might be stronger and more

purposeful.

The pupa is green, and remains so, apparently, till

the imago begins to mature; with only the very con-

spicuous brown glazed eyes as an exception, these are so

coloured from the first. The dorsum carries a number of

closely-placed, very short, brownish hairs.

Further details may be gathered from the photographs

of portions of the mounted skin (figs. 33 to 38).

I placed various newly-hatched larvae on living plants

of Astragalus, both indoors and out, but these all came to

grief chiefly by the plants dying; I believe the young

larvae wandered away (one or two were found) from the

plants when they become unpalatable and before they

died.

The only partial success was that on—

October 15.—I found a larva of A. pheretes on a plant of

Astragalus alpinus (amongst grass, etc.) that has been out

of doors since I put some newly hatched larvae on it,

early in August. The larva seemed to be large in third

instar, but was not very well seen as it was ina sort of nest

of dead leaves of the Astragalus, about half an inch to an

inch above the soil level, and closed in except on one side ;

there was no other place affording such a nest on the

plant, though hiding places lowin the grass were abundant

enough.

It suggests itself that this may be a place selected for

hibernation, as being far enough from the ground not to

be too wet and yet affording sufficient hiding.

P.S.—The results in the Spring may be noted.

february 27.—Found all the larvae that went into

400 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

hibernation (some dozens), and were placed in cellar, dead,

except five individuals of which two were of those in fourth

instar and three thosein third. These larvae had left the

leaves on which they had laid up and were on muslin and

paper in a jar, which was covered with muslin and paper,

so that not much change of air probably occurred, and the

outer jar contained a small glass of water, so that desiccation

could hardly occur. On the other hand, there was hardly

any mould anywhere. Abouta dozen larvae in this jar had

died. In other receptacles under different conditions all

were dead. These surviving larvae do not seem of any high

vitality, and do not seem hopeful. Some opening buds

.of Colutea were, however, found and supplied to them.

March 6.—Found four of the above five larvae had died,

but one seemed alive and well. It was put on the plant

of Astragalus on which a living larva was seen late in the

autumn and the plant brought indoors.

March 8.—The larva has taken its station on a very

small young shoot of the Astragalus, and another larva,

probably the one seen last autumn, is resting on the

ground close by.

March 11.—The larva wintered indoors is making itself

at home and eating a little on the young Astragalus shoots.

The other larva appears to be dead, though it looked

all right a few days ago.

March 26.—The larva looked very sickly for some days,

and on 24th actually dropped off its perch, showing that

it had made no silken carpet, and it lay on its side

on the moss in the flower-pot where I placed it after

looking at it and feeling some doubts as to its condition.

This morning the empty skin, well distended as before

moulting, lay on its side, as I had placed the larva, but

the larva had emerged from it and had found some

growing material about two inches distant.

March 29.—The larva is now freely eating the half-

expanded leaflets of the Astragalus. Itis 7-5 mm. long, and

is much darker than any autumn specimen at this stage,

almost as dark as the darkest autumn specimen at any

stage; there 1s a dark dorsal band, then a greenish stripe, fol-

lowed by the dark lateral oblique bands which dominate the

rest of the slope and sides. The whole larva has a brown-

ish-grey effect, with green only on the broad subdorsal band,

which is not however continuous, but rather a series of

large patches one on each segment. ‘The larvais probably

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 401

(this proved to be so) in its last skin, if one may judge

(1st) from its being in fourth stage during hibernation,

and (2nd) by the density and length of the hairs, which

will obviously stand considerable spreading as the larva

grows. ;

April 1.—Is to-day eating down the (young and suc-

culent) petiole instead of merely the leaflets. It is now

_ more distinctly of a dark green colour, with an overlying

grey tone, largely due to the hairs and dark hair bases,

but also to the dorsal and oblique dark lines.

April 3.—Eleven mm. long, dark green with darker dor-

sal band and oblique lines, not so marked on second

thoracic or seventh abl. segments as between, wanting before

and behind these, a pale lateral line, looking like a yellow

thread sunk some distance beneath the surface, line of

honey-gland well marked, the fans on eighth abdominal

are marked by whitish spots. These fans were seen on

one occasion extended, a transparent green cylinder, with

flat top, rather higher than wide, and with a number of

fine hairs on top and just below, of a length about equal to

thickness of cylinder. Any spiculation was not observable

with a hand lens.

April 9.—Has grown considerably and feeds constantly,

having much damaged the plant itison. It is now13 mm.

long when moving. The yellow lateral line is brighter,

and has a slight dark shade along its upper border. It

does not look as if sunk so deeply below the surface.

April 10.—Put on Colutea, its own plant being practically

exhausted, it set to, at once, to eat the leaves in their

whole thickness, they are about 3 of an inch long.

Apri 15.—Has got a good deal thicker, but has for the

last two days been lethargic and keeping on the bottom of

its jar. It seems desirous of finding a place to pupate,

but moss and other provisions made for it do not please it ;

it now rests on bottom of glass jar.

April 21.—Has remained quite quiescent since last date

(15th), the thoracic segments enlarging at the expense of

the others, it is entirely without any spinning, nor though

it wandered, apparently in search of suitable quarters, did

I see it make any attempt at spinning. This afternoon it

changed to pupa; it seemed to be a very slow process,

lasting from about 3.15 to 4.30 p.m. The newly-changed

pupa is quite green, with only a very small black spot for

the eyes, less than a quarter of the glazed eye surface.

402 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

April 27.—Must have now acquired mature pupal

colouring, although the wings are still so transparent that

all the tracheae of the neuration are very distinct. The

length is 8°5 mm.; the colour is green, rather dark, slightly

approaching olive. There is a dark dorsal band down the

abdominal segments, which is rather dorsal vessel than

actual colouring. There is no trace of the oblique bands,

that were quite conspicuous at first, after change, of much

the same aspect as the dorsal band, which was then

probably like them, persistence of larval colouring, rather

than as now apparently structural. The glazed eyes are

black, and there is a faint brownish tone about the head.

The cast larva skin adheres to the last segment, much as

in corydon and thetis. The waist is marked by a slight

dorsal depression, but seen from above the waist does not

exist. The width is about 3°8 mm. at third abl. segment,

tapering very slightly forwards.

May 4.—The wings are assuming a brownish tone, and

the tracheae are becoming obscured, but still visible near

the base.

May 10.—The further change yesterday was only some

increase of opacity and brownness, but this morning the

wings are nearly black.

May 11.—Emerged at 10.25 a.m. and expanded wings

rapidly ; a9, had no difficulty in leaving the pupa case,

though that was quite loose and unattached.

I had at the same time as the A. pheretes, ova of

L. orbitulus and V. optilete, and some comparative notes

are of interest.

L.orbitulus fed up in a most healthy way on Soldanella,

so much so as to imperil my stock of the food-plant.

The great mass of them went into hibernation in the

third instar, but several went on into the fifth and last,

and from this I bred one ? specimen, now in Mr,

Bethune-Baker’s collection.

V. optilete presented a variation in the duration of the

egg-state that questions of temperature and climate do

not seem to me sufficiently to account for. I sent eggs of

V. optilete and L. pheretes to Mr. Tonge (from Pontresina),

and both hatched almost immediately he received them.

Of those kept at Pontresina, LZ. orbitulus and <A. pheretes

hatched a week to ten days after being laid, but those

of optilete did not hatch, and were still unhatched when

I returned home, and learned that those sent to Mr.

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, 403

Tonge had already hatched and died. I therefore

thought I must somehow have killed my store of eggs of

V. optilete. They began, however, to hatch when they

had been laid more than fourteen days, being a full week

longer as eggs than the other two species, or their own

brothers sent to England by post.

The larvae of V. optilete fed slowly and steadily and

ate Vaccinium myrtillus as readily as V. uliginosum.

They all fed up to third stage and went into hibernation,

not one offering to feed up as an autumn specimen. The

young larvae do not mine like those of A. pheretes, but

eat out little pits, between the nervures.

The A. pheretes feed up at considerably different rates.

A majority elected to hibernate in the third instar, a fair

number went on into the fourth instar, and I imagined

all these intended to feed up as autumn specimens. Most

of them, however, selected to hibernate, and only three

or four went forward; these were not very vigorous and

only one succeeded in reaching the pupal stage and that

not quite healthily. Their doing so, however, enabled me

to follow through the life history.

It seems probable that neither of these three species

can ever produce an autumn brood naturally; and it is

curious that V. optilete, the lowest level species, if there

be any difference, resisted all temptation to produce an

autumn emergence, whilst orbitwlus did so readily and

pheretes very sparingly. It is necessary of course to

remember the very warm August during which they

were reared at Reigate.

It is important to call attention to the circumstance that

the larva of A. pheretes, hibernates, preferably perhaps in

the third instar, but nearly as commonly in the fourth, and

it was one of the latter that I successfully hibernated.

All other larvae of “ Blues” of which I have accurate

notes, that hibernate half grown, do so in the third instar,

a habit to which optilete and orbitulus strictly conform.

EXPLANATION OF Piates XVIII-XXXVI

Puate XVIII shows the larva in third, fourth and fifth instars. The

third and fourth instars differ little except that the dark colouring

is more frequently distinct and even pronounced in the third instar.

So that the figures of fourth instar would be equally good for the third,

only that larvae of different colouring have been selected, only a few

404 Dr. T. A. Chapman on the

even of the third instar are as well-marked as those figured, which

give some idea of its aspect in different individuals.

The last (fifth) stage, differs from the preceding ones by the

development of the starlike hair bases. These are colourless and in

most lights sparkle like crystals (under a lens, they can hardly

be differentiated without) with remarkable effect. One segment

enlarged aims at showing their aspect—

Fic. 1, 2, 3,4 Third stage enlarged x 5 or 6.

5,6. Fourth stage x 5 or 6.

7,8. Fifth stage x about 4.

9. One segment, last stage, more enlarged, inverted.

PuaTE XIX. Fic. 10. Egg, A. pheretes x 60.

Fie. 11. Egg, V. optilete x 60.

PLATE XX. Fic. 12. Portion of egg of A. pheretes x 150,

showing sculpture and very small

micropylar area.

13. Similar portion of egg of V. optilete

x 150 (same enlargement) showing

much larger micropylar area.

PuatE XXI. Fic. 14. Skin of first stage larva A. pheretes x 48.

PuaTE XXII. Fig. 15. Skin of second stage larva A. pheretes

x 40.

PuatE XXIII. Fic. 16. Skin of third stage larva A. pheretes

x 20.

PLaTE XXIV. Fia. 17. Skin of fourth stage larva A. pheretes

x 16.

PLaTE XXYV. Fic. 18. Skin of fifth (last) stage larva A. pheretes

x 13.

This photograph is marred by a few

bubbles having got into the pre-

paration.

PuaTE XXVI. Fic. 19. Prothoracic plate of second stage larva

x 100. The filiform hairs are dis-

tinct, compared with Fig. 14, though

the hairs around are much multiplied,

those of the plate are diminished in

numbers.

20. Honey-gland of second stage larva, the

claspers are seen through the trans-

parent upper skin, just above them is

the seventh abdominal spiracle, the

honey-gland is in the line joining

these x 100.

Early Stages of Albulina pheretes. 405

Piatt XXVII.

Pratt XXVIII.

Puate X XIX.

PuateE XXX.

PLATE XXXI.

PLrate XXXII.

Prats XXXIII.

Fic.

Fia.

Fic.

Fias.

Fia.

21. Prothoracic plate of third stage larva.

The left filiform (angular special)

hair is very distinct, the right one is

fainter, its base is 20 mm. (about

2 inch) to the right, distinct enough

when seen, these show the area of the

plate, whose hairs are larger but

hardly more numerous than in

previous instar x 100.

22, Honey-gland third instar x 100. The

gland, hairs, lenticles and skin re-

ticulation are all very distinct.

23. Honey-gland fourth instar x 100.

24. Honey-gland fifth instar x 100.

25. Prothoracic plate fifth instar x 100.

The bases of filiform hairs are 50 mm.

(2 inches) apart, hairs directed for-

wards. Small hairs with large stel-

late bases are numerous.

26. Shows character of hairs, a lenticle or

two, and especially the skin reticu-

lations and points in last instar

x 100. |

27. Spiracular region (left) of the sixth

abdominal segment in last instar

x 100, shows lenticles numerous

near spiracle.

28, Fan area (eighth abdominal segment)

last instar x 100, half-way between

spiracle and other side of picture.

29 and 30. Spiracular regions of fourth

abdominal segment, to show flat oval

plates in intersegmental membrane

in front, others occur across the

dorsum, fifth instar x 100. The

large dorsal intermediate area is not

shown, these plates represent muscular

attachment.

31. Head of larva in last instar x 100

shows antennae, jaws, and some other

mouth parts x 100.

32. Left prolegs third abdominal segment

last instar x 100.

33. Abdominal segments of pupa x 16.

406 Dr. T. A. Chapman on Early Stages of Albulina pheretes.

PraTtE XXXIV. Fic. 34. Portion of head, with eye and antennal

base, of pupa x 100.

35. Cremastral area of pupa x 60. There

are a few hairs but no hooks, The

genital area, with opening in eighth

abdominal segment, extreme right of

figure, indicates a @ individual.

PuaTtE XXXYV. Fic. 36. Mesothoracie plate of pupa (left side)

x 30. The marking off of left hind-

wing plate (angular projection down

to left) is obvious. Hairs, lenticles,

network on thorax, but only reticu-

lations on wing.

37. Fifth abdominal segment (and part of

sixth) of pupa on ventral aspect,

showing massing of lenticles x 100.

Puate XXXVI. __‘Fia. 38. A portion of fifth abdominal segment

showing structure of lenticles x 400.

Trans. lint. Soc.Lond., 1912. Pl. XVI.

E.C. Knight del. West,Newman chr.

LARVAE OF ALBULINA PHERETES.

Photo,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XIX.

FN. Clark. C. Hentschel.

Eggs of (10) A. pheretes. (11) V. optilete x 60.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

Eggshells. Portions showing micropylar area.

(12) A. pheretes. (13) V. optilete x 150.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXJ.

C. Hentschel.

Fig. 14.—Skin of larva of A. pheretes, first stage x 48.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXII.

’

les

C. Hentschel.

Photo, Ff, N. Clark.

Skin of larva of A. pheretes, second stage X 40.

Fig. 15.

S ~

N ~

zs Sy

=S U6

re N

Q x

or Sp .

x § ;

my Ww

in|

oA ees del

as) s

BS ie

S 3

S s |

iS 2 E

Y a

SS :

NS <

Q les

8 3 es

< 77

& S

% & ;

: es ‘ q

‘i |

aS on

- ©

joa Z

Photo, F. N.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXIV.

entschel.

rth stage x 16.

Photo, F. N. Clark,

pheretes, fou

f larva of A.

in Oo

17.—Sk

Fig,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX V.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

Fig. 18.—Skin of larva of A. pheretes, fifth (last) stage X 13.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

A. pheretes.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VI.

C. Hentschel.

Second stage larva. Prothoracic plate and Honey gland

area X 100.

Rors ly: LLG piaigat a

WR ¥yZ Sie 5 ERR Fok 2 Pik

100.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VII.

Be Hs

rage

Hentschel.

(Ee

rR.

Photo, F. N. Clar

“~

Honey gland area

)

(22

(21) Prothoracic plate.

A. pheretes, third stage.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX VILL.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

A. pheretes, Honey-gland area, (23) fourth and (24) fifth stage x 100.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXIX.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

A. pheretes, last stage X 100. (25) Prothoracic plate, (26) to show

skin structure.

fe - x

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX.

C. Hentschel,

Photo, F. N. Clark.

xX 100.

a Sk

A. pheretes, portions of last stage larv:

Sap te) tee

‘2 baal

ee i ,) 5

z fon] (ap)

=e x

De s

> x

ms S

RY) a

Ss 1S)

s fe}

fo)

x Bis]

N x ¢

Sy cee

aS} Sw

i es

Ss au

N =

= be 6

S) S op

a) aa

. a

S =

GS uw

9] o°

a an

R Ae

8 Bali

x 5 o

N a=

tot

iracu

pheretes,

Photo, F. N. Clark

wah

Xx.

7¥

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate 2

entschel.

(Ez

Photo, F. N. Clark.

A. pheretes, head and prolegs, last stage larva I00.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Piate XX XIT/.

Flentschel.

(Ce

Photo, F. N. Clark.

A, pheretes.

gments of pupa X 16.

Fig. 33.—Abdominal se

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXXIV.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

A. pheretes, pupa, (34) portions of head ( Xx 100) and (35) cremastral area X 60.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XV.

EPhoto, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel.

. A. pheretes, portions of pupa. (36) Mesothorax 30. (37) 9th segment x 100.

Photo, F. N. Clark.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XX XVI.

C. Hentschel.

A. pheretes, pupa. Lenticles X 400.

( 407 )

V. An experiment on the development of the male appendages

in Lepidoptera. By T. A. CHapman, M.D.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

Puates XXXVII, XX XVIII.

In the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1910, p. 1x, and more at length

in the Proc. South London Ent. Soc., 1910-1911, p. 50,

I described (with photographs) a remarkable and so far as

I yet know a unique specimen of the f genitalia of Acronycta

tridens found by Mr. Burrows. I thought it desirable to

investigate the matter more fully, and instituted some

experiments the results of which I report.

Assuming the f appendages to be internal in the larva

and that they come to the surface at the pupal moult, not

of course becoming external as in the imago, but present-

ing on the surface the well-known two tubercles of the

pupa, it seemed that some abnormal result would appear

if such emergence from the interior could be prevented.

In order to attain this result, I produced in certain larvae

of Z. dispar a small cicatrix at the critical position between

the ninth and tenth abdominal segments in the midventral

line. The result was what I anticipated, the production

of specimens almost identical with Mr. Burrows’s example

of A. tridens. The clasps, penis-sheath (penis-tasche) and

penis (aedoeagus and vesica) form a mass in the interior of

the abdomen.

The several organs are more or less recognisable, though,

for want of the usual position in which to develop, more or

less pressed together and distorted. These specimens show,

as did Mr. Bu rrows’s, the parts that remain external, as being

the actual ninth and tenth abdominal segments apart from

the special developments of which the appendages consist.

So far asI can ascertain from the literature bearing on

the development of the male appendages, the parts

imprisoned thus in the interior develop from a_ body

described nearly a hundred years ago by Herold, and

called by him a Koérperchen (a small body, a corpuscule).

This corpuscule, though apparently a single mass, consists

really of two parts, one of which is strictly internal and

arises at the extremity of the seminal ducts, the other is

external and is an invagination of the posterior margin of

the ninth abdominal segment, and some trace of the line

of invagination connects Herold’scorpuscule with the surface

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (OCT.) EE

408 Development of the male appendages in Lepidoptera,

to guide its emergence at pupation. The invaginated

constituents of Herold’s corpuscule forms the clasps, which

present evidence of being ectodermal structures. The

portions of the corpuscule of internal origin form the penis

and penis-sheath, which never show any evidence of

dermal origin, such as hairs, scales, etc.

I have also seen Professor Meisenheimer’s recent essay

on experiments by way of excision, transplantation, etc.

Liparis dispar as a very abundant and hardy insect was

the subject of his experiments as it was of mine and

many others. The species being the same, the interesting

result is that where Professor Meisenheimer excised the cor-

puscule of Herold in the larva, the imago presented precisely

the same development of the ninth and tenth segments as

it does in my specimens with the corpuscule imprisoned,

but of course in his specimens there is a vacancy where

mine show the internally developed appendages.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXVII, XXXVIII.

Fic. 1. Last three abdominal segments of ¢ L. dispar x 10.

Fic. 2. Last segment x 25 showing normal structure and disposition

of the ¢ appendages.

Fic. 3. Specimen in which the point of exit of the ¢ appendages was

occluded in the larval state x 10.

Fic, 4. Portion of the same specimen x 25. These compared with

figs. 1 and 2 show the ninth and tenth abdominai segments

as in figs. 1 and 2,but without the special sexual appendages,

which form a mass lying in the sixth abdominal segment.

In this mass the aedoeagus is obvious, as also the clasps,

the latter enlarged by still possessing their pupal enve-

lopes. The organs so conspicuous in the seventh segment

are merely the spiracles, as may be seen by comparing

with other segments and specimens.

Fic. 5. Is a similar specimen x 10, in which the mass has made a

nearer approach to the outlet without however breaking

through.

Fic. 6. An intermediate specimen with the mass in the eighth

segment.

It is very possible that the position of the mass (Herold’s corpuscule

developed) within the abdomen is accidental and due to movements

during preparation of the specimens, figs. 3 and 4 being perhaps least

disturbed thereby.

Within one of the clasps in each specimen (figs. 3, 5, 6) is a dark

body whose nature I have not determined. In fig. 6 is a separate

portion, which is probably a detached pupal covering.

}

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XXX V1.

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

Liparis dispar, Male appendages.

‘sasvpuodde aie yy

"J0YISJUIET *D

TITAXXX vi ‘ELOL “puoT 90S yu ‘suvsy

‘redsip stredry

{01D ‘N “x ‘070UT

( 409)

VI. The food-plant of Callophrys avis.

By T. A. Cuapman, M.D.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

I TooK my first specimen of Callophrys avis at Hyeres in

1906 and a second in the same district in 1907. In 1909

I took it at Amelie-les-Bains and there found its food-

plant to be Coriaria myrtifolia; Prof. Reverdin took a

specimen near Cap Negre (some 20 km. east of Hyeres),

so that the capture of three specimens in the Hyeres

region of the Riviera made me feel sure that Coriaria

must grow there, and the statements of the botanists that

it did not, led me to think it might be possible they had

overlooked some restricted colonies of the plant.

In 1910 and 1911 I visited Hyeres at the proper season

in hopes of solving the questions raised, did Coriaria grow

near Hyeres ? had avis some other food-plant in that region?

In 1910, I utterly failed to meet with a single specimen

of C. avis, and though bad weather might account for this

to some extent, it proved that C. avis was very rare there,

for I certainly worked over the ground where I had pre-

viously taken it, though, as a matter of fact, I did not

know the spots with any precision. I satistied myseif

that there was no Coriaria anywhere near where I had

taken the butterfly nor anywhere in the district in which

Prof. Reverdin’s specimen was taken. There was there-

fore certainly an alternative food-plant. In 1911 J again

tried to investigate this point, but again bad weather may

take some blame for my failure to secure the first step in

the investigation, viz. to meet with C. avis. At the end

of the season, with fear of being too late, I went to

Amelie-les-Bains and succeeded in obtaining a few eggs

of C. avis, with a view to approach the problem in another

way.

A point by the way is interesting.

I brought home two C. avis 9° taken on April 28. One

of these proved to be infertile and died on May 28.

The other one laid two eggs about May 22, and three

afterwards (about May 30), was still alive on June 1, but

died by June 8. It thus lived five weeks in captivity.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) EE2

410 Dr. T, A, Chapman on the

Amongst the Coriaria, both growing and that gathered

for food for C. avis, a noctua larva spinning the leaves

together was not uncommon, these were assumed from

their appearance to be Orthosia fulvago (cerago), but on

emergence proved to be 0. Jota, of very large size and

highly variable in colouring. Milliere records the larvae

of OQ. lota as common at Cannes on the “Roudou”

(Coriaria).

Assuming these larvae to be fulvago (and had I known

they were Jota the result would have been the same), I

concluded that Coriaria as a food-plant must have some-

thing in common with sallow. On trial, the dota took

sallow readily, but C. avis would not try it, but seemed to

find osier (Salix viminalis) with which I also supplied

them, as much to their taste as the Coriaria. The question

of providing them with food at Reigate was thus much

simplified. Had I also answered the question of the

alternative food-plant ? I felt quite sure that I had not,

because in that part of the Riviera, sallows and willows of

all sorts are rare, osiers perhaps especially, and are quite

absent in the places where C. avis had been taken. I

offered the larvae of C. avis many other plants, trees and

shrubs, with the result of uniform refusal to look at them,

until I offered them Arbutus, the young shoots of which

they took to with great readiness and fed and throve on

them as well as they did on Cortaria or osier. C. rubi

took both osier and Arbutus but not very willingly, and

on Arbutus failed to thrive and finally refused it.

Admitting that I may be in error, I feel satisfied that

the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera is Arbutus wnedo,

which grows in each of the spots where C. avis has been

taken.

An interesting point arises here in regard to the dis-

tribution of C. avis. Both Coriaria and Arbutus are

plentiful enough about Cannes, yet I think we may assert

that C. avis has never been taken there. Cannes has been

well-worked by many entomologists, foremost amongst

whom stand Milliere and Constant. J never met with

it there myself nor in the Esterel where Ch. jasiws occurs

freely, and one would attribute a more southern constitu-

tion to Ch. jasius than to C. avis. There is something

still to be discovered as a governing fact in the distribu-

tion of C. avis. I found, for instance, that large areas of

Coriaria in the valley of the Tet, only a few miles from

Food-plant of Callophrys avis. 411

Amelie-les-Bains as the crow flies, seemed to be entirely

uninhabited by C. avis. Of course this may not be so, my

last two years’ researches at Hyeres would of course lead

to the erroneous conclusion that the species does not occur

there, and further examination may show that it occurs

though rarely in the Tet Valley.

Vernet-les-Bains is in the Valley of the Tet, but much

higher up than the Coriaria ground, or than one would

expect C. avis to appear at.

P.S.—Mr. H. Powell writes under date April 7, 1912,

that over a dozen C. avis, of which he took some, have

been taken at Cap Negre, “all near one place flying round

and settling in large Arbutus trees;” he also took an odd

specimen some distance up the hill near Cavaliere, flying

round an Arbutus. The butterflies are reported as being

confined to a very smal] area. This seems to give the

required confirmation to the conclusion I drew from my

observations that the food-plant of C. avis on the Riviera

is Arbutus.

It is, of course, quite possible there may be still another

one,

( 412 -)

VIL. The effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus.

By F. M. How tert, B.A., F.E.S.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

PLATES XXXIX, XL.

THE observations which form the subject of this paper

were made in the course of work on fruit-flies at the Pusa

Research Institute.

The common fruit-flies of Pusa are Dacus diversus, Cogq.,

and D. zonatus, Saund. (Rivellia persicae, Big.). Of these

the latter is a serious pest of peaches and mangoes, and

like other fruit-flies it 1s a pest whose attacks are particu-

larly difficult to combat.

With the idea of attracting the females of zonatus to

lay eggs, by imitating the smell of ripe peaches or

mangoes, a large number of essential oils were experi-

mented with. In the course of these experiments I heard

that a neighbour had been troubled by some kind of fly

settling on him at a time when he was using oil of

citronella, sprinkled on his handkerchief, as a mosquito

deterrent. Since the smell of this oil in no way resembles

that of mangoes or peaches, its effect on Dacus had not

been tried, but as soon as a handkerchief wetted with the

oil was exposed in the neighbourhood of the peach-orchard

it became evident that the smell exercised an extraordin-

arily powerful attraction. In less than half an hour the

handkerchief, lying in a crumpled heap, was almost hidden

by a crowd of D. zonatus, and presented a very striking

appearance. I jumped at once to the conclusion that the

economic problem of how to destroy female fruit-flies had

found an easy solution, but on examination it was soon

apparent that all the flies on the handkerchief were males ;

they almost refused to leave the neighbourhood of the

handkerchief, and a considerable number of them followed

me home when I removed it. A handkerchief was pinned

to a sheet of cork and exposed in the peach-orchard for

twenty minutes, the centre of the handkerchief being

moistened with citronella. Plate XX XIX shows the male

flies assembled. The cork sheet was then removed for

TRANS. ENT. SOC LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.)

Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 413

a distance of about five yards and vigorously shaken and

waved in the air to dislodge and disturb the flies; it was

then replaced, and the flies which had returned to it are

shown in Plate XL, which is a photograph taken exactly

three minutes after its first removal, or perhaps two

minutes after it was replaced.

In both the photographs it will be noticed that the flies

are congregated not actually on the moistened patch but

round its margin. This is their usual custom, and was

taken advantage of in catching the flies with fly-papers.

If citronella is put in the middle of the fly-paper (on the

gummy substance) many flies escape capture by sitting on

the edge of the paper which is free of adhesive ; if, instead

of this, the citronella is put on the edge of the paper, they

will not sit on it, but settle on the sticky surface: a very

sensible difference is thus made in the number of flies

caught. Fly-papers treated with citronella were exposed

in the orchard during the months of March, April, May

and June. A careful estimate of the number caught

during part of this period gave approximately eighteen

thousand, and among these not more than fifty females

were seen, or 03 per cent. Since the reaction was con-

fined to the male sex and did not appear to be in any

way connected with feeding habits, it seemed most reason-

able to suppose that the smell might resemble some

sexual odour of the female which in natural conditions

served to guide the male to her.

Six or seven freshly killed females were therefore

placed in a clean glass tube which was closed for about an

hour with clean cotton-wool. On smelling the tube a

faint odour resembling that of citronella was just per-

ceptible, but although the presence of the smell was

confirmed by my assistant, it was so faint that I feared

the influence of unconscious “auto-suggestion ” on our

judgment, and repeated the experiment with about twenty

living females which had emerged from the pupa from 6

to 24 hours previously. In this case the smell was

distinctly perceptible and closely resembled the citronella

smell; its presence and nature were confirmed by an

independent observer who did not know what smell was

being looked for or expected. When a similar number of

males were tried in the same way, no smell of citronella

was detected.

It seems probable, therefore, that this smell is the

414 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of

sexual attracting smell of D. zonatus. It is noteworthy

that the oil also has an attraction for males of the species

D. diversus, and a considerable number of them were

caught on the fly-papers in March and April; the attrac-

tion in this case, however, seems to be perhaps a trifle

less powerful than with zonatus, though it is difficult to be

certain on the point. The number of diversws caught

probably did not exceed 25 per cent. of the total of the

two species, as towards the end of April diversus became

scarce and zonatus very abundant up to the end of June.

The quality of the oil affected the result, old oil being

more effective than new; I have been unable to get

analyses which would show wherein the difference lies,

and what is the precise constituent which is of most

importance. Some samples of eucalyptus oil seemed also

to possess some slight attraction for zonatus males, but

they never came to it in large numbers, nor did they come

when there was any oil of citronella exposed in the neigh-

bourhood. The distance at which the flies are able to

perceive the smell of citronella is doubtful, but seems to

be considerable; half a mile is probably not an extrava-

vant estimate if the wind be favourable. By exposing a

rag moistened with oil for half an hour or so in places

where ordinary collecting fails to reveal the presence of a

single fly, it is often possible to catch considerable

numbers.

The smell is in all probability perceived by means of

the antennae. ‘To test this a rag wet with citronella was

exposed, and of the visiting flies six or eight were caught

and their antennae were carefully amputated at the base

of the second joint; they were then liberated, seeming

none the worse for the operation, and the rag was watched to

see whether they again visited it. None of the flies operated

on returned to the rag, though normally flies caught

and liberated anywhere near such a rag will always return

to it sooner or later, and generally quite quickly (cf. Plate

XL). On one occasion a marked fly was driven away five

times, but:returned almost immediately after each repulse.

A curious fact is that the oil has an actually poisonous

effect on the fly when the latter is exposed to its vapour

in a fairly concentrated form, this effect being independent

of the presence or absence of the antennae.

Four male zonatus were taken and the antennae of two

of them were amputated ; they were then confined in glass

Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 415

vessels, each of the vessels containing a fragment of

blotting-paper wetted with citronella oil. Four others

similarly treated were confined in vessels without any

citronella. The result was as follows:

With citronella. 2 amputated f put in 10.40 a.m., dead

at 11.0.

2 normal # put in at 10.20 am., dead at

11.0.

Without citronella. 2 amputated f put in at 10.30 am.,

June 16th. Both lively 7.30 a.m.,

17th. Both found dead at 7.0

a.m., 18th.

2 normal f put in at 10.25 a.m., 16th.

One dead 7.30 am., 17th. Other

dead 7.0 a.m., 18th.

This poisonous action may account for the fact that the

attractiveness of a rag is not proportional to the amount

of citronella with which it is wetted, a rag thoroughly

soaked being a less effective trap than one merely moist-

ened with a few drops of the oil. The flies prefer the

smell to be not too strong, but even when this is the case

it seems to have a stupefying effect on them, making them

dazed and lethargic, and quite impervious to ordinary

alarms. A very effective trap for them isa clean kerosene-

tin nearly filled with water to which ten or twenty drops

of citronella oil are added. The flies sit on the sides of

the tin, now and then approaching the water; as they sit

they get more and more stupid, and finish by falling into

the water and getting drowned. This way of catching

them is quite as effective as using citronella fly-papers,

and cheaper. On one occasion I exposed a glass tube of

half-inch bore and about three and a half feet long, in-

serted a piece of cotton-wool wet with citronella at one

end and corked it, leaving the other end open. Seven

zonatus entered the narrow mouth of the tube and there

remained until they died, sitting in a line with their heads

toward the closed end of the tube.

When in the neighbourhood of citronella the flies sit or

move here and there with wings expanded, often quickly

extending the proboscis, and now and then cleaning the

head with the fore-legs and rubbing them together. Not

infrequently they stand and rock their bodies to and fro,

416 Mr. F. M. Howlett on the effect of

a movement which seems to be associated with “ court-

ship” in all species of Dacus that occur at Pusa.

On two occasions a number of males and females have

been confined together in order to see whether the citron-

ella smell would induce copulation, but without success.

Too much importance must not be attached to this result,

however, as the conditions were abnormal, and I have

never succeeded in getting D. zonatus to copulate in the

laboratory. These observations atford at least another

argument that the olfactory sense of Diptera, or at any

rate of D. zonatus, is not dissimilar in kind from our own :

smells which in us give rise to similar sensations (7. e.

citronella and 2 zonatus) affect the male zonatus in the

same way, though its perception of them is far keener than

ours.

Among well-known instances of attraction by smelis re-

sembling the food of the larva or adult is the case of certain

evil-smelling Aroids which are attractive to various flies

and beetles accustomed to infest putrescent matter. It

has been found that a mixture of certain proportions of

acetic acid and ethyl alcohol is most attractive to Droso-

phila ampelophila, whose larvae live in over-ripe fruit.

Similarly, I have myself observed Sarcophaga to be very

strongly attracted by a flask containing a solution of

skatol, a substance normally present in faeces; many

larvae were laid in the flask and were drowned in the

liquid. The same fate attended the eggs of Stumoxys

calcitrans which I have obtained in numbers on cotton-

wool soaked in valerianic acid, one of the acids present in

the fermenting vegetable stuff in which the eggs of this

species are naturally deposited ; both valerianic and butyric

acids have a similar attraction for an Ortalid fly of the

genus Ulidia (?) which is not uncommon at Pusa.

Our own sense of smell seems to be practically limited

to substances having a molecular weight of about 30 or

over; those with molecular weight less than this have

no smell or only a very faint one, though they may have

an irritant effect on the mucous membrane of the nose.

The fact that house-flies will suck freely a dilute solution

of formaldehyde (mol. wt. 30) may perhaps indicate that

their sense is limited in the same way (Alex. Hill,

Nature). I have found that they will sometimes take a

solution of hydrocyanic acid (mol. wt. 27), and this might

be regarded as evidence supporting this supposition.

Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus. 417

Another suggestion is that the olfactory sense of flies may

be highly developed in certain directions and within

certain narrow limits, while outside these limits it is com-

paratively inoperative. We should on this hypothesis

expect to find instances where the males were very

sensitive to the smell of the females or vice versa, the

sensitiveness being, however, probably confined to one

sex; the smell of the food of the adult fly would attract

both sexes if they fed on the same substances, while the

food of the larva would, by its smell, direct the female in

oviposition. Other smells, unless very strong, would have

little effect.

Regarding the matter as thus crudely put, we might

look on each species as tuned to respond to three or four

notes on the scale of smell, and we should expect to find

the most delicate adjustment and most accurate “tuning ”

in the direction of the sexual smell, since errors of per-

ception would here be most disadvantageous to the species.

There would be a correlation between the degree of

specialisation of the larva in the matter of diet and the

definiteness of the smell which would prompt the female

to lay eggs. In many cases the food-smell of the adult

fly would be least narrowly adjusted. At all times other

senses such as those of sight and touch might play a more

or less important part as auxiliaries or controls.

If we accept for the moment some such view as this,

then among those species in which the male finds the

female by smell we must regard each one as an assemblage

of individuals in which one sex is tuned to respond to a

certain definite kind of molecular vibration corresponding

to some compound or mixture of compounds emitted by

the other sex, and these compounds would thus constitute

definite specific characters. We might even perhaps go

further and define some of the larger groups by those

“generic” smells which characterise certain kinds of

chemical substances, such, for instance, as the organic acids,

the alcohols, amines, terpenes, etc., and which depend on

the presence of certain atoms or of atomic groups of some

particular configuration.

In any case it seems a very remarkable fact that two

species such as D. zonatus and D. diversus which live in

the same district, and have always been regarded as quite

distinct, should have exactly the same sexualsmell. There

is, of course, the possibility that citronella does not repre-

418 Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus.

sent the sexual smell, but owes its attractions to some

other cause: the proof is at present incomplete. There

remain at least two other solutions of the difficulty. One

is that the samples of citronella used contained two or

more active ingredients which appealed respectively to

zonatus and diversus, and the other is that zonatus and

diversus are not really distinct species at all, but varieties.

I hope to be able to give further attention to these points.

If my conclusions are correct regarding the nature of

the phenomena, they afford an interesting example of the

imitation by artificial means of a sexual attraction probably

similar in kind to that which operates in most cases of

“assembling.” It has occurred to me as possible that the

curious predilection of another fruit-fly (Ceratitis capitata)

for kerosene oil might perhaps be explained in the same

way, but I do not remember to have seen any record of

the relative numbers of males and females captured by

this method.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XXXIX, XL.

Prate XXXIX. Males of Dacus zonutus attracted to handker-

chief moistened with oil of citronella.

Puate XL. The same three minutes after the flies had been

dispersed.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., rgr2, Plate XX XIX.

Rae Wh Hien teie | Bae . (C. Hoitone:

EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL.

Photo, F. M. Howlett. ‘ C. Hentschel.

EFFECT OF OIL OF CITRONELLA ON DACUS.

; es

{ . ¢

(@ 419")

VIII. Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera

From South-East Brazil. By E. DUKINFIELD JONES,

FESS. 22:5.

[Read February 7th, 1912. ]

Fam. SYNTOMIDAE.

Psilopleura sanguinea, n. sp.

Palpi and antennae fuscous ; head brown ; tegulae brown edged

with silvery white ; thorax brown with some crimson and scattered

white scales anteriorly ; patagia with broad edge of crimson in-

wardly and in front ; a crimson spot edged with white on shoulder

and on breast ; coxae inwardly crimson ; legs brown; abdomen crim-

son, first segment brown with lateral crimson and white spot ; a dorsal

brown stripe, lighter in centre; subdorsal patches of silvery white

scattered scales on segments 4-6. Forewings yellowish, slightly

hyaline, suffused with black; base black, followed by yellow sub-

costal streak; a large yellow spot at end of cell, extending from

costa to origin of veins 2 and 3, shaded with black inwardly and

outwardly. Hindwings from costa to median fold black, from

median fold to tornus hyaline, termen black.

Expanse ¢ 20 mm., 2 22 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Rhynohopyga castra, n. sp.

gd. Palpi brown, white hairs at base; frons brown with white

scattered scales ; antennae brown with white scales at base ; central

and lateral white points at back of head ; tegulae brown edged with

white ; thorax brown with scattered white scales, some crimson and

white underneath ; patagia crimson in front ; abdomen brown above,

crimson and white beneath ; large lateral crimson patches irrorated

with white on segments 2 and 3; a series of lateral white spots on

remaining segments; coxae and femora streaked with white. Fore-

wings semihyaline, the inner and postmedial areas heavily suffused

with black-brown; a yellow spot from costa to median fold beyond

the cell. Hindwings semihyaline, costally and terminally broadly

suffused with black.

Q. The coxae less white and the femora none at all ; abdomen

brown underneath from segment 4 to anus; wings more heavily

suffused with black.

Expanse ¢20 mm.,? 20 mm.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.)

420 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Closely allied to &. meisteri, Burm., but readily distin-

guished from it by the very narrow base of the wings and _

the absence of basal yellow spot.

Fam. ARCTIADAE.

Amaxia collaris, n. sp.

2. Palpi crimson-pink ; frons white, surrounded by fawn and

red scales; vertex light brown; antennae darker brown, terminal

third greyish white ; cheeks and pectus crimson-pink; fore femora

brown, striped with crimson-pink ; tegulae white, anteriorly edged

with crimson-pink ; thorax light brown shaded with pink ; a white

spot at base of patagia; underneath ochreous white ; abdomen

crimson-pink, ochreous beneath. Forewings greyish brown, irror-

ated with crimson on outer half; a basal white spot on costa,

followed by crimson ; a geminate, broken, crimsun antemedial line,

widening out at costa, the space between the lines pale yellow

forming two small spots between cell and vein 1 and a large trun-

cate triangular spot at costa; two small medial spots between cell

and vein 1; a postmedial line from inner margin to just above vein

2, enclosing yellow spots ; the ante- and post-medial lines joined on

inner margin by yellow ; a subterminal very irregular crimson-pink

line from just below vein 2 to apex, the space beyond to termen

pale yellow; terminal row of spots between the veins ; termen pale

yellow ; a large yellow patch on medial third of costa extending

nearly to vein 2; a minute dark grey spot at end of cell and two

beyond cell; a few crimson scales on subcostal at end of cell; two

confluent yellow subapical spots ; all the veins on the brown portion

of the wing and a streak at base of cell crimson-pink. Hindwings

rose-pink ; costa ochreous ; termen irregularly brown.

Expanse 37 mm.

Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, S.E. Brazil.

Castronia, gen. nov.

Proboscis fully developed ; palpi upturned, not reaching vertex of

head ; antennae bipectinate with branches long, slightly dilated at

extremities and ending in a bristle ; tibiae with spurs short. Fore-

wings: vein 3 close to angle of cell ; veins 4 and 5 from angle,

separate at base ; 6 and 7 from upper angle ; 10 and 11 from cell.

Hindwings: vein 3 from close to angle; 4 from angle; 5 from

well above [angle; 6 and 7 from upper angle; 8 from middle of

cell.

Type of genus, C. collaris.

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 421

Castronia collaris, n. sp.

¢@. Brownish black ; antennae, abdomen, and a streak on patagia

black ; back of head, tegulae and anal tuft golden brown. Fore-

wings semihyaline, the veins dark. Hindwings semihyaline suffused

with black, the margins lighter.

Expanse, 26-30 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Opharus paulina, n. sp.

@. Brownish black, Palpi with two orange spots ; head with

orange points before and behind antennae ; coxae orange and black ;

orange points on shoulders and patagia; tegulae suffused with

orange; thorax with posterior tufts of orange hairs; abdomen

orange, dorsally black, narrowing down to a thin line on last seg-

ment, segments 1-5 rough ; laterally black with series of sublateral

orange spots ; underneath brown. Forewings black brown ; a diffused

basal black line containing orange point at costa, a diffused ante-

medial line strongly excurved and containing orange points in cell,

on submedian fold and just above vein 1 ; medial area darker than

the rest of the wing; an indistinct subterminal line of diffused

black spots. Hindwings black brown, the basal half in and below

cell, and a spot beyond cell semibyaline.

Expanse 54 mm.

Hab. SAo Pavuto, 8.E. Brazil.

Antarclia uniformis, Nn. sp.

?. Body and wings light brown; antennae shaft white ; abdomen

dorsally brown, laterally yellow, anal segment white. Forewings

uniform light brown, the scales brown and the hairs light greyish

brown ; a dark discocellular spot; cilia brown. -Hindwings very

thinly scaled at base and medially, the margins more heavily

clothed ; veins darker ; cilia ochreous.

Expanse 45 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Differs from A. paula, Schaus, in the lateral yellow

stripe and white termination of abdomen.

Fam. NOCTUIDAE.

Sub-fam. HaDENINAE.

Chabuata nephroleuca, n. sp.

¢. Head, palpi, antennae and abdomen light reddish brown ;

tegulae and thorax dark purplish brown. Forewings brown, suffused

422 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

with darker purplish brown in and below cell ; basal line indistinct,

geminate ; antemedial indistinct, wavy, geminate, clearly marked

at costa; posimedial similar, the outer member represented by

black points on the veins ; a pale subterminal line from vein 2-7,

preceded by three wedge-shaped black spots between veins 4-7 ;

termen finely dark, cilia light ; orbicular light brown enclosed in

black ; reniform almost obliterated by large, grey, oblique discocel-

lular spot, preceded and followed by dark shade ; a light, triangular

apical spot. Hindwings uniform brown. Underneath: forewings

ochreous brown; postmedial line darker. Hindwings ochreous,

irrorated with brown; postmedial line darker; an indistinct

discocellar spot.

2 darker.

Expanse ¢ 33 mm., 2? 35 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Eriopyga velutina, n. sp.

¢d. Head, palpi and thorax purplish brown, the scales tipped with

grey ; pectus and legs red brown; tarsi ringed with ochreous ;

abdomen ochreous suffused with brown, except at base ; lateral and

anal tufts rufous ; underside red brown. Forewings glossy purplish

brown, suffused with greyish gloss; an indistinct subbasal line

from costa to vein 1 ; some ochreous hairs at base on inner margin ;

antemedial line oblique, wavy, dark brown, excurved below costa,

incurved in cell, strongly angled outwards below vein 1 ; outer half

of medial area dark brown; postmedial geminate, dark brown,

filled in with greyish, the inner member fine, diffused, the

outer broader, diffused, followed by dark shade to near sub-

terminal line which is dark brown, wavy, almost broken into spots

between the veins ; terminal line fine, crenulate; cilia greyish with

outer fine brown line. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and outer area

heavily suffused with brown ; cilia ochreous. Underside ochreous ;

forewings centrally suffused with brown, costa, apex and termen

suffused with pinkish brown ; hindwings, costa and apex suffused

with pinkish brown irrorated with fuscous.

Expanse, 38 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil,

Closely allied to #. mediorufa, Schaus, but readily dis-

tinguished from it by the difference in the antemedial

line.

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 423

Sub-fam, ACRONYCTINAE.

Trachea viridirena, 0. sp.

¢. Palpi light brown, a fuscous shade at side of second joint ; legs

reddish brown ; frons yellowish brown ; vertex of head, tegulae and

thorax light brown mixed with dark brown and grey ; patagia light

purplish brown with a black streak followed by purplish brown

fringe on inner side ; abdomen brown. Forewings purplish brown ;

a pale green streak at base of cell; a black streak above inner

margin from near base to antemedial line ; antemedial line gemin-

ate, straight from costa to median nervure, excurved to vein l,

where it is sharply angled inwards, then excurved to inner margin,

the inner member diffused brown, the outer black ; postmedial line

very wavy, excurved from costa to vein 5, where it is slightly angled

outwards, then slightly incurved to vein 3, excurved to submedian

fold and incurved to inner margin ; a subterminal line of indistinct

diffused dark spots, large and distinct below vein 2; claviform

black ; orbicular and reniform pale olive green suffused with brown

and slightly defined by black ; a dark medial shade through reni-

form to postmedial line; space between claviform and antemedial

and between orbicular and antemedial fuscous; an indistinct green

shade above vein 8 ; terminal line dark brown, whitish points at end

of veins ; cilia dark brown with lighter line at base. Hindwings

white thickly irrorated with brown on costal area, apex, veins and

termen. Underside white, suffused with ochreous on costal and

brown on terminal areas.

? similar, but hindwings darker and the underside more heavily

suffused with brown.

Expanse 29 mm.

Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Macapta lydia, n. sp.

¢. Palpi, legs and antennae brown ; pectus ochreous ; head red

brown ; tegulae red brown mixed with yellow posteriorly ; thorax

red brown mixed with yellow, a white dorsal spot at base ; abdomen

light brown with indistinct darker transverse bands; anal tuft

purplish. Forewings dull yellow thickly irrorated with red and

purplish brown ; a dark subbasal line; antemedial line diffused

purplish brown, wavy, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards in

cell, outwards on median nervure, inwards on vein 1, then strongly

excurved to inner margin, a yellow space follows the line across

median fold; postmedial broad, geminate, filled in with yellow

irrorated with red, excurved at vein 5, then incurved to inner

margin, the inner member diffused purplish brown, outer member

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) FF

42.4 Mr. KE. Dukinfield Jones on Mew Species of

strongly dentate, black, followed by some grey scales, the points of

the teeth forming subterminal line of black points on veins ; orbicu-

lar minute, white defined by dark brown ; reniform almost invisible ;

a pure white discocellular streak ; widening out at lower end: a

white spot on median nervure below orbicular and touching ante-

medial line ; terminal line dark brown, cilia reddish. Hindwings

ochreous suffused with purplish brown; a diffused, broad, dark

brown postmedial line; a lunular discocellular spot; the inner

and outer margins broadly suffused with dark brown. Underside

ochreous suffused with purplish brown ; a broad diffused brown

postmedial line ; fine lunular subterminal and fine terminal lines ;

a dark discocellular spot.

Expanse 27 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Sub-fam. ERASTRIANAE.

Cydosia hyva, n. sp.

. Black, suffused with dark glossy green; palpi with white

spot on second joint; some white on frons and a white spot on

vertex ; fore coxae and legs spotted with white ; large white spot on

tegulae ; five white spots on thorax; patagia shot with purple, a

coppery spot in centre, a few white scales in fringe ; abdomen with

three broad white bands beneath, anal tuft orange. Forewings :

three small white spots at base ; subbasal line represented by

coppery spot on costal area; three white spots between subbasal

and antemedial; antemedial line wavy, coppery suffused with

purple ; excurved on subcostal, incurved in cell, excurved below

cell, angled inwards on submedian fold ; a narrow diffused white

streak on medial part of costa ; a broad white streak on submedian

fold ; orbicular and reniform white, the latter distally excavated

and followed by minute white spot beyond cell; postmedial line

represented by coppery spot between veins 2 and 3 and followed by

white band from vein 3 to 8 and a minute white spot on submedian

fold; a broad coppery subterminal band, suffused with purple, very

oblique at costa, then parallel with termen to near tornus, where it

is slightly bent outwards ; the band is followed by a series of white

spots; cilia white, interrupted by black at tornus, below vein 2 and

at veins 5 and6. Hindwings: cilia black except at apex and above

veins 2 and 3, where they are white. Underside black suffused with

green ; a white discocellular spot on forewings and a minute apical

spot on hindwings.

Expanse 32 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 425

Sub-fam, DELTOIDINAE.

Stellidia juno, n. sp.

¢. Palpi ochreous and fuscous ; vertex of head ochreous ; an-

tennae shaft ochreous sprinkled with fuscous, the pectinations

fuscous; body fuscous. Forewings fuscous ; antemedial line wavy,

pale yellowish brown; postmedial pale yellowish brown, fine,

dentate, excurved from costa to vein 2, incurved on submedian fold,

followed by series of rather large indistinct lunular spots; a light

brown discocellular spot containing two fuscous spots; a curved

brown spot on costa immediately above ; four brown points on costa

before apex ; a terminal row of minute brown spots at ends of veins ;

cilia fuscous. Hindwings fuscous ; a fine, wavy, dentate postmedial

line, followed by diffused spots as in forewings ; a discocellular

spot containing two fuscous spots ; terminal row of minute spots at

ends of veins; cilia fuscous,

Expanse 32 mm.

Hab, Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro.

Stellidia estella, n. sp.

¢. Palpi dark fuscous brown, 3rd joint tipped with white ; legs

and frons dark brown; vertex brown with white band between

antennae and two white spots behind ; antennae ochreous speckled

with brown, fuscous at base; tegulae brown edged with ochreous

white; thorax brown irrorated with grey, a white dorsal spot on

pro- and metathorax ; abdomen light brown. Forewings dark

brown; a white spot at base of costa; two white spots below

median nervure ; antemedial line of white spots ; a white spot at

base of cell and one in middle of cell; a cluster of four spots

below origin of vein 2; two spots below origin of vein 3; two

spots in end of cell, a spot on costa immediately above ; white spots

on discocellulars and a cluster of three spots beyond ; a postmedial

line of white spots ; a subterminal line of white spots between the

veins, incurved above vein 5; cilia fuscous, with white spot at ends

of veins and submedian fold. Hindwings not so thickly scaled ;

indistinct postmedial and subterminal lines of white spots; cilia

as in forewings. Underside ochreous irrorated with brown ; post-

medial pale line strongly angled inwards on vein 5 and outwards

on vein 2; an indistinct pale terminal line.

Expanse 25 mm.

Hab. SA0 Pavto, S.E. Brazil.

Near S. nivosita, Schaus.

FF 2

426 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

Fam. NOTODONTIDAE.

Phedosia riachuela, n. sp.

Q. Palpi and legs dark brown; frons dark brown with posterior

white band; tuft on head, tegulae and thorax dark brown mixed

with ochreous; antennae light brown; abdomen brown. Fore-

wings brown ; subbasal line dark brown, geminate from costa to

median nervure, enclosing ochreous, forming dark shade in base of

cell and below median nervure, followed by white point on costa ;

antemedial line dark brown followed by white point on subcostal,

geminate from cell to inner margin, enclosing ochreous, with dis-

tinct spots on median nervure and vein 1; an indistinct, dark,

diffused postmedial line ; medial area from subcostal to vein 2 very

dark, containing two creamy white spots below subcostal, a small

one in cell distally excavated and forming streak below subcostal

almost to a second and larger spot beyond cell from subcostal to

cellular fold, with streak running to vein 8; a subterminal very

wavy line of dark lunules; terminal line fine, dark, interrupted

at veins; ochreous points on costa before apex; cilia brown.

Hindwings brown ; cilia lighter. Underside brown; forewings, an

indistinct subterminal row of dark spots ; ochreous points on costa

before apex ; cilia interrupted with ochreous at ends of veins in

both wings.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. CuriryBa, Parana, Brazil.

Poresta folwa, n. sp.

¢. Palpi reddish brown ; legs brown; frons ochreous ; tufts on

head pale stone green; tegulae brown mixed with ochreous and

tinged with green; thorax brown mixed with ochreous; patagia

pale stone green with posterior brown streak ; abdomen brown,

anal tuft greenish, underneath ochreous. Forewings ochreous suf-

fused with green and irrorated with black and brown; base black

with a few greenish hairs; antemedial line indistinct, broken into

spots below median nervure, angled outwards in cell, thence straight

and very oblique to inner margin, followed by dark shade from

inner margin to cell, in which it forms a fuscous patch; a post-

medial very dark shade from below vein 2 to near apex, very broad

from vein 2 to 5 where it is violently reduced in width to apex,

limited by very wavy line excurved on the veins; a subterminal

line of short black lunules, preceded by light green shade; terminal

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 427

line fine, dark, widening at ends of veins; three ochreous points

on costa near apex; cilia brown tinged with green. Hindwings

ochreous suffused with brown. Underside ochreous suffused with

reddish brown : forewings, terminal area greyish, broadly at apex

and narrowly at tornus.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.

Farigia curita, n. sp.

gd. Palpi ochreous grey, 2nd joint black above; legs ochreous

grey ; antennae shaft grey, pectinations brown ; frons grey irrorated

with brown ; thorax thickly clothed with ochreous grey and dark

brown hairs, ochreous beneath ; abdomen ochreous grey; the dorsal

tufts brown, ochreous beneath. Forewings creamy white thickly

irrorated with black and pale stone green; very indistinct basal

and antemedial lines ; a more definite geminate lunular postmedial

line, the lunules below veins 1 and 2 broadly black followed by

dark green shade; a black streak on submedian fold projecting

just beyond the lunule; the space enclosed by streak and _ post-

medial line dark green near base shading into grey at postmedial ;

a terminal line of oblique lunules. Hindwings ochreous ; the inner

margin clothed with light brown hairs. Underneath ochreous, the

costa of forewing suffused with brown.

Expanse 46 mm.

Hab, CurityBa, Parana, Brazil.

Symmerista corcova, n. sp.

Q. Palpi fawn-colour, whitish in front; head, tegulae, patagia

and thorax fawn-colour mottled with ochreous ; abdomen ochreous

thickly mottled with fawn-colour. Forewings ochreous thickly

mottled with red brown and suffused with lilacine ; an indistinct,

wavy, red brown, geminate subbasal line from costa to vein 1,

forming dark point below base of cell; a red brown geminate

antemedial line, the inner member being very dark, the outer

lighter, nearly straight from costa to submedian fold, angled

inwards on vein 1 where it encloses a whitish spot, preceded by

brown shade suffused with violaceous and followed by brown

shade, narrow at costa and broadening out in and below cell to

tornus; postmedial line red brown, geminate, strongly dentate,

enclosing light shade; some dark streaks between the veins on

medial area, forming a V-shaped mark at end of cell; a sub-

428 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

terminal row of dark red brown spots surrounded by lighter shade,

the spots large and heavy above veins 3, 6, and 7 ; terminal line

fine, red brown, preceded and followed by light shade between the

veins; outer half of wings suffused with lilacine gloss; cilia dark

brown with light shade at base. Hindwings ochreous suffused with

reddish brown, darkest on costal and terminal areas. Underside:

forewings ochreous centrally suffused with brown, costa and margins

lighter ; a well-defined brown terminal line ; hindwings lighter.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Corcovabo, Rio de Janeiro.

Heterocampa nigriplaga, un. sp.

d¢. Palpi ochreous and white, outwardly black; head ochreous

and white; antennae brown; tegulae ochreous and white tinged

with olivaceous ; thorax olivaceous and white; ends of patagia

dark brown; abdomen olivaceous and white. Forewings ochreous

irrorated with olivaceous brown and black; a black discocellular

spot ; a dark subbasal line, excurved on subcostal and forming black

spot below base of cell; antemedial line dark, geminate, slightly

excurved ; postmedial dark brown, geminate, sinuous, strongly

excurved beyond cell and incurved at veins 2-3, followed by

white spot on costa; a dark triangular shade on costa from post-

medial to apex, terminating on vein 4; two short black strigae

on the dark patch between veins 4 and 6; a subterminal series

of diffused olivaceous spots ; termen olivaceous interrupted at veins ;

cilia olivaceous and white interrupted by black and ochreous at

veins ; a large black patch at base from median nervure to vein 1;

the space between veins 3 and 4 thickly irrorated with olivaceous. °

Hindwings ochreous irrorated with brown on veins and at costal

and terminal areas ; a diffused light brown, geminate postmedial

line ; the hairs on inner margin suffused with reddish brown ; cilia

ochreous suffused with brown.

Expanse 38 mm.

Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.

Heterocampa viridiana, nu. sp.

d. Palpi olivaceous, laterally brown; legs, head and thorax

olive green, a black band round middle of fore- and mid-tibiae ;

abdomen brown. Forewings yellowish olive green; base light

brown; a wavy dark basal line; antemedial line wavy, black,

geminate, filled in with light brown, the inner member heavier

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 429

than the outer, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median

nervure and on vein 1; a diffused narrow dark shade between basal

and antemedial lines ; postmedial line very wavy, double on costa

and between veins 6 and 7, below vein 6 to inner margin single,

dentate, angled outwards on the veins, followed by light brown

shade ; a narrow dark medial shade; a subterminal double row of

black spots separated by grey between the veins, incurved from

apex to vein 3, then straight to above tornus; termen olive green ;

cilia olive green with black spots at ends of veins. Hindwings

ochreous, medially suffused with red, costally and terminally suf-

fused with olive green; a broad, suffused brown subterminal band.

Underside ochreous: forewings suffused with pale olive green on

costa and apex and red on cellular area.

?. Hindwings wholly suffused with red except the extreme

margin. Underside uniformly suffused with red.

Expanse ¢ 38 mm.; 9 47 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Rifargia wneurvata, n. sp.

¢. Palpi dark tawny, the 2nd joint tawny and white in front ;

head white and brown; antennae brown; tegulae and thorax

tawny and white; patagia anteriorly tawny, posteriorly tawny and

white with a dark streak; abdomen brown. Forewings white,

irrorated with black and light brown; base ochreous thickly

irrorated with black ; subbasal line black, geminate, nearly straight

from costa to inner margin; antemedial line fine, black, geminate,

the inner member barely visible except at costa, wavy, excurved

in cell, incurved below median nervure, excurved above vein 1

where it angles inwards, then strongly bent outwards and again

inwards to inner margin; a faint diffused light brown medial

shade ; postmedial line black, geminate, the inner member heavy

and distinct, the outer more diffused, evenly incurved from vein 7

to tornus, followed by reddish brown shade to subterminal line;

a terminal series of fine black strigae at right angles to the ends

of the veins from 1 to 4, then lunular to apex. Hindwings ochreous

suffused with brown; a dark fascia of hairs above inner margin.

Underside ; forewings white, suffused with reddish brown below

costa and at apex; hindwings suffused at costa and on inner

margin.

Expanse 47 mm.

Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro,

430 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

fifargia castrena, 0. sp.

Q. Palpi and frons dark grey ; vertex and back of head black ;

tegulae pale red brown with transverse black stripe ; thorax black

with anterior light ochreous dorsal spot, and two posterior spots ;

patagia black ; abdomen brown, the first segment dorsally black.

Forewings ochreous, heavily suffused with reddish brown and

fuscous ; a strongly excurved, dark, geminate antemedial line, the

outer member much stronger than the inner, excurved below costa,

strongly angled inwards on subcostal, excurved in cell, strongly

angled inwards on median nervure at origin of vein 2, excurved

below median and running horizontally to vein 1 near base where

it is inwardly and again outwardly angled before reaching inner

margin; basal area to antemedial line suffused with reddish brown ;

postmedial black, geminate, indistinct from costa to vein 4, well

defined below vein 4, enclosing light shade, incurved between the

veins ; a subterminal row of reddish brown lunular spots ; terminal

line black, well defined between veins 2-4, the rest somewhat

diffused ; cilia reddish brown at base, fuscous at tips; a red brown

space at end of cell, extending to postmedial from vein 4 to 6 ;

crossed by strong black discocellular streak joining double dark

medial shade on costa to very dark medial shade between veins 2

and 4; two black lunular spots preceding subterminal lunules

between veins 2 and 4; outer half of wing heavily suffused with

fuscous except below apex and at tornus; veins on terminal area

irrorated with black. Hindwings ochreous suffused with brown.

Underside; forewings fuscous brown with suffusion of ochreous

near apex : hindwings ochreous suffused and irrorated with fuscous

brown. ;

Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Lunotela bipunctata, n. sp.

¢. Palpi brown, whitish in front and dark brown behind ; frons

white ; vertex of head dark brown mixed with white; antennae

light brown, the shaft white; tegulae dark brown ; thorax ochreous

sprinkled with black; patagia white, a dark streak in centre ;

abdomen ochreous white, anal tuft light brown. Forewings ochreous

white, the basal area suffused with pale yellowish brown, a slightly

darker yellowish brown space beyond postmedial near apex;: a

white spot at base of subcostal ; a dark basal line from costa to

below median nervure ; antemedial line wavy, geminate, the inner

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazl. 431

member diffused light brown, the outer black ; a black streak on

submedian fold from antemedial towards base ; a line of four spots

in cell ; a triple postmedial line of black spots on the veins ; a dark

discocellular streak ; a fine brown subterminal line throwing off

internal spurs on veins 2 and 3, below vein 2 the line is preceded

and followed by small diffused black spot, on vein 5 preceded by

large black spot and followed by geminate spots above and below

vein, a large black spot before line at apex ; cilia ochreous white

with black spots between the veins. Hindwings ochreous, the veins,

costa and termen brown ; cilia ochreous white.

Expanse 34 mm.

Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.

Dylomia suavis, n. sp.

Q. Palpi, legs, head and antennae light yellowish brown ;

tegulae light yellowish brown with fawn-coloured fringe; thorax

darker brown ; abdomen reddish brown. Forewings light yellowish

brown ; extreme costa fawn-colour; antemedial line narrow, oblique,

slightly excurved, ending in a tuft of long scales on inner margin,

inwardly brown shading to light fawn-colour outwardly; post-

medial heavier than antemedial, nearly straight from near apex,

approximating to antemedial and ending in a tuft of short scales on

inner margin, inwardly pale fawn-colour, outwardly brown ; an in-

distinct subterminal row of diffused lunular dark spots ; terminal

and apical areas slightly suffused with ‘darker shade; two disco-

cellular dark spots, joined by fine line and surrounded by fawn-

coloured scales ; cilia reddish brown, very heavy on inner margin.

Hindwings slightly iridescent, ochreous, suffused with yellowish.

Underside ochreous suffused with yellowish fawn-colour, heavier on

costal and terminal areas.

Expanse 31 mm.

Hab. Sio PAvLo, S.E. Brazil.

Fam. GEOMETRIDAE.

Azelina flora, n. sp.

¢. Body uniform grey; legs speckled with fuscous ; hind tibiae

with a central band of black; an ochreous dorsal thoracic crest ;

patagia with some scattered fuscous scales posteriorly. Forewings

lilacine grey, slightly irrorated with fuscous ; a dark antemedial line

from median nervure to inner margin ; a dark, oblique curved fascia

from one third on costa to cell, shading to buff at discocellulars ; a

432 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

round black discocellular spot suffused with lilacine ; postmedial

line very wavy, reddish brown, excurved between the veins, pre-

ceded by buff beyond the cell; on medial area the veins are buff

speckled with brown and there is a buff patch between vein 1 and

inner margin crossed by dark strigulae; an indistinct buff sub-

terminal fascia from vein 3 to 6; a subterminal series of minute

white points above veins 3 to 6; cilia buff suffused with brown.

Hindwings pale ochreous grey, irrorated with fuscous, especially

between vein 1 and inner margin; an indistinct, geminate post-

medial line with some buff scales at inner margin ; a diffused, dark

discocellular spot ; terminal area suffused with fuscous ; cilia grey.

Underside greyish white irrorated with fuscous; forewings with a

brown postmedial line, well defined from costa to vein 4; medial

area from vein 2 to 4 suffused with fuscous ; a diffused black dis-

cocellular spot ; hindwings with interrupted postmedial line and

black discocellular spot.

Expanse 38 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Herbita pacondiaria, n. sp.

¢. This species is very close to H. capnodiata, Gn., but differs

from that species in the absence of black surrounding the grey dis-

cocellular spot on the forewings and in the costal apical spots on the

underside being white instead of black. The differences being so

slight led to examination ef the male ancillary appendages, which

at once separated the species, the juxta in capnodiata being V-shaped,

while in the present species the arms are vertical and parallel, with

pointed spatulate ends.

Expanse 48 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Fam. COSSIDAE.

Langsdorfia tessellata, n. sp.

¢. Palpi reddish brown; legs ochreous, barred with reddish

brown ; tegulae light brown; thorax ochreous; patagia ochreous

with transverse brown bars; abdomen brownish ochreous, dorsally

brown. Forewings light brown, pale, covered with dark purplish

brown spots surrounded by ochreous white, the spots on costal area

and in cell small and very dark, a group of large spots beyond cell

between veins 4 and 6, two of them confluent above vein 5 ; termen

brown ; cilia light brown. Hindwings ochreous, traces of indistinct

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 433

spots between the veins. Underside ochreous: forewings indis-

tinctly as on upperside ; hindwings the spots well defined on costa

above vein 8 and more distinct than on upperside on rest of wing.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Fam. LASIOCAMPIDAE.

Echedorus medialis, n. sp.

Q. Palpi brown ; legs, head and antennae reddish brown ; tegu-

lae and patagia ferruginous; abdomen brown, dorsally ferruginous :

the terminal tuft of down black with longitudinal white stripes.

Forewings light brown; a darker antemedial line angled out-

wards on the veins, followed by light shade ; an indistinct dark

subterminal line; termen crenulate, pale; cilia dark brown, in-

terrupted at veins ; medial area suffused with dark brown, centrally

thinly sealed, black, a central light space on costal area ; apex black

above vein 8. Hindwings dark brown ; a diffused fuscous medial

shade, followed by grey ; termen grey ; cilia brown.

Expanse 63 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Titya suffusa, n. sp.

¢. Palpi and legs dark brown ; head, thorax and abdomen dark

grey, suffused with brown. Forewings dark grey; basal third

lightly and terminal third heavily suffused with brown; a broad

somewhat diffused dark brown postmedial band angled outwards

below costa; indistinct, wavy, dark subterminal shade and dark

discocellular spot; cilia dark brown. Hindwings brown; base

grey ; cilia dark brown.

Expanse 58 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Titya serralta, n. sp.

?. Brownish grey. Antennae dark brown ; legs fuscous; anal

segment of abdomen golden brown. Forewings brownish grey; a

rather broad light grey antemedial line ; a dark discocellular spot ;

postmedial line light grey, narrow, wavy, broader at costa, excurved

at vein 8, incurved on cellular fold, excurved below vein 4, in-

curved above vein 2; a diffused light grey, wavy subterminal line;

434 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

termen dark grey; cilia dark brown. Hindwings dark brownish

grey : an indistinct pale medial band ; a pale subterminal band ;

termen and cilia dark brown.

Expanse 64 mm.

Hab. ALTO DA SERRA, Santos, Brazil.

Near 7. undulosa, Walker, but differs from it in the

colour of legs, antennae and the anal segment of the

abdomen, the position and form of the postmedial line, and

in the absence of the dark shades following the antemedial

and preceding the postmedial lines.

Titya castralia, n. sp.

d. Body very dark purplish brown ; a few whitish hairs mixed

with the dark brown on frons and patagia ; antennae tawny. Fore-

wings thinly scaled, black, suffused with tawny shade darker at

costa ; a trace of a pale antemedial line at costa and in cell ; post-

medial line wavy, whitish, straight from costa to vein 6, where it

curves inwards to vein 4, outwards below 4 and inwards on vein 2 ;

a diffused black discocellular spot ; avery slight indication of a sub-

terminal light shade; termen dark interrupted at the ends of the

veins by whitish points; cilia dark. Hindwings: a slight indica-

tion of lighter postmedial band; a dark diffused discocellular spot.

Underside paler than upper ; costal area and cell of forewings very

dark ; hindwings darker on basal half ; a diffused dark discocellular

spot ; a pale postmedial band.

@. Body and wings pale greyish brown; legs and palpi much

darker ; antennae tawny ; head, tegulae and base of abdomen slightly

darker ; anal segment very dark purplish brown, almost black.

Forewings, basal and medial areas light grey; a slightly excurved,

diffused dark antemedial line; a large black discocellular spot ; post-

medial line wavy, diffused, dark, the curves as in male, followed by

about the same width of grey and a rather obscure dark shade, more

distinct towards apex ; terminal area greyish brown; cilia dark

brown. Hindwings with indication of darker ante- and postmedial

bands.

Expanse ¢ 39 mm., 2 62 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Sphinta schausiana, n. sp.

¢. Palpi and pectus dark brown; legs ochreous grey; frons

ochreous ; vertex grey ; antennae ochreous ; tegulae grey, suffused

with brown posteriorly ; patagia grey suffused with brown ; a black

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 435

dorsal stripe from back of head to base of abdomen ; abdomen dark

brown, base black, anal tuft grey ; beneath ochreous. Forewings

white, the veins brown; costal area and cell dark brown thickly

clothed with greenish grey hairs and scales ; a diffused dark brown

streak below median nervure from vein 1 to vein 4, and below this

three elongate dark brown lunules below veins 2, 3, and 4; a

diffused dark streak between veins 5 and 6 and three dark sub-

terminal spots below apex ; termen ochreous white; cilia dark brown.

Hindwings white suffused with pale brown on costa and inner

margin; a diffused brown spot at tornus; cilia white.

Expanse 43 mm.

_ Hab. CurityBa, Parana, Brazil.

Fam. PEROPHORIDAE.

Perophora albescens, n. sp.

¢. Head, palpi and antennae ochreous; legs ochreous irrorated

with black ; a white tuft at base of antennae; tegulae white with

some ochreous and a few scattered black scales, thorax white suffused

with ochreous and irrorated with black ; abdomen dorsally white

suffused with ochreous and irrorated with black ; dark dorsal tufts

on segments 4,5 and 6; ventrally ochreous and white. Forewings

white, sparsely irrorated with black ; costa ochreous; a diffused

ochreous, wavy antemedial line, more distinct from vein 2 to inner

margin ; an irregular diffused postmedial line, ochreous from inner

margin to just below vein 3, then reddish brown to costa, a projection

at veins 7 and 8; preceded by ochreous suffusion which fills the

medial area below vein 2, with the exception of triangular space

between origin of vein 2 and antemedial line; terminal area suffused

with ochreo-fuscous with the exception of narrow line following post-

medial ; a darker Junular patch beyond postmedial from veins 3 to5 ;

a fuscous patch on costa close to apex ; discocellular ochreous ;

cilia ochreous white. Hindwings white, outwardly suffused with

ochreous and irrorated with black ; a very indistinct diffused

ochreous antemedial line, heavily suffused with reddish brown at

inner margin and at veins 3 and 4. Underside ochreous white

irrorated with black: postmedial line on both wings distinct ;

terminal area paler.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. SA0 Pauto, S.E. Brazil.

436 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

Perophora fenestrata, n. sp.

6. Palpi brown; legs light ochreous brown sprinkled with —

black, fore tibiae pinkish ; frons and tegulae creamy pink ; antennae

ochreous ; thorax and abdomen pale brown sprinkled with black

scales and slightly tinged with pinkish. Forewings light brown,

slightly irrorated with black and suffused with a pink shade ; costa

tawny ; a diffused, indistinct, double, dark medial shade from costa

through end of cell to inner margin ; trace of postmedial dark shade,

forming diffused spot above vein 8; a dark discocellular bar, followed

by minute hyaline spots above and below vein 5; a small pink sub-

terminal suffusion between veins 6 and 8 ; cilia dark brown. Hind-

wings similar to the forewings, but the medial dark shade is beyond

the cell and becomesa single line from vein 2 to inner margin ; dark

discocellular bar and hyaline spots larger than on the forewing.

Underside : forewings light brown suffused with pink and irrorated

with black ; veins, cell and subapical patch heavily suffused with

red; a narrow, dark brown, diffused postmedial shade; dark disco-

cellular bar; hindwings with the red suffusion on the veins only;

dark postmedial shade and dark discocellular bar.

Expanse 46 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Perophora jaruga, n. sp.

¢d. Palpi red-brown shaded with fuscous; frons and antennae

yellowish brown ; tegulae centrally paler ; anal tuft fuscous at tip.

Forewings : a very indistinct fuscous antemedial line well defined,

black, oblique from costa to vein 7, thence nearly straight to middle

of inner margin, followed by narrow light shade and broad, black

suffusion forming large triangular space at tornus from inner margin

to vein 4 crossed by pale band from inner margin to vein 3, straight

from vein 4 to near termen on vein 8, above vein 8 reaching apex ;

a pale discocellular bar, slightly defined by fuscous ; termen pale ;

cilia dark. Hindwings;: a black medial band and obscure sub-

terminal shade. Both wings and abdomen are sparsely sprinkled

with white scales tipped with black.

Expanse 60 mm.

Hab. GuarusA, Santos, S.E. Brazil.

Fam. MEGALOPYGIDAE.

Megalopyge nivosa, n. sp.

¢. Frons, pectus and inner side of fore and middle femora and

tibiae dark brown; outer side white; hindlegs brown; all tarsi

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 437

brown; antennae ochreous, shaft white; vertex of head white ;

tegulae dark brown; thorax brown ; a large white spot on front

of patagia, some white subdorsal hairs on metathorax ; abdomen

brown, underside ochreous and brown. Forewings white ; base of

costa, veins and medial area below median nervure brown ; terminal

area suffused with brown; a group of dark brown spots at base ;

two dark brown streaks in cell ; a brown fascia on median ner-

vure, broadening at end of cell from vein 3 to 5; a triangular dark

brown spot on discocellulars ; a small brown mark at origin of vein 8 ;

a diffused brown terminal line ; cilia brown. Hindwings ochreous ;

veins and hairs on inner area brown. Underside ochreous white,

suffused with brown on costal area ; veins brown.

Expanse 36 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Near M. albicollis, Walker.

Megalopyge lanocrispa, n. sp.

d. Frons and pectus dark brown ; tarsi fuscous brown banded

with ochreous ; vertex of head ochreous ; back of head light brown ;

antennae dark ochreous ; tegulae ochreous in front, brown behind ;

thorax ochreous and light brown ; abdomen light brown. Fore-

wings ochreous white; costa and inner margin ochreous ; veins light

brown ; a diffused dark discocellular spot ; a postmedial brown band

followed by lighter shade, excurved from vein 9 to vein 2, where it

is slightly bent outwards and straight to vein 1b; five wavy black

fasciae from base, one on subcostal nervure, two in cell, the lower

one reaching to above origin of vein 2, one slightly shorter just

below median nervure and one above 1b; a short dark streak at

each side of veins on terminal area: a brown terminal line, broken

at the veins ; cilia similar. Hindwings ochreous ; veins and inner

area suffused with yellowish brown. Underside ochreous ; fore-

wings, costa and veins suffused with brown; hindwings, basal half

and veins suffused with brown.

Expanse 40 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Allied to MZ. fieldia, Schaus.

Edibessa ferugina, n. sp.

g. Head and body bright orange tawny ; frons and antennae dark

fuscous ; a pinkish white dorsal spot on prothorax ; patagia inwardly

fringed with pinkish white ; two pinkish white spots merging into

patagia. Forewings fuscous ; base pinkish white followed by suffused

band of orange rapidly fading into fuscous; costal area orange at

438 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species

base, shading to yellowish grey at apex ; an orange fascia through

lower half of cell, extending to apex, diffused beyond cell; a dark

space on terminal area below apex ; termen narrowly dark cream-

colour from near tornus to vein 5; inner margin suffused with

orange; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Hindwings

fuscous ; base rose pink ; inner half of wing, costa and inner margin

orange ; cilia cream-colour suffused with fuscous. Underside: fore-

wings the same as upper, excepting that the fascia in the cell does

not extend beyond it; the base of both wings rose pink.

?. The colours are paler and there is no fuscous on frons.

Expanse, ¢ 37 mm, 2? 50 mm.

Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.

Edibessa placida, n. sp.

¢. Head, pectus and thorax dull orange ; frons heavily suffused

with fuscous ; legs fuscous, the tarsi white at extremities of joints ;

antennae dark fuscous ; tegulae and patagia fringed with pinkish

white ; two large black subdorsal spots on metathorax ; abdomen

dark fuscous. Forewings light fuscous ; base pinkish white followed

by suffused fuscous shade, more defined at base of cell ; costa dark

fuscous at base fading to pale fuscous at apex ; subcostal area creamy

white ; termen narrowly creamy white from tornus to vein 5; cilia

creamy white, suffused with fuscous below apex. Hindwings pale

fuscous; costal area creamy. Underside the same as upper, except

that the costa of forewing is creamy.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Corcovano, Rio de Janeiro.

LEdibessa rufa, n. sp.

3. Body bright brick red ; frons brick red ; vertex of head red

brown ; antennae brown, shaft dark ; tegulae red brown tinged with

brick red anteriorly ; thorax red brown ; abdomen bright brick red,

anal tuft brown. Forewings.red brown thinly scaled ; a postmedial

diffused fuscous band, broad beyond cell, more defined and broken

into three spots near inner margin ; ciliafuscous. Hindwings bright

brick red. Underside uniform brick red.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. SAo Pauto, S.E. Brazil.

Edibessa vubrivena, n. sp.

2. Head, pectus and legs bright red; tarsi fuscous; antennae

fuscous ; thorax light brown with two anterior tufts of red ; patagia

light brown, outwardly red ; abdomen bright red; anal segment

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-Hast Brazil. 439

light greyish brown. Forewings light brown, thinly scaled ; costa

and veins, with the exception of subcostal nervure and submedian

veins, red ; cilia red; a postmedial row of fuscous spots angled

outwards beyond cell between veins 4 and 5, thence incurved to

middle of inner margin. Hindwings rose pink ; cilia red. Under-

side uniform red.

Expanse 30 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Possibly this may be the female of the preceding species.

Norape undulata, n. sp.

¢. Pure white ; frons, pectus and upper side of forelegs fuscous ;

antennae shaft white, pectinations buff; abdomen indistinctly

banded with buff. Forewings: basal third of costa fuscous; a

geminate fuscous spot in end of cell ; a subterminal row of fuscous

spots above veins 2-5 ; an antemedial bar of raised scales from cell

to inner margin ; a similar medial bar and postmedial band, the

latter reaching indistinctly to costa. Hindwings pure white.

?. Antennae white with the pectinations slightly ochreous ;

abdomen more distinctly banded than in male. Forewings: costa

entirely white ; the fuscous spots as in male but much fainter.

Expanse ¢ 27 mm., 2 33 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Fam. LIMACODIDAE.

Asbolia chica, n. sp.

3. Pale yellowish brown ; palpi, fore tibiae, antennae and patagia

tawny. Forewings tawny, slightly suffused with grey on costa; a

whitish line from base below median nervure to apex, where it is

joined by a similar subterminal line ; a dark shade above the white

from base to origin of vein 2; just before vein 2 the white line

throws off a spur towards tornus ; beyond the spur the space between

the white lines is fuscous, from base to spur tawny ; on costal area

at apex a patch of reddish tawny, diffused on inner side; cilia

tawny. Hindwings ochreous; a fine tawny terminal line; cilia

ochreous yellow.

Expanse 31 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

This species is very close to A. cicur, Schaus ; but differs

from it in the more definite fuscous shade between the

white lines and in the form of the scales on costal area,

which are broad and lustrous in A. cicur and dull and

hair-like in this species.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaRT II. (OCT.) GG

4.40 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

Fam. PYRALIDAE.

Sub-fam. CHRYSAUGINAE.

Chrysauge aurantia, n. sp.

Palpi black ; frons brown in front and black behind ; Jegs and

antennae dark brown ; tegulae black with anterior line of orange ;

thorax and abdomen black ; wings black. Forewings with broad

orange band from costa near base, following above vein 1 to tornus,

where it is violently curved backwards to meet costa at two-thirds

from base. Hindwings with broad orange space from base, including

lower half of cell. Underside the same as upper.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Acrodegmia gigantalis, n. sp.

Q. Palpi, legs and abdomen dark brown; head, thorax and

antennae a lighter shade. Forewings light yellowish brown ; ante-

medial line geminate, diffused, ferruginous, enclosing lighter shade,

oblique across cell, angled outwards on median nervure, slightly

incurved to vein 1, scarcely visible on costa and inner margin, pre-

ceded by broadly diffused ferruginous ; postmedial line similar to

antemedial, outwardly oblique from costa to vein 8, strongly excurved

to vein 2, then incurved to inner margin, followed by ferruginous

shade fading to yellowish brown at termen ; a rufous fascia on inner

margin from near base to a little beyondpostmedial ; cilia rufous.

Hindwings brown with diffused darker medial shade. Underside

brown ; a fuscous patch at costa beyond cell of forewings ; a diffused,

geininate postmedial line, the inner member broad and the outer

narrow.

Expanse 76 mm.

Hab. Sko Pavio, S.E. Brazil.

The type is somewhat faded, being originally inclined

to olivaceous on the forewings.

Hurypta flammalis, n. sp.

¢. Palpi, legs and antennae dark brown ; head, thorax and abdo-

men black. Forewings bright orange, the base, costa, apex and

termen black ; a narrow black fascia from below middle of cell to

tornus. Hindwings black.

Expanse 18 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 441

Tosale lugubris, n. sp.

2. Head, thorax and abdomen brown. Forewings greyish brown

suffused and irrorated with dark brown ; base greyish brown ; ante-

medial line dark brown, geminate, strongly excurved, filled in with

greyish brown ; the outer half of inner area thickly irrorated with

dark brown ; postmedial diffused, dark brown, followed by ochreous,

strongly excurved from costa to vein 2, where it bends violently

outwards to tornus, forming acute angle on vein 2, the ochreous line

broken into dots on veins 2-6 ; outer half of medial and inner half

of terminal areas olivaceous with slight metallic sheen ; an indistinct

subterminal row of dark points; cilia dark brown Hindwings

brown ; an indistinct ochreous postmedial line, more defined from

vein 2 totornus. Underside brown; an indistinct, diffused, geminate

postmedial line filled in with ochreous.

Expanse 23 mm.

Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.

Axamora pyrochroma, n. sp.

2. Head, palpi, legs and thorax purplish brown; abdomen

brown. Forewings rich chestnut brown, veins and lines dark purple

brown ; base purplish brown ; antemedial line dark purplish brown

followed by pure white line broadening out to white spot on costa;

postmedial line incurved from costa to vein 7, then strongly excurved

to vein 4 from which it runs straight to inner margin ; a triangular

white spot on costa beyond postmedial ; an indistinct, broken sub-

terminal line, more distinct from veins 4—7 ; a dark terminal line ;

a dark medial shade suffused with purplish white in and below cell

to near inner margin ; cilia dark purplish brown, pale at base, a few

white scales at apex and below vein 2. Hindwings golden yellow

suffused with brown on costal and apical areas; very indistinct

postmedial and subterminal lines; terminal line brown, cilia paler

than in forewings.

Expanse 22 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Sub-fam. EpIPpASCHIANAE.

Stericta basalis, n. sp.

?. Proboscis, fore and middle femora and tibiae and head pale

reddish brown mixed with ochreous; palpi pale reddish brown,

2nd joint ochreous in front, 3rd joint black ; antennae grey ; tegulae

GG 2

442 Mr. E. Dukinfield Jones on New Species of

pale reddish brown; thorax black with some ochreous scales;

patagia ochreous ; abdomen ochreous irrorated with black, anal tuft

black ; underneath, 1st segment white. Forewings ochreous white

jrrorated with black ; basal third pale reddish brown, heavily

shaded with black on inner margin and before antemedial line;

antemedial line black, geminate, enclosing white band, inner member

heavy, outer finer and diffused, angled inwards on vein 1; an indis-

tinct diffused black medial shade, the medial area being lighter

within and darker beyond the shade; subterminal line black,

dentate, followed by ochreous white, oblique from costa to vein 4,

then bent inwards to vein 2 and outwards to inner margin ; termen

black ; cilia ochreous, suffused with brown, a dark brown band near

base. Hindwings ochreous ; veins, costa, apex and termen suffused

with brown; cilia ochreous with brown band.

Expanse 26 mm,

Hab, Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Deuterollyta francesca, n. sp.

¢. Antennal processes black ; palpi 1st joint white, 2nd joint

white with a few tawny scales at base and black at end, 3rd joint

black with minute white tip; pectus white ; fore-femora olivaceous

with white at base and extremity ; tarsi fuscous ringed with white ;

mid- and hind-femora white with olivaceous patch on outer side ;

head ochreous white ; thorax ochreous with some black dorsal scales ;

abdomen ochreous anteriorly irrorated with brown, some black

scales underneath. Forewings ochreous; costa, base and medial

area from costa to a little beyond median nervure pale olive green ;

a white point at base of costa ; a white band from one-third on costa

crossing cell and fusing with white streak above median nervure ; a

patch of raised white scales below cell ; beyond this a smaller white

patch crossed by black striga; a white fascia from middle of costa

to near apex, crossed by olive green band near the end; the olive

green and white space surrounded by black irroration, narrow from

base to vein 3, where it broadens out to subterminal line as far as

vein 7; from above vein 7 to apex black; terminal area from 7 to 4

white, from 4 to tornus ochreous slightly tinged with green ; a tri-

angular black point at lower angle of discocellulars ; termen black,

broken at veins ; cilia white. Hindwings iridescent white, some

fuscous irroration at apex.

Expanse 23 mm.

Hab. Castro, Paranda, Brazil.

Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil. 443

Macalla sinwalis, n. sp.

¢. Proboscis, palpi, fore-femora and head fawn-colour with some

white scales intermixed ; fore- and middle-tibiae fawn with black

band round middle ; antennae dark brown, a few whitish scales on

the shaft ; antennal processes fawn-colour with some white and a

few black scales, the middle portion of brush very dark grey ;

tegulae fawn with some black scales; thorax ochreous and fawn,

two large black subdorsal, posterior spots; patagia fawn, white and

very dark grey ; abdomen ochreous, two large black subdorsal

spots on Ist segment; a dorsal and two lateral black spots on 2nd

segment, the remainder heavily suffused and irrorated with black

and a few fawn scales, underneath ochreous. Forewings creamy

white, suffused and irrorated with fawn and black; base black,

followed by fawn irrorated with black; a black triangular patch

before antemedial line below median nervure; antemedial line black,

sinuous, angled outwards on subcostal, inwards below median nervure,

followed by white below median nervure; postmedial black, in-

curved below costa, excurved on veins 4-5, incurved on vein 2

followed by white below costa ; medialearea centrally suffused with

bright fawn-colour, a few black irrorations on costa, beyond and

below cell, and an inner margin; a round black discocellular spot ;

terminal area suffused with fawn and irrorated with black ; a heavy

dark shade before apex from costa to below vein 5, a smaller dark

shade below veins 2 and 3; a terminal row of dark spots between

the veins; cilia ochreous interrupted by dark points at veins.

Hindwings opalescent, creamy white ; apex broadly black ; small

fuscous spots at tornus and at end of vein 2.

Expanse 34 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

Macalla regalis, n. sp.

¢. Proboscis, palpi, pectus and femora reddish brown; tibiae

dark brown mixed with whitish ; tarsi fuscous ringed with ochreous,

antennae grey ; antennal processes reddish brown, the base of the

brush with long fuscous scales, top of brush reddish brown; head,

tegulae and abdomen reddish brown mixed with ochreous ; thorax

anteriorly ochreous, posteriorly fuscous ; patagia reddish brown and

fuscous ; abdomen ventrally ochreous, anal tuft light brown tipped

with fuscous.. Forewings white ; basal third reddish brown heavily

suffused and irrorated with black ; terminal third suffused with

reddish brown, a very dark circular patch below apex : antemedial

line black, sinuous, excurved on subcostal, incurved below median

444 Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-East Brazil.

nervure, angled outwards on vein 1, followed by white ; postmedial

brown, wavy, wide at costa, excurved at veins 5-3; a patch of

raised white scales on discocellulars, with a few black scales on

median nervure ; medial area centrally lightly suffused with light

brown, costa and subcostal irrorated with dark brown, the other

veins with light brown ; a terminal line of brown spots between the

veins ; cilia ochreous with central dark line, red-brown at tornus

and dark brown at apex, outwardly brown opposite the veins.

Hindwings white, the margins dark fuscous, broad at apex, narrow

at tornus and inner margin ; cilia fuscous with dark central line.

Underside : forewings, base black ; medial area white; terminal

area black; a black discocellular streak ; hindwings, base of costal

area black, medial costal area ochreous irrorated with fuscous; ter-

minal area black, wide ateapex, narrow at tornus; a short black

streak on upper portion of discocellulars.

Expanse 35 mm.

Hab. Castro, Parana, Brazil.

( 445)

IX. The study of mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by

temperature experiments on two ‘Tropical butter-

flies. By Lizur.-CoLoneut N. MANDERS, R.A.M.C.,

F.Z.S., FES.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

PiaTe XLI:

THESE experiments were undertaken when I was becom-

ing impressed with the conviction that Natural Selection

was not the prime factor in causing those remarkable

resemblances among certain tropical butterflies which are

usually classed as instances of Batesian or Miillerian

mimicry.

They are not so numerous as I could wish, but as I am

unlikely to be able to continue them, I bring them forward

as they may be of assistance to others in future work in

what I believe to be a fruitful field.

The insects dealt with form the best known case of

mimicry among butterflies; the classical example of

Batesian mimicry, viz. Danais chrysippus (model), and

its two forms dorippus and alcippus, and Hypolimnas

misippus (mimic) with its trimorphic female resembling

D. chrysippus, dorippus, and alcippus respectively.

I have chosen these two butterflies as they are almost

universally known to entomologists; they are not subject

in any way to seasonal dimorphism; and they were com-

mon at Colombo where these experiments were carried

out. The material of these experiments has been pre-

sented to the Hope Department of the Oxford University

Museum, where it will be accessible to all naturalists.

It will be as well to devote a few words to the life-

history of these butterflies as I have observed them in

Ceylon.

Danais chrysippus.

Though the natural enemies of the perfect insect are

few in number it is by no means exempt from destruction

in its earlier stages. It is difficult to estimate the pressure

of enemies during the egg stage, but I believe there is a

gradual decrease “of mortality “from egg to imago in all

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IL. (ocr.)

446 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by

butterflies—from birth to maturity—thus following the

general law among living beings.

The parasitic Hymenopteron Zvichogramma evanescens is

excessively common, and large numbers of eggs are found

parasitised. Ants destroy them largely, more especially

when fresh laid, and from these two causes alone I am

inclined to consider that the damage to the chrysippus

population is greater than in the succeeding stage. The

larva which, on account of its striking appearance, is fre-

quently selected as an example of aposematic or warning

coloration, has at least two parasites; a Tachinid and a

species of ichneumon (Apanteles ?), both these are very

common. ‘They are preyed on also by a small green

spider and ants, but these latter do not readily molest

them unless they have been previously injured. The

larvae themselves are addicted to cannibalism if over-

crowded or there is a deficiency of food. In its early

stages it secretes itself beneath the leaves of its most

usual food-plant, Calotropis gigantea, eating out circular

holes which readily disclose its proximity. Whether it

occupies the under surface for concealment or because

this is more easily masticated is uncertain, probably both

factors combine; when half-grown and thence onwards it

feeds exposed, and is then a conspicuous object when on

the leaves, but it matches well with the purplish-green

flowers on which it readily feeds. As a pupa it has fewer

foes, though undoubtedly immediately after the larval skin

has been cast and before it hardens it is liable to be

attacked by ants and also by larvae of its own species;

but otherwise it is apparently immune. It is dichroic,

some being pale apple-green, the colour of the leaves, and

others pale pink. The colour is not wholly susceptible to

its environment as it is not unusual to find a pink pupa

conspicuously suspended beneath a green leaf of the food-

plant. The perfect insect has few enemies, as far as my

own observations extend; lizards of the genus Calotes

prey upon them, as they do upon any species of butterfly,

and they are liable to be eaten by birds when injured.

It is one of the most widely distributed tropical butter-

flies and has two well-marked forms: D. dorippus, in which

the white subapical band and black apex are replaced by

the same red colour as the rest of the wing, and D. alcippus

with its sub-form aleippoides in which the hindwing is

more or less white.

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 447

Inspection of this series brings out the following poimts—

First.—The crippled condition of many of the specimens.

This is due no doubt to the weakening effects of the

abnormal conditions to which the pupae were subjected ;

the mortality varied from one in four to over fifty per cent.

Secondly.—The large number with more or less red on

the apex of the forewing, which is normally black. No

selection of any kind has been made, all the specimens

bred, whether normal or otherwise, are represented.

Thirdly—The marked increase of red in those treated

with excessive dry heat. The 29s, as in all cases, are more

affected than the ffs.

Fourthly.—The conspicuous red apex of two specimens

treated with dry heat at 90° F., a temperature common at

Colombo, where, however, the atmosphere is humid.

Fifthly.—The slight but still perceptible red on one

specimen treated with dry cold.

It is probable that if as great a shock could be produced

by cold as by heat the same changes would occur, show-

ing that such are due to internal conditions rather than

external causes. There is no approach, except very slightly

in two specimens, to the form alcippordes, it is all towards

dorippus. Two females (No. 26, No. 28) which were sub-

jected to moist heat show an inclination to the deep dull

red which is so characteristic of the species in the hot,

damp climate of Sumatra and Java.

Comparing these butterflies with a large representa-

tive collection, such as the National Collection at South

Kensington, one is at once struck with the almost total

absence in the latter of specimens which I may call inter-

mediate, that is, between the type chrysippus and the form

dorippus. In the very large series at South Kensington I

could only find two or three, though the breadth of the

white subapical bar and the number and size of the white

spots on the forewing is greater than in my series, and in

China they are developed to such an extent as to form a

well-marked local race named by Moore Danais bowringii.

Out of the hundreds of Ceylon specimens that have passed

through my hands, I have only seen one that has any red

scaling on the apex, and this one I captured myself at

Colombo after a long drought. Professor Poulton writes,

“This variety (dorippus) is sharply cut off from the type

form. Although faint traces of a former white bar can be

made out in dorippus, I have never seen, among thousands

448 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by

of individuals, the material out of which a good transitional

series between it and chrysippus could be constructed”

(“Essays on Evolution,” p. 70).

As to the factor which produced these intermediates,

Professor Poulton, in a letter to me, writes, “The species

(chrysippus) has a double constitution A and B, developed

from internal causes (viz. within itself, and hereditary),

but they are not so far crystallised out but what some

effect in the direction of A or B may be produced by

external causes; but not apparently the whole effect—at

least so far as you have gone.” And again, “I do not

change my view that the ultimate cause is internal and

not external. That the internal condition can be modified

to some extent your experiments certainly seem to show;

although you do not produce the full dorippus effect, what-

ever you do. The full dorippus form is a dominant one

on Kilimanjaro, with all its mountain moisture, showing,

I think, that it is not heat and dryness that produce it.

The same conclusion is supported by the fact that dorippus

is extremely rare south of the Zambesi, although there are

vast tracts of land that are dry, hot, and desert, for a large

part of the year. Hence, although the germ-plasm seems

certainly alterable by heat, that does not seem to be the

way that usually works in nature. It may be so in the

desert area of Ceylon, accounting for the isolated indi-

viduals that occur there of dorippus. Inaria is even more

clearly independent of climatic causes, for its proportion

is considerable all over Africa; yet the climate varies

immensely. It is a common form on the West Coast.”

I quite agree that the cause is internal and hereditary,

but rather consider that the constitution 1s simple and

that an external cause such as shock to the developing

pupa throws it back to an earlier form of its internal

development. That external conditions have in them-

selves power to produce some effect is indicated by the

approach to the Sumatra form by the agency of moist

heat, and Mr. Merrifield has shown by his experiments on

Chrysophanus phioeas, that that buttertly is ready to assume

a different colouring according to the temperature at which

the larva is reared. But in the present state of our know-

ledge it is frequently impossible to say what is due to in-

ternal causes and what to the pressure of external conditions.

The question arises which is the ancestral form, chrysippus

or dorippus? Most entomologists, I believe, consider the

Temperature Hupervments on two Tropical Butterflies. 449

former to be the older, chiefly on the grounds that the

latter is widely different in appearance from any now

existing member of the group, and that in certain speci-

mens the remains of a former bar are more or less visible.

I do not know that either of these objections is insuperable,

but if so, I can only assume that the germ-plasm has now

become so fixed by inheritance that no form of shock can

throw it backwards to an earlier type, but only disturbs it

to such an extent as to cause it to produce the easiest

variation of which it is now capable.

On the other hand, all experimenters on the earlier

stages of European Lepidoptera, Weismann, Merrifield,

Standfuss, and others, lay great stress on the fact that

shock tends to throw the imsect towards the ancestral

type, and I certainly know of no detailed experiments to

the contrary. It is scarcely reasonable that the same

agent would throw one insect back to the type, and another

to the form towards which it is tending. There is one fact

recently brought to my notice by Mr. Doncaster of great

importance. He tells me that he has received from

Coimbatore, in the Madras Presidency, a brood of bred

chrysippus in which were a considerable number of dorip-

pus, the parent being the type. This is the first instance

of such an occurrence, and it is the more interesting as

dorippus has never to my knowledge ever been taken in

Madras. I regard these dorippus as a throw-back to the

ancestral form. We shall see that we shall be confronted

with precisely the same difficulty when dealing with

Hypolimnas misippus. It is, however, clear that neither

form is a sudden mutation, but has been formed gradually

the one from the other.

Hypolimnas masippus.

Few remarks are needed regarding its life-history, but

I give the following from my note-book to show the rapid

growth of the larvae, and the remarkably short time during

which Natural Selection can have any influence on the

mature butterfly. It will be noticed that the female lays

the whole of her eggs in about ten days.

“17.10.09. Captured diocippus 2 in cabinet condition.

20.10.09. Noticed a considerable number of eggs laid.

24.10.09. Several larvae are hatched and evidently a

day or two old, if not older. Transferred

2 to another cage,

450 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by

29.10.09. Many of the larvae are half-grown. She is

still ovipositing. To-day I collected over

100 eggs, laid since the 24th. Transferred

to another cage.

2.11.09. No more eggs laid.

4.11.09. Found dead, apparently from natural causes.

Two larvae pupated to-day ; the pupation

of larvae from eggs first laid is practically

coincident with the length of oviposition.”

It only appears in Ceylon directly after the rain, at the

burst of the North-East Monsoon, and dies out with it.

It has occurred the last four years with extraordinary

regularity; in 1908 early in October; 1909 on October

12th; 1910 on October 12th; 1911 on October 7th. They

always appear in considerable numbers and in the finest

condition, and are no doubt bred on the spot. It flies

commonly in November, gets scarce towards the end of

December, by which time the females have mostly dis-

appeared, and the last few males die out towards the end

of January, not to be seen again until the following October.

Males and females are equally numerous, the males fre-

quenting flowering shrubs, and the females more open

ground in the neighbourhood of the food-plant, Portulaca

oleracea. It is in such country that its presumed model,

D. chrysippus, occurs, and it is not uncommon for the

chrysippus § to mistake the misippus 2 for one of its own

species. Butterflies recognise each other by sight as well

as by scent; the smell of a crushed mzsippus is very differ-

ent from that of chrysippus. It is not rare for misippus f

to court for a few moments D. chrysippus.

The form of female which represents D. chrysippus, form

dorippus, known as inaria, Cram., is distinctly rarer than

the female of the type diocippus, Cram., which resembles

chrysippus. In Colombo, in eight years, I have not seen a

dozen specimens; but Mr. Ormiston tells me that in his

part of the country at 4,500 ft. the proportion is about

one of inaria to six of the type. Intermediates are

rare ; I picked out one in a collector’s box which had the

white apical bar thickly covered with reddish scales, but

have never taken one myself or known of one taken by

others.

It was advisable to ascertain the normal number of

inaria in a batch of eggs laid by diocippus and vice versa,

but unfortunately I was unable to find a single specimen

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 451

of inaria. In October 1909 from a normal diocippus 2 I

obtained 250 eggs; there were 50 deaths from one cause

or other and 197 resulting butterflies, 110 ffs and 87 $9s,

all without exception of the diocippus form. In October

of the following year I bred 225 from another female of

the same form; the result was 84 ffs and 76 92s, all

typical diocippus, except five which were slightly speckled

with red on the three small apical spots on the forewing ;

the remainder of the brood, 65 in number, I experimented

with. (C1, Cla, etc.)

These results contrast in a most remarkable manner

with those of the Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers in East Africa.

He writes to me, “From an intermediate between the

type and inaria form, but on the whole nearer the former,

I obtained about 50 ffs and 49 99s, but all inaria, some

slightly aleippoides. In the following year an inazva laid

100 eggs, resulting in 60 ffs and 36 99s, the whole

diocippus! Weather dry.” He added, “If cnaria is the

dry weather form (as I had surmised it being so uncommon

in damp Ceylon), the offspring should be inaria.” *

Mr. G. F. Leigh in Natal obtained from an intermediate

female 8 ffs, 5 diocippus and 3 inaria.

These results probably have a Mendelian interpretation,

but they throw no light on the origin of these two forms.

Turning now to the results obtained; the butterflies

exhibited are labelled A, B, C, Cla, ete.

Those labelled A, consisting of 9 ~fs and 55 99s, the

parent of which is also shown, form dzocippus, are part of

the brood of 197 bred in October 1909, and show the

normal appearance of the species as it occurs in Ceylon.

They are in no way selected.

Those labelled B were from a similar parent to A, and

only a few eggs were laid. They were all treated artificially,

but as it was open to any one to say that they might have

produced these abnormal forms under natural conditions,

I took a third brood C, which I divided into two. One

half was reared under natural conditions and produced

all normal ffs and diocippus 22s; the other half I again

divided into two, treating one portion artificially in the

* In a subsequent letter dated 23.11.1911 he writes, “I got a

? of the type form from which I bred 73 ¢ gsand 56 9 Qs, of

which 38 were of the type form and 18 of the znaria form and no

intermediates.” See Proc. Ent, Soc., 1911, p. xliv, and also 1912,

p. |xxiii.

452 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by

early stage of pupal life, and the other in the later stage.

I should say the parent was of the type form. The whole

of the abnormal specimens can be treated collectively.

The first noticeable point is the large number of cripples

and malformed individuals. The mortality among those

artificially treated was very high. Jisippus is very hardy,

and easy to breed, and there is no difficulty in obtaining

large numbers of normal butterflies, but abnormal condi-

tions have a great effect on them. The difference between

the two was very marked, the latter often dying just before

emergence, or with very little power of breaking through

the pupa case; their movements after emergence were

excessively feeble compared with the others. ‘l'aking the

females first, the number of intermediates, 7.¢. with the

apices and white band of the forewing speckled with red,

is very large. Though such are not unknown in East

Africa, it is significant of their rarity that in the National

Collection I could only find one from Aden, one from

Muscat, and one from Berhampore. In this series there

is a gradual increase of red, from a few scattered scales in

the black apex, to a complete change from one form to the

other. I would also call attention to the character of the

subapical band. Normally it is a slight curve from the

costa to the outer margin, and is composed of separate

spots divided by the black veins, but in these it is distinctly

broader, longer, and more circular, and the spots are united

into one continuous band. This is the normal appearance

of the 2 in certain areas of its distribution, for instance, at

Port Darwin, the Cocos Keeling Islands, Java, and Sumatra,

and in the latter islands the forewings are often of the

same deep red colour as D. chrysippus. There are three

noticeable features in the males. First, the appearance of

a small white spot in the cell of the forewings, and in two

or three specimens there is a second. These are extremely

rare in the normal butterfly, which is exceedingly constant

in colouring. Secondly, the rather more prominent and

extensive lunular subterminal lines on the upper side of

the hindwings. Thirdly, the less intense black of the

tornus in the forewing underside, which in one specimen is

distinctly red. In none is there any red on the forewing.

Comparing these males with those in the South Kensing-

ton Museum, I find a solitary specimen from the Silaki

Valley, British East Africa, with a small amount of red

at the base of the forewing upperside, and the lunules well

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 453

marked on the hindwing. From the island of Formosa

there are two males like the above, and the tornus beneath

is red. Whether this is the usual form of the insect in

that island I am unable to say. In constructing the

ancestral type, we should probably be on safe ground by

assuming that it had more white and a certain amount of

red on the forewing, a lunulated band completely round

the outer margin of the hindwing, and more red on the

underwing. Anything beyond this is conjectural.

Referring for a moment to the females, it will be seen

that in the forced specimens there are in the blue costal

margin of the cell, two spots, sometimes red, sometimes

white, in precisely the same position as the two white

spots in the cell of the males. These are absent, or

nearly so, in normal specimens, and we may conclude that,

at one time in its history, the female had more white on

the forewing than it has at present. This would rather

incline us to the view that diocippus is the earlier form,

but, as in chrysippus, we are confronted with the difficulty

that shock throws back the insect to the earlier stage, in

which case, judging by these intermediates, inaria is the

more ancient type, and we must account for these addi-

tional spots by the not improbable conjecture that the

evolution of such a variable butterfly has not been uniform.

The study of the closely allied species Hypolimnas bolina

may help us in our determination of this question. It is

difficult in a few words to give a brief, and at the same

time lucid, account of the innumerable variations of this

protean butterfly. The male, throughout its immense

range, is very fairly constant, being very similar in general

appearance to that of H. misippus. In Fiji the spots are

very small, and a very deep blue. The females in their

western area do not vary greatly, being generally plain

brown and slightly blue on the costa, with a variable

number of marginal yellow spots. In Formosa the colour

is also plain brown, sometimes tinted with blue, and with

a white band as in misippus. Further east, in the

Loochoo Islands, the brown is replaced with glistening

blue. But it is in Australia and the Fiji Islands that the

butterfly reaches its maximum development both of size

and variability. In the Godman-Salvin Collection, now

in South Kensington, there is a series of some two dozen

females, taken at Suva, Fiji, on the same day and on the

same flower bed. All are different, and vary from plain

454 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimiery by

brown, or plain brown with yellow or white discal

band, to others with bluish white discal spots, and

red on the forewing. In Australia, very much the same

sequence is observed. It varies from a plain brown

butterfly with slight blue on the costa and disc, to a highly

variegated metallic red, white, and blue butterfly. We

can, in this extensive series, trace the gradual change from

a few scattered red scales, to a well-developed red band or

patch.

There is an intimate relation between the colours brown

and blue in all butterflies. So far as my own knowledge

extends, there is no blue butterfly in the world that, in

one or the other sex, has not some traces of brown. Blue,

if I may so express it, is a later colour than brown. It is

well exemplified in the European Lycaenidae. This being

so, we may consider ourselves justified in assuming that

the plain uniformly brown female represents the oldest

known form of that sex of bolina at present existing. It

seems a natural conclusion that the uniformly coloured

inaria is also an older form, from which the more varie-

gated diocippus has been evolved. As in the case of

D. chrysippus, it is clear that it is not a sudden muta-

tion.

Now as to the factor which has caused the resemblance

between the two species; is it Natural Selection, or

what ?

The argument for the former, that is, Mimicry, has been

elaborated by Prof. Poulton, in his well-known work,

“Kssays on Evolution,” and it is unnecessary to recapitu-

late or to discuss whether this is a case of Miillerian or

Batesian mimicry. But further, there are the two forms

dorippus and alcippus, which are also held to be due to

Natural Selection, and I will consider them first.

Danais chrysippus form dorippus.

In the above Essays (p. 320), Prof. Poulton has put

forward the view that dorippus has been evolved from

chrysippus as a form of cryptic defence; that is, though

it is an unpalatable insect, the struggle for existence is so

great in the desert areas in which it is usually found, that

it has been necessary for its survival to discard the con-

spicuous white band and black apex, and make itself as

near as may be to the colour of its environment.

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 455

I am doubtful as to this interpretation. In the ex-

tremely hot dry weather of the desert, the butterfly, like

the majority of other insects, altogether disappears ; birds

shift their quarters; and reptiles and predatory insects

become scarce. During the short rainy season, or, for

that matter, after a few showers, insect and other life

becomes very abundant for a short time, during which I

doubt there being a greater struggle for existence than in

other places where the type is found. Insects, though

few in species, are particularly numerous in individuals, the

members of the genus Zeracolus, for instance, are frequently

excessively common.

If dorippus is a desert form particularly fitted for such a

life, we should expect it to be dominant in the Punjab,*

Bikanir, and Rajputana deserts, where, if it occurs at all

in the latter places, it is exceedingly rare, though the type

is common enough. We should also expect it to be com-

mon on the hot dry plains of Mashonaland and other

similar localities south of the Zambesi, but on the contrary,

it is very rare, though the type is abundant.

Again, presuming that it is a later form, it is difficult

to account for the absence of intermediates. The accepted

interpretation would be, I presume, that they are not so

fitted for a desert life. If this be so, we must assume an

esthetic eye tor small differences in colour and pattern, on

the part of birds and other enemies, for which the evidence

is at present deficient.

I hold the view that the sporadic character of much

of its distribution, the production by artificial means of

intermediates, and that it has been bred from chrysippus,

clearly show that it is the ancestral form; and though we

are ignorant as to its origin, and the nature of its evolu-

tion, the proof that it has been guided by Natural Selection

has not been satisfactorily demonstrated.

D. chrysippus form aleippus.

Prof. Poulton, in the above mentioned work, considers

that the white hindwings of the form alcippus have been

developed on the West Coast of Africa, where in some

localities it is dominant, to give it greater conspicuous-

ness where there is abundance of food, and thus warn

* Colonel Yerbury took two or three specimens at Campbellpore,

in the north of the Punjab. They are now in the National Collection.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART II. (OCT.) HH

456 Lieut-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by

off a possible enemy; in other words, it comes under

that form of mimicry known as aposematic or warning

coloration.

There are, however, certain features in its area of dis-

tribution, which, to my mind, render this doubtful. I

certainly found it, or its sub-form aleippoides, commonly in

North-East Sumatra, where rain falls every week in the

year, and it is also common and very variable in the

Andaman Islands, where the general conditions are also

like those on the West Coast. But it is absent from a

similar environment in Ceylon, yet is found, though rarely,

in the arid northern district of the island. Alcippordes is

by no means uncommon in the bare plains of the Deccan

and Madras, where the country is totally different from the

West Coast.

The view that an aposematic colouring is necessary in

one region and a cryptic colouring in another, both pro-

duced by the same factor, is complicated and not easy to

understand, and I know of no direct evidence to support

such a conclusion. The necessity for it in an insect so

unpalatable, as chrysippus is generally held to be, is not

lessened when we remember that the cryptic form is not

uncommon in Bombay, and the conspicuous one is common

in the adjoining Presidency of Madras, where the local

conditions are almest identical.

These experiments throw little light on the origin of

this form, though there is one specimen which shows an

approach to it ; dorippus also sometimes shows white on

the hindwings, and it is possible, though this is a little

more than conjecture, that it is the earliest form from

which chrysippus has branched off in one direction and

the white winged forms in another. The evidence that

either has been influenced by Natural Selection is at

present, to my mind, unconvincing.

Finally, as to the main question; the relationship of

these two butterflies to each other; whether they have

arrived at their present appearance by any form of

mimicry; or whether their resemblance can be otherwise

accounted for.

There is in this case, as in all similar examples of

mimicry, the primary difficulty of understanding how

small variations of colour or pattern in one butterfly

could be so elaborated by the attacks of birds as to

resemble the colour or pattern of another unrelated to

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies, 457

it. In the example before us, remembering the short ten

days in which Natural Selection has to act, and presuming

that in some time past the misippus 2 was somewhat

similar to the ancient type of the ¢, we may ask, how

could a specimen, or specimens, with a few red scales

scattered over the wing, be noticed and subsequently

avoided by birds, by any lesson they may have previously

learnt from the capture of Danais chrysippus ?

On the assumption that this is a case of Batesian

mimicry, a bird tasting a red speckled specimen, would

ascertain at once that it was palatable, and the red scales

in others would not save them from destruction. The

likeness towards chi'ysippus, therefore, could not progress.

If it is a case of Miillerian mimicry, where both species

are unpalatable, a red speckled unpalatable one, as also its

unspeckled companions, after a few experiments, would be

left, severely alone and nothing would be gained, for if the

bird could discriminate it would neglect them, and if it

could not, both would equally suffer.

Lastly, if the resemblance is due to the experimental

attacks of young birds, the emergence of the butterflies

should coincide with the time that tasting experiments

are taking place, but in Ceylon it so happens that the

young birds are oif the nest and foraging for themselves

in May, and misippus is not on the wing until October.

We could the more readily understand the process if

the mutation was sudden and large, but the specimens

exhibited negative such a supposition.

Some supporters of the mimicry theory, among others

Mr. Pocock and Prof. Poulton, consider “that the first

steps towards a mimetic likeness are not caused by a few

differently coloured scales,” but “by a large colour varia-

tion which was enough to produce a rough resemblance,

and that Natural Selection gradually produced out of this

a detailed resemblance.” At first sight this looks like

mutation pure and simple, but it is not necessarily so.

The evolution of the species is internal, and the large

variation Prof. Poulton speaks of may be the cumulative

effects of an increasing number of differently coloured

scales in many generations. We have only to assume

the disappearance of such intermediates to arrive at a

“large colour variation.”

I see nothing that prevents our believing that if internal

evolution can produce a large variation, a continuance of

HH 2

458 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by

the same process would in the course of time produce a

butterfly quite unlike the type from which it arose. This

may be so in the case of these two butterflies, but the

evidence here produced rather supports the conclusion that

the changes in them have been caused by the gradual

accumulation of small variations; this being so there

would seem to be no necessity for bringing in the compli-

cated theory of mimicry to account for the resemblance

between these ,two species of butterfly.

I have recently published a paper* on Batesian and

Miillerian Mimicry, in which I examined the subject from

the point of view of my own personal knowledge of certain

tropical countries. I can only say here, and as briefly as

possible, that I was unable to throw anything but a nega-

tive light on the premises on which those theories are

based, and that some of the conclusions I arrived at were,

that though butterflies are more generally eaten by birds

than was generally believed, yet no discrimination was

shown in their capture; that the presumed unpalatable

Danaines were as readily eaten as other species of butterfly,

and that the few species of birds I could experiment on

in a wild state eat Danats chrysippus as readily as Hypo-

limnas misippus.

The circumstance that in life the 2 misippus frequently

consorts with chrysippus, and may thus lead one pre-

disposed to believe in mimicry that he had before him a

Miillerian combination, is explained by the fact that the

food-plants of both butterflies grow together in the same

sandy soil. Should any observer watch them in such

situations, as I have done for hours at a time during the

last three years, he will find that they are practically

unmolested by birds, young or adult.

I conclude that dovippus and inaria are the older forms

from which have descended chrysippus and dtocippus re-

spectively. Both survive to the present day, practically

all over the wide distribution of the species, because like

their descendants they are for the time being almost

exempt from the struggle for existence. If it were possible

to dissect a pupa in the same way as we can the embryo

of a mammal, we should find traces of these intermediates

and regard them as the remains of a stage beyond which

the species has now progressed.

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., May 1911.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

All the figures are about } natural size.

Fi.

1. Danais chrysippus, 3.

2. D. chrysippus, 3 form dorippus.

3. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 form diocippus.

4. H. misippus, 2 form inaria.

5. Danais chrysippus, 2, No. 87 intermediate.

The apex of forewing is red, the white spots are diminished

in size and the costa is lighter than normal.

6. Hypolimnas misippus, 9, No. 19 intermediate, or reversion.

The white subapical band and apex of forewing are thickly

covered with red scales.

7. Hypolimnas misippus, ¢.

7a. H. misippus, 6, No. 1, C 1. 1

The specimen shows a white spot in cell of forewing,

increased size of white spots in both wings with lunular band

in hindwing. A reversion to older type ?

8. H. misippus, 2, No. 4, C la.

The specimen shows an uninterrupted white lunular band

and a white spot in cell of forewing; the apex is thickly

covered with red scales. A reversion to older type?

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL.

Photo, A. Robinson. C. Hentschel.

DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS AND HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS

Exposed to heat in the pupal stage (Figs. 5, 6, 7a, 8) compared with examples bred under natural

conditions (Figs. I, 2, 3, 4, 7):

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 459

Conclusions.

1. D. dorippus and H. inaria are the older forms of

D. chrysippus and H. misippus (diocippus) respectively.

2. That the latter have been produced by the gradual

accumulation of small variations.

3. That these small variations (intermediates) have now

largely died out as being no longer required.

4. That they can be reproduced by shock (heat and

cold) to the pupa.

5. That there is nothing to show any interdependence,

or anything in common between the two species.

6. That though this is so with these two species it is

difficult to believe that such is the case with all instances

of mimetic resemblance.

7. That though no doubt the mimetic theory gives a

logical explanation of them, the premises on which it rests

have not been proved, but rather the contrary.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLI.

[See Huplanation facing the Plate. |

‘payeortdnp [ao puofeq yodg -

“c .

= ‘S is 60 ‘9 °L1 > a

= 6 | 60°9°L6 ; ; x €1

5 "euuion’ * 6 : ; : 3 GB

‘3 *“yovtq AToatsu9y |

S -x9 a10Ul UISIeW puTy ‘payeortdup q[eo puosaq jods - | : Fe 609 °S1 i FZ

eer £3

~ ‘[BULION 6 " iu | ‘60°9r21 2 BZ

= ‘TeNsh UvY} Jepeoiq SuIApuTY Jo ulsieur uo y~oeT_ °S é fs | 60'9 ‘SI xe IZ

(a3 . “ “ | “O° “co

3 Pl 60 °9 “LT 0%

= [RWION “2 | 60°9'1S | 60°9'8T | 2 61

= ‘payeottdup [joo puodaq yodg * 6 | af . a SI

= ce . if “ an O°? “

S 73 i | (73 oe 60 9 ul “co eb

§ (73 ° 5 | 60 ‘9 "QZ : “ | “<“ cl

6 . | 6 | “cc it

z 6c . ° | “ce “ce ce | it él

a) 6 | cc ‘ | I

3 "BULLION . ~P | ‘ ‘ ‘74 19 OL

= "yoryq you ‘ystpper ApySrs xeody *4 | 60'°9'LZ 60 ‘9 ‘1G 60°9°8I | ‘a .o¢ ‘edng | 6

: yor) Bose 80°ZI'TS’ | SO'SL EL | PAIR] poz [INA | VG

4 : com BO Vey: 80 'Z1L'8S | 80°31 ‘93 DE

: “6 . P ce “ 73 | 66 DE

ro) “ =P | 80°21 °9 6é 80 SL 73 VG

oe pemon P| i 80 G1 "9 80 GL 'F “A 089 OT

=) |

—— = a ee = ate ee

g aietaan | voxaowana | "1va0RaH | aiyg pert | ie

= | (‘TeAOUIAI 1aqye SUOT}IpUOD oTMOYydsowy [eWUIOU JepuUN pode[g) ,“aTOD AUC,,

SAddISAYH) STVNVA HALIM SLINGWTAad Xd

two Tropical Butterflres. 461

Ss On

cperriren

Temperature

““ . £ i “é ce “cc “ 6Z

re ol 6OCk T ‘: 60 9 8 és 83

"[RUIIO NT . Pp (79 4é 74 (a3 1G

‘yqozed yeorde youTq jo uorq10d

JOMOT JB SAINALOU BY] SuoTe pat JO vovd} JUILF kiaa *5 60 °9 ‘08 609 '9% 60°9 ‘1G "1 00S 9G

“‘SHUVNaY eh VES eee “aLva "NI GaOV1a ‘ON

(‘Teaowor 194Jv SUOTIIPUOD olteydsourye [eUIIOU JepuN pode[g) ,“a10D LSIOY{ »,

—

4.62

‘pag ATJQUTYSIp xedy

*[BUIIO NT

‘ayy OU

‘yov[q A[MOdIvU SelLBpUOdES JO UISIVUL PUTA] ‘“[BUION

“yor[q ATaayue ysowye

SoTJepuodes JO UISIRW pUTy] ‘pol ATUNsIp xedy

‘par ATQYSIs

uortod racy ‘ATyYsTs Arar xedv jo uoysod seddq

"BULLION

ia ONG:

"SUIDA

[eorde Suoje per jo uoTyworpul 4YySts ¥ ydeoxe ‘[euLoyy

"yov|q A]eitque 4sowy[e SSULApUIY jo ulsie yy

"[[29 JO Jey TaMO] OFUL spUsyx9 osIP pue oseq

JO ANo][Oo avg ‘sezystuq xede ye par ynq ‘ge ‘ON SY

‘[BUIOU UBYY Jejed 1eyyeI INOTOo-punoIy)

‘sodnadou oy} Suoye par Apounstp yoqed peorde youltq

‘pea Aq paovidar Ayperzed xode yo youyq °

"[BULIO NT

‘[nyquop ‘duay, *jeuroyy

“‘SHUVAGY

es (0) ae ole’ Olé

: °8 FL

. ~P Te) ‘SI (79 (74

a SLT ‘gue "8°G

“$1 606'L 60 6" 606 'T

. 1 “ co oe

. g oe 79 79

*} a 60 ‘9 '1Z 60 ‘9 ‘02

. 4 “ “ce 74

“P| 60°99 a os

4 79 79 (79

ee GOcd oc i bi

"P| 60'9 FZ 60 “9 Iz 609 ‘61

“ (74

49 ce

= 608 &1

60'8 ‘FI 60 ‘8 “ZI

Pal 60 26 60°L ‘FI 60°L ‘EI

ee cae es eee

“

‘Hd 0S67-“ 06

“cc

“ce

“A OIL

‘A SIL

“NI GHOV Td

([BAoWAad Joye SUOTZIpUOD oIeYydsouNye [eUILOU JepuN pode[g) .LVEH ACL,

"quaosayosqo xade 4e sjods : aaoqe 03 avpiuis AraA * P

“ “ 179 “

oA)

= peat ee

“yuasqe

4 | MoTeq sjods [eulsieuiqns ‘pueq [eordeqns utr {ease}

SS | “UE snoayny ‘paysturup sods oyya [TY “snoayny

S| wystaq Aq xode 4v yovtq Jo yuousoedas orto ysouy *4

= 6c 66 . A

a ‘pax APJOuTWsSIp xedy >

E a ae

= a

= : ae

S ‘par qysuq «6 |

= (79 19 . g

= ‘por Apysys “7S

—) 6 “c “ . P

3 ‘par Aouystp “ °—P

s ‘por Aysys xody ° P |

S ‘yeuLION * P

S iz “ . Ps

5 _peraqsuq “P|

Ss ‘pox Apysis Aton “SS P

S ‘par Apysys

= : Pie “ . ~P

3 . “4 .

Ss Ca ds Dp gc “ i

> ‘par Apyysys Ataa “OS

= "ysippar “8

“par qystiq xody * 6

OL 6 4A

OL’6 €1

OL € “GI

OL ’s ‘OL

OL '€ 6

OLE ‘8

Ol ‘€ ‘Ol

OL ’€ TI

Ole GI

OL‘ °8

OL € ‘OL

OL '€'6

OL € ‘TI

OL 6

OL '€ SI

Ole 'IL

OL '€'8

OL’€'8

OL € GI

OL € '€I

Ol € 6

OL’ 8

OL '€ “GI

(=)

nes

ve)

oo S'S

See

ROD OD 9 09

519 16

OL ‘6 °¢

(=)

205 od

Ke)

reir

ie)

ins)

tas]

15)

b>)

te)

—

“[BUILO NT

“‘ystppas xedy * P

‘OPIYM OU “HOVTG

ATMOIVU salIepUOdas JO UIZIVUT pul ynq ‘jemMIONT * P

‘P2G

"TeuIoN * 6

“

OL 8 ‘8ST

OL ‘8 “LT

Ol 8 “61

OL '8'T

“SHUVNGY

“GONGOUANE

410 HLYa

“

(73

O18 ‘OL

O18 6

“cc

OT ‘L ‘9%

“"IVAOWGH

dO ALVYa

OL ‘8 “61

OL 8 °¢

OTL 'F%

“aLVa

‘A LOT

‘A GOL

“NI GaOvVId

(‘[BAOWAL 10qJe SUOTIIpUOD oILoYdsowmye ;eUIOU JopuN peor)

«VGH LSIOPZ ,,

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 465

% parc

“

}

“ « . ie Ol ‘OI ze)

"par Apysys xedy “P OL O19

‘saproddioyy Suryovoidde ssurmputy Jo sures

SUOTS o}IYA JO UOTJVOIpUT fpURq oqIYM Jo opis JEUUL

0} ATpetoedsa “sated ssurm jo anojoo-punois £ psonp

-al pueq az1yM jvordeqns ‘par Ayaityue ysouye xody °4 o

6c “ (9 . te) | ce

‘per Aysys xedy “POLL “IE

"YsIppar OsTe |

pueq ety yeordeqns ‘por yy poyrem [jam xedy °s | u

cs 6 be . 4 6c

‘por Apysts xody * P &

oe . cc

oe . : ing

[eUON “P| OL OE

“cc

‘pad =

[euoN "S| OL OL 8S

"pag (73

79 . ~P «6

(79 . ~P 66

‘Tyems Azoa aoddn ‘{[a0 puodaq sjods omy ynq = “§ | i

6c . P | “

‘euIoN “5 | OL ‘OT ‘03

ohek Ma |

“SHUVNGU opel eiaes

OI ‘OL *%

OT 6 “82

“s

“

0) ‘Ol ‘SI

“cc

OL ‘OL *%

OT 6 ‘86

OL ‘2 61

«6

Ol ‘Ol ‘SI

9801 soil /

‘A GOL “Sinoy EF

"[euILOU sINOY FZ)

a SOL _SInoy er)

Cat

“ ¥G\

‘sINOY FZ J

"sINOY F

“cs

oOL

“A OTL

sar Oi Gre Ol ee }

OL ‘OL 'St | OL‘O1 “St HX: a 6. Ganon

“ (aq | 79

‘“ (a4 | “ce

6 “ cs

“ “ | iG

OL ‘OL “€1 OL ‘OL €T {2 ee ae \

‘H 09 Bae P

wa na ‘A 801

OL 6 8% OL 6 8G ee 09 *Sanoqyy G }

ane veian ‘aLva ‘NI agov1d

(‘[eAOUlel 1aqye SUOIZIPUOD oIMaYydsowye [eUIIOU JepuN pede)

« SNOILIGNO() ONIAUV A ,,

“ON

— -

uo jods [eOsIp a}IYM-oN]q oY} JO WOISHe}xXe JOUTISIC,

‘yiep pus [etus rayyes Sod Ay, *

466 Lieut.-Col. N. Manders on the Study of Mimicry by

g “cc ( cc “se Ol

“JOUT|STP OS JOU Iq EAoge 04 AepTUMIS * P ce e0er 8 ane “aH 009 6

“BUTMOIOJ JO BJSOD 0} “1 09

“P| gO°SL'ST | %'80'S1 Z| 80°SI'T "A oG% 8

"'SHUVRAU ee Caer. ‘aLva ‘NI GHOVTd ‘ON

‘snddvoorp yueieg "q = ,,@10 AUC»,

cys 0. perc ‘oo7. “ 63 L

*/BULIO NT fo) | ce - (9 6z : 9

reddy, °5 | 80°31'8 “ 2 " g

‘yeulon “P 80 'LL 83 i t

“mupur *& | ed se ¢

CO ne ie) “ “ «“ Z|

‘[RUION “P 80°11 63 80 “IT “1% me ed, I

suv sguebees aoe ere een

‘snddroorp yuoreg “ate (WT ,1,) [RUOM ,, AUC,

‘SAddISIN SVNWITOCAH HIM SLNAWNTUadxXd

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 467

s "paid “ ee ‘CT 4c

“Peqsrarmarp

YOUU IsIp pu puvq waaMjaq vare yoryq : xode ye |

SurpeVos pel sqeieptsuoo ‘az Ystpper purq Teoidy °4 | e | : ay 4

“ ais) c ‘or “ 61 “ "CI “c

“ . £P | “c ae “ “ ‘FI “

“ . ~P | (3 ‘1S oe “ al its

. . . ¢: . “ss . “c . “cc

g ‘ON 8V 'P 61 LI v1

2h) ‘ON SV . g | “ec | ce id en cc

“‘pueq [eysoo yourq ut syods | |

pet oA} 043 Systpper xede ‘ystpper pueq yeody °s ~ bs | OTe gt ig

‘Ystpper xode ouraajxo ‘saoqe se purq yeoidy * 4 eC “ eer :

“YOR JOU O}ITM SUTAA “a “2 | |

‘snonutjuod pue Japeoiq pueq oztyM jeotde £ apdduyg *& = | es eo eT =

“BULMIIOJ ‘T[I0 Jo 91990 yods ay1yM TreUg a : 02 E ‘SI : eI é

: BG es! 6I

HOON, 2 -GOVTE ST | ET | oe ‘

"ped | ee ‘El } ac at | “

‘eUoN “P| GO'ILLL | 6O'IT IT | 6O‘TL‘OT | ‘aaoqe sy

peo eg eS & =! eet es |

“SUUVWNAY Bacto Boke Sides “aLVd "NI GwOVId

(061 904 “7 o€8 q[nq Arp ave episyng) ‘f8 9oM “WA 066 Ging Aq “LVaH AUC,

‘ON

umucry

468 Lieut.-Col.N.Manders on the Study of

"65 93 “PP be e0L

‘sjods oy1ya eorde uo por

‘OVIPOULIJUT poyeUl-[[aam vB

| pepyoeds ATyysI]s 6 euo qdooxe ‘Teumou & gt “P €3 |

—per Ajoatyue ysomye sjods yeorde pue pueq jeody ° 4

‘xede yor[q

‘BUIMPULY Jo apIsiapun uo yoeTq e10u pue ‘yoryq

JOU pad SULMIIOJ SNUIOZ JO apIstapun yng A ‘On ey”

‘Tj20 ut yods suo ATUO ynq i ‘ON SY"

‘ON 8V °

Padduig,

GUN SV:

"GON SY *

oroFOTOOHOFO toroto

| ul sareos pax 4avd zaddn par peryoods Ayyoryy pueg «zt

‘T]90 ur yods ayy YsmMyq T[euUTg °

‘EON BY 6 |

‘ped YIM pepyoeds xody og ‘ON

se advys ‘snoyna pueq ‘ oyvrpeutreyur poyxreur [eA *

‘ayddiiy oh

eerie jou { AqIUIAI}XA TOMO] JV SpAVMUL Paarmno

eee apis IOUUL UO o4VJUep elow pueq e4Ty AA ‘edAyT, *

‘ajddrio { [[a0 ut 4yods {yeus aug *

‘par qystt ATpeploep spueq [euruejyqns pure peseq

“‘Burpeos Yoryq W{tM aqry oind you ‘ystmorpad purqg

[e4jueo ‘Surmpury epistepuy, * 4 Ul sv out] avpnuny

JO UOTJOIPUL JOUTISIP PUL BAISU}XO BIOUI SNUIOY 4e

Burywos anyq ‘Surmpury oprsueddn sae77eus sour oy)

+O+

onl

‘Tao ur sjods ojtyM YsmTq omg ‘Burmesoy optsseddy * P

“perp 10 [enttou 4 } pue P P rzapureuery

«“

1G TL

“ erate «

‘0G Al Tall

“ rT | “ |

| |

i tc “ |

ve 73 eo

Care | 7 Cie

PeOions| al) a

“ Ts 73

“ “ “

i | ““ “

“cb | vb “ |

ic | “ &c |

oe ue 3

{

OL LL ri OD SLESOn (OM TI

“SMUVINGA

‘aSueyo ednd 103j3% samoy re “a sI0L

“AONDTOYANG “TVAOWAU

10 ALVaG 40 ALVa

“ALY |

“

“cc

“c

“aA0ge SY

“NI GHOV1d

"ON

LVGH AUC,

‘snddhoowp yuareg 68)

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies. 469

‘aA0q” SW

‘perp 10 [eMAOU OF Jnoqe JepureMary

‘eaoqe sy '4

‘T1790 ur sjods omy, ‘atdduy - P

‘Surjeos antq Aq peyvorpur

Io “ysinyq are es0yq4 ATjeutZou ! Ysa pus sadiey |S

Tayno ayy “yourystp Ages [90 UL pueq [eysoo yortq [4

ur sjods omy oy, ‘selvos pat qyta pareaoo Apyoryy [° S

Susumoeds om} ul ‘[euou uegy sefnomo orom |- | OL ‘IL '2s | OL ‘TI Te ONL SI

youu pue sesuoy ‘1epeorq ‘oy1yM MOUS pueq [eody

‘SHUVARU sigs, Hath fee “ALva

‘gouaSr0ure arojoq skepe “7 o1OL . LVI AU», “PIO

‘NI GaOWTd

(+ 470 )

X. On the genera Laothrips and Hoodia. By Dr. H.

Karny of Elbogen, Austria. Translated by G. A.

ELLIoTT, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Communicated by R.S

BAGNALL, F.E.S., Palcs.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

In my work on the Zhrips-galls and the Gall-Thripidae* I

mentioned incidentally that Uzel’s genus Liothrips could

not be so sharply separated from the Cryptothrips group as

is frequently assumed. In the Cryptothrips group, s. str.,

I include the genera Mesothrips, Zimmermann ; Smerintho-

thrips, Schmutz; Gynarkothrips, Zimmermann; Hoodia,

Karny ; Cryptothrips, Uzel; and Dermothrips, Bagnall. All

the above-named genera have the wings of equal width

throughout, and are thus distinguished from the otherwise

similar Leptothrips, Hood, and Androthrips, Karny, in which

the wings are somewhat constricted near the middle.

According to Uzel’s synoptic table, the essential differ-

ence between Liothrips and Cryptothrips lies in the

formation of the mouth. In Liothrvips the mouth-cone is

“narrowed towards the apex and pointed”; in Cryptothrips

and the allied genera it is “apically broadly rounded.”

These contrasts may, indeed, be easily recognised in

extreme cases, but there are many intermediate types.

Compare the three figures of Gynaikothrips uzeli, G.

chavicae and Mesothrips jordani.t All three certainly have

the mouth-cone “apically rounded,” yet they show (especi-

ally in Mesothrips) a decided approach to the pointed

type. It is evident that, in such cases, it is often difficult

to define any distinct boundary between Liothrips and

the Cryptothrips group.

Of all the European genera, Hoodia, Karny, is, in my

opinion, undoubtedly the most closely allied to Liothrips,

Uzel; I will therefore say a few words as to these two

genera, The special inducement to this is found in the

publication by R. S. Bagnall of an English species as

Liothrips hradecensis,t whereas I consider it to be a new

* Centralbl. f. Bakteriol. Parasit. u. Infektionskr., ii, Abt. xxx,

1911, pp. 556-572.

T i.e. p- 562.

t Ent. Mo. Mag., ii Ser., vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ.

Biol., vi, 1911, p. ae

TRANS. ENT, SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IL (OCT. )

Dr. H. Karny on the genera Liothrips and Hoodia. 471

species, belonging to the genus Hoodia. I will first give

a tabular view of all the known species of both genera,

and then add a few remarks upon them.

Revision of the known species of Liothrips.*

1. Fore tarsi toothed in both sexes,

2. Third to fifth joints of antennae yellow; the latter often centrally

brownish ; sixth basally yellow; thence brown; seventh

entirely brown. Tarsal tooth small, pointed, only visible in

one position of the tarsus. L. seticollis, nov. spec. (Paraguay).

2’. Third to sixth joints of antennae entirely, seventh mostly

yellowish. Tarsal tooth blunt, stout.

1. L. tarsidens, Trybom (Madagascar).

1’, Fore tarsi without tooth in female.

2. Wingsentirely wanting. 2. Liothrips, sp. Trybom (Madagascar).

2’. Wings present.

3. Basal half of forewings black or light brown.

3. L. wmbripennis, Hood (North America).

3’. Forewings, at most, brown at extreme base, then hyaline, or with

only a central dark stripe.

4, Antennae yellow ; at most, joints, one, two and eight dark.

5. Eighth joint of antennae yellow.

4. L. citricornis, Hood (North America).

5’, Eighth joint of antennae dark.

6. Fore tibiae dark . : : 5. L. major, Buffa (Erithraea).

6’. Fore tibiae yellow. . 6. L. setinodis, Reuter (Europe).

4’, Seventh joint of antennae also entirely and at least the apical

half of sixth dark.

5. First and second joints of antennae dark, third to fifth yellow,

the sixth basally yellow, apically dark, seventh and eighth

dark.

6. Fore tibiae entirely yellow; intermediate and hind tibiae black,

apically suddenly yellow.

7. L. hradecensis, Uzel (Central Europe).

6’. All tibiae uniform dark brown.

8. L. seticollis, nov. spec.t (Paraguay).

5’ Sixth joint of antennae entirely dark.

6. Fourth and fifth joints of antennae at least partly yellow.

* When this table was written I did not yet know the description

of Liothrips glycinicola, Okanoto, from Japan.

+ I have again inserted this species because the tarsal tooth is not

visible in the normal position of the tarsus.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART I. (OCT.) II

472 Dr. H. Karny on the

7. Third and fourth joints of antennae entirely and basal half of

fifth yellow ; all the other joints brown.

9. L. meconellii, Crawford (Mexico).

. Third joint of antennae entirely yellow, fourth and fifth only

centrally yellow ; all the other joints dark brown.

10. L. ocellatus, Hood (North America).

6’. Antennae dark, only third or also second joint yellow.

7. Cheeks divergent posteriorly.

11. L. fasciculatus, Crawford (California).

7’. Cheeks parallel or convergent posteriorly.

8. Cheeks almost parallel, or only constricted at the extreme base.

All the prothoracic bristles present.

9. Two large stout bristles in front of the eyes.

12. L. intermedius, Bagnall (Venezuela).

9’. No bristles in front of eyes . 13. ZL. similis, Bagnall (Venezuela).

8’. Cheeks distinctly convergent posteriorly. Prothorax with bristles

only on the posterior angles and hind margin.

14. L. elongatus, Bagnall ( Venezuela).

Revision of the known species of Hoodia.

1. Sides of head parallel, or slightly divergent posteriorly. Antennae

yellow, except the two first joints; the last two joints are dark

only in the exceptionally dark-coloured individuals. Mouth-

cone at first almost rectangularly convergent, apically broadly ~

rounded, : : 1. H. austriaca, Karny (Austria).

2’. Sides of head distinctly convergent posteriorly. The last two

joints of the antennae dark brown. Mouth-cone laterally

acute-angularly convergent, but apically distinctly rounded.

2. H. bagnalli, nov. spec. (England).

Remarks.

Liothrips bakeri, Crawford, does not belong to Livthrips,

but probably either to Mesothrips or Smerinthothrips. The

fore tarsi are armed with a large setigerous tooth as in

Mesothrips ; it agrees with the Javanese genus also in its

mode of life, living in the leaf-galls of Ficus. On the

other hand, the formation of the fore-femora inclines to

Smerinthothrips.

Hoodia bagnalli, nov. spec.

Syn. Lrothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Ent. Mo. Mag.,, ii Ser.,

vol. xxi, 1910, p. 256; Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911, p.

11 (nec Uzel, 1895).

genera Lrothrips and Hoodia. 473

Lnothrips hradecensis, Bagnall, Journ. Econ. Biol., vi, 1911,

p. 1 (vitio typog.).

Length of body in ¢ 2’7-3 mm.; in ? 3’3-3’8 mm.

Black-brown to black. Only the fore tibiae and the apices of the

intermediate and hind tibiae and all tarsi yellow. Antennae yellow,

only the two first, the two last, and often also the apices of fifth and

sixth joints dark.

Head about half as long again as broad. Cheeks distinctly con-

vergent posteriorly, very finely granulate and with several short, fine

hairs ; a long, stout bristle on each side behind the eyes, no such

bristle in front. Mouth-cone rather long, reashing beyond the middle

of the prosternum, at first laterally acute-angularly convergent, but

apically distinctly rounded. Antennae about twice as long as the

head ; third joint as long as the first and second together ; fourth

joint as long as the third; all the following each shorter than the

preceding one ; eighth joint as long as the first.

Prothorax about half as long as the head, half as broad again as

long, distinctly widened backwards; all bristles present and fully

developed. Fore femora scarcely thickened. Fore tarsi without

tooth. Pterothorax scarcely longer than broad. Wings extending

to the apex of the sixth abdominal segment, of equal breadth through-

out, the median vein often brownish. Forewings at the extreme

base brownish and there furnished with three long, stout bristles ;

on the distal part of the hind margin 15-20 cilia are duplicated.

Wing retaining spines on second to sixth segments slender and

weak, those on seventh still weaker and shorter than on the pre-

ceding ; two on each side of each segment, the anterior very small

and weak, about the middle of the segment, the posterior quite close

to the hind margin ; laterally from each of these a long, stout bristle,

and then another, rather shorter and straight. Tube rather longer

than the prothorax; its basal breadth is about one-third of its length

and almost twice its apical breadth; the adjacent scale basally

apparently withered (¢).

Piercebridge, near Darlington, and Gibside, co. Durham,

England. On leaves of elm. Bagnall /eg.

The colour of the antennae and of the legs in Hoodia

bagnalli is similar to that of Liothrips hradecensis. The

shape of the head is the same as in Liothrips seticollis ; *

it is laterally distinctly convergent posteriorly, but in

L. hradecensis (also in Hoodia austriaca) almost parallel,

* The detailed description of this new species is reserved for future

publication.

pie

474 Dr. H. Karny on the

very slightly divergent posteriorly. On the basal third of

the third to sixth joints of the antennae there is in

L. hradecensis a transverse raised line, which is wanting

in all the other species of Liothrips and Hoodia known to

me. J. bagnalli has, in common with most of the allied

species, a long bristle behind the eyes, which is wanting

in L. hradecensis.

The arrangement of the prothoracic bristles is the same

as in most species of Liothrips (e.g. citricornis, ocellatus,

seticollis); in L. hradecensis, on the contrary, bristles are

present only on the posterior angles. In ZL. setzcollis all

the wings are characterised by a distinct brown median

longitudinal streak ; in H. bagnalli this is ill-defined and

indistinct; in Z. hradecensis it is entirely wanting.

The duplication of the cilia on the posterior margin of

the forewing, as far as known to me, is characterised by

the following figures :—

SPECIES. NUMBER OF INTERPOLATED CILIA.

Hoodia austriaca . : ; . 14-23 (coll. mea).

» bagnalli . : ‘ . 15-20 (coll. mea).

Liothrips seticollis ; : . 14-20 (Mus. Berol.).

35 setinodis ‘ : . 12-14 (Agram, coll. mea).

+ - pragensis . . 15 (Bohemia, Mus. Vindob.).

is ocellatus : : . 14 ~— (teste Hood).

48 tarsidens : : . 15 (teste Trybom).

a umbripennis . f . 13. (teste Hood).

» . meconellit . : . 7 (teste Crawford).

I was unable to ascertain this with respect to Z. hrade-

censis without endangering the unique specimen in the

Vienna Hofmuseum.

Turning now to the generic character—the shape of the

mouth-cone—it is to be noted first that Liothrips agrees

in this respect with Hoplothrips and Phlocothrips, having

therefore an apically pointed mouth-cone, as is apparent

from Uzel’s generic diagnosis. On the other hand, we

find in Hoodia forms of the mouth-cone which occur also

in Gynaikothrips and Mesothrips ; the lateral margins of

the cone first converge rectangularly or acute-angularly,

but are then apically rounded. In this point the two

species of Hoodia differ from all true Liothrips.* But

* It has been already pointed out that Liothrips bakeri, Crawford,

has a differently formed mouth-cone, and therefore does not belong

to Liothrips.

genera Lnothrips and Hoodia. 475

these two differ also considerably from each other in the

shape of the mouth-cones. I have already briefly described

this difference in the table, and think I can best visualise

it by saying that, in this respect, Hoodia austriaca recalls

Gynaikothrips wzeli, whereas Hoodia bagnalli recalls

Mesothrips jordani.*

I believe that I have now demonstrated that Liothrips

hradecensis, Bagnall, is not identical with Uzel’s species,

but represents a new species, which can be clearly differ-

entiated from all known species of Liothrips, and is most

closely allied to my Hoodia austriaca. I hawe allowed

myself the pleasure of naming this interesting new species

after its discoverer.

* Compare the figures Centralbl. f. Bakerteriol., Parasit. u.

Infektionskr. 1i, in Abt. xxx, 1911, p. 562.

Oct, 4, 1912.

XI. The comparative anatomy of the male genital tube in

Coleoptera. By D. SuHarp, M.A,, F.R.S., and

F. Moir, F.E.S.

[Read February 7th, 1912.]

PuaTes XLIT-LXXVIII.

ARRANGEMENT OF MEMOIR.

I. INTRODUCTORY.

II. OrISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE.

Ill. MorpHouoey.

A. ANATOMY.

B. GENERAL.

IV. FUNCTION.

V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY.

VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX TO FAMILIES.

VII. EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

I. INTRODUCTORY.

THE object of this memoir is to review the structure of

the male genital tube throughout the Order Coleoptera.

This is not equivalent to a review of the male copulatory

organs. The modifications of the abdomen itself are

extremely extensive and varied, but we have perforce

omitted them, because the time at our disposal was

scarcely adequate for the accomplishment of the work,

the results of which are here presented.

Mr. F. Muir, having returned to England for a year’s

vacation in order to recruit his health after a long period

of arduous entomological work in the tropics, joined the

senior author at Brockenhurst, and the two combined

their efforts for the production of this memoir.

A work of the kind is almost indispensable in the

present state of Coleopterology, and the authors hope

that it will be received as a much needed contribution to

a great subject. A subject too as to which, notwith-

standing its slight advancement, great misconception is

prevalent.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PARTIII.(DEC.) KK

478 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

The work has nearly all been carried out in the little

laboratory attached to the residence of the senior author

at Brockenhurst, and in a period of little more than

twelve months. Each of the authors has devoted some

independent work to it since Mr. Muir’s departure for

Honolulu, and it is hoped that this fact will be accepted

as some excuse for certain inconsistencies that may be

discovered by a severe critic.

The drawings that form so important a part of the

work have all been made by the junior author, and

consequently on him has fallen the difficult task of

deciding as to the ventral and dorsal aspects of the

structures. This is far from easy; it is, in fact, beset

with sources of deception, as may be seen from the note

(as to a discovery made by the junior author) placed in

front of our descriptions of the family Scarabaeidae.

A primary object of the authors being to make a

review extending over all the Order, they could only

hope, in the too short time at their disposal, to get

together the necessary material by the aid of their friends.

Appeals were therefore issued with this object, and met

with the most obliging responses; and we naturally desire

to tender our warmest thanks to all those who have

helped us in this and in other ways. We must mention

first of all Mr. G. J. Arrow of the British Museum of

Natural History; the only limit to whose kindness has

been the reluctance we felt as to taking his attention

from more important duties.

Mr. Antwerp E. Pratt made over to us a considerable

collection of Coleoptera from New Guinea. ‘This enabled

us to examine a number of specimens in the case of

certain species, and has been most useful, though, for our

purpose, it has been subject to the drawback of several

of the forms being new or little-known species.

Mr. J. C. Moulton of Sarawak, Mr. T. Bainbrigge

Fletcher of Pusa, Mr. Arthur M. Lea of Tasmania, Mr.

W. W. Froggatt of Sydney, sent us useful material. Herr

Edmund Reitter of Paskau was so good as to select from

his stores and send to us several forms we specially

needed. Jn our own country Commander Walker and

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall provided important material. Mr.

Geo. Lewis has given us a few interesting forms. Mr.

Ford of Bournemouth, and Mr. Janson of London gave

themselves considerable trouble in the selection of speci-

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 479

mens for us. Mr. Hugh Scott of Cambridge University

assisted us in every way that we asked.

Mr. G. C. Champion and Mr. C. J. Gahan have been

very good by helping us in the disagreeable task of

naming our heterogeneous material.

As regards the taxonomical and phylogenetic portions

of the memoir it is desirable that we should say that they

are drawn up to display the part that a knowledge of the

fertilising structures should have in these two departments

of Coleopterology. The senior author has for many years

taken an interest in the taxonomy and phylogeny of

Coleoptera, and it would therefore be absurd to pretend

that, apart from consideration as to the sexual organs, he

is in complete ignorance as to the bearings of other

branches of anatomy, of physiology, of ethology and of

ontogeny on the two departments mentioned. But the

junior author is comparatively a recent student of these

departments; and the senior author, therefore, gave him

a free hand in drawing up the tables, and has modified

them but little. They represent, therefore, fairly well the

results that may be obtained in taxonomy and phylogeny

from a preliminary study of the male genital tube. We

hope that we have made it clear, in other parts of the

paper, that our work is only a very imperfect introduction

to this comparatively narrow field of inquiry. But we

believe the subject will prove to be of great importance

when combined with the results derived through other

lines of investigation. There is one point, however, in

the memoir that has not been based on study of the

aedeagus, viz. the families we have made use of. Though

we shall have in the course of this memoir to propose

several changes as to the families of Coleoptera, it must

not be supposed that the families here dealt with have

been decided on from the point of view of the structure

of the genital tube. The forms studied were selected in

the first instance simply by our desire to study these

structures throughout the whole Order. We may, how-

ever, say that though certain changes will have to be

made, yet our impression is that most of the families at

present in use in Coleopterology will have their validity

substantiated by a continuance of this study.

The second part of our morphological section deals with

the nature of the male organs; and under the heading

Phytophagoidea in the section phylogeny some more

KK 2

480 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

speculative opinions on the same subject are given; but

a brief elementary statement on this point will probably

be found useful here. Two simple diagrams (figs. 239

and 239) have been made with the same object. They are

really diagrammatic and do not represent any particular

form. .

Let a glove be taken, a hole pierced in the tip of one

of its fingers, a slender tube attached around this hole,

this tube being placed inside the finger and prolonged

into the hand-part of the glove: and we have before us

a rough model of the genital tube.

This structure lends itself to modification in the readiest

manner. By traction on the slender tube the finger of

the glove can be entirely drawn into the hand, with the

result that the distal orifice becomes proximal. Let the

glove finger be restored to its natural position and some

hard patches be put on it, and the operation of invagina-

tion be again repeated, and it will be noted how protean

this simple arrangement can become. Further make some

small folds on the finger, andisuppose these to grow out

(after the fashion of the horns and processes on the heads

of Lamellicorn beetles) and the reader will then have a

general idea of the structures we are about to consider.

The finger of the glove can be made by some folds to

collapse in several layers, like a shut-up nautical telescope,

and this telescopic arrangement can be carried to such an

extent that Straus-Durckheim (Melolontha vulgaris, pl. vi,

f. 1) shows in a section of the telescopically collapsed tube

no less than eleven superposed layers.

We scarcely need to remark that the retraction and

eversion of the genital tube are not brought about by

force applied to the duct.

We have had considerable difficulty in arranging our

matter i a comprehensible sequence, and the different

sections of the memoir are not conformable in this respect.

We have endeavoured to diminish the inconvenience

resulting from this by means of an alphabetical index

of the names of families and groups placed immediately

before the explanation of the figures.

In the course of this memoir we have occasion to refer

the reader to a passage of the historian Gibbon, relating

to the Empress Theodora, the consort of the Emperor

who rebuilt the great cathedral of Saint Sophia at

Constantinople. We may fittingly close our introductory

mi ————

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 481

remarks by a quotation from the same chapter of this

immortal author. He says, “A magnificent temple is a

laudable monument of national taste and religion, and the

enthusiast who entered the dome of St. Sophia might be

tempted to suppose that it was the residence, or even the

workmanship of the Deity. Yet how dull is the artifice,

how insignificant is the labour, if it be compared with the

formation of the vilest insect that crawls upon the surface

of the temple !”—Gibbon, “ Decline and Fall of the Roman

Empire,” chap. xl.

II. ORISMOLOGY AND TECHNIQUE.

The following is a list of some of the terms we have

applied to parts of the male genital tube, and we add a few

synonyms used by other writers. The letters in brackets

are those made use of in the plates.

This section is concluded by some critical remarks.

AEDEAGUS. The median lobe and tegmen together. It is

the Edeagophore of Blaisdell.

AzyGOos, or the azygotic portion of the male genital tube.

It comprises all the unpaired portion of the tube from

the body wall to the divergence of the seminal ducts,

where the zygotic portion, or efferent ducts, ends

(b-d and 5-1, fig. 239).

BASAL-PIECE (bp). The basal part of the tegmen. It is

the “basale” (Blaisdell); external lobes (Packard) ;

basalplatte (Verhoeff); tambour (Straus-Durckheim),

EJACULATORY DUCT (¢) or stenazygos is the slender

portion of the genital tube from the seminal ducts

to the internal sac or eurazygos.

EuraAzyaos (c-d and 5-1, fig. 239). The enlarged portion

of the genital tube.

“FIRST CONNECTING MEMBRANE ((cm1l). The membrane

connecting the median lobe to the tegmen.

INTERNAL SAC (is). The enlarged portion of the azygos

which is more or less evaginated during copulation.

It is the sac interne (Jeannel); praeputialsack (Ver-

hoeff), and forms part of the ejaculatory duct of most

- writers.

LATERAL LOBES (//). The distal portion of the tegmen.

In the generalised trilobe type they form two free

processes lateral of the median lobe and often en-

482 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

veloping it. They are the “deux branches de la

pince” (Straus-Durckheim) ; mesostili in Procrustes,

ipofallo in Lucanus and perifallo in Dytiscus (Berlese) ;

apicale (Blaisdell), lateral lobes (Packard), Parameren

(Verhoeff).

MEDIAN FORAMEN (m/). The aperture, or lumen, at the

base of the median lobe through which the ejaculatory

duct passes.

MEDIAN LOBE (m/l). The central portion of the aedeagus

upon which the median orifice is situate. It is the

penis of Straus-Durckheim, Verhoeff, Packard and

many other writers, Korper (Lindemann), body

(Hopkins), ipofallo in Procrustes etc, and penis in

Oryctes (Berlese).

MEDIAN ORIFICE (mo). The opening, or area, on the median

lobe through which the internal sac is evaginated. It

is the “Mundung ductus ejaculatorius” (Verhoef),

fornix edeagi (Blaisdell) and apical opening (Hopkins).

MEDIAN STRUT (ms). A single strut, or a pair of struts,

proceeding from the basal part of the median lobe.

In some cases they are articulated to the median

lobe, in other cases they actually form part of the

median lobe without articulation or line of demarca-

tion.

PoINT OF ARTICULATION (pa). The point on the median

lobe to which the lateral lobes are attached. In

many cases the median lobe and tegmen are con-

nected by intervening membrane and there is no

point of articulation.

SECOND CONNECTING MEMBRANE (cm2), The membrane

connecting the tegmen to the termination of the

abdomen. It is the prepuce of Straus-Durckheim

(Melolontha vulgaris).

SPICULE (sp fig. 224). A sclerite attached by one end

to the second connecting membrane. In many cases

it is Y- or T-shaped. It is the Stengel (Lindemann),

spiculum gastrale (Verhoeff), rod or fork (Hopkins),

and is considered by some as being the last sternite.

It is not infrequently similar in shape to another

sclerite that pertains to another layer of the genital

tube.

Srenazycos. Is the stenazygotic or slender portion of the

azygos (b-c, fig. 239).

TEGMEN (tg). The term applied to the lateral lobes and

— = 4 ee ell

—it® > Oa, he

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 483

basal-piece together. It is the ring (Hopkins), Gabel

(Lindemann).

VENTRAL PLATE (vp, fig. 19, etc.). A sclerite on the

anterior ventral surface of the basal-piece in some

Lamellicorns. In some cases the lateral lobes are

consolidated to its anterior edge. The chitinisation

of this part varies much.

Zycos. Zygotic portion of the male genital tube; and is

formed by the two seminal ducts (a—, fig. 239)

proceeding from the testes.

METHOD EMPLOYED.

In preparing this memoir it was necessary to make use

of a great deal of dried material, some of it fifty and

sixty years old, as our time was limited and we could not

procure fresher specimens. In such cases we found the

following methods acted very well and, if care was used,

did not destroy the specimen. The dried specimens were

placed in water and allowed to soak for a time according

to the size and condition of the specimen, the water being

heated if necessary ; when thoroughly relaxed the aedeagus

was dissected out, either through the opening between

the last dorsal and ventral plates, or the last segment was

taken off, or the abdomen was taken off at the base, the

aedeagus extracted through the basal foramen and, when

necessary, the abdomen stuck on to the thorax again. The

aedeagus was then placed in weak caustic potash for a

time when the muscles would swell up and could then be

dissected ; in cases where it was necessary to clear off all

the muscles the caustic potash was used very strong. To

get the internal sac evaginated was a more difficult, matter ;

but with care it was possible to do this by the use of

localised pressure, and with the aid of a very finely pointed

syringe. By inserting the fine point into the median

foramen and gently applying pressure the internal sac can

be forced out in a manner, if not quite natural at least

near enough to study its shape and structure.

With fresh material it was a much easier matter, espe-

cially with bulbous forms such as are found among the

Staphylinidae; by placing the aedeagus in water and

gently pressing upon the bulb the internal sac can be

made to evaginate in a perfectly natural manner.

To study the position taken up by the internal sac

484 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

within the uterus during copulation it was necessary to

take the beetles in copula, kill them in a strong killing-

bottle and then dissect out the whole female organ with

the internal sac of the male still in situ.

We may here emphasise the great importance of extract-

ing the structures without injury to the basal parts. It is

necessary to give this caution because it too often happens

that the dissections of these parts that exist in various

collections have been made only with a view to examining

the apical portions of the structures. Hence the basal

parts are often found to have suffered serious injury.

As there can be no doubt that the nature of the genitalia

is destined to play a prominent part in the systematic

study of Entomology, the terms to be used in it should

be carefully considered. At present great confusion pre-

vails. This is not a matter for surprise when the difficulties

that exist are grasped. The male structures form parts

and accessories of a genital conduit of which the female

genitalia are the continuation and completion. Hence the

male parts are really only comprehensible when studied in

connection with the female parts ; and this, moreover, when

the two are functioning. The parts, in fact, have to be

restored to the condition they are in during copula.

The terms used in this memoir were of necessity selected

soon after the commencement of our work, and we consider

it advisable here to state how they appear to us at the

conclusion of our undertaking.

AEDEAGUS. This is a most convenient and useful term for

the combination of sclerites in the two adjacent

layers of the male tube. The term was, we believe,

introduced by M. A. C. M. E. Foudras (Altisides,

1859, p. 32). It is probably derived from the Greek

ta aidoia, signifying the genitals. The use of the

Greek word may be seen in the notorious passage of

Procopius quoted by Gibbon in footnote 24 of chap. x1

of “The Decline and Fall” We doubt whether a

better term could be found for this middle complex

of male sclerites, and we expect that a word will have

to be invented for the corresponding (if not homo-

logous) female sclerites.

MEDIAN LOBE. This term is not free from serious objec-

tions, but it is far superior to that of “penis,” which

applied to Insecta is totally fallacious. The part in

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 485

Insecta that most nearly approximates to the Verte-

brate penis is the internal sac, the knowledge of

which has been almost nothing until its recent in-

auguration by Jeannel. The median lobe appears to

be sometimes a complex or amalgamation of more or

less individualised sclerites. (Cf. Hydrophalus.)

LATERAL LOBES. Though a very suitable term for the

parts in the various trilobe forms, it is inappropriate

in cases where the projections (if homologous at all)

are medianly situate. Paramere is quite as good as

lateral lobes. Cornua (meaning cornua tegminis) is

also not free from objection, and accessory process

is rather cumbersome. Tegminal lobes might do if

the term tegmen be itself accepted.

BASAL-PIECE. Perhaps this term may stand till more is

known about the cases in which it is two pieces, and

those in which it appears to be absent.

INTERNAL Sac. Probably the term Vesica might be prefer-

able. But this part of the conduit is so protean in

form and development that it might be better to

invent a term indicating a structure that is pre-

dominantly membranous.

TEGMEN. This term seems convenient and adequate for

the layer of sclerites external to the median lobe.

The elytra of grasshoppers are frequently called

tegmina, but we do not think this objection to our

use of the term a serious one.

CoNNECTING MEMBRANES. This term cannot be com-

mended. It gives the idea that the sclerites are the

important structures. But the tube may exist without

sclerites and is it then a connecting membrane ?

Other terms (such as Prepuce) that have been used for

various parts are totally unsuitable. We consider that it

is premature to endeavour to establish permanent terms

for the parts of the complex genitalia of Insects till the

various Orders have been more thoroughly examined and

compared.

486 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

III. MORPHOLOGY.

A. SpecIAL ANATOMY.

Family CICINDELIDAKE.

Forms examined: Manticora tuberculata Deg., S. Africa.

Omus californicus Esch.,N. America. Cicindela tortuosa

Dej., N. America. TZherates labiatus Fabr., New Guinea.

Tricondyla aptera Ol., New Guinea.

Figs. 29-31 of Pl. XLVII.

Manticora tuberculata (Pl. XLVI figs. 31, 31a, 310).

Median lobe curved, tubular ; median orifice at distal end on ventral

side, about one-fifth the length of lobe ; median foramen at basal end,

as large as circumference of lobe ; dorsal edge forming a projection to

which lateral lobes are articulated. Lateral lobes broad at base, with

slender, free tips. Basal-piece shield-shape, connected to lateral lobes

by a curved band broader in middle ; the lateral lobes are slightly

asymmetrical and the distal end of each lobe lies on the left side of

the median lobe. The internal sac is nearly as long as the median

lobe ; at the point where the ejaculatory duct enters the sac there is

a small chamber with chitinous walls (fig. 316) drawn out into a

long, slender flagellum, with the external opening at its tip. Only

the baso-dorsal part of the sac is evaginated, as a tongue, with

the lateral edges turned down to form a groove, along which the

flagellum passes (fig. 3la); the rest of the sac is crushed up like

a concertina and the flagellum is pushed out.

Omus californicus.

Median lobe as in Cicindela but irregular in outline ; basal half

of lateral lobes wider than in Cicindela, distal half tapering to a

point. Basal-piece forming a thin V-piece on ventral side of median

lobe. Internal sacswell developed, a thin, long, curved chitinous

spine rising from the apex.

Cicindela tortuosa (P]. XLVII fig. 30).

Median lobe curved, tubular, swollen along the distal two-thirds ;

median orifice forming a slit along ventral side of the distal fourth

of lobe ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes slender, two-

thirds as long as median lobe. Basal-piece V-shaped, connected to

lateral lobes about one-third from their base, Internal sac large,

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 487

and, when invaginated, coiled up, with a long, slender flagellum

arising from apex with external opening of duct at tip (not shown

in figure).

Therates labiatus (Pl. XLVII fig. 29).

Median lobe tubular, curved, thick, smaller and slightly flattened

perpendicularly at base, median orifice at distal end, median foramen

at basal end. Tegmen consisting of a pair of thin symmetrical

lateral lobes, reaching to near tip of median lobe, and a wide

V-shape basal-piece. Internal sac large with chitinous plates and

two chitinous spines on sac, one curved and thin, the other short,

thick and straight ; the duct enters at apex but not through spine

(i, e. the spine is not of the nature of a flagellum).

Tricondyla aptera.

Median lobe curved, and tubular as in Manticora. The tegmen

consisting of slender lateral arms and V-shaped basal-piece, as in

C. tortuosa. Internal sac median size with large diverticula near

apex and a large, strong bent spine on sac which is not traversed

by the duct, the duct opening on apex of a small membranous

tongue at the tip of the sac.

Obs.—The Cicindelid aedeagus is similar to that of Cara-

bidae in structure ; but is distinguished from all the Carabid

types we are acquainted with by the presence of a basal-

piece in the form of a sclerite on the ventral side of the

median lobe. In this respect they resemble other Coleoptera

more than the Carabidae do; but in the development of

the internal sac with spines and a long flagellum they are

more highly specialised. A great number of the Carabids

are asymmetrical, whilst the Cicindelids are generally sym-

metrical or nearly so. The diagnostic of the family is the

same as that of the other families of the Caraboid series,

except as regards the basal sclerite, which appears to be

various in the series.

Family CARABIDAE.

Forms examined: Carabus violaceus L., Brockenhurst.

Cychrus ventricosus (teste Leconte), California. MJetrvus

contractus Esch., California. SBlethisa multipunctata L.,

England. Nebria brevicollis Fabr., Brockenhurst. Mor-

molyce phyllodes Hag., loc.? Pheropsophus agnatus Chd.,

China. Clivina fossor L., Brockenhurst. Anthia sexgut-

488 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

tata Fabr., India. Teflus difficilis Sternberg, Nyasa-

land. Pterostichus niger Sch., and oblongopwnctatus

Fabr., Brockenhurst. Ophonus sabulicola Panz., Southsea.

Laemosthenes complanatus De}., Southsea. Bembidium

biguttatum Fabr., Brockenhurst.

Figs. 32-35 of Pls. XLVII and XLVI relate to

Carabidae.

Carabus violaceus (Pl. XLVII figs. 32 and 32a).

Median lobe long, tubular and well chitinised; median orifice

extending about one-third along ventral side, the chitin of lobe

thinning out into membrane of sac; median foramen running

across basal end of lobe, the edge of which projects on dorsal side

for attachment of lateral lobes. Lateral lobes thin, especially at

distal end, nearly reaching to tip of median lobe. Internal sac well

developed, covered with short dark spines on basal half; folds of

membrane around opening of duct (od) complex (Fig. 32a). The

figure shows a depression along the dorsal side which under fluid

pressure becomes everted.

Cychrus ventricosus.

Somewhat like C. violaceus but median lobe more curved, especi-

ally at base. Lateral lobes stouter and developed more perfectly,

with tips slender and bearing a few hairs. Internal sac short

(about one-third the length of median lobe) with long thread-like

diverticula immediately ventral of opening of duct ; surface of sac

studded with minute papillae.

Nebria brevicollis (Pl. XLVII fig. 34).

Median lobe curved cone-shape, the median orifice being situated

at the small distal end, the median foramen at the large basal end.

Lateral lobes attached to dorsal edge of median foramen, left lobe

broad, flat, reaching to tip of median lobe, right lobe broad and

flat, reaching about two-thirds along median lobe. Internal sac

small and undifferentiated.

Metrius contractus

Median lobe short, deep, flattened ; the distal end produced into

a curved blunt spine; median orifice narrow, running along one-

fourth of ventral side of lobe, near distal end ; median foramen on

basal end somewhat dorsal. Left lateral lobe narrow, spatulate at

end, with fringe of long hairs along dorsal side, a little longer than

median lobe; right lobe shorter, broader and produced to point,

without hairs along edge. Internal sac large and complex.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 489

Blethisa multipunctata.

The aedeagus of this species is remarkable by the small area

of the median lobe that is chitinised, the larger part of the lobe

being membranous. This species has also a very peculiar feature,

inasmuch as a long strut extends forwards. This strut appears to

be a process of the internal sac, and has nothing in common with

the strut of Dytiscidae that at first sight appears to be similarly

placed. It is unfortunately too late to add a drawing of this

interesting structure to our plates.

Mormolyce phyllodes (P1, XLVII figs. 33 and 33~).

Median lobe very short, stout, and funnel shaped ; median orifice

large, across distal end, the edge of left side being drawn out

into a narrow tongue; median foramen large, across base of lobe,

with lateral lobes attached to edge on dorsal side. Left lateral

lobe small and flattened, right lobe double the size of left. Internal

sac when evaginated twice as long as median lobe, with blunt short

diverticula near apex and the apical part granulated. It is possible

that the sac as figured is not entirely evaginated near apex.

In this paradoxical insect, the articulation between the lateral

lobes and the median seems to be imperfect, but our preparation is

from an immature example.

Pheropsophus agnatus (Pl. XLVIII fig. 35).

Median lobe short, pointed ; median orifice occupying median

portion on ventral side of lobe ; median foramen basal. Lateral lobes

small, irregular and sub-equal. Internal sac large, with blunt, short

diverticula near base and on ventral side.

Anthia sexquttata.

Median lobe forming an irregular tube, abruptly bent up dorsally

near base ; median orifice a narrow slip along one-fourth of tube on

ventral side near apex, continuing as a depression to near bend at

base ; median foramen at basal end. Lateral lobes small, thick and

irregular, right larger than left.

Tefius difficils.

Very solid tubular median lobe, somewhat asymmetrical, with

short thick lateral lobes attached to its dorsal basal point, the

right lateral lobe larger than the left; median orifice at distal

end, median foramen at basal end, slightly dorsal. Internal sac

large, complex, covered with chitinous granulations.

490 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

The Carabid aedeagus consists of a more or less

asymmetrical median lobe, with small but very varied

lateral lobes attached to the dorsal side of the base of the

median lobe, often very asymmetrical and often very much

reduced. The basal piece absent, or rather not to be

distinguished from the second connecting membrane.

Internal sac often complex and well developed, contained

in median lobe when invaginated (not passing through

median foramen). When withdrawn into abdomen the

aedeagus lies on its side.

The absence of a basal sclerite separates this family

from the Cicindelidae.

Family PAUSSIDAE.

The form examined appears to be the S. African Ortho-

pterus smitht Macl. Our specimen has no locality label.

Fig. 41 Pl. XLIX.

Orthopterus smithi (Pl. XLIX fig. 41).

Median lobe a chitinous curved tube, thinner at distal end than at

base ; median foramen as large as the lobe, with the lateral lobes

attached to its dorsal edge ; median orifice formed by an asymmetrical

slit at distal end, the right edge being produced into a small curved

knob, the left into a curved flattened’ point. Right lateral lobe

broad, and flattened, reaching to near apex of median lobe, left

lateral lobe narrow and slightly shorter ; a small thin sclerite is

attached to connecting membrane between the lateral lobes on

ventral side (not shown in figure) and appears to be homologous to

the basal-piece in Dytiscus. Internal sac fairly large and when

evaginated funnel shape.

This aedeagus is distinctly Caraboid and strongly reminds

one of Nebria. If we may judge from a single dissection

the family differs from Carabidae by the possession of a

scleritic basal-piece.

Family RHYSODIDAE.

Form examined is a species from Queensland, not con-

tained in the British Museum Collection. It is a large

form somewhat resembling the European &. sulcatus.

Fie, 36' PXLvay,

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 491

Rhysodes sp.? (Fig. 36).

Median lobe a strongly chitinised, curved tube, with median

orifice on ventral side of apex and median foramen at basal end.

Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right large, flat and subtriangular,

the left small and irregularly oval. Internal sac well developed,

a large lobe arising from the apex armed with patches of hairs and

chitin plates.

This is a characteristic Caraboid type and must be placed

near that family.

Family PELOBIIDAE.

Pelobius tardus Herbst, from Brockenhurst has been

examined.

Fig. 40 Pl. XLIX.

Pelobius tardus (Pl. XLIX fig. 40).

Median lobe strong, curved, somewhat flattened, produced into

blunt barb at tip, with a shallow groove along the ventral side (or

the lateral edges turned down ventrally), a membranous tongue

(a) covers the basal four-fifths of the groove, the median orifice

being covered by this tongue. Lateral lobes large, produced into

filament at apex ; articulated to median lobe on dorsal side of base.

Basal-piece forming a T-shape sclerite, with a large head. No

differentiated sac.

Family HALIPLIDAE.

The form examined is the common European H. fulvus

Fabr.

Big.voOi PL XLV IL.

Haliplus fulvus (Pl. XLVIIT fig. 39).

Median lobe a flattened curved body, deeply grooved along the

ventral side, with a membranous tongue (a) covering the basal

three-fourths of groove; the basal part expanded, with lateral lobes

articulated to dorsal edge. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, left one short

and broad, with hairs on inner surface near distal end ; right lobe

longer and narrower, with slender tip, inner surface covered with

long fine hairs. Basal-piece forming a wide V-shape sclerite joining

lateral lobes across the ventral side. No differentiated sac,

492 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family DYTISCIDAE.

Forms examined: Dytiscus punctulatus Fabr., and D.

marginalis L., England. Jlybius aenescens Th., England.

Figs. 37 and 38 Pl. XLVIIL.

Dytiscus punctulatus (Pl. XLVITI figs. 37 and 377).

Basal half of median lobe forms a tube, the distal half projecting

as four prongs, the dorsal one chitinous, the ventral and lateral ones

membranous (fig. 37a, a. b. b.). The dorsal half of lobe forming a

strong chitinous plate, broader and turned down in the middle (c)

and bearing hairs at the apex, the basal part being curved upward

and expanded ; the ventral half is membranous (m). Lateral lobes

large and broad, bearing hairs at the tip and attached to the base

of the median lobe on the dorsal side (pa). A thin strut (bp) broad

at the end where it supports the membrane between the bases of

the lateral lobe, on the ventral side, represents the basal-piece.

This functions as a lever to which the muscles for turning the

aedeagus are attached. When invaginated the aedeagus rests on its

side, but when evaginated it takes a turn and the dorsal becomes

ventral. Our figure shows it in its true dorso-ventral position. Sac

undifferentiated.

Dytiscus marginals.

This only differs in details from D. punctulatus, the median lobe

is expanded into a small flattened disc at apex ; the lateral lobes are

longer.

Tlybius aenescens (Pl. XLVIII fig. 38).

Median lobe consisting of a strong, curved, thin sclerite, broad-

ened at the base and turned down to form a short groove, the ventral

side of this groove being covered by a membranous tongue (qa), thus

forming a very short tube where the undifferentiated sac opens.

Lateral lobes broad at base, flattened and slightly twisted at tips

and attached on dorsal side of the base ; the inner dorsal surface

being studded with short stout sense-hairs, the rest of inner surface

with long fine hairs. Basal-piece (bp) broad at the end where it

partly surrounds the base of the median lobe but narrow beyond.

This appears to be a more perfect structure than the

aedeagus of Dytiscus.

The three families, Dytiscidae, Haliplidae, and Pelo-

biidae, are closely allied as to the aedeagus, the median

lobe being on the same plan, and differing from Carabidae

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 493

and Cicindelidae. In the latter two families the median

lobe is a more or less perfect tube with the median orifice

at or near the distal end, and the median foramen at the

basal end; in the three other families it forms a chitinous

organ, grooved along the ventral surface (or the lateral

margin turned down), with a membranous tongue cover-

ing the basal part of the groove. There being no differ-

entiated sac it is impossible to say how much of the

ejaculatory duct is evaginated during coition.*

Unfortunately the only Amphizoidae we could procure

were females.

Family GYRINIDAE.

Forms examined: Hnhydrus sp. n., aff. HL. atratt, Lita,

4000 ft. Gyrinus natator and wrinator, England. Orecto-

chilus dispar Walker, Ceylon.

Figs. 42, 48 and 43a Pl. XLIX.:

Gyrinus natator (Pl. XLIX fig. 42).

Median lobe slightly flattened and curved; tip truncate ; dorsal

and lateral parts chitinous ; median orifice forming a narrow slit on

the membranous ventral side near tip; median foramen at base.

Lateral lobes flattened horizontally, narrow at base and gradually

widening to truncate apex, which bears long hairs; consolidated

along ventral basal half and near base on dorsal side. Median lobe

articulated to base of lateral lobes on dorsal side. Basal-piece large,

forming a large chitinous plate on ventral and lateral sides ; mem-

branous on dorsal side; membrane connecting it to lateral lobes

large and allowing great movements of parts. No differentiated

internal sac.

Enhydrus, sp.

This is the same type as G. natator, the median lobe being

pointed and the lateral lobes pointed on the inner side of a widened

tip. Basal-piece large, but connecting membrane not so large as in

G. natator, and not allowing so much movement between basal-piece

and lateral lobes, No differentiated internal sac.

Oretochilus dispar (Pl. XLIX figs. 43 and 43a).

Median lobe tubular, drawn to a point on the ventral side of the

apex ; median orifice situated on dorsal side of apex; median fora-

* F. Netolitzky (Deut. Ent. Zeitschr., 1911, p. 271) has discussed

the Adephaga from the point of view of the lateral lobes.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IIL (DEC.) LL

494 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

men at base. Lateral lobes narrow and bluntly pointed, the distal

half bearing fine hairs along edge. SBasal-piece long and narrow.

No differentiated internal sac.

The aedeagus of the Gyrinidae is of the trilobe type with

well-developed basal-piece, and they should not be placed

with the Dytiscidae, but near to the Hydrophilidae. The

comparatively simple trilobe form and undifferentiated

internal sac indicate a form of low specialisation (accom-

panied by extreme adaptive characters of the body). In-

formation as to the mode of fertilisation in this family is

very desirable.

Family HYDROPHILIDAE.

Forms examined: Hydrophilus (Hydrous of recent

authors) piceus L., Europe; H. ater Fabr., Paraguay.

Anacaena ovata Reiche, England. Berosus luridus L., and

B. signaticollis Charp., Brockenhurst. Laccobius ytenensis

Sharp, Brockenhurst. Helophorus aquaticus L., Brocken-

hurst. Dactylosternum subdepressum Cast., Panama.

Figs. 44-46a Pl. XLIX.

Hydrophilus piceus (Pl. XLIX fig. 44),

The aedeagus of this insect is the best known of any, as it has been

figured and described by many writers. See especially Escherich,

Zeitschr. Wiss. Zool. lvii. The’median lobe is well developed, mem-

branous, strengthened by three sclerites. A ring-like one (a) sup-

ports the median orifice, a thin rod-like one runs down the ventral

surface, and a large one (b) covers the dorsal surface ; the latter is

narrow at the tip and broadens out basally, where it extends into a

pair of median struts (ms), a keel runs down the centre, bifurcates

about the middle and the keels continue on to the median struts.

The lateral lobes are broad at the base, where they meet both dorsally

and ventrally and embrace the base of the median lobe; from the

base they taper off to a point at the apex. ‘The basal-piece is

formed by a large, shield-shaped sclerite (bp) with its lateral edges

turned up, the dorsal side being membranous. When the muscles

acting upon the median struts force the median lobe outwards, the

fact of it being articulated to lateral lobes (at the point of articula-

tion pa) causes it to turn dorsally upon that point, this at the same

time forces the lateral lobes apart. This appears to be the action of

all the trilobe types in which the lateral arms are free (not con-

solidated together) and the median lobe is articulated to the lateral

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 495

lobes. We have not examined one of these forms during copula-

tion, but it is most likely that the lateral lobes are used to keep

open the external orifice of the female. The internal sac is

undifferentiated.

Laccobius ytenensis (Pl. XLTX fig. 45).

This is a trilobe form. Median lobe chitinous on dorsal side,

membranous on ventral side whereon the median orifice is situate.

Lateral arms curved, surrounding median lobe. Basal-piece large,

membranous on dorsal side. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Berosus signaticollis (Pl. XLIX fig. 47).

Median lobe thin, tubular, slightly curved and pointed at apex;

median orifice on ventral side of apex; median foramen at base; basal

edge continued into two curved median struts (ms). Lateral lobes

large, consolidated into one piece on the ventral side, forming a

flattened trough into which the median lobe falls when at rest ;

point of articulation at base. Basal-piece large, forming a flattened

trough into which the lateral lobes fall when at rest, the distal

edge of the basal-piece being articulated to the middle of the ventral

part of the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated.

In B. luridus the median lobe is slender and long, the

lateral lobes slender and long and quite free. Basal-piece

small and jointed to the lateral lobes in normal manner.

Internal sac undifferentiated. The profound difference

between these two otherwise allied species is of great

interest.

Helophorus aquaticus.

The median lobe is short, broad at base and bluntly pointed at

tip, where the median orifice is situate. Lateral lobes about same

length as median lobe, broad at base and bluntly pointed at apex.

Basal-piece longer than median lobe, shield-shaped, membranous on

dorsal, chitinous on ventral side. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Dactylosternum subdepressum (Pl. XLIX figs. 46, 467).

Median lobe flattened, broad at base, pointed at apex, the dorsal

aspect being chitinous, the ventral membranous; the median orifice

towards the base on ventral aspect (mo). Lateral lobes meeting

together at base on ventral face, but wide apart on dorsal] ; tapering

to a point atapex. Basal-piece small, chitinous all round, but narrow

on dorsal aspect, and extending basally on ventral side, there some-

what shield-shaped. Internal sac undifferentiated.

LL 2

496 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

The Hydrophilidae possess an aedeagus of the trilobe

form, with well-developed median and lateral lobes and

basal-piece, but with undifferentiated internal sac. This

is a generalised type. Berosus departs from it furthest

in Bb. signaticollis.

Family STAPHYLINIDAE.

Forms examined: Gyrophaena pulchella Heer, England.

Homalota londinensis Sh.; H. elongatula Gr., and H. pavens

Er., Brockenhurst. TZachinus subterraneus L., Brocken-

hurst. Tachinoderus grossulus Lec. (? North America, no

locality ticket). Ocypus cupreus Rossi, Brockenhurst.

Staphylinus cacsareus L., Brockenhurst. Philonthus and

Gabrius, numerous species. Creophilus erythrocephalus

Fabr., Australia. Quedius ventralis Ar., Brockenhurst.

Pinophilus rectus Sh., and P. mimus Sh., Amazons. Platy-

prosopus sp., India. Othius fulvipennis Fabr., and 0. melan-

ocephalus Grav., Brockenhurst. Aantholinus glabratus

Gray., Brockenhurst, and X. phoenicopterus Er., Australia.

X. (Lulissus) chalybews Mann, Brazil. Paederus riparius L.,

Brockenhurst. Lathrobium brunnipes Fabr., L. fulvipenne

Grav., and JZ: boreale Hochh., Brockenhurst, Stenus

speculator Lac., Brockenhurst. Osorius sp. near ater Perty,

Trinidad. MNodynus leucofasciatus Lew., Japan. Olophrum

piceum Gyll, Brockenhurst. Leptochirus edax? loc. dub.

Zirophorus bicornis Ol, Amazons. Micropeplus fulvus

Er., England.

Figs. 61-74 of Plates LII, LIII and LIV are devoted

to Staphylinidae.

Gyrophaena pulchella (Pl. LII figs 61, 61a).

Median lobe chitinous, tubular, flattened near tip and twisted and

swollen slightly at base ; median orifice narrow, on ventral side near

apex ; median foramen at base small. There are two pairs of spines on

ventral side close behind median orifice. Lateral lobes large, broad

and flattened; inner surface membranous, outer chitinous, and

divided into several large sclerites; near apex there is a small

articulated lobe bearing two stout hairs. The lateral lobes are

attached to median lobe near base on ventral side of median

foramen (pa). Internal sac medium size with a long flagellum (fg)

arising from apex of sac and passing through median orifice.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 497

This is a highly developed form of the Aleocharid type.

The structure is very large in comparison with the size of

the insect.

Homalota londinensis.

Median lobe broad and flattened ; tip on ventral aspect curved

downward, and drawn out into a fine point, tipped with a fine

pin-head knob. Lateral lobes large and broad; on the lower

margin, near base, arises a long curved flattened spine. Sac not

examined.

Homalota elongatula.

Median lobe bulbous at base, membranous on dorsal side,

chitinous on ventral, the distal chitinous edge prolonged into a

laterally compressed curved tip. The lateral lobes large, flat, and

rounded at apex.

Fomalota pavens.

Median lobe swollen at base, chitinous on ventral side, mem-

branous on dorsal, distal end not twisted. Lateral lobes large. Sac

not examined.

Tachinus subterrancus (Pl. LIT figs. 61, 61a).

Median lobe short and bulbous, the ventral aspect formed by a

chitinous sclerite jointed at apex, the dorsal by a circular sclerite,

with a semi-membranous connection between (m), The median

orifice has a dorso-distal position and the median foramen is small

with a ventro-medial position. The lateral lobes joined together to

near tips, attached to median lobe near median foramen on

posterior (ventral) side. Internal sac large and complex, with a

flexible, chitinous sclerite (a) supporting each side; at the distal

end there is a large egg-shaped chitinous body (6) with a short

tube on one side on which the ejaculatory duct opens. The use

of this hollow egg-shaped body we are unable to conjecture.

Tachinoderus grossulus,

Distal half of median lobe tubular, basal half bulbous; median

orifice distal ; median foramen on ventral aspect in median position ;

semi-membranous:-around middle portion of bulbous base. Lateral

lobes small, amalgamated to near tip. Internal sac large, with

bilobed diverticulum on ventral face, and small chitinous process

at apex where the ejaculatory duct opens.

498 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Ocypus cupreus (Pl. LIT figs. 68, 65a, 680).

In this form the median lobe is a strong, chitinous tube with a

bulbous base, a semi-chitinous band (m) running round the bulb;

the median orifice is distal; the median foramen small and ventral,

at the junction of bulb and tube. The lateral lobes are amalgamated

and form a broad, slightly-curved plate on the ventral aspect of the

median lobe, the tip being slightly cleft. The internal sac large, with

four large, round diverticula near base, covered with curved spines ;

the dorsal side covered with long strong hairs, the ventral with large

curved spines, similar to those on the diverticula ; the apex is drawn

out thinner and has two constrictions near the end and the opening of

the ejaculatory duct (0) near the tip on the ventral side is supported

by two flat chitin sclerites ; a small spine rises just beyond it. The

sac shown in the figure is drawn from a specimen taken in copula ;

it had the position figured,

Creophilus erythrocephalus, has a median lobe somewhat like

O. cupreus, but the lateral lobes form a single broad prong on the

ventral face, Internal sac medium size with a short curved

flagellum arising from apex.

Quedius ; has a similar form of median lobe to Ocypus, and the

lateral lobes form a single piece on its ventral side. In Q. ventralis

(Pl. LII fig. 64) the internal sac is figured evaginated. In

Q. brevicollis the internal sac has a pair of small diverticula near

apex and the opening of the ejaculatory duct below them, also a

larger pointed pair on the dorso-lateral part of the middle, and a

round diverticulum on the ventral side near base, covered with

semi-chitinous pegs.

Q. vexans (of our British collections) has median and lateral lobes

of the same type, the internal sac being swollen at base and thin for

the distal two-thirds ; a pair of blunt diverticula arise from the side

near the middle, and a backward-pointing one nearer the base on a

median-ventral line.

Pinophilus rectus (Pl. LIV figs. 71, 71).

Median lobe large, bulbous at base, with semi-membranous strip

(m) running across to near apex; apex with dorsal edge projecting

beyond ventral; median orifice on ventral side of apex ; median

foramen small, on ventral side about one-fourth from base. Lateral

lobes thin narrow strips, articulated to median lobe on ventral

edge of median foramen. Internal sac about 15 mm. long, thin,

tubular, coiled up in median lobe when invaginated. Arising from

apex of sac is a fine chitinous flagellum as long as the sac, with

the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip, At the base of the

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 499

sac are three irregular chitin plates (b) with a narrow strip of chitin

(a) running some way along the sac. These appear to form guides

for the flagellum.

P. mimus has a similar sac and flagellum which make ten complete

coils in the median lobe, like a coil of rope, and measure 20 mm.

In Pinophilus where there is an enormously long sac

and flagellum, coiled up within the median lobe, it is not

likely that the sac is evaginated, but the flagellum is

thrust out and the basal part of the sac folded up like a

concertina bellows; nor is it likely that the whole of the

long flagellum is everted, but the muscles acting upon the

coils cause it to operate like a coiled spring, the distal end

being thus thrust out and retracted when the muscular

pressure is relaxed.

Othius fulvipennis (Pl. LIIT fig. 65).

Medium lobe bulbous with ventral distal edge projecting ; median

orifice dorso-distal, median foramen small, ventro-medianal ; a semi-

membranous band running round bulbous part of median lobe.

Lateral lobes thin, separate, attached to median lobe on ventral edge

of median foramen, Internal sac large, apex forming two diverticula ;

on the larger diverticulum the ejaculatory duct opens; a small

bilobed diverticulum on dorsal side and a pair of large diverticula

on ventral side ; between these last processes and the base are two

pairs of curved chitinous spines.

Othius melanocephalus (Pl. LIII fig. 66).

Very much like O. fulvipennis, but the internal sac differs greatly ;

on each side near apex is a fine long diverticulum (q).

Xantholinus glabratus (Pl. LIM figs. 67, 67a, 670).

In this species the bulbous median lobe is of an extreme form,

being egg-shape, with a small membranous distal portion to which

the greatly reduced lateral lobes are attached. The median lobe is

formed of dorsal and ventral sclerites, round, and connected by a

semi-membranous band (m); the median orifice (mo) is at the distal

end, and the median foramen (m/) slightly in front (or basal) on the

ventral face. These two openings are separated only by a chitinous

plate () formed by the basal part of the lateral lobes which are

extremely reduced. The internal sac is three times the length of

the median lobe, tubular, and studded with large teeth, curved

basally,

500 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

A less modified form is found in Xantholinus (Hulissus)

chalybeus (Pl. LIII figs. 68, 68a) from Brazil ; in which the distal

end of the median lobe is short and tubular, drawn out into a point

on the ventral side, the median foramen being situate in the ventral

chitinous sclerite at the base of the short tubular distal end,

X. phoenicopterus is also less modified than X. glabratus, the

lateral lobe being much larger and the median foramen on the

ventral sclerite,

Paederus viparius (Pl. LIT figs. 69, 69a).

The median lobe broad, slightly flattened and slightly bulbous

at base, the dorsal distal margin projecting beyond the ventral,

the median orifice being on ventral face beneath this projection; the

median foramen small, near base slightly dorsal. The lateral lobes

broad, flattened, with curved pointed apices projecting beyond end

of median lobe, closely applied to sides of it, and attached to it near

the ventral edge of median foramen. Internal sac with large

curved spine (a) at base. Apex of sac not examined,

Lathrobium brunnipes.

The median lobe bulbous and membranous, except on the ventral

basal part which is chitinous ; median orifice at tip ; median foramen

small, about the middle. Lateral lobes consolidated into a single

body, broad at base and narrow at apex where there are two small

points; a groove runs along the ventral side. They form the

strongest part of the aedeagus and are consolidated to the ventral

face of the median lobe from the edge of the median foramen to the

tip. Internal sac not examined.

L. fulvipenne is of the same type as L. brunnipes, but the left

lateral lobe appears to be absent and the right is large and projects

as a curved spine ; there is also a chitinous support on the dorsal

side of the median orifice.

L, boreale.

The same type as L. brwnnipes, the lateral lobes being consolidated

into a single piece, the tip being pointed and turned down like a

small hook, the median ventral line being keeled, not grooved.

The dorsal margin of the median orifice is supported by a small

chitin plate and a strong chitin piece with two hooks at the end

projects from the basal part of the internal sac. On each side of

the internal sac, near the base, is a patch of chitinous flat scales,

prolonged into prongs on the basal edge. When the sac is evaginated

the two-hooked piece on the dorsal side of the base turns over and

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 501

points basally. The aedeagus in Lathrobiwm is extremely irregular

and asymmetrical in structure.

Stenus speculator (Pl. III figs. 70, 70a).

Median and lateral lobes on same plan as Paederus riparius.

Internal sac large, with two chitin strips (a). These chitin strips

are continuations of the chitin of the ventral surface of the median

lobe.

Osorius sp. (Pl. LIV fig. 72) from Trinidad, apparently has the

lateral arms entirely missing, or reduced to a narrow, small band

slightly distal of the median foramen on the ventral side (Jl), The

median lobe is bulbous with the dorsal side semi-membranous and

the ventral distal edge pointed. The internal sac is large with two

diverticula near base, one bearing short hairs on the tip, and a large

curved diverticulum at end, ventral of the opening of ejaculatory

duct.

Nodynus lewcofasciatus,

Median lobe bulbous at base, chitinous on ventral side and drawn

out distally to a point, the dorsal side being membranous ; median

orifice at distal end on dorsal side ; the median foramen small, on

ventral side and about the middle. Lateral lobes fairly broad,

pressed against sides of the median lobe and projecting slightly

beyond tip, attached to median lobe on ventral side of edge of

median foramen. Internal sac without chitinous armature.

This is very Silphid-like, but the absence of the basal-piece

separates it from that group.

Olophrum piceum is very like Nodynus, the lateral lobes being

flattened and curved. Internal sac long, flattened and coiled up in

the median lobe ; its surface covered with hair-like scales.

Leptochirus, sp.

Median lobe tubular, curved ventrally near the base ; semi-

chitinous on dorso-basal part. Median orifice on dorsal side of tip ;

median foramen small, near base on ventral isde. Lateral lobes

small, about one-fifth the length of the median lobe, Internal sac

large, but not examined.

Zirophorus bicornis (Pl. LIV fig. 73).

Has a thin, slightly flattened median lobe, strongly chitinised

and curved at the base, and semichitinous along the dorsal basal

part (m). The lateral lobes are articulated to the curved base and

consist of narrow lobes free along their whole length. Median

orifice at distal end, median foramen at base. Internal sac short

and without armature,

502 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Micropeplus fulvus (Pl. LIV fig. 74).

This is a Staphylinid type, the median lobe being large and

bulbous at the base; the median orifice at the apex large, the

median foramen small and one-fourth from base on ventral side.

The lateral lobes are so completely amalgamated to the median lobe

that it is very difficult to distinguish them, but they are of fair size

and lie along the ventro-lateral portion of the median lobe, The

internal sac is large, complex, covered with small chitinous spines

and supported by chitinous patches,

It is among the Staphylinidae that we have found the

greatest modification of a single type. In this family the

internal sac reaches a high state of specialisation and the

modification of the median lobe for the evagination of the

sac by blood-pressure is carried to perfection. This is

brought about by modifying the tubular median lobe into

a bulb having chitinisations on the dorsal and ventral

aspects, with a band of membrane between, so that the

dorsal and ventral sclerites can be brought together by

muscular contractions and so exert pressure of a fluid on

the sac and turn it out.

The Staphylinidae are distinguished from the Silphidae

by the absence of a basal-piece. Since our paper was

written Dr. L. Weber of Cassel has published a very

valuable paper on the male genitalia of Staphylinidae

(Festschr. Ver. Cassel, 1911). We are, however, not pre-

pared to accept his interpretation of the very abnormal

genus Habrocerus, as to which he himself speaks with

considerable diffidence.

Family SILPHIDAE (= families Silphidae, Liodidae,

and Clambidae, Reitter).

Forms examined: Silpha (Phosphuga) atrata L., Eng-

land. SS. obscura L., England. S&S. japonica Motsch.,

Japan. S.? analis Chevr., Panama. Necrodes osculans

Vig., Woodlark Island. Necrophorus mortworwm Fabr.,

England. Astagobius angustatus Schm., Carniola. Ba-

thyscia (sp. not in Brit. Mus.), Piedmont. Liodes (Anisotoma

of certain authors) humeralis Fabr., England. Clambus

minutus St., England.

Figs. 48-54, Plates XLIX and L, are devoted to this

group.

eee

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 508

Silpha atrata (Pl. XLIX fig. 48).

Median lobe flattened, broad, with ventral side chitinous and

dorsal membranous ; median orifice at distal end ; median foramen

small, situate in the basal part of the ventral chitinous plate.

Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to rounded point at apex. A

thin ring of chitin runs over the base of median lobe (bp) and

joins the bases of the lateral lobes; this represents the basal-piece.

Internal sac large, rounded at the apex, with three large, round

diverticula at base (b), covered with long, fine hairs, thickest on the

dorso-basal surface.

The median lobe is not consolidated to the basal-piece and can be

dissected away.

The figure shows the apex of sac collapsed, the broken lines (c)

show the more normal shape.

Silpha obscura (Pl. I figs. 49, 49a).

Median lobe large, extending beyond the basal-piece ; the ventral

and lateral faces of the distal half chitinous, the dorsal side and all

the basal half membranous, except a small strip of chitin (a) extend-

ing from the median foramen (mf) towards the base. The median

orifice on dorsal side of tip ; the median foramen small, placed about

middle of ventral side. Lateral lobes fairly broad, curved at tips

and bearing a small knob, they are pressed closely to the latero-

ventral surface of the distal half of the median lobe. The basal-

piece is ringlike (bp). Internal sac large ; details not examined,

Silpha japonica.

Of the same type as S. atrata, The internal sac is flattened

horizontally and constricted in the middle, the dorsal surface is

covered with long, silky hairs.

Silpha analis (Pl. L fig. 50).

Though probably a different genus this is similar to the various

species we have already remarked on. The basal-piece is of rather

larger extent. Internal sac large with a large curved prong (a) on

each side near the base, basal part covered with short hairs, distal

part with granulated surface.

Necrodes osculans.

The aedeagus is of the Silpha obscura type. The median lobe

broad, with distal half chitinous, especially on the ventral aspect,

the ventral half membranous ; the median orifice dorso-distal, and

the median foramen ventro-medial. The lateral lobes each broad

504 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

at’ base, the apex slightly curved. The basal-piece consists of two

small narrow sclerites, attached to the base of the lateral lobes,

but they do not meet on the dorsal side.

Necrophorus mortuorum (Pl. L fig. 51).

Median lobe chitinous on ventral and lateral aspects, membranous

on dorsal aspect ; median orifice large, on dorsal aspect of apex ;

median foramen small, on ventral aspect about one-fourth from

base. Lateral lobes broad at base, tapering to blunt point, bearing

several hairs, Basal-piece (bp) slender and ring-shaped, Internal

sac large, but details not examined.

Astagobius angustatus.

The median lobe large, slightly flattened and curved ; the median

orifice on the ventral face of apex, the dorsal edge being pointed ;

median foramen large, at base. Lateral lobes long and thin ; basal-

piece formed by a small curved sclerite on ventral face, but not

meeting on dorsal. Internal sac large, armature not observed.

Bathyscia, sp. (Pl. L figs. 52, 52a).

Median lobe tubular, slightly flattened towards apex on dorsal

face where it graduates to a point ; median orifice at apex on dorsal

face; median foramen (mf) at base, as large as the diameter of

the median lobe, the edge being strengthened by a thickening of

the chitin (a). The tegmen consists of a broad ring-shaped basal-

piece (bp) with a pair of thin lateral lobes lying along each side of

the median lobe, the basal-piece being slightly posterior of the base

of the median lobe. Internal sac large, extending through the

median foramen. Arising from the apex of the sac is a short, stout

flagellum (c), along which the ejaculatory duct continues and opens

at its tip. The dorsal face of this flagellum is chitinous (a) and

broadened at the base where the corners articulate with a Y-shaped

(y) support (Jeannel’s Y-piece) ; the ventral face of the flagellum is

membranous, except at the tip where the chitin forms a short fine

tube.* Fig. 52a represents the internal flagellum (c of fig, 52) on a

much higher scale of magnification.

Liodes humeralis (Pl. L figs. 53, 58a, 538b) is of the same type

as Bathyscia. The median lobe is chitinous, strongly bent at the

basal third, swollen at base and pointed at apex; the median orifice

is at apex on ventral face; the median foramen at base, and as large

as the enlarged base of median lobe. The tegmen consists of a

* On this group reference may be made to an important memoir

by Jeannel, Arch. Zool. exp. v, 1910.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 505

ring-like basal-piece, broader on dorsal than on ventral aspect, with

a pair of narrow, pointed lateral lobes pressed close to the sides of

the median lobe. The internal sac not large, but with complex

armature at apex (53a, 53b). A flat, curved median chitin-piece (0)

is attached to the internal sac by a large chitin knob (c) through

which the ejaculatory duct runs and opens on the end of the median

piece ; a chitin plate (d) with asecond chitin knob (e) gives it greater

support. To each side of the chitin knob (c) is attached a flattened

pointed process, thickened at its base at the point of attachment, one

is slightly longer than the other.

Clambus minutus (Pl. L fig. 54).

Median lobe a thin, partly flattened, tube, with the dorsal distal

part drawn out into a curved process hooked at the tip, the ventral

distal part into a semi-membranous tongue. The lateral lobes are

amalgamated for two-thirds of their length and form a broad shallow

plate with the distal third forming unequal points, bearing a couple

of stout spines. The basal-piece ring-shape (bp). Internal sac not

examined.

Among the Silphidae s. 1. that we have examined there

are three distinct types of aedeagus. The first is repre-

sented by Silpha, in which the median foramen is small,

the median lobe collapsible on the dorsal aspect and forms

a collapsible bulb by means of which the internal sac is

evaginated by fluid-pressure, and the sac bears no chitinous

armature. In the second the median foramen is large,

and the median lobe is not collapsible and does not function

as a bulb for the evagination of the sac, and the sac bears

chitinous armatures.

The third type has the lateral lobes amalgamated to-

gether to form one piece, and the median lobe is tubular

and not collapsible.

These characters do not quite agree with the divisions

into families of the Silphid allies. As, however, the recent

authorities are not in accord on this point, and as we have

studied a very small percentage of the known forms, we

have treated the assemblage as one family. But we hope

our doing this will not be interpreted as supporting either

one view or the other.

The Silphid type approaches the Staphylinid type, but

the presence of a reduced basal-piece serves to distinguish

the two.

506 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family LEPTINIDAE.

Form examined: Leptinus testaceus Miill., Brockenhurst.

L. testaceus (Pl. LI figs. 55, 55a).

Median lobe large, chitinous on dorsal aspect, where it is drawn

out into a point and on the sides, semi-membranous on the ventral

aspect ; median orifice on the ventral aspect of the distal end (mo) ;

median foramen large at basal end, and proceeding somewhat along

dorsal side (b). Lateral lobes thin narrow bodies lying along the

dorso-lateral parts of the median lobe and projecting somewhat

beyond its tip. Basal-piece well developed, forming a ring through

the base of which the median lobe passes and projects beyond,

basally. Point of articulation on dorsal side. This basal-piece is

distinct but of a semi-chitinous nature. Internal sac large, project-

ing through the median foramen; it bears a patch of hairs near its

apex, and about the middle a long slender chitin rod (a) attached

to the sac by a broad square base ; the ejaculatory duct does not

pass through it. This differs but little from certain Silphidae.

Family PLATYPSYLLIDAE.

Form examined: Platypsylla castoris Rits., N. America.

P. castoris (Pl. LX XVII fig. 229).

This comes near to Leptinus from which it differs only in details.

Median lobe tubular, pointed at apex and greatly enlarged on

basal two-fifths; median orifice on ventral face near apex; median

foramen large at base. Tegmen consisting of a basal-piece surround-

ing the median lobe anterior to the basal enlargement, and a pair of

narrow lateral lobes situate on the dorsal face. Internal sac smaller

than in Leptinus and not passing through the median foramen when

at rest, covered with hairs and flattened pointed scales; a thin

flagellum arises from the apex.

We are indebted to Mr. E. A. Schwarz for the

opportunity of examining this interesting species.

Family SCAPHIDIIDAE.

Form examined: Scaphidiwm quadrimaculatum OL,

Brockenhurst.

S. quadrimaculatum (Pl. LIV fig. 76).

This is a characteristic Staphylinid type. Median lobe with distal

half forming a wide tube, basal half bulbous, with a membranous

— SS

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 507

band round the bulb (m) ; median orifice large, at distal end, with

ventral edge projecting beyond dorsal; median foramen small on

ventral face, about one-third from base. Lateral lobes attached to

median lobe on ventral aspect, at the ventral edge of the median

foramen. Internal sac large, with patches of short hairs; details

not studied.

Family TRICHOPTERYGIDAE.

Form examined: Zrichopteryx grandicollis Mann., Eng-

land, and some others.

T. grandicollis (P]. LXXVII figs. 231 and 2312).

The aedeagus consists of a short tube with a pair of hooked struts

on the ventral side of the base, the median orifice large, with the

ventral edge produced into a blunt point. Internal sac large,

bearing small spines and a small chitin-plate (a) on the dorsal face

and some chitinisation on the ventral (b) which we have not definitely

made out. The position of the opening of the duct on the sac was

not observed.

We could find no trace of tegmen. A small plate with a central

strut exists below the aedeagus, but it appears to be a body sclerite

and not the tegmen.

At present we are unable to associate this with any

other form.

Euryptilium marginatum has the organ longer, with the

ventral margin of the median orifice projecting, pointed,

and turned down.

Mr. H. Britten has submitted to us for examination

dissections of 7’. grandicollis, T. thorica, T. bovina, T. brevis,

Luryptiium marginatum, Ptiliolum spencei and an un-

identified species. These are each and all easily recog-

nised by the aedeagus.

Family CORYLOPHIDAE.

Forms examined: Saciwm politwm (coll. Matthews),

hab.? Corylophus cassidioides Marsh., England.

Bigs (o PI, LIV.

Sacium politum (Pl. LIV figs. 75, 75a).

Median lobe a large flattened tube, the median orifice at the distal

end, the ventral edge extending beyond the dorsal and pointed; the

median foramen very small at the basal end. Tegmen forming a

508 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

“ring-piece,” the cap (a) or lateral lobes forming a wide curved plate

slightly emarginate; the basal-piece forming a large shield-shaped

plate with a deep keel down the centre (b). Internal sac large, with

complex armature.

Corylophus cassidioides is of the same type. At present

we cannot directly connect this to any other type; the

small median foramen with the internal sac contained in

the median lobe is unique among the “ring” forms, where

it is the rule to have a large median foramen and the

internal sac passing through it, when not evaginated.

Family SCYDMAENIDAE.

Forms examined: Stenichnus collaris Miill., England.

Eumicrus (recently Scydmaenus) tarsatus Miill., England.

Leptomastax coquereli Fairm., Corfu.

Figs. 56, 56a, b and c, 57 Pl. LI.

Stenichnus collaris (Pl. LI figs. 56, 56a, 560, 56c).

The distal portion of the median lobe forms a short thick irregular

tube ; the basal part being curved under and prolonged into a flattened

narrow process (f), a band of membrane (m) connecting the two

portions ; the median orifice is large, at the distal end ; the median

foramen small, situate on the dorsal face about two-thirds down the

tubular distal end of the median lobe. Lateral lobes narrow flat pro-

cesses, attached to the median lobe at the dorsal edge of the median

foramen. Internal sac short but very complex (56c). On the dorsal

face there is a membranous surface bearing a pair of keels studded

with chitinous teeth (g) which converge together in the centre above

the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; on the ventral half is a broad

chitinous plate somewhat shoe-shaped in lateral view (a and b),

bearing a pair of small toothed processes (h).

We would like to call attention to the great importance

of recognising the mobility of the internal sac and con-

comitantly the variation in the position of the sac armature,

especially when it closes the median orifice. Unless this

is understood the shape of the aedeagus will appear to vary

greatly in certain species. In the figures we give, fig. 56

shows a side view with sac invaginated, 56) shows the sac

partly evaginated, and 56c with it entirely evaginated, or

nearly so; 56a gives a ventral view of 560.

ee ee

ie Si a ae i alla ei i Be

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 509

Humerus tarsatus (Pl. LVI fig. 57).

Median lobe tubular, slightly curved, with large median orifice at

distal end and small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large,

broad and closely pressed to sides of median lobe; they extend

beyond the end of the median lobe where the tips are consolidated

into a single point, entirely enveloping the ventro-apical portion of

the median lobe. Although the lateral lobes are pressed very closely

to the median lobe, yet they are not consolidated thereto, and can

be parted without damage. Internal sac small with a curved chitinous

process (a) bearing the opening of the ejaculatory duct at its tip.

Leptomastax coquereli,

Median lobe similar to Eumicrus tarsatus; the lateral lobes are

broad and flat but do not meet and become consolidated at their

tips. Internal sac small, with a chitinous process ending in a short

flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens.

The family Scydmaenidae exhibit a great diversity of

form, but all appear to be of one type. Median lobe more

or less tubular with a large median orifice and a small

median foramen more or less inclined to the dorsal face.

The lateral lobes articulated to the base of the median

lobe on the dorsal face of the median foramen. Internal

sac bearing armature. The point of articulation being on

the dorsal side of the median foramen distinguishes this

family from the Staphylinidae wherein the point of

articulation is on the ventral side.

The distinguished French entomologist, M. de Peyerim-

hoff, has published a memoir on the male structures of

Scydmaenidae, in which he expresses the opinion that the

structures are in some species variable. We would point

to our remarks under Stenichnus collaris as possibly

explaining the discrepancies he remarks on.

Family PSELAPHIDAE.

Forms examined: Sagola sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New

Zealand. Trichonyx sulcicollis Reich., Brockenhurst. Lry-

axis impressa Panz., and B. juncorum Leach, Brockenhurst.

Physa inflata Sharp, New Zealand. Palimbolus sp. (not

in Brit. Mus.), New South Wales.

Figs. 58, 59, 60 and 230 Pls. LI and LII.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART UI. (DEC.) MM

510 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Sagola sp. (Pl. LIT fig. 59).

Median lobe long, slender, tubular and slightly curved, the

median orifice at apex, the ventral edge projecting beyond the

dorsal. Lateral lobes large, flattened laterally and lying on each

side of median lobe, with their base in intimate union with the

base of the median lobe. The piece we call basal-piece (bp)

appears to belong to the lateral lobes and not to be a true basal-

piece, but this point is obscure. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Trichonyx sulcicollis,

Median lobe bulbous with circular, membranous patch on dorsal

face; median orifice at distal end, closed by a chitin plate which is

attached at the base of the internal sac; this plate moves when the

sac is evaginated; median foramen small, about two-thirds from

base. Lateral lobes short, flattened, applied closely to the ventral

face of the distal end of the median lobe. Internal sac large,

armed with strong chitinous plates.

Bryaxis impressa (Pl. LXXVII figs. 230, 230a and 0).

This appears to be much on the same plan as Sagola, but the lateral

lobes in their basal part are consolidated to the sides of the median

lobe, and their more median portions apparently meet, while their

outer portions remain free, divergent and pointed. If a section be

taken through the middle of the aedeagus it should include three

lumens, in the middle that of the median lobe (d of fig. 230b) and

another on each side, c, the lumen of the lateral lobe. Internal sac

undifferentiated. There is considerable difficulty in the interpre-

tation and delineation of this structure, as regards the distal portions

of the median strips of the lateral lobe.. In the figures 230 and 230a

it is assumed that they pass beyond the median orifice and then

meet at the point a.

Bryaxis guncorum.

The aedeagus is on the same plan as B. impressa, but is shorter

and more bulbous; the lateral lobes are consolidated to the median

lobe.

Physa inflata (Pl. UI fig. 58).

Median lobe bulbous, ventral and dorsal walls chitinous with a

membranous band (m) around the middle, median foramen small,

ventral and nearly median. The lateral lobes hard to distinguish

from median lobe but appear to be the two pointed sclerites on

each side of median orifice (Il), but it is possible that the median

sclerite (a) on the ventral distal part of the median lobe represents

———

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 511

the consolidated and reduced lateral lobes. Internal sac large,

swollen towards the apex where it is produced into two small

diverticula, between which the ejaculatory duct opens, the apical

dorsal part bearing spines, and a large spine on each side a third

from the base.

Palimbolus sp. (Pl. LII fig. 60).

Median lobe bulbous with right edge of median orifice prolonged

into point; except fora batch of membrane on dorsal side (m) the

median lobe is chitinous; median foramen small, on ventral face.

Lateral lobes small, subcircular bodies applied closely to median

lobe slightly posterior of the median foramen. Internal sac well

developed with two chitin rods (a) supporting the ventral surface

and forming two rounded projections beneath the opening of the

ejaculatory duct.

The few forms of Pselaphidae that we have examined

show very interesting differences which future investiga-

tion will probably show to be characteristic of distinct

groups, unless connecting forms should be found. The

type is closely allied to the Staphylinid. The possibility

of Bryaxis having a true basal-piece included in the

aedeagus requires Investigation, as the possession of such

a structure would prevent their being regarded as direct

offshoots of the Staphylinidae.

Family SPHAERITIDAE.

Form examined: Sphaerites glabratus Fabr., Scotland.

Fig. 78 Pl. LV.

Sphaerites glabratus (Pl. LV figs. 78, 78a).

Median lobe thin, only the tip visible; median orifice at tip.

Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for the greater part of

their length on the ventral, and for half their length on the dorsal

face, thus forming a tube in which the median lobe lies. Basal-

piece small and asymmetrical, the chitinisation forming a broad

circular band. Internal sac undifferentiated. This is very like

Syntelia.

Family SYNTELIIDAE.

Form examined: Syntelia histeroides, Japan.

Syntelia histeroides (Pl. LV figs. 77, 77a).

Median lobe well developed, long, curved, tubular, with a pair of

median struts. Lateral lobes very long and curved towards their

MM 2

512 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

pointed apices, consolidated together for the greater part of their

length. Basal-piece small, symmetrical, with the opening on the

ventral (?) face.

This comes near to Sphaerites.

Family NIPONIIDAE.

Form examined: Niponius canalicollis, Japan.

Fig. 82 Pl. LV.

Niponius canalicollis (Pl. LV figs. 82, 82a).

Median lobe tubular, slender and long ; lateral lobes longer than

median lobe and enveloping them. Basal-piece forming a long tube,

constricted near its base and bent. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This form of aedeagus is nearest to Syntelia but differs

in having the tubular basal-piece long, a character in itself

not of family importance.

Family HISTERIDAE.

Forms examined: Hister cadaverinus Hoffm., England.

Pachylister chinensis Quens., China. Macrolister maximus

OL, Africa. Oxysternus maximus L., Guiana. Hololepta

elongata Er. Andaman Islands. H. arcifera Mars.,

Cameroons. Saprinus nitidulus Fabr., England. Teretri-

osoma stebbingt Lewis, India.

Figs. 79, 80 and 81, Pl. LV, relate to Histeridae.

Hister cadaverinus (P). LY figs. 79, 79a).

Median lobe well developed, chitinous, slightly curved, with a

large flange running round the lateral and distal edges of the

apical half (a), forming a cavity in which the apical armature lies

when the median lobe is at rest. This median armature is a pair

of two-pronged structures, amalgamated at their bases and articu-

lated to the base of the median lobe; when the median lobe is

withdrawn between the lateral lobes at rest, the armature lies in

the cavity, but when it is thrust out the armature turns back.

There is a pair of short median struts. Tegmen consisting of a

small basal-piece with very large lateral lobes amalgamated on

their ventral side to the tip, and on the dorsal side along the basal

half. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Macrolister maximus.

A figure is given of this with the median lobe erected (Pl. LV

fig. 80).

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 513

Oxysternus maximus.

Median lobe rod-like, dilated at the tip into a cleaver-shaped

process. Basal-piece moderately long, slightly asymmetrical, with

a large membranous area on one aspect, just anterior to its junction

with the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes very long, coalesced on their

basal portions to form a very hard tube, the apical two-fifths

forming a half tube, or trough, at the basal portion of which is

the articulation of the median lobe. The rod-like, very hard

median lobe renders it pretty certain that the sac remains un-

differentiated. The aedeagus is here a beautiful structure with

very solid chitinisation.

Hololepta elongata (Pl. LV figs. 81, 81a).

The aedeagus is flattened and thin, the basal-piece more than

two-thirds the length of the lateral lobes; the lateral lobes amal-

gamated along the dorsal surface to the tip and along the ventral

surface for the basal two-thirds, The median lobe is greatly reduced.

Saprinus nitidulus.

Median lobe small, only the tip visible. Lateral lobes very

large, consolidated together along their entire length, with the tips

slightly flattened and turned down; this forms a complete tube

with an opening atthe tip on the dorsal side. Basal-piece very small,

asymmetrical. Internal sac small, apparently not differentiated.

Teretriosoma stebbingi, Weare indebted to Mr. Lewis

for the opportunity of examining this rare and interesting

Histerid. The individual was in a very decayed con-

dition and the preparation was not very successful, but

it shows that this form departs from the other Histeridae

we have examined by the shape of the lateral lobes,

which are flattened divergent laminae. Their conjunc-

tion with the basal-piece seems to be more intimate than

usual.

The four families Histeridae, Synteliidae, Sphaeritidae

and Niponiidae are so closely related by the aedeagus, that

they might form one family, in which the Histeridae would

include the higher developments. Its characteristics are

the existence of a basal sclerite having no power of move-

ment over the median lobe, and extremely large lateral

lobes more or less amalgamated to forma tube. The

type is extremely different from Staphylinidae. But the

approximation to the Byrrhidae is clear.

514 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family PHALACRIDAE.

Forms examined: Phalacrus grossus Er., Spain. Lzto-

librus obesus Sharp, Panama. Olibrus corticalis Panz.,

England.

Figs. 83 and 84 Pl. LVI are Phalacridae.

Phalacrus grossus (Pl. LX figs. 83, 83a).

Median lobe broad and flattened ; median orifice on dorsal face

at apex; median foramen large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece.

The “cap-piece” formed of the two flattened lateral lobes consoli-

dated on the dorsal side to near their apices, and a large flat

plate, turned down along the lateral edges, the basal corners

meeting together on the ventral side of the median lobe, where

the ring is asymmetrical. Internal sac large and complex.

There is a pair of long tubular glands which open on the apex

of the sac, one on each side of the opening of the ejaculatory duct.

As our specimens were dried we could not examine the testes to see

if these glands were extra, or if there were the usual ones having

an abnormal opening. In Olibrus corticalis these glands are not

present in this position.

Intolibrus obesus (Pl. LVI fig. 84).

Median lobe broad and flattened, slightly bent near the base

where a flange (a) runs along the dorsal face ; median orifice on

dorsal aspect at tip; median foramen large, on ventral side of

base. Tegmen forming ring-piece. Lateral lobes small, consoli-

dated’ together and forming a pointed, flattened plate bearing a

pair of small curved hooks ; basal-piece long and narrow on dorsal

side, broadened at the base where it encircles the median lobe,

having two deep emarginations causing the median central portion

(b) to project as a tongue. Internal sac large, bearing a pair of

double claws and a pair of small plates, as armature.

Family MONOTOMIDAE.

Form examined: Monotoma conicicollis Guér., England.

Fig. 85 Pl. LVI.

Monotoma conicicollis (Pl. LVI figs. 85, 85a).

Median lobe short, broad, flattened, and slightly curved;

median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge projecting beyond the ventral

and pointed; median foramen at base and of large size. From the

ventral edge of the median foramen proceed two long struts (ms).

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 515

Tegmen (fig. 85a) forming a ring-piece, the dorsal part being a hood-

shaped body, with a thin piece proceeding from each basal corner and

consolidating on ventral side of median lobe. Internal sac very

large, bearing armature near base (b) and towards apex (a).

Family NITIDULIDAE.

Forms examined: Psilotus atratus Reitt., Chiriqui.

Cychramus luteus Fabr., England. Jps (Glischrochilus of

various authors) yaponius Motsch., Japan.

Figs. 87 and 88 Pl. LVI.

Psilotus atratus (Pl. LVI fig. 87).

Median lobe tubular, broad and flat, with single median strut.

Tegmen forming a large broad curved plate or hood, on dorsal

face, with a small dorsal median projection (a) from base, the basal

corners meeting and consolidating on ventral side of median lobe.

Internal sac large, the opening of ejaculatory duct at apex, where it

is supported by two chitin rods consolidated together at tip (b) round

the duct opening.

L[ps japonius (Pl. LVI fig. 88)

is of the same type as P. atratus; and so is Cychramus, the “hood”

being much larger than the median lobe.

The family Monotomidae comes near to these forms,

as also does Helotidae. On the other hand, Rhizophagus

does not belong to Nitidulidae. Whether it can be

satisfactorily placed in Cucwjidae (where we have treated

of it, cf. fig. 101), can only be determined by a much

more extensive survey of the Cucujidae than we have

made.

Family BYTURIDAE.

Form examined: Bytwrus tomentosus Fabr., England.

Fig. 86 Pl. LVI.

Byturus tomentosus (Pl. LVI fig. 86).

Median lobe long, ‘slender, and pointed; median orifice at tip on

dorsal face; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a close-

fitting sheath, the distal half chitinous, the basal half membranous,

with a strip of chitin supporting each side (a); and a Y-piece

with a long stalk (b) supporting the ventral aspect. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

This type is similar to Trogositidae.

516 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family TROGOSITIDAE (or Ostomidae, or Temno-

chilidae).

Forms examined: TYemnochila virescens Fabr., Mexico.

Alindria grandis Serv., Africa. Leperina, sp. n.? aff.

adustae Pase., Australia. Thymalus limbatus Fabr.,

Brockenhurst.

Figs. 89 and 90 Pls. LVI and LVII.

Temnochila virescens (Pl. LVI figs. 89, 89a).

Median lobe long, flattened laterally, formed by a trough-shaped

chitin plate (a) on ventral aspect and membrane on dorsal aspect (b),

with a chitin strut round median orifice at distal end (c). Tegmen

formed into a sheath; lateral lobes distinct and only amalgamated at

base ; basal-piece large and tubular, chitinous on dorsal and ventral

aspects, membranous on sides. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Alindria grandis is of the same type, but the division between

lateral lobes and the basal-piece is obliterated.

Thymalus limbatus (Pl. LVIT figs. 90, 90a).

Median lobe long, straight, flattened laterally. Tegmen forming

a sheath with lateral lobes consolidated together on the ventral aspect,

basal-piece long, tubular, with a strong strut on the dorsal aspect

at base (a).

Leperina aff. adustae is of the same type but has the lateral lobes

free.

It is possible that this type is a development of a trilobe

type through such a form as Aulonium. Byturus belongs

near this family.

Family COLYDIIDAE.

Forms examined: Hnarsus bakewelli Pasc., New Zealand.

Tarphiomimus indentatus Woll., New Zealand. Auloniwm

bidentatum Fabr., Guatemala. Deretaphrus ignavus Pasc.,

Australia. Cerylon histeroides Fabr., England.

Figs. 91-95 of Pl. LVII relate to the above-named

forms.

Enarsus bakewelli (Pl. LVII figs. 92, 92a, 920).

Median lobe nearly as long as tegmen, chitinous on dorsal and

lateral aspects, membranous on ventral (a); median orifice on ventral

aspect near apex. Tegmen consists of a large basal-piece formed of a

ventrally-placed sclerite, the dorsal aspect membranous, and a pair of

——_—

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 517

lateral lobes joined together on their ventral aspects and forming a

large plate ; the median distal portion of the plate projecting between

the distal ends of the lateral lobes as a free process, truncate at

tip (b). No differentiated internal sac.

In this species there is a distinct abdominal plate between the

anus and aedeagus (lv), which we think must be the last ventral

sclerite of the body.

‘Tarphiomimus indentatus is of a similar type (Pl. LVIT fig. 98).

Aulonium bidentatum (Pl. LVIT figs. 91, 91a).

Median lobe large, somewhat flattened ; median orifice near tip

on ventral face. Tegmen formed of a large basal-piece, chitinous on

ventral and membranous on dorsal aspect, and a large piece, formed

of the lateral lobes consolidated together to near their tips, on the

ventral face.

Deretaphrus ignavus (Pl. LVII figs. 94, 94a).

Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at tip

on dorsal side, median foramen at base, which is slightly swollen.

Tegmen consisting of two short, broad lateral lobes, rounded at tip

and bearing a strong curved spine at base, between which the median

lobe passes, Basal-piece short, projecting as two short struts (a) at

base. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Some other species (which cannot be determined but are not

D. piceus, the type of the genus) are of the same construction with

slight difference in details.

Cerylon histeroides (Pl. LVII fig. 95).

The aedeagus consists of a long, tubular median lobe, swollen at

its apex, across which is the median orifice; and a small ring-

shaped tegmen articulated at the base of the median lobe. Internal

sac complex.

Obs.—There is great diversity among the few forms

of Colydiidae we have examined.

We might perhaps associate Hnarsus and Aulonium,

though there is much difference between them. Hnarsus

is one of the connecting links of the trilobe aedeagus with

the sheath-forms (Trogositidae, etc.) that we have at

present placed in Cucujoidea. We have therefore in our

table also given this genus a place in Byrrhoidea.

Aulonium is more definitely Trogositoid,

Deretaphrus is not thoroughly elucidated. There may

518 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

be an affinity with Rhizophagus. It is very different from

the trilobe form.

Cerylon is extremely difficult. If the ring at the base

of the long tubular median lobe be really the tegmen as

we have assumed, the genus might be said to be a trilobe

form with tegmen greatly reduced, with concomitant

great development of the median lobe in the tubular form.

This in fact would then be a form of development in some

respects parallel with what we find in Chrysomelidae.

A thorough study of the forms at present associated in

Colydiidae would probably lead to the dismemberment of

the family, and would in addition throw a considerable

light on Coleopterous taxonomy.

Family CUCUJIDAE.

Forms examined: Passandra fasciata Gray, Central

America. Hectarthrum cylindricum Sm., Queensland.

Cucujus mniszechi Grouv., Japan. Brontopriscus pleuralis

and B. sinuatus Sharp, New Zealand. Srontes lucius Pasc.,

Queensland. Diagrypnodes wakejieldi Wat., New Zealand.

Chaetosoma scaritides Westw. (?), New Zealand. LRhizo-

phagus depressus Fabr., England.

Figs. 96-101 Pl. LVIII relate to these forms.

Passandra fasciata (Pl. LVIII figs. 96, 96a).

Median lobe short and fairly broad, with the median orifice at tip, on

dorsal aspect ; the basal dorsal edge is continued as a broad strut (a),

which suddenly narrows and continues as a long fine strut (b). The

tegmen forms a ring, the dorsal side is formed by a pair of long

lateral lobes, wide at their base, where they are consolidated together

into a plate, and narrow for the distal three-fourths where they are

free ; the ventral portion of the ring is formed by a broad plate

attached to the outer basal corners of the lateral lobes. Internal sac

very long and narrow, except at its base where it is complex ; the

basal complex part of the sac evaginates easily and then forms a

cross-shape body (fig. 96«) ; the distal portion (c) has the opening at

its apex and forms a semi-chitinous trough ; the lateral portions (d)

are semi-chitinous ; two small diverticula (e) turn basally, and basad

of these are two more that bear hairs, The rest of the long internal

sac is narrow. At the apex of the sac there is a semi-chitinous

tongue (f) through which the ejaculatory duct passes. The enlarged

part of the ejaculatory duct forms a chitinous tube. It is possible

that this part of the duct passes through to apex of the sac and forms

a flagellum.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 519

Hectarthrum cylindricum

is on a similar plan, but the consolidated basal part of the lateral

lobes is constricted off from the free portion and forms a distinct

plate. :

From certain specimens that we have examined it appears probable

that the chitinous ejaculatory duct forms a flagellum, and is capable

of being thrust right through the tongue at apex, and entirely up

the internal sac.

This type (Passandra and Hectarthrum) differs from the

rest of the Cucujidae we have examined in having a large

plate on the ventral side of the ring-piece instead of the

consolidated tegminal struts (¢9).

Cucujus mniszechi (Pl. LVIII fig. 97).

Median lobe well developed, cylindrical, slightly flattened laterally ;

median orifice on dorsal aspect near apex, the ventral edge continued

into a small point ; dorsal basal edge continued into large median

strut (ms). Tegmen forming slender ring-piece, with small cap-

piece, bearing small laterallobes. Internal sac very long, with long,

slender flagellum arising from the apex, at the tip of which the

ejaculatory duct opens.

Brontopriscus sinuatus (Pl. LVIITI fig. 100).

Median lobe small, tubular, with median orifice at tip, the basal

part continued asa large flat strut, narrowing in middle and spatulate

at the end (a). Tegmen consisting of a ring piece with dorsal cap,

the cap being formed by a curved plate produced into two flattish

lateral lobes; there is no line of division between the plate and

the lateral lobes. Internal sac very long, with a long fine flagellum

rising from the apex; about the middle the sac is swollen and its

surface studded with fine, short spikes.

In Brontopriscus plewralis the aedeagus is very similar, but the

flagellum is longer, and there are four broad, short spines on the sac

about a third from its base.

Brontes lucius is very near to Brontopriscus, but the median strut

is longer and more slender; the middle of the internal sac slightly

dilated and covered with long strong hairs and the rest of the sac

sparsely covered with stout hairs.

Dagrypnodes wakefieldc (Pl. LVIII figs. 99, 99a).

Median lobe slender, curved and membranous, with a thin chitin-

rod on each side to support it; median orifice on ventral aspect

near tip. The tegmen forms on dorsal aspect a large cap, which is

520 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F..Muir on the Comparative

formed by two pieces articulated together, the distal one bearing

two small lateral lobes. It is possible that the distal piece is the

basal part of the lateral lobes, and the basal plate is the basal

piece. The basal corners of this basal plate meet under the

median lobe, No differentiated internal sac.

Chaetosoma scaritides (Pl. LVIIT fig. 98).

Median lobe slender, chitinous on ventral aspect, membranous on

dorsal ; median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip, ventral edge pointed

and projecting beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a ring, with

large dorsal cap-piece formed of a large curved plate with a pair of

broad lateral lobes at apex; the ring is broad and continued as

a strut (tg) on ventral side. Internal sac small, not differentiated.

There are probably more than one species of Chaetosoma

in New Zealand, and if so the one here dealt with is

not the C. scaritides of Westw. Ours is a comparatively

large, black form, found by Commander J. J. Walker at

Wellington.

Rhizophagus depressus (P|. LVIIT fig. 101).

Median lobe large, tubular and slightly curved ; median orifice

at apex, the base prolonged into a long dorsal strut. Tegmen

forming a slender ring round the median lobe, the dorsal part

slightly enlarged into a very small cap-piece. Internal sac large,

with stout, twisted flagellum arising from apex.

This differs from Nitidulidae by the large, exposed

median lobe, the cap-piece of the tegmen reduced so as

not to cover the lobe.

This family is of great interest and requires much

greater investigation than we have given it before any

definite conclusions can be arrived at. It will eventually

have to be divided. Whether or not certain divisions that

have already been proposed are adequate we cannot say.

Chaetosoma is of interest as it shows a probable transition

from the sheath type (Trogositidae) to the true ring type.

In Diagrypnodes we have a type nearer to Pythidae than

to Cucujus. The degree of differentiation of the sac and

the condition of the lateral lobes must be considered

in adjusting the relationships in this family. Thus

Hectarthrum has a more generalised tegmen than Lhizo-

phagus wherein its reduction to a mere ring is very

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 521

considerable. There are several other Cucujus-forms

(Prostomis, etc.) that we have not been able to examine,

although they are probably taxonomically important.

Family HELOTIDAE.

Form examined: Helota gemmata Gorh., Japan, and a

second species from Assam.

Figs. 106, 106a and 1060 Pl. LX.

Helota gemmata (Pl. LX figs. 106, 106a, 1060).

Median lobe broad, flattened ; the ventral face forming a plate

of which the lateral edges project slightly ; the base prolonged into

two broad struts; median orifice at distal end. The tegmen formed

of a large “ cap-piece” on the dorsal aspect and a Y-piece on the

ventral. The edges of the cap-piece are turned in and form a

groove in which the projecting edges of the median lobe run. In-

ternal sac large with complex armature at apex. This armature

(fig. 106b) consists of a stout chitinous block (a), on the end of

which the ejaculatory duct opens; the ventral face of this piece

forms a shallowly curved plate (b), on the dorsal aspect are two

curved plates, both deeply cleft at the tips (c).

This type must be placed somewhere near the Niti-

dulidae. It is an instance—and far from a solitary one—

of an aedeagus within an aedeagus.

Family OMMADIDAE.

Form examined: Omma stanleyi Newm., Australia.

Omma stanleyt (Pl. LIX figs. 102, 102a).

Median lobe well developed, tubular with median orifice on the

smaller distal end and the median foramen at the larger basal end ;

two short median struts; point of articulation on dorsal face.

Lateral lobes large, concave on the inner surface, where this

envelops the median lobe to near its tip, the basal part of the lateral

lobes consolidated together. No defined basal-piece. The internal

sac is simple and of medium size.

In this species the anus opens at the end of a chitinous

tube (a) which either represents the last segment (tergite

and sternite) or a chitinisation of the rectum, more

probably the former,

522 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative

Family CUPEDIDAE.

Form examined: Cupes clathratus Motsch., Japan.

Figs. 103, 103a, 104, 104a, 1040 Pl. LIX.

Cupes clathratus (Pl. LIX figs. 108, 103a, 104, 104a,

1040).

Median lobe small with median orifice on ventral aspect, forming

a longitudinal opening along the distal two-thirds. Tegmen com-

plex without distinct division between the basal-piece and lateral

lobes. On the dorsal side there is a plate (a) bilobed at tip, which

covers the median lobe. A pair of large lateral lobes with complex

tips, and from near their bases, on the ventral face, two long, slender

spines (b) are given off. Internal sac undifferentiated.

There is a unique structure pertaining to the dorsal plate of the

last visible abdominal segment (104, 104a, 104b). Asin Omma the

anus opens at the end of a chitinous tube (c), from below it there

rises a pair of flattened chitinous processes (d). The last visible

dorsal plate is deeply cleft at its distal margin, its basal part con-

tinues into the abdomen, curves under and ends in a point, a

hole (e) being left just before the bend, through which the gut

passes,

Obs.—As regards Omma and Cupes; though very peculiar

they are by no means closely allied, and form two families

more naturally than a single one. It is by no means

impossible that the peculiarities of these two Coleoptera

are indications of an old relationship with Insects of

another Order (perhaps something that preceded the

existing Sialidae). We really, however, know very little

about the creatures and generalisation is premature. We

find that their wings even have been but imperfectly

studied.

Family CRYPTOPHAGIDAE.

Form examined: <Antherophagus nigricorns Fabr.,

England.

Fig. 105 Pl. LIX.

A, nigricornis (Pl. LIX fig. 105).

Median lobe short and broad, the dorsal basal edge being con-

tinued as a broad, long, strut (a); median orifice forming a dorso-

lateral slit across the apex. Tegmen forming a ring with a large

dorsal cap ; the cap formed of a pair of broad, triangular lateral lobes

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 523

and a basal plate with the basal angles produced into struts (b) which

embrace the side, but are not consolidated together on the ventral

aspect, of the median lobe. Internal sac long (the apex broken and

not examined).

This type approaches the Phalacridae and also the

Erotylidae.

Family EROTYLIDAE.

Forms examined: Megalodacne sp., New Guinea; J.

grandis Fabr., Natal. Cypherotylus onagga var. Lac., 8.

America. Cryptodacne vittata Broun, New Zealand.

Camptocarpus prolongatus Crotch, Chiriqui. Doubledaya

sp., Siam.

Figs. 107 and 108, and 108a Pl. LX.

Megalodacne sp., New Guinea.

Has a tubular, curved median lobe, a very large cap-piece bearing

very small lobes. Internal sac more than twice as long as the median

lobe with chitinous flagellum half as long as sac.

Megalodacne grandis, Natal, is similar to the above but with

internal sac only a little longer than median lobe and flagellum nearly

as long as the sac.

Cryptodacne vittata (Pl. LX figs. 108, 108a),

Median lobe short, wide and slightly flattened ; median. orifice at

tip ; median foramen large, at base, with long strut from the dorsal

edge of median foramen. Tegmen forming a ring, with large cap

on dorsal aspect from the apex of which rise two short lobes. In-

ternal sac large with armature at apex ; this armature consists of a

curved process, chitinous on ventral and membranous on dorsal

(b) aspect, with the opening at the tip; dorsal of this process is

another consisting of a brush-like organ (c).

Camptocarpus prolongatus (Pl. LX fig. 107).

Median lobe long, thin, tubular, and curved near the base ;

median orifice at apex, the ventral edge produced into a point ;

median foramen at base; from the dorsal edge of the median

foramen proceeds a long strut (ms) bifurcate at end. Internal sac

long with a chitinous flagellum rising from apex nearly half as long

as the sac.

Doubledaya, sp.? (Siam) has the terminal lobes of the cap short

(shorter than in Oryptodacne vittata, fig. 108) but the cap itself

is rather longer. Internal sac not examined.

524 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family DISCOLOMIDAE.

Form examined: Notiophygus sp. (not named in Brit.

Mus.), S. Africa.

Notiophygus att. nigropunctati (Pl. LX figs. 109, 109a).

Median lobe strong and strongly chitinised, forming a short tube

with the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and projecting

long beyond the dorsal edge, the median foramen occupying a

basal ventral position with its ventral edge produced into a strong

process (pa) by which it is articulated to the tegmen. Tegmen

forming a strongly chitinised cap-piece, enveloping the median

lobe, which plays through an orifice on the ventral face, the distal

edge of this orifice is beset with stout short hairs («). Internal

sac well developed, with two small plates (6) as armature.

The best position we can suggest for this form at present

is near to Nitidulidae or Monotomidae, but if there is any

relation it is a very distant one.

Family COCCINELLIDAE.

Forms examined: JLasia globosa Schn.; Mysia oblongo-

guttata L. ; Coceidula rufa, Herbst. ; all abundant European

forms. Also Leis 22-maculata F., S. Africa.

Bigs. 111, 112 Pl Lx

Lasia globosa (=Subcoccinella 24-punctata, recently) (Pl.

LXI fig. 111).

Median lobe in form of a long, curved, chitinous tube, with

the median orifice at apex, the lip of which is turned back on

the dorsal aspect and likewise projects as a thick spine on the

ventral face; median foramen at base, where the tube is flattish and

expanded laterally. Tegmen forming a ring round the median

lobe, the dorsal part consisting of two large lateral lobes, between

which is a large curved sclerite, pointed at apex and fastened at each

basal corner to the large strut on the ventral face. This strut is

thick and expanded at its end, and fits into the expanded end of the

median lobe (b and c) to which it is attached by muscles. Internal

sac undifferentiated.

Mysva oblongo-quitata (Pl. LXI fig. 112).

The median lobe is very long, thin and curved, the first connect-

ing membrane is also very long and allows the median lobe to be

——

eae ll eee ee ee eee SE Oe. Ure CO

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 525

withdrawn into the body cavity. The tegmen is similar to Lasia,

but more slender, the strut being fastened at its end to the expanded

base of the median lobe. Internal sac undifferentiated and opening

at apex of median lobe.

In Coccidula rufa the median lobe is also very thin and long and

withdrawn into the abdonen.

In Leis 22-maculata the median lobe is shorter and thicker than

in M. oblongo-guttata and Coccidula, but not so stout as in Lasia.

This interpretation differs from Verhoeff’s. He con-

siders our median lobe as a siphon (equal to our flagellum

in Camptocarpus and many other forms), and a part of our

tegmen (a) as the penis, or median lobe. Lasia globosa

supports our view. But even if Verhoeft’s interpretation

should prove to be correct it would not justify the placing

of this family apart from all other Coleoptera; the “ siphon”

would merely be a structure analogous with our flagellum

in so many families.

Weise has given some figures of the aedeagus of Coc-

cinellidae (Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1896 Taf. 1 p. 368).

According to our observations there is a duct within the

part he figures as being the duct.

From observation of the copula of two or three species

of Coccinellidae we find that the lateral lobes occupy a

purely external position on the venter of the female.

Family ENDOMYCHIDAE.

Forms examined: Hndomychus coccineus L., England.

Eumorphus aff. profani (Brit. Mus. Coll.) and JZ. aff.

tetraspiloti Hope, both from Borneo. Also TZ'rochoideus

desjardinst Guér.. Malay Arch., which is usually, though

we think erroneously, placed in Hndomychidae.

Figs. 118, 114, Pl. LXI; 185, 1850, Pl. LXX. And

Trochoideus, figs. 184, 1840, Pl. LXX.

Endomychus coccineus (P]. LXX fig. 185).

Median lobe well chitinised, tubular, curved and slightly twisted

laterally, the ventral edge of the lobe projecting far beyond the

dorsal edge, thus making the median orifice on the dorsal face

at apex. Internal sac short, the basal part generally protruding

through the orifice, with a stout flagellum arising (fg) from the apex.

Tegmen in form of a small cap-piece (a) on dorsal aspect of median

lobe, with a broad irregular strut (b) on ventral face.

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) NN

526 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Lumorphus, sp. aff. profani (Pl. LXI fig. 113).

Median lobe a strongly chitinised, irregular tube with the median

orifice at apex and the median foramen at base. On the ventral face

of median orifice project two large spines, the smaller one nearer the

orifice ; the orifice is closed by the folding over of a part of the

side of the internal sac. Tegmen consists of an irregular, chitinous

ring-piece in which there is no division between basal-piece and lateral

lobes. Internal sac complex, consisting of a large bilobed process at

the base of the sac, bearing several tufts of short, stout hairs, and

a small, tubular, invaginate portion, also bearing stout hairs.

In Eumorphus, sp. aff. tetraspiloti, the process (a) is trilobed and

is shown expanded in fig. 114 Pl. LXIJ, the tubular portion (c) being

still invaginated and the armature at apex (b) is membranous. In

this species there is only one spine on median lobe, but the

projection of the lip is subspinose.

Trochoideus desjardinsit (Pl. LXX figs. 184, 184).

Median lobetubularwith median orifice at apex and median foramen

at base, the ventral edge of the median orifice projecting beyond the

dorsal edge; a deep constriction about one-third from the base.

Internal sac small, armature not examined. Tegmen forming a

large, nearly parallel-sided cap-piece on the dorsal aspect, the lateral

edges curving dorsally, enveloping the sides of the median lobe, on

the ventral face isa thin curved strut. On each side of the cap-

piece, about one-third from its apex arise a bunch of curved hairs

which cling together and have the appearance of being free lateral

lobes.

This form does not fit in with the typical Endomychids,

and should not be associated with them.

The Endomychidae, through Endomychus coccineus,

show some affinity to such forms as Mycetaea, there being

a tendency towards the reduction of the tegmen to an

irregular ring-piece at the base of the median lobe, and

to a strong chitinisation of the irregular median lobe; but

there is room for much discussion as to these Endomychid

forms.

Family MYCETAEIDAE.

Form examined: Jycetaea hirta Marsh., England.

Fig. 115 Pl. LXI.

M. hirta (fig. 115).

Median lobe irregularly curved, laterally flattened and expanded

at apex, where the median orifice is situate; median foramen at

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 527

base. Tegmen forming a ring-piece, the dorsal cap being broad,

short and bilobed at apex, the ventral portion of the ring being

produced into a strut. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This type approaches the more generalised Coccinellidae

and Endomychidae.

Family LATHRIDIIDAE.

Forms examined: Lathridius lardarius Deg., England.

Corticaria pubescens Gyll., England.

Figs. 116 and 117 Pl. LXI.

Lathridius lardarius (Pl. LXI figs. 116, 116).

Median lobe small with median orifice at tip and median foramen at

base. Tegmen forming a large cap-piece, the distal part formed of

the consolidated lateral lobes, curved and pointed. The basal-piece

large, curved, and the basal corners produced into two short struts

(s). Internal sac undifferentiated.

Corticaria pubescens (Pl. LXI figs. 117, 117a).

Median lobe short, with large median orifice which nearly divides

it into a dorsal and a ventral plate, a median strut (ms) proceeds

from the dorso-basal edge. Tegmen forming a small ring with a

large strut (tg) on the ventral side. Internal sac large, covered with

stout chitinous hairs.

We cannot place this type near to any other in the

present defective state of our information. Corticaria and

Lathridius are so distinct that they can hardly be retained

in one family.

Family AD] MERIDAE.

Form examined: Adimerus crispatus Sh., St. Vincent.

Wig: 118 Pl. LXIT.

A, crispatus ? (fig. 118).

This is a trilobe form with well developed median lobe with

median orifice at apex; lateral lobes embracing the sides of the

median lobe; a large basal-piece, chitinous on ventral side. In-

ternal sac undifferentiated. It approaches the Mycetophagidae

and the Enarsus portion of the Colydiidae. The organ is very

minute.

NN 2

528 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family AGLYCYDERIDAE.

Forms examined: Aglycyderes setifer Woll., Canary

Islands. A. wollastont Sharp, New Zealand.

Fig. 119 Pl. LXII.

A. setifer (Pl. LXII fig. 119).

Median lobe tubular, slightly curved and twisted ; median

orifice at tip, the edge membranous without demarcation between it

and base of internal sac; median foramen at base, the lateral

edges being produced into two median struts (ms). 'Tegmen forming

ring round median lobe, the dorsal part being in form of a large,

nearly parallel-sided cap, blunt at apex: on the ventral face the

ring is produced into a single terminal strut (tg). Internal sac

short and with what appears to be a spine on its base (a).

In A. wollastonit the median lobe is shorter and stouter, the

median orifice forming a narrow horizontal slit across apex. The

tegmen is more slender at the base of the cap and the ring and

ventral strut curved.

Family PROTERHINIDAE.

Forms examined: Proterhinus validus, P. ferrugineus,

and P. gigas, Hawaiian Islands.

Fig. 120 Pl. LXII.

P. validus (Pl. LXII fig. 120).

Median lobe tubular and very slightly curved, the membrane

at the median orifice extending basally nearly dividing the chitinous

part into a dorsal and a ventral sclerite, the edges of the orifice pro-

duced into a dorsal and a ventral point, the ventral one being the

longer and curved; median foramen at base, the lateral edges

prolonged into two long median struts (ms). Tegmen forming a

ring round the median lobe, the dorsal cap being large, nearly —

parallel-sided and blunt at apex. Internal sac small.

P. ferrugineus is similar to P. validus, but the ventral edge of the

median orifice is produced into a longer and narrower point.

The families Proterhinidae and Aglycyderidae are hard

to separate. In both cases there are only three joints to

the tarsi, the third one having a small piece constricted

off at the base, but it is not a true joint. The “beak ” in

the female Proterhinus varies in the different species and

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 529

the head of A. setifer and A. wollastoni differ. The

presence of wings in Aglycyderus but not in Proterhinus is

the only distinct difference we can point to at present.

Family MYCETOPHAGIDAE.

Form examined: Mycetophagus quadripustulatus L.,

England.

fe TO" Pie as,

M. 4-pustulatus (Pl. LX fig. 110).

Median lobe large, flattened and pointed at tip, the basal angles

being prolonged into a pair of median struts, median orifice at tip

on ventral face. Lateral lobes large, flattened, enveloping the basal

part of median lobe. Basal-piece large, chitinous on ventral face,

membranous on dorsal. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Apparently a trilobe form with mobile median lobe. Cf.

Dermestidae, and Thymalus in Trogositidae.

Family DERMESTIDAE.

Forms examined: Dermestes murinus L., England.

Anthrenus claviger Er., England.

Fig. 121 Pl. LXII.

D. murinus (P]. LXII fig. 121).

A modified trilobe form, with long, slender median and lateral

lobes, the median orifice near tip on ventral face, and the median

foramen at base, where the edge is extended on each side into a

short median strut (ms); the point of articulation is on the dorsal

aspect. Basal-piece small, and fitting over the base of lateral and

median lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Anthrenus claviger.

Has a thin curved median lobe with two median struts, with

broad lateral lobes, rounded at tips, much longer than the median

lobe. Basal-piece somewhat as in D. murinus.

This is a trilobe form, and may carry with it Hetrephes

and Ptinus qq. v.

530 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family BYRRHIDAE.

Form examined: Byrrhus gigas Fabr., Alps.

B. gigas.

Of the simple trilobe type. Median lobe chitinous along the

dorsal aspect, the apex of which is cleft, each point flattened and

slightly twisted; struts at base very short; median orifice

supported by a very attenuated chitinous ring, the ventral

margin prolonged into a sharp-pointed lobe, supported on the ventral

face by a narrow chitin plate. Lateral lobes well developed, their

bases meeting on dorsal and ventral aspects, and thus enveloping the

median lobe, their apices pointed ; point of articulation on the dorsal

aspect. Basal-piece triangular. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This is very like Hydrophilus,

Family CHELONARIIDAE.

Form examined: Chelonariwm zapotense Sharp, Guate-

mala, and C. errans Sh.

Chelonariwm zapotense (Pl. LXII figs. 122, 122a).

This is a highly specialised trilobe form. Median lobe short, stout,

highly chitinised ; the ventral side being drawn out into two long

median struts. To the ends of these struts is articulated a median

process, bilobed at the base, Slender in the middle amd divided into

two long, slender, flat, bent, distal processes (a), Lateral lobes small,

rounded at apex and curved. Basal-piece formed by a large sclerite

on the ventral aspect, with lateral and basal edges curved up;

dorsal side membranous. Internal sac undifferentiated.

C. errans is exactly the same type, but some details are different

(i. e. the slender process (a) from the ventral aspect is single).

Family CYATHOCERIDAE.

Form examined : Cyathocerus horni Sh., Central America.

Figs. 123 and 123a@ Pl. LXII.

C. horni (Pl. XLII figs. 123, 1252).

Median lobe long, thin and crooked, with median orifice at apex

and median foramen at base on dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming

sheath with the distal end cleft along the dorsal aspect, but with-

out division between lateral lobes and basal-piece. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 531

The tegmen of this comes near to the Trogositidae, but

the median lobe is quite unique so far as we have

observed.

Family GEORYSSIDAE.

Form examined: Georyssus pygmacus Fabr., England.

Fig. 124 Pl. LXII.

G. pygmaeus (Pl. LXIT fig. 124).

Trilobe form, flattened horizontally. Median lobe flattened,

pointed at tip. Lateral lobes flattened, rounded at apex, concave

along the inner edge so that the median lobe can fit into the con-

cavity, and so become nearly hidden. Basal-piece large, chitinous

on ventral face, membranous on dorsal. Sac not examined.

This is a trilobe form, and reminds one of some of the

Gyrinidae. It cannot be placed with Cyathocerus,

Family HETEROCERIDAE.

Form examined : Heterocerus flecuosus Steph., England.

Figs. 125 and 125a Pl. LXIII.

H. flecuosus (figs. 125, 125c).

Median lobe large, chitinous on ventral and lateral faces, mem-

branous on dorsal, produced into short bilobe strut (ms) at base, the

apical point slightly turned aside. The internal sac appears to

be permanently everted and, when at rest, twisted up on the dorsal

face of the median lobe. Tegmen forming a large cap on dorsal

aspect of median lobe, produced into a broad strut at base, slightly

emarginate at apex, and the lateral edges turned down and envelop-

ing the side of the median lobe, but only connected by membrane

(m) on the ventral aspect. ;

Family PARNIDAE (= Dryopidae of some).

Forms examined: Pelonomus palpalis Sh., Central

America. Parnus luridus and other species, England.

Figs. 126 and 127 Pl. LXIII.

P. palpalis (Pl. LXIII fig. 126).

Median lobe long, slender and slightly curved, the median

orifice on ventral aspect near tip, base articulated to base of lateral

lobe on dorsal aspect (pa). Lateral lobes large, pointed at tips,

532 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

and slightly curved, the bases meeting on dorsal and ventral sides.

Basal-piece, forming a large sclerite on ventral face, with its edges

turned up along sides and base, meeting together where lateral

lobes are articulated. Internal sac undifferentiated.

In the genus Parnis the lateral and median lobes are very small,

the basal-piece large, and forming a long chitinous and slightly

curved tube. The internal sac undifferentiated. Figs. 127 and

127a@ Pl. LXIII, are of P. luridus. It has a curved chitinous

spine (c) on the ventral aspect of the median orifice.

Family DERODONTIDAE.

Form examined: Laricobius erichsoni Ros., Macugnaga.

Fig. 128 Pl. LXIII.

Laricobius erichsoni (Pl. LXIII fig. 128).

Trilobe form. Median lobe large, fairly wide, and pointed at tip,

formed of a large chitinous sclerite on dorsal aspect, membranous on

ventral face; median orifice on ventral aspect before tip. Lateral

lobes large, round at tips, excavate at base on inner side where

they envelop the base ofthe median lobe. Basal-piece large, formed

by a shield shape sclerite on ventral aspect, emarginate at base, and

membranous on dorsal face. Internal sac undifferentiated. Closely

allied to Mycetophagus q.v.

Family CIOIDAE.

Forms examined: Cis boleti L. and C. nitidus Herbst.

England.

Figs. 129 and 1294 Pl. LXIII.

Cis boleti (Pl. LXIII figs. 129, 1292).

Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with median orifice at

apex. Lateral lobes of tegmen forming a large plate on the ventral

aspect, turned up along the lateral edges, and the distal end flattened

and slightly expanded, forming a median, emarginated process and

a rounded process on each side of it ; basal-piece small, chitinous

on the ventral aspect. Internal sac not dissected out, but apparently

not differentiated.

C. nitidus is on the same plan, but the large plate formed by the

tegmen is cleft down the distal half.

The ventral aspect of the tegmen is an important

feature of this family.

——-

ss ee

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 538

Family SPHINDIDAE.

Forms examined: Sphindus dubius Gyll., Brockenhurst.

Aspidiphorus orbiculatus Gyll., Brockenhurst.

Fig. 130 Pl. LXITI.

Aspidiphorus orbiculatus (Pl. LXIII fig. 130).

Median lobe large, cylindrical and curved, the base drawn out on

dorsal face into a wide strut (ms), bifureate at end ; median orifice at

apex on dorsal face. Tegmen forming a ring with large cap on

dorsal face ; cap curved and pointed at apex. Internal sac small,

with armature at apex.

In Sphindus dubius the tegmen forms a ring with a large cap-

piece; the median lobe is produced at the base on dorsal face into a

wide strut, bifurcate at end. Internal sac complex at apex.

At present we can only place this form near Phalacridae,

etc., but the association is a forced one.

Family BOSTRICHIDAE.

Forms examined: Apate terebrans Pall., Africa. Schis-

toceros cornutus Pall. ( = Bostrichus migrator Sharp, teste

Lesne), Hawaiia.

Apate terebrans (Pl. LXIII fig. 131).

Median lobe large and flattened horizontally with two struts at

the base (ms) turned up and pointing distally ; median orifice near

tip on ventral aspect ; membranous (m) at the tip on dorsal face

along the sides, and ventrally along the middle, except round the

median orifice. Tegmen forming a small curved plate on ventral

aspect, with the distal corners produced into strong curved hooks

(a) which grip the edges of the median lobe and act as a guide through

which it moves; basally they are produced into a pair of strong

struts (s). Internal sac undifferentiated.

Schistoceros cornutus appears to be more simple (no description

has however been made of it).

Family LYCTIDAE.

Forms examined: Lyctus canaliculatus Fabr., England.

L. (Minthea) rugicollis Walk., Manila. Tristaria growvellea

Reitt., Australia.

Figs. 132 and 132a Pl. LXIII.

534 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Lyctus canaliculatus (Pl. LXIII figs. 182, 132a).

This appears to be a trilobe form, with a long, thin median lobe

pointed at apex, and long lateral lobes, flattened laterally, the basal

part of the median lobe is curved upwards and is articulated to the

base of the lateral lobe. The basal-piece consists of a thin chitinous

plate encircling the base of the lateral lobes, very narrow dorsally

and wider ventrally. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Lyctus rugicollis,

In this the aedeagus is much shorter as regards the lateral and

median lobes, but the basal-piece is longer and more pointed.

Tristaria grouvellei is quite of the same type as Lyctus.

Obs.—The Lyctidae forms are of great importance, as

they may not improbably show an alliance with the

Colydiidae group. There may even be an approximation

to the Caraboidea. An examination of a larger series of

Bostrichidae is required before coming to a conclusion as

to these forms. At present Lyctus appears very different

from Apate.

Family PTINIDAE.

Forms examined: Ptinus fur L., England. Ptilinus

pectinicornis L. and Ernobius mollis L., England.

Figs. 133, 184 and 134a Pl. LXIV.

Ptinus fur (Pl. LXIV fig. 133).

Median lobe long, thin and curved at the base with the point

of articulation on the dorsal aspect ; median orifice near tip on ven-

tral face ; median foramen at base. Lateral lobes long, narrow and

asymmetrical, the right one being broadened out at tip, the left

one more acute, basal-piece forming a small sclerite at the base of

the lateral lobes, on the ventral side, its distal margin being deeply

emarginate. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This type approximates to Lyctus. Note the peculiar

connection of the bases of the lateral and median lobes.

Ernobius mollis (Pl. LXTV figs. 134 and 134q).

Median lobe asymmetrical, curved, tubular, flattened at apex and

expanded and strongly curved at base dorsally, where it articulates

with the bases of the lateral lobes. Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the

left one is twisted and the point acute, with a narrow base running

along the edge of the basal-piece ; the right one has a rounded apex

with a point below the apex, on the inner side, and the base is broad.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 535

Basal-piece curved, and, together with the basal parts of the lateral

lobes, forming a bulb enveloping the base of the median lobe.

Internal sac very little differentiated, without armature.

Ptilinus pectinicornis is on the same type as Ernobius, but the

median lobe is slender and symmetrical and has a slender rod-like

piece arising from the base and along the dorsal face (as if there were

two median lobes). Lateral lobes also slender and more symmetrical.

Basal-piece forming, with the bases of the lateral lobes, a bulb which

covers the base of the median lobe. Along the ventral side of the

aedeagus lies a narrow sclerite, bilobed at tip; this appears to pertain

to the body segments, and arises from the membrane connecting the

aedeagus to the chitinous body wall (second connecting membrane).

These two are greatly modified trilobe forms, and their

connection with such a form as Ptinus fur is easily

conceivable,

Family ECTREPHIDAE.

Form examined: Polyplocotes longicollis Westw., Aus-

tralia.

Fig. 135 Pl. LXIV.

This is a trilobe form. Median lobe long, slender and tubular ;

median orifice near apex ; median foramen at base, where the edge

turns up dorsally and articulates to base of lateral lobes. Lateral

lobes long and thin, the rounded tips bearing hairs; the bases of

the lobes touch both dorsally and ventrally ; the inner side exca-

vated and enveloping the base of the median lobe. Basal-piece

small, forming a ring round the bases of the lateral and median

lobes, the ring being widest on the ventral face. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

This type approaches the Dermestidae; but note the

intimate connection of the sclerites basally at one point.

Family MALACODERMIDAE ‘(s. 1.).

Forms examined : Dictyopterws (or Eros) aurora Herbst.,

Scotland. Lycostomus gestroi Bourg., Sarawak.? Metrior-

rhynchus thoracicus F., New Guinea. Cratomorphus dia-

phanus F., Brazil. Lampyris noctiluca L., England.

Luciola vespertina F., Pusa. Phaenolis ochraceus Gorh.,

Centr. America. Drilus flavescens Geoffr., England. Gen.

n.? aff. Chauliognathus, New Guinea. Silis ruficollis Fabr.,

England. Telephorus nigricans Miill., 7. (Ahagonycha)

limbatus Th., and testaceus L., England. Malachius bipus-

5386 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

tulatus L., England. <Anthocomus sanguinolentus Fabr.,

England. alanophorus mastersi Macl., Australia. Dan-

acaeca denticollis Baudi, Piedmont. Melyris abdominalis

F., Africa, Henicopus armatus? Lucas, Reynosa. Psilo-

thrix cyaneus Ol, England. Astylus fasciatus Germ.,

Brazil. Phloeophilus edwardsi Steph., England.

Figs. 136-146 Pls. LXIV and LXV, also Fig. 186 Pl.

LXXI relate to these forms.

Dctyopterus aurora.

Median lobe thin, flattened laterally and curved slightly up-

wards, there is a small spine on the dorsal face near the base.

Lateral lobes broad, nearly as long as the median lobe, consolidated

together for their basal three-fourths on dorsal face. Basal-piece

shorter than the lateral lobes, chitinous on the ventral aspect

only ; and there with a large emargination so that it articulates with

the lateral lobes by two slender projections. Internal sac undiffer-

entiated. This is a trilobe type with the lateral lobes consolidated

and forming a cover on the dorsal aspect of the median lobe. The

lateral lobes apparently exhibit great diversity in the Lycid division

of the Malacoderms.

Lycostomus gestrot (Pl. LXIV fig. 136).

Median lobe long, thin, tubular, slightly dilated before tip ;

median orifice at tip, the dorsal edge prolonged as a curved spine.

Lateral lobes very small, firmly attached to base of median lobe.

Basal-piece comparatively small. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Metriorrhynchus thoracicus (or an allied species) (PI. LX XI

fig. 186).

Median lobe long and slender, consisting of a narrow chitinous

sclerite on the dorsal face, widened slightly on the distal half

and coming toa blunt point, the sides slightly curved downward ;

membranous on the ventral face. Median orifice on the ventral aspect

near apex. Internal sac large and complex, stiffened by a narrow

chitinous sclerite (a) along one side and bearing several large spines ;

this sac is only partly invaginated in repose, the greater part being

folded under and held flat against the ventral face of the median lobe.

Lateral lobes forming two large globular and membranous pads with

a comparatively small basal-piece.

Cratomorphus diaphanus (Pl. LXIV fig. 137).

Median lobe large, complex; chitinous on the dorsal aspect and

along the distal half, developed into a flange (a) on each side; the

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 537

basal part is turned up at a right angle (b), and articulated to the

base of the lateral lobes (pa); the ventral face is membranous.

Lateral lobes large, subtriangular, with a constriction dividing the

apical third off from the rest ; their base meeting on dorsal aspect

at point of articulation ; there is a short spine (c) on the inner side

of each of the lateral lobes. Basal-piece forming an asymmetrical

ring-like sclerite, the sides of which do not meet on the dorsal

aspect. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Lampyris noctiluca.

This is the same. type as Cratomorphus and very similar to it in

details.

Lucila vespertina.

In this the lateral lobes are consolidated to near their tips on

the dorsal aspect ; the basal-piece is symmetrical, of the Lampyris

type ; median lobe slightly bulbous at base. This comes somewhat

near to Drilus, though more complex and specialised.

Phaenolis ochraceus.

This is the same type as Cratomorphus, but the flanges near the

apex of the median lobe are not so large, and the bent basal part is

shorter ; the lateral lobes are smaller, truncate, and have no con-

stricted apical portion; the basal-piece is more slender and more

asymmetrical. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Drilus flavescens (Pl. LXIV fig. 138).

Median lobe well developed; the dorsal face chitinous, apex

bluntly pointed; a little before the apex there is a broad spine

directed basally (b); base broader where it is articulated to the

lateral lobes; the whole organ, basally of the spine b, evenly curved ;

ventral face membranous, supported by a thin chitin strip along

its whole length. Lateral lobes broad and truncate, consolidated

together at their base on the dorsal aspect, widely apart on the

ventral face. Basal-piece forming a wide chitinous piece extending

from one lateral lobe to the other, the central part of the ventral face

being membranous (m). Internal sac undifferentiated.

This is comparatively a very simple form, departing but

little from the general trilobe type. In our figure (138)

the lines marking the incision between the lateral lobes

should extend further forwards, so as to indicate the point

of articulation shown in 138a.

538 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Chauliognathus ? (Pl. LXIV fig. 139).

The median lobe formed of a chitinous plate on the dorsal aspect

and membranous on the ventral, slightly curved. The tegmen

consists of two asymmetrical curved, pointed lateral lobes, and a

small basal-piece connecting them. Internal sac a simple dilatation

of the ejaculatory duct.

The undifferentiated sac separates this from the other

Telephorus forms; in this, as well as in the form of the

aedeagus it reminds us of Lampyrid forms. There is

nothing like this insect in the British Museum Collection.

It is quite Zelephorus-like in shape, but has a large, ivory-

like area on the pronotum, reminding one of the pallid

spaces of the luminous organs of Lampyridae, etc., but we

have no reason for supposing it to be luminous.

Silis ruficollis (Pl. LXIV fig. 140).

Median lobe short, wide, somewhat cone-shaped, broader at the

distal than at the basal end. Tegmen complex, being in the form

of a shallow cup-like piece produced on dorsal aspect as two broad,

truncate lobes (//) which appear to represent the lateral lobes, and

the dorsal edge prolonged as a ridge (a). Internal sac large and

complex, with two diverticula at base on dorsal aspect studded

with minute spines, and with long chitinous spines at apex. The

basal part of the sac is not invaginated, only the apical portion.

Telephorus (Rhagonycha) limbatus (Pl. LXV fig. 141,

141¢).

Median lobe well developed, bulbous in form, with the median

orifice at distal end and a small median foramen at base. The teg-

men is of a complex nature and forms a complete cover for the

median lobe. There is a well developed basal-piece (bp) with two

large, truncate lateral lobes, meeting together on the ventral aspect

(il) ; on the dorsal aspect is a large plate () projecting as a bilobed

piece a little beyond the median lobe; this appears to be a develop-

ment of the lateral lobes. The lateral edges of this plate are con-

solidated to the latero-dorsal portion of the median lobe; on each side

is a second lobe which is connected with the dorsal plate (a) at its

base. The median lobe thus has no movement apart from the teg-

men. Internal sac large and complex.

Telephorus (Rhagonycha) testaceus belongs to the same type as 7.

limbatus.

ee ee ee eee eS ee

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 539

Telephorus (khagonycha) fulva (Pl. LXXVIII figs. 287,

237a).

These two figures are intended to give an idea of the internal sac of

the male, and its relation to the female parts during copula. A

portion of the sac (a) bears small spines. w#. wall of female passage ;

od. oviduct.

Telephorus mgricans.

Of the type of TJ. limbatus. Median lobe slightly bulbous at

base, Tegmen, forming a cover for median lobe, consisting of a

plate slightly emarginate at the distal edge, with a pair of side

lobes which are narrow ; this appears to be formed by the lateral

lobes and a well developed basal-piece. Internal sac large and

complex.

Fig. 236 Pl. LX XVIII, was made to show the relations of the

parts of the sexes in Telephorus during copula, and was probably

made from this species, but the pair from which it was taken is

unfortunately not to be found at present.

Malthinus.

Figs. 235 and 238 Pl. LXXVIII have been made to give an

idea of the structures during copula. They were probably drawn

from M. flaveolus : the pair has unfortunately been mislaid.

Malachius bipustulatus (Pl. LXV fig. 142),

Median lobe long tubular, slightly enlarged on the basal half

where it is membranous on the ventral face. Tegmen consisting of

a cap-piece on the dorsal face, the basal angles meeting together

beneath the median lobe; the central part of the cap-piece (m) is

membranous. The tegmen thus forms a ring-piece through which

the median lobe passes. Internal sac not examined.

Anthocomus sanguinolentus is the same type as M. bipustulatus.

Balanophorus mastersi (Pl. LXV fig. 143),

This is a most abnormal type in which the tegmen appears to be

reduced to a minimum ; at present we cannot connect it with any

other Malacoderm.

Median lobe large, the distal part tubular, the basal part bulbous.

The dorsal and ventral faces are chitinous, with large membrane

(m) between: the median orifice is at the distal end, and the

median foramen small and situate on the ventral face of the basal

end. The tegmen consists of a pair of very small lateral lobes

situate on the ventral face of the median foramen. Internal sac

large.

540 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

This perhaps functions in the same manner as so many Staphy-

linids in which the median lobe is bulbous; but we have only one

specimen, and another examination of this and allied forms is

desirable. A specimen of another brachelytrous Malacoderm from

Larat (Helcogaster?) indicates that this form may prove to be

connected with Telephorinae.

Danacaea denticollis (Pl. LXV fig. 145).

Median lobe tubular and curved ; the median orifice at apex, its

dorsal edge being drawn out into a point far beyond the ventral

edge ; median foramen at base, its ventral margin being emarginate,

forming a cavity into which the base of the tegmen fits. Tegmen

forming a ‘‘ring-piece,” the dorsal part forming a small, truncate

lobe or cap (the lateral lobes) bearing a few hairs; a thin strip

proceeds from each basal angle of the cap-piece and the two strips

meet together on the ventral side of the median lobe, thus forming

a ring round the median lobe. The ventral (or basal) part of the

ring-piece is raisedinto a knob which fits into the emargination at

the base of the median lobe and is attached thereto by muscles,

and the median lobe turns upon it when it is moved through the

ting-piece. Internal sac large and complex.

Melyris abdominalis,

Median lobe tubular and slightly curved ; the median orifice is at

the distal end and extends some way along the tube as a narrow

slit; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a ring-piece, the

cap being very slightly emarginate at tip and bearing a few long hairs.

Internal sac large and complex.

Henicopus armatus ?

Median lobe short, tubular, the basal part slightly enlarged,

emarginate on dorsal face of median foramen where the tegmen

is attached. The median orifice at distal end, the ventral edge pro-

duced into a point beyond the dorsal edge. Tegmen forming a strong

ring-piece, the cap produced into two short lobes bearing hairs.

Internal sac large, studded with long, strong, chitinous spines.

Psilothrix cyaneus (Pl. LXV fig. 146).

Is of the same type as Henicopus, the median lobe being thick,

and produced into a short point on the ventral edge of the median

orifice, the cap of the ring-piece is slightly bilobed. Internal sac

large, studded with short chitinous spines.

‘

Astylus fasciatus,

Has a long, slender, tubular median lobe, dilated a base where

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 541

the tegmen is attached, the ventral edge of median orifice produced

into a point. Tegmen long and narrow, the cap-piece being long

and narrow, bilobed at tip. Internal sac long.

Phiocophilus edwardsi (Pl. XLV fig. 144).

Median lobe long, thin, slightly flattened, with two short median

struts. Tegmen forming a ring with a large, flattish plate, extend-

ing basally on the dorsal side (a). This is an abnormal type and

at present we cannot fit it in to any of the Malacoderm group.

The Malacodermidae consist certainly of more than one

family, but as our review of them does not enable us to

speak of the number or composition of the families, we

have used the old, vague term. Some additional re-

marks on the subject will be found under the heading

“Taxonomy.”

Family CLERIDAE.

Forms examined: Natalis porcata Fabr., Australia.

Trogodendron fasciculatum Schr. Australia. Cylidrus

sp., New Guinea.

Figs. 147, 148 and 148 Pls. LXV and LXXVI.

Natalis porcata (Pl. LXV fig. 147).

Median lobe long, slender and membranous, supported by a

chitinous strip down each side. These are prolonged into a pair

of median struts. Tegmen sheath-shape, the division between

lateral lobes and basal-piece obliterated. Internal sac undifferen-

tiated.

Cylidrus sp., New Guinea.

Median lobe short, prolonged into a pair of long median struts.

Tegmen sheath-shape without division between lateral lobes and

basal-piece. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Trogodendron fasciculatum (Pl. LXVI figs. 148 and 148a).

Median lobe well developed, the median orifice at tip on ventral

face; a pair of median struts expanded at their ends. Tegmen

large and forming a sheath, deeply cleft on dorsal, and slightly on

ventral face, but no line of demarcation between lateral lobes and

basal-piece. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This type approaches Trogositidae.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) 00

542 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Family LYMEXYLONIDAE.

Forms examined: Atractocerus valdiviensis? Ph., Chile.

A, africanus Boh., Madagascar.

Figs. 149 and 150 Pl. LXVI.

Atractocerus valdiviensis? (Pl. LXVI fig. 149).

Median lobe short and bulbous, drawn out to a short point at

apex where the median orifice is situate, base produced into two

short median struts; median foramen at base. Tegmen forming a

shallow concavity in which the median lobe rests, and consisting of

two sclerites ; a distal bilobed (lateral lobes) piece, with two struts

encircling the median lobe and a curved basal-piece connected to

the lateral lobes by a membrane (em 1). The internal sac appears

to be simple, which is exceptional when the median lobe is bulbous.

We speak with much hesitation as to this and the following

owing to the bad preservation of the two individuals. The speci-

mens of this genus are too often found to be in a disastrous state in

collections.

Atractocerus africanus (Pl. LXVI, figs. 150, 1507),

Median lobe long and slender with orifice at apex and foramen at

base, Lateral lobes complex, forming a pair of large complex lobes

joined together on the ventral aspect where they form a medial square

plate (a) deeply emarginate in the middle, and on the dorsal face

continue as two flat sclerites which join together at their bases where

the median lobes articulate (pa). The basal-piece forms a large shield-

shaped plate on the ventral face, the distal corners prolonged into a

pair of obtusely rounded projections, Internal sac undifferentiated,

The anus of this species opens at the end of a large tube, which

lies over the aedeagus.

These two types differ from one another and do not

approach to any of the other trilobe forms. We anticipate

that they will prove to be of important bearing.

Family DASCILLIDAE.

Forms examined: Ptilodactyla sp., Brazil. Dascillus

cervinus L., England.

Figs. 151 and 152 Pl. LXVI.

Ptilodactyla (not named in Brit. Mus.) (Pl. LX VI fig. 151).

A trilobe form. Median lobe well developed, tapering to a fine

point at apex ; median orifice on ventral aspect, forming a long slit

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 543

along the basal half; two well developed median struts. Lateral

lobes large, meeting at their bases both ventrally and dorsally,

excavate on inner side so that they envelop the median lobe (in figure

they are shown apart so as to expose the median lobe). Basal-piece

large shield-shape, membranous on the dorsal aspect. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

Dascillus cervinus (Pl. UXVI fig. 152).

Median Jobe complex, consisting of two parts ; dorsally a large flat

sclerite, bluntly rounded at tip with the sides turned down (a), with

two short struts at base; ventrally a smaller sclerite pointed and

curved downward at tip (b) with a pair of basal struts and a strong

raised piece in the centre at base (c); the ejaculatory duct opens at

the base of these two sclerites. Lateral lobes large, curved, nearly

- meeting at their bases on ventral aspect, where they are articulated

to the central raised piece (c) of the median lobe, but somewhat

apart on the dorsal aspect, where they are articulated to the edges

of the dorsal plate («) near its base. Basal-piece well developed

on the ventral aspect. Internal sac undifferentiated. When the

median lobe is thrust forward during copulation the lateral lobes

open laterally, the dorsal plate of the median lobe turns up dorsally,

and the ventral piece turns ventrally, the median orifice then lies

at the bottom of these organs.

The Dascillid male is a trilobe type and at present

we cannot connect it with the Malacodermidae further

than by the approximation that occurs in simple forms

(cf. Drilus and Dictyopterus).

Family CYPHONIDAE.

Forms examined : Microcara (or Helodes) livida Fabr.,

England. Cyphon coarctatus Payk., England.

Figs. 187 and 188 Pl. LX XI.

Microcara livida (P|. LXXI fig. 187).

When the aedeagus is extended there are nine distinct tergites, the

anus lying below the ninth tergite ; the first two sternites are obscure

and lie beneath the last coxae, the third being the first visible seg-

ment; the eighth and ninth are distinct. The aedeagus comprises

all the structures that lie between the anus and the ninth sternite.

Basally the aedeagus consists of a large bilobed plate on the dorsal

side, continued on the ventral side asa membrane (the tegmen) (tq) ;

this ensheathes the median portion, which consists of a trilobed body,

002

544 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

two lobes having dorso-lateral positions and the third a ventro-

median one, this lobe is continued as a narrow, thin plate having

a narrow edge of chitin; the end of the ejaculatory duct (or un-

differentiated internal sac) lies on this plate and has a wide opening

on a membrane between the two dorso-lateral lobes.

This median portion we consider is the median lobe. In certain

of the Dascillidae (i. e. Dascillus cervinus) the median lobe is repre-

sented by a pair of processes rising from the edge of the median

orifice. The tegminal foldis quite distinct, separating the median or

distal portion from the basal and outer portion, and it is highly

probable that it is homologous to the same fold in other types.

Cyphon coarctatus (Pl. LX XI fig. 188).

When the aedeagus is fully drawn out the 8th and 9th abdominal

segments are distinct, the tergites plain, and well chitinised with a

strut from each posterior corner. The sternites not so well defined.

The anus lies beneath the ninth tergite, and the structure between the

anus and the ninth sternite is the aedeagus. This structure consists

of a membranous tube with a very large orifice (median orifice), the

opening of the ejaculatory duct or undifferentiated internal sac.

On the dorsal side this tube is supported by a chitinous V or Y

piece, on the ventral edge there are two curved chitinous hooks

which are extended inwardly as a broad thin plate.

The homologies of this structure are difficult to make

out, as owing to the absence of a distinct tegminal fold

there is no guide. Helodes is the nearest type to which

we can refer it. Considering the opening of the ejacu-

latory duct as homologous in these two forms then the

curved hooks and plate would be equivalent to the lobes

and plate of Mierocara (Helodes) and the tegmen would

not be represented at all. Until more Dascillid and

allied forms have been studied this is the best explanation

we can give, but we fully recognise its weakness.

By the structure of the undifferentiated internal sac,

etc., we had considered it probable that copula did not take

place in the usual manner in this form, but that it was

possible that the female “ovipositor” was inserted into

the large median orifice. An observation of the senior

author adds strength to this supposition, but it needs

more confirmation; any observations of the copulation of

Dascillids, Cyphonids and their allies will be of interest,

especially as to the part played by the “internal sac.”

We hope that one of us may be able to elucidate this

—

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 545

abnormal family by the aid of some of the larger and less

delicate exotic forms, of which we should be very glad to

receive examples.

Family RHIPICERIDAE.

Form examined : Callirrhipis philiberti, Seychelles.

Fig. 153 Pl. LXVI.

Callirrhipis philiberti (figs. 153, 153).

Median lobe large, formed by a large sclerite (a) on dorsal face,

narrow at apex which is slightly cleft, widening towards the base,

which is continued into two median struts, and a slender chitin rod (b)

on the ventral face, the sides being membranous. Lateral lobes large,

pointed at apex, and widening at base where they consolidate together

on the ventral face and just touch on the dorsal. Basal-piece large

membranous on dorsal aspect and in the centre of ventral

aspect and with a chitinous support round the ventral. Internal

sac undifferentiated, but the duct is greatly enlarged just beyond

the aedeagus (e/).

This is an Elaterid type.

Family ELATERIDAE.

Forms examined: Agrypnus sp. ? New Guinea. Ani-

somerus hacquarti, Mashonaland. Chalcolepidius albertisi

Cand., Honolulu.

Figs. 154, 155 and 156 Pls. LXVI and LXVII.

Agrypnus sp.? (Pl. LXVI fig. 154).

Median lobe formed by a broad sclerite (a) on dorsal face pointed at

tip, and with two struts at base, and a small chitin rod (b) on ventral

face, the sides membranous ; median orifice large, on ventral aspect

near tip. Lateral lobes large, enveloping the median lobe. Basal-

piece well developed, membranous on dorsal face, and in centre

on ventral face (m) with chitin (bp) round the edges. Internal sac

undifferentiated, with dilated duct basal to aedeagus.

Anisomerus hacquarti (P], LX VII figs. 155 and 155a).

Asymmetrical trilobe form. Median lobe small, with median orifice

at tip and two small struts at base. Lateral lobes large, the right longer

and broader than left, consolidated at their basal part into a tube.

Basal-piece very small. Internal sac undifferentiated, the duct

dilated basal to the aedeagus.

546 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Chalcolepidius albertisi (Pl. LX VII fig. 156).

Median lobe slender, chitinous above and on sides, membranous on

ventral face ; median orifice near tip on ventral face, base produced

into two long median struts. Lateral lobes a little shorter than the

median lobe, flattened horizontally and deeply cleft on outer edge

about half way down (a) nearly dividing them into two pieces; their

bases meeting on the dorsal aspect. Basal-piece very long and divided

into two sclerites, one long V-shape (b), a more basally placed piece

running round the basal edge (c); dorsalaspect membranous.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

The aedeagus in Elateridae is as a rule a generalised

trilobe type, becoming compressed and asymmetrical in

Anisomerus. ‘The division of the lateral lobes and basal-

piece into two in Chalcolepidius is interesting. It is a

more differentiated form of the family, which seems to be

on the whole rather monotonous and uninteresting.

Family THROSCIDAE.

Forms examined: Throscus dermestoides L., England.

LInssomus bicolor Chevr., Mexico.

Figs. 157 and 158 PI. LX VII.

The aedeagus of this family is a tri-lobed form near to Elateridae.

In YT. dermestoides, fig. 157, the median orifice is on the ventral

aspect near tothe base and the basal-piece is large and well de-

veloped. In Lissomus bicolor (Pl. LXVII figs. 158, 158a) the basal

piece is membranous (m) in the centre on the ventral aspect, and

the chitin forms a ring; the median orifice is on a membrane on

the ventral aspect of the broad, flattened median lobe. The internal

sac is undifferentiated.

Family EUCNEMIDAE.

Form examined: Hemiopsida mastersi Macl., Australia.

Fig. 159 Pl. LX VII.

Median lobe short, forming a pointed, chitinous plate on the dorsal

aspect, prolonged into two long median struts. Lateral lobes large,

consolidated together at the base to form a tube, the distal ends

spatulate and twisted. Basal-piece very small, forming a round

sclerite on the ventral aspect. Fig. 159 shows the internal sac (is)

partly protruding.

Near to the Elaterid type, but the detached, small

basal-piece may prove to be distinctive.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 547

Family BUPRESTIDAE,

Forms examined: usehroma goliath Lap., Panama.

Chrysodema aurofoveata Guér., New Guinea. Cyphogastra

spp. ? New Guinea. Polybothiis quadricollis, Madagascar.

Acmacodera flavofasciata P. and M., Pyrenees. Stigmo-

dera macularia Don., Australia. Belionota walkeri Wat.,

New Guinea.

Figs. 160, 161 and 16la Pl. LX VII.

Chrysodema aurofoveata (Pl. LX VII fig. 160).

The median lobe consists of a strong chitinous dorsal plate, flat,

almost parallel-sided, and pointed at apex, with a deep groove (a)

running down each side of the ventral aspect ; this ventral face is

membranous, with the median opening some distance from the apex,

and the base prolonged into two short median struts. Tegmen strong,

highly chitinised and flattened horizontally, with the lateral lobes and

basal-piece consolidated into one piece. Lateral lobes consolidated

for a short distance from their base on dorsal aspect, and for some

distance on the ventral aspect; long, nearly parallel-sided, their

rather slender tips rounded, and bearing short spines and a couple

of hairs. Along the inner sides of the lateral lobes runs a chitinous

projection which fits into the groove (a) on the median lobe and acts

as a guide when this moves in and out of the tegmen. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

In fig. 160 the free apices of the lateral lobes are made to appear

too short and blunt, and this defect is exaggerated by the exsertion

of the median lobe.

Polybothris quadricollis (Pl. LX VII figs. 161 and 161a).

This is the same type as the last. Median lobe consisting of a flat

dorsal plate, widest at the base and graduating to a point at apex,

with a pair of median struts at base ; median orifice on ventral aspect

near tip. A little behind the median orifice there is a slender chitin

rod attached tothe ventral membrane, and projecting into the lumen

of the median lobe, to which muscles are attached. Lateral lobes

flattened, curving up to a point on the inner side of the apex, with

basal-piece consolidated to lateral lobes. The coadaptation between

lateral and median lobes is not so complete as in Chrysodema.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

The Buprestidae differ from the Elateridae by the con-

solidation of the basal-piece to the lateral lobes and by the

beautiful coadaptation between the lateral and median

548 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

lobes to allow of median lobe being extended beyond the

tips of the lateral lobes (fig. 160); and there is no point

of articulation. At present the family appears to be well

isolated.

The consolidation of the lateral lobes into one piece,

with the inner faces beautifully coadapted to the sides of

the median lobe is found in a high state of perfection in

Huchroma.

Family TENEBRIONIDAE.

Forms examined: Jleodes dentipes Esch., California.

Chiroscelis digitata Fabr., W. Africa. Slaps similis Latr.,

England. Zopherosis georgi White, Australia. Stenosis

angustata Herbst., Corsica. Cossyphus tmsularis Casta,

Sicily. Pediris sp. ? (not in Brit. Mus.) and ? P.? suleigera

Boisd., New Guinea.

Figs. 162-170 Pl. LX VIII and LXIX, relate to Tene-

brionidae ; fig. 164 being that ofa female structure observed

in Hleodes dentipes.

Hleodes dentipes (Pl. LX VIII figs. 163, 163).

Median lobe short with two large median struts ; median orifice

forming a longitudinal slit from apex to middle on the dorsal face.

Lateral lobes consolidated together along their dorsal edges and

forming atriangular plate with its edges turned under. Basal-piece

forming a large sclerite on dorsal aspect, pointed at the base.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

There is a structure in the female which is at present unique as

far as our knowledge goes (fig. 164). The basal part of the oviduct

is greatly dilated (a), a duct (b) which we take to be the duct of the

spermatheca enters this dilatation and continues as a free coiled

chitinous tube (c) which reaches the vulvular opening.

Blaisdell has described and figured both male and female organs of

many of the American Eleodiini (Smithsonian Inst. U.S.N.M. Bull.

63, 1909).

Chiroscelis digitata (P]. XVIII figs. 165, 1652).

Tegmen of the usual Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes small,

consolidated into a small triangular plate on dorsal aspect. Basal-

piece large, curved, chitinous on dorsal, membranous on ventral,

aspect. Median lobe small but distinct, with two median struts.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 549

Blaps similis.

Ts of the same type, the median lobe being small but distinct, the

lateral lobes small, consolidated along the basal half, thus forming a

triangular dorsal plate, split from the apex to half way to the base.

Cossyphus insularis (Pl. LX VIII figs. 166, 1662).

Of the usual Tenebrionid type, but the median lobe greatly

reduced and forming a small membranous lobe on which the median

orifice is situated. No differentiated sac.

Stenosis angustata (Pl. LX VIII fig. 167).

Median lobe well developed, with two median struts. Lateral

lobes consolidated and forming a long, narrow, nearly parallel-sided

ventral trough in which the median lobe lies, truncate and slightly

curved at tip. Basal-piece forming a ventral trough-shaped sclerite,

membranous on dorsal aspect.

The fact that the tegmen lies on the ventral aspect of the median

lobe seems to differentiate this type from the former, but we

here repeat that we have several times remarked as to the difficulty

attending the orientation of the dorsal and ventral aspects of the

aedeagus.

Zopherosis georgit (Pl. LX VIII fig. 168).

Median lobe long and narrow, chitinous at tip and along the

sides, membranous along the median dorsal and ventral portions ;

median orifice near tip on dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a large,

nearly parallel-sided trough in which the median lobe lies, the distal

half formed of the consolidated lateral lobes, truncate at tip and

bearing fine hairs, the basal half formed of the basal-piece.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

This type appears to come near to Stenosis.

Pediris sp.? (Pl. LXVIII fig. 162).

Median lobe thin and pointed, the tip curved slightly down-

ward, the median orifice on dorsal face near base. Lateral lobes

long, slender, studded with small spines along the distal half with

the tips spatulate. The lobes are quite free but their lateral

edges touch on the dorsal face (in fig. 162 they are parted to show

their freedom). Basal-piece large, forming a ventral sclerite with

its lateral. edges turned in, the dorsal face is membranous (m),

there are two sclerites in the middle of the membrane (a) whose

distal ends are articulated to the base of the lateral lobe.

In a similar species from the same region (Geelvink Bay) the

550 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

lateral lobes are short, consolidated together along their dorsal

margins, and form a triangular plate in the characteristic Tenebrionid

fashion,

Family RHYSOPAUSIDAE.

Form examined: ? Rhysopaussus sp. (not in Brit. Mus.)

Australia.

Figs. 169, 169a Pl. LX VIII.

Tegmen of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes consolidated along

their dorsal edges, forming a triangular plate on the dorsal face with

the lateral edges turned under. Basal-piece large, forming a large

curved sclerite on the dorsal face, membranous on the ventral face.

The median lobe is reduced to a mere small membrane on which

the ejaculatory duct opens.

Family CISTELIDAE (Alleculidae of some).

Forms examined: Omophlus lepturoides Fabr., Rome.

Prostenus dejeani Sol., Brazil. Chromomaea sp.? Australia.

Figs. 170, 171 and 171la Pl. LXIX.

Omophlus leptwroides (P]. LXIX fig. 170).

This aedeagus is of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes very

small, consolidated into a small dorsal plate, pointed at tip and

curved. Basal-piece very long and narrow, enlarged at base,

chitinous on dorsal and membranous on ventral faces, Median

lobe reduced to a small membrane on which the ejaculatory duct

opens, at ventral edge there is a small two-toothed chitinous lobe

with two long struts (a). Internal sac larger than the ejaculatory

duct, but not highly differentiated,

Prostenus dejeani (Pl. LXIX figs. 171, 171a).

A regular Tenebrionid type; the median lobe is reduced to a

mere membranous tongue on which the ejaculatory duct opens.

Chromomaea sp.

Is of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes’ small consolidated into

a small dorsal plate, expanded at tip, and beset with small spines

pointing basally. Basal-piece long and curved. Median lobe very

small,

In many members of this family the terminal body

segments are highly modified to form claspers (vide

Biologia Centrali-Americana, Champion, Vol. IV. pt. 1

pls. 17-20. On Pl. LX XVIII figs. 234 and 234a we have

represented the abdominal structure of Cistela atra.

af ee ele

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 551

Family LAGRIIDAE.

Forms examined: Lagria hivta L., England. LZ. grandis

Gyll., Australia.

L. hirta.

Of the Tenebrionid type. Lateral lobes consolidated, forming a

very small triangular plate. Basal-piece long, narrow and curved,

enlarged at the base. Median lobe reduced to a small membranous

tongue.

Family OTHNIIDAE.

Form examined: Othnius lyncea Pasc., Ceylon.

Figs. 172 and 172a Pl. LXIX.

O. lyncea (Pl. LXIX figs. 172, 172a).

Median lobe short, pointed, with broad, curved strut (ms) from

the dorsal, basal edge. Lateral lobes consolidated into a large

pointed cap-piece, with its lateral edges turned under. Basal-piece

large and curved. Weare in doubt as to the dorsal and ventral

aspects.

We meet here with a departure from the Tenebrionidae.

The basal-piece is not preponderant, but the lateral lobes

are large, and include the median lobe as a cap-piece

rather than as a sheath. The structures in our specimen

are very feebly chitinised and somewhat difficult to make

out. The position the family occupies in the Munich

Catalogue is better than one near Tenebrionidae. Othnius

cannot go in the trilobe forms because of the hooding of

the median by the lateral lobes. So that at present it

appears least ill-placed in the loosely connected complex

we have called Cucujoidea.

Family AEGIALITIDAE.

Form examined : Aegialites debilis Mann., Vancouver.

Fig. 173 Pl. LXIX.

Median lobe long, slender, tubular and membranous, supported

along each side by a chitinous rod (a) which widens out at the base

and forms a ring round the median foramen (b). Tegmen forming a

large dorsal cap composed of two large sclerites, the distal one

(lateral lobes) broad, curved and coming to a point at apex, bearing

a pair of small lobes near its base, its basal angles are produced into

struts which are attached to the base of the median lobe; the

552 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

basal-piece of the cap consists of a large sclerite, broader at the base

where it curves round the sides of the median lobe. Internal sac

apparently elongate.

This type is near to Pytho.

Family MONOMMIDAE.

Forms examined: Monomma gigantewm Guér., Angola;

and sp., Penang.

Figs. 174 and 174a PI. LXIX.

M. gigantewm.

Median lobe long, thin and tubular; chitinous round the tip (a),

with dorsal and ventral face supported by chitin strips. Internal

sac undifferentiated. Lateral lobes large, joined together on the

ventral aspect by a semi-chitinous connection, the tips truncate.

Basal-piece half as long as the lateral lobes, forming a curved sclerite

on ventral aspect. Fig. 174 is rather too broad.

M., sp. !, Penang, is similar to M. giganteum.

We place this type with Stenosis and Zopherosis on

account of the ventral orientation of the tegmen.

Family MELANDRYIDAE.

Forms examined: Orchesia micans Panz, England.

Phloeotrya rufipes Gyll., England. Melandrya caraboides

L., England.

Figs. 175, 176, and 177 Pl. LXIX.

Orchesia micans (Pl. LXIX fig. 175).

Median lobe long, thin, straight and membranous, supported by a

chitin rod on each side, which flattens out at base and forms a pair of

struts (ms). Tegmen consisting of a well-developed basal-piece

produced to a long point in front (a), witha pair of long, thin lateral

lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Phloeotrya rufipes (Pl. LXIX fig. 176).

Median lobe very long and thin, supported along each side by a

thin chitinous rod (a), these project at base as two struts (ms) ;

median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a short sheath, open at

apical two-thirds (b) on ventral face, and produced into a long,

narrow, parallel-sided, basal sclerite on dorsal face. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

Melandrya caraboides (Pl. LXIX fig. 177).

Median lobe fairly short, membranous, supported on each side by

— eS

Anatomy of the Maie Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 553

a chitinous rod (a) ; median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a

sheath, chitinous above and membranous below. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

It is impossible to place these with any satisfaction at

present. The Melandryidae appear to be a family of

transition; or it may be an unnatural association.

Family PYTHIDAE

Forms examined: Pytho depressus L., Scotland. Rhin-

osimus ruficollis L., England.

Fig. 178 Pl. LXX.

P. depressus (Pl. LXX fig. 178).

Median lobe long, slender and tubular, with basal third slightly

enlarged. Tegmen forming large dorsal cap, as in Aegialitidae, the

apical part being long, narrow and pointed at tip, the two lobes

long and slender; the basal-piece convex. Internal sac un-

differentiated.

Lhinosimus ruficollis.

Is of the same type; the median lobe being membranous and

supported along each side by a chitin rod, the basal-piece is longer

than in P. depressus. This species in some points approaches nearer

to Aegialitidae.

Family PYROCHROIDAE.

Pyrochroa pectinicornis L., Scotland.

Fig. 179 Pl. LXX.

Median lobe long, somewhat flattened, produced into two struts at

base (ms), with median orifice on dorsal side near apex. Tegmen

eonsisting of consolidated lateral lobes (//) on ventral face, meeting

together on dorsal face at base, and a well-developed basal-piece,

Internal sac undifferentiated.

The ventral aspect of the tegmen induces us to place

this and 7'rictenotoma near together; and we associate

them, as well as various other families of the “ Heteromera,”

with Cucujoidea.

Family ANTHICIDAE.

Form examined: Anthicus maritimus Lec, California

(named by Leconte with a query).

Fig. 180 Pl. LXX.

554 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

A, maritimus (Pl. LXX fig. 180).

Median lobe short, tubular, continued from the dorsal basal part

as a single broad strut (ms); median orifice at apex, the chitin-

isation on the dorsal face (b) continuing on to the sac, ventral edge

of orifice projecting beyond dorsal. Tegmen forming a large cap-

piece pointed at apex with the basal lateral edges turned in to

form a groove in which the median lobe plays; from the base

proceed a pair of divergent struts (c), consolidated at their bases.

Internal sac undifferentiated.

The cap-piece without lobes and the undifferentiated

internal sac induce us to place this also in Cucujoidea.

The tegmen is however of peculiar form.

Family OEDEMERIDAE.

Forms examined: Oncomera jemorata Fabr., England.

Copidita (Sessinia) punctum Macl., Australia. Dohrnia

miranda Newm., Australia.

Figs. 181, 182 and 183, Pl. LXX.

Oncomera femorata (Pl. LXX fig. 181).

Median lobe long, pointed and flattened laterally, bent up at the

base, where the dorsal and ventral edges of the median foramen

project, the ventral one being flattened out and serving for the

attachment of muscles ; median orifice on ventral face near tip; on

each side near tip there is a stout, sharp spine. Tegmen consisting

of a plate coming to two points at the distal end, and T-shape at

base, the arms of the T curving up and embracing the median lobe ;

the first connecting membrane attaching the median lobe to the T-

shape piece of tegmen. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Copidita punctum (Pl. LXX fig. 182).

This is on the same plan as Oncomera, but the tegmen is round at

the apex with a slight indentation at its tip and two small recurved

spines a little before the tip, on the dorsal aspect.

Dohrnia miranda (Pl, LXX fig. 188).

Median lobe flattened laterally and pointed at apex, the median

orifice being situate on the ventral aspect far from the apex

Tegmen forming a large sheath, membranous or ventral (/) aspect

and chitinous on dorsal (?). Internal sac undifferentiated. The

position of the tegmen on the dorsal side of the median lobe does

not agree with other Oedemeridae we have examined; but this

requires more detailed investigation.

soe

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 555

The ventral aspect of the tegmen causes us to place

this family on one side along with Pyrochroidae, ete.

But we must recall our remark as to the difficulty of

determining this point.

If it could be established that the tegmen is composed

of a modified chrootic sternite, then this type might be

the most primitive of the coleopterous aedeagi.

Family MORDELLIDAE.

Forms examined: Anaspis frontalis L., England. Pele-

cotomoides conicollis Cast., Australia. Zomoxia biguttata

Gyll., New Forest.

- Figs. 189, 190 and 191 Pl. LXXI.

Anaspis frontalis (Pl. LX XI fig. 189).

Median lobe slender, tubular and semi-chitinous, and with median

orifice at tip. Tegmen consisting of a pair of pointed lateral lobes

consolidated at their base, and a narrow, long basal-piece. The

tegmen lies on the dorsal aspect of the median lobe, with a

membranous connection on the ventral aspect. Internal sac un-

differentiated.

This aedeagus does not approach either in structure or

orientation the other forms we have examined among the

Mordellidae. It is possible that it would find a better

place near Anthicidae.

Pelecotomoides conicollis (Pl. LX XT fig. 190).

Median lobe long, slender and curved, median orifice near tip on

ventral face. Tegmen consisting of a large, basal sclerite (bp) on

the ventral aspect of the median lobe, with a pair of highly

modified lateral lobes, in the form of crescents. Internal sac

undifferentiated.

Tomoxia biguttata (Pl. LX XI, fig. 191).

Median lobe long, thin and membranous, supported by a chitinous

rod along each side, which join together about the middle and

continue as a single median sclerite. Tegmen consisting of a

sheath-like sclerite and a flat sclerite bearing three irregular pro-

cesses, the two sclerites being connected by a membrane. Internal

sac undifferentiated.

We are not satisfied with our knowledge of this family

and hope it will be shortly increased. ‘lhe orientation of

556 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

the tegmen causes us at present to put it, as exceptional,

along with Oedemeridae.

Family RHIPIPHORIDAE.

Form examined: Hmenadia sp. ? Australia.

Fig. 192 Pl. LXXI.

Median lobe long, slender, membranous, supported by a thin

chitin rod on each side which meet together at the base. Tegmen of

the Mordellid type. Internal sac undifferentiated.

This is the same type as Mordellidae (excl. Anaspis).

Family CANTHARIDAE = MELOIDAE.

Forms examined: Tegrodera erosa Lec., California.

Cissites (Horia) debyi Fairm., Borneo. Nemognatha sp.*

Fig. 193 Pl. LXXI.

Horia (Cissites) debyi (Pl. LX XI fig. 193).

Median lobe large, flattened laterally, and bent nearly at right-

angles one-third from base, the whole organ being pistol-shape ;

median orifice at apex, and median foramen occupying the ventral

base of basal third. Tegmen consisting of a large “tambour”

shaped basal-piece, and a single median piece, rounded at the

apex, representing the lateral lobes. Internal sac undifferentiated.

Tegrodera erosa.

Median lobe tubular, flattened laterally, with the median

orifice on dorsal aspect at tip and median foramen occupying the

ventral aspect of the basal half; on the ventral aspect near tip

are two spines, one in front of the other. Tegmen composed of a

large rounded and curved hasal-piece and a pair of lateral lobes

consolidated at their base. Internal sac small with a strong curved

spine at its base,

Nemognatha sp.

Median lobe tubular with a large median foramen occupying the

ventral aspect of the basal half. Tegmen with lateral lobes con-

solidated to tip, which is roundly bilobed, basal-piece large. Internal

sac well developed, but without armature.

* This specimen has unfortunately been lost ; only the dissection

now exists,

i Med

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. = 557

Family TRICTENOTOMIDAE.

Form examined: Zrictenotoma thomsoni Deyr., hab. ?

Figs. 194 and 194a Pl. LXXIT.

Trictenotoma thomsoni (Pl. LX XII figs. 194, 194).

Median lobe long, thin and curved upward at the base ; the apex

chitinous, continued as a chitin strip along the ventral face, at the base

this chitinous strip is a curved bar (b) which connects with the tegmen.

Tegmen consisting of a well-defined basal-piece (bp) with a large

sclerite (a) on the ventral aspect of the median lobe ; near the base

of the sclerite (a) arise two long thin lobes, spatulate at tips and

hairy. The bars (b) from the median lobe are connected with the

lateral basal edges of the large sclerite and form a spring which

brings the median lobe back into position when the muscles are

relaxed. Internal sac undifferentiated. The large sclerite may repre-

sent the lateral lobes of other forms, as it is closely connected with

the basal-piece ; in that case the remarkably long lobes (Il), are

secondary differentiations, or appendages of the conjoined lateral

lobes. ;

This is a beautifully constructed organ. It is a little

like Pytho, but the orientation of the tegmen is reversed

and in that respect approaches Pyrochroidae.

Family BRUCHIDAE (Lariidae of some).

Forms examined: Bruchus rufimanus Boh., England.

Caryoborus nucleorum Fabr., Brazil. C.sp.? (not named in

Brit. Mus.), S. America.

Figs. 195, 196 and 197 Pl. LX XII.

Bruchus rufimanus (Pl. LXXIT figs. 195, 1952).

Median lobe tubular, with the dorso-basal margin produced into

a parallel-sided strut (s), the median orifice being at the apex.

Tegmen forming aring-piece with a pair of lateral lobes on the dorsal

aspect and a wide strut on the ventral aspect. Internal sac large

with armature at the base closing the orifice, consisting of a curved

spine (a) on the ventral face and a chitinous plate (b) on the dorsal.

Caryoborus sp.? (Pl. LX XII fig. 196).

Median lobe a flattened tube, with the ventral and dorsal edges of

the median orifice pointed, the ventral one produced beyond the

dorsal one, thus giving the orifice a slit-like shape on the dorsal

face; the dorso-basal edge is produced into a single dorsal strut,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) PP

558 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

chitinous on the outer edges (ms) and membranous down the

middle (m). Tegmen forming a ring, with a large dorsal cap-piece

slightly emarginate at tip, and a keel-like strut on the ventral aspect.

Internal sac long with two small pads (a) of chitinous short

spines,

Caryoborus nucleorum (Pl. LX XII fig. 197).

Median lobe large, the distal two-sevenths forming a flattened

tube, with the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and pro-

jecting beyond the dorsal edge, the basal five-sevenths forming

a large sclerite on the dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a ring,

with lateral lobes consolidated together forming a cap-piece,

slightly emarginate at tip; at the base of the lateral lobes and

consolidated to them there is a large, inflated semi-chitinised

membrane (a) which is consolidated to the median lobe; this may

represent a chitinisation of the first connecting membrane. On the

ventral side is a Y with a long strut (b). Internal sac long, without

complex armature.

This family comes within the Chrysomelid group.

Family CHRYSOMELIDAE.

Forms examined: As this is one of the most extensive

divisions of Coleoptera, we arrange the species specially

studied in thirteen groups.

1. ORSODACNINAE. Orsodacne nigriceps Latr., England.

2. DoNACIINAE. Donacia (Plateumaris) sericea L., and

comart Suffr., D. bidens Ol., semicuprea Panz., and lemnae

Fabr., England.

3. SAGRINAE. fecynodera balyi Clark, Australia.

Carpophagus banksiae Macl., Australia. §Diaphanops

westermannt Schonh,, Fremantle, Australia. Polyoptilus

sp. aff. emichsonw (not in Brit. Mus. Coll.), Australia. Sagra

amethystina Gueér. var, W. Africa. Sagra nigra Ol,

Assam.

4. TIMARCHINAE. Z%marcha geniculata Germ., Asturias.

T. tenebricosa Fabr., England.

5, CRIOCERINAE. Crioceris asparagi L., England.

6. CLYTHRINAE. Lalidostomis longimana L., Istria.

Clythra laeviuscula Ratz., Pyrenees. Lachnaea palmata

Lac. ? Pyrenees. Sawxinis saucia Lec., California.

7. CRYPTOCEPHALINAE. Cryptocephalus aureolus Suftr.

England. C. asturiensis Heyd.? Asturias.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 559

8. EUMOLPINAE. Humolpus surinamensis F.,S. America.

Chrysochus pretiosus Fabr., Bohemia. Glyptoscelis cuprascens

Lec., California.

9. CHRYSOMELINAE. Orina elongata Suffr., and 0.

speciosa L., Piedmont. Chrysomela sharpi Fowl., Scotland.

Gastrophysa raphani Herbst., Scotland. Paropsis variolosa

Marsh.?, Sydney. Phytodecta 5-punctata L., Piedmont.

Phyllodecta vitellinae Li, and P. vulgatissina L., England

and Scotland.

10. GALERUCINAE. Diabrotica soror Lec., California.

Galerucella spp., England.

11. Harticinar. Haltica coryli All., England.

12. HispinaE. Spilispa imperialis Baly?, Australia.

Cephalolera sp. aff. nigropictae Baly ?, S. America.

13. CassIDINAE. Mesomphalia pascoct Baly, Ecuador.

Aspidomorpha 4-maculata Ol., Nyasaland.

Figs. 198 to 216 Pls. LXXII, LXXIII, and LXXIV,

relate to these forms.

Orsodacne nigriceps (Pl, LX XII fig. 198).

Distal half of the median lobe forming a flattened tube, with the

ventral edge of median orifice slightly cleft at tip, and projecting

beyond the dorsal edge, the basal half formed of two long struts on

dorsal aspect. Tegmen forming a ring-piece with cap divided at tip.

Internal sac long, projecting much beyond the median foramen. A

slightly chitinised cone at the apex carries the opening of the

ejaculatory duct.

The two struts of the median lobe and the long sac

place this nearer to the Longicorn type than to other

Chrysomelidae.

Donacia sericea (Pl. LX XII figs. 199, 199a, 1990).

Median lobe large, chitinous, tubular and curved, with the median

orifice at apex and the median foramen large, occupying the ventral

face of the basal half (mf). Tegmen forming a ring-piece; on the

dorsal side the cap forms a slender lobe with hairs at the tip on

the ventral face. The strut forms a large keel. Internal sac large

with complex armature at its apex. This armature consists of a

pair of lateral curved plates (c) and a median process (b) through

which the ejaculatory duct passes and opens on its tip, a chitinous

block (d) supports the structure at its junction with the membrane.

D. comari.

Is very like D. sericea but the cap is divided at the tip. Thearma-

PPZ

560 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

ture on the apex of the internal sac differs in details (Pl. LX XII

figs. 200, 200a).

D. bidens and D. semicuprea.

Aedeagus very like D. comari, but the armature on the sac is

totally different (Pl. LX XIII, figs, 201 and 202).

D. lemnae.

Has the cap long and thin. The armature on sac is distinct from

those described above (Pl. LX XIII fig. 203).

Carpophagus banksiae (Pl. LX XIII figs. 204, 204a).

Median lobe large, chitinous, tubular and curved; the median

orifice at apex, the median foramen occupying the ventral basal half.

Tegmen forming aring-piece, with a very longlobeascap. Internal

sac large with complex armature at apex (204) consisting of a pair

of complex side lobes (c) and a slender median process (b) through

which the ejaculatory duct passes and opens on its apex.

Mecynodera balyv.

Median lobe well chitinised, curved and fairly short, forming a

flattish tube; the ventral edge of the median orifice projecting

beyond the dorsal edge: median foramen large, occupying the

ventral portion of the basal half. Tegmen forming a ring-piece,

with large cap apically deeply divided and furcate ; the median strut

or keel on the ventral aspect, of median size. Internal sac not

extending through the median foramen. Armature at apex of sac

consisting of a slender median process on which the ejaculatory duct

opens, two chitinous plates embedded in the membrane below the

median process, and a Y-piece above also embedded in the membrane.

Polyoptilus sp.

This is very like Mecynodera but the cap is less furcate at the

tip.

Diaphanops westermanne.

This is very like Polyoptilus sp.?; the cap is differently shaped,

being broader distally and bearing there a small emargination ; the

armature at the apex of the internal sac (PI. LX XIII fig. 205) con-

sists of a slender process on which the ejaculatory duct opens (a)

protected by a stronger and broader process above it (b), a broad plate

another and smaller plate (d) supportsthe membrane above. N.B.—

In the figure, (¢) and its pointing line are imperfect.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 561

Sagra amethystina (Pl. LX XIII figs. 206, 206a).

Median lobe well developed, chitinised, tubular and curved ; the

ventral edge of the median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge,

pointed but not cleft. There is a very long prolongation of the

teginen dorsally, and this is grooved along the middle, and has a

short, narrow division at tip. Internal sac not projecting beyond

the median foramen, which is large and occupies the ventral portion

of the basal half of the median lobe. Sac complex in shape, with

two sclerites on each side of the base (a—a) to support it ; armature

at apex consisting of a slender median process on which the ejacula-

tory duct opens, with another brush-like process above it and

chitinous sclerites supporting its base.

Sagra nigra,

Of the same type as Sagra amethystina ; the armature at apex of

sac consisting of a slender process on which the ejaculatory duct

opens, protected by a wider and curved process above, broadened at

the base where it is attached to the sac; on each side is a patch of

stiff hairs.

Crioceris asparagi.

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, with the ventral lip

of the median orifice projecting slightly beyond the dorsal edge ; the

median foramen occupying the greater part of the ventral surface

of the basal half. Tegmen consisting of a small Y-piece and a

moderate-sized strut, or keel, on ventral aspect, dorsal part entirely

membranous and without any trace of prolongation as cap. Internal

sac short with a strong chitin-piece at apex on which the ejaculatory

duct opens.

Labidostomis longimanus,

Median lobe forming a well chitinised, short, nearly straight tube,

slightly flattened on dorsal side of distal half, with the ventral edge

of the median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge ; median

foramen large, occupying the ventral aspect of the basal half; a

slight constriction divides the basal and distal halves. Tegmen con-

sisting of a small shield-shaped-piece, keeled along the middle on the

inner side, on the ventral aspect of median lobe, without traces of

lateral lobes. Internal sac short, with complex chitinous armature

which closes the median orifice. Stenazygos excessively elongate,

many times longer than the whole insect.

Clythra laeviuscula (P]. LX XIII fig. 208).

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, forming a tube, the

562 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

distal half flattened on the dorsal aspect and bearing three keels, a

median and a pair of lateral; the ventral edge of the median

orifice coming to a small point but not projecting far beyond the

dorsal edge; slightly constricted about middle; median foramen

occupying the ventral aspect of the basal half. Tegmen in form of

a shield-shaped sclerite, with the corners not meeting on the dorsal

face, and no trace of prolonged cap. Internal sac small with complex

armature consisting of a long chitinous flagellum (@) and a pair of

strong, curved, chitinous spines (b), Stenazygos not investigated,

Lachnaea palmata.

In this species the median lobe is well developed, curved near the

apex, but straight beyond. The armature on sac consists of a small

spine-like flagellum and a pair of large spines, with a complex

process closing the median orifice consisting of a plate bearing a

median curved tongue and a pair of lateral, rounded plates. The

tegmen is Y-shaped, the strut being slender and bifurcate at end.

Saxinis saweid.

Median lobe very slightly curved, with the ventral edge of median

orifice pointed and extending slightly beyond dorsal edge; the

median orifice closed by the armature on the sac. Median foramen

occupying the ventral portion of basal half. Tegmen V-shaped.

Cryptocephalus aureolus,

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, the distal half being

considerably flattened; the ventral edge of medium orifice drawn

out to a fine, flattened point, with the tip curved downward, pro-

jecting much beyond the dorsal edge ; median foramen occupying

the whole of the ventral side of the real half. Tegmen shield-

shaped, with a keel along the middle of the inner side. Armature

on sac not examined.

Cryptocephalus asturiensis ?

Of the same type as C. awreolus, but the ventral edge of the median

orifice drawn out into a blunt point and not turned downward.

Armature on sac complex, that at the base closing the median for-

amen ; at the apex there are two broad, bifurcated spines and a

flattened median sclerite, but no flagellum.

Lumolpus surinamensis (P], LX XIII figs. 207, 207a).

The apical third of the median lobe strongly curved and slightly

flattened, the ventral edge of the median orifice pointed and pro-

jecting far beyond the dorsal edge, the basal two-thirds consisting

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 563

of a broad curved piece on the dorsal side, the ventral part being

occupied by the median foramen ; between the distal third and the

basal two-thirds there is a strong constriction. The tegmen consists

of a Y-piece, with a long strut on the ventral aspect and only

membrane on the dorsal, and without trace of cap-piece. Internal

sac long, with apical armature consisting of a twisted chitin plate

(a) through which the ejaculatory duct runs, and opens on its

apical edge (207a). Beyond (basally) the sac the duct forms a long

chitinous tube, four times the length of the aedeagus, and then

enlarges somewhat so as to become a slender chitinous chamber.

This is very remarkable on account of the extreme

elongation of the stenazygos. Apparently this part, which

is at least four or five times as long as the eurazygos, is

also made as slender as possible. It is difficult to say

whether it is not rather an altered part of the eurazygos

than a specialisation of the duct.

It may possibly function as a flagellum, invaginated

during inactivity. A thorough examination of this struc-

ture and its function in Kumolpidae would be very

interesting. In Chrysochus pretiosus this stenazygos (or

pseudostenazygos) is quite as slender as in Humolpus,

Glyptoscelis cuprascens,

Median lobe well developed and chitinous, bent at right angles

about middle, the distal half forming a flattened tube, with the

ventral edge of the median orifice drawn out beyond the dorsal

edge and pointed; the median foramen placed on the ventral

aspect of the basal half. The dorsal face of the basal half cleft

down the centre making it into two struts. Tegmen forming a

broad shield-shaped sclerite, the apex of the shield being attached

to the median lobe and the wide part extending ventrally, not

meeting on dorsal side of median lobe and having no trace of

cap-piece. Sac and stenazygos not examined.

Orina elongata (Pl. LX XIII fig. 209).

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, curved, tubular, with

the ventral edge of the median orifice drawn out to a point greatly

beyond the dorsal edge, thus placing the median orifice on the dorsal

aspect; median foramen smaller than in Eumolpinae, etc., occupying

only the basal sixth of the ventral aspect. Tegmen consisting of a

small V-shaped sclerite, not meeting on dorsal aspect and showing no

trace of cap-piece. Internal sac of moderate size, with a strongly

chitinised flagellum on which the ejaculatory duct opens,

564 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Orina speciosa.

Median lobe forming a long, fairly slender tube, slightly curved ;

ventral edge of median orifice bluntly pointed, turned down-

ward and projecting slightly beyond the dorsal edge, which is

rounded and turned upward; median foramen occupying the

ventral face of the basal sixth. Tegmen forming a V-piece, not

meeting on dorsal aspect and without any trace of cap-piece, In-

ternal sac nearly as long as the median lobe with a fairly thick

flagellum arising from the apex, and through which the ejaculatory

duct passes, nearly as long as the sac.

Gastrophysa raphant.

Median lobe very short and broad ; the ventral edge of median

orifice pointed and projecting beyond the dorsal edge; the dorsal

edge forming a flat fold, or lid, over the orifice, thus giving it

a horse-shoe shape. Tegmen forming a V-shaped piece on ventral

aspect of the median lobe. Sac not examined.

Chrysomela sharpt.

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, with the ventral

edge produced somewhat beyond the dorsal edge and rounded,

the median foramen occupying about one-sixth of the ventral basal

portion. Tegmen forming a semi-ring without trace of cap-piece.

Internal sac large, with a curved, slender flagellum on which the

ejaculatory duct opens.

Paropsis variolosa ? (from Sydney) (Pl. LX XIV figs. 210,

210«).

Median lobe well developed and chitinised and flattened horizon-

tally ; the ventral margin of the median orifice bluntly pointed and

produced far beyond the dorsal edge, thus placing the orifice in a

dorsal position ; median foramen occupying one-sixth of the basal

ventral portion, which is slightly constricted off from the distal

five-sixths. The chitinisation of the dorsal edge of the median

orifice is continued on to the base of the internal sac as two short

broad strips (a). Tegmen forming a slender semi-ring-piece, with

only a minute strut (s) and not meeting on the dorsal aspect.

Internal sac large, bearing a strong, curved flagellum on which the

ejaculatory duct opens, This form comes near to Orina.

Phytodecta 5-punctata.

Median lobe tubular and slightly curved ; the lateral edges of

the median orifice produced into two flattened, curved spines which

curve over the orifice; median foramen occupying the ventral basal

)

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 565

third. Tegmen V-shape. Internal sac nearly as long as the median

lobe, bearing at its apex a curved flagellum slightly longer than

the sac.

Phytodecta olivacea.

Is near to P. 5-pwnctata, but the lateral spines at the edge of the

median orifice are greatly flattened, meet on the median ventral

line, and curve downward, and are asymmetrical, the right one being

produced into a short point on the outer side and the left rounded.

Internal sac bearing a flagellum.

Phyllodecta vitellinae (Pl. LX XIV figs. 212, 212a, 212d).

Median lobe stout, tubular, constricted one-fourth from the

base; the ventral edge of median orifice produced beyond the

dorsal edge and bluntly pointed ; median foramen occupying the

ventral aspect of the basal fourth, on the dorsal aspect of the

base is.a deep emargination, Tegmen forming nearly a complete

ring, but not quite complete on the dorsal face, no trace of cap-

piece. Internal sac short, bearing armature in the shape of a

flat, curved spine on each side (a) and a median complex plate (b).

We have examined several of two varieties that go under this

name, a blue variety from Forres sand-hills and a southern one,

with a bronzy green form ; in these we find a constant difference

in the shape of the emargination on the dorsal edge of the base of

the median lobe, the northern variety has a round emargination

(fig. 212a) and the southern a nearly parallel-sided emargination

(fig. 212b), More extended observations on this species are greatly

to be desired. We think it possible that there may be two,

Phyllodecta vulgatissima.

This is near to P. vitellinae, but the distal end of the median

lobe is more flattened horizontally, and the constriction near base

is not so deep, The armature on sac is on the same plan, but

more complex and lies inside the median orifice, and when the sac

is slightly evaginated entirely alters the appearance of the orifice.

Timarcha geniculata (Pl, LX XIV fig. 211).

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, the ventral edge

pointed and produced a little beyond the dorsal edge, the dorsal

edge forming a pointed strip over the orifice; median foramen

occupying the ventral aspect of the basal third, the dorsal face being

cleft, thus making it into a pair of struts (ms). Tegmen forming a

ring-piece with a curved plate, or cap, on dorsal aspect, shallowly

566 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

emarginate at tip, on the ventral aspect the ring-piece projects as a

long strut (b), Sac large, with a slender flagellum (fq) rising from

the apex,

The basal part of the median lobe being divided into

two pieces, and the complete ring-piece with a cap on the

dorsal side separate this genus from the Chrysomelinae.

C. tenebricosa is of the same type, but the cap-piece is

smaller in proportion. Hence we propose Timarchinae

as a distinct, subfamily. As Donaciinae and Sagrinae

approximate this structure, the Timarchinae should be

placed between them and Chrysomelinae.

Diabrotica soror.

In this Galerucid the median lobe forms a long, curved tube:

the basal foramen extends ventrally for one-third of the length

of the tube: at the distal extremity there is a short acumen,

and the dorsal face of the tube is membranous for nearly one-

third of the length. The tegmen consists of a pair of slender,

nearly parallel and nearly contiguous rods, these diverge very

abruptly, and then converge again a little so as to partially embrace

the median lobe, but they are unconnected by chitin on the dorsal

aspect.

Galerucella spp.

Agree with the above in respect of the tegmen; but the basal

part of the median lobe is very different, the tube being more

complete at the base, and provided there with a pair of hooks.

These hooks also exist in Galeruca tanaceti and in Lochmaea. In

the last-mentioned genus the median lobe is of highly irregular

form, and instead of forming a single curve, the two extremities of

the organ are curved in opposite directions (as occurs less markedly

in Haltica).

So far as we can form an opinion as to the Galerucinae

from the few forms examined, it would appear that their

chief characteristics are (1) the indefinite delimitation of

the median orifice, entirely dorsally placed and unpro-

tected; and (2) the small tegmen, forming only delicate

rods.

Faltica corylt.

Median lobe straight, tubular, somewhat flattened, ventral edge

of median orifice produced into a point, projecting beyond the

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 567

dorsal edge ; chitinisation of the dorsal edge forming three strips

which close the orifice; median foramen occupying the ventral

portion of the basal fourth. Tegmen Y-shape without traces of

cap-piece. Internal sac fair size with armature that appears to be

comparatively simple.

Although the aedeagus in Halticinae is much used for

discriminating the species, we have not met with any

satisfactory account of it; the sac, with its armature, the

base of the median lobe, and the foramen, as well as the

condition of the tegmen, being in fact almost entirely

neglected.

Spilispa imperialis (Pl. LX XIV fig. 213).

Median lobe well developed and chitinised, strongly bent at about

two-thirds from apex, bent up at right angles at the curve, with the

median foramen occupying the ventral portion ; median orifice with

ventral edge rounded and produced beyond dorsal edge. Tegmen

T-shaped, with the forks of the T embracing the median lobe.

Cephaloleia sp. ? (Pl. LX XIV fig. 214).

Median lobe tubular, strongly curved, with ventral edge of median

orifice pointed and projecting far beyond the dorsal edge ; median

foramen occupying the ventral portion of the basal third. Tegmen

Y-shape. Internal sac long, passing through the median foramen ;

nature of armature not observed.

Mesomphalia pascoei (Pl. LX XIV figs. 215, 215a).

Median lobe long, thin, tubular and flattened slightly, curved nearly

at right angles about one-fourth from base and deeply constricted ;

median foramen occupying the ventral portion of the basal fifth ;

ventral edge of median orifice pointed and projecting well beyond

dorsal edge. Tegmen Y-shaped. Internal sac not large, bearing at

apex a flattened tube like flagellum (fg), on which the ejaculatory

duct opens, and a plate embedded in the sac below (a). The

ejaculatory duct in this species is semi-chitinous, and forty-eight

millimetres long.

Aspidomorpha 4-maculata (Pl. LXXIV fig. 216).

Median lobe stout, tubular and bent at forty-five degrees two-fifths

from base ; median orifice with ventral edge bluntly pointed and

only produced a little beyond dorsal edge; median foramen occupying

ventral part of basal fifth. Tegmen Y-shape. Internal sac without

armature.

568 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

The Chrysomelidae form an interesting series of groups

which further research will perhaps separate into distinct

families. The most primitive type is Ovsodacne, which

approaches Parandra. We find forms wherein the tegmen

is not divided, though it has a comparatively large cap

(Timarcha), and others in which the median lobe becomes

tubular, Orina, etc. Apparently a still more modified

form is that in which the tegmen is reduced to a delicate

Y or V-shaped piece. An overwhelming majority of the

existing species belong to the divisions in which the

tegmen is thus reduced (Chrysomelinae, Galerucinae, Hal-

ticinae). The modifications of the tegmen will probably

be found of considerable assistance in the classification of

this enormous group of Coleoptera.

Family CERAMBYCIDAE

Forms specially examined: Parandra sp. n.? New

Guinea. Mallaspis xanthaspis Guér. ?,? Colombia. Aronia

moschata L., England. Chloridolum dorycum Boisd., New

Guinea. Gnoma ctenostomoides Th., New Guinea. Mono-

hammus longicornis Th., New Guinea. Macrochenus guerina

White, ? N. India. And various others not calling for

special remark.

Figs. 217 to 221 Pls. LXXV and LXXVI.

Parandra sp.? (probably undescribed) (PI. LXXV_ fig.

219).

Median lobe somewhat flattened horizontally with dorsal and

ventral edges of median orifice pointed, the orifice extending back

some distance on each side ; from the dorso-lateral edges of the base

two flat, narrow struts are given off. Tegmen forming a ring with

a pair of pointed processes, separate to near their base, on the dorsal

aspect, and a median strut (cs) on the ventral aspect. Internal

sac large, without armature.

Aromia moschata.

Tn this well-known insect (Pl. LX XV fig. 217), the sac is largely

developed, and bears a complex armature near the apex (a).

Chloridolum dorycum.

This is similar to A. moschata, but the armature of the sac is

even more complex, and is shown in some detail in figs. 218 and

218a Pl. LXXV. There is a deeply cleft chitinous plate (ab)

bearing hair at the two extremities (ac); a large chitinous plate

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 569

(d) with the sides curved up, and another plate (e) below it, and

this is produced into a blunt median keel (f); there is a large

diverticulum (y) as in Aromia, A considerable part of the sac is

beset with small, chitinous teeth.

Among the forms of this large family that we have

examined there is a great uniformity of type, the median

lobe having the orifice at the tip and extending along the

side, the sclerites on the dorsal and ventral aspects being

separated by a membrane running along each side, from

orifice to foramen; the base of median lobe prolonged

into two struts; tegmen ring-shaped, with a divided pro-

jecting process, the division generally very deep; internal

sac long, projecting into the body forwards beyond the

median foramen in the state of repose.

It is in the great development of the sac, and the diver-

sities in its armature that we must seek the peculiarities

of the family. Parandra, so far as the genital tube is

concerned, appears to be the lowest form; in it we have

found no specialisation of importance. A general resem-

blance between the tube of Parandra and that of Cucu-

joidea is evident at first sight (compare Parandra, fig.

219 with Cucujus, fig. 97, or Passandra, fig. 96). In the

section phylogeny we have shown reasons for supposing

that this general resemblance may be deceptive.

We have examined various other Cerambycidae without

finding anything to make it necessary to increase the

length of this memoir by including them. But there is

one point we must mention briefly. Bordas has pointed

out that in certain Cerambycidae there appear to be present

two ejaculatory ducts. In other words that the stenazygos

is wanting. We also have observed this fact in Gnoma

(Pl. LXXV fig. 220) and in some species of Monohammus

(Pl. LXXVI figs. 221 and 221a).

That this fact is of much morphological importance is

not clear to us. It may perhaps be due to the great

extension of the sac (or eurazygos). And in fact in another

closely allied species of Monohammus we have found a

distinct stenazygos. The structure as it has appeared to

us in Monohammus longicornis is shown in Pl. LXXV fig. -

221, and in 22la where the sac is everted. It is then

seen to be studded with small spines, and bears two

diverticula, thus acquiring a singular resemblance to the

head of a dog; and it will be seen that there is a short

570 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

tube (a) into which the two ducts lead. In the absence

of knowledge as to the development it is not advisable to

attempt an explanation of this form, but it appears to be

not improbable that it may represent the stenazygos.

The student will in looking at this figure recollect that

the part of the sac that is the more anteriorly placed is

really the apical part; the sac in Cerambycidae being

completely inverted, the junction of the ducts with the

sac is really the apical, or distal, portion of the genital

tube.

Family ANTHRIBIDAE.

Form examined: Phloeobius alternans Wied., India.

Figs. 225 and 225a Pl. LX XVI.

Phlocobius alternans (Pl. LX XVI figs. 225, 225z).

Median lobe forming a short, flattened tube ; the ventral and dorsal

edges of median orifice pointed, the ventral projecting beyond the

dorsal, the orifice thus forms a slit extending back along the sides ; at

the base the median lobe is prolonged into a pair of long, thin struts

(ms). Tegmen forming a ring with dorsal cap-piece and a ventral

strut, the cap-piece having a ridge across where it becomes more

strongly chitinised, and at the tip bearing long hairs. Internal sac

large, having a large diverticulum, and at its apex a membranous

flagellum-like organ,

The few other Anthribidae that we have examined are

all on the same type although the details differ.

Family CURCULIONIDAE.

Forms examined: Eupholus chevrolati Guér., New

Guinea. LPolyeleis plumbeus Guér., 8. Africa. Brachycerus

apterus L., S. Africa, Belus bidentatus Macl., Australia.

Mecocorynus loripes Chevr., E. Africa. Sphenophorus

obscurus Boisd., Hawaiia.

Figs, 222, 223 and 224 Pl. LXXVI.

Hupholus chevrolati (Pl. LX XVI figs. 222, 222).

Median lobe a short flattened tube, with ventral edge of median

orifice projecting beyond dorsal edge, and pointed ; from each side of

base projects a long median strut (ms). 'Tegmen forming aring-piece

with a pair of delicate, but quite distinct prolongations on the dorsal

aspect, and central strut on the ventral aspect. Internal sac long,

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 571

reaching beyond the ends of the median struts, with a stout, curved,

spine-like flagellum at the apex and a large diverticulum (a) below

it. ;

Polycleis plumbeus.

Median lobe well chitinised, tubular, slightly flattened and

curved ; ventral edge of median orifice projecting beyond dorsal

edge and bluntly pointed; median struts small and slender, only

half as long as the median lobe. Tegmen forming a ring-piece

with a pair of small delicate projecting lobes on dorsal aspect and

a slender central strut on ventral aspect. Internal sac contained

within median lobe.

With the increased chitinisation of the median lobe there is

here a reduction of the median struts.

Brachycerus wpterus.

Median lobe forming a short flattened tube, with the ventral edge

of median orifice projecting beyond the dorsal edge and pointed ;

median struts large. Tegmen forming a ring-piece with lateral

lobes consolidated into a cap-piece on dorsal aspect; central strut

on ventral aspect large. Internal sac long with armature which we

have not examined.

Belus bidentatus (Pl. LX XVI fig. 223).

Median lobe forming a straight chitinous tube, with a pair of short

median struts; median orifice at apex. Tegmen forming a wide

ring-piece with a long narrow cap-piece ; central strut large. Internal

sac long, projecting’some way beyond the median struts. A fine

chitinous tube (w) projects through the apex of the sac, and ends in

a membranous flagellum (fg) ; the chitinous tube (a) appears to have

the power of being moved through the apex of thesac. The apex of

the sac is supported by two crescent-shaped sclerites (b), one on each

side of the tube. The dorsal and ventral aspects of the internal

sac are supported by two chitinous plates from near the apex to the

base.

The long, slender sac with the flagellum at the apex

recalls the highly specialised flagella and long sacs of the

Brenthids.

Sphenophorus obscurus (Pl. LXXVI figs. 224, 224a).

Median lobe forming a semi-chitinous tube, supported along each

side by a chitin strip (a), the median orifice is at the apex on the

dorsal face and is supported by a chitinous ring. From the basal ends

572 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

of the lateral chitin strips proceed two median struts (ms). 'Tegmen

formed of a semi ring-piece with a very strong central strut on the

ventral face. A long first connecting membrane (cm 1) connects the

tegmen to the median lobe, and a very long second connecting

membrane (cm 2) connects the tegmen to the body wall; the basal

part of this second connecting membrane (cm 2) is chitinised and

forms a tube around the aedeagus ; on the right of it is attached the

“‘spicule” (sp). Internal sac large, without armature.

Obs.—We have examined various other Curculionidae

without finding distinctions of great importance. But the

various specialisations will probably prove to be of much

assistance in the classification of this enormous complex.

Comparison of the cap-piece of the tegmen in Attelabini,

Rhynchitini and Brachycerint with long-rostrum-forms

(7.e. probably higher) like JM/ecocorynus is suggestive of

this.

Family SCOLYTIDAE = (Ipidae of some).

Form examined: Zomicus (Ips of some) laricis Fabr.,

England.

Fig. 226 Pl. LX XVII.

The male organs of many of this family were carefully figured

and described by Lindemann* and again by Verhoeff.t It is a

Rhynchophorous type. We figure Tomicus laricis (Pl. LX XVII

fig. 226). Median lobe short and tubular, with a pair of slender

median struts. Tegmen ring-shaped with a central strut on ventral

side (a). Internal sac fairly long, with a thin membranous flagellum

arising from the apex, supported by a couple of thin chitin rods (b).

We must refer workers in this group to Lindemann’s above-

mentioned paper for details of the various species.

The evolution of the tegmen in this family appears to

be from a ring-piece with well developed lateral lobes, to

reduction of the lateral lobes, the ring-piece being correla-

tively reduced into a small Y-piece on the ventral side of

the median lobe. Cf. remarks on Chrysomelidae.

Family PLATYPIDAE.

Form examined: Platypus (sp.), Honolulu. Crossotarsus

barbatus Chap., New Guinea.

* Bull. Soc. Imp. Mose., Vol. XLIX (1875) No. 1.

+ Archiv f. Naturgesch. 1896.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 573

Crossotarsus barbatus (Pl. LX XVII fig. 228).

Median lobe forming a strong chitinous tube with the median orifice

at the apex and the median foramen occupying the ventral basal

third. Tegmen forming a Y-piece. Internal sac not examined.

Family BRENTHIDAE.

Forms examined: Baryrrhynchus miles Boh., India.

Arrhenodes funebris Sharp, Panama.

Fig. 227 Pl. LXXVII.

Baryrrhynchus miles Boh. (fig. 227).

Median lobe forming a tube for the apical two-fifths, chitinous on

dorsal and ventral aspects; the dorsal sclerite prolonged into two

wide struts at the base (ms). Tegmen forming a ring, with a pair

of large, rounded lobes, forming one piece basally, on the dorsal aspect

and a long ‘strut-like basal-piece ventrally. Internal sac long,

projecting beyond the base of the median lobe, and armed with a

long, slender, chitinous flagellum (fy, fig. 227) about 12 mm. long,

and 006 mm. in diameter towards its tip; the opening of the

ejaculatory duct is at the tip of the flagellum,

We have examined various other Brenthidae, and as far

as we have observed, this family is very uniform, differing

in the size and shape of the cap-piece, of the median lobe,

flagellum, etc.; but all possess the flagellum, and the

division of the cap-piece is never missing. In Laryr-

rhynchus robustus Jek., the lobes are slender rods, bearing

hairs at the tip, but are quite distinct.

Family LUCANIDAE.

Forms examined: Chiasognathus granti Steph., Chile.

Neolamprima adolphinae Gestro, New Guinea. Lucanus

cervus L., England. Systenus (formerly Platycerus) cara-

boides L., Bosnia. Figulus marginalis Rits., Borneo. /.

striatus Ol, Seychelles. Syndesus cornutus Fabr., Tas-

mania. Ceratognathus niger Westw., Tasmania. Mito-

phyllus irroratus Parry, and If. parryi Westw., New

Zealand. Aesalus scarabaeoides Panz., Europe. Nicagus

obscurus Lec., N. America, Sinodendron cylindriewm L.,

Brockenhurst.

Figs. 5-10a Pls. XLII and XLITI.

Ceratognathus niger (Pl. XLII fig. 5).

The median lobe is long, tubular, with median. orifice at tip and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART Ill. (DEC.) QQ

574 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

small median foramen at base. Lateral lobes as long as median

lobe, the basal half of each embracing the side of the basal half of

the median lobe, the distal half narrow and curved. Basal-piece

very smal]. Internal sac small with a large patch of long brown

hair but no armature.

Mitophyllus parryanus.

Closely allied to Ceratognathus. Median lobe well developed,

cylindrical, slightly constricted near the tip and rounded at the base ;

median orifice at the distal end, membranous round the orifice and

from there graduating off to strong chitin on the rest of the lobe ;

small median foramen at base; point of articulation on dorsal side.

Lateral lobes twice as long as the basal-piece, reaching to the end,

and embracing the sides, of the median lobe. Basal-piece about

one-third the length of the tegmen, with small basal opening.

Internal_sac small, covered with fine brown hairs, but no armature.

Mitophyllus vrroratus.

The basal-piece has quite disappeared, the lateral and median

lobes as in Ceratognathus, but the basal parts of the lateral lobes

entirely envelop the basal part of the median lobe. Internal sac

small with very dense covering of chitinous, elongate, pointed

scales; the ejaculatory duct long and coiled up in the median

lobe so as to allow enough slack when the sac is evaginated,

An important difference exists between this species and M. par-

ryanus.

In these forms the muscles for working the median lobe are

attached to its base, there being no median struts.

Syndesus cornutus (Pl. XLIII figs. 6, 6a, and 60).

The median lobe is well developed, bottle-shaped, with the median

orifice at the distal end and the small median foramen at the base (m/f),

around which the chitin is much thicker and stronger and supports

the point of articulation and the attachment of two median struts.

Lateral lobes broad at the base and bluntly rounded at the tips

which reach slightly beyond the tip of the median lobe ; the bases

of the lateral lobes embrace the sides of the base of the median lobe.

Basal-piece large and shield-shape, membranous on the dorsal side.

The internal sac without armature but very long (21 mm.) and

doubled up in the median lobe. The median foramen is very small

and it is not likely that the ejaculatory duct passes through when

the sac is evaginated, consequently only half the sac can be

evaginated.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 575

This is a very interesting form, in connection with the

question of the function of the flagellum generally. Does

the portion of the sac that can be evaginated (to the

extent of at least 10 mm.) act in a similar way to the

highly developed flagellum of Lucanus ?

Systenus carabordes (Pl. XLIII figs. 7 and 7a).

The median lobe is formed of a strong bilobed plate on the

ventral side, with a ridge across each lobe (a, fig. 7a), the one on the

right being larger than the one on the left; the dorsal side is

membranous, except at the base round the small median foramen,

where there is a ridge for the point of articulation (pa) and the

attachment of the median struts. The lateral lobes are broad,

short and truncate and embrace the basal sides of the median lobe,

but do not meet either on the dorsal or ventral faces. The basal-

piece is large, shield-shaped, with the edges turned up ; the dorsal

side being membranous. The internal sac is large and complex and

is permanently evaginated and bears a short flagellum (fg) through

which the ejaculatory duct passes to the orifice at the tip. When at

rest the sac collapses upon itself and lies on the dorsal side of the

median lobe, but under blood pressure swells out (fig. 7a).

LIweanus cervus (Pl. XLIII fig. 8) and Chiasognathus

grant.

Are on the same plan as S. caraboides, but the flagellum is

very greatly elongated.

Figulus marginalis.

Median lobe small, tubular and curved, with a pair of median

struts consolidated along their basal half, the internal sac is fairly

large and appears to be permanently everted and has no flagellum.

Lateral lobes small. Basal-piece about twice as long as the lateral

lobes, forming a slightly flattened tube ; from the distal edge of the

ventral side there is a small curved tongue which covers and hides

the median lobe.

F, striatus.

Is of the same type but hasa long flagellum. The question of

these two species remaining in the same genus is doubtful. This

type approaches Sinodendron.

Neolamprima adolphinae (Pl. XLIV figs. 10 and 10a).

Has a long, strong, cylindrical basal-piece, with small lateral lobes.

The median lobe is small, thin and cylindrical, with two short

QQ2

576 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

broad median struts, and from the base proceed two long, flattened

supports (a) that connect it to the lateral lobes. No differentiated

internal sac.

Aesalus scarabacoides.

Has a long, tubular median lobe, slightly curved; median

orifice at distal end and median foramen at base. Tegmen con-

sisting of a small ring-shaped basal-piece with narrow (almost

hair-like) lateral lobes about two-thirds as long as the median

lobe, and closely appressed thereto; these are all amalgamated

at, base and show no articulation. Internal sac not observed.

This distinct form is worthy of more investigation. We have had

only one example at our disposal.

Nicagus obscurus.

Since our paper was written Mr. Schwarz has kindly

given F. Muir an opportunity of dissecting this problem-

atic form, and he finds that it isa Lucanid, not a Scarabaeid.

The description and remarks on its affinities must be

published elsewhere.

Sinodendron cylindricum (Pl. XLII figs. 9 and 9a).

The median lobe is small, curved, tubular and highly chitinised ;

the median orifice at the distal end; the median foramen, a long

narrow opening along the ventral basal aspect; a pair of large

median struts are articulated to the base ; the point of articulation

has a dorso-basal position. The lateral lobes are small, concave

across the inner side (a) where the median lobe lies. The basal piece

forms a large, strongly chitinised tube. The internal sac undifferen-

tiated, the basal part (b) is always protruding from the median

orifice.

In the Lucanidae there are several types of aedeagus,

but they all differ from the Scarabaeidae in having a well-

developed chitinous, exposed median lobe, and the internal

sac is never developed to so great an extent as in the

Scarabaeidae, unless we consider the flagellum as a modi-

fied sac. In that case the sac in the forms of the two

families may be said to be very different.

In our taxonomical table we have suggested a division

of Lucanidae into three families, Lucanidae, Lamprimidae

end Sinodendronidae. This seems necessary if 'Trogidae

are separated from Lucanidae. The alternative is to unite

the five divisions, Trogidae, Scarabaeidae, Lucanidae,

Lamprimidae and Sinodendronidae into a single family.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 577

The diversity of these forms is in striking contrast with

the homogeneity of Caraboidea, Rhynchophora, Ceram-

bycidae.

Family TROGIDAE (fam. nov.).

Forms examined: 7'voxz omacanthus Har., Pusa; 7’.

scaber L., Brockenhurst; 7. swherosus Fabr., Brazil; 7’.

penicillatus Fahr., Hedjaz; 7. sp., Queensland; 7’ sp.,

N. Australia (these two not named in Brit. Mus. Coll.).

Glaresis beckert Solsky, Transcaspian. Also the following

forms classified with the family but not really belonging

to it, viz. Cloeotus rugiceps Germ., Rio de Janeiro; C.

sinuatus Bates, Guatemala; Liparochrus timidus Arrow,

N. Australia; Anaides laticollis Har., Mexico; A. simpli-

cicollis Bates, Costa Rica; Nicagus obscurus Lec., N.

America.—For Cloeotus, Liparochrus and Anaides vide

Coprini in Scarabaeidae ; for Nicagus vide Lucanidae.

Figs. 1, 2, 2a, 3, 3a, 4, 4a, Pl. XLIT.

Troz omacanthus (Pl, XLII figs, 2 and 2a).

Median lobe broad, flattened and rounded at tip, with a slight

depression down the dorso-median line; median orifice across the

ventral face of tip, the dorsal tip projecting some distance beyond

it. Lateral lobes broad and short, nearly meeting at their bases on

the dorsal side, but well separated on the ventral side ; tips pointed.

Basal-piece well developed, membranous along the middle on ventral

face, chitinous on dorsal face. Internal sac large, covered with short

brown hairs; no chitinous armature. The testes of this species

consist of six long, simple, sausage-shaped glands, attached by very

short stalks to the ends of the long vasa deferentia, which are

not coiled up in a bunch as in 7’. scaber, q. v.

Trox scaber (Pl. XLIT figs. 3 and 32).

Median lobe well developed, broad, flattened and truncate at the

tip ; median orifice on ventral face near base (mo), two long median

struts (fig. 3a, ms) are articulated to the lateral edges of the base of

the median lobe; point of articulation on dorsal side. Lateral

lobes slightly longer than median lobe ; pointed at apex, their bases

nearly meeting on dorsal side, far apart on ventral side. Basal-

piece forms a broad, flattened, chitinous tube, bent near the base.

No differentiated internal sac.

It is of interest to note that the testes of this species

are of a simple form. The vasa deferentia are very long

578 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

and the ends of them coiled up into balls as in the Cara-

bidae ; situate near their extremity are six small, simple,

globular glands attached to the vasa deferentia by slender,

short ducts. These globular glands are simple and have

none of the complex structures of such forms as Melolontha

vulgaris,

Trox penicillatus (Pl. XLII figs, 4 and 4a).

This is similar to 7. scaber, but more complex, especially the

median lobe. There is no differentiated sac.

Trox sp, 2.1, N, Australia (Pl. XLII fig. 1).

Median lobe broad, flattened, curved and pointed at tip, with a

little ridge running down the middle of the dorsal side; median

orifice across tip on ventral side. Lateral lobes well developed,

embracing the lateral edges of median lobe nearly to the tip, not

meeting together at base either on dorsal or ventral side. Internal

sac small but distinct, without armature.

Trox sp, ? 2, N. Queensland.

This is of the same type as 7’. sp. ?.1; the median lobe is broad,

flattened and pointed at the tip; the median orifice situated across

the tip, the lower pointed lip of which turns down when the

sac is evaginated. Lateral lobes only embracing the sides of the

median lobe and not meeting on either side at their bases. Basal-

piece small, membranous on dorsal side, large at the sides where

the lateral lobes are articulated and a narrow chitinous strip on the

ventral side. Internal sac short, with curved chitin plate as

armature.

Trox suberosus.

Similar type to Tvox sp. ? 2, but the basal-piece is longer.

Internal sac short, covered with fine soft hair, and on the ventral side

with a curved chitinous plate which projects beyond the sac when

evaginated.

Glaresis beckeri.

Median lobe large, well developed, with pointed tip turning up

dorsally ; membranous on ventral side; median orifice on ventral

side near tip; point of articulation on dorsal side. Lateral lobes

slightly longer than median, nearly meeting at their base on

dorsal face ; concave on the inner side and embracing the dorso-

lateral part of the median lobe; tips bluntly pointed. Basal-

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 579

piece as long as the median lobe, forming a broad, flattened chitinous

tube bent downward near the base. Internal sac small with fine

hairs, but no chitinous armature.

Remarks on 7'rogidae.—The chitinous large median lobe

and the comparatively simple internal sac separate the

Trogidae from the Copridae s.b.; Cloeotus sinuatus, with

its small but distinct median lobe comes near to them,

but its sac is large and of a complex shape as in other

Copridae.

Such a form as Zrox sp. ? No. 1, approximates to

Mitophyllus and other allied Lucanidae, while 7. omacan-

thus leans a little to the Passalid aedeagus. 7’. scaber

approaches a little to the Simodendron type, but very

little.

The small family Trogidae is of great importance as re-

gards the classification of the Scarabaeoid series of Coleo-

ptera, and should receive a thorough anatomical study.

We allude to it again under the heading “ Taxonomy.”

Family PASSALIDAE.

Forms examined: Proculus opacipennis Th. and P.

mnizechi ? Central America. Hviocnemus sp. not in Brit.

Mus., Mysol. Protomocoelus (Pelops) gestroi Kirsch, New

Guinea. Labienus ptox Kaup, New Guinea. Neleus sp.,

Amazons. Leptaulacides planus and L. vicinus (in Brit.

Mus. Coll.), Sarawak. <Aulacocyclus edentulus Macl., and

A. teres Perch., Australia.

Figs. 11, 12, 13 and 13a Pl. XLIV.

Leptaulacides planus (Pl. XLIV fig, 11).

Median lobe short and round, with median orifice at end and

median foramen at base. Lateral lobes large, rounded at their tips

and consolidated together to their extremity on the dorsal side, but

still showing the line of junction ; on the ventral side they meet

together at their base where it is chitinous, and for some little

way up where it is membranous (m). Basal piece small chitinous

all the way round. Internal sac large, twice as long as the

aedeagus, with patches of brown hairs.

Labienus ptox (Pl. XLIV fig. 12).

Median lobe very large and round, with the median orifice on

the dorsal aspect. The lateral lobes are consolidated on the ventral

580 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

side and the basal-piece forms a small sclerite placed ventrally,

being membranous on the dorsal aspect. Internal sac about twice

as long as the aedeagus, covered with fine light spines.

Aulacocyclus edentulus (Pl. XLIV figs. 13 and 13a).

The median lobe is large and round, with the median orifice

across the dorsal aspect. The tegmen (ty) forms a chitinous tube,

narrower at the base than at the apex. The internal sac is a little

longer than the aedeagus, the apex studded with light brown short

hairs.

The forms that we have examined divide into two

distinct groups, in one the tegmen consists of two distinct

pieces, the basal-piece and the lateral lobes ; in the other

(Aulacocyclus) the basal-piece and the lateral lobes form

one piece, either by consolidation or the suppression of

the basal-piece. It is possible that this family is an off-

shoot of such a form of aedeagus as 7’row omacanthus, but

still more probable that it came from some form annectant

with Trogidae and Dynastidae.

Family SCARABAEIDAE.

Forms examined: We have examined somewhat less

than 100 forms of this enormous family of Coleoptera.

Mr. G. J. Arrow has been so good as to suggest an arrange-

ment of those that call for notice that will be convenient,

and in accordance with his views (which, as he states, are

to some extent conventional); and we place them under

fourteen divisions, as follows :-—

1. CoPRINAE. <Ateuchus(or Scarabaeus) cicatricosus Luc.,

Spain. Hucranium lacordairei, S. America. Phanaeus

lugens Nevinson, Venezuela. Heliocopris mouhotus Sharp,

Malay penins. Catharsius molossus L., Asia trop. Ontho-

phagus fracticornis Pr., Brockenhurst. Oniticellus (Radama)

marsyas Ol. Madagascar.

2. APHODIINAE. Aphodius punctato-sulcatus St., Brocken-

hurst, and A. senegalensis K1., Old Calabar. Millingenia

Jossor Sharp, Ismailia. This latter not correctly classified.

3. ACANTHOCERINAE. Clocotus sinuatus Bates, Guate-

mala, and C. rugiceps Germ., Rio de Janeiro.

4. ORPHNINAE, Orphnus sp.

5. HYBOSORINAE. Hybosorus orientalis Westw., E.

India. Liparochrus timidus, Arrow, N. Australia.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 581

Anaides laticollis Har., Mexico, and A. simplicollis, Costa

Rica. Phaeochrous emarginatus ? Castl., New Guinea.

6. GEOTRUPINAE. Geotrupes stercorarius L., Britain ;

G. mutator Marsh., Britain; G. pyrenaeus Ch., var.

Reynosa. TZyphoeus typhoeus L., Brockenhurst.

7. ACLOPINAE. Aclopus sp., Rio de Janeiro.

8. PACHYPODINAE. Pachypus cornutus Ol., Kurope.

9. GLAPHYRINAE, Amphicoma vulpes Fabr., Caucasus,

10. MELOLONTHINAE. Jicroplidius luctwosus, Natal.

Pyronota edwardsi Sh., New Zealand. Hoplia coerulea

L., Pyrenees. Diphucephala furcata Guér., Australia.

Maechidius spp., Australia. Rhizotrogus solstitialis L.,

Britain. Anoxia orientalis Kr., Europe. Melolontha

vulgaris L., England.

11. Eucuirinar. LEuchirus longimanus L., Amboina.

12. RUTELINAE. Anitsoplia floricola Fabr., Gibraltar.

Phyllopertha horticola L., Europe. Spilota reginae Newm.,

China. Anomala assimilis Boisd., New Guinea. Mimela

confucius Hope, China. Oryctomorphus variegatus Guér.,

Chile. Parastasia bimaculata Guér., Nicobar Islands.

Pelidnota punctata L., N. America. Anoplognathus analis

Dalm., and A. olwieri Dalm., Australia. Repsimus

manicatus Sw., Sydney. Bolax westwoodi Castl., Brazil.

Fruhstorferia gavana Kolbe, Java.

13. DynastinaE. Hexodon wnicolor Ol., Madagascar.

Cyclocephala stictica Burm., Mexico. -Ancognatha vulgaris

Arrow, Ecuador. Philewrus didymus Er., 8. America.

Homophileurus 4-tuberculatus Beauv.,S. America. Cryp-

todus sp. ?, Australia. Xylotrupes gideon L., Asia, ete.

Oryctes boas Fabr., Trop. Africa. Diloboderus abderus St.,

Brazil. Augosoma centaurus Fabr., Africa. Hupatorus

hardurcki Hope, India. Grolofa eacus Burm., S. America.

14. CETONIINAE. Lomaptera xanthopus Boisd, New

Guinea, and Z. sp. (not in Brit. Mus.), New Guinea.

Ischiopsopha bifasciata Q.and G., New Guinea. JMacronota

diardi G. et. P. and M. suturalis Voll., Borneo. Cetonia

aurata L., England. Diaphonia dorsalis Newm., Australia.

Inca pulverulentus Ol., S. America,

Figs. 14 to 28 Pls. XLIV, XLV, and XLVI, also fig. 28

on Pl. XLVII, are devoted to Scarabaeidae.

N.B.—While this memoir is passing through the press,

the junior author has been able to make an examina-

tion of the male genitalia in the pupa of a species of

582 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Anomaia, and he finds that the lateral lobes develop on the

ventral aspect. Jt follows from this that the orientation we

have adopted in the following sketch of this family is incorrect

and should be reversed, at any rate as regards the terms

dorsal and ventral applied to the aedeagus.

Ateuchus cicatricosus.

The aedeagus is of the same type as Phanaeus and Heliocopris,

ete. It is however strongly chitinised and the lateral lobes are more

complex and irregular in form. The internal sac is very remark-

able ; it is large and complex in shape ; at the apex are two long,

curved spines closely pressed against one another (looking like one) ;

a little beyond is a small, curved bifurcate, spine-like, chitinous

plate ; towards the base is a shallowly concave chitinous plate

from the apical end of which arises a strong chitinous piece giving

off a dozen thin, flattened, curved lamella-like spines which lie

together like the lamellae of certain antennae.

Eucranium lacordairet.

Is similar to Ateuchus cicatricosus in type, but the sac has only

chitinous plates for armature.

Phanaeus lugens,

Median lobe small with chitinous support at base, prolonged

into two short, broad, median struts. Lateral lobes small, connected

together by membrane to near their tips. Basal-piece large, strongly

chitinous, tubular with a large basal opening. Internal sac large,

complex, with chitinous structures, one being a broad, curved spine

towards apex.

Catharsius molossus.

Median lobe small with a chitinous support continuing as two

short median struts for the support of muscles. Lateral lobes large,

fairly narrow and curved, joined together on dorsal and ventral

side of membrane which folds in when lateral lobes are brought

together ; this forms a tube in which the median lobe is situated

and hidden. Basal-piece large, forming a chitinous tube, slightly

bent near base, with basal opening on ventral face. Internal sac

large with complex armature; near the base there is a shallow

wide diverticulum, about the middle a wide curved chitinous

plate, and towards the apex two thin chitinous spines arising from

near the opening of the ejaculatory duct ; a large spine-shape plate

supports the membrane at the base of the two spines.

————————

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 583

Heliocopris mouhotus,

Median lobe small, entirely hidden and embraced by the lateral

lobes. Lateral lobes rather large, with a membranous connection

to near their tips, which membrane folds together when the lateral

lobes approximate. Basal-piece large, forming an irregular chitinous

tube, curved and enlarged at the base, with a large basal opening.

Internal sac large, with two blunt, flattened, chitinous spines near

apex.

Onthophagus fracticornis.

Median lobe small, with small chitinous support at base projecting

into basal-piece as two short, broad, rounded, median processes (cf.

Oniticellus). Lateral lobes small, connected by membranes to near

their tips. Basal-piece large, forming chitinous tube with large basal

opening at base. Internal sac large, bearing complex, curved

chitinous plates on the apical half.

Oniticellus marsyas.

Tambour cylindrical, basal portion short. Lateral lobes short

and powerful, abruptly flexed, of irregular, complicated form ; their

median aspects contiguous throughout. Median lobe entirely

concealed, forming at the base a chitinised tray, basally split for

two-fifths of its length and forming a secondary tambour within

the normal one. Sac largely developed. This is a very remarkable

and high form of Coprinae, though the affinity with Onthophagus is

a close one,

Obs.—The Coprinae have the basal-piece rather com-

pletely tubular in form, owing to the shortening of the

basal part of the “tambour.” The basal part of the

tambour (or great basal sclerite of the Scarabaeidae) is

chitinous on one aspect, membranous on the other, and

this basal portion being in Coprinae of small elongation in

comparison with the distal portion, the tubular form of

the distal portion is unusually conspicuous. The aedeagus

of Coprinae is easy of recognition.

Aphodius punctato-sulcatus (Pl. XLV figs. 18 and 18a).

Median lobe small and membranous, supported on the dorsal edges

by two chitin strips (a) which project into the basal-piece as two struts

(ms) for the support of muscles ; median orifice occupying all the

dorsal face. Lateral lobes large, a semi-chitinous extension along

the dorsal edges (b) form two flanges which overlap and hide the

median lobe. LBasal-piece large, the distal half forming a tube, the

584 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

dorsal part extending backwards, bent and slightly flattened.

Internal sac large, its surface covered with chitinous spines, those in

the middle being largest and pointed.

Aphodius senegalensis,

Differs but little from the foregoing.

Obs.—If the two-Aphodius examined by us are charac-

teristic of the group, it is distinguished from Coprinae by

the more flat, less cylindric, base of the tambour.

Millingenia fossor.

Median lobe small but well chitinised, without median struts.

Lateral lobes slightly longer and pointed, embracing the base of the

median lobe but not entirely concealing it, meeting at their base on

the dorsal side and connected by athin strip of chitin on the ventral.

The basal-piece large but mostly semi-chitinous. Internal sac

medium size with a thin triangular chitinous plate on the dorsal side

near base and a strong chitin knob on ventral side near base, This

appears to be near to Cloeotus. Not correctly placed in Aphodiinae,

Cloeotus sinwatus (Pl. XLIV figs. 15 and 15a).

Median lobe small, of a semi-chitinous nature, but quite distinct ;

median orifice on ventral side near tip. Lateral lobes little longer than

median lobe, not quite meeting together at their bases, embracing the

basal-lateral portion of median lobe. SBasal-piece very large, forming

a curved chitinous selerite on the ventral side, a large membrane (m)

separating it from the lateral lobes, except at the lateral corners

where the sclerite is prolonged-to the lateral lobes (a), Internal

sac very lurge and complex, bearing short hairs, but no chitinous

armature.

The fact that the basal-piece forms a sclerite on the ventral side

of the aedeagus appears to point to a difference between it and the

Coprinae, but we must recall what we have previously said about

the dorso-ventral aspect.

Cloeotus rugiceps.

Similar to C. sinwatus, but the median lobe is smaller, more

membranous and more covered by the lateral lobes. Internal sac

large and complex, bearing hairs that graduate in certain spots into

short stout spines.

Cloeotus appears to form a connection between the

Trogidae, in which the median lobe is well developed and

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 585

the internal sac small or unspecialised, and the Coprinae’

in which the median lobe is entirely hidden between the

lateral lobes, much reduced in size and chitinisation, and

the internal sac is greatly developed and complex.

Orphnus sp.

Appears to come nearer to Inca and Huchirus than to Geotrupes.

The concealed median lobe is large and membranous, with

chitinous support at base prolonged into median struts. Lateral

lobes large, acutely pointed, curved downwards, and straight on the

inner side, dilated near the tips on the outer side, consolidated at base

on dorsal and ventral side. Basal-piece large of Melolonthine type,

the ventral plate being very slightly chitinised. Internal sac large

with short, stout spines about the middle.

Orphnus is very different from Coprinae.

Hybosorus orientalis.

Closely allied to Phaeochrous. Median lobe as long as lateral

lobes, visible, well chitinised and asymmetrical ; no median struts.

Lateral lobes asymmetrical, the right being broad at base and

bluntly rounded at tip; the left broad at base, the distal three-

fourths being thin and narrow ; the projection near base on dorsal

edge forming a small prong ; they do not join at base either on dorsal

or ventral side. The basal-piece smaller in proportion than in

Phaeochrous and not forming a tube, the ventral side being mem-

branous. Internal sac large, studded with short brown chitinous

spikes with a patch of dark hairs near middle.

LInparochrus tumidus.

Median lobe small and membranous, the chitin forming two

small supports (median supports) projecting inta the “ basal-piece”

for the attachment of muscles. Lateral lobes large and square

in shape; meeting at base both on dorsal and ventral sides and

entirely covering the median lobe. Basal-piece a long curved

sclerite on the dorsal side. Internal sac large and complex, but

without chitinous armature,

Anaides laticollis.

Median lobe small, and membranous except for two small

supporting sclerites, produced into the basal-piece as two long

struts for the support of muscles; these are in close connection

with the base of the-lateral lobes. Lateral lobes well developed,

bluntly pointed and meeting at base on dorsal and ventral

586 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

faces. Basal-piece large and curved, situated on ventral (?) side.

Internal sac large and complex; surface covered with very short

spines with a patch of dark hairs towards the base.

A. simplicollis is very like A. laticollis but the sac bears

a large curved chitinous plate near base, a patch of spine-

like hairs about the middle and another near the apex,

the rest of the surface covered with short spines.

In Clocotus, Millengenia, Anaides, Liparochrus, Hybosorus,

and Geotrupes the lateral lobes are free, or only connected

together at their bases. In Aphodius the lateral lobes

have membranous extension along their edges but they

are not amalgamated together. In the Coprinae the

lateral lobes are connected together by membranes and

form a more or less complete tube which includes the

median lobe.

Phaeochrous emarginatus (?) (Pl. XLV figs. 16 and 16a).

Median lobe small but well chitinised ; median orifice on ventral

side of tip ; median foramen large and basally placed. Lateral lobes

asymmetrical, the right shorter and broader than the other, concave on

inner side at base for the reception of the median lobe ; left curved,

with projection near base on dorsal edge. Basal-piece large, form-

ing a chitinous tube with a large opening on the ventro-basal part.

Internal sac small and simple, covered with brown hair. When at

rest the aedeagus lies on its side.

Typhocus typhoeus (P]. XLV figs. 17 and 17a).

Median lobe reduced to a small chitin ring (ml) projecting into the

basal-piece as two median struts (ms). Lateral lobes small, but

entirely concealing the median lobe. Basal-piece large, forming

a chitinous lobe, bent downward near the base, the basal opening

large, somewhat dorsal and the edges asymmetrical ; the apical

ventral margin (a) is produced beyond, and conceals, the base of

the lateral lobes. Internal sac small, covered with brown hairs.

Geotrupes pyrenaeus, var. from Reynosa; is of the same type as

Typhoeus but the ventral apical margin is produced as two broad

plates which cover the ventral side of the lateral lobes.

In G. stercorarius, also the ventral distal edge of the basal-piece is

produced into two spatulate lobes which cover the ventral side of

the lateral lobe and the dorsal edge is produced into two broad lobes

which cover the dorsal surface of the lateral lobes. The lateral

lobes are small and asymmetrical. The median lobe is reduced to a

membrane supported by the median struts consolidated into one

—

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 587

slender rod, the distal chitinisation being continued on to the

internal sac which is small. G. mutator is similar to this,

Obs.—Geotrupes is very remarkable and distinct. The

tambour is very much closed, the basal portion of it is

greatly reduced in size and the diameter there is con-

siderably less than at the distal extremity, where the

shape is very peculiar. The lateral lobes are of unusual

form, and the distal chitinisation of the median lobe is

strange, though it differs a good deal according to the

species. Zyphocus is not so extraordinary as the other

forms and may represent a distinct genus.

Aclopus sp.

Median lobe membranous. Lateral lobes long, thin and curved,

basal half connected together by membrane. Basal-piece tambour-

shape, much broader at base than at apex. The ouly specimen

of this form at our disposal is so much damaged that we can say

no more about it.

Pachypus cornutus.

Median lobe small, membranous; supported by a chitinous

patch on each side, prolonged into long median struts. Lateral

lobes fairly large, consolidated together for about one-third

from their base on the dorsal side, and on the ventral side with

membrane for about two-thirds from their base. Basal-piece large,

tambour-shape, slightly flattened and asymmetrical. Internal sac

large, covered with minute chitinous, pointed scales.

Amphicoma vulpes (Pl. XLIV fig. 14).

Median lobe small, visible, membranous except at base, with two

median struts. Lateral lobes very small, free, their bases not

touching on dorsal or ventral side. Basal-piece forming a long,

thin, curved, chitinous tube, with basal opening at base on ventral

side. Internal sac well developed and complex. It is difficult to

distinguish the membranous median lobe from the sacas there is no

line of demarcation.

The very long chitin tube formed in this insect by

the basal-piece is highly remarkable. In fig. 14 this part

is by a lapsus marked m/ instead of bp; but the position

of the median lobe is correctly indicated by the other ml

near the tip.

588 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Microplidius luctwosus (P\. XLVI fig. 22).

Median lobe internal, fair size, membranous, except along base (a)

where a chitinous strip runs along edge and projects as two median

struts (ms). Lateral lobes large and curved near tips, their basal

halves connected by membrane. Basal-piece tambour-shape

broader at base than at apex. Internal sac well developed

without chitinous armature.

Hoplia coerulea.

Basal plate large, broad, asymmetrical ; forming a broad chitinous

tray, very far from the tubular shape. Lateral lobes very long,

their distal portions free; the free parts about as long as the

parts connected by the membrane that forms the delicate cylinder

through which the median lobe plays. The median lobe shaped

like a long delicate finger; membranous, but at its base provided

with a delicate, horse-shoe-shaped, semi-ring of chitin, and on

the membrane basal to the ring, a pair of extremely fine chitin

rods. Sac not observed. The median lobe is in this case extremely

mobile and slips backwards and forwards to such an extent as to

make it superficially either visible to a considerable extent, or

apparently absent.

Diphucephala furcata (Pl. XLV figs. 21, 21a).

Median lobe internal, large, membranous, with a thin chitinous

support along ventral side (a) and base, continued as median struts.

Lateral lobes consolidated together for their basal half, the distal

portions curved downward, asymmetrical and pressed near together,

the right tip coming to a point, the left flattened, expanded, and

produced into two short points. Internal sac large without chitinous

armature. Basal-piece long and tambour-shape.

Maechidius sp.

Median lobe medium size fairly chitinised, not extending into

median struts. Lateral lobes large, consolidated together for about

one-fourth from their base. Basal-piece large, chitinous on dorsal (?)

aspect entirely membranous on ventral, and as it is remarkably flat,

offering no protection there to the softer parts. Internal sac fairly

large, covered with fine hair; no chitinous armature.

Pyronota edwards. 4

Basal-piece large, feebly chitinised, on one aspect, and quite

without chitinisation on the other. | Lateral lobes elongate, bent

almost at a right angle a little distanéé from their base, apically

free as far as the bend, basally from that connected by a very

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 589

narrow strip of membrane; their inner aspects flattened and ad-

pressed. Median lobe apparently not passing between the lateral

lobes.

This is very different from any other of the forms

we have examined. The relationship of the median lobe

and the lateral lobes would appear to be very unusual,

but having only one specimen at our disposal this is not

very clear.

Rhizotrogus solstitialis,

Of the same type as Melolontha. Median lobe medium size,

membranous, supported by two thin sclerites. Lateral lobes large,

broad, joined together to near their tips and forming a tube.

Basal-piece not quite so long as the lateral lobes, chitinous on dorsal

side but membranous on ventral. Internal sac large.

Anoxia orientalis,

Median lobe small, chitinous on each side, with two long

median struts. Lateral lobes very large, long and curved at

points ; on ventral side they are consolidated for about one-fourth

of their length near the base; on the dorsal side the basal three-

fifths are consolidated together. Basal-piece tambour-like, some-

what shorter than the lateral lobes. Internal sac fair size, no

chitinous armature.

Melolontha, vulgaris.

Median lobe fair size but membranous, except for a narrow

strip of chitin along each side, proceeding into basal-piece as two

median struts. Lateral lobes long, narrow, and curved, with the

tips slightly expanded ; joined together at their base on ventral

and dorsal sides with a membranous connection nearly to their

tips. Basal-piece tambour-like, forming a large curved sclerite on

dorsal side, the ventral side membranous. Internal sac large and

complex, covered with small hairs but bearing no chitinous

armature.

The student should refer to Straus-Durckheim’s immortal

work on Melolontha. It will give him a good idea of the

genital tube in Coleoptera, as well as a knowledge of

the details of this species. He uses the term “ tambour’

for the large basal-piece of the aedeagus, and we have

used it also in the sense of a general resemblance to

Melolontha in the form of this part. The tambour shape

does not exist in Tvox, and Amphicoma shows a very great

modification of it.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) RR

590 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Luchirus longimanus.

Median lobe small, supported by two thin chitin strips near base,

continuing into the basal-piece as two median struts. Lateral

lobes long, pointed, with the points strongly curved near tips and

slightly flattened ;» connected at base on dorsal and ventral side,

otherwise free (no connecting membrane between them). Basal-

piece tambour-shape. Internal sac large and complex, covered with

short hair, but bearing no chitinous armour.

This curious insect shows no approach to Amphicoma,

but apparently the aedeagus is but little different from

Aclopus, and the forms placed early in the Melolonthine

series.

Anisoplia floricola.

The lateral lobes are very long, touching for the greater part

of their length, but not consolidated together. Basal-piece

medium size, tambour-shape, with a small ventral plate. Basal

piece and lateral lobes consolidated together, so that their real

line of junction is difficult to distinguish. Internal sac without

chitinous armature.

Phyllopertha horticola.

The aedeagus is short and broad, and the proportions generally

similar to Anomala; there appears to be a large chitinisation of

the base of the median lobe.

Spilota regina (Pl. XLV figs. 20 and 20a).

Median lobe normal in shape and size, but the internal sac has a

strong chitinous plate armed with spines near the apex (b), and has a

pair of strong chitinous processes (a) on the apex; this armature

prevents the sac from being entirely evaginated, and makes it appear

to be part of the median lobe. A similar thing takes place in A-

marginipennis, Where the plate bearing spines is very large and looks

like the median lobe, and can only be understood by dissecting it

away from the tegmen. In SV. regina the lateral lobes are large and

asymmetrical, the left being widened and curved at apex. Basal-

piece tambour-shape, with a small ventral plate (vp).

Anomala assimilis (Pl. XLV fig. 19).

Median lobe small but distinct, the basal part being chitinised

and prolonged into two median struts. Lateral lobes short and

broad, meeting together at their bases on the dorsal side (but no

consolidated together) and wide apart on the ventral side. Basal-

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 591

piece tambour-shape with a chitinous plate (ventral plate, vp) on

the ventral side at the base of the lateral lobes, to which these

are attached by membrane. Internal sac very large and complex ;

a chitinous plate (b) near apex, below it a small patch of hair, three

large diverticula, one covered with hair and a slender long diverti-

culum above it. The opening of the duct (a) is on the ventral

side.

Mimela confucius is of the same type ; the ventral plate of the

basal-piece more complex, being curved, and the distal end bilobed

(or deeply emarginate) and projecting between the lateral lobes.

Oryctomorphus variegatus.

This is of the same type as Pelidnota, the lateral lobes being

consolidated on the dorsal side and the tip rounded.

Parastasia bumaculata.

Lateral lobes joined together on dorsal side somewhat as in

Oryctomorphus, line of consolidation distinctly visible. Basal-piece

large, tambour-shape, without a ventral plate.

Pelidnota punctata (Pl. XLVI fig. 23).

Median lobe fair size, membranous, with two small chitinous strips

at sides prolonged into two long thin median struts. Lateral lobes

consolidated together on the dorsal side, forming a flattened plate,

broad at the base, with a bifurcate tip; the ventral edges, even at

base, wide apart. Basal-piece broad, flattened, tambour-shape one-

third of length; on the ventral side there is a large chitinous plate

(ventral plate) covering the apical half of the ventral surface of

the basal-piece. Internal sac very large, with five short, broad

chitinous teeth about the middle, four being of equal size, the fifth

much larger.

Anaplognathus analis and A. olivierc.

The Anoplognathi are recognised by the elongated lateral lobes,

consolidated together on the dorsal side to near their tips, the

ventral plate of the tegmen is also elongated and lies between the

lateral lobes on the ventral side, thus forming along tube. Repsimus

is of the same type but not so specialised, the lateral lobes being

shorter and only consolidated along their basal half.

Bolax westwoodi (Pl. XLVI fig. 24).

Median lobe long, thin and membranous, with semi-chitinous

supports at the base (a). Lateral lobes very small, free, meeting

at base on dorsal side but not on ventral, flattened and obtuse at

RRZ2

592 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

apex. Basal-piece very large, forming a long tube, the dorsal part

formed by a long, curved sclerite and the ventral surface by a long

narrow one(vp). Internal sac long, thin at apex and supported by a

chitin strip (b).

Fruhstorferia yavand.

At the last moment we have received an example of this

remarkable creature. The male structures are so extraordinary

that they may be briefly described as having the appearance of

being crippled or deformed. The example is however so perfectly

developed as regards its external structure that there can be little

doubt as to the “ deformity” being natural,

The basal portion of the tambour is normal, but beyond this the

part is twisted so that the orifice for the protrusion of the median

lobe is placed laterally ; one of the two lateral lobes forms a very

hard, irregular tusk, while the other is membranous, and appears to

be merely a useless appendage. The median lobe appears also to be

twisted and deformed at the apex, which is slender. There appears

to be no line of demarcation between median lobe and sac, and the

part just described may be considered to be the everted sac. In that

case the lobe is prolonged forwards into the body far beyond the

tambour, and is of irregular shape; distally ample, then more

slender, and in front of this rendered a little more broad by means

of a large horse-shoe-shaped sclerite; in front of this it is again

more slender, and contains some apparently semi-chitinised

structures extending to the part where it is joined to the duct,

Obs.—The few Rutelina examined display forms that

may be group characteristics. Anisoplia, Phyllopertha and

Anomala have the lateral lobes free ; and they are elongate

in Anisoplia, short in Anomala. In the other forms

(except Bolax) they are united either at the base or for

their whole length. Anoplognathini have the cylinder

formed by their conjunction elongated. The extraordinary

Asiatic Lruhstorferia is quite abnormal by the distorted

aedeagus. Bolaz has a very long tubular basal-piece, with

comparatively small, free lateral lobes, and should be

compared with Glaphyrinae, though it is probable that the

elongate, tubular form of the basal-piece may not be as

important as it is remarkable.

Hexodon wnicolor (Pl, XLVI figs. 25, 25a).

Median lobe large and membranous, with chitinous sclerites at

base, prolonged into median struts (ms) consolidated for the

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 598

greater part of their length. Lateral lobes large, symmetrical ;

consolidated on dorsal and ventral faces at base. Basal-piece large,

tambour-shape with a ventral plate (vp) connected to the basal

ventral edges of the lateral lobes by membrane, not consolidated to

them. Internal sac large with four long thin diverticula at apex,

covered with hairs, no armature.

We have examined several species of Hexodon and find they fall

into two groups, one with symmetrical lateral lobes and four

diverticula of sac; the other with asymmetrical lateral lobes and

five diverticula.

Ancognatha vulgaris,

Median lobe moderate in size, membranous with chitinous

support near base. (In some Scarabaeidae the chitinous support

of the median lobe appears to appertain rather to the second

connecting membrane, but we have described it as belonging

to the median lobe as only a detailed study in many forms could

elucidate this.) Basal-piece of the usual tambour-shape, its con-

cave aspect membranous, its dorsal more feebly chitinised than in

the normal Dynastinae ; the sides of this sclerite prolonged distally

so as to form a point on each side to which are articulated the very

peculiar lateral lobes. These, viewed laterally form a sort of V,

between the branches of which the distal point of the basal piece (as

described above) penetrates, The lateral lobes are not in this species

amalgamated by chitin but exist as two sclerites connected by

membrane, Viewed on the convex aspect of the aedeagus in repose,

the two sclerites become contiguous, their inner margins being

nearly straight ; each is a little truncate at the tip, and on the outer

side has a small, sharp hook, On the concave aspect, the sclerite is

larger than on the other aspect, but the inner margins are parallel

here also. These lateral lobes are capable of divarication, and it

appears that this permits the extrusion of the median lobe.

Internal sac large and complex, the apical half greatly enlarged,

with two small diverticula near opening of ejaculatory duct at apex,

and a long thin diverticulum opening near middle; no chitinous

armature, but surface covered with short fine hair.

Cyclocephala stictica.

In this the lateral lobes are greatly abbreviated and form a ring

at the end of the basal-piece. This ring, being placed at a right

angle to the axis of the aedeagus, is articulated on each side to the

distal point of the basal-piece ; except at this spot the connection

of the lateral lobes with the basal-piece is entirely membranous,

As the ventral plate of the basal piece is to some extent elastic,

594 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

the annular lateral lobes can, by it stretching, be brought into

the same plane as the axis of the aedeagus.

The soldering together of the tips of the lateral lobes so as to form

a perfect ring, make this very different from Ancognatha, The two

forms have in common the unchitinised ventral plate of the basal-

piece.

It should be noticed that in this form the consolidation

of the lateral lobes into a ring takes place in an indirect

manner. The apices of the lobes meet very nearly, but

not quite, and a distinct narrow space is perceived between

them ; but basally to this small space the ventral plate

penetrates between the lobes and is just there strongly

chitinised, though elsewhere it is quite membranous.

This is a very interesting case. If we make use of a

teleological mode of expression we may say that it appears

that the tips of the lateral lobes are in process of becoming

consolidated so as to form a structure normal in Dynastinae

(compare with XY. gideon). The functional difference

between Ancognatha and Cyclocephala appears to be that

in the latter the orifice is held open permanently by the

ring-shaped lateral lobes ; while in the more Melolonthoid

structure of Ancognatha the lobes are mobile and the orifice

opens or closes as the situation requires.

Cyclocephala would from this point of view appear to be

related to Xylotrupes, while Ancognatha points to an affinity

with Dzloboderus.

Oryctes boas.

The distal portion of the tambour is elongate and cylindrical,

the basal portion broad and short. The lateral lobes are long,

placed at a right angle with the cylinder, the orifice between

them viewed from behind is elongate and rather narrow. The

structure at the base of the median lobe is rather perfect; the

chitinisation of its anterior*part on one aspect is met by a V-shaped

prolongation from the other aspect, and by the conjunction of the

two a complete ring-encasement is formed. We have already stated

that we have not been able to decide as to the nature of this

chitinisation.

Diloboderus abderus.

The aedeagus is here short, broad at the base, and gently

narrowed to the tip so as to be somewhat conical in form viewed

dorsally. The lateral lobes are articulated so as to admit of a

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera, 595

beautiful movement of a limited nature. In repose they are

brought near together, and their inner dorsal margins lie paralle)

though separated by a good space. If a little pressure be applied

inside the aedeagus at the point where they meet dorsally, the two

lobes separate by a partial rotation and then disclose a broad orifice

such as we find to be the fixed position in Xylotrwpes gideon. The

specimen is in very bad condition, but we mention it because we

have not observed a similar peculiarity in allied forms, though it

may not improbably be found to exist elsewhere in the higher

Dynastinae. The form and general proportions of the aedeagus are

similar to those of Oryctes boas. Some special experiments made

with that species show that the lateral lobes can be forced apart to

a considerable extent by pressure, but there is no rotation whatever,

and the parting is due to the elasticity of the ventral plate connecting

the lobes,

Xylotrupes gideon (Pl. XLVI figs. 26, 26a and 26D),

Median lobe large, membranous, with chitinous ring at base for

support, prolonged into a pair of median struts, consolidated at their

base. Lateral lobes consolidated on dorsal and ventral side, short

forming a short ring or tube which projects on the ventral side as

two short, flattened and truncate points, which have a slightly out-

ward turn, Though the lobes are thus separated at their distal part,

they are united, in front of the free processes, to form a ring. Basal-

piece large, tambour-shape, constricted about the middle, with a

ventral plate (vp) which is only consolidated to the lateral lobes at

the corners (a).* Internal sac large with two large, strong, curved

spines about the middle.

We have examined several specimens of this well-known insect ;

they come from different localities, and there is slight variation in

the aedeagus.

Three males from Koberi (N. Guinea, Pratt), one of them the

fullest development of the species, the other two moderate, agree

closely except that the largely developed example has the distal

portion of the tambour more elongate, and the tusks of the lateral

lobes less abruptly turned backwards.

A single specimen from “ Australia” (old coll.), is of the broad,

robust variety of the species, with broad thoracic horn, and the forks

of the cephalic horn strongly developed ; it has the aedeagus much

as in the moderate Koberi form, but a little shorter and thicker, the

* In fig. 26 the point (a) appears to overlap the lateral lobe: this

is not correct; ‘‘a” only reaches the margin of the lateral lobe, and

is there conjoined with it,

596 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

tusks of the lateral lobes slightly shorter, and the consolidation of

the two lobes where they meet in the middle behind the ventral

plate very short.

One example (Cochin China, old coll.) of the same development

as the two moderate Koberi forms, differs from them in having the

ring of the lateral lobes considerably narrower, the tusks a little

longer, and separated by an interval of rather different form. The

difference from the Koberi high development male is even slighter.

One specimen from Amboina (F, Muir), a small development but

not the smallest, has a decidedly different shape of the orifice, which

may be described by saying that above it resembles a Gothic arch,

while the forms previously mentioned are more like a Norman arch.

Still more striking is the fact that the membrane above and in front

of this arch is strongly chitinised, quite black, and the ventral plate

is extensively chitinised,

One specimen (“ Malasia,” old coll.) of maximum development

as regards cephalic and thoracic armature, but a rather small and

slender individual, differs slightly from the Koberi moderate form

in having the distal cylinder of the tambour more slender, and as a

consequence the orifice between the lateral lobes more contracted ;

the tusks are a little longer, and the area between them is narrower

and of slightly different form,

An individual (“ Ter” [nate] Wallace I believe) is of almost the

smallest development of the species, being with cephalic horn only

about 30 mm. long ; it approximates the Amboina individual, but

entirely lacks the hard chitinisation of that specimen,

The sac, in these examples, has not been adequately examined,

but in the specimen from Cochin China the curious pair of large

spines on it appear to be more inequal in size than they are in the

others.

Whether any racial distinctions are to be found in these male

structures can be decided only by the examination of good series.

We see no reason for supposing that any of the distinctions ure of

specific importance. The extreme chitinisation of the parts in the

Amboina individual isremarkable. In it and in the Ternate example

the two spines on the sac are nearly of one size.

Augosoma centaurus,

Very like X. gideon but the points of the lateral lobes are acute,

and pressed together to their tips and turn downwards; the

ventral plate of the basal-piece is consolidated to the lateral

lobes ; the internal sac is large and has no spines, but has at least

one long diverticulum, The conjoined struts at the base of the

Anatomy of the Male Genital T ube in Coleoptera, 597

median lobe have, attached to each one, a slender tendon, 10 mm.

long, and elastic, like india-rubber.

Hupatorus hardwicke.

Ts very like A. centawrus, but the points of the lateral lobes are

longer and slightly spatulate at tips, the opening between the lateral

lobes is much narrower. Thechitinous developments are compara-

tively small, the ventral plate being feebly chitinised. We see

no remarkable structures on the sac or median lobe, but the only

individual at our disposal is in very bad preservation.

Golofa eacus.

Basal portion of tambour large and convex, the distal portion not

quite so long as the basal, not cylindric but a good deal flattened.

The lateral lobes very remarkable; strongly deflexed, each at the

base on the dorsal side developed into a plate, meeting the other

and so forming a roof over the base of the orifice; furnished at the

apex each with two patches of hair one of which projects beyond the

tip, while the other forms a large, very dense patch on the inner

and ventral aspect. The ventral plate peculiar, very strongly chitin-

ised, and prolonged as far backwards as the patch of hairs described

above, and visible between the apical parts of the lateral lobes as a

free edge. Sac elongate and of contorted form, but no armature has

been detected.

The specimen was in very bad preservation. The pro-

longed fold of the ventral plate is remarkable; it limits

and shapes the orifice through which the median lobe is

protruded.

Homophileurus 4-tuberculatus.

Median lobe large, membranous, the chitinous support at base

produced into median struts. Lateral lobes very long, turned

downwards nearly at right angles to the basal-piece, the tips slightly

curved and spatulate, the inner margins parallel, contiguous distally,

slightly separated basally. Basal-piece large, tambour-shape, con-

stricted near the middle, the basal part being greatly widened

with a ventral plate moderately chitinised distally, to which the

lateral lobes are fastened, but not consolidated. Internal sae large

with several long diverticula at apex, covered with hair, but with no

other armature.

Philewrus didymus.

This is strikingly different from H. 4-tuberculatus. The basal-

piece is elongate, but it is subcylindric, and the lateral lobes are

598 Myr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

very complex and remarkable. Though they are free, they form

a ring, the transverse diameter of which is broad, the free extremities

are greatly dilated and one much overlaps the other; moreover

each is provided at the base with a large free lobe, projecting in

tongue-like shape. This is a very peculiar aedeagus,

Cryptodus sp. ?

Median lobe small, membranous. Lateral lobes large, curved and

spatulate at tips, meeting together on dorsal side at base, but not

on ventral side. Basal-piece tambour-shape, with a ventral plate

consisting of two chitinous sclerites which are consolidated with

the ventral edges of the base of the lateral lobes. Internal sac

large bearing a complex chitinous armature near apex, of a

symmetrical and beautiful shape.

Lomaptera canthopus (Pl, XLVI fig. 27).

Median lobe well developed but with exceedingly small chitinous

support and no median struts. Lateral lobes medium size, con-

solidated to their truncate tips on the ventral side, and at their base

on the dorsal side. Articulated in a central pesition on the dorsal

side of the consolidated lateral lobes is an elastic tongue (a) which

rises and falls with the evagination and invagination of the internal

sac. The basal-piece is large and of the tambour type but with the

basal portion short ; with a ventral plate (vp), rather broad, but not

very hard, and not consolidated to the lateral lobes. Internal sac large,

without armature ; the opening of duct being situated at distal end

on a small prominence, with a small papilla on each side (c).

In Lomaptera sp.? (small sp. elytra yellow with strong green

reflections ; not in Brit. Mus. Coll.), the lateral lobes are more

slender, pointed and turned down ventrally ; the tongue is slender

and not articulated at its base but forming a continuous piece with

the lateral lobes.

Lomaptera sp,? Arfak (chocolate elytra). In this species the

tongue is broad, and is bifid at the apex. The ventral plate is very

remarkable, being connected distally with the lateral lobes by a

large, very hard chitinisation, There is a great deal of hair on the

ventral aspect of the lateral lobes. We have this species named L.

ciocolatina but do not know whether it has been described. It is

one of the numerous species discovered by the Pratts.

Ischiopsopha bifascrata.

Differs very strongly from Lomaptera. The basal part of the

tambour is still more reduced; there is no chitinisation of the

ventral plate. The lateral lobes form a slender ring with a small

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 599

notch in the tip at the middle, and there is no tongue. The

absence of chitinisation on the ventral aspect appears in this form

to be complete ; and the approximation to Cyclocephala stictica to be

incontrovertible.

Diaphonia dorsalis.

The tambour is pretty much of the usual tambour-shape, the

basal part being moderately large. The lateral lobes form two free,

pointed tusks, and at: the base between them there is a large,

grooved, triangular process which is strongly chitinised. The

chitinisation of the ventral plate is very feeble,

Macronota diardi and M. suturalis.

In these two species although the wall of the body is very hard, this

is not the case with the aedeagus. The tambour is but little basket-

like, and the chitinisation throughout allows the harder parts to be

somewhat elastic.

In M. sutwralis the tambour is remarkably flat, and is not broader

at its front. The lateral lobes are short, broad and pointed, and can

be brought together in the median line, then forming a roof without

special orifice for the protrusion of the median lobe,

In M. diardi the tambour is greatly expanded in front, so that its

angles descend and are very acute: only the lateral and anterior

margins are strongly chitinised, the rest of the surface being feeble

and transparent. The lateral lobes are large and complex, each

terminating as a spinose process directed outwards, while near the

base of each there is a smaller, hooked spine. The position of the

two lobes is much the same as in M. sutwralis. In both species the

median lobe appears to be less developed than usual: but both the

examples are in a very decayed state.

Cetonia aurata (Pl. XLVII fig. 28).

Tambour elongate but not highly developed, the basal part as long

as the distal. Chitinisation of the ventral aspect poor and irregular,

there being several patches of inferior chitinisation. The lateral lobes

large but not quite so long as the basal-piece. They are placed dorsally

with their median margins parallel, but not quite contiguous ; they

are consolidated for more than half their length, the apical portions

being free; the deflexed tips bear each a small process abruptly

turned outwards.

Inca pulverulentus.

Median lobe and internal sac not examined. Lateral lobe large,

curved downwards, flattened and spatulate at tips; consolidated at

600 Mr, D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

base on dorsal and ventral side. SBasal-piece slightly shorter than

_ lateral lobes.

The specimen at our disposal is greatly destroyed by Anthrenus.

The elongation of the lateral lobes is remarkable. Burmeister

considered this form to be related to Huchirus, and there appears to

be a great similarity in the aedeagus of the two, but we cannot say

to what extent this is true of anything but the hard sclerites. The

general shape of the aedeagus is one that is frequent in the Melolon-

thine series of genera.

Obs.—The aedeagus of Scarabaeidae is readily recog-

nised (if Trogidae, Lucanidae and Passalidae are excluded)

by the following definitions :—

Tegmen greatly developed, the basal-piece enormous,

consisting of an anterior part unchitinised beneath, and a

more distal tubular part to which are attached apically

the varied lateral lobes (frequently called forceps or para-

meres); the median lobe drawn within the basal-piece,

and thus concealed, membranous except at the extreme

base where there are, more or less well developed, elastic

chitinous supports; sac large, frequently provided with

remarkable, varied chitinous structures.

The perfection attained varies greatly. There are

higher and lower forms in each of the great divisions.

The number of forms examined is not sufficient to enable

us to follow up this remark profitably.

MORPHOLOGY.

B. GENERAL.

A BRIEF statement of the anatomical terms we have

used will be found in the early portion of the Memoir

(Orismology, p. 481). The term genital tube is used

because it conveys the idea of the chief characteristic of

the parts. Whatever else they may be, however different

they may appear, their combination to form a perfect

tube without orifices, is remarkable: the one “orifice”

that exists is not a real one. It arises from the invagina-

tion of the tube into itself. The genital tube is therefore

a doubled tube, one end of which is a continuation of the

body wall, while the other divides into a fork, of which one

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 601

branch proceeds to each testis. In a peculiar structure of

this kind it is evident that the homologisation of the parts

is attended with some special difficulties. Extensibility

and retractibility of the tube are carried to an extraordin-

ary perfection, and the length of the tube is in some. cases

enormous compared with the size of the creature, and yet

the “orifice” may in one position of the organ be placed

near the distal, in another position near the proximal

extremity. The same “orifice” is in fact at one moment

of the creature’s existence placed inside and quite near to

the centre of the body, while at another moment it may

be placed far away, at the extremity of the extended tube.

The walls of this protean structure become in some places

hard, and form sclerites. The study of these sclerites is

one of the chief aids in our endeavour to understand the

changes the tube may have undergone during its evolution.

The homologies of the various parts of the male genital

tube are, within certain limits, very easy to follow, and

even in some of the most extreme forms can be made out

by anatomical comparison. But beyond the limits we

have alluded to, the questions become very difficult, and

will really only be settled by studies of the ontogeny that

at present are not forthcoming. As misconception has

been, and still is prevalent to a considerable extent, there

are a few general points to which we must allude. Accord-

ing to our view the genital tube commences where the

body wall ends. Anatomically it is not easy to decide

where that spot is, because body wall and genital tube

are continuous.

Embryologists consider with good reason that the

stomodaeum and proctodaeum are the poles of the body

wall, therefore all parts that have their origin on the

dorsal aspect of these openings are tergal, and all parts

on the ventral aspect are sternal. The genital tube, being

ventral of the anus, can therefore contain no tergal parts;

though one or more sternites may enter into its composition.

Hopkins * considers our tegmen in Pissodes as “ repre-

senting the apodeme of the ninth tergite.” Bugnion +

considers that in Cissites testaceus the median lobe (“ gout-

tiere interne ”) is derived from the ninth segment, and the

tegmen (“gouttiere externe”) from the tenth segment.

* U.S. Dept. Agr. Technical Series, No. 20, Part I, 1911.

t Bull. Soc. Ent. d’Egypte, 4™° Fascicule, 1910.

602. Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

We cannot agree with these interpretations without proof

from studies of the development.

The question as tu a sternite, or part of a sternite, being

included in the male genital tube leads to the consideration

of the number of abdominal segments, a subject beyond the

scope of this memoir. The following points, however, bear

upon it. In the majority of beetles the first tergite is often

entirely membranous, and the first, second, and, sometimes,

the third sternites are also membranous; beyond these the

segments are distinct, and, in many cases, there appears to

be one sternite missing.

In Enarsus bakewells (fig. 92D) there is a distinct ventral

plate between the anus and the aedeagus, and in Cupes

clathratus (fig. 104-1040) there is a pair of sub-anal

appendages. These facts seem to indicate that there

exists In some cases a sternite between the anus and

aedeagus although it is only represented by membrane

in so many forms.

We have not been able to find the eleventh (Berlese)

sternite in Lucanus cervus. In this species, as in a great

number of others, the rectum is capable of being evagin-

ated. In some cases the rectum has chitinous supports

to facilitate this process. In the larvae of many of the

Cassidae the rectum is quite telescopic, and is thrust out

and turned up to enable the larva to fasten filaments of

excrement to its back. If any part of the aedeagus is of

chrootic (pertaining to the body wall *) origin it is the

tegmen, which in that case is derived from one of the

sternites. When a sclerite of the genital tube exterior

to (or anterior to) the tegmen exists it may probably be

of chrootic nature.

The only observation as to development that we can at

present contribute to this discussion is a slight one on a

Cistelid. In the larva of Cistela (Eryx) atra there are

uine distinct tergites and sternites, the ninth sternite

bearing a pair of small papilla-like processes; in the pupa

there are also nine distinct tergites and sternites, and the

ninth sternite bears the pair of papillae; in the female

imago the genital styles are direct continuations of these

papillae on the ninth sternite, and they lie within them at

the end of the pupal stage.

* We have introduced this term because the more correct word,

somatic, has already a wider meaning, as opposed to the germinal

tissue or plasma.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 603

Our limited material did not show us the development

of the male parts ; but in the imago there are nine distinct

tergites and eight distinct sternites, the ninth sternite ap-

pearing to be represented by a Y-shaped sclerite (fig. 234).

A large amount of dechitinisation has apparently taken

place at the apex of the abdomen, as well as at the base,

and it is possible that some part of the large membranes

at the apex (z.¢. at the base of the genital tube) may

represent sternites.

We divide the genital tube into the following parts.

A pair of seminal ducts leading from the testes forms the

zygotic portion (fig. 239 a—b), and the long, single, highly

irregular tube, folded back and joined to the body wall,

forms the azygotic portion (fig. 239 b-d, 5-1). The

paired, or zygotic portion (a—b), along with certain glands

opening into it, is considered to be of mesodermic origin,*

and the azygotic, along with certain glands, of ectodermic

origin. Bordast points out that very little is known as

to the origin of these glands, and consequently objects to

the terms ectadenia and mesodenia applied to them by

Escherich, and calls them accessory, or annexed glands.

We are not concerned with them here.

The first part of the azygotic portion of the genital tube

(fig. 239 b-c) consists of a long, more or less slender, tube

(the stenazygotic portion); beyond this the tube enlarges

and forms the eurazygotic portion (c-d and 5-1). In many

cases this enlargement of the azygotic portion of the tube

takes piace before it is reflected outwards to continue its

course to join the body wall. We call that portion of the

eurazygos that is usually not external (c—d), the ‘internal

sac” (“sac interne” of Jeannel).

In all cases that we have observed the internal sac is

evaginated during copulation, and forms a continuation

of the external parts of the genital tube. In a great

number of forms there is no demarcation between the

stenazygotic and the eurazygotic portions of the tube

before the outward reflection above mentioned ; in such

cases we say that the internal sac is undifferentiated.

That portion of the tube that is reflected and thus forms

the external portion of the organ we call phallic. But we

* On this subject see Escherich, Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. lvii, 1893,

p- 620.

{ Bordas, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, lxviii, 1899, p. 510.

604 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

must admit that the term is not a good one. The part in

question is highly complex. It is in fact the layer, or

layers, of the tube of which sclerites of the aedeagus form

a large, or the larger, part.

The sclerites on the phallic portion of the genital tube

form two groups. (1) Those situate on the distal portion

of the tube (furthest from the body wall), which we call

the median lobe (fig. 239, 5-4), and (2) those situate

nearer the base, which we call the tegmen (8-2). The

membrane between these two groups of sclerites we term:

the first connecting membrane (4—3), and the membrane

at the base, joining on to the body wall, we term the

second connecting membrane (2-1). The median lobe,

together with the tegmen, we term the aedeagus.

The point where the genital tube is reversed (5—-d) we

call the median orifice, and the lumen at the base of the

median lobe (4-to corresponding spot below) we call the

median foramen. Similar terms could be applied to the

tegmen, but we have not found them necessary for our

descriptions.

Having thus given a description of the four parts of

the tube, we now give remarks as to the structures of each

of the four divisions.

The second connecting membrane (or prephallic portion

of the tube) varies in extent according to the size and

shape of the aedeagus. In certain cases (1. e. Laccobius and

Sphenophorus) it is chitinised in part, and forms a covering

round the aedeagus. At, or near, the base there is in

many forms a chitinous rod with one or two prongs at the

end, embedded in the membrane. This is the ‘‘ Stengel”

of Lindemann, “ Rod” or “fork” of Hopkins, and “ Spiculum

gastrale” of Verhoeff. Hopkins considers it as represent-

ing the ninth sternite. A comparison of this in the various

families would be of great interest, but would entail a

study of the body segments, a task beyond the scope of

this memoir. We have therefore left it out of consideration.

The phallic portion of the tube is the one that has

chiefly attracted the attention of coleopterists. It consists

partly of membrane, partly of sclerites, and there may be

most extreme differences in the chitinisation of its different

parts, excessively hard chitin being continuous with delicate

membrane. We have already explained that we call the

sclerites in question the aedeagus, and that this consists of

two parts, viz. median lobe and tegmen.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 605

In the vast majority of cases the median lobe is well

developed and quite distinct from the tegmen. In the

more generalised (or trilobe) form it is well developed, and

more or less tubular, with the median orifice situate on

the distal extremity, and the median foramen at the

basal extremity. In many trilobe forms it is articulated

to the lateral lobes by a more or less distinct condyle on

the dorsal side of the median foramen; in such cases the

first connecting membrane (cm 1) is short, and the median

lobe can only turn upon its point of articulation (pa). A

pair of median struts are often attached to the base of the

median lobe to give support to the muscles that actuate it.

In the Scarabaeidae the median lobe is comparatively

reduced in chitinisation, and often in size, and in the more

highly evoluted forms the tegmen entirely envelopes and

conceals it. In the Tenebrionid type the reduction of the

median lobe reaches its maximum; in some of their forms

it is only represented by a small membrane on which

the median orifice is placed. The line of evolution of the

median lobe in the Staphylinidae is from a tubular form,

with a basally placed median foramen, to a bulbous form,

with the median foramen placed nearer to the median

orifice. This reaches its maximum development in Yantho-

linus. In the Cucujoidea group and in the Phytophagoidea

the median lobe is generally tubular (at any rate on the

distal portion), and the first connecting membrane long,

so as to allow the median lobe a large amount of play

through the more or less ring-like tegmen.

The tegmen, in the more generalised groups, consists of

two parts, the basal-piece, and a pair of lateral lobes. The

chitinisation of the basal-piece then often forms a shield-

shaped plate on the ventral aspect, the dorsal aspect being

membranous. Unless the chitinisation forms a complete

tube the membranous dorsal part and the second connect-

ing membrane are indistinguishable. The lateral lobes in

their generalised form consist of a pair of more or less

pointed lateral organs, their outer surface being continuous

with the basal-piece, their inner surface connecting to the

base of the median lobe, and their position being that they

lie one on each side of the median lobe.

In position, size and form the lateral lobes differ so much

in various families that their true homology in the different

groups will probably be only settled after tracing their

modifications through long series of forms, and by studying

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) SS

606 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

their ontogeny. It will be noticed that they are paired, or

longitudinal, in arrangement, whereas the other structures

of the phallic part of the tube are single and transversely

separated. This paired condition of the lateral lobes

tempts one strongly to identify any paired processes on

the phallic division of the tube (even when median) as

being Jateral lobes. And it is probable that we and others

have too readily succumbed to this temptation.

It is in connection with this point that the term tegmen

becomes very useful, for we can homologise the combina-

tion more certainly than we can the lateral lobes alone.

The difference in position of the lateral lobes may be

accompanied by their partial (or complete ?) consolidation.

If the chitinisation of the basal parts of the lobes extend

towards: the longitudinal middle line of the tube at the

expense of the membranous creases that exist, the two

lateral lobes can become joined, and it is possible that the

conjunction may go so far as to obliterate their primitive

duality. This consolidation can occur either dorsally or

ventrally, and we must look on a distinction so established

(as has been pointed out by Verhoeff) as of great import-

ance. It creates a difficulty in adjusting the position of

various forms of “ Heteromera,” Cioidae, ete.

Extension transversely of conjoined lateral lobes might

lead to the formation of a tubular chitinous sheath such as

we find in Trogositidae, Cleridae, Byturidae. Or such a

sheath might be formed by unconjoined lobes extending

both above and below, and if a sheath be formed, by abbre-

viation it may become a “ring.” Or a ring may be formed

by extension of the angles, or margins of the basal-piece.

We can only briefly indicate some of the numerous modifi-

cations that are possible of these phallic sclerites.

In Staphylinidae the part of the tube wall that is in so

many families chitinised to form the basal-piece, remains

membranous, and in other families ot the Staphylinoidea

the basal-piece is small. In Tenebrionoidea the basal-

piece is long, and usually forms the chief part of the

aedeagus.

Some morphologists have supposed (as we have already

said) that the lateral lobes are modified abdominal append-

ages; on the other hand it may be suggested that some

Coleoptera have never possessed lateral lobes. This point

is briefly discussed in the section of phylogeny.

The internal sac varies in size, shape and armature in

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 607

the different groups, and even in allied species. In the

Scarabaeidae it is nearly always excessively large, and is

often produced into long diverticula (1. e. Hexodon, fig. 25a).

In Lucanidae it is found in every stage, from a simple form,

in which it is scarcely distinguishable from the stenazygos,

to a form such as Lucanus cervus (fig. 8). In this species

the internal sac is not drawn into the median lobe, but

when at rest it is folded down on to the broad: median

lobe. The sac is produced into a long flagellum, supported

on each side by a thin strip of chitin; the stenazygos*

continues through the flagellum to its tip. To obtain a

similar position of the orifice in Cerambycidae the great

sac must be completely everted.

The phenomenon of the internal sac being permanently

everted is not confined to the Lucanidae, but appears

among the Scarabeidae, Heteroceridae and Lycidae. In

Spilota regina (fig. 20) the armature of the sac consists of

two strong chitinous projections from the apex, and a strong

chitinous plate beset with stout spines, the basal part of

the sac being membranous. A comparison with allied

forms demonstrates that these structures are part of the

internal sac, and that the median lobe is normal in shape

and size. In Metriorrhynchus (fig. 186) there is no doubt

as to the everted condition of the internal sac, and it may

be doubted whether its invagination is possible in some of

these cases.

The flagellum appears in various conditions, as to size,

ete. in different families or portions of families. In the

Brenthidae it reaches an enormous length and fineness,

and at the base the stenazygos can be seen running into

the flagellum, but further on they appear to amalgamate,

as we cannot separate them. Among the Staphylinidae

Pinophilus rectus has an enormous flagellum coiled up

within the median lobe. The other forms of armature

situated on the internal sac are very various, and have

been described in many species in the special anatomical

part of this memoir; cf. various species of Donacia (fig.

199), and Carpophagus (fig. 204a).

In another portion of this memoir we show that in many

* In the special anatomical portion of this memoir we have

always spoken of this stenazygotic portion of the tube as the “ ejacu-

latory duct,” but this is a functional term, and by other writers is

often applied to the internal sac; it would probably be well to

abandon it. 5

SS 2

608 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

of the types the internal sac is everted during copulation,

and it is probable that this method is the usual one;

though the Cerambycidae may be peculiar in their mode

of eversion.

In a great many forms the line of demarcation between

the internal sac and the median lobe is obscured, for in

some cases the chitinisation of the median lobe is continued

on to the internal sac, and in others the distal end of the

median lobe is membranous. The fact that in many cases

the basal portion of the sac, and in other cases the whole

sac, 1s permanently evaginated prevents us from distinguish-

ing the two portions by their positions when at rest.*

Of the zygotic portion of the genital tube we do not

speak, as it is beyond the scope of this memoir. And the

stenazygos only concerns us because in many forms it is

impossible to sharply define it from the eurazygos, before the

latter is reflected to form the phallic portion of the tube.

In such forms we speak of the internal sac being undiffer-

entiated (i.e. Hydrophilus). In cases were the internal

sac is differentiated it is sharply defined from the stenazy-

gos by its size, and often by chitinisations situate on the

sac at the point of juncture of the two parts.

In Zumolpus and Chrysochus the stenazygos forms a very

long slender structure like a flagellum.

Bordas+ has pointed out the existence of two completely

separated ejaculatory ducts in certain Longicorns (Lamia,

Batocera, etc.). We have also observed this fact in some

Monohammus, Gnoma, etc. Bordas considers that this

furnishes an argument in favour of the theory that the

terminal parts of the canal were primitively of paired

origin. It is possible, however, that this feature is of

secondary origin, brought about by the abbreviation and

suppression of the stenazygos and the lengthening of

the zygotic portions, thus causing the zygotic portions to

open into the eurazygos; in some Monohammus there is a

short stenazygos (fig. 221a).

* Since this was written one of the writers, F. Muir, has observed

the development of the aedeagus in Sphenophorus obscwrus. The

median lobe and internal sac arise as a single tube which eventually

differentiates into these two portions, the internal sac not being in-

vaginated into the median lobe until the pupa is fully developed and

ready to emerge. In many forms, as we have remarked, no distinct

line of demarcation ever appears.

ft C.R. Ass, frane. av. Sci., 1899, p. 540.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 609

iy. FUNCTION.

Although a knowledge of the functions of the different

parts of the male genitalia is essential to a comprehen-

sion of our subject, yet knowledge is at present so little

advanced that we can here offer to the student only a

general statement and a few suggestions.

The matter for the starting of a new generation is pre-

pared in the centres of the bodies of two separate individ-

uals, and it is necessary that the two essences should be

brought together. This of course is effected in the

Insecta by copula. During the copula an unobstructed

road must exist. This is the genital conduit, and is

formed in part by the genital tube of the male and in part

by the genital tube of the female, These structures of two

different individuals form functionally a single organ. The

sex structures are unique in this respect. And they are

not correlative with the life of the individuals, but with

the life of the generations.

The importance of a correlative knowledge of the genital

tube of the female is absolute, but from the point of view

we take there is but little information.

The female Coleopteron is usually (possibly always)

provided with a spermatheca—a special vessel for the

reception of the matter transmitted along the male genital

tube. It would appear that this spermatheca is generally

placed near the base of the azygotic portion of the female

genital tube.

The male structures are therefore directed to the object

of placing the sperm in the spermatheca. ‘The first

question that arises is as to whether this is accomplished

directly or indirectly. Must the sperm be deposited

directly in the spermatheca ? Or is it sufficient that it be

placed in some other part of the female tube ?

No positive answer can be given to this question at

present. It appears from the vague remarks that one

finds in literature that the general idea is that the placing

of the sperm in any portion of the female tube is adequate.

The opinion we ourselves entertain is, however, the reverse

of this. We incline to the view that in a large number of

cases, the male structures actually place the sperm in the

spermatheca, however remote that structure may be from

the orifice of the genital tube of the female. The flagellum

610 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

appears to be an organ admirably adapted for this purpose,

and its occurrence and reoccurrence in so many isolated

forms is, to say the least, highly suggestive. Even in cases

where there is no true flagellum, it may well be the case

that the functional orifice of the male (not to be confounded

with our “ median orifice”) is applied to the orifice of the

spermatheca. See on this point our figures 58 and 63.

Certainty as to this point can only be obtained by

repeated observations of the genital tube during its func-

tional activity, and as to this we have been able to make

but few observations.

In Rhagonycha fulva f the sac is large and rounded,

with three pairs of diverticula along the posterior surface,

and a large patch of strong spines on the ventral side

(fig. 237a, a); the duct opens between the most dorsal pair

of diverticula. During copulation this sac distends the

uterus to its own size, and the patch of spines covers the

entrance to the oviducts. The abundance of this species

would make it a convenient form to work out all the

details of copulation on.

Unfortunately the process of killing the insects causes

the muscles that actuate the internal sac to relax or con-

tract, and so the exact relations of the sac and the female

parts are never fully revealed. The shape of the female

parts does not exactly correspond to the shape of the male

sac and all its diverticula, etc., but there is a co-relation-

ship between them, and apparently they always take up

the same position in any one species. Besides the direct

evidence as to the importance of the internal sac and its

evagination during coition there is the great mass of

indirect evidence afforded by the complex armatures

that are developed upon them, especially at the apex.

In Pissodes Hopkins* calls this armature the “seminal

valve,” but in the various examples of the different

families that we have examined the armature does not

function as a valve. In cases where there is no differenti-

ated internal sac it is difficult to state how much of the

duct is evaginated, but judging by observations made on

certain Hydrophilidae a large amount is turned out. The

evagination is done, at any rate in part, by blood pressure,

and the invagination by the contraction of muscles attached

to certain points on the internal sac and to the median

lobe.

* U.S. Dept. Agr. Technical Series, No. 20, part I, 1911.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 611

In certain forms the median lobe is specially contrived

to effect this blood pressure. In Xantholinus the median

lobe forms a chitinous egg-shaped chamber, having a

membranous band round the middle; muscles pass from

the dorsal chitinous portion to the ventral chitinous portion.

The contraction of these muscles causes the chitinous

portions to approach one another, and thus exert pressure

on the fluid in the bulb which forces out the long internal

sac. In the case of Pinophilus where the sac is exceed-

ingly long, and lies coiled up, with a chitinous flagellum

running right through it like a spring, it is not likely that

the sac is evaginated ; in fact, the chitinisations on its base

prevent such a thing. In this case muscular contraction

round the coiled sac causes the distal end of the flagellum

to be thrust out through the median orifice, the chitinisa-

tions on the base of the sac acting as a guide; upon the

relaxation of the muscles the flagellum acts as a spring,

the coils distend, and the distal end of the flagellum is

retracted.

The action of the flagellum is obscure, but the fact that

it appears in such diverse families denotes its great func-

tional importance. It would be of great interest if some

one would take any form in which this structure is greatly

developed (e. g. Lucanidae, Brenthidae) and kill while in

copula and dissect the female, to see if any part of the

internal sac is evaginated, and to what part of the female

genital tube the flagellum penetrates.*

In the Longicorns the capacious sac is very long, and it

seems improbable that it is entirely evaginated, but only

direct observation will decide this point.

The various spines and hairs that are found on the sac

are generally pointed basally; this prevents the sac being

withdrawn from the uterus of the female while the sac is

distended. The various diverticula found on the sac do

not appear to correspond to diverticula in the female, but

they take up constant positions, and may serve as pads to

* Since writing the above one of the writers, F. Muir, has observed

the copulation of Cryptomorpha desjardinsi. This is a Cucujus-type

with a ring-shaped tegmen with a pair of lateral lobes, a long internal

sac with a very long and slender flagellum. In this species the

whole of the long internal sac is evayginated and enters the long

female tube, the flagellum proceeding still further into the female

genital tube. The spermatheca is small and attached to the uterus

by a long slender duct, Whether the flagellum actually traverses

this duct and penetrates the receptaculum he was not able to observe.

612 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

keep open certain spaces between the sac and the wall of

the female tubes. Observations on the positions taken up

by the sacs within the vagina during copulation are greatly

to be desired.

The pressure necessary to drive the viscid fluid from the

testes through the long slender ducts must be very

great, and the thick coating of muscles surrounding the

ducts serves to this end. The pressure behind such a

flagellum as is found in Baryrhynchus miles, where it is

12 mm. long, and ‘006 mm. in outside diameter toward the

tips, must be well directed and considerable.

It is worthy of note that the armature of the sac of

Donacia sericea, etc., recalls the parts of the aedeagus,

there being a median lobe, through which the ejaculatory

duct passes, and opens on its apex, and a pair of lateral

lobes. There is, as it were, a secondary aedeagus within

the aedeagus. To find out the action of these pieces

during copulation would be of interest.

Whether the lateral lobes in such a trilobe form as

Ceratognathus pass into the vagina and then diverge and

thus hold the female, we are unable to say. In Stenws

speculator (fig. 232) the lateral lobes are placed along the

outside and hold the female. In Coccinellidae they are

placed on the outside of the female venter, and appear

to have no hold. In some of the Cistelidae the hind

body-segment is developed into claspers to retain the

female. In Malthodes (fig. 233) and Malthinus (fig. 235)

the last abdominal segment is used as a clasper, and

the last segments of the females have depressions into

which the ends of the claspers fit to give them a firmer

hold. In Telephorus and Rhagonycha the edge of the

vagina is held between the tongue of the tegmen (fig. 236a)

and the median lobe. In these species the aedeagus takes

nearly a half turn during copulation (fig. 238). The

twisting of the aedeagus during copulation is common to

many forms, and in some it makes a complete half turn.

This is the case in the Caraboid type. In such an one as

Dytiscus punctulatus the aedeagus, when at rest and drawn

into the abdomen, lies on its side, and when thrust out the

median lobe curves downwards, but its true orientation is

with the median lobe curved upward as we figure it (fig. 37).

It is probable that in many forms the female does not

play an entirely passive part in the act of copulation ; as

to which see the remark made under Cyphon.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 613

We may conclude these very fragmentary observations

by pointing out that the diversity of the structures indi-

cates a considerable variety of functional detail.

V. TAXONOMY AND PHYLOGENY.

TAXONOMY.

It bas been supposed that the copulatory structures

are bad guides in classification, although they are generally

admitted to be of the first importance for the discrimination

of species. If, however, the extreme importance of the

genital conduit be seized, it will appear that its structure

must certainly be of very great assistance in taxonomy.

We have in this memoir considered the male portion

only of the genital conduit, and that in a very imperfect

manner. It seems possible that if the female part of the

conduit were studied important distinctions would be

found therein. The only considerable contribution to this

subject we are acquainted with is the work of Stein (Mon.

Geschl., Organe, etc.). This was published sixty years

ago, and was not specially directed to the consideration of

the conduit, but so far as we can form an opinion from it,

and from our own limited observations and a few other

memoirs, the probability of important differences in the

female structures is confirmed.

Under these circumstances it will be suggested that we

are not justified in making taxonomical generalisations on

the subject of the genital conduit at present. With that

suggestion we entirely concur. Nevertheless, as taxonomy

has been carried on with little or no consideration of this

important branch of anatomy, we think it important to

introduce this subject, notwithstanding the very incomplete

state of our knowledge.

The generalisations that follow are, it will be seen,

imperfect and unsatisfactory. Possibly wider inquiry may

bring to light important distinctions we have failed to

appreciate, and it is also probable—we may say certain—

that such inquiry would reveal the existence of annectant

forms we are unacquainted with. As a further apology

for the following generalisations we may ask that it shall

be remembered that the other data of Coleopterous

taxonomy are also very incomplete.

614 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

We have omitted from our tentative tables certain

families that we have examined, e. g. Trichopterygidae and

Discolomidae, but we have been somewhat inconsistent,

inasmuch as we have inserted others that are perhaps

quite as doubtful. Any one who will examine such forms

as Cerylon will appreciate the difficulty as to making a

correct conclusion as to the morphology of the aedeagus

in these exceptional cases; the examination of a series of

allied forms is often imperative before coming to a positive

conclusion.

We must also reiterate here what we have said else-

where as to the “Spicule.” This is scarcely touched on

by us, because it would have involved us in the considera-

tion of the number of abdominal segments; but we

recognise the importance of the subject. A comparative

study of this sclerite, together with the terminal body

segments, is necessary before a final decision can be

reached for taxonomical purposes.

At present we are disposed to adopt eight series. We

have considered the possible relations of these series in

the section on phylogeny.

(1) BYRRHOIDEA.

Under this name we include twenty or thirty families.

The complex is of considerable importance, as it is possible

to consider that we are here in the presence of the more

primitive of the conditions of the Coleopterous genital

tube, so far as existing forms are concerned. We use this

qualification because the structures are very far from

being truly primitive. The peculiarities of this complex

may be thus summarised, viz.: A median lobe, bearing

(as in other cases) the orifice of the duct, and on each side

of it a lateral lobe, the sclerites being intimately connected

with a basal-piece. The tegmen is thus very complete,

and the relation between it and the median lobe is one

that allows of very little movement backwards and for-

wards of the median lobe independent of the tegmen.

This distinguishes the families from the Cucujoidea.

Moreover, the sac is never highly specialised, in many

cases is scarcely differentiated from the duct.

The Buprestidae are peculiar, possessing a remarkable

coadaptation between the inner aspects of the lateral lobes

and the median lobe, which permits the median lobe to

glide backwards and forwards in the slots of the lateral

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 615

lobes. This coadaptation is carried to a most beautiful

extent in Huchroma, but it is imperfect in some of the

other forms, and, on the other hand, an imperfect condition

of a similar kind obtains in Rhipiceridae.

The Byrrhidae are treated as on the whole the most

central of the families. It is to be understood that the

relations between the Byrrhoidea and some of the other

series are very close, and that with greater knowledge

some of the families will be found to be misplaced.

sil CEORYSSIDAE

eee CYPHONIDAE) GYRI NIDAE

ECTREPHIDAE HYDROPHILIDAE

PTINIDAE CUPEDIDAE

DERMESTIDAE OMMADIDAE

PARNIDAE

DERODONTIDAE THROSCIDAE

MYCETOPHAGIDAE __—| ELATERIDAE

ADIMERIDAE <bean RHIPICERIDAE

COLY DIIDAE EUCNEMIDAE

ENARSUS GROUP BUPRESTIDAE

CH ieee SYNTELIDAE

SPHERITIDAE

ATRACTOCERUS NIPONIIDAE

HISTERIDAE

AFFINITIES OF THE BYRRHOID FAMILIES.

It will be noticed that we have placed Cupes and

Omma in this division as separate families; they show no

approximation to the Adephaga, nor are they at all closely

allied inter se. Although Omma is clearly a “trilobe-

form,” it is not the simplest condition thereof; the adapta-

tion of the inner sides of the lateral lobes to fit round the

median lobe, and the presence of a distinctly enlarged

internal sac (although destitute of armature) indicate in

fact a fair amount of specialisation.

Cupes clathratus has a highly complex and_ peculiar

organ, which, however, is of the trilobe form. It is also

very remarkable by the structure of the last tergite and

certain subanal appendages, but the consideration of the

616 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

importance of these latter points does not come within

the scope of our investigation.

We may also call attention to the fact that a portion of

the Colydiidae (as accepted at present) is placed by us

among the trilobe forms, while another part is placed in

Cucujoidea; we need only add that the heterogeneous

family Colydiidae requires a thorough investigation that

would probably result in throwing an important light on

Coleopterous taxonomy. Other forms placed in the

following table near Colydiidae (Derodontidae, Myceto-

phagidae), should be also investigated with regard to a

nearer relation to Trogositidae than is involved by our

placing them in different series. Our suggestions as

regards these points must be considered merely tentative,

in view of the very imperfect state of knowledge on

various points.

(2) CUCUJOIDEA.

The families placed under this name are associated by

us for the purposes of discussion. Exhibiting considerable

diversity inter se, they approximate very closely to the

Byrrhoidea, and possibly to the Phytophagoidea. The

first of these affinities is chiefly due to Colydiidae, which

in its present complex condition we have placed in the

Byrrhoidea as well as in the Cucujoidea; the family, as

we have previously stated, requires a very extensive

investigation, which would probably result in its division.

Cucujidae apparently approximates to the Phytophaga by

means of Parandra, though as regards the male structures

we may remark that Cucujus appears to be more specialised

than Parandra. This question is considered in the phylo-

geny section. Trogositidae is placed in a very central

position in this complex. In its normal forms (Zemmno-

chila, ete.) it approaches the Cucujidae by means of the

perplexing Chaetosoma. In Cucujidae in the wide sense

(for this family will certainly have to undergo division, as

has already indeed been insisted on by certain taxonomists),

the tegmen forms a less tubular sheath to the median

lobe than it does in Trogositidae, while the sac is elongate

and placed in repose as in Cerambycidae, and is protected

by a strut, very elongate in certain forms and single in

Cucujidae, (completely divided in Cerambycidae). As

Chaetosoma does not display any of these characters it

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 617

may, from our point of view, be more correctly placed in

Trogositidae. Zhymalus and Leperina depart from the

more typical Trogositidae by the lateral lobes being

ventrally brought together (completely conjoined in

Thymalus, incompletely in Leperina). This point is of

importance, because on account of it we have associated

with the Cucujoidea certain families that have been

usually associated in Heteromera. The tubular sheath

formed by the tegmen in Trogositidae, is found in Cleridae,

Byturidae, and in a somewhat different form im Cyatho-

ceridae, and we have therefore placed the families in

question in the Cucujid-Trogositid complex.

The curious genus Diagrypnodes of Cucujidae will

have to be separated from the family; it approaches

Pythidae. On the other hand no surprise will be felt at

the association of Pythidae and Aegialitidae (which are

pretty certainly but one family) with Cucujidae, when it

is recollected that the Cucujidae include Heteromerous

forms, and that certain genera, e.g. Rhinomalus and

Hemipeplus, have for long been sources of perplexity, as

to the distinctions between “ Heteromera” and Cucujidae.

Anthicus, Heteroceridae, Othniidae and Lathridius have

but little specialisation of the sac; none of them show

any special approximation to Cucujidae, but they appear

to be less ill-placed in Cucujoidea than elsewhere. Lathri-

dius is usually placed in one family with Corticaria, but

the two have but little connection, and Corticaria will

perhaps find a better position near Cryptophagidae, though

it appears to be very aberrant.

We have no hesitation in placing Coccinellidae in this

complex, although Verhoeff (in Arch. Naturges, 61, 1,

1895) has separated Coccinellidae as the equivalent of all

other Coleoptera by the nature of the male structures,

they possessing, according to his perception, within the

“penis” (= our median lobe) a structure he calls the

siphon. We do not take the same view of the structures

as Verhoeff does. According to our view the siphon is

the median lobe (penis of Verhoeff) and the part that

hoods it (and that Verhoeff calls penis) is an unusual fold

which is certainly a part of the tegmen, though we do not

feel called on to decide as to its exact nature without a

knowledge of the ontogeny. If this view of the structures

be correct, Verhoeff’s two divisions of Coleoptera, viz.

Siphonophora (= Coccinellidae) and Asiphona (=all other

618 Mr. D, Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Coleoptera) is little better than ridiculous. Even if Ver-

hoeff’s view as to the outer fold being the median lobe be

correct, his taxonomical conclusion cannot be maintained.

For in that case the siphon is a secondary development

within the median lobe, and secondary developments

within the median lobe are frequent, and some of them

quite as extraordinary as the Coccinellid siphon. (Cf.

Flagellum in various groups, Brenthidae, Cucujidae,

Lucanidae, ete.)

Sphindidae and Corylophidae come into the Cucu-

joidea, and are perhaps least ill-placed somewhere near

Phalacridae. Corylophidae is really very different. The

forms placed near Endomychidae are very inadequately

known, and much more investigation is necessary. Cocci-

nellidae are certainly aberrant, but far from extremely so

if such forms as Lasia be examined. Certain Heteromer-

ous forms (Oedemeridae, etc.) are placed in this division

because of the amalgamation of the lateral lobes on the

ventral aspect, a point we have alluded to in connection

with Zhymalus and Leperina, but a careful consideration

of these forms in connection with those Tenebrionid

forms (Stenosis and Zopherosis) in which the orientation

of these parts is similar is desirable.

Cioidae is another form that is not very similar to

anything else, but it has the orientation referred to.

Trictenotominae exhibits a most highly specialised and

beautiful structure with the same orientation.

Melandryidae have the more usual (dorsal) orientation.

Bostrychidae is most difficult to place; the aberrant

Deretaphrus apparently really approaches it somewhat.

We must reiterate our opening remark on the Cucu-

joidea. Many of the families are merely placed in it

for purposes of discussion. At present it is our impression

that they are really more distantly related than we have

made them to appear. But it must be remembered that

we have examined but few forms, and that with further

investigation connections we scarcely suspect may be

forthcoming.

It may be well to elucidate the importance of these

remarks by reference to a particular case. Say Thymalus

(fig. 90). Here the parts identified as lateral lobes are

basally conjoined but are apically divided. This form

might be derived from an Elaterid (say) form by ap-

proximation of the two lobes on the ventral aspect and

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 619

a concomitant obliteration of the anterior part of the

partition separating them. If we take the view that the

forms placed by us at present in Cucujoidea are derived

from creatures that formerly possessed definitely dis-

tinguished lateral lobes, we must infer a transition more

or less similar to the above. If on the other hand we

admit that some forms may have originated and developed

SPHINDIDAE

CORYLOPHIDAE

PHALACRIDAE

MONOTOMIDAE

MYCETAE! DAE EROTYLIDAE HELOTIDAE

TROCHOIDEUS

& LANGURIA NITIDULIDAE

CRYPTOPHAGIDAE an THicys

ENDOMYCHIDAE Fanart

COCCINELUIDAE LATHRIDIUS

HETEROCERIDAE

RHIPIPHORIDAE IDA CANTHARIDAE

MORDELLIDAE \ CUCUNDAE ( PYTHIDAE

CIOIDAE £( AFGIALITIDAE

OEDEMERIDAE\ \. DIAGRYPNODES

AETOSOMA

PYROCHROIDAE7 St _—— MELANDRYIDAE

eta TROGOSITIDAE—( fife ipar ~ CYATHOCERIDAE

DERETAPHRUS

BOSTRICHIDAE

LYCTIDAE

COLYDIIDAE

(AULONIUM)

AFFINITIES OF THE CUCUJOID FAMILIES

without having come into possession of lateral lobes, we

might assign Zhymalus to such a series; in which case

the // of our fig. 90 is merely tegmen, that has to some

extent simulated the appearance of conjoined lateral

lobes by becoming a little divided and emarginate at the

tip. Which of the two theories is the more probable

can only be decided by examination of a good series of

Trogositidae, and by ascertaining if development throws

any light on the subject.

620 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

(3) PHYTOPHAGOIDEA (OR RHYNCHOPHORO-PHYTOPHAGOUS

DIvIsIon).

We cannot point to any difference in plan of structure

between the Rhynchophora and the Phytophaga. In

Chrysomelidae and Curculionidae we find ourselves con-

cerned with series of developments; and the Scolytidae

within their comparatively narrow limits also exhibit a

similar phenomenon.* Cerambycidae and Brenthidae are.

each so far as we have seen much more homogeneous,

Of Anthribidae we have been able to examine but few

forms, and these have not led us to suppose that any

great diversity will be found within their limits; this

family may well be studied in connection with Belus in

the Curculionidae.

In this enormous complex the tegmen forms, in the

more simple kinds, a ring around the median lobe, with

a dorsally placed cap-piece, which is usually bilobed ;

the median lobe assumes the tubular condition in an

abbreviated form only, the proximal part consisting of

two dorsal struts; the first connecting membrane is large,

and allows of a considerable movement of the median

lobe within the tegmen; the internal sac is long, and

extends through and beyond the median foramen. These

conditions are displayed in Parandra, and we may remind

the reader that they are those of a primitive (and

suppositive) Cucujid. It is right to add here that we

do not understand the phylogeny of the lateral lobes,

because in this division it is specially obscure, and may

be multiple, if they are represented at all.

The characters are very persistent in Cerambycidae,

and apparently also in Brenthidae; most of the specialisa-

tions being found in the sac and its armature. Orsodacne

(usually placed in Chrysomelidae) is interesting, as possess-

ing the simpie conditions of the Cerambycid Parandra.

Timarcha has no free lateral lobes but has a large dorsal

portion of tegmen, and at the same time two well-

developed median struts,—a somewhat anomalous form,

therefore.t Specialisation in the Chrysomelidae occurs as

* This is not displayed in our illustrations, but is derived from

Lindemann’s excellent study of this family, mentioned under

Scolytidae.

+ Weise (Deutsche ent. Zeitschr. 1895, p. 26) has already called

attention to the aberrance of Orsodacne from Chrysomelidae, If we

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 621

to two chief points; the reduction of the tegmen to a

small Y- or V-shaped piece, concomitant with the develop-

ment of the median lobe into a perfect, rigid tube (cf.

Orina), enclosing the sac either entirely or to a large

extent. The Bruchidae, as at present constituted, are

scarcely distinct from the Chrysomelid Sagra. In the few

Anthribidae we have examined there is no appearance of

a division of the dorsal portion of the tegmen.

A development, parallel with that sketched in Chry-

somelidae, occurs in Curculionidae and Scolytidae, so far

CERAMBYCIDAE

BRENTHIDAE

AGLYCYDERIDAE

PROTERHINIDAE CHRYSOMELIDAE

ANTHRIBIDAE

CURCULIONIDAE

SCOLYTIDAE ORSODACNE

PARAN DRA FORM

? PRIMITIVE CUCUJID FORM

AFFINITIES OF THE PHYTOPHAGOIDEA.

as the reduction of the tegmen to a Y-piece is concerned.

This character is strongly marked in Platypus, which may

be treated as an extreme form of Scolytidae, though it is

not included therein by Lindemann.

Aglycyderidae and Proterhinidae will probably prove

not to be separable as distinct families. They are, how-

ever, a very interesting form. Though we have placed

rightly apprehend his meaning as to “ Penisstiitze” in connection

with Timarcha we cannot in that case adopt his view ; two separate

median struts not only exist in Timarcha, but in 7’. geniculata, at

any rate, are highly developed. Examine Phyllodecta to see a

comparatively rudimentary, or vestigial, condition of the base of

the median lobe.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART III. (DEC.) TT

622 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr, F. Muir on the Comparative

them in this complex they might be placed equally

as well with the Cucujoidea. Whichever view be adopted

there appears to be no direct connection with any other

family, and they can scarcely be viewed as primitive types.

They do not approach the Byrrhoidea as there is no

appearance of free lateral lobes.

As we have suggested (in speaking of Parandra) a

connection of this series with Cucujoidea it is only fair to

say that a different view may be taken, It might be

considered that in this series there are primarily no free

lateral lobes, those cases in which they appear to be

present in a modified form being merely secondary

developments of a single piece. This view would remove

the series from any connection, direct or indirect, with

the Byrrhoidea. The point is more fuliy discussed in the

section phylogeny.

(4) CARABOIDEA OR ADEPHAGA.

In this type the median lobe is highly developed; the

lateral lobes are largely and closely connected with the

dorsal margin of the median foramen by means of a

prominent condyle; the basal-piece is greatly reduced, or

entirely membranous; in the less specialised forms the

internal sac is undifferentiated, but in the more highly

specialised forms it is large and complex. Pelobiidae,

Dytiscidae, Haliplidae are the more generalised forms, and

if the Adephagous type is to be connected with any other,

these families should be specially studied. As to sug-

gestions for this connection we must frankly say that

we have not yet found anything to help us, but their

differentiation from the Byrrhoid type is not great.*

It is just possible to consider the series as a modification

of the Cucujoid type, the lateral lobes being displaced and

fixed in a peculiar manner.

With the reduction of the basal-piece the median lobe

becomes more tubular, and the sac more complex. In

the Cicindelidae the basal piece is very much reduced,

and in the Carabidae it is only represented by a membrane,

as stated above.

* We greatly regret that we have not been able to examine the

genus Amphizoa. The only male of the family that we have seen

is the actual type of A. josephi Matth., now in the collection of the

British Museum.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 623

Taxonomically this is the simplest of all the series of

Coleoptera if we limit it as is here done.

The structure of Gyrinidae is on a different plan from

that of the Caraboidea. When it is remembered in

addition to this that all the members of this family are

highly specialised for a mode of life that is shared by no

other Coleoptera, we are justified in concluding that this

has always been an isolated family.

Cupes and Omma do not exhibit any approximation to

the Caraboidea of direct nature.

CICINDELIDAE

CARABIDAE— \ / DYTISCIDAE

PAUSSIDAE-—\ /—PELOBIIDAE

RHYSODIDAE-— /—HALIPLIDAE

FAMILIES OF CARABOIDEA.

(5) MALACODERMOIDEA.

In considering this complex we may commence by

saying that we have rejected from it various families that

were formerly included in it. The Dascillidae are, we

consider, nearer to the “simple trilobe” forms we have

called Byrrhoidea. The Cyphonidae we are obliged to

omit as their aedeagus appears to be very peculiar, and

we do not yet understand it.

This still leaves numerous forms as Malacoderms. As

regards some of them taxonomists are not by any means

agreed as to their family rank. We take Drilus as one

of the simpler forms. This is a trilobed form modified as

to the articulations between the median lobe and the

lateral lobes, and between these and the basal-piece.

The similarity between this and the more modified

Lampyridae is evident. The Lycidae in their simpler

forms (Dictyopterus aurora) also approach Drilus, and

in more differentiated forms (Lycostomus, etc.) still have

the same arrangement, though the median lobe may become

eZ,

624 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

elongate (to a remarkable extent), and the lateral lobes

diminished. The Telephoridae (Rhag. limbata) exhibit a

remarkable specialisation in the very bulbous form of the

median lobe, but the New Guinea Chauliognathus? (fig.139)

is much less remarkable, and departs to a comparatively

slight extent from Lampyris. Malthinus and Malthodes

appear to be modifications of the Telephorid plan.

MALTHININI TELEPHORIDAE LAMPYRIDAE

LYCIDAE

cw MELYRIDAE

MALACHIINI

AFFINITIES OF SOME OF THE

MALACODERMID FAMILIES

As regards “ Melyridae ” we fail to connect them satis-

factorily with the Malacoderms, but as we cannot assign

them any other place in a system we treat them here. In

addition to this we may remark that the family will very

likely have to be sundered in two or more. Malachius,

however, may prove to be a form annectant to the highly

specialised Astylus (Melyridae proper) and the aberrant

Lalanophorus. As regards the sac, the lower forms of the

Malacoderms have it but little specialised, but in higher

forms (those allied to Zelephorus and the higher kinds of

Lycidae) this structure becomes complex, as it is in all

the Melyridae we have examined. Phloeophilus cannot be

admitted to either the Malacoderms or the Melyrids till

annectant forms are brought to light.

(6) 'TENEBRIONOIDEA.

Under this name we can associate at present only a

few families, because we are of the opinion that several

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 625

of the families combined with Tenebrionidae to form the

“ Heteromera” must be separated. The comparatively

small families, Cistelidae (Alleculidae of many recent

writers), Lagriidae and Rhysopaussidae, are really allied

to the huge group Tenebrionidae. Of this latter complex

it will be noticed that we have examined but few forms.

Taking Pediris as a central one we find the tegmen con-

sisting of an elongate tubular basal-piece, chitinous on

the dorsal aspect, with well marked and separate lateral

lobes, making lateral and dorsal protection of the elongate

median lobe. In the more specialised Tenebrionidae (e.g.

Eleodes and Blaps) the lateral lobes are soldered together,

and the median lobe is reduced in extent. In certain

cases (Cossyphus) the median lobe is reduced to a nearly

or quite membranous condition, and in Cistelidae and

Lagriidae there is a similar reduction. In the type of

the Nosoderma-group we have examined (Zopherosis) there

exists a distinction from Pediris that we must treat as of

considerable importance, inasmuch as the chitinisation of

the tegmen occurs on the ventral aspect, the lateral lobes

being united in that position. This suggests that a com-

plete sundering of the Tenebrionidae will be found neces-

sary. Stenosis agrees with Zopherosis in this respect. It

would be well worth examining Adelostoma and allies to

ascertain whether there is a real affinity between the

Stenosis and Zopherosis forms, but we have not been able to

carry our investigations of the Tenebrionid forms farther

than the inadequate extent that will be found in our

anatomical section.

As regards the families of “Heteromera” other than

those mentioned above, we have already said that we

have failed at present to connect them with the Tenebri-

onidae; and we have assigned them tentatively positions

in the Cucujoidea. Whether the Tenebrionidae really

link on as further differentiations thereof (cf. Melandryidae

and Pythidae) we are not prepared to express an opinion.

We have left Monommidae in the Tenebrionid division

(along with the Stenosis-Zopherosis forms), but it appears

to be really very isolated.

We may conclude our brief remarks on the Tenebri-

ouidae alliance by referring the reader to what we have

said elsewhere as to the “simple trilobed form of aedeagus,”

and adding that there is not here a great departure

therefrom.

626 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

MONOMMIDAE —_- TENEBRIONIDAE

—-RHYSOPAUSSIDAE

STENOSIS) | __

ZOPHEROSIS LAGRIIDAE

——-GISTELIDAE

FAMILIES OF TENEBRIONOIDEA.

(7) STAPHYLINOIDEA, OR BRACHELYTRA.

In this division the family Staphylinidae is of the first

importance, because of the great number and diversity of

its forms. This family is characterised by the existence

of a highly developed median lobe, by the absence of a

basal sclerite, the lateral lobes being diversified in form.

In the Xantholinus group we are in presence of one of

the most highly specialised forms of Coleoptera. In the

Omaliini we find an approximation to Silphidae. The

Silphidae are in fact the most primitive of the families

laced in this division.

The Silphidae proper differ much from the other

forms of the family we have examined. In Bathyscia

and Liodes (= Anisotoma humeralis of the European

catalogue) there is a very large median foramen, basally

placed, and a median lobe elongate and tubular in form ;

there is a basal-piece separated from the median lobe,

and well marked lateral lobes closely connected with

the basal-piece, and thus forming a well marked tegmen.

But in Silphidae (S. obscwra) the median lobe is bulbous,

rather than tubular, with a small median foramen (often

placed distally), a small basal-piece, with well marked

lateral lobes forming thus a complete tegmen. This

supports the division of Silphidae into two families.

The Silphinae show relationship with Staphylinidae;

but if we consider Bathysciinae as more primitive

than Silphinae, then the affinity of Staphylinidae with

Silphidae s.l. is of an indirect nature. If, however, we con-

sider (as is frequently done) Bathysciinae and Silphinae

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 627

as one family (= Silphidae s. 1.) then this is more primitive

than Staphylinidae, and we may distinguish the two by

the presence of a basal sclerite in Silphidae which is

absent in Staphylinidae. Of the other families included

in the Brachelytra, Leptinidae and Platypsyllidae approxi-

mate the Bathysciinae division of the Silphidae, while

Pselaphidae, Scydmaenidae and Scaphidiidae approach

Staphylinidae. Clambidae is highly specialised, but ap-

pears nearest to the Bathysciinae; it is, therefore, a

family long separated from the most primitive form of

the Brachelytra.

SCYDMAENIDAE

PSELAPHIDAE

LEPTINIDAE {Si

PLATYPSYLLIDAE STAPHYLINIDAE

CLAMBIDAE =

BATHYSCIIANE SILPHIANE

? PRIMITIVE BATHYSGIINAE

AFFINITIES OF THE STAPHYLINOIDEA.

(8) SCARABAEOIDEA, OR LAMELLICORNIA.

It is generally considered that this is one of the most

distinct of the great divisions of the Coleoptera, and our

investigations quite confirm this idea. At the same time

much difference of opinion exists as to the families and

their relations inter se, some naturalists considering Luca-

nidae and Scarabaeidae as incapable of distinction, while

others maintain that they have but little affinity.* Pro-

bably the solution of the difficulty will be found by

increasing the number of recognised families. Usually

* See Escherich, Wien. ent. Zeit. xii, 1893, p. 265.

628 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

these are three, viz. Passalidae, Lucanidae, Scarabaeidae.

We will return to this point after touching on the

peculiarities of the group.

The first of these is that in the enormous majority of

the forms there is a great reduction of the scleritic parts

of the median lobe. If the characters of a Lucanid and

a Scarabaeid be examined, it would at first be supposed

that but little real affinity exists between the two. On

the other hand, if vow (usually placed in Scarabaeidae)

be added to the compared material, the difficulty becomes

that of separating the two divisions, for 7’rox agrees better

with Lucanidae than it does with Scarabaeidae. T'row is

not only very important in this respect, but also because

it throws some light on the very peculiar male structures

of the Passalidae.

The Scarabaeidae, while exhibiting a reduction of the

scleritic parts of the median lobe, display an enormous

development of the basal-piece, which forms the “tambour”

(Straus-Durckheim) of the organ. This tambour usually

shows a constriction which might at first sight be supposed

to separate it into two parts, in which case the proximal

part only would be taken as the basal-piece, and the

distal portion might be supposed to be part of the

median lobe. This, however, is a most superficial obser-

vation; the constriction in question merely marks the

attachment of the connecting membrane, the two portions of

the tambour being one enormous basal-piece. The lateral

lobes are most remarkable and are very diverse. They

form what is usually, in this division, called the forceps.

In some cases they are separate, not amalgamated, at

their bases (Spilota, etc.); in another condition they are

amalgamated on the dorsal aspect, forming an undivided

piece (Pelidnota); while a third condition exists in

Lomaptera (Cetoniinae), where the amalgamation of the

lobes occurs on the ventral aspect. In IJschzopsopha by

a modification of this they form a complete scleritic ring,

as they do in Xylotrupes. The ventral surface of the basal-

piece is usually membranous for a large area, but in some

forms there is a chitinisation of this surface, to which we

have applied a special name, the ventral-piece (fig. 19,

vp). In some cases this ventral-piece becomes quite

chitinously continuous with the lateral lobes (Xylotrupes

e.g.), forming thus a very large irregularly shaped

sclerite.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 629

The sac in Scarabaeidae is usually largely developed in

size, and also in form, showing lobes, or numerous diver-

ticula (Hexodon), or even large peculiar sclerites (Spilota

regina, Newm.).

(We have already alluded to the reduction of the

median lobe in Scarabaeidae, but may here say that in

our anatomical section we point out that no line of sharp

demarcation can be drawn between median lobe and

sac. The reduction of the median lobe in Scarabaeidae,

compensated fur—so to speak—by the remarkable de-

velopments of the sac is a matter worthy of special

investigation.)

After these remarks on the Scarabaeidae, if we turn to

the Lucanidae, we again find remarkable diversities, but

of a totally different kind. The median lobe is well

developed. In some cases there is a conspicuous fine

terminal tube called the flagellum ; this specialisation is

more correctly described as a part of the sac. The sac in

Lucanidae frequently is not invaginated, but is crumpled

up, and the “flagellum” is merely a prolongation of that

one of its lobes (or parts) on which the orifice of the

duct is situated. The flagellum is clearly not of great

morphological importance.

The basal piece in Lucanidae is very varied as regards

size, being sometimes quite small (Ceratognathus), in other

cases (Veolamprima) large and tubular, but we have not

found any case in which it really approximates in shape

to the “tambour” of the Scarabaeidae.

The lateral lobes of the Lucanidae are always well

developed (though very slender in Aesalus), and they are

never conjoined (we have pointed out that’ they are

conjoined in three ditferent ways in Scarabaeidae).

The genus 7’rox (s.].) is usually placed in Scarabaeidae.

In the recent Catalogue of European Coleoptera it imme-

diately follows the Lucanidae. So far as regards the male

structures it is impossible to look on 7’rox as a Scarabaeid.

It might, on the ground of these structures, be placed in

the Lucanidae, but if other considerations demand its

separation therefrom, it must form a separate family,

equivalent in import to each of the two families men-

tioned. The relation of Cloeotus and Anaides with Trox

requires a careful examination.

This family Trogidae is of the first importance. It

seems to offer the only inkling of a connection of the

630 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

highly peculiar Passalidae with the other divisions of

Scarabaeidae.

In the Passalidae the median lobe is large and globular,

membranous around the median orifice, which is large ;

small median struts are sometimes attached to its base.

The lateral lobes are consolidated, have not the character

of lobes, but form a plate. The basal-piece is distinct,

except in Awlacocyclus (fig. 13), where it is lost or entirely

consolidated to the lateral lobes. The internal sac is

large. All these characters are approached in T'row

omacanthus, but in neither Lucanidae nor in Scarabaeidae

do we find any suggestion of a direct connection with

Passalidae.

SINODENDRIDAE LUCANIDAE

LAMPRIMIDAE

SCARABAEIDAE

PASSALIDAE

TROGIDAE

AFFINITIES OF THE SCARABAEIOID FAMILIES

The great importance of the Trogidae in this division

is evident, but becomes singularly significant when we

realise that it also approximates greatly to the Byrrhoidea

series.

In concluding our scattered remarks as to the Scara-

baeoidea we may say that we think that the taxonomy of

this division is still very imperfect. We greatly regret

that we have not been able to examine some of its most

enigmatic forms (e.g. Nicagus),* but we feel that it would

* Thanks to Mr. E. A. Schwarz, F. Muir has since been able to

examine the long disputed Nicagus. It has a well defined median

lobe, with median orifice on dorsal aspect of tip ; well defined lateral

lobes a little longer than the median lobe, broad at the base and

gradually tapering to a pointed tip, the bases meeting on the ventral

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 631

even in that case have been highly improbable that we

could have contributed much to the elucidation of the

enormous complex. This would be of itself a considerable

work.

PHYLOGENY.

In considerations as to phylogeny, palaeontology should

be of the first importance. Unfortunately our knowledge as

to this subject is dreadfully incomplete and is we fear likely

to remain so for a very long period. In fact all we know

is that no Coleoptera have yet been found earlier than the

Triassic period; and that long anterior to that there

existed many insects some of which it is reasonable to

suppose were precoleopterous ancestors of the Order.

Handlirsch suggests Blattoid or Sialoid ancestors. Only

18 of these ancestral Coleoptera are known in the Trias,

and the whole of the subsequent mesozoic period only shows

a total of 352 species. No information whatever exists as

to the structure of the male genital tube of the fossil

forms, so that palaeontology is of no assistance in our

present special inquiry. All we can say is that with

Handlirsch’s plate 41 before us, in which the remains of

the Liassic Coleoptera are figured, we may say that a

considerable number of the forms are such as we should

expect to find provided with a simple trilobe aedeagus or

a Caraboid one. While in plate 39 fig. 4 we are inclined

to consider Pseudelateropsis Handl. as a relative of Cupes

or Omma. The condition of these fossil Coleoptera is, how-

ever, such that we really learn but little from them beyond

the existence of a number of very distinct forms among

the earliest Coleoptera.

In the absence of palaeontological guidance students of

Coleopterous phylogeny have been driven to rely on other

characters. The male genital tube has received no con-

sideration in this respect, but we believe that it will be

recognised as of great importance as elucidating phylogeny

especially when it shall have been studied in conjunction

with the female structures. There are in fact three main

lines of inquiry as indicative of relationship, (1) the body

and its appendages, (2) the genital conduit (i.e. the

structure of the combined male and female parts), and

aspect but not on the dorsal ; basal-piece well developed and chitinous

on the ventral side ; internal sac small and very little differentiated.

This type is similar to Trow and some of the less specialised Lucanids.

632 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F, Muir on the Comparative

(3) the ontogeny. To which may fall to be added as a

fourth, the structure of the sexual glands.

We had at first decided not to write a phylogenetic

section for our memoir, as our knowledge is so imperfect

and is liable to correction in so many ways. Yet recalling

the fact that the other departments are also but im-

perfectly known, so that there is but little agreement

amongst phylogenists, we have concluded that a section

on phylogeny of the genital tube, though somewhat pre-

mature, may be welcome nevertheless. It will at any

rate exhibit the difficulties and complexity of the

subject.

Our inquiry has led us to suggest the arrangement of

Coleoptera in eight series. Remarks on these series

appear in the section taxonomy. A connected account of

their apparent relations, and an account of some of our

reasons for the conclusions we have come to follow this,

and the most important points will be found discussed

under Phytophagoidea and Byrrhoidea.

1. Byrrhoidea.—The aedeagus appears to us to be in

this series in its simplest condition, and at the same time

to be the form most capable of modification to result in

the structures we meet with in other groups, as we have

already mentioned. ‘The series itself is, however, far from

being homogeneous and we shall not be surprised if some

of its forms prove to be really separate series. Cupes and

Omma may be mentioned. Also Gyrinidae. Atractocerus

requires serious attention, and it may be doubted whether

Buprestidae are really in phylogenetic accord with other

Byrrhoidea.

We have frequently stated that we consider the trilobe

form of aedeagus as it is exhibited by the Byrrhoidea to

be the simplest, and probably the more primitive, of the

existing forms. Our reasons for this are (1) that “low”

forms of various divisions are found to possess the genital

tube in a state but little different from the trilobe of the

Byrrhoidea. (2) That in highly specialised groups of

which there exist a sufficient variety of forms we have

always been able to find in certain cases one or more

points that form an apparent transition to the trilobe.

This of course may be illusory (as indeed we shall argue

when discussing under Phytophagoidea the questions

connected with “lateral lobes”), but it shows that the

modification of the trilobe is to the imagination easy, and

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 633

we all know that in the absence of direct evidence phylo-

genists have only too frequently to resort to the use of

the imagination. (3) The internal sac is found in its

simplest condition among the trilobe forms, and attains

its highest development amongst forms in which the

aedeagus is very different from the simple trilobe. (4) In

various females that we have examined the structures

depart but little from the trilobe form. Thus in Fhizo-

phagus depressus the female tube consists of a large basal

piece with strong lateral lobes (7.e. there is a tegmen of

the trilobe form). The median lobe is rather small, and

its chitinisations are less compacted and coadapted than

in the male aedeagus, the duct opens at the apex, and

there are basal struts. In this species the male (fig. 101)

departs considerably from the trilobe form.

2. Caraboidea.—This division, as limited by us, is re-

markably homogeneous, and forms as regards the aedeagus

one of the most satisfactory series of the Order. We have

suggested that it might possibly be derived from Byr-

rhoidea. This would be accomplished by dragging the

lateral lobes away from one aspect of the median lobe,

and connecting them with a condyle on the other aspect.

The basal-piece must become membranous (it is imper-

fectly chitinised in Cicindelidae), and completely ride over,

or cloak the base of the median lobe. The last character

being of a Cucujoid nature. We have no belief in such

changes having occurred during the Coleopterous stage

of the phylogeny.

3. Cucujoidea.—This is an assembly of many families,

and will probably require much emendation and even

division. The main points of distinction from Byrrhoidea

are that the tegmen rides over the median lobe, and that

the lateral lobes are differently placed. The question of

deriving the series from Byrrhoid ancestors is discussed in

our considerations as to series 8, Phytophagoidea.

4, Staphylinoidea—lIn the higher forms this is a most

distinct division, the aedeagus appearing to function by

means of an aneurism of its basal part. We have asso-

ciated Silphidae with Staphylinoidea because in the lower

forms of the great family Staphylinidae (Omaliini and

Piestini) the peculiar structure is much less perfect, so

that we think it possible the Silphoid forms and the

Staphylinoid forms may prove to be not separable by the

male genital tube. The lateral lobes are extremely varied

634 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

in Staphylinidae, and assume different functions in the

various divisions. The question of a relationship of the

series with Byrrhoidea cannot be properly considered in

the absence of a decision as to the relations of Staphylin-

idae and Silphidae, alluded to above.

5. Malacodermoidea.—Though the simpler forms of this

series approach the Byrrhoid structure, yet we have not

found any form that really connects the two. In the low

Malacoderms the median lobe is insignificant in size com-

pared with the lateral lobes, but the large development

of the latter is on the basal parts, and the great distal

development of these parts as found in Byrrhoidea does

not occur in the Malacoderm forms we have examined, so

that the relations of the parts appear to be different. In

higher Malacodermidae the median lobe may be greatly

developed, and the parts become so complex that a careful

analysis is requisite for their comprehension. Under these

circumstances we are not prepared to say more than that

we shall not be surprised if a more thorough investigation

should reveal annectants to the Byrrhoidea. As regards

the Melyridae we have remarked in the taxonomical

section that it presents special difficulties.

6. Tenebrionoidea.—As regards this series we have said

in taxonomy the little that we are prepared to advance as

to the phylogeny of the series. The difficulties arising

from the orientation of some of the forms, alluded to under

Taxonomy, is considerable. When lateral lobes, or when

tegmen, are ventrally placed, are we justified in con-

sidering them homologous as regards origin with similar

structures dorsally placed? The answer to such a question

if it concerned the chrodtic tube would certainly be a

negative one; but as regards the genital tube a positive

answer cannot be given till the remakable cases of tortion

and distortion that occur have received a more thorough

consideration.

7. Scarabaeoidea.—This is a very distinct series, except

that by means of Trogidae and certain Lucanidae it

approaches the Byrrhoidea, to which therefore it may be

linked. The Lucanidae appears to be a group of frag-

ments, and, small as it is, offers a remarkable contrast to

the huge family Scarabaeidae.

8. Phytophagoidea—Under this series we have united

all the great divisions of Rhynchophora as well as the

Chrysomelidae and the Cerambycidae or Longicorns. We

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 635

have not found between Rhynchophora and Phytophaga

any distinction that is valid throughout the two divisions,

though it is not improbable that an extended study would

reveal some important ditference. At present the Phyto-

phagoidea is by far the largest of the eight series.

The question as to the distinctness of the series depends

largely on the view that is taken as regards “lateral lobes”

in Coleoptera. To explain the view we are inclined to

take, a digression of some length is necessary.

It has been suggested that lateral lobes may be modified

appendages of the body. We have not found anything to

support this view. Indeed if it were so they were doubt-

less modified in the precoleopterous stage of evolution

and the point would therefore only indirectly concern us.

But we incline to another view on this highly speculative

point. We suggest that Coleoptera are descended from

ancestors in which the efferent ducts from the sexual

glands, either as a pair or singly, opened on a membrane

connecting the 9th and 10th ventral plates of the

abdomen, while the orifice of the alimentary canal was

placed immediately above the 10th sternite, which thus

separated the two great exits. By slight elongation of the

membrane of orifice of the efferent ducts, they were in

repose withdrawn within the body cavity; and asomewhat

analogous phenomenon occurring with regard to the

rectum, the genital tube and the apex of the rectum

became, in the imago, placed inside the body cavity. The

10th sternite (between the two parts) shared their invagin-

ation so that the external body wall was terminated

bebind by the apposition of the hind margins of the 9th

abdominal sternite with the 10th, or some other, tergite.

This apposition, with of course considerable and in some

cases very great modifications, has attained so great

perfection that sometimes it is very difficult to see

any opening at the posterior extremity of the body.

According to this view the genital tube is merely an

elongation of a connecting membrane between two ventral

plates ; the modified 10th sternite either entering into

tbe composition of the tube or not, as the case may be.

It may be well here to remark that for the purpose we

have now in view, we are mentioning only the simplest

aspect of the matter. For our purposes it does not signify

how many abdominal segments there were originally, or

whether more than one were indrawn either subsequently

636 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

or concomitantly with the changes as to the invaginated

genital tube.

The complete invagination of the male structure in

the enormous majority of forms is a marked feature of

Coleopterous anatomy. Another trait of the Order is

the extraordinary extent to which chitinisation is carried.

The external parts of Coleoptera are in some cases harder

than bone, and in these cases the internal phragmas and

apodemes may share in the hardness, as also the male

genital tube. For instances we may mention the chitin-

isation of this structure in the Histeroid genus Oxysternus,

and the Buprestoid Huchroma. <A further development

of the genital tube is exhibited by elongation, and by

chitinisation. We have just mentioned examples of its

perfect hardness, and as specimens of its elongation may

mention the long flagella so frequently met with, and

the remarkable elongation of the sac (or stenazygos)

in Humolpus, where it is about 14 inches long. Turning

now to the question of the nein of the sclerites of

the tube, we know from the structure of the body wall

that exposed large surfaces become very strongly chitinised

while immediately contiguous parts remain delicate mem-

brane. The chitinisation takes place by the intermediary

of hypodermal cells, and it may well be that the reason

for parts remaining membranous is due to creases prevent-

ing the proper development of hypodermal cells there, and,

possibly, their extension in certain directions.

As the genital tube became elongated it would in the

invaginated condition be crumpled ‘and creased, and the

formation of separated sclerites on it may probably have

been to some extent determined by the nature of these

foldings.

We make these suggestions with a view to getting

the student to realise the probability that the develop-

ment of the genital tube is due to factors that are on the

whole similar to those that have determined the structures

of other parts of the body. The factors are not really

known. The phenomena of chitinisation are indeed

specially obscure, and we are not aware that any one has

offered an explanation of the fact that Histers are hard and

Malacoderms soft. Neither do we pretend that there is a

perfect co-relation between the chitinisation of the sclerites

of the body wall and those of the genital tube: in fact we

are well aware that in some cases the opposite is true.

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 637

We will now turn to the point for the elucidation of

which this digression has been made, viz. the value of

lateral lobes in the consideration of phylogenetic points.

The lateral lobes extend in the longitudinal direction,

while the various invaginations are the result of trans-

verse creasings. That lateral lobes can be much modified

in their position is clear. There is no doubt that they

can be brought more to the ventral surface or more to

the dorsal surface, and there is no doubt that they can be

approximated, made contiguous or even conjoined. These

facile changes, whether great or small morphologically,

have no doubt been actually limited, and when we recol-

lect that there must always have been such an agreement

between the male and the female parts of the genital

conduit that good viability was invariably preserved, we

must adopt the view that may be summed up in the words,

“the less change the better.”

Are lateral lobes present in all Coleoptera? And if

they are not to be definitely seen in some forms is this

to be attributed to original absence or to secondary

modification ?

In the Byrrhoidea lateral lobes are a conspicuous feature.

So are they also in Caraboidea, with a slight difference in

position. They are present in the Staphylinoidea in a

variety of shapes and modifications of a very interesting

character. They also exist in Malacodermoidea, in Tene-

brionoidea and in the Scarabaeoidea.

In the Cucujoidea lateral lobes appear to be absent.

But there are frequently present apically and on the

middle of the tegmen two articulated processes that may

be considered to be their homologues by process of a

change to explain which we must make another brief

digression.

If the reader will examine one of the typical Byrrhoidea,

e.g. a large Elaterid, he will note that the tegmen is so

attached to the median lobe as to permit of little or no

independent movement of the two; they work, in fact, as

a single layer. Let him then take a Cerambycid aedeagus

(the members of which are all conformable as regards the

point in question), and he will find the reverse condition

displayed, the median lobe and tegmen being so arranged

as to permit of a play of the former through the latter,

the two parts function as two layers, one cloaking the

other.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PaART III. (DEC.) UU

638 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

Returning then to the Elaterid he will notice that the

change required to permit the tegmen in that form to

ride over, or cloak, the median lobe consists in the first

place of an elongation of the connecting membrane between

them. If this take place and the liberated lateral lobes

be approximated dorsally, we have in fact the essentials

of the arrangement as we find it in Cucujidae. We might,

then, conclude that it is permissible to derive the Cucu-

joidea from the Byrrhoidea. When, however, we turn to

consider whether such a change has ever actually occurred,

we must ask ourselves whether it is probable that an

aedeagus that is functioning as an organ of one layer

would change into a structure that functions as a two

layer arrangement. We think the answer would be that

in the early conditions of the genital tube such a change

might occur, but that after the aedeagus had attained a

considerable development nothing of the sort is at all

probable.

We now return to the consideration of the Phyto-

phagoidea. Ifa well-developed Cerambycid aedeagus (say

one of Clytini) be compared with Cucujus it will be noticed

that in the position occupied by the “lateral lobes” (if

really such) of the latter there is in the Clytus a divided,

or rather cleft, process resembling the Cucujus lobes, and

it would appear therefore that if the Cucwwus possesses

lateral lobes so also may the Clytus.

A further examination of a variety of forms of the two

series produces the gravest doubts. In the Cucujoidea

the lateral lobes are either articulated at the apex of the

tegmen, or if the articulation be absent, the single part

has the appearance of being two parts combined (cf.

Helota). But in Phytophagoidea (at any rate in Ceramby-

cidae) there is never any articulation of the apical processes

of the tegmen, and the comparison of a series of forms

suggests that the bilobed state of the apex of the tegmen

(or cap-piece) may be the result of progressive emargination

of what was originally a single piece.* In that case the

* In the Cerambycidae (especially marked in genus Phrissoma),

there is a ridge on the underface of the divided cap-piece giving an

illusory appearance of articulation of the two lobes. In the Curcu-

lionidae the appearance is different : there are often two separated

lobes (the ‘‘ papilla” of Hopkins in Pissodes), and in Ewpholus the

lobes are widely separated (this point is not well shown in our

fig. 222a), while in some other Rhynchophora there is a single

median prolongation of the cap-piece. None of these cases is similar

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 639

Phytophagoidea have no lateral lobes and are different

from the other great groups. It is then only possible to

derive them from some primitive Cucujoid form unknown

to us. The term primitive (suppositive), as here used,

may probably be interpreted as implying that if a con-

nection of Phytophagoidea with our other series ever

existed it was in the precoleopterous phylogeny. Though

we have not discovered any important distinction between

Rhynchophora and Phytophaga as regards the aedeagus,

we may point out that our investigation of these two

enormous complexes is very far from exhaustive as to this

point. Also that this memoir is not concerned with other

distinctions.

We consider that the genital tube of the male is of

great importance in the phylogeny of Coleoptera. And

that its study makes it extremely difficult to accept less

than eight primary divisions of the Order.

VI. ALPHABETICAL INDEX OF FAMILIES

AND SERIES

Adimeridae . 527 Chrysomelidae . . 558

Aegialitidae . 551 Cicindelidae . . 486

Aglycyderidae . 528. Cioidae. —. . 532

Alleculidae . . 550 Cistelidae : . 550

Anthicidae . 553 Clambidae . 502

Anthribidae_ / i510. Cleridae. . 541

Bostrychidae_. . 533 Coccinellidae . . 524

Brenthidae : . 573 Colydiidae . oe

Bruchidae . 557 Corylophidae . SOUL

Buprestidae. . 547 Cryptophagidae . 522

Byrrhidae . 530 Cucujidae : ia Bite)

Byrrhoidea 614 & 632 Cucujoidea 616 & 633

Byturidae ; . 515 Cupedidae . 522

Cantharidae_. . 556 Curculionidae . a

Carabidae . 487 Cyathoceridae . . 530

Caraboidea 622 & 633 Cyphonidae. . 543

Cerambycidae . . 568 Dascillidae ; . 542

Chelonariidae . . 5380 Dermestidae. . 529

to what we have found in the Cerambycidae. It is therefore possible

that even the aedeagus may ultimately show the Rhynchophora to

have an origin distinct from the Cerambycidae.

640 Mr. D. Sharp and Mr. F. Muir on the Comparative

PAGE

Derodontidae 532

Discolomidae 524

Dryopidae. 531

Dytiscidae 492

Ectrephidae 535

Elateridae 545

Endomychidae . 525

Erotylidae . o2e

Eucnemidae 546

Georyssidae 531

Gyrinidae . 493

Haliplidae 491

Helotidae . 521

Heteroceridae 531

Histeridae 2 512

Hydrophilidae . 4.94

Ipidae : 572

Lagriidae . 551

Lamprimidae 576

Lathridiidae 527

Leptinidae 506

Liodidae 502

Lucanidae . 573

Lyctidae 533

Lymexylonidae 542

Malacodermidae 535

Malacodermoidea 623 : 634

Melandryidae 552

Meloidae . 556

Monommidae 552

Monotomidae 514

Mordellidae 1 DDD.

Mycetaeidae :;,, B26

Mycetophagidae 529

Niponiidae 512

Nitidulidae 515

Oedemeridae 554

Ommadidae 52]

Ostomidae 516

PAGE

Othniidae 551

Parnidae . Fyesik

Passalidae . 579

Paussidae . 4.90

Pelobiidae. 491

Phalacridae 514

Phytophagoidea 620 & 634

Platypidae 572

Platypsyllidae . 506

Proterhinidae 528

Pselaphidae 509

Ptinidae 534

Pyrochroidae 553

Pythidae . 553

Rhipiceridae 545

Rhipiphoridae . 556

Rhysodidae 490

Rhysopaussidae . 550

Scaphidiidae 506

Scarabaeidae 580

Scarabacoidea 627 & 634

Scolytidae 572

Scydmaenidae . 508

Silphidae . 502

Sinodendronidae 576

Sphaeritidae bial

Sphindidae 533

Staphylinidae 496

Staphylinoidea 626 & 633

Synteliidae 511

Temnochilidae . 516

Tenebrionidae , 548

Tenebrionioidea 624 & 634

Throscidae 546

Trichopterygidae 507

Trictenotomidae 557

Trogidae 577

Trogositidae 516

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

The figures are all original, and have been drawn with the aid of

a camera lucida from our own dissections.

The scale of magnifica-

Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera. 641

tion is varied. Although this point is not of great importance for

our purposes, the scale is in most cases indicated by a line placed

near the figure. When no number accompanies the line then the

length of the line is 1 mm. and the magnification of the figure is

indicated by that of the line. When a number accompanies the

line, the number indicates the length of the line in millimetres or a

-fraction of one.

The connecting membranes between certain parts are only par-

tially shown in the figures. To have invariably introduced them

would have involved the use of shading ; and much artistic ability

would even then be required to distinguish the scleritic from the

membranous parts. The student will recollect that these membranes

always exist connecting the median lobe to the tegmen, and the

tegmen to the body wall. Sometimes a part of one of the membranes

is shown, and it is then indicated as such by the torn edge.

The position shown is very frequently not a true profile, but a

partial one, thus allowing more of the parts to be seen and inferred.

The drawings have all been made from specimens in a wet, or

relaxed, state ; and the student must not expect to find exactly the

same appearances in dried and collapsed preparations,

The figures are as a rule uniform as regards their longitudinal

position, the distal end being to the right so that a side-view shows

the left side. In a few cases, in order to show certain structures,

the right (not the left) side is figured ; and in that case in order to

make comparison more easy the figure is orientated so as to make

the right side look as if it were the left one, and it is stated to be

“reversed.”

Broken lines indicate parts that are lying below the structures

represented by unbroken lines. They are introduced to show the

continuity of portions that are not actually seen in such a dissection

as that figured. Where these concealed parts are the sac and the

duct the broken lines are reduced to dots.

We use both single and double letters to indicate special parts,

The double letters are used uniformly throughout the figures, and

are explained below this, and more fully on pp. 481-483. The

meaning of a single letter will be found by reference to that

descriptive portion of the memoir to which the figure pertains.

EXPLANATION OF DoUBLE LETTERS.

aed = aedeagus,

an += anus.

bp = basal-piece.

em 1 = first connecting membrane.

642 Anatomy of the Male Genital Tube in Coleoptera.

cm2 = second connecting membrane.

= ejaculatory duct.

= flagellum.

= internal sac.

= last dorsal plate.

= lateral lobes.

last ventral plate.

median foramen.

= median lobe.

median orifice,

= median strut.

= point of articulation,

= penultimate dorsal plate.

= penultimate ventral plate.

= rectum.

= spiculum.

= tegmen (lateral lobes + basal-piece ; or basal-piece

without lateral lobes.

= tegminal strut.

= ventral-piece.

For a fuller explanation of these letters see pp. 481-483.

Correction.

P. 491. If the position of Fig. 39 (Haliplus)

be considered correct as regards upper and

lower aspects, then it is the right lateral lobe.

That is the broad one, not the left as stated

in the text.

Dec. 24, 1912.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLII.

Fie. 1. Trox, sp. n.?; North Australia, dorsal view.

2. Trox omacanthus, lateral view.

Dit 93 , dorsal view.

3. Trox scaber, lateral view.

Gi) 55 » » dorsal view.

4. Trox penicillatus, dorsal view.

Aaz! P| , ventral view of median lobe.

5. Ceratognathus niger, dorsal view.

Descriptions on pp. 573, 577, etc. Explanation of the letters

used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIII.

Fic. 6. Syndesus cornutus, lateral view, with last abdominal

segment.

6a. Syndesus cornutus, dorsal view.

6b. 5 5, » lateral view of median lobe.

7. Systenus caraboides, dorsal view.

7a. he * , lateral view of median lobe.

8. Lucanus cervus, ventral-lateral view of median lobe.

9. Sinodendron cylindricum, lateral view.

9a. es cs , lateral view of median lobe and

right lateral lobe.

Descriptions on pp. 574-576. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, Plate XLU1I.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLIV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIV.

Fic, 10. Neolamprima adolphinae, dorso-lateral view with last

abdominal segment.

10a, Neolamprima adolphinae, end of tegmen opened to expose

median lobe.

11. Leptaulacides planus, lateral view.

12. Labienus ptox, lateral view.

13. Aulacoeyclus edentulus, lateral view.

13a. 3 5» » dorsal view.

14. Amphicoma vulpes, lateral view. The lower ml is an

error for bp.

15. Cloeotus sinuatus, lateral view.

15a. 9 », 5 dorsal view of median lobe and end of

tegmen.

Descriptions on pp. 575, 579, 580, 584 and 587. Explanation of

the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

21a.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLV.

Phoeochrous emarginatus, lateral view.

5 +3 , lateral view of median lobe and

right lateral lobe.

Geotrupes (Typhoeus) typhoeus, lateral view.

xs RA , dorsal view of median lobe.

Aphodius punctatosulcatus, lateral view.

ss , lateral view of median lobe

with internal sac evaginated.

Anomala assimilis, lateral view with median lobe extended

and internal sac evaginated.

Spilota regina, lateral view of tegmen (median lobe dis-

sected out).

. Spilota regina, lateral view of median lobe with internal

sac evaginated.

Diphucephala furcata, lateral view.

id » » lateral view of median lobe.

Descriptions on pp. 583, 586, 588 and 590. Explanation of the

letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLVI. —

eae,

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVI.

Fie. 22 Miecroplidius luctwosus, lateral view.

23. Pelidnota punctata, dorso-lateral view.

24. Bolax westwoodi, lateral view.

25. Hexodow wnicolor, lateral view.

25a. - », , lateral view of median lobe.

26. Xylotrupes gideon, lateral view.

26a. - » » lateral view of median lobe and in-

ternal sac.

26b. Xylotrupes gideon, armature on internal sac.

27. Lomaptera xanthopus, lateral view with internal sac

evaginated.

Descriptions on pp. 588, 591, 592, 595 and 598, Explanation of

the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Fia. 28.

29,

30.

31.

31a.

31b.

32.

32a.

33.

33a.

34,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVII.

Cetonia aurata, dorso-lateral view.

Therates labiatus, lateral view.

Cicindela tortuosa, lateral view.

Manticora tuberculata, lateral view,

‘s 3 , lateral view of tip with base of

sac evaginated.

Manticora tuberculata, junction of flagellum and ejacu-

latory duct. |

Carabus violaceus, lateral view with sac evaginated.

»» , apex of internal sac.

Aloiniols yce aheginlies. lateral view, left side.

5» ,» lateral view, right side.

Nebria brevicollis, lateral view (reversed).

Descriptions on pp, 599(C. awrata) and 48¢-489, Explanation

of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL VII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

* =i ae a fe fs > Tsb po a Kua gs A F A

F - Ss oar, 1 j i

Oi ak ad n cy an ne

es 7 white i ‘ at See ee rey

Mer g '

a p .

‘

i Ary tis ee LS ae

ee a « eyind ici

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XL VIT1.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLVIII.

Fic, 35. Pheropsophus agnatus, lateral view, with sac evaginated

(reversed).

36. Lhysodes, sp,n.? Australia, lateral view.

37. Dytiscus punctulatus, end of body with aedeagus pro-

truded.

37a. Dytiscus punctulatus, lateral view of median lobe.

38. Ilybius aenescens, lateral view. .

39. Haliplus fulvus, ventro-lateral view (reversed).

Descriptions on pp. 491 and 492. Explanation of the letters

used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XLIX.

Fic. 40. Pelobius tardus, lateral view.

41. Orthopterus smithi, lateral view (reversed).

42. Gyrinus natator, dorsal view.

43. Orectochilus dispar, ventral view.

43a. ee 5», lateral view of median lobe.

44, Hydrophilus piceus, dorsal view.

45. Laccobius ytenensis, dorsal view.

46. Cyclonotwm subdepresswm, dorso-lateral view.

46a. < - , median lobe (ventral face up).

47. Berosus signaticollis, lateral view.

48. Silpha atrata, lateral view, with sac evaginated.

Descriptions on pp. 491-495 and (Silpha atrata) p. 503. Explana-

tion of the letters used uniformly on pp, 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate XLIX.

mt Aa

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate L.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE L.

Fic. 49. Silpha obsewra, dorsal view.

49a. » » ventral view of median lobe.

50. Silpha analis, lateral view, with sac evaginated.

51. Necrophorus mortuormm, dorso-lateral view.

52. Bathyscia, sp. Piedmont, lateral view.

52a. E , apex of sac with armature.

53. Liodes humeralis, lateral view.

baa: 5 ‘ , apex of sac with armature.

Baur 5 - , lateral view of median piece of armature.

54. Clambus minutus, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 503-505. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-4183.

BiG sob:

55a.

56.

56a.

56D.

56c.

57.

58.

EXPLANATION OF PuATE LI.

Leptinus testaceus, lateral view.

FA » 5 dorsal view.

Stenichnus collaris, lateral view.

fe » » ventral view of apex of median lobe

with sac slightly evaginated.

Stenichnus collaris, ditto, lateral view.

3 5, » lateral view with sac wholly evagin-

ated, or nearly so. j

Eumicrus tarsatus, lateral view.

Physa inflata, lateral view, with sac evaginated.

Descriptions on pp. 506-510. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LI.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 7912, Plate LI.

Woy

\ i he

WSs gS Ss

eV a

was

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LII.

Fic, 59. Sagola, sp. New Zealand, lateral view.

60. Palimbolus, sp.n.? lateral view.

61. Gyrophaena pulchella, lateral view.

6la. Pa » 5 dorsal view.

62. Tachinus swbterraneus, lateral view with sac evaginated.

62a. os 4 , armature at apex of sac.

63. Ocypus ewpreus, lateral view.

63a and b. i “ armature at apex of sac.>

64. Quedius ventralis, lateral view, with sac evaginated.

Descriptions on pp. 510, 511 and 496-498. Explanation of the

letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Fia. 65.

66.

67.

67a.

67D.

68.

68a.

69.

69a.

70.

70a.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LITT.

Othius filvipennis, lateral view, with sac evaginated,

» melanocephalus, do.

Xantholinus glabratus, lateral view.

5 » , distal end of aedeagus, latero-distal

view.

Xantholinus glabratus, distal end of aedeagus, ventral view.

Xantholinus (Hulissus) chalybeus, dorso-lateral view.

” x + , ventral view of distal

end.

Paederus riparius, lateral view.

i. 5 , dorsal view.

Stenus speculator, ventral view.

a ‘5 , lateral view.

” ”

Descriptions on pp. 499-501. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

: Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LILI.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

é + +

Fee | hy

. eau ja, a ah ea

he iter

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

des 7

71a.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LIV.

Pinophilus rectus, lateral view.

», , lateral view of base of sac and end of

flagellum.

Osorius, sp. (Trinidad), lateral view, with sac evaginated.

Zirophorus bicornis, lateral view.

Micropeplus fulvus, lateral view.

Sacium politum, lateral view.

a » » ventral view of tegmen.

Scaphidium 4-maculatum, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 498, 501, 502, 507 (Saciwm), 506 (Scaphi-

diwm).

Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LV.

Fic. 77. Syntelia histeroides, ventral view.

77a. % 5 . lateral view.

78. Sphaerites glabratus, dorsal view.

78a. A = , lateral view.

79. Hister cadaverinus, lateral view.

79a. <3 » » lateral view of median lobe.

80. Macrolister maximus, lateral view.

81. Hololepta elongata, lateral view.

8la. Bs » , dorsal view.

82. Niponius canalicollis, lateral view.

82a. n re , dorsal view.

Descriptions on pp. 511-518. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV

B2 a V2,

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

ee le a

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVI.

Fig. 83. Phalacrus grossus, lateral view.

83a. - » », dorsal view of tegmen.

84, Litolibrus obesus, lateral view.

85. Monotoma conicicollis, lateral view of median lobe and sac.

85a. re 9 , jateral view of tegmen.

86. Bytwrus tomentosus, lateral view.

87. Psilotus atratus, lateral view.

88. Ips (Glischrochilus) japonicus, lateral view.

89. Temnochila virescens, lateral viéw of tegmen.

89a. = - , lateral view of median lobe.

Descriptions on pp. 514-516. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Fic. 90.

90a.

91.

9la.

92.

92a.

92b.

93.

94.

94a.

98:

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIL.

Thymalus limbatus, dorsal view.

s » » lateral view.

Aulonium bidentatum, dorsal view.

5 a , ventral view.

Enarsus bakewelli, ventral view of tegmen.

, ventral view of median lobe.

. 3 , ventral view of end of body with

aedeagus turned under.

Taphiomimus indentatus, dorsal view.

Deretaphrus ignavus, lateral view.

i » » dorsal view of tegmen.

Cerylon histeroides, lateral view.

” ”

Descriptions on pp. 516 and 517. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

‘Tiegh O ar,

Wie ay Lis. ee

rad ee ey

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LVILI.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fic. 96.

96a.

97.

98.

99.

99a.

100.

101.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII.

Passandra fasciata, lateral view.

is » » dorsal view of median lobe with sac

partly evaginated.

Cucujus mniszechii, lateral view.

Chactosoma scaritides, dorso-lateral view.

Diagrypnodes wakefieldi, lateral view.

= i , lateral view of median lobe.

Brontopriscus sinuatus, lateral view.

Rhizophagus depressus, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 518-520. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF Phate LIX.

Fig. 102. Omma stanley, lateral view, with last abdominal segment.

102a. A »» 5 dorsal view, with sac evaginated.

103. Oupes clathratus, ventral view.

102a. 5 ‘ , lateral view.

104. - 5 , lateral view of aedeagus surrounded by

last two abdominal segments,

104a. Cupes clathratus, lateral view of last segment of abdomen.

104b. re Be , dorsal view of last segment of abdomen.

105. Antherophagus nigricornis, dorso-lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 521 and 522. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LIX,

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

oe, eee be al

4, ,

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX,

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LX.

Fic, 106. Helota gemmata, ventral view.

106. 7s 43 , lateral view.

106b. " A , armature at apex of sac.

107. Camptocarpus prolongatus, lateral view.

108. Cryptodacne vittata, lateral view.

108a, >. »» » armature at apex of sac.

109, Notiophygus, sp.?, lateral view.

109a. * » » lateral view of median lobe.

110. Mycetophagus quadripustulatus, dorsal view.

Descriptions on pp. 521, 523, 524, and 529 (Mycetophagus).

Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

‘Sp

Fig. 111.

112;

its

114,

114a,

115.

116.

116a.

117a.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXI.

Lasia globosa, lateral view.

Mysia oblongoguttata, lateral view.

Eumorphus, sp, aff, E. profani, Borneo, lateral view.

Eumorphus, aff. E. tetraspiloti, Borneo, lateral view, left side.

3 » » lateral view, right

side.

Mycetaea hirta, lateral view.

Lathridius lardarivs, ventral view.

" 3 , lateral view.

Corticaria punctulata, lateral view of median lobe.

i, 55 , lateral view of tegmen.

Descriptions on pp. 524-527. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXI.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXII.

Fie. 118, Adimerus crispatus, dorsal view.

119. Aglycyderes setifer, lateral view.

120. Proterhinus validus, lateral view.

121. Dermestes murinus, dorsal view.

122. Chelonariwm zapotense, dorsal view.

122a, = 5 , lateral view of median lobe,

123. Cyathocerus horni, lateral view.

123d. 7 », » lateral view of median lobe.

124, Georyssus pygmaeus, dorsal view.

Descriptions on pp. 527-531. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIII.

Fig. 125. Heterocerus flexwosus, ventral view.

1254. 5 a , lateral view.

126, Pelonomus palpalis, lateral view.

127. Parnus luridus, lateral view.

127a. 5 »» lateral view of median lobe and right

lateral lobe.

128. Laricobius erichsoni, ventral view.

129. Cis boleti, lateral view.

129a. ,, 4, » ventral view.

130. Aspidiphorus orbiculatus, lateral view.

131. Apate terebrans, dorso-lateral view.

132. Lyctus canaliculatus, lateral view.

132a. a i , dorsal view.

Descriptions on pp. 531-533. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXT1.,

125.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

ety Ales ail a fe

Muh SHCA

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, Plate LXIV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIV.

Fic. 133. Ptinus fur, lateral view.

134. Ernobius mollis, lateral view (reversed).

134a. “ 4» , dorsal view.

135. ctrephes, sp., dorsal view.

136. Lycostomus gestroi, lateral view.

137. Cratomorphus diaphanus, lateral view.

138. Drilus flavescens, dorsal view.

138a. 55 i , lateral view.

139. 1% Chauliognathus, sp., dorso-lateral view.

140, Silis rwficollis, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 534-538. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXV.

Fic. 141. Telephorus limbatus, lateral view.

141a. - 5 , lateral view of median lobe.

142. Malachius bipustulatus, lateral view.

143. Balanophorus mastersi, lateral view.

144. Phloeophilus edwardsi, ventral view.

145. Danacaea, sp. ? Piedmont, lateral view.

146. Psilothrix cyaneus, lateral view.

147. Natalis porcata, dorso-lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 538-541, Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX V.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

om a ee

= eke |

(2.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VI.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

EXPLANATION OF PLatTe LXVI.

Fic. 148. Trogodendron fasciculatum, dorso-lateral view.

148a. 5 . , ventral view of apex of

median lobe and tegmen.

149. Atractocerus valdivianus ?, lateral view, including last two

abdominal segments.

150. Atractocerus africanus, dorsal view.

150a. 5 », , lateral view with end of abdomen.

151. Ptilodactyla, sp. ?, ventral view.

152. Dascillus cervinus, ventral view.

153. Callirrhipis philiberti, dorsal view.

153a. ES », » lateral view of median lobe.

154. Agrypnus sp. ? ventral view.

Descriptions on pp. 541-545. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVII.

Fie. 155. Anisomerus hacqarti, lateral view.

155a. er & , dorsal view.

156. Chalcolepidius albertisi, ventral view.

157. Throscus dermestoides, dorsal view.

158. Lissomus bicolor, ventral view.

158a. 5 », » Jateral view.

159. Hemiopsida mastersi, lateral view.

160. Chrysodema aurofoveata, ventral view.

161. Polybothris quadricollis, dorsal view.

161la. % - , ventral view of median lobe.

Descriptions on pp. 545-547. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX VII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., r9r2, Plate LXVIII, —

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fia, 162,

163.

163a.

164,

165.

165a.

166.

166a.,

167.

168.

169.

169,

Descriptions on pp. 548-550. Explanation of the letters used

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXVITI.

Pediris, sp. n.?, ventral view.

Eleodes dentipes, ventral view.

, median lobé, dorsal view.

. » » lateral view of oviduct.

Chiroscelis digitata, ventral view.

ey » , dorso-lateral view.

Cossyphus insularis, lateral view,

” ”

abdomen.

Zopherosis georgti, dorsal view.

Rhysopaussus, sp. (Australia), lateral view.

<5 =F , ventral view.

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

, ventral view of apical portion,

Stenosis angustata, dorso-lateral view with end of

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXIX.

*Fia.170. Omophlus lepturoides, lateral view.

171. Prostenus dejeani, lateral view.

17la. 3 » , ventral view.

172. Othnius lyncea, lateral view.

172a. ‘5 » » Ventral view.

173. Aegialites debilis, lateral view, with sac partly evaginated.

174. Monomma gigantewm, dorsal view of tegmen.

174a. s 9 , lateral view of median lobe,

175. Orchesia micans, ventral view.

176. Phloeotrya rufipes, ventral view.

177. Melandrya caraboides, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 550-552. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXIX.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

fi.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX.

178 ¥

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 178.

179.

180.

181.

182.

183.

184,

184a.

185.

185a.,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXX.

Pytho depressus, lateral view.

Pyrochroa pectinicornis, dorso-lateral view.

Anthicus maritimus ?, lateral view.

Oncomera femorata, lateral view.

Copidita (Sessinia) punctum, dorso-lateral view.

Dohrivia miranda, lateral view.

Trochoideus desjardinsii, lateral view.

7 , ventral view of tegmen.

Endomychus coccineus, lateral view.

- » , Ventral view of tegmen.

Descriptions on pp. 553 and 554, Endomychus p. 525, Trochoideus

p. 526. Explanation of the letters used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXI.

Fic. 186. Metriorrhynchus thoracicus, lateral view.

187. Microcara livida, ventral view.

188. Cyphon coarctatus, ventro-lateral view.

189. Anaspis frontalis, dorso-lateral view.

190. Pelecotomoides conicollis, lateral view.

191. Tomoxia biquttata, lateral view.

192. Hmenadia, sp., lateral view.

193. Horia (Cissites) debyi, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 536 (Metriorrhynchus), 543 (Microcara), 544

(Cyphon), and 355, 356 (Anaspis, etc.). Explanation of the letters

used uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXJ.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 194.

194a.

195.

195a.

196.

197.

198.

199.

199a.

1996.

200.

200d.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXILI.

Trictenotoma thomsoni, lateral view.

- ss , ventral view.

Bruchus rufimanus, lateral view.

a », » dorsal view of tegmen.

Caryoborus, sp. n. ?, lateral view.

Bs nucleorum, lateral view.

Orsodacne nigriceps, dorso-lateral view.

Donacia sericea, lateral view with sac evaginated.

, armature on apex of sac.

- », » lateral view of median piece and right

lateral piece of armature on apex of sac.

Donacia comari, armature on apex of sac.

, lateral view of median and lateral pieces

” ”

of armature.

Descriptions on pp. 557-560. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIII.

Fig. 201. Donacia bidens, armature at apex of sac.

202, 53 semicupred, yy 5 x

203. oe lemnae, % i 5

204. Curpophagus banksiae, lateral view.

204a. 1 as , armature at apex of sac.

205. Diaphanops westermanni, _ ,, a 5

206. Sagra amethystina, lateral view.

DO0G0ss , evaginated sac.

207. Eumolpus swrinamensis, lateral view.

2074. 3 ss , armature on apex of sac.

208. Clythra laeviuscula, lateral view.

209. Orina elongata, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 560-563. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XIII.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXIV.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 210.

210a,

211.

212.

212a.

212b.

213.

214.

215.

2150.

216.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIV.

Paropsis variolosa ?, lateral view.

3 3 , dorsal view.

Timarcha geniculata, lateral view.

Phyllodecta vitellinae, lateral view, with sac evaginated.

a M4 (sandhill variety), base of median

lobe.

“ rs , base of median lobe.

Spilispa imperialis, lateral view.

Cephaloleia, aff. nigropictae, lateral view.

Mesomphalia pascoei, lateral view.

a4 » » armature at apex of sac.

Aspidomorpha 4-maculata, lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 564-567. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXYV.

Fira. 217. Aromia maschata, dorso-lateral view.

218. Chloridolwm dorycum, lateral view of armature on sac.

218a. 55 3) arontall ;, “ is

219. Parandra, sp. n.?, dorso-lateral view.

220. Gnoma ctenostomoides, dorso-lateral view.

Descriptions on pp. 568 and 569. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond, 1912, Plate LXX V.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX V1.

225.

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVI.

Fig. 221. Monohammus longicornis, dorso-lateral view.

221a. $ a , Opening of ducts on apex of

sac.

222. Hupholus chevrolati, dorso-lateral view of median lobe.

222a. Pa » » dorsal view of tegmen.

223. Belus bidentatus, lateral view.

224. Sphenophorus obscwrus, lateral view.

224. s » , dorsal view of tegmen.

225. Phloeobius alternans, dorso-lateral view.

225a. =p - , armature on apex of sac.

Descriptions on pp. 569-571. Explanation of the letters used

uniformly on pp. 481-483.

EXPLANATION OF PuatTeE LXXVII.

Fig. 226. Tomicus laricis, lateral view.

227. Baryrhyncus miles, dorso-lateral view.

228. Crossotarsus barbatus, dorso-lateral view.

229. Platypsylla castoris, lateral view.

230. Bryaxis impressa, lateral view.

230a. 5; » » dorsal view.

230b. % » 3 cross section near middle.

231. Trichopteryx grandicollis, lateral view.

231a. és +A , ventral view.

Descriptions on pp. 572 and 578, 506 (Platypsylla), 510

(Bryaxis), 507 (Trichopteryx). Explanation of the letters used uni-

formly on pp. 481-483.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VII.

AL.

YS. 230a

y N

230l

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

AAs

. aay tats |

* Hoo

x See F

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX VIII,

GENITAL ARMATURE OF COLEOPTERA.

Fig. 232.

233.

234,

234a.

235.

236.

237.

37a.

238.

239.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXVIII.

Stenus speculator, ¢ and @ in copula, extremities of

abdomen.

Mualthodes marginatus, and @ in copula, extremities

of abdomen.

Cistela atra, ventral view.

FA » » dorsal view.

Malthinus flaveolus,* ¢ and ? in copula.

Telephorus nigricans, ?,* ,, : +s

Rhagonycha fulva, uterus with internal sac of ¢ in situ.

as 5, » internal sac evaginated.

Malthinus flaveolus, ?,* last abdominal segment with

aedeagus turned as during coition.

Diagram of g genital tube (diagrammatic, testes mis-

placed purposely).

Diagram of male tube with one invagination of the distal

end.

* The pair from which this drawing was prepared has unfortunately been

mislaid, but we believe it was of this species.

Descriptions on pp, 610, 612, etc. Full explanation of Figs. 239

and 239a on pp. 603, 604.

ss a.

: TLV RAE west yh MONA Wadtxe |

: | Pe a

| rey,

to sabliatans? nliads “of 9 Pea 7 Hiolghusnes Bibi ae"

; andnhh xS

2 agilliistise Lalande nS hae yy aii ashiod iyi pea

arercukhda 19

wwaorh latino? wtin wise)

A t swale [eatohi, +. atk

. aie aRitos. we bia % ¥ subs aly, eaanlthodl

*t ‘2 a pr. ; 7 a - hy iss eae. ALETHRN TK isy

i, Ai ve Fy, 1 “i lenvatak eibvadtser rie, ie Ayala

ataniuan ope Terre +

hanger faittiotolata: @ nf 3% P ewer suecsily

; qoltose hb te" Barley Bil heen

. f R iid Beal, CLITA: uly slik fedinon an ta” thee

rei A cloacapip: inl

: Iniuih adh to iOhadtivavot ano ew sUof ofact Yoel ee

. iT) hae :

dosh yboicivdayl maedd Doiaqong caw ys teats ably etter coal ez .

gas recone ai) to goae Perotti ae

\ es

O89 not f la ethowaliad od sie AE O10 dy ae suhhy riait

; : 0 BOB it ai ee

“a

av n ; SC)

hind ORE ) rl ie ee tuk’

R iy

a <4 ae

Trans. Tint. Soc.Lond., 1912. PL. LXXTIX.

West, Newman Jith.

R.S. del.

DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE.

Fig. 1.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXIX.

Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf—Abdomen of ¢ from

above, showing the long process of the first abdominal

tergite.

Theganopteryx nitida, Borg.— Apex of abdomen of ¢ from

above.

Theganopteryx witida, Borg.—Wing. Note the distorted

ulnar vein. M.D. = medio-discal area. M.U. = medio-

ulnar area.

Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf.—Wing. Note the ulnar

vein impinging on the apical triangle and failing to reach

the outer margin of the wing.

Theganopteryx notata, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from

above.

Theganopteryx lucida, Br.—Apex of abdomen of ¢ from

above.

Theganopteryx lucida, Br—Wing. Note ulnar vein similar

to that of 7. gambiensis,

Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss, & Zehnt.—Apex of abdomen

of ¢ from above. Note the horseshoe-shaped left style.

Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. & Zehnt.—Apex of

abdomen of ¢ in profile view.

Fig. 10.

11.

12.

13.

14,

15.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXX.

Hemithyrsocera fallax, Sauss.—Wing (drawn from all that

remains of the type in the Geneva Museum) showing the

small apical triangle and undistorted ulnar vein ; one’

extreme of the range of variation in wing-structure in

this genus, The wing of H. masswae is practically

identical with this.

Hemithyrsocera circumcincta, R. & F.—Tegmen, showing

venation characteristic of this genus and of Thegano-

pterya.

Hemithyrsocera cirewmeincta, R. & F.—Wing. Note the

conspicuous apical triangle with well-defined boundaries

and ulnar vein very slightly upturned at apex: the

other extreme of variation in wing-structure shown by

this genus.

Hemithyrsocera circumeincta, R. & F.—Apex of abdomen

of ¢ from beneath.

Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp. u.—Apex of abdomen of ¢

from beneath.

Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp. n.—Apex of abdomen of ¢

from beneath,

ae ee : st rm” af a i - ee ae:

Kee’ oe

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,1912. PLLIXXX.

West, Newman lith.

DETAILS OF BLATTIDAE.

( 643)

XII. Studies of the Blattidae. By the late R. SHELFORD, ©

M.A.

[Read June 5th, 1912. ]

Prarie LX EX XX.

A REVISION OF THE GENUS J'AHEGANOPTERYX, BR., TO-

GETHER WITH REMARKS ON SOME SPECIES OF

HEMITHYRSOCERA, SAUSS.

THE great numbers of obscure and still undescribed species

of cockroaches belonging to the subfamilies Ectobiinae and

Pseudomopinae have convinced me that much more accn-

rate and detailed diagnoses of genera must be drawn up

if any order is to be introduced into the chaos at present

existing. This is a task of no mean difficulty, for whilst

the differences between the males of the various species

are patent enough, the females resemble each other very

closely, and the presence of characters which will enable

the entomologist to brigade the species into genera can

only be demonstrated after the most meticulous examina-

tion of all the external anatomy of the insects. But a still

greater difficulty confronts the student. The characters

hitherto employed to separate the subfamilies Lctobiinae

and Pseudomopinae are so variable and so interchangeable

that the allocation of a species or genus to this subfamily

or that is as often as not dependent almost entirely on

the personal opinion of the entomologist. So intimately

do the subfamilies interlock that more than once I have

considered the advisability of merging the two subfamilies,

and I think that I would do so had I not a lingering con-

viction that further study of the species, both described

and undescribed, will bring to light some really reliable

diagnostic characters. Not one of the characters usually

employed to distinguish the Hetobiinae from the Pseudo-

mopinae is peculiar to the former subfamily. The transverse

supra-anal lamina of the male, the sparse armature of

the femora, the well-defined apical triangle of the wings

occur sporadically in the Psewdomopinae. When these

three important characters are shown by one species it is

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) XX

644 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

easy to recognise that species as a typical Ectobiine. But

what of the species that exhibit, let us say, two of the

above-mentioned features, whilst the third character is

typical of the Psewdomopinae? It is true that the Lctobiinae

as a whole have a general facies which enables the expert

to recognise them almost at a glance, but it is impossible

to define this facies in cut-and-dry phrases. For example,

it would be folly to remove “ Theganopteryx” malagassa

Sauss., from the Zctobiinae, or the two species of Chrasto-

blatta from the Psewdomopinae. Yet in the former species

the apical triangle is not sharply marked off from the rest

of the wing, and the two latter species have the femora

most sparsely armed. Quite apart from this difficulty of

expressing in words the Kctobiine facies, there is the

difficulty of placing the genera which present neither

an Kctobiine nor a Pseudomopine facies; these baffle even

the specialist. Jallotoblatta, Sauss., and Escala, mihi are

cases in point,* they present some Kctobiine characters

but do not look like Ectobiinae, and to include them in the

Ectobiinae renders a diagnosis of the whole subfamily

more difficult than ever, and the same happens if they

are included in the Psewdomopinae.

It is perhaps the irony of fate that in this, my last

serious contribution to the taxonomy of the Blattidae,

I feel compelled to recant some of the opinions expressed

in my first essay on the same subject. In that paper

(Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1906) I, with all the rashness

of inexperience, rushed in where such authorities as

Brunner von Wattenwyl and de Saussure had feared to

tread, and declared with no uncertain voice that the

simple or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wing was a char-

acter of the greatest reliability whereby to separate the

Eectobiinae from the Psewdomopinae. The position cannot

be held. Reliance on this character involved the removal

of Hemithyrsocera from the Pseudomopinae to the Ectobiinae,

but further knowledge has shown me that its genus is

akin to blattella, in fact the two genera grade into each

other. Moreover, when the wings of a cockroach become

reduced in size or semi-aborted the first wing-veins to

disappear are the branches of the ulnar vein, consequently

nearly all the species of Ceratinoptera, a truly typical

* It is some comfort to know that de Saussure was evidently as

puzzled about the correct systematic position of Mallotoblatta as 1

um.

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 645

Pseudomopine, would, following my erroneous views, fall

into the Eetobiinae. It is perfectly true that the simple

or bifurcate ulnar vein of the wings is an Ectobiine

character, there being but few exceptions (Anaplectoidea

and one or two species of Anaplecta), but it occurs so

often amongst the Psewdomopinae, that taken by itself

it has no great diagnostic value.

It was my intention to write a complete revision of the

Kctobiine genera, but circumstances over which I have no

control prevent me from accomplishing this piece of work,

either now or in the future, and I must content myself

with giving a definition of the Hctobiinae, a revision of

one characteristic Ectobiine genus, Zheganopteryx, Br., and

descriptions of a few critical species of Hemithyrsocera,

Sauss. I hope that my researches will enable other

orthopterists to recognise clearly the differences which

separate the two genera—a point in classification which

was never very clear before, and by that means to discern

the characters of the two subfamilies to which the two

genera belong.

i. DIAGNOSIS OF THE SUB-FAMILY ECTOBIINAE.

Fully winged, or tegmina and wings reduced, or aborted, or

absent. Sexes similar or dissimilar. Vertex of head not covered

by pronotum, which is transversely elliptic or trapezoidal. Tegmina

with discoidal sectors longitudinal or oblique. Wings nearly always

with simple or bifurcate ulnar vein; a triangular apical area is

invariably present except in those forms in which it has developed

into a large apical field, reflected when the wing is folded; the

triangular apical area is typically defined very clearly and easily

distinguished from the rest of the wing. Supra-anal lamina of the

male generally short and transverse. Subgenital lamina of the male

and the styles generally asymmetrical. Femora usually very sparsely

armed, Ootheca chitinous and carried with the suture uppermost.

iil. REVISION OF THE GENUS THEGANOPTERYX, Br.

I was led to a revision of this genus by an examination

of its type, 7. lucida, Br., which was kindly lent to me

with several others by Dr. Dohrn of the Stettin Museum.

The type has lost its abdomen and never was provided

with a locality label, for the describer hazarded the

opinion that the species came from Australia. On seeing

646 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

the specimen I recognised its identity with a long series

of the same species in the Genoa Museum collection, then

in my hands, which came from West Africa, and I have

no doubt that Brunner’s type was taken, as were many

other species in the Stettin Museum described by the

same author, in Old Calabar. The genus being a critical

one I made a very careful examination of the type and

of the Genoa specimens, and in course of time arrived at

the conclusion that the genus was far more limited in

scope and in its geographical distribution than had

been supposed by the authors who followed Brunner.

Theganopteryx is in fact confined, so far as our present

knowledge goes, to Tropical Africa. The majority of

species which by other authors as well as by myself have

been referred to this genus belong in reality to the almost

cosmopolitan genus Hemithyrsocera, Sauss., but for the

Malagasy species of Zheganopteryx I have recently erected

the new genus Hutheganopteryx. In the following revision

I have thought it advisable to describe at some length

every species of the genus, it is certainly convenient to

have under one cover a complete conspectus of a genus.

Genus THEGANOPTERYX, Br.

Theganopteryz, Brunner v. Wattenwyl, Nouv. Syst. d.

Blatt., p. 53 (1865); Saussure, Mém. Soc. Se. Phys. Nat.

Geneve, xx, p. 229 (1869); Saussure and Zehntner, Biol.

Centr.-Amer. Orth., i, p. 16 (1898).

Sexes similar. Antennae setaceous. Pronotum trapezoidal.

Tegimna extending beyond the apex of the abdomen; costals

regular, radial vein simple, discoidal sectors longitudinal, anterior

ulnar usually simple, posterior ulnar multiramose. Wings fully

developed; mediastinal vein 3- 5-ramose, rarely simple, costals

regular, incrassated, radial vein simple, ulnar vein simple or

bifurcate running close to the vena dividens, the interspace seldom

crossed by transverse venules, its apex bent up and frequently

failing to reach outer margin of wing impinging on the boundary

of the apical triangle, medio-discal area 3-4 times broader in the

middle than the medio-ulnar area. Triangular apical area well-

defined, prominent, clearly marked off from rest of wing. Supra-

anal lamina variable but typically trigonal. Sub-genital lamina

(3) more or less asymmetrical, Femora moderately armed beneath ;

front femora on the anterior margin beneath armed according to

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 647

Type B. Tarsi long, posterior metatarsi longer than the succeeding

joints,

Type of the genus—7’ lucida, Br.

Distribution of the species—Wersr Arrica, Congo

region and N.E. Rhodesia.

KEY TO THE SPECIES.

1. Unicolorous, testaceous or castaneous,

2. Eyes close together on vertex of head

(almost touchingin ¢). . . . . YT. fantastica, Shelf,

2’. Eyes not close together on vertex of

head.

3. Species barely exceeding 10mm, in

Hewett? re ase . . TL. camerunensis, sp. n.

3’, Species much peaisae 10 mm, in

length,

4, Uniform castaneous . . . . . JT. nitida, Borg.

4’, Uniform testaceous . . . . . YT. obscwra, Shelf. (¢).

1’. Not unicolorous.

2. Pronotum without darker vittae,

3. Pronotum unicolorous . . . . . JT obscwra, Shelf. (9).

3’, Pronotum not unicolorous’ but

piceous, marginal with hyaline . 7’. gambiensis, Shelf.

2’, Pronotum with 2 castaneous vittae or

blotches.

3. Pronotum with 2 castaneous blotches

ati bases. \ssc hs . . ©. affinvis, sp. n.

3’. Pronotum with 2 Ee iuedee erie

4, Tegmina uniform testaceous . . T. rhodesiue, sp. n.

4’, Tegmina not uniform testaceous.

5. Apex of anal field of tegmina

hyaline; sub-genital lamina

(g) scarcely asymmetrical . ’. notata, sp. n.

5’, Anal field concolorous; sub-

genital lamina (3) very

asymmetrical. . . suse 2 ducida, Br.

Theganopteryx fantastica, Shelf. (Plate LXXIX, fig. 1.)

Theganopteryz fantastica, Shelford, Mem. Soc. espafi.

Hist. Nat. 1, No. 27, p. 476 (1909).

¢. Pale tlavo-testaceous. Head and antennae unicolorous ; eyes

piceous, almost touching on vertex of head. Pronotum unicolorous.

648 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the blattidae.

Tegmina with 19 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple,

posterior ulnar 5-ramose. Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly

suffused with flavid, mediastinal vein simple, 18 costals the more

proximal slightly incrassated, medio-discal area nearly four times

broader in the middle than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by about

13 transverse venules, a prominent apical triangle, 1st axillary 4- to

5-ramose. Ist abdominal tergite produced as a flat narrow process

extending nearly to the apex of the abdomen, grooved along its

dorsal aspect and slightly spatulate at its extremity ; 8th tergite

depressed and punctate in the middle, the posterior angles triangularly

produced. Supra-anal lamina quadrately produced, apex slightly

bilobed, covering the bases of the cerci which are short and situated

close together. Subgenital lamina produced, asymmetrical, apex

concavely emarginate, two minute styles. Femora moderately

armed, front pair with 3 stout spines on the anterior margin

beneath, succeeded distally by piliform setae (Type B).

9. Similar, eyes less close together on vertex of head. Wings,

uniformly suffused with pale flavid. Supra-anal lamina produced,

trigonal ; subgenital lamina semi-orbicular, ample. Cerci longer

not situated close together.

Total length (¢) 9 mm.,(?) 11 mm. ; length of body (¢) 8°1

mm., (?) 9°6 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 7 mm., (?) 9°5 mm. ;

pronotum (4) 2°9 mm. x 32 mm.,(?) 3mm. x 45 mm.

Hab. S.E. and N. Kamerun (Conradt) (Berlin Mus.,

types; coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Hscalera)

(Madrid Mus.; Oxford Mus.)

Theganopteryx camerunensis, sp. n.

Differs from 7’. fantastica by the greater distance apart of the

eyes in both sexes, the smaller size of the 2, the absence of the

process of the 1st abdominal tergite in the ¢. Colour and venation

as in 7. fantastica. Supra-anal lamina (¢) subquadrate, not

strongly produced, apex emarginate, (?) triangular. Subgenital

lamina (¢) symmetrical, posteriorly concavely emarginate, two

minute styles, Cerci short, fusiform, very broad at base with 8

visible joints in ¢, narrower and longer in 9.

Total length (¢) 85 mm.,(?) 9 mm.; length of body (¢) 71

mm., (?) 7 mm.; length of tegmina (g) 7 mm., (?) 7 mm. ;

pronotum 2 mm. xX 3 mm.

Hab. S.E. KamMERuN (Conradt) (Berlin Mus., type 2;

coll. Bolivar, type 9).

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 649

Theganopteryx affines, sp. n.

g. Closely allied to T. fantastica, but tegmina with anal field

and a stripe on the discoidal field, castaneous; distance apart of

eyes on vertex of head greater than the breadth of the 1st antennal

joint; wings faintly suffused with castaneous, ulnar vein bifurcate,

the rami joining again at their extremities. Secondary sexual

apparatus of ¢ as in 7. fantastica, Posterior angles of 8th abdominal

tergite less produced; supra-anal lamina not sub-bilobate. Sub-

genital lamina symmetrical, apex concavely emarginate, two styles.

Cerci narrower, situated less close together, their bases not hidden

by the supra-anal lamina.

Total length 10°2 mm.; length of body 8:1 mm.; length of

tegmina 8 mm.; pronotum 2-2°5 mm. x 2°5-3 mm.

Hab. Conco STATE, W. of Kambove, 3,500’—4,500’ (8. A.

Neave) (British Mus., type).

Theganopteryx nitida, Borg. (Plate LXXIX, figs. 2, 3.)

Theganopteryz nitida, Borg. Bih. Svensk. Vet.-Akad.,

Handl. xxviii, Afd. 4, No. 10, p. 4, pl. 1, fig. 8 (1904).

¢. Castaneous or rufo-castaneous, unicolorous, Antennae fuscous,

not incrassated. Tegmina with 19-21 costals, radial and anterior

ulnar veins simple, posterior ulnar 6-ramose. Wings suffused with

castaneous, mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 21 costals, the proximal 16

slightly incrassated, medio-discal area in the middle about four times

broader than the medio-ulnar area, crossed by 14 transverse venules,

ulnar vein bifurcate, flexuose, reaching the outer margin, lst axillary

vein 7-ramose, triangular apical area large, prominent. Posterior

margin of penultimate tergite sinuate; no scent-gland opening

visible. Supra-anal lamina very asymmetrical, its posterior angles

produced as two incurved hooks, the right overlapping the left.

Subgenital lamina surpassing the supra-anal lamina, produced,

asymmetrical, irregularly notched on the left side, apex with a blunt

style. Cerci moderate, 9-jointed. Legs testaceous.

Total length 11°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina

9:8 mm.; pronotum 3 mm. x 3°1l mm.

Hab. KAMERUN (Sjostedt, Stockholm Mus. type; Con-

radt, coll. Bolivar); Brarra, Cabo S. Juan (Escalera,

Madrid Mus.).

650 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

Theganopteryx obscura, Shelf.

Theganopteryx obscura, Shelford, Rev. Zool. Afric. i,

fasc. 2, p. 199 (1911).

¢. Uniform flavo-testaceous. Head castaneous, antennae fuscous ;

eyes piceous, their distance apart on vertex of head nearly equal to

lst antennal joint. Pronotum posteriorly produced very obtusely.

Tegmina with 23 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple,

7 discoidal sectors. Wings faintly suffused with ochreous, media-

stinal vein simple, 15 costals, medio-discal area in middle about

four times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by about 15

transverse venules, ulnar bifurcate, the rami joining at their apices,

a prominent triangular apical area. Scent-gland openings on the

2nd and 7th abdominal tergites ; supra-anal lamina trigonal, sur-

passed by the subgenital lamina which is produced, symmetrical,

posteriorly emarginate and furnished with 2 minute styles. Cerci

short, sub-acuminate, situated close together at base.

?. Tegmina with the discoidal field and the disc of the abdomen

beneath castaneous, supra-anal lamina triangular, cerci longer and

more slender.

Total length (¢) 11:1 mm.,(9) 11°5 mm.; length of body (¢)

10 mm., (2) 85 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9:1 mm., (?) 9°1

mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. X 3°5 mm.

‘

Hab. Conco StatE, West of Kambove, 3,500'-4,500)

(S. A. Neave) (British Mus.), S.E. Katanga (S. A. Weave

(British Mus., Oxford Mus.), Kapema-Kipaila (Sheffield

Neave) (Musée du Congo); N.E. Ruopesta, Serenje Dis-

trict (S.A. Neave) (British Mus.), Chisinga plateau (Oxford

Mus., types); PorTuGuEsE KE. Arrica, Kurumadzi River

(C.F. Swynnerton, Oxford Mus.).

Theganopteryx gambiensis, Shelf. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 4.)

Theganopteryx gamliensis, Shelford, Trans. Ent. Soc.

London, 1906, p. 236.

d¢. Head castaneous; antennae fuscous, ciliate. Pronotum cas-

taneous, anteriorly and laterally margined with testaceous. Tegmina

and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina flavo-

hyaline, outwardly margined with hyaline, 10 costals the last two

ramose, radial vein simple, anterior ulnar 3-ramose, 8 discoidal

sectors. Wings with anterior part faintly suffused with castaneous,

mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein simple, 8-9 costals, slightly

incrassated, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami reuniting at apex, not

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blatiidae. 651

reaching the margin of the wing, medio-discal area a little more than

twice as broad as medio-ulnar area crossed by a few transverse

venules, triangular apical area very large, the vena dividens crossing

it in the lower half, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen above piceous

in basal half, the tergites margined laterally and posteriorly with

testaceous, rufous in apical half ; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite;

supra-anal lamina trigonal. Abdomen beneath piceous, laterally

margined with testaceous ; sub-genital lamina asymmetrical bordered

on either side by lappets, thé inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the

left lappet with apex slightly produced, the right style minute, the

left stout, hirsute, more or less concealed beneath the lamina, Cerci

fuscous, moderate, 9-jointed. Coxae castaneous at base, testaceous

at apex ; femora castaneous; tibiae flavo-testaceous tipped with

castaneous.

Total length 13 mm. ; length of body 10°5 mm. ; length of tegmina

ll mm. ; pronotum 4mm. x 4°38 mm.

Hab. Gamptia (Oxford Mus., type).

Theganopteryx rhodesiae, sp. 0.

&. Testaceous. Head flavo-testaceous; antennae fuscous. Pro-

notum with two broad castaneous vittae, lateral margins hyaline.

Tegmina with 20 costals, 6 longitudinal discoidal sectors, anterior

ulnar simple. Wings with marginal field infuscated, mediastinal

vein 3- 4-ramose, 13 incrassated costals, medio-discal area about twice

as broad as the medio-ulnar, crossed by 12 transverse venules, ulnar

vein bifurcate, upper half of triangular apical area crossed by two

veins, Ist axillary 3-ramose. Abdomen fuscous with pale lateral

margins. Supra-anal lamina rounded, surpassed by the subgenital

lamina which is produced and symmetrical ; styles absent. Cerci

piceous, situated close together at base. Legs testaceous.

Q. Similar, but in some examples the tegmina and wings do not

extend beyond the apex of theabdomen. Supra-anal lamina trigonal,

sub-genital lamina semi-orbicular ample.

Total length (¢)9mm., (?) 7-9 mm.; length of body (¢) 8

mm., (2) 8 mm. ; length of tegmina (¢) 9 mm., (2) 7-9 mm.;

pronotum 2-5 mm. x 3 mm.

N.E. Ruopesia, shores of L. Bangweolo and Upper

Kalunegwisi valley (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus., types).

Theganopteryx notata, sp.n. (Plate LX XIX, fig. 5.)

¢. Head testaceous, antennae fuscous, setaceous, distance apart of

eyes on vertex of head less than length of 1st antennal joint, Pro-

652 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

notum testaceous with 2 broad fuscous vittae. Tegmina and wings

exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous, the

marginal field and the apex of the anal field testaceo-hyaline, 14-16

costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 6 longitudinal dis-

coidal sectors. Wings suffused with castaneous, mediastinal vein

3-ramose, 14 costals the first 8 incrassated, medio-distal area in

middle about 3 times broader than medio-ulnar area, crossed by 12

transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate, the rami sometimes reunit-

ing at their apices, triangular apical area large and conspicuous, 1st

axillary 4-ramose. Abdomen castaneous above, laterally margined

with testaceous, beneath testaceous, laterally margined with castane-

ous. Scent-gland opening on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra-anal

lamina bullate, apex emarginate with a small tuft of rufous hairs on

either side of the notch ; surpassed by the sub-genital lamina which

is symmetrical, produced, with the apex emarginate, right style

minute, left style stouter, curved, median in position. Cerci

moderate, 8-jointed. Legs testaceous.

. Similar, supra-anal lamina trigonal.

Total length 9-10 mm, ; length of body 9 mm. ; length of tegmina

8-85 mm. ; pronotum 3-5 mm, x 4mm.

Hab. FRENCH Conco, Ndjole, Lambarene, Fernand Vaz

(L. Fea) (Genoa Mus., types; Oxford Mus.).

Theganopteryx lucida, Br. (Plate LX XIX, figs. 6 and 7.)

Ectobia [Theganopteryx] lucida, Brunner von Wattenwyl,

Nouv. Syst. Blatt., p. 62 (1865).

¢. Rufo-testaceous. Distance apart of eyes on vertex equal to

length of 1st antennal joint. Pronotum with 2 broad fuscescent

vittae, occasionally obsolescent. Tegmina and wings exceeding the

apex of the abdomen, Tegmina suffused with castaneous near the

base, 17-20 costals, radial and anterior ulnar veins simple, 5-6 longi-

tudinal discoidal sectors. Wings with the veins castaneous, media-

stinal vein 4-ramose, 12—14 costals, all but the last 2 or 3 incrassated,

medio-discal area in middle 3 times broader than the medio-ulnar

area crossed by about 15 transverse venules, ulnar vein bifurcate,

the rami reuniting at their apices, triangular apical area large and

prominent its upper half crossed by 2 venae spuriae, Ist axillary

5-ramose. Opening of scent-gland on 7th abdominal tergite ; supra-

anal lamina triangular, sub-truncate at apex; sub-genital lamina

asymmetrical, notched to the left of the middle line, left style long

and slender, right style absent. Femora as in the preceding species.

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 658

@. Similar ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; tegmina more heavily

suffused with castancous.

Oétheca chitinous, carried with the suture uppermost, sides and

base multicarinate, the carinae produced posteriorly to form minute

teeth.

Total lengths 10 mm. ; length of body (¢) 9 mm., (?)8 mm. ;

length of tegmina 8°5 mm. ; pronotum 3mm x 35 mm,

Hab.? KAMERUN (Stettin Mus., type; coll. Bolivar ;

Berlin Mus.); FRENCH GUINEA, Kouroussa (Paris Mus.) ;

PORTUGUESE GUINEA, Bolama, Rio Cassine (Fea) (Genoa

Mus., Oxford Mus.); FERNANDO Po, Basilé (Fea) (Genoa

Mus.); Brarra, Cabo 8. Juan (Hscalera) (Madrid Mus.) ;

ConGo SraTE, Kasenga Kalumba (Sheffield Neave) (Musée

du Congo).

One of the Portuguese Guinea examples was found in

a Termites’ nest. The Biafra specimens are much darker

than those from other localities ; in the Kamerun examples

the pronotal vittae tend to become obsolete.

iil, DiAGNOsIs OF HEMITHYRSOCERA, Sauss. (Sub-

family Pseudomopinae).

Sexes similar or dissimilar.

Vertex of head not covered by the pronotum. Antennae setaceous

but occasionally incrassated or plumose. Pronotum trapezoidal,

posteriorly produced obtusely. Tegmina and wings in ¢ always

exceeding the apex of the abdomen; in the ? the tegmina and

wings resemble those of the ¢, or in a few species the tegmina are

reduced to quadrate lobes and the wings are rudimentary. Discoidal

sectors of tegmina longitudinal. Ulnar vein of the wing simple,

bifurcate, or rarely trifurcate ; apical triangle variable but usually

much longer than broad and with ill-defined boundaries, not cutting

off the apex of the ulnar vein from the outer margin of the wing.

Medio-discal and medio-ulnar areas narrow. Subgenital lamina of

the g and styles usually very asymmetrical. Femora strongly

armed, front femora armed after Type A. Odtheca a membranous or

coriaceous capsule carried with the suture on one side.

Type of the Genus: Thyrsocera histrio, Burm.

Geographical distribution—The tropical and sub-tropical

regions of the world.

Every variation of which the apical triangle of the wing

seems capable is presented in this genus; it may be very

narrow and almost inconspicuous (e.g. Aistrio, Burm.,

654 Mr. R, Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidac.

Jallax, Sauss., massuae, Sauss. and Z., sabauda, Giglio-Tos),

and when in this form the type of wing-structure approaches

that of Blattella very closely. The other extreme causes

the wing-structure to resemble that of Theganopteryz (e. g

circumeineta, R. and F., weavei, sp.n.) and every gradation

may be found between the two extremes if a large enough

number of species is examined. As a matter of fact the

apical triangle is not a character of the first importance,

its form appears to be correlated with the relative length

and breadth of the wing, which again depends largely on

the body-length; the longer the wing the narrower and

the more ill-defined the apical triangle is a general rule,

with of course many exceptions, and the converse holds

true also.

The species described below are either new to science or

else of considerable interest as having long occupied very

precarious situations in classification; the synonymy of

HT, circumeincta, R. and F., is a good example of the latter.

Finally I give a list of the species of Hemithyrsocera, and

it will be noted that I have transferred to it some species

from the old “portmanteau” genus Phyllodromia, Serv.,

and also some species which in my “Genera Insectorum”’

memoir (Hetobiinae) I placed in Theganopteryx. Concern-

ing these latter species I shall doubtless be accused of

chopping and changing, but in palliation of my offence can

only urge that my predecessors appear to have held as

vague and uncertain views of the limits of the two puzzling

genera discussed in this paper as I did until recently. It

was not till I had critically examined a large number of

type-specimens that I was able to gain a clear picture of

the two genera. That being done I now hope that the views

expressed here are quite final and decisive, and that there

will no longer be confusion between the two genera.

A word may be said in passing on the genus Pseudectohia,

Sauss. Originally erected to include the species with a

conspicuous apical triangle and multiramose vena ulnaris

alarum as opposed to the simple ulnar vein of Theganopteryzx,

it gradually came to include a number of most diverse

species and its boundaries became so elastic that they

could not be defined with accuracy. Later, de Saussure,

in his work on the Orthoptera of Madagascar, regarded

Pseudectobia as a mere sub-genus of Theganopteryx, but to

adopt this view involves the removal of the type species

P. luneli, Sauss., from the genus! P. luneli is unfortunately

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 655

known from but a single specimen in a shocking state of

preservation. I have made as careful an examination of

the dilapidated type as is possible, and find that the apical

triangle is not at all conspicuous, and its boundaries are ill-

defined ; the femora are sparsely armed and the discoidal

sectors of the tegmina so far as can be seen are longitudinal,

but this latter point is exceedingly doubtful, owing to the

damage sustained by the tegmina. In my opinion none of

the other species included by different. authors in this

genus are congeneric with /wneli, and for the present I

prefer to regard Pseudectobia as a monotypic genus.

iv. DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA.

Hemithyrsocera massuae, Sauss. and Zehntner. (Plate

LXXIX, fig. 8, LX XX, fig. 9, compare also fig. 10.)

Blatia massuae, Saussure and Zehntner [in] Grandidier’s

Hist. Madagascar, Orth. i, p. 28 (1895).

qd. Flavo-testaceous. Head rufo-castaneous, eyes on vertex wide

apart; antennae testaceous. Pronotum anteriorly and laterally

margined with sub-opaque testaceous. Tegmina and wings barely

exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina with 14-16 costals,

radial-vein bifurcate from the middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 6-7

longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings hyaline, veins flavous, media-

stinal vein 2- or 3-ramose, 10 incrassated costals, radial vein bifur-

cate from middle, medio-discal area about 3 times broader than

medio-discal, ulnar vein simple, triangular apical area moderately

distinct, 1st axillary 3-ramose. Supra-anal lamina triangular,

exceeded by the sub-genital lamina ; opening of scent-gland on 7th

abdominal tergite. Sub-genital lamina symmetrical, produced at

apex to form a rounded and slightly deflected lobe, right style

minute, left style large and shaped like a horseshoe. Cerci moderate,

9-jointed. Femora rather sparsely armed.

Total length 10°5 mm. ; length of body 9 mm.; length of tegmina

85 mm. ; pronotum 3mm. x 3°2 mm.

Hab. ABYSSINIA, Massowa (Geneva Mus., type); Ery-

THRAEA, Mt. Geleb (Geneva Mus.). .

Through the kindness of Dr. J. Carl of the Geneva

Museum I have been permitted to examine one of de

Saussure’s specimens; it is evident that the learned Swiss

entomologist overlooked the very remarkable genital styles

of this species.

656 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

Hemithyrsocera circwmcincta, Reiche and Fairm. (Plate

LXXX, figs. 11-13.)

Blatta cirewmeincta, Reiche and Fairmaire, [in] Ferret

and Galinier, Voy. Abyss., iii, p. 241, pl. 27, £ 3 (1847).

Blatta senegalensis, Saussure, Rev. Zool. (2), xx, p. 854

(1868).

Lictolia (Theganopteryx) senegalensis, Saussure, Mém. Soc.

Se. Phys. Nat. Geneve, xx, p. 231 (1869).

Blatta fulvipes, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 105

(1868).

Blatta amoena, Walker, t.c., p. 220 (1868).

Phyllodromia pulchella, Gerstaecker, Mitt. Ver. Neuvor-

pomm. u. Rugen, xiv, p. 61 (1888).

Theganopteryx senegalensis, var., Saussure, Ann. Mus.

Civ. Genova, xxxv, p. 71 (1895).

Theganopteryx aethiopica, Saussure, t.c., p. 72 (1895);

Shelford, Gen. Insect. 55™° fasc., Blattidae, Ectobinae,

plate, f. 1 (1907).

?Temnopteryx abyssinica, Saussure and Zebntner, [in]

Grandidier, Hist. Madagasc., Orth. i, p. 51 (1895);

Saussure, Abh. Senckenb. Ges, xxi, p. 576 (1899);

Shelford, Gen. Insect., 73™° fase. Blattidae, Phyllodromiinae,

pl. 2, f. 3 (1908).

Temnopteryx saussuret, Bolivar, Ann. soc. ent. France,

Ixvi, p. 292 (1897).

Theganopteryx saussuret, Shelford, Gen. Insect., 55™°

fasc. Blattidae, Ectobinae, p. 8 (1907); Shelford, [in]

Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exped., xvii, 2, Blattodea,

p. 14 (1907).

6. Head piceous; distance apart of eyes on vertex of head

equal to length of 1st antennal joint; antennae fuscous to piceous.

Pronotum castaneous, margined anteriorly and laterally with testa-

ceous, the margins inwardly sinuate. Teomina and wings extending

beyond the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina rufo-testaceous to

castaneous, outer margin hyaline, radial vein bifurcate at its middle

or in the distal third, 10-13 costals, anterior ulnar simple or bifur-

cate, very rarely 3-ramose, 7-8 longitudinal discoidal sectors.

Wings hyaline, costal margin faintly suffused with testaceous,

mediastinal vein 4-ramose, radial vein bifurcate, 9-10 costals more

or less incrassated, medio-discal area about twice as broad as the

medio-ulnar and crossed by several transverse venules, ulnar vein

simple, triangular apical area moderate, well-defined, lst axillary

vein 3- to 4-ramose, Abdomen above and beneath piceous to cas-

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 657

taneous, margined laterally with flavo-testaceous, 7th tergite more

or less testaceous and bearing the scent-gland opening. Supra-anal

lamina trigonal. Sub-genital lamina asymmetrical, margined pos-

teriorly with flavo-testaceous, on either side of it a lappet formed

by the inflexed margins of the 9th tergite, the lappets are

asymmetrical, the left being produced into a dentiform process

beset with spiniform setae, the right obliquely truncate ; right style

minute, left style stout, covered with long hairs and more or less

hidden beneath the lamina. Cerci castaneous, moderate, 9-jointed.

Coxae piceous tipped and outwardly marginal with testaceous, femora

castaneous or testaceous in basal % and eastaneous in apical third,

tibiae rufo-castaneous tipped with castaneous, tarsi fuscous, with

basal joints rufous; femoral and tibial spines rufous. Femora

moderately armed, front femora armed according to Type A.

?. Long-winged form (aethiopica) ; tegmina and wings extending

beyond the apex of the abdomen; tegmina castaneous, outwardly

margined with testaceous ; supra-anal lamina trigonal ; apical half

of the coxae, basal 2 of the femora, the tibiae except at extreme

base and apex, testaceous, remainder of legs castaneous. Medium-

winged form (circwmcincta); tegmina lanceolate, castaneous to

rufous, together with the wings not extending beyond the 5th

abdominal tergite ; fore femora usually piceous, otherwise the legs

are coloured as in the long-winged form; supra-anal lamina

occasionally faintly emarginate. Short-winged form (abyssinica) :

tegmina quadrate not extending beyond the Ist abdominal tergite,

castaneous or rufous ; wings squamiform ; the legs vary in colour

from that described for the medium-winged form to testaceous with

traces of castaneous markings at bases of coxae and femora.

gd. Total length 12-13°5 mm. ; length of body 10 mm. ; length

of tegmina 10°5-11°5 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm.

?. Total length 10-13 mm.; length of body 10-10°5 mm. ;

length of tegmina 3-4, 7,10 mm. ; pronotum 3 mm. x 4 mm.

Hab. ERYTHRAEA, Asmara (Oxford Mus.), Bogos (Bec-

cart) (Genoa Mus.); AByssInraA (Ferret and Galinier)

(Paris Mus., type of circwmcincta), Massowa (Geneva Mus.,

type of abyssinica); SHOA, Let Marefia (Beccar?) (Genoa

Mus.); GALLA LAND, various localities (Bottego) (Genoa

Mus., Geneva Mus.); GERMAN E. Arrica, Kilimandjaro,

Meru (Sjdsted¢) (Stockholm Mus.; Oxford Mus.); “ W.

AFRICA” (British Mus. type of amoena); SENEGAL

(Geneva Mus., type of senegalensis) ; PORTUGUESE GUINEA,

Bolama (fea) (Genoa Mus.); SrERRA LEONE (British Mus.,

type of fulvipes); GoLD Coast (Geneva Mus., type of

658 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

aethiopica); Toco, Bismarckburg (Bittner) (Berlin Mus.) ;

BriAFRA, Cabo S. Juan (Lscalera) (Madrid Mus.); KAMERUN,

(Griefswald Mus., type of pulchella) ; CONGO, Buta (Ribottt)

(Genoa Mus.).

This is a most variable species which I am unable to

split up even into constant local varieties. The West

African male specimens have the tegmina rufo-testaceous

and the anterior ulnar vein of the tegmina usually bifur-

cate, but specimens from Shoa also have the tegmina

rufo-testaceous, and the East African males in general

sometimes have the anterior ulnar vein simple sometimes

branched, so that these characters cannot be employed

for subdividing the species. The form of the terminal

segments of the abdomen in the male also varies within

small limits, but the variations are quite independent of

the geographical distribution and in some cases I believe

that the variations are really due to distortion of the

parts after death. The long-winged females (aethzopica)

occur only on the West Coast, but they are found side by

side with the medium-winged forms (/fwlvipes) which occur

also in East Africa; the short-winged forms occur in

Abyssinia (abyssinica) and also in Togo.

In Dr. Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro collections was found a

short-winged female with the odtheca protruding from the

end of the abdomen; this odtheca was a thin-walled

membranous sac, carried with the suture directed to one

side and transparent so that the eyes of the contained

embryoes could be seen through the walls. The ootheca,

which thus differs very markedly from that of 7. lucida,

Br., is probably deposited but a few hours before the

emergence of the young, and is thoroughly characteristic

of the sub-family Pseudomopinae.

Hemithyrsocera neavei, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 14.)

¢. Differs from 7. circwmcincta in larger size, antennae testaceous

at base ; tegmina rufo-castaneous sometimes darker at base, 15-18

costals, otherwise venation the same; left inflexed angle of 9th

abdominal tergite not dentately produced; legs testaceous, the

extreme base of the coxae and tibiae and the apex of the tibiae

castaneous. .

9. Very similar to short-winged E. African form of T. cirewm- ~

cincta (abyssinica) but larger and pronotum not bordered posteriorly

with testaceous.

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 659

Total length (¢) 15 mm.; length of body (¢) 12 mm., (?)

13°2 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 13 mm.,(?) 4 mm.; pronotum

4mm. x 4:8 mm.

Hab. Conco State, S.E. Katanga, 4,000’ (S. A. Neave)

(British Mus., Oxford Mus.); N.E. Raopesta, Serenje

district, 4,500’ (S. A. Neave) (British Mus., types; Oxford

Mus.).

This is quite distinct from the preceding species.

Hemithyrsocera vinula, Stal.

Blatta vinula, Stal, Oefv. Vet.-Akad. Forh., xiii, p. 166

(1865).

Blatta amoena, Walker, Cat. Blatt. Brit. Mus., p. 229

(1868) (part).

¢. Head and antennae piceous; distance apart of eyes equal to

length of 1st antennal joint ; antennae slightly incrassated. Pro-

notum piceous, margined all round with flavo-hyaline. Tegmina

and wings exceeding the apex of the abdomen. Tegmina castaneous,

the marginal area hyaline, the disc with a darker streak or the base

darker than the apex, radial vein bifurcate in posterior third, the

lower branch frequently multiramose, 12-15 costals, anterior ulnar

vein bifurcate, 7 longitudinal discoidal sectors. Wings suffused

with castaneous, mediastinal vein 5-ramose, 7-8 costals which with

the mediastinal rami are incrassated, radial vein bifurcate, anterior

ulnar vein simple, medio-discal area more than twice as broad as

medio-ulnar and crossed by 7 or 8 transverse venules, triangular

apical area moderate, divided only by the vena dividens, Ist axillary

4-ramose. Abdomen piceous, margined laterally with testaceous ;

supra-anal lamina trigonal; scent-gland opening on 7th tergite ;

sub-genital lamina rather asymmetrically produced, bordered with

lappets as in the two preceding species, the left lappet produced.

Cerci moderate, piceous. Legs piceous, apices and lateral margins

of coxae testaceous, all the spines rufous. Front femora armed

according to Type B.

Q. Similar to ¢, but sub-genital Jamina semi-orbicular, ample,

supra-anal lamina triangular.

Total length (¢) 11 mm., (2) 12 mm.; length of body (¢)

9 mm., (?) 10 mm.; length of tegmina (¢) 8:9 mm., (?) 10°2

mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 3'4 mm.

Hab. Nava (Stockholm Mus., type; British Mus.);

PorTUGUESE E. Arrica, Beira (S. African Mus.); N.E.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) YY

660 Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae.

RyoveEsia, Loangwa R. (S. A. Neave) (Oxford Mus.)

ConGo, Katanga and Lualaba R. (S. A. Weave) (British

Mus.), Umangi ( Wilwerth) (Brussels Mus., Oxford Mus.).

Hemithyrsocera nigerrima, sp. 0.

¢. Closely allied to H. vinula, but the antennae not incrassated ;

tegmina uniform piceous except for a narrow marginal band which

is testaceous and extends throughout the entire length of the teg-

mina ; radial vein of wing simple ; tarsi testaceous.

Total length 10°5 mm.; length of body 9:2 mm.; length of

tegmina 9 mm. ; pronotum 2°8 mm. x 35 mm.

Hab. KAMERUN, Jaunde-Stat (Berlin Mus., type).

Hemithyrsocera ridleyi, sp.n. (Pl. LXXX, fig. 15.)

¢. Flavo-testaceous. Antennae setaceous, testaceous; eyes

widely separated on vertex of head. Pronotum widely trapezoidal,

margins hyaline. Tegmina and wings exceeding the apex of the

abdomen. Tegmina with 19 costals, radial vein bifurcate from the

middle, anterior ulnar bifurcate, 7 discoidal sectors, Wings hyaline,

mediastinal vein 4-ramose, 16 costals slightly incrassated, radial

bifurcate from the middle, medio-discal area about 25 times broader

than medio-ulnar, ulnar vein simple, discal area crossed by numerous

transverse venules, triangular apical area moderate, distinct. Ab-

domen above banded with fuscous, no scent-gland visible, supra-

anal lamina shortly triangular, apex sub-truncate. Sub-genital

lamina extremely asymmetrical, on the extreme left a blunt curved

process, on the inner side of this another blunt process tufted with

stiff brown hairs, the rounded apex of the lamina fimbriate, the left

style small situated to the right of the apex, the right style a large

sinuose structure, In addition there appear under the supra-anal

lamina a pair of bifurcate and denticulate processes which apparently

are not connected with the gonapophyses. Cerci 12-jointed, of

moderate lengths, apex acuminate. Femora very strongly armed

(front femora missing).

Total length 13 mm, ; length of body 12 mm. ; length of tegmina

12 mm.; pronotum 3mm, x 4mm.

Hab. StncaprorE, Botanic Gardens (H. N. Ridley),

(Oxford Mus., type).

The complicated nature of the secondary sexual ap-

paratus of this species is highly remarkable.

Mr. R. Shelford on the Studies of the Blattidae. 661

v. LIST OF THE SPECIES OF HEMITHYRSOCERA.

ORIENTAL SPECIES. A, vinula, Stal.

H. histrio, Burm. » H. nigerrima, Shelf.

H. palliata, Fab.( = nigra, Br.). H. testacea, Shelf.

H, soror, Br, Hi. sabauda, Gig. Tos,

H. suspecta, Bol. —~y H. massuae, 8. & Z.

H. ferruginea, Br. Hi. brachyptera, Adel (from

AI. communis, Br, Mallotoblatta).

H. lateralis, Walk. HI. kraussi, Adel (from Mal-

H. ignobilis, Shelf. lotoblatta).

H. vittata, Br. H, patricia, Gerst (from Phyl-

H. fuliginosa, Br, (from Phyl- lodromia).

lodromia),

*H. curvinervis, S.& Z. (from | NeorropicaL SpEcIEs.

Ay Ses P. hyllodromia). H. fallax, Sauss, (from T'he-

HT, irrequlariter-vittatu, — Br. ganoptery.c).

(from Phiyllodromia.) H. pilosella, S. & Z. (from

*H. marmorate, Br. (from Theganoptery:x).

Phyllodromia).

—~ H, ridleyi, Shelf. DovustFuL SPECIES,

ErHIoPIAN SPECIES. Hi. tessellata, Rehn.

—» H. cireumcincta, R. & F. H. australis, Tepp.

— H. neavei, Shelf. H. apicigera, Walk.

* Tf eventually the genus Hemithyrsocera becomes overcrowded,

these species can be put into a separate genus, the diagnostic character

being the tri-ramose ulnar vein of the wings.

EXPLANATION OF PLates LXXIX, LXXX

[See Explanation facing the PLATES. |

Vo Z

( 662 )

XII. An wnrecognised European Lycaena, identified as

Agriades thersites (Boisd. JLSS.) Cantener. By

T. A. CHAPMAN, M.D.

[Read June 5th, 1912.]

PuaTEs LXXXI—LXXXV,

NEARLY two years ago Mr. P. P. Graves (of Con-

stantinople) sent me some specimens of a blue butterfly

taken by him in Syria on the Cedar Mountains, asking

me to determine it. It was somewhat puzzling and I

finally decided to declare it a new species under the

name of Agriades gravest, with description and figures

in the Ent. Mo. Mag., p. 159 (1912).

In investigating gravesi, I came across some Asiatic

(Tianshan and Amasia) specimens supposed to be tcarus

ab. zcarinus, but found that they were not a Polyommatus,

which tcarwus is, but an Agriades.

Whether Tutt’s division of certain Plebeiid butterflies

between these two genera be accepted or not, it is certain

that the most typical species of each group have very

decided structural differences from those of the other.

What were these Asiatic Agriades passing as forms of

a Polyommatus? A new species possibly, with which I

could do little or nothing, having no great supply of

material and that of somewhat vague origin. It was

clearly related to gravest, but by no means certainly the

same species. It finally, as it ought to have done sooner,

occurred to me to examine European icarinus, and I found

at once that they agreed with these Asiatic examples.

There were of course genuine icarinus, i.e. icarinus that

were forms of icarus, also. No English specimen of the

new species has so far come before me and I believe

there are none, all English icarinus are varieties of

icarus.

I think it is probably the case that icarinus, the

aberration of tcarws, is as scarce on the Continent as it

is in England and that the great majority of specimens

that are accepted as that aberration are in reality

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)

Dr. T. A. Chapman on a European Lycaena. 663

thersites. It so happens that I have obtained ¢hersites

from various continental localities, but have not received

from any continental dealer a genuine European icarinus,

although I have several Asiatic specimens.

Having obtained possession of Tutt’s series of “icarus,”

or most of them, I found I had amongst them a sufficiency

of the new species (thersites) to enable me to reach some

very definite conclusions and to find several structural

details differentiating it from icarus.

Tutt’s habit of taking long series of each species from

each locality he visited, and especially devoting time to

this, wherever much variation occurred, has resulted in

this accumulation of material and it would have gratified

him to have found it so useful in this instance.

Tutt, in his account of wcarus ab. icarinus, no doubt

refers to our species, when he says (Brit. Butts., iv,

p. 159) in some places “as common as the typical form,

whilst in others again it is much more common and

almost racial”; “in the lower valleys of the Dauphiny

Alps—Bourg d’Oisans, Bourg d’Aru, La Grave, Clelles,

etc., the form is abundant and almost racial in both sexes.”

“Tt is very abundant in some seasons at Gresy-sur-Aix

(July 21, 1897, August 21,1906); at Bourg St. Maurice

(August 1-7, 1898, August 1-5, 1905).” “Commonly

between Vex and Useigne on August 13, 1903.” Other

references may be to thersites or to genuine icarws ab.

UArinus.

That Tutt did not appreciate the full meaning of these

facts, was no doubt largely due to the circumstance that

in most cases there is absolute mimicry between thersites

and the form of zcarus with which it occurs.

This peculiarity of the species no doubt goes a very

long way to account for the refusal of Entomologists to

recognise it as distinct. When it occurs with zcarus, it,

in each instance, imitates very closely the particular form

of icarus that occurs in that locality. This is very marked

in some specimens I have from the Tutt collection, of

which I may mention a large form from Pré St. Didier,

in which both species attain to 38 and 39 mm., a rather

less large one from Trelex of 86 to 37 mm. in both

species; the whole tone of colouring, intensity of orange

marginal spots, and other markings, make each such

association identical throughout in both species, except

of course as regards one or two distinctive points. There

664 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

are, however, other localities in which the two species

seem to be quite independent.

The definite distinction between thersites and icarus,

which first attracted my attention, was in the male

appendages. No doubt the chief reason that the species

has for so long been refused recognition is that apart

from the genitalia (both sexes) and the androconia, no

character can be stated that absolutely and certainly

distinguishes thersites from icarus, though there are some

points that are very useful for that purpose.

It would appear that no one has chosen hitherto to

examine either the genitalia or the androconia of the

species, certainly not comparatively with those of icarus,

The whole of the Plebeiid blues have a very similar

form of appendages in the male, and in some species

there is a considerable range of variation in some par-

ticulars, so that there is, in such cases, a difficulty in

seizing constant points by which to separate allied species.

In the present case, however, no such difficulty arises, as

the differences between the two species are such as are

not only of decided specific value, but actually of generic,

or at any rate of subgeneric importance, placing tcarus in

the genus Polyommatus, Latr., and thersites in Agriades,

Hb., accepting these genera as adopted by Tutt, who

distinguished between them before the differences in the

genitalia were noted.

I have made camera sketches of the most important

(for differential purposes) structures in icarus, thersites

and in escherv.

The form of the Aedeagus is very different in icarus

(Polyommatus) from that in thersites and escheri (Agriades).

It will be noted that thersites and eschert are almost

identical except in size, eschert being decidedly larger as

6 to 5. The dorsal hooks also differ notably, the portion

that is upright in the sketches is broader basally and

tapers more regularly in dcarus and is fairly straight

terminally. In thersites and eschert it is comparatively

narrow basally, tapers more slowly, and has a hooked

curve at the end, it is and looks longer and more slender

than in zcarus, As in the aedeagus, thersites is here dis-

tinctly smaller than escheri, as it is in the other portions

of the appendages.

What is the relation of thersites to escheri? The genitalia

appear to be the same except in a constant difference in

unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 665

size, which holds so far as I have examined them through-

out the range of both species independently of the actual

size of the specimens, so that it is impossible to accept

them as one species, though that thersites is a derivative

of escheri is extremely probable (a form that somehow

found its living could best be got by mimicking zcarws ?).

T now accept gravest as a form of thersites, The genitalia

appear to prove this, though it has a very different facies

from the icarus of the district in which it occurs and is

not quite identical with any thersites I have seen.

—— =

Camera outlines of the Aedeagus and dorsal hook x 30 of—

1. Polyommatus icarus. 2. Agriades escheri (Gavarnie).

3. Agriades thersites (Pré St. Didier). 4. Agriades thersites (Trelex).

5. Agriades thersites (Altai).

Photographs of the ¢ appendages of thersites (var. gravesi) and escheri

will be found in the E.M.M. 1912, pl. VII and VIII.

Gravesi is therefore a local race of thersites.

Having got so far the question arose, did the name

icarinus belong to this new species or to the variety of

icarus. Scriba’s original note and the figure in Esper

to which he refers give us really no assistance in deciding

the point, and there seems therefore every reason to

leave the name icarinus to apply to the variety of ccarus,

as it has been supposed to do for a hundred years or so.

Thersites, Boisd., appeared to be a nomen nudum, and

it seemed highly probable that it referred to sarinus,

accordingly, I wrote and presented this paper to the

666 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

Society with Agriades alewius, Frr., in the title. I have,

however, since (November) met with a reference to the

butterfly in Cantener.* On plate XI he figures upper

and underside of “Argus Alexis f,’ the text deals with

“33. Argus Alexis, (4) Fab. God. Boisd., pl. XI, fig. 1

et 2,” followed by twenty-one lines, referring only to

Alexis (icarus), but the note (*) says, “ L’individu figuré

ici est le véritable Thersites, Boisd. (collection). Cet

Argus a été confondu jusqu’a présent avec | Alewis, et

n’en differe que par l’absence de deux points ocellés placés

pres de la base des ailes supérieures. On le rencontre

aussi communément dans le midi de la France que

P Alexis.”

So far as the description goes it does not rescue the

insect from being confused with icarws, var. icarinus. But

when we refer to the figure we find the underside shown

is that of our insect (¢hersites or alexius) and not of icarus,

var. icarinus, that is, the two last spots at the tornus of

the upper wing are in line with the preceding one, and

the first orange spot of the lower wing is advanced

basally ; both these characters no doubt occur in tcarus,

but rarely, and the two combined more rarely still. I

don’t think I have such a specimen, certainly not in the

icarinus form, and when we take this with the statement

that it occurs freely in the South of France, there is no

room for doubt as to what the insect is.

This circumstance illustrates in a remarkable way M.

Oberthiir’s demand that all descriptions should be accom-

panied by good figures. The figure (otherwise of no par-

ticular excellence) shows us two items which Cantener did

not see and indeed, by implication, denied the existence of,

and enables us to know what species he was dealing

with. Very possibly some of the claims set forward for

icarinus being a good species may have been founded on

thersites, but in the absence of figures, no conclusion can

be reached as to them, except to assume that they are

icarinus, a name that can only be accepted as the variety

of icarus.

Boisduval’s type specimens (f and ) of thersites are in

the collection of M. Oberthiir, and he has very kindly

* Histoire Naturelle des Lepidopteres Rhopalocéres ou Papillons

diurnes des départemens des Haut et Bas-Rhin, de la Moselle, de

la Meurthe et des Vosges, Par L. P. Cantener, Avocat, ex-Professeur

& Pécole de Sordége. Paris, 1834,

unrecognised Huropean Lycaend. 667

sent them to me for examination. These are of the

species that has been the subject of the inquiries that I

report in this paper. As regards size and setting, the

male specimen might very well be the one from which

Cantener’s figure is drawn, neither of these specimens has

any label as to locality. There are also two specimens

from the Bellier collection, the male labelled “ thersites,

Boisduval,” and also “ Digne,” the female “ Autriche” and

“thersites 2 secundum bBellier”—the latter apparently

in M. Oberthiir’s writing. This female has the first

orange spot less advanced than is at all usual in thersites,

and apart from dissection may be open to a little doubt.

There is a further specimen from the Guenée collection,

labelled by Guenée, “6. var. ¢, hybridata, Gn., Gn. Ind.”,

with locality “Hautes Alpes.’ The label also carries a

note by Guenée, “Cette variété tres remarquable surtout

par la disposition des pointes, est, en dessus, d’un bleu

plus sombre, presque comme sur acis. Nul doute, que si

jen eusse trouvé plusieurs et autre sexe, je ne leusse

considéré comme espéce distincte.”

IT have no doubt that this specimen is one of thersites,

but it is remarkable in having on both wings the post-

discal row of spots, removed outwards so far, that most

of them are in contact with the marginal row, a circum-

stance that sometimes occurs with one or two spots, most

frequently that between veins 4 and 5 of the forewing.

The spots are also, accordingly, in a very continuous line,

curved, of course, but not angled, and straight in the

sense of all being close to the marginal series. This

specimen is, no doubt, a very unusual aberration. The

upperside has a lilac colour, much as in many tcarus or

thersites. 'The specimen is set as an underside and cannot

have faded much, but certainly has not now the dark

semiargus colour noted by Guenée.

As my knowledge of the species is mostly based on

material from the South of France, where also it is

probably more plentiful than elsewhere, it is appropriate

that its name should be that given by a French Naturalist,

but this does not detract from the merits of Herr

Schreiner, its German discoverer.

Boisduval does not mention thersites in the “ Index”

(1829), nor in the “Icones”; in the “Index” (1840) he

merely notes under “89. Alexis, F., etc.,” “var.? thersites,

B., Gallia,”

668 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

Accepting thersites therefore as the name of my butterfly,

I may in other respects resume my paper as first written.

The only name that I found to require consideration

was alewius of Freyer. The name is founded ona butterfly

taken at, or near, Weimar, and studied for many years,

some two-and-twenty apparently, by Herr Ministerial-

Registrator Schreiner, and asserted by him to be a good

species and to have nothing to do with icarus, icarinus,

thersites, etc. Some of his grounds for this opinion do not

appeal to me, such as the darker ground-colour beneath,

the brighter marginal spots, and so on, though on the

authority of so close an observer as Herr Schreiner

obviously was, these differences no doubt marked the

local race of alexiws, in comparison with the local form

of tcarus, and were not without value. The circumstances

tbat led me, however, to believe that Herr Schreiner’s

species was not icarinus, but one we are considering, is

first, the fact that it occurred in some numbers, not as

a sporadic variety of anything else; then, the fact that

Herr Schreiner often found alexius paired with alexius,

but never with warus. That our species occurs at

Weimar is most probable, as I have a specimen labelled

“Saxe,” which is practically the same district.

Herr Schreiner notes one fact that does not accord

with the, certainly somewhat meagre, information I have

as to other areas, he says that alexius does not appear in

either the first or second brood, till the corresponding

brood of alexis has been long on the wing.

We must also attach some little weight to the opinion

of Herr Schreiner who was unquestionably a good student,

who considered the species to be distinct, after noting it

for fifteen years, and after seven years’ further observations

in view of Freyer’s scepticism and doubts, felt sure his

opinion was correct.

I cannot resist the conclusion that this butterfly of

Schreiner’s is the same species as the one I find to be

unrecognised, and confounded with P. icarus ab. icarinus,

Herr Schreiner’s grounds for believing it to be distinct do

not seem to have convinced entomologists since, because

of course the facts he brings forward were by no means

conclusive ones to any one who had not a belief in Herr

Schreiner’s intuition in such matters.

Freyer’s figure is not unquestionably distinctive of the

species in one point, I shall allude to later, the position

——

unrecognised European Lycaena, 669

of the apical orange spot of the hindwing, though it is

rather thersites than icarus, the butterfly represented

might be icarus, though there is a certain roundness of

wing, which is more marked in the smaller forms of alexius

(mihi) than in any icarus,

Though I was ignorant of Herr Schreiner’s name, until

this investigation led me to look up Freyer’s account of

alexius, | must express a certain satisfaction, in, so far

as I do do so, showing that the work of this keen

Entomologist is sound, although it has been treated with

contempt for more than half a century.

It is remarkable that Boisduval named our insect

thersites, but seemed to be sufficiently doubtful about it

to refrain from publishing it. This fell to Cantener, who

appears to have had no doubt about it. And later,

Freyer, though he got so far as publishing for it the

name alexiws, seemed very much in doubt about it,

Schreiner being the real author.

Thersites is arather ungrateful name, and one is tempted

to imagine that Boisduval gave it grudgingly and in-

effectively, to be rid of the badgering of some one, possibly

Cantener himself, who wished the species to be recognised.

I had hoped this summer to have obtained eggs of

thersites and observed the larval stages. I was, however,

rather too early on the ground and so failed, but I made

one observation of value, though the species was rather

scarce where I found it, icarus being fairly common, and

I only saw three females of thersites altogether, but I

found a pair of thersites in cop. confirming Herr Schreiner’s

observation.

As regards spotting otherwise than as to the want of

the basal marks, it may be noted that the spots are always

quite as strongly marked as in icarus, whereas in ab.

warimus there is nearly always a tendency for the other

spots as well as the basal ones to be weak or wanting.

It may also be noted that the two (often conjoined) small

spots at the anal angle of the forewing are in thersites

quite in line with the one above them, whilst in écarus

they are not, the lower being nearer the hind margin.

This is subject to exception in individual cases, due to

the variation in position of all the spots to which this

section of “blues” is so prone.

As illustrating that these distinctions are only general

and have many exceptions I may note specimens of icaru

670 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

ab. wcarinus from the North Downs taken by Mr.

Grosvenor that look like thersites rather than zcarus and

are strongly marked and coloured, and that as regards

the post-discal row of spots, Freyer’s figures of icarus,

pl. 616, have this row of spots more in the disposition

usual in ¢hersites than is shown in his figure of aleaxius,

pl. 676.

The point as to which Freyer’s figures are indecisive

has reference to the apical spots of the hindwing. This is

not referred to in the text, and its precise representation

may easily have been left to the artist.

One important result of having obtained such an

accession of material as the Tutt series, is that I am

able to point out those differences in markings between

thersites and icarus (with its var. icarinus) that are fairly,

if not quite constant, and will perhaps enable the

entomologist, who likes something he can easily see, to

appreciate the specific distinctions of the two insects.

One very obvious difference in the markings of icarus

and of thersites that is sufficiently constant to enable the

great majority of thersites to be distinguished from wcarus,

apart from the basal spots, is the relation of the apical

orange spot of the hindwing beneath to the two first spots

of the post-discal row.

In thersites, the black line bounding this spot basally,

is level with the second post-discal spot, and it results

that its distance from the first post-discal spot is about

equal to that between the first and second spots. It may

even be rather nearer the first spot than the second is.

It is rarely further away and never markedly so.

In tcarus, the black line of the apical orange spot is

further from the base than the second discal spot, and so

is obviously further from the first discal spot than the

second one is. The position of the orange spot varies

more in icarus than in thersites; and so specimens are not

rare in which it occupies much the average position that

it does in thersites, and may be even nearer the base.

Nevertheless few errors would be made in separating the

two species by this character without reference to the

basal spots of the forewing (pl. LX XX1).

In none of our other common blues does this orange

spot take up the position it has in thersites. In thetis,

corydon, eros, hylas, escheri, etc., it is as far or further from

the base than in warus,

unrecognised Huropean Lycaena. 671

The other difference in markings already alluded to is

in the double spot of the post-discal row at the tornus of

the forewing. In thersites these two spots are in line with

the one above them; in wcarus the lower one is moved

outward and often has the form of an oblique line. In

this, as in the disposition of the orange spots, ¢hersites 1s

much more constant than zcarus. Thersites does not vary

to the icarus disposition, though icarus may be found with

the arrangement that obtains in thersites.

These distinctions in markings may well be useful in

the field, but of course have no such weight in deciding

the specific question as the structural differences.

There is another definite distinction between thersites

and icarws, viz. in the androconia. One may imagine this

to be connected with a difference of scent, a desirable

quality in view of the resemblance of the species otherwise.

These androconia present a considerable difference. One

might select one androconial scale of each species such

that it would be difficult to say which was which. But

with as few as half a dozen of each the discrimination

would be easy.

The typical number of rows of dots is five in icarus and

four in thersites. Icarus may have four or six, thersites may

have three or five. Jcarws usually has a row down the

middle of the scale in line with the shaft, in thersztes the

two central rows are usually one on either side of this line.

The distinction between the ribs of the androconial

scales might be described as thersites having four ribs, and

when it has five one is a trace of a rib along the margin.

Icarus almost always has some trace of a marginal rib, and

when it has only four strong ribs it has always a marginal

one on each side making six. This is a very common

form in icarus, whilst it is rare for thersites to have quite

marginal ribs. In size and form the two scales are much

alike, but that of thersites is shorter. The amount and

constancy of these differences will be better appreciated

by a reference to pl. LXXXIII. The ordinary scales

‘also differ in the two species. The two photographs,

pl. LXXXII, show the scales and androconia in situ, in

corresponding portions of the wings of both species. The

actual position is immediately in front of the basal portion

of vein 6 of the forewing.

The scales in tcarus are broader, flatter across their

ends; in ¢hersites their hind margin is full and rounded,

672 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

or even produced into a blunt point. The rule in both

species seems to be for each scale to be accompanied by

two androconial scales, but in icarus it is not uncommon

for there to be three, a circumstance that is comparatively

rare in thersites, no doubt in accordance with the narrower

scales.

The female genitalia present equally marked differences

with the male. There is in the female of these Lycaenids

a remarkable tube that in preparing the specimen can be

protruded from the orifice between the eighth and ninth

segment of the abdomen. Iam not now concerned with

the anatomy and function of this organ, but here only

note that it usually terminates in a chitinous plate or

button, that differs more or less in each species.

In A. thersites this terminal portion of chitin has a very

special form; in P. icarus it is wholly wanting, or repre-

sented by a very minute chitinous plate, the only species

(of the few I have examined) in which it is absent. There

are other minor differences, but this one is very obvious

and very decisive as to the two species being well

separated.

P]. LX XXIV, fig. 1, represents these parts in thersites,

fig. 2 those in zarus,

A. thersites, notwithstanding its close resemblance to

P. warus, is really much more closely allied to A. eschera.

I don’t think any one is likely to confound these two

species, although, before I knew much about it, I queried

whether Zhersites var. gravest was not an Eastern form of

eschert, and though a leading authority on the Lycaenids

agrees, so far as the genitalia are concerned, thersttes is

escher't.

In this latter respect there is the constant difference

of size. It seems desirable nevertheless to figure the ¢

genitalia of A. escheri, which shows a small but definite

and constant difference, especially in size, from those of

thersites, and especially photographs of the androconia

which differ from those of thersites more than do those of

warus (pl. LXXXV).

Of the few other species I have examined, damon

approaches most nearly to eschert and thersites in the

structure of this portion of the female appendages. Apart,

therefore, from its behaviour in the field as observed by

Herr Ministerial-Registrator Schreiner, by Mr. Tutt and

by myself, and from such evidence from the early stages

unrecognised European Lycaena. 673

as has yet to be gathered, we may summarise the following

points, of which the first four are very definite structural

ones, of distinction between thersites and icarus.

1. Male appendages belong in thersites to genus A griades.

Male appendages belong in icarus to genus Polyom-

matus.

. Very marked differences in the female appendages.

. Forms of ordinary scales upper side of wings differ.

. Androconia have different forms and ribbing.

. Basal spots forewing always absent in thersites, rarely

(ab. wearinus) in rcarus.

6. Advanced position of apical spot hindwing in thersites

constant, rare in wcarus,

7. Different alignment of tornal spots forewing.

Or ee O98 bo

The series of icarus from the Tutt collection, which had

been inaccessible for a couple of years, throws a good deal

of light on the distribution of ¢hersites, and enables one to

recognise as referring to thersites a number of the locali-

ties noted under wcarus ab. icarinus in Tutt’s “ British

Butterflies,” vol. iv, p. 158 et seq.

This circumstance illustrates the great value of Tutt’s

practice of taking and preserving long series from as

many localities as possible, a practice which he always

endeavoured to impress on others as one that ought to be

adopted.

The Tutt series contains specimens of thersites from all

the localities I have referred to above. In addition, there

are specimens of the spring brood from Digne in April.

These specimens are remarkably small and pale in coloration,

very like some small weakly coloured icarus. A specimen

from Draguignan in May is much smaller than var. centro,

but of average coloration. These appear to be the only

examples of the first brood. The other examples are

almost all taken in August: Via Mala, Ollon, Santa Maria

(Miinster Thal), Barcelonnette, Stalden, Pfynwald, La

Batiaz, Allos (the last four localities 2? 2? only), Albarracin,

Tragacete (of my capturing), Fontainebleau (one specimen

only), Digne (a full-sized and normally coloured example),

Lans-le-Bourg, Susa. Trelex (near Lausanne) provided

some large specimens similar to var. centro.

Specimens I have from other sources include Siena,

identical in general appearance and size with an warus

674 Dr. T. A. Chapman on an

from same locality, both taken by the Rev. Geo. Wheeler ;

Autun, Saxe Csolnok, “Wien,” “ Wallis,’ Tianshan,

Ongadai, Amasia, Piceno Central Italy.

The series of P. wcarus at the British Museum is very

meagre; there are amongst them only some half-dozen

var. icarinus, and of these I am not sure that even one

is thersites.

In the Hope Department of the Oxford University

Museum are a number of specimens of 4. thersites.

1 gf taken by Prof. Poulton at Montserrat (Barcelona),

about 4000 feet, on July 15, 1901.

10 specimens, 9 f 1 2, taken July 21-25, 1898, by

Miss Cora B. Sanders and by Prof. Poulton, between Visp

and Stalden, Upper Echelberg, opposite Visp on the

south slopes of the Rhone Valley, and on the Simplon

Road near Brieg, 2155 to 2650 ft. the latter (greater)

elevation being on the warmer north slopes. The speci-

mens in this series average 32 to 34 mm., one being

36 mm., as large as var. centro.

A series of 919 from N.W. Persia, Seir, 8 miles

west of Urumiah, captured August 16 (one August 19),

1898, by R. T. Gunther. These specimens are very

similar to var. orientalis but are rather more brightly

coloured, without being so bright and rich as var. gravest ;

they expand 24 mm. to 30 mm.

The distribution of the species is only to be vaguely

outlined by the material I possess. It seems to be com-

paratively a southern species—southern, that is, in the

same sense that damon, admetus, and eschert are southern,

as distinguished from icarus, argus, ete. that extend

further north. The most northern localities I have are

Weimar (Schreiner) and Saxony. From France I have

specimens only from the south-east, Savoy, Dauphiny and

Provence, except one specimen from Fontainebleau. From

Italy, Piedmont, Piceno and Siena. Spain affords speci-

mens from Tragacete, Albarracin and Barcelona. Syria,

Persia, Central Asia probably imply a wide Asiatic

distribution.

In the Rhone Valley it occurs at Trelex (near Nyon on

Lac Leman), at Ollon. From here, past Martigny and

through the most fully examined portion of the valley,

there is no evidence of its existence till we find it in

Prof. Poulton’s series at Visp, unless perhaps specimens

taken by Mr. Tutt and myself, not in the Rhone Valley

unrecognised European Lycaena. 675

but a short way up the Val d’Herens* be, as perhaps

they should be, credited to the Rhone Valley. Prof.

Poulton’s series presents it at Visp on July 21 and 22;

Visp to Stalden, July 22; Brieg, Simplon Road, July 24;

on the north slopes opposite Visp, July 25—all 1898.

The dates probably mark an itinerary rather than dates

of appearance.

By way of bibliography and synonymy there are, no

doubt, many references to this species under the name

of icarinus; but it is hopeless to try to unravel these,

except that quite recent one by Tutt with which I have

already dealt.

THERSITES (Boisd. MSS.), Cantener, Papillons diurnes

(1834), p. 35, pl. XI, figs. 1 and 2.

Alexius, Frr. Neu. Beit., vu, p. 133, pl. 676, figs. 1

and 2 (1858).

Alexis, var. Herrich-Schaeffer, Schm. Eur., fig. 246

(1843).

Icarus ab. icarinus, pars, Auct. & Tutt, Brit. Butt., iv,

p. 158.

Var. gravest, Chpm., E. M. M., xlviii, p. 159 and pl. VII,

VEE Xx.

Var. centro, Chpm., a large form (86-38 mm.) occurring

in the Tarentaise and surrounding districts.

Var. orientalis, Chpm., an Asiatic form of about size of

type and of paler coloration.

The Persian specimens in the Hope collection are

much closer to var. gravest.

ab. hybridata, Gn. (MSS.).

I have not satisfied myself that other references really

belong to our butterfly, e.g. Meigen’s ¢hersites, pl. XX VIII,

fig. 2. @ and ¢ may be icarus, the underside, 2b, which

is more definite, is almost certainly that of medon.

Gerhard is equally indefinite.

EXPLANATION OF PLateE LXXXI.

Underside of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, to show the approximation

of apical spot of hindwing (marked 1) to first post-discal spot

* Between Vex and Euseigne (3150 ft.), counting elevation as

latitude, this is perhaps the most northern habitat of the species.

TBANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ

676 Dr. T. A. Chapman on a Huropean Lycaena.

(marked 2) in thersites, making it nearer to 2 than the second

post-discal spot (marked 3) is. The reverse being the case in icarus.

Magnified. It shows also the different alignment of the tornal

members of the post-discal series of spots. Photo by A. E. Tonge.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXII.

Showing scales and androconia of 1. thersites, 2. icarus, from

identical spots (costal to base of vein 6, forewing) in each species

x 300. Photo by F. N. Clark.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE LXXXIII.

Androconia of 1. thersites, and 2. icarus, showing differences of

size, shape and ribbing x 500.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXIV.

Showing terminal segments of abdomen of 1. thersites Q and

2. icarus @ x 25 and the differences in the curious eversible

structure with a chitinous termination in thersites, which is hardly

represented in icarus.

The everted ventral organ is not fully stretched in either specimen.

In 1. the view is exactly lateral for the basal half, so that the two

chitinous areas are superposed ; in 2. the view is ventral, showing

both areas. In neither is it fully extended. The terminal half

being still slightly sheathed in the first and the end of the chitinous

loop is still doubled back. This does not prevent it being obvious

that the whole basal process is larger, wider and more chitinised in

icarus than in thersites, and that in the terminal half thersites is much

narrower and more slender than is icarus. Nevertheless there is a

chitinous termination to this portion in thersites, of very definite

form and outline, while in icarus there is merely a chitinous point.

This final chitinous armature seems to be of definite peculiar form

in each species. A. damon is the only species examined in which

this armature resembles that of A. thersites.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXV.

Agriades escheri. Androconia x 500 and 9 appendages x 25,

the latter showing great similarity to those of thersites but markedly

larger. The androconia are larger than in either thersites or icarus

and have 6 or 7 ribs instead of 4 and 5.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XX7J.

Photo, A. E. Tonge. C. Hentschel,

Undersides of (upper) thersz¢es and (lower) zcarus, showing different alignments

of spots marked 1, 2, 3.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXXXTIT.

: EF

coe

Oss,

pits

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel.

Scaling of forewing of (upper) ¢Aerszves and (lower) zcarus, x 300.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LXX XIII

Photo, F. N. Clark. C, Hentschel.

Androconia (x 500) of (upper) ¢hersztes and (lower) zcarus.

Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Plate LX XXIV.

7 a

Photo, F. N. Clark. C. Hentschel,

Female appendages of (upper) ¢hersétes and (lower) zcarus, x 25.

len

is)

Hentsche

CG:

FN. Clark.

Photo,

, female appendages x 25

ia X 500

androcon

chert,

és

@1.677.7)

XIV. The Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. By

R. C. L. Perkins, D.Sc, M.A., Jesus College,

Oxford.

[Read October 16th, 1912.]

[In the autumn of 1911 I had the opportunity of discussing

the subject of this memoir with Dr. Perkins during a too

brief visit paid by him to Oxford. The discussion, thus

begun, was continued with some energy on both sides, in

a correspondence which only ended when Dr. Perkins sailed

for Honolulu in November 1911. In the course of our

correspondence he sent me a manuscript note-book, written

about 1907-8, as part of his Introduction to the ‘ Fauna

Hawaiiensis,” now in the press. The facts and inferences

concerning the present condition and past history of these

Colour-groups seemed to me of such fundamental import-

ance in the study of mimicry and indeed of evolution, that

it appeared most desirable to publish the supplementary

information and the further conclusions scattered through

the letters. Dr. Perkins consented, and the foilowing

paper is the result. In order to understand the nature of

the discussion, it has been necessary to quote passages

and sometimes consecutive paragraphs from the note-book

which will soon be published as the Introduction. For this

free use of the manuscript I received the kind consent of

Dr. David Sharp, F.R.S., Editor of the “ Fauna Hawaliensis.”

It must be clearly understood that the quotations are

from the manuscript and not from the printed pages of

the Introduction itself, and that some slight difference

between the two accounts is to be looked for, owing to

Dr. Perkins’ final revision for the press. I have limited

these quotations to the minimum quantity necessary to

preserve continuity and to explain the letters, bearing in

mind the inconvenience of printing the same passages

twice over in two publications. No quotations from the

note-book appear later than page 690, and in all the

earlier part of the paper, where they occupy a large propor-

tion of the pages, they are clearly discriminated from

passages extracted from the letters, the latter being

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1912.— PART IV. (FEB.) ZZ2

678 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

between inverted commas and dated. I have not neces-

sarily kept the extracts from the note-book in their original

order and have ventured to condense certain parts. Beyond

the point where extracts from the note-book cease, the

quotations from the correspondence are no longer placed

between quotation marks and are dated at the head

instead of at the foot as in the earlier parts of the paper.

In the concluding pages the passages are grouped under

three separate heads. The few slight additions of my

own are placed between the square brackets. Species

quoted without an author's name were described by Dr.

Perkins himself.—E. B. PouLron.]

EUMENIDAE.

[This family is considered first because of the number

of the Hawaiian species and the dominant position taken

by them in the Colour-groups of these islands. ]

The whole of the species, to the number of 102, belong

to the almost ubiquitous genus Odynerus, sensu latiori.

From this interesting complex I have split off three small

groups of species and considered them as distinct genera,

as indeed they are, although they appear to be derivations

of the same stock as the Hawaiian Odynerus proper. The

Hawaiian Eumenids are, I now think, clearly descendants

of two quite distinct forms of original immigrants, one

of which, a yellow-banded form, gave rise to the bulk

of the species, as well as to the endemic genera that I

have separated from these, while the other has pro-

duced but four distinct species, as at present discovered,

viz. O. nigripennis, Holmgr., and its three allies. This

little group has now been traced to an Asiatic ancestor

which is, I suspect, an ancient or primitive type, showing

some affinity to the genus Rhynchiwm, in which nigripennis

itself was originally placed by Holmgren.

“T have not yet identified the Oriental species (just

lately discovered while mounting some insects) that is

allied to the O. nigripennis group. It is the closest

approach I know to the genus Rhynchiwm, but it is not

that genus.” Nov. 13th, 1911.

Species of Odynerus are almost ubiquitous throughout

the islands, though some of the densest and wettest boggy

forests are absolutely devoid of them. At the same time

a slight change in these, made by the incursion of cattle,

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 679

is sufficient to allow of some species becoming established

where previously they could not exist.

“Practically speaking, the cattle open up the dense

forest, letting in sunlight and making it much drier. It

is remarkable that no species of Odynerus should have

been able to enter our densest and wettest virgin forests,

because it would have found there such a vast store of

(Lepidopterous) food, without other species to compete

with it. Some of the bees have occupied such forests, in

spite of the sun-loving habits of the group.” Nov. 13th,

1911.

The prey of Hawaiian Eumenidae, so far as is known,

consists entirely of caterpillars. On the whole it may

be said that Pyralid and Microlepidopterous caterpillars

are the favourite prey and that Geometridae are rarely

utilised. It is most remarkable, seeing that the latter are

occasionally taken (e.g. by O. montanus, Sm., eucharis, etc.),

that this should occur so rarely, for the Geometrid cater-

pillars are so very numerous that they could be often

obtained in any quantity.

In many localities at favourable seasons the number of

individuals that are seen isextraordinary. On one occasion

I visited a mountain gulch on Molokai nearly every day

for three weeks, and I estimated that in a length of a

couple of miles (below the line of forest) the population of

adult wasps was at least one million. Five or six species

were represented, but two or three were much more

numerous than the others. I have noticed an almost

similar abundance in other localities. It is probable that

very few of the large number of species are really rare.

With experience and close attention in the field, it is

fairly easy to discriminate between species that are exactly

alike superficially, owing to indescribable differences in

appearance, due to mode of flight and posture.

Only in exceptional cases do the Hawaiian Kumenidae

exhibit important variation, and in very few cases is this

more than of a trifling character, affecting the colour. A

common variation, which occurs again and again and in

the most diverse species, is the occasional assumption of a

feeble yellow band or traces of such a band on the first

and second abdominal segments in species which typically

have an entirely black body. Examples of this are

Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre, Odynerus venator, and

O. heterochromus, to instance only species very widely

680 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

separated in structure. Sometimes the yellow band

appears only on the ventral surface. The phenomena are

precisely identical with those observed in the Crabronidae

(see p. 688), and, I think, are explicable in the same way.

The blackness of so many Hawaiian Eumenids has been

produced in the islands and the abnormal individuals are

reversions to a former general condition in colouring. The

Eumenids, furthermore, like the Crabronids, have retained

in some species the original yellow-banded coloration.

The general tendency to blackness of the Hawaiian

Aculeata, as a whole, is one of their most remarkable

features. The blackness of these insects is increased by

the dark colour of their wings, which, in a large number

of the species, exhibits striking blue or purple reflections.

“ My original paper * on colour of Hawaiian wasps was

written too early to have much value. I treated only the

Kauai species as conspicuous on account of the pale bands.

This was an error; all the things I send as examples are

conspicuous in life: they are ¢he conspicuous feature among

the day-flying insects in the islands and about the only

one, except at special times and places.” Nov. Sth, 1911.

The following Colour-groups—entirely different from

the groups based on structure and real aftinity—are

distinguished in the Introduction.

On Kauai are two Colour-groups, one of which contains

only two known species.

Group I. Insects with much red marking, wings

shining fuscous, when spread.

O. blackburni, Kirb., and soror : allied species.

Group II. Black insects with two conspicuous whitish

or yellow bands+ on abdomen; wings dark and with

conspicuous blue or purple reflections. Fourteen species

of diverse structure.

“Kauai is the most northern of the forest-bearing

islands, and it has by far the widest channel between it

and its next neighour—Oahu. The specific characters of

its species are usually the most striking’of those exhibited

on any island, but it lacks representatives of many ‘ groups ’

* Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII (1897), p. 378.

The examples alluded to were exhibited to the Entomological

Society, May lst, 1912 (Proceedings, pp. lvi-Ixv).

+ “When the insects are on the wing, these bands are clearly

seen.”-R. OC. L. Perkins, in Proc. Phil. Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix,

_ Pt. VII (1897), p. 378.

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 681

of species in big genera. We have found no representative

so far of Chelodynerus, none of the ‘nautarum,’ de Sauss.,

group of Odynerus (probably one of the most ancestral),

and it has no peculiar structural group, so that probably

the groups of Odynerus in the islands were already formed

before the genus chanced to reach Kauai, and some have

not yet reached it. This is likely to be the case from a

consideration of the beetles; for the Carabid Cyclothorax

(s. 1.), now split into several genera, is unknown on Kauai,

very poor on Oahu, the next island, very rich on the inter-

mediate islands, and rather rich on Hawaii at the other

extremity. This fact alone, without appealing to the geo-

logical reasons, is sufficient to disprove Lord Walsingham’s

conclusion that the islands were once a larger continwous

land-area. (See also p. 697.)” Nov. 15th, 1911.

In Oahu are four Colour-groups, two of which (II and

IIT) may be said to be peculiar to this island.

Group I. Black insects with dark wings, showing

conspicuous blue or purple reflections.

O. ngripennis, Holmgr., epipseustes, erro, iopteryx, mont-

anus, Sm., konanus, wnicus; Nesodynerus optabilis and

rudolphi, Dalla Torre.

Group II. Generally small species, black with shining

fuscous wings: no blue reflections. In this group some

species show feeble and variable pale abdominal bands,

and others some red markings apparently tending to

disappearance, and not conspicuous.

0. dubiosus, Sm., threnodes, pterophaennes, waianaeanus,

paludicola, paranaias ; Nesodynerus oblitus and acyanus.

“The differences between species of the same genus

which enter different Colour-groups are well seen in

Nesodynerus. Thus N. rudolphi (1) is very common and

ubiquitous, frequenting both forest and open country,

while JN. oblitus (II) is also abundant, but only occurs in

localities—never forests—in which the very common

species of Odynerus, viz. dubiosus, etc. (II), are found.”

Nov. 15th, 1911.

Group III. Insects usually much marked with red,

and the body with appressed fuscous tomentum. Wings

to a large extent hyaline and with no blue reflections.

0. pseudochromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas, homoe-

ophanes, eucharis, oahwuensis, Dalla Torre.

On one occasion all the six members of this group were

taken in the same spot and on the same day.

682 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

“The species fall into three very distinct structural

groups :—(1) 0. oahwensis: isolated structurally and in

habits: common in all suitable localities, but less so than

O. pseudochromus : affinity with other Hawaian Odynerus

is not clear, but requires far more study; (2) O. psewdo-

chromus, pseudochromoides, leiodemas: allied species, the

first. two ubiquitous and common in their proper localities :

the third is probably generally to be found with them, but

is much less numerous; (3) O. euwcharis, homoeophanes :

allied species, of which one is found with species of the

structural group (2) in some localities, the other with them

in other localities. They are probably always relatively

rare.” Nov. 15th, 1911.

Group IV. Insects with usually two pale abdominal

bands, the wings more or less infuscate and with blue

reflections, body generally with pale tomentum.

O. xerophilus, nautarwm, de Sauss., acoelogaster ; Pseudo-

pterocheilus relictus.*

* [I was particularly anxious to see the members of Colour-groups

which had been captured at the same time and place, in order to be

able to estimate the relative numbers and obtain conclusive evidence

as to the predominant species. Dr. Perkins very kindly collected

for me on three occasions the specimens which are tabulated in the

following extract from his letter, written May 20th, 1912, from

Honolulu. The captures of each date are kept together in the Hope

Department, where they may be studied at any time. They were

exhibited, in illustration of Dr, Perkins’ paper, at the Second

Entomological Congress at Oxford during the past summer. ]

I have been out in the country on three occasions lately to catch

Odynerus, and had Kershaw to help me. It is a bad season on the

lowlands, as we have had no winter rains and the country most

favourable for Hymenoptera is parched up. It is interesting to see

what is dominant under these conditions.

On the first day (April 26th, 1912, Makiki, Oahu, below 400 ft.)

caught only one species, O. nigripennis (88 specimens), but I saw

one individual either of Nesodynerus rudolphi or Od. montanus.

On the second day (May 3rd, lowlands near coast, east of Honolulu)

we caught of the same all-black, blue-winged Group I :—

O. nigripennis (21)

O. montanus (1) | 3 structural groups in these 4

O. iopteryx (2) species !

Nesodynerus rudolphi (6) |

Of the white-banded Group IV :—

O. acoelogaster (10),

O. nautarwm (1).

Ps. relictus (1).

Colour-groups of the Hawatian Wasps, etc. 683

On Maui, Molokai and Lanai, the fauna of each of which

is largely the same, we have three groups :—

Group I. Identical with I on Oahu.

O. nigripennis, Holmer., purpurifer, instabilis, ecostatus,

laevisulcatus, camelinus, brevicostatus, aprepes, lanaiensis,

konanus; Nesodynerus ewpteryx, paractias ; Pseudoptero-

cheilus congruus, Sm.; Chelodynerus chelifer.

Group II. Identical with IV on Oahu.

O. molokaiensis, sociabilis, smithvi, Dalla Torre, inslicola,

Blackb., nubicola, nivicola.

Of the small shining-fuscous winged Group II :—

O. dubiosus (7).

OV. threnodes (3).

Nesoprosopis assimulans (2).

Had it been a good season, of I there would have been many more

montanus, otherwise proportion as above.

Of IV we should have found O. xerophilus numerous locally and

Pseudopterocheilus relictus abundant, otherwise proportion as we

found above.

Of II we should have also found Nesodynerus oblitus, local, not

general like the two above-named species of this group. <

The third day (May 10th, Palolo) we collected at 1200-1500 ft.

in forest.

Of the curious clear-winged Oahu Group III, with dull red marks

we got only :—

O. pseudochromus (16).

O. oahuensis (3).

On a good day we might have found the closely allied O. pseudo-

chromoides nearly as common as pseudochromus, with one or two

individuals each of the three rare species, O. eucharis, leiodemas, and

one other closely allied to ewcharis, viz. homoeophanes. All these

occur in the very spot where we collected.

Of Group I we got O. rudolphi (10), O. nigripennis (4), and

O, montanus (1): also Hylocrabro twmidoventris (5), Xenocrabro

unicolor, Sm. (1).

Group I was also represented by the Ichneumonid, Echthromorpha

Ffuscator (maculipennis, Holmgr.) (5).

The little endemic flycatcher, Chasiempis, was fairly common,

young and old, and as tame as usual, but was clearly not paying any

attention to Hymenoptera. The chief interest to me of the whole

collection is the evidence as to what species are most abundant under

circumstances unfavourable for Hymenoptera. From long experience

I know exactly what one would, or might expect to get under

favourable circumstances.

684 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

Group III. Insects with red thoracic or abdominal

markings, or both, the wings dark and with blue reflections.

O. frater, Dalla Torre, monas, cephalostictus, navadum,

tempe, dryas, potamophilus, microdemas, monobius, erythro-

stactes, montivagus, sandwichensis, de Sauss., petrobius,

deinogaster, homocogaster.

On Hawaii there is a general tendency of the above

three groups to become fused into one large group, all

representing I on Oahu, and on Maui, Molokai and Lanai.

O. obscurepunctatus, Blackb., and rubropustulatus, Blackb.,

and one or two others may be recognised as obscure mem-

bers of Group III, of Maui, etc. O. newelli, sociabilis, and

scorvaceus represent I1.*

Speaking generally of these groups, I find that in the

field, the members of each are easily enough distinguished.

There are, as might be expected, some cases of species that

are intermediate in appearance and might be placed in

either of two groups, but these are very few. On Kauai

Group II stands out remarkably from all others, since

nearly all the Kauai species belong to it, while it is only

approached in appearance by a few species in Group IV on

Oahu. The tendency of the species to become red-marked

on the three intermediate islands (Maui, etc.) is very

* [At this point it is convenient to print Dr. Perkins’ comments

on the abstract of this paper and the lists of specimens sent by him

for exhibition when it was read (Proceedings 1912, pp. lvi—Ixv).

Dr. Perkins arranged the specimens and wrote the lists in the midst

of the preparations for his departure from this country, and he had

no opportunity of revising the MSS. On his return to England he

wrote, September 17, 1912, stating that my footnotes on pp. viii, lix

are correct, and that N. pubescens, var. in B (p. lvili), and N. fuse?-

pennis in E (p. lix) should be transposed. He turthermore explained

that the common typical N. pubescens placed in E (lix) does not in

reality fit into any group on Hawaii. Dr. Perkins wrote :—

“T suppose I sent a specimen for comparison with the rare blue-

winged form, which we should expect to be dominant, and if selective

processes were going on now, would surely become so, this being a

grand chance for natural selection to work upon. The rare variety

is the one that fits the colour-scheme of Hawaii, the very abundant

typical form does not.”

Concerning QO. molokaiensis, referred to in the footnote on p. lix,

Dr. Perkins remarked that “the female never has bands and is a

perfect representative of the dominant Colour-group (E=1). O. molo-

kaiensis male may have two fairly good pale bands (as in II of

Molokai, etc. =IV. of Oahu), or one may be entirely obliterated and

the other faint.” ]

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 685

striking, nearly half the known species being so coloured.

Group IV on Oahu (= II of Maui, etc.) is not very clearly

marked off from its Group I, when the insects are seen in

flight, but, as they usually have a characteristic grey or

hoary appearance, they may be kept apart, especially as

they represent species mostly peculiar to open country or

open spaces in forest country. When their representatives

on Hawaii are considered, they become much less distinct

from those representing Group I on that island.

Groups II and III on Oahu are peculiar to itself, the

dull red markings, clear wings and body clothing of the

former giving them, dead or alive, an appearance unlike

anything else, and the shining fuscous wings of the latter

rendering these equally unmistakable.

In a few cases, isolated species have been found on

islands, where they ill accord with the groups there repre-

sented, but one cannot overlook the probability of these

being recent immigrants. Thus 0. frater, Dalla Torre, a

widely distributed species, has been found very rarely on

Oahu, where it does not fit into any Colour-group, as it

does on Maui, where it abounds. Excepting on Kauai, the

Group I of Oahu is well represented on every island,

besides tending to absorb all others on Hawai, so that

nearly half the known species of the wasps may be referred

to it. The dominance of this group increases the black-

ness of our series, for it contains species almost or entirely

black and with dark iridescent wings; and, when other

groups of Hymenoptera are considered, is swelled by

species of bees, of fossorial wasps, and even of parasitic

Ichneumonoids.

‘In these associations of Aculeates, the Eumenidae are

probably dominant, although both the Fossores and bees

are extremely ancient. In the Crabronidae several genera

have been evolved probably from a single ancient immi-

grant species (see p. 688). Over fifty species of Nesoprosopis

fall into structural groups of which one has become para-

sitic (inquiline) on the others and has lost the special

pollen-sweeping apparatus on the front tarsi. Five of these

inquiline species have been produced, of course from one

original, The three most yellow-spotted species of Crubro,

which always have a yellow-banded abdomen, are found on

Kauai with the yellow-marked Odyneri. Two of these

Crabros extend to the other islands, or some of the other

islands, but one of these, on Oahu, is tending towards

686 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

black, while the female is sometimes entirely black. The

yellow-banded Crabros on islands other than Kauai are

generally found in the open country where the yellow-banded

Odynert occur.” November 15, 1911.

It is clear that the colour phenomena exhibited by our

Hawaiian Hymenoptera are similar to those seen in other

countries (whether in the Hymenoptera or in other orders)

where such colour groupings are explained as being associ-

ations of inedible species, which are easily recognised by

predatory enemies from their similarity of colour, Whether

this explanation is true of the Hawaiian case is I think

very doubtful, though I do not doubt that a satisfactory

explanation of the latter would also explain the others.

The Australian Eumenidae, Prosopidae and Fossorial wasps

furnish instances very similar to the Hawaiian, and in the

same groups, as I have myself observed in the field, in

that country.

If we assume that these Colour-groups are formed by pro-

cesses of natural selection and are indicative of inedibility,

we are perplexed as to the immunity of insignificant forms,

which do not attain notably iridescent wings or other

markings and yet fly round in company with the others

and are equally or sometimes more plentiful.

“Tf the Miillerian theory be correct, wing coloration is of

paramount importance in the Hawaiian groups. It appears

to be very suggestive that most of the clear-winged species

of bees and wasps are open-country insects. Of course

many of the dark-blue iridescent-winged ones mix with

these, but then they are also common in the woods too—

I mean individuals of a single dark-winged species are

common in both situations.

“There are (with reference to colour of wings) distinct

evidences in some Hawaiian Crabronidae, of sexual selec-

tion being operative. This again, in connection with

Miillerian grouping, might start another distinct line of

investigation!” November 13, 1911,

The writer collected series of nearly every land-bird on

each island and so was able to examine the stomach con-

tents of a large number of birds in all, and the finding of

but asingle Mimesa (in the stomach of the thrush Phaeornis

lanaiensis) would not tend to show the Hymenoptera, as a

favourite food, in any shape or colour. Asa matter of fact, ©

an Aculeate Hymenopterous insect (with rare exceptions)

is so unlike that of any other Order by its general appear-

Colowr-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 687

ance in life, that one can hardly credit any vertebrate

enemy with sense enough to distinguish between Colour-

groups of these and without the sense to distinguish the

class as a whole.

If Colour-groups in Hymenoptera have arisen as a mark

of inedibility, the latter quality can I think have nothing

to do with the possession of a sting.*

At one time t I supposed that the Hawaiian Colour-groups

might be the result of the action of climatic differences, at

least in so far as these groups were special to certain of the

islands. This seems very doubtful, for we find the nearest

approach to the Colour-group of wasps living in the forests

of Kauai, in those living on the driest coasts of Oahu, and

quite absent from its very similar forests. In fact a satis-

factory explanation of the Colour-groups of Hawaiian

Hymenoptera is wanting, and, when found, will no doubt

explain some of the similar phenomena elsewhere.

It is interesting to trace the structurally allied forms on

different islands and see how their superficial appearance

is changed by entering different Colour-groups.

Odynerus eutretus of Hawaii is a black insect with dark-

blue iridescent wings; on Maui, it is represented by 0.

homoeogaster, a red-marked wasp; on Kauai, by 0. mimus,

a conspicuously white-banded species. The obscure-punc-

tatus group on Hawaii is replaced by the redder species

O. sandwichensis and its allies on the intermediate islands ;

on Oahu, the blue iridescence of the wings is lost as well

as all the red markings (0. dubiosus and allies), while on

Kauai, the red markings remain, but the wings are of a

shining fuscous (0. blackburn and soror),as in the Oahuan

allies. Odynerus nigripennis, ubiquitous over all the other

islands, is replaced on Kauai by the equally common, pale-

banded O. radula, F.

PrRosopiDAE.—All the fifty-three species belong to the

single genus Nesoprosopis based on the island forms but

* Compare Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, pp. 645-6.—E. B. P.

+ Dr. Perkins is evidently alluding to his paper in Proc. Phil.

Soc. Cambridge, vol. ix, Pt. VII, 1897, p. 380, where he argued

that the colours are due to “climate or some such cause.” He also

wrote, November 10, 1911, in reference to the above paragraph in

the text :—

“‘T did not state other reasons against the ‘climate’ view because

I hardly thought it worth considering—there are too many impossi-

bilities in such a view !”

688 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

subsequently found to contain a European species, Prosopis

kriechbaumeri, Forst., and later a Chinese one. Thus an

Asiatic origin is highly probable. The MNesoprosopis are

almost the most ubiquitous of any Hawaiian insects.

CRABRONIDAE.—The Hawaiian Crabronidae are repre-

sented by eighteen described species, which I have dis-

tributed in four genera. All these forms appear to be

closely allied, and, as it appears to me, might well be the

descendants of one original immigrant yellow-spotted form,

allied to the British Crabro vagus, L. 'To this latter there

are closely allied species in China, if it does not occur

there itself, and for this reason an Asiatic origin for the

Hawaiian forms may be suspected. Of the eighteen species,

three represent each one a distinct genus, while another

genus, Nesocrabro, contains four species, so that the greater

part of the known forms fall into one genus Xenocrabro, of

which the others appear to be simply derivatives, and it is

to the least remarkable of the Hawaiian species of Xeno-

crabro that the European Crabro vagus is most nearly

related. None of the other diverse groups of Crabronidae

are represented in the Hawaiian Islands.

Some of the species are much and conspicuously marked

with yellow on all parts of the body, the yellow markings

becoming reduced in others, until, in XY. mandibularis, Sm.,

we have an entirely black insect. There is, in the yellow-

marked species, much variety in the coloration, and the

variation exhibited is often of an interesting character.

C. distinctus, described by Smith from a Crabro obtained

from Hawaii early in the last century, was at first unknown

to me, and I suspected a mistake in the locality. Later

on, however, I found that Smith’s species is an extreme

and rare variety of C. notostictus, which is typically a black

insect with small yellow thoracic markings. Intermediate

specimens between the extremes are much commoner than

typical distinctus. This brightly marked form has so far

only been found at or near the coast, where the intermedi-

ate forms also occur, as well as the variety I called noto-

stictus. In the mountains in the forest region the latter is

predominant and intermediates are rarely met with. From

these facts one might suspect that the hot dry climate of

the coastal regions was productive of the conspicuously

marked varieties. The following considerations make such

an explanation improbable. In the genus Nesocrabro I

LL. ae

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 689

described a species, gaily marked with yellow as NV. bidecor-

atus, adding a remark to the effect that “In spite of its

extremely distinct appearance I suspect it may prove to

be a variety of the following,” viz. V. rubrocaudatus, Blackb.,

and Cam. (“ Fauna Hawaiiensis,” vol. i, Pt. I, Hymenopt.

Acul., p. 27, 1899). This now proves to be the case, inter-

mediate varieties having been secured. The variation in

this case is even more extreme than in the other, since

typical rubrocaudatus is an entirely black-bodied insect,

whereas the variety notostictus of distinctus has at least

yellow thoracic markings. It is interesting to observe

that the markings of the most highly coloured WN. rubro-

caudatus (var. bidecoratus) almost entirely resemble those

of Xenocrabro distinctus. Looking at the localities where

these highly marked varieties of Nesocrabro occur, we find

that, far from living in the hot and dry places, they are

found in the wet woods near Kilauea (4,000 ft.), in the still

wetter district of Olaa, and other localities of Windward

Hawaii. I think that these highly coloured varieties are

“reversions ” to an ancestral style of coloration, and I

believe this is borne out by an examination of the varieties

of other Hawaiian species. In these there is a general

tendency to blackness of coloration, some few retaining

conspicuous yellow markings, while most have these re-

duced to inconspicuousness or they are entirely absent.

Xenocrabro hawaviensis and fulvicrus, Oreocrabro abnormis,

Blackb. and Cam., and Hylocrabro tumidoventris, species

with normally black abdomen, all become spotted as

exceptional and sometimes very rare varieties. Species

like Nesocrabro stygius, Kirb., and daemonius, with immac-

ulate abdomen above, frequently retain yellow pigment

spots beneath, where they are concealed from view.

Generally speaking yellow markings, especially thoracic,

are less easily lost in the female than in the male. The

general blackness of the Hawaiian Crabronids, as now

manifested, has I think been produced within the islands,

and while some still retain more or less the colour of their

ancestors the majority have greatly departed therefrom,

though many of them in exceptional individuals reproduce

that coloration to a greater or less extent. Further, a

study of the case cited of Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus and

Xenocrabro distinctus lends strong confirmation to the

community of descent that is suggested by the considera-

tion of their structural characters. At least I find it diffi-

690 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

cult to understand how two species of these distinct genera

can under totally different conditions of climate and en-

vironment produce remarkable colour varieties, totally

dissimilar from their usual forms, yet almost identical

with each other, unless they be reversions to a former

style of coloration.

[No further quotations from the Introduction will be

found beyond this point, but it has been necessary in the

preceding paragraphs to quote from it somewhat exten-

sively, in order that the discussion in the following letters

may become clear. After reading the statements repro-

duced above, I asked Dr. Perkins, among other questions

bearing on a possible Miillerian interpretation of the facts,

whether the reversion to an ancestral pattern—or more

probably the persistence of an ancestral pattern—in the

form distinctus, might not be associated with the presence

of the pale-banded Odyneri which are also found in the open

country. He replied, Nov. 15, 1911, as follows :—]

A. notostictus, the black-bodied form of distinctus, seems

to be the only form in the forest region where are no pale

banded Odynerus, except occasional reversional individuals.

Typical distinctus of Smith is essentially an open country,

sublittoral form, but the notostictus form may occur with

it, aud intermediates. There is a number of pale-banded

Odynerus, belonging to this open country, or sublittoral,

and only belonging to this country. Several species of the

predominant black group of Odynerus are common both in

this open country and forest alike. This would be very

suggestive to the Miillerian.

The case of var. bidecoratus is quite different, for instead

of being coastal, it inhabits very wet forest districts, mixed

with the typical form but rarer, and probably less widely

distributed. Before I knew this, I thought the pale

marked Crabronid vars. might be produced by the dryness

and heat of the coast region—they average smaller in size

also : bidecoratus upsets this view.

Miillerians would say that ‘notostictus’ persisted in the

coastal regions because of the presence of the pale-banded

Odynerus (or, at least, for the same reason that the latter

do, viz. absence of enemies), and would cite the fact that

all Crabronids on Kauai are yellow-banded, the black-

bodied group of Odynerus being absent there. Obviously

the colour of the var. bidecoratus is quite out of place in

wet forests on Hawai, where are no yellow-banded Odynerus,

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 691

except rare varieties that have reverted to the ancestral

pattern. No male form of didecoratus has yet been found,

the male rubrocaudatus only existing with these so far as

is known, and this male is in perfect harmony with the

Odyneri of the woods. On the Millerian theory I should

say that the more easily changed male of rubrocaudatus

arrived at a very perfect and stable state of mimetic

resemblance to the Odyneri of the woods, but that the

more conservative female had never reached so perfect a

condition—as shown also by its hyaline wings—and that,

owing to its conservativeness, it had not reached the stable

condition of the male abdominal colouring, when the

causes leading to the mimicry (viz. bird attacks) were

removed or much abated. I should look on it as a species

of which the ancestrally coloured bidecoratus form might

easily in future times become dominant again.

I have made a crude sketch of a distinctws female, from

which you can judge how different it appears from an all-

black-bodied notostictus var., and the brightest female

Nesocrabro rubrocaudatus bidecoratus has almost a yellow

abdomen, the black is so reduced.

[The accompanying drawing of the 2 X. distinctus showed

that the following structures and markings are yellow :

the pronotal collar, a transverse spot on the scutellum and

another on the post scutellum, a curiously shaped spot on

the Ist abdominal segment, a band on the 2nd, 4th and

5th, a minute lateral spot on the 38rd, not really visible in

a strictly dorsal view. The var. notostictus possesses the

above-described thoracic markings, but is without the

abdominal, although intermediates occur. Another draw-

ing, of the basal abdominal segment of Nesocrabro rubro-

caudatus var. bidecoratus, showed the similar character of

the variable yellow spot to that of Y. distinctus.

Dr. Perkins added :—]

The typical rubrocaudatus is entirely black, but in some

examples the thorax may have the yellow markings of the

var. lidecoratus, without any abdominal markings. If ab-

dominal markings are present, thoracic ones are invariably

developed.

{Concerning the tendency of the females to lose the

white or yellow bands on the abdomen, Dr. Perkins wrote,

Nov. 15, 1911 :—]

In Odynerus, the species of the structural group of

O. sociabilis and the group of O. nautaruwm have always

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3A

692 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

the bands more faint or altogether absent in the female.

In the Crabronidae the females seem harder to shift

from the normal, and I believe that this kind of ‘ con-

servatism’ is really true of the female sex among insects

in general, For instance, in JV. rubrocaudatus, the male

has characteristically dark wings with blue irdescence,

but the female has clear wings. In many of the species,

the male wings are darker than the female, as though it

were hard for the latter to become changed, and this is the

same with the thoracic spots, which in three species of

Nesocrabio with black abdomen are altogether wanting or

reduced in size in the male, while they are in two species

always, or nearly always, present in the female, and in the

third are present in some varieties. They seem to give

up these characters with great difficulty.

I should think it much more probable on the Millerian

theory that ‘the predominance of female mimicry in

butterflies’ is due to the necessity of a long life (for egg-

laying) for the females, and not to ‘a greater female

variability in features associated secondarily with sex.’

On the Millerian theory, I should say that the presence

of numerous reversional examples in the Hawaiian species

is likely to be due to the fact that nowadays the bird

competition has become ineffective. These reversion

colours, in Odynerus at least, are more often found in

males than females; I should say because the females,

having once arrived at a stable condition, are less easily

changed, 1. e. more ‘conservative.’ There is a war between

the greater need to change in the female and the ‘con-

servatism, doubtless, in producing Colour-groups, just as

sexual selection may cause interference. There is not the

least doubt that in Hymenoptera generally, the males are

of very transitory appearance compared with the females,

the difference in length of life often being one of months.

Facrs AND ARGUMENTS FOR AND AGAINST MULLERIAN

MIMICRY AS THE INTERPRETATION OF THE COLOUR-

GROUPS OF HAWAIIAN ACULEATES.

[From this point the passages from Dr. Perkins’ letters

are grouped under heads. |

Nav SpA Ol 1,

I have myself for years considered the Batesian theory

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 693

of little moment compared with Fritz Miller’s: possibly

all of Bates’s examples are simple Miillerian ones.

Nov. 10, 1911.

I am unable to suggest any explanation whatever for

the Colour-groups other than the Miillerian one; but I

could not get any definite evidence that this is true.

I have examined vast quantities of young birds in the

islands—they are always present at all seasons owing to

the equable climate, but what I have examined is nothing

to the numbers I have watched at close quarters. Camp-

ing entirely alone, as I so often did in untrodden forests—

for weeks together during some six years—where the birds

had never seen a human being, the young were often so

tame, they could even be knocked down with a switch !

It was often impossible to shoot a bird, as they would come

so close out of curiosity and one could not get away from

them, especially young birds.

Nov. 14, 1911.

I should say the present-day Hawaiian birds are very

well educated by the parents in the matter of choice of

food. It was always a marvel to me why the parents

should tend them so long. I have doubtless remarked on

it often, but may here quote at random, from “ Fauna Haw.”

I, p. 404, of that common species, Vestvaria coccinea, “ the

yellow, black-spotted young follow the parents sometimes

till they are far advanced in their red (i.e. mature)

plumage, but they very early learn to obtain nectar for

themselves, even at a time when the parents are still

feeding them on caterpillars.” Again, p. 406, of Palmeria:

“The young follow the parents often until they have

arrived at almost their full plumage, and after they have

acquired their full song, but in the winter months these

companies are disbanded. In February and March they

are generally paired.”

I think similar remarks might be made on almost every

insectivorous Hawaiian bird, certainly all the common

ones. I noted even of the rare and extraordinary Pseudo-

nestor, p. 432, “they are unwearying in supplying their

full-fledged young with food, and when the latter are

soliciting this from their parents they form a most comical

group.”

I do not think any one will ever again see Hawaiian

3A2

694 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

birds as I did from fifteen to twenty years ago. Some

that I found commonly seem now quite extinct, and others

greatly reduced in number. It would be almost impossible

to duplicate the observations I then made.

Nov. 10, 1911.

What troubles me as to Hymenoptera is, that any bee

or wasp in life is so utterly unlike anything else, that the

veriest duffer of a bird can hardly mistake it for anything

else, and it is clear that in the islands those which remain

small in size with no colour of any sort (i.e. no pattern

and ordinary wings) are not now eaten and are fully as

successful as any belonging to the Colour-groups. Why

then on one little island (Oahu) should a lot of species

associate themselves in several Colour-groups for protective

purposes? It would appear much more advantageous for

all to belong to the dominant black-coloured blue-winged

group on the one island, as one would say it would be

much easier for birds only to have to learn one colour

pattern than several. One tasting might do for the whole

lot, if they were one colour, but a number of tastings

might be necessary for a lot of groups; and then I come

back to the old doubt, why is not the fact that all are

characteristically Hymenopterous (whatever be the colour)

sufficient in itself ?

Nov. 15, 1971.

If birds can select between very slight colour variations

so as to produce the closest mimetic resemblance, it seems

strange that they should not recognise any Hymenopterous

insect as such quite apart from colour and pattern. That

they do recognise Hymenopterous characters other than

colour, seems to be proved by a mimetic Australian Man-

tispa. Although superficially quite unlike a Hymeno-

pterous insect, this Mantispa is, from its behaviour and

attitude, a perfect mimic—in fact the best known tome. No

Syrphid with all its wasp-like coloration can approach it.*

* The mimicry of Mantispa was observed by W. M. Wheeler in

Nebraska (1888), G. A. K. Marshall in Natal (1896), and R. Shelford

in Borneo (1898-1900) and Singapore (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902, pp.

536-7 ; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1902, pp. 235-7). Both Marshall and Shel-

ferd speak of the excellence of the mimicry on the wing. At the

same time Shelford’s Plate (P. Z. S. 1902, XIX, figs. 22-7),and both

his and Wheeler’s descriptions show that colour may enter largely

into the mimetic resemblance in certain species of Mantispa.—E. B. P.

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, etc. 695

Nov. 13, 1911.

If I could see the very ordinary-looking Hawaiian species

—just like those one may see anywhere in the world—at

the least disadvantage as compared with those of the

special groups, I should have little doubt of the Miillerian

theory—though I should still say that in our islands the

groups were formed in the past, by causes no longer opera-

tive—but the insignificant forms, like many Nesoprosopis,

are extraordinarily successful in life. Yet we have to admit

that those coloured to fit special groups have originated

from such forms. The general tendency for the latter to

belong to open country and the changed condition of the

Avifauna are the points that the Millerian must lay the

greatest stresson. I could make the case stronger for him

by going into minute detail at considerable length. It

would be quite easy to fill a volume with facts concerning

these Hymenoptera, dealing with their variations, colours,

structures, etc. The true affinities of the species, one to

another, becomes very important, when considering the

Colour-groups.

Nov. 10, 1911.

With the Hawaiian wasps (Odynerus) it must be

remembered that, excluding one group of 4 species

which are derived from some fairly ancient immigrant

from Asia, all the rest are apparently the descendants of

a single very ancient immagrant species, though by exces-

sive evolutionary change the descendants have now formed

distinct genera and structural groups within the islands.

There is evidence for the conclusion that the original

ancestor was black with yellow bands, such as one now

sees all over the world. One must regard all these Colour-

groups as having been formed (i. e. started) actually within

the islands.

CONDITIONS UNDER WHICH THE HAWAIIAN COLOUR-

GROUPS MAY HAVE ARISEN,

Nov. 10, 1911.

If the Miillerian theory is the right one in this case, I

am sure that we must look back toa long past time for the

formation of the Colour-groups and the causes are no

longer operative. I have in the “Fauna Haw.”, under

“ Aves,” given a good deal of detailed information about

696 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

birds, insects and plants, and have shown how in the birds

themselves the causes which developed the weird forms of

the peculiar family Drepanididae no longer exist. Nothing

but the severest competition for food could ever have

produced such birds as Pseudonestor, Heterorrhynchus and

Chloridops, the main food of which consists of a single

article of diet, to obtain which as a regular diet a very

special and grotesque structure has been acquired in each

case. Such forms are the tips of twigs in a tree of descent

—and they can give rise to nothing further. It might

almost be said they are the tips of twigs which, having

produced a terminal blossom, themselves die back. A

comparatively easy and successful living is possible for a

time, but with a slight change of conditions there only

remains extinction. They have no chance to adapt

themselves to new conditions. It is, I think, noteworthy

how often one finds the ‘ finest’ things to be very rare in

islands, and I think this is clearly due to the fact that

what a systematic student calls ‘fine,’ is usually a form

peculiarly specialised in some particular way, and this

means a very particular mode of life. Such ‘fine’ things

are rare, because the conditions suited to their mode of

life are few. They are unfortunately the first things to

become extinct in Oceanic Islands.

Nov. 8, 1911.

I ought to say I have not finished with the ‘colour’

question yet, because I have a still more ‘ general’ part

than that which I am sending, dealing with ‘species

formation, ‘variation,’ etc., in a general and more com-

prehensive way, considering the whole fauna together,

birds, land-shells, insects and plants.

One who has a wide systematic knowledge of the whole

fauna can picture a very different condition of affairs from

the present—when the vegetation of the islands formed no

true forest, but the islands were covered by a shrubby

growth of woody Composites, Lobeliaceae, etc., with few or

no trees; when the birds were of less specialised forms

like Himatione and Chlorodrepanis of to-day, with no

wonderful developments like Psewdonestor and Heteror-

rhynchus, and there were only a few types present, which

were numerous in individuals and wandered from shore

(where now they are absent) to the mountain tops, and

there was a competition for food between individuals, not

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 697

to be seen nowadays. There were only a few species of

Lepidoptera, mostly Pyralids and Micros., and the wasps,

which necessarily came later than these, had no such field

for securing food as at present. If the Miillerian theory

is correct for these Hawaiian Hymenoptera, then the

separation of the Colour-groups began and was developed

gradually in past ages and the efficient causes are not

observable now.

I stick out absolutely for the formation of all the genera

of Drepanid birds within the islands—and what a time it

must have taken to produce the extraordinary variety of

forms, now seen in this exclusively Hawaiian family!

Looking at the birds, one ceases to wonder at the hundreds

of species of peculiar Achatinellidae in shells; at the fifty

odd species of bees (Nesoprosopis) with their wonderful

variety; at the 100 or more Odynerus, so varied in

structure ; at the vast genera in various groups of beetles ;

the (doubtless) hundreds of existing and very varied

species of the fly genus Drosophila, etc. I doubt whether

any but a systematist could rightly appreciate this wonder-

ful fauna, or even a systematist who confined himself to a

special group.

It has been a great advantage to me that I was able to

work out all the Hymenoptera, Orthoptera and Neuroptera,

a large part of the Coleoptera, practically all the Hemi-

ptera (after Kirkaldy) as well as having largely studied

many groups of the Lepidoptera and Diptera. Then I

made a very large and perfect collection of the birds and

wrote upon these also, made special studies in the land-

shells, and have a moderate knowledge of the Botany.

Guppy, who wrote on the latter, could never have had

his ideas, if he had studied the insects; and the conclusions

of specialists like Lord Walsingham, who monographed

the Micros., are in my opinion quite untenable (see p. 681).

Nov. 13, 1911.

If the Miillerian theory is true of the Hawaiian wasps,

what probably happened is this :—

1, There was a very ancient immigrant Odynerus

(? whence) which gave rise to the vast majority

of the forms now present.

2. It was a black-bodied insect with 2 (or more) narrow-

ish pale abdominal bands.

3. The descendant species of this Odynerus may have

698

10.

Ld.

Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

formed some Colour-groups (e.g. those with red

markings) amongst themselves.

. A later immigrant species from Asia arrived, a black

species with dark blue iridescent wings (like and

allied to nagripennis of to-day).

. It became the most abundant and widespread of all

species occupying all localities (as nigripennis does

to-day, excepting in Kauai) on all the islands,

except Kauai.

. On Kauai only, nigripennis did not remain specifically

the same, but gave rise to an equally common,

allied species O. radula, with two yellow bands.

. This became and is the dominant species on Kauai,

and (a) may have formed the model for the chief

(and almost only) Colour-group on that island, or

(b) it is likely that the pale-banded group may

have previously been a feature of Kauai, and

absorbed the immigrant nigripennis-like insect

(which became also structurally modified), or (¢)

the large series of Kauai forms may have at least

developed their dark blue iridescent wings after

the pattern of the nigripennis-like insect, and it

acquired their bands.

. In the open country of all the islands (excepting

Kauai) whether above or below the forest, a large

number of species remain, which probably most

nearly show the superficial appearance of the

original immigrant Odynerus.

. This open country is that which would always

(from the nature of the avifauna) have been either

devoid of insectivorous birds or very sparsely

frequented by them.

On Hawaii, the big island, the tendency is decidedly

to one uniform condition of blackness and the

formation of a single group—the pale-banded

forms tending to lose the bands, or having quite

lost them in the female sex ; the red-marked species

having the red marks diminished, faint or dull,

as compared with the nearest allied species on the

neighbouring islands. Hawaii is very rich in birds.

Except on Kauai, the ancestral character of the

yellow bands is confirmed by their retention by

those species which are least peculiar as compared

with foreign forms, and by the fact that almost

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 699

any species is, as a very rare variety, liable to

produce such a form, the band in such case being

often very faint and fine, only found on one seg-

ment, sometimes fragmentary, or represented only

on the ventral surface, where it is, of course,

invisible in life.

12. Though the nigripennis group is probably of much

later origin in the islands than the other, which it

is to be noted has produced within the islands

distinct genera (Nesodynerus, Pseudopterocheilus,

Chelodynerus), yet it also is ancient; for it is

represented by a highly modified species O. localis

in Kauai, and by a second distinct one on Oahu,

O. epipseustes. In Yocalis such important structures

are modified that much time would be required.

13. Consequently the arrival of the ancestor of the

nigripennis group may well have happened at a

time when the condition of the avifauna was very

different.

14, The nigripennis group of Odynerus might possibly

have become much more numerous in species had

not the islands been already occupied by a great

number of forms developed from the earlier im-

migration. We may compare the case of the bird

family Drepanididae, with that of the later-arriving

Meliphagidae.

IMPORTANCE OF THE HAWAIIAN FAUNA IN THE STUDY

OF EVOLUTION.

Nov. 4, 1911.

I believe the Hawaiian islands are for the solving of

many most important problems, without any equal else-

where as at present known. The excessive complications

of great continental faunas or continental islands are

absent, yet the fauna is itself large enough to present

many of the same phenomena. I saw this many years

ago and referred to 1t in my paper on the “ Vertebrata”

(under the Birds) in the “ Fauna Hawaiiensis.”

Nov. 13, 1911.

I cannot follow the de Vries people at all. Their

mutations and fluctuations are distinctions without any

particular difference to me. They know nothing about

the instability of the latter, For instance, suppose we

700 Mr. R. C. L. Perkins on the

get by selection a melanic form from a pale creature. If

it is then placed under exactly similar conditions to those

of the parent pale form, it is certainly likely to revert, but

if it is, as probably would be the case in nature, maintained

for generations, it seems to me the whole life of the

creature would be profoundly modified, and germ-cells

and many other parts would be affected. Many import-

ant external agencies would be changed, absorption of

heat, e.g. They seem to expect to see everything revert,

because it 1s known to do so in a limited number of

examples and after a few generations.

One of the most important parts of my introduction

will deal with insects known to have been introduced.

Some of these produce a brood every three weeks or so

throughout the year. Is it not remarkable that after

years in the islands, and having come from very different

countries, we do not find these producing varieties under

such new conditions, and after so many generations ?

It seems that it ordinarily takes a great time to start a

variable condition, but it does come in the end, for, if we

look at the species which are peculiar to the islands, but

are comparatively recent arrivals (i.e. not very peculiar

and which have not yet given rise to allied species), we

see that these are almost always excessively variable. Con-

sider how constant are the undersides of Vanessa atalanta,

cardui, ete., yet our V. tammeamea, Ksch., allied to these,

presents the most remarkable variations constantly.

Hypenodes altivolans, hardly different from a species found

in England, New Zealand, etc., is extraordinarily variable

with us, and the same is true of many other Hawaiian

species.

Nov. 15, 1911.

I am much impressed with the stability of species for

many generations under changed conditions—to which I

have referred previously.

Of course a species already in a highly plastic condition

would presumably be more likely to exhibit change in a

short time. But—

(a) In Blackburn’s collection (of which I have a large

part), formed thirty years ago, variable species

exhibited the same varieties then as now.

(b) Introduced species from other very diverse countries

have not altered after many generations, This

Colour-groups of the Hawaiian Wasps, ete. 701

applies to species which are known as being plastic

outside the islands, i.e. ones which have formed

marked varieties or races in countries different

from the one whence they were imported to

our islands, but which they, no doubt, reached

naturally, and at a much more remote period.

From my knowledge of insects generally I should say

that species we call very variable are usually really con-

stant in their varieties, i.e. the varieties themselves are of

regular occurrence in nature—some rarer some commoner,

like species. It evidently requires much time to alter

either species or varieties. What a time it must have

taken to produce the eighteen genera of Drepanididae, a

family peculiar to the islands! This and the extreme

specialisation of so many of the genera seem to point to

an ancient excessive competition, unrealisable on present

conditions.

I suspect that some day a widespread cause inducing

plasticity will be discovered. It must be remembered

that many of our commonest imported insects have no

enemies at all to keep them constant by selection, but they

have not begun to vary yet.*

* [The following contribution to this discussion was contained in

a letter written by Dr. Perkins from Honolulu, May 20, 1912 :—]

I am astonished after my experience here at the permanency of

specific characters. When I see the enormous changes in climate

and general conditions produced by the white man’s destructive

work, and compare examples of all sorts of insects collected to-day

with those taken over 75 years ago by old collectors, or 30-40 years

ago by Blackburn, I should have expected to have found at least

some perceptible difference between the individuals after so many

generations (things breed all the year here, many of them average a

brood to a month or six weeks).

Again, the conspicuous dominant wasps of the genus Polistes

introduced nearly half a century ago—more conspicuous and fierce,

and more numerous than any Odyneri—might have been expected

to influence the more plastic of the indigenous species, viz. those

which have a coloration that could be easily changed to resemble

the new arrivals. In general it appears that an enormous time

must be allowed for specific change, unless it occurs abruptly and

suddenly. We have lately had a tropical American Odynerus

introduced here, of quite a different type from our groups; but its

appearance could easily be arrived at by some of the native species.

This new species (no doubt, imported by man) is already, after a

year or so, @ most dominant species. Theoretically it should be

badly off, as it would be unknown to our endemic birds, etc., and it

is not very startling in colour.

XV. Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae.

By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M. (Oxon.),

F.E.S., Member of the Royal Society’s Sleeping

Sickness Commission.

[Read October 16th, 1912. ]

WHEN breeding Acraeine larvae I have on several occasions

been deceived by the very close likeness existing between

larvae of different species. In May 1911, on Damba

Island, Victoria Nyanza, I found a company of Acraeca

larvae, and reared them to maturity. These were sent

to Prof. Poulton, who identified them as Acraeca terpsi-

chore, L. Subsequently I found more larvae which I took

to be the same as the former. The imagines bred from

them were, however, identified by Prof. Poulton as

Acraca alicia, EK. M. Sharpe. The larvae were light green,

shining, with head and legs black, with a transverse row

of six rather long spinose spines across each segment, the

four central ones being black, the lateral ones green and

directed downwards. ‘The pupae also appeared to be

similar, but I did not take a written description.

The second instance is of some interest.

About the middle of June, 1911, on Damba Island, I

found a company of small larvae feeding in the jungle on

one leaf of the food-plant which appeared to be a species

of nettle, stinging very feebly. I reared them, and the

imagines supplied the first epigonic proof that Acraca

alciope, Hew., and Aecraca awrivillw, Staud., were male and

female of the same species. These larvae were dull

yellowish, with a lateral line of a more pronounced yellow,

above which was a black line; from the latter, at right-

angles, narrow black streaks ran dorsalwards, but not so

far as the mid line. Head and legs black. Of the six

spines on each segment the one on each side arising from

the lateral line was yellowish, the rest black,

About two months later I found another company of

similar larvae on a leaf (of the same plant) and reared

them. To my astonishment the imagines were a totally

different Acraea, whose name I knew not. Mr. Eltring-

TRANS. ENT. SOC, LOND. 1912.—PART IV, (FEB.)

Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Acraeine larvae. 7038

ham identified them as Acraea humilis, E. M. Sharpe, and

Acraea orestia, Hew., so that these two were shown to be

forms of one species. Both larvae and pupae had been so

like those of A. alciope that no suspicion had crossed my

mind that they were of a different species.

The third instance of resemblance concerns larvae of the

genus Planema. On August 17th, in the jungle of Damba

Island, about 5 p.m., I saw a female Planema macarista,

E. M. Sharpe, sitting on the leaf of a creeper, apparently

just completing oviposition. I saw her lay the last egg,

and then captured her. The eggs were laid all together on

the upper surface of one leaf, but each distinct from the

others. They were barrel-shaped, rather elongated, lemon

yellow, attached to the leaf in an upright position by one

extremity. Under a low power of the microscope the

surface was seen to be longitudinally ribbed, with faintly

marked cross bars between adjacent ribs. They were

twenty in number. All except one hatched on August

25th ; and the dates of the successive ecdyses of the larvae

were Aug. 31st, Sept. 7th, Sept. llth, and Sept. 16th.

Unfortunately the majority of them died after this from

an infectious disease, but one or two, though dwarfed

pupated on Sept. 21st, these pupae subsequently dying.

The larvae were of a bright, shining, claret colour, with

black head, legs and spines, the latter being rather long.

Until more than half grown these larvae congregated

together in a mass, whereby, under natural conditions,

their conspicuousness would of course have been greatly

accentuated. Though I obtained no imagines from this

brood, the parent was undoubtedly Pl. macarista. [The

parent was exhibited to the Society on Oct. 16th, 1912.—

E. B. Poulton. ]

The description of the pupa was as follows :—

Pinkish white, with black veins on the wings, and small

black linear markings on the ventral surface. On the

head are two widely separated pointed processes of the

same colour as the body. From the dorsal surface of the

abdomen project four pairs of long thin black spines,

hooked at the tip, arising each from an orange pink

tubercle, on each side of the outer aspect of the base of

which is a black line; except the anterior tubercle which

has only a short black line anteriorly to its base.

In October, one of my boys brought me from the Damba

jungle on the leaves of a creeper of a different species from

704 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the

the former, three larvae of identically the same appear-

ance as recorded above. These pupated almost immedi-

ately, and the pupae also corresponded with the above

description. TInaturally concluded they also were Pl. maca-

rista ; and when the imagines emerged on Oct. 18th, and

showed the orange band on the forewings and white on the

hindwings, I concluded they were all males, and put them

away without a careful examination. They were sent to

Prof. Poulton in due course, who, to my great interest

and astonishment, pronounced them to be two males and

a female of Planema poggei, Dewitz., and not Pl. macarista.

At the beginning of 1912 I moved to Bugalla Island,

forming one of the Sesse group in the N.W. corner of the

Victoria Nyanza.

In April I found in the forest a larva which exactly

corresponded with the description previously given—

claret-coloured with head, spines and legs black. It

pupated on April 19th. I carefully looked at the pupa,

and saw no difference in it from those of Pl. macarista ani

pogget. However, when the imago came out on May Ist,

it was neither macarista nor pogget, but Pl. arenaria, EH. M.

Sharpe. I have since reared other specimens of this

species from larvae found in the forest.

Here, then, we have larvae and pupae of three common

and very conspicuous Planemas so closely resembling

each other that I have not been able to distinguish any

difference ; though I have not had specimens of each to

compare side by side.

July, 1912.

Note—Later in the year Dr. Carpenter sent spirit

specimens of some of the species referred to above. Con-

cerning the larvae and pupae of Pl. arenaria he wrote

Now. 26, 1912,:-—

“The very young larvae are dull green with black

auterior segments. After the first ecdysis the black

becomes claret colour, and the green a sort of vague

dull pink, which gradually becomes darker owing to the

anterior claret tint spreading backwards, until the whole

larva is of that tint. Its colour is then indistinguishable

from that of macarista or poggei. Inasmuch as the larva

of macarista is from birth onwards always the same, I

think the facts show that the arenaria larva mimics that

Synaposematic resemblance between Acracine larvae. 705

of macarista. (I have only just discovered this, or would

have told you when I made my remarks on Acraeine

larvae.) The two pupae of Pl. arenaria, which might

equally well be macarista or poggei, are very remarkably

resistant to the cyanide bottle—even more so than the

imagines! I put them in one evening; next morning I

took them out and they were still, literally, kicking.

Next evening I repeated the experiment with the same

result! I had to chloroform them eventually.”

(8706S)

XVI. The Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi,

Neave. By G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., B.M.,

(Oxon.), F.E.S.

[Read November 6th, 1912. ]

WHEN I came out to Uganda as a member of the Royal

Society’s Sleeping Sickness Commission, I obtained per-

mission from the Society to send the Lepidoptera which

I might collect to Prof. Poulton; and it is to frequent

correspondence with him that the following interesting

result is due, which confirms the suggestion made by

Dr. Karl Jordan that several forms of Pseudacraeca,

hitherto regarded as distinct species, would be found to

be only polymorphic forms of one species.

At the beginning of 1912 my investigations into the

bionomics of Glossina took me to Bugalla, one of the

Sesse Islands—-a group lying in the N.W. corner of the

great Lake Victoria, some twenty-five miles S.W. of

Kntebbe. Here I soon found that Pseudacraeae of the

three forms terra, hobleyi, and obscura, together with

intermediate forms, were extremely abundant; teva being

more numerous than the other two put together. Every-

thing was favourable for testing Dr. Jordan’s suggestion.

I obtained many females in succession, and put them in a

large box with gauze front, hoping they would oviposit on

the leaves which I put in; but none would lay. I was

not at this time aware of the specific food-plant, and had

not been able to find the food-plant of Psewdacraea lucretia

which Prof. Poulton suggested would probably be the

food-plant of the hobleyi forms. Thinking that the atmo-

spheric conditions in my hut, on top of an open grassy hill

about 150 feet above the lake, were not suited to the

forest-loving butterflies, I took the box down into the

forest in which the Pseudacraeas fly, and stood it on

supports in a large basin of water. Still the Pseudacraeas

would not lay, and I was beginning to despair. However,

on Sunday, June 16th, 1912, in the forest on the lake

shore, I saw a Psewdacraea which I had been following

about, and vainly trying to catch, settle on the under surface

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND, 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)

Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyi. TOT

of a leaf of a sapling, remain motionless, hanging from it

with wings closed, and then fly away quickly. On looking

at the leaf, to my intense pleasure, I found an egg on the

iniddle of the under surface, still glistening with the

secretion affixing it to the leaf, and of a dull yellow colour.

Let me here briefly state the main facts of the life-

history. The parent was one of the intermediate forms

so plentiful in the locality, being an “ obscura” with large

pale areas, and a reddish suffusion strongly marked on the

under surface of the base of the hindwing, indicating an

admixture of the “ hobleyi” form.

The egg was laid on June 16.

The egg hatched. June 25.

Ist larval ecdysis. July 1.

2nd do. July 7.

3rd do. July 14.

4th do. July 21.

Larva pupated. August 1.

Imago emerged. August 16.

The imago was a male, of the form “ terra.”

This in itself was sufficient to prove the identity of the

forms “obscura,” “hobleyi” and “terra.” Further, the

larva and pupa corresponded exactly with the coloured

drawings of those of Ps. imitator, Trim., as drawn by

Miss Margaret E. Fountaine, and published in the Trans-

actions of the Ent. Soc., Part I, 1911 (pp. 57-59, and

Pl. X), thus bringing this form into the same category.

Miss Fountaine, however, makes no mention of the great

difference in the appearance and habits of the young

larva before and after the first ecdysis.

I will now proceed with the detailed description of the

varlous stages.

The Ovum.—When freshly deposited on the 16th June,

at noon, was of a uniform dull yellow colour. In shape

it was spherical, but slightly flattened at point of attach-

ment to the leaf: the surface being of a shagreen texture

and deeply sculptured into hexagonal cells. On June 18th

the periphery became clearer and less yellow, the centre

opaque and dull pinkish. On the 24th the centre became

black, and the outer parts white and semi-transparent.

The Larva.—Finally, without further change in the

appearance of the ovum, at 9.15 am. on June 25th the

young larva ate its way through the shell, and at once set

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3B

708 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the

to work to consume the rest, which it accomplished in

half an hour. The larva was rather “ maggotty looking,”

being of a dull greenish white, and quite smooth, with no

processes whatsoever on body or head, which was smooth

shining black. In a very short while the larva took up

its position along the edge of the leaf: and within a few

hours, before it had eaten any of the leaf, had affixed to

its back one or two pellets of excrement. The way in

which it subsequently ate the leaf was interesting. It

ate a small hole out of the edge, and then continued this

down the side of a lateral rib of the leaf, subsequently

doing the same on the other side of the rib, which was

cut out from the rest of the leaf tissue but attached by

its base. On this bare rib the young larva rested, and

very soon had accumulated a large number of light brown

pellets of excrement on its back and on the leaf around

it. It always returned to rest at the same spot after

feeding.

First Ecdysis—The first ecdysis occurred on July Ist,

with a complete change in appearance and habits. The

larva no longer covered itself with pellets; and the

appearance it took on persisted until after the fourth

ecdysis; the characters acquired at the first being merely

accentuated by the second and third ecdyses. The de-

scription of the larva after the third ecdysis is as follows.

(See also Miss Fountaine’s drawing.)

From first to fourth Hedysis. Dorsally—From behind the third

segment to the posterior margin of the tenth, of the same green hue

as the leaf, bordered with a pale brownish lateral line. Along this

line, from each segment arises a spine, beset with smaller spines.

The former are quite small except on segments two, three, eleven,

and twelve, while that on segment two is the largest of all, and the

pair diverge outwards and forwards like antlers, reaching the level

of the front of the head. The pair on the third segment is similar

but smaller. On segments two and three the dorsal green colour is

much marked by pale brown areas continued inwards and backwards

from the bases of the “horns” to meet mid-dorsally, making the

hinder sides of a triangular area whose base is formed by a simi-

lar line extending transversely between the bases of the “horns.”

The first segment, dorsally, is mostly blackish, with a narrow

antero-posterior mid-dorsal white line.

Posteriorly, there are two more pairs of enlarged spines, those on

the eleventh segment being a little larger than those in the middle

life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyr. ‘709

of the body; and those on the twelfth midway in size between

those of the second and third segments, and curved upwards and

forwards. The colouring of the last two segments dorsally is ashy

grey, dotted and mottled with blackish.

Laterally.—From behind the head until the eighth segment the

larva is greenish black, but on the eighth segment this is bevelled

off and gradually replaced by ashy grey, which is continued to the

end of the body and there becomes continuous with the same colour

dorsally. On the seventh segment the dark colour is interrupted

by a large, raised, triangular whitish flap, with its base at the lateral

line, and its apex running on to the base of the clasper, and there

ending in a spine which points almost directly outwards at right

angles to the body. There is a similar, dark, spine, on the base of

the clasper of the seventh segment.

Head.—Greenish black, slightly bifid at top, beset with numerous

small white spines. A narrow whitish band bordered with blackish

starts on each side of mid-line at the crown, nearly meets its fellow

in the middle of the front of the head, and curves away again

below.

As regards its habits the larva has the same “ homing”

instinct as when much younger, always resting at the tip

of a bare rib, and returning there after feeding. In the

resting position the head and first five segments are raised

off the leaf, and also all that part of the body behind the

fourth pair of claspers, this being held up at quite a sharp

angle, thus bringing more into evidence the lateral ashy

colour of that part of the body. The larva is very

sluggish and rarely moves except in connection with

feeding.

The fourth Ecdysis.—This took place on July 21st and

brought great change in appearance. The general colour

was now a velvety purplish brown, and under a lens the

whole integument was seen to be finely dusted with

minute green dots. Here and there the purplish tint was

replaced by greenish mottling. The flap on the side of

the 7th segment, and the formerly grey area behind it,

now became light pinkish brown, and just anterior to the

flap were two raised circular dots of pure white. The

first segment still bore a short white mid-dorsal line.

With this ecdysis the spinous processes are considerably

developed, those on segments four to nine, inclusive, being

trifid at the extremity, the central prong slightly the

largest. The pair on the second segment are even larger

3B2

710 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the

than before, very thick, slightly flattened at the extremity,

and are set with minute spines along the edges. They

diverge upwards and outwards, and then turn forwards at

an angle. The spines on the third segment are only a

little larger than those on the middle segments.

The processes on the tenth segment are a little larger

than those on the third, and flattened from side to side.

The last pair of processes (on eleventh segment) are very

large, and almost leaf-like, owing to the great flattening

from side to side: the anterior and posterior edges have

a frayed appearance, owing to their being set with small

spines close together. These processes curve forwards

and upwards.

The head is very spiny, ash-coloured in front, dark

brown at sides. .

Pupation—On July 29th the larva spent the day curled

up on a leaf eating nothing, and on the evening of the

30th suspended itself by the last pair of claspers from

the tip of a leaf. On the 1st August, very early in the

morning, before daybreak, it pupated. After this first ex-

perience I have reared numbers of these larvae, and it is

very interesting to note that the preparations for pupation

always occur in the same way. During one night, after

remaining motionless in a curled-up posture on the leaf

for some twelve hours, the larva will suspend itself from

the leaf tip; and pupation takes place during the next

night. Presumably by this adaptation the pupa gains by

not being exposed to daylight till the protective green

colour is fully developed, which takes some hours. The

pupa corresponded exactly with the figure and description

of that of Ps. imatator (loc. cit.), save only that the long

processes from the head were not twisted but quite

straight and parallel to each other.

The pupa in colour was leaf green, but the lower surface of the

dorsum, and head, was slightly tinted with a light bluish grey

bloom, as if to neutralise shadow. From the top of the head project

a pair of flattened stalk-like processes, soldered together along

adjacent edges except at the extreme tips, which are square. These

processes immediately after the shedding of the larval skin are

separate from each other, short, and curved dorsally. They appear

to be straightened out to their final position and shape by the forcing

into them of fluid, and the triangular processes on the abdomen

are similarly distended, being very small at first. The cephalic

Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi. 711

processes are about one-third of the length from top of head to end

of abdomen. They make a large obtuse angle with the ventral

surface of the body, but are in the same longitudinal plane. The

body is very much flattened from side to side: each abdominal

segment is slightly ridged in the mid-ventral line, the edge of the

ridge being outlined in dark brown. From the dorsal surface of

the abdomen project two large triangular processes, very thin from

side to side, with edges outlined in dark brown. One, near the tip

of the abdomen, is only half the size of that arising from the base

of the abdomen, which has on its posterior edge a secondary

triangular eminence.

Emergence of the Imago.—On Aug. 18 the antennae and

limbs became very distinct through the pupal skin, and on

Aug. 15 two dark patches showed on the forewing. These

dark areas were the future tawny areas on the forewing of

the imago, and soon assumed that colour, the rest of the

wing then becoming black. On the morning of the 16th

I was able to see how the wings were separated from the

pupal skin by the secretion of air between the two, and

very shortly the imago emerged; a male of the form

hitherto described as a distinct species under the name

Pseudacraea terra, Neave.

The fortunate observation that showed me the food-

plant has enabled me to recognise it in the forest: it is

the tree which serves as food for Ps. lucretia, but I have

been unable to get full botanical specimens of flower, etc.,

for identification. I have now had no difficulty in getting

captive females to oviposit on food-plant in the box in the

forest, and up to the time of writing have secured one or

more ova from six females of all three forms. The young

larvae are rather delicate, and sometimes exhaust them-

selves so much by wandering about, spinning a silk foot-

hold as they go, that they are unable to eat the hard dry

leaf, and die. I have lost some of each brood save one,

from this cause. Of one brood of four which all hatched

on one day, the members all seemed equally thriving,

when one, for some reason unknown, ceased feeding and

shrivelled up. The food-plant being so dry, has to be

renewed every other day, in spite of being kept in water.

In spite of these disappointments, however, I hope to

provide Prof. Poulton with specimens of each form reared

from the other.

August 1912.

712 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the:

APPENDIX.

[I have thought it well to add to this paper an account

of specimens subsequently bred by Dr. Carpenter from

three known females of the obscura form. All three were

captured in the neighbourhood of Dr. Carpenter’s camp on

the east side of the centre of Bugalla Island. Having had

the opportunity of comparing the whole of the “set”

material, I have added a few notes to Dr. Carpenter’s

descriptions of the three parents and their offspring, but

it has not been deemed necessary to indicate the slight

additions.—K. B. PouLton.] |

Series B.—Parent obscwra, captured in the forest just

above lake level, June 30, 1912 (laid four eggs).

Hatched. 1st Moult.| 2nd. 8rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.

1. July 12 July 20 | July 26 Aug.1 | Aug. 7 | Aug. 1S | Sept. 3

2. July 12 July 21 | July 26 Aug. 1 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 21 | Sept. 6

Remarks.—The female parent has a pronounced pale

forewing bar and the hindwing towards the base is paler

than usual. The umber brown marking on the hindwing

under surface is rather more developed than is usual in

obscwra.

1 is a 2 terra with pale fulvous forewing bar which on

the under side is nearly white.

2. A particularly interesting ? specimen. I do not think

I have caught one quite like it. It would take very little

to make it into imitator. The subapical bar is white, the

inner marginal forewing pale area is very faintly marked,

and a very little would cause it to disappear altogether ;

and to make the hindwing like imitator you only want a

concentration of the pale colour into a band. The speci-

men bears much resemblance to the female parent, differ-

ing in the more pronounced forewing bar and the less

pronounced pale areas on the rest of the expanse of both

wings.

3. A? terra, with rather more white suffusion on the

forewing bar than in 1.

Traces of the umber marking appear in all three

offspring, faintly in 1 and 8, distinct in 2 which resembles

the parent in this respect.

Life History of Pseudacraea ewrytus hobleyi, 718

Series C.—Parent a pale obscwra, captured in the

forest just above lake level, July 9, 1912 (only laid one egg,

on July 9).

4th.

Aug. 10 | Aug. 22

Pupated. | Imago.

IstMoult., 2nd. | 8rd,

Sept. —

July 24 |

Hatched.

July 17

July 30 | Aug. 4

Remarks.—The parent is more worn than B, but

apparently the chief pale area of both wings was much

less pronounced than in the latter. The basal area of

hindwing under surface is free from the umber brown

marking.

1. Imago a f obsewra tending in the direction of terra.

No umber marking on under surface.

Series D.—Parent obscwra-hobleyi, captured on flowers

at the edge of the forest, July 15, 1912 (laid 13 ova).

One egg shrivelled, one failed to hatch, one larva died

before first moult, another was a “ wanderer ” and died from

exhaustion, another died during first moult and one after.

Result seven pupae only.

Hatched, 1st Moult. 2nd, 3rd. 4th. Pupated.| Imago.

1, July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 15 | Aug, 26 | Sept.\10

2. July 25 July 30 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 9 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 11

%. July 26 July 31 | Aug. 4 | Aug. 10 | Aug. 16 | Aug. 28 | Sept. 12

4, July 26 July 31 | Aug. 5 | Aug. 10 | Aug.17 | Aug. 29 | Sept. 138

5. July 27 Aug.1 | Aug. 9 | Aug.14 | Aug. 26 | Sept. 4 | Sept. 20

6. July 28 Aug.4 | Aug.11 | Aug.17 | Aug.26 | Sept.6 | Sept. 21

7. July 28 Aug.5 | Aug.12 | Aug. 20 | Aug. 29 | Sept.7 | Sept. 23

Remarks.—The parent is worn like C, but its pale areas

had been apparently much like those of B, showing like

the latter a tendency towards the female hodleyi in the

emphasis of the white bar. The umber marking is

present, but faded, and it is difficult to estimate the

original development of this marking.

1. 2 terra tending towards hobleyi ? in the paleness of

all the forewing markings, especially on the under surface

(where they are white), in the distinct umber marking on

the under surface and the traces of a white bar along its

outer margin.

2. 2 terra with a trace of obscura. The umber marking

barely visible.

3. 2 terra with white forewing subapical bar. In this

and the umber marking and the white areas on the under

714 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on the

surface of the forewing this specimen exhibits the same

tendencies as 1.

4. 2 terra, dark, with faintest trace of obscura; very

similar to 2.

5, g obscura, much like C 1, but tending rather more

strongly in the direction of ¢terva. Umber marking barely

visible,

6. 2 similar to 5, only tending rather more strongly

towards ¢er7'a on the hindwing upper surface.

7. g similar to 5, but tending slightly more strongly

towards terra. Sept. 21, 1912.

[The two families tabulated below, together with the

notes upon them, were received in a letter from Dr.

Carpenter, dated October 17, 1912.]

Series E.—Female parent a typical 2 hobleyi, captured

at the edge of the forest, July 24, 1912.

' Hatched. Ist Moult,} 2nd. 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.

2. Aug. 4 Aug. 11 | Aug. 20 | Sept.2 | Sept. 9 | Sept. 21} Oct.4

Remarks.—1. A typical (dwarfed) ? hobleyi,

2. 2, approach to imitator like B 2.

3. g, a combination of hobleyi, terra and obscura, showing

early stage towards No. 2.

The hobleyi influence is shown in both 2 and 3 by the

strong development of the umber triangle on the hind-

wing under surface.

Two other ova shrivelled up without hatching.

Series F.—Female parent a typical terra, captured

Aug. 2, at the edge of the forest.

Sept. 14 | Sept. 23

Pupated. | Imago.

Oct. 18

Oct. 4

| Aug. 11 | Aug. 25 | Sept.1 | Sept. 7

Remarks.—For some reason this larva grew slowly and

put in an extra ecdysis on Sept. 23 (the 5th). The

butterfly is a typical ¢ terra, except for the presence of

a strongly marked indication of the umber triangle. The

female parent was cut to pieces by ants which got into

the cage, but the wings show no trace of the umber

marking,

Life History of Pseudacraea eurytus hobleyt. 715

Series G—Female parent a typical 2 hodleyi, captured

on flowers at the edge of the forest, Aug. 6, 1912.

Hatched. 1st Moult.; 2nd. | 3rd. 4th. Pupated. | Imago.

Ty Auge lz Aug, 26 | Sept.1 | Sept.S | Sept.14 | Sept.25] Oct. 9

2. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 | Sept. 8 | Sept.15 | Sept. 26] Oct. 10

3. Aug. 18 Aug. 27 | Sept. 1 Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 11

4, Aug. 18 Ang. 27 | Sept. 2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept. 27] Oct. 11

5. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept.2 | Sept.8 | Sept. 16 | Sept.27 | Oct. 11

6. Aug. 18 | Aug. 27 | Sept. 3 Sept.S | Sept.16 | Sept. 27 | Oct. 12

Remarks,—No, 2 a typical $ hobleyi. All the others

typical female hobleyi except No. 4 and No. 6, in which

the white bar of the hindwing is continued on to the fore-

wing so as to meet, or nearly meet, the subapical white

bar. This latter feature is seen in the parent.

There were, alas, seven other eggs, but six young larvae

died soon after hatching, one as a result of 3rd moult.

All the survivors were pure hobleyi, 5 292,1 2.

From the results I have obtained so far, it appears that

form hobleyi has a very strong influence and it is the most

distinct form (dominant in the non-Mendelian sense).

Let me tabulate the following reasons,

I. An enormous number of otherwise more or less

typical terra and obscura have a reddish tint at

base of the hindwing under surface, and this

applies still more to a large number of inter-

mediates strongly tinted with hobleyz.

II. But though terra-hobleyi, and obscura-hobleyi are

common enough, yet I have not yet, so far as I

am aware, sent you a single specimen of hobleyr-

terra or hobleyi-obscura—i. e. a form which you

could say was hobleyi tainted with obscwra or

terra.

IIL. I have not bred a pure hobleyi from terra or obscura.

IV. Lastly (which seems most important) from two

hobleyi parents I have bred, on the one hand, in

series EK, a typical hobleyi and two intermediates

(no typical terra or obscwra), on the other, in series

G, six offspring, of which not one was anything

but typical hobleyi! This seems extremely interest-

ing, and I suppose indicates that hodleyi is the

longest established form in Uganda at any rate.

716 Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on Pseudacraea hobleyi.

I should, a day ago, have said that I supposed hodleyi

had nearly become a true species—but yesterday I read

Dr. Jordan’s paper, and at the end he dealt with this very

fallacy !

So hobleyt seems dominant over both terva and obscura ;

the former of the last two being also stronger than the

latter. Hobdleyi, thus, is the most interesting form to breed

from, and I have now got another in confinement.

ix aie?

XVII. On some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. By

E. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., Govt. Entomologist,

Royal Botanic Gardens, Peradeniya,

[Read November 6th, 1912. ]

PLATE LXXXVI.

Harmatelia bilinea, Walk.

A short note on the occasional luminosity of this beetle

was published in “ Spolia Zeylanica,” vol. vii, Part XX VITI,

p. 212, Aug. 1911.

At that time I had not personally noticed any luminous

phenomena connected with this insect, although many

living examples of Harmatelia had been under observa-

tion. But, in September 1911, two specimens, caught in

the Peradeniya Gardens, exhibited a distinct light when

examined in a dark room.

It was seen at once that the light was not confined to a

single area, as in most other Lampyridae, but was emitted

from several distinct foci on each side of the body.

These luminous spots appeared to be closely connected

with the spiracles. Eight luminous foci could be dis-

tinguished on each side of the abdomen, and one on each

side of the thorax—the latter apparently situated beneath

the shoulder of the elytron. When emitting the light,

the abdomen was slightly depressed, to expose the dorso-

lateral area, and, when at its brightest, the whole abdomen

appeared to be irradiated internally. The luminous spots

were more brilliant on the dorsum, but could be plainly

distinguished (by transmission) on the venter of the

insect.

The accompanying figure (Plate LX X XVI, Fig. 1) shows,

diagrammatically, the position of the phosphorescent foci

as seen from below, the luminous spots being represented

in red.

Ihave not yet succeeded in determining the female of

this beetle, and it remains uncertain whether the other

sex is an apterous grub-like creature, or whether it is in

the form of a normal beetle.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.)

718 Mr. E. Ernest Green on

Doptoma adamsi, Pascoe.

Of this insect, Dr. Sharp remarks (Camb. Nat. Hist.,

Insects, Part II, p. 252): “Nothing is known as to the

habits of this curiosity, not even whether it is luminous

in one or both sexes.”

I am now in a position to state definitely that Dioptoma

is luminous, in both sexes. On the 12th of this month

(Sept. 1912) I observed a glow-worm displaying its light

and evidently signalling for the male. The hinder part

of her body was recurved over the back, so that the large

sub-terminal photogenic organ was fully exposed. While

examining the female (without disturbing her) I witnessed

the advent of the male. His approach was not heralded

by any display of fireworks on his part; but his arrival

caused a partial eclipse of the luminous disc on the female,

and her tail was immediately turned down to the normal

position. On boxing the specimens, I found the male

in coitu, and discovered that I had captured the two sexes

of Dioptoma adamsi,

Later, when examining my captures in the dark, I was

interested to observe that the male Dioptoma (hitherto sup-

posed to be non-luminous) displays—under sexual excite-

ment—a brilliant series of lights of an emerald green colour.

There is a transverse series of 4 luminous spots along the

posterior margin of the prothorax; a marginal abdominal

series of 8 on each side ; and two converging dorsal series

(of 3 points) on the hinder segments of the abdomen. It

is possible that this dorsal series may extend towards the

base of the abdomen, but the other spots would be eclipsed

by the opaque elytra. When viewed from below, inter-

mittent flashes appeared to emanate from the ventral area

of the thorax, but I was unable to locate their exact

position.

The accompanying diagram (Plate LXXXVI, Fig. 2)

represents a dorsal view of the male Dioptoma, with

elytron and wing removed on one side, to show the

position of the luminous spots. I cannot guarantee the

absolute accuracy of the position of each spot, as it is

difficult to determine the segments of the living insect—

when examined in the dark; but the number of visible

luminous points was verified several times.

The female Dioptoma is an elongate apterous grub-like

insect; the body sub-cylindrical, slightly broader than

deep; the segments approximately of equal width, except

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1912, Pl. LXXXVI.

LUMINOUS COLEOPTERA FROM CEYLON.

some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon. 719

the first which is narrowed in front. Posterior segment

truncately rounded. Photogenic organ roundly quadrate,

almost completely occupying the venter of the penulti-

mate segment ; emitting an intense greenish-yellow light.

Colour brownish ochreous, the basal half of each dorsal

segment dark brown.

Length 30 mm. Breadth 7 mm.

Although, in the example under observation, the light

was confined to the area of the large photogenic organ,

two examples of what appear to be the same species, from

Kandy, were reported by the collector to have exhibited —

when freshly caught—a supplementary series of luminous

points along each side. He describes them as being situ-

ated intersegmentally, and states that there were two

luminous points (one dorsad, the other ventrad to the

lateral line) at each junction of the segments. He did

not count the number, but thinks that the series extended

along the whole length of the abdomen. When I received

them, the insects were more or less moribund, and displayed

light from the terminal ventral organ only. Some eggs

laid by these examples did not exhibit any luminescence.

Lamprophorus tenebrosus, Walk.

The males of this species, though ordinarily exhibiting

a very brilliant light, invariably approach a “ calling ”

female with their light shut off. JI have frequently

observed the advent of the male, when watching a female

that was displaying its signal. The first intimation of the

arrival of the other sex is the partial eclipse of the

luminous discs of the female. Several males are often in

attendance upon a single female.

The male of this species apparently seeks the female

solely by sight, for I have found them visiting females of

other species, including that of what I now know to be

Dioptoma. They are also constantly attracted to lamps at

night.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE LXXXVI.

Fic. 1. Harmatella bilinea, Walk. (diagrammatic) x 13 (p. 717).

2. Dioptoma adamsi, Pasc, ( 1 xO, TLS),

CineZ00) }

XVIII. On new Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from

Africa, mostly KHlidinae. By Row Lanp E.

TURNER, F.Z.S., F.E.S.

[Read November 6th, 1912. |

Dr. BRAuNS has forwarded to me a number of species of

Myzine, mostly unique specimens, the types of the new

species remaining in his collection.

Although a considerable number of males have been

described from 8. Africa, and some are still undescribed

in various collections, very few females have hitherto come

to hand. The collection is therefore of great interest,

containing several undescribed females. These show much

variety both in the length and neuration of the wings,

from the fully developed wings of rujfifrons, Fabr., to the

very short wings of perniciosa, Turn., in which there is

only one cubital cell. For the species with short wings

the name Pseudomeria, Saund., may be conveniently

retained, but should not be treated as of more than sub-

generic importance, at all events until the males are

known. At present both sexes are known in only two

or three of the §. African species of Myzine, and it is

quite possible that some of the short-winged females may

have quite ordinary males, though probably the only

known male with strongly reduced neuration, JZ. stigma,

Turn., will prove to have a female of the small Pseudomeria

type.

ia also append descriptions of a few species of other

families recently received by the British Museum from

East Africa.

Family SCOLIIDAE.

Sub-family ELIDINAE,

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF BRAUNSOMERIA, TURN.

RN Females.

1. Punctures coarse and often confluent

longitudinally; abdomen black

marked with creamy white; length

12 mm., robust . .-. . . « B. mutilloides, Turn.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912. —PART Iv. (FEB.)

Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 721

Smooth or finely and evenly punctured ;

abdomen more or less red, without

white marks ; slender, length about

CUI, Nee ee ce, tee ett oe 2.

2. Finely and evenly punctured ; ferru-

ginous, head and abdominal seg-

ments 3-5 black... . +.’ . . BJ perpinctata, Turn.

Almost entirely smooth and shining . 3.

3. Head red ; pronotum as broad as long. B. quadraticeps, Turn.

Head black; pronotum longer than

DYOAG ag cote eis teh) 2 ye ase BY abriceps; tin,

Lraunsomeria perpunctata, sp. n.

Q. Aptera, punctata, ferruginea; capite fusco-ferrugineo ; seg-

mentis dorsalibus 3-5 nigris.

Long. 7 mm.

Q. Head rectangular, a little broader than long, almost flat ;

mandibles not narrowed to the apex, bidentate at the apex, the

teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards.

Antennae scarcely longer than the head, inserted close together, the

tubercles above the base of the antennae well developed and distinctly

separated. Eyes almost round and rather flat; ocelli absent, their

position indicated by large punctures. Head, thorax and abdomen

closely and rather finely punctured, most finely on the abdomen.

Pronotum narrower than the head, longer than broad; tegulae

absent ; scutellum short, broadly rounded at the apex; median

segment a little shorter and narrower than the pronotum, obliquely

sloped posteriorly, Petiole about as long as the first joint of the

posterior tarsi, first abdominal segment broadly rounded at the base

beyond the petiole ; second and third dorsal segments no longer

than the others and slightly constricted at the base, sixth dorsal

segment smooth and shining at the apex and in the middle, broadly

rounded at the apex. Ventral surface shining, very sparsely and

finely punctured.

Hab. CaPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brawns).

Easily distinguished from B. quadraticeps and atriceps

by the close and even puncturation.

Braunsomeria mutilloides, sp. n.

Q. Nigra; thorace segmentoque mediano ferrugineis ; tarsis

testaceis ; mandibulis flagelloque fusco-ferrugineis ; segmento dorsali

secundo maculis tribus magnis apicalibus; quarto fascia lata

722 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

apicali utrinque emarginata, quinto macula apicali utrinque pallide

flavis.

Long. 12 mm.

9. Mandibles broad, not narrowed to the apex, bidentate, the

teeth of about equal size, the inner tooth bent abruptly inwards.

Clypeus very short, broadly arched ; the labrum slightly exposed.

Antennae longer than the head, the first joint of the flagellum con-

cealed in the apex of the scape; interantennal prominence well

developed, truncate at the apex. Head rectangular, half as broad

again as long, very slightly convex, coarsely punctured, the punctures

more or less confluent longitudinally ; eyes large, oval; ocelli

absent. Thorax and median segment coarsely punctured reticulate ;

tegulae very small ; pronotum a little longer than broad ; scutellum

short, broadly rounded at the apex; median segment as long as the

pronotum and a little narrower, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the

sides of the segment almost smooth. Abdomen petiolate, the petiole

narrow and about as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi,

the basal segment abruptly widened from the petiole and sub-

truncate anteriorly, more than half as wide at the base as at the

apex, closely punctured, the sculpture somewhat concealed by

close black pubescence ; second and third segments longitudinally

punctured striate, not larger than the other segments ; fourth and

fifth closely punctured; sixth shining and sparsely punctured,

smooth in the middle and at the apex, broadly rounded at the apex.

Intermediate coxae widely, posterior narrowly separated ; legs short ;

tarsal ungues small, with one tooth near the middle.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashonaland (G. A. K. Marshall),

Type in Coll. Brauns.

In general appearance this curious insect resembles

some of the Mutillidae, the pale markings of the abdomen

representing the patches of pale pubescence so common in

that family. Although differing much in size and sculpture

from other known species of Brawnsomeria, I do not

consider the structural differences sufficient to remove it

from that genus.

Key To THE ETHIOPIAN SPECIES OF MYZLNE.

owes Females.

1. Stigma situated before one-fifth from

the base of the forewing ; second

dorsal segment with a_ broad,

white, transverse band. Wings

very short... . . . . . . M. neavei, Turn.

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 723

Stigma situated at or beyond one-

third from the base of the fore-

wing; second dorsal segment

without a white band. Wings

sometimes short, usually of

normal length

2. Second cubital cell absent .

Second cubital cell present . . . 10.

3. Third cubital cell absent, the neura-

tion not extending peor the

29 bo

stigma . . . . . M. perniciosa, Turn.

Third cubital ea ander fee 4,

4, Entirely black; size 17 mm. or

more, very robnat Migs hes 5.

More or less marked with red or

ferruginous, smaller and _ less

BOOUSG! 20 a2 Pah 6.

5. Forewing scarcely fae seth the

thorax and median segment com-

bined, mandibles with a tooth

bent sharply inwards close to

the apex; apical dorsal segment

siciculates) 2.) vs . . M. infradentata, Turn.

Forewing as long as Se Wiest

thorax and median segment com-

bined; mandibles without a

tooth bent inwards; apical dorsal

segment smooth . . . . . . M. klugii, Westw.

6. Median segment with a median

sulcus or carina. . . . tie

Median segment without a Auleis

or carina... 9.

7. Head and pronotum a sabdomen

black ; size about 15 mm. ; wings

ofnormal length .... eh Gee

Head and thorax ferruginous, A

domen ferruginous at the base

with white lateral spots; size

about 10 mm.; wings short . . M. perornata, Turn,

8. Legs red; apical dorsal segment

smoothies 2%: . M. semirufa, Gerst.

Legs black; apical dorsal ceuinbat

punctured-striate. . . . . . M. rufosplendida, Turn.

9. Pronotum red. . . . M. sublevis, Turn.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—ParRv Iv. (FEB.) 3C

724

10.

11.

12:

13.

14,

15.

Pronotum black .

Black, without any ferruginous

colour .

Black, with more or ee Fenteeiniatie

aallerae eee eee ete

Frontal sulcus almost obsolete ;

pubescence on median segment

dark . Peo st sare ts

Frontal sulcus well defined ;

pubescence on median segment

white

Pronotum red

Pronotum black .

Head black, mesonotum red ; opus

Head red, mesonotum black ;

slender . A asich ie a See

Abdomen ferruginous, head black

or ferruginous

Abdomen black, sometiies seal ut

the apex; head more or less

ferruginous

Wings fuscous, fuged mt bide’

median segment iene

striated on the posterior slope

and on the sides of the dorsal

surface, smooth only in the

middle .

Wings fusco-hyaline ; peda seg-

ment smooth, shaliowly punc-

tured on the posterior slope

Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

M. limata, Sm.

Wile

M. umbratica, Turn.

M. inconspicua, Turn.

13.

14,

M. multipicta, Turn.

M. quadrata, Turn.

M. abdominalis, Guer.

15.

M. rufifrons, Fabr.

M. rufitarsis, Cam.

I have not seen Myzine (Meira!) immaculatus, Cam.,

and the description is not sufficiently good to include tl.e

species in the key.

o Ge Males.

Neuration beyond the stigma obso-

lete, only one cubital cell .

Neuration continued beyond the

stigma, three cubital cells.

Cubital and discoidal nervures of

forewing not continued ‘ei

the cells

Cubital and discoidal nervures af

M., stigma, Turn.

11.

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa.

forewing continued beyond the

cells, almost reaching the margin.

. Basal abdominal segment nodose,

longer than broad 3

Basal abdominal segment not no-

dose, as broad as long

. Antennae stout, thickened to the

apex ; third cubital cell as long

as the second on the radius

Antennae slender, not thickened to

the apex; third cubital cell very

short, not more than half as long

as the second on the radius

. Entirely black

Abdomen and pronotum more or

less banded with yellow .

. The yellow bands on the abdomen

emarginate or interrupted on

each side . fey ee ee

The yellow bands on the abdomen

entire, not emarginate or inter-

rupted laterally 3 21+.) 4

. Basal abdominal segment at least

REC yg Oe ee eet yecie st. 4 4

Basal abdominal segment black

. Basal abdominal segment only red.

Two basal abdominal segments red.

. Yellow abdominal bands emarginate

laterally ; median segment smooth

posterioriy |. -.. saben mid ow 6

Yellow abdominal bands interrupted

laterally ; median segment punc-

tured-rugose throughout .

Posterior margin of the pronotum

without a yellow band .

Posterior margin of the pronotum

with a yellow band . ...

Anterior margin of the pronotum

without a yellow band; basal

abdominal segment globular.

Anterior and posterior margins of

the pronotum, both banded with

yellow ; basal abdominal segment

not globular.

M. swalei, Turn.

M. braunsi, Turn.

M. diffinis, Turn.

M, klugii, Westw.

=~!

16.

10.

M. rufinodis, Turn,

M, rufonigra, Bingh.

725

M. consanguinea, Turn,

M., kristenseni, Turn.

11.

M. constrictiventris, Turn

12.

zC2

726

12.

13.

14.

15.

16.

18,

Second recurrent nervure inter-

stitial with the second transverse

cubital nervure Air

Second recurrent nervure received

by the third cubital cell

Basal abdominal segment tubercu-

late at the apex beneath ; apical

abdominal segment red except at

the base .

Basal abdominal seotnentt a tober.

culate beneath ; apical segment

black, sometimes marked with

yellow . 4

Apical segment Fuolly nee ae

dominal bands an ae lbten.

ally :

Apical segment ral a gelling apt

on each side; abdominal bands

emarginate laterally .

Pronotum shallowly emarginate an-

teriorly ; emargination of the

apical dorsal segment broader at

the apex than deep

Anterior margin of pronotum

straight ; emargination of the

apical dorsal segment. as deep as

the apical breadth

The apical processes of the seventh

dorsal segment broadly truncate

at the apex .

The apical processes oe pemrieats

. Pronotum as long as the meso-

notum, distinctly narrowed an-

teriorly

Pronotum much Doves ein the

mesonotum, not rey nar-

rowed anteriorly ‘

Abdomen very closely sani fel

punctured, subopaqueand strongly

pubescent, with slight blue gloss.

Abdomen rather sparsely and less

finely punctured, withcut blue

SIGS fm en ae

Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

M. basutoruwm, Turn.

13,

M. capicola, Turn,

14.

M. interrupta, Cam.

15.

M. abdominalis, Guér.

(= M. continua, Cam.).

M. rufifrons, Fabr.

M. semirufa, Gerst.

17.

M. politissima, Turn.

18.

M. meruensis, Cam.

M. -impetwosus, Turn.

P pe

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 727

The following males are not described with sufficient

«accuracy to enable me to identify them,

1, Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér.

Myzine haemorrhoidalis, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V,

p. 581 (1837), ¢.

Myzine capensis, Sm., Cat. Hym. B, M., IIT, p. 74 (1855), gf.

“Téte, antennes et corselet noirs, ponctués et velus, abdomen plus

étroit 4 la base, noir, a Pextremité rouge; deux petites stries au

premier segment et une bande aux quatres autres jaunes, ailes

incolorés, pattes fauves.

“Tong.12mm. Du Cap de Bonne Esperance.”

2. Myzine servillei, Guér.

Myzine servillei, Guér., Dict. Pitt. Hist. Nat. V, p. 582

SET) yd:

“Téte et antennes noires, sans taches. Thorax noir avec deux

petites stries jaunes interrompues sur le prothorax. Ailes trans-

parentes, incolorés ; pattes fauves avec les cuisses noires ; abdomen

noir avec le bord fauve ; le premier segment ayant une bande et les

autres trois taches postérieures jaunes. Dessous sans taches avec le

bord postérieur des segments brunatre.

“Long. 16mm. Du Cap.”

3. Myzine pacificatriz, Cam.

Plesia pacificatriz, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II,

p. 118 (1910), 2.

4, Myzine transvaalensis, Cam.

Plesia transvaalensis, Cam., Ann. Transvaal Museum, II,

joel aS LS BUD) ee

Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn.

Myzine (Pseudomeria) neavei, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (8), VIIT, p. 614 (1911), 9.

This is the only Ethiopian species known to me in

which the stigma is as near to the base of the wings as

in M. (Pseuwdomeria) graecca, Saund. But so many inter-

mediate forms occur between this and the ordinary species

with wings fitted for flight that I do not think that any

728 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

satisfactory distinction can be drawn from this character.

In &. infradentata, Turn., and M. perornata, 'Turn., the

wings are too short to be used for flight, also in MV. per-

niciosa, Turn., in which the third cubital cell is absent.

Myzine perniciosa, sp. 0.

2. Nigra, nitida; pronoto rufo; mandibulis, antennis tarsisque

fusco-testaceis ; alis subhyalinis, brevissimis, thorace brevioribus,

cellulis cubitalibus secundo tertioque obliteratis.

Long. 5 mm.

@. Mandibles with a blunt tooth on the inner margin before the

apex. Head slightly convex, a little broader than long, slightly

rounded at both the anterior and posterior angles, smooth and

shining; eyes elongate ovate; ocelli very small, situated in a

triangle on the vertex ; the posterior margin of the head with a

fringe of short whitish hairs; interantennal prominence bilobed.

Thorax narrower than the head, smooth and shining, pleurae very

minutely punctured ; pronotum longer than broad, slightly narrowed

and rounded anteriorly ; scutellum narrowly truncate at the apex,

longer than the mesonotum. Median segment a little longer than

the scutellum, smooth, subopaque, the sides microscopically striated,

steeply sloped posteriorly. Abdomen smooth and shining, the

petiole as long as the second joint of the posterior tarsi, the apical

segment narrowly rounded at the apex. Sting when exserted nearly

as long as the abdomen. Wings very short, the forewings no

longer than the thorax without the median segment; the stigma

situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing, the neuration

beyond the stigma absent, so that the second and third cubital and

second discoidal cells are missing.

Hab, Care Cotony, Algoa Bay (Dr. Brauns), January.

Myzine perornata, Turn.

Myzine (Pseudomeria) perornata, Turn., Ann. and Mag.

Nat. Hist. (8), I, p. 499 (1908), ff.

Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Dewetsdorp (Dr. Brauns).

The type is from Piet Retief.

Myzine infradentata, sp. n.

?. Nigra, politissima ; segmento mediano opaco, crasse punctato; _

mesopleuris rugosis; alis fusco-cyaneis, brevissimis; mandibulis

apice bidentatis, apice subtus dente verticali instructis.

Long, 17 mm,

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 729

?. Mandibles rather stout, bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth

short and blunt ; a strong tooth on the outer side of the mandibles

and at right angles to them originating from the base of the outer

tooth. Palpi fairly stout, maxillary palpi six jointed, labial palpi

four jointed. Head rectangular, more than half as broad again as

long, shining, with a few scattered punctures; the eyes elongate

ovate, touching the base of the mandibles, ocelli in a broad triangle

on the vertex ; the frontal tubercles above the base of the antennae

well developed, separated by a shallow, short, longitudinal sulcus.

Antennae twelve jointed, the first joint of the flagellum almost

concealed in the apex of the scape. Thorax smooth and shining,

mesopleurae rugose, propleurae punctured-rugose ; pronotum fully

half as broad again as long, narrower than the head ; mesonotum

scarcely as long as the scutellum. Median segment scarcely longer

than the scutellum, subopaque, closely and coarsely punctured; the

posterior slope steep, smooth at the base, coarsely punctured at the

apex. Abdomen smooth and shining, sixth dorsal segment finely

aciculate, rounded at the apex. Wings short, the costa of the fore-

wing about equal in length to the thorax and median segment

combined, the stigma situated at one-third from the base.

Hab, ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brauns),

October.

This fine species may be easily distinguished by the

structure of the mandibles. Superficially it resembles

Myzine klugii, Westw., but in that species the wings are

very much longer and less brilliant. The large third

cubital cell is present in this species as in typical Myzine,

but the nervures are rather ill defined; the second cubital

cell is absent.

Myzine klugi, Westw.

Meria klugu, Westw., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, III, p. 53

(1835), 9.

Myzine nigrita, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 391

(1910), 2.

According to Dr. Brauns these are sexes of one species,

appearing early in September before other species of the

group.

Myzine rufosplendida, sp. n.

. Nigra, nigro-pubescens, nitida, sparse punctata; fronte, vertice

pronotoque antice late rufis; alio fusco-caeruleis; segmento mediano

730 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

dense punctato; pygidio tenuiter punctato-striato; tibiis tarsisque

anticis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 16 mm.

. Mandibles stout, simple, without teeth. Head subrectangular,

about half as broad again as long, shining and almost smooth, the

clypeus and the space between the eyes and the base of the antennae

closely punctured; the prominences above the base of the antennae

well developed, a short, shallow, longitudinal sulcus on the front.

Pronotum more than half as long again as broad, smooth and

shining, the pleurae sparsely punctured; mesonotum and scutellum

smooth and shining; median segment coarsely and closely punctured,

with a short carina from the base, the posterior slope almost smooth

in the middle. Petiole as long as the penultimate joint of the

posterior tarsi; abdomen smooth and shining, the apical dorsal

segment finely longitudinally punctured striate. The neuration is

not quite as in normal Myzine, the usual petiolate second cubital

cell being absent, owing to the loss of the second transverse cubital

nervure. Beyond the stigma the forewing is brightly glossed with

blue; the base of the forewing and the hindwing are more feebly

glossed with purple.

Hab. ORANGE FREE STATE, Bothaville (Dr. Brawns),

January.

Myzine multipicta, sp. n.

?. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pubescens ; pronoto,.mesonoto, propleu-

risque rufo-ferrugineis; segmentis dorsalibus 2-5 macula magna

transversa utrinque, segmentis primo quintoque macula parva

laterali utrinque albido-flavis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris. |

Long. 12 mm.

?. Mandibles stout, without teeth ; clypeus transverse at the apex.

Interantennal prominence well developed and strongly bilobed ;

antennae not very stout, the third joint of the flagellum distinctly

longer than the second, the first concealed. Head subrectangular, dis-

tinctly broader than long, smooth and shining, the cheeks as broad as

the eyes, ocelli in a wide triangle, the posterior pair at least as far from

the posterior margin of the head as from each other. Thorax smooth,

a few large punctures on the scutellum and pleurae ; pronotum twice

as broad as long, narrower than the head. Median segment smooth

and shining, steeply sloped posteriorly, with a sulcus from the base

to the apex, the sides and extreme apex of the segment striated.

Abdomen smooth and shining, with afew scattered punctures on

the ventral surface ; apical dorsal segment broadly rounded. Wings

large, reaching to the fifth dorsal segment, the costa of the forewing

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 731

fully half as long again as the thorax and median segment combined ;

second cubital cell present, triangular, petiolate ; stigma situated just

before the middle of the costa,

Hab, CarE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns).

Allied to erythrocephala, Fabr., but differs in the greater

length of the head; the colour of the pubescence, also of

the head and thorax; the more arched slope of the median

segment and the sparser puncturation.

Myzine limata, Sm.

9. Nigra, nitida, albido-pilosa; mandibulis basi antennisque

fusco-ferrugineis ; abdomine pallide ferrugineo, segmentis secundo

tertioqgue macula parva albida utrinque; pedibus fuscis, tarsis

testaceis ; alis hyalinis, venis tegulisque testaceis ; cellula cubitali

secunda obliterata,

Long. 4-5 mm,

@. Mandibles without teeth, acute at the apex; head rather

small, about one quarter broader than long, slightly rounded at the

angles, scarcely convex, smooth and shining, the cheeks no broader

than theeyes. Antennae not slender, the third joint of the flagellum

no longer than the second, Thorax shining, very sparsely punctured ;

pronotum a little broader than long, slightly narrowed anteriorly,

the posterior margin broadly smooth. Median segment smooth and

shining, with a few long hairs springing from punctures on the

lateral margins, the sides of the segment smooth and shining, the

dorsal surface slightly convex and without a sulcus. Abdomen

shining, very sparsely punctured, segments 2~5 with a raised curved

mark on each side at the base. Wings much longer than the thorax

and median segment combined ; the second cubital absent owing to

the loss of the second transverse cubital nervure ; the stigma not

very large, situated at about two-fifths from the base of the wing,

Hab. AucoA Bay (Dr. Brawns), November; Caia,

Zambesi River (Dr. Swale), July.

A variety has the segments of the abdomen clouded

with black in the middle.

Myzine inconspicua, sp. 0.

@. Nigra, albopilosa, nitida; segmentis dorsalibus secundo

tertioque macula albida utrinque ; mandibulis tarsisque brunneo-

errugineis ; calcaribus albidis ; alis pallide fusco-hyalinis,

Long. 6 mm.

?. Mandibles with a very small tooth on the inner margin near

(i373 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

the apex. Head a little broader than long, rounded at the angles,

smooth and shining, with a distinct frontal sulcus and a few large

punctures near the eyes ; the tubercles at the base of the antennae

moderately developed, the third joint of the flagellum very little

longer than the second. Thorax smooth and shining, the pronotum

nearly twice as broad as long, rather closely punctured on the

anterior margin, pleurae sparsely punctured. Median segment

shining, sparsely and finely punctured, with a shallow median sulcus,

the sides of the segment shining and microscopically striated.

Abdomen shining, with a few minute punctures. Wings a little

longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined ; second

cubital cell very small, only half as high as its petiole, stigma

situated just before the middle of the costa.

Hab. Care Conony, Port Elisabeth (Dr. Brawns),

March.

Near MW. umbratica, Turn., but differs in the reduced

size of the second cubital cell, in the colour of the

pubescence, in the distinct frontal sulcus, and in the

different sculpture of the pronotum and median segment.

Myzine quadrata, sp. n.

9. Nigra, nitida, nigro-pilosa ; capite, prothorace tegulisque rufis ;

segmentis abdominalibus 2-4 macula laterali utrinque albida ;

pedibus fuscis, tarsis rufo-testaceis ; alis fusco-hyalinis; venis nigris,

basi fusco-testaceis,

Long. 10 mm.

Q@. Mandibles without teeth ; head subquadrate, slightly rounded

at the posterior angles, a little broader than long, smooth and shining,

the posterior ocelli as far from the posterior margin of the head as

trom each other, the tubercles at the base of the antennae moderately

developed, the third joint of the flagellum scarcely longer than the

second, Thorax very sparsely punctured, the pronotum a little

broader than long, pleurae sparsely punctured ; median segment

smooth and shining, longer than the scutellum and postscutellum

combined, obliquely sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface with a

well-marked median sulcus, the surface of the posterior slope sub-

opaque and not quite smooth, a few very fine and indistinct striae

on the sides of the segment. Abdomen smooth and shining.

Second cubital cell present, the stigma situated a little before the

middle of the costa, the forewing about as long as the head, thorax

and median segment combined.

Hab. Care Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), January.

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 738

Myzne rufifrons, Fabr.

Larra rufifrons, Fabr., Ent. Syst., II, p. 222 (1798), &.

Myzine (Meira) (sie!) violaceipennis, Cam., Rec. Albany

Mus., I, p. 301 (1904), 9.

Myzine (Meira) (sie!) erythrostomus, Cam., Ann. Transv.

Mus,, II, p. 117 (1910), 9.

6. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto margi-

nibus, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis apicalibus late emarginatis,

dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus bisinuatis; septimo macula magna

utrinque, femoribus apice, tibiis tarsisque flavis; alis hyalinis, venis

nigris, stigmate testaceo.

Long. 19-21 mm.

¢. Clypeus narrowly and shallowly emarginate at the apex.

Antennae shorter than the head, thorax and median segment com-

bined, of even thickness throughout. Eyes widely and not very

deeply emarginate. The whole insect closely and not very finely

punctured. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, the anterior

margin straight. First dorsal segment more than twice as broad as

long, rounded anteriorly, not globular: the other segments slightly

constricted at the base, the yellow apical bands less strongly

punctured than the base. Incision of the seventh dorsal segment

triangular, about as deep as the breadth at the apex. Second and

third abscissae of the radius about equal in length, the fourth much

longer ; position of the second recurrent nervure rather variable,

sometimes almost interstitial with the second transverse cubital

nervure, sometimes received as far as one-quarter from the base of

the third cubital cell.

Hab. S. Arrica, as far north as Salisbury.

The males in the British Museum are from Johannes-

burg and Salisbury. They are very near J. abdominalis,

Guér. (= continua, Cam.), but the incision of the apical

segment is a little deeper and the anterior margin of the

pronotum is straight.

Although the sexes have not been taken in copula, I

think there can be little doubt that they belong to one

species. In females from Willowmore the usual red

colour of the head is considerably obscured. In J.

abdominalis, Guér., 2, the colour of the head varies from

black to ferruginous red.

734 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

Myzine capicola, sp. n.

6. Niger, robustus, albopilosus ; pronoto linea utrinque margine

anteriore, fascia angusta margine posteriore, tegulis macula, segmento

dorsali primo macula apicali utrinque, segmentisque 2-6 maculis

tribus transversis apicalibus flavis ; segmento dorsali septimo apice

lateribusque late rufo; mandibus fusco-ferrugineis ; tibiis tarsisque

rufo-testaceis, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate

fusco-testaceo.

Long. 18 mm.

d. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex, closely

punctured, Antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little

longer than the head, thorax and median segment combined, Eyes

widely and very shallowly emarginate on the inner margin. The

whole insect closely and not very finely punctured, more coarsely

on the front thanelsewhere. Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum,

not much narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin emarginate, the

posterior margin widely arched. Median segment steeply sloped

posteriorly. First abdominal segment broad, obliquely sloped

anteriorly to the petiole, the surface of the slope slightly concave.

First ventral segment with a distinct tubercle beneath at the base

of the oblique apical truncation. Abdomen broad, the segments

strongly depressed at the base; seventh dorsal segment flattened on

the apical portion, the incision as deep as its apical breadth, the

lateral processes pointed. Second abscissa of the radius long, a little

longer than the third ; second recurrent nervure received at about

one-eighth from the base of the third cubital cell.

Hab. CAPE OF GoopD Hope.

Type in B. M.

This fine species may be distinguished by the tubercles

on the first ventral segment, the black clypeus, the red

apical segment and the short first dorsal segment with the

slightly concave anterior slope. The colour somewhat

resembles M. haemorrhoidalis, Guér., but the description

does not altogether agree.

Myzine kristensent, sp. n.

¢. Niger, sparse albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, pronoto macula

utrinque margine anteriore, tegulis basi, segmentis dorsalibus 2-6

maculistribus transversis apicalibus, tarsisqueflavis ; antennis fuscis;

alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate fusco,

Long. 7 mm,

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 735

gd. Clypeus narrowly and very shallowly emarginate at the apex,

closely punctured. Antennae stout, a little thickened towards the

apex, the third joint of the flagellum longer than the second. Eyes

widely, but very shallowly, emarginate. The whole insect closely

and rather deeply punctured, rather more sparsely on the abdomen

than elsewhere. Pronotum not narrowed anteriorly, shorter than

the mesonotum, the anterior margin straight. Median segment short,

very steeply sloped posteriorly, the dorsal surface marked with a

shallow longitudinal groove. First dorsal segment short and broad,

obliquely sloped anteriorly to the petiole. Abdominal segments

distinctly constricted at the base ; the incision of the apical segment

much broader at the apex than deep, the lateral processes short and

pointed. Third cubital cell small, less than half as long as the

second both on the radius and on the cubitus; second recurrent

nervure received at the middle of the third cubital cell.

Hab. 8. AsyssintA, Harar (G. Kristensen).

Type in B. M.

Myzine consanguinea, sp. n.

¢. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto

margine anteriore fascia late interrupta, margine posteriore fascia

arcuata, tegulis, segmento dorsali primo macula parva apicali, seg-

mentis 2-5 maculis tribus transversis apicalibus, sexto fascia bisinuata

apicali, segmentis ventralibus 2-5 macula parva angulis apicalibus,

femoribus apice, tibiis anticis intermediisque extus tarsisque pallide

flavis ; segmentis abdominalibus primo secundoque rufis ; alis hyalinis,

venis nigris, stigmate testaceo,

Long. 9 mm.

d. Clypeus shallowly emarginate at the apex ; antennae stout, of

even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax and median

segment combined. Eyes widely and rather shallowly emarginate

on the inner margin; the frontal prominence between the antennae

shallowly emarginate. Head, thorax and median segment closely

and rather finely punctured ; pronotum a little shorter than the

median segment, slightly narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin

straight, the posterior margin widely but not deeply emarginate.

Median segment rounded, the dorsal surface slightly convex. First

abdominal segment subglobular, slightly constricted at the apex,

the portion beyond the short petiole broader than long. All the

segments shining and rather sparsely punctured. Incision of the

seventh dorsal segment triangular, a little wider at the apex than

deep, the lateral processes narrowly rounded at the apex. Second

abscissa of the radius a little longer than the third, second recurrent

736 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

nervure received just before one quarter from the base of the third

cubital cell.

Hab. ZAMBESI, Caia (Dr. Swale), August.

Type in B. M.

In colour this approaches JZ rufonigra, Bingh., but is a

smaller and much less robust species.

Myzine basutorum, sp. n.

dg. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus; mandibulis basi, clypeo, pronoto

margine anteriore fascia anguste interrupta, margine posteriore fascia

arcuata, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna subtriangulari antice,

segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus profunde bisinuatis,

septimo macula magna utrinque, segmentis ventralibus 2-6 fasciis

apicalibus bisinuatis, femoribus subtus, tibiis tarsisque pallide flavis ;

alis hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo.

Long. 13 mm,

6. Clypeus short and broad, widely and shallowly emarginate at

the apex; antennae stout, of even thickness throughout, a little

shorter than the head, thorax and median segment combined. Eyes

broadly and not very deeply emarginate. Head, throrax and median

segment very closely punctured and rather thickly clothed with long

white pubescence, Pronotum shorter than the mesonotum, scarcely

narrowed anteriorly, the anterior margin widely emarginate, the

posterior margin broadly arched. Median segment steeply sloped

posteriorly, the dorsal surface slightly convex, First abdominal

segment beyond the petiole nearly twice as broad as long, not

swollen or constricted at the apex. Abdomen finely and not very

closely punctured, slender, the incision of the seventh dorsal segment

as deep as the apical breadth. Third abscissa of the radius longer

than the second; second recurrent nervure interstitial with the

second transverse cubital nervure, which is strongly curved inwards

near the radius.

Hab, BASUTOLAND (K. Crawshay). Three males.

‘Type in B, M.

Myzine impetuosus, sp. 0.

é. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis, clypeo, pronoto marginibus,

anteriore anguste interrupto, tegulis, mesopleuris macula magna

triangulari antice, segmentis dorsalibus 1-6 fasciis apicalibus lateri-

bus dilatatis, septimo macula magna utrinque, ventralibus 3-5

fasciis latis, secundo sextoque fasciis bisinuatis, femoribus apice,

tibiis tarsisque flavis.

Long. 13 mm.

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 737

g. Clypeus very shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae

stout, of even thickness throughout, as long as the head, thorax

and median segment combined. Eyes rather strongly emarginate.

Pronotum short, the anterior margin straight. Head, thorax and

median segment closely punctured and rather closely clothed with

long greyish white pubescence. Abdomen shining and very sparsely

punctured, thinly clothed with white-pubescence ; the first segment

about three times as broad as long on the dorsal surface, somewhat

rounded anteriorly ; the other segments very slightly constricted at

the base ; the incision of the seventh dorsal segment as deep as the

apical breadth, the lateral processes rounded at the apex. Second

abcissa of the radius a little shorter than the third, second recurrent

nervure received at about one-sixth from the base of the third cubital

cell,

Hab. British East AFRrica, foot of Kikuyu Escarpment,

near Naivasha, 7,300 ft. (S. A. Neave), March.

Type in B. M. Described from two specimens.

Elis (Mesa) donaldsoni, Fox.

Cosila donaldsoni, Fox, Proc. Acad. Philadelphia, p. 549

(1896), 9.

Elis aliciae, Turn., Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 704

(1912), 9.

From information received from Prof. Fernald of Massa-

chusetts, I have no doubt that Fox was quite mis-

taken in placing his species in Costa. As noticed in my

remarks on the species in my paper quoted above, the

description agrees well with H/zs aliciae, which must sink

as a synonym. Fox was probably not acquainted with

any of the Old World species of Elis.

Elis (Mesa) coerulerpennis, sp. n.

9. Nigra, albopilosa, crasse punctata; alis fuscis caeruleo-tinctis.

Long. 14 mm,

. Clypeus short, finely punctured, with a low carina from the

base not reaching the apex. Head deeply, but not very closely,

punctured, the space round the ocelli shining and very sparsely

punctured. Scape sparsely punctured, flagellum clothed with very

fine greyish pubescence. Thorax deeply, but rather sparsely

punctured ; median segment scabrous, with a distinct median groove

the edges of which are raised into distinct carinae, the apex of the

segment margined, the surface of the posterior truncation coarsely

738 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

punctured, the sides of the segment finely striated. Abdomen

shining, rather closely punctured, more finely at the base of the

segments than at the apex, the sixth dorsal segment finely longitudi-

nally striated. Basal joint of the posterior tarsi with a scopa of

white hair beneath. Third abscissa of the radius about twice as

long as the second; first recurrent nervure received just beyond

the middle of the second cubital cell, second just beyond the middle

of the third cubital cell.

Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, between Kumi and N. E.

shore of Lake Kioga, 3,400-8,600 ft. (S.A. Neave), August.

Type in B. M.

Nearly allied to xanthocera, Gerst., from which it differs

in the colour of the antennae, the rather more sparse

puncturation and the finer puncturation of the abdomen.

Elis (Mesa) nyanzae, sp. n.

3. Niger, gracilis, albopilosus ; tibiis anticis extus, tarsis anticis,

tegulis basi, segmentisque dorsalibus 2-5 fasciis angustis apicalibus

late bisinuatis pallide flavis; alis hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 17 mm.

¢. Clypeus and front clothed with long silvery pubescence.

Front rugosely punctured, vertex coarsely punctured, a deep trans-

verse sulcus above the posterior ocelli. Eyes very widely and

shallowly emarginate. Antennae longer than the head, thorax and

median segment combined, the apical joints a little more slender

than the basal. Pronotum a little shorter than the mesonotum, the

anterior margin straight and slightly raised, rather finely and closely

punctured. Mesonotum and scutellum more coarsely punctured

than the pronotum ; median segment punctured-rugose. Scutellum

with an obscure median carina. Abdomen slender ; first abdominal

segment about twice as long as the second, the petiole with a median

groove occupying the basal third of the segment, which is con-

siderably swollen on the apical portion, but not nodose or strongly

constricted at the apex. The whole abdomen closely and finely

punctured; second segment about one-third longer than the third,

as broad at the apex as long, narrowed to the base. Seventh dorsal

segment with a distinct elongate oval pygidial area, very shallowly

emarginate at the apex. Third abscissa of the radius longer than

the second, more than twice as long as the fourth; second recurrent

nervure received just beyond one-quarter from the base of the third

cubital cell.

Hab. East Victorta Nyanza, Lusinga Island (S. A.

Neave), April 25, 1911.

Specres of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 739

Type in B.M.

Allied to ametalla, Turn., and asmarensis, Turn., but

the first abdominal segment is distinctly shorter and more

robust. In ametalla there is no distinct pygidial area, and

in asmarensis it is less clearly defined and marked with a

very strong longitudinal carina.

Sub-family TIPHIINAE.

Tiphia tegularis, sp. n.

@. Nigra, robusta, crasse sed haud dense punctata ; antennis

dimidio basali fulvo-brunneis ; alis fusco-caeruleis; tegulis maximis,

elongatis ; segmento mediano brevi; segmento dorsali primo basi

carinato.

¢. Feminae simillimus.

Long. 9,15 mm.; ¢, 13 mm.

@. Mandibles with a very ill-defined blunt tooth on the inner

margin near the apex. Clypeus short, sparsely punctured, narrowly

and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Antennae very stout, not

strongly curved, the three basal joints of the flagellum broader than

long, the scape short and stout, the apical joint of the flagellum

elongate conical, almost pointed, longer than the penultimate. Head

and thorax shining, coarsely but not very closely punctured; the

posterior margin of the pronotum narrowly smooth ; dorsulum very

sparsely punctured. Tegulae large and long, reaching beyond the

middle of the scutellum, the base smooth and shining, the apex sub-

opaque and punctured. Median segment more than twice as broad

as long, scarcely longer than the scutellum, opaque, the three carinae

in the middle strongly marked, the middle one not reaching the

apex, the outer ones nearly parallel, a little further apart in the

middle than at the extremities, the sides and apex of the segment

distinctly margined, the sides of the segment finely striated.

Abdomen strongly but not closely punctured; the first segment

broadly truncated at the base, with a strong, transverse, basal

carina; second segment with a broad, transverse, longitudinally.

striated groove at the base ; sixth dorsal segment closely punctured

at the base, the punctures more or less confluent longitudinally,

smooth and broadly rounded at the apex ; second ventral segment

very sparsely punctured. Spur of posterior tibia half as long as

the basal joint of the posterior tarsus. Second recurrent nervure

received just before two-thirds from the base of the second cubital

cell, The tarsal ungues are bifid and also havea blunt lobe near the

base. The posterior margin of the pronotum is broadly and almost

regularly arched, but rather more deeply indented in the middle.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1912.—PART IV. (FEB.) 3D

740 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

6. The four apical joints of the antennae only are black ; the

abdomen is more closely punctured than in the female; the two

outer carinae on the median segment converge a little towards the

apex. The radial cell does not extend beyond the second cubital

cell and is obliquely truncate at the apex.

Hab, TRANSVAAL, Lichtenberg (Dr. Brawns), January.

Near scabrosa, Gerst., but is much less densely punctured.

Tiphia incrassata, sp. 0.

2. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fuscis; antennis

fusco-ferrugineis ; alis fuscis, obscure caerulescentibus ; segmentis

abdominalibus albofimbriatis.

Long. 11-12 mm.

?. Clypeus widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex. Head

and mesopleurae closely and coarsely punctured. Pronotum rather

closely punctured, broadly smooth and shining posteriarly, the arch

of the posterior margin almost transverse in the middle ; mesonotum

and scutelluin sparsely punctured. Median segment short, nearly

twice as broad as long, widely and shallowly emarginate at the apex,

the sides and apex distinctly margined, subopaque, finely and in-

distinctly punctured, with the usual three longitudinal carinae, the

middle one not quite reaching the apex, the outer two strongly

convergent towards the apex, almost twice as far from each other at

the base as at the apex, the sides of the segment closely striated, the

surface of the posterior truncation finely shagreened and slightly

concave. Abdomen shining, rather sparsely punctured on the two

basal segments, more closely on the others; the basal segment short,

truncate at the base and with a distinct transverse carina ; the apical

dorsal segment irregularly longitudinally striated, broadly rounded

and testaceous at the apex. Spur of the hind tibia fuscous, sharply

pointed, and nearly as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsus.

The tegulae are long, reaching beyond the middle of the scutellum,

smooth at the base, finely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent

nervure received just before two-thirds from the base of the second

cubital cell ; second transverse cubital nervure with a double curve.

Hab. TRANSVAAL, Johannesburg (Kobrow). In coll.

Brauns.

Tiphia montivaga, sp. n.

?. Nigra; antennis mandibulisque fusco-ferrugineis ; femoribus,

tibiis tarsisque laete ferrugineis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis.

Long. 13-14 mm.

?. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, punctured at the base,

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. T41

the apical margin narrowly smooth. Apical joint of the flagellum

no longer than the penultimate. Head finely and sparsely punctured,

more closely on the front than on the vertex. Pronotum very

sparsely punctured, shining, broadly smooth posteriorly, the arch

of the posteriorly margin almost transverse on the median portion ;

propleurae smooth and shining. Mesonotum and scutellum shining,

very sparsely punctured, mesopleurae finely and more closely

punctured. Median segment less than twice as broad as long,

shining, very shallowly and sparsely punctured, the three longi-

tudinal carinae parallel and rather low, the two outer ones separated

by a distance equal to about two-fifths of their length ; the sides of

the segment shining and indistinctly striated. Abdomen shallowly

and sparsely punctured ; the fourth and fifth segments more closely

punctured ; the basal segment broadly rounded at the base, without

a carina; the second segment transversely depressed at the base ;

pygidium punctured rugose on the basal half, ferruginous and very

minutely punctured at the apex. Second recurrent nervure received

at about three-fifths from the base of the second cubital cell.

Tegulae large, longer than broad, smooth and shining.

Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Mt. Kokanjaro, S.W. of

Mt. Elgon 6,400 ft. (S. A. Meave), August 7-9.

Type in B. M. 4 2 9.

Allied to 7. massaica, Cam., in the sparse puncturation,

but in that species the wings are hyaline and very

iridescent, with black nervures and the details of the

sculpture are different.

Sub-family ANTHOBOSCIN AE.

Anthobosca rufocuudata, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, albopilosa, punctata; mandibulis fusco-ferrugineis ;

segmentis dorsalibus quinto sextoque, ventralibus quarto, quinto

sextoque rufo-ferrugineis ; calcaribus albis; alis hyalinis, venis

nigris ; cellula radiali apice subacuta.

$. Niger, albopilosus ; mandibulis basi, clypeo, margine interiore

oculorum anguste, pronoto margine posteriore, tegulisque pallide

flavis ; pedibus nigris, flavo-variegatis ; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus,

venis nigris ; clypeo apice acute bidentato ; unguiculis bifidis.

Long. 9,6-8 mm.; ¢, 7-8 mm.

9. Clypeus short, with a low median carina, the apical margin

depressed. Head rather sparsely punctured, more deeply on the

front than on the vertex. Thorax rather sparsely punctured,

median segment very finely and closely punctured. Abdomen

minutely punctured, seventh dorsal segment finely aciculate, smooth

ebe

742 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

and broadly rounded at the apex. Sides of the median segment

smooth. Apical half of the posterior femora broadly rounded

beneath ; basal joint of posterior tarsi with a comb of about ten

short bristle-like spines beneath. Tarsal ungues bifid. Radial cell

subacute at the apex, no longer on the costa than the large stigma ;

third abscissa of the radius longer than the first and second com-

bined ; first recurrent nervure received a little beyond the middle

of the second cubital cell, second at the middle of the third cubital

cell, which is longer on the radius than on the cubitus.

¢. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth shorter than

the outer. Clypeus with two strong black teeth at the apex.

Antennae stout, of almost even thickness throughout, shorter than

the thorax and median segment combined. Head finely punctured ;

thorax very finely and closely punctured; abdomen finely sha-

greened. Posterior tibiae with five spines on the outer margin;

tarsal ungues bifid. Third abscissa of the radius longer than the

first and second combined, third cubital cell longer on the radius

than on the cubitus ; recurrent nervures as in the female. First

abdominal segment nearly half as long again as the second.

Hypopygium rather narrowly linguiform.

Hab. CAPE Cotony, Willowmore (Dr. Brauns), Sep-

tember and October.

The female is the type.

The male resembles the species for which Caren

formed the genus Odontothynnus. I have no doubt, how-

ever, that he is mistaken in the statement that the

ungues of the hind tarsi are simple. In colour the female

resembles “ Plesta” melanaria, Cam., which will probably

prove to be the female of one of the males described by

him under Odontothynnus.

Anthobosca natalica, Turn.

Anthobosca natalica, Turn., Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p.

85 (1908), 9.

This species also occurs at Willowmore, Cape Colony,

in January.

Sub-family SCOLIINAE.

Scolia (Trielis) brawnsi, sp. n.

2. Nigra, cinereo-pilosa ; mandibulis basi, flagello, tibiis subtus

tarsisque fusco-ferrugineis, alis fuscis, venis nigris; segmentis

abdominalibus nigro-ciliatis.

Long. 17 mm.

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 743

Q. Clypeus short, very broadly rounded at the apex, punctured

at the sides, the middle raised and flattened, marked with three

very strong longitudinal carinae, with one or two lower carinae

between them. Head sparsely punctured, antennae inserted almost

as far from each other as from the eyes ; the frontal prominence

between them very broadly triangular, bounded laterally by well-

marked carinae, at the base by a smooth transverse groove which

almost reaches the eyes. Vertex very sparsely punctured, a large

smooth space round the anterior ocellus, Pronotum closely and

rather coarsely punctured, mesonotum and scutellum sparsely

punctured ; median segment closely and coarsely punctured, the

surface of the posterior truncation smooth. Pubescence black on

the dorsal surface of the thorax and abdomen, more or less cinereous

on the sides, very sparse. Abdomen finely and rather sparsely

punctured, the dorsal segments with sparse ciliae of black hairs at

the apex ; the sixth dorsal segment broadly rounded at the apex,

coarsely punctured and clothed with short fulvous setae. Ciliae

of the ventral segments sparse and whitish. Third cubital cell

pointed on the cubital nervure, the length on the radial nervure

equal to nearly two-thirds of the length of the second transverse

cubital nervure. Radial cell extending beyond the third cubital

cell. Spines of the hind tibiae pointed.

Hab. Cape Cotony, Willowmore (Dr, Brauns),

December.

Allied to Scolia (Trielis) punctum, Sauss., but differs

much in the colour of the wings and pubescence, and in

the less closely striated clypeus. It differs from techowz,

Turn.,in the same points of colour, also in the sculpture

of the median segment and sixth dorsal segment.

Scolia (Dielis) clotho, Sauss.

Elis (Campsomeris) clotho, Sauss., Stett. Ent. Zeit., XX,

p. 263 (1859), 9.

Dielis masaica, Cam., Sjéstedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru

Exp., IT, p. 229 (1910), 9.

In Cameron’s type the wings are somewhat paler than

is usual, but it is undoubtedly identical.

Scolia (Dielis) coelebs, Sich.

Elis (Dielis) coelebs, Sich., Cat. Spec. gen. Scolia, p. 184

(1864), 2. |

Dielis erionotus, Cam., Trans. S. Afric. Phil Soc., XV,

pashli ss:

T44 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

Family POMPILIDAE.

Cyphononyx basalis, Sm.

Pompilus basalis, Sm.,Cat. Hym. B. M., III, p. 138 (1885), 9

Cyphononyx car oli- waterhousei, Cam., Sjastedt’s Kilimand-

jaro-Meru Exp., II, p. 241 (1910).

Family CRABRONIDAE,

Sub-family PHILANTHINAE.

Philanthus histiio, Fabr., Syst. Piez., p. 301 (1804).

Philanthus flavolineatus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-

Meru Exp., II, p. 271 (1910).

It is singular that Cameron should describe this common

and wide-ranging East African species as new, without

any note of comparison.

Cerceris vigilans, Sm., sub-sp. pervigilans sub-sp. n.

9. Differs from Indian specimens in having the postscutellum

yellow instead of black ; the enclosed area at the base of the median

segment is finely granulate instead of finely and closely punctured ;

the pygidial area is more strongly narrowed towards the apex ;

the petiole of the second cubital cell is a little longer; and the

wings are sub-hyaline at the base, with a distinct fuscous apical

border.

¢. The differences in the male are the same as in the female, but

the pygidial area is narrower throughout than in typical vigilans.

Hab, British East Arrica, Kirja Valley, 8. Kavirondo,

4,000 ft., April 30—May 1; Simba, 3,500 ft, May 8

(S. A. Neave).

Type in B.. Mod. 933 2 a:

The differences seem to me to be too small to be of

full specific value, the most important being in the shape

of the pygidial area. The rather remarkable form of the

clypeus is identical. Yet wigilans is an Indian species,

not recorded from intermediate localities.

Cerceris yalensis, sp. 0.

Q. Nigra; clypeo, fronte sub antennis, macula pone oculos,

femoribusque anticis infra flavis ; abdomine, segmento basili excepto,

flavo-ochraceo ; alis fusco-hyalinis ; segmento ventrali secundo area

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 745

basali elevata nulla ; segmento mediano area basali longitudinaliter

striata.

¢. Feminae similis; segmento mediano area basali obscure

transverse striata, segmento ventrali sexto angulis apicalibus valide

dentato.

Long. 9,14mm.; ¢, 11 mm.

Q. Clypeus broad, the middle lobe more than half as broad again

as long, the anterior margin almost transverse, very feebly quadri-

dentate, the distance between the base of the clypeus and the

antennae equal to about half the length of the clypeus; inter-

antennal carina high and narrow, triangularly truncate at the apex ;

antennae rather stout, the second joint of the flagellum distinctly

longer than the third. Cheeks nearly as broad as the eyes;

posterior ocelli more than half as far again from the eyes as from

each other. Clypeus and front below the base of the antennae

sparsely punctured ; front above the antennae irregularly longi-

tudinally striated, vertex closely punctured. Pleurae coarsely

punctured striate; thorax very sparsely punctured in the middle,

the punctures more or less confluent on the sides of the mesonotum.

Median segment strongly, but not closely, punctured, the triangular

area at the base coarsely longitudinally striated. Abdomen almost

smooth, the fifth segment shallowly and sparsely punctured, first

dorsal segment more than twice as broad as long, the segments not

strongly constricted ; pygidial area granulate, gradually narrowed

from the base, narrowly rounded at the apex, less than twice as

long as the basal breadth, with a fringe of short hairs on the sides.

First recurrent nervure received at two-thirds from the base of the

second cubital cell, second at one-quarter from the base of the third

cubital cell.

¢. Head and thorax closely and rather deeply punctured,

sparsely on the clypeus and front below the base of the antennae ;

middle lobe of the clypeus longer than broad, with three indistinct

teeth at the apex. Apical joint of the flagellum slightly curved

and truncate at the apex. Basal area of the median segment

shining, with a median groove and very obscurely and transversely

striated. Abdomen sparsely punctured, the basal segment not quite

twice as broad as long; sixth ventral segment with a broad tooth

on each side at the apical margin; pygidial area sparsely and

coarsely punctured, twice as long as broad, the sides almost

parallel, truncate at the apex. First recurrent nervure received

close to the middle of the second cubital cell, second close to the base

of the third cubital cell.

Hab. British East Arrica, Yala River, S. edge of

746 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

Kakunga Forest, 4,800-5,300 ft., May 21-28; Uganda

Protectorate, between Seziwa River and Kampala, 3,500 ft.,.

August 27-31; Banks of the Nile near Kakindu, 3,400 ft.,

August 24 GS. A. Neave); Entebbe, Uganda, August 22

(C. C. Gowdey).

The difference in the sculpture of the enclosed area at

the base of the median segment in the sexes is greater

than is usual in the genus.

Sub-family SPHECINAE.

Sphex (Chlorion) xanthocerus, Il., var. wnicolor, Sauss.

Sphex unicolor, Sauss., Reise d. Novara, Zool., II, p. 37

(1867).

Sphex xcanthocerus var. wnicolor, Kohl, Ann, naturh. Hofmns.

Wien, V, p. 185 (1890).

Sphex massaicus, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

II, p. 262 (1912),

Sub-family BEMBECINAE.

Bembex compedita, nom. nov.

Bembex kohli, Turn., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), IX,

p- 415 (1912), 3 (mec Morice, 1897).

The name kohli is preoccupied and must sink, as has

been pointed out to me by Mr. Rohwer.

Bembex ugandensis, sp. n.

6. Niger; mandibulis apice excepto, clypeo late marginibus,

labro, orbitis oculorum, macula parva transversa utrinque sub ocello

antico, pedibusque plus minusve nigro-variegatis flavis; segmento

mediano linea arcuata angulisque, segmentis dorsalibus primo

secundoque, apice maculisque duabus transversis nigris, segmentoque

tertio macula transversa arcuata utrinque pallide flavo-olivaceis ;

oculis versus clypeum paulum divergentibus, segmento ventrali

secundo tuberculo longitudinali parvo, sexto apice acute prcducto.

@. Mari simillima.

Long. ¢ 9, 23 mm.

¢. Clypeus subcarinate at the base, triangularly flattened at the

apex ; the eighth and ninth joints of the flagellum short and with a

spine beneath, the tenth and eleventh joints concave beneath, but

not broadened, the apical joint much longer than the penultimate,

moderately curved, narrowed to the apex and slightly hollowed

beneath at the base. Basal joint of the anterior tarsi with six spines

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa, 747

on the outer margin, the outer half of the joint black. Femora not

serrate. Second ventral segment with a very low median carina,

which is produced into a very small tubercle near the apex ; sixth

ventral segment strongly produced at the apex and almost pointed.

Seventh dorsal segment narrowed before the apex, the sides undu-

late. Thorax closely and evenly punctured. Cubital cell of the

hindwing emitting one vein from the apex. Angles of the median

segment rather prominent.

2. Second ventral segment shining and sparsely punctured in

the middle ; sixth dorsal segment strongly punctured and clothed

with short black pubescence, the extreme apex smooth and narrowly

rounded. ‘

Hab. UGANDA PROTECTORATE, Eastern Mbale district,

S. of Mt. Elgon, 3,700 ft.; Mbale-Kumi Road, S. of Lake

Salisbury, 3,700 ft. (S. 4A. Meave), August; Entebbe

(C. C. Gowdey).

Type in B. M.

Allied to B. diversipennis, Sm., but differs from that

species in the much narrower apical joints of the male

antennae and in the shape of the seventh dorsal segment.

The sixth dorsal segment of the female is broader than in

diversipennis. In both sexes the antennae are black, not

ferruginous as in diversipennis, and the colour is otherwise

different, though diversipennis is so variable in this respect

that little importance can be attached to colour differences.

The male antennae are somewhat intermediate between

diversipennis, Sm., and monedula, Handl.

Bembex lobatifrons, sp. n.

¢. Niger; clypeo, labro, mandibuilis dimidio basali, scapo supra

nigro-lineato, fronte supra basim antennarum macula magna bilobata

nigra, genis, linea transversa interrupta occipitali, pronoto, lateribus

dorsuli strigisque parvulis in disco, scutello, postscutello, segmentoque

mediano fasciis curvatis apicalibus, lateribus thoracis plus minusve

nigro-lineatis, segmento dorsali primo fascia lata sinuata, secundo

tertio quartoque fasciis latis bisinuatis, quinto sextoque fere totis,

septimo apice anguste, segmentis ventralibus tribus basalibus fere

totis, quarto, quinto sextoque fasciis latis apicalibus, pedibus,

thoraceque subtus, mesosterno excepto, pallide flavis ; alis hyalinis,

venis bruneis.

Q. Mari simillima, fasciis segmentorum dorsalium secundi

tertiique maculas nigras binas includentibus.

Long. ¢ 9, 14mm.

748 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

$. Eighth and ninth joints of the antennae with a minute spine

beneath, tenth to twelfth slightly excavated beneath, apical joint

longer ‘than the penultimate, distinctly curved and rounded at

the apex. Fore tarsi normal, the basal joint with six spines on the

outer margin, fore femora not serrate, intermediate femora with one

or two small spines beneath near the apex, not distinctly serrate,

basal joint of intermediate tarsi normal, intermediate tibiae not

produced at the apex. Seventh dorsal segment broad, narrowly

truncate at the apex, the sides not sinuate. Second ventral segment

with a longitudinal carina which is gradually raised into a rounded

tubercle at the apex, the surface of the segment closely and evenly

punctured ; sixth ventral segment with a small, low, rounded

tubercle in the middle; seventh ventral segment with three longi-

tudinal carinae placed rather far apart. Wings rather short, not

reaching when closed much beyond the apex of the third dorsal

segment ; cell of the hindwing emitting only one distinct vein from

the apex.

?. Similar to the male except in the usual sexual characters ;

the sixth dorsal segment with a very large yellow apical spot, the

sides not sinuate, the apex narrowly rounded. Second ventral

segment evenly punctured. The colour of the female is a deeper

yellow than in the male.

Hab. British East Arrica, Uchweni Forest, March

1-2; Lake Mpeketomi near Kipini (S. A. eave),

March 4-5.

Type in B. M.

This species approaches the oculata group, but differs

in only having one vein at the apex of the cell in the

hindwing, and the carinae of the seventh ventral segment

(3g ) are far apart.

Sub-family NYSSONINAE,

Gorytes silverlocki, sp. 0.

?. G. monstroso, Handl., affinissima. Nigra; pronoto in medio

interrupto, callis humeralibus, segmento dorsali secundo fascia

angusta apicali, tibiis tarsisque macula basali pallide flavis; alis

subhyalinis, cellula radiali obscuriore.

Long. 5 mm.

?. Eyes strongly convergent towards the clypeus, separated at

the base of the clypeus by a distance scarcely exceeding half the

length of the scape; clypeus very short, the anterior margin dis-

tinctly raised. Antennae short, about as long as the thorax without

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 749

the median segment, the five basal joints of the flagellum very

short and not stout, the five next longer and stouter, the apical

joint longer and slenderer than the penultimate and slightly curved.

Ocelli situated in a very wide triangle on the vertex, the posterior

pair nearly half as far again from each other as from the eyes.

Thorax short and stout, a distinct groove in front of the mesopleurae

for the reception of the anterior femora, the mesosternum notched

at the sides close to the groove and produced into two short teeth.

Intermediate trochanters without a tooth ; posterior tibiae thickened.

Abdomen petiolate, the first segment gradually broadened from the

base, nearly twice as wide at the apex as at the base, distinctly

longer than the apical breadth, not constricted at the apex ; second

segment large and globose, constricted at the base; sixth segment

broadly triangular, with a narrow pygidial area. Closely and rather

strongly punctured ; the punctures longitudinally confluent near

the apex of the mesonotum ; scutellum and postscutellum longi-

tudinally striated, basal area of the median segment obliquely

striated, a smooth opaque space on each side near the apex of the

basal area, the posterior slope of the median segment with a deep

median groove; ventral surface of the abdomen almost smooth

except on the coarsely punctured second segment; the extreme

apex of the sixth dorsal segment smooth. Both recurrent nervures

received by the second cubital cell; second abscissa of the radius

shorter than the first; third cubital cell entirely absent on the

right side, on the left side the third transverse cubital nervure is

present on the cubitus, but does not reach half way to the radius.

Hab. N. RHODESIA, Sinapunga (Silverlock), February.

Type in B. M.

Differs from monstrosus, Handl., in colour, in the

sculpture of the scutellum, postscutellum and median

segment, in the absence of a spine on the intermediate

trochanters, in the shape of the petiole and in the

absence of the third transverse cubital nervure. The

latter character may be an individual aberration.

Sub-family CRABRONINAE.

Dasyproctus aurovestitus, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, opaca; scapo subtus, pronoto angustissime antice,

petiologue macula utrinque apicali pallide flavis; pedibus nigris

fusco-ferrugineo variegatis ; abdomine dense auro-piloso ; alis hya-

linis, costa anguste infuscata, venis nigris ; tegulis fusco-ferrugineis.

Long. 12 mm.

750 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

@. Clypeus with a median carina. Head large, the eyes on the

front separated by a distance not quite equal to half the length of

the scape ; second joint of the flagellum twice as long as the first

and fully half as long again as the third. Cheeks as broad as the

eyes ; posterior ocelli much further from each other than from the

anterior ocellus, as far from the eyes as from each other, and more

than half as far again from the posterior margin of the head as from

each other; the whole head minutely punctured and clothed with

fine brownish gold pubescence, a deep sulcus on the inner margin of

the eyes near the summit. Pronotum deeply transversely grooved,

the anterior margin higher and broader than the posterior. Median

segment with a deep median sulcus, the basal triangular area strongly

obliquely striated, with fine punctures between the striae; the

posterior slope of the segment finely rugulose. Abdomen petiolate,

the first segment a little shorter than the second and third combined,

as long as the posterior femur and trochanter combined, the apex

not nodose, the apical breadth equal to about two-fifths of the

length of the segment; the remainder of the abdomen densely

clothed with short brownish gold pubescence.

Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 13.

Type in B. M.

Easily distinguished from other African species by the

golden brown pubescence and the almost complete absence

of yellow markings on the abdomen. The sculpture of

the median segment differs from kibonotensis, Cam., in

which there are no yellow markings, and in that species

the pubescence is whitish.

Sub-family LARRINAE.

Liris diabolica, Sm.

Larrada diabolica, Sm., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), XII,

p. 294 (1878), 2.

Liris violaceipennis, Cam., Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru

Exped., II, p. 285 (1910), 9.

Larra (Liris) opipara, Kohl, Ann, Naturh. Hofmus. Wien.,

IX, p. 297 (1894), 2.

Notogonia pseudoliris, sp. 0.

@. Nigra, dense aureo-sericea tomentosa; mandibulis basi, an-

tennis, tegulis, pedibus, segmentisque abdominalibus quinto sextoque

ferrugineis ; segmentis abdominalibus 1-4 margine apicali testaceis ;

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa. 751

alis flavo-hyalinis, limbo late infuscato; venis basi testaceis, apice

fuscis.

Long. 16 mm.

. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a very shallow

and narrow emargination in the middle. Second joint of the

flagellum equal in length to the third, about three and a half times

as long as broad. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal

to the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Median segment

finely transversely aciculate, with a low median carina on the basal

half, much longer than the breadth at the base, the sides of the

segment striated. Sixth dorsal segment closely punctured and

without much pubescence. Comb of the anterior tarsi very short

and with few spines, only five spines on the basal joint. Tarsal

ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius nearly

half as long again as the second. The-whole dorsal surface, except

the middle of the median segment and the sixth dorsal segment,

clothed with short golden pubescence.

Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 15,

Type in B. M.

This closely resembles a small specimen of Liris hae-

morrhoidalis, Fabr., but is a true Notogonia. N. primania,

Kohl, resembles the same species, but is larger, and differs

in the proportionate length of the second joint of the

flagellum compared with the distance between the eyes on

the vertex, in the comb of the anterior tarsi, and in the

sculpture of the median segment. The antennae of prv-

mania are much shorter and stouter than in the present

species.

Notogonia gowdeyt, sp. 0.

2. Nigra, mandibulis basi, clypeo apice, scapoque fusco-ferru-

gineis ; tarsis anticis fuscis ; alis nigro-violaceis ; segmento mediano

transverse rugoso-striato.

¢. Feminae simillimus.

Long. 9,21 mm.; g, 14mm.

2. Clypeus almost transverse at the apex, with a shallow and

narrow emargination in the middle, the apical half strongly, but

sparsely, punctured, the basal half finely shagreened. Second joint

of the flagellum as long as the third, more than three times as long

as its breadth in the middle. Eyes separated on the vertex by a

distance equal to about three-quarters of the length of the second

joint of the flagellum. Median segment longer than the basal

breadth, coarsely transversely rugose-striate, without a median

T52 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on new

carina, the sides of the segment finely and very obscurely striated.

Sixth dorsal segment clothed with stiff blackish bristles. Comb of

the anterior tarsi fairly long and stout, six spines on the basal joint ;

tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Third abscissa of the radius

about half as long again as the second, first recurrent nervure

received very near the base of the second cubital cell, more than

twice as far from the second recurrent nervure as from the angle of

the cell. A little silver pubescence on the face and cheeks, abdomen

bare.

¢. Antennal joints shorter than in the female, the eyes separated

on the vertex by a distance equal to the length of the two basal

joints of the flagellum; apex of the dorsal segment with a very

indistinct marginal band of greyish pubescence; apical dorsal

segment closely punctured, shallowly emarginate at the apex.

Hab. UGANDA, Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey), August 19-28.

Two 2?Pandl f.

Type in B. M.

Superficially this species resembles the oriental Liris

ducalis, Sm.

Notogonia sericosoma, sp. Nn.

?. Nigra; mandibulis, clypeo apice, antennis, tegulis, pedibus,

abdomine, segmentis dorsalibus secundo tertioque modice infuscatis,

ferrugineis; alis pallide flavo-hyalinis, limbo apicali . pallide

infuscato, venis testaceis, capite, thorace, abdomineque pallide

aureosericeis,

Long. 13 mm.

2. Clypeus subtruncate at the apex, not emarginate in the

middle. Second joint of the flagellum equal in length to the third,

about two and a half times as long as its breadth in the middle.

Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance half as great again as the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Comb of the fore tarsi

long and stout, six spines on the outer margin of the basal joint.

Median segment finely transversely striated, the apex almost smooth,

the sides finely striated, the segment longer than its breadth at the

base, slightly convex, and without a median carina. Sixth dorsal

segment closely punctured and covered with very fine pale golden

pubescence. Tarsal ungues long, without a tooth. Second abscissa

of the radius nearly as long as the third; first recurrent nervure

received distinctly nearer to the basal angle of the second cubital

cell than to the second recurrent nervure. The whole dorsal surface

except the middle of the median segment is covered more or less

Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from Africa 753

closely with very fine pale golden pubescence, which in some lights

becomes almost silvery.

Hab. British East AFRIcA, near Wangi, coast of main-

land (S. A. Neave), February 21-22.

Type in B. M.

Motes lrrovdes, sp. n.

9. Nigra, pallide aureo-pilosa ; tarsis tegulisque fusco-ferrugineis ;

alis flavis, apice late fuscis ; segmento mediano transverse striato.

Long. 16 mm.

Q@. Clypeus short, very feebly rounded at the apex, with an

obscure carina from the base not reaching the apex. Second joint

of the flagellum twice as long as the first and distinctly longer than

the third. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance equal to the

length of the second joint of the flagellum. Closely and very

minutely punctured, the median segment distinctly transversely

striated, longer than broad. The whole dorsal surface of the head,

thorax, median segment and abdomen more or less densely clothed

with very delicate pale golden pubescence ; the apical dorsal segment

closely covered with short fulvous setae, the sides of the segment

converging strongly towards the apex, which is rather broadly

rounded and less than half as wide as the base of the segment. All

the tarsal ungues have a small but distinct tooth close to the middle.

The two recurrent nervures are received close together more than

twice as far from the basal angle of the second cubital cell as from

each other.

Hab. British East Arrica, Witu (S. A. Weave),

February 25-28.

Type in B. M.

This is another case of close resemblance to JLizris

haemorrhoidalis, Fabr., but the structure is different. It

may be easily distinguished from the West African species

M. odontofora, Kohl, and M. cyphononyx, Kohl, by the

strongly convergent sides of the pygidial area and the

different colour of the wings, which are quite as dark

as in the most highly coloured specimens of iris

haemorrhordalis.

Tachytes mira, Kohl.

Tachytes mira, Kohl, Ann. naturh. Hofmus. Wien, IX, p.

293 (1894), 9.

754 Mr. Rowland E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Tachytes pulchrivestita, Cam., Sjostedt’s Kilimandjaro-Meru

Exp., IT, p. 284 (1912), 2.

This differs from velox, Sm., in the narrower pygidial

area.

Gastrosericus neaver, sp. n.

2. Nigra, albopilosa ; orbitis interioribus verticem versus haud

convergentibus, genis pone oculos spina magna obtusa instructis ;

alis fusco-hyalinis ; tibiis posticis intus pallide flavis.

Long. 7 mm.

@. Head broad, the eyes not converging towards the vertex, their

inner margins parallel, separated on the vertex by a distance equal

to about two-thirds of the length of the flagellum ; the third joint

of the flagellum fully as long as the second. Clypeus very broadly

rounded at the apex, covered with short white pubescence ; head

very closely and distinctly punctured, a short longitudinal sulcus

above the base of the antennae ; posterior ocelli oblique, situated on

a rounded prominence which is not divided by a sulcus, a narrow

curved groove behind the posterior ocelli. Cheeks more than half

as broad as the eyes, armed with a short, strong, blunt spine.

Pronotum depressed below the mesonotum ; the latter closely and

rather strongly punctured, slightly depressed in the middle on the

anterior margin. Mesopleurae and scutellum closely punctured ;

median segment shorter than the mesonotum, transversely rugulose

and rounded posteriorly. Abdomen very minutely punctured ; the

first segment subpetiolate, the second slightly constricted at the base.

Anterior coxae armed with a long seta. Second abscissa of the

radius scarcely half as long as the first ; the two recurrent nervures

unite before their junction with the cubitus at one-third from the

base of the second cubital cell, so that the second discoidal cell is

distinctly petiolate.

Hab, British East Arrica, Upper Kuja Valley, S.

Kavirondo; 4,200 ft. (S. A. Weave), May 5-8.

iype.in Bb. Mey i

This species is easily distinguished by the great distance

between the eyes on the vertex and by the spine on the

cheeks.

Fes. 11, 1913.

THE

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For’ THE YEAR 1912,

Wednesday, February 7th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Nomination of Vice-Presidents.

The PRESIDENT announced that he had nominated as Vice-

Presidents for the present session Mr. A. H. Jongs, Dr.

Matcotm Burr, and Mr. J. H. Durrant.

Dates of Meetings.

The Rev. G. WHEELER said that he had received, as

Secretary, a large number of applications for cards of the

dates of meetings for this year, and explained that as these

always contained the names of the Vice-Presidents, which

could not, by the bye-laws, be announced until the February

meeting, the cards could never be issued till after that date.

He added that the date of the February meeting for next year

would be given on this year’s card, a precedent which he hoped

would always be followed in future.

Letters of Thanks.

The Rev. G. WHEELER read letters of thanks for their

election as Hon. Fellows from Prof. J. H. Comsrock and

Fr. Erich Wasmany, and on behalf of the latter presented

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1, 1912. A

eg)

to the Society a copy of all his Entomological books and

pamphlets, for which a special vote of thanks was unanimously

passed to Fr. Wasmann on the motion of the President.

Exhibitions.

Rake Co.LeopTera.—Mr. W. E. Suarr exhibited specimens

of Carpophilus 6-pustulatus, F., and C. obsoletus, Kr., taken

under bark of beech trees near Doncaster in October 1911;

the former having been recorded from the same locality only

on a few occasions during recent years, and the latter never

having been known to occur under natural conditions in

England previously.

Mr. SuHarp having explained that both species had been

previously found in England amongst bad raisins, a discussion

arose as to the means by which they might possibly have been

transferred to such a locality as that in which they were found,

Mr. J. E. Conn observed that raisins unfit for human consump-

tion were a well-known bait for attracting pheasants, and the

PRESIDENT suggested a picnic party as the possible cause ; the

exhibitor, however, said that the wood in which these beetles

had been found had been for many years a fox-cover, and that

it was not a place to which picnic parties came. The Rev.

G. WHEELER observed that in any case it was obvious that

Entomologists had access to the wood, and said that he him-

self frequently took raisins as a part of his lunch when out for

the day, and that some one else might have done the same

thing, and if he found his raisins bad would naturally have left

them behind. Mr. WAtrrHousE thought it probable that the

natural habitat of the insects was under bark, and that they

merely came to raisins aS so many insects come to sweet

substances, but Mr. Campion was of opinion that they

naturally fed upon fruit.

Birps As A Cueck on Insect Prsts.—Mr. CHampion called

attention to a paper by Mr. H.C. Bryant, recently published

in an ornithological periodical, the ‘‘ Condor,” for November -

1911, entitled ‘‘ The relation of birds to an insect outbreak in

northern California during the spring and summer of 1911.”

The insect in question was a butterfly, Hugonia californica (an

ally of £. polychloros), and five species of birds were found to

(Omit)

feed on it, one of which, the Brewer blackbird (Huphagus

cyanocephalus) took 95 per cent. of all the butterilies eaten by

the birds. The birds, in feeding on the butterfly were stated

to attack the insect at a critical point in its life-history, and

were therefore of more value as a check than they would have

been had they fed on the larva or pupa. The smaller birds

probably had a more intimate relation to the outbreak when

the insect was in the larval or pupal stage. The data col-

lected showed of what value birds may be in the checking of an

insect outbreak rather than their value in the prevention of

such an outbreak.

GroMEeTRID MotTHS OF THE GENUS ALETIS, AND THEIR MIMICS

FROM THE NEIGHBOURHOOD OF ENTEBBE. — Prof. Poutton

exhibited a large but not quite complete series of the members

of this important combination collected, between May 23,

1909 and September 14, 1910, by Mr. C. A. Wiggins,

D.P.M.O. of the Uganda Protectorate. The specimens had

been collected just as they were met with, and in sufficient

numbers to give some indication of the proportions. By far

the most abundant species was Aletis (Leptaletis) erici, Kirby

(56 examples). A. helcita, Clerck, although much commoner in

collections, was comparatively a rare insect (4). The explanation

of its prominence in collections is probably to be found in the

fact that helcita is rather larger and of aricher colour than erici

and has been mistaken by collectors for fine specimens of the

common species. There are in the British Museum two rows

of helcita, but only three examples of evict. Another common

species of Adetis—paler and smaller than either of the above—

was Aletis (Leptaletis) forbesi, Druce (11). The following

mimics were also present, all of them in very small numbers :

the Hypsid moth Phaegorista similis, Walker (2), the female

Agaristid moth Xanthospilopteryx poggei, Dewitz (1), the

Nymphaline butterfly Luphaedra ruspina, Westwood (2), the

Lycaenid butterfly Zelipna nyanza, Neave (1). The propor-

tions of the three species of Alet¢is seem to be about the same

in the Lagos district, where Mr. W. A. Lamborn has bred

erict and helcita, and finds that their caterpillars have different

patterns, and that erici is gregarious and helcita solitary in the

larval state,

A 2

Hypontimnas (Evuratia) pusius, Beauv., A MENDELIAN

DOMINANT, AND H. (E) ANTHEDON, Borsp., RECESSIVE.—

Prof. Poutton exhibited part of an all-anthedon family

recently bred by Mr. Lamborn at Oni Camp seventy miles

east of Lagos, from an anthedon female parent, and part of

an all-dubiwus family also bred from an anthedon female.

Both families were amply large enough to preclude the

possibility of accident. The facts indicate that in the first

family a recessive female had paired with a recessive male, in

the second that a recessive female had paired with a dominant

male. There can be little doubt that the pattern of anthedon

conforms more closely to that of the genus than the pattern

of dubius and that the dominant form is therefore the more

recent development.

Burrerrities A Naturat Foop or Monkeys. — Prof.

Poutton read the following note received in a letter from

Mr. W. A. Lamborn, November 17, 1911 :—

“ Our District Commissioner, Captain Neal, who occasion-

ally spends a few days with us [at Oni Camp] tells me

that he has several times seen ‘dog-faced monkeys,’ (not

baboons but probably mangabeys), squatting beside mudholes,

such as butterflies of some kinds resort to in large numbers

in the dry season, and catching them one after the other and

eating them. It occurred to me that this evidence might be

valuable as showing that butterflies may be a natural food

of monkeys.”

‘THE URTICATING HAIRS OF A LaSIOCAMPID LARVA DISSEMINATED

THROUGH THE AIR.—Prof. Pou.ton exhibited specimens of the

Lasiocampid moth Mimopacha gerstaeckeri, Dewitz, bred from

the caterpillars referred to by Mr. Lamborn in the quotation

from his letter printed below. Prof. Pounron said that

although the subject had been extensively discussed he

thought it was important to show that the hairs were a

powerful defence against natural enemies, and also that they

were spread through the air—a fact he had himself observed

in studying the cocoons of Porthesia similis, Fuessly. Although

he had been careful to touch the cocoons only with the tips

of the forceps he well remembered the irritation which had

been caused, especially on the neck beneath the collar,

Cows)

‘A very large company of these larvae was pointed

out to me by the native clerk, on the trunk of a tree

in the village 13 miles away [from Oni] on October 18. I

had the tree felled and collected them and they formed

cocoons between October 20 and 24. The hairs on the

larvae are intensely urticating, and, as they come off readily,

float in the air if there is any draught. They get into one’s

eyes and produce a troublesome conjunctivitis. The cocoons

are massed together side by side and are covered with the

downy hairs from the caterpillars so that an even surface is

produced, and the hair comes off them very easily too. As

I kept feeling skin irritation as a result of hairs blowing

about, I placed the boxes outside, and the female Mona must

have gone to investigate the cocoons, for I found one torn

open and lying on the ground, the pupa being there but

damaged. The monkey suffered very badly for her curiosity,

for her eyes became so swollen and inflamed that she could

hardly see out of them, and the hairs were so urticating to

her skin that she rolled on the ground trying to scratch

herself with all four feet at the same time, and it was some

days before she was herself again. JI still left the boxes

outside but none of the other monkeys went near them. Nov.

lao’

THE ANAL TUFTS OF THE FEMALE GLUTOPHRISSA PROTRUDED

DURING CoURTSHIP.—Prof. PouLTton drew attention to the

following observation recently made by Mr. Lamborn at

Oni :—

“On December 27 I saw a male Glutophrissa saba courting

a female. She was resting on a leaf with wings expanded.

Her abdomen was raised to an angle of rather more than

45° to the thorax and two little tufts very similar to those

possessed by male Danainae protruded from the anal ex-

tremity. The male fluttered round her very closely, occa-

sionally settling on her wings, though he still continued

fluttering while touching her. He eventually became alarmed

at my presence and flew away. Dec. 29, 1911.”

A NEW SPECIES OF VxEsPERUS. — Dr. Matcotm CAMERON

exhibited a new species of Vesperus from Lagos, Portugal,

a description of which appears in the March number of the

WV,

(ee; )

E.M.M. as V. reittert, and for comparison a specimen of

Vi bolivari, Rtt. These two are the only dark-coloured

species of the genus at present known. In both cases the ?

are unknown,but are probably only furnished with rudimentary

wings as is usual in this genus.

Hysrip Oporapras.—Mr. E. A. Cockayne exhibited the

following specimens of this genus: O. christyi from Ireland

and Scotland, hybrid 0. christyi ¢ x O. dilutata 9, and 0.

dilutata ¢ x O. christyi 9; O. dilutata from Scotland and

Epping Forest, hybrid O. dilutata 3-x O, autumnaria ?, and

larva; O. wutumnaria, hybrid O. autumnaria g x O. filigram-

maria °, and Q. filigrammaria gx O. autumnaria 9; O.

filigrammaria from Yorkshire and Scotland. Most of the

hybrids were bred by Mr. J. E. R. Allen. He remarked that

the species fall naturally into two groups—

(1) O. dilutata and O. christyi.

(2) O. autumnaria and O. filigrammaria,

and that hybridisation is easy between the members of each

group, but very difficult between the members of the different

groups, though probably all are good species. The hybrid

dilutata and autumnaria showed the dull grey of dilutata, a

colour never met with in autwmnaria whose melanic forms

are brown, but has the markings of the latter, the sharp

angle in the elbowed line and the central spot far from the

line,

Paper's.

The following papers were read :—

“On some hitherto imperfectly known South African

Lepidoptera,” by Rotanp Trimen, M.A., F.R.S.

“On the Comparative Anatomy of the Genital Tube in ¢

Coleoptera,” by D. Suarp, M.A., F.R.S., and F. Murr, F.E.S.

“Descriptions of New Species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera

from south-east Brazil,” by F. Dukinrietp Jongs, F.Z.S.,

F.E.S.

“The Effect of Oil of Citronella on two species of Dacus,”

by F. M. Howtert, B.A., F.E.S.

“On the Genera Liothrips and Hoodia,” by Dr. H. Karny,

of Elbogen, Austria; translated by E. A. Exuiorr, F.ES.,

and communicated by R. 8. Baenatt, F.L.S.

(° eeart.')

“On the Early Stages of Albulina pheretes, a Myrmecophilous

Plebeiid Butterfly,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S.

‘«The Food-plant of Callophrys avis,” by T. A.CHapman, F.Z.S.

“ An Experiment on the Development of the Male Append-

ages in Lepidoptera,” by T. A. Cuapman, F.Z.S.

“The Study of Mimicry (Batesian and Miillerian) by

Temperature Experiments on two Tropical Butterflies,” by

Lieut.-Col. N. Manprrs, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

A long and important discussion arose on many points in con-

nection with the last paper, of which a full report is appended.

Prof. Poutron said that Col. Manders was much to be

congratulated on the positive results that he had obtained

in both D. chrysippus and H. misippus, female. Furthermore

the indication that the female of D. chrysippus was more

sensitive than the male was of the highest interest. When

Col. Manders first expressed the intention of making these

experiments the speaker thought they were rather in the

nature of “a forlorn hope” and the results were as surprising

to him as they were interesting. He felt that Col. Manders

had made out a case for reconsidering the conclusion (which

Prof. Poulton had published in Trans. Ent. Soc. 1902, pp.

475-6, 482-4) that the type form of chrystppus was older

than the dorippus form. ‘rhe reasons for this conclusion still

appeared to him to be strong as well as numerous, but the

whole subject required to be reinvestigated in the light of

these new results,

When we compared chrysippus with its form dorippus and

the female misippus with the form inaria, it was quite clear that

both forms differ from their types by the omission of a part of

the pattern, and in no other way. Hence the type should be

a Mendelian dominant in both species, as Rev. K. St. Aubyn

Rogers had shown to be probably the case in H. misippus

(Proc, Ent. Soc. 1911, p. xliv). But Mendelian dominance

did not help towards the phylogenetic solution ; for, accept-

ing the generally received “ presence or absence’’ hypothesis,

it was obvious that a newer form may arise from an older by

the addition (= dominance) or the omission (= recessivity) of

a factor.*

* Bateson, ‘‘ Mendel’s Principles of Heredity,” Cambridge, 1909, p. 278.

(P) vit)

The results of Col. Manders’ experiments upon misippus did

not seem to point uniformly towards inaria as the older form ;

for although the replacement of black by fulvous in the

apical region of the forewing, and the overspreading by

fulvous of the subapical white bar, supported this interpreta-

tion, the form and increased size of the bar itself suggested an

opposite one. It was to be observed that the bar is unusually

developed in the specimens which had been exposed to heat,

and that its basal margin (viz. that turned towards the cell)

possessed a remarkably bold zigzag outline. The shock of

the experiment had therefore in some respects carried the

individuals towards inaria, but in other respects had carried

them further away from it.

With regard to Col. Manders’ conclusion that the mimicry

was simply an accidental resemblance of no bionomie signi-

ficance, Prof. Poulton said that, if this were found to be

true of the female forms of H. misippus he did not see how the

theory of mimicry could be sustained at all. If these females,

in departing soimmensely from the ancestral pattern preserved

by their male, had undergone these changes without relation

of any kind to the corresponding forms of the Danaine butter-

fly regarded as their model, he would be prepared to look on

all mimicry as accidental. He thought that Col. Manders

and those writers who agreed with him, expected too much

when they sought for evidence of the preferences of insecti-

vorous birds. Such inquiries were extraordinarily difficult and

wearisome, and a large proportion of the labour must inevit-

ably lead to negative results. Prof. Poulton felt convinced

that mimicry was an advantageous resemblance, not because

of the direct evidence but on account of the enormous and

ever-increasing mass of facts which received an interpreta-

tion on this hypothesis—for the same reasons, in fact, which

justified a belief in evolution itself. No other hypothesis as

yet proposed could be reconciled with the facts, and it was

extremely improbable that any hypothesis as yet unknown

would supply the interpretation of resemblances so numerous,

so wide-spread, so well known, and so much studied and dis-

cussed. At the same time he was always urging his corre-

spondents to seek for direct evidence on every possible

( ix )

opportunity. Although he disagreed with Col. Manders’ opinion

on this point, he wished, in concluding his remarks, again

to congratulate him on the solid results he had obtained and

shown to the meeting.

The Rev. G. WueeE er challenged the position referred to in

the paper that, because shock has been shown in some cases to

produce atavistic results, there is anything inherently improb-

able in its producing in other cases an impetus in the direction

in which development is tending. He maintained that this

might be expected to depend on two factors, one internal the

other external to the organism affected; first whether the

organism subjected to the shock had reached a stage in which

the tendency to new development was stronger than the

atavistic tendency, and secondly whether the nature of the

shock was in the direction of the forces (whatever they might

be) tending to produce the newer form, or in the direction of

those tending to check such development.

Mr. MerriFizLD said that his experiments on Rumicia phlaeas,

to which Col. Manders had referred, were on the pupae, not the

larvae. He had not at that time realised, as he had done

since, the important effect of temperature in the larval stage.

Applied to pupae it had an effect on the general colouring of

the imago, very marked in the case of many of the ‘‘ Thorn”

moths, and other Geometridae; a high temperature in the

later part of the pupal stage tended to produce a chestnut

colouring, verging on orange, a low temperature, darker

colouring approaching chocolate. But in these species, which

were double-brooded, and in the double-brooded butterfly

Araschnia levana, the most complete effects, not merely in

colouring but in habits, were produced in the larval stage,

and especially in its earlier instars; larvae of either of the

two broods of A. levana could thus all be converted by the

appropriate temperature into the other seasonal form—into the

winter phase with its long fixed pupal period, producing in

spring a butterfly resembling in appearance a small “ fritillary,”

or into the summer phase (prorsa) with its very brief pupal

period, resembling a small Z. sibylla. As regards ‘‘ shock” it

appeared to be in favour of that view that when the tempera-

tures to which the pupae were subjected were extreme—below

(ie)

freezing point, or considerably above 100° F.—the effects in

appearance produced by such cold and heat were very similar.

Prof. Standfuss and Dr. E. Fischer had both, he believed,

suggested that as regards these different temperatures the

one brought out past atavistic features, the other developed

future anticipatory ones. That was a point on which he

could form no opinion, so he must be content with the word

“shock,” without being able to enter on the question of the

rationale of its operation.

He could not refrain from thanking Col. Manders for his

paper and for its judicial tone, recording observations, which,

from their impartial character would be of so much assistance

to all in arriving at due conclusions on the probable explana-

tion of the facts observed.

Dr. CuapMAN congratulated Col. Manders on his success in

carrying out a valuable and difficult experiment. He said

that in interpreting the result as showing that dorippus is the

ancestral form, we overlooked certain considerations, or

hypotheses, that, though unprovable, like mimicry itself as

Prof. Poulton had just told us, still similarly enabled us to

form a connected picture of otherwise isolated and even con-

tradictory phenomena. The hypothesis, as applied tochrysippus,

pictured it and dorippus as having in their past history (no

matter which be the older form) frequently crossed with each

other, ‘and as subjected to alternative conditions either by

migration or by change of climate, so that at the present day

an individual, say of chrysippus, had ancestors that were often

pure chrysippus, often pure dorippus, and though it may be

in an area where dorippus does not occur, it still possesses,

inherited in its tissues, the materials for producing under a

suitable change of environment the race dorippus, deeply

recessive though the dorippus inheritance may be—recessive

of course not in any strictly Mendelian sense.

This view of the relation of dimorphic forms to each other

seemed to afford the only possible explanation (not of why,

but) of how melanic races appear in a very few years, on a

change of conditions. A. betularia, when apparently a pure

race, had probably had in its ancestry very many, not only

crosses with doubledayaria, but actual changes from betularia

eee)

to doubledayaria and back again. Such an alternation of

inheritance probably went back not to the beginning of

betularia as a species, but much further, to a time when the

present genus, subfamily, or even family, was represented by

one ancestral species, or even further.

All dimorphic or polymorphic forms might be represented

as two (or more) forms combined together, as dominant

and recessive, the dominance not being conditioned as in

the Mendelian relation purely by inheritance, but by the

environment.

Levana and prorsa had been shown by Mr. Merrifield to

be quite interchangeable at an early larval stage. As the

change of conditions necessary had an annual cycle, there

was the appearance, without the fact, of an alternation of

generations. The regular change however kept each form

ready to appear at once; but in the case of our melanic

forms, or of chrysippus, the changes of environment were not

annual but rather secular, so that in the intervals the form

that is for the moment recessive receded more and more, and

conceivably might be eliminated, but in the result a change of

conditions operated gradually in bringing it to the front again.

That this semi-Mendelian character of dimorphism goes

back far into the ancestry of dimorphic species was clear from

the circumstance that seems fairly obvious, that each form of

a dimorphic (or polymorphic) group is naturally selected apart

from its associate, and (by selection) resents the natural

tendency for the two forms to coalesce by inheritance from

each other. Sexual dimorphism might possibly be the most

ancestral form of dimorphism, and from it other forms might

have arisen. At any rate, it fell in with the same views of

dimorphism that he had attempted to sketch, but which

doubtless would need a long essay to illustrate clearly, and

without which it would not perhaps be easily appreciated

that the same mechanism exists whether the dimorphism be

apparently alternative or secular, whether the distinct forms

occur together in one race or in different localities as different

races, though in the latter instance it might be difficult to say

whether we have a dimorphic species, or two distinct geograph-

ical races either of which should present traces of the common

(¢ xr °)

ancestor but not of the other form. The conclusion from

Col. Manders’ experiments therefore was that if chrystppus and

dorippus are geographical races and not dimorphic forms

dorippus is the essential form, if they are dimorphic forms

similar experiments with dorippus should yield specimens with

some definite chrysippus aspect.

Wednesday, March 6th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the

Society :—Messrs. HaroLp Hopce, Chapel Place Mansion, 322,

Oxford Street, W.; SamarenpA Mavuik (Calcutta), c/o

Messrs. T. Cook & Son, Ludgate Circus, E.C.; Rotanp T.

Smitu, 54, Osbaldeston Road, Stoke Newington, N.

Exhibitions.

A CoLEOPTERON NEW TO Britain.—Mr. DonistHorPE ex-

hibited a specimen of Catops montivagus, Heer, new to the

British list, taken at Nethy Bridge, on June 27 last, under a

dead squirrel. Also C. tristis, Panz, for comparison, the nearest

species previously known as British.

THREE FAMILIES OF P. DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED FROM

HIPPOCOON, F., FEMALES IN THE LaGos bistricr By W. A.

LamBporn.—Professor Povutton exhibited the first of these

families and a part of the second. He stated that these three

families were the first successful attempt, outside Natal, to

breed P. dardanus from a known female parent. In the

Durban district the form cenea had always predominated in

the female offspring bred from a Aippocoon parent, while in

the Lagos district the female offspring of hippocoon were

themselves always hippocoon in all three families bred by

Mr. Lamborn,—a result which harmonised with the presence

of Amauris niavius, L.,the model of hippocoon, and the absence

on the Nigerian coast of all the other Natalian Danaine

models of the female dardanus, except Danaida chrysippus, L.

( xiii)

The following notes and observations on the three families

of dardanus had been extracted from letters written by Mr.

W. A. Lamborn to Professor Poulton :—

*‘Oni Camp, 70 miles E, of Lagos,

“T send all that remains of the female parent of my second

dardanus family, for I took the female Mona with me while I

was doing some gardening, and she ran off when my attention

was occupied and took the butterfly out of its box before I

could get near her. However I expect the fragments will

serve their purpose, and I have quite a good number of larvae.

I am catching all these female dardanus in the same neigh-

bourhood near three native villages close together 1} miles

off. This is doubtless because lime-trees are plentiful there

and not elsewhere in the bush.”

&*Decs-4, V911.

“My visit to Lagos was as usual disastrous from an

entomological point of view ; for most of my Planema larvae

died, 4 new Psychid moths (males) died and were eaten by

ants, and my dardanus males have lost their ‘tails’ and are

otherwise damaged. However all the first family of dardanus

are out, save 3, and all the females are of the hippocoon form.

There are enough undamaged males for show specimens. The

man who volunteered to look after them explained their

damaged condition on the ground that they had emerged and

were flying before he was up in the morning.

“T watched all the others come out. They did so almost

uniformly at about 8 a.m. and were ready, both males and

females, to fly at about 9.30. None came out later in the

day.

‘“‘T am satisfied that the freshly emerged males were more

on the alert against possible danger than the females; for if

one approached, even when the wings were wet and flaccid,

the males dropped down and attempted to crawl away, whereas

the females did not betray alarm.

“The imagos were able to emerge and develop, whatever

the attitude of the pupa. Some having an insufficient girdle

were suspended head down, and two or three were on the floor

of the box,”

( miv )

*¢ Dec. 17, 1911.

‘“*My two other families of P. dardanus are now pupating.

I am disposed to think that the females oviposit more readily

when confined in a large box than when cramped up in a small

one. In common with such other female Papilios as I have

observed ovipositing,—nireus, demodocus, menestheus, and

policenes—they do so while still fluttering on the wing, and I

think that if their movements are hampered, they get

frightened and exhausted by coming into constant contact

with obstacles.

“You will have seen by now the truth of your prophecy

that all females would be hippocoon.

“‘ By the way I find difficulty in getting captive females to

feed, but they will sometimes take weak sugar solution off the

petals of flowers and one fed freely on sugar stirred up in

muddy earth.”

*" Dec. 29, 1910.

“1 notice that the first signs of colour in the pupal wings

are visible at from 7 to 8 p.m. on the day preceding emer-

gence. Changes go on so rapidly that by 9 p.m. it is possible

to determine the sex of the pupa from colour alone, and all

these imagos came out early in the morning like those of the

first family. Before the change in colour the pupa is green

and is so well harmonised with its leafy surroundings that

in cutting off twigs bearing pupae to pin up I accidentally cut

into a pupa which [ had not perceived.

“T imagine that this late appearance of pigment must be

of great value as tending to ensure the safety of the pupa. I

have never found dardanus pupae in natural surroundings, but

I feel sure that when pigment has developed, they must be

ever so much more apparent to enemies.

“ By the way all females so far are hippocoon.”

«Jane 1, LON

** All are hippocoon.”

The Aippocoon female parent of the first family tabulated

below had been captured Oct. 19, 1911, oviposited Oct. 21-23,

and died Oct. 27.

The parent of the second family had been captured Nov. 17,

oviposited Nov, 19-21, and was killed by the Mona Nov, 21.

( xv )

The parent of the third family had been captured Nov. 24,

and was found dead and eaten by ants Nov. 30. Oviposition

was observed Nov. 26.

The dates of emergence of all the offspring and of pupation

of the first family are printed below :—

[

2 No. of

Date of Pupation. | Date of Emergence. 5; me a Q offspring.

} PIE All hippocoon.

| é ie = =

1911, | TM) Ae |

November 17 November 30 5) 2

; 35 18 December 1 3 3

— = Ss » = aes

2 mia eat 2

2 eg en) i 2 3 4

” 20 ” Bh 1

a 20 Ae 3 3

" 24 AF 6 2 1

Totals 15 14

No. of 9 offspring.

Date of Emergence. {| No.of 6 offspring. Ill pencoon.

1911.

December 24

» 25

—

+e)

i<s

Date of Emergence. No. of ¢ offspring. SAINT

1911.

December 26 1

— 9 27 4 3

ye — = ——_ ——_-— -< —

—

a 53 28 3 2

a $

z a 29 2 | 3

= |e a ie ea : | 7

| “9 31 2 | 2

1912. |

January

Professor Poulton pointed out that the three families

differed in the details of the pattern, thus showing that small

features were hereditary—a very important consideration in

the attempt to understand the growth of a mimetic likeness.

In this respect these three families from the West Coast

supported the conclusions previously arrived at from the study

of Mr. G. F. Leigh’s specimens (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908,

pp. 443-445).

1. The “anal gap” in the sub-marginal black band of the

hindwing was widely open in all the males of Family I; was

widely open in 6, narrower in 2, and closed in 10 males of

Family II; widely open in 2, narrower in 2, and closed or

very nearly closed in 9 males of Family ITT.

2. The hippocoon females of Family I possessed a larger

white patch on the hindwing than those of Il and III. This

effect, which tended in the direction of Eastern and South-

eastern forms of hippocoon—mimics of the dominicanus, Trimen,

form of Amauris niavius—was produced in part by the lighten-

ing to grey of the internervular black ground-colour, and in part

by the extension outwards of the white scales into the same

internervular spaces. A corresponding effect was visible on

the under surface. The female parent also possessed a strongly

developed hindwing patch, although the condition of parents

(oo xvm |)

II and III was such as to prevent any accurate comparison,

The female offspring of both these were remarkably uniform

in the possession of a small patch like that of the Danaine

model. The fact that the difference in the pattern is un-

doubtedly hereditary made it possible to understand the gradual

origin of the Eastern Aippocoon from the Western or vice versa.

3. The white spot in the forewing cell of the hippocoon

females of Family I was small and divided, hourglass-like,

by a constriction, in 8 specimens. In 11 females of

Family II and in 8 of Family III the same spot was greatly

lengthened by an additional terminal section, generally sepa-

rated from the rest of the spot, and very minute in some

individuals (especially so in Family III). The condition of the

parents unfortunately prevented any accurate study of this

marking, but there could be no doubt that the hereditary

tendencies of Family I differed from those of Families II and

III in this as in the features described in the two preceding

paragraphs.

Monkeys EatTinc Burrerriies.—Professor Poutron drew

attention to the following letter, received by Mr. W. A.

Lamborn from Captain H. V. Neal, giving further details in

support of the statement in the Proceedings on p. iv.

‘* Epe [50 miles E. of Lagos],

“ Jan. 22, 1912.

“You have asked me about monkeys eating butterflies.

This is very common, as every native will tell you. I have

seen it myself. The monkey runs along a path, sees some

butterflies fluttering round some filth, goes very quietly, and

seizes one by the wings, puts the solid part [body] into his

mouth, and then pulls the wings off. The poor butterfly goes

down like an oyster. Of course you know that butterflies are

very dirty feeders. Perhaps you have tried your own monkeys

with a few butterflies. The dog-faced baboon and the large

brown monkey with a very long tail, which seems to be the

most common species in this colony, are great butterfly-

eaters. The little spider-monkey also considers a butterfly a

treat, and prefers one toa spider. I think I have told you

the tale of an old native lady at Akwe [!] who saw me

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1912. B

( Xvill )

catching butterflies. A few days after this she arrived with

a calabash full, but all the wings had been pulled off!”

DETERMINATION OF THE Cocorip Foop or THE Larva oF

SPaLGIS LEMOLEA.—Professor Poutton said that he had now

submitted to Professor R. Newstead some of the Coccids which

formed the food of S. lemolea, H. H. Druce. They had been

sent in spirits by Mr. W. A. Lamborn, and, although unfortun-

ately badly attacked by fungus, had been placed without

hesitation in the genus Dactylopius by Professor Newstead,

who had written, Feb. 19, 1912 :—

“JT have now examined the material bearing the label,

‘With | 457 | Lycaenid larvae (Spalgis lemolea),’ with the

following results :—

‘1. The Coccid is undoubtedly a species of Dactylopius,

Targ-Tozz., and, as far as I can judge by the somewhat im-

perfect condition of the preparations, the species is identical

with D. longispinus, Targ-Tozz., one of the common and

widely distributed ‘Mealy Bugs.’ Only four examples (1

nymph, 3 adult females) were discoverable on the leaves, and

all of these are badly infested with a microfungus of some

kind—the body cavity being completely filled with hyphae or

some other phase of the fungus; so that the morphological

characters of the integument are almost completely obliter-

ated ; but, in spite of this, the salient characteristics of the

insect are visible. The microscopical preparations are all

marked A.

2. An example of No. 1 completely destroyed by fungus.

Slide marked B,

“3. Lepidopterous larva found buried in silken web.

‘4. Portion of silken web taken from the surface of the

leaves. This contains the remains of the Dactylopius, plant

hairs, frass and the spores of a fungus. Z'wo slides marked D.

“5. The same as D, but stained. In one of the prepara-

tions you will find a bundle of the long hairs to which I called

attention in my former communication. They do not belong

to either the Dactylopius, the Lepidopterous larva or the

plant. They are quiteunknownto me. 7'wo slides marked E.”’

EvURYTELA DRYOPE, CRAMER, SHOWN TO BE DISTINCT FROM KE.

HIARBAS, Drury, By W. A. Lamporn.—Professor PouLTon

( sex’ 9)

exhibited examples of the above-named species, bred by Mx.

W. A. Lamborn in the Lagos district. The cases of the

pupae from which the butterflies had emerged were also ex-

hibited, and retained their original form with a high degree of

perfection.

It was obvious that the lateral extension of the pupal

wings, as seen from a dorsal view, was greater in hiarbas

than in dryope. Mr. Lamborn had also bred considerable

families—of dryope twice, and hiarbas once—from known

female parents. The dryope parents produced nothing but

dryope, the hiarbas nothing but hiarbas. It was therefore

almost certain that the two forms were distinct species, at any

rate in the Lagos district, although in view of Mr. G. F.

Leigh’s records of their capture in coitu in Natal (Proc. Ent.

Soc., 1909, pp. xxxv, xxxvi) it would be of much interest to

repeat Mr. Lamborn’s investigations in this part of the

continent.

FurTHER CapTuRES OF PSEUDACRAEAS, ETC., ON DaAmBa

IshanpD, NEAR ENTEBBE, BY Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter.—Pro-

fessor Poutron exhibited specimens captured on Dec. 3, 10,

and 17, 1911, by Dr. Carpenter, in the primitive forest which

still exists in the centre of Damba Island. The following

notes and observations had been received from Dr. Carpenter—

SSDerad yl Olle

“JT had such an extraordinarily interesting morning’s

collecting to-day, that I am sending some of the specimens

straight away, for your bionomic series, to show that models

and mimics do fly together.

“ Within the last few weeks I have found a way of getting

into the primitive, untouched forest in the centre of the

island. Hitherto I have only collected in the ‘jungle’

formed by the overgrown banana-plantations at the edge of

the island. To-day I went into the forest proper, and was

well repaid. It was a fine morning—the second after nearly

a fortnight of dull wet weather—and butterflies were numer-

ous. The ones I send you are only those of the mimetic

associations ;—the others (including some Lycaenids and a

Hesperid I have not sent before) will follow in ordinary

course. I was collecting from 9.15 a.m. to 1.15 p.m. up and

down a game-track for about the length of half a mile.”

B 2

( xx )

The same letter also contained the following notes on the

habits and occurrence of species entering as models or mimics

into the great Planema-centred combinations of Uganda.

“ Planema paragea, Grose-Smith. In deep shade. It flies

very feebly, though if struck at and missed it is active.

“ Planema macarista, E. M. Sharpe, should appear in the

list, but I did not catch any to-day. A little while ago I saw

its larva there, so it does exist in that same locality.

“ Acraea alciope, Hew. You will see that A. alciope does

not figure. I saw none in this locality, though it had ap-

peared again in the more sunny ‘jungle.’ It appears not to

like too dense forest.

“ Precis rawana, Grose-Smith. This is the first time I have

met this species, and I was delighted to see what a good

mimic it is on the wing—though I could see it was a mimic

before I caught it.”

Concerning the captures on Dec. 10, Dr. Carpenter had

written, on this date :—

‘‘Tt has been no use collecting for the last two or three

months—in fact last Sunday was the first time I had been

out for a long time, and I thought it would be good because

we had had a good deal of rain in the month before.

“T do not think Planema tellus is uncommon: at any rate

I send a fair number of specimens now, and have seen what

I think to be others, for I am now beginning to be able to

differentiate Planemas from Pseudacraeas by their general

appearance and ‘manners.’

“To-day (Sunday, Dec. 10th) I went to the same place in

the forest, and got a few more specimens. There were not so

many things about, but oh! I missed heaps !—a female Ps.

hobleyi which appeared to be brownish instead of black and

white; lots of male hobleyi, Pl. macarista or poggei, and

what I believed to be intermediate Pseudacraeas! Still, I

send more //, tellus and Ps. terra. I said last Sunday I had

seen no A. alciope in the forest. I saw two males to-day, and

caught one, and believe | saw a female: anyhow, it is an

addition to the list. I got another poor Pr. rauana to-day,

and some more Planema arenaria, which I had not sent before

Dec. 3.”

Gra!)

The following extract from the same letter of Dec. 10

referred to the four wings of a male Acraea orina, Hew.

The detached wings were exhibited by Professor Poulton,

together with the left forewing of Huralia anthedon, Doubl.,

found on the ground by Dr. Carpenter on Dec. 17.

“T found some wings of a red Acraea neatly clipped off

lying together on a leaf, and a bird-dropping beside, as if a

bird had dropped both! TI send the wings. It is a curious

thing that out of 40-50 bee-eaters (of three species) I have

shot, to see if Glossina could be found in their stomachs, never

a single one has eaten a Lepidopteron! They seem to live,

here, entirely on Dragonflies and Hymenoptera. True, I have

shot most of them on the shore, and not in the forest where

they are high up out of reach; but I suppose the same ones

frequent both shore and forest. It is rather curious they will

eat the hugest dragonflies—larger than the big brown chap at

home!”

The following extracts were from the letter dated Dec. 17,

describing the last of these three days’ captures :—

“Dec. 17, To-day (Sunday) I had my last collecting in

Damba forest, with satisfactory results. There were great

numbers of the pale Planema arenaria, of which I send a

number. Curiously enough, on my way to the forest, I saw

one in the ‘jungle,’ where I have never seen it before. You

will see a very beautiful specimen of the dark Pseudacraea

obscura. On the wing, this Pseudacraea far more closely

resembles the pale Pl. arenaria (of which there were swarms

to-day) than it does the darker Pl. paragea. Both arenaria

and obscura have rather a translucent, pale effect (the little

yellow on the Psewdacraea shows up very plainly) ; whereas in

Pl. paragea the yellow doesn’t show, and it has just a sooty

appearance. The flight of the Psewdacraea is also much more

like that of arenaria than paragea, which is very feeble. Still,

one must admit that the detailed marking in the cadaver

(especially the basal red triangle) is much closer to paragea,

although on the wing the likeness is the other way. I got

another A. alciope to-day—a male—I haven’t seen a female,

but the forest is most certainly not the ideal place for it. The

Ps. terra 1 was trying to get ova from escaped one day, so now

( xxii)

I must wait till I get to Sesse. I leave here in a few days—

spend a week at Entebbe at Xinas—and then resume my

solitary island life, which suits me well !”

Dr. Carpenter’s captures in Damba Island, exhibited to the

Meeting by Professor Poutton, are tabulated below :—

ig Z |

= = te etal cee les <. e

3 2 = On ca s ie

> SS = cc aes So

4 | &3| 8 2) 1/88) | tenes

: ONS} = S | =

= 3 Pseudacraca terra, | 3H 3 ES 3 2 Sue 3 Es Sa

a Se Neave. Re So | S ae 5,2 car

zg |3 Sener yh cs a Geatlleee ee se

3 3 so S | 8 S go i 38

a ae SERIA SIs eal (ie fee Z i

S s | Sh ae

q | x

Dec. 3 | 26 16 206, || Lig 1¢@ 46 1 2 the |195° 259

| 39: first with 3 9: one fiw. sub-

pale, second with with the apical pale

white —sub-apical colour and bar dis-

bar to f.w.: the to a large | tinct: the

second with clear extent the | h.w. basal

trace of brown tri- pattern of | triangle

angle at base of the male. | | faintly in-

h.w. under side. | dicated on

Third 9? has the | under side.

upper surface pat-

tern of the ¢ A.

alciope. Markings

are the pale fulvous

of terra. Pattern

of hw. that of

terra, of f.w. com-

bined terra and ¢

hobleyi. On under

side the white f.w.

bar of 9 hobleyi and

the umber _ basal

triangle of h.w.

are distinct, the

latter remarkably

so.*

Dec. 10| 3 6 29: one with LG Li] 1 Q,simi-|2 ¢

the umber triangle | lar to the

nearly equal to that | above ¢.

ofthe specimen last

mentioned,

Dec. 17| 2 1g 3 9: one \2g19 126 | 2:9 | woe jogs oneeleeaere

with very pale | with the

/nearly white f.w. | uniber tri-

| | bar. | angle re-

| | markably

distinct

and deeply

| tinted.

Totals | 76 |26 89 Da i ese ag [as 4$19 sar9 |s¢ 72

* K. Griinberg, writing on the Lepidoptera of the Sesse Islands in the Victoria Nyanza, describes a

male of this obviously intermediate form as Pseudacraca impleta. In the same paper (Sitzungsber,

d. Ges. Naturf. Freunde, Nr. 4, 1910) Planema macarista, E. M. Sharpe, is redescribed as vendita

and Pseudacraca hobleyi, Neave, identified as Ps. togoensis, Bartel.—E. B. P. ;

(sae °)

Professor Pounron pointed out that the specimens captured

on Dec. 3, 10, and 17 confirmed the conclusions derived

from a study of Dr. Carpenter’s earlier captures in the same

island (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xci-xev). Although Dr.

Carpenter had found that the Planema models were more

abundant in the central forest area of Damba Island, yet even

here all except Planema paragea were outnumbered in his

collection by the respective mimetic forms of Pseudacraea.

The proportions of these mimetic forms differed, as they did

in the jungle, from those of the mainland only twenty miles

away ; while on the island, in the forest as well as in the

jungle, transitional forms were far more numerous as well

as more truly intermediate than on the mainland. It was

also noteworthy that out of four female Ps. hobleyi one

should have borne the colouring of the male. The examples

of Pl. paragea were all dark forms with the pale markings

greatly reduced.

BaARONIA BREVICORNIS, Satv.—Mr. A. E. Grpps exhibited two

specimens of the scarce butterfly Baronia brevicornis, aud read

the following note :—

“In our Transactions for 1893 the late Mr. Salvin de-

scribed a butterfly which had been captured in Mexico. To

receive it he erected a new genus which he called Baronia

after the captor of the insect, Mr. O. T. Baron. It belongs

to the Papilionidae, but is distinguished by its short antennae

and peculiar neuration from Papilio. It seems to come nearest

to Parnassius The insect was figured and again described

by Mr. F. Du Cane Godman in the Supplement to the Rhopa-

locera in Biologia Centrali Americana. It is also figured by Seitz

in the volume on American butterflies now in course of pub-

lication, and Dr. Jordan who writes the text says: ‘Mr. O. T.

Baron discovered this peculiar insect in the neighbourhood

of the town of Chilpancingo, recently destroyed by an earth-

quake, where the butterflies were flying in June and July, at

a height of 4,500 ft. He only took five specimens which are

in the collections of Godman, Rothschild, and the Californian

Academy.’

‘*T have recently acquired a pair from the same locality as

the Salvin type specimens come from—the Sierra Madre district

of Mexico —at an elevation of 1,000 metres—and as the insect

( any)

seems to be rather rare in collections I thought they might

be of interest to-night.”

ABERRATIONS OF CENTRAL EuropEAN Ru#opaLocerRa.—Mr.

Doveias Pearson exhibited a drawer of aberrations of the

genera Melitaea and Hrebia, amongst which were some striking

forms of Z. stygne, EL. ceto, and M. varia, as well as a remark-

ably variegated 9 of MW. aurelia, generally speaking the most

constant of the group.

A New Susorper or DErMAPTERA.—Dr. JorDAN exhibited

on behalf of Dr. Matcotm Burr, a pair of Avixenia n. sp.,

found in vast numbers in a cave in Java, on bats’ guano.

These creatures are remarkable in that they differ in several

essential features from the true earwigs, so that it has been

necessary to form a new suborder for their reception. The only

other known species was found in the gular pouch of a flying

fox, but itis not certain that they are parasites.

DIFFERENCE OF Foop anp HABIT IN CLOSELY RELATED Saw-

FLIES.—The PresipENt drew attention to a note in the Zeit-

schrift fiir wissenschaftliche Insekten-biologie by Dr. E. Enslin, on

closely related species of sawflies one of which was partheno-

genetic and the other not. He said that Croesus varus and

latipes have very similar yet distinguishable imagines, but

quite different larvae, and live on different plants; the larvae

of varus is green and lives on alder, that of latipes is black

and lives on birch. Von Rossum reared varus imagines (all

2?) from alder, which produced a parthenogenetic next

brood of larvae. These were fed on birch and became brown,

and the resulting imagines showed a tendency to the coloration

of latipes. The ¢ of varus is almost if not quite unknown,

that of latipes is not rare. Von Rossum suggests that varus

and latipes may be races of one species varying in characters

according to their diet in the larval stage. It is curious that

very many saw-fly larvae feeding on alder are almost exclu-

sively known in the ? sex, while closely similar species living

on birch (when bred artificially ) always produce numerous males.

A discussion on the effects of food arose, in which Messrs.

WATERHOUSE, CockayNE and Fenn took part. Dr. CHapman

observed that among the Psychids there are several cases of

closely related forms, perhaps of the same species, of which

(sexy -)

one is parthenogenetic and the other (usually the more

southern) is not so.

Wednesday, March 20th, 1912.

Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the Society :

—Messrs. T. W. Auten, M.A., 30, Blenheim Gardens, Crickle-

wood, N.W.; Epwarp Sruart AvcusTINeE Bayness, 120,

Warwick Street, Eccleston Square, 8.W.; Greratp Beprorp,

Entomologist to the Union of South Africa, Dept. of

Veterinary Science, Churchfelles, Horley, and Ondestepoort,

Transvaal; Capt. Kenneth ALAN CrawrorpD Dore, R.A.M.C.,

M.R.CS., F.R.C.P., Villa Sorrento, York Road, Woking ;

Messrs. Herpert L. Earu, 35, Leicester Street, Southport,

Lanes.; C. Jemmett, Ashford, Kent, and South-Eastern

Agricultural College, Wye, Kent; R. D’A. Morrett,

Authors’ Club, 1, Whitehall Court, S.W.; CHartes A.

Scuunck, Ewelme, Wallingford.

Notice from Natural History Museum.

The Rev. G. WurtteR, one of the Secretaries, read a letter

received from the Natural History Museum, 8. Kensington,

announcing officially that the Boundaries had been now fixed

in accordance with the settlement of 1899.

Decease of a Fellow.

The death was announced of Mr. H. J. ApAms, of Roseneath,

Enfield.

Exhibitions.

A CoLEoPTERON NEW TO Brirain.—Commander J. J.

Waker exhibited specimens of Claviger longicornis, Miill.

(with C. testaceus, Preyssl., for comparison), a species of

Coleoptera new to the British list. They were taken under

stones near Kirtlington, Oxfordshire, in May, 1906, and April,

1907, in nests of a small black ant of a species not determined,

but suggested by Mr. Donisthorpe to be possibly Lasius

umbratus, Nye.

(hr saevi. )

Ants AND Dipterous Larvar.—Mr. DonistHorPE exhibited

specimens of J/tcrodon mutabilis bred in his observation nest

of Formica fusca from Porlock, also the nest itself with the

ants anda live larva of Microdon taken at Porlock, April

27th, 1911, and pupa cases and lavae of the fly in spirit. He

explained the food of the larvae which was unknown heretofore,

and gave some account of the life history; he also showed a

map of its distribution in Britain.

Mr. W. C. Crawtety said that he had found one larva in a

nest of Myrmica ruginodis instead of the usual host Formica

fusca. This larva, which was only one-third grown when

found, lived from April to August inclusive and reached full

size. It was then attacked by the ants when its underside

was exposed, and devoured by them.

LEPIDOPTERA WITH THE ‘‘NEPTIS” PATTERN, COLLECTED BY

C. A. WigGiIns NEAR ENTEBBE IN 1909.—Professor PouLTon

exhibited 120 of the 130 insects in the following list—10

examples of V. ophione having been omitted for the sake of

convenience. The exhibit had been arranged by Professor

Poulton and Mr. C. A. Wiggins, during his visit to England

in 1911. All the specimens had been captured in forests

within a few miles of Entebbe, between May 23 and July 25,

1909. The captures were indiscriminate, so that the following

list gives a fair idea of the true proportions in the period

under review.

Neptidopsis ophione, Cram. . ; s Sc)

Neptis melicerta, Drury 30

,, agatha, Stoll 11

» metella, Dbl.Hew. vs

» mecomedes, Hew., var. eres Wee 5

» nemetes, Hew. 2

» saclava, Boisd. 2

» nysiades, Hew., ab. Ee, Holl. 2

» puella, Auriv. 1

Deilemera leuconoe, Hopf. 14

ES transitella, Strand 1

Total 130

Professor Pounton said that the most astonishing thing

Ci mevil * |)

about the list was the predominance of the WNeptis-like

Euryteline, WV. ophione. Considering the overwhelming

numerical superiority over all the species of Neptis except

and this contributed but little over half the

number of ophione—together with the existence in Hayti of

an allied Euryteline with a somewhat similar pattern, Pro-

fessor Poulton, in opposition to his former view (Trans. Ent.

Soc., 1902, p. 468), was inclined to think that the patterns of

African species of Meptis had been influenced by NVeptidopsis.

There was no doubt about the resemblance between the two

genera on the wing. In support of this conclusion Professor

Poulton exhibited a specimen of ophione taken by Mr. C. F. M.

Swynnerton, April 18, 1911, on the outskirts of Chirinda

Forest (3,800 ft.), in South-east Rhodesia. The “paper” bore

the note “Taken for V. saclava on the wing. Mistake not

discovered till in the net.—C. F.M.8.” Mr. W. A. Lamborn

had also written as follows on the same subject :—

melicerta

“*Oni Camp, Sept. 19, 1911.

‘“When writing of WVeptis last week I might have said

that I always find it difficult to distinguish large forms on

the wing from Veptidopsis, and I still catch Veptidopsis under

the impression that it is Veptis, from time to time. Both

have the same floating and apparently leisurely flight, but

it is quicker than one thinks, and I find both equally elusive

and difficult to catch.”

Comparing the patterns of the species in this combination

from Entebbe, at first sight, agatha appeared to present the

nearest approach to ophione. On the other hand, the mark-

ings of agatha differed in their purer white from those of

ophione, which were faintly tinged with yellow, as in saclava,

nemetes, and other species of Neptis. The two first-named

species, especially saclava, also resembled ophione in the

prominence of the black submarginal markings on both

surfaces of the hind wings (see also above). Among the

other species, metella was an evident mimic of melicerta,

although an even closer one of those species of Meptis—

unrepresented in the exhibit—in which the white stripe

running through the fore wing cell was continuous, and not,

(- mxvail °)

as in melicerta, divided at its distal extremity. There could

be no reasonable doubt that metella was a mimic. To one

unfamiliar with the species, it was a great surprise to see

the under surface for the first time, and then to realise that

the pattern of the upper side had given an entirely false

impression of affinity. The three remaining species, nico-

medes, nysiades ab. continuata, and puella, were closely similar,

and would be indistinguishable upon the wing. The two

Hypsid moths presented a rough approximation to the pattern

of agatha.

NeEptTis SWYNNERTONI, A NEW SPECIES FROM S.E. RHODESIA

—Professor Poutton exhibited the male and female types,

described below by Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.8., together with

a specimen captured in the garden at Chirinda (3,800 ft.)

on March 28, 1911, by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton. The

‘paper ” bore the note ‘‘continually settling on the ground.—

C.F.M.S.” Two specimens of the closely allied .V. incongrua,

Butler, captured by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers on Feb. 16,

1911, at Chawia, British East Africa (5,000 ft.), were also

exhibited, so that they might be compared with the new

form from the south. The far narrower bar of the hind wing

of incongrua, together with the much smaller size of the

principal fore wing marking, at once served to distinguish

the two forms.

** Neptis swynnertoni, sp. nov. A near ally of V. incongrua,

Butl.* Exp. al.( 3d) 1" 8"; (9) 2” OL". Brownish-black,

with pure-white markings.

extra-cellular ones beyond its extremity, disposed as in incon-

grua; in the interrupted discal series of spots of unequal

size—the first (minute subcostal) spot is wanting, the second

is smaller and narrower, but the third larger and rounder

than in incongrua; the fourth and fifth are very much

enlarged and confluent into a single conspicuous oblique

elongate marking bisected by second median nervule; the

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1896, p. 112, pt. VI, f. 2(¢), and p. 826.

This species was originally described from Nyassaland (é g) examples,

but has since been found in British East Africa, two examples in the

Hope Department having been taken by Rev. K. St. A. Rogers at Taita

and Tuso (Kikuyu Co.) respectively (see also above).—R. T.

() =aEx **)

sixth is wanting; and the seventh (on inner margin) is very

much smaller and not so sharply defined. Hind wing: median

band considerably broader—especially in its median part—

its inner edge much nearer to base, and curved instead of

almost straight, and its first (subcostal) spot wanting. Cilia

in both wings white between nervules. UNpERsIDE.—Warm

ferruginous-brown, of a redder tint than in incongrua, with

the fuscous neuration and linear internervular streaks more

pronounced ; white markings as on upperside, but discocellular

and subcostal spots larger in the fore wing, where the inner

marginal subcellular area is shining grey, much more glossy

than in incongrua.

«0, Like ¢, but with all white markings larger, and the

first spot of discal series—subcostal, small, and sublinear in

fore wing, but of moderate size and conspicuous in hind wing

—present as in incongrua. UNDERSIDE.—Ground-colour paler

and brighter than in 6, with an ochreous-yellow tinge ;

white markings as on upperside,

“The differences pointed out, and especially the large oblique

medio-discal single marking formed in the fore wing by the

enlargement and complete union of the two largest spots of

the discal series, and the much broader and somewhat un-

evenly curved (instead of straight) band in the hind wing,

give this form a thoroughly distinct aspect from that of J.

incongrua, and to a considerable extent approximate it in

pattern, as far as the upperside is concerned, to WV. mampessa,

Hopff. [= saclava, Boisd.], a congener of very wide Ethiopian

range; but the similarity does not extend to the hind-

marginal areas, which in swynnertoni (as in incongrua) are

of the simple unvaried black of the ground-colour, but in mar-

pessa are marked with a series of darker spots succeeded by

two series of indistinct whitish lunules. As regards the

underside, swynnertont and incongrua differ widely both from

marpessa and from the rather numerous African group repre-

sented by WV. agatha, Cram., in the complete want (except in

the case of the minute discocellular and subcostal spots of the

fore wing) of the numerous and elaborate minor paler and

darker markings, and also in the rufous—or ferruginous—

ochreous ground-colour ; in both which respects, but especially

(morse, -)

in the latter, the two forms under notice, together with JV.

exaleuca, Karsch,* from Camaroon, and WV. woodwardi, KE. M.

Sharpe,j from British East Africa, constitute a section apart

from the other known Ethiopian ones, and approaching the

group represented by the well-known Palaearctic species J.

lucilla, Fab., ranging from Central Europe to Japan. It is

remarkable that of these four forms, the extreme West

African species, V. exaleuca, is, in the shape, disposition, and

longitudinal extension of the markings, more like than any

of the others to NV. lucilla.

“The g and 9? of the new form here described were presented

to the Hope Department by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who

kindly informs me that both were taken—the 9 by himself,

and the 6 by Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton—in a remarkable

isolated patch of heavy forest on the top of Mt. Chirinda

(about 4,500 ft.), in the Melsetter District (formerly known

as ‘Gaza-land’) in 8.E. Rhodesia, situated quite close to the

Portuguese border and about 150 miles by road south of

Umtali. The 3d was captured in March, and the 9 on,18th

October, 1905.

‘“‘Tt is a pleasure to associate with this interesting new form

the name of Mr. Swynnerton, a naturalist who is a fellow-

worker with Mr. Marshall in the richly productive region of

Rhodesia.

“There is an obvious similarity between the narrow-banded

NV. incongrua and the common Hurytela hiarbas, Drury, § a

* Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxxix, p. 10, f. 5 (1894).

+ Ann. and Mag. N. Hist. (7), iii, p. 243 (1899).

t Since the above was written the Hope Department has received from

Mr. Swynnerton 3 6 g and 2 @ 9, taken in the same locality, but at a

lower elevation, viz. 3,800 ft. The dates of capture of the 6 ¢ are

noted as respectively 1st to 6th March, 5th April, and 10th April, 1907,

and of the @ @ respectively as 25th March and 13th April, 1907. These

additional examples of both sexes agree very closely on both surfaces of

the wings with the individuals above described—the only noticeable

difference being in the smaller size of the inner-marginal white spot on

the upperside of the fore wings. As regards size, however, the three g 6

have a rather larger expanse of wings, viz. 19-103’, and one of the

? 9 arather smaller expanse, viz. 1’ 113’”.—R. T.

§ This resemblance was pointed out by Rey. K. St. Aubyn Rogers in

Trans. Ent. Soc., 1908, p. 507. It is worthy of remark that the eastern

and southern hiarbas bear a much narrower white bar than the western.

Although the Entebbe specimens are western in character, as in so many

other species, the forms of hiarbas from the parts of British East Africa

(\aeesh }

Nymphaline of a group not remote from that represented by

the genus Weptis. £. hiarbas has a very wide Ethiopian

range; and, as I have noted in ‘South-African Butterflies’

(I, pp. 260 and 270), it and the two commoner species of

Neptis occurring in the same districts of South Africa, have

much the same flight and habits, hovering rather slowly about

the lower trees and shrubs, and often settling—the Hurytela

being more partial to the stems and the Neptzs to the leaves.

I also called attention (op. cit., p. 258) to the much closer

resemblance existing between the Tropical-African Hurytela

(Neptidopsis) ophione, Cram., and Neptis melicerta, Drury ;*

and in view of the mimetic relations which probably obtain

between the two genera, it is interesting to bear in mind that

Mr. Marshall some years ago found some evidence of the

distastefulness of the conspicuous JV. agatha. +

R. TRIMEN.”

Two AFRICAN SPECIES OF THE DANAINE GENUS TIRUMALA

(MetinpA) as Mopets, anD oNE AS A Muimic.—Professor

Poutton «exhibited 7. formosa, Godman, and its mimic

Papilio rex, Oberth., from the Kikuyu Escarpment, near

Nairobi, British East Africa; the same Danaine, and the

transitional Papilio commixta, Auriv., from Nyangori, at

the N.E. corner of the Victoria Nyanza; 7. mercedonia,

Karsch,.and Papilio mimeticus, Rothsch, from Buddu on the

W. shore of the lake; and 7’. morgeni, Honrath, with three

of its Amauris models—psyttalea, Plétz, hecate, Butler, and

an undetermined species, probably new, from the Cameroons.

The specimens of formosa, mercedonia, and their models were

those figured in Plates XI and XII accompanying Mr. S. A.

Neave’s paper in Ent. Soc. Trans., 1906, p. 207, and it was

where Neptis incongrua was taken by Mr. St. Aubyn Rogers, are thoroughly

eastern in the narrowness of the bar. Chirinda is remarkable in the

possession of a local form of hiarbas in which the bar is again broader,

approaching, although without equalling, the western type. MW. swyn-

nertont is, at the same time, distinguished from N. incongrua by its

broader white markings. The western affinity of other Chirinda forms

has been observed by Mr. G. A. K. Marshall.—E. B. P.

* See, however, p.xxvii, where other species of Meptis are associated

with Neptidopsis. The stripe running through the fore wing cell of

melicerta appears to separate its pattern from that of ophione.—K. B. P.

+ Trans. Ent. Soe, Lond., 1902, pp. 384, 386, 387.

(xan)

explained that, in the Hope Department, figured specimens

illustrating the problems of bionomics were as far as possible

always arranged side by side with copies of the respective

plates. Professor Poulton said that, although the examples

were well known, he had ventured to exhibit them, because

the bionomic history of the three African species of the

Oriental genus Zirwmala, had never been so completely

illustrated as in the drawer which he had brought to the

meeting. There was something arresting in the sight of the

actual species with their mimics and models, which was

inevitably lost in descriptions and figures, however good. He

drew attention to the fact that the deep reddish-brown

colour of mercedonia was preserved, but little darkened, on

that part of the under surface of the fore wing of morgeni

which is covered by the hind wing in the attitude of rest,

although elsewhere, on all visible parts of both surfaces, the

tint had so far deepened as to present the closest likeness to

the Amauris models. The pattern of the undetermined

species of Amawris was more closely resembled than that of

any other, although, in the form of the fore wings, hecate

appeared to be the principal model. Professor Poulton

pointed out that Zirwmala passed from the condition of a

model to that of a mimic at the point where it had left its

original country furthest behind, and had penetrated most

deeply into the area where the black and white species of

Amauris were dominant.

A LARGE LEPIDOPTEROUS PUPA, PROBABLY LYCAENID, FOUND

IN THE LEAF-NEST OF OECOPHYLLA, IN THE LAGOS DISTRICT.—

Professor Poutton exhibited the pupal shell and the dead

pupa referred to by Mr. W. A. Lamborn in the following

note upon the tree-ant Oecophylla smaragdina, F., race

longinoda, Latr. Both pupae, which were evidently of the

same species, were attached to the leaf by an expanded sucker-

like base, similar to that of a much smaller pupa found in

March, 1910, by Mr. Lamborn on the under side of a leaf 3 ft.

from the ground, in the forest, 1} miles E. of Oni. This

pupa produced, on March 11, 1910,a male Argiolaus, of which

the species has not as yet been identified. This specimen and

its pupal shell were also exhibited.

(, seexigt ~)

‘*Oni Camp, Feb. 10, 1912.

‘‘T have seen the ants using their larvae to weave silk in

the manner described by Mr. H. N. Ridley, F.R.S., at Singa_

pore (1890). They grip them dorsally and carry them to and

fro, applying the larval mouth-parts to various points to fix

the silk.

“ When slightly alarmed these ants quiver violently so as

to produce a rustling sound on leaves, and when still more

alarmed the abdomen is uplifted and a drop of fluid is ejected

to a distance of 5 or 6 inches.

«19/2/12.

“The ants are not thriving in captivity, and, as many of

their larvae have died, I decided to ‘board out’ my Lepido-

pterous larvae all in one large nest. On opening one up

last night, I found remains of a pupal shell and one large

pupa dead—undoubtedly Lycaenid I should think from its

resemblance to one sent last year. I am, however, puzzled

on account of its large size; for I do not call to mind any

Lycaenids large enough to correspond with the pupa, and if

the larvae in my possession are of the same species, they cannot

be a quarter grown. I send this dead pupa. The silk at the

edge of the leaf bound it to the ants’ nest.”

The larvae referred to above were found by Mr. Lamborn

in the leaf-nests of Oecophylla. Their form and habits were

very remarkable, and Professor Poulton hoped to bring Mr.

Lamborn’s account before the Society when the imagines have

been bred and identified.

THE SLUGGISHNESS OF Two W. Arrican LYCABNIDAE OF

THE GENERA EpiroLa anD HewitTsonta.—Professor Poutton

exhibited the three largest Lycaenidae captured by Mr. W. A.

Lamborn, and suggested that the undetermined pupae in the

nest of Oecophylla might possibly belong to one of them. He

pointed out, however, that all three were placed among the

Lipteninae, while the problematical pupa bore much resem-

blance to a smaller one which produced an imago of the genus

Argiolaus, belonging to the Lycaeninae. The three large species

were Eypitola honorius, F., male and female, Z. posthumus, F.,

male, and Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., male and female.

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND., 1. 1912. c

(. xara: ©.)

Mr. Lamborn’s notes on the two females showed a remarkable

degree of sluggishness.

Epitola honorius, F., female. ‘ Observed 5 p.m. Jan. 18,

1912, feeding on secretion of Homoptera on green stem near

Oni clearing ; seen again at same spot on Jan. 19, about

8 a.m. and 3.30 p.m., and at the same hours on Jan. 20 and

21. Captured 3.30 p.m. Jan, 21.”

Hewitsonia boisduvali, Hew., female. ‘This particular

insect observed on twig, 1 mile E. of Oni, Oct. 21, 1911,

feeding. It was seen each day in precisely the same position

up to Oct. 26, when I took it, It was identified by the

damage to the hind wings. The twig on which it was feeding

bore a number of Homopterous insects, most of which fell off

when I took the butterfly, but two remain on the twig now

sent.”

The twig, still bearing the two Homoptera, was exhibited

with the butterflies. The specimen of honorius was perfect,

while both hind wings of boisdwvali were symmetrically torn.

It was evident that the closed wings had been seized at the

anal angle, and a wide and deep notch, ending in a narrow

chink, cut in each of them. The form of the chink seemed to

be inexplicable except on the supposition that the injury had

been inflicted by the beak of a bird.

The remarkable sluggishness of these immense Lycaenids

suggested strongly that they were specially protected, and

that the under surface of honorius—beautifully mimetic of

Planema—was to be explained on the Miillerian hypothesis.

The same conclusion was supported by the extraordinary

under surface of H. boisduvali, and by the position of the

butterflies on twigs and stems, Although not specially

referred to in these cases, Mr. Lamborn had frequently spoken

of the striking conspicuousness of the Lipteninae when fol-

lowing their characteristic habit of feeding—probably always

on the secretions of Homoptera—in an~exposed position on

twigs, etc. Professor Poulton had suggested that the Lipte-

ninae were a specially protected group in Trans. Ent. Soc.,

1902, p. 500.

AMAURIS EGIALEA STROKING THE BRANDS OF THE HIND WINGS

WITH ITS ANAL TUFTS.-—Professor PouLTon exhibited a male

( texxy )

Am. egialea, Cram., recently received from Mr. W. A. Lamborn.

The ‘“ paper ” enclosing the specimen bore the following note :—

“8am. Half mile [from Oni clearing]; Jan. 30, 1912.

Observed flying up and down. It then settled on upper

surface of leaf and started to pass its brushes to and fro over

its scent-patches, exactly as Amauris niavius did. Wings

were rather over-flexed.”

The latter statement was illustrated by a diagrammatic

section which showed that the hind or outer margins of both

wings were in contact with the surface of the leaf and thus

below the level of the body. The observation was a most

interesting confirmation of the conclusions to be inferred

from Mr. Lamborn’s earlier account of the behaviour of

Am. niavius, L. (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, pp. xlvi, xlvii). Together

with Mr, Lamborn’s specimen, was exhibited a male of Am.

egialea in which the brands of both hind wings had been

entirely eaten out by ants, and a male of Am. niavius in

which the right brand had been partially eaten. The injury

was probably inflicted on the dead specimens by house ants.

The egialea had been previously exhibited to the Society

(Proceedings, 1907, p. x), but in view of this recent observa-

tion it was thought well to show it again.

These observations on the relationship between the anal

brushes of male Danainae and the brands on their hind wings,

were confirmatory of Fritz Miiller’s remarkable inference,

published in the year 1877 (‘‘ Butterfly-hunting in many

Lands.” G. B. Longstaff, 1912, p. 619).

Dr. F, A. Drxry said that among Professor Poulton’s series

of exhibits, that illustrating Dr. Lamborn’s valuable observa-

tion on Amauris egialea, confirming as it did a previous obser-

vation by the same naturalist, had for him a special interest.

It was well known that the scent-distributing apparatus in

Rhopalocera took the form sometimes of specialised scales

scattered broadcast over the surface of the wings, as in many

Pierines and Lycaenids ; sometimes of scales or hairs collected

into definite patches, as in other Pierines and in the sub-

family to which Dr. Lamborn’s Amauris belonged. That the

patch near the costa of the hind wing in Colias edusa was

really a scent-patch, the speaker knew from personal obser-

( xvi’)

vation. In certain Pierines, as for instance Catopsilia jflorella,

in addition to a Colzas-like patch on the hind wing, there

existed a tuft or fringe of hair-like scales near the inner edge

of the fore wing. The close proximity of the latter to the

former structure suggested that it might be used in some

such way as the terminal tuft of the butterfly exhibited by

Professor Poulton. The speaker had observed, as mentioned

in his Presidential Address in 1910, that the scent-patches in

Pierines were furnished with a special distribution of tracheae.

The ultimate branches of these were difficult to trace, but in

some instances they appeared to have an unmistakable con-

nection with the sockets by which the scent-scales were

articulated with the membrane of the wing. He thought at

the time that he was the first to observe this peculiar con-

nection of tracheae with the scent-patch, but had since found

that he had been anticipated by Fritz Miiller, who saw every-

thing. Lt.-Col. Manders had also noticed it, though his

observations on the point were at present unpublished. Dr.

Dixey went on to say that he had put forward the suggestion

that by the means of this tracheal supply, the products of the

special secreting cells which had been observed (though not in

actual connection with the scales of a scent-patch) by Weis-

mann, Giinther and others, might be propelled, as it were by

a vis a tergo, into the scent-scale, and so, in a volatilised

condition, into the outer air. In many cases of isolated

scent-scales furnished with a proximal disc, an evident aper-

ture existed in that part of the dise which was included in

the socket. Through this the interior of the scale might be

put into communication with the secretory apparatus lodged

in the membrane of the wing. In these cases the escape of

the odour into the open air doubtless took place through the

distal fimbriae with which scales of this type were usually

provided ; but Dr. Lamborn’s observation suggested that the

anal tufts acted as mechanical dispersers of an odour produced

elsewhere, rather than as themselves directly connected with

a secretory apparatus. The fact that-in Catopsilia not only the

Colias-like patch, but also the tuft or fringe, possessed a special

supply of tracheal branches, seemed adverse to the idea that the

fringe, in this instance, acted as a mere scent-sprinkler ; that

( :exxvit }

is, if the speaker’s interpretation of the presence of tracheae

were correct. It would be interesting, in view of Dr. Lam-

born’s observations, to know whether the anal tufts in Amauris

were in connection with any secreting cells or other similar

apparatus, Jor this purpose no information could be expected

from dried specimens, and it would be most desirable to have

fresh material treated with proper reagents on the spot, and

so sent home in a condition fitted for microscopic examination. *

Professor Krtioce of California, who was present as a

visitor, called attention, in connection with Dr. Dixey’s

remarks, to a paper by Mr. B. Thomas, of Cornell University,

on the scent-glands in the wings of butterflies. In this paper

Mr. Thomas described certain unicellular glands at the base

of the androconia, which presumably could be interpreted as

the producers of the scent-stuff given off by the androconia.

Professor Kellogg added that in sections of wings made by

himself he had noticed similar glands. It would be difficult

to prove the actual continuity of the glands and scales,

because of the peculiar mode of attachment of the scales to

the wings, viz. by the insertion of a bulb-like expansion of

the pedicel of the scale into a small pocket or cup in the

membrane, the base of the scale and the membrane being

quite discontinuous.

Dr. Drxey, in thanking Professor Kellogg for his interest-

ing observations, observed that the expansion of the pedicel

was not really a bulb, but a disc.

Wednesday, April 3rd, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Moricz, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

The following gentlemen were elected Fellows of the

Society :—Mr. Henry Hacker, Queensland Museum, Bowen

Bridge Road, Brisbane, Queensland; Mr. Cyrrt, ENGELHART

Latour, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British West Indies ; Signor

OrAzI0 QuERcI, Macerata, Marche, Italy.

* Many of these points were more fully dealt with in Dr. Dixey’s

Presidential Address of 1910. [Ep.]

(| xxxviii )

Appointment of Delegates.

At the request of the President, the Rev. G. WHEELER

announced that the Council had been invited to elect Delegates

to represent the Society at various functions, and that the

following had been elected :—for the Centenary Celebration of

the Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences, Professor

Comstock and Dr. Houtianp; Professor FERNALD, who had

also been elected, was unable to attend ; for the First Eugenic

Congress, in July, Professor Barrson ; for the 250th Anni-

versary of the Royal Society, in July, the PresipEnt ; for the

International Congress of Entomology, in August, the Prest-

DENT, the Rev. G. WHEELER, Secretary, and Messrs. G. T.

Beruunet-Baker, H. Rownanp-Brown, and the Hon. W.

RovHscHILp.

Exhibition.

Parasites ON A Parasite.—Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baker ex-

hibited a specimen of Cyclopodia hopei, Westw., a parasite on

the Indian Flying-fox; this was itself parasitised by an

Acarid of the genus Gamasus, there being no less than 17 of

this small species on one specimen of C’. hopet.

Discussion on Nomenclature.

There being no other exhibits and no papers to be read, the

PreEsIDENT said that he thought it would be a good opportunity

to discuss the important subject of Nomenclature, and asked

Mr. Durrant to give an account of certain generic names pro-

posed by the late Mr. G. W. Kirkaldy for Hemiptera, to take

the place of other pre-occupied names. Mr. Durrant gave

them to the President to read, which he did amidst much

laughter, the names, though disguised under such Greek-

looking forms as Ochisme, Marichisme, etc., being in reality

merely composed of the words ‘‘ Florry kiss me,” ‘ Peggy

kiss me,” and so forth. The President observed that such

names were impossible of acceptance, and merely tended to

make Entomological nomenclature the laughing-stock of the

scientific world. He feared also that if the strict law of

Priority were to be insisted upon in names, it might soon be

also in anatomical and kindred nomenclature ; he mentioned a

(seer)

recent publication in which insects were divided into groups

having two calcaria and one calcaria(!), and in which such

expressions as “ metapostscutum,” ‘“‘metaepimeron,” etc., were

employed, and said that it was monstrous that educated

persons should for ever be bound by such forms of words,

simply because the original giver of the names did not know

what he was talking about. At the same time he counselled

patience, saying that we could not expect in one generation to

arrive at a permanent solution of so difficult a problem.

Mr. J. H. Durrant concurred with the President in the

absolute impossibility of accepting such names; he then

spoke of Mr. Kearfott’s nonsense alphabets, bana, cana,

dana, ete., ete., and congratulated Mr. Meyrick on his valiant

attempt to dispose of them at a stroke.

The Rev. G. WHEELER said that it was a relief to hear two

such eminent Entomologists agree that the laws of Priority

must not over-ride everything. He said that while he

admired and sympathised with Mr. Meyrick’s attempt,

published in the Hntomologist’s Monthly Magazine, he teared

it was beyond the power of any individual to reject a series

of names of this kind, and said that he intended, unless some

one else was already going to do so, to move at the coming

International Congress for the appointment of a permanent

International Committee, such as Mr. Turner had already

advocated before the Society, who should have power to deal

with the question, and to whom all names should be submitted

before they were held to have achieved publication.

Mr. G. T. Bernune-Baxker, though strongly upholding the

law of Priority on all ordinary occasions, was quite in favour

of the idea of such a Committee, who should have power to

alter the International Code if necessary.

Mr. C. O, WATERHOUSE gave, as an instance of the fatuity of

adhering too strictly to the law of Priority, Meigen’s paper on

Diptera, dated 1800, of which only three copies were known

to exist, which had remained unknown for more than a century,

and which would, if followed, change some of the most universally

employed names in the Order. Meigen had written much on

the Diptera later, and had never referred to this paper, which

it was in fact probable that he had wished to suppress, the

( xl )

three known copies having escaped suppression. Some German

writers had accepted this paper, which would, if the example

were followed, necessitate remembering a double set of names.

Mr. W. J. Kaye thought that Entomologists owed a certain

amount of gratitude to Mr. Kearfott and Mr. Kirkaldy,

because but for their reductio ad absurdum nothing definite

would ever have been done in the matter. He was of opinion

that an International Committee would be unworkable, and

considered that a British Committee would be sufficient,

leaving other nations to form their own.

The Presipent, Mr. Beraune-BAKkER and Mr. Durrant

pointed out, from different points of view, that no arrange-

ment which was not international would have any chance of

permanence. Mr. Durrant also remarked with regard to

Meigen’s paper on Diptera, that it was really unintelligible,

except in the light of his later writings, no species having

been mentioned in his genera, and on that account, if on no

other, it ought not to have been accepted.

Mr. A. Sicn, reverting to Mr. Kaye’s proposal, suggested

the possibility of an International Committee, with National

sub-committees, who should deal with questions arising in

their own country.

Mr. A. E. Cockayne pointed out a difficulty as to what

could be done when a native of one country discovered and

named a new species in another country. Which sub-

committee should exercise control ?

Mr. W. E. Suarp propounded a further difficulty, viz. that

the validity of a name might involve the validity of a species,

and asked Mr. Wheeler or Mr. Turner to explain how it was

proposed to deal with this much wider question.

The Rev. G. WHEELER replied that he would not propose to

deal with it at all; that such a Committee as he advocated

would deal with nomenclature pure and simple, leaving the

responsibility for the validity of the species with the specialists

as at present. He added that if Mr. Sich’s suggestion were

adopted, Mr. Cockayne’s difficulty could easily be met by a

hard and fast rule, in whichever direction the International

Committee thought well.

Mr. H. J. Turner said that it would be wiser, at first at

(ae)

any rate, to narrow the field of operation of the Committee as

much as possible consistently with efficiency.

Dr. T. A. CHapman suggested that reference might be made

to the Committee only in those cases where a name was

challenged. He went on to refer to the suggestion which

M. Oberthiir proposed making at the Congress, that no name

should be held valid unless accompanied by a gocd figure.

While fully recognising the importance of a good figure, he

held that such a setting aside of generally accepted names was

out of the question.

Mr. G. T. Beraune-Baker fully agreed with Dr. Chapman

on this question, and pointed out that the acceptance of this

proposal would entail the sweeping away of a vast proportion

of recognised nomenclature.

Mr. J. H. Durrant observed that the main point really

resolved itself into the question ‘‘ What is a name?”

The PResiDENT suggested that the question should be re-

opened at the June meeting, with a view to some definite

step being taken by the Society.

Mr. TuRNER proposed that a small Committee be appointed

to consider the subject of Nomenclature and report to the

June meeting, with a view to the coming International Con-

gress. This was seconded by Mr. A. E. Gipps, and carried

nem. con.

The following Fellows were proposed as forming the Com-

mittee, and the names being put from the Chair were

unanimously accepted:—Mr. G. T. Beruune-Baxer, Dr.

T. A. CHapman, Messrs. J. H. Durrant, H. J. Turner,

C. O. WatTrrHousE and Rev. G. WHEELER, with power to add

to their number.

Wednesday, May Ist, 1912.

Mr. A. H. Jones, Vice-President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

The Rev. E. Aprran Wooprurre-Peracock, F.LS., F.G.S.

Cadney Vicarage, Brigg, Lincolnshire, was elected a Fellow

of the Society.

(eel 1)

The Seal.

In accordance with the vote of the Council, the CHArrRMAN

announced that impressions of the Seal of the Society in wax

could be obtained by Fellows at a cost of half a guinea.

Exhibitions.

ABERRATIONS IN AGLAIS URTICAE, VAR. ICHNUSA.—Mr. A. H.

Jones exhibited three examples of Aglais urticae, var. ichnusa,

out of about 100 bred specimens from larvae found in Corsica,

showing the absence of scales in the centre of the wings,

where the central spots are present in the type. These spots

appeared also in one only of the Corsican examples.

VARIATION IN EHuCHLOE DaMonE.—Mr. Jonegs also exhibited

examples of Huchloe damone from Asia Minor, showing the

difference in the depth of colour of the transverse black streak

on fore wings and in the tone of colour of undersides; the

Sicilian specimens, taken by Mr. J. Platt Barrett, being of a

greenish-yellow, whereas the Asia Minor specimens are

distinctly yellow.

A very scaRcE Eayprian Pierip.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr

exhibited a series of twelve specimens (five males and seven

females) of the rare white butterfly, Pinacopteryx doxo, Godart

(venatus, Butler), from the White Nile, Lat. 7° N. to

5° N. Dr. Dixey had informed him that he knew of but

four specimens in collections, viz. Godart’s type, a female, at

Edinburgh, taken in ‘ Africa,” two females in the British

Museum, both from the White Nile district, one of them being

Butler’s type of venatws, and Dr. Dixey’s type of the male in

the Hope Collection, also from the White Nile.

Birps AND INSECTS AT THE EDGE OF FIRE.—Dr. G. B. Lone-

sTAFF stated that large areas of the reeds and papyrus on the

White Nile which constitute “the Sudd” are annually burned.

Many birds are attracted to these fires, amongst others Mr. A.

L. Butler of Khartum had especially noticed various species

of swallow. Dr. Longstaff had, on more than one occasion,

seen a number of kestrels in the smoke to the leeward of a

fire, and had once watched for some time a pair of bee-eaters

(Merops nubicus) perch within a few feet of a fire on the wind-

ward side. He saw them fight for a large Orthopterous

( xliii )

insect which was driven out. This Jerops, a beautiful copper-

red bird with peacock-blue head and rump, was locally called

the “ fire-bird.” The picture postcards exhibited showed four

kites (J/dlvus aegyptius) hawking in the smoke.

Commander Waker observed that he had seen the same

thing occur in Australia, birds waiting for insects at the edge

of a bush-fire and seizing them as they came out.

Dr. F. A. Dixry congratulated Dr. Longstaff on his series

of P. doxo, and observed that there was no doubt of the

specific value of this insect, its scent-scales being quite

distinctive.

Scarce CoreopHorips.—Mr. Autrrep Sicu exhibited two

specimens, with their cases, of Coleophora trigeminella, Fuchs.,

and one specimen of C. baditipennella, Dup., with its case for

comparison. He said that C. trigeminella, first described in

1881, had lately been described as British by Mr. Bankes.

Though it had been an inhabitant of Britain for many years

it was not brought to light till 1906. This species resembles

C. badiipennella, but is paler, and the case differs in having

three valves and in being almost entirely formed of silk, spun

by the larva; while that of C. badiipennella has only two

valves and is composed of leaf cuticles joined by silk.

Brazitian IrHomirnes.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited three

small groups of Ithomiine butterflies that had been taken by

himself in 8. Brazil. One group consisted of /eterosais nephele

edessa, Ithomia drymo, and Leucothyris aquata, all of which

had been taken at Guaruja, near Santos, at the end of February

and beginning of March 1910. On February 27 all three of

the above species were caught in quick succession, but the

total catch of all the species was very limited, and neither

species was common nor could be said to be more dominant

than another. The Heterosais nephele edessa was, however,

usnally looked upon as considerably rarer than the other two.

The actual numbers of each secured (and every specimen was

caught where possible) were H. edessa 3, I. drymo 4, and

L. aquata 2, Another similar group but consisting of different

species, and all belonging to different genera, was one made

up of Pseudoscada adasa, Pteronymia sylvo, and Hymenitis

andromica andania, all of which had been secured at Castro,

( xlty — 5)

in Parana, at close on 3,000 feet elevation. In this case also

none of the species were found in abundance, the actual num-

bers being P. adasa 3, P. sylvo 1, H. andania 6. On March

11-12 all three species were secured in the same locality, and

the Hymenitis continued to occur singly till the latter part of

the month. Both the Pseudoscada and the Pteronymia are, how-

ever, frequently to be found in abundance, while the Hymenitis

appears to be always decidedly less common. Mr. Kaye re

marked that these groups of black and transparent Ithomiine

species were always found in rather dark forest country, and

it was possible that they were simply cases of syncryptic

resemblance, rather than mimetic examples of a Miillerian

Association, for these species were invisible at a very short

distance, and they were all equally adapted to that end. A

third small group that was exhibited consisted of a Danaine,

Ituna ilione, and two Ithomiines, Thyridia (Methona) themisto *

and Dircenna devo. All these were also from Castro. The

D. dero was by far the commonest, but getting worn, while

P. themisto, of which five were taken, was very fresh. Only

two of the Danaine, J. ilione, were secured. The insects of

this group were found on the margins of woods amongst

rough scrub, and the causes of the resemblances were pro-

bably of a different nature. Natural selection here doubt-

less was at work to make these insects conform to a uniform

pattern. While the small transparent Ithomiines were all

but invisible at a short distance, these insects were con-

spicuous even at a considerable distance.

Professor E. B. Poutroy, commenting on the exhibit, was

of opinion that the forest species as well as the others were

connected as members of a mimetic group.

Dr. Lonestarr, speaking from personal experience, empha-

sised the invisibility of these Ithomiines on the wing, at a

very short distance, in their native haunts.

New Mimacrarzas.—Mr. Hamitron H. Druce exhibited

dg and ? of the new A/imacraea eltringhami, captured by Mr.

S. A. Neave in the Bugoma Forest, Unyoro, Uganda, and

* One Aprotopos (Thyridia) psidii, identical with the lower Amazonian

form, and not at all like the usual S. Brazilian 4. hippodamia (= pytho),

was taken at Itarari, in similar country to Castro, but about 120 miles

farther east, and 500 ft. lower elevation.

( xlv )

pointed out that the 2 was almost an exact copy of Planema

pogget, Dewitz ; also another new M/imacraea which he proposed

to name costleyi, after its discoverer Mr. Costley-White at

Mlanji, Nyasaland, and which appeared to be allied to JZ.

marshalli, Trimen, a specimen of which was also shown for

comparison.

Mr. 8. A. Neave described the capture of these specimens.

This species in common with several others flies very high,

and he said that it was often necessary to employ small native

boys perched at the top of the trees and armed with nets.

Several Fellows commented shortly on this exhibit.

ButrerFuies FROM British HonpurAS aND GUATEMALA.—

Mr. A. E. Gippgs exhibited a drawer of butterflies from these

localities, and made the following observations :—I recently

received from Dr. Davis, of Belize, a small collection of butter-

flies collected in British Honduras and the neighbouring

Republic of Guatemala, and I have brought up a few of the

most interesting of them, with regard to some of which I have

received valuable notes from the sender.

Papilio philolaus, Bsdv.—There are four specimens of this

Papilio which exhibit considerable differences, two of them

having the yellow transverse bands, common to both wings,

very much more pronounced than in the other two specimens,

which were altogether darker. It is well known that this

variation exists in this species, and Rothschild and Jordan,

in their “ Revision of the American Papilios,” suggest that

the dark and pale specimens belong to different broods, and

that it is a parallel case to the seasonal variations exhibited

by the allied Papilio marcellus, Cr. (ajax auct.), of North

America. It is an interesting point, and I wrote to Dr.

Davis to see if he could clear the matter up, and he replied

that he hardly thought that the differences could be seasonal,

for, as far as he knew, the perfect insect only appears during

the dry months of the year, Feb.-April. He had never seen

a specimen when the rains became well established, 7.e. at

the beginning of June. ‘in this colony,” he says, “it is a

somewhat local species, but, where found, always in abund-

ance, the favourite locality being the drying sands of rivers,

close to the water’s edge. Here they settle in myriads, each

( xlvi_ )

one with proboscis extended, and wings raised and incessantly

vibrating. In company with various species of Cuallidryas,

especially C. philea, C. agarithe and C. argunte, and Papilio

androgeus, P. thoas, P. macrosilaus, P. salvini, and P. epidaus,

they settle in thousands all together, and the quivering of all

these wings and the wonderful colours is a sight never to be

” Papilio philolaus is a purely

Central American insect, being found from Mexico to Nica-

ragua. In the Godman collection at South Kensington there

forgotten for beauty. ...

is a long series showing a great amount of variation. A

melanie form of the female is sometimes produced which is

almost completely black, the pale bands being only visible as

the faintest shadows.

Caligo memnon, Feld.—There is a specimen of this well-

known Central American species. Dr. Davis writes: ‘‘ There

is another very handsome species, C’. wranius, which is fairly

common, and I hope to be able to send you one or two of

these at no very distant date. The habit these have of settling

on trunks of trees makes them very difficult to capture, and

I usually find that they do not remain very long in good

condition, owing, I suppose, to their large size and the

extremely thick forest which is their usual habitat.”

The collection embraced six species of the genus Heliconius,

vizi—H. ismenius telchinia, Doubl.; H. cydno galanthus,

Bates ; H. doris transiens, Stgr.; H. sapho leuce, Doubl. ; H.

petiveranus petiveranus, Doubl.; H. charithonia, L. The first

named, H. telchinia, is a brown species, with a striking resem-

blance to several other insects which fly in the same region.

I have associated with Dr. Davis’s specimen a JJechanitis (M.

doryssus, Bates), also sent by him, and likewise Melinaea

imitata, Eueides zorcaon, and the Danaine Lycorea atergatis,

which, although not included in this collection, are found in

Central America, the tint and pattern of the wings being

very similar in these and other species, the general colour

scheme having been called by Haensch the “‘ Lycorea habitus.”

These butterflies afford a familiar illustration of Miillerian

mimicry.

But to return to the species of Heliconius sent by Dr.

Davis, I should like again to quote his letter. He says: “TI

( xlvii )

am very glad that you were so pleased with HY. doris and H.

lewce. ‘These are both rather difficult insects to capture, as

their flight, though not rapid, is usually out of reach of the

net. H. petiveranus is the common species here and varies

most remarkably in size. I have seen specimens scarcely

3 in. in expanse of wing, and again others 24 in. to 3 in. in

expanse.”

One other insect in the drawer calls for attention, namely

the Lycaenid, Humaeus minyas. It is a delightful little

butterfly, and I wrote to my correspondent expressing my

pleasure at receiving it. He replied: “It is a beautiful

Lycaenid, I think, with its dark velvety-blue reflections. It

is common enough where it does occur, but it is very local,

and being weak on the wing is easily captured.”

There are one or two notes in Dr. Davis’s letter with regard

to the localities in which he collects which may be of interest.

“ Belize itself,” he tells us, ‘‘is a most wretched place as far

as collecting goes. It is situated right in the centre of a huge

swamp in which nothing grows but mangroves and a species

of button-wood. The Lepidoptera are for this reason very

badly represented in this locality. I always like to go into

Guatemala for my annual vacation, for this is certainly a

naturalist’s paradise. From Puerto Barrios, the Atlantic

port for Guatemala city, up the railway line one sees hundreds

of varieties of the most interesting butterflies an the flowers

by the side of the line. Of course it is impossible to leave

the track and enter the forest, for there are no roads, and

without an axe or machete no one could pass through the

dense and thorny undergrowth.”

I think we shall agree that it is most interesting and

instructive to receive such notes as Dr. Davis has sent. They

record the experiences gained in the field by a competent

naturalist who has made careful observations on the insects

about which he writes.

I append a list of the species received from Dr. Davis,

B. H. signifying British Honduras, and G. Guatemala.

Danais plexippus, L., (B. H.); D. cleothera, Godt., (B. H.) ;

D. berenice, Cr., (B. H.); Aeria pacifica, G. and 8., (G.) ;

Mechanitis lycidice, Bates, (G.); dM. doryssus, Bates, (G.) ;

( -xivili: -)

M. “utemaia,” Reak., (G.); Dircenna euchytma, Feld., (G.) ;

Pteronymia cotytto, Guér., (Caledonia, B. H.) ; Hymenitis oto,

Hew., (G.); H. sosunga, Reak., (G.); Morpho peleides, Koll.,

(Caledonia, B. H.); Opsiphanes tamarindi, Feld., (G.); O.

cassina fabricti, Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); HLryphanis aesacus,

H.-Schaff., (Caledonia, B. H.); Caligo memnon, Feld., (G.);

Heliconius ismenius telchinia, Doubl., (Caledonia, B. H., and

G.); H. cydno galanthus, Bates, (G.); H. doris transiens, Stgr.,

(G.); H. sapho leuce, Doubl., (G.); H. petiveranus petiveranus,

Doubl., (B. H.); H. charithonia, L., (B. H., and G.); Hueides

aliphera, Godt., (G.); Colaenis phaerusa, L., (B. H.); C. julia

delila, F., (B. H.); Agraulis juno, Cr., (G.); A. vanillae insu-

lavris, May, (B. H.); Huptoieta hegesia, Cr., (B. H.); Phyciodes

theona, Mén.,(B. H.); P. fragilis guatemalena, Bates, (B. H.);

Junonia caenia, Hb., (B. H.); Anartia jatrophae, L., (B. H.);

A. fatima, F., (B. H.); Catagramma lyca, D. and H., (G.);

Gynoecia dirce, .., (Caledonia, B. H.); Peridromia guatemalena,

Bates, (G.) ; Pyrrhogyra otolais, Bates, (G.); Mesosemia telegone,

Boisd., (Caledonia, B. H.); Humaeus minyas, Hb., (B. H.);

Pieris josepha, Salv. and G., (G.); P. margarita, Hb., (B. H.) ;

Callidryas philea, L., (B. H.); Phoebis argante, F., (G.);

Aphrissa statira, Cr., (B. H.); Tertas albula, Cr., (B. H.);

Papilio iphidamas, F., (Caledonia, B. H., and G.); P. poly-

damas, L., (B. H.); P. philolaus, Boisd., (B. H.); P. thoas, L.,

(Caledonia, B. H.).

A scarce Pxiecoprrron.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited

specimens of Vemouwra dubitans, Morton, taken by Colonel

Nurse at West Stow, Suffolk, in June last, and for comparison

specimens of Vemoura inconspicua, Pict., from Aviemore.

Lire History or Nonacria nexA,—Mr. H. M. Epe.sten

exhibited stems of Carex riparia (received from the Hon.

N.C. Rothschild from Berlin) to illustrate the life-history of

Nonagria nexa, Hb., and made the following remarks :—

The Hon. N. C. Rothschild very kindly sent me last year

some stems of Carex riparia which had contained larvae of

NV. nexa. It is very interesting to study the early stages of

this species as it may have been overlooked in Britain. I

do not know how the egg is laid, but probably in the same

way as that of V. typhae, that is, placed within the cuticle

( xlix )

of the leaf or stem. The @ is furnished with two spines or

cutters very similar to those of V. typhae.

The first exhibit shows a stem of Carex split down the

centre to show where larva has been feeding. The second

shows entrance hole of larva just above the root; the

withered and yellowish central leaves denoting the presence

of the larva should be noticed. The third shows the

puparium with an empty pupa case; just above the pupa, the

spot where the larva has eaten away the inner lining of

the stem, leaving a transparent ‘‘bruise” where the insect

would emerge.

The pupa is of the usual Nonagriid type, but with a very

slight “beak.” The cremaster is furnished with two spines

turning downwards and outwards.

Wilde describes the early stages as follows: ‘“ Lives from

April to June in stems of Carex close to the root, ascends

in July higher up the stem, and changes in a lightly spun

puparium. The imago emerges in August and September.”

A Scarce Turrpes.—Mr. C. B. Writiams exhibited a

specimen of the male Megalothrips nobilis, Bagnall Thysano-

ptera), from Wicken Fen, taken April 11, 1912. This is

the largest European species and, since first taken by Dr.

Sharp in 1894, has not been recorded.

East ArricaAn TABANIDAE, WITH MANY HITHERTO UNKNOWN

Mates.—Mr. 8. A. Nrave exhibited some of the Zabanidae

collected during his recent tour in East Africa, on behalf of

the Entomological Research Committee of the Colonial Office.

He called attention to the male individuals exhibited, and

expressed the opinion that their rarity in collections was

perhaps due to the fact that they were short-lived. Both

sexes of the following species were represented: Zubanus

ustus, Walk.; 7. biguttatus, Wied.; JT. nyasae, Ric.; 7.

taeniola, P. de B.; 7. fraternus, Macq.; 7’. fascinatus, F. ;

T. africanus, Gray ; 7. leucostomus, Lw.; 7. atrimanus, Lw. ;

7. velutinus, Sure.; 7., sp. nov.; 7. sharpei, Aust.; T. par,

Walk. ; 7. thoracinus, P. de B.; 7. macwlatissimus, Macq. ;

T. pertinens, Aust.; 7. gratus, Lw.; 7. ditaeniatus, Macq. ;

T. sp. nov.; Aegophagamyia pungens, Aust.; Therioplectes,

sp. nov.; Haematopota, sp. nov. ; H. wnicolor, Ric. ; iT, sp

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11. 1912. D

Caer}

nov.; H. denshamu, Aust.; H. decora, Walk.; H. hirta, Ric.;

H. mactans, Aust.; H. similis, Ric.; H. fusca, Aust.; H.

brunnescens, Ric.; Chrysops brucei, Aust.; C. centurionis,

Aust. ; C. distinctipennis, Aust.; C. funebris, Aust.

Mr. G. A. K. Marsuaui observed that probably many of

the Fellows present would hardly realise the importance of

Mr. Neave’s exhibit. Even amongst the English Jabanidae

by no means all the males were known, and this sex was

hitherto unknown in the large majority of the species then

exhibited.

Mr. G. C. Cuampion and Mr. J. E. Cott also commented

on the value of Mr. Neave’s discoveries, the latter observing

that, with the knowledge of the habits of the male Zabanidae

now placed at their disposal, it would be a more hopeful task

to discover that sex in other species in which it was still

unknown,

A CLusTER or Ova or GonEPTERYX RHAMNI.—Mr. R. M.

Pripgaux brought for exhibition seventeen ova of G. rhamni

found in a cluster at Brasted Chart, on April 28, on a shoot

of Rhamnus frangula, on a fairly large bush, whereon were

a few other ova, singly or two or three together ; but, close

by, were other bushes of R. frangula, on which no ova at all

could be found. Some of these bushes were in a more

advanced stage of leafage than the one shown.

Mimicry IN THE TROPICS CHIEFLY CHARACTERISTIC OF

Forest Argas. THE Brrps anp LizarpDs oF THE FOREST AND

THE Open.—Professor PouLton said that he had long been

struck, especially in the collections of butterflies received from

Uganda and British East Africa, with the immense develop-

ment of mimicry in Lepidoptera from the forest as compared

with the open country. It was, in fact, quite rare to find

any examples of mimicry at all among the species that

frequent the open. A few examples were known among the

woodland species, while a large proportion both of individuals

and of species were mimetic in the forests. It occurred to

him that probably this difference was to be accounted for by

the difference between the insect-eating animals in these two

types of locality, lizards being probably the great vertebrate

insect-eaters of the open, birds of the forest. When, there-

ea,

fore, he found that Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, in his correspond-

ence, suggested the same association between mimicry and

forest areas, he determined to write at once to Africa and

make special inquiry.

Mr. C. A. Wiaeins of Entebbe replied, on Dec. 18, 1911,

saying that he did not remember ever seeing a lizard in the

true forest, but only in the glades, and that he had consulted

with the Governor, Mr. F. J. Jackson, and found that their

experience agreed. Mr. Jackson had kindly written the

following letter on the subject :—

‘*GOVERNMENT Housr, UGANDA,

sec US uO.

“ Regarding lizards, I should say for every one you find in

a forest, you find ten out in the open.

‘“‘ Regarding insectivorous birds: the great majority, which

include Shrikes (Dryoscopus and Laniarius), Trogons (Hapalo-

derma), Cuckoo-shrikes (Campephaga and Graucalus), Fly-

catchers (various), Warblers(various), Robin-chats (Cossyphus),

Bulbuls (Xenocichla and Andropadus), are found in open

forests, on the outer edge of thick forests, or forest glades.

Most of the birds that are found in thick forest, 7. e. well

inside, frequent the tall tree-tops rather than the under-

growth. The Bee-eater (MJerops albicollis), very common

here, frequents tall trees in thick forests, rather than the

open like most of the family.

“Exclusive of grain-eaters (Weavers, etc.), which feed

their young mostly on insects, there are very many more

species, at least fifteen to one, probably more, of insectivorous

birds found in the forest than there are in the open.

‘¢PREDERICK J. JACKSON.”

Mr, C. F. M. Swynnerron replied, December 22, 1911,

describing the conditions in Chirinda forest, Gazaland, 8.E.

Rhodesia :—

‘You ask whether birds are specially partial here to forest

and lizards to open country.

“Our lizards are specially partial, apparently, to the sparse

wooding of our open country, not but that there may be purely

(in 2)

arboreal species in Chirinda (apart from Rhampholion marshalli)

that have not yet come within my ken.

“‘ Birds, however, are abundant in both types of country.

Bird species are more plentiful in the open country, bird-

population to the acre greater, probably, in the forest ; but

in this connection it must be remembered that the forest-

birds have several ‘upper storeys’ to work, the forest trees

running from 100 to 180, and exceptionally, 200 feet in height,

against the 30 feet or so of the open woodlands,—and the

view to take of this sort of thing must be a ‘cubic’ not a

‘square’ one! Again, owing to the greater density of the

cover in the forest, the insect population is probably, taking

the year round, relatively greater.

‘“‘T should imagine that there may be very little to choose

between the forest and the veld in the matter of severity of

selection. And that the veld-factors are capable of producing

as good mimicry as the forest ones seems to be well shown in

the Danaida combination.

“May not the phenomenon you refer to be, in part, depend-

ent on the larval food-plant ?

“Thus Danaida’s food-plant here consists of various species

of Asclepias, a genus that I have not found inside the forest.

On the other hand the food-plant of A. albimaculata occurs

only in forests or in dense thickets. I do not know those of

our other Danainae, but, seeing that these belong to the same

genus as 4. albimaculata, it seems just possible that they may

feed on the same or some closely allied plant with, perhaps,

the same habitat. That is to say, each of the ‘ models’ of

our main local associations is perhaps confined toa large extent

to its particular type of country by the fact that its larval food-

plant is found there and there only, and it is natural to

suppose that its future mimics may have been determined on

the same basis.

“Tt is also interesting to note, in this connection, that

Danaida here never enters the forest, while the various

species of Amauris constantly wander away from it. All our

Danainae appear to be sun-loving insects, none are shade-

loving as are Alertca and Huphaedra; obviously therefore it

is not this consideration that causes Amauwris to make the

( kv)

forest their head-quarters. P. dardanus also often wanders

far afield :—one of the best places I know for it 1s a Bougain-

villia bush, a good 1,200 yards from the forest—and it is

interesting that it can do this without entirely losing the

protection of its Amawris models while at the same time

invoking, in the person of its trophonius female, that of the

dominant Danaine of the territory it is invading.”

Tue Power or Sieur im Brrvs.—Professor Pouttron said

that he had come across a few observations which supported

the conclusion that birds possessed the extraordinarily acute

and far-reaching vision required by the Batesian and Miillerian

theories of Mimicry.

1. The distant appreciation of the colour of small insects

appeared to be shown by—“ An Experimental Investigation

on the Range of Flight of Flies” by Dr. Copeman, Mr.

Howlett and Mr. Merriman (Report Loc. Gov. Bd. on Public

Health and Medical Subjects: New Ser., No. 58. Further

Reports on Flies (No. 4), 1911, p. 8). In these experiments,

conducted in 1910 at Postwick, about five miles east of

Norwich, flies were liberated after being marked with various

colours so that they could afterwards be identified. Yellow

chalk was found to give the most satisfactory results, and under

favourable circumstances remained perfectly recognisable for

a week or, on occasion, for as long as ten days. As soon as

these flies were liberated many of them were devoured by

swallows, and the authors.remark “it is interesting from the

biological point of view, that they should readily take flies of

a brilliant canary-yellow colour such as they can never have

seen before. A few of these coloured flies that happened to

drop into the water were also seen to fall a prey to fish.”’ Dr.

S. Monckton Copeman, F.R.S., had kindly sent a few further

details concerning the behaviour of the swallows :—

*‘TocaAL GOVERNMENT BoARD, WHITEHALL, S. W.,

** February 9, 1912.

‘The swallows seemed to know when we were going to

let loose the coloured flies ; for although on our arrival there

might not be a swallow to be seen over the river, no sooner

had we Jet loose one lot of flies than there were usually a

number to be seen, flying up and down in front of the

wharf-staging from which we dispatched our flies. When the

second lot was loosed the swallows at once proceeded to

retrieve the flies while the latter were crossing the river

in various directions ;—the swallows never seeming to pause,

but retrieving the flies unerringly while themselves in full

flight.”

These interesting experiments showed the danger of a

conspicuous colour when associated with palatability.

2. The far-reaching distance of birds’ vision was indicated

in an article to which his attention had been called by Dr.

F. G. Penrose :—“ Hawk-catching in Holland, I.” in ‘“ Country

Life” for August 7, 1909 (p. 185). The article described the

ancient methods which are still practised at the Dutch village

of Valkenswaard (Falcon’s Heath). One important element

was the use of a tethered great grey shrike to act as a sentinel.

“« Now as soon as any bird of prey appears

even far beyond the

ken of any human observer—this sentinel shows evident signs of

terror, which increase if the enemy should come nearer. Old

Adrian Mollen, father of the great master of the art, used to

say, that, by the gestures and sounds of alarm of the shrike,

he could sometimes form a pretty correct guess as to the size

and species of the hawk...” (p. 187). The words here

printed in italics were good evidence of the great distance at

which birds could recognise the details of form and movement.

3. The following observation was recorded by Professor

Poulton :—“ On July 29, 1910, at Wykeham House, Oxford,

my daughter and I saw a flycatcher, sitting on the branch of

an elm, rather over 30 ft. distant, make a dash after a

specimen of Tryphaena pronuba that was flying inside a room

towards and on to the inside of the window. We were stand-

ing inside the room and saw the bird dash itself against the

glass within a few feet of us. The pair of small windows, the

only ones in the room, are somewhat deeply recessed in the

side of the house, and the observation offers convincing

evidence of the power of a bird’s sight in penetrating shadow

at a distance,”

4. The following observation, also made by Professor PouLTon,

shows that small birds will attack insects of great relative

@ ay)

size :—“ Towards the end of June 1910, I saw a small robin

flying with what was evidently a heavy load across the path

of the Parks Road, Oxford, from the elm-trees on the west

towards the Parks railing on the east. Just outside the

railing it put the load down and began to peck it. I came

near gently, and saw that it had captured a specimen of

Smerinthus tiliae, L. IL watched the bird peck the moth to

pieces and eat the whole of it, except the wings. The observa-

tion was made just after heavy rain, which may have caused

the moth to flutter or fall, and thus to attract the bird’s

attention.”

Mr. S. A. NEAve said with reference to Professor Poulton’s

interesting remarks on the prevalence of insectivorous birds in

Uganda, that he had recently had an instructive experience

near Entebbe. On January 12, 1912, at Gabunga’s, near

Entebbe, he had watched a wagtail, most probably Motacilla

capensis, catching butterflies on a small patch of damp sand

in the bed of a forest stream. The bird was so tame that

he stood within 3 or 4 yards of it. In less than half-an-hour

this bird captured and ate 19 butterflies and failed to catch

many others. The butterflies eaten were nearly all small

Lycaenidae, including Tarucus telicanus, Polyommatus baeticus,

Azanus spp.. many individuals, Lycaenesthes spp. (2 indi-

viduals), Uranothauma (4) poggei (1 individual), and a single

Terias, probably 7’. senegalensis. The bird also seized, but

rejected after tasting, a specimen of Acraea pelasgius. This

‘individual, with one hind wing torn off, was subsequently pro-

cured. Except for the loss of the wing it appeared to be

uninjured.

Mr. G. A. K. Marsuatt and Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr also

spoke on the subject, the latter giving an account of a

struggle he had witnessed between a bird and a large grass-

hopper, in which the latter was eventually successful.

Nepris and Nepriporsis in THE Lagos District.—Refer-

ring to his recent communication (in these Proceedings 1912,

p. XXvi) on the proportion of the species belonging to these two

genera in the neighbourhood of Entebbe, Professor Pounron

called attention to a statement received in a letter from Mr.

W. A. Lamborn, dated March 22, 1912 :—* Neptidopsis would

(ibe)

I am sure outnumber all the species of Neptis put together

at any season. I have not taken any more because I thought

I had probably sent enough.”

Euryteta Hrarsas Aanp E. Dryope.—Professor Pounton

said that his friend Mr. Roland Trimen, F.R.S., had pointed

out to him that Mr. Lamborn’s results published in these

Proceedings (1912, p. xviii) are ‘‘confirmatory of Miss Foun-

taine’s experience in Natal, given in Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1911, p. 59. She records that although she had bred both

forms indiscriminately from every variety of the larva, she

nevertheless found that ‘the ova laid by #. hiarbas always

produced hiarbas, whereas those of a dryope 9 invariably

produced dryope.’”’

Paper.

The following Paper was read :—

“On the Colour-Groups of the Hawaiian Wasps,” by Dr.

R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se., F.Z8., F.ES.

Prof. Poutron, in introducing the paper, said that Dr.

R. C. L. Perkins had illuminated a problem of the most

fundamental interest and importance for the student of

evolution. His work was of equal interest to the follower

of systematics and of bionomics.

Dr. Perkins had inferred that the 102 species of Odynerus,

the only indigenous wasps of the islands, had been derived

from the ancient immigration from some unknown country, of

a single yellow-banded species, and from the much later but

still very ancient immigration of a single dark Asiatic species

allied to O. nigripennis, Holmgr. The latter became extremely

dominant, but it found the islands already occupied and only

produced a group of 4 allied species, as against the 3 genera,

the important structural groups and the 98 species which

Dr. Perkins recognised in the descendants of the original

immigrant. All the species attacked the larvae of Lepido-

ptera, and the immigration of these must of course have

preceded the advent of the earliest ancestor of Odynerus.

Dr. Perkins showed in his paper how the 102 species had

formed Colour-groups in which the constituent members were

associated quite independently of affinity. Thus the species

C (lv)

of a genus, or of a definite Structure-group within the

genus, were found in different Colour-groups in the different

islands, and sometimes even within the limits of a single

island.

Although the species of Odynerus were the dominant

members, some of the Colour-groups also contained bees, of

which the 53 species in the single genus Nesoprosopis, were

traced to a probable single Asiatic immigrant, allied to

Prosopis kriechbawmeri, Férst ; and Fossores (Crabronidae), of

which the 18 species and 3 genera were believed to have arisen

from a single Asiatic invader, allied to Crabro vagus, L. The

main Colour-group also included Ichneumonids.

In illustration of the paper, Prof. Poulton exhibited the

specimens referred to in the following letters written to him

by Dr. Perkins, Nov. 2 and Nov. 4, 1911, but here combined.

The Colour-groups were arranged in the order of the islands,

from Kauai in the N.W. to Hawaii in the 8.E. The authors’

names had been added by Prof. Poulton.

“ Herewith I am sending a small box of Hawaiian Hymeno-

ptera, showing the main colour-effects.*

“Colour-group A [= II of Kauai in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. |

—Black, wings dark, blue reflections, two white or yellow

bands, second always broad. ‘The examples selected are :—

Odynerus kirbyi, Dalla'Torre — . : : . Kauai.

Nesodynerus vittativentris, Perkins. : . Kauai.

“ Allthe Kauai species, whether open country or forest insects,

belong to this group, excepting one or two apparently recent

arrivals from other Hawaiian islands, which are only slightly

different in structure and appearance from Odynerus sand-

wichensis, de Sauss., of Group D.

‘Group A is not exactly represented on the other islands,

but a sub-group of pale-banded species on Oahu approaches

it, and it is curious that the insects so coloured on all the

islands except Kauai belong to the lowlands (open), or to the

open country above the forest line, or to open spaces in forest

regions.

* Dr. Perkins wrote Nov. 13, 1911 :—‘‘ The characteristic appearance of

the various groups is far more remarkable in masses of specimens, such as

I have in my cabinet drawers, than in a few isolated specimens.”

( lviii_ )

“ Kauai is remarkable for its distinctively marked species,

practically all belonging to the one Colour-group.

‘“‘ Colour-group B [= 11 of Oahu].—Black, peculiar shining

fuscous wings, almost brassy, distinctive appearance in life,

not blue. Examples :—

Odynerus dulnosus, Sm. . 1 ; , . Oahu.

Nesodynerus oblitus, Perkins. : : . “Oahu

Nesoprosopis pubescens, Perkins, var., with blue

iridescence. Rare . . 4 : . Hawaii.

“Peculiar, as an extensive group, to Oahu. It is to be

noted that NV. pubescens is a unique case of dichromatism of

the wings.*

‘“‘Colour-group C [= III of Oahu].—Sombre red markings,

much appressed tomentum on body, wings nearly clear hyaline.

Appearance very distinctive in life, having a peculiar fuscous

look. Example :—

Odynerus oahuensis, Dalla Torre . , ; . Oahu.

‘All the species are Odynerus proper, but very diverse

in structure, the little Colour-group of six species, all peculiar

to Oahu, representing three very distinct structural groups.

There is nothing like them in colour on any other island. I

have taken all six at the same spot and time on one occasion,

and generally three or four are flying together.

‘Oahu is remarkable for the diversity of its Colour-groups,

all being represented, except that the pale-banded forms are

not quite like those of Kauai, and the sandwichensis, Group

D, has become the distinct dubiosus, Group B, above.

‘“‘Colour-group D [= III of Maui, etc.].—Species very

numerous and diverse in structure but all are Odynerus.

“Black, with red markings, wings dark, blue reflections.

I have sent two examples :—

Odynerus petrobius, Perkins ' : : . Molokai.

Odynerus sandwichensis, de Sauss. : , . Maui.

* Judging only from this limited number of examples it appears that

the typical VV. pubescens more closely resembles the Odyneri of Group b,

and the blue-iridescent var., those of KE. Furthermore the example of

NV. fuscipennis, from Oahu, in Group KE, might be more suitably placed in B.

Both this specimen and pubescens (typical) are rather clearly distinguish-

able by the ‘‘ brassy”’ appearance of their wings from the other members

of K.—E. B. P.

le 9)

‘The wings of the latter are not so blue in some species,

but the colour is much deeper when they are folded.

“Molokai, Lanai, and Maui are rich in these red-marked

forms with dark wings.

‘‘Colour-group E [= I of all the islands except Kauai].—

This, the most dominant Colour-group, is black, wings infuscate,

with blue, purple or steely reflections. 7'o see the iridescence

at its best the insects should not be looked at in the box over

white paper, but held in the hand and viewed from above and

in front. The colour of the wings is always conspicuous in

life in this group, @. e. when the insect is flying, but in some it

is less apparent after death.

“For this group I have selected :—

“ Diptoprera (Humenidae).

Odynerus montanus, Sm. . : : ; . Oahu.

“A nigripennis, Holmer. . : , . Oahu.

Nesodynerus rudolphi, Dalla Torre — . : . Oahu.

Odynerus molokaiensis, Perkins* ‘ : . Molokai.

Pseudopterochetlus congruus, Sm. : : . Molokai.

Odynerus peles, Perkins. J ; ; . Hawaii.

o heterochromus, Perkins : : . Hawaii.

“ Fossores (Crabronidae).

Hylocrabro tumidoventris, Perkins. : 5) ss

" | Hawaii.

var. leucognathus, Perkins J

Xenocrabro atripennis, Perkins . : ‘ . Hawaii.

Nesocrabio rubrocaudatus, Blackb. and Cam. . Hawaii.

‘* ANTHOPHILA (Prosopidae).

Nesoprosopis fuscipennis, Perkins : ‘ . Oahu.

ms caeruleipennis, Perkins . s. 2 Molokat.

Ne pubescens, Perkins, typical. . Hawaii.

i setosifrons, Perkins 3 4 . Hawaii.

* This species is placed by Dr. Perkins in Group II of Molokai, Lanai

and Maui (= IV of Oahu), but it certainly seems to fit extremely well

into Group E, sent for exhibition (Group E = I of Molokai, Oahu, etc.).

The particular specimen of O. molokaiensis exhibited was captured in Maui

(Wailuku, Sept. 1901), the species having reached that island, Dr. Perkins

considers, about 1896.—E. b. P.

ae)

“This large dominant Colour-group is not only exemplified

by Odynerus montanus, but also by four other species, each of

which represents a quite different Structure-group, and if

there was any good classification of the heterogeneous mass

forms called Odynerus, each would, in my opinion, repre-

sent a distinct genus. In addition to these and many other

species the group contains Vesodynerus rudolphi and others,

Pseudopterocheilus congruus and others, Chelodynerus chelifer,

Perkins (not sent to you), various species of the three

Fossorial genera, and of the Anthophilous genus Nesoprosopis

—consequently representatives of nearly all the existing

Hymenoptera of the Hawaiian islands.

‘‘ Hawaii appears to be tending to total blackness, owing to

the predominance of this single Colour-group, the red of the

red forms becoming duller or diminished, the bands of the

banded forms more or less obsolete.”

Prof. Poutton said that he had but few comments to make

on Dr. Perkins’s interesting and valuable paper, and, in fact,

he felt considerable diffidence in making any suggestions at

all on the work and conclusions of such a master of the

Hawaiian fauna as the author had proved himself to be.

Nevertheless he ventured to make a few remarks bearing

upon the origin and present distribution of the Colour-groups

in the islands and on one or two other points. Dr. Perkins

had brought forward strong evidence for the conclusion that

the first immigrant Odynerus was an ordinary-looking yellow-

banded species—viz. one that had previously been an insigni-

ficant member of one of the largest and most widely dis-

tributed of the Aculeate combinations, containing many of

the most formidable and dominant species, and bearing pro-

bably the simplest and most effective of warning patterns.

The immigrant ancestor had behind it endless generations in

the course of which its pattern had been rendered stable by

selection ceaselessly exercised on some unknown continental

area. Thus it was possible to understand the remarkable fact

that so much of the original pattern should have survived or

should still be revealed by reversion, at the close of a period

long enough to have produced all the Eumenid Structure-

groups in the islands except that associated with the later

( lxi )

immigrant O. nigripennis. Prolonged isolation, in the

Hawaiian islands, from all the other dominant bearers

of the yellow-banded pattern also helped us to understand

the ultimate loss of the original pattern in so many of the

species.

The mention of this great dominant Aculeate pattern made

it appropriate to refer at this point to a question raised by

Dr. Perkins in his paper—‘ Why should Colour-groups be

formed at all? Why is not the fact that an insect belongs

to the Aculeates sufficient warning by itself?” It might be

replied that the Aculeates themselves are probably avoided

for different reasons and in different degrees, and that, for

securing the advantages of Miillerian association, colour

and pattern are probably the most easily recognised and

remembered of all the characters that can be seen at a little

distance when an insect is at rest. There was furthermore

much, but not nearly enough, experimental evidence that

insect-eating animals were greatly impressed by the patterns

mimetic of the Aculeates. The methods of mimetic resemb-

lance were varied—sometimes the likeness was in pattern and

not in movement, sometimes in movement and not in pattern,

but in the most perfect examples there was likeness in both,

Returning to the history of the Colour-groups in the islands,

we probably found, in the effects of occasional and accidental

inter-island migration, an answer to Dr. Perkins’s further

difficulty based on the number of the Colour-groups, especially

on Oahu. Whatever may happen in the vast complexity of a

tropical continental area, we should certainly have expected, as

Dr. Perkins maintains, the persistence or formation of single

Miillerian Colour-groups on each of these small islands,

although we ought to be prepared for possible exceptions in

groups of specially associated species, such as the six forming

Colour-group IIT (= C) on Oahu, all of which were captured

at one time and in one spot by Dr. Perkins. Such special

associations may have all the effect of geographical isolation in

encouraging the growth of special warning patterns. Leaving

such possible exceptions on one side, we should expect a single

Colour-group on a single island, but we should not expect the

same group to be formed independently in different islands,

( Ixii_)

and the mixture of groups was probably to be explained by

accidental transport from one island to another,

This was, in fact, Dr. Perkins’s interpretation of the

existence of two Colour-groups on the most isolated of all the

islands, Kauai; for he remarks that “ excepting two species

(. . . probably recent derivations from similar forms on other

islands) the Kauai wasps have become superficially all alike.”

Such complications are of course far more likely to occur in

the central islands of the chain—nearer together and liable to

receive immigrants from both directions.

The following was an attempt to reconstruct the history of

the Colour-groups within the islands. It, in the main, followed

Dr. Perkins’s account, but included a few suggestions bearing

on the mixture of the groups.

(1) The original yellow-banded pattern persisted at any rate

in Oahu (the island nearest to Kauai), and probably through-

out the islands, until after the Structure-groups had been

formed and Kauai had received the immigrants which have

produced its dominant banded Colour-group II (= A).

(2) The black Group I (= E) then arose in Hawaii, perhaps

in consequence of the arrival from Asia of the second immi-

grant ancestor, O. nigripennis. On the other hand, in the

specimens sent by Dr. Perkins, the wings of some of the

Odyneri were so much darker and more iridescent than those

of the nigripennis as to throw some doubt upon the hypothesis

that the latter had acted as the model. After the group was

formed, Hawaii became a centre for the occasional accidental

dispersal of black species to Maui and further north-westwards

to other islands ; or the spread of Group I may have followed

the dispersal of the black-bodied, dark-winged O. nigripennis,

which Dr. Perkins described as the most dominant and wide-

spread species on all the islands except Kauai. That the

black Group I is oldest on Hawaii was indicated by its almost

complete dominance in that island,

(3) On Kauai, O. nigripennis became absorbed into the

dominant Colour-group, giving rise to the yellow-banded

O. radula, F. This species is as abundant on Kauai as

nigripennis on the other islands, and Dr. Perkins suggests the

possibility (among others) of a diaposematic relationship, the

( Isiii_)

other Kauai species gaining the dark iridescent wings of 0.

radula, the latter gaining their yellow bands.

(4) The red-marked Group III (=D) arose in Lanai,

Molokai or Maui, soon became common to all three, and, by

accidental transport, was carried to all the other islands. The

members that reached Hawaii have been nearly absorbed into

its one dominant black group. The two allied species on

Kauai are the result of an inter-island immigration so recent

that neither of the Colour-groups has affected the other.

(5) In Oahu, nearest to Kauai, traces of the original banded

pattern were more evident (in members of Colour-group II

(= B), and especially in IV) than on any other island except

Kauai. The red-marked Group III arose under the influence

of immigrants from Molokai, etc., while in other species (in

Group II) the same character has tended to disappear,

probably under the influence of the black Group I (= §),

derived from Hawaii.

(6) It was not to be expected that the members of a Colour-

group formed on any island, would, after reaching another

island, always produce a group exactly like that in which they

originated. The immigrants would be working upon different

material, and would also be likely themselves to undergo

changes of pattern. 'The»peculiarity of the red-marked

Group III (=C) on Oahu may perhaps be thus explained.

Especially may changes be expected to occur in an appear-

ance, like that of the wings, due to a uniform dark pigment

combined with the “ structural colours” of thin plates.

That there was undoubtedly a strong tendency to produce a

single group on a single island was shown by the condition of

Hawaii and Kauai, at opposite ends of the chain, and it was

suggested that the same tendency existed in the other islands,

but had been masked by the effect of accidental inter-island

immigration,

Certain classes of facts established by Dr. Perkins, and

described in his paper, were only intelligible on the hypothesis

of mimetic approach due to selection by enemies attacking by

the aid of sight.

(1) The persistence, in certain individuals belonging to the

black Group I, of yellow bands on the under-surface where

( law %)

they could not be seen. The same phenomena were found

independently in the Humenidae and the Crabronidae.

Dr. Perkins,'with whom these observations had been discussed,

entirely agreed that, as evidence, they were very important

indeed. He also stated that the yellow bands of the Kauai

Group II are clearly visible in flight.

(2) Species belonging to the same Structure-group, and

therefore closely related, were distributed among different

Colour-groups. In like manner the Kauai Crabros resembled

its dominant, banded EKumenids, and the Hawaii Crabros its

black Eumenids.

These facts fell into line with those which had been

observed in the mimetic associations of the same and other

groups of insects in other countries ; and this was equally true

of the fact that the Hawaiian Colour-groups were especially

characteristic of the forests. The difference between the

development of mimetic patterns in Lepidoptera of the open

country and those of the forest areas of Africa was extremely

striking, and Professor Poulton had already been driven to

the only hypothesis which Dr. Perkins could suggest as a

possible explanation of the facts, viz. differences between the

insect enemies in the two types of country (see pp. l-hii).

The only point in which his experience differed from that of

Dr. Perkins was in the relative prevalence of variability and

of mimicry in the two sexes of insects.

Dr. Perkins was by no means convinced of the validity of

the Miillerian interpretation, and felt many difficulties, but, at

any rate, he stated that he was unable to suggest any other

explanation, and he had definitely abandoned the climatic

solution, which many have found so alluring.

Prof. Poulton said, in conclusion, that he wished to make

one remark on the bearing of the whole body of facts recorded

in Dr. Perkins’s memoir. He was aware that it was dangerous

to limit the possibilities of future discovery, and to argue

from the unknown to the non-existent. He realised that

nearly every great discovery in Biology revealed something

that lay close at hand although it was unseen. But, allowing

for all this, he ventured to affirm that, if, in these little

islands—closely examined as they had been for so long a

¢ ikw)

period by so keen and discriminating a naturalist and one who

had shown a life-long devotion to the Aculeates, not only as

specimens, but as living beings—nothing except the Miillerian

principle could be suggested as the cause of the Colour-groups,

then it was far more reasonable to conclude that the in-

sufficiency of the evidence was due to changed conditions

brought about by man,* than to suppose that there existed in

these restricted areas some set of. causes hitherto unsuspected

and unknown.

Wednesday, June 5th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Moricsr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Henry Francis Carrer, Assistant Lecturer and

Demonstrator in Medical and Economic Entomology, Liver-

pool School of Tropical Medicine, University of Liverpool,

was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Procedure.

The PRESIDENT announced that it was requested that for

the future the names of intending exhibitors should be handed

in at the beginning of the meeting, in order that they might

be called upon from the Chair.

Report of the Committee on Nomenclature.

The Rev. G. WHEELER read the following Report :—

“Mr. President, Ladies and Gentlemen,

‘‘The Committee appointed on April 3rd, 1912, ‘to

consider the subject of nomenclature, and report to the June

meeting with a view to the coming International Congress,’

has endeavoured to deal carefully and minutely with the

matter entrusted by you to its attention.

‘In accordance with the powers conferred on the members

* Dr. Perkins describes the immense changes that have taken place in

the bird fauna within his own memory, and argues that, if the Colour-

groups were formed by the Miillerian principle, it was under conditions

that do not now exist.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., 11, 1912. E

(i ‘eval

by resolution of the Society, they added Mr. L. B. Prout to

their number after their first meeting.

‘‘Your Committee probably thus represented almost every

form of divergent opinion on the subject of nomenclature,

but nevertheless arrived at a unanimous report which they

recommend to the Society for presentation to the International

Congress.

“It will be evident that if these recommendations are

adopted by the Society, and the suggestions of the Society

by the International Congress, an opportunity will be afforded

for putting before the International Committee the different

views on matters of detail held by the members of your

Committee, or by any other Entomologists.

“The Report, which is signed by every member of the

Committee, is as follows :—

‘“‘The present independent and irresponsible methods of giv-

ing and adopting names having resulted in much unnecessary

synonymy, and even graver abuses, the Entomological Society

of London feels that the time has arrived when some check

should be placed upon the practice, of more weight than that

which can be exercised by any single individual, society, or

publication, and would urge upon the International Congress

the establishment of a permanent International Committee to

deal with questions of nomenclature as affecting Entomology ;

to consider what elucidations, extensions or emendations, if

any, are required in the International Code, and to confer

with the International Commission of Zoological Nomencla-

ture. The Entomological Society of London recommends that

the International Entomological Committee, when formed, shall

take such action as to ensure the adequate representation of

Entomology on the International Zoological Commission.

The Society also recommends that, considering the difficulty

of frequent International meetings, the leading Entomological

Society of each country be invited to appoint a Committee

whose duty it shall be to deal with all questions arising in

their own country, subject to reference to the International

Committee ; and suggests that the International Committee

be composed of two, or three, members of each of the National

( Ixvii_ )

Committees, elected either by the Committees, or directly by

the electing Societies.

‘““Coas. O. WATERHOUSE, Chairman.

(Signed) G, T. Bernune-BakeEr.

T. A. CHAPMAN.

Jno. HartLeEy DvuRRANT.

Louis B. Prout.

Hy. J. TuRNER.

GEORGE WHEELER.”

The PresipEnT took exception to the form in which the

Report was drawn up, as being in the name of the Society

and not of the Committee. It was explained by several members

of the Committee that as there was only one meeting of the

Society before the Congress, it had been thought best to put

it in such a form that the Society could adopt and present it

without alteration in the wording, if they thought well to do

so, in order to avoid unnecessary waste of time. Eventually

Mr. G. A. K. Marsuati proposed and Mr. H. Rowtanp-

Brown seconded that the Report be adopted.

Dr. G. B. Lonesrarr proposed and Mr. R. W. Lioyp

seconded as a preliminary amendment that the Report be

received. This was carried, and the Report having been read

again, the original motion was also carried almost unanimously.

Mr. Bersune-Baker then proposed and Mr. Durrant

seconded that the Report be printed; this, and a further

motion proposed by Dr. K. Jorpan and seconded by Prof.

E. B. Poutron, that it be sent to Dr. Malcolm Burr, the

General Secretary of the Congress, were carried unanimously.

Exhibitions.

A scarce DiprEron.—Mr. J. E. Cotuin exhibited a series

of thirteen specimens of Physocephala nigra, De G., the

largest British species of the Conopidae, caught on Studland

Heath (Dorsetshire), during the last week in May, when

Colonel Yerbury, Mr. C. J. Wainwright and himself took

some 24 specimens. He remarked upon the wide distribution

of the species over almost the whole of Europe, while in

Britain Colonel Yerbury had taken it in the extreme north-

west of Scotland; though widely distributed, however, the

(levi)

species was always considered a great rarity, and its occur-

rence in such numbers had never before been recorded. The

majority of the specimens were taken on the flowers of

rhododendron, but others were found singly over a large area

of the heath.

A nEW Hyprorcia.—Dr. T. A. CHapman exhibited a

specimen of /Hydroecia burrowsi, Chpn., a new species that

has turned up (from Vladivostock) since Mr. Burrows’s paper

on the group (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1911, p. 738); see Ent.

Record, 1912, p. 109.

A BRED ALBULINA PHERETES.— Dr. CHAPMAN also showed a

specimen of Lycaena (Albulina) pheretes, 2, bred at Reigate

from the egg, supposed to be the first (and only) bred

specimen of the species (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1912).

Two uncommon Supangse Burrerriies.— Dr. G. B. Lone-

STAFF exhibited Calopteris ewlimene and Teracolus pleione, and

read the following notes :—

Both sexes of Calopieris eulimene were described by Klug

in 1829, from specimens taken at Ambukol by Dr. Hemprich

and Dr. Ehrenberg. Kirby gives its habitat as Arabia, but

Ambuk6él is on the Upper Nile, about half-way between

Dongola and Abi Hamed, in Lat. 18° N.

In 1896 Mr. A. J. Cholmley, who was attached to Theodore

Bent’s expedition to the Red Sea, took five specimens at

Ambaia Erba, north of Suakin.

In 1900 or 1901 a single example was taken by a member

of the Hon. N. C. Rothschild’s expedition at Shendi, between

Berber and Khartim.

These are the only records that I have come across.

In February 1909 I picked up a single specimen in the

western outskirts of Khartim, and a few days later took

seven others at Soba, on the Blue Nile, about fourteen miles

above Khartim. These were all males.

In February of the present year I took between Soba and

Kharttiim six more, three of each sex, mostly in indifferent

condition. I did not meet with it south of Lat. 15° 30’ N.

Meanwhile, during the past winter, Mrs. Waterfield had

been taking it from time to time at Port Sadan, on the Red

Sea, getting altogether perhaps a dozen. At the end of

( Ixix -

February I myself visited Port Sadan, and in the course of

a week was fortunate enough to secure eighteen males and

nine females. Unless I am greatly mistaken the larva should

turn up on the desert Caper (Capparis aphylla, Roth.).

The purple gleam on the yellow apical spot, which adds so

much to the beauty of the butterfly, is only present in the

male.

It will be observed that the specimens from the Red Sea

are larger and more strongly marked than those from the

Blue Nile. The discal spot is in most cases larger, and there

is more black about the apex. Moreover, the yellow nervures

on the under-side of the hind wings are edged with black,

this black edging being often visible on the upper surface.

Klug makes no mention of this black edging, which I am

disposed to associate with the heavy rainfall at Port Stidan

a few weeks before my visit, whereas Khartim was suffering

from drought. Mrs. Waterfield wrote to me when I was at

Khartiim saying that butterflies had been much more plentiful

since the rain, and more strongly marked.

Teracolus pleione is another of Klug’s species, the types

coming from “ Arabia Felix,” whatever that geographical

expression may mean.

Petherick took it on the White Nile, and Mr. W. §. L.

Loat in 1901 took a female at Kaka on the same river in

Lat. 10° 40’ N. In February last I myself took two females

near the same village. Colonel Yerbury found it at Aden,

apparently in some numbers. Colonel Swinhoe (Proc. Zool.

Soc., Lond., 1884, p. 436), says: “Of this very rare species

I have a series from Aden.” However, Mrs. Waterfield looks

upon it as one of the commonest butterflies in the Park, at

Port Sidin. This park is little more than a piece of the

desert scrub which has been railed in. On and about certain

shrubs, a species of Cleome (Nat. Ord. Capparidaceae), 7.

pleione was so plentiful that I repeatedly had several in my

net at once. A few turned up north of the harbour near the

shore, but I did not meet with it in the desert to the west or

south of the town. It is evidently a far more local insect

than its near ally 7’. halimede, Klug.

It should be noted that the females from the White Nile

C Tee )

differ from those taken on the shore of the Red Sea by

approximating in colour to the males,

Colonel YERBuRy observed that the yellow 99 of 7Zeracolus

pleione were much brighter at Aden than those now exhibited.

Kast Arrican AsILips AND RaopaLocnra.—Mr. 8. A. NEAVE

exhibited some specimens of the Asilid genus Hyperechia,

representing three, perhaps four, species, all taken during his

recent tour in Kast Africa. He also showed for comparison

four common species of Xylocopa, bees to which the flies bore

a marked superficial resemblance. These flies were usually

found only in forested, or at least well-wooded localities,

and usually settled on tree trunks, often high up on them, in

contradistinction to many other Asilidwe which usually settle

on the ground. He thought that the great rarity of these

insects in collections was due partly to their actual scarcity

in nature, and partly to the fact that they were extremely

difficult to capture on account of their wariness and powerful

flight.

He also exhibited a remarkable new Nymphaline Butter-

fly, probably belonging to the genus Psewdacraea, taken on

Mt. Mlanje, Nyasaland. He pointed out that it bore a

marvellous superficial resemblance to Amawris lobengula whytet,

Butler, the Danaine which occurred in the same place.

He further exhibited a number of unnamed Lycaenidae,

principally from Uganda. Apart from the fact that many

rare or unknown species were included amongst them, their

chief interest was that they demonstrated the marked

dominance of the Liptenine section of the Lycaenidae from

that region, and thus accentuated the resemblance of the

Uganda fauna to that of the Tropical West Coast of Africa.

Mr. 8. A. Nrave also referred to some interesting points,

to which Prof. Poulton had called his attention, occurring

amongst the butterflies recently collected by him in Eastern

Uganda, particularly in the neighbourhood of Mount Elgon.

The specimens of Pseudacraea hobleyi from this locality were

remarkable for the fact that a large proportion of the females

were coloured like the male, 2.¢. with an orange band in the

fore wing instead of a white one, as in the typical form of the

female common at Entebbe. He pointed out the extreme

( Ixxi)

interest of this when coupled with the fact that one of the

two Planema models, P. macarista, which has a black and

white female, is not known to occur east of the River Nile,

whereas the other, P. poggei, which has an orange band in

both sexes, does so. It is true that in the present case no

Planema of any species was actually taken during three days’

collecting in a patch of forest on the Siroko River to the west

of Mount Elgon, where the majority of the male-coloured

females of Psewdacraea hobleyi were taken. At the same

time Mr. Neave had recorded P. poggei from the Tiriki Hills

and Nyangori near Kisumu, in the C. A. Wiggins collec-

tion at Oxford, and had himself taken the same species on

the east side of Elgon, and also in North Kavirondo, where

it was not uncommon. Dr. Jordan had also been kind

enough to inform him, through Prof. Poulton, that there are

Kavirondo specimens of P. pogget in the Tring Museum, but

no P. macarista.

The following are the details of the Uganda localities, the

full particulars of the country further east on the East African

side of the border not being available at the moment.

August 1, 2, 1911, Busia, near the Sio River (the boundary

between British East Africa and Uganda)—

2 Planema poggei, 19 Pseudacraea hobleyi (male coloured).

1 3 ” ”

August 12-14, 1911, Siroko River, west of Mount Elgon—

16 3 Pseudacraea hobleyt

se % - (male coloured)

5? 8 95 (typical).

Prof. Poutron commented on the importance of the colour

change of these Pseudacraeas in this locality, tending as they

did to become monomorphic.

Dr. Lonestarr drew attention to the difference between

the fauna of this locality and that of the White Nile.

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt also commented on the exhibit,

especially on the Asilids,

PIERIS NAPI AND VAR. BRYONIAE.—Mr. H. Marn exhibited

series of P. napi and var. bryoniae, and read the following

note :—

( Glxsai:, 7)

In June 1911, ova were sent me from Lapland by Mr. W. G.

Sheldon from P. napi var, bryoniae females. The resulting

pupae produced two males in August last, and the rest of the

specimens emerged this spring. The two which emerged last

summer have the green veinings on the under sides much less

marked than in the spring ones. The others show a fair

amount of variation both on the upper and under sides.

Dr. T. A. Chapman found in June 1911, in Glarus,

Switzerland, typical P. napi, and also the var. bryoniae, flying

together on the same ground in the Lintthal, and kindly sent

me females of both forms.

From the typical females nothing but P. napi emerged

from a large number of resulting pupae. Some emerged last

August and the remainder this spring, the series showing the

usual seasonal dimorphism.

From the bryoniae females a large number of pupae

resulted, and three of them produced, last August, very

strongly-marked specimens (females), very different from

those which emerged this spring. I had always considered

this form to be single-brooded, and had frequently bred large

numbers with my late friend Mr. Harrison, all of which always

emerged in the spring. These three have the same shape of

wings as the summer emergence of the P. napi, the markings

on the upper sides are also more pronounced, and the veinings

on the under sides less pronounced than in the corresponding

spring emergence specimens, as in the case of the two series of

the typical P. nap.

Some of the males show a black spot on the dise of the

fore wing. ‘They can be separated roughly into two series,

those with no yellow and those with more or less yellow on

the under side of the wings. A parallel variation of the under

sides occurs in the females, and their upper sides show a con-

siderable amount of variation in the proportion of the dark

scales on the area of the wings and along the nervures.

CoLEOPTEROUS LARVAE.—Mr. K. G. Brair exhibited larvae

of Cebrio sp. (! gigas, Fabr.) from Sicily, received from Mr.

J.P. Barrett, per Mr. H. Main.

The larvae were dug up in a patch of potatoes in a garden

at Messina, and he heard from Mr. Barrett that this patch

( lxxiii_ )

alone, out of many others, was unhealthy and appeared dis-

eased, as was the case also with some tomato plants which

occupied the same ground last year; and it is probable that

these larvae were the cause of the ‘‘ disease.” The 9 beetle is

apterous and subterranean in habit, which no doubt accounts

for their very much localised occurrence.

The larvae show considerable resemblance to those of

Elateridae, but are more cylindrical, and the prothoracic seg-

ment is much elongated in front of the first pair of legs. In

addition, between the chin and the prosternum is a large

membranous portion, which is folded in, out of sight, when

the head is in the normal position, but the larva can throw its

head right back, at the same time puffing out this membrane

in a most peculiar manner. The actual use of this structure

is uncertain ; but it has been suggested that it is of use to the

larva in burrowing in the earth.

HEREDITY IN THE FEMALE FORMS OF HyPOLIMNAS MISIP-

Pus.—In continuation of the breeding experiments referred

to in the Proceedings, 1911, p. xliv, Prof. Poutron exhibited

females of two families, reared in 1911, from female parents

of the type form, by Rev. K. St. Aubyn Rogers, M.A.,

F.E.S. The first parent was captured at Rabai, near Mom-

basa, April 17: the emergence of the large family of nearly

200 butterflies took place while Mr. Rogers was away from

home, and when he returned, on May 23rd, the great majority

were irretrievably damaged. All the females were of the

type form, and of these Mr. Rogers had sent the specimens

which were in good condition, viz. the 16 exhibited to the

meeting. At the same time it was to be noted that all 16

bore labels in Mr. Rogers’s handwriting indicating emergence

on May 16,1911. In three of these the white patch on the

hind wing upper surface, just beyond the cell, was distinct ; in

six it was slightly indicated ; in two represented by scattered

white scales. ‘he patch was not borne by the parent. The

second female parent was captured in the same locality on Nov.

29, 1911 ; the males were liberated, and the dates of emergence

and forms of the females were shown in the following table, in

which no mention is made of the white patch when represented

only by scattered scales :—

( xiv })

DATES OF |

EMERGENCE Misippus FORM OF 9. } Inaria FORM OF @. 3

mw 1911, |

Dec, 22 . | 1 [escaped]| 3

i bbe ale [12 specimens received | 5 31

| Patch distinct in 4, slight in 3 | Patch very slight in 1

S| aby, | 5 13

| Distinct in 2

ops) fhe = Ye fe bel f i u : ths

” 25 Ape : 8 : 3 16

Distinct in 3, slight in 1 Shght in 1

261. 5 2

”

Slight in 1 10

st OTT <1 3

Distinct in 1

BLOB 3

Totals. 38 18 7

Two or three males died, but are put down for the dates on

which they changed colour preparatory to emergence.

These experiments confirmed the conclusions drawn from

Rev. St. Aubyn Rogers’s earlier work and stated in the

Proceedings of 1911, p. xliv, that misippus was dominant and

inaria recessive, although the proportions of the last family

were neither 1:1 nor 1: 3, but, on the contrary, very nearly

1:2. It was possible, as Mr. L, Doncaster had suggested, that

the female had paired with more than one male.

The white patch which so commonly appeared, represented

a patch of variable size which seemed to be always present on

the under surface of the hind wing of the female. This under

surface marking again represented the central part of the

broad white bar crossing the middle of the male hind wing with

which also corresponded the white patch on the upper surface,

as might be seen by holding the insect up to the light. The

white patch of the female appeared therefore to represent a

marking that was very ancestral in the genus Hypolimnas

and common to many of its species, including the remarkable

H. dexithea of Madagascar.

( ‘ise: )

THe TSETSE-FLY GLOSSINA CALIGINEA, AUSTEN, REJECTED BY

A Monxry.—Prof. Poutron exhibited the fragments of a

Glossina identified by Mr. E. E. Austen as a female of

G. caliginea, Aust. The specimen had been bitten and re-

jected by a monkey under the circumstances described by Mr.

W. A. Lamborn in the following paragraph written from Oni,

March 24, 1912 :—

‘‘Good breezes are now blowing, and so this afternoon we

ran across the lagoon in the sailing boat and had tea in one

of the creeks. Two Glossina were rather a nuisance, and one

settled on the leg of one of the men, who killed it with a

sharp slap so that it fell into the bottom of the boat. I was

too busy to pick it up just then, but the female Mona picked

it up, smelt it and put it in her mouth. She took it out very

shortly, pulled off one wing and then bit the insect in two.

She dropped the thorax, but put the abdomen in her mouth.

It was only kept there a few seconds, and then she took it

out, smelt it, deposited it on the seat, and ran away. I send

the specimen. The Mona is very fond of Zabanidae, and had

caught and eaten several in the house before we went out.”

Mr. Guy Marshall had suggested to Prof. Poulton that the

presence of fresh blood in the fly may have been distasteful to

the monkey.

FAMILIES OF BUTTERFLIES BRED BY W. A. LAMBORN IN THE

Lacos District.—Prof. Poutton exhibited the following

families, and referred to the strong light which was thrown

by them upon different biological problems :—

1. Salamis cacta, F.—The Oriental Kallimas were well known

to exhibit the most remarkable variation in the colours and

patterns of the under surface. It was generally believed that

these individual differences, which appeared in the broods of

both wet and dry seasons, would be found in the butterflies

raised from the eggs laid by a single female, but so far as

Prof. Poulton was aware this conclusion had never been

tested by breeding. It was therefore very satisfactory that

Mr. Lamborn had succeeded in rearing from a batch of small

larvae found upon the upper surface of a single leaf, a family

of S. cacta, allied to Kallima and showing the same kind of

individual variation. The larvae were found in the forest

(i exat 7)

two miles E. of Oni Camp, on October 5, 1910, and the whole

cycle of development evidently lay well within the limits of

the wet season, which extended from about April 25 to

November 15, 1910. The position and uniform size of the

larvae, together with the dates of emergence, showed that

Mr. Lamborn was dealing with a company hatched from a

single batch of eggs. The twenty-nine butterflies exhibited

the most remarkable differences of under surface—differences

which could be grouped in four main classes, according to the

tint of the ground-colour and according to the presence or

absence of a large white patch covering in great part the basal

half of the hind wing. There was furthermore in all four

classes great variation in the mottling and in the development

of the oblique veining on the basal side of the midrib-like

stripe The pattern of the upper surface was remarkably

uniform, and there was no doubt that all the appearances

presented by the under were procryptic, as in Kallima. The

dates of emergence, sexes and main classes of the twenty-nine

individuals were set forth in the following table :—

PURPLISH UNDER SURFACE. GREENISH UNDER SURFACE,

DATES OF zude:

nae ASLO. With 1 hit With 1] hit

IN 1910. vith large white} yy. ith large white) ,,.

patch on H. W. Bathonup aed: patch on H. W. Without pateh:

Males.) Females., Males.) Females.| Males.| Females,| Males.) Females.

Oct..27..7 4 2 4 2 5

» 28 1 2 | nee 2s awl 3

Fag 1 | 1

Totals. ] 2 Ba as Die | ual 5 6

The table showed that the thirteen males emerged on the

average rather earlier than the sixteen females, that the colour

differences were unconnected with sex, that the two main

classes were as nearly as possible equal, viz. fifteen purplish

to fourteen greenish, but that the white patch was far more

frequently associated with the purplish than with the greenish

ground-colour—viz. seven out of fifteen to three out of

fourteen.

(| lsxvirt)

2. Hypolimnas (Kuralia) anthedon, Boisd., and dubia,

Beauv.—The small family exhibited to the meeting had been

bred by Mr. W, A. Lamborn from the eggs laid February 9,

1912, by a female dubia, with a pattern somewhat transitional

towards that of anthedon. The parent, which was also ex-

hibited, had been captured half a mile from Oni Camp on

February 6, and died February 11. Of the seven offspring,

three dubia and one anthedon emerged at about 11.30 a.m.,

March 8, having pupated March 2: one dubia and two

anthedon, emerged March 10. The proportion, as nearly as

possible half and half, was most reasonably explained by

supposing that the female parent was a heterozygote and the

male a recessive (anthedon). The three anthedon offspring

were all typical, while the four dwbia were intermediate like

the female parent. In order to appreciate the result it was

necessary to state that the ordinary heterozygote of this

species bore the pattern of the dominant dubia, and was not

intermediate.

Further work was needed, but it appeared probable from

the facts at present known that the intermediate pattern,

which behaved in heredity just as a typical dubia, was not

itself cf composite origin, but rather a true intermediate which

threw light on the origin of the dimorphism.

3. Amauris psyttalea, Plétz, and A. bulbifera, Grose-Smith.

—Examples bred by Mr, Lamborn from-two families of larvae

were exhibited and both sets showed the most perfect transi-

tion between these two so-called “ species” which have only

been separated because the spots in the fore wing of one are

connected by a bridge in the other. Both series showed a

gradation from the complete bridge to its entire absence.

One series consisted of four males and four females reared

from eggs seen to’be laid at 5 p.m. December 7, 1910,in an open

space bya native village 1} miles E. of Oni. The eggs hatched

December 12, and four of the exhibited specimens pupated

December 25, and emerged January 4, 1911; the other four on

December 26 and January 5 respectively. The whole cycle

fell well within the dry season, from about November 15,

1910, to March 15, 1911. The other series consisted of three

males and one female bred from a company of larvae found

( lxceviir )

August 14, 1911, in Oni clearing. One imago emerged

August 30, three on August 31, and the cycle evidently fell

well within the wet season, from about March 15 to December

S,191a.

THE BREEDING OF EURYTELA HIARBAS, Drury: A CoRREC-

TtIon.—Prof. Poutron said that he had sent a proof of the

Proceedings for 1912, pp. xviii, xix, to Mr. W. A. Lamborn,

who had pointed out that #. hiarbas had been bred by him

from scattered larvae and not, as stated, from a known female

parent. Prof. Poulton wished to correct the mistake he had

inadvertently made.

Tue Irriratinc Harrs or THE Mota ANAPHE INFRACTA,

WatsincHaM.—Prof. Poutton exhibited a specimen of the

Eupterotid, or, as Aurivillius considers, the Notodontid moth

Anaphe infracta, concerning which Mr. W. A. Lamborn had

written from Oni Camp, April 22, 1912 :—

‘‘T cannot say when the common cocoon was formed other

than it was in July, 1911. The moths undoubtedly possess

urticating hairs. The female Mona was allowed to steal one.

She smelt it, rubbed off the hairs and scales, then dropped it

and in a few minutes was rubbing all four feet on the ground.

I made some sympathising remarks with the result that she

suddenly sprang on to my bare neck, and I have been troubled

with skin irritation all the evening. I found too that an

urticating line on my arm followed exactly where I allowed a

moth to crawl up a few days ago. It came and settled there

when I was reading.”

Prof. Poutron said that Mr. A. H. Hamm had found hairs

from the anal tuft of the exhibited specimen produced irrita-

tion on his hand and face. Mr. Eltringham had found that

the hairs of the female but not of the male tuft were covered

with minute excessively fine spicule-like teeth.

Mr. H. Exrrinexam contributed the following notes on this

subject :—

In the first volume of “ Lepidoptera,” in ‘ Allen’s Naturalist’s

Library,” there isa translation by Kirby of a paper by Piepers

which originally appeared in the Proceedings of the Dutch

Entomological Society. Kirby there states that his translation

appeared in the Entomologist for November 1875, though I

( lxxix )

cannot find it in that publication. In the paper referred to,

Piepers describes a small white moth which he refers to the

genus Scirpophaga, alluding to it as one of the pests of S.W.

Celebes, since, attracted by light it comes into houses, and

frequently settles on the inhabitants. Wherever it touches

the naked skin it leaves an intolerable itching. The author

further states that this moth attaches to the walls of rooms

masses of eggs covered with yellow down. This is the earliest

reference I have been able to find to urticating hairs occurring

in the perfect insect. I am indebted to my friend Commander

Walker for kindly pointing it out to me. On hearing of Mr.

Lamborn’s discovery, or rather I should say of his monkey’s

discovery, I naturally thought of examining the moths Por-

thesia similis and P. chrysorrhoea, Reference is made to the

urticating properties of these moths in Barrett’s British

Lepidoptera, where the author states that the irritation has

been thought to arise from the long hair-like scales of the

fore wing inner margin as well as from those of the anal tuft.

In the case of the larvae of these species the urticating

properties are of course well known, and in order to appreciate

the structure of the hairs in the moths I should first point

out that in the case of the larva of P. stmilis there are two

kinds of hairs, the first long and not very numerous, the

second short, very minute, and exceedingly numerous. The

long hairs are provided with irregularly placed, slightly curved

spines. The small hairs are of a quite different and very

peculiar structure. They vary in length from about ‘18 to

‘08 of a millimetre; they are very finely tapered towards the

end by which they are attached, and the outer end, which is

much thicker, is furnished with three or four large sharp

barbs, similar projections of gradually decreasing size being

profusely arranged along the whole length of the hair, or

spicule, as it may be termed. These spicule hairs, which in

the case of the processionary caterpillars have been described

by Judeich and Nitsche, occur in enormous numbers, and I

believe that to them is mainly due the inflammation which

ensues from contact with the larva.

Now in the female moth, P. similis, microscopic examination

of the hairs in the anal tuft shows that there are present three

(xe?)

kinds of hairs. First, long thick hairs, having a smooth and

innocuous surface. These are most numerous on the peri-

pheral portion of the tuft, in fact all the hairs here seem to be

of the smooth kind, but they occur also in considerable

numbers throughout.

Secondly, there are great masses of very fine hairs which

for a portion only of their length are covered with irregular

sharp jagged processes. A bundle of these hairs, when highly

magnified, presents much the appearance of a tangle of

brambles. These hairs are quite different from the large

hairs of the larva. Also it is to be noted that it is the basal

end of the hair which is spiny, so that when the moth has

made a tuft over its eggs the spiny part will be uppermost,

and so in the position to be first touched by an enemy.

Thirdly, and this seems the most remarkable fact, there are

amongst the two kinds of hairs already described, great

numbers of little spicule hairs apparently precisely similar to

those found in such profusion on the larva. One is at first

tempted to suppose that these may in fact be derived from

the larval skin in the cocoon, but unless the moth in emerging

deliberately thrusts aside the pupal skin and brushes that of

the larva with its tail, it seems difficult to understand how it

can acquire them from any external source, and it therefore

seems probable that the moth can grow these spicules just as

the larva does. [Iam taking measures to find out how these

spicule hairs are acquired, but meanwhile there is no doubt

that any small bird attempting to pick out the eggs from the

tuft which protects them would first get a mouthful of some

thousands of these irritating little objects.

The anal tuft of P. chrysorrhoea differs, in that there is in

it a much larger number of smooth and inoffensive hairs, but

as if to make up for the greater leaven of innocence, the long

urticating hairs are covered with prickles over nearly their

entire length, whilst the spicule hairs are lurking amongst

them just as in P. similis. As one would expect, the analogous

structure in the male moth contains neither spiny hairs nor

spicules.

To return to Anaphe infracta, the urticating hairs of the

female are of quite different structure to those in the two

Cpisxt .)

moths which I have described. They are of about three times

the thickness of those in similis and chrysorrhoea and they

appear to be covered with projections which may be described

as resembling saw-teeth regularly arranged along their entire

length.

There are no spicules so far as I have been able to discover.

I may say that I am going into the whole matter more

minutely and hope to have something more to say about it on

a future occasion. ;

THE cocoons OF THE AFRICAN LAsIocAMPID MOTH CHRYSO-

PSYCHE VARIA, WaLk.—Professor Poutton exhibited the

imagines and cocoons of C. varia sent to him by Dr. G. D. H.

Carpenter from Damba Island, 20 miles south-east of Entebbe.

The larval skin was still projecting from some of the cocoons,

and showing its blue spots. The larvae had spun up November

12, 1911, and the moths emerged December 13.

Dr. Carpenter had written, April 18, 1912, from Bugalla,

one of the Sesse Islands :—

“The cocoons of Imago D 137 [Chiysopsyche varia] are par-

ticularly interesting. The larvae are gregarious, resting freely

exposed on the tree trunk by day, at sunset going up in a proces-

sion to feed. When full-grown they are chocolate brown with

blue patches and patches of glistening white short hairs—very

conspicuous. The cocoon, when finished, has a hole at one end,

through which the larval skin is partly pushed out at pupation,

and projects, showing the bright blue patches. Now as the moth

makes a hole at the other end for its exit, the only explanation

is that the aposematic larval skin is made use of to protect the

pupa! I know of no other cocoon in which a hole is left

especially for the extrusion of the larval skin. The cocoons

are not especially exposed, in fact I had to search to find

them: they were in a sheltered nook under fallen branches

and amongst projecting roots. I left the larvae on the tree

as they would not eat in confinement, but just wandered round

and round the box in single file, head to tail, forming a com-

plete ring, and looking very absurd! Evidently they wanted

the stimulus of climbing up the tree to make them eat.”

Professor Poutton said he had no doubt that Dr. Car-

penter’s interpretation was correct. It required a very

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND., 111. 1912. F

Co ixxxn )

definite adaptation of instinct to produce the result. The

cocoon had a very dense appearance, but it would be satis-

factory to examine it before the extrusion of the larval

skin and to watch the larva when spinning. It was by no

means uncommon for procryptic colouring and habits to be

combined with an aposematic second line of defence. He

suggested that the use of the old larval skin might be com-

pared with the still more elaborate instinct described by

Portchinsky in a species of Lina (Melasoma)—he believed

L. tremulae, ¥. The larva of this Chrysomelid beetle, when

disturbed, extruded a spherule of milk-white fluid at the

aperture of each gland-duct opening on the skin, and when

disturbance ceased the fluid was again withdrawn into the

body. Professor Poulton said that he had witnessed this

procedure in the larva of a species of Lina at Lake Louise,

in the Canadian Rockies, in the autumn of 1897, and had

found it to be precisely as described by the Russian

naturalist. Portchinsky stated that a store of the same

fluid is contained in the old larval skin after pupation and

that, when the pupa is irritated, it ‘‘sits up” and brings

pressure to bear on the skin which still envelops its posterior

segments. This pressure causes the fluid to appear at the old

apertures, to be presently withdrawn by the recovery in the

shape of the skin when the pupa sits down again. Professor

Poulton said that he owed the translation of this observation

from the monograph of the distinguished Russian naturalist

to the late Professor W. R. Morfill, of Oxford.

Dr. T. A. CHapman remarked that the hairs covering the

eggs of Porthetria dispar are also urticating. He also observed

that there are other species of moths which extrude the larval

skin, but in these cases it was from flimsy cocoons. Mr. J. H.

Durrant also gave instances of this fact.

THE WARNING COLOURS OF THE Hypsip moTH “ CALLIORATIS ”

PACTOLICUS, BuTL., IN ALL ITs sTaGEs.—Professor PoULTON

exhibited the larvae, pupae and imagines of “ pactolicus,” sent

by Dr. G. D, H. Carpenter. Two species belonging to the genus

Callioratis had been recently recognised as Geometridae, and

had carried off the genus into this family, leaving the true

Hypsidae, pactolicus and its allies, at present without a generic

( teri )

name. The 2 black-and-white-ringed larvae and the 2 orange

black-marked pupae has been collected on April 17, 1912, by

Dr. Carpenter on the shore of Bugalla, Sesse Islands: the 32

imagines had been bred (June 1, 1911) from scattered larvae

found on Damba Island. There was much variation in the

development of the black bars crossing the fore wing, which,

in the darkest specimen, were far more completely fused into

a single band on the right side than the left. Dr. Carpenter

wrote concerning the specimens, April 18, 1912 :—

‘‘Tam sending you bottled specimens of the Hypsid moth

‘pactolicus’ larvae and pupae. They are common on the

shore, where their yellow papilionaceous food-plant grows very

plentifully. They are splendid examples of conspicuousness :

the larvae are visible from far. The white is the purest

Chinese white I have ever seen on a live creature! The pupae

are freely exposed, hanging in a few threads just enough to

support them. It is difficult to imagine an insect more con-

spicuous in all its stages. The moth has a very slow, heavy

flight (like a “ Cinnabar”), and if handled exudes a strong-

smelling, rather bitter-tasting fluid from behind each side of

‘the collar’ of the thorax. I thought you might like to have

these ; they are in dilute alcohol with a little glycerine. I

will try and photograph some aw naturel next time the larvae

appear in numbers. ‘The brood of moths is just over.”

The species pactolicus sent by Dr. Carpenter was closely

allied to bellatrix, Dalm., which Mr. G. A. K. Marshall had

seen caught and rejected by a young drongo (Trans. Ent.

Soc., 1902, pp. 358-9). The specimen, which had lost most of

its head, was now in the Hope Department.

DIURNAL MOVEMENTS OF ACRAEINE PUPAE.—Prof. PouLTon

said that he had received from Dr. G, D. H. Carpenter an

account of curious changes of attitude observed in Acraeine

pupae. The following statement formed part of the letter of

April 18, 1912, already referred to :—

‘‘Acraeine pupae (at least all that I have had) have a curious

habit which I do not remember to have seen mentioned any-

where. They bend their body from side to side at more or

less regular intervals of a day. Thus one day you see a pupa

bent towards one side, and next day it is bent towards the

F 2

( laxxiy )

other, remaining motionless in these positions. Perhaps, as

some Acraeine pupae at any rate are of aposematic colours, it

is an advantage to show by change of position that they are

animate objects, and drive home the warning. I have never

seen any other pupa that hangs by the tail adopt changes of

attitude,”

PSEUDACRAEAS OF THE HOBLEYI GROUP ON THE SessE IsLuanps

IN THE Vicror1s Nyanza.—Prof. Poutron said that Dr.

G. D, H. Carpenter had left Damba in December 1911, and

after spending Christmas at Entebbe had gone in January

to Bugalla Island in the Sesse Archipelago. The following

extracts were printed from a letter written in February :—

“Tam now quite settled, and am going to remain on Sesse.

The fly have become very much more numerous lately, and are

quite as numerous as I want. The change from Damba is

very welcome, the scenery here being quite different. The

island is mostly open grass land, rising some 200-350 feet

above the lake, with patches and belts of forest here and there,

and a belt of forest all along the coast. I went into this last

Sunday, January 28th, and to my great delight found there

representatives of all the Planema-Pseudacraea associations !

So neither you nor I need regret that I have left Damba.

Ps. obscura seemed almost more abundant than on Damba, and

its model [P/. paragea] too (by the way, this seems to have

more yellow on it than the Damba specimens) ; and on the

very first time I went there I caught the most lovely specimen

of a Psewdacraea intermediate between Ps. terra and Ps. obscura

—far better than anything I ever got on Damba. In what

I now regard as my apprenticeship to the Pseudacraeae I

certainly was misled, as you suggest, by the rudimentary vein

closing the hind cell. But now I can, with a certain degree -

of confidence, distinguish them from their models on the wing

and at rest. Pseudacraeas are very much more alert, and

rarely rest with the complete ‘abandon’ of the Planemas.

Moreover, Ps. obscwra and terva have acurious shiny appear-

ance about them, especially on the under surface, as if they had

been varnished ; and, in the ‘ cadaver,’ I find very many points

of difference. Pseudacraeas have much thicker bodies; the

palpi are larger ; the antennae have practically no club, only

( “Eexev’ )

a gradual thickening; and the shape of the wings is slightly

different.”

The following notes were written February 25th :—

“T think you will be delighted that I have left Damba ;

for the disproportion between Planema and Pseudacraea is

even greater here, so much so that I look on Pseudacraeas

as nothing, but consider it an event to catch a Planema! Of

Pseudacraeas ; terra abounds, obscwra is not quite so plentiful,

but lovely intermediates between the two are nearly as

common as the types. Hobleyi is, I think, the scarcest—at

any rate the female. I have only seen three Pl. paragea (two

of which I caught and send you), no Pl. pogget or macarista,

and very few ¢ellus. I have seen no A. alciope at all, but

Precis rawana occurs though I have not succeeded in catching

it. On February 25th I saw two male hobleyi pursuing a

terra in a very suggestive manner, and a terra pursuing a

female hobleyi which fluttered stationary in the air also very

suggestively.”

[The following sentence was extracted from a later letter

written from Sesse on May Ist: ‘“‘I have already told you

that I have seen male Ps. hobleyi flirting with female Ps. terra,

and vice versi—both hovering flutteringly in the air. Since

then I have seen a male Ps. obscura paying court to a female

Ps. terra in the same way. This makes the observations com-

plete! They were some 10-15 feet above the ground, and

out of reach in every case. I am quite convinced that copula-

tion and oviposition take place quite high up among the tree

tops.” |

“So far I have not succeeded in getting eggs, though I

have kept four females full of ova: three have died without

result, the fourth I have had for a week, and it is still living

though it has hardly any wings left !”

Dr. Carpenter had also written in confirmation on April

27th :—‘‘ You will have seen from the first few I sent—which

I hope to hear about in a week or so—how splendidly Sesse

confirms the Damba records, the results being still more

striking. Iam so proud that I can supply such grand proof

of the reality of the power of Natural Selection.”

Prof, Pounron said that the Bugalla specimens of PI,

(( bexxvi )

paragea, Grose-Smith, a male and a female, were of great interest

because of the extended pale markings, resembling those of

the most extreme varieties obtained by Mr. Wiggins in the

neighbourhood of Entebbe. ‘The five specimens from Damba

Island, mentioned in these Proceedings (1912, p. xxiii), were

on the contrary very dark forms. Mr. Wiggins’s darkest and

lightest examples were exhibited December 6, 1911 (Proceed-

ings, p. xci). An account of the Sesse Pseudacraeas would

be given at a later meeting when more material had arrived,

but in the meantime it might be stated that the intermediate

varieties between obscwra and terra were a large proportion of

the whole, and that they formed the most complete transition

from the one pattern to the other. Dr. Carpenter’s observa-

tions on the courtship of the Pseudacraeas of the hobleyi group

afforded interesting confirmation of Dr. Jordan’s conclusions

based on the structure of the male armature. Pseudacraea

kuenowt hypoxantha, Jord., was present in Dr. Carpenter’s

captures on Bugalla, although absent from those on Damba.

Prof. Poulton had now received the whole of the butterflies

collected on this latter island, and explained that a few addi-

tions would require to be made to the lists of Pseudacraeas

and Planemas published in these Proceedings (1911, pp.

xci-xev ; 1912, pp. xix—xxili). He hoped to bring a complete

statement before a later meeting.

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

‘Studies in the Blattidae,” by R. SHetrorp, M.A., F.E.S.

‘“* Polyommatus alexius, Freyer, a good Species,” by T. A.

CuaprmaNn, M.D., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

Wednesday, October 2nd, 1912.

Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Miss Lity Hur, Hollywood, Colinton Road, Edinburgh, was

elected a Fellow of the Society.

(. ‘heey

Death of Fellows.

The death was announced of the Hon. Fellow, Prof. L.

GANGLBAUER, of Vienna, and also of Messrs. R. SHELFORD,

M.A., F.Z.8., E. A. Frreu, F.L.S., and G. H. Grosvenor, M.A,

Exhibitions.

An ABERRATION NEW TO Britarn.—Dr. Nicwotson showed

three specimens of Adalia obliterata, L., ab. sublineata, Weise,

an aberration not as yet recorded from Britain. It differs

' from the type form in possessing black lines on the elytra,

and is intermediate between the type, which is unspotted, and

the ab. fenestrata, Weise, in which the elytra are almost

entirely black. These specimens were taken on Box Hill.

DaRK ABERRATIONS OF ABRAXAS GROSSULARIATA.—Mr. G. T.

Porritt exhibited various forms of the variety nigrosparsata,

together with the type specimen of var. nigra of Abraxas

grossulariata, all bred, with some two dozen other more or

less similar specimens, from larvae and pupae collected from

one garden at Huddersfield during the present year.

CoLEOPTERA FROM OxFrorD.—Commander J. J. WALKER ex-

hibited series of the following rare species of British Coleoptera,

recently taken in the Oxford district :—

Lathrobium pallidum, Nord., found in flood-refuse of the

River Cherwell at Water Eaton, Oxon.

Apion annulipes, Wenck., g and ? taken by sweeping road-

side herbage (red clover, Zvifolium pratense, predominating)

near Enslow Bridge, Oxon.

Psylliodes luteola, Mill., by sweeping grass on the outskirts

of Kirtlington Park, Oxon.

“ TNSECT-CATCHING GRAss.’’—Commander WALKER also ex-

hibited on behalf of Mr. A. M. Lea, Govt. Entomologist at

Adelaide, S. Australia, a specimen of the so-called Insect-

catching grass (Cenchrus australis) from Cairns, N. Queensland,

with several Coleoptera, belonging to various genera, adhering

to the spinous awns.

ABERRATION OF PyRAMEIS CARDUI.—Mr. R. M. Pripgaux

brought for exhibition a beautiful aberration of P. cardui,

closely resembling one figured by Newman (‘ British Butter-

( Ixxavin )

flies,” p. 64), bred from a pupa found spun up on a thistle,

July 16th, 1912, and which emerged the following day.

Mr. C. J. GAwan exhibited a small series of Phromnia

superba, Melich, a dimorphic species of Homoptera of the sub-

family Flatinae, taken by Dr. A. C. Parsons in Northern

Nigeria, and read the following letter received from Dr.

Parsons to explain the great interest attaching to the

specimens :—

“ Haldon Terrace, Dawlish, S. Devon,

26th August, 1912.

“DeAR Sir,—With reference to my interview with you

last June and our conversation at the Museum concerning

certain Homoptera that I brought from N. Nigeria.

“The following is an extract from a letter that I wrote to

my wife on the subject.

«¢ . . I sat down at once to describe to you an extra-

ordinary instance of protective mimicry that came under

my notice. You must know that this last trip I have

been in the habit of collecting new flowers and then

trying to paint them when [ get into a camp. One

afternoon I found that the particular flower which I

wanted to paint was dead, so I went into the “jungle”’

to try and find another specimen. But my attention was

soon arrested by a most beautiful dove-coloured pea flower

of sorts. ‘‘I will not bother about that other flower” I

said to myself “‘ but pick this one instead.” On suiting

the action to the word all the blossoms of my “ flower”

flew up in a cloud of fluff about my head and then re-

settled individually among the brushwood. To use one

of your favourite expressions, my “flower ” was composed

of several very pretty moths ‘‘on tiptoe for a flight.” I can-

not call to mind another instance of insects combining in

that sort of way for mutual protection. These moths,

whose folded wings are the exact shape of the keel part

of a pea flower, were all arranged on the bare stem of

some darkish bush ; their heads were all pointing in the

same direction and the colour graduated from green ati

(a lesa) }

the top of the twig to a deep dove colour that would

indicate the oldest blossoms below. I was never so com-

pletely and so wonderfully taken in during my life, I

well believe. J was able to catch about fifteen of the

insects which I am sending to the Nat. History Museum,

and I hope they will be able to reproduce what I saw.’

‘‘The insects were taken in a village called Panpa, which

lies about 40 miles north of Kerri in the Nassarawa province

of Northern Nigeria. The place cf capture was a patch of

dense undergrowth at the edge of a jungle stream and close

to the village ford. It was in the month of October that I

saw the insects, and the time of day was about 5 p.m. The

insects had selected a branch which was apparently leafless

except at its extremity, and on this branch they occupied a

length of some 9 inches : all the heads were pointing in one

direction and that an upward one. I suppose that there were

between 30 and 40 insects settled on the branch when I first

saw it. After they had been disturbed they admitted of easy

capture with a cap and all showed a tendency to re-assemble

in the place where I first saw them, while none ventured far

into the open.

“‘T have no recollection of seeing any flowers resembling in

colour this pattern of insects, but racemes of leguminous

flowers are a common feature in N. Nigeria.

“‘T could get no information on the subject from the natives.

“ Finally, I should say that the insects have faded since

their capture.

‘‘ Believe me,

“Yours truly,

(Signed) “ Atztan C. Parsons, W.A.M.S.,

“Med. Officer, N. Nigeria.”

Mr. Gahan said that Dr. Parsons’ observations on this species

were a strong confirmation of the account given by Prof. J. W.

Gregory of a nearly related East African species in his book

“The Great Rift Valley.” He passed round a copy of the

plate on which that species had been represented, and re-

marked that though it was undoubtedly inaccurate in showing

( xe)

the green insects at the top of the stem as being much smaller

than the pink ones below, we now had no reason to doubt

that these insects are at times to be found arranged in the

manner shown on the plate, notwithstanding that Mr. S.

Hinde had never seen them so arranged during the time he

had them under observation (see Trans. Ent. Soc., 1902,

p. 695). Prof. Poulton’s suggestion that the insects are only

arranged in the definite way described by Dr. Gregory, just

at the period when they have reached the final stage, was in

all probability correct, but it had yet to be proved correct ;

and in a matter so interesting it was greatly to be desired

that someone on the spot would carry out further observations

with a few to settling that point. Mr. Distant had described

as a distinct species the pink form shown on Dr. Gregory’s

plate ; but knowing what we did of the close association of

the two forms, he thought it was quite evident the two were

merely forms of a single species, especially as no difference in

structure had been pointed out.

West Arrican Homorrera.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn exhibited

a series of twelve Homoptera of the genus Flata, all taken feed-

ing on one plant, 70 miles E. of Lagos, on Dec. 1, 1912. The

insects were dimorphic, and he stated that the pink and green

forms were mixed as they rested on the plant. He had

not observed in these the definite arrangement according to

colour mentioned by Mr. Gahan, although he was acquainted

with the same species.

Prof. Poutton observed that the insect probably had the

instinct for congregating, though not of colour-arrangement,

and that in the two known instances in which the green

specimens were found above and the pink below they had

probably come out in that order, and had not yet flown, and

that when once disturbed they congregated again, but

promiscuously. ;

EUCHELIA JACOBAEAE, L., CAPTURED AND THEN ABANDONED

By A Rosin.—Prof. Poutron exhibited an apparently un-

injured example of EL. jacobaeae given him by Mr. Roland

Trimen, F.R.S., who had made the following observation on

June 20,1912. The moth was flying slowly at midday in his

garden at Fawley, Onslow Crescent, Woking, when a robin

(- set °)

captured it on the wing and flew with it behind a bush.

After about three minutes the bird flew away, and Mr. Trimen

found the moth lying upon the ground. Although there was

no obvious injury, except that one fore-wing was bent over

and slightly rubbed, the insect seemed paralysed or almost

dead. JL. jacobaeae being, however, one of those moths that

readily ‘‘feign death,’ and Mr. Trimen being anxious to

preserve the specimen just as it was left by the assailant, he

placed it without delay in a killing-bottle.

ABERRATIONS OF ALPINE LycAEnips.—Dr. T, A. CHAPMAN

exhibited several unusual forms of some common “ Blues ” taken

this year in the Valley of the Isere and at Courmayeur

(country of the Centrones).

(1) Polyommatus icarus, 3, from Courmayeur, in which the

upperside makes a nearer approach to P. escheri than he had

seen in the species. The colour of the blue, its variation of

tint towards the margin, the encroachment of the black

marginal line as in P. escheri, and the black lines along the

veins were all marked.

(2) A specimen of Agriades thetis (bellargus), 3, from Cour-

mayeur, that had black spots round all four wings, being a

marked example of the var. punctifera, an African form.

(3) An example of Polyommatus hylas, 3, from Courmayeur,

that was very pale, the blue becoming white against the

marginal line.

(4) A specimen of Hirsutina damon, g, that was very

possibly really a hybrid with A. corydon; the underside had

marginal spots and lunules, much in excess of the faint traces

sometimes present in damon; it was taken at Bourg St.

Maurice.

(5) A specimen of Polyommatus escheri, ¢, in which the

ground-colour of the underside was white, so that the white

circles round the spots were lost in it. It might easily pass

for a distinct species.

He said that the “blues” of this region are generally large

and more than usually variable ; and that it is also the head-

quarters in Western Europe of Agriades alexius, Frr.

Scarce Ants.—Mr. DonistHorPe exhibited a number of

3 g of Ponera coarctata which he had swept at Box Hill, and

( xex )

remarked that no one living appeared to have taken ¢ ¢ in

Britain. There were none in the British Museum or Oxford

Museum collection, but one or two in the Saunders and Chitty

collections. Also ¢ 3, 9 9,and 9 G of Formicoxenus niti-

dulus, taken in a nest of F. rufa at Weybridge. Mr. Bagnall

had recorded the ¢ first for Britain in 1906 from Corbridge-on-

Tyne. Subsequently Arnold and Hamm took the species in the

New Forest in 1909. Adlerz discovered and described the 4,

which is wingless, in 1884. There is a specimen, however, in

the Rothney Collection at Oxford, taken by Dr. Power in 1864,

standing under the name of Stenamma westwoodi, 9. He

remarked that the food was not known, but that he had

started a small colony in an observation nest, and found they

would eat honey and devoured the larvae of Leptothorax acer-

vorum, which came from the same nest. Also g 4, 9 9, and

3 9 of Leptothorax tubero-affinis, a form new to Britain, taken

in some numbers in the New Forest by Mr. Crawley and

himself in July.

Mr. DonistHoRPE much regretted that his friend Mr. Crawley

was not present to exhibit Anergates, but feared he was ill.

He then showed a 4, and winged and deilated 2? ? of Aner-

gates atratulus, which had been found in the New Forest in

July by Mr. Crawley and himself, the former having found

the first specimens. He gave a short account of the habits of

this interesting ant, which lives in the nests of Tetramorium

caespitum.

CELASTRINA ARGIOLUS ON A NEW Foop-pLant.—Mr. Hy. J.

TurRNER exhibited, on behalf of the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows,

a long series of bred Celastrina argiolus. He stated that

the larvae had occurred each year for some time past in the

garden at Mucking, feeding on Portugal laurel, attacking the

flower buds in the early summer. The whole of the specimens

were unusually large, and the females had the black border on

the fore-wings, in most of the specimens, very considerably

developed and of a deep black. Many of the females had a

strong development of whitey-blue on the basal half of the

costal area, and there was a tendency to develop a whitish

suffusion in the discal area of the fore-wing. In one specimen

this latter feature had developed into a bluish-white discal

( xcili )

blotch definitely terminated by the black border exteriorly,

but vanishing into the general blue area interiorly. The

form closely resembled the Nearctic form pseudargiolus.

He believed that the food-plant had not hitherto been

recorded.

A CURIOUS ENTOMOLOGICAL Picture.—Mr. TurNER also ex-

hibited a curious colour-print of an “ Entomologist” pub-

lished in 1830 in London, in which the whole of the figure was

ingeniously made up of various species of the Insecta, only the

face being human,

THe Genus DiantHorcra.—Mr, L. W. Newman exhibited

specimens of Dianthoecia, bred from North Kent wild larvae,

resembling exactly, both in size and coloration, Dianthoecia

capsophila from the Isle of Man. This appeared to confirm

the opinion of several leading men that D. capsophila and D.

carpophaga are the same species. He also showed for com-

parison varied series of D. carpophaga ; a pair of D. capsophila

and D. capsincola.

CoLIAS HECLA FROM Finmark.—Mr. W. G. SHELDON ex-

hibited a series of C’. hecla, from the Porsanger Fjord, Arctic

Norway, with specimens of the other orange species occurring

in Europe for comparison.

A uivinc Earwic.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a living ¢

of Labidura riparia (the Giant Harwig), taken on the shore

near Christchurch, Hants. They appeared to be getting

scarce. He had visited the locality three times in August, and

in all found a dozen specimens—d, ?, and nymphs. The one

exhibited was taken on August 31, and had been fed on raw

meat. As these earwigs change colour very much after death

he also exhibited a drawing giving the colour of the living

insects, and demonstrating how well they are protected by

resemblance to the pale sand of the Hampshire coast.

Pyrenean Lepipoprera.—Mr.G. T. Betaune-BaKker showed

specimens of Hepialus pyrenaicus, a species found not un-

commonly on the higher parts of Mount Canigou, with the

apterous female. Also a fine form of Lycaena arion, and

a specimen of Heodes hippothoe that was at once radiated,

obsolescent and asymmetrical.

AwPINE Burrsrriins.—Mr, Dovaias Pzarson exhibited a

( jxeiv ))

drawer of Rhopalocera from the Black Forest and the Swiss

Alps, including an albinistic specimen of Hrebia lappona, an

unusually large 2? of Melitaea varia, the large Black Forest

form of Colias palaeno, Brenthis pales from Pontresina with

underside hind-wings of a deep purple-red, and others.

Eee-Layine or Erepia Guaciatis.—Mr. J. A. Simes read

the following note :—“ On the 15th July, 1912, I came across

Erebia glacialis in some numbers on a scree slope below the

summit of the Colette de Gily, Dauphiny, and sat down for a

while to watch them. Shortly afterwards I saw a 9 alight

on a piece of loose rock on the slope, sun itself for a time and

then proceed to walk slowly backwards until it reached the

lower end of the rock. It then bent its abdomen underneath

the slab of rock and deposited an egg on the lower surface of

it. The slab measured roughly 9 inches by 4 inches and the

broken part at the lower end was only about half an inch

thick, although the bulk of the slab was considerably thicker.

The only vegetation in the neighbourhood was a very fine-

leaved grass, tufts of which grew here and there on the

screes. The nearest plant was about a foot and a half distant

from the slab on which the egg was deposited. I subsequently

observed a second female behave in precisely the same manner,

and eventually deposit an egg on the underside of a detached

slab of rock on the scree slope.”

Mr. H. Rownanp-Brown observed that if the larva were

not hatched till the spring the egg might be placed in this

way for protection, but as the larva had been known to hatch

quickly and hibernate in that state this could not be the

cause.

Mr. Dovetas PEARSON suggested that possibly the fact that

they had to hatch quickly was the reason for their position, as

the heat obtained from the sun beating on the slab might

hasten them.

Dr. CHAPMAN was of opinion that this was quite possible,

but thought it also possible that the species, unlike most of

the genus, might hibernate as an egg, since they had only

been known to hibernate as larvae in captivity, and so under

unnatural conditions.

DELAYED EMERGENCE OF A BeExs-ImMaco (Osmia sp.) — The

@ 120% ©)

PrestDENtT exhibited a species of Osmia and its cell, and read

the following note :—“ Three and a half years ago, in the early

spring of 1909, I picked up beside a little stream at Jericho,

and afterwards brought to one of these meetings for exhibi-

tion, a hollow stem of Zizyphus spina-Christi, containing a series

of mud-cells which I conjectured to be the work of some

rather large Osmia sp., possibly tridentata. I opened one and

found in it a fat white larva, so I put the stem into a muslin

bag, hung it up on a nail, and hoped that imagines would

emerge in the coming summer. Nothing however occurred

either in 1909, 1910, or 1911; and I took it for granted that

the grubs had all perished. However to my surprise and

pleasure I found on returning from the Oxford Congress this

year, that one of the cells had produced an Osmia 92 of a

species which I had never seen before, but which, I think,

must be the Osmia indiyotea of Morawitz. I have brought

the cell and the insect with me; but you will hardly be able

to see by this light the pretty iridescent or sub-metallic color-

ation of its abdomen. It is known that Osmia spp. will

sometimes wait through a year or more before emergence.

F. Smith once received some Osmia cells from Scotland which

produced nothing for some time; but ultimately bees appeared,

after a year or so in the British Museum. This Osmia, how-

ever, has been extraordinarily patient ; and I do not despair

of finding something more in the bag next year.”

Mr. C. O. WarerHouseE observed that in cases of delayed

emergence in bees, it was in the larval, not in the pupal state

that they passed the interval, and that the larva was capable

of existing thus for years without food.

ABERRATION OF BRENTHIS SELENE.—Mr. H. Baker Sty

exhibited a very dark example of Brenthis selene, having the

under-wings clouded with dark brown all over, except for a

slightly lighter shaded spot in the middle, and the upper-

wings very heavily clouded with dark brown ; it was taken in

Worth Forest, Sussex, May 26, 1912. He also showed a

specimen of Hpinephele janira, one upper-wing having a white

blotch at the tip, the under-wing on the same side also

having a white streak, taken at Box Hill, August 1],

1912,

( xem }

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

“The Life History of Lonchaea chorea,” by A. E. Capron,

M.A., B.Sc. ; communicated by H. 8. Lerten, F.E.S.

‘““A few Observations on Mimicry,” by W. J. Kays, F.E.S.

Wednesday, October 16th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Morics, M.A., President, in the chair.

Portraits of Ex-Presidents.

The PresipEent stated that in pursuance of a suggestion

approved by the Council, he had written to most of the sur-

viving ex-Presidents of the Society for their portraits, and had

already received several, viz. those of Lord Avesury, Dr.

Davin SHarp, Dr, Atrrep Russe, Wautace, Mr. Ro.anp

Trimen, and Mr. C. O. Warernouse. Photographs of the

Presipent and of the late Mr. G. H. Verratt had also been

received, and Mr. J. H. Durrant had kindly presented

portraits of Messrs. W. Kirpy, W. Spence and H., T.

Srarinton, Presidents of an earlier day.

Thanks were voted to the donors.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society :— Mrs.

Evten M. Warerrietp, The Hospital, Port Sudan; Messrs.

Patrick ALFRED Buxton, M.B.O.U., Fairhill, Tonbridge, and

Trinity College, Cambridge; Atrrep Noaxes, The Hill,

Witley, Surrey ; Norman Densicu Rixey, 94, Drakefield-road,

Upper Tooting, S.W., and British Museum (Natural History),

S. Kensington, 8.W. ; and Henry 8. Watuace, 17, Kingsley-

place, Heaton-on-Tyne.

Exhibitions.

European Burrrrriies.—Mr. E. B. Asupy exhibited a case

of Rhopalocera from the French, Swiss, and Italian Alps and

from Britain, including a specimen of Gonepteryx cleopatra,

bred in captivity from an egg laid in England.

Ci 'xevit, )

THe Orper Protura.—Mr. C. B. Wituiams exhibited a

specimen of an unascertained species of the Protwra which he

had taken in some numbers in peat from Hampshire by means

of a Berlese funnel. This order of primitive insects, which

was only discovered about six years ago, and was first recorded

from England by Mr. R. 8. Bagnall at the beginning of this

year, is chiefly remarkable for the absence of antennae. In

a few specimens which were kept alive for some days he had

been able to confirm the interesting observation of Berlese,

that they use their front pair of legs not as locomotive but as

tactile organs, holding them out in front of the head when

walking, as if to take the place of the missing antennae.

Mr. C. J. Ganan asked whether anything was known of the

feeding habits of this Protwra, and Mr, Williams replied that

he had only taken three alive, and these had only lived for two

days, so he had not been able to make any further observa-

tions. The insects had some hairs on the front legs which

were probably sensitive, and helped these limbs to take the

place of antennae. Various other instances of similar adapta-

tion were mentioned. Mr. J. E. Cotiin referred to the use

of legs as feelers among the Diptera ; Mr. DonistHorpE to the

mites found on the chins of ants, which wave their front pair

of legs before their heads as if to take the place of antennae

and are called Antennophori; Dr. Lonastarr to the Arachnid

whip-scorpions which use their front pair of limbs as feelers.

The Presipenr observed that the antennae were really a

highly complicated structure, and that it was hardly correct

to speak of limbs taking their place, though they were doubt-

less capable of performing some part of their functions.

Arctic Dragonriizs.—Mr. W. J. Lucas exhibited a speci-

men of Somatochlora alpestris from Porsanger Fjord, east of

North Cape, taken at the end of June 1912. It occurs in the

Swiss Alps, as well as in Scandinavia. Also a specimen of

Aeschna caerulea (= borealis), from the same locality, taken

July 13th. This species is British, occurring, but not

commonly, in the Highlands of Scotland. Both specimens

shown were taken in this northern latitude at sea-level. They

were captured by Mr. W. G. Sheldon.

OcCASIONAL MIGRATION DUE TO EXCESSIVE DROUGHT AS A CAUSE

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. G

(~ xeyi )

OF THE SPREAD OF BUTTERFLIES INTO NEW LOCALITIES.— Professor

Pou.ton brought forward the following note on behalf of the

Rev. K. St. Ausyn Rogers, and exhibited the two Libythea and

the five Asterope (Crenis) therein mentioned :—

“The migration of butterflies is a subject of perennial

interest and one on which many more observations are

needed. It may perhaps be worth while to record a migra-

tion which took place at Rabai during the early part of 1911.

‘The first species to be observed was Catopsilia florella, a

species which is one of the best known migrants. The date

on which the migration was first observed was March 12th,

and it continued for some three weeks. At no time during

this period were the migrants conspicuous for their large

numbers, but every specimen of C. florella seen, appeared to

have important business to the north, which urged it to keep

moving steadily in that direction.

‘Towards the end of this period I noticed that there were

other butterflies joining in the movement, and on March 31st,

I spent an hour in my garden capturing these. I found that

Atella phalantha and the skipper Andronymus neander, the

latter also previously recorded as a migrant, were represented

in some numbers. However, the most interesting butterflies

seen, as far as I was concerned, were Libythea laius, Trim.,

and Asterope (Crenis) natalensis, Boisd. Of these I captured

two of the former and five of the latter in about an hour, and,

as they were flying fast and high, it is evident that they must

have been present in considerable numbers. The two species

resemble one another on the wing, and when travelling fast

are not easy to discriminate, but I am under the impression

that the Asterope was proportionately more numerous than

these figures would indicate. Now it is worth observing that

neither of these species is common in the coast district of

British East Africa, and I had not seen the Libythea since

1899, after a period of very prolonged and severe drought—

conditions which were present, although to a lesser degree, in

1911. The Asterope I had only once previously taken in the

district, although I think I saw it on another occasion. I

have twice taken the Asterope in 1911, since March 31st, and

have seen others, and I have also seen what I took to be a

€ / xc, )

specimen of the ZLibythea. It remains to be said that the

migration throughout was from 8.8.W. to N.N.E., the wind

being light from the E.N.E. Five days after March 31st the

wind went round to the 8.S.W. and blew strongly, the first

heavy rains falling two days afterwards. This observation

seems to indicate that butterflies which are usually non-

migrants may be stimulated by abnormal conditions to become

migrants, and that these occasional movements may enable

the species to occupy new ground.”

THE SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT OF MIMICRY IN FOREST BUTTER-

FLIES.—Professor PouLtton brought forward a _ suggestion

received from Mr. C. F. M. Swynnerton as to one of the

causes which may have operated in the special development of

mimicry in forest areas. The suggestion, which may be con-

sidered as a supplement to Mr. Swynnerton’s earlier state-

ment published in the Proceedings, 1912, pp. li-liii, was made

in a letter written by him on May 25th of the present year.

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, who was familiar with the locality

(Chirinda, 8.E. Rhodesia) from which Mr. SwynnERTon wrote,

and to whom the paragraph had been submitted, regarded it

as quite plausible and also novel :—

“T believe you are right in your view that the forest struggle

for life ‘is of a different kind.’ Thinking it over after

sending you my suggestion as to the possible dependence of such

phenomena on the habitat of the model’s food-plant, it struck

me that a very frequently repeated observation of mine had

perhaps a direct bearing on the point. It is that flying insects

are often exceedingly difficult to recognise in forest as against

veld. It is by no means easy at once to decide on the colora-

tion of an insect seen flying in a blaze of light against a deep

shadow or vice versd : also they so frequently disappear behind

foliage after having been in view for a few seconds only.

Under those circumstances a mere trick of flight, or the

smallest splash of colour in common, have often caused me to

take the insect for something that is otherwise utterly unlike

it, and such a hesitation would usually cost a bird the insect.

In this way incipient mimics should stand a better chance in

forest than in open country and be more likely to survive

beyond the incipient stages. I had previously applied the

Grey)

observation in thinking out the value of merely incipient

likenesses, but had not thought of its bearing on the ‘forest

versus veld’ problem when I replied to your question.” |

EuryTELA HIARBAS, Drury, AND E. pRyopE, CRAMER.—Pro-

fessor Pouttron drew attention to a letter he had received

nearly two years ago from Mr. G. F. Leigh, describing the

breeding of H. dryope and drawing the inference that the

species was distinct from hiarbas. Mr. Leigh had thus been

led by his own observations to revise his earlier conclusions

on the subject (Proc. Ent. Soc., 1909, p. xxxv). The letter,

dated Nov. 26th, 1910, was written from Durban :—

“‘T have to report that, breeding Hurytela dryope from a

wild female (I cannot give the form of the male), I reared 22

offspring, all of which were dryope. Apparently, therefore,

the two species H. hiarbas and H. dryope are different. Mr.

A. D. Millar has a captured specimen, intermediate between

these two butterflies, and such a form may, I think, be the

result of a pairing between dryope and hiarbas.”

MULLERIAN MIMICRY BETWEEN AUSTRALIAN Bers.—Pro-

fessor Poutton exhibited on behalf of Dr. R. C. L. Perkins

a male of Prosopis nubilosa, Ckll., (Prosopidae), and of a

species of Halictus (Andrenidae), captured by him in the Cairns

district of North Queensland (July 1904). Dr. Perkins had

pointed out to the speaker the extremely interesting manner

in which the resemblance had been brought about, the hard

glistening yellow mark on the black scutellum and _post-

scutellum of the Prosopis, and that on its lateral prothoracic

tubercles being mimicked by a yellow pubescence occupying

the same positions in the VH/alictus. The latter, having

departed from the general appearance of its group, was clearly

a mimic of the Prosopis, which bore a pattern also found in

many allied species. The males and females of both model

and mimic were alike, so that the resemblance would be equally

striking between the females. Dr. Perkins had suggested

that a resemblance brought about in this remarkable manner,

by means entirely different from those employed in the model,

was certainly inexplicable on the hypothesis of climatic

influence.

This mimetic resemblance had been fully described by

ee ae

Cockrell (Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., xxxvi, p. 201, 1910) who

stated that certain species of the Australian Paracolletes also

resembled the same Prosopis models. ‘‘ The yellow dorsal patch

in the Prosopis is tegumentary, in the Paracolletes due to hair,

but the superficial effect is the same. To my astonishment I

find also an Halictus with the same coloration (the patch due

to hair), so similar to Paracolletes flavomaculatus that I had

no doubt of its being a close relative until I came to examine

it in detail.” This species was described (/.c., pp. 201, 202) by

Cockrell from three 2 specimens, from Macleay, Queensland,

as Halictus paracolletinus, and it was probable that the

specimen exhibited was the d of the same species.

A short discussion on the mimetic signification of this

exhibit took place, in which the PresrpEnt, Prof. Poutron,

Messrs. C. O. WatTerHousE and G. A. K. Marsuatt took part.

A NEW spEcigs oF ArGyNNIS.—The Rev. G. WHEELER

exhibited two specimens of a new Argynnis, discovered in

June last by Mr. Harold Powell, F.E.S., at Lambessa in

Algeria. He stated that during a recent visit to Mons.

Charles Oberthiir at Rennes he had seen a drawer of this

species in which there was only one slightly aberrant specimen.

Mons. Oberthiir had given him four specimens of this species

which on the underside somewhat resembled A. adippe, var.

chlorodippe (shown for comparison) but the ¢s were entirely

without the broad androconial patches on the nervures of the

forewings on the upper side, present in all forms of A. adippe.

Mons. Oberthiir named it auresiana.

Cocoons or NorasumA koutea, H. Drucr, spun UNDER

NATURAL CONDITIONS.—Dr. W. A. Lamsorn observed that

some cocoons formed by larvae of this species in captivity had

been previously exhibited by Professor Poulton, which, how-

ever, did not present quite the same appearance as those

formed under natural conditions. The specimens now ex-

hibited were formed by wild larvae under leaves and were

found in the clearing at Oni Camp. They gave a better idea

as to the mimicry of Braconid cocoons by the formation of

little bosses of yellow silk. He remarked that it is the rule

to find several cocoons under one leaf frequently as many as

twelve.

«(: ch. }

ANTS, AND A NEW MYRMECOPHILOUS spEctES.—Mr. Donis-

THORPE exhibited (1) a small incipient colony of Camponotus

ligniperdus taken at Yvorne, Switzerland, October 8th, 1912.

(2) Specimens of a Proctotrupid new to science, Loxotropa

donisthorper, Kieffer, taken in a nest of Lasius flavus at Black-

gang Chine, Isle of Wight, September 9th, 1912. (3) A specimen

of Camponotus abdominalis var. atriceps, Smdt., an American

species, captured alive in his room on his return from

Weybridge, September 6th, 1912. It seemed probable

that it had come from the hotel at Weybridge, as he

was told of the capture of other specimens there on his

next visit.

Commander WaLkeEr observed that one of the Australian

species of Camponotus occurred constantly in houses, ‘and was

familiarly known as the “sugar ant.”

Mr. DonistHorre also handed round a photograph of

Professor Foret, and of his house, where he had lately

been Professor Forel’s guest.

Hysrips and SEeconp Broops.—Mr. L. W. Newman ex-

hibited (1) a long and varied series of the Hybrid Smerinthus

ocellatus $ x Amorpha populi 2, bred September 1912, out-of-

doors, from pairing obtained June 1912, the larvae pupating

in July and early August. There was considerable variation

in the eye-spots, some being very pronounced and others

obscure ; several having a washed-out appearance and others

being very brilliant, two or three being well flushed with

pink scaling. (2) Living specimens of the Hybrid Zonosoma

pendularia $ X omicronaria 2 (annulata). Pairing took

place July 1912; the larvae were sleeved out-of-doors on

growing birch till September 15th, when they were not half

fed, then brought into a hot-house (temperature 60° to 70°)

and fed in glass-topped metal boxes ; they at once grew very

rapidly, pupating October Ist to 12th, and started to emerge

on October 8th and continued to emerge every day since.

The specimens showed characters of both species well, and

vary somewhat in the quantity of pink coloration. (3) A

living 2 specimen of Metrocampa margaritaria, taken at rest

in Bexley Woods October 14th, 1912, which points to a

second emergence of this species. (4) A 9? specimen of

Gccitiy:)

S. ocellatus bred out-of-doors, on September 14th, from larva

which pupated in June 1912.

Matacoperm Larvar.—Mr. K. G. Buarr exhibited larvae

of two allied species of Malacoderm from Borneo, brought to the

Natural History Museum by Mr. J. C. Moulton. The species

to which these larvae belong are not yet known, although pro-

bably belonging to the family Lycidae. The larvae are found

amongst moist rotten wood, but the nature of their food is

uncertain.

Mr. C. J. Gawan observed that from the mouth-parts it

was probable that these larvae belonged to the Family Lycidae.

Several attempts had been made to breed them but they had

never developed, and it was possible that the ? at any rate

never gets beyond this condition ; the ¢ is quite unknown.

Prof. Pouuron remarked that Mr. Shelford had once had a

larva which reached a soft stage apparently preliminary to

some change, but that it had fallen a victim to an unfortunate

accident.

Nonacria pissotutra.— Mr. H. M. Epegnsren exhibited

specimens of Wonagria dissoluta and var. arundineta from

East Kent, bred during August 1912, 75 per cent. from this

locality being dissoluta,

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

‘* Notes sur quelques espéces des Lucanides dans les collec-

tions du British Museum et de |’Université de Oxford,” par

M. Henri Boileau, F.E.S.

“‘Synaposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae,’ by

G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., M.B., F.E.S.

Prof. Poutron, in giving an account of Dr. Carpenter’s

paper, exhibited the specimens referred to by the author, and

drew attention to the fact that there were considerable differ-

ences between the females in the different families of Acraea

alciope, Hew., bred on Damba Island. A large proportion of

the females in some of the families exhibited a strong develop-

ment of fulvous pigment along the outer border of the white

bar crossing the hindwing, rendering them conspicuously

different from the females in which this feature was absent

( ‘elv, )

or nearly absent. There could be no doubt that the develop-

ment of this colour in the hindwing was due to the

appearance, by persistence or reversion, of the more ancestral

pattern preserved in the females of the West Coast.

Wednesday, November 6th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of an Honorary Fellow.

On the nomination of the Council, Dr. EmitE Frrey-GEssNer.

La Roseraie, Genéve, Switzerland, was elected to the Honorary

Fellowship rendered vacant by the death of Prof. GANGLBAUER.

Election of Fellows.

Messrs. G. C. Bonin, Govt. Entomologist, George Town,

British Guiana; OC. Tatsor Bowrine, Acting Commissioner

of Customs, Wenchow, China; Freprrick Lionet Davis, J.P.,

M.R.C.S. (Eng.), L.R.C.P. (Lond.), Belize, British Honduras ;

Dr. Jonun Dewirz, Devant-les-Ponts, Metz, Lorraine ; Howarp

Movuntyoy Hatierr, 13 Earl Road, Penarth, Glamorgan ;

A. D. Inns, D.Sc., B.A., F.L.S., Forest Zoologist to the Govt.

of India, Forest Research Institute, Dehra Dun, U.P., India ;

Nicet JARDINE, 2 Castle Street, Ashford, Kent; Haroup

H. Kine, Govt. Entomologist, Gordon College, Khartoum,

Sudan ; Jan ParrozsHan Mutian, M.A., Asst. Professor of

Biology, St. Xavier’s College, Chunam Kiln Road, Grant

Road, Bombay, India; Epwarp J. Paterson, Fairholme,

Crowborough; W. Rair-Smiru, 86 Gladstone Street, Aber-

tillery, Monmouthshire; and Dr. ADALBERT Seitz, 59 Bismarck-

strasse, Darmstadt, Germany, were elected Fellows of the

Society.

Portraits of Ex-Presidents.

The PRESIDENT announced that he had received portraits of

Professor RapHarL Menpona, and Mr. F. Merrririetp since

the last meeting, and thanks were voted to the donors.

(* ex, ')

Report of the Royal Society Celebrations.

The PrestpEnT read a report of the Royal Society’s Celebra-

tion of their 250th Anniversary, which he had attended as

the Delegate of the Entomological Society.

Exhibitions.

The Rev. G. WHEELER exhibited on behalf of the Rev. F. E.

Lowe a series of Brenthis pales taken in the Heuthal, Bernina

Pass, on June 24th, 27th and 28th, 1912. Some were of the

var. ists and some of the @s of the ab. napaea, but the most

remarkable were very pronounced examples of the ab. suffusa,

Wh., both ¢ and 2, some of the latter being almost completely

black. The greater part of the Heuthal is damp, much of it

marshy, and the ab. suffwsa is found only in the wettest part.

The fact that this ab. bears no resemblance to B. arsilache,

which is also a marsh form, appeared to the exhibitor a strong

confirmation of his opinion that B. pales and B. arsilache are

distinct species. Mr. Wheeler had added the type specimen

of ab. suffusa, and a ¢, 9, and underside of B. arsilache for

comparison. One of the ¢ specimens in Mr. Lowe's series

corresponded with the ? ab. cinctata, Favre, the type specimen

of which was taken by the late Mr. A. J. Fison on the Dent

du Midi.

Buve Femautes or Potyommatus 1cARus.—Mr. WHEELER

also exhibited on behalf of Mr. R. M. Prrpgavx a series of

unusually blue 9? of Polyommatus icarus, taken in the spring

of this year in the Westerham district.

A short discussion took place on the cause of this extreme

coloration, in which Dr. T. A. CHapman, Messrs. G. T, BetHune-

Baker and A, H. Jones, Commander Waker, Prof. Poutron,

Rev. G. WaeeLEer and Mr. T. H. L. Grosvenor (who was

present as a Visitor) took part, but it was postponed for the

exhibition of further examples.

ME.LiTarA AURINIA.—Mr. L. W. Newman exhibited a long

series of M. aurinia bred from two batches of ova laid by North

Cornwall ? 2; the series comprised several hundred specimens

and was exhibited to show the very small variation in such a

large number of this variable species. Mr. Newman also

("ews '})

exhibited on behalf of Mr. G. B. Oxtver a picked series of

M. aurinia bred by the latter also from North Cornwall larvae,

one specimen having the forewings almost devoid of scales so

that the markings were obliterated, the hindwings melanic and

well scaled ; there was one albino specimen very lightly scaled;

and several specimens with an abnormal amount of white

markings on the forewings, producing a rayed appearance.

Both series were bred this year.

A MYRMECOPHILOUS AFRICAN LycaENID.—Mr, W. A. LamBorn

exhibited two larvae and two bred imagines with corresponding

pupa-cases of the Lycaenid butterfly Huliphyra mirifica, Holl.

The larvae were found in a nest of the ant Oecophylla smarag-

dina, var. longinoda, no less than 19 being obtained from three

nests close together. Numerous other nests were examined

but no more larvae came to light. The pupae were similar

to those exhibited by Professor Poulton at the meeting of the

Society held on March 20th this year.

THE VALUE OF PHOTOGRAPHS, EVEN WHEN GREATLY REDUCED,

AS A Recorp or Hasits, ATTITUDES, Etc.—Prof. PouLToNn ex-

hibited a photograph of Vanessa kaschmirensis, Koll., taken in

1911 by Dr. C. William Beebe of New York at 12,000 feet

on the Nepal-Sikkim boundary line in the Eastern Himalayas.

Although the butterfly was reduced to an expanse of wing

measuring one-tenth of an inch, it was quite possible, with

the aid of a lens, to make out the pattern and to determine

the species. The result showed that useful work, especially

for bionomic purposes, might be done with a good camera

even when reduction was carried to an extreme degree,

THE PRODUCTION OF THE SPHERICAL STRUCTURES ON THE

Cocoons oF THE TinerD MorH EpicePHALA CHALYBACMA,

Meyr.—Prof. Povutron read the following letter, written

May 27th, 1912, from Peradeniya, Ceylon, by Mr. E. E. Green,

and exhibited the cocoons referred to therein :—

“Your note, on p. xcv of the Proc. Ent. Soc., 1911, has

prompted me to send you the enclosed small cocoons of

Epicephala chalybacma, Meyr. The curious little bubble-

shaped structures along the dorsum of the cocoon may perhaps

be produced in the same way as the bodies on the cocoons of

Deilemera antinori, viz. ab ano.

(‘evn .)

“ Though the cocoons are extremely abundant in my garden,

being attached to leaves of many kinds, to dead twigs, and

even to sawn posts, I have never seen the larva at work or

identified it in any stage. It is presumably a leaf miner at

some part of its existence. I can only suppose that it migrates

at night. I must have a search with a lantern.”

Prof. Poutron in replying had expressed the hope that

Mr. Green would study the subject further and try to find

out the method by which the bubbles were produced. The

observation was of all the more importance and interest

because this species of Tineid was closely allied to Marmara,

which produces similar structures upon its cocoon, as described

in the Proceedings, pp. xcvili, xcix, 1911. There could be no

doubt that the solution of the problem in Epicephala would

provide the solution in Marmara also. Within the last few

days Prof. Poulton had received the following paper and

accompanying illustrations, dated August 16th, 1912, from

Mr. E. E. Green.

Note on the construction of the cocoon of the Tineid

moth Hpicephala chalybacma, Meyrick.

By E. Ernest Green, F.ES.

The remarkable little cocoons of Hpicephala chalybacma have

been abundant in my compound at Peradeniya, Ceylon, for

many years. They are attached to the leaves and stems of

many different plants, to posts and railings, or to any material

that may happen to be in the neighbourhood, These white

cocoons are elongate, with a median ridge or crest composed

of minute glistening globules, the nature of which has hitherto

puzzled me. I could never find the caterpillars that were

responsible for the structures. One particular post, that was

constantly ornamented with the cocoons, has been watched—

day and night—for some time. I naturally expected to find

the caterpillars making the ascent. The ground at the base of

the post was scanned minutely, but no wandering caterpillars

were to be found. It really seemed that, if they did not come

up from below, they must come down from above. One morning,

after concluding my search, I instinctively glanced upwards,

« evili ))

and there—sure enough—were several minute larvae, hanging

by long silken threads from the overspreading branches of

an “ Inga-saman” tree (Pithecolobiwm saman). They had let

themselves down from a height of 30 or 40 feet, and were

swinging in the breeze. This part of the mystery was now

solved. They hung suspended until the wind drove them

against something solid, and there they immediately attached

themselves and constructed their cocoons.

The caterpillar is small, but robust, measuring—when ex-

tended—about 6 mm. It is of a dull, pale, translucent

green colour, with an irregular crimson band completely

encircling each segment.

The construction of the cocoon is commenced immediately

the caterpillar obtains a foothold. The position appears to be

Pee.

(ih ‘ uu

pein) f

| 3

| Sa | ’

Cocoon of Epicephala chalybacma, A single globule and silken

dorsal view; x 3. cords x25:

a matter of no consequence. The work is completed within

two hours, which accounts for my failure to find uncovered

larvae. After weaving a thin silken covering, the creature

rests for a few moments, and a convulsive movement of the

posterior segments is noticeable. Very soon a globular pellet

—apparently composed of dried bubbles—is voided whole.

The caterpillar then turns round inside the cocoon, rapidly

attaches the globule to the roof of the cocoon by a stout

silken cord, bites a small hole close to the point of attachment,

and pushes the globule and cord up through this aperture.

The rent is then quickly repaired. This is followed by another

short pause, the evacuation of a second pellet, and a repetition

of the previous performance, the second pellet being placed at

the opposite extremity of the cocoon, in consequence of the

caterpillar having reversed its position in the cocoon, The

( er ’)

same movements are continued, until the complete crest of

globules is in position, when the labours of the little animal

are over, and it composes itself for pupation. The number of

pellets probably varies, but—in one cocoon—I have counted

more than forty of these little objects. :

Peradeniya, Aug. 16, 1912.

Prof. Poutton said that it was extremely interesting

that Mr, Lamborn’s original discovery of the structures in

the cocoons of the Hypsid moth Detlemera antinori, Oberth.,

had thus led to the further discovery of this still more

elaborate method of producing similar results. He pointed

out the curious optical effect whereby, when the cocoons were

looked down upon from above, the bubbles appeared to be

inside the silken wall although they were really resting on the

outside of it.

Mr. Green’s account differed in several important par-

ticulars from that given by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher and

quoted by Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., in his ‘“ Exotic Micro-

lepidoptera,” vol. i, pp. 21-22. Among other differences

Fletcher described the spheres as “apparently . . . found

in the mouth” of the larva,

Mr. Durrant made a few observations with regard to the

allied genera Marmara and Epicephala (Gracilariadae). The

life-history of Marmara salictella was discovered by Dr.

Brackenridge Clemens so long ago as 1859 or 1860, but the

genus had not been recognised until a few years since, when

it was re-discovered by Mr. August Busck. Five species of

Marmara are now known from the United States. It was in-

teresting to find a similar habit in the same family in Ceylon.

THe West ArricaAN AGARISTID MOTH MESSAGA MONTEIRONIS,

ButLer, A MIMIC oF THE HeEsSPERID PYRRHOCHALCIA IPHIS,

Drury.—Mr. J. A. bE Gaye, who was present as a visitor,

showed examples of the above-named model and mimic cap-

tured by him under the following circumstances. One speci-

men of Messaga monteironis, Butl., from the Ikoyi Plain, Lagos,

S. Nigeria, was caught at 6.20 p.m. on Jan. 30th, 1911,

hovering over the flowers of Anacardium occidentale. On the

same day and on the flowers of the same plant were caught

two males of Pyrrhochalcia iphis, Drury, whose larvae feed

( ex )

on the leaves of Anacardium occidentale. The moth is a far

better mimic of the female than the male Hesperid, the

increased perfection of the likeness to the female being

brought about by the white fringe at the apex of the fore-

wing and the pale streaks which mark a sub-marginal section

of all the nervures of both wings. The latter colouring pro-

bably produces on the wing a superficial likeness to the pale

iridescent radiate streaks by which both wings of the female

Hesperid are characterised. It is also noteworthy that the

ends of the palpi of the Messaga stand out in front of the

red head in a manner which strongly suggests the very

characteristic appearance of the Hesperid. A similar differ-

ence in size between model and mimic is well known in many.

examples of mimicry.

A. MYRMECOPHILOUS CoLEopTERON.—Mr. DoNISTHORPE ex-

hibited a specimen of Thorictus foreli, var. bonnairei, Wasm.,

a small beetle, fastened on to the antenna of an ant,

Myrmecocystus licolor, F. He remarked that all the

Thorictidae were Myrmecophilous. They chiefly lived with

Myrmecocysti and a few other ants. They fastened them-

selves by the mandibles to the scape of the antennae of their

hosts with the head directed towards its base. Some species

had yellow hairs and were licked by their hosts. An ant

might have one or more Zhorictus on each antennae, but

only the ants in the interior of the nests had the beetles

attached, asin the case of the Acari of the genus Antennophorus

and their hosts.

Mr. Donisthorpe also exhibited a specimen of the Culicid

Harpagomyia splendens, Meig., with the ant Cremastogaster

difformis, Smith, from Batavia, where Jacobson had observed

the fly being fed by the ant, and photographs of the living

flies being fed by the ants.

He mentioned that both these myrmecophilous species had

been kindly given to him by Prof. Forel.

Living CoLzoprrrous Larva.—Mr. H. M. Epe.stEen ex-

hibited a living Buprestid larva (species uncertain) which had

been found in Messrs. Allen and Hanbury’s works at Ware

in roots of sandalwood.

THE PierRInE Genus Pinacopreryx.—Dr. F. A. Dixry

( ea.)

made some remarks on the Pierine genus Pinacopteryx,

illustrating them by exhibiting male and female specimens of

most of the species, side by side with which were shown drawings

made to scale of the plumules characteristic of each form.

He said: Pinacopteryx may be regarded either as a separate

genus, or as a section of Pzeris, the latter being the course

adopted by Mr. Trimen in his work on South African

Butterflies. It is a perfectly natural and circumscribed

group, of which all the members are confined to the African

Continent, with a species or two in Madagascar. The plume-

scales with which the males are provided show a general

family resemblance, together with interesting specific differ-

ences. Their most characteristic feature is the expanded

base, either rounded or angulated, of the lamina. In the

distal portion of the lamina, the sides run nearly or quite

parallel. Some of the species of Pinacopteryx are not easily

distinguished, and in certain public collections there is a good

deal of confusion between different forms. In cases of

difficulty, much help is afforded by an examination of the

plume-scales.

In West Africa we have the large pale-yellow form P.

cebron, Ward, which inhabits the Gold Coast, 8S. Nigeria and

the Camaroons. Its scent-scale is long and tapering, with an

angulated base. Further south comes P. falkensteini, Dewitz

(Angola ; Congo), also large, but white instead of yellow.

The plume-scale is much like that of P. cebron, but shorter.

It has an unusually large accessory disc.

P. orbona, Hiibn., also from the W. Coast, looks like a

small specimen of the last, but has a quite distinctive scent-

scale, in which the basal expansion is much diminished.

P. vidua, Butl. (Upper Nile and Br. East Africa) is somewhat

like the last species. Its scent-scale, however, is very short,

broad in proportion, and with a widely-expanded angulated

base.

B. pigea, Boisd. (Natal), of which P. alba, Wallgrn., is the

dry-season phase, has a plume-scale with regularly rounded

base and rather small accessory disc. In N.E. Rhodesia,

Nyassaland and German E. Africa occurs a form closely

allied to pigea, but generally larger, and frequently showing

( ‘exit )

in both sexes, but especially in the female, a considerable

resemblance to Mylothris agathina; so much so that Mr.

Neave says that he has often mistaken the females, when on

the wing, for females of that species. This is the form

referred to in Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1907, p. lxv, though

some of the statements there made require modification in

the light of subsequent knowledge. A pair of this form

from Fwambo are the types of Mr. Butler’s P. astarte. The

scent-scales are of the general pigea character, but longer and

narrower than in the Natal representative of that species.

Forms of the pigea group from British E. Africa and Uganda

depart from the Central African type and approach the Natal

pigea in size, in general aspect, and in the character of their

scent-scales, though the latter have usually a more marked

basal expansion. ‘The resemblance to J/. agathina also tends

to disappear in specimens from these more northern regions.

But in a pigea form from Toro (Uganda), which is perhaps to

be identified with P. rubrobasalis, Lanz, the resemblance to

M. agathina is once more considerable. That this is distinct

from the ordinary pigea-form (which also occurs at Toro) is

made probable by the fact that its scent-scale is peculiar

in the attenuation of its basal expansion, thus contrasting

markedly with the scent-scale of the allied insect inhabiting

the same district. The basal flush and black marginal spots,

so characteristic of Mylothris, are in this Toro rubrobasalis

especially well marked. In these particulars it corresponds

with Butler’s P. astarte, but is readily separable from that

insect by its inferior size and distinctive scent-scale.

P. dixeyi, Neave, also from Toro, is in both sexes very like a

Phrissura. It is, however, clearly shown to be a Pinacopteryx

both by its neuration and also by its scent-scales. These have

the usual Pinacopteryx character, but are larger and longer

than any in the pigea group, having a widely-expanded and

rounded base, much lke that of P. liliana shortly to be

noticed. The outline recalls that of a chemist’s flask with a

very long neck.

In the small yellow species, P. spilleri, Spill. (Natal and

British E, Africa), the scent-scale is rather short, with a

widely-expanded and angulated base.

(exit) )

There remains the group of species headed by P. charina,

Boisd. In all of these the accessory disc is large, the base is

abruptly expanded, and the distal portion of the lamina has

its sides parallel. The species of this group may be said to

be geographical representatives. In P. charina, Boisd. (Cape

Colony and Natal), the scent-scale is like a chemist’s com-

bustion-tube. In P. simana, Hopff. (N.E. Rhodesia; Portuguese,

German and British E. Africa, and Uganda), the scent-scale is

of similar character, but larger and also broader in proportion.

P. venata, Butl., from the White Nile, has a shorter and

broader scent-scale of the like pattern. ‘The scent-scale of

P. liliana (coast region of Mombasa) is very peculiar. It

resembles in outline the thin glass flasks used in chemical

laboratories, but its neck (which is much shorter than in

P. diveyi) has a decided list. The accessory disc is figure-of-

eight shaped and unusually large. Some specimens of P.

liliana are not easily separable from P. simana, though the

latter is usually a smaller insect. A glance, however, at the

scent-scales is sufficient to distinguish them at once.

The ordinary scales in Pinacopteryx are very often spatu-

late.

A word may be said in conclusion about the interesting

butterfly named by Godart Pieris doxo. Godart’s actual

specimen was included in the Dufresne Collection, and is

now in the Edinburgh Museum of Science and Art. The

locality from which it came is quite unknown. An examina-

tion of the specimen, which I have lately been enabled to

make by the kindness of Mr. Eagle Clark and Mr. Percy

Grimshaw, has convinced me that it is certainly a female

Pinacopteryx, but not, as has been thought, P. venata. It

appears to me to be most probably a somewhat pale specimen

of P.simana. It is very like examples of the latter from

Uganda.

I may here draw attention to Mr. Grimshaw’s paper

on Godart’s Lepidopterous and Olivier’s Coleopterous types

in the Dufresne Collection at Edinburgh. The paper, which

is to be found in the Transactions of the Royal Society of

Edinburgh, vol. xxxix, Part I, 1897, is perhaps not so widely

known as it might be. It is accompanied by a plate in which

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. H

( exiv )

are figured eight of Godart’s and two of Olivier’s types; the

former including a representation of the type of P. doxo. A

photograph of this specimen, now exhibited with specimens

of P. simana 2 for comparison, I owe to the kindness of

Mr. Grimshaw.

Protective ReEsemMBLance.—Mr. A. Bacor exhibited an

Acridiine Orthopteron from the Benguella Plateau, taken

by Dr. Chas. H. Martin, F.R.S., which bore a very perfect

resemblance to the scorched grass stems, on one of which it

was resting, the grass in this region being burnt off each

season by the natives leaving charred tufts and stubble. Mr.

Bacot also exhibited specimens of the Dipteron Glossina

palpalis, var. wellmani, Austen, from Catumbella River.

Gigantic Larvaz.—Mr. ExitrineHam exhibited two speci-

mens of an unusually large Lasiocampid larva which had

been presented to the Hope Department by Mr. C. A. Foster,

who took them in Sierra Leone. A similar larva had been

illustrated in the “ Entomologist” for May 1886, though this

specimen was stated to have come from South Africa. It was

unfortunate that Mr. Foster only obtained the larvae on the

eve of his departure for England, so that he could not keep

them alive. They were covered, in addition to the hairs,

with long sharp spines, which made them very unpleasant to

handle. The spines were quite smooth but very sharply

pointed. Each larva was about seven inches in length.

Prof. Pou.ton suggested that the larvae might perhaps

be Gonometa subfascia, Walk., or G. regia, Auriv. The

females of both these species had enormous bodies, and

although the moths looked small beside the caterpillars,

such apparent want of proportion was common among the

Lasiocampidae.

Papers.

Commander WALKER communicated a paper by RowLanp

E. Turner, F.E.S., on New Species of Fossorial Hymenoptera

from 8. Africa, chiefly Hlidinae. ;

Prof. Poutron read a paper by G. H. D. Carpenrer,

B.A., B.M., B.Ch., F.E.S., on The Life-History of Psewdacraea

eurytus hobleyi, Neave, and in giving an account of Dr.

( exer 3

Carpenter’s work read the following letter written by the

author on June 16th, 1912, from Bugalla in the Sesse Islands.

“T feel I can almost say, as did Charles Kingsley, ‘ At

Last!’ To-day, being a sunny morning after many wet

mornings (this month so far has been as wet as any of the

three preceding, which is unusual) I went butterflying. I

saw a few freshly emerged Pseudacraeas, and secured three

terra which I send, hoping you will be able to set them in

time for the Congress. Just as | was coming away I saw

a beautiful obscura, whose large very pale areas indicated

more than a touch of the female hobleyi. It was fluttering

about from bush to bush, and was too shy to let me get near

to catch it. At last it settled and hung from the underside

of a leaf, and I was able to see it had a fairly distinct basal

triangle. It remained motionless a few seconds, and though

this attitude is exceptional for a Pseudacraea (they always

rest on the upper side of a leaf with wings usually expanded),

it never struck me what was up! I tried to catch it, but it

flew off before I got within striking distance. It then occurred

to me to look at the leaf and, to my inexpressible joy and

excitement, there was a freshly-laid egg on the middle of the

under surface, still moist with the secretion which fastened

it to the leaf. The tree was a very small young specimen,

only about six feet high, but it was the same species as that

on which Ps. lucretia fed on Damba; and there was a small

colony of these trees at that spot, which had hitherto escaped

my notice. So if this egg produces a Ps. terra (and the

chances are in favour of this, as teva is much the commonest

here), you will have the proof you so ardently desire, seeing

that the parent was a mixture of hobleyi and obscura! Any

how, now that I know and have found the food plant, I may

have better luck in getting a captive Pseudacraea to lay.

There is just time for the egg, larva and pupa to develop

before the Congress at Oxford is over, so that should the

offspring be terra or hobleyi I will let you know. As of course

there will be no time to write I will cable, just the one word,

either hobleyi or terra. If it is obscura I won’t cable, but will,

of course, write. I feel that it will be such a splendid oppor-

tunity for making this result known, when you will be showing

H 2

((sexvi)

the Pseudacraeas with especial intent to prove their con-

specificity by the intermediate forms.”

Prof. Pouttron explained that the cable with the word

“terra” reached him on Aug. 19, nine days after the Congress

had come to an end, and that he had published the discovery

in a letter to “ Nature ” (Sept. 12, 1912, p.36). The specimen

itself had since arrived and was exhibited to the meeting,

together with all the other bred specimens referred to in the

paper, including the parents of families B, C and D. The

pupal cases of. the bred Pseudacraeae were also exhibited

beside the butterflies which had emerged from them, and, for

comparison, there was included a series of the pupal cases of

Pseudacraea imitator, Trim., from Natal, presented to the

Hope Collection by the late Mr. A. D. Millar, of Durban. It

was seen that the two flat dorsal processes were rather less

pronounced and the cephalic processes distinctly shorter in

the pupae of the Natal form. Comparing Dr. Carpenter’s

pupae with the whole series of 31 Natal specimens, it was

also seen that the apices of the two dorsal processes of the

Uganda pupae tended to be directed backwards more strongly,

and that the contour of the processes and of the segments

between them formed a festooned outline instead of one that

was nearly smooth. ‘The cephalic processes of the Uganda

pupae tended to turn upwards (viz. dorsally) at the tip, those

of imitator downwards, while the two processes of the latter

were more frequently separated. The Uganda pupae showed

the darker pigmentation, but this effect was probably due to

conditions. It was highly probable that this procryptic pupa

is susceptible to the colours and degrees of illumination of its

normal environment. The method of suspension from the

edge, near the leaf-tip or near some angle of a partially eaten

leaf, was similar in both forms.

It was not necessary to assume that differences of the kind

described above imply specific distinction. Dr. Carpenter’s

description of the way in which the hollow cephalic and dorsal

processes gained their shape in the fresh pupa was an indica-

tion that they were of no morphological significance but

merely an adaptation which promoted the concealment of the

pupa by making it more leaf-like.

( oxvir )

The synonymy of the Pseudacraeae required considerable

modification if we might assume from Dr. Jordan’s researches

and Dr. Carpenter’s breeding experiments that the close

allies of Ps. ewrytus., L., were an interbreeding community.

Prof. Poulton had consulted Dr. Jordan on the subject and

he had agreed that it would be desirable to introduce the

term “f. mim.” (“forma mimetica”) for the diverse forms of

such a species as ewrytus or the females of Papilio dardanus.

The following names would now express the relationship

between the forms of ewrytus in the Uganda district.

PsEUDACRAEA EURYTUS HOBLEYI, CHiEFK MopELs

Neave.

| ———— —_—_~— _ — ae ——

3 f. mim. hobleyi, Neave. é Planema macarista, E. M.

Sharpe.

@ f. mim. tirikensis, Neave. 9 Planema macarista, E. M.

Sharpe.

9 f. mim. poggeoides, f. nov. | 3 2 Planema pogget nelsoni, Grose-

Smith.

3 ? f. mim. terra, Neave. | 62 Planema tellus platyxantha,

Jord.

$9 f. mim. obscura, Neave. | 6 9 Planema epaca paragea, Grose-

| Smith.

The name poggeoides was suggested for female forms with

the pattern of tirikensis, but a forewing colouring approxi-

mating to that of hobleyi. It would probably be found, when

a long series was examined, that the orange. bar of poggeoides

was paler than that of hobleyi, just as pogged nelsoni was, in

this respect, paler than macarista ¢. In addition to the above

mimetic forms there were many intermediates, but these were

usually so transitional that it was undesirable to give them

names. ‘To one of them, with a rather more definite pattern

than usual—connecting terra with hobleyi and tirikensis—the

( exvin )

name impleta had been given by Griinberg (see Proceedings,

19172, sp. xox, nb):

A paper on ‘‘Some Luminous Coleoptera from Ceylon,” by

EK. Ernest GREEN, F.E.S., was read by Mr. C. J. Ganan,

who in illustration of the paper exhibited male examples of

Harmatelia bilinea, Walk., and males and a female of Dioptoma

adamsi, Pasc., two of the species referred to. Also both sexes

of a new species of Dioptoma which he proposed to name

Dioptoma greeni. This species was found at higher altitudes

in Ceylon than D. adamsi, and was distinguished from it by

the colour and form of the elytra, these organs being entirely

black in colour, and more elongate and less narrowed behind

than in D. adamsi. The species had been obtained by Mr.

Green at Maskeliya, and by Mr. Lewis at Dikoya and

Bogawantalawa.

Wednesday, November 20th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Mortcr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of Fellows.

The following were elected Fellows of the Society: Miss

Marcery H. Brices, B.Se., 7 Winterstoke Gardens, Mill

Hill, N.W.; Messrs. Epwarp Batuarp, Zomba, Nyassaland ;

GEORGE TREVOR LyLe, Bank House, Brockenhurst ; Rev. J. W.

Mercatre, The Vicarage, Ottery St. Mary; Kurt Baron

Rosen, Zoologische Staatssammlung, Munich.

Nomination of Officers.

The Rev. G. WHmELER, one of the Secretaries, announced

that the Council had nominated the following Fellows as

Officers and Council for the Session 1913-1914: President,

GerorGE T. BetHune-BakeEr, F.L.S., F.Z.S. ; Treasurer, ALBERT

Hucu Jones; Secretaries, Commander J. J. Watker, M.A,,

R.N., F.L.8., and the Rev. Grorce WHEELER, M.A., F.Z.S. ;

Librarian, Goren CHARLES Cuampion, A.L.S., F.Z.8, ; Other

Members of the Council, Ropert ApKIN, JAMES E. CoL.in,

JoHN Hartigy Durrant, StanLEY Epwarps, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,

(ean)

Harry Entrincuam, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Grpss, F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., Rev. F. D. Morice, M.A., Gitpert W. NicHoLson,

M.A., M.D., Hon. NatHanreL CHaries Rorascuinp, M.A.,

F.L.S., F.Z.S., W. E. Saarp, J. R. ue B. Tomurn, M.A., CoLBran

J. WAINWRIGHT.

Exhibitions.

West AFRICAN RHOPALOCERA AND HymMENopTerRA.—Mr. W. A.

LamBorn exhibited (1) a small company of the Nymphaline

butterfly Huphaedra ravola, Hew., which he had bred in August

last from larvae found together under one leaf near Oni Camp,

Lagos. He said that he had bred up altogether five other com-

panies from larvae of this species, and all the imagines turned

out to be precisely the same. The larvae were purple-coloured,

with a broad horizontal fringe of hairy yellowish white bristles,

He showed also a single bred Huphaedra themis, Hiibn.,

and stated though this butterfly looks almost exactly the

same as /. ravola except for scarlet patches at the base of the

wings, so that there has been some speculation as to whether

the two might not be forms of the same species, yet the larva

was quite different in colour from that of £. ravola, being

pale green with the same fringe of horizontal bristles, and it

fed on a different food-plant.

Other larvae which he had bred up presenting similar general

characteristics were those of Huphaedra ruspina, Hew.,

Euryphura plantilla, Hew., Catuna oberthiiri, Karsch, C.

angustata, Feld., and Dvestogyna feronia, Staud., all of

which, except #. ruspina, with which he had not been success-

ful, changed to a bright green colour about twenty-four hours

before pupation.

In the case of the gregarious larvae, EL. ravola and both

species of Catuna, this colour change must have a procryptic

effect. The bright purple larvae of £. ravola, the brown

larvae of Catuna angustata, and the bluish white larvae of

Catuna oberthiiri were always found hidden to some extent

under leaves, and the change in colour should be of great

value as a means whereby they were rendered less conspicuous

when it became necessary for them to wander in search of a

spot suitable for pupation.

The pupae of all these butterflies were light green.

( seem)

These various facts, indicating a close relationship between

these species, afforded interesting confirmation of the sound-

ness of their grouping by systematists, which was originally

based on a study of the anatomical features of imagines.

(2) Two bred families of the Pierine butterfly, Leuceronia

argia, Fabr., with the ? parent in each case. The ? parent of

the first family was yellow without any orange flush at the

base of the forewing. This family consisted of three males and

nine females, five of which were yellow and four white, and

all these females exhibited an orange flush at the base of the

forewing on the upper and under sides. In the second family

the female parent again was yellow without orange flush.

There were only two female offspring, one of which resembled

the parent exactly, whereas the other, a white variation, showed

the orange flush.

The results in tabular form were as follows :—

Family I :—

Parent, captured May 26th, 1912, yellow without orange

flush, laid ova May 26th, died May 27th.

Pupated. Emerged.

June 14 June 24 i 2 @ white

” 15 ” 25 2 hs 1 g | 2 yellow

da we 26 3 @ 2 @ yellow, 1 ? white

arly reel 16,498 2 2 yellow, 2 ? white

All the females, white and yellow alike, with orange flush.

Family Il :—

Parent, captured April 16th, 1912, yellow without orange

flush, laid ova April 17th to 19th, died April 20th.

| Pupated. Emerged.

| May 9 May 18 ere ? white

| et jatp Me ee Be @ yellow

One female white with orange flush, one female yellow

without orange flush,

( ‘emxi’ )

(3) An instance of the relentless war of species against

species noticed so particularly in the Tropics. On February 2nd,

1912, he noticed a large Diplopteron hovering over a large

ant, as if about to attack it, and the ant seemed prepared to

give battle. The wasp discovered his presence and flew off

before he could catch it, and thereupon the ant put its head

inside the rolled-up leaf on which it had been crawling when

threatened by the wasp and dragged out the pupa of a small

moth. The ant was secured and the pupa was kept in the

hope that the moth would appear, as only one wing-case had

been punctured, but on February 7th a Tachinid fly emerged

from the pupa, The pupa-case of the moth was so transparent

that the puparium of the Tachinid could be seen within it.

Another possible interpretation of the action of the wasp was

that it had discovered the pupa at the same time with the

ant. These predaceous wasps had a wonderful instinct for

discovering the whereabouts of their prey. In the course of

last year a wasp was seen to alight on a rolled-up leaf

containing a larva of the Hesperid Rhopalocampta forestan,

Cram. It bit into the leaf at once, without any preliminary

investigation as far as could be seen, and proceeded to drag

its victim out through the hole, shifting its grip from time to

time so as to obtain a more convenient hold.

A Scarce Hemipreron.—Mr. bE. C. Bepweri exhibited

specimens of Lasiosomus enervis, H.S., one of the rarest of

the British Lygaeidae. The species had been recorded from

very few localities, and had only occurred singly hitherto.

On September 25th last he discovered sixteen specimens at

the roots of coarse grass in a very restricted space on the

Culver Cliff near Sandown, Isle of Wight, and if he had not

mistaken the species for an extra fine race of Styynus

pedestris he could easily have obtained more. Mr. E. A.

Butler informed him that it must be a rare species on the

Continent also, as he had never been able to obtain speci-

mens. This species is an addition to the Isle of Wight fauna.

Saunders (Hemiptera Heteroptera, p. 92) records the species

from Darland Hill, near Chatham (Champion), and Weybridge

(Billups).

Mantip OodrHEcar,—Mr. O, E. Janson exhibited specimens

( (éxxii )

of a remarkable Mantid odtheca from Delagoa Bay that had

been described by the late Mr. Shelford and figured in

part iv of the Society’s Transactions for 1909, from speci-

mens from the Pascoe collection and now in the Oxford

University Museum. Mr. Shelford appeared to have over-

looked the fact that these same specimens had been exhibited

by the late Mr. Pascoe at the Society’s meeting on, Decem-

ber 5th, 1883, and that they are figured in the Journal of

Proceedings of that date (p. xxxv). On that occasion the

late Prof. Wood-Mason expressed doubt as to their being

Mantid egg-cases, and it was also suggested that the bladder-

like outer covering was a protection against attacks of parasitic

insects. The interest of the present exhibit was in the

definite settlement of both these points of doubt, for these

specimens were received in closed boxes, and during transit

many of the eggs had hatched and the young larval Mantids

were found dead in the boxes. In other cases the eggs had

produced Chalcids, which Mr. C. Morley believes to be an

undescribed species of the genus Podagrion, having an ovi-

positor of sufficient length to reach the eggs from the outer

covering of the odtheca.

Those odthecae from which the young had emerged had

irregular, jagged-edged apertures having the appearance of

being made by gnawing or rasping, as Mr. Shelford suggested,

as a means of escaping from the tough, parchment-like

envelope.

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatt observed that he had seen Mantid

odthecae being formed entirely by the abdomen of the 9

without aid from the legs; they were amorphous when first

formed, and had a frothy appearance. The larvae on emerging

drop by a thread to the ground.

ABERRATIONS oF CoLias EDUSA.—Mr. E. C. Joy exhibited

two aberrant specimens of C’. edusa, bred in October last from

Folkestone ; the discoidal spot in the forewings of the male

being orange instead of black; in the female specimen the

black outer marginal border of the forewings is very deep,

and entirely without the usual yellow spots.

RemMarRKABLE Larvat Nests.—Dr. K. Jorpan exhibited two

nests of Hucheira socialis recently: received from Western

( exxii )

Mexico. The caterpillars of this Pierine butterfly live

gregariously in an opaque web of silk, which has an aperture

at the lower end. Pupation takes place in the cavity of the

nest, the pupae being suspended by the tail, as in the case

of Nymphalidae. The species and its nest were described by

Westwood in the Transactions of this Society in 1836,

and the first description of the larva was published in 1901

by Dyar in the Proc. Ent. Soc. Washington, iv, p. 420,

where the food-plant is stated to be a species of Arctostaphylos.

The original nest was exhibited by Dr. Dixey some years ago

at a meeting of this Society. Hucheira socialis is the only

butterfly whose larvae are known to make a nest in which

pupation takes place. (Cf. Trans. 1905, p. xix.)

Col. YerBury observed that Synchloé glauconome occasion-

ally pupates within an envelope, though not of so elaborate a

construction.

Papers.

The following Papers were read :—

“Notes on Various Central American Coleoptera, with

Descriptions of New Genera and Species,” by G. C. CHampion,

A.L.S., F.Z.S., F.E.S.

“The Butterflies of the White Nile, a Study in Geo-

graphical Distribution,” by G. B. Lonestarr, M.A., M.D.,

F.E.S.

A considerable discussion took place on the subject of Dr.

Longstaff’s paper. Col. YerRBurY observed that the Desert

Region really extended from Cape Verd to Delhi, and

that its insect fauna was much more closely connected with

its flora than with its vertebrate fauna. Many of the Pierines,

whose larvae fed on desert species of Capparis, were, as Dr.

Longstaff had found on the White Nile, abundant where they

occurred, but their distribution was patchy. He also observed

that the desert fauna was not drawn from one region only,

but from all those that surrounded it, and that all became

modified on settling in the Desert Region.

The Hon. W. Roruscuitp said that he had lately been

working through a large collection of desert insects, and that

he could thoroughly endorse Col. Yerbury’s observation that

€ cxxir) )

the Desert Region extends from W. Africa to India. He

also remarked that the Egyptian flora was dependent on

the Nile, and had consequently wandered out of its proper

region. This would partly account for the presence of a

desert fauna so far up the Nile as Dr. Longstaff had found it.

Several other Fellows also gave instances of species which

had been found at widely different points of this extensive

desert range.

Dr. F. A. Dixny remarked that a second species of Papilio

had been taken on the White Nile.

Mr. G. A. K. MarsHatu observed with regard to the great

number of specimens of Zeracolus in comparison with the

scarcity of individuals of other groups, that wherever this

genus was abundant, even in other than desert areas, he had

always found that there was very little else in the way of

Rhopalocera.

Wednesday, December 4th, 1912.

The Rev. F. D. Moricr, M.A., President, in the Chair.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. C. A. Foster, Worcestershire Regiment, Beechwood,

Iffey, Oxford, was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Obituary.

The PresipeNT announced in a few sympathetic words the

death of Mr. W. F. Kirpy, formerly Honorary Secretary of

the Society.

Nomination of Auditors.

The PresiDENT announced that he had nominated as Auditors

for this year’s accounts the following six Fellows : Members

of Council, Messrs. R. Apxin, H. Str. J. K. DonistHorps,

and Stanutey Epwarps; Fellows not on the Council, Messrs.

J. E. Contin, R. W. Luoyp, and C. O. WATERHOUSE.

Prof. Schulze’s ‘‘ Nomenclator.”

The PresipENnT read a letter forwarded from the Linnean

Society asking for subscriptions towards the expenses of Prof.

( \exxv )

Schulze’s “ Nomenclator animalium generum et subgenerum.”

He explained that the Society had no funds that could be

drawn on for such a purpose, but pointed out the importance

of the subject in case any individual Fellows should be willing

to support the undertaking.

Offer from University College.

The Secretary read a letter from Prof. J. P. Hrii1 of

the Zoological Department of University College, London,

saying that the Collection of British Lepidoptera formed by

the late Mr. Joun A. Fiyzti, F.E.S., had been presented to the

College, and that he would be glad to afford facilities to any

Fellow of the Entomological Society who wished to consult it,

on presentation of a card signed by one of the Secretaries,

between 2 and 5 p.m., on any day except Saturday when the

College was in Session.

The SECRETARY was instructed to return thanks to him on

behalf of the Society.

Exhibitions.

Mantip O6THECAE.—Mr. WaTERHOUSE exhibited a diagram

of the odtheca of a Mantis and read the following note :—

At the last meeting of this Society Mr. Janson exhibited

and made some remarks on one of the spherical semitrans-

parent odthecae of a Mantis from Africa. Having since

examined similar ones in the Natural History Museum, I

thought some notes on them might be useful. The structure

of the odtheca of Mantis religiosa has been very fairly described

by Giardina (Naturalista Siciliano n.s., ii, p. 141), and Kershaw

has given an excellent account of a Chinese species, Hierodula

saussuret (Psyche xvii, p. 136). This latter consists of a

number of flask-shaped sacks each containing a number of

eggs. These sacks are placed alternately right and left, and

in part one bebind the other, the whole enclosed in a mass of

frothy matter forming an outer case as shown in my diagram.

At first sight the African one appears to be differently

constructed, but on closer examination is found to be very

similar. When viewed in transverse section the eggs are

seen to be at right angles to the septum to which they are

( -exxni t)

attached, but this is somewhat misleading. As a fact the

separate egg receptacles are narrowed at the inner end and

directed obliquely upwards towards the openings. The young

Mantids unquestionably make their way out by these openings,

but some doubt has been expressed as to this being possible

in the African species, as the septum is as thin as a sheet of

paper.

Shelford, in his description of these odthecae in our Trans-

1. Section of an ojtheca(Amazons). 2. Side view of African odtheca. 3. Transverse

section of same. 4. A single egg-sack from same, showing connection with openings.

5. Larva of Mantid just emerging from odtheca (China). 6. Cast pellicle taken from

opening of African odtheca.

actions (1909, p. 513), assumes that it is impossible, and has

in consequence fallen into several errors. I find that the

septum, thin though it be, is really double, and I could pass a

pin between the two sheets and separate them. When the

young Mantis is in the egg the head and prothorax are

doubled down on the metasternum and abdomen. When it is

ready to emerge it wriggles its way upwards to the opening,

and it is not till it protrudes some way out of the opening

that it unfolds itself, very much in the same way as an insect

> Mexxval, .’)

emerges from the pupa. It appears to me that the young

larva of the African species would have no difficulty in

making its way between the two sheets that form the septum,

and that they really do so is proved by specimens in the

Museum. In one of these cases in the Museum there is with

it a batch of young Mantids, and there is no sign of any exit

except by the top openings. In another similar odtheca a

young Mantis which died on emerging has three of its legs

still in the opening.

According to Brongniart the young Mantids, enclosed in a

delicate pellicle, emerge from the openings and hang by two

threads, and remain so for a day or two before they throw

this off. I rather doubt this being so in all species. I believe

many species throw off this pellicle as soon as they get to the

openings. It may be that those in the Museum where this is

the case are so because they have emerged under strange cir-

cumstances, but certainly the pellicles are often seen left in the

openings. Some empty pellicles that I took from the openings

of one of these transparent African odthecae had a long single

thread. The presence of these pellicles in the openings proves

conclusively that the young Mantids make their exit there.

How these transparent odthecae are formed is a great

mystery. They are not uncommon, and perhaps if attention

is called to them some one who may be fortunate enough to

see one formed will write an account of it.

A short discussion followed with regard to the formation of

the odtheca, in which Mr. Ganan, Dr. CHapman, Mr. Janson,

and the Presipent took part.

MULLERTAN AssocraTIONs FROM Costa Rica, VENEZUELA

AND Brazit.—Mr. W. J. Kaye exhibited a number of butter-

flies with one moth belonging to the principal Miillerian

Association as found in Costa Rica, Attention was especially

drawn to the moth, a species of Castnia only recently dis-

covered, and named by Mr. Schaus—C. carilla. This Castnia

was particularly interesting from its small size and general

Heliconine or Ithomiine outline. In colouring, while in some

respects it was like the Pierine Dismorphia sororna 9, in others -

it was more like the Nymphaline of the group Hresia alsina. It

was pointed out that in Costa Rica the centre of this associa-

( exxviii )

tion was not a Melinaea such as was to be found northwards but

an Hirsutis, viz. H. pinthias. It was true that Melinaea imitata

and Melinaea scylax both occurred together with the accom-

panying forms of Heliconius telchinia and clarescens, as well

as one or two others of the common members of the Northward

Association, such as Mechanitis doryssus and Dismorphia

praxinoe, but numerically Hirsutis pinthias was far commoner,

and with the two Heliconius species zuleika and jformosus

together exerted a strong influence for the general scheme

of colour of these three insects. It was further pointed out

that the two actually closest species in outline and coloration

were Heliconius formosus and Dismorphia sororna ?, and these

two species were both usually found in the heavier, darker

forest, while all the other members of the group frequented

the more open places. Besides the species already mentioned,

the following were also shown: Mechanitis isthmia, Ceratinia

decumana, Dircenna klugii, Ithomia heraldica, Napeogenes

amara, NV. tolosa, Callithomia hezia, Hyposcada adelphina and

Thyridia melantho.

A number of specimens, both set and unset, of the principal

Miillerian group from Caracas, Venezuela, were also shown,

to exhibit the far closer resemblance of the undersides than

the uppersides, as was pointed out to be the case by the

exhibitor in the Trans. Ent. Soc. 1907, p. 434, when dealing

with the British Guiana group. The species exhibited were:

Lycorea atergatis, Heliconius anderida, H. metalilis, Melinaea

lilis, Tithorea furina, Hueides huebneri, Mechanitis doryssus,

Dismorphia broomeae and Charonias eurytele, n, sub-sp.* In all

of these, save in the Dismorphia, where it was only rudimen-

* Charonias ewrytele caraca, n. sub-sp.

Forewing rich fulvous, with a marginal row of large yellow spots,

which become smaller and more fulvous towards the inner margin.

large rectangular fulvous patch at end of cell, margined with black,

except inwardly at centre where the black is formed into triangular

patches. Beyond the cella large square black pateh, succeeded by a

fulvous row of spots forming a band. Between veins 2, 3 and 3, 4 are

two large fulvous spots surrounded with black. Hindwing fulvous, with

a fulvous row of marginal spots set in a black band. An elongated black

mark above cell. Underside of hindwing as above, but the marginal

spots are white and much larger than above. Black patch above cell

very large. Underside of forewing as above.

Habitat, Caracas, Venezuela.

( Gexiz )

tary, there were present on the undersides a marginal row of

white spots to the hindwing, which on the upperside only

showed clearly in Lycorea atergatis. In other respects the

appearance was very similar above and below.

From the same locality but forming a small subsidiary

group were: Olyras crathis, Dircenna olyras and Athesis

clearista. The two former had been recognised as remarkably

like one another from the time of their discovery, but the last

of the three in the 9?, with wings closed, made a closer re-

semblance than the other two to one another, when also at

rest. The case was especially interesting in that the Athesis

on the upperside could hardly be called mimetic, particularly

in the g, while the Olyras and the Dircenna were very much

alike above. All these three species, as well as the species

already mentioned in the principal group, occurred together.

From Santos, 8S. E. Brazil, were shown the principal members

of the synaposematic group to call attention to a member of

the group that had neither been mentioned by Mr. W. F. H.

Blandford in the Proceedings of the Society for 1897, p. xxiv,

nor had Mr. J. C. Moulton included it in his paper in the

Transactions for 1909, pp. 591 e¢ seg. The species was Peri-

copis wsse, 2 Hypsid moth. Hiibner’s figure does not show

the broad yellow streak in cell of hindwing, and as he gave

no locality it is possible the insect from 8. E. Brazil may be

distinct. The insect has all the characteristics of the group,

and on the wing the exhibitor mistook it for Lycorea halia,

the slow flight coupled with the very similar coloration making

them quite indistinguishable. The specimen was caught

February 27th, 1910, and on the same day in the same place

he also took Heliconius narcaea, Eueides dianasa and Lycorea

halia. Included with these was a specimen of Melinaea ethra

and one of Z'ithorea pseudethra. It was remarkable that both

the last, aithough members of the Jthomiinae, were quite rare

and very decidedly mimics and not models. Mention was

made of the fact that Burchell, who spent about two years

in Southern Brazil, only took one M. ethra and no specimens

of either 7. pseudethra or the moth P. isse.

In reply to a question from Prof. Pounton, Mr. Kaye said

that the Heliconius was quite as common as the Lycorea.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Iv. 1912. I

( ems, 4

Meratiic CoLour In Curysips.—Dr. G. B. Lonestarr

exhibited a small box of Chrysids, and started an interesting

discussion on the means by which the metallic coloration was

produced, observing that coloration of this kind was probably

always due to structure and not to pigment.

Prof. Poutron remarked that this metallic coloration in the

Chrysids was always situated in chitin, that it was more

probable that it was produced by thin plates than by fine

lines, but might possibly be due to interference of light by

extremely minute particles.

The PRESIDENT said that there were many more Hymeno-

ptera besides the Chrysids which displayed metallic colouring ;

he had made many experiments on the subject and found that

by transmitted light the actual colouring was, in all cases

that had come under his notice, of a testaceous red, without

any metallic appearance.

Mr. C. J. Gawan, Mr. F. Merrirrevp and Dr, T. A. CHap-

MAN also joined in the discussion, the two latter referring to

M. Pictet’s experiments on the subject.

Series OF MELANARGIA JAPYGIA AND M. GALATEA FROM

Srcity.—Mr. J. Prarr Barrett exhibited series of these two

species from Sicily. He read Kirby’s and Lang’s descriptions

of M. japygia, and pointed out that the former made no men-

tion of a marginal black border on the hindwing and that the

latter expressly stated that there was none, whereas in all his

Sicilian specimens this black border was prominent. His

specimens of WV. galatea, var. syracusana, Zell., were taken at

the same time and place, the most striking difference being

that in galatea there were three and in japygia four white

blotches between the base and apex of the forewings.

Mr. A. H. Jonuzs observed that the specimens of M. japygia

were very near the Hungarian var. swwarovius, Hiib.

Mr. H. Rowxianp-Brown expressed a doubt whether the

specimens were japygia at all, but the Rev. G. WHEELER

pointed out the difference in the darker band crossing the

underside of the hindwing, the upper and lower parts of

which are only joined by a corner in Jf, galatea, while the

band is continuous in J/. japygia.

A scARCE OrtHopTERON.—Mr. G. T. Porrirr exhibited a

(° exxxa )

series of Platycleis roeselii taken by himself at Trusthorpe, on

the Lincolnshire coast, this year.

THE FORMS OF LEUCERONIA ARGIA, F., IN THE Lagos

pistRIict oF West Arrica.—Mr. W. A. Lamporn supple-

mented his previous account of two families of bred LZ. argiu

by referring to a short series of females taken at Oni between

April 1st, 1910, and January 25th, 1911, a period including

a whole wet season and a part of two dry seasons.

Of the series, seven were captured in the wet season and

three in the dry; but the orange flush, sometimes found at

the base of the hindwing, was not due to climatic influence,

as was demonstrated by the following ‘table :—

April 1, 1910. Dry season. 1 female, yellow, with orange

flush,

May 31 ,, Wetseason. 1 female, yellow, without orange

flush.

June Dd » 4 2 females, both white, without

orange flush.

hy de yg s 1 female, white, with orange

flush.

By aes i <i ei 1 female, white, without orange

flush.

Getrnc2 Vs ; 1 female, yellow, without orange

flush,

Dec. 28 ,, Dry season. 1 female, white, without orange

flush.

Jan, 25, 1911 5 1 female, yellow, without orange

flush,

THREE FAMILIES OF PAPILIO DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED FROM

KNOWN FEMALE PARENTS IN THE Lagos pDIsTRICT or WEST

Arrica (1912).—Mr. Lamporn referred to an account re-

corded by Prof. Poulton, in Proc. Ent. Soc. 1912, pages

xiv—xvii, of three families of P. dardanus bred at Oni, and

stated that he had since bred three more such families at the

same place, each from a hippocoon female parent.

The females in each family were again all hippocoon, and

( cxxxii )

it could be said generally that family IV resembled family I

in the characteristics described, while families V and VI

resembled families II and III.

Parent IV had a much larger white patch on the hind-

wing than V or VI, and the female offspring of IV inherited

this character, as in parent I and its family (see pp. xvi, xvii).

The white spot in the forewing cell of the female offspring

was very uniform throughout the families IV, V and VI,

although a minute apical spot was separated off from the tip

or distal end of the marking in one female of family IV, and

in one of VI, but in no others. In one female of IV an hour-

glass-like constriction nearly divided the marking. As regards

the sub-marginal band of the hindwing of the males, the

numbers were not sufficient to render a good comparison

possible ; but there was no doubt that the males were, as a

whole, more heavily marked than those of family I (see p. xvi).

The sub-marginal band was almost continuous in the two

males of family V, those of IV and VI being less heavily

marked, but presenting much variation in the degree of

development of the two gaps in the band.

The constitution of the families was as follows :—

Female parent, hippocoon, captured May 1, 1912; oviposited

May 1 and 2; died May 4.

DATE OF PUPATION, | DATE OF EMERGENCE, NO. OF NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING.

1912. 1912. 3 OFFSPRING. ALL HIPPOCOON.

| oe

May 25. | June 5, | 1

1» 26 eh: ‘

Po AO a et

, Be(aboutilen osad. 2

Family IV.

jy ZAE 9: | 1

ee g). 2

,, 27 (about).| ant (39: 2 1

Totals... 10 14

( Jexxxin )

Female parent, hippocoon, captured June 18, 1912; oviposited

June 18-19; killed by monkey June 21.

DATE OF EMERGENCE NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING.

1912. ? NO. OF 3 OFFSPRING. ALL oe

| July 30. 1 1

| : Tay Tweai

S Aug. 1. u 3

2 paeelt |

os ” 2. 3

ics

Totals ,.. 2 7

Female parent, hippocoon, captured June 26, 1912; oviposited

June 27; died June 28,

NO. OF 9 OFFSPRING.

DATE OF EMERGENCE,

1912, ALL HIPPOCOON,

NO. OF ¢ OFFSPRING.

Aug. 10 L

” itil 1 1

a Be ole 1 2

F nies 2 1

S BL

Pn 1

Totals... 4 6

Mr. Lamborn further stated that family IV had been the

subject of a little experiment suggested by Prof. Poulton,

who wrote out to him on March 12th, suggesting that shock

of some kind—as for instance by the cooling down of the

pupae by means of ice—might possibly result in the pro-

duction of ancestral characteristics.

The larvae pupated as noted in the above table between the

25th and 27th of May, and at nine p.m. on May 30th the

temperature of the box in which the pupae had been placed was

reduced by ice to about 50° F., which temperature was main-

tained till the evening of June 2nd. The ice had given out on

the morning of June 3rd, and the experiment was then brought

toa finish owing to difficulty in obtaining a further supply.

On examination of the female offspring in the Hope Depart-

( exxxiv )

ment at Oxford, it was found that the hindwings in four out

of the fourteen showed a very definite tendency towards the

production of “tails.” Furthermore, the hind margin of these

wings, instead of being evenly rounded, presented, in differing

degrees in the four specimens, a squarish outline with the

rudimentary ‘“tail’’ at the angle. Some of the specimens

closely resembled the Aippocoon figured by Prof. Poulton

in Trans, Ent. Soc. 1906, pl. XIX, fig. 3, but in one specimen

at least the undulation of the margin was far more reduced

except at the “tail,” and the appearance was therefore more

square-like. Two females only out of all those comprised

in the five other families showed a similar condition. These

appeared in family I. Mr. Lamborn hoped to repeat the

experiment on a larger scale, and carry it out more fully, in

order to obtain conclusive evidence as to the effects of a

lowered temperature upon this species.

Russian Parnassius apouto.—Mr. J. A. Sruzs exhibited a

short series of P. apollo from the Government of Viatka, with

a series from the Alps of Dauphiny and Switzerland for

comparison, The Russian examples were characterised by

their great size and by the similarity of coloration in both

sexes, while the Alpine specimens showed a considerable

degree of sexual dimorphism.

FAMILIES OF PAPILIO DARDANUS, BROWN, BRED IN NAatTaL

FROM FEMALE PARENTS OF THE TROPHONIUS, WESTW., FORM, BY

Miss M. E. Founrarne anp Mr. G. F, Lerau.—Prof. Poutton

said that, at his desire, Miss Fountaine had kindly prepared

the following account of the extremely interesting family

reared by her in 1909—the only Natal family at present

known in which cenea is other than the most numerous of all

the forms.

‘On the 5th of January, 1909, in Stella Bush, near Durban,

(Natal) I caught a very old ? specimen of Papilio dardanus, f.

trophonius, which I kept, hoping to obtain ova. On January

7th, she laid 28 ova (one of which I am inclined to think must

have escaped my notice the day before). And up to January

11th a few more were laid every day, till, the number having

reached 45, I released the ?, in the ‘ glades.’ On January

10th, 1 larva hatched out, on January 11th, 27 larvae, each

( itexxy

of the remaining 17 hatching on the 4th day after the egg

was laid. When the caterpillars were still quite young I left

Durban and went up country to a place called Dargle (4,400

feet) not without some anxiety for my little larvae, which had

all made a good start and were doing remarkably well. It

was much colder up at Dargle, and it rained almost every day,

but I was fortunate enough to find plenty of their wild food-

plant—Vepris lanceolata—growing in Kimber’s Bush, about

two miles distant from the hotel (and to which, thanks to the

kind permission of Mr. Kimber, I had free access), so that I

had not to resort to pillaging orchards for the leaves of orange

and lemon, which also grew in the neighbourhood. The larvae

grew as quickly and seemed to get on quite as well up here

as down on the coast. The butterfly occurred in Kimber’s

Bush but was rather scarce, and [ only saw males. On

February 2nd 4 of the larvae (I had still nearly 40 of them)

pupated, and 3 others were hanging up with that end in view.

After that they went on pupating every day, until at last I

had 38 pupae. ‘The first emergence (1 4) took place on

Feb. 19th; the next day, Feb. 20th, (2 ¢¢ and 1 trophonius

9); Feb. 21, at Maritzburg (3 ¢ 4); Feb. 22, (1 g and 229

trophonius, and 1 9? cenew); Feb. 23, (4 2 9 trophonius, 2 of

which were spoilt by emerging on the journey from Maritz-

burg to Donnybrook) ; Feb. 24, (3 99 trophonius) ; Feb. 25,

(1 3); Feb. 26, (29 9 trophonius); Feb. 27, (1 $ and 2

2 2 trophonius) ; Feb. 28, (1 g); March 1, (26g); March

2, (1 2 trophonius); March 4, (2 $ ¢ and 1 @ trophonius) ;

March 5, (1 3); March 6, (1 g and 1 ? cenea); March 7,

1 2 trophonius (deformed). Two others died in the pupa from

the cold, but both were going to be trophonius.

“This makes a total of 37 (1 pupa having met with an

accident), out of which 16 were ¢ ¢ (mostly of the broad-

bordered summer form, though some of those that emerged

in the cold at Donnybrook showed a slight inclination to

narrower, more broken borders); and of the 21 99, 2 were

cenea and 19 were trophonius.”

Prof. Pounron stated that Mr. G. F. Leigh of Durban had

written Oct. 5th, 1912, giving an account of an interesting

family he had just reared from a ¢rophonius ? captured in the

(| eXxxvl )

Durban district. The érophonius parent was exhibited to the

meeting. The family was of the following constitution :—

11 males, 6 being very dark on the under surface; 4

trophonius females; 2 hippocoon females; 1 leighi female, a

very fine and splendid specimen ; and 9 cenea females.

The family thus bore a considerable resemblance to the

much larger one bred by Mr. Leigh in 1910 from a trophonius

female captured at Pinetown, Natal (Proc. Ent. Soc. 1911, pp.

xxxiii-xlii). The fact that the leighi form had now appeared

in a second family with trophonius parentage was of much

interest.

Mr. Leigh also wrote in the same letter :—

“‘T have quite recently seen a male dardanus courting a

female Danaida chrysippus in error, and so_ persistently

indeed that I captured the specimens thinking I must have

made a mistake and that the female was really the trophonius

form.”

FURTHER FAMILIES OF PSEUDACRAEAS OF THE HOBLEYI GROUP

BRED BY Dr. G, D. H. Carpenter on BuGaia IN THE SESSE

ARCHIPELAGO.—Prof. Poutton exhibited the two families and

the leaves of the food-plant referred to in the following ex-

tracts from letters received from Dr. Carpenter. The history

of the families he hoped might appear as part of an Appendix to

Dr. Carpenter’s paper in the Transactions. The numbers and

letters referred to the figures of Dr. Jordan’s plates.

“ Oct. 14, 1912.

“T received Dr. Jordan’s paper by the same mail as your

letter and was amazed to see how the Western ewrytus forms

varied. I had not the least idea of it. Some of the forms I

have seen here, and sent you, viz. one like 214 (which I take

to show how vogersi arose), and a form like 14a or 15a, which

I mentioned in my last letter. I did not know, also, that the

form like hobleyi (244) occurred in West Africa, It seems a

strange thing that imitator does not vary. I should expect,

if it did, to see the following slight variations in a long

series,

“‘J, A trace of yellow in the subapical white area, which is

that of terra, as shown very well by my beautiful bred

( team ')

specimen B,, which, as I remarked before, showed very

well how imitator could have arisen from a mixture of

terra, hobleyt, and obscura.

“TT. A trace of yellow suffusion on f.-w. inner margin (due to

terra).

‘TIT. A diffusing of the h.-w. pale area, instead of its being

concentrated. I think B, shows that the pale h.-w.

area of imitator was derived from obscura, tinted white

by hobleyi influence.

“YT much look forward to seeing the Natal and West

African eurytus forms.”

Prof, Poutton had examined the series of Ps. mitator, Trim.,

in the Hope Department, viz. 35 specimens bred in 1910 by

the late Mr. A. D. Millar, and 3 females captured at North-

dene, Natal, in 1896, He agreed with Dr, Carpenter that B,

could be easily transformed into ¢mitator. With regard to I.

no trace of subapical yellow was seen in any of the white-

marked females. All the markings of the males and of a small

proportion of the females were pale yellowish white like the

males of Planema aganice, Hew., while the majority of the

females were white-marked like the female aganice. II. The

inner marginal marking was always present, yellowish in the

yellow-marked, grey in the white-marked specimens. III.

The bar crossing the hindwing was always well defined like

the model—sometimes, however, more band-like and straighter

along its outer edge, often, on the contrary, following the

contour of the hind margin of the wing and forming a quarter-

circle concentric with it, as in Planema aganice.

“Oct. 17th.

“‘T am sending you two more series of synepigonic Pseud-

acraeas with full data, and pupal skins of each specimen, also

a few leaves showing the curious way in which they are eaten

by the young larvae.”

Prof. Poutton said that he had submitted the leaves to

Dr. O. Stapf, F.R.S., of Kew, who had replied that they

agree very well with Sideroxylon brevipes, Baker, a Sapotaceous

plant well known in Uganda and allied to Chrysophyllum, a

food-plant of Pseudacraea in the Lagos district and Natal. A

{ iexxxvili 1)

perfectly certain determination required fuller material, which

it was hoped would soon be received from Dr. Carpenter.

Prof. Poulton had also received the following interesting

note in a letter written on September 21st. The observation,

as Dr. Carpenter said, threw light upon a difficulty which has

often been stated. 3

“T caught a very nice initial variety of Ps. terra the other

day. It had a very slight yellow suffusion of the black

ground-colour along the costal margin of the forewing, and

the black bar between the sub-apical and hind-marginal tawny

areas was slightly thinned away. This specimen, however,

looked distinctly different, both at rest and on the wing, which

tends, I think, to show how the smallest variations may have

selection value. This is always rather a stumbling block, so

it was nice to see it actually exemplified.”

Tur Cocoons oF EPICEPHALA CHALYBACMA, Mryr.—Prof.

Poutton showed an enlarged photograph of the cocoons of

E. chalybacma upon the leaves of Tamarind, Poinciana pulcher-

rima, taken at Pusa on May 31st, 1911, by Mr. T. Bainbrigge

Fletcher. The cocoons with their spheres were very beauti-

fully and clearly reproduced. The photograph had been taken

for Mr. E. Meyrick, F.R.S., who had sent it to Prof. Poulton

for exhibition to the Society.

A RicHLY-coOLOURED EXAMPLE OF PLANEMA ARENARIA,

E. M. Sarre, FRoM THE Sesse IsLaAnDs IN THE VICTORIA

NyanzA.—Prof. Poutton exhibited a male specimen of P12.

arenaria, taken July 15, 1912, by Dr. G. D. H. Carpenter on

Bugalla, one of the Sesse Islands. Pl. arenaria had been

shown by Dr. Karl Jordan to bea pale eastern geographical

race of the fulvous Pl, consanguinea, Auriv., of the tropical

west coast. It was therefore interesting to find such forms,

tending towards an intermediate tint, in an island in the

Victoria Nyanza. Dr. Carpenter had observed that they

were not uncommon.

Tue Errect or Hor anp CoLD CLIMATE UPON THE CoLoURS

oF CHRYSOPHANUS PHLAEAS, L.—Prof, Povuuron exhibited

thirty-seven examples of C. phlaeas, captured on the same

bank at Cerne Abbas, Dorset, in the hot August of 1911 and

in the cold August of 1912, by Dr. R. C. L. Perkins. Eight

@ (emmxics )

out of the fourteen males captured in 1911 were much darker

than any of the eight males captured in 1912. The copper

tint of the eight 1912 females was more brilliantly lustrous

than in the seven 1911 females. It was interesting that the

effects were similar in kind in the two sexes, although very

different in degree, also that the females, in which the differ-

ence was but slight, were more uniformly affected than the

males.

PoLyoMMATUS IcARUS FremMALEs.—Mr. T. H. L. Grosvenor,

who was present as a visitor, exhibited a series of P. icarus

females principally from various localities on the North Downs,

arranged according to the year and emergence to which they

belonged, with the intention of showing the seasonal di-

morphism of the females of this species, and also with the idea

of raising a discussion on the theory originated by the late

Dr. G. G. C. Hodgson, as to whether the climatic or atmo-

spheric conditions prevailing at the time of emergence, or at

an earlier period of its existence, do, or do not tend to

increase or decrease the sexual dimorphism. From his own

experience among the Lycaenids during the past ten years,

the conclusion was forced upon him that a hot summer pro-

duces as a prevailing form the brown type, with little or no

blue scaling. One could not, of course, make a dogmatic

statement to this effect, as assiduous selective collecting

would always produce the blue form in greater or less numbers,

whereas, in a cold wet summer the prevailing form was

found to be more or less heavily scaled with blue. He could

not quite agree with Hodgson that the sexual dimorphism is

decreased or accentuated by the sexes approximating to an

imaginary intermediate form, especially so in the species

under discussion, where, if there were any tendency in this

direction, the variation of the males would be so subtle that

no reliable inference could be drawn. In the case of Agriades

corydon this might be possible owing to the more decided

variation of the males. In his own opinion a decrease of

sexual dimorphism, or the contrary, could be produced by

variation of one sex towards or receding from the type of the

opposite sex.

He could not but regret that he had not access to Hadgson’s

(Gexk) )

extensive series for reference, but among his notes on the

species were found the following statistics :—

Polyommatus icarus females in the collection with more

than average blue; total 58 specimens :—

1904, number of specimens 8 = 42 %

1905, . m 18 = 32%

1906, = ss 5=90%

1907, bs \ 27 = 46 %,

To which he would add from his own series :—

Total 72 specimens—

TOS ene, mee ee

LO ETN ne eae

1910, Oe A PEER ee ORD

TOT RMF eR ROOINS: AUS SGP AO

These figures, of course, proved little, owing to the varying

numbers for each year, the small quantity, and the selective

process to which, as cabinet specimens, they had been subjected.

The fact that Continental specimens show so little blue, was

interesting, inasmuch as it agreed to a large extent with this

theory, viz. that a cold season produces a bluer form, therefore

the milder climate experienced on the Continent produces an

almost unicolorous brown form.

Ruratip ABERRATIONS.—The Rev. G. WHEELER exhibited,

on behalf of Mr. R. M. PripEaux, some aberrational forms

of Rumicia phlaeas, and three 2 “ Blues,” consisting of one

very dark specimen of Agriades corydon and two of A. thetis,

one being of the ab. wrania, Gerh., and the other having the

forewings dark and the hindwings symmetrically of a pale

fawn-colour.

FEMALES OF AGRIADES THETIS AND POLYOMMATUS ICARUS.—

The Rev. G. WHEELER also exhibited the specimens of A.

thetis ab. urania, Gerh., to which he had referred at a former

meeting. All were taken between Gomshall and Dorking and

were first-brood specimens of this year. Their peculiarity con-

sists in the ground-colour being of a dead black instead of

brown, these particular specimens however having a considerable

amount of blue scaling.

( ’exlt. )

He observed that his own experience as to the blue females

of P. icarus in England was directly opposed to that of Mr.

Grosvenor, and in support of this view he exhibited a series

of blue 9s, most of them entirely blue, taken this spring at

Notgrove in the Cotswolds, and for comparison the bluest ¢

he had taken there previously, in which the blue scaling

was less than the least blue of this spring’s captures. He

explained that he did not suppose that heat as a rule tended

to the production of blue 9s of this species, since the 9s

in Switzerland showed only traces of blue, and those in

Italy none at all, but his theory was that unusual climatic

conditions gave an impetus to the very marked tendency

to blue 9s which was so characteristic of Britain, and which

is in fact confined to these islands and to certain localities

in Scandinavia.

Mr. H. Rowtanp-Brown expressed the opinion that sea-

damp might have some effect in producing blue in the 9s

of this group of “blues,” and instanced the case of the south-

west coast of France in Charente-Inférieure, where the very

brilliant and wholly blue ab. coelestis, and the ab. syngrapha

which is blue up to the border, were the dominant forms of

the ? of A. thetis and A. corydon respectively.

Species or THE Genus Trracotus.—Dr. F. A. Drxzy

exhibited specimens of Zeracolus ephyia, Klug, and some

allied forms, together with drawings of their respective scent-

scales. He remarked that TZeracolus ephyia was originally

described and figured by Klug from specimens captured at

Ambukol in Nubia. The uppermost specimen in the exhibit

was from Meroe on the Upper Nile, close to the place where

Klug’s specimens were taken. Next came a pair, ¢ and Q,

captured by Dr. Longstaff near Khartum. The exhibit in-

cluded a specimen of 7. Jats, Butl., caught at Artesia in

Bechuanaland by Prof. Poulton. This form might be regarded

as the geographical representative of 7’. ephyia in South

Africa, With regard to the scent-scales, it was interesting to

observe that a fairly gradual transition in size took place from

one extreme to the other of the geographical series. All

these forms appeared to be somewhat rare. Prof. Poulton’s

specimen of 7’, lais was the only one in the Hope Collection

( exlii )

with the exception of two caught by Burchell, probably in

1812. The British Museum contained only two, or at the

most three, of 7’. luis, and only three specimens of 7’. ephyia.

Dr. G. B. Lonestarr observed that many species of the

genus look much alike on the wing, and that possibly 7’. ephyia

may have been passed over as being inconspicuous among

larger species.

Papers.

The following papers were read :—

“On some new and little-known Bornean Lycaenidae, with

a revision of the Thecline genus Zhamala, Moore.” By J.C.

Moutrton, F.L.8., Curator of the Sarawak Museum.

“ Descriptions of South American Micro-Lepidoptera.”’ By

E. Mryricr, B.A., F.R.S.

“Synoptic Table of the British species of Alewonota and

Atheta, Th.” By Maucoum Cameron, M.B., R.N.

‘‘Comparative Notes on Chilades galba, Led., and C’. phiala,

Gr.-Gr.” By G. T. Beraune-Baxer, F.L.S., F.Z.S.

“ Notes on the Specific Distinction of certain species in the

orbitulus and pheretiades section of the Genus Plebeius.” By

G. T. BerHune-Baker, F.L.8., F.Z.8.

Mr, Beruune-Baker exhibited the species referred to in the

latter paper, and mentioned the conclusions to which he had

come as to their specific value or otherwise.

( exh )

ANNUAL MEETING.

Wednesday, January 15th, 1913.

The Rev. F. D. Moricn, President, in the Chair.

Mr. J. E. Cottin, one of the Auditors, read the Treasurer’s

Balance Sheet for 1912, showing a balance of £16 18s. 9d. On

the proposal of the Rev. F. KE. Lows, seconded by Mr. H. Main,

it was unanimously adopted.

The Rev. George WHEELER, one of the Secretaries, then

read the following

Report of the Council.

During the past year the Society has lost one Honorary

Fellow, Dr. Ludwig Ganglbauer of Vienna ; the vacancy thus

caused has been filled by the election of Dr. Emile Frey-

Gessner of Geneva.

Eight ordinary Fellows have died during the year, viz.

Messrs. H. J. Adams, Thos. Boyd, Edouard Brabant, Samuel

J. Capper, E. A. Fitch, G. H. Grosvenor, W. F. Kirby and

R. Shelford, and information has also been received of the

death of Messrs. A. P. Buller and Thos. Turner who died so

long ago as 1910. Eight Fellows have resigned and six have

been removed from the list, our losses from all sources thus

numbering twenty-five. Forty new Fellows have been

elected during the year in addition to Dr. Frey-Gessner, and

one name previously removed has been restored, these addi-

tions numbering forty-two in all, and exceeding our losses by

seventeen, the Society now consisting of twelve Honorary and

five hundred and eighty-four Ordinary Fellows, making

altogether a total of five hundred and ninety-six, considerably

the highest figure hitherto attained.

The Transactions for 1912 form a volume of seven hundred

and fifty-four pages, and consist of eighteen papers by the

PROG. ENT, SOC, LOND,, v. 1912, K

( cexliv )

following authors: the late Col. C. T. Bingham, F.Z.S.,

G. D. H. Carpenter, B.A., M.B. (two), Dr. T, A. Chapman,

M.D., F.Z.8. (four), H. Eltringham, M.A., F.ZS., E. E.

Green, F. M. Howlett, B.A., E. Dukinfield Jones, F.Z.S., Dr.

H. Karny, Lt.-Col. N. Manders, R.A.M.C., F.Z.S., Dr.

R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se., F.Z.S., ete., Dr. David Sharp,

M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., etc. (joint author with F. Muir), the

late R. Shelford, M.A., R. Trimen, M.A., F.R.S., ete., and

R. E. Turner. Two of these are important monographs each

occupying a complete part, one relating to Lepidoptera, the

other to Coleoptera ; of the other papers nine refer to Lepido-

ptera, three to Hymenoptera, one each to Coleoptera,

Orthoptera and Thysanoptera, and one especially to Economic

Entomology. The Proceedings occupy one hundred and forty-

four pages and contain a great amount of important informa-

tion connected with the Exhibits at the Meetings, much of

which is contained in letters and notes from Fellows of the

Society pursuing methodical Entomological work in Central

Africa, Ceylon, Hawaii, ete.

The Transactions are illustrated by 86 plates, consisting of

8 chromo-lithographs, 10 monotint and 2 black lithographs,

28 half-tone plates and 38 line-blocks. All the drawings

except that of one of the chromos were given by the Authors,

and in that case a sum of £10 was given by Mr. Feltham

towards the entire cost of the plate. The cost of 1 chromo

and 25 half-tone plates was given by Dr. Chapman, and that

of one monotint lithograph by Mr. Eltringham. Of the two

text figures occurring in the Proceedings, that illustrating

Mr. C. O. Waterhouse’s exhibit of a Mantid odtheca was

given by the Exhibitor. In addition to these donations

towards the cost of the plates the Royal Society has promised

a grant of £60 towards the production of Part III, consisting

of Dr. Sharp’s monograph with its 37 plates.

The generosity of Mr. F. Merrifield, one of our ex-

Presidents, again enabled the Council to offer a travel-grant.

Only one application, however, was received, and this did not

fulfil the one condition made by Mr. Merrifield, viz. that

without the grant the recipient would be obliged to confine

his collecting for the year to the British Isles.

(> exly.,.)

The meetings have been very largely attended, the room on

many occasions having been quite full, and the exhibits and

discussions have reached a high level of importance ; the

latter, except when on matters of only momentary interest,

have generally been fully reported in the Proceedings, the

statements of speakers, where not supplied by themselves,

being always submitted to them for correction before

publication.

In the List of Fellows, published in Part V of the Trans-

actions for 1911, a new departure was made by inserting

after the names of Fellows a list of any Offices they have

held in the Society, with dates. It is hoped that this will add

materially to the interest of the list.

During the past session a collection of the portraits of former

Presidents has been initiated, and a considerable number have

already been received.

The Council has been invited during the past year to

appoint Delegates for the International Congress of Eugenics,

the Centenary of the Philadelphia Academy of Natural

Sciences, the 250th Anniversary of the Royal Society, the

2nd International Congress of Entomology, and the Interna-

tional Congress of Comparative Pathology. On the last of

these occasions the Society was not, however, actually repre-

sented, neither Prof. Newstead nor Prof. Theobald being able

to attend, and the short notice given by the Congress to the

Council making it impossible to find other delegates in their

place.

The Society is also invited to be represented at the 9th

International Congress of Zoology, which is to take place at

Monaco in March next, from the 25th to the 29th. Reports

from the delegates to the Royal Society’s Celebrations and the

International Congress of Entomology are appended.

The Treasurer reports as follows :—

The year ending 3lst December, 1912, has been a very

prosperous one, the total receipts being £971 4s. 11d., against

£699 12s. 11d. in 1909, £805 Os. 11d. in 1910, and £847 7s.

in 1911 respectively. This continued prosperity arises from a

general increase in all the items, especially in Admission Fees

and sales of Transactions. On the other hand, the cost of

K 2

(. Mexlvay =)

valuable Papers published has been correspondingly heavy, but

it must be borne in mind that £75 for 5 Life Compositions

has been invested out of the above sum of £971 4s. l1ld.,

adding £102 12s. 2d. Stock to the sum already held.

The Librarian reports that forty volumes, the usual periodicals

and publications of Societies, and an unusually large quantity

of separata have been added to the Library during the past

year, a list of which will be included in Part V of the Transac-

tions. Four hundred and seventy-eight volumes have been

issued for home use, as against a total of two hundred and

ninety-five volumes the previous year. As usual, the Library

has been well used for the purpose of reference.

Report of the Second International Congress ot

Entomology at Oxford, August 1912.*

The second International Congress of Entomology assembled

on August 4th, and in the evening members were invited to

an informal Reception given by Oxford entomologists in the

Hall of New College, at which guides, badges (designed by

Prof. Selwyn Image, M.A., F.E.S., Slade Professor of Fine

Arts), and programmes for the sessions and excursions were

issued.

The Congress was formally opened on Monday morning at

10.30, in the theatre of the Oxford University Museum which

was placed at the disposition of members throughout the week

by the kind permission of the Delegates, and besides rooms’

for the separate sections, a most convenient and comfortable

writing-room was arranged for the use of members, and for

the Press.

In his opening address the President, Prof. E. B. Poulton,

M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. etce., Hope Professor of Zoology, wel-

comed the Congress, laying special stress on the claim of the

Oxford University Museum as a place of meeting, as the

special scene of early encounters between “ Darwinians’”’ and

the disciples of the older schools of thought; of Ruskin’s

teaching and of Westwood’s labours in the cause of Entomology.

He then proceeded to trace the evolution of the female

* A detailed Report of the Congress appeared in The Times of

Wednesday, August 15th (by H. Rowland-Brown).

( exlvii )

Papilio dardanus from Madagascar across the continent of

Africa.

The address was followed hy a paper by the Hon. N. C.

Rothschild, M.A., F.E.S., on the subject of ‘‘ Nature Reserves,”

in which he advocated the co-operation of naturalists and

all nature-lovers to secure and maintain the fast-vanishing

primitive areas of the United Kingdom.

In the afternoon, in the Economic and Pathological Section

(President, Prof. L. O. Howard, U.S.A. ; Vice-Pres., Prof. R.

Newstead, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. H. Scott, M.A., F.E.8.), Sir

Daniel Morris read a paper for Mr. W. A. Ballou, dealing

with “Some Entomological Problems in the West Indies,”

and especially with the introduction of predaceous insects

as the natural enemies of insect pests, etc., on cotton and

sugar-cane. In the same section,on Wednesday, August 7th

(President, Herr J. Jablonowski (Hungary); Vice-Pres., Mr.

R. L. Perkins, F.E.S.; Secretary, Mr. J. C. Moulton, F.E.S.),

the president gave a long and illuminating account, with

lantern slides, of the methods employed for ‘‘ The destruction

of Stauronotus maroccanus in Hungary,” and ‘‘The destruc-

tion of Cochylis and Hudemis in vineyards”; Mr. A. G. L.

Rogers, M.A., F.E.S., outlined a scheme for “The necessary

investigation with relation to Insect and Fungus Enemies

of Plants, preliminary to Legislation,” and Prof. F. V.

Theobald, M.A., F.E.S., gave an account of the “ Aphides

attacking cultivated Peas, and the allied species of the genus

Macrosiphum.” On Thursday, the section sitting under the

presidency of Dr. Gordon Hewitt (Canada), B.Sc., F.E.S.

(Vice-Pres., M. V. Ferrant; Secretary, Mr. H. Rowland-

Brown, M.A., F.E.S.), listened to an extremely interesting

paper by Dr. Stephen A. Forbes, U.S.A., on “ Simulium and

Pellagra in Illinois,” a summary of his studies of the species

in relation to new cases of pellagra in asylums. An amusing

discussion followed on a paper apparently designed to demon-

strate the virtues of a new commercial specific for killing flies.

The second day’s proceedings of the General Meeting and

the Section devoted to nomenclature (President, Prof. E. B.

Poulton, F.R.S. ; Vice-Pres., Herr K. Kertész ; Secretary, Dr.

K. Jordan, Ph.D., F.E.S.) drew perhaps the largest and most

( exlviii )

interested audiences of the Congress. In the morning the

Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A., F.E.S., and Mr. G. T. Bethune-

Baker (delegates of our Society, with the President, the Hon.

Walter Rothschild, F.R.S., and Mr. H. Rowland-Brown)

introduced the subject of ‘‘ Nomenclature with a communica-

tion from the Entomological Society of London,” Mr. Bethune-

Baker’s remarks being as follows :-—

“This question—having disturbed the minds of many

entomologists here—was brought to a head by the publication

of a paper in the E.M.M. for February 1912, by Meyrick, in

which he published a list of no less than ninety-four new

names as substitutes for a long series of new species described

by Kearfott in 1907, and published in the Trans. American

Ent. Soc., Vol. 33 (1907), and in the Canadian Entomologist for

the same year ; he also included three names of Busck’s. The

matter was discussed very fully at two meetings of the Ent.

Soc. Lond., who appointed a sub-committee to consider the

whole question and to report, and after the report the

resolution I have moved was carried practically unanimously.

Without considering the propriety of Meyrick’s substitutions

it was strongly felt that Kearfott’s names were untenable,

primarily for the reason that to the ordinary person they are

quite unmemorable. It would not be possible for the ordinary

worker to memorise ninety plays on the syllable ‘‘ana,”

without very serious effort and constant reference to the

originals; in addition to this there are names such as

Enarmonia vana and wana; Eucosma sandana, xandana,

zandana, vandana, wandana ; Phalonia foxana, voxana ; Eucos-

ma vomonana and womonana, and others somewhat similar.

The sound of Lucosma sandana, spelt with an s, « or 2, is

absolutely indistinguishable in English and other languages,

those beginning with v and w are indistinguishable in some

languages, and it was felt some steps ought to be taken to

prevent the recurrence of such a list of names. Besides these,

Kirkaldy published a series of what many consider objection-

able names, such as Polichisme, Ochisme, and it was considered

that such names could only bring Entomological science into

disrepute if they did not make it a laughing-stock to the

scientific world. The resolution I have moved does not in

( gale -)

any way conflict with those already passed at the first Con-

gress. It will be seen that there is no desire to oppose the

International Commission of Zoological Nomenclature, but

rather a desire to strengthen their hands and to prevent, if

possible, that Commission from departing from their own

Code. I speak as an upholder of the Code, but I want it

improved. It consists of rules and recommendations; the

former are binding, the latter are not. I would like to

eliminate many of the latter, and to make some new rules,

but I do desire the Commission to adhere to their rules.

This they do not do. For instance, Art. 25, The Law of

Priority, runs as follows :—‘“ The valid name of a genus or

species can be only that name under which it was first

designated on the condition: (a) That this name was pub-

lished and accompanied by an indication, or a definition, or

a description; and (b) That the author has applied the

principles of binary nomenclature.” I would ask the members

of the Congress to remember (6). With this law before them

the question of Meigen’s genera of 1800 came under their view,

when instead of settling the question absolutely, as it is really

settled by Art. 25), the Secretary of the Commission sent a

letter to the members of the Commission asking whether the

Nouvelle Classification of Meigen of 1800 should be given

precedence over his Versuch of 1803, and the decision was that

precedence should be given where valid. I submit, sir, that

that decision is contrary to Art. 25. Meigen’s 1800 classifica-

tion is absolutely uninominal, and is, therefore, entirely

contrary to section 6, and consequently cannot be accepted.

According to the Code Meigen’s names can only be accepted

from the date when the author applied the principles of binary

nomenclature, i.e. 1803. This decision is therefore entirely

contrary to the Code and cannot be accepted until Art. 25 is

altered. At the present time there is a somewhat widespread

movement to restrict the Law of Priority. This is not alto-

gether unnatural from one point of view, but from the point

of view of the Systematist I sincerely hope it will not be done.

It is not unnatural for the pure biologist and general zoologist

to desire to retain names that he remembers from his student

days; the question, however, that I would ask is, Is it

(tel)

Scientific? The Code was formed in order to obtain a stable

nomenclature, and it is steadily working in that direction,

but the end cannot be obtained in a decade. Nature works

slowly and we had better follow her example. We have

to deal with a vast amount of literature extending over one

hundred and fifty years, and it is only as the Systematist in

his monographs or other work investigates this mass of

literature that stability will be obtained, for it should be

remembered that it is the Systematist who must be in the end

the final court of appeal, at least in the elucidation of species,

and, therefore, in the elucidation of the names of species. It

is said that changes of names bother those who are not

specialists, but I have little doubt that the suggestion of

‘nomina conservanda’ in combination with the Law of Priority

would be infinitely more perplexing, and it would be an open

door for endless changes. The fact that the number of species

and genera in Entomology far outweighs the number of living

forms that belong to all other classes of the animal kingdom,

is ample justification for the considerable extension of the

powers and status of the Commission formed at our first

International Congress as suggested by my resolution, and I

trust this second Congress will approve of the Resolution * of

the Ent. Soc. of London that I have the honour to move.”

The Rev. G. Wheeler followed with a paper entitled

‘‘Suggestions for securing Simplification and Permanency in

Nomenclature.”

In the afternoon, M. Charles Oberthiir, Hon. F.E.S., who

was enthusiastically welcomed on his first visit to England, in

a speech of glowing eloquence developed his proposition—

“Pas de bonne figure a l’appui d’une description, pas de nom

valable ”’—

and after this was read a paper by Mr. L. B. Prout, F.E.S.,

“On the place of figures in descriptive Entomology,” and an

interesting and sustained discussion of the best means

whereby something like order might be evolved out of the

existing chaos of entomological nomenclature. Finally, after

the question had been referred back to a special committee

the following resolution was adopted—

* For the Resolution see Proceedings, p. lxvi.

( cli)

(i) The Congress has elected the following International

Committee on Nomenclature: N. Banks, C. J. Gahan,

K. Kertész, F. Ris, 8S. Schenkling, H. Schouteden,

Y. Sjéstedt, and K. Jordan (as Secretary).

The Executive Committee, in conjunction with

the National Committees mentioned hereafter, is

empowered to elect additional members.

(ii) The Congress commissions the International Entomo-

logical Committee on Nomenclature—

(a) to enter into communication with the Entomological

Societies of the world with a view to forming

National Committees on Entomological Nomen-

clature ;

(6) in co-operation with the National Committees, to

collect the opinions of Entomologists on questions

of Nomenclature as affecting Entomology, and to

consider what elucidations, extensions, or emenda-

tions, if any, are required in the International

Code ;

Zoological Nomenclature and—

(d) to lay a report before the next Congress of Entomo-

logy.

(iii) The Congress further commissions the International

Entomological Committee on Nomenclature to commu-

nicate these resolutions to the Secretary of the Inter-

national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature,

and to take such action as to ensure the adequate

representation of Entomology on the International

Commission on Zoological Nomenclature.

Other papers read, or communicated to the Congress by

Fellows and Hon. Fellows of our Society were :—

Prof. E. B. Poulton, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S.—

‘Messrs. C. A. Wiggins, and Dr. G. H. Carpenter’s

researches in mimicry in the forest butterflies of Uganda.”

Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, M.A., D.Se.—

“The colour-groups of Hawaiian Wasps.”

€ tele?)

The Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, M.A.

‘‘Mimicry in the two sexes of the E. African Lycaenid

Alaena picata, E. M. Sharpe.”

Dr. F. A. Dixey, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.—

“ Scent Organs in the Lepidoptera.”

The specialised scales which serve to distribute scent in

many species may be either generally scattered over the

wing-surface, or collected into patches. In the latter case

there is a special supply of air tubes to the sockets of the

scales.

Mr. G. H. Carpenter, B.Sc., B.M., B.Ch.—

“The Presence of Maxillulae in Beetle Larvae.”

Demonstrates the presence of paired appendages (maxillulae)

connected with the hypopharynx in certain larvae of the

Coleoptera.

Dr. M. Burr, D.Sc., and Dr. K. Jordan, Ph.D.—

“On Ariwenia, an aberrant genus of Earwigs, its habits,

morphology and anatomy.”

Mr. R. 8. Bagnall.

(1) The Order Thysanoptera.

(2) The British Protwra, a primitive and recently diagnosed

order of Insects.

(3) A synopsis of the family Aeolothripidae of the order

Thysanoptera.

(4) Exhibition of New British Thysanura, Collembola,

Thysanoptera, Mallophaga, and Myriapoda.

(5) Exhibition of the Zhysanoptera of the Hawaiian Islands.

Prof. R. C. Punnett, M.A., F.R.S.—

‘‘The Polymorphism of Papilio polytes.

Mr. E. E. Green.

“A plea for the Centralisation of Diagnostic Descriptions.”

Mr. H. St. J. K. Donisthorpe and Mr. W. C. Crawley—

“On the founding of Colonies by Ants.”

Dr. K. Jordan, Ph. D.—

“On the viviparity of Polyctenidae.”

Dr. T. A. Chapman, M.D.—

‘Regeneration of the Legs in Lymantria dispar.”

Effects of the parts being lost at different stages, and

tendency to reduplication of parts.

( cliii_ )

Mr. Leonard Doncaster, M.A.—

‘“‘ Sex-limited Inheritance in Insects.”

An account of the inheritance of characters which show sex-

limited transmission in the Moth Abraxas grossulariata, and

the Fly Drosophila ampelophila.

Prof. J. H. Comstock—

“The Silk of Spiders and its Uses.”’

A description of the different kinds of silk spun by spiders

and of the use of each kind. [Illustrated by lantern slides

made from photo-micrographs of silk and from photographs

of webs.

Dr. Ernest Olivier—

“The necessity for the Latin tongue for Entomological

descriptions.”

During the session also the following exhibits were on view

in the University Museum :—

Dr. F. A. Dixey.—Pierinae. Mr. H. Eltringham.—The

African Species of the Genus Acraea. Prof. Poulton and Mr.

A. H. Hamm.—Insects and their prey, with special reference

to the Courtship of the Empidae. Prof. Poulton.—Mimetic

Groups.

At the final General Meeting on the afternoon of Friday,

August 9th, after Dr. Adalbert Seitz had discussed the

problem, “ How does the Insect see the World?” and Prof.

V. L. Kellog (U.S.A.) had read a paper on “ Distribution and

Species-forming among Ectoparasites,” the PRESIDENT reviewed

the whole proceedings of the Congress, and was given a hearty

and unanimous vote of thanks for his address, and for his

services. It was then resolved that the next meeting of the

Congress should be held at Vienna with Dr. Anton Handiirsch

as President.

Meanwhile, during the week members of the Congress were

entertained by Wadham, New College, Magdalen, and

Merton, and an excellent café was erected in a large tent in

the Warden’s garden at the first-mentioned College, where

luncheon, tea and light refreshments were served. On

Wednesday, August 7th, the Congress was entertained by

the Rt. Hon. L. V. Harcourt, M.P., at Nuneham House,

the party proceeding thither by river ; while another party of

( cliv )

members, at the invitation of the President and Fellows of

St. John’s College, explored, and enjoyed an afternoon picnic

in Bagley Wood, though both expeditions were to some extent

marred by the rain.

The Banquet on Friday evening, in the Hall of Wadham

College, was largely attended by members and their friends.

On Saturday, August 10th, the Hon. Walter Rothschild,

F.R.S., entertained the entire Congress at luncheon, and in

the Museum at Tring.

Of the sixty-six British and Foreign Government Depart-

ments, Universities, Institutions and Societies which sent

Delegates to the Congress, twenty-eight were wholly or in

part represented by Fellows of our Society.

The following Fellows of our Society were also present

during the week: Mr. G. Arrow, Mr. A. Bacot, Mr. R. S.

Bagnall, Mr. G. T. Bethune-Baker, Dr. M. Burr, Dr. M.

Cameron, Prof. G. H. Carpenter, Mr. G. C. Champion, Dr.

T. A. Chapman, Mr. J. E. Collin, Prof. J. H. Comstock, Mr.

W.C. Crawley, Mr. E. M. Dadd, Dr. F. A. Dixey, Mr. L.

Doncaster, Mr. H. St. J. Donisthorpe, Mr. H. H. Druce, Mr.

J. H. Durrant, Mr. H. Eltringham, Miss M. E. Fountaine,

Mr. C. J. Gahan, Mr. J. Gardner, Mr. A. T. Gillanders,

Mr. G. C. Griffiths, Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, Dr. (Gage

Hewitt, Mr. T. F. P. Hoar, Prof. 8. Image, Mr. O. E. Janson,

Mr. A. H. Jones, Dr. K. Jordan, Mr. E. G. Joseph, Mr.

W. J. Kaye, Sir G. Kenrick, Dr. G. B. Longstaff, Mr.

G. Lyle, Mr. H. A. Lyman, Dr. R.S8. Macdougall, Mr. G. A. K.

Marshall, Mr. G. Meade-Waldo, Rev. F. D. Morice, Mr.

J. C. Moulton, Mr. S. J. Neave, M. Ch. Oberthir, Dr. E.

Olivier, Dr. R. C. L. Perkins, Prof. E. B. Poulton, Prof. R. C.

Punnett, Rev. K. St. A. Rogers, Hon. L. W. Rothschild,

Hon. N. C. Rothschild, Mr. H. Rowland-Brown, Mr. H. Scott,

Mr. N. S. Sennett, Dr. D. Sharp, Mr. A. Sich, Prof. F. V.

Theobald, Prof. I. Trigardh, Mr. C. J. Wainwright, Comm.

J.J. Walker, Rev. G. Wheeler, Mr. C. B. Williams ; accom-

panied by the following ladies: Mrs. Bagnall, Mrs. Cameron,

Mrs. Champion, Mrs. Comstock, Mrs. Dixey, Miss Jordan,

Mme. Oberthiir, Mrs. Perkins, Mrs. and Miss Poulton, Miss

Rowland-Brown, Miss Swaine, Miss Walker, Mrs. Wheeler.

Gh “elv?)

Prof. Poulton (the President), Dr. Burr, D.Sc. (General

Secretary of the Congress), and Mr. H. Eltringham, M.A.,

and the late Mr. G. H. Grosvenor, M.A. (Asst.-Secretaries),

gave invaluable assistance to promote the success of the

Congress in their several departments.

H. R.-B.

Report of the Two Hundred and Fiftieth

Anniversary of the Royal Society.

Proceedings at the 250th anniversary of the Royal Society

were as follows :—

Monday, July 15.—The President, Council, and Fellows of

the Royal Society held a preliminary and informal reception

of the Delegates from 8.50 to 11 p.m. at Burlington House.

Tuesday July 16.—A short Commemorative Service was

held at midday in Westminster Abbey, and the Dean (Bp.

Ryle) delivered an address.

At 2.30 p.m. the formal Reception of Delegates and pre-

sentation of Addresses took place in the Great Library at

Burlington House.

At 7 p.m. a Banquet was held in the Guildhall, the President

of the Royal Society (Sir A. Geikie) in the chair. Speeches were

delivered by the Prime Minister, the Archbishop of Canterbury,

and others.

Wednesday, July 17.—The Duke and Duchess of Northum-

berland received the Fellows of the Royal Society, and the

Delegates, at a Garden Party from 4 to 7 at Syon House.

At 9 p.m. a Conversazione was held in the Rooms of the

Royal Society.

Thursday, July 18.—The Council and the Delegates were

conveyed by special train from Paddington to Windsor,

arriving at 2 p.m. They were met by Lord Esher and suite,

and conducted through the State apartments and St. George’s

Chapel. Afterwards at 3.15 they were presented individually

to their Majesties the King and Queen, and then joined the

company assembled for the Royal Garden Party in the gardens

of the Castle.

In the evening Delegates who were accompanied by their

( elvi_ )

wives or daughters were entertained privately by Fellows

of the Royal Society, and the others were invited to dine

with the Royal Society Club (founded 1743).

Friday, July 19.—Two parties of Delegates visited re-

spectively Oxford and Cambridge at the invitation of the

Universities.

During the week much private hospitality was extended to

Delegates and ladies accompanying them ; arrangements were

made enabling them to visit various places of interest in

London and the neighbourhood ; and the Royal Automobile

Club invited them to become temporary honorary members

for a period of fourteen days.

The Entomological Society of London was represented by

the President as its Delegate, and others of its Fellows who

were Delegates representing other learned Societies were—

Prof. Comstock (Honorary Fellow), the Duke of Bedford,

Prof. Meldola, and Prof. Poulton.

F..D2M:

Mr. A. Bacor proposed that the Council’s Report be adopted.

This was seconded by Dr. T. A. CHapman, and carried

unanimously.

The PresIpENT stated that since his decision last year he

had come to the conclusion that the latest edition of the Bye-

laws required some form of election of Officers and Council at

the Annual Meeting, though it seemed impossible to follow

them out exactly, as they apparently neither provided for nor

contemplated an unopposed return of the Council’s nominees.

He would therefore put the Council’s list to the Meeting and

ask for a show of hands. The following were then declared

elected unanimously: President, G. T. Bethune-Baker, F.L.8.,

F.Z.8.; Treasurer, Albert H. Jones; Secretaries, Commander

J. J. Walker, M.A., R.N., F.L.S., and Rev. G. Wheeler, M.A.,

F.Z.8S.; Librarian, G. C. Champion, A.L.S., F.Z.8.; Other

members of the Council: R. Adkin, James E. Collin, J.

Hartley Durrant, Stanley Edwards, F.L.S., F.Z.S., H. Eltring-

ham, M.A., F.Z.S., A. E. Gibbs, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Rev. F. D.

Morice, M.A., G. W. Nicholson, M.A., M.D., Hon. N. C.

Rothschild, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., W. E. Sharp, J. R. le B,

Tomlin, M.A., Colbran J, Wainwright.

( elvii_ )

The President, the Rev. F. D. Moricz, then delivered an

Address, at the close of which Mr. C. J. GaHan proposed a

vote of thanks to him for his services as President and for his

Address, at the same time asking for its publication as a part

of the Proceedings of the Society ; this was seconded by Mr.

C. Fenn, and carried unanimously.

The Presrpent having replied with a few words of thanks,

Mr. G. Merapz-Watpo proposed and Prof. Senwyn ImaceE

seconded a vote of thanks to the Officers of the Society for

their work during the past year, which was also carried

unanimously.

The TREASURER and both the SzecreTaRIEs returned thanks,

the former referring to the generosity with which Dr. Chapman

had for years contributed towards the expense of the plates

published in the Transactions.

( clviii_ )

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Balance Sheet for the Year 1912.

RECEIPTS.

By th

Balance in hand, Ist Jan.,

1912,and at Bankers ... 32 5 11

Subscriptions for 1912 ... 474 12 0

Arrears... yee 260 59L0

Admission Fees | nee ews 63, 20510

Donations. cee ss OO oO

Sales of Transactions og L4Sie2) 23

Interest on Investments :—

Consols ... . $26 11 11

Westwood Bequest :—

Birmingham 3

per cents. 615 4

33 7 3

Subscriptions in Advance 29 8 O

5 Life Compositions ... 7815 0

£971 4

ASSETS.

“3 O Uh

Subscriptions in arrear

considered good ... 65 0 0

Cost of £1,207 3s. 5d.

Consols. Present value

at the price of 75} on

3lst December, 1912,

£908 7s. 11d. ono) cool ley

Cost of £239 12s. 4d.

Birmingham 3 per cents.

Present value at the

price of 82 on 31st

December, 1912, £196

Os Gds ke cea ier) eeet200) 060

Balance in hand 1618 9

Grant from the Royal

OCIGUY, ancjmeec reese nntrs 0 0

£1,514 16 9

Additional Assets :—

Contents of Library, and

unsold Stock.

PAYMENTS.

| £ sd;

Printing Transactions, etc. 409 13 1

Plates, etc. deey Yosery pore prot e LenG

Rent and Office Ex-

penses ... sities Lioeromed

Books and Binding .. 66 8 5

Investment in Consols as

per contra 3110 0

Subscriptions in Advance

as per contra carried to

1913 : 29 8 0

954 6 2

Balance in hand and at

Bankers 1618 9

£971 4 11

LIABILITIES.

Cost of printing Parts 3, 4 and 5,

and 3 Life Compositions (£47 5s.)

received at the close of the year to

to be invested.

Audited, compared with vouchers and

found correct—

Cuas. O. WATERHOUSE.

R. W. Lioyp.

JAs. E. CoLiin.

HorACE DoNISTHORPE.

R. ADKIN.

STaNLEY EDWARDS.

Less total depreciation of £268 Os. 4d. in the value of the Securities.

A. Hue Jones, Treasurer.

3rd January, 1913.

( ehx »)

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

LADIES AND GENTLEMEN,

I THINK it might be reasonably questioned, whether

I am bound, or even entitled, to deliver this Address at all.

The wisdom of our ancestors, as embodied in our venerable

Bye-Laws, has undoubtedly directed, that annually, on this

occasion, the Society shall hear from its Council a “ Report on

its general concerns.” But as to the further infliction on

you, either now, or at any other time, of an Address from the

occupant of this chair, I can find no enactment whatever,

which either directs it, or even alludes to it as permissible.

I dare not, however, be the first to break a custom, to which

my predecessors have invariably conformed. You have been

told that this Address shall be delivered; and, accordingly,

delivered it shall be!

I am glad—though the practice is becoming monotonous—

to begin with a word of congratulation to the Society on

another year of undiminished activity, and an increasing

Fellowship-roll. I doubt if its meetings have ever been better

attended, or better supplied with interesting Exhibitions:

and there can be no doubt that the Transactions for the

Session 1912-13 will rank among the most important that

have ever been issued. Still more do I congratulate you, that

in this record there is nothing abnormal ; it merely repeats

that of many previous years, and there is every hope that it

will continue to be repeated. The Society, in fact, may say

with the Merchant of Venice—

**Nor is my whole estate

Upon the fortunes of this present year.”

It is pleasant to think that in my last year of Office the

ranks of the Society have had a remarkable accession of new

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912. L

( ele)

Fellows, and I am silly enough rather to envy my successor

the pleasure, which I just miss, of congratulating you on an

aggregate of six hundred. But it is a fact of much greater

significance, that few of us can remember a year of retrogres-

Sion in our numbers, and that they have increased since the

beginning of the present century by more than forty per

cent.

To myself and to others of our body the past year will be

ever memorable in connection with one or more of the many

important Scientific Congresses and Celebrations which have

occurred in it, in this country, and also in America, Several

of these drew together representatives of one branch or all

branches of knowledge from every part of the world. Others

were national only and so far (but only so far) less important,

but otherwise hardly less interesting, and having the same

general object of rendering service to Learning and honouring

it in the persons of its representatives.

The coincidence within a single year of so many such

gatherings—e. g. that the Royal Society, and also the time-

honoured Academy of Sciences in Philadelphia, should have

celebrated their respective foundations in the same summer—

may probably have been more or less an accident. But the

increasing frequency of scientific assemblages, and the interest

which they create (and that not only in scientific circles), are

surely symptomatic—indicating a growing sense of “soli-

darity’’ and community of interests among scientific workers,

and a strengthening (not unconnected with this) of their

position and influence as a “caste”? in the civilised world.

At each of these gatherings held last year the Entomological

Society was invited to be represented. At five of them I was

present myself, either as your appointed delegate, or by

invitation addressed to me as your President: at another

you were represented by distinguished Transatlantic Fellows:

and at another by Professor Bateson. It was a remarkable

experience to me to foregather, as your representative, with

men of world-wide renown in every department of learning ;

and to be received in that capacity, not with consideration

merely, but even—if I may say so—like an Ambassador of

some Great Power! Looking back on these interesting recol-

(*- elxi, ‘)

lections, I find that two facts stand out as having forcibly

impressed themselves on my mind, and both must, I think, be

as gratifying to you as to myself: (1) that, whatever may

once have been the case, Entomology is now taken seriously

outside Entomological circles ; it is ridding itself of the stigma

of Dilettantism, and winning recognition among the acknow-

ledged Sciences; and (2) that the Entomological Society of

London is looked upon, as having attained a position far

above that which is suggested by its unpretentious title; as

no mere local association of fellow-townsmen—even though

the town be the capital of an Empire—but as representing,

for practical purposes, the entire fraternity of British Ento-

mologists. To how large an extent this is really the case,

was brought home to many of us in another way at the

Oxford Congress; where, from the Presidency downwards,

practically all responsible positions committed to Englishmen

were occupied by Fellows of the Entomological Society of

London—and the same remark might be made, as to at least

a very large majority of the exhibitors and the readers of

Papers.

An announcement very recently made confirms the two

points to which I have just alluded. Entomology has hitherto

been treated by the authorities of the National Museum as

a subdivision only under the Keepership of the Zoological

Department. We are glad now, as Entomologists, to hear

that in future it is to receive autonomy, and be elevated into

the rank of a separate Department with an Entomologist as

its chief ; and as members of this Society we are glad to note

also that the first occupant of the new office, Mr. C. J. Gahan,

is a present Fellow and former Officer of our own.

Happily for myself and for you, it is no longer expected

that a Presidential Address (according to the ideal recom-

mended by one of my predecessors) should “review the

Entomological work of the whole world for the past year.”

It is impossible for me to “review” (or even to acquaint

myself with) all contributions made to it by our own Fellows—

there is much that does not happen to reach me, and much

that professedly confines itself to subjects with which I am

wholly unacquainted. But it happens that this year I have

L 2

( clxii_ )

read and re-read, and (for a wonder) could thoroughly appre-

ciate, two works published by Fellows of our own, and each

stating the author’s connection with our Society on its title-

page, and these works, I dare to say boldly, reflect credit on

our Society. They are not only most important and original

contributions to specialist knowledge, relating experiences

uniquely possessed by their respective authors—so that neither

could possibly have been produced by any other living writer

—but fill also places in standard Literature, which were

previously quite unoccupied, and which I believe they will

permanently hold. Ido not think I shall abuse the freedom

of speech which is conceded to me by custom on this occasion,

if I congratulate both the authors and the Society on the

appearance within the year of two such works—calculated to

interest not specialists only, but even the general public, in

the subjects with which. they deal, as Butterfly-Hunting in

Many Lands, by G. B. Longstaff, and Zhe Humble Bee, by

F. W. L. Sladen,

I must now turn to a graver and less welcome topic. Since

our last Annual Meeting death has removed from our Society

Fellows who have left a name, and more than a name, behind

them ; and these losses must not be left unnoted to-night.

OBITUARIES.

Honorary Fellow.

Lupwie GANGLBAUER, the eminent Viennese Coleopterist,

Director since 1906 of the Zoological Department of the

k.k. Hofmuseum, was elected in the same year an Honorary

Fellow of our Society. For many years he had been con-

spicuously zealous and successful as a curator of the Hof-

museum’s splendid collection of Coleoptera. In that Order

(and especially in its Palaearctic representatives) he was an

expert of the highest rank and celebrity. He enriched its

literature with many important memoirs; and the four

Volumes, which were all that he lived to issue, of his great

work on The Beetles of Central Europe are universally recog-

nised as the standard authority on the Families with which

they deal.

( clxiii_)

The Ent. Mo. Mag. of last September gave many interesting

details of the life and labours of this distinguished Naturalist,

supplied largely by his colleague, Anton Handlirsch, and

illustrated by a portrait, which revives in me pleasing recol-

lections of the sole occasion on which I had the honour of

meeting him, that of a brief visit paid in 1899 to his

Department in the Hofmuseum.

Ordinary Fellows.

SamMuEL JAmEs Capper, who died at Liverpool on Jan. Ist

of last year, at the great age of 87, became a Fellow in 1890,

and was also a Fellow of the Linnean Society ; but his record

as an Entomologist is more particularly connected with the

progress of our science in the North of England, and especi-

ally with the Lancashire and Cheshire Entomological Society, '

which was practically founded by him in 1877,and over which

he presided from that year till his death. To an earlier

generation he was widely known as an energetic and most

successful collector of British Lepidoptera. He is described

by such as knew him personally—I regret that I had not that

advantage—as a learned and enthusiastic naturalist, with

personal qualities which contributed to the esteem and respect

which he enjoyed.

THomas Boyp, who died (aged 83) on Feb. 2nd, was, with

one exception, our “ senior Fellow,” elected in 1852. Thence-

forth for some years his name figured repeatedly and promi-

nently in the entomological serials of the day. Between

1853 and 1858 he added at least 11 n.spp. (all I believe

Micro-Lepidoptera) to the British List, some of which were

also ‘‘new to science.” Why exactly an entomological career,

which had commenced so brilliantly, should have closed (as

appears to have been the case) abruptly and entirely, from

that time forth, I do not know. Perhaps, as I have seen it

suggested, his entomological pursuits were simply crowded

out by other interests:—he was an expert also in Botany,

Conchology, Microscopy, etc. But possibly it is more than a

mere coincidence, that he closed his career as a writer in

Entomological journals with a vigorous defence of Darwin,

published in the Weekly Intelligencer, and protesting earnestly

( clxiv )

against the “scant measure of fair play’ with which Darwin

had been treated in that organ. The Origin of Species had very

recently appeared: and a defender of Darwin might—though

I know not if it was so in this case—have felt somewhat ill at

ease in his relations with colleagues, who at that time, almost

without exception, seemed to regard it as a duty to compass

about the new doctrine with words of hatred, and shoot out

their arrows (even bitter words) against its author. ‘No

body of men,” wrote Darwin some years later, ‘were at first

so much opposed to my views as the London Entomological

Society.” Indeed, I fear it must be acknowledged, that the

part taken in that great controversy by Entomologists in

general, and the then representatives of our Society in par-

ticular, was not one on which we can look back with satis-

faction ; but it is a comfort to feel that, even in those days,

there were a few (and not the least noteworthy) among our

Fellows, who refused to join the ‘‘common cry.’’ One of

these we are now called upon to remember ; let us remember

him with respect, and not without a sense of gratitude!

Herpert JorpAN Apams, together with his brother, the

well-known Dipterist, became a Fellow in 1877. I regret

that in this case, again, I cannot speak with the authority of

personal acquaintance. But we probably all know that he

formed a magnificent Collection of Lepidoptera, which is now

treasured separately, as “The Adams Collection,” in the

Natural History Museum at South Kensington. An earlier

formed British collection of the same Order was bequeathed

to the Enfield Entomological Society, which he had helped to

found. He was born in 1838, and died on March Ist last

year.

Ropert WALTER CAMPBELL SHELFORD became a Fellow in

1901, and served on our Council in 1907 and 1908. After

obtaining Honours in the Schools of Natural Science at

Cambridge, and teaching Biology for two years in the York-

shire College at Leeds, he became Curator of the Sarawak

Museum. The seven years spent by him in that capacity

were a period of great importance both to the development of

the latter institution, whose collections he greatly improved,

and to his own education as a Naturalist. Returning to

( elxv )

England in 1905, he accepted employment in the Oxford

University Museum, and undertook the much-needed re-

organisation of its extensive collections of Orthoptera. Up

to this time, both as an investigator and a writer, his activity

had been distributed over a wide range of subjects; but

thenceforth he was chiefly known as an expert on the

Systematics of Orthoptera, on which (and especially on the

Blattidae) he published, in our own Transactions and elsewhere,

many important Memoirs. He also commenced a Monograph

of these insects for the Fauna of British India, and another

for Genera Insectorum. Five “fasciculi” of the latter have

appeared ; but of the former I understand that only a small

portion was completed even in MS.

Before his death on June 22nd last, he had been engaged

also with notes for a projected “‘ Natural History of Borneo,”’

and it is hoped that some of this work may yet appear

posthumously.

Epwarp ArtHur Fitcu was born in 1854, Of late years

he appears to have relinquished interest in Entomology.

But he was formerly a very active and prominent member of

our Society, elected Fellow in 1874, Secretary from 1881 ‘to

1885, and member of the Council in 1879 and 1886. About

the same period he joined the late Mr. Bridgman in compiling

a useful Revision of the British Jchnewmonidae; but for some

reason the work stopped short after considerable progress

had been made in its publication, and it was never resumed.

Mr. Fitch was a Fellow also of the Linnean Society, and

President for ten years of the well-known Essex Field Club.

He died on June 28th.

GrorGE HERBERT GROSVENOR, elected Fellow in 1909, was

Demonstrator in Zoology at Oxford, and Teacher of Economic

Entomology in the School of Forestry. On September 4th, at

the age of thirty-two, he was drowned on the coast of Cornwall

while endeavouring to save the life of a companion. Scarcely

a month before I had seen him, I believe for the first time,

at the Oxford Congress, full of life and energy, assisting our

colleague Mr. Eltringham in the Secretarial department.

What I saw of him, little as it was, impressed me; but it

would have done so more, if I had known that the bright and

( celxvi )

pleasant young Assistant-Secretary had already achieved a

conspicuous place among scientific workers; that he had not

only won the highest Honours that Oxford can bestow on a

Science-student, but shown himself worthy of them by dis-

tinguished work in original research at Naples; and that he

was organising a new and important branch of nature-study

at Oxford, after personal investigation of its latest develop-

ments in America. All this, and much more, I have now

learnt from a profoundly interesting account of his career and

character—which, I hope, will be read as widely as it deserves

to be—in the Entomologist’s Record of October last.

The picture there given could only be marred, if 1 attempted

to retouch it: and it is best that such lives should be

chronicled by those who have been in closest contact with

them. I will say merely that, as I read, I was reminded of

certain lives, pronounced (it is said) by the wisest of the

Greeks to have been entirely happy, yet not till they had been

made perfect by a noble death. (redXevty Tod Biov Aapmrpotaryn

. TO avOpurw TrvxEiv apiotov éott.—Herod., Hist. i. 30-31.)

WituiaAM ForseLtt Kirsy was born in 1844, and passed

away on November 20th last. Having completed thirty

years of conscientious and industrious service in the Insect

Room of the Natural History Museum, South Kensington,

he retired, according to its Regulations, in 1907. Previously,

for twelve years, he had occupied a similar post in Dublin.

He published at intervals (commencing so long ago as 1863

with a well-known and useful Manual of Kuropean Butterflies),

a long succession of careful works on Insects of almost every

Order, some of which arose directly out of his departmental

duties, while others seem to have been labours of love. I am

incompetent, even if I thought this a fitting occasion, to

discuss these publications in detail. The Zist of the British

Museum Tenthredinidae is almost the only one which bears

(and that only to a limited extent) on my own particular

studies. From a competent judge I hear that the Revision of

the Libellulina (Odonata) was probably the best of Kirby’s

entomological works. The latest of them, I believe, was a

Synonymic Catalogue of the Orthoptera.

Most of the above details, and also a remarkable notice of

( elxvii )

Kirby’s distinction in quite other fields of knowledge than

that of Entomology, appeared—two days after his death—in

the Times newspaper. He explored, and wrote as a specialist

on, a great variety of subjects, ranging from Natural Theology

and Biblical criticism, to the primitive Epic poetry and folk-

lore of Finland and Esthonia, and the bibliography of the

Arabian Nights. To think of him simply as an Entomologist

gives a very one-sided and inadequate idea of his manifold

activities, or of the position really held by him in the learned

world. That, however, is the capacity in which he was known

to most of us, and in which it is natural that he should be

chiefly remembered to-night.

I pass on, therefore, to speak of his actual connection with

our Society. It lasted over half a century, since his election

as a Fellow was in 1861. Twenty years later he became

Secretary ; and after holding that responsible and laborious

post till 1885, served for a year more on the Council. To the

last, as many here will remember, he was a frequent and

interested attendant at our Meetings.

His knowledge of entomological books was wonderful ; and

this (together with his interest in many branches of the

science, and his position in the Museum) gave him frequent

opportunities, of which he gladly took advantage, for rendering

friendly help to all and sundry. I am tempted to dwell on

recollections of my own—commencing with the day on which -

I first made acquaintance with the Insect-room, and received

from Kirby precise and useful suggestions as to the books

most likely to assist me in continuing a certain study, whose

initial difficulties had almost inclined me to abandon it. But,

instead, I will venture to quote an instance of his kindness

towards a worthier recipient. Mr. Trimen allows me to tell

you, that, when he published at Capetown the first Part of

his Rhopalocera Africae Australis, Kirby (whom he had never

met) wrote informing him of two new and important Conti-

nental books on African Butterflies, and enabled him to pro-

cure these works (which were afterwards of much service to

him) on specially favourable terms. ‘‘ And,” adds Mr, Trimen,

“this kindly act was the prelude to a long series of others,

and to personal acquaintance of a cordial kind ever since.”

( clxviii )

Yet again—A young French naturalist, commencing a work,

which is now the standard authority on its subject, wrote to

Kirby, and asked—in ignorance of the Museum regulations—

the loan of certain ancient ‘‘types.” This of course was

impossible; but what did Kirby? He replied, offering him-

self to examine and diagnose all the specimens; and to look

specially into any question of their “characters,” as to which

his correspondent might wish information. And this he did—

greatly assisting the author, and conferring also an obligation

on all who use the book.

On these, and doubtless on many other like occasions,

Kirby was thinking simply how he might best serve a col-

league, but I believe that in some cases he may also have

done real though undesigned and unsuspected service to the

Museum itself. It is in every way to the advantage of such

institutions that they should attract to themselves the interest

and goodwill of a wide clientéle of outsiders, including experts,

describers, travellers, explorers, and owners of great private

collections (containing, it may be, authors’ “types,” unique

specimens, and rarities of all kinds). And I say this, having

in mind actual instances where cordial relations between

officials of a Museum and an individual outside it have resulted

in serious benefit to the Collections ; and instances also of the

reverse !

Epovarp Brasant died at his native place, Cambrai, Nord,

France, on November 29th, in his sixty-fourth year. He was

an ardent Lepidopterist from his boyhood, and interested also

—as I hear—in every branch of Natural History. He pub-

lished several descriptions of Noctwidae from New Guinea.

He was elected to our Fellowship in 1893.

Outside our own body the following Entomologists have

passed away within the year, as well as others, doubtless,

whose names have escaped my notice.

The Rev. Canon THomas Buiackpurn of Adelaide, in 8.

Australia, but born in England, and one of the five original

Editors of the Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine. He was a

foremost authority on Australian Coleoptera, and described

many new forms. His “type”-specimens have recently been

acquired by the Natural History Museum.

( “elzix: '')

Peter CAMERON, author of the celebrated Monograph of the

British Phytophagous Hymenoptera, published in four volumes

by the Ray Society. He was formerly a pioneer in the study

of British Hymenoptera, and almost the sole investigator of

certain obscure and difficult groups. His later writings have

been very copious, but consist, I believe, almost exclusively

in descriptions of new genera and species of Exotic Insects.

GeoreceE Masters, a well-known Anglo-Australian coleo-

pterist, Curator of the University Museum at Sydney. ALBERT

James Fison, an English resident in Switzerland, and collector

of Swiss Lepidoptera. Wittiam RickMAN JEFFREY, a veteran

Lepidopterist, whose name appears in the Supplement to the

first published List of English Entomologists (Ent. Ann.

1857), and who aided Buckler in his study of Lepidopterous

Larvae. Professor JoHn BERNARD SmitH, New Brunswick,

U.S.A.—distinguished in Economic Entomology, and also as

an expert on the Noctuidae. H. E. Rupoir vy. BEnnicsen of

Berlin, Coleopterist. Professor Mrinrert of Copenhagen, who

had been in charge of the Arthropoda in the Collections of the

University. Professor TH. GortscHMann of Breslau, Micro-

lepidopterist. Dr. SHuGuRoFF, a young Russian Ortho-

pterist. ArNoL~p WULLSCHLEGEL of Martigny, a well-known

Lepidopterist.

The remainder of this Address I devote, as has been usual

of late years, to a “Special” subject, and entitle it—

SECONDARY SEXUAL CHARACTERS OF EUROPEAN AND

MEDITERRANEAN ACULEATE HYMENOPTERA.

Secondary sexual characters have been defined by Darwin *

as those which are “attached to one sex, but not directly

connected with the act of reproduction.” On this occasion I

* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111, also Descent of Man,

(Second Edition), p. 207.

() cba 5)

shall ask leave to use the term in a somewhat narrower sense,

excluding (1) all concealed or internal characters, 7. e. such as

cannot be examined without dissection of specimens, and

(2) characters which, though “attached to one sex ”—in the

sense that, in a particular species or group of species, one

sex only exhibits them—seem clearly not to have been

developed independently in it as an adaptation to its special

bionomy, but to have come to it by Inheritance simply—

as may be inferred from the possession of like characters

by most other organisms of the same ancestry whatever be

their surroundings and habits. Thus, inasmuch as Insects

of all kinds and both sexes normally possess wings and

ocelli, I shall not treat as a sexual character the presence of

these structures in a ¢ Insect whose ? lacks them. To take

an actual instance of this—Mutilla europaea $ has wings

and ocelli, not because it is a male—not, therefore, as a

character arising out of its sex, but simply because it is a

normal Insect. Contrariwise, the absence of wings and

ocelli in the @ of the same species is strictly a seawal

character, an actual modification and alteration of the

structures normally inherited in the group to which it

belongs, and one which we have reason to think is adapted to

the habits of that particular sex in that particular species.

On the other hand, a spur-like appendage which is attached

to the hind femur in ¢¢ only of Panurgus calcaratus (a

Bee), which is not normally characteristic either of the Class

or the Order or the Family or the Genus including that species,

and which may be reasonably thought to serve a useful

purpose in that sex exclusively of that particular insect—this

and similar structures, attached to one sex only and demon-

strably not merely inherited by it, may be set down without

hesitation as simply and solely sexual characters, I do not

think that this is a “distinction without a difference,” but

one always to be borne in mind in reasoning on the significance

of characters in which the sexes differ. Such characters may

be in any particular case either sexual in their origin, or

sexual only in the sense that they are in fact limited to one

sex because the other sex has lost them.

Among Aculeate Hymenoptera some of the best modern

(. Sebo”)

authorities include the Chrysids, and I should not have been

sorry to do so here; but I find that the four groups universally

reckoned as Aculeate (namely Ants, Fossors, Wasps, and Bees)

will more than occupy all the time at our disposal. Indeed I

am not sure that it would not have been wiser for me to

exclude the Ants also, and limit myself to the more homo-

morphic trio of Fossors, Wasps, and bees. But I did not

realise this until my work had proceeded so far that it seemed

too late to start afresh on a new plan. Accordingly, by

** Aculeate Hymenoptera” I mean, for present purposes,

(1) Ants, (2) Fossors, (3) Wasps, and (4) Bees.

It may make what I have to say more intelligible on a

first hearing if I reverse the order which I should have pre-

ferred if this had been, not an Address, but a Monograph, and

state first the general impressions left on my mind after as

complete a survey as I have been able to make of the various

ways in which the sexes of Palaearctic Aculeates differ, and

afterwards some of the facts—not, of course, all, but such as

seem to me the most curious or otherwise interesting—on

which those impressions depend. Few, if any, of these facts

are actually new, though at present they are for the most

part recorded only in systematic works which none but

specialists are likely to have consulted. And I may add that

though I can claim no originality for my observations, at

least they rest upon “ Autopsy,” 7. e. except where I state the

contrary, you may take it that I have examined the phenomena

in actual specimens, and generally in long series of specimens,

and that I am acquainted with almost all the Insects to be

mentioned, in nature, and generally in life, and not merely in

literature.

(1) I remark, first, that, whenever we know the life-history

of both sexes of an Insect belonging to any of these groups,

there is generally an obvious probable explanation, on the ground

of Utility, to be given of the characters of one sex ; and that

the sex —whichever it be—which shows the useful characters,

is the sex which, in that respect, has departed furthest from

what Darwin calls “the type,” ¢.e. from the normal characters

of its ancestors and nearest relatives. Accordingly, the

phenomena, as I interpret them to myself, quite support

( cla)

what I suppose to be the orthodox view—namely, that the

“characters ” of an organism are partly a simple (practically

unmodified) inheritance from its ancestors, and partly modi-

fications of that inheritance which are beneficial to it in

view of its bionomic requirements.

(2) My next generalisation is, that male and female modifica-

tions of structure usually differ in their apparent object. Those

of the ¢ most commonly indicate adaptation to one single duty

of that sex, viz. pairing, or rather to the preliminaries of pair-

ing. But I never receive such an impression from examining

secondary ¢ characters. These seem always adapted towards

the subsequent activities of an insect which has “ paired ”

already—as oviposition, preparation of a receptacle for the egg,

provision of aliment for the larva, ete. They are beneficial to

her, not as a candidate for matrimony, but as a mother and

nurse by anticipation ; in short, for certain post-nuptial duties

peculiar to her sex.

When I first began to think of the matter I had no

expectation that I should find any such regular distinction

between the characters of the two sexes. But, on reflection,

the thing seems likely a priori. There is, perhaps, just one

Activity which (except in the case of some Social species, e. g.

Apis mellifica *) is practically quite identical and provided for

by similar “ characters’ in both sexes of every Aculeate. Its

males and females feed themselves alike, visiting the same

favourite flowers and extracting their juices in the same

manner, any differences that may exist in this respect being

generic (or occasionally specific), but not sexual, Hence, though

the mouth-parts of all Aculeates are much modified for this

activity, and the modifications differ considerably in different

genera, and to a less extent in different species of the same

genus, they hardly ever yield a Sexual character. But

almost all their other instincts belong to one sex only. It is

the g only—and this is almost his only duty !—-which seeks

* Describing the difference between a Hive-bee Drone and his Queen

and Worker-sisters, Mrs. Comstock remarks: ‘‘His tongue is so short

that he must needs eat from honey stored in a cell or be fed by his sisters,

since he could not possibly extract honey from a deep flower.” —How to

keep Bees, p. 35. (An exception which may be said to prove the general

rule !)

(. ‘clea >)

and courts a mate: it is the 2 only which oviposits, nidificates,

and procures and stores food (animal or vegetable) for its young.

So it seems quite natural that the sexual modifications of g

structures should point as a rule to pairing, and those of the

2 to the duties which are subsequent to it.

(3) Protection of the individual (e. g. Cryptic and Aposematic

Coloration, etc.) seems to account for a few, but only a very

few, of the strictly sexual characters of Aculeates. Wallace

appears to go further than this, and to imply that in this

_ group there is no need and no development of protective

characters at all ; for he remarks that ‘‘the two sexes of the

stinging Hymenoptera are equally well coloured,” * and, again,

that “there is not a single instance recorded in which any one

of them is coloured so as to resemble a vegetable or inanimate

substance.” + Neither of these statements, as it seems to me,

and as I shall presently try to show, is true without exception.

But the exceptions (at any rate as far as Sexual characters

are concerned) are undoubtedly few; though one at least,

which I shall discuss later, appears to me both certain and

striking.

(4) Not only in their apparent purpose, but in several other

respects, the secondary sexual modificatiéns of structure of

Aculeate ¢ differ remarkably, as it seems to me, from those

observable in ? 2 of the same group.

They differ (a) in being more diversified, less restricted to

particular parts of the body, and more various in themselves :

(0) in being more paradoxical, i. e. departing further from the

normal characters of the group: (c) in being more sporadic,

i.é. appearing (so to speak) suddenly, here and there, in

particular species or small groups, and often (when they occur

similarly in more cases than one) shared by this or that

species, not with its nearest congeners, but with insects much

more distantly related to it ; whereas characters distinctive of

females generally run more or less uniformly and continuously

through whole genera or even larger groups, and are very

seldom peculiar to the ? 2 of a single species: (d) in being for

the most part altogether unrepresented in the other sex ; whereas

? characters are mostly little more than augmentations of some

* On Natural Selection, p. 114. TelUtOleupe dae

( elxxiv )

feature existing, rudimentarily at least, in the ¢ ¢ also, and

some of the few 9? characters which can really be called

paradoxical, and which stand in evident relation to definitely

female activities, appear, after development in that sex, to

have been transmitted more or less completely to the other

sex also.

(5) A rule which Darwin has described * as one of “ high

generality,” and as ‘‘applying very strongly to Secondary

Sexual characters,” is stated by him as follows :—‘“ A part

developed in any species in an extraordinary degree or

manner in comparison with the same part in allied species

tends to be highly variable.” I cannot satisfy myself that

this rule applies, at all generally, to the Sexual characters

of the Aculeates. Some of the most paradoxical ¢ characters

of antennae, legs, etc., are anything but variable:—they agree

through long series of specimens literally to a hair. Nor can

I see, that the excessively developed pollen-bearing ? apparatus

in certain genera of Bees (LVasypoda, Bombus, Apis, etc.) is

at all more variable than the corresponding parts in Prosopis,

Sphecodes, etc., which are scarcely modified at all for that pur-

pose. Exceptionally, I admit, certain paradoxical characters,

both of ¢g and 29 (as the genal spines in some Andrena 6 4

and the abnormally developed mandibles of Osmia latreillet 9),

are extremely variable. But, on the whole, I do not find

that there is any correspondence, in this group, between the

greater or less abnormality of secondary sexual characters and

their variability in individual specimens.

(6) Nor do the sexual characters of Aculeates appear to

me to follow another rule laid down in the Origin of Species,

viz. that “‘the secondary differences between the two sexes

of the same species are geneially displayed in the very same

parts of the organisation in which the species of the same

genus differ from each other.” For instance, the most obvious

secondary difference between the sexes of any Vespa or Halictus

species is the much greater length of the g antennae. But in

separating species of Vespa or Halictus from one another the

antennae scarcely help us at all: the characters useful for

* Origin of Species (Popular Edition), p. 111.

t Zbid., p. 115.

( ‘dkzxv -)

that purpose are such as are common to both sexes (colour,

pilosity, puncturation, etc.). Again, in many species of

Anthophora, Eucera, etc., the middle legs of the ¢¢ differ

extraordinarily from those of their females; but in other

$d, and in all the ? 9, the characters of the middle legs are

in no way remarkable, and are seldom, if ever, employed to

distinguish one species from another.

I do not mention these apparent exceptions to Darwin’s

rules with any idea of questioning the general applicability

of the rules themselves to the Aninial Kingdom as a whole.

But it certainly seems to me, that the case of the characters

now under consideration presents a remarkable exception to

them, and one which I ought not to leave unnoticed.

I have now to attempt such a description as the time at

our disposal will permit, of the phenomena—or rather of some

of the phenomena—summarised in the above generalisations.

Merely for the sake of convenience I shall divide them roughly

into Structural and Coloration-characters, and subdivide the

latter according as they appear in the integument, or the

pilosity, or elsewhere ; but I do not attach importance to this

classification, for Colour is really dependent in many cases

on facts of Structure, and even where actual pigment is

present (which is not always the case) the colour-effect

produced does not always entirely depend upon it.

However, commencing with characters independent of colour,

such as would generally be reckoned as Structural in the

strictest sense of the word, let us take, first, one which

runs throughout the whole group, and, in fact, appears to

have originated before the separation of the Hymenoptera

from other Arthropodous animals,—the greater size of the

Female.

Female Aculeates are almost always larger than their males,

but (except in some Ants) hardly paradoxically so. In fact,

in many genera the difference is slight, and hardly to be

appreciated except in long series of both sexes.

This general rule has become well known, because it had

the good fortune to attract the notice of Darwin, to whom

it was communicated (as he tells us) by Frederick Smith.

He cites (also on Smith’s authority) four cases of exceptions

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., Vv. 1912. M

( elxxvi )

to it among the Aculeates:—viz. Apis mellifica (the Hive

Bee); Anthidium manicatum, Anthophora acervorwm (Solitary

Bees) ; and Methoca ichneumonides (a Fossorial Wasp, which

was formerly reckoned among the Ants). He then proceeds

as follows:—“ The explanation of this anomaly is that a

marriage-flight is absolutely necessary with these species, and

the male requires great strength and size in order to carry

the female through the air.” *

For the credit of Hymenopterists I am sorry to say that

the specialist consulted by Darwin did not state the facts cor-

rectly. The ¢ 4 of the Hive Bee and of Anthophora acervorum

are not larger than their 99!7 The premises being partly

wrong, it is not surprising if the conclusion be unsatisfactory :

and I must own that Darwin’s explanation—if indeed it be

Darwin’s, and not, like the premises, received by him from

F. Smith—appears to me quite untenable. If he had had

the complete facts before him, I feel sure he would have

concluded, that—certainly in Anthidiwm and almost certainly

in Methoca—the character selected by Nature was not large-

mess in the male but smallness in the female: and that the

explanation of these exceptions to the general rule had

nothing to do with the so-called “ marriage-flight.”

First let me state the actual facts.—In two Fossorial

Genera, viz. Methoca and Myrmosa, and also in several

species of the allied genus Mutilla, the size of both sexes

(but the ¢¢ especially) differs much in individuals, but the

¢ ¢ on an average are certainly far larger than their ? 9, and

the latter (as compared with average ? ? in the same Family)

are generally rather dwarfish insects. Again, in Anthidium

manicatum, and also in most of the larger (but N.B. not in

the smaller) species of the same genus, the ¢¢ vary in size

enormously, but the 9? very little ;—the largest ? 2 are

about as large as the smallest ¢ 4, but their maximum size

never reaches the average size of the other sex.

Prima facie these facts seem to me to suggest, that great

* Descent of Man (Second Edition), p. 279.

+ Of course the Hive-bee Drone is larger than the Worker, but his

true Female (the Queen) is larger still. The sexes of A. acervorum (i.e.

pilipes) differ little in size, but on comparing a long series of both sexes

I find the ? ¢ on an average a little larger than their ¢ ¢.

( elxxvii )

size is undesirable in the Females, but that the size of the

Males is unimportant.

Now as to the “ marriage-flight.” This is certainly not a

monopoly of these particular species. The phenomenon com-

monly known as a “ marriage-flight ’’—the soaring together

of both sexes high into the air—has often been observed and

described, more especially in the case of social Hymenoptera

(e.g. Formica, Myrmica, etc. (Ants), Vespa (Wasps), Bombus

and Apis (Bees), but we do not find that it involves in any

such case an increase of size in the ¢. Take the Ants—the

33 in some Genera, e.g. Formica, are about as large as

their 9 2, but more often smaller—sometimes (e.g. in Lasius)

paradoxically so, and in no Genus (I believe) larger. Take

the Wasps and Bees—the ? is the larger sex both in Vespa

and Bombus: of Apis I have already spoken. If it be

assumed that a ‘ marriage-flight” lke that of the Social

Aculeates is an absolute necessity to Myrmosa, Methoca, etc.,

then, since the 99 of these insects are apterous, great size

and strength might no doubt be an advantage to their ¢ 4.

But (1) we have almost no evidence as to the details of pairing

in these comparatively rare insects ; (2) in many of the species

nearest to them the ? 9, though apterous, are as large and

strong as their gg, and (3) a “ marriage-flight ” cannot be

necessary to Mutillidae as such, for in some of them both

Sexes are apterous! Again, in Anthidiwm there seems no

more reason why the ¢ should be specially adapted to carry

the ? ? through the air, than in any of the Genera nearest to

it (Osmia, Megachile, etc.) where certainly no such adaptation

occurs. Anthidiwm ? ? are strong and rapid flyers, and if a

“flight ” were necessary, they could quite well take their

share in it. But I even doubt if such a “flight” occurs at

all! I have never seen anything like it, though I have often

seen Anthidiwm spp. pairing. The ? hovers in the air like

a Syrphid : the g pounces on her, and the two generally come

tumbling into the herbage, and remain there (unless my

memory deceives me) till they part. There is absolutely, so

far as I know, nothing of so special and distinctive a character

about the pairing of Anthidiwm, as to necessitate a reversal of

the normal proportion in size between the sexes.

( elxxviii )

But in the special nidificatory habits of Anthidium ? I see

a very good reason why (in the larger species especially)

there should be a limit to the magnitude of the 29. These

insects nidificate, not in holes excavated by themselves, which

might be of any size, but at the bottom of ready-made tubes

of more or less equal and fixed dimensions,—the empty shells

of certain particular snails, or the hollow stems of certain

particular plants (e.g. A. manicatwm has been recorded as

utilising the hollow stems of Heraclewm for this purpose, and

lining their interior with down scraped from some woolly

plant). It would clearly be convenient for a 2 with such

habits not to exceed a certain size: but for the ¢ this would

matter less, since he need never enter such tubes again after

his first emergence from one as an imago. His possible size

is probably only limited by that of the particular stem in

which he has been reared! If the species were naturally

a large one, a reduction in the average size of the ? ? might

well arise by Variation and become fixed by- Selection. But

in the smaller species such reduction would probably be

needless, and would therefore not occur. And this is exactly

what seems to happen. (It may be noted, also, that in the

various spp. of Stelis, which seems to be a smallish parasitic

offshoot of the Anthidiwm stock, the 29 are usually larger

than their ¢¢.) So I believe that here we have, not a

d-character, but a 9?-character to be explained, and that, as

usual, it is to be explained by the post-nuptial duties of

that sex,

Probably the case is not very different with the 9? of

Methoca, etc. These insects generally occur running among

sand, broken ground, stones, roots of plants, etc., and dis-

appearing suddenly into any crack or crevice that they meet

with, as though in search of some hidden object. They are

believed to feed their young with larvae which they find

in their researches underground. Methoca, I am assured on

good evidence, attacks the larva of the Tiger-Beetle Cicindela.

Such habits would be favoured by the absence of wings and

somewhat diminutive size, as they are in the Worker Ants,

among which the Mutillidae were formerly reckoned. But

to the ¢4¢, who visit flowers and need never traverse narrow

C ‘eho )

passages, Wings would be an advantage not to be surrendered,

and Size comparatively a matter of indifference,

I will now ask your attention to a number of ¢ characters,

all of which seem to me explainable as facilitating the pre-

liminaries of pairing. These preliminaries are summed up

under four chief heads in a passage in Darwin’s Descent of

Man, which I will try—retaining as nearly as possible his

actual words—to condense into a single sentence. Throughout

the highest sub-kingdoms of animals, the Arthropoda and the

Vertebrata, we find males provided with special organs for Dis-

covering, Reaching, Charming, and Securing the females. Of

these four categories I think that the first and third (Dis-

covering and Charming) have played by far the most important

part in modifying the structures of g Aculeates. It may be,

and it probably zs the case, that the extreme swiftness of

flight and general agility and mobility of many ¢¢ in this

group has been developed as an advantage to them in Reach-

ing their partners ; but I can quote no instance in which the

characters either of their legs or their wings show any obvious

special modification for that purpose. There are a few instances

of $4 in the Scoliidae and Tiphiidae (Fossors) whose alar

neuration is slightly more complete than that of their ? 9.

But the mechanical consequences, if any, of these differences

are quite uncertain ; and I have reasons for thinking, that in

these cases the 9 neuration has been reduced, rather than that

of the g augmented. Some ¢ legs, again, are abnormally long

—front-legs in a group of Gorytes spp. (Fossors), middle legs

in many Anthophora spp. (Bees), etc., etc.—but I do not

believe that in any of these cases they enable the ¢ to “ Reach”

his 2 more quickly. Secwring the 9?—+.e. seizing her, and

retaining her when seized—may perhaps (as Darwin has sug-

gested) account for certain paradoxical leg-characters, e.g. the

extraordinary front-legs of Crabro cribrarius. But I confess

to grave doubts whether these and many similar eccentricities

(not to say malformations) of particular leg-joints in ¢ Bees

and Fossors would not rather diminish than increase their

efficacy as grappling-instruments. And besides, all that I

have seen or heard from other eye-witnesses convinces me

that it is normally not with the legs, but with the mandibles,

( elxxx, )

that a ¢ Aculeate seizes and secures his mate. Now, if we

examine the various forms of ¢ mandibles in Aculeates, we

find that they are sometimes more or less paradoxical ; but it

is generally difficult to recognise in them any clear special

adaptation to the function of seizing a9. It is true that in

some cases, e.g. Ammophila, the great length and sharpness

of the g mandibles might suggest such an adaptation ; and I

have in my collection a ¢ Ammophila actually holding a ? in

this manner. But the Ant Formicoxenus g grasps his mate

exactly in the same way; and his mandibles are, on the

contrary, quite absurdly short and truncate. (When they

are closed, their tips scarcely meet across the mouth!) So

that the suitability of these organs to act as a forceps cannot

apparently be measured by their length or sharpness. Again,

a “tooth” or spinose process on the lower side of the mandibles

is sometimes a ¢ character (Andrena apicata, fucata, lapponica,

etc.), and this might conceivably improve their grip in certain

cases. But the phenomenon is not a very common one, and,

as well as the cases of unusually long and sharp ¢ mandibles,

may possibly be connected (as Darwin explains the latter in

Ammophila) with the pugnacity of rival ¢¢ (cf. stags’ horns,

boars’ tusks, etc.). I do not, however, remember to have

myself ever seen them so used, but only for holding the 9.

Charming, taken in a very wide sense, as including all ways

in which a ¢ may dazzle, or fascinate, or attract, or establish

an understanding with a 9, by appealing to some sense or

susceptibility peculiar to that sex in a particular species,

might account (as it seems to me) for almost any one of the

¢ characters hereafter to be described. Some of them, however,

consisting in exceptional size or complexity of structures which

are known to be sense-organs, might come more naturally

under the category of Discovering.

For instance (1) the eyes of ¢ Aculeates are generally larger

than those of their ¢ 9, e.g. in most Ants, in several Bombus

spp. as confusus and mendax (Bees), in Tachytes and Tachysphex

spp. (Fossors). They, consequently, sometimes appear very

prominent and convex in the frontal view; sometimes they

approach very near to each other at the top of the head

(making the so-called ‘“frons” or forehead much narrower

( choi )

than in the ?); and sometimes they actually meet there, form-

ing (in the frontal view) a complete arch. This occurs in the

d of Apis (the Hive Bee) and also in those of two Fossorial

Genera, viz. Astata and Homogambrus. The ? eyes of all

these insects are normal.

(2) The ¢ antennae (also, of course, sense-organs) are gener-

ally longer than those of the 99, and have further almost

always one more joint (13, as against 12, in Fossors, Wasps,

and Bees; but the numbers vary in various Ants). It is, by

the bye, rather curious that neither in the Sawflies, nor the

Chrysids, and perhaps in no Hymenopterous groups outside

the Aculeates, is a difference in the number of these joints a

Sexual character.*

In several cases, e.g. Scolia (Fossors), Vespa (Wasps),

Ewcera and Halictus (Bees), the antennae of the ¢, though

not otherwise abnormal, are inordinately long as compared

with those of the ?, distinguishing the two sexes of most

species at a glance. But many ¢ antennal-characters are

thoroughly paradoxical. The last joint is sharply enjlewed and

becomes a sort of hook in some Wasps (Odynerus spp. of the

Groups “ Ancistrocerus’’ and “ Lionotus,” also Eumenes, etc ) ;

it is sickle-shaped in Sphecius, and some spp. of Bembex and

Stizus, also in Didineis (Fossors), and in certain Osmia spp.

(Bees). Three or more joints at the apex of the ¢ antenna

are rolled up into a knot-like entanglement in Dinetus (Fossors),

Odynert of the group “ Hoplopus” (Wasps), and Systropha

(Bees) ; again the middle joints, or some of them, are strangely

excavated, denticulated, produced into spinose processes, tuber-

culate, clothed with curious pilosity, or otherwise eccentric,

in 3 ¢ of various Genera or Species, these peculiarities being

so constant in each species as to be absolutely relied upon by

systematists. Such phenomena are prevalent both in Bees

and Fossors, but especially in the latter. Again, in many

Prosopis §3 (Bees) the “scape” or basal antennal-joint is

extravagantly dilated, and often (as though to call attention

to it) peculiarly coloured, in front, but not behind! Lastly,

one Pompilid Genus or Subgenus, viz. Clavelia, has the ¢

antennae “ pectinate,” a character almost unparalleled among

* See Note A. at the end of the Address.

( clxxxii )

Aculeates, but not rare in Sawflies, and occurring also in cer-

tain gg of Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, which (I am told) are

known to have extraordinary powers of discovering their ? 9.

In these, and indeed in all cases, the antennae of 9 Aculeates

are practically quite simple; or, if in the least abnormal,

their characters are evidently not Sexual but Generic.

There can be little doubt that most, if not all, of these g

antennal-characters increase the efficiency of the antennae as

sense-organs, and enable their possessors to discover the ??

at a greater distance. The latter never seek their ¢4, and

therefore neither require nor possess antennae or eyes specially

adapted for discovering them.

But inasmuch as some Hymenoptera (e.g. Ants) certainly

use their antennae not only to receive sensations but to impart

them, it seems not impossible that paradoxical formations of

these structures might also render communications made

through them more persuasive to 99 possessed of certain

specific sensibilities, just as some peculiarity in the larynx of

a ¢ Vertebrate might give his voice a particular quality or

timbre which might be agreeable to the ear of his 9. (Cf. the

Songs of Male Birds.)

(3) Now as to characters in the ¢ legs. These in the Ants

are not conspicuous. But in many species of all the other

families they are so diversified, and often so extraordinary,

that it is quite impossible to discuss them adequately when

time is limited.

We find that in ¢¢ of one species or another of Bees,

Wasps, or Fossors, and sometimes pretty similarly in species

belonging to different groups, practically every joint of every

leg may be distorted into some eccentric but unvarying shape,

twisted, flattened, paradoxically lengthened or shortened,

armed with tooth-like tubercles, spurs, spines, etc., excavated

beneath, drawn out at the apex into a sort of tongue- or finger-

like process, etc., etc. In connection with these phenomena,

or apart from them, really startling pilosity-characters appear

in many cases, making even normal structures look quite

monstrous. I can only pick out a few examples at random,

and leave the rest to be imagined.

Several spp, of Crabro and Bembex (Fossors), Megachile

( elxxxili )

(Bees), etc., have some of the middle joints of the front legs

(tibiae, metatarsi, etc.) extravagantly dilated (often ‘“shield-

like”), they may be also curiously fringed, and are often

coloured very strangely, or so thinned as to become almost

membranous. The front coxae in some Cerceris spp. (Fossors),

and likewise in various spp. of Megachile and other genera of

Bees, are produced spinosely at the apex. The same is the

case with the middle coxae of certain Odynerus spp. (Wasps).

In other Odynerus spp. the middle femora are excavated

beneath so as to appear in certain positions tridentate; the

middle tibiae in some Fossors and Wasps are eccentrically

narrow at the base and dilated near the apex. The middle

metatarsus in Sphecius (a Fossor) appears, in all known species,

outrageously deformed. The same joint, and the middle tibia

also, are most eccentrically constructed in one group of Hucera

spp. (Bees). Bembex spp. have often the middle femora sharply

denticulate along the lower margin. In Vomia and Anthophora

(Bees) the hind legs often show monstrous dilatations, in-

crassations, and distortions of particular joints. Certain

Stizus spp. have a fine hair-like spine depending from the hind

femur. Panurgus calcaratus has a stout spur-like appendage

under the same joint, and its congener P. dentipes is similarly

armed, but on the hind trochanter. Thorn-like teeth or

tubercles occur on the front femora of one Odynerus (carolt),

the hind tibiae of another (probably undescribed), and one or

other of the leg-joints in various Bees (e.g. Hucera and

Anthophora spp.). Some Anthophora spp. again have the

middle tarsi very elongate, and either their basal or apical

joint, or both (but never any other), carries in front or behind

(or both in front and behind) a sort of fan formed of rigid

hairs, recalling in its outline and general appearance the tip of

a peacock’s tail-feather. There is asomewhat similar character

in the apical joint of the front tarsi in Gorytes fairmairer 3

(a Fossor).

In many Genera, and perhaps in some species of all Genera,

this strange group of characters is entirely unrepresented.

But whenever they occur, their forms are so constant and

characteristic in every case, that they are practically infallible

guides to a specific “determination.”

( elxxxiv )

How exactly each of these characters is beneficial, can often

only be conjectured. But as none of them exist, or are even

indicated, in the ? @, I feel little doubt that they all relate

to the one specially male duty, viz. Pairing.

I have long been convinced that haws of insects are

frequently sensitive, and that, accordingly, limbs exhibiting

pilosity-characters which would otherwise seem inexplicable,

may probably be not locomotive* organs simply, but receptive

of sense-impressions, and communicative of information sub-

sidiary to that received from eyes, antennae, palpi, ete. In

that case many 6 leg-characters would come under Darwin’s

Category of “ Finding the ?.” Others, as the tooth-like and

thorn-like processes, might help to grapple 7 and “ secure ” her.

But this, as I have said, appears to be mainly the work of the

mandibles. And I suspect that both antennae and legs may

be much employed in (and adapted for) various caressing or

invitatory actions, which are agreeable to the @, or at any

rate have influence over her, somewhat as an Aphid stroked

by an Ant’s antennae consents to produce her honey-dew—

whether charmed or pestered into consenting, who shall say?

Not knowing what may be the special susceptibilities of this

or that ? Aculeate, I can only offer vague conjectures. But

it seems possible, at least, that some paradoxical feature in the

antennae or legs of the ¢ might appeal persuasively to the ?’s

sense of sight, or touch, or to some other sense, which we

Vertebrates do not possess and cannot definitely conceive.

And if so, the character would come under the Category of

“ Charming.”

Male Aculeates have certainly in some cases a power of

influencing their @ @ by appealing to special sensibilities in

the latter. It has long been observed that the ¢4 of some

Bees (e.g. Bombus and Psithyrus spp.) emit agreeable and

characteristic scents, and Mr. Sladen’s recent observations

make it clear that these odours are recognised and enjoyed by

* That legs of insects are not always merely locomotive organs seems

certain. It is stated on good authority that some Orthoptera have auditory

organs in the legs ; that some Diptera undoubtedly use their front-legs as

feelers ; that some Coleoptera have amazingly long front-legs, unsuitable

for walking and not applied to that purpose, but held aloft and brandished

about like antennae, as the insects move: etc.

+ See Note B. at the end of the Address.

( clxxxy, )

“9 of their own species. He finds * that this fragrance

proceeds from the head ; but its use is no doubt analogous,

though the manner of production differs, to that of the

scent-scales in certain ¢ Lepidoptera, which have been made

familiar to most of us by the investigations of Dr. Dixey and

Dr. Longstaff.

(4) Another curious group of ¢ characters occur in the

ventral-plates, and the apical and subapical dorsal-plates, of

the abdomen. Some of these, however, are not external

characters, the plates exhibiting them being ‘telescoped”’

out of sight ; and others are so evidently connected with the

structure and position of the Reproductive organs that I will

not now discuss them. But some even of the basal ventral-

plates are paradoxically formed in many Aculeate ¢ 4, eg.

spp. of Palarus, Stizus and Bembex (Fossors), Masaris (Wasps),

Osmia, Eriades, and Halictoides (Bees). Also, the apical

dorsal-plates show strange characters (teeth, spines, excisions,

foveations, etc.) in some ¢ ¢ of Bees and Fossors, as Cerceris,

Anthidiwm, Osmia, Megachile, Eriades, and especially Coeliowys.

Their 2 2 show no such characters. (But it may be remarked

that in the Chrysids we find similar characters occurring as a

rule in both sexes equally, a fact for which, so far as I know,

no explanation has ever been suggested—nor can I suggest

one.)

The ¢ abdomen in Aculeates normally shows one more

fully chitinised dorsal-plate than that of the ? (7 against

6). This, like the corresponding difference in the number of

antennal joints, is not characteristic of Hymenoptera generally.

For in Sawflies the @ shows one more dorsal-plate than

the ¢ (8 against 7), and in Chrysids there are generally

three such plates only in both sexes, except in Cleptes ($5, ? 4)

and Parnopes ($4, 93). This is rather a question of the

“telescoping” of segments one within another than of their

actual number, and can hardly be discussed without reference

to internal characters and the structure of the Reproductive

System, so I pass it over, and proceed to consider external

characters peculiar to females.

(1) Their sense-organs (eyes and antennae) generally show

* Sladen, The Humble Bee (Macmillan, 1912), p. 13.

( .clxxxvi )

no such characters at all, except in a negative sense, 7. e. in

being obsolete or obsolescent. Some ? Ants (as Dorylus) have

neither oculi nor ocelli, and the latter are wanting in many

workers (= imperfect females) of this group, and in the ? 9? of

most Mudtillidae. All these creatures are apterous and live

much underground, so that partial or even total blindness may

be no great disadvantage to them. The antennae of most ?

Pompilidae curl up in a peculiar fashion after death ; but so,

to some extent, do those of the ¢, though less so—perhaps

only because they are stouter and less tapering at the apices.

The actual joints which curl thus are perfectly simple, and

cannot be called paradoxical in either sex.

(2) In the mandibles, however, we find certain more or less

striking special developments, which may be called real sexual

characters of a positive kind, and in these we can often recog-

nise a probable adaptation to duties which the idle ¢ escapes.

Some ? Aculeates have to excavate burrows in substances at

least as hard as wood, chalk, and sandstone—it is even

recorded that one Bee has been known to perforate a leaden

bullet. In such cases one would expect and one finds

mandibles developed for strength and sharpness, and occasion-

ally reinforced by special ‘‘ processes” either on themselves,

or on the parts adjoining (genal horn-like projections, dilata-

tions of the mandibles at their base, ‘etc.). Again 99? of

Scolia spp. have enormous jaws, which at first sight might

seem raptorial—designed to carry off the large Cetonia-larvae

on which they feed their young. Fabre, however, tells us that

in fact these insects do not carry off larvae, nor form burrows

for their reception. But the strong development of their

mandibles becomes quite intelligible, when we learn from the

same author, that Scolia 9 9, though they do not make burrows

of their own, perform even severer work of a similar kind, by

boring (almost like moles) in various directions through hard

soil in search of buried Cetonia-larvae, and ovipositing on

them when and where they find them. Other Aculeate ? ?

use their mandibles raptorially, dragging about victims often

much larger than themselves, and in a few cases (Bembex)

crushing and mangling them to some extent with the same

organs, Leaf-cutting Bees which also excavate hard wood

( elxxxvii )

(Megachile spp.) need and possess jaws modified to act as

“ scissors” and also as “‘chisels” or “ gouges.” Wasps procure

material for the “ paper” of which they form their cells by

gnawing off and carrying away fragments of wood from posts

and palings, etc., etc. Many of these entirely 9? occupations

require not only special development of the mandibles, but of

the muscles which move them, and consequently of the size of

the whole head: and of this we find frequent instances both

in Bees and Fossors (spp. of Osmia, certain Halicti, many

Scolia and Cerceris and Philanthus spp., etc.). It is, however,

only by exception that the characters actually become

paradoxical,

Another cause tending perhaps in some cases to increase

the size of the ? head, is a greater development of the brain

in that sex, corresponding to the much greater complexity

and variety of the ? instincts. Ants, whose ¢ ¢ (as compared

with their ? 2) are generally ‘“‘ microcephalous idiots,’ may be

a case in point. The following fact is curious and apparently

isolated. I cannot explain, but ought not to ignore it. The

JSemale only of a single Cerceris (komarovi) has the back of

the head, behind the eyes, armed with a thorn-like tooth.

Something similar occurs in males only of a Crabronid sp.

(a Lindenius), and in both sexes of another Crabronid

(Hoplocrabro quadrimaculatus).

The curious elevation and projection of the clypeus in

certain Cerceris 2 2 (ferrert, labiata, conigera, etc.), suggesting

sometimes a pick and sometimes a spade or shovel, seem

likely, as well as the adaptations of mandibles already men-

tioned, to assist the insects in their digging operations. The

same may explain the so-called “‘ horns” on the faces of some

2 Osmiae (rufa, tricornis, etc.).

(3) The legs of ? Aculeates show in various groups

characters which obviously indicate the special industries of

2 ¢ in that group, but generally consisting rather in modifica-

tions of the pilosity (‘‘spines” as well as “hairs” being

included in that term) than of the actual shapes of joints,

such as we have encountered in the case of many males.

Beginning with Industrious Bees, we have a number of

Genera in which the actual leg-joints differ little in the sexes,

( (claxteviil’)

but the pilosity of certain of these joints is immensely

developed in 99 only to form a brush or “scopa” for

accumulating pollen. In the highest of such Bees (the Social

Genera) we find also paradoxical modifications of the joints

themselves (especially the tibiae and metatarsi of the 3rd

pair) which would be unintelligible, if we did not know that

they were employed for this particular industry. But,

strange to say, many of these latter characters appear in

both sexes, though they must be almost useless except to

the 9 9. H. Miiller asserts that in Bombus the pollen-collect-

ing apparatus developed in the 9 is transmitted from that

sex to the ¢, and this statement greatly interested Darwin

who wrote * to him, ‘What an admirable illustration you

give of the transference of characters acquired by one sex—

namely, that of the ¢ of Bombus possessing the pollen-

collecting apparatus.” Really, however, the transference is

incomplete ; for Bombus g does not possess what Mr. Sladen +

has recently shown to be an essential part of the ? and g

pollen-collecting apparatus, viz. the so-called “auricle,” or

dentiform process which arms the base of the metatarsus.

The case of the Hive Bee Apis is more curious still. For

here neither the Male nor the Female leg, but only that of

the Worker, possesses an auricle, or a true pollen-basket

(corbicula). In this Genus the Division of Labour has been

carried further than in Bombus. Its Queen is, as Mr. Sladen

puts it, a “mere machine for laying eggs,” and never gathers

pollen at all. Her legs, which are practically identical with

those of the male, are in fact, just as in the latter sex, a

fraud! They have the general appearance of a ‘“ pollen-

collecting apparatus,” but lack details which are essential

to it. The Workers, however, have such an apparatus,

differing hardly at all from that of Lombus: which, being

normally sterile, they cannot have developed for themselves,

but must have received from their parents (Drones and Queens).

From these facts a curious conclusion appears to follow,

namely that (a) a structure was developed in the ? ?, and after-

wards transmitted in part to the ¢ 4, of the stock from which

* More Letters of C. Darwin, Vol. II., p. 97.

t The Humble Bee, p. 22.

( (clezax } )

both Bombus and Apis are offshoots ; (0) the ¢ 4 of both the

latter Genera have inherited the imperfect structure of the

3 ¢ in the parent-stock ; (c) the 2 of Bombus has retained the

complete structure, and transmits it to her Worker offspring ;

and (d) the ? of Apis has ceased to develop it in herself, but

retains it as a datent character, since she transmits it to her

offspring.

The legs of 9 and g Ants and Wasps show no striking

characters. ‘T'heir sole use seems to be for locomotion, and

if modified at all (as by abnormal elongation) the advantage

gained no doubt is simply speed. But in Fossors the @ legs

are often evidently indicative of their habits. Species which,

like Pompilids, fly little, but run and skip over herbage in

pursuit of wingless prey (spiders, etc.), which they afterwards

drag into their burrows, often have the legs (especially the

hind-pair) remarkably elongated. Others which prey on

flying or leaping victims (Diptera, small Lepidoptera, Ortho-

pterous and Hemipterous “nymphs,” or even other Hymeno-

ptera), fly more, and run less, both in seeking and bearing

home their prey. In such (e.g. Bembex, Tachytes, Oxybelus,

Astata, etc.) the legs are mostly short, but stout and armed

with many short stiff spines which may act perhaps as grap-

pling-instruments. Again, practically all Fossorial 99 have

much work to do in clearing sand, sawdust, and débris of

all kinds, out of their burrows; and many of them are

assisted in this work by possessing a sort of ‘‘rake”’ of long

subequal spines (called the ‘“ pecten”) on their front-tarsi ;

and other spines, or serrations, or rasp-like denticulations, on

the hind-tibiae especially, but also on these and other parts of all

the legs. Ammophila 2? at work can be seen to carry out

armfuls (as it were) of sand; and wood-boring Crabronidae

kick out backwards a stream of fine sawdust, as they penetrate

into a stump or a paling. Thus, in one way or other, all

these leg-characters in the ? 2 seem accommodated to maternal

industries ; and if present (as sometimes happens) in the ¢ 4,

are attributable, probably, either to Inheritance simply, or

to Transmission, or to Adaptation for Pairing.

(4) The @ abdomen presents few conspicuous Sexual

characters in Aculeates of any kind. Its dorsal apex will

( scxe*ty)

sometimes distinguish a 9? as belonging to a particular genus

or species (e. g. Coelioxys); but when it differs conspicuously

from that of the 4, it is generally because it is simpler

(nearer the “type” of its group), so that it is really the g

which shows the Sexual character.

Probably the clearest and most important case of a true

sexual ? character in the abdomen is the development in

certain Bees (Osmia, Megachile, Anthidium, etc. = the sub-

family of the ‘‘Gastrilegidae”) of extreme pilosity on tts

ventral surface, which answers the same purpose as_ the

pilosity of the hind-legs in other Bee-genera—viz. to form

a brush for accumulating pollen. But even this is only an

augmentation of the specific pilosity inherited by both sexes.

I know no case of paradoxical teeth, spines, ete., such

as often occur in ¢ g, on the dorsal apex of any ?

Aculeate ; and only one (which I have read of but not seen)

of such characters being conspicuously developed on the

ventral surface of a @ abdomen. This is the case of a Fossor

(Stizus gynandromorphus, Handlirsch); and as only a single

specimen seems to have occurred, and its ¢ is unknown,

one is tempted to suspect it may be a monstrosity.

The difference as to the number of visible segments in the

g and the 9 abdomen has been mentioned already ; and if

this difference, and the simpler structure of the dorsal and

ventral apical segments of the ?, be excluded, I do not know

that any important Secondary Sexual character occurs in the

abdomen of any ? Aculeate, except the ventral pollen-brush

of the Gastrilegidae, and possibly the spine-like last ventral

segment of Coelioxys 2, which perhaps facilitates its para-

sitical ovipositions.

(5) Apterous Aculeates occur only among the Ants (whose

workers are always in this condition), and in one group of

Fossors (the JJutillidae). All European and Mediterranean

Mutillidae have wingless ? 9; and I have already given

reasons for thinking that this character, as is usually the case

with ? characters, is an advantage to the ?9, in fulfilling

their duties as mothers-in-prospect. Very rarely ¢ ¢ of this

group (in certain spp.) exhibit the same character, and I

suppose that, in such cases, the character has probably been

€ gexec)

transmitted to them from 9? ancestors, just as Bombus and

Apis g 3 have assumed to a certain extent the leg-characters

originally developed in their ? 9.

But this will not explain the winglessness of certain ¢ Ants,

viz. the rare and curious parasitic Genera <Anergates and

Formicoxenus, and also (as Mr. Donisthorpe informs me) one

species of the industrious Genus Ponera; for in all these the

Queens (or fertile Females) are winged, and this is the case

with all Queen-Ants except those of Dorylus—at least all are

born winged, though after the marriage-flight they actually

break off and disencumber themselves of the wings which

thenceforward are useless to them. Supposing that in a few

anomalous Genera like Anergates, etc., there is no marriage-

flight, this might account for the ¢ 4 being apterous, for it

seems to be only on that occasion that Ants require wings at

all; but then one would expect the 2? to be apterous like-

wise (unless indeed the latter were much larger than their

partners, which does not seem to be the case—at any rate

André describes Anergates g as being of the same size as the

?!). I know, however, so little about the real habits of these

insects, that it is useless for me to discuss the matter further.

The first certain captures of Anergates in this country were

made only last year by two of our Fellows, Messrs. Crawley

and Donisthorpe, who met with them in the New Forest, and

I am glad to have the opportunity of calling attention to this

exceedingly interesting discovery.*

I come now to Colowr-characters and first those of the

integument. Here a distinction may frequently be drawn

between (a) a darker ground-colour which, except in a few

metallically-coloured species (blue, green, violet, etc.) and in

some very pale southern forms, is ether black (or at least

fuscous) throughout, ov a combination of red and black, the

former colour occurring chiefly in the form of a more or less

variable broad band or belt across the abdomen; and (bd)

certain bright markings of white or yellow, which diversify

and as it were encroach upon the ground-colour, and are

often called in descriptions the pictura flava vel albida.

These may either occupy a whole segment, or other definite

* See Mr. Crawley’s note in the Entom. Record, Sept. 1912, p. 218.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912 N

(. exci. )

area of the exoskeleton (e. g. the clypeus, the humeral tubercles,

the scutellum, etc.), or—and this is generally the case when

they appear on the abdomen—take the form of mere spots

or stripes, the latter often running along the margin of a

segment, but occasionally crossing its middle.

Aculeates whose integument is unicolorous are generally

black ; but some workers of Ants, even in this country, and

a few sub-tropical desert-haunting forms in all groups are

entirely pale yellow or testaceous; and there are also some

practically unicolorous Fossors, Bees, and Wasps which are

distinctly ‘‘metallescent,” e.g. spp. of Sceliphron, Osmia,

Ceratina, Halictus, etc.

Whatever be the ground-colour of an insect, black, red-and-

black, yellow or metallescent, it may or may not be diversified

by a paler pictura albida: whether it be so or not, or to

what extent it be so, depends generally on the species, but

sometimes, as we shall see presently, upon the sex.

Also it depends chiefly on the species, but in certain cases

on the sex, what the grownd-colour is. There are species in

which one sex is black, the other red-and-black: or in which

both sexes are red-and-black, but one shows more red than the

other. Again, where both sexes are metallescent, there may

be a difference in the particular metallic colouring of the two

sexes, And to a certain extent these phenomena seem to

follow, as I shall try to show, certain rules.

It is, therefore, not without exception that we can admit

Wallace’s generalisation, quoted above, that “ the two sexes of

the stinging Hymenoptera are equally well-coloured” ; though

I think it must be allowed that sexual difference plays a very

minor part in determining the general style of their coloration.

Summing briefly what has been said, I would suggest that

we may roughly divide the insects under consideration into

(1) black, (2) red-and-black, (3) pale, and (4) metallic forms,

and again into (1) forms with ‘‘pictura albida,” which will

include all the black-and-yellow (wasp-like) species, and

(2) forms without zt, including not only entirely black or

metallic species, but red-and-black insects like Sphecodes and

other similarly coloured Bees and Fossors, provided that they

have no white or yellow markings. And I believe that any one

( “exent -)

who has had frequent opportunities of collecting and observing

Aculeates in many parts of the Palaearctic region, and has

noticed what kind of localities particularly coloured species

haunt, and to what extent similarly coloured species in differ-

ent groups occur in company with one another and with

similarly coloured forms belonging to other Orders, will feel

sure as I do—that in some way or other most of their colours

are Protective—Cryptic or Aposematic as the case may be, and

sometimes, perhaps, Cryptic in some surroundings and Apose-

matic in others (for it depends entirely on the surroundings

whether strongly contrasted markings catch the eye or confuse

it —attract attention or distract it.*) This applies evidently to

the two very common types of Aculeate coloration black-and-

yellow (Wasp-like) and black-and-red (Sphecodes-like). These,

as I can say from personal observation, occur frequently in

all sorts of localities, forming regular Miillerian associations.

At the same time I am convinced that, in some surroundings,

these same markings are as certainly Cryptic as the stripes

and spots of the great Felidae, whose habits as well as their

colours (‘si parva licet componere magnis”’) are not very un-

like those of the predaceous Fossors. Before quitting this

point, which (though connected with my proper subject) must

not detain me too long, I should like to say that I think these

insects are not so much qualified for entering into Synapose-

matic groups by the fact that the ? possesses a sting, as by

some nauseous taste or smell (perhaps connected with Formic

acid ?) which both sexes possess. As Professor Poulton has

shown, stingless ¢ ¢ do sometimes not only enter into, but form

centres of, such groups. And in this connection I may men-

tion Mr. Sladen’s interesting observations, that (1) when a

male Humble Bee is caught in the fingers, its usual pleasant

fragrance is ‘‘now blended with an odour like that of sting-

* It is difficult to doubt that the nauseous black-and-yellow larvae of

the Cinnabar moth are protected by Synaposematism (cf. Poulton, Colours

of Animals, p. 170). Yet I have often collected Aculeates on flowers of

Ragwort without noticing at first that the leaves of the same plants were

literally swarming with these gaudy caterpillars. Again, a Sawfly with

wasp-like colours, e. g. Strongylogaster cingulatus 2 is certainly less con-

spicuous when resting on bracken than an all-black one like Selandria

morio (cf. Poulton, J. c., pp. 25-26).

{ Cf. Poulton in Trans. Ent. Soc., 1904, p. 645 ete. Cf. also Proc.

Ent. Soc., 1909, p. xix.

( exci)

poison emitted in fear,” * and (2) that a dog, if a Humble Bee

be presented to him, “ will turn away in disgust, although he

will readily snap ata fly.” + Besides, except in the case of Social

Bees, the sting is only exceptionally a really formidable weapon.

Many Fossors hardly use the sting at all except for paralysing

their prey, and if they fight, prefer to trust to their mandi-

bles. This has been noticed especially in Philanthus. Pro-

fessor Poulton tells me, that he has seen a fight between

Workers of true Wasps “conducted solely by means of the

mandibles, and aimed at cutting off the abdomen of the

opponent.” The sting of some wild Bees, e. g. Andrena, is quite

negligible, and even that of the Hive Bee has no terrors for

such birds as Merops apiaster and persicus, or (according to

Hoffer) for swallows, or for the Fossor Philanthus, or the

Dipteron Asilus, or (according to Butler’s observations quoted {

by Wallace) for lizards and frogs, which swallow them “in

utter disregard of their stings.”

No one, I should think, who has collected in the deserts of

Algeria, Egypt and Palestine can doubt, that the very pale

colours and shimmering silvery or golden pruinosity, so common

in all groups of Hymenoptera in such localities and practically

there only, are Cryptic characters, rendering the insects which

possess them inconspicuous and almost invisible § among the

glittering sands and pale vegetation which they haunt. Here

at least, contrary to the rule laid down by Wallace, we have

stinging Hymenoptera coloured so as to resemble—or at any

rate so as not to contrast with—‘‘ the inanimate and vegetable

substances” which normally surround them.

But to return to colowr-characters which differ in the sexes.

This, I think, is not often the case with ‘‘ metallic’ colours (as

blue, green, violet, etc.) which are due, not to pigment, but to

interference. Such colours, however, are exceptional in the

Palaearctic Fauna, and I hesitate to say much of them with-

out knowing how far they yield sexual characters in Exotic

* Sladen, The Humble Bee, p. 13. t fbid., p. 115.

t On Natural Selection, p. 122.

§ Professor Poulton tells me of a remark made to him by the late

E. Saunders that the silvery or golden faces of such insects (g 6 especially)

peeping out or emerging from holes in the glaring sand would surely be

effective in concealing them.

(exev )

Aculeates. Still I have noticed cases where as in the beautiful

Osmia ferruginea (= igneo-purpurea) the colours of the ? are

decidedly richer and more intense than those of the dg, and

others in which the ¢ is greenish (aeneous) and the ? dark

blue or violet (Osmia caerulescens, panzeri, versicolor, etc.). But

oftener there is little difference in the colour of the sexes, e. g.

in Sceliphron targionii and omissus (Fossors), and the majority

of Ceratina spp. (Bees).

On the contrary, in the red-and-black (pigmented) forms,

whether with or without pictura albida, there is an undoubted

tendency for the 9 to be the redder insect. *

Thus, looking through my own collection, I find the ground-

colour of the abdomen black in all my ¢¢, and more or less

largely red in all my 9 9, of the following species :—

Pompilus unicolor, Salius notatulus, Calicurgus hyalinatus,

Sapyga quinquepunctata and similis, Elis sp. %, Sphea pruinosus,

afer, tristis, Gorytes niger (if I have associated the right ? with

this $), Palarus humeralis (here the “ red” is rather “ orange”),

Entomosericus concinnus, Paracoelioxys rufiventris, Paradioxys

sp. 4, Phiarus abdominalis, Ammobates biastoides and rostratus,

Biastes brevicornis and truncatus, and nearly every species

of Myzine. In many other cases—far too many to enumerate

—I find the abdomen of both sexes more or less red, but more

so in the 99 than in the gg. And again in many other cases

and particularly in species of Andrena and Prosopis I find that

individual specimens of either sex may be black-and-red or

black entirely, but that the melanic forms are commonest

among males.

Against these instances I can quote very few indeed of the

reverse phenomenon—(only one or two Mutillidae and Halicti).

Red on the thorax is rare in Aculeates, but occurs in some

9 Ants (e.g. several Formica spp.), and Mutillids, also in ?

Nomada spp. (of the ruficornis group, etc.), and in the sub-

* I am not as yet prepared to say, whether there is any such tendency

in 2 ? of other groups than that now under consideration, or in cases

when the comparative redness or blackness of an insect is a question of its

pilosity and not of its integument. In some of the latter cases the rule,

if it exists, is certainly broken. Thus in British (though not in Continen-

tal) forms of two common Anthophora spp. the pilosity of the ? ? (except

their scopx) is black, while that of the ¢ ¢ isfulvous. So that here the

9 cannot be said to be ‘‘ the redder insect.”

(- exev })

tropical Bee Anthophora erubescens. In all these except the

Mutillids the ¢ thorax is entirely black. The same phenome-

non is quite common in Sawflies (many Dolerus spp., some

Bleunocampids, Eriocampa ovata, etc.). I find no case of the

reverse, 7.e. none where the ¢ and not the ? has the thorax

rufescent.

Also, on the head, red is comparatively infrequent ; but where

it occurs, it is generally in the 9 that I have noticed it—e. g.

many Ants, most of the large Scoliidae, Nectanebus fischeri,

several Cerceris spp., and the Bee Anthophora erubescens.

Here, again, I can quote no instance of the contrary. It

would appear that, assuming such coloration to be Protective,

it is the 2 generally which receives the protection. However,

there are gg which enjoy it as well as, or nearly as well as, their

females ; for a more or less red abdomen is usual in both sexes

of Sphecodes, and not uncommon in Andrena and Osmia; it is

also frequent in both sexes of many Fossors, both among the

Pompilidae and the Sphegidae.

I believe that in some cases these ved colours are due to a

sort of immaturity, the insects which emerge before their pig-

mentation is fully developed being redder than those which

have been more patient. In England Andrena hattorfiana

commonly emerges in the late summer and is quite black in

both sexes. But F. Smith noticed that in certain very hot and

early summers the 2 9 were apt, as on the Continent, to be red.

And in South Europe (Greece, Corfu, etc.) I have taken long

series of it in April in which al/ the 99 and many of the g¢

were red. Possibly a sudden heat-wave may bring the species

out abundantly at a time when some only of the ¢¢ and none

of the 9? have coloured up properly. And this may conceiv-

ably apply to other cases of red-bodied 2 occurring with black-

bodied $g. Most of my own specimens above enumerated were

taken in hot spring-weather in Mediterranean districts.

Now as to pictura albida. This, on the contrary, though it

occurs in both sexes, distinctly predominates (especially when

it occurs on the face and the front-parts of the body generally)

not in the 9 2, as rufescence does, but in the ¢ ¢.

Thus it is almost universal in some genera of Bees and

frequent at least in others that the ¢ face should be largely

( exe )

white or yellow, while that of the ? is either entirely black

(Andrena usually, Hucera and Anthophora sometimes), or with

the white or yellow much diminished and sometimes (Prosopis

usually, Anthidiwm sometimes) reduced to mere spots. Again

in many Wasps a completely yellow clypeus is a ¢ character.

The sexes of Fossors differ less in this respect ; but even there

on the whole the ¢¢ have the face more brightly coloured.

Again the scape or basal joint of the antenna is often white

or yellow in front in g g, while it is black in their? 9. The

whole under- (or front-) side of the ¢ antenna is often paler

than that of the 9. And very conspicuous white or yellow

front-tarsi (sometimes also front-tibiae) is sometimes a male

character both in Fossors and Bees (e.g. in several species of

Crabro and Megachile).

The difference of colour in the g and 9 face is particularly

remarkable in the Bee-genera Andrena and Prosopis. British

Andrena spp. most commonly have their faces black or at

least fuscous in both sexes. But some of our own species,

and a very large number of those occurring round the Mediter-

ranean, have the clypeus or even the whole face white or

yellow ; and these colours (except in stylopised specimens)

hardly ever occur in their 9 9.* Again, in Prosopis the ¢ face

is almost invariably white, while that of the 2 shows at most

a pair of small spots or streaks between the clypeus and the

eyes. In just one species (cornuta) both sexes have the face

entirely black ; but here the $ only has an enormously dilated

yellow “scape,” which produces quite an equivalent for the

usual sexual contrast. In Halictus nearly all males exhibit

pictura albida on the clypeus, but only at its apex: while the

2 clypeus is, I believe, invariably immaculate.

Though “‘ pictura albida ” on the front of the body is usually

a ¢ sexual character, on the abdomen it generally occurs, if at

all, equally (or nearly so) in both sexes, though there are

exceptions to this (the ¢ only exhibiting it) both among the

Fossors (as Myzine) and the Bees (as some spp. of Vomada).

In the latter situation, I believe it is generally a Protective

character (Synaposematic) ; but in the former, I suspect that,

* I have only seen two Andrena spp. (one from Greece, and one from

Palestine) with any white or yellow on the face of the unstylopised 9.

( exevill: ))

like most g secondary characters, it is in some way an adaptation

facilitating pairing. The colours of the face, front-legs, etc.,

would be those which would be most prominent in the aspect of

a g approaching a 9, while those of the abdomen would display

themselves more conspicuously to most of the insect’s possible

enemies—for nearly all these would attack it from above and

not from in front. Whatever be the exact impression produced

on the feelings of an Andrena or Prosopis 2, as she witnesses

the approach of her bright-fronted suitor, whether actual

admiration or merely surprise and curiosity, it is at least

probable that her notice would be attracted by the spectacle,

and that thus, so to speak, the ice would be broken, and the

road paved for further overtures.

While both in Fossors and true Wasps yellow and other

bright markings on the integument of the abdomen are

extremely frequent, they are decidedly unusual among Palae-

arctic Bees, except in particular Genera (e.g. Anthidium and

its Parasite Stelis, Nomada—also a parasitic Genus,— Campto-

poeum, and Nomioides). Much more frequently in this Family

striking colour-characters are produced, not by the integument

(which is commonly immaculate), but by the Pilosity, and as

to this two general remarks may be made, (1) that in Aculeates

bright and conspicuous colours appear as a rule ezther in

the integument or the pilosity but not in both at once, and (2)

that to a certain extent corresponding types of coloration are

produced by these two methods, and probably have the same

bionomic value. Professor Poulton lately exhibited at a

meeting of our Society a remarkable case of two Australian

Bees, a Prosopis and a Halictus, with a similar and very

characteristic coloration, produced in the one case by integu-

mental pigments, and in the other entirely by the Pilosity.

Other if less perfect examples of this sort of mimicry might

be pointed out in all groups of Aculeates. Thus, while in

some Crabronidae and Andrenidae the g clypeus is made white

or yellow by pigmentation of the chitin, in others the same

effect is simulated by a clothing of silvery or golden hairs.

The abdomen of Bombus lapidarius is made red-and-black by

hairs only, that of Sphecodes gibbus or Andrena scita by colours

in the actual integument. Patterns of white or yellow spots,

({ exeix:) )

streaks or broad bands on a dark ground are produced in some

Aculeates (e.g. Mutillidae, Melecta and Crocisa spp., Halictus

scabiosae, etc.) mainly by the pilosity, in others (as Crabronidae,

Cerceris spp., Nomada, and Anthidiwm, as well as in most

Wasps) by staining of the body itself. Although most of

these Pilosity-characters are probably Protective and not

Sexual, some, I think, are pretty clearly of the latter sort.

Among such may be probably reckoned the conspicuous white

tuft of hair on the clypeus in several ¢ ¢ of Andrena, and the

silvery faces of some ¢ Fossors, though it is true that in other

cases in this Group the character is nearly equally well

developed in both sexes. In one remarkable instance a

character peculiar to 9 9 appears to be Sexual and Protective

also. I refer to the glittering white or yellow round spots

of dense pilosity (arranged almost like the ‘‘ pips”’ on dice or

dominoes !) which occur on the abdomens of females only in

many species of Mutilla, and are the more conspicuous because

the actual integument in all these species is, in that sex,

entirely black. The number and disposition of these spots

vary according to the species, and are much relied upon as

specific characters, but so far as I know they are absolutely

confined to 2? 9. It seems practically certain that these spots

are a case of Warning-colours (Aposematic). The insects

must be anything but an agreeable morsel to most Insectivora,

Their integument is excessively hard, and their juices probably

very unpalatable ; for it is difficult to pin them, and when

pinned they exude a great deal of what is commonly called

‘“‘verdigris”’? (= oleate of copper according to the late Dr.

Knaggs). Also they sting terribly. And lastly, being

apterous they are exposed to dangers which their g ¢ can

escape by flight. Hence there is good reason that they should

exhibit special Danger-signals, lest they should be mistaken

for some unobjectionable insect of another kind.

But I have already occupied more of your time than the

occasion justifies, though I am far from having exhausted my

subject, or even alluded to certain branches of it, which I

should wish to discuss if it were possible—as the pigmentation

of Aculeates’ eyes which is sometimes different in the two sexes,

and has hardly been noticed except in a few records made by

( cc )

Mr. Eaton in Algeria—the staining in certain cases of the

wings, and also their iridescence, which however could hardly

be discussed without consideration of such phenomena in

Exotics—and others which I regret my inability to treat

satisfactorily, e.g. the chemical and physiological causes

determining Colour-characters, which have been studied in

Lepidoptera by such experts as Professors Meldola and Poulton

and others.

I will therefore end by offering to the Society my thanks

for two years’ peaceful enjoyment of a position, not only the

most distinguished, but in several ways the most agreeable

and interesting, that I have ever occupied, or can ever expect

to occupy. I have to thank, also, my fellow-Officers and

colleagues in the Council for all that they have said and

done to encourage and assist me in discharging duties not

indeed actually onerous, but at any rate responsible; and,

finally, to welcome with sincere congratulations and good

wishes our able and popular colleague, Mr. Bethune-Baker, to

whom I now resign this Chair.

NOTES.

A. Mr. Waterhouse, since the above was written, has called my atten-

tion to the Mymaridae, where the g antenna has generally several more

joints than the ?; (often 13 as against 9!). See p. clxxxi.

B. Dr. T. A. Chapman has seen the g Odynerus spinipes ‘‘ imprison

the wings of the ?”’ between his (tridentate) middle femora, and (excavated)

middle tibiae. KE. M. M. 1870, p. 214. See p. clxxxiv.

( ‘ea )

GENERAL INDEX.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’; the Roman

numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

The President’s Address is not separately indexed.

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Aberrations, of Central European Rhopalocera, exhibited, xxiv; in Aglais

urticae, var. ichnusa, exhibited, xlii; new to Britain, exhibited, lxxxvii ;

of Abraxas grossulariata, dark, exhibited, Ixxxvii; of Pyramets cardut,

exhibited, Ixxxvii; of Alpine Lycaenids, exhibited, xci; of Brenthis

selene, exhibited, xev ; of Colias edusa, exhibited, cxxii; Ruralid, exhibited,

Abraxas grossulariata, dark aberrations of, exhibited, ]xxxvii.

Acraea, with a supplement on those of the Oriental region, a monograph of

the African species of the genus, 1.

Acraeine, pupae, diurnal movements of, Ixxxiii; larvae, synaposematic

resemblance between, cilii.

Aculeate Hymenoptera in the Oxford Museum, South African and Australian,

375,

Adams, H. J,, notice of the death of, xxv.

Africa, on some hitherto imperfectly known Lepidoptera from South, vi, 384 ;

two species of Danaine genus Tirwmala (Melinda) as models, and one as

a mimic, exhibited, xxxi; the sluggishness of two Lycaenidae of the

genera Epitola and Hewitsonia from West, exhibited, xxxiii; Tabanidae

from East, exhibited, xlix ; Asilids and Rhopalocera from East, exhibited,

Ixx; the cocoons of the Lasiocampid moth Chrysopsyche varia from,

exhibited, Ixxxi; Homoptera from West, exhibited, xc ; myrmecophilous

Lycaenid from, exhibited, evi; mimic of Pyrrhochalcia tphis, Messaga

monteironis from West, exhibited, cix; mostly Elidinae, on new species

of Fossorial Hymenoptera from, cxiv, 720 ; Rhopalocera and Hymenoptera

from West, exhibited, cxix.

African, species of the genus Acraea, with a supplement on those of the

Oriental region,a monograph of the, 1; and Australian Aculeate Hymen-

optera in the Oxford Museum, South, 375.

Agaristid moth Messaga monteironis, a mimic of the Hesperid Pyrrhochalcia

iphis, exhibited, cix.

Aglais urticae, var. ichnusa, aberrations in, exhibited, xlii.

Agriades thersites, an unrecognised European Lycaena, identified as, 662;

A. thetis, females, exhibited, cxl.

Albulina pheretes, a Myrmecophilous Plebeiid blue butterfly, on the early

stages of, vii, 393; bred, exhibited, xviii.

( cen)

Aletis, and their mimics from Entebbe, Geometrid moths of genus, exhibited,

iii.

Aleuonota and Atheta, synoptic table of British species of, exlii.

Alpine, Lycaenids, aberrations of, exhibited, xci; butterflies, exhibited, xciii.

Amauris egialea stroking the brands of the hind wings with its anal tufts,

exhibited, xxxiv.

America, with descriptions of new genera and species, notes on various

Coleoptera from Central, cxxili; descriptions of Micro-Lepidoptera from

South, exlii.

Anal tufts, of female Glutophrissa protruded during courtship, v; Amauris

egialea stroking the brands of the hind wings with its, exhibited, xxxiv.

Anaphe infracta, irritating hairs of the moth, exhibited, Ixxvili.

Ants, and Dipterous larvae, exhibited, xxvi ; scarce, exhibited, xci ; and a new

myrmecophilous species, exhibited, cii.

Arctic dragonflies, exhibited, xcvii.

Argynnis, a new species of, exhibited, ci.

Asilids and Rhopalocera, East African, exhibited, xx.

Atheta and Aleuonota, synoptic table of British species of, exlii.

Auditors, nomination of, cxxiv.

Australian bees, Millerian mimicry between, exhibited, c; Aculeate Hymen-

optera in the Oxford Museum, South African and, 375.

Baronia brevicornis, exhibited, xxiii.

Bee-imago (Osmia sp.), delayed emergence of, exhibited, xciv.

Bees, Miillerian mimicry between Australian, c.

Birds, as a check on insect pests, ii; and insects at edge of fire, xlii; power

of sight in, liii.

Blattidae, studies of the, lxxxvi, 643.

Borneo, with a revision of the Thecline genus Thamala, on some new and

little-known Lycaenidae from, cxlil.

Brazil, descriptions of new species of Lepidoptera-Heterocera from South-

East, vi, 419; Ithomiines from, exhibited, xliii; Miullerian associations

from, exhibited, cxxvii.

Brenthis selene, aberration of, exhibited, xev ; B. pales, exhibited, cv.

British, Coleoptera, new, exhibited, xii, xxv; aberration, new, exhibited,

lxxxvii; Museum et de |’ Université de Oxford, notes sur quelques espéces

des Lucanides dans les collections du, ciii.

British Honduras and Guatemala, butterflies from, exhibited, xlv.

Butterflies, a natural food of monkeys, iv, xvii; the study of mimicry

(Batesian and Miillerian) by temperature experiments on two tropical,

vii, 445; from British Honduras and Guatemala, exhibited, xlv; two

uncommon Sudanese, exhibited, lxviii ; bred in the Lagos district, families

of, exhibited, lxxv; Alpine, exhibited, xciii; European, exhibited, xevi ;

into new localities, occasional migration due to excessive drought as a

cause of the spread of, xcvii; the special development of mimicry in

forest, xcix ; of the White Nile, a study in geographical distribution,

exxiii.

Callioratis pactolicus in all its stages, the warning colours of the Hypsid

moth, exhibited, lxxxii.

Callophrys avis, the food-plant of, vii, 409.

Celastrina argiolus on a new food-plant, xcil.

( ceili )

Ceylon, on some luminous Coleoptera from, exviii, 717.

Chilades galba and C. phiala, comparative notes on, cxlii.

Chrysids, metallic colour in, exhibited, cxxx.

Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of climate on colours of, exhibited, cxxxviii.

Chrysopsyche varia, the cocoons of the African Lasiocampid moth, exhibited,

lxxxi.

Climate on colours of Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of, exhibited, exxxviii.

Coccid food of the larva of Spalgis lemolea, determination of the, xviii.

Cocoons, of Worasuma kolga, spun under natural conditions, ci; of the Tineid

moth Epicephala chalybacma, the production of the spherical structures

on the, exhibited, evi, cxxxviii.

Coleophorids, scarce, exhibited, xliii.

Coleoptera, rare, exhibited, i; on the comparative anatomy of the male

genital tube in, vi, 477; new British, exhibited, xii, xxv; larvae of,

exhibited, lxxii, ex ; from Oxford, exhibited, lxxxvii; myrmecophilous,

exhibited, cx ; from Ceylon, on some luminous, cxviii, 717 ; with descrip-

tions of new genera and species, notes on various Central American,

Cxxili.

Oolias hecla from Finmark, xciii; aberrations of C. edusa, exhibited, cxxil.

Colours of the Hypsid moth Callioratis pactolicus in all its stages, the

warning, exhibited, lxxxii; of Chrysophanus phlaeas, effect of climate on,

exhibited, cxxxviii.

Comstock, Prof. J. H., letter of thanks from, on election as Hon. Fellow, i.

Costa Rica, Miullerian associations from, exhibited, cxxvii.

Dacus, the effect of oil of Citronella on two species of, vi, 412.

Damba Island, near Entebbe, further captures of Pseudacraea, etc., on,

exhibited, xix.

Delegates, appointment of, xxxviii.

Dermaptera, a new sub-order of, exhibited, xxiv.

Dianthoecia, genus, exhibited, xciii.

Dipteron, scarce, exhibited, Ixvii.

Dipterous larvae, ants and, exhibited, xxvi.

Distinction of certain species in the orbitudus and pheretiades section of the

genus Plebetus, notes on the specific, exlii.

Diurnal movements of Acraeine pupae, ]xxxiii.

Dragonflies, Arctic, exhibited, xcvii.

Earwig, living, exhibited, xciii.

Egg-laying of Erebia glacialis, xciv.

Egypt, scarce Pierid from, exhibited, xlii.

Elidinae, on new species of Fossorial Hymenoptera from South Africa,

chiefly, exiv, 720.

Entebbe, Geometrid moths of the genus AJetis, and their mimics from the

neighbourhood of, exhibited, iii ; further captures of Pseudacraea, etc.,

on Damba Island, near, exhibited, xix ; Lepidoptera with Weptzs pattern,

collected near, exhibited, xxvi.

Entomological picture, curious, exhibited, xciii.

Epicephala chalybacma, the production of the spherical structures on the

cocoons of the Tineid moth, exhibited, cvi, cxxxviii.

Erebia qlacials, egg-laying of, xciv.

Euchelia jacobaeae captured and then abandoned by a robin, exhibited, xc.

( ‘eeiv >)

Euchloé damone, variation in, exhibited, xlii.

Europe, aberrations of Rhopalocera from Central, exhibited, xxiv; butterflies

from, exhibited, xcvi.

European Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised, 662.

EKurytela dryope shown to be distinct from E. hiarbas, exhibited, xviii, lvi,

xxviii, ¢,

Ex-Presidents, portraits of, xcvi, civ.

Fellows, election of, xii, xxv, xxxvii, xli, lxv, ]xxxvii, xevi, civ, exvili, exxiv.

», letters of thanks on election as Hon.,, i.

Finmark, Colzas hecla from, exhibited, xciii.

Fire, birds and insects at edge of, xlii.

Fitch, E. A., notice of the death of, lxxxvii.

Forest areas, mimicry in the Tropics chiefly characteristic of, 1.

Ganglbauer, Prof. L,, notice of the death of, Ixxxvii.

Geographical distribution, the butterflies of the White Nile, a study in, cxxiii,

Geometrid moths of the genus A/etis, and their mimics from Entebbe,

exhibited, iii.

Gigantic larvae, exhibited, cxiv.

Glossina caliginea (Tsetse-fly) rejected by a monkey, exhibited, Ixxv.

Glutophrissa, anal tufts of female protruded during courtship, v.

Gonepteryx rhamnt, cluster of ova of, exhibited, 1.

Grosvenor, G. H., notice of the death of, lxxxvii.

Guatemala, butterflies from British Honduras and, exhibited, xlv.

Habits, attitudes, etc., the value of photographs, even when greatly reduced

as a record of, exhibited, cvi.

Hairs, of Lasiocampid larva disseminated through the air, exhibited, iv; of

the moth Anaphe infracta, irritating, exhibited, lxxviii.

Hawaiian wasps, on the colour-groups of the, lvi.

Heredity in the female forms of Hypolimnas misippus, exhibited, Ixxiii.

Homoptera, West African, exhibited, xc.

Honorary Fellow, death of, Ixxxvii; election of, civ.

Hoodia, on the genera Liothrips and, vi, 470.

Hybrids and second broods, exhibited, cii.

Hydroecia, new, exhibited, ]xviii.

Hymenoptera, from South Africa, chiefly Elidinae, on new species of Fossorial,

exiv, 720; from West Africa, exhibited, cxix.

Hypolimnas (Euralia) dubius, and H. (E.) anthedon, exhibited, iv; heredity

in the female forms of H. mistppus, exhibited, lxxiii.

Insect pests, birds as a check on, ii ; -catching grass, exhibited, lxxxvii.

Insects and birds at edge of fire, xlii.

Ithomiines, Brazilian, exhibited, xliii.

Kirby, W. F., notice of the death of, cxxiv.

Lagos district, three families of P. davdanus bred from hippocoon females in

the, exhibited, xii, cxxxi; large Lepidopterous pupa, probably Lycaenid,

found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the, exhibited, xxxii; Meptzs and

Neptidopsis in the, lv; families of butterflies bred in the, exhibited Ixxv ;

forms of Leuceronia argia in the, exhibited, cxxxi.

Larval nests, remarkable, exhibited, cxxii.

Lasiocampid larva, urticating hairs of, disseminated through the air, exhibited,

iv.

{ xcey -)

Lepidoptera, on some hitherto imperfectly known South African, vi, 384;

-Heterocera from South-East Brazil, descriptions of new species of, vi,

419; an experiment on the development of the male appendages in,

vii, 407 ; with Weptis pattern, collected near Entebbe, exhibited, xxvi;

probably Lycaenid, found in the leaf-nest of Oecophylla, in the Lagos

district, large pupa of, exhibited, xxxii; Pyrenean, exhibited, xciii.

Leuceronia argia in the Lagos district of West Africa, forms of, exhibited, cxxxi.

Liothrips and Hoodia, on the genera, vi, 470.

Lonchaea chorea, the life-history of, xcvi.

LIucanides dans les collections du British Museum et de |’Université de

Oxford, notes sur quelques espéces des, ciil.

Lycaena, identified as Agriades thersites, an unrecognised European, 662.

Lycaenid, a myrmecophilous African, exhibited, cvi.

Lycaenidae, of the genera Epitola and Hewittsonia, the sluggishness of two

West African, exhibited, xxxiii; aberrations of Alpine, exhibited, xci;

with a revision of the Thecline genus Thamala, on some new and little-

known Bornean, cxlii.

Malacoderm larvae, exhibited, ciii.

Male, appendages in Lepidoptera, an experiment on the development of the,

vii, 407; genital tube in Coleoptera, the comparative anatomy of the,

vi, 477.

Mantid oothecae, exhibited, exxi, exxv.

Meetings, notice as to cards of the dates of, i.

Melanargia japygia and M. galatea from Sicily, series of, exhibited, cxxx.

Melitaea aurinia, exhibited, cv.

Messaga montetronis, a mimic of Pyrrhochalcia tiphis, the West African,

exhibited, cix.

Metallic colour in Chrysids, exhibited, cxxx.

Micro-Lepidoptera, descriptions of South American, exlii.

Migration due to excessive drought as a cause of the spread of butterflies into

new localities, occasional, xcvii.

Mimacraeas, new, exhibited, xliv.

Mimicery, of genus 4letis from Entebbe, instances of, exhibited, iii; (Batesian

and Millerian) by temperature experiments on two tropical butterflies,

the study of, vii, 445; two African species of the Danaine genus T7?2ru-

mala (Melinda) as models, and one as a mimic, exhibited, xxxi; in the

Tropics chiefly characteristic of forest areas,1; a few observations on,

xevi; in forest butterflies, the special development of, xcix; between

Australian bees, Miillerian, exhibited, c; protective resemblance,

exhibited, cxiv.

Monkeys, butterflies a natural food of, iv, xvii; Tsetse-fly Glossina caliginéa

rejected by a, exhibited, lxxv.

Myrmecophilous, Plebeiid blue butterfly, on the early stages of <Albulina

pheretes, a, vii, 393 ; species, and a new, exhibited, cii; African Lycaenid,

exhibited, cvi; Coleopteron, exhibited, ex.

Natal, Papilio dardanus from trophonius females, bred in, exxxiv.

Natural History Museum as to boundaries, notice from, xxv.

Neptis, pattern, collected near Entebbe, Lepidoptera with, exhibited, xxvi;

IV. swynnertont, a new species from S.E. Rhodesia, exhibited, xxviii;

and Weptidopsis in the Lagos district, lv.

( cevi )

Nests, remarkable larval, exhibited, exxii.

Nile, a study in geographical distribution, the butterflies of the White, cxxiii.

Nomenclature, discussion on, xxxviii ; report of committee on, lxv ; letter as

to Prof. Schulze’s “ Nomenclator,” cxxiv.

Nonagria neva, life history of, exhibited, xlviii ; VV. dzssoluta, exhibited, ciii.

Norasuma kolga spun under natural conditions, cocoons of, ci.

Obituary, H. J. Adams, xxv; EH. A. Fitch, Prof. L. Ganglbauer, G. H,

Grosvenor, R. Shelford, lxxxvii; W. F. Kirby, cxxiv.

Oecophylla, in the Lagos district, large Lepidopterous pupa, probably Lycaenid,

found in the leaf-nest of, exhibited, xxxii.

Officers, nomination of, exviil.

Oil of Citronella, the effect of, on two species of Dacus, vi, 412.

Oporabia, hybrid, exhibited, vi.

Orthopteron, scarce, exhibited, cxxx.

Osmia sp., delayed emergence of, exhibited, xciv.

Oxford, Coleoptera from, exhibited, lxxxvii; notes sur quelques espéces des

Lucanides dans les collections du British Museum et de |’Université de,

clii; Museum, South African and Australian Aculeate Hymenoptera in

the, 375,

Papilio dardanus, bred from hippocoon females in the Lagos district, three

families of, exhibited, xii, cxxxi; bred in Natal from trophonius females,

CXXXiVv.

Parasites on a parasite, exhibited, xxxviii.

Photographs, the value of, even when greatly reduced, as a record of habits,

attitudes, etc, exhibited, cvi.

Phromnia superba, exhibited, lxxxviii.

Pierid, scarce Egyptian, exhibited, xlii.

Pierine genus Pinacopteryx, exhibited, cx.

Pieris napi and var. bryoniae, exhibited, 1xxi.

Pinacopteryx, Pierine genus, exhibited, cx.

Planema arenaria from Sesse Islands in the Victoria Nyanza, richly-coloured

example of, exhibited, cxxxviii.

Plebeius, notes on the specific distinction of certain species in the orbitulus

and pheretiades section of the genus, cxlii.

Plecopteron, scarce, exhibited, xlviii.

Polyommatus alexius, a good species, Ixxxvi; P. icarus, blue females of,

exhibited, ev, exli; P. icarus females, exhibited, cxxxix.

Procedure, notice as to, Ixv.

Protective resemblance, exhibited, cxiv.

Protura, the order, exhibited, xcvii.

Pseudacraea, etc., on Damba Island, near Entebbe, further captures of,

exhibited, xix; of the hobley? group on the Sesse Islands in the Victoria

Nyanza, Ixxxiv, exxxvi; P, eurytus hobley/, the life history of, cxiv, 706.

Pyrameis cardut, aberration of, exhibited, ]xxxvii.

Pyrenean Lepidoptera, exhibited, xciii.

Pyrrhochalcia iphis, the West African Messaga montetronis, a mimic of,

exhibited, cix.

Rhodesia, Veptis swynnertoni, a new species from S.E., exhibited, xxviii.

Rhopalocera, aberrations of Central European, exhibited, xxiv; Hast African

Asilids and, exhibited, lxx ; from West Africa, exhibited, cxix.

( cevii )

Robin, Euchelia jacobaeae captured and then abandoned by a, exhibited, xe.

Royal Society’s celebrations, report of, cv.

Ruralid aberrations, exhibited, cxl.

Sawflies, difference of food and habit in closely related, xxiv.

Schulze’s ‘‘ Nomenclator,” letter as to Prof., cxxiv.

Seal of Society, announcement as to, xlii.

Shelford, R., notice of the death of, lxxxvii.

Sicily, series of Melanargia japyyia and M. galatea from, exhibited, cxxx.

Sight in birds, power of, liii.

Spalgis lemolea, determination of the Coccid food of the larva of, xviii.

Sudanese butterflies, two uncommon, exhibited, Ixviii.

Synoposematic resemblance between Acraeine larvae, ciii.

Tabanidae, East African, exhibited, xlix.

Temperature experiments on two tropical butterflies, the study of mimicry

(Batesian and Miillerian) by, vii, 445.

Teracolus, species of genus, exhibited, cxli.

Thamala, on some new and little-known Bornean Lycaenidae, with a revision

of the Thecline genus, cxlii.

Thrips, scarce, exhibited, xlix.

Tirumala (Melinda) as models, and one as a mimic, two African species of

the Danaine genus, exhibited, xxxi.

Tsetse-fly Glossina caliginea rejected by a monkey, exhibited, lxxv.

University College, offer from, cxxv.

Variation in Euchloé damone, exhibited, xlii.

Venezuela, Miillerian associations from, exhibited, cxxvii.

Vesperus, new species of, exhibited, v.

Vice-Presidents, nomination of, i.

Victoria Nyanza, Pseudacraeas of the hobleyi group on the Sesse Islands in

the, lxxxiv, exxxvi; richly coloured example of Planema arenaria from,

exhibited, exxxviii.

Wasmann, Fr. Erich, letter of thanks from, on election as Hon. Fellow, i.

Wasps, on the colour-groups of the Hawaiian, lvi.

PROC. ENT, SOC. LOND. v. 1912. (6)

(. eevi, )

SPECIAL INDEX.

The Arabie figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’ ; the Roman Runners

to the pages of the * Proceedings.’

abadima (Acraea), 192

Abantis, 391

abbotti (Acraea), 235

abderus (Diloboderus), 581, 594

abdominalis, var. atriceps (Campono-

tus), cil

5 (Melyris), 536, 540

(Myzine), 724, 726, 733

abnormis (Alastor), 380

BS (Oreocrabro),

Abraxas, Ixxxvii

abyssinica (Temnopteryx),

658

689

656, 657,

Acanthocerinae, 580:

acara (Acraea), 84, 86, 87

Acari, ex

acerata (Acraea), 235, 237, 238, 351

», acerata (Acraea), 35, 236

», f. brahmsi (Acraea), 35, 235,

237, 238, 351

», f. diavina (Acraea), 285, 288,

351

», f. tenella (Acraea), 34, 235, 236,

238, 351

», f. vinidia (Acraea), 35, 235, 236,

237, 238, 351

acervorum (Leptothorax), xcii

Aclopinae, 581

Aclopus, 581, 587, 590

Acmaeodera, 547

acoelogaster (Odynerus), 682

acontias (Acraea), 137

»» ab. decora (Acraea), 138, 139

Acraea, xx, xxi, xxii, lv, ]xxxv, ciii, 3,

21S 6 OF 7h ey Oe LUD, ahh, 2s ale} ile

15, 16, U7; 18; 19,20; 21, 22; 23; 24,

25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34,

35, 386, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44,

45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54,

55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64,

65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 72, 73, 74,

75, 76, 78, 79, 80, 81, 82, 83, 84, 86,

87, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96,

97, 99, 100, 101, 102, 103, 104, 105,

106, 107, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112,

WS. 114, 15, WG a7, SO.

122, 123, 124, 125, 127, 128, 129,

130, 131, 132, 138, 134, 135, 136,

137, 138, 139, 140, 141, 142, 148,

, 145, 146, 148, 149, 150, 151,

» L563; 1545 15, 166, lbgeeloos

161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166,

169, 171, 172, 173, 174,

179, 180, 181, 182, 184,

5, 188, 190, 191, 192, 193,

, 196, 197, 198, 200, 201,

, 204, 205, 206, 208, 209,

, 212, 218, 215, 216, 217,

, 220, 221, 223, 224, 295,

228, 229, 230, 231, 232,

, 235, 236, 237, 238, 239,

, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246,

, 249, 251, 252, 254, 255,

, 258, 259, 260, 261, 262,

265, 266, 267, 268, 269,

273, (274, 275; 276se2aie

280, 281, 282, 283, 284,

287, 288, 289, 291, 292,

, 295, 296, 297, 298, 299,

, 302, 303, 304, 305, 306,

309, 311, 312, 313, 314,

317, 318, 319, 320, 321,

, 825, 326, 327, 328, 329,

, 332, 338, 384, 385, 336,

, 389, 340, 341, 342, 343,

345, 346, 347, 348, 349, 350,

351, 352, 353, 354, 355, 356, 358,

861, 362, 363, 365, 702, 703

Acraeinae, 4, 60, 213

acrita (Acraea), 10, 14, 15, 17, 29, 142,

143, 144, 145, 146, 150, 151,

152, 158, 154, 155, 156, 351

322,

330,

337,

344,

( cciz )

acrita acrita (Acraea), 29, 146, 148, 149,

150, 152

», subsp. ambigua (Acraea), 29, 143,

145, 148, 150, 352

», f. aquilia (Acraea), 144, 152, 352

», f. aquilina (Acraea), 143, 152, 351

», f. bella (Acraea), 29, 144, 152, 352

» subsp. bellona (Acraea), 29, 144,

145, 146, 148, 149, 152, 352

» f. chaeribulula (Acraea), 144, 152,

352

», subsp. littoralis (Acraea), 29, 144,

145, 146, 149, 152, 351

», Subsp. manca (Acraea), 29, 144,

145; 146), 150; 151, 152, 156,

352

», subsp. manea f. lindica (Acraea),

144, 151, 352

,, f. msamwiae (Acraea), 143, 152,

351

», f. nyassicola (Acraea), 143, 152,

351

» f. pauperata (Acraea), 144, 145

,, subsp. pudorina (Acraea), 28, 144,

145, 146, 149, 150, 151, 152,

153, 351

,, #, usaramensis (Acraea), 144, 152,

352

» f. utengulensis (Acraea), 144,

152, 351

Acrodegmia, 440

Acronycta, 407

acronycta (Acraea), 190

Acronyctinae, 423

actiaca (Acraea), 128

Actinote, 3, 5, 7, 8, 209

acutipennis (Acraea), 117, 118, 181,

18% WGy/

acyanus (Nesodynerus), 681

Adalia, lxxxvii

adamsi (Dioptoma), cxvili, 718

adasa (Pseudoseada), xliii, xliv

Adelostoma, 625

adelphina (Hyposcada), exxviii

Adimeridae, 527

Adimerus, 527

adippe (Argynnis), ci

» var. chlorodippe (Argynnis), ci

admatha (Acraea), 75, 78, 80, 348, 352

a5 admatha (Acraea), 23, 79

.. f. leucographa (Acraea), 23,

79, 80, 352

admetus (Lycaena), 674

adolphinae (Neolamprima), 573, 575

adusta (Leperina), 516

Aegialites, 551

Aegialitidae, 551, 553

Aegophagamyia, xlix

aenescens (Ilybius), 492

Aeria, xlvii

aesacus (Eryphanis), xlviii

Aesalus, 573, 576, 629

Aeschna, xevii

aethiopica (Theganopteryx), 656, 657,

658

affinis (Theganopteryx), 647, 649

africanus (Atractocerus), 542

» (Tabanus), xlix

aganice (Planema), exxxvii

agarithe (Callidryas), xlvi

agatha (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii, xxviii,

O.0d.G LOOT

agathina (Mylothris), exii

Aglais, xlii

aglaonice (Acraea), 11, 20, 32, 160, 186,

188, 352

Aglycyderes, 528, 529

Aglycyderidae, 528

agnatus (Pheropsophus), 487, 489

Agraulis, xlviii

Agriades, xci, cxxxix, cxl, exli, 402,

662, 663, 664, 665, 666, 667, 668, 669,

670, 671, 672, 673, 674, 675

Agrypnus, 545

ajax (Papilio), xlv

Alastor, 380, 381

alba (Pinacopteryx), cxi

albertisi (Chalcolepidius), 545, 546

albescens (Perophora), 435

albicollis (Megalopyge), 437

albimaculata (Amauris), lii

albomaculata (Acraea), 190

albula (Terias), xlviii

Albulina, vii, lxviii, 393, 394, 399, 402,

403, 404

alcinoe (Planema), 8

alciope (Acraea), xx, xxl, xxli, Ixxxv,

ciii, 13, 14, 38, 307, 322, 323,

326, 331, 352, 702, 703

», alciope (Acraea), 37, 323

», f. aurivillii (Acraea), 13, 38,

323, 325, 326, 327, 352

», f. cretacea (Acraea), 37, 323,

325, 352

», f. fumida (Acraea), 323, 325,

352

,, f. latifasciata (Acraea), 323, 326

», f. macarina (Acraea), 38, 322,

325, 352

,, subsp. schecana (Acraea), 323,

326, 352

» f. tella (Acraea), 38, 323, 326,

352

Aletis, iii

Aleuonota, exlii

alexis (Argus), 666, 668, 675

O 2

(meeaa)

alexius (Agriades), xci, 666, 668, 669,

670, 675

», (Polyommatus), lxxxvi

alicia (Acraea), 221, 702

», (Planema), 323, 326

aliciae (Elis), 737

Alindria, 516

aliphera (Eueides), xlviii

alpestris (Somatochlora), xevii

alsina (Eresia), exxvii

alternans (Phloeobius), 570

althoffi (Acraea), 14, 33, 251, 252, 254,

255, 352

», althoffi (Acraea), 252

», f. drucei (Acraea), 252, 254, 352

,, f. ochreata (Acraea), 252, 254,

352

subsp. pseudepaea (Acraea), 252,

255, 256, 352

», f. rubrofasciata (Acraea), 252,

254, 256, 352

,, f. telloides (Acraea), 252, 254,

352

altivolans (Hypenodes), 700

amara (Napeogenes), exxviii

Amauris, xii, xvi, xxxi, XXXli, XXXIV,

xxxv, lii, liii, Ixx, xxvii, 7, 9

Amaxia, 420

ametalla (Elis), 739

55 (Mesa), 739

amethystina (Sagra), 558, 561

amicitiae (Acraea), 20, 24, 40, 317, 318,

352

amoena (Blatta), 656, 657, 659

Amorpha, cii

ampelophila (Drosophila), 416

Amphicoma, 581, 587, 589, 590

Amphidasis, x, xi

amphimalla (Acraea), 161

Amphizoa, 622

Anacaena, 494

anacreon (Acraea), 6, 198, 200, 201,

350, 351, 352

ip anacreon (Acraea),

198, 200, 201

ne subsp. anacreontica (Acraea),

198, 200, 202, 352

oe subsp. bomba (Acraea),

198, 200, 201, 202, 352

ny f. induna (Acraea), 28, 198,

200, 201, 352

subsp. speciosa (Acraea), 28,

198, 201, 202, 352

Anaides, 577, 581, 585, 586, 629

analis (Anoplognathus), 581, 591

», (Silpha), 502, 503

Anaphe, Ixxviii, xxx

Anaplecta, 645

21, 28,

28,

Anaplectoidea, 645

Anartia, xlviii

Anaspis, 555, 556

Ancognatha, 581, 598, 594

anderida (Heliconius), exxvilii

Andrenidae, c

androgeus (Papilio), xlvi

andromacha (Papilio), 346

andromache (Acraea), 6, 50, 346, 347

Pe var. agema (Acraea), 347

z, f. indica (Acraea), 347

5 f. oenone (Acraea), 346,

347

ra subsp. sanderi (Acraea),

346, 347

andromba (Acraea), 68, 69, 70

andromica andania (Hymenitis), xliii,

xliv

Andronymus, xcviii

Androthrips, 470

anemosa (Acraea), 25, 94, 96, 97, 100,

101, 103, 105, 352

3 anemosa (Acraea), 94, 96

a f. arcticincta (Acraea), 94, 95,

96, 352

ss f. dubiosa (Acraea), 94, 96,

352

Fis f. interrupta (Acraea), 94, 95,

96, 352

* f. mosana (Acraea), 94, 95,

352

5 f. ufipana (Acraea), 94, 96,

352

ms f. urungensis (Acraea), 94, 96,

97, 352

Anergates, xcii

angolanus (Acraea), 229

angustata (Catuna), cxix

a (Stenosis), 548, 549

angustatus (Astagobius), 502, 504

Anisomerus, 545, 546

Anisoplia, 581, 590, 592

Anisotoma, 502, 626

annulata (Zonosoma), cii

annulipes (Apion), 1xxxvii

Anomala, 581, 582, 590, 592

anomala (Acraea), 350

Anoplognathus, 581, 591

Anoxia, 581, 589

ansorgei (Acraea), 38, 318, 352

Antarctia, 421

Antennophori, xcvii

Antennophorus, cx

anthedon (Euralia), iv, xxi, lxxvii

As (Hypolimnas), iv, Ixxvii

Antherophagus, 522

Anthia, 487, 489

Anthicidae, 553, 555

( “eexi )

Anthicus, 5538, 554, 617

Anthobosca, 741, 742

Anthoboscinae, 741

Anthocomus, 536, 539

Anthophila, lix, 381

Anthrenus, 529, 600

Anthribidae, 570

antinorii (Acraea), 316

A (Deilemera), evi, cix

Apanteles, 446

Apate, 533, 534

apecida, var. flavomaculatus (Acraea),

229

Aphanopeltis, 4

Aphodiinae, 580

Aphodius, 580, 583, 584, 586

Aphrissa, xlvili

apicigera (Hemithyrsocera), 661

Apidae, 382

Apion, lxxxvii

apollo (Parnassius), cxxxiv

aprepes (Odynerus), 683

Aprotopos, xliv

aptera (Tricondyla), 486, 487

apterus (Brachycerus), 570, 571

aquata (Leucothyris), xliii

aquaticus (Helophorus), 494, 495

arabica (Acraea), 73

Araschnia, ix, xi

Archonias, 3

arcifera (Hololepta), 512

Arctiadae, 420

arcticincta (Acraea), 94

arctifascia (Acraea), 331

arenaria (Planema), xx,

exxxvili, 704, 705

argante (Callidryas), xlvi

,, (Phoebis), xlviii

argia (Leuceronia), exx, cxxxi

Argiolaus, xxxii, xxxiii

argiolus (Celastrina), xcii

Argus, 666, 668, 675

argus, (Plebeius), 674

Argynnis, ci

arion (Lycaena), xciii

Arixenia, xxiv

armatus (Henicopus), 536, 540

Aromia, 568, 569

Arrhenodes, 573

arsilache (Bremthis), cv

Asbolia, 439

asboloplintha (Acraea), 20, 196, 197,

SOG, LSM

ne asboloplintha (Acraea),

on subsp. rubescens (Ac-

raea), 24, 196, 197,

352

asema (Acraea), 26, 122, 124, 127, 352

», asema (Acraea), 122

5, 1. gracilis! (Acraea); 1122) 128

352

Asilidae, ]xx

asmareusis (Elis), 739

ms (Mesa), 739

asparagi (Crioceris), 558, 561

Aspidiphorus, 533

Aspidomorpha, 559, 567

assimilis (Anomala), 581, 590

assimulans (Nesoprosopis), 683

Astagobius, 502, 504

astarte (Pinacopteryx), cxii

Asterope, xcviii

asterope (Ypthima), 385

astrigera (Acraea), 18, 14, 89, 95, 96,

97, 101, 103, 104, 105

st f. brunnea (Acraea),

105

asturiensis (Cryptocephalus), 558, 562

Astylus, 536, 540, 624

atalanta (Vanessa), 700

Atella, xeviii

ater (Hydrophilus), 494

», (Osorius), 496

atergatis (Acraea), 24, 30, 188, 190,

352

104,

=H (Lycorea),

CXXxix

xlvi, exxviii,

Aterica, lii

Ateuchus, 580, 582

Athesis, exxix

Atheta, cxlii

atolmis (Acraea), 10, 24, 27, 181, 185,

137, 352

,, £. decora (Acraea), 138, 352

atra (Cistela), 602

», (Eryx), 602

Atractocerus, 542, 632

atrata (Phosphuga), 502

», (Silpha), 502, 503

atratulus (Anergates), xcii

atratus (Enhydrus), 493

», (Psilotus), 515

atria (Cistela), 550

atriceps (Braunsomeria), 721

atrimanus (Tabanus), xlix

atripennis (Xenocrabro), lix

aubyni (Acraea), 36, 304, 852

Augosoma, 581, 596, 597

Aulacocyclus, 579, 580, 680 °

Aulonium, 516, 517

aurantia (Chrysauge), 440

aurata (Cetonia), 581, 599

aurelia (Melitaea), xxiv

aureola (Acraea), 32, 142, 352

aureolus (Cryptocephalus), 558, 562

( ‘ccm ))

auresiana (Argynnis), ci

aurinia (Melitaea), cv, evi

aurivillii (Acraea), 323, 702

aurofoveata (Chrysodema), 547

aurora (Dictyopterus), 535, 536, 623

3; (ros); 535

aurovestitus (Dasyproctus), 749

australis (Cerceris), 376

5 (Hemithyrsocera), 661

austriaca (Hoodia), 472, 473, 474, 475

austrinus (Gorytes), 376

autumnaria (Oporabia), vi

avis (Callophrys), vii, 409, 410, 411

Axamora, 441

axina (Acraea), 31, 180, 181, 352

Azanus, lv

Azelina, 431

badiipennella (Coleophora), xliii

baeticus (Polyommatus), lv

bagnalli (Hoodia), 472, 473, 474, 475

bakeri (Liothrips), 472, 474

bakewelli (Enarsus), 516, 602

Balanophorus, 536, 539, 624

balbina (Acraea), 81

balyi (Mecynodera), 558, 560

banksiae (Carpophagus), 558, 560

barbatus (Crossotarsus), 572, 573

barberi (Acraea), 84 93

Baronia, xxiii

Baryrrhynchus, 573, 612

basalis (Cyphononyx), 744

», (Pompilus), 744

», (Stericta), 441

basutorum (Myzine), 726, 736

Bathyscia, 502, 504, 626

Batocera, 608

baumanni (Acraea), 112

baxteri (Acraea), 41, 42, 267, 268,

352

5, baxteri (Acraea), 267

», f. fulleborni (Acraea), 267,

268, 352

», f. subsquamia (Acraea), 267,

268, 352

beckeri (Glaresis), 577, 578

Belionota, 547

bellargus (Agriades), xci

bellatrix (Callioratis), Ixxxiii

bellona (Archonias), 3

bellua (Acraea), 192

Belus, 570, 571, 620

Bembecinae, 746

Bembex, 746, 747

Bembidium, 488

bendis (Acraea), 182

berenice (Danais), xlvii

Berosus, 494, 495, 496

betularia (Amphidasis), x, xi

bicolor (Lissomus), 546

», (Myrmecocystus), cx

bicornis (Zirophorus), 496, 501

bidecoratus (Nesocrabro), 689, 690, 691

bidens (Donacia), 558, 560

bidentatum (Aulonium), 516, 517

bidentatus (Belus), 570, 571

bifasciata (Ischiopsopha), 581, 598 ~

biguttata (Tomoxia), 555

biguttatum (Bembidium), 488

biguttatus (Tabanus), xlix

bilinea (Harmatelia), cxviii, 717

bimaculata (Parastasia), 581, 591

bipunctata (Eunotela), 430

bipustulatus (Malachius), 585, 539

blackburni (Odynerus), 680, 687

Blaps, 548, 549, 625 — ;

Blatta, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659

Blattella, 644, 654

Blattidae, Ixxxvi, 648, 644

Blethisa, 487, 489

boas (Oryctes), 581, 594, 595

boisduvali (Hewitsonia), xxxili, xxxiv

Bolax, 581, 591, 592

boleti (Cis), 532

bolina (Hypolimnas), 453, 454

bolivari (Vesperus), vi

bonasia (Acraea), 13, 219, 220, 224,

225, 226, 238, 249, 352

a5 subsp. alicia (Acraea), 33, 218,

219, 221, 224, 226, 352

rf, subsp. banka (Acraea),

221, 226, 352

,, alicia, f. cabiroides (Acraea),

35, 221, 225, 226, 352

», alicia, f. tenelloides (Acraea)

35, 221, 225, 226, 352

A bonasia (Acraea), 33, 35, 221

ne f. cynthius (Acraea), 13, 220,

33,

352

», f. praeponina (Acraea), 221,

224, 352

», f. siabona (Acraea), 221, 224,

352

55 (Papilio), 220

55 f. cynthius (Papilio), 220

boreale (Lathrobium), 496, 500

borealis (Aeschna), xevii

Bostrichidae, 533

Bostrichus, 533

bourkei (Piatysphinx), 384, 391, 392

bovina (Trichopteryx), 507

bowkeri (Leptoneura), 384, 387

bowringii (Danais), 447

Brachycerus, 570, 571

brachyptera (Hemithyrsocera), 661

braesia (Acraea), 22, 24, 1638, 169, 171,

352

( comin )

braesia braesia (Acraea), 169

», f. regalis (Acraea), 31, 169, 171,

352) -

brahmsi (Acraea), 235

brassolis (Papilio), 3

braunei (Acraea), 210

braunsi (Myzine), 725

»» (Scolia), 742

», (Trielis), 742

Braunsomeria, 720, 721, 722

Brenthidae, 573, 611

Brenthis, xciv, xev, cv

brevicollis (Nebria), 487, 488

re (Quedius), 498

brevicornis (Baronia), xxiii

brevicostatus (Odynerus), 683

brevis (Trichopteryx), 507

Brontes, 518, 519

Brontopriscus, 518, 519

broomeae (Dismorphia), exxviii

brucei (Chrysops), 1

Bruchidae, 557

Bruchus, 557

brunnescens (Haematopota), 1

brunnipes (Lathrobium), 496, 500

Bryaxis, 509, 510, 511

bulbifera (Amauris), Ixxvii

Buprestidae, 547

burni (Acraea), 5

burrowsi (Hydroecia), lxviii

buschbecki (Acraea), 35, 291, 352

biittneri (Acraea), 26, 118, 120, 352

buxtoni (Acraea), 81, 82, 239

byatti (Acraea), 213

Byrrhidae, 530

Byrrhoidea, 614, 632

Byrrhus, 530

Byturidae, 515

Byturus, 515, 516

cabira (Acraea), 229, 230, 232, 233,

234, 352

», #£. abrupta (Acraea), 230, 231,

352

» £. apecida (Acraea), 35, 229,

231, 233, 352

», {- biraca (Acraea), 230, 232,

352

», cabira (Acraea), 35, 230

», £. karschi (Acraea), 34, 230,

232, 233, 352

», £. natalensis (Acraea), 230, 232,

352

cacta (Salamis), lxxv

cadaverinus (Hister), 512

caecilia (Acraea), 30, 182, 184, 186,

190, 192, 211, 352

», f. artemisa (Acraea), 182, 184,

352

caecilia caecilia (Acraea), 30, 182

», f. hypatia (Acraea), 182, 184,

352

», subsp. liacea (Acraea),

176, 184

», subsp. pudora (Acraea), 30,

182, 184, 352

» f£. umbrina (Acraea), 182, 184,

352

», (Papilio), 182

», f. artemisa (Papilio), 182

», f. hypatia (Papilio), 182

caenia (Junonia), xlviii

caerulea (Aeschna), xevii

caeruleipennis (Nesoprosopis), lix

caesareus (Staphylinus), 496

caespitum (Tetramorium), xcii

calcitrans (Stomoxys), 416

caldarena (Acraea), 10, 1], 32, 159,

160, 161, 163, 165, 166,

184, 185, 186, 192, 352

174,

an caldarena (Acraea), 161,

163

an f. neluska (Acraea), 161,

163, 353

- f. nero (Acraea), 161, 162,

352

3 var. pudorella (Acraea), 163,

166

californica (Eugonia), ii

californicus (Omus), 486

caliginea (Glossina), xxv

Caligo, xlvi, xlviii

Callidryas, xlvi, xlviii

Callioratis, lxxxii, ]xxxiii

Callirrhipis, 545

Callithomia, exxvili

Callophrys, vii, 409, 410, 411

Calopieris, ]xviii

calyce (Acraea), 72

camaena (Acraea), 20, 23, 82

5 (Papilio), 82, 353

camelinus (Odynerus), 683

camerunensis (Theganopteryx), 647,

648

Camponotus, cii

Campsomeris, 743

Camptocarpus, 523, 525

canalicollis (Niponius), 512

canaliculatus (Lyctus), 533

Cantharidae, 556

capensis (Myzine), 727

capicola (Myzine), 726, 734

capitata (Ceratitis), 418

capnodiata (Herbita), 432

cappadox (Acraea), 221

Capparis, cxxiii

capsincola (Dianthoecia), xciii

( cexiv )-

capsophila (Dianthoecia), xciii

Carabidae, 487

Caraboidea, 622, 633

caraboides (Melandrya), 552

a (Platycerus), 573

ae (Systenus), 573, 575

Carabus, 487, 488

cardui (Pyrameis), ]xxxvli

,, (Vanessa), 700

carilla (Castnia), exxvil

caroli-waterhousei (Cyphononyx), 744

carpophaga (Dianthoecia), xciii

Carpophagus, 558, 560, 607

Carpophilus, ii

Caryoborus, 557, 558

Cassidinae, 559

cassidioides (Corylophus), 507, 508

cassina fabricii (Opsiphanes), xlvili

Castnia, exxvii

castoris (Platypsylla), 506

castra (Rhynohopyga), 419

castralia (Titya), 434

castrena (Rifargia), 430

Castronia, 420, 421

Catagramma, xlviii

Catharsius, 580, 582

Catops, xii

Catopsilia, xxxvi, xcviii

Catuna, cxix

Cebrio, Ixxii

cebron (Pinacopteryx), cxi

Celastrina, xcii, xciii

centaurus (Augosoma), 581, 596, 597

centurionis (Chrysops), 1

cephaea (Acraea), 192

Cephaloleia, 559, 567

cephalostictus (Odynerus), 684

cephea (Papilio), 349

», (Telchinia), 349

cepheus (Acraea), 26, 111, 112, 117,

120, 239, 348, 353

5 f. abdera (Acraea), 112, 118,

353

3 cepheus (Acraea), 112

PA f. eginopsis (Acraea), 112,

113, 353

5 f. nigrescens (Acraea), 112,

114, 353

io f. pheusaca (Acraea), 113,

114

Pe f. sucepha (Acraea), 112, 118,

353

An (Papilio), 111

cerago (Orthosia), 410

Cerambycidae, 568

cerasa (Acraea), 21, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57,

59, 302, 353

Ceratina, 382

Ceratinia, cxxvlii

Ceratinoptera, 644

Ceratitis, 418

Ceratognathus, 573, 574, 612, 629

Cerceris, 375, 376, 744

cerita (Acraea), 23, 55, 56, 353

cervinus (Dascillus), 542, 543, 544

cervus (Lucanus), 573, 575, 602, 607

Cerylon, 516, 517, 518, 614

ceto (Erebia), xxiv

Cetonia, 581, 599

Cetoniinae, 581

Chabuata, 421

chaeribula (Acraea),

353

Chaetosoma, 518, 520, 616

Chalcolepidius, 545, 546

chalybacma (Epicephala), cvi, vii,

evili, cxxxviii

chalybeus (Eulissus), 496, 500

+3 (Xantholinus), 496, 500

chambezi (Acraea), 28, 131, 1382, 133,

134, 353

Charaxes, 410

charina (Pinacopteryx), exili

charithonia (Heliconius), xlvi, xlviii

Charonias, cxxvili

Chauliognathus, 535, 538, 624

chavicae (Gynaikothrips). 470

chelifer (Chelodynerus), 1x, 683

Chelodynerus, lx, 681, 683, 699

Chelonariidae, 530

Chelonarium, 530

chevrolati (Eupholus), 570

Chiasognathus, 573, 575

chica (Asbolia), 4389

Chilades, exlii

chilo (Acraea), 13, 17, 18, 22, 28, 25,

89, 91, 92, 93, 353

,, chilo (Acraea), 89

,, f. hoeneli (Acraea), 89, 90, 353

chinensis (Pachylister), 512

Chiroscelis, 548

Chloridolum, 568

Chlorion, 746

chorea (Lonchaea), xevi

Chrastoblatta, 644

christyi (Oporabia), vi

Chromomaea, 550

Chrysauge, 440

Chrysauginae, 440

chrysippus (Danaida), xii, exxxvi

(Danais), vii, x, xi, Xii,

445, 446, 447, 448, 449,

450, 452, 453, 454, 455,

456, 457, 458, 459, 460

f. aleippoides (Danais), 446,

447, 451, 456

29, 158, 155,

”

(. ccxv )

chrysippus f. alcippus (Danais), 445,

446, 454, 455

dorippus (Danais), vii,

x, xii, 445, 446, 447,

448, 449, 450, 454, 455,

456, 458, 459

Chrysochus, 559, 563, 608

Chrysodema, 547

Chrysomela, 559, 564, 566

Chrysomelidae, 558

Chrysomelinae, 559, 568

Chrysophanus, cxxxvili, 394, 397, 448

Chrysops, 1

Chrysopsyche, Ixxxi

chrysorrhoea (Porthesia), ]xxix, lxxx,

Ixxxi

cicatricosus (Ateuchus), 580, 582

53 (Scarabaeus), 570

Cicindela, 486, 487

Cicindelidae, 486

cicur (Asbolia), 439

cinerea (Acraea), 20, 22, 23, 307, 308,

353

; if

», subsp.alberta (Acraea), 22, 307,

308, 353

», cinerea (Acraea), 307

ciocolatina (Lomaptera), 598

Cioidae, 532, 606

circeis (Acraea), 41, 42, 292, 297, 298,

353

» var. lycoides (Acraea), 292

», Thodina (Acraea), 298, 295

», var. subochreata (Acraea), 293

circumcincta (Blatta), 656, 657

i (Hemithyrsocera), 654,

656, 661

6 (Theganopteryx), 658

Cis, 532

Cissites, 556, 601

Cistela, 550, 602

Cistelidae, 550

citricornis (Liothrips), 471, 474

Clambidae, 502

Clambus, 502, 505

clarei (Acraea), 193

clarescens (Heliconius), exxviii

clathratus (Cupes), 522, 602, 615

Claviger, xxv

claviger (Anthrenus), 529

clearista (Athesis), cxxix

cleopatra (Gonepteryx), xevi

cleothera (Danais), xlvii

Cleridae, 541

Clivina, 487

Cloeotus, 577, 579, 580, 584, 586, 629

clotho (Campsomeris), 743

»» (Dielis), 743

», (Elis), 743

clotho (Scolia), 743

Clythra, 558, 561

Clythrinae, 558

Clytus, 638

clytus (Leptoneura), 388

coarctata (Ponera), xci

coarctatus (Cyphon), 543, 544

Coccidula, 524, 525

Coccinellidae, 524

coccineus (Endomychus), 525, 526

coelebs (Dielis), 743

», (Hlis), 743

» (Scolia), 743

coerulea (Hoplia), 581, 588

coeruleipennis (Elis), 737

me (Mesa), 737

Colaenis, xlviii, 9

Coleophora, xliii

Coleoptera, xxv, cxxiii, 479

Colias, xxxv, xxxvi, xciii, xciv, cxxii

collaris (Amaxia), 420

», (Castronia), 420, 421

», (Stenichnus), 508, 509

Colletidae, 381

Colydiidae, 516

comari (Donacia), 558, 559, 560

», (Plateumaris), 558

commixta (Papilio), xxxi

communis (Hemithyrsocera), 661

compedita (Bembex), 746

complanatus (Laemosthenes), 488

confucius (Mimela) 581, 591

congruus (Pseudopterocheilus), lix, lx,

683

conicicollis (Monotoma), 514

conicollis (Pelecotomoides), 555

conjuncta (Acraea), 38, 319, 321, 353

sr (conjuncta (Acraea), 320

ws f. interrupta (Acraea), 319,

320, 353

5 f. lutealba (Acraea), 319,

320, 353

‘f f. mutata (Acraea), 319, 320,

353

<3 f. pica (Acraea), 319, 320,

353

‘3 f. silacea (Acraea), 319, 320,

353

es f. suffusa (Acraea), 319, 320,

353

Conopidae, Ixvii

conradti (Acraea), 36, 289, 291, 303,

353

consanguinea (Myzine), 725, 735

‘3 (Planema), cxxxviii

constrictiventris (Myzine), 725

continua (Myzine), 726, 733

contractus (Metrius), 487, 488

(( Scexva =)

Copidita, 554

Coprinae, 580

coquereli (Leptomastax), 508, 509

corcova (Symmerista), 427

cornutus (Pachypus), 581, 587

,, (Schistoceros), 533

», (Syndesus), 573, 574

corona (Acraea), 45

corticalis (Olibrus), 514

Corticaria, 527, 617

corydon (Agriades), xci, cxxxix, cxl,

exli, 402, 670

» ab. syngrapha

exli

coryli (Haltica), 559, 566

Corylophidae, 507

Corylophus, 507, 508

Cosila, 737

Cossidae, 432

Cossyphus, 548, 549, 625

costleyi (Mimacraea), xlv

cotytto (Pteronymia), xlvili

Crabro, lvii, 685, 688

Crabronidae, lvii, lix, xiv, 680, 744

Crabroninae, 749

crathis (Olyras), exxix

Cratomorphus, 535, 536, 537

Cremastogaster, cx

Crenis, xevili

Creophilus, 496, 498

Criocerinae, 558

Crioceris, 558, 561

crispatus (Adimerus), 527

Croesus, xxiv

Crossotarsus, 572, 573

Cryptocephalinae, 558

Cryptocephalus, 558, 562

Cryptodacne, 523

Cryptodus, 581, 598

Cryptomorpha, 611

Cryptophagidae, 522

Cryptothrips, 470

erystallina (Acraea), 13, 89, 91

ctenostomoides (Gnoma), 568

Cucujidae, 515, 518

Cucujoidea, 616, 633

Cucujus, 518, 519, 520, 569, 616, 638

cucullata (Cerceris), 375

Cupedidae, 522

Cupes, 522, 602, 615, 623, 631, 632

cuprascens (Glyptoscelis), 559, 563

cupreus (Ocypus), 496, 498

Curculionidae, 570

curita (Farigia), 427

curvinervis (Hemithyrsocera), 661

cuva (Acraea), 21, 50

cyaneus (Psilothrix), 536, 540

Cyathoceridae, 530

(Agriades),

Cyathocerus, 530, 581

Cychramus, 515

Cychrus, 487, 488

Cyclocephala, 581, 593, 594, 599

Cyclopodia, xxxviii

Cyclothorax, 681

eydno galanthus (Heliconius), xlvi,

xlviii

eydonia (Acraea), 322

Cydosia, 424

Cylidrus, 541

cylindricum (Hectarthrum), 518, 519

‘y (Sinodendron), 578, 576

cynthia (Acraea), 221, 230

,» (Papilio), 221

cynthius (Acraea), 223, 249, 358

Cypherotylus, 523

Cyphogastra, 547

Cyphon, 543, 544, 612

Cyphonidae, 543

Cyphononyx, 744

cyphononyx (Motes), 753

Dactylopius, xvili

Dactylosternum, 494, 495

Dacus, vi, 412, 414, 415, 416, 417,

418

daemonius (Nesocrabro), 689

damii (Acraea), 21, 50, 51, 52, 358

», subsp. cuva (Acraea), 22, 50,

52, 353

», Gamii (Acraea), 22, 51, 52

», f. nidama (Acraea), 50, 52, 353

damon (Hirsutina), xci

», (Polyommatus), 672, 674

damone (Euchloe), xlii

Danacaea, 536, 540

Danaida, xii, lii, exxxvi

Danainae, v, xxxv, lii

Danais, vii, x, xi, xli, xlvii, 445, 446,

447, 448, 449, 450, 451, 452, 458,

454, 455, 456, 457, 458, 459, 460

dardanus (Papilio), xii, xiii, xiv, liii,

CXVil, CKXXI, (exsxmyiemeles

365

. cenea (Papilio),

CXXXIV, CXXXV, CXXXV1

. hippocoon (Papilio), xii,

Xili, XIV, XV, &xvwie evi

CXXXi, “CXxXxilj)) ¢xxxim

CXXXIV, CXXXVi

xe f. leighi (Papilio), exxxvi

5s f. trophonius (Papilio), iii,

CXXXIV, CXXXV, CXXXVI

Dascillidae, 542

Dascillus, 542, 543, 544

Dasyproctus, 749, 750

debilis (Aegialites), 551

debyi (Cissites), 556

xii,

( jeexvi. )

debyi (Horia), 556

decora (Haematopota), 1

decoratus (Odynerus), 379

decumana (Ceratinia), cxxvili

Deilemera, xxvi, evi, cix

deinogaster (Odynerus), 684

dejana (Acraea), 292, 296

dejeani (Prostenus), 550

Deltoidinae, 425

demodocus (Papilio), xiv

denshamii (Haematopota), 1

denticollis (Danacaea), 536, 540

dentipes (Eleodes), 548

depressus (Pytho), 553

35 (Rhizophagus), 518, 520,

633

derbela (Acraea), 263

Deretaphrus, 516, 517, 618

Dermestes, 529

Dermestidae, 529, 535

dermestoides (Throscus), 546

Dermothrips, 470

dero (Dircenna), xliv

Derodontidae, 532

desjardinsi (Cryptomorpha), 611

5 (Trochoideus), 525, 526

detecta (Acraea), 164, 166

Deuterollyta, 442

dexithea (Hypolimnas), lxxiv

diabolica (Larrada), 750

ay es Gliris); 750

Diabrotica, 559, 566

Diagrypnodes, 518, 519, 520, 617

dianasa (Eueides), cxxix

Dianthoecia, xciii

Diaphanops, 558, 560

diaphanus (Cratomorphus), 535, 536

Diaphonia, 581, 599

diardi (Macronota), 581, 599

dice (Acraea), 59

, (Papilio), 59

Dictyopterus, 535, 536, 543, 623

didymus (Phileurus), 581, 597

Dielis, 743

Diestogyna, cxix

difficilis (Tefflus), 488, 489

diffinis (Myzine), 725

difformis (Cremastogaster), cx

digitata (Chiroscelis), 548

Diloboderus, 581, 594

dilutata (Oporabia), vi

diogenes (Acraea), 23, 156, 157, 353

diomus (Pyrgus), 389

Dione, 9

Dioptoma, exviii, 718, 719

Diphucephala, 581, 588

Diploptera, lix, 381

Diptera, xxxix, xl

dirce (Gynoecia), xlviii

dircea (Acraea), 161

Dircenna, xliv, xlviii, exxvili, exxix

Discolomidae, 524

disjuncta (Acraea), 38, 321, 353

Dismorphia, exxvii, cxxviili

dispar (Liparis), 407, 408

», (Orectochilus), 493

», (Porthetria), Ixxxii

dissociata (Acraea), 196

dissoluta (Nonagria), ciii

var. arundineta (Nonagria),

ciii

distinctipennis (Chrysops), 1

distinctus (Crabro), 688, 689

(Xenocrabro), 689, 690, 691

ditaeniatus (Tabanus), xlix

diversipennis (Bembex), 747

diversus (Dacus), 412, 414, 416, 417,

418

dixeyi (Notogonia), 377

», (Pinacopteryx), cxii, exiii

Dohrnia, 554

Donacia, 558, 559, 560, 607, 612

Donaciinae, 558

donaldsoni (Cosila), 737

a (Elis), 737

We (Mesa), 737

donisthorpei (Loxotropa), cii

doris transiens (Heliconius), xlvi, xlvii,

xlviii

Doritis, 9

dorotheae (Planema), 327

dorsalis (Diaphonia), 581, 599

dorycum (Chloridolum), 568

doryssus (Mechanitis), xlvi,

€XXViil

Doubledaya, 523

doubledayaria (Amphidasis), x, xi

doubledayi (Acraea), 20, 171, 173, 174,

Wits M9; 180, 353

subsp. arabica (Acraea), SH

172, 173, 353

f. candida (Acraea), 171,

173

doubledayi

172

be)

xlvii,

(Acraea), 31,

equatorialis (Acraea), 177

subsp. sykesi (Acraea), 31,

171, 173, 353

doxo (Pieris), exiii, cxiv

», (Pinacopteryx), xlii, xliii

Drilus, 535, 537, 543, 623

Drosophila, 416, 697

dryas (Odynerus), 684

drymo (Ithomia), xliii

dryope (Eurytela), xviii, xix, lvi, ¢

Dryopidae, 531

( cexvit 3)

dubia (Euralia), Ixxvii

,, (Hypolimnas), lxxvii

dubiosus (Odynerus), lviii, 681, 683,

687

dubitans (Nemoura), xlvili

dubius (Euralia), iv

(Hypolimnas), iv

», (Sphindus), 533

ducalis (Liris), 752

d’urbani (Pseudonympha), 384, 385

Dylomia, 431

Dynastinae, 581

Dytiscidae, 492

Dytiscus, 482, 490, 492, 612

eacus (Golofa), 581, 597

Eagris, 391

Echedorus, 433

Echthromorpha, 683

ecostatus (Odynerus), 683

Ectobia, 652, 656

Ectobiinae, 648, 644, 645, 654

Ectrephes, 529

Ectrephidae, 535

edax (Leptochirus), 496

edentulus (Aulacocyclus), 579, 580

Edibessa, 437, 438

edusa (Colias), XXXV, CXXil

edwardsi (Phloeophilus), 536, 541

se (Pyronota), 581, 588

egialea (Amauris), Xxxiv, XXXV

egina (Acraea), 4, 14, 84, 106, 109, 111,

113, 192, 263, 353

subsp. areca (Acraea), 28, 107,

109, 111, 353

egina (Acraea), 26, 27, 28, 108,

109

f. harrisoni (Acraea), 27, 107, 109,

3538

subsp. medea (Acraea), 14, 27, 28,

107, 110, 353

(Papilio), 106, 192

subsp. medea (Papilio), 107

ehmckei (Acraea), 61

Elateridae, Ixxiii, 545

Elidinae, cxiv, 720

Elis, 787, 738, 739, 743

ella (Acraea), 31, 179, 180, 353

Eleodes, 548, 625

elongata (Hololepta), 512, 513

a (Orina), 559, 563

elongatula (Homalota), 496, 497

elongatus (Liothrips), 472

eltringhami (Mimacraea), xliv

emarginatus (Phaeochrous), 581, 586

Emenadia, 556

emini (Acraea), 104

empusa (Acraea), 122

ena (Mycalesis), 384, 385

”

| Enarsus, 516, 517, 527, 602

encedon (Acraea), 3, 209, 210, 211, 218,

353

f. aleippina (Acraea), 38, 210,

211, 212, 213, 353

f. daira (Acraea), 38, 210, 211,

212, 353

encedon (Acraea), 388, 178, 211

f. infuscata (Acraea), 210, 211,

212, 213, 353

lycia (Acraea), 38, 173, 206,

210, 211, 212, 213, 353

f. necoda (Acraea), 210, 212,

353

radiata (Acraea), 38, 211,

212, 353

sganzini (Acraea), 210, 212,

353

(Papilio), 209

f. lycia (Papilio), 210

encedonia (Acraea), 210

na (Papilio), 210

Endomychidae, 525

Endomychus, 525, 526

enervis (Lasiosomus), cxxi

Enhydrus, 493

entoria (Acraea), 347

epaea (Planema), 256

,, paragea (Planema), xxii, exvii

ephyia (Teracolus), exli, exlil

Epicephala, evi, evii, evili, cix, cxxxviii

epidaus (Papilio), xlvi

epidica (Acraea), 46

Epinephele, xev

Epipaschianae, 441

epipseustes (Odynerus), 681, 699

Epitola, xxxill, xxxiv

eponina (Acraea), 220, 221, 224, 239

(Papilio), 220, 239

(Acraea), 11,

353

7 fe

4p fe

oe) f.

equatorialis

Met listo),

subsp. anaemia (Acraea),

20, 30, 31, 17%,ao

353

equatorialis (Acraea), 31,

Erastrianae, 424

Erebia, xxiv, xciv

Eresia, exxvli

erichsoni (Laricobius), 532

erichsonii (Polyoptilus), 558

erici (Aletis), ii

5, (Leptaletis), iii

Eriocnemus, 579

erionotus (Dielis), 743

Eriopyga, 422

Ernobius, 534, 535

Eros, 535

(/ctxiz, )

eros (Polyommatus), 670

erosa (Tegrodera), 556

Erotylidae, 523

errans (Chelonarium), 530

erro (Odynerus), 681

ertli (Acraea), 332

Eryphanis, xlviii

erythrocephala (Myzine), 731

erythrocephalus (Creophilus), 496, 498

erythrostactes (Odynerus), 684

erythrostomus (Meira), 733

Be (Myzine), 733

Eryx, 602

Escala, 644

escheri (Agriades), 664, 665, 670, 672,

674

», (Polyommatus), xci

esebria (Acraea), 39, 330, 331, 334, 335,

336, 353

;, f. amphiprotea (Acraea), 331,

333, 353

» f. ertli (Acraea), 332, 334, 353

», esebria (Acraea), 332

», f. jJacksoni (Acraea), 332, 334,

353

», Subsp. masaris (Acraea), 14,

332, 335, 353

,, £.metaprotea(Acraea), 331, 333,

353

,, f. monteironis (Acraea), 332,

334, 353

» f. nubilata (Acraea), 332, 334,

353

», f. protea (Acraea), 331, 333,

353

f. pseudoprotea (Acraea), 331,

333, 334, 353

estella (Stellidia), 425

ethra (Melinaea), cxxix

eucharis (Odynerus), 679, 681, 682,

683

Eucheira, exxii, cxxiii

Euchelia, xe, xci

Euchirinae, 581

Euchirus, 581, 585, 590, 600

Euchloe, xlii

Euchroma, 547, 548, 615, 636

euchytma (Dircenna), xlviii

Eucnemidae, 546

Eucranium, 580, 582

Eueides, xlvi, xlviii, exxviii, cxxix, 9

eugenia (Acraea), 22, 53, 353

Eugonia, li

eulimene (Calopieris), Ixviii

Kuliphyra, evi

Eulissus, 496, 500

Eumaeus, xlvii, xlviii

Eumenidae, lix, lxiv, 378, 678

Eumicrus, 508, 509

Eumolpinae, 559

Eumolpus, 559, 562, 563, 608, 636

Eumorphus, 525, 526

Eunotela, 430

Eupatorus, 581, 597

Euphaedra, iii, lii, cxix

Eupholus, 570, 638

eupteryx (Nesodynerus), 683

Euptoieta, xlvili

Euralia, iv, xxi, xxvii

Euryades, 7, 9

Eurycus, 7, 9

Kuryphura, cxix

Eurypta, 440

Kuryptilium, 507

Eurytela, xviii, xix, xxx, xxxi, lvi,

Ixxviii, c

eurytele (Charonias), cxxviii

ie caraca (Charonias), cxxviil

eurytus (Pseudacraea), exvii, cxxxvi,

CXXXVii

Ff hobleyi (Pseudacraea), cxiv

f. mim. hobleyi(Pseudacraea),

exvii

An f. mim. obscura(Pseudacraea),

exvii

5 f. mim. poggeoides (Pseuda-

craea), Cxvil

35 f. mim. terra (Pseudacraea),

exvil

f. mim. tirikensis (Pseuda-

craea), CXVii

Eutheganopteryx, 646

eutretus (Odynerus), 687

evanescens (Trichogramma), 446

exaleuca (Neptis), xxx

excelsior (Acraea), 33, 215, 216, 353

falkensteini (Pinacopteryx), cxi

fallax (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 661

», (Planema), 337

fantastica (Theganopteryx), 647, 648,

649

Farigia, 427

fasciata (Passandra), 518

fasciatus (Astylus), 536, 540

fasciculatum (Trogodendron), 541

fasciculatus (Liothrips), 472

fascinatus (Tabanus), xlix

fatima (Anartia), xlviii

felina (Acraea), 118

femorata (Oncomera), 554

fenelos (Acraea), 268

fenestrata (Acraea), 186

a (Perophora), 436

feronia (Diestogyna), cxix

ferugina (Edibessa), 437

ferruginea (Hemithyrsocera), 661

(( céxe ’)

ferrugineus (Proterhinus), 528

fieldia (Megalopyge), 437

Figulus, 573, 575

filigrammaria (Oporabia), vi

flammalis (Eurypta), 440

Flata, xc

flava (Acraea), 327

flaveolus (Malthinus), 539

flavescens (Drilus), 535, 537

flavofasciata (Acmaeodera), 547

flavolineatus (Philanthus), 744

flavomaculatus (Paracolletes), ci

flavus (Lasius), cii

flexuosus (Heterocerus), 531

flora (Azelina), 431

florella (Catopsilia), xxxvi, xcvili

floricola (Anisoplia), 581, 590

folia (Poresta), 426

forbesi (Aletis), iii

», (Leptaletis), iii

foreli, var. bonnairei (Thorictus), ex

forestan (Rhopalocampta), cxxi

Formica, XXvl, xCii

Formicoxenus, xcii

formosa (Tirumala), xxxi

formosus (Heliconius), exxviii

fornax (Acraea), 33, 309, 353

fossor (Clivina), 487

», (Millingenia), 580, 584

Fossores, lix

fracticornis (Onthophagus), 580, 583

fragilis guatemalena (Phyciodes), x] viii

francesca (Deuterollyta), 442

frontalis (Anaspis), 655

frater (Odynerus), 684, 685

fraternus (Tabanus), xlix

Fruhstorferia, 581, 592

fuliginosa (Hemithyrsocera), 661

fulva (Acraea), 210

», (Rhagonycha), 539, 610

,, (Telephorus), 539

fulvago (Orthosia), 410

fulvicrus (Xenocrabro), 689

fulvipenne (Lathrobium), 496, 500

fulvipennis (Othius), 496, 499

fulvipes (Blatta), 656, 657, 658

fulvus (Haliplus), 491

», (Micropeplus), 496, 502

fumigata (Acraea), 347

funebris (Arrhenodes), 573

5 (Chrysops), 1

fur (Ptinus), 534, 535

furcata (Diphucephala), 581, 588

furina (Tithorea), exxviii

fusca (Formica), xxvi

», (Haematopota), |

fuscator (Echthromorpha), 683

fuscipennis (Nesoprosopis), lviii, lix, 684

Gabrius, 496

gaekwari (Acraea), 171

galatea (Melanargia), cxxx

»» var. syracusana (Melanargia),

CXXX

galba (Chilades), cxlii

Galeruca, 566

Galerucella, 559, 566

Galerucinae, 559, 568

Gamasus, xXxxviii

gambiensis (Theganopteryx), 647, 650

Gastrophysa, 559, 564

Gastrosericus, 754

gea (Acraea), 327

gemmata (Helota), 521

geniculata (Timarcha), 558, 565, 621

Geometridae, ix, lxxxii, 431

georgii (Zopherosis), 548, 549

Georyssidae, 531

Georyssus, 531

Geotrupes, 581, 585, 586, 587

Geotrupine, 581

gerstaeckeri (Mimopacha), iv

gestroi (Lycostomus), 535, 536

», (Pelops), 579

,, (Protomocoelus), 579

gideon (Xylotrupes), 581, 594, 595,

596

gigantalis (Acrodegmia), 440

giganteum (Monomma), 552

gigas (Byrrhus), 530

», (Cebrio), lxxii

», (Proterhinus), 528

glabratus (Sphaerites), 511

5 (Xantholinus),

500

glacialis (Erebia), xciv

Glaphyrinae, 581

Glaresis, 577, 578

glauconome (Synchloé), exxili

globosa (Lasia), 524, 525

Glossina, xxi, lxxy, exiv, 706

Glutophrissa, v

glycinicola (Liothrips), 471

Glyptoscelis, 559, 563

Gnesia, 3

Gnoma, 568, 569, 608

goetzi (Acraea), 33, 213, 215, 353

goliath (Euchroma), 547

Golofa, 581, 597

Gonepteryx, l, xevi

Gonometa, cxiv

Gorytes, 376, 748, 749

gowdeyi (Notogonia), 751

Gracilariadae, cix

graeca (Myzine), 727

», (Pseudomeria), 727

grandicollis (Trichopteryx), 507

496, 499,

(, Cex; )

grandis (Alindria), 516

grandis (Lagria), 551

», (Megalodacne), 523

granti (Chiasognathus), 573, 575

gratus (Tabanus), xlix

gravesi (Agriades), 662, 665, 672

greeni (Dioptoma), exvili

grossulariata, var. nigra (Abraxas),

Ixxxvli

st var. nigrosparsata (Ab-

raxas), 1xxxvil

grossulus (Tachinoderus), 496, 497

grossus (Phalacrus), 514

grosvenori (Acraea), 42, 276, 353

grouvellei (Tristaria), 533, 534

guatemalena (Peridromia), xlviii

guerini (Macrochenus), 568

guillemei (Acraea), 27, 117, 118, 153

157, 353

mancea (Acraea), 144

Gynaikothrips, 470, 474, 475

Gynoecia, xlvili

Gyrinidae, 493

Gyrinus, 493

Gyrophaena, 496

Habrocerus, 502

hacquarti (Anisomerus), 545

Hadeninae, 421

Haematopota, xlix, 1

haemorrhoidalis (Liris), 751, 753

(Myzine), 727, 734

halali (Acraea), 128

halia (Lycorea), cxxix

Halictus, ¢, ci, 382

halimede (Teracolus), lxix

Haliplidae, 491

Haliplus, 491

Haltica, 559, 566

Halticinae, 559, 568

hardwicki (Eupatorus), 581, 597

Harmatelia, cxviii, cxxxvi, cxxxvii,

717

Harpagomyia, cx

hawaiiensis (Xenocrabro), 689

hecate (Amauris), xxxi, xxxii

hecla (Colias), xciii

Hectarthrum, 518, 519, 520

hegesia (Euptoieta), xlviii

helcita (Aletis), iii

Helcogaster, 540

Heliconius, xlvi, xlvii, xlviii, exxviii,

CXxix, 9

Heliocopris, 580, 582, 583

Helodes, 543, 544

Helophorus, 494, 495

Helota, 521, 638

Helotidae, 521

Hemiopsida, 546

Hemipeplus, 617

Hemiptera Heteroptera, cxxi

Hemithyrsocera, 648, 644, 645, 646,

653, 654, 655, 656, 657, 658, 659,

660, 661

Henicopus, 536, 540

Heodes, xciii

Hepialus, xciii

heraldica (Ithomia), exxviii

Herbita, 432

Hesperidae, 384, 888

Hesperiinae, 388, 391

Heterocampa, 428

Heteroceridae, 531

Heterocerus, 531

heterochromus (Odynerus), lix, 679

Heterosais, xliii

Hewitsonia, xxxiii, xxxiv

Hexodon, 581, 592, 598, 607, 629

hezia (Callithomia), exxviii

hiarbas (Eurytela), xviii, xix, xxx,

xxxi, lvi, lxxviii, ¢

Hierodula, exxv

Hipparchia, 386

hippia (Pseudonympha), 384, 386, 387

hippodamia (Aprotopos), xliv

hippothoe (Heodes), xciii

Hirsutina, xci

Hirsutis, exxviili

hirta (Haematopota), 1

», (Lagria), 551

», (Mycetaea), 526

Hispinae, 559

Hister, 512

Histeridae, 512, 513

histeroides (Cerylon), 516, 517

es (Syntelia), 511

histrio (Hemithyrsocera), 653, 661

», (Philanthus), 744

,, (Thyrsocera), 653

hobleyi (Pseudacraea), xx, xxii, xxiil,

Ixx, Ixxi, Ixxxv, lxxxvi, cxv, 706,

707, 713, 714, 715, 716

hoeneli (Acraea), 89

Hololepta, 512, 513

Homalota, 496, 497

homoeogaster (Odynerus), 684, 687

homoeophanes (Odynerus), 681, 682,

683

Homophileurus, 581, 597

Homoptera, xc

honorius (Epitola), xxxiii, xxxiv

Hoodia, vi, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474,

475

hopei (Cyclopodia), xxxvili

Hoplia, 581, 588

Hoplothrips, 474

Horia, 556

(eer 5)

horni (Cyathocerus), 530

horta (Acraea), 4, 23, 54, 73, 76, 78,

82, 358

», (Papilio), 3, 76

horticola (Phyllopertha), 581, 590

hova (Acraea), 22, 60, 353

hradecensis (Liothrips), 470, 471, 472,

473, 474, 475

huebneri (Eueides), exxviii

humeralis (Anisotoma), 502, 626

- (Liodes), 502, 504

humilis (Acraea), 13, 56, 57, 305, 306,

307, 703

Hyalites, 3

Hybosorinae, 580

Hybosorus, 580, 585, 586

Hydroecia, ]x viii

Hydrophilidae, 494

Hydrophilus, 485, 494, 530, 608

Hydrous, 494

hylas (Polyommatus), xci, 670

Hylocrabro, lix, 683, 689

Hymenitis, xliii, xliv, xlviii

hypatia (Acraea), 192

Hypenodes, 700

Hyperechia, Ixx

hypoleuca (Acraea), 17, 28, 87, 89, 92,

Hypolimnas, iv, vii, viii, lxxiii, lxxiv,

Ixxvii, 445, 449, 450, 451, 452, 453,

454, 457, 458, 459, 466, 468

Hyposcada, exxvili

Hypsidae, ]xxxii

hyva (Cydosia), 424

icarus (Polyommatus), xci, cv, cxxxix,

exl, cxli, 662, 668, 664, 665,

666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671,

672, 673, 674, 675

ab. icarinus (Polyommatus), 662,

663, 665, 666, 669, 670, 673,

674, 675

igati (Acraea), 4, 6, 22, 49, 50, 347,

353

ignavus (Deretaphrus), 516, 517

ignibilis (Hemithyrsocera), 661

igola (Acraea), 36, 42, 70, 302, 308,

305, 353

leonina (Acraea), 278

f. maculiventris (Acraea), 302,

308, 304, 353

ilione (Ituna), xliv

Tlybius, 492

imitata (Melinaea), xlvi, exxviii

imitator (Pseudacraea), cxvi, cxvii,

CXXxXvi, cxxxvii, 707, 710, 712, 714

immaculatus (Meira), 724

(Myzine), 724

(Spilispa), 559, 567

be)

imperialis

| impetuosus (Myzine), 726, 736 ~%

impleta (Pseudacraea), xxii, cx

impressa (Bryaxis), 509, 510

inaria (Hypolimnas), lxxiv

Inca, 581, 585, 599

incongrua (Neptis), xxviii, xx >

XXX1

inconspicua (Myzine), 724, 731

_ (Nemoura), xlviii

incrassata (Tiphia), 740

incurvata (Rifargia), 429

indentatus (Tarphiomimus), 516, 517

indigotea (Osmia), xev

induna (Acraea), 198

inflata (Physa), 509, 510

infracta (Anaphe), lxxviii, lxxx

infradentata (Myzine), 723, 728

inornatus (Halictis), 382

insignis (Acraea), 23, 78, 81, 82, 353

insignis (Acraea), 81

f. siginna (Acraea), 81, 82,

353

instabilis (Odynerus), 683

insularis (Acraea), 14, 40, 845, 353

», (Cossyphus), 548, 549

insulicola (Odynerus), 683

intermedia (Acraea), 27, 31, 32, 159,

353

intermedius (Liothrips), 472

interrupta (Myzine), 726

iopteryx (Odynerus), 681, 682

iphidamas (Papilio), xlvili

iphis (Pyrrhochalcia), cix

Ipidae, 572

Ips, 515, 572

irregulariter-vittata (Hemithyrsocera),

661

irroratus (Mitophyllus), 573, 574

Ischiopsopha, 581, 598, 628

ismenius telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi,

xlvili

isse (Pericopis), cxxix

issoria (Acraea), 350

isthmia (Mechanitis), cxxviii

Ithomia, xliii, exxvili

Ithomiinae, cxxix

Ituna, xliv

iturina (Acraea), 5, 57, 58, 59, 305,

309, 353

iturina (Acraea), 21, 57

subsp. kakana (Acraea), 28,

57, 58, 358

jacobaeae (Euchelia), xc, xci

jamesoni (Eagris), 391

janira (Epinephele), xcv

japonica (Silpha), 502, 503

japonius (Ips), 515

japygia (Melanargia), cxxx

”

”?

( “Cemdii :)

8a) vygia var. suwarovius (Melanargia),

grai KXX

»» ga (Perophora), 436

grant. \s (Charaxes), 410

gratu: ,phae (Anartia), xlviii

‘na (Fruhstorferia), 581, 592

atta (Acraea), 3,14, 39, 254, 256,

322, 327, 330, 331, 332,

333, 336, 353

3 subsp. aethiops (Acraea), 328,

330, 354

= f, carmentis (Acraea), 327, 329,

353

5 f. castanea (Acraea), 328, 329,

354

»» £. dorotheae (Acraea), 327, 329,

331, 353

& f. inaureata (Acraea), 328, 330,

354

»» f. interjecta (Acraea), 327, 329,

354

», jodutta (Acraea), 328

»» f. subfulva (Acraea), 327, 329,

354

», (Papilio), 327

johnstoni (Acraea), 14, 39, 321, 339,

340, 341, 342, 354, 361,

. 865

eee subsp. butleri (Acraea), 341,

342, 343, 354

ne f. confusa (Acraea), 340, 342,

343, 344, 354

5 f. flavescens (Acraea), 340,

342, 343, 354

Rs f. fulvescens (Acraea), 340,

342, 348, 344, 354

53 johnstoni (Acraea), 341

3 f. octobalia (Acraea), 340,

342, 343, 354

z5 f. semialbescens (Acraea),

340, 342, 343, 354

jordani (Mesothrips), 470, 475

josepha (Pieris), xlviii

josephi (Amphizoa), 622

julia delila (Colaenis), xlviii

Juncorum (Bryaxis), 509, 510

juno (Stellidia), 425

»» (Agraulis), xlviii

Junonia, xlviii

Kallima, Ixxvy, lxxvi

kaschmirensis (Vanessa), evi

khara (Acraea), 107

kibonotensis (Dasyproctus), 750

kilimandjara (Acraea), 337

kirbyi (Odynerus), lvii

klugii (Dircenna), exxviii

»» (Meria), 729

»» (Myzine), 723, 725, 729

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., v. 1912.

kohli (Bembex), 746

kolga (Norasuma), ci

kouanus (Odynerus), 681, 683

kraka (Acraea), 21, 52, 57, 354

kraussi (Hemithyrsocera), 661

kriechbaumeri (Prosopis), lvii, 688

kristenseni (Myzine), 725, 734

kuenowi hypoxantha (Pseudacraea),

lxxxvi

labiatus (Therates), 486, 487

Labidostomis, 558, 561

Labidura, xciii

Labienus, 579

Lachnaea, 558, 562

Laccobius, 494, 495, 604

lacordairei (Eucranium), 580, 582

lactea (Acraea), 156, 157

Laemosthenes, 488

laevisuleatus (Odynerus), 683

laeviuscula (Clythra), 558, 561

Lagria, 551

Lagriidae, 551

lais (Teracolus), exli, exlii

laius (Libythea), xeviii

Lamia, 608

Lamprophorus, 719

Lampyridae, 538, 717

Lampyris, 535, 537, 624

lanaiensis (Odynerus), 683

Langsdorfia, 432

lanocrispa (Megalopyge), 437

lappona (Erebia), xciv

lardarius (Lathridius), 527

laricis (Ips), 572

», (Tomicus), 572

Laricobius, 532

Lariidae, 557

Larra, 733, 750

Larrada, 750

Larrinae, 750

Lasia, 524, 525, 618

Lasiocampidae, cxiv, 433

Lasiosomus, ¢xxi

Lasius, xxv, cli

lateralis (Hemithyrsocera), 661

Lathridiidae, 527

Lathridius, 527, 617

Lathrobium, ]xxxvii, 496, 500, 501

Jaticollis (Anaides), 577, 581, 585, 586

Latiorina, 393, 394, 402, 403

latipes (Croesus), xxiv

leiodemas (Odynerus), 681, 682, 683

Leis, 524, 525

lemnae (Donacia), 558, 560

lemolea (Spalgis), xviii

leona (Acraea), 278, 280

Leperina, 516, 617, 618

Lepidoptera, 449

( ‘ecxxiv )

Leptaletis, ili

Leptaulacides, 579

Leptinidae, 506

Leptinus, 506

Leptochirus, 496, 501

Leptomastax, 508, 509

Leptoneura, 384, 387, 388

Leptothorax, xcii

Leptothrips, 470

lepturoides (Omophlus), 550

Leuceronia, cxx, ¢xxxi

leucofasciatus (Nodynus), 496, 501

leuconoe (Deilemera), xxvi

leucopyga (Acraea), 27,

354

leucosoma (Acraea), 169

leucostomus (Tabanus), xlix

Leucothyris, xliii

levana (Araschnia), ix, xi

lia (Acraea), 23, 67, 68, 354

liberia (Acraea), 239

Libythea, xeviii, xcix

ligniperdus (Camponotus), cii

liliana (Pinacopteryx), exii, cxili

lilis (Melinaea), exxvili

Limacodidae, 439

limata (Myzine), 724, 731

limbata (Rhagonycha), 624

limbatus (Rhagonycha), 535, 538

+ (Telephorus), 535, 538, 539

ie (Thymalus), 516

Limenitis, ix

Lina, lxxxii

Liodes, 502, 504, 626

Liodidae, 502

Lionotus, 379

Liothrips, 470, 471, 472, 473, 474,

475

157, 159,

Liparis, 407, 408

Liparochrus, 577, 580, 585, 586

Lipteninae, xxxili, xxxiv

Liris, 750, 751, 752, 753

liroides (Motes), 753

Lissomus, 546

liszti (Acraea), 157

Litolibrus, 514

livida (Helodes), 543

», (Microcara), 543

lobatifrons (Bembex), 747

lobengula whytei (Amauris), lxx

localis (Odynerus), 699

Lochmaea, 566

lofua (Acraea), 26, 127

Lomaptera, 581, 598, 628

Lonchaea, xevi

londinensis (Homalota), 496, 497

longicollis (Polyplocotes), 535

longicornis (Claviger), xxv

longicornis (Monohammus), 568, 569

longimana (Labidostomis), 558

longimanus (Euchirus), 581, 590

sf (Labidostomis), 561

longispinus (Dactylopius), xviii

longstaffi (Odynerus), 378

loripes (Mecocorynus), 570

lota (Orthosia), 410

Loxotropa, cli

lualabae (Acraea), 29, 155, 354

Lucanidae, 573, 577, 611

Lucanides, ciii

Lucanus, 482, 573, 575, 602, 607

lucia (Brontes), 518, 519

lucida (Ectobia), 652

», (Theganopteryx), 645, 647, 652,

658

lucilla (Neptis), xxx

Luciola, 535, 537

lucretia (Pseudacraea), exv, 706, 711

luctuosus (Microplidius), 581, 588

lugens (Phanaeus), 580, 582

lugubris (Tosale), 441

lumiri (Acraea), 33, 219, 354

luneli (Pseudectobia), 654, 655

luridus (Berosus), 494, 495

», (Parnus), 531, 532

luteola (Psylliodes), 1xxxvii

luteus (Cychramus), 515

luxi (Acraea), 137

lyca (Catagramma), xlviii

Lycaena, xviii, xciii, 393, 402, 667,

674, 675

Lycaenesthes, lv

| Lycaenidae, xxxiii, lv, lxx, cxlii, 393,

454

Lycaeninae, xxxiii

lycia (Acraea), 3, 210, 211

Lycidae, ciii

lycidice (Mechanitis), xlvii

lycoa (Acraea), 3, 13, 15, 39, 336, 341,

354, 361

», subsp. aequalis (Acraea), 337,

339

», subsp. bukoba (Acraea), 336, 338,

354

», ab. butleri (Acraea), 341

», subsp. entebbia (Acraea), 336,

338, 354

», subsp. fallax (Acraea), 15, 337,

338, 354 '

», subsp. kenia (Acraea), 337, 339,

354

», lycoa (Acraea), 42, 337

», subsp. media (Acraea), 336, 338,

354

», subsp. tirika (Acraea), 336, 338,

354

( eexxy }

lycoides (Acraea), 292, 295, 296

Lycorea, xlvi, exxviii, cxxix

Lycostomus, 535, 536, 623:

Lyctidae, 533

Lyctus, 533, 534

lydia (Macapta), 423

Lygaeidae, cxxi

lygus (Acraea), 190

Lymexylonidae, 542

lyncea (Othnius), 551

Macalla, 443

Macapta, 423

macarista (Planema), xx, xxii, 1xxi,

Ixxxv, cxvii, 13, 703, 704, 705

machequena (Acraea), 22, 65, 66, 67,

354

Macrochenus, 568

Macrolister, 512

Macronota, 581, 599

macrosilaus (Papilio), xlvi

mactans (Haematopota), |

macularia (Stigmodera), 547

maculatissimus (Tabanus), xlix

maculipennis (Echthromorpha), 683

maculiventris (Acraea), 303

madhela (Acraea), 71

Maechidius, 581, 588

mahela (Acraea), 22, 71, 72, 75, 354

mairessi (Acraea), 268, 286, 287, 289,

354

f. dewitzi (Acraea), 36, 286,

287, 354

»,» Mairessi (Acraea), 36

major (Liothrips), 471

makupa (Acraea), 42

Malachius, 535, 539, 624

Malacodermidae, 535

Malacodermoidea, 623, 634

malagassa (Theganopteryx), 644

Mallaspis, 568

Mallotoblatta, 644, 661

Malthinus, 539, 612, 624

Malthodes, 612, 624

manandaza (Acraea), 64, 65, 66

mandane (Acraea), 298

mandibularis (Xenocrabro), 688

manicatus (Repsimus), 581

manjaca (Acraea), 239, 243

mansya (Acraea), 27, 131, 134, 354

Manticora, 486, 487 ra

Mantis, cxxv

Mantispa, 694

marcellus (Papilio), xlv

margarita (Pieris), xlviii

margaritaria (Metrocampa), cii

marginalis (Dytiscus), 492

Kh (Figulus), 5738, 575

marginatum (Kuryptilium), 507

marginipennis (Anomala), 590

maritimus (Anthicus), 553, 554

Marmara, cvii, cix

marmorata (Acraea), 105

ie (Hemithyrsocera), 661

marnois (Acraea), 30, 184, 185, 354

marpessa (Neptis), xxix

marshalli (Mimacraea), xlv

marsyas (Oniticellus), 580, 583

Ap (Radama), 580

masaica (Dielis), 743

masamba (Acraea), 41, 42, 312, 313,

314, 315, 354

f. boseae (Acraea), 312, 313,

314, 354

3 masamba (Acraea), 312

f. silia (Acraea), 312, 3138,

314, 354

Masaris, 381

masaris (Acraea), 532

masonala (Acraea), 50, 51

massaica (Tiphia), 741

massuae (Blatta), 655

», (Hemithyrsocera), 654,

661

mastersi (Balanophorus), 536, 539

5 (Hemiopsida), 546

matuapa (Acraea), 72

maximus (Macrolister), 512

we (Oxysternus), 512, 513

meconellii (Liothrips), 472, 474

Mechanitis, xlvi, xlvii, xlvili, exxviii

Mecocorynus, 570

Mecynodera, 558, 560

medialis (Echedorus), 433

mediorufa (Eriopyga), 422

medoa (Acraea), 107

5, (Papilio), 107

medon (Lycaena), 675

Megalodacne, 523

Megalopyge, 486, 437

Megalopygidae, 436

Megalothrips, xlix

Meira, 724, 738

meisteri (Rhynohopyga), 420

Melanargia, cxxx

melanaria (Plesia), 742

Melandrya, 552

Melandryidae, 552

melanocephalus (Othius), 496, 499

melanosticta (Acraea), 286

melanoxantha (Acraea), 36, 288, 354

melantho (Thyridia), cxxvili

Melasoma, 1xxxii

melicerta (Neptis), xxvi, XXVil, XXxviii,

XXx1

Melinaea, xlvi, cxxvill, cxxix

Melinda, xxxi

»?

”

655,

( cexxvi )

Melitaea, xxiv, xciv, cv, cvi

Meloidae, 556

Melolontha, 480, 482, 578, 581, 589

Melolonthinae, 581

Melyris, 536, 540

memnon (Caligo), xlvi, xlvili

menestheus (Papilio), xiv

mercedonia (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxil

Meria, 729

merope (Papilio), 365

meruensis (Myzine), 726

Mesa, 737, 738, 739

Mesomphalia, 559, 567

Mesosemia, xlviii

Mesothrips, 470, 472, 474, 475

Messaga, cix, cx

metalilis (Heliconius), exxviii

metella (Neptis), xxvi, XXVli, XXvViil

Methona, xliv

Metriorrhynchus, 535, 536, 607

Metrius, 487, 488

Metrocampa, cii

meyeri (Acraea), 6

mhondana (Acraea), 72

micans (Orchesia), 552

Microcara, 543, 544

microdemas (Odynerus), 684

Microdon, xxvi

Micropeplus, 496, 502

Microplidius, 581, 588

migrator (Bostrichus), 533

miles (Baryrrhynchus), 573, 612

Millingenia, 580, 584, 586

mima (Acraea), 31, 32, 167, 169, 354

Mimacraea, xliv, xlv

Mimela, 581, 591

Mimesa, 686

mimeticus (Papilio), xxxi

Mimopacha, iv

mimus (Odynerus), 687

,, (Pinophilus), 496, 499

minima (Acraea), 217

Minthea, 533

minutus (Clambus), 502, 505

minyas (Eumaeus), xlvii, xlviil

mira (Tachytes), 753

mirabilis (Acraea), 20, 216, 354

miranda (Dohrnia), 554

miriam (Mycalesis), 384, 385

mirifica (Acraea), 5, 19, 208, 354

$5 (Euliphyra), evi

misippus (Hypolimnas), vii, viil,

Ixxili, Ixxiv, 445, 449,

450, 452, 453, 457, 458,

466

449, 450, 451, 453, 454,

458, 459, 466, 468

f. diocippus (Hypolimnas), |

misippus f. inaria (Hypolimnas), vii,

vili, 448, 450, 451, 453, 454, 458,

459

Mitophyllus, 578, 574, 579

muniszechi (Cucujus), 518, 519

mnizechi (Proculus), 579

mollis (Ernobius), 534

molokaiensis (Odynerus),

684

molossus (Catharsius), 580, 582

moluccana (Acraea), 6, 347, 348

subsp. buruensis (Acraea),

346, 348

subsp. dohertyi (Acraea),

346, 348

i subsp. meyeri(Acraea), 346,

348

moluccana (Acraea), 346

subsp. parce (Acraea), 346,

348

subsp. pella (Acraea), 347,

348

lix, 683,

”

monas (Odynerus), 684

monedula (Bembex), 747

monobius (Odynerus), 684

Monohammus, 568, 569, 608

Monomma, 552

Monommidae, 552

Monotoma, 514

Monotomidae, 514

monstrosus (Gorytes), 748, 749

montana (Hipparchia), 386

95 (Papilio), 386

montanus (Odynerus), lix, lx, 679, 681,

682, 683, 684

monteironis (Messaga), cix

montivaga (Tiphia), 740

montivagus (Catops), xii

Mordellidae, 555

morgeni (Tirumala), xxxi, xxxii

Mormolyce, 487, 489

Morpho, xlviii

mortuorum (Necrophorus), 502, 504

moschata (Aromia), 568

Motes, 753

mouhotus (Heliocopris), 580, 583

multipicta (Myzine), 724, 730

multipunctata (Blethisa), 487, 489

murcia (Acraea), 82

» (Papilio), 82

murinus (Dermestes), 529

mutabilis (Microdon), xxvi

mutans (Odynerus), 378

mutator (Geotrupes), 581, 587

| Mutillidae, 722

mutilloides (Braunsomeria), 720, 721

Mycalesis, 384, 385

| mycenaea (Acraea), 84

(

Mycetaea, 526

Mycetaeidae, 526

Mycetophagidae, 529

Mycetophagus, 529, 532

Mylothris, exii

Myrmecocystus, ex

Myrmica, xxvi

Mysia, 524, 525

mystica (Acraea), 171, 173

Myzine, 720, 722, 723, 724, 725, 726,

727, 728, 729, 730, 731, 732, 733,

734, 735, 736

naiadum (Odynerus), 684

nandensis (Planema), 321

Napeogenes, cxxvili

napi (Pieris), lxxi, Ixxii

», var. bryoniae (Pieris),

narcaea (Heliconius), cxxix

natalensis (Asterope), xeviii

Me, (Crenis), xevili

natalica (Acraea, 14, 190,

354

subsp. abadima (Acraea), 30,

192, 195, 354

var. dissociata (Acraea), 196

natalica (Acraea), 30, 193, 196

subsp. pseudegina (Acraea), 30,

192, 194, 195, 196, 354

f. umbrata (Acraea), 30, 192,

194, 354

», (Anthobosca), 742

nataliensis (Acraea), 120

Natalis, 541

natator (Gyrinus), 493

nautarum (Odynerus), 681, 682, 691

neander (Andronymus), xcviii

neavei (Gastrosericus), 754

(Hemithyrsocera), 654, 658, 661

(Myzine), 722, 727

»» (Pseudomeria), 727

Nebria, 487, 488, 490

nebulosa (Acraea), 347

Necrodes, 502, 503

Necrophorus, 502, 504

neita (Pseudonympha), 385

Neleus, 579

nemetes (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii

Nemognatha, 556

Nemoura, xlviii

neobule (Acraea), 72, 74, 75, 76, 78,

80, 348, 354

subsp. arabica (Acraea), 24, 73,

74, 354

neobule (Acraea), 23, 73

subsp. seis (Acraea), 28, 72, 74,

75, 76, 854

f. sokotrana (Acraea), 72, 74,

75, 354

Ixxi, ]xxii

192, 195,

te)

CCXXV1l1

)

Neolamprima, 573, 575, 629

nephele edessa (Heterosais), xliii

nephroleuca (Chabuata), 421

Neptidopsis, xxvi, xxvii, xxxi, lv

Neptis, xxvi, xxvii, XXVill, Xxix, Xxx,

Xxxi, lvi

Nesocrabro, 688, 689, 690, 691, 692

Nesodynerus, lvii, lviii, xe xs 1679)

681, 682, 683, 699

Nesoprosopis, lvii, lyiii, lix, lx, 683,

684, 685, 687, 688, 695, 697

newelli (Odynerus), 684

newtoni (Acraea), 14, 35, 285, 286,

354

nexa (Nonagria), xlviii

niavius (Amauris), xii, xxxv

», f. dominicanus (Amauris), xvi

Nicagus, 573, 576, 577, 630

nicomedes, var. quintilla (Neptis),

XXVi, XXVili

niger (Ceratognathus), 573

», (Pterostichus), 488

nigerrima ( Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661

nigra (Hemithyrsocera), 661

(Physocephala), Ixvii

», (Sagra), 558

nigricans (Telephorus), 585, 539

nigriceps (Orsodacne), 558, 559

nigricornis (Antherophagus), 522

nigripennis (Odynerus), Ivi, lix, ]xi,

Ixil, 678, 681, 682, 683, 687, 698

699

nigriplaga (Heterocampa), 428

nigrita (Myzine), 729

», (Sagra), 561

nigrolimbatum (Rhynchium), 380

nigropicta (Cephaloleia), 559

nigropunctatus (Notiophygus), 524

niobe (Acraea), 14, 20, 24, 344, 354

Niponiidae, 512, 513

Niponius, 512

nireus (Papilio), xiv

nitida (Theganopteryx), 647, 649

Nitidulidae, 515

nitidulus (Formicoxenus), xcii

rf (Saprinus), 512, 513

nitidus (Cis), 532

nivicola (Odynerus), 683

nivosa (Megalopyge), 436

nivosita (Stellidia), 425

nobilis (Megalothrips), xlix

noctiluca (Lampyris), 535, 537

Noctuidae, 421

Nodynus, 496, 501

nohara (Acraea),- 118, 128, 130, 131,

133, 136, 163, 354

chambezi (Acraea), 130, 131

132, 134

”

’

Ee)

( eexxvii )

nohara guillemei (Acraea), 131, 132

a subsp. halali (Acraea),

128, 130, 131, 133, 354

», nohara (Acraea), 27, 129, 132

subsp. pseudatolmis (Acraea),

27, 129, 130, 354

subsp. punctellata (Acraea), 27,

129, 131, 354

Nonagria, xlviii, xlix, cili

Norape, 439

Norasuma, ci

notata (Theganopteryx), 647, 651

Notiophygus, 524

Notodontidae, 426

Notogonia, 377, 750, 751, 752

notostictus (Crabro), 688, 689

BS (Xenocrabro), 690, 691

ntebiae (Acraea), 292

nubicola (Odynerus), 683

nubilosa (Prosopis), ¢

nucleorum (Caryoborus), 557, 558

nyanza (Telipna), iii

nyanzae (Elis), 738

», (Mesa) 738

nyasae (Tabanus), xlix

Nymphalidae, exxiii, 384

nysiades, ab. continuata

XXvl, XXVill

Nyssoninae, 748

oahuensis (Odynerus), lviii, 681, 682,

683

obeira (Acraea), 68, 69, 70, 71, 802, 354

subsp. burni (Acraea), 24, 68,

70, 71, 354

», Obeira (Acraea), 24, 68

oberthiiri (Acraea), 34, 249, 354

f. confluens (Acraea), 249,

251, 354

- oberthiiri (Acraea), 249

59 (Catuna), exix

obesus (Litolibrus), 514

21,

(Neptis),

”

obliterata, ab. fenestrata (Adalia),

lxxxvil

rs ab. sublineata (Adalia),

lxxxvii

oblitus (Nesodynerus), lviii, 681, 683

oblongo-guttata (Mysia), 524, 525

oblongopunctatus (Pterostichus), 488

obscura (Pseudacraea), xxi, xxii,

ikesongy Ikeed, Ikeoxval.

eXv, cxxxvii, 706, 707,

712, 713, 714, 715, 716

Ae (Silpha), 502, 503, 626

5 (Theganopteryx), 647, 650

obscurepunctatus (Odynerus), 684, 687

obscurus (Nicagus), 573, 576, 577

», (Sphenophorus), 570, 571,

608

obsoletus (Carpophilus), ii

ocellatus (Liothrips), 472, 474

5 (Smerinthus), cii, ciii

ochraceus (Phaenolis), 5385, 537

ochrascens (Acraea), 240

oculata (Bembex), 748

Ocypus, 496, 498

odontofora (Motes), 753

Odontothynnus, 742

Odynerus, lvi, lvii, lviii, lix, lx, 1xi,

Ixii, lxili, 378, 879, 678, 679, 680,

681, 682, 683, 684, 685, 686, 687,

690, 691, 692, 695, 697, 698, 699,

701

Oecophylla, xxxii, xxxili, evi

Oedemeridae, 554

Olibrus, 514

olivacea (Phytodecta), 565

olivieri (Anoplognathus), 581, 591

Olophrum, 496, 501

Olyras, exxix

olyras (Dircenna), cxxix

omacanthus (Trox), 577, 579, 580, 630

ombria (Acraea), 161

omicronaria (Zonosoma), cii

Omma, 521, 522, 615, 623, 631, 632

Ommadidae, 521

Omophlus, 550

omrora (Acraea), 124, 128, 354

omrora (Acraea), 26, 124, 127

,, subsp. umbrata (Acraea), 26,

124, 125, 127, 354

Omus, 486

onagga (Cypherotylus), 523

oncaea (Acraea), 30, 159, 174, 176,

177, 181, 184, 185, 186, 354

,, f. alboradiata (Acraea), 174,

176, 354

», f. caoncius (Acraea), 174, 176

354

,, f. defasciata (Acraea), 174, 176,

354

5, subsp. liacea (Acraea), 174, 176,

354

,, f. modesta (Acraea), 174, 176,

354

var. neluska (Acraea), 161

f. obscura (Acraea), 174, 176,

354

5, oncaea (Acraea), 174

oncea (Acraea), 12, 14

Oncomera, 554

onerata (Acraea), 27, 132, 134, 135,

136, 354

,, f. umida (Acraea), 140

Oniticellus, 580, 583

Onthophagus, 580, 583

opacipennis (Proculus), 579

(. ‘cexzix —)

Opharus, 421

ophione (Eurytela), xxxi

(Neptidopsis), xxvi,

Xxxi

Ophonus, 488

opipara (Larra), 750

», (liris), 750

opis (Acraea), 298

Oporabia, vi

oppidia (Acraea), 279

Opsiphanes, xlviii

optabilis (Nesodynerus), 681

optilete (Vacciniina),

402, 408, 404

orbiculatus (Aspidiphorus), 533

orbitulus (Chrysophanus), 394

(Latiorina), 393, 402, 403

», (Plebeius), cxlii

orbona (Pinacopteryx), cxi

Orchesia, 552

oreas (Acraea), 15, 39, 298, 354

be)

», f. albimaculata (Acraea), 299,

300, 354

», f. angolanus (Acraea), 299, 300,

354

», oreas (Acraea), 299

Orectochilus, 493

Oreocrabro, 689

orestia (Acraea), 13, 40, 288, 305, 307,

309, 354, 708

f. humilis (Acraea),

306, 354

orestia (Acraea), 306

be)

bed

354

orestina (Acraea), 305

oreta (Acraea), 263, 264, 271

orientalis (Anoxia), 581, 589

55 (Hybosorus), 580, 585

Orina, 559, 563, 564, 568, 621

orina (Acraea), xxi, 40, 268, 265, 266,

267, 271, 354

f. nigroapicalis (Acraea),

265, 354

orina (Acraea), 39, 264

» ff

355

265, 266, 267, 355

orinata (Acraea), 264

Orphninae, 580

Orphnus, 580, 585

Orsodacne, 558, 559, 568, 620

Orsodacninae, 558

Orthopterus, 490

Orthosia, 410

Oryctes, 482, 581, 594, 595

Oryctomorphus, 581, 591

XXVil,

393, 394, 395,

21, 305,

f. transita (Acraea), 306, 307,

264,

orinata (Acraea), 264, 265,

subsp. orineta (Acraea), 40, 264,

oscari (Acraea), 17, 25, 91, 92, 355

osculans (Necrodes), 502, 508

Osmia, xcv

Osorius, 496, 501

Ostomidae, 516

Othius, 496, 499

Othniidae, 551

Othnius, 551

oto (Hymenitis), xlviii

otolais (Pyrrhogyra), xlviii

ovata (Anacaena), 494

Oxysternus, 512, 513, 636

Pachylister, 512

Pachypodinae, 581

Pachypus, 581, 587

pacifica (Aeria), xlvii

pacificatrix (Myzine), 727

56 (Plesia), 727

pacondiaria (Herbita), 432

pactolicus (Callioratis), Ixxxii, lxxxiii

Paederus, 496, 500, 501

palaeno (Colias), xciv

pales (Brenthis), xciv, cv

ab. cinctata (Brenthis), ev

var. isis (Brenthis), cv

ab. napaea (Brenthis), cv

ab. suffusa (Brenthis), ev

Palimbolus, 509, 511

palliata (Hemithyrsocera), 661

pallidum (Lathrobium), Ixxxvii

palmata (Lachnaea), 558, 562

palpalis, var. wellmani (Glossina),

cxiv

(Pelonomus), 531

paludicola (Odynerus), 681

Papilio, xii, xiii, xiv, xv, xvi, xvii,

Xxiil, XXxi, xly, xlvi, xlviii, iii,

CXVil, cxxiv, cxxxi, cxxxil, cxxxiii,

76, 82, 83, 106, 107, 111, 182, 192,

210, 220, 221, 239, 277, 327, 346,

348, 349, 365, 386

Papilionidae, xxiii

par (Tabanus), xlix

Paracolletes, ci

paracolletinus (Halictus), ci

paractias (Nesodynerus), 683

paragea (Planema), xx, xxi,

Ixxxiv, lxxxv

paranaias (Odynerus), 681

Parandra, 568, 569, 616, 620, 622

Parastasia, 581, 591

Pardopsis, 4, 5

Pareba, 3, 349, 350

Parnassius, xxiii, cxxxiv, 7, 8, 9

Parnidae, 531

Parnus, 531, 532

Paropsis, 559, 564

oN)

Xxiil,

(

parrhasia (Acraea), 42, 266, 267, 269,

275, 277, 279, 280, 281,

293, 355

f. leona (Acraea),

280, 281, 355

f. oppidia (Acraea), 40, 278,

279, 281, 355

parrhasia (Acraea), 41, 278

f. parrhoppidia (Acraea),

278, 279, 355

(Papilio), 277

parryanus (Mitophyllus), 574

parryi (Mitophyllus), 573

pascoei (Mesomphalia), 559, 567

pasiphiie (Acraea), 107

»» _ (Papilio), 107

Passalidae, 579

Passandra, 518, 519, 569

patricia (Hemithyrsocera), 661

paula (Antarctia), 421

paulina (Opharus), 421

Paussidae, 490

pavens (Homalota), 496, 497

pectinicornis (Ptilinus), 534, 535

ne (Pyrochroa), 553

pedestris (Stygnus), xxi

Pediris, 548, 549, 625

pelasgius (Acraea), lv, 269

Pelecotomoides, 555

peleides (Morpho), xlviii

peles (Odynerus), lix

Pelidnota, 581, 591, 628

Pelobiidae, 491

Pelobius, 491

Pelonomus, 531

pelopeia (Acraea), 42, 274, 275, 277,

355

Pelops, 579

pendularia (Zonosoma), cil

peneleos (Acraea), 13, 36, 268, 269,

DHE DUPE CUES OO PAULC

280, 285, 286, 287, 295,

355

subsp. gelonica (Acraea),

269, 278, 274, 355

f. helvimaculata (Acraea),

41, 269, 271, 355

f. lactimaculata (Acraea),

14, 41, 269, 271, 272,

355

subsp. pelasgius (Acraea), 40,

269, 272, 273, 274, 284

peneleos (Acraea), 41, 42,269

f. sepia (Acraea), 41, 269,

272, 355

penelope (Acraea), 14, 15, 268, 275,

281, 284, 285, 286, 288,

355

41, 278,

CCXXX

)

penelope f. argentea (Acraea),

281, 288, 355

subsp. derubescens (Acraea),

37, 281, 284, 355

f. exalbescens (Acraea),

281, 283, 355

f. penella (Acraea), 36, 281,

283, 355

penelope (Acraea), 36, 282

subsp. translucida (Acraea),

36, 281, 285, 355

subsp. vitrea (Acraea),

281, 284, 355

penicillatus (Trox), 577, 578

pentapolis (Acraea), 46, 47, 48, 49, 355

subsp. epidica (Acraea), 40,

46, 47, 355

or pentapolis (Acraea), 40, 46

percussa (Acraea), 50

perenna (Acraea), 26, 261, 263, 355

subsp. kaffana (Acraea), 262,

263, 355

», perenna (Acraea), 37, 262, 263

.. subsp. thesprio (Acraea), 37,

261, 2638, 355

Pericopis, ¢xxix

Peridromia, xlviii

periphanes (Acraea), 136, 139, 140,

142, 157, 355

f: acritoides (Acraea), 14,

29, 140, 142, 355

f. beni (Acraea), 29, 139,

141, 142, 355

f. marginata (Acraea), 140

f. melaina (Acraea), 29,

139, 141, 355

periphanes (Acraea),

140

f. umida (Acraea),

140, 141, 355

perniciosa (Myzine), 720, 723, 728

Perophora, 435, 436

Perophoridae, 435

perornata (Myzine), 723, 728

ss (Pseudomeria), 728

perpunctata (Braunsomeria), 721

perrupta (Acraea), 239

persephone ee 107

Af (Papilio), 107

persicae (Rivellia), 412

pertinens (Tabanus), xlix

pervia (Acraea), 301, 302

petiveranus petiveranus (Heliconius),

xlvi, xlvii, xlviii

petraea (Acraea), 11), 265114, 120, 355

petraea (Acraea), 115

36,

37,

”?

29,

be)

”

114,

oy taborana (Acraea),

116, 355

(

petrina (Acraea), 114

petrobius (Odynerus), lviii, 684

Phaegorista, ili

Phaenolis, 585, 537

Phaeochrous, 581, 585, 586

phaerusa (Colaenis), xlviii

Phalacridae, 514

Phalacrus, 514

phalantha (Atella), xeviii

Phanaeus, 580, 582

Phanopeltis, 4

pharsalus (Acraea), 15, 256, 258, 260,

261, 355

ne f. nia (Acraea), 257, 259,

355

f, pallidepicta(Acraea), 257,

’

6 f. pharsaloides (Acraea),

15, 37, 256, 259, 261,

355

pharsalus (Acraea), 37, 257,

260

subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 257,

355

subsp. vuilloti (Acraea), 37,

257, 259, 261, 355

Phedosia, 419

pheretes (Albulina), vii, Ixviii, 393,

394, 399, 402, 403, 404

», (Lycaena), lxviii, 393, 402

pheretiades (Plebeius), cxlii

Pheropsophus, 487, 489

pheusaca (Acraea), 112

phiala (Chilades), exlii

Philanthinae, 744

Philanthus, 744

philea (Callidryas), xlvi, xlviii

Phileurus, 581, 597

philiberti (Callirrhipis), 545

philolaus (Papilio), xlv, xlvi, xlviii

Philonthus, 496

phlaeas (Chrysophanus), cxxxviii, 448

», _ (Rumicia), ix, cxl

Phloeobius, 570

Phloeophilus, 586, 541, 624

Phloeothrips, 474

Phloeotrya, 552

Phoebis, xlviii

phoenicopterus (Xantholinus), 496, 500

Phosphuga, 502

Phrissoma, 638

Phrissura, exii

Phromnia, lxxxviii

Phyciodes, xlviii

phyllis (Platysphinx), 891

Phyllodecta, 559, 565, 621

phyllodes (Mormolyce), 487, 489

Phyllodromia, 654, 656, 658, 661

CCXXXi

)

Phyllopertha, 581, 590, 592

Physa, 509, 510

Physocephala, Ixvii

Phytodecta, 559, 564, 565

Phytophagoidea, 479, 620, 634

piceum (Olophrum), 496, 501

piceus (Deretaphrus), 517

(Hydrophilus), 494

», (Hydrous), 494

Pieris, xlviii, Ixxi, Ixxii, cxi, cxiii,

cxiv

pigea (Pinacopteryx), cxi, cxii

pilosella (Hemithyrsocera), 661

Pinacopteryx, xlii, xliii, exi, exii, exiii,

cxiv

Pinophilus, 496, 498, 499, 607, 611

pinthias (Hirsutis), exxvili

Pissodes, 601, 610, 638

piva (Acraea), 68, 69

placida (Edibessa), 438

Plinema,, xilljveex, oxod, ExXxiy oexii

oo aher odie Ibook Ikooahh booq

CXVii, CXXXVil, cxxxviii, 3, 4, 5, 6,

7, 8, 13, 254, 256, 321, 323, 325,

326, 327, 331, 337, 340, 703, 704,

705

planesium (Acraea), 221

plantella (Euryphura), cxix

planus (Leptaulacides), 579

Plateumaris, 558

Platycerus, 573

Platycleis, cxxxi

Platylesches, 384

Platypidae, 572

Platyprosopus, 496

Platypsylla, 506

Platypsyllidae, 506

Platypus, 572, 621.

Platysphinx, 384, 391, 392

Plebeius, exlii, 674

pleione (Teracolus), Ixviii, lxix, xx

Plesia, 727, 742

pleuralis (Brontopriscus), 518, 519

plexippus (Danais), xlvii

plumbeus (Polycleis), 570, 571

Podagrion, exxii

poggei (Planema), xx, xlv, lxxi, Ixxxv,

nelsoni (Planema), xxii, cxvii

325

(Uranothauma), lv

», (Xanthospilopteryx), iii

policenes (Papilio), xiv

Polistes, 700

politissima (Myzine), 726

politum (Sacium), 507

pollonia (Acraea), 347, 348

Polybothris, 547

”

( ¢exxx, ))

Polycleis, 570, 571

polychloros (Eugonia), li

polydamas (Papilio), xlviii

polydectes (Acraea), 261

Polyommatus, lv, Ixxxvi, xci, cv,

exxxix, exl, exli, 662, 663, 664, 665,

666, 667, 668, 669, 670, 671, 672,

673, 674, 675

Polyoptilus, 558, 560

Polyplocotes, 535

Pompilidae, 744

Pompilus, 744

pomponia (Acraea), 281

Ponera, xci

populi (Amorpha), cii

pees (Natalis), 541

oresta, 426

Porthesia, iv, lxxix, lxxx, Ixxxi

Porthetria, ]xxxii

posthumus (Epitola), xxxiii

potamophilus (Odynerus), 684

praxinoe (Dismorphia), exxviii

Précis, xx, xxii, lxxxv

pretiosus (Chrysochus), 559, 563

primania (Notogonia), 750

Procrustes, 482

Proculus, 579

profanus (Eumorphus), 525, 526

prolongatus (Camptocarpus), 523

pronuba (Tryphaena), liv

prorsa (Araschnia), ix, xi

Prosopis, lvii, c, ci, 381, 382, 688

Prosopidae, lix, c

Prostenus, 550

Prostomis, 521

protea (Acraea), 331

proteina (Acraea), 340

35 flavescens (Acraea), 340

50 fulvescens (Acraea), 340

‘ semialbescens (Acraea), 340

‘ semifulvescens (Acraea), 340,

343, 344

Proterhinidae, 528

Proterhinus, 528, 529

Protomocoelus, 579

Protura, xevii

Pselaphidae, 509

Pseudacraea, xx, XXi, xxii, xxiil,

xt, Ixexiv, Uixxy,) Ixoxxvi;, cxiv,

CXV, CXvVi, CXVli, CXVill, CxxXvi,

CXxxvii, exxxvili, 706, 707, 710, 711,

(Ay 7013s (Al, 7A, 7

pseudargiolus (Celastrina), xciii

Pseudectobia, 654, 655

pseudegina (Acraea), 4, 192

var. abadima (Acraea), 192

Pseudelateropsis, 630

pseudepaea (Acraea), 252

lexexes

pseudethra (Tithorea), cxxix

pseudochromoides (Odynerus),

682, 683

pseudochromus (Odynerus), 681, 682,

683

681,

pseudoliris (Notogonia), 750

pseudolycia (Acraea), 18, 101, 105, 106,

355

35 f. astrigera (Acraea), 16, 26,

101, 102, 104, 355

nh f. brunnea (Acraea), 16, 26,

102, 104, 355

a f. emini (Acraea), 102, 103,

104, 355

A pseudolycia(Acraea) ,16, 25,

102

Pseudomeria, 720, 727, 728

Pseudomopinae, 643, 644, 645, 653

Pseudonympha, 384, 385, 386, 387

Pseudopterocheilus, lix, lx, 682, 683,

699

Pseudoscada, xliii, xliv

psidii (Aprotopos), xliv

,, (Thyridia), xliv

Psilopleura, 419

Psilothrix, 536, 540

Psilotus, 515

Psylliodes, 1xxxvii

psyttalea (Amauris), xxxi, 1xxvii

Pteronynia, xliii, xliv, xlviii

pterophaennes (Odynerus), 681

Pterostichus, 488

Ptilinus, 534, 535

Ptiliolum, 507

Ptilodactyla, 542

Ptinidae, 524

Ptinus, 529, 534, 535

ptox (Labienus), 579

pubescens (Corticaria), 527

5 (Nesoprosopis), lviii, lix, 684

pudorella (Acraea), 20, 163, 166, 355

37 subsp: detecta (Acraea), 32,

164, 165, 355

5 pudorella (Acraea), 32, 164

puella (Neptis), xxvi, xxvili

pulchella (Gyrophaena), 496

ts (Phyllodromia), 656, 658

pulchrivestita (Tachytes), 754

pulverulentus (Inca), 581, 599

punctata (Pelidnota), 581, 591

punctatissima (Pardopsis), 5

punctato-sulcatus (Aphodius), 580, 583

punctulatus (Dytiscus), 492, 612

punctum (Copidita), 554

» (Scolia), 743

», (Sessinia), 554

5, (Trielis), 743

pungens (Aegophagamyia), xlix

(. Cexcodi )

purpurifer (Odynerus), 683

pygmaeus (Georyssus), 531

Pyralidae, 440

Pyrameis, Ixxxvii

pyrenaeus (Geotrupes), 581, 586

pyrenaicus (Hepialus), xciii

Pyrgus, 384, 388, 389, 390, 391

Pyrochroa, 553

Pyrochroidae, 553

pyrochroma (Axamora), 441

Pyronota, 581, 588

Pyrrhochalcia, cix

Pyrrhogyra, xlviii

Pythidae, 553

Pytho, 552, 553, 557

pytho (Aprotopos), xliv

quadrata (Myzine), 724, 732

quadraticeps (Braunsomeria), 721

quadricollis (Polybothris), 547

quadrimaculata (Aspidomorpha), 559,

567

quadrimaculatum (Scaphidium), 506

quadripustulatus (Mycetophagus), 529

quadrituberculatus (Homophileurus),

581, 597

Quedius, 496, 498

quinque-punctata (Phytodecta), 559,

564, 565

quirina (Acraea), 53, 59, 60, 355

quirina (Acraea), 22, 59

subsp. rosa (Acraea), 22, 59,

60, 355

», (Papilio), 59

quirinalis (Acraea), 40, 308, 309, 355

rabbaiae (Acraea), 43, 44, 355

», subsp. mombasae (Acraea), 21,

”?

43, 44, 355

,, Tabbaiae (Acraea), 21, 44

Radama, 580 ,

radula (Odynerus), I1xii, Ixiii, 687,

698

rahira (Acraea), 24, 202, 855

ranavalona (Acraea), 4, 22, 64, 65, 66,

67, 355

f. manandaza (Acraea), 64,

355

3a f, maransetra (Acraea), 64,

65, 355

5 ranavalona (Acraea), 64

raphani (Gastrophysa), 559, 564

rauana (Precis), xx, xxii, 1xxxv

ravola (Euphaedra), cxix

recaldana (Acraea), 161, 162

rectus (Pinophilus), 496, 498, 607

regalis (Acraea), 169

», (Macalla), 448

regia (Gonometa), cxiv

regina (Spilota), 581, 590, 607, 629

reitteri (Vesperus), vi

relictus (Pseudopterocheilus), 682, 683

religiosa (Mantis), exxv

Repsimus, 581, 591

rex (Papilio), xxxi

Rhagonycha, 535, 538, 539, 610, 612,

624

rhamni (Gonepteryx), 1

Rhinomalus, 617

Rhinosimus, 553

Rhipiceridae, 545

Rhipiphoridae, 556

Rhizophagus, 515, 518, 520, 633

Rhizotrogus, 581, 589

rhodesiae (Theganopteryx), 647, 651

rhodesiana (Acraea), 31, 32, 159, 160,

166, 167, 168, 169, 355

Rhopalocampta, cxxi

Rhynchium, 380, 678

Rhynohopyga, 419, 420

Rhysodes, 490, 491

Rhysodidae, 490

Rhysopausidae, 550

Rhysopaussus, 550

riachuela (Phedosia), 426

ridleyi (Hemithyrsocera), 660, 661

Rifargia, 429, 430

riparia (Labidura), xciii

riparius (Paederus), 496, 500, 501

Rivellia, 412

robustus (Baryrrhynchus), 573

= (Platylesches), 384

roeselii (Platycleis), exxxi

rogersi (Acraea), 61, 355

», subsp. lamborni (Acraea), 37,

62, 68, 355

», Yrogersi (Acraea), 37, 62

», f£. salambo (Acraea), 37, 61, 62,

355

», (Pseudacraea), exxxvi

rohlfsi (Acraea), 24, 186, 355

rosina (Acraea), 89

rubi (Callophrys), 410

rubrivena (Edibessa), 438

rubrobasalis (Pinacopteryx), cxii

rubrocaudatus (Nesocrabro), lix, 689,

691, 692

os var. bidecoratus (Neso-

crabro), 691

rubropustulatus (Odynerus), 684

rudolphi (Nesodynerus), lix, lx, 679,

681, 682, 683

rudolphina (Acraea), 107

45 (Papilio), 107

rufa (Coccidula), 524, 525

,, (Edibessa), 438

», (Formica), xcii

ruficollis (Rhinosimus), 553

(> cexxery )

ruficollis (Silis), 585, 538

rufifrons (Larra), 733

1, (Myzine), 720, 724, 726, 733

rufimanus (Bruchus), 557

rufinodis (Myzine), 725

rufipes (Phloeotyra), 552

rufitarsis (Myzine), 724

rufucaudata (Anthobosca), 741

rufonigra (Myzine), 725, 736

rufosplendida (Myzine), 723, 729

rugiceps (Cloeotus), 577, 580, 584

rugicollis (Lyctus), 533, 534

re (Minthea), 533

ruginodis (Myrmica), xxvi

Rumicia, ix, cxl

riippelli (Acraea), 312

ruspina (Kuphaedra), iii, cxix

Rutelinae, 581

rutilus (Chrysophanus), 397

saba (Glutophrissa), v

sabauda (Hemithyrsocera), 654, 661

sabulicola (Ophonus), 488

Sacium, 507

saclava (Neptis), xxvi, xxvii, xxix

safie (Acraea), 315, 355

,, f. antinorii (Acraea), 40, 316, 355

5, safie (Acraea), 40, 316

Sagola, 509, 510

Sagra, 558, 561, 621

Sagrinae, 558

Salamis, lxxv

salictella (Marmara), cix

saluspha (Acraea), 257, 259

salvini (Papilio), xlvi

sambavae (Acraea), 41, 812, 313, 355

sandwichensis (Odynerus), lvii, viii,

684, 687

sanguinea (Psilopleura), 419

sanguinolentus (Anthocomus), 536, 539

sapho leuce (Heliconius), xlvi, xlvii,

xl viii

Saprinus, 512, 513

Sarcophaga, 416

saronis (Acraea), 108

», (Telchinia), 108

sataspes (Pyrgus), 389

satis (Acraea), 23, 44, 45, 355

Satyrinae, 384

saucia (Saxinis), 558, 562

saussurei (Hierodula), exxv

Ap (Temnopteryx), 656

50 (Theganopteryx), 656

Saxinis, 558, 562

scaber (Trox), 577, 578, 579

scabrosa (Tiphia), 740

Scaphidiidae, 506

Scaphidium, 506

Scarabaeidae, 478, 580

Scarabaeoidea, 627, 634

scarabaeoides (Aesalus), 573, 576

Scarabaeus, 580

scaritides (Chaetosoma), 518, 520

schausiana (Sphinta), 434

Schistoceros, 533

Scirpophaga, Ixxix

Scolia, 742, 743

Scoliidae, 720

Scoliinae, 742

Scolytidae, 572

scoriaceus (Odynerus), 684

Scydmaenidae, 508

Scydmaenus, 508

scylax (Melinaea), exxviii

secessus (Pyrgus), 384, 389, 390, 391

selene (Brenthis), xcev

semiargus (Lycaena), 667

semicuprea (Donacia), 558, 560

semirufa (Myzine), 723, 726

semivitrea (Acraea), 39, 300, 355

senegalensis (Aphodius), 580, 584

oF (Blatta), 656

a (Ectobia), 656, 657

50) (Terias), lv

ne (Theganopteryx), 656, 657

serena (Acraea), 220, 239

», (Papilio), 220, 239

sericea (Donacia), 558, 559, 612

», (Plateumaris), 558

sericosoma (Notogonia), 752

serralta (Titya), 433

servillei (Myzine), 727

servona (Acraea), 5, 9, 15, 39, 42, 286,

288, 292, 295, 296, 297, 298,

355

», f. depunctella (Acraea), 292,

294, 355

», subsp. limonata (Acraea), 41,

293, 295, 356

», subsp. orientis (Acraea), 292,

294, 297, 355

», f. reversa (Acraea), 293, 294,

296, 297, 355

», subsp. rhodina (Acraea), 292,

293, 295, 297, 356

», £. rubra (Acraea), 41, 293, 295,

355

», f. semipunctella (Acraea), 293,

295, 355

»» servona (Acraea), 41, 298, 296,

297

», subsp. tenebrosa (Acraea), 293,

296, 297, 356

» f. transienda (Acraea), 293,

295, 355

», f. unipunctella (Acraea), 293,

295, 355

( ‘ccaxxv )}

Sessinia, 554

seticollis (Liothrips), 471, 473, 474

setifer (Aglycyderes), 528, 529

setinodis (Liothrips), 471, 474

os pragensis (Liothrips), 474

setosifrons (Nesoprosopis), lix

sexguttata (Anthia), 487, 489

sexpustulatus (Carpopbilus), ii

sganzini (Acraea), 3, 210

sharpei (Tabanus), xlix

sharpi (Chrysomela), 559, 564

sibylla (Limenitis), ix

signaticollis (Berosus), 494, 495, 496

Silis, 535, 538

Silpha, 502, 503, 505, 626

Silphidae, 502

silverlocki (Gorytes), 748

simana (Pinacopteryx), cxiii, cxiv

similis (Blaps), 548, 549

», (Haematopota), 1

», (Liothrips), 471

», (Phaegorista), iii

», (Porthesia), iv,

lxxxi

simplex (Prosopis), 381

simplicicollis (Anaides), 577

simplicollis (Anaides), 581, 586

Sinodendron, 573, 575, 576

sinualis (Macalla), 443

sinuatus (Brontopriscus), 518, 519

», (Cloeotus), 577, 579, 580, 584

smaragdina, race, longinoda (Oeco-

phylla), xxxii, cvi

Smerinthinae, 391

Smerinthothrips, 470, 472

Smerinthus, lv, cii, ciii

smithi (Orthopterus), 490

smithii (Acraea), 309

», (Odynerus), 683

sociabilis (Odynerus), 683, 684, 691

socialis (Eucheira), exxii, exxiil

Solenites, 4

solstitialis (Rhizotrogus), 581, 589

Somatochlora, xevii

soror (Diabrotica), 559, 566

», (Hemithyrsocera), 661

», (Odynerus), 680, 687

sororna (Dismorphia) exxvii, exxviil

sosunga (Hymenitis), xlvili

sotikensis (Acraea), 227, 229, 356

- f. katana (Acraea), 85, 227,

228, 356

subsp. rowena (Acraea), 35,

227, 229, 356

a sotikensis (Acraea), 35, 227

a f. supponina (Acraea), 35,

227, 228, 229, 356

Spalgis, xviii

Ibsobe = Ihees

speciosa (Orina), 559, 564

speculator (Stenus), 496, 501, 612

spencei (Ptiliolum), 507

Sphaerites, 511, 512

Sphaeritidae, 511, 513

Sphecinae, 746

Sphegidae, 375

Sphenophorus, 570, 571, 604, 608

Sphex, 746

Sphindidae, 533

hindus, 533

Sphingids, 391

Sphinta, 434

Spilispa, 559, 567

spilleri (Pinacopteryx), exii

Spilota, 581, 590, 607, 628, 629

splendens (Harpagomyia), cx

stanleyi (Omma), 521

Staphylinidae, 496

Staphylinoidea, 626, 633

Staphylinus, 496

statira (Aphrissa), xlvili

stebbingi (Teretriosoma), 512, 513

Stellidia, 425

Stenamma, xcii

Stenichnus, 508, 509

stenobea (Acraea), 30, 32, 190, 191,

192, 356

Stenosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625

Stenus, 496, 501, 612

stercorarius (Geotrupes), 581, 586

Stericta, 441

stictica (Cyclocephala),

599

stigma (Myzine), 720, 724

stigmatica (Platysphinx), 391, 392

Stigmodera, 547

Stomoxys, 416

strattipocles (Acraea), 41, 42, 311, 312,

318, 314, 356

striatus (Figulus), 573, 575

stygius (Nesocrabro), 689

stygne (Erebia), xxiv

Stygnus, cxxi

suavis (Dylomia), 431

Subcoccinella, 524

subdepressum (Dactylosternum), 494,

495

suberosus (Trox), 577, 578

subfascia (Gonometa), cxiv

sublevis (Myzine), 723

subterraneus (Tachinus), 496, 497

suffusa (Titya), 433

suleatus (Rhysodes), 490

sulcicollis (Trichonyx), 509, 510

sulcigera (Pediris), 548, 549

superba (Phromnia), lxxxvili

surinamensis (Eumolpus), 559, 562

581, 593,

( cexxxvi )

suspecta (Hemithyrsocera), 661

suturalis (Macronota), 581, 599

swalei (Myzine), 725

swynnertoni (Neptis), xxviii, xxix,

S560

sylvo (Pteronymia), xliii, xliv

Symmerista, 427

Synchloé, exxiii

Syndesus, 573, 574

Syntelia, 511, 512

Synteliidae, 511, 513

Syntomidae, 419

Systenus, 573, 575

Tabanidae, xlix, 1, lxxv

Tabanus, xlix

Tachinidae, 88, 224

Tachinoderus, 496, 497

Tachinus, 496, 497

Tachytes, 753, 754

taeniola (Tabanus), xlix

tamarindi (Opsiphanes), xlviii

tammeamea (Vanessa), 700

tanaceti (Galeruca), 566

tardus (Pelobius), 491

Tarphiomimus, 516, 517

tarsatus (Eumicrus), 508, 509

», (Scydmaenus), 508

tarsidens (Liothrips), 471, 474

Tarucus, lv

techowi (Scolia), 743

», (Trielis), 743

Tefflus, 488, 489

Tegrodera, 556

tegularis (Tiphia), 739

Telchinia, 3, 108, 349

telchinia (Heliconius), xlvi, exxvili

telegone (Mesosemia), xlvili

telekiana (Planema), 340

Telephorus, 535, 538, 539, 612, 624

telicanus (Tarucus), lv

Telipna, iii

tellus (Planema), xx, lxxxv, 254, 256,

331

», platyxantha (Planema), xxii

Temnochila, 516, 616

Temnochilidae, 516

Temnopteryx, 656, 657, 658

tempe (Odynerus), 684

tenebricosa (Chrysomela), 566

a (Timarcha), 558

Tenebrionidae, 548

Tenebrionioidea, 624, 634

Teracolus, lxviii, lxix, lxx, exxiv, exli,

exlii, 391, 455

terebrans (Apate), 533

teres (Aulacocyclus), 579

Teretriosoma, 512, 513

Terias, xlviii, lv

terpsichore (Acraea), 12, 239, 240, 244,

246, 247, 248, 249, 350,

356, 702

a var. bukoba (Acraea), 240,

245

- f. connexa (Acraea), 240,

244, 356

5 ab. excentrica (Acraea),

244

3 f. intermediana (Acraea),

34, 240, 244, 356

5 f. janisca (Acraea), 239, 243,

356

fe f. melas (Acraea), 239, 244,

356

7 subsp. ochrascens (Acraea),

34, 240, 246, 356

i rangatana = (Acraea),

240, 247, 356

* f. rougeti (Acraea), 12, 34,

239, 240, 241, 249, 356

5 f. subserena (Acraea), 34,

239, 244, 356

34,

a terpsichore (Acraea), 34,

241

is f. ventura (Acraea), 34,

240,244, 246,248, 249, 356

P f. venturina (Acraea), 240,

242, 356

s (Papilio), 3, 239

terra (Pseudacraea), xx, xxi, xxii,

Ixxxiv, Ixxxv, ]xxxvi, cxv, cxxxvi,

CXXXVIl, CXXXVIll,, (06; (07; @ule

712, 713, 714, 715, 716

tescea (Acraea), 84, 86, 88, 356

tessellata (Hemithyrsocera), 661

,, (Langsdorfia), 432

testacea (Hemithyrsocera), 661

testaceus (Cissites), 601

» (Claviger), xxv

», (Leptinus), 506

», (Rhagonycha), 535, 538

3 (Telephorus), 535, 538

Tetramorium, xcii

tetraspilotus (Eumorphus), 525, 526

Thais, 7, 9

thalia (Acraea), 8

;, (Actinote), 8

Thamala, exlii

Theganopteryx, 643, 644, 645, 646,

647, 648, 649, 650, 651, 652, 654

656, 657, 658, 661

thelestis (Acraea), 46, 47

themis (Euphaedra), exix

themisto (Methona), xliv

45 (Thyridia), xliv

theona (Phyciodes), xlvili

Therates, 486, 487

( \eexxavii )

Therioplectes, xlix

thersites (Agriades), 663, 664, 665,

666, 667, 668, 669, 670,

671, 672, 673, 674, 675

var. centro (Agriades), 673,

674, 675

var. gravesi (Agriades), 672,

674, 675

ab. hybridata (Agriades), 675

var. orientalis (Agriades),

674, 675

thetis (Agriades), xci, exl, exli, 402,

670

ab. coelestis (Agriades), cxli

var, punctifera (Agriades), xci

», ab, urania (Agriades), cxl

thoas (Papilio), xlvi, xlviii

thomsoni (Trictenotoma), 557

thoracicus (Metriorrhynchus),

536

thoracinus (Tabanus), xlix

thorica (Trichopteryx), 507

Thorictidae, ex

Thorictus, ex

threnodes (Odynerus), 681, 683

Thripidae, 470

Throscidae, 546

Throseus, 546

Thymalus, 516, 529, 617, 618, 619

Thyridia, xliv, exxviii

Thyrsocera, 653

Thysanoptera, xlix

tiliae (Smerinthus), lv

Timarcha, 558, 565, 568, 620, 621

Timarchinae, 558

timidus (Liparochrous), 577,

585

Tiphia, 739, 740, 741

Tiphiinae, 739

Tirumala, xxxi, xxxli

Tithorea, exxvili, cxxix

Titya, 433, 434

togoensis (Pseudacraea), xxii

tolosa (Napeogenes), cxxvili

tomentosus (Byturus), 515

Tomicus, 572

Tomoxia, 555

tortuosa (Cicindela), 486, 487

toruna (Acraea), 341

Tosale, 441

Trachea, 423

transitella (Deilemera), xxvi

transvaalensis (Myzine), 727

55 (Plesia), 727

tremulae (Lina), 1xxxii

Trichogramma, 446

Trichonyx, 509, 510

Trichopterygidae, 507

535,

580,

Trichopteryx, 507

Tricondyla, 486, 487

Trictenotoma, 553, 557

Trictenotomidae, 557

tridens (Acronycta), 407

tridentata (Osmia), xcv

Trielis, 742, 743

trigeminella (Coleophora), xliii

Tristaria, 533, 534

tristis (Catops), xii

Trochoideus, 525, 526

Trogidae, 577, 579

Trogodendron, 541

Trogositidae, 516

Trox, 577, 578, 579, 580, 589, 628,

629, 630, 631

Tryphaena, liv

tuberculata (Manticora), 486

tubero-affinis (Leptothorax), xcii

tumidoventris (Hylocrabro), lix, 683,

689

var. leucognathus (Hy-

locrabro), lix

turna (Acraea), 21, 26, 105, 106, 356

f. marmorata (Acraea), 26, 105,

106, 356

typhae (Nonagria), xlviii, xlix

Typhoeus, 581, 586, 587

typhoeus (Typhoeus), 581, 586

ugandensis (Bembex), 746

Ulidia, 416

umbratica (Myzine), 724, 732

umbratus (Lasius), xxv

umbripennis (Liothrips), 471, 474

undulata (Norape), 439

undulosa (Titya), 434

unicolor (Haematopota), xlix

es (Hexodon), 581, 592

(Sphex), 746

95 (Xenocrabro), 683

unicus (Odynerus), 681

uniformis (Antarctia), 421

unimaculata (Acraea), 21, 56, 57, 356

uranius (Caligo), xlvi

Uranothauma, lv

urinator (Gyrinus), 493

urticae, var. ichnusa (Aglais), xlii

usagarae (Acraea), 211

ustus (Tabanus), xlix

utemaia (Mechanitis), xlviii

uvui (Acraea), 33, 217, 219, 224, 356

», subsp. balina (Acraea), 34, 217,

219, 356

», uvui (Acraea), 33

uzeli (Gynaikothrips), 470, 475

Vacciniina, 398, 394, 395, 402, 403,

404

vafra (Notogonia), 377

bed

(. ecxxxvin )

vagus (Crabro), lvii, 688

valdiviensis (Atractocerus), 542

validus (Proterhinus), 528

Vanessa, cvi, 700

vanillae insularis (Agraulis), xlviii

varia (Chrysopsyche), Ixxxi

»» (Melitaea), xxiv, xciv

variegatus (Oryctomorphus), 581, 591

variolosa (Paropsis), 559, 564

varus (Croesus), xxiv

velox (Tachytes), 754

velutina (Eriopyga), 422

velutinus (Tabanus), xlix

venata (Pinacopteryx), cxili

venator (Odynerus), 679

venatus (Pinacopteryx), xlii

vendita (Planema), xxii

venosa (Abantis), 391

ventralis (Quedius), 496, 498

ventricosus (Cychrus), 487, 488

ventura (Acraea), 240

vesperalis (Acraea), 40, 48, 49, 356

55 subsp. catori (Acraea), 48,

49, 356

5 vesperalis (Acraea), 48

vespertina (Luciola), 535, 537

Vesperus, v, Vi

vesta (Acraea), 6, 346, 349, 350

», f. vestalina (Acraea), 350

»» subsp. vestita (Acraea), 350

f. alticola (Acrae.),

350

», subsp. vestoides (Acraea), 350

», (Papilio), 349

vestoides (Pareba), 350

vexans (Quedius), 498

vicinus (Leptaulacides), 579

vidua (Pinacopteryx), exi

vigilans (Cerceris), 744

», subsp. pervigilans (Cerceris),

744

9 )

», _ (Pseudonympha), 387

vigintiduomaculata (Leis), 524, 525

vigintiquatuorpunctata (Subcocci-

nella), 524

vinula (Blatta), 659

,, (Hemithyrsocera), 659, 660, 661

viola (Acraea), 349

violaceipennis (Liris), 750

- (Meira), 733

e (Myzine), 733

violaceus (Carabus), 487, 488

Violae (Acraea), 346, 348

», (Papilio), 348

violarum (Acraea),'26, 120, 122, 124, 356

A omrora (Acraea), 124

ss umbrata (Acraea), 124, 127

virescens (Temnochila), 516

viridiana (Heterocampa), 428

viridirena (Trachea), 423

vitellinae (Phyllodecta), 559, 565

vittata (Ceratina), 382

», (Cryptodaene), 523

,, (Hemithyrsocera), 661

vittativentris (Nesodynerus), lvii

viviana (Acraea), 34, 233, 234, 356

», f. karschi (Acraea), 230

vuilloti (Acraea), 257

vulgaris (Ancognatha), 581, 593

», (Melolontha), 480, 482, 578,

581, 589

vulgatissima (Phyllodecta), 559, 565

vulpes (Amphicoma), 581, 587

waianaeanus (Odynerus), 681

wakefieldi (Diagrypnodes), 518, 519

walkeri (Belionota), 547

welwitschii (Acraea), 95, 96, 97, 99

100, 101, 356

oe subsp.alboradiata (Acraea),

18, 25, 97, 99, 100, 101,

356

59 subsp. lobemla (Acraea),

25, 96, 97, 99, 101, 356

ie welwitschii (Acraea), 18,

25.) 97

westermanni (Diaphanops), 558, 560

westwoodi ( Bolax), 581, 591

re (Stenamma), xcii

wigginsi (Acraea), 28, 206, 356

wissmanni (Acraea), 89

wollastoni (Aglycyderes), 528, 529

woodwardi (Neptis), xxx

xanthaspis (Mallaspis), 568

xanthocera (Elis), 738

Pe (Mesa), 738

xanthocerus, var. unicolor (Chlorion),

746

(Sphex),

746

Xantholinus, 496, 499, 500, 605, 611,

626

xanthopus (Lomaptera), 581, 598

Xanthospilopteryx, iii

Xenocrabro, lix, 683, 688, 689, 690, 691

xerophilus (Odynerus), 682, 683

Xylocopa, 1xx

Xylotrupes, 581, 594, 595, 596, 628

’

” 29

« yalensis (Cerceris), 744

Ypthima, 385

ytenensis (Laccobius), 494, 495

zaire (Acraea), 291

zambesina (Acraea), 75, 356

zapotense (Chelonarium), 530

zebra (Pyrgus), 384, 388, 389

zetes (Acraea), 4, 14, 17, 18, 82, 83, 84,

86, 87, 88, 89, 93, 101, 356

( eexxxix—)

‘eg subsp. acara (Acraea), 14, 25, 84,

86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 356

var. acara (Acraea), 89

acara, f. caffra (Acraea), 26, 84

subsp. barberi (Acraea), 25, 84,

f. caffra (Acraea), 84, 86, 87, 88,

356

f, jalema (Acraea), 25, 84, 86, 88,

89, 356

f. menippe (Acraea), 25, 83, 84,

f. mhondana (Acraea), 84, 86,

356

subsp. sidamona (Acraea), 84, 87

ab. trimeni (Acraea), 84, 87

zetes (Acraea), 24

(Papilio), 83

zetes f. menippe (Papilio), 83

zethea (Acraea), 84

zethes (Acraea), 84

zidora (Acraea), 107

Zirophorus, 496, 501

zitja (Acraea), 24, 33, 204, 356

», f£. calida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356

,», f. fumida (Acraea), 204, 206, 356

», f£. radiata (Acraea), 204, 205, 206,

356

», f£. rakeli (Acraea), 204, 206, 356

zonata (Acraea), 21, 42, 43, 356

zonatus (Dacus), 412, 414, 415, 416,

417, 418,

Zonosoma, cii

Zopherosis, 548, 549, 552, 618, 625

zorcaon (Eueides), xlvi

zuleika (Heliconius), exxviii

Richard Clay & Sons, Limited, London and Bungay.

& ¢